[Title 29 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 1997 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]


[[Page i]]

          29



          Labor




          PART 1910 (Sec. 1910.1000 to END)

          Revised as of July 1, 1997
          CONTAINING
          A CODIFICATION OF DOCUMENTS
          OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY
          AND FUTURE EFFECT
          AS OF JULY 1, 1997

          With Ancillaries
          Published by
          the Office of the Federal Register
          National Archives and Records
          Administration
          as a Special Edition of
          the Federal Register



[[Page ii]]

                                      




                     U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
                            WASHINGTON : 1997



               For sale by U.S. Government Printing Office
 Superintendent of Documents, Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-9328



[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 29:
      Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued):
          Chapter XVII--Occupational Safety and Health 
          Administration, Department of Labor                        5
  Finding Aids:
    Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference..........     593
    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters..........................     595
    Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR........     611
    Table of OMB Control Numbers..............................     621
    List of CFR Sections Affected.............................     623



[[Page iv]]






                                                                                                                
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------                    

   Cite this Code:  CFR                                                         
                                                                                                                
   To cite the regulations in this volume use title, part                       
   and section number. Thus, 29 CFR 1910.1000 refers to                        
   title 29, part 1910, section 1000.                                          
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------                    
                                                                                                                


[[Page v]]

                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1
    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, July 1, 1997), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

OBSOLETE PROVISIONS

    Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on 
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text 
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the 
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before 
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes. For 
the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was 
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the 
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring 
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be 
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal 
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as 
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). 
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force 
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the 
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when 
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which 
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of 
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent 
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative 
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for 
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are 
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If 
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in 
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by 
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation 
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find 
the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal 
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC 
20408, or call (202) 523-4534.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory 
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I), and Acts Requiring Publication 
in the Federal Register (Table II). A list of CFR titles, chapters, and 
parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are 
also included in this volume.
    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.

[[Page vii]]

    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing 
in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-523-5227 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408.
SALES

    The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202-512-1800, 
M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2233, 24 hours 
a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents, 
Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO 
Customer Service call 202-512-1803.

                              Raymond A. Mosley,
                                    Director,
                          Office of the Federal Register.

July 1, 1997.



[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 29--Labor is composed of nine volumes. The parts in these 
volumes are arranged in the following order: parts 0-99, parts 100-499, 
parts 500-899, parts 900-1899, parts 1900-1910.999, part 1910.1000-End, 
parts 1911-1925, part 1926, and part 1927 to end. The contents of these 
volumes represent all current regulations codified under this title as 
of July 1, 1997.

    The OMB control numbers for title 29 CFR part 1910 appear in 
Sec. 1910.8. For the convenience of the user, Sec. 1910.8 appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the volume containing Sec. 1910.1000 to the end.

    Redesignation tables appear in the Finding Aids section of the 
eighth volume.

    Subject indexes appear following the occupational safety and health 
standards (part 1910), and following the safety and health regulations 
for: Longshoring (part 1918), Gear Certification (part 1919), and 
Construction (part 1926).

    For this volume, Brian Swidal was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal 
Regulations publication program is under the direction of Frances D. 
McDonald, assisted by Alomha S. Morris.

[[Page x]]



 
[[Page 1]]



                             TITLE 29--LABOR




         (This book contains Part 1910 (Sec. 1910.1000 to End))

  --------------------------------------------------------------------

          SUBTITLE B--Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued)

                                                                    Part
Chapter xvii--Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
  Department of Labor.......................................        1910

Cross references: Railroad Retirement Board: See Employees' Benefits, 20 
  CFR Chapter II.

Social Security Administration, Department of Health and Human Services: 
  See Employees' Benefits, 20 CFR Chapter III.

  Editorial Note: Other regulations issued by the Department of Labor 
appear in 20 CFR Chapters I, IV, V, VI, VII and IX; 29 CFR Subtitle A, 
Chapters II, IV, V, XXV; 30 CFR Chapter I; 41 CFR Chapters 50, 60, and 
61; 48 CFR Chapter 29. For Standards for a Merit System of Personnel 
Administration: See 5 CFR Part 900.

[[Page 3]]



          Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued)

[[Page 5]]



CHAPTER XVII--OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR (Continued)




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

  Editorial Note: Chapter XVII is continued in the volumes containing 29 
CFR Parts 1911 to 1925, Part 1926, and Part 1927 to End.
Part                                                                Page
1910            Occupational safety and health standards 
                    (continued).............................           7

                Subject index for 29 CFR part 1910--
                    Occupational safety and health standards         550

[[Page 7]]





PART 1910--OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS (Continued)--Table of Contents




                Subpart Z--Toxic and Hazardous Substances

Sec.
1910.1000  Air contaminants.
1910.1001  Asbestos.
1910.1002  Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term.
1910.1003  13 Carcinogens (4-Nitrobiphenyl, etc.).
1910.1004  alpha-Naphthylamine.
1910.1005  [Reserved]
1910.1006  Methyl chloromethyl ether.
1910.1007  3,3'--Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts).
1910.1008  bis-Chloromethyl ether.
1910.1009  beta-Naphthylamine.
1910.1010  Benzidine.
1910.1011  4-Aminodiphenyl.
1910.1012  Ethyleneimine.
1910.1013  beta-Propiolactone.
1910.1014  2-Acetylaminofluorene.
1910.1015  4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene.
1910.1016  N-Nitrosodimethylamine.
1910.1017  Vinyl chloride.
1910.1018  Inorganic arsenic.
1910.1020  Access to employee exposure and medical records.
1910.1025  Lead.
1910.1027  Cadmium.
1910.1028  Benzene.
1910.1029  Coke oven emissions.
1910.1030  Bloodborne pathogens.
1910.1043  Cotton dust.
1910.1044  1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane.
1910.1045  Acrylonitrile.
1910.1047  Ethylene oxide.
1910.1048  Formaldehyde.
1910.1050  Methylenedianiline.
1910.1051  1,3-Butadiene.
1910.1052  Methylene Chloride.
1910.1096  Ionizing radiation.
1910.1200  Hazard communication.
1910.1201  Retention of DOT markings, placards and labels.
1910.1450  Occupational exposure to hazardous chemicals in laboratories.

    Subject Index for 29 CFR Part 1910--Occupational Safety and Health 
Standards



                Subpart Z--Toxic and Hazardous Substances

    Authority: Sections 4, 6, and 8 of the Occupational Safety and 
Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, and 657); Secretary of Labor's 
Order No. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR 25059), 9-83 (48 FR 35736), of 
1-90 (55 FR 9033), as applicable; and 29 CFR part 1911.

    All of subpart Z issued under sec. 6(b) of the Occupational Safety 
and Health Act, except those substances that have exposure limits listed 
in Tables Z-1, Z-2, or Z-3 of 29 CFR 1910.1000. The latter were issued 
under sec. 6(a) (29 U.S.C. 655(a)).
    Section 1910.1000, Tables Z-1, Z-2, and Z-3 also issued under 5 
U.S.C. 553. Section 1910.1000, Tables Z-1, Z-2, and Z-3 not issued under 
29 CFR part 1911 except for the arsenic (organic compounds), benzene, 
and cotton dust listings.
    Section 1910.1001 also issued under section 107 of the Contract Work 
Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333) and 5 U.S.C. 553.
    Section 1910.1002 not issued under 29 U.S.C. 655 or 29 CFR part 
1911; also issued under 5 U.S.C. 553.
    Section 1910.1200 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 553.

    Source: 39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, unless otherwise noted. 
Redesignated at 40 FR 23072, May 28, 1975.



Sec. 1910.1000  Air contaminants.

    An employee's exposure to any substance listed in Tables Z-1, Z-2, 
or Z-3 of this section shall be limited in accordance with the 
requirements of the following paragraphs of this section.
    (a) Table Z-1--(1) Substances with limits preceded by ``C''--Ceiling 
Values. An employee's exposure to any substance in Table Z-1, the 
exposure limit of which is preceded by a ``C'', shall at no time exceed 
the exposure limit given for that substance. If instantaneous monitoring 
is not feasible, then the ceiling shall be assessed as a 15-minute time 
weighted average exposure which shall not be exceeded at any time during 
the working day.
    (2) Other substances--8-hour Time Weighted Averages. An employee's 
exposure to any substance in Table Z-1, the exposure limit of which is 
not preceded by a ``C'', shall not exceed the 8-hour Time Weighted 
Average given for that substance in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour 
work week.
    (b) Table Z-2. An employee's exposure to any substance listed in 
Table Z-2 shall not exceed the exposure limits specified as follows:
    (1) 8-hour time weighted averages. An employee's exposure to any 
substance listed in Table Z-2, in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour 
work week, shall not exceed the 8-hour time weighted average limit given 
for that substance in Table Z-2.

[[Page 8]]

    (2) Acceptable ceiling concentrations. An employee's exposure to a 
substance listed in Table Z-2 shall not exceed at any time during an 8-
hour shift the acceptable ceiling concentration limit given for the 
substance in the table, except for a time period, and up to a 
concentration not exceeding the maximum duration and concentration 
allowed in the column under ``acceptable maximum peak above the 
acceptable ceiling concentration for an 8-hour shift.''
    (3) Example. During an 8-hour work shift, an employee may be exposed 
to a concentration of Substance A (with a 10 ppm TWA, 25 ppm ceiling and 
50 ppm peak) above 25 ppm (but never above 50 ppm) only for a maximum 
period of 10 minutes. Such exposure must be compensated by exposures to 
concentrations less than 10 ppm so that the cumulative exposure for the 
entire 8-hour work shift does not exceed a weighted average of 10 ppm.
    (c) Table Z-3. An employee's exposure to any substance listed in 
Table Z-3, in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week, shall not 
exceed the 8-hour time weighted average limit given for that substance 
in the table.
    (d) Computation formulae. The computation formula which shall apply 
to employee exposure to more than one substance for which 8-hour time 
weighted averages are listed in subpart Z of 29 CFR part 1910 in order 
to determine whether an employee is exposed over the regulatory limit is 
as follows:
    (1)(i) The cumulative exposure for an 8-hour work shift shall be 
computed as follows:

E=(CaTa+CbTb+. . 
.CnTn)8

Where:

E is the equivalent exposure for the working shift.
C is the concentration during any period of time T where the 
concentration remains constant.
T is the duration in hours of the exposure at the concentration C.

The value of E shall not exceed the 8-hour time weighted average 
specified in subpart Z of 29 CFR part 1910 for the substance involved.

    (ii) To illustrate the formula prescribed in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of 
this section, assume that Substance A has an 8-hour time weighted 
average limit of 100 ppm noted in Table Z-1. Assume that an employee is 
subject to the following exposure:

Two hours exposure at 150 ppm
Two hours exposure at 75 ppm
Four hours exposure at 50 ppm

    Substituting this information in the formula, we have

(2 x 150+2 x 75+4 x 50)8=81.25 ppm

    Since 81.25 ppm is less than 100 ppm, the 8-hour time weighted 
average limit, the exposure is acceptable.

    (2)(i) in case of a mixture of air contaminants an employer shall 
compute the equivalent exposure as follows:

Em=(C1L1+C2L2
)+. . .(CnLn)

Where:

Em is the equivalent exposure for the mixture.
C is the concentration of a particular contaminant.
L is the exposure limit for that substance specified in subpart Z of 29 
CFR part 1910.

The value of Em shall not exceed unity (1).

    (ii) To illustrate the formula prescribed in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of 
this section, consider the following exposures:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Actual                
                                              concentration             
                  Substance                     of 8-hour     8-hour TWA
                                                 exposure     PEL (ppm) 
                                                  (ppm)                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
B...........................................           500         1,000
C...........................................            45           200
D...........................................            40           200
------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Substituting in the formula, we have:

Em=5001,000+45200+40200
Em=0.500+0.225+0.200
Em=0.925

Since Em is less than unity (1), the exposure combination is 
within acceptable limits.

    (e) To achieve compliance with paragraphs (a) through (d) of this 
section, administrative or engineering controls must first be determined 
and implemented whenever feasible. When such controls are not feasible 
to achieve full compliance, protective equipment or any other protective 
measures shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to air 
contaminants within the limits prescribed in this section. Any equipment 
and/or technical measures used for this purpose must be approved for 
each particular use by a competent industrial hygienist or other 
technically qualified person. Whenever respirators

[[Page 9]]

are used, their use shall comply with 1910.134.
    (f) Effective dates. The exposure limits specified have been in 
effect with the method of compliance specified in paragraph (e) of this 
section since May 29, 1971.

                                     Table Z-1--Limits for Air Contaminants                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Substance                CAS No. (c)         ppm (a) \1\        mg/m\3\ (b) \1\     Skin designation 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acetaldehyde..................             75-07-0              200                  360      ..................
Acetic acid...................             64-19-7               10                   25      ..................
Acetic anhydride..............            108-24-7                5                   20      ..................
Acetone.......................             67-64-1             1000                 2400      ..................
Acetonitrile..................             75-05-8               40                   70      ..................
2-Acetylaminofluorine; see                 53-96-3                                                              
 1910.1014.                                                                                                     
Acetylene dichloride; see 1,2-                                                                                  
 Dichloroethylene.                                                                                              
Acetylene tetrabromide........             79-27-6                1                   14      ..................
Acrolein......................            107-02-8                0.1                  0.25   ..................
Acrylamide....................             79-06-1  ...................                0.3    X                 
Acrylonitrile; see 1910.1045..            107-13-1                                                              
Aldrin........................            309-00-2  ...................                0.25   X                 
Allyl alcohol.................            107-18-6                2                    5      X                 
Allyl chloride................            107-05-1                1                    3      ..................
Allyl glycidyl ether (AGE)....            106-92-3            (C)10                (C)45      ..................
Allyl propyl disulfide........           2179-59-1                2                   12      ..................
alpha-Alumina.................           1344-28-1                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Aluminum, metal (as Al).......           7429-90-5                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
4-Aminodiphenyl; see 1910.1011             92-67-1                                                              
2-Aminoethanol; see                                                                                             
 Ethanolamine.                                                                                                  
2-Aminopyridine...............            504-29-0                0.5                  2      ..................
Ammonia.......................           7664-41-7               50                   35      ..................
Ammonium sulfamate............           7773-06-0                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
n-Amyl acetate................            628-63-7              100                  525      ..................
sec-Amyl acetate..............            626-38-0              125                  650      ..................
Aniline and homologs..........             62-53-3                5                   19      X                 
Anisidine (o-, p-isomers).....          29191-52-4  ...................                0.5    X                 
Antimony and compounds (as Sb)           7440-36-0  ...................                0.5    ..................
ANTU (alpha Naphthylthiourea).             86-88-4  ...................                0.3    ..................
Arsenic, inorganic compounds             7440-38-2                                                              
 (as As); see 1910.1018.                                                                                        
Arsenic, organic compounds (as           7440-38-2  ...................                0.5    ..................
 As).                                                                                                           
Arsine........................           7784-42-1                0.05                 0.2    ..................
Asbestos; see 1910.1001.......               (\4\)                                                              
Azinphos-methyl...............             86-50-0  ...................                0.2    X                 
Barium, soluble compounds (as            7440-39-3  ...................                0.5    ..................
 Ba).                                                                                                           
Barium sulfate................           7727-43-7                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Benomyl.......................          17804-35-2                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Benzene; see 1910.1028........             71-43-2                                                              
                                                                                                                
    See Table Z-2 for the                                                                                       
     limits applicable in the                                                                                   
     operations or sectors                                                                                      
     excluded in 1910.1028 d                                                                                    
                                                                                                                
Benzidine; see 1910.1010......             92-87-5                                                              
p-Benzoquinone; see Quinone.                                                                                    
Benzo(a)pyrene; see Coal tar                                                                                    
 pitch volatiles..                                                                                              
Benzoyl peroxide..............             94-36-0  ...................                5      ..................
Benzyl chloride...............            100-44-7                1                    5      ..................
Beryllium and beryllium                  7440-41-7                                 (\2\)                        
 compounds (as Be).                                                                                             
Biphenyl; see Diphenyl.                                                                                         
Bismuth telluride, Undoped....           1304-82-1                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................

[[Page 10]]

                                                                                                                
Boron oxide...................           1303-86-2                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
Boron trifluoride.............           7637-07-2             (C)1                 (C)3      ..................
Bromine.......................           7726-95-6                0.1                  0.7    ..................
Bromoform.....................             75-25-2                0.5                  5      X                 
Butadiene (1,3-Butadiene); See            106-99-0  1 ppm/5 ppm STEL     ...................  ..................
 29 CFR 1910.1051; 29 CFR                                                                                       
 1910.19(l).                                                                                                    
Butanethiol; see Butyl                                                                                          
 mercaptan.                                                                                                     
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl                   78-93-3              200                  590      ..................
 ketone).                                                                                                       
2-Butoxyethanol...............            111-76-2               50                  240      X                 
n-Butyl-acetate...............            123-86-4              150                  710      ..................
sec-Butyl acetate.............            105-46-4              200                  950      ..................
tert-Butyl acetate............            540-88-5              200                  950      ..................
n-Butyl alcohol...............             71-36-3              100                  300      ..................
sec-Butyl alcohol.............             78-92-2              150                  450      ..................
tert-Butyl alcohol............             75-65-0              100                  300      ..................
Butylamine....................            109-73-9             (C)5                (C)15      X                 
tert-Butyl chromate (as CrO3).           1189-85-1  ...................             (C)0.1    X                 
n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE)..           2426-08-6               50                  270      ..................
Butyl mercaptan...............            109-79-5               10                   35      ..................
p-tert-Butyltoluene...........             98-51-1               10                   60      ..................
Cadmium (as Cd); see 1910.1027           7440-43-9                                                              
Calcium carbonate.............           1317-65-3                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Calcium hydroxide.............           1305-62-0                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Calcium oxide.................           1305-78-8  ...................                5      ..................
Calcium silicate..............           1344-95-2                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Calcium sulfate...............           7778-18-9                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Camphor, synthetic............             76-22-2  ...................                2      ..................
Carbaryl (Sevin)..............             63-25-2  ...................                5      ..................
Carbon black..................           1333-86-4  ...................                3.5    ..................
Carbon dioxide................            124-38-9             5000                 9000      ..................
Carbon disulfide..............             75-15-0                                 (\2\)                        
Carbon monoxide...............            630-08-0               50                   55      ..................
Carbon tetrachloride..........             56-23-5                                 (\2\)                        
Cellulose.....................           9004-34-6                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Chlordane.....................             57-74-9  ...................                0.5    X                 
Chlorinated camphene..........           8001-35-2  ...................                0.5    X                 
Chlorinated diphenyl oxide....          55720-99-5  ...................                0.5    ..................
Chlorine......................           7782-50-5             (C)1                 (C)3      ..................
Chlorine dioxide..............          10049-04-4                0.1                  0.3    ..................
Chlorine trifluoride..........           7790-91-2             (C)0.1               (C)0.4    ..................
Chloroacetaldehyde............            107-20-0             (C)1                 (C)3      ..................
a-Chloroacetophenone (Phenacyl            532-27-4                0.05                 0.3    ..................
 chloride).                                                                                                     
Chlorobenzene.................            108-90-7               75                  350      ..................
o-Chlorobenzylidene                      2698-41-1                0.05                 0.4    ..................
 malononitrile.                                                                                                 
Chlorobromomethane............             74-97-5              200                 1050      ..................
2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene; see                                                                                     
 beta-Chloroprene.                                                                                              
Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine)           53469-21-9  ...................                1      X                 
 (PCB).                                                                                                         
Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine)           11097-69-1  ...................                0.5    X                 
 (PCB).                                                                                                         
1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane; see                                                                                  
 Epichlorohydrin.                                                                                               
2-Chloroethanol; see Ethylene                                                                                   
 chlorohydrin.                                                                                                  
Chloroethylene; see Vinyl                                                                                       
 chloride.                                                                                                      
Chloroform (Trichloromethane).             67-66-3            (C)50               (C)240      ..................
bis(Chloromethyl) ether; see              542-88-1                                                              
 1910.1008.                                                                                                     
Chloromethyl methyl ether; see            107-30-2                                                              
 1910.1006.                                                                                                     
1-Chloro-1-nitropropane.......            600-25-9               20                  100      ..................
Chloropicrin..................             76-06-2                0.1                  0.7    ..................

[[Page 11]]

                                                                                                                
beta-Chloroprene..............            126-99-8               25                   90      X                 
2-Chloro-6-(trichloromethyl)             1929-82-4                                                              
 pyridine.                                                                                                      
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Chromic acid and chromates (as               (\4\)                                 (\2\)                        
 CrO3).                                                                                                         
Chromium (II) compounds.                                                                                        
    (as Cr)...................           7440-47-3  ...................                0.5    ..................
Chromium (III) compounds.                                                                                       
    (as Cr)...................           7440-47-3  ...................                0.5    ..................
Chromium metal and insol.                7440-47-3  ...................                1      ..................
 salts (as Cr).                                                                                                 
Chrysene; see Coal tar pitch                                                                                    
 volatiles.                                                                                                     
Clopidol......................           2971-90-6                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Coal dust (less than 5% SiO2),                                                     (\3\)                        
 respirable fraction.                                                                                           
Coal dust (greater than or                                                         (\3\)                        
 equal to 5% SiO2), respirable                                                                                  
 fraction.                                                                                                      
Coal tar pitch volatiles                65966-93-2  ...................                0.2    ..................
 (benzene soluble fraction),                                                                                    
 anthracene, BaP,                                                                                               
 phenanthrene, acridine,                                                                                        
 chrysene, pyrene.                                                                                              
Cobalt metal, dust, and fume             7440-48-4  ...................                0.1    ..................
 (as Co).                                                                                                       
Coke oven emissions; see                                                                                        
 1910.1029.                                                                                                     
Copper........................           7440-50-8                                                              
    Fume (as Cu)..............                      ...................                0.1    ..................
    Dusts and mists (as Cu)...                      ...................                1      ..................
Cotton dust e; see 1910.1043..                      ...................                1                        
Crag herbicide (Sesone).......            136-78-7                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Cresol, all isomers...........           1319-77-3                5                   22      X                 
Crotonaldehyde................           123-73-9;                2                    6                        
                                         4170-30-3                                                              
Cumene........................             98-82-8               50                  245      X                 
Cyanides (as CN)..............               (\4\)  ...................                5      ..................
Cyclohexane...................            110-82-7              300                 1050      ..................
Cyclohexanol..................            108-93-0               50                  200      ..................
Cyclohexanone.................            108-94-1               50                  200      ..................
Cyclohexene...................            110-83-8              300                 1015      ..................
Cyclopentadiene...............            542-92-7               75                  200      ..................
2,4-D (Dichlorophenoxyacetic               94-75-7  ...................               10      ..................
 acid).                                                                                                         
Decaborane....................          17702-41-9                0.05                 0.3    X                 
Demeton (Systox)..............           8065-48-3  ...................                0.1    X                 
Diacetone alcohol (4-Hydroxy-4-           123-42-2               50                  240      ..................
 methyl-2-pentanone).                                                                                           
1,2-Diaminoethane; see                                                                                          
 Ethylenediamine.                                                                                               
Diazomethane..................            334-88-3                0.2                  0.4    ..................
Diborane......................          19287-45-7                0.1                  0.1    ..................
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane                96-12-8                                                              
 (CBCP); see 1910.1044.                                                                                         
1,2-Dibromoethane; see                                                                                          
 Ethylene dibromide.                                                                                            
Dibutyl phosphate.............            107-66-4                1                    5      ..................
Dibutyl phthalate.............             84-74-2  ...................                5      ..................
o-Dichlorobenzene.............             95-50-1            (C)50               (C)300      ..................
p-Dichlorobenzene.............            106-46-7               75                  450      ..................
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine; see                91-94-1                                                              
 1910.1007.                                                                                                     
Dichlorodifluoromethane.......             75-71-8             1000                 4950      ..................
1,3-Dichloro-5,5-dimethyl                 118-52-5  ...................                0.2    ..................
 hydantoin.                                                                                                     
Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethan             50-29-3  ...................                1      X                 
 e (DDT).                                                                                                       
1,1-Dichloroethane............             75-34-3              100                  400      ..................
1,2-Dichloroethane; see                                                                                         
 Ethylene dichloride.                                                                                           
1,2-Dichloroethylene..........            540-59-0              200                  790      ..................
Dichloroethyl ether...........            111-44-4            (C)15                (C)90      X                 
Dichloromethane; see Methylene                                                                                  
 chloride.                                                                                                      
Dichloromonofluoromethane.....             75-43-4             1000                 4200      ..................
1,1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane....            594-72-9            (C)10                (C)60      ..................
1,2-Dichloropropane; see                                                                                        
 Propylene dichloride.                                                                                          

[[Page 12]]

                                                                                                                
Dichlorotetrafluoroethane.....             76-14-2             1000                 7000      ..................
Dichlorvos (DDVP).............             62-73-7  ...................                1      X                 
Dicyclopentadienyl iron.......            102-54-5                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Dieldrin......................             60-57-1  ...................                0.25   X                 
Diethylamine..................            109-89-7               25                   75      ..................
2-Diethylaminoethanol.........            100-37-8               10                   50      X                 
Diethyl ether; see Ethyl                                                                                        
 ether.                                                                                                         
Difluorodibromomethane........             75-61-6              100                  860      ..................
Diglycidyl ether (DGE)........           2238-07-5             (C)0.5               (C)2.8    ..................
Dihydroxybenzene; see                                                                                           
 Hydroquinone.                                                                                                  
Diisobutyl ketone.............            108-83-8               50                  290      ..................
Diisopropylamine..............            108-18-9                5                   20      X                 
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene; see             60-11-7                                                              
 1910.1015.                                                                                                     
Dimethoxymethane; see                                                                                           
 Methylal.                                                                                                      
Dimethyl acetamide............            127-19-5               10                   35      X                 
Dimethylamine.................            124-40-3               10                   18      ..................
Dimethylaminobenzene; see                                                                                       
 Xylidine.                                                                                                      
Dimethylaniline (N,N-                     121-69-7                5                   25      X                 
 Dimethylaniline).                                                                                              
Dimethylbenzene; see Xylene.                                                                                    
Dimethyl-1,2-dibromo-2,2-                 300-76-5  ...................                3      ..................
 dichloroethyl phosphate.                                                                                       
Dimethylformamide.............             68-12-2               10                   30      X                 
2,6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone; see                                                                                   
 Diisobutyl ketone.                                                                                             
1,1-Dimethylhydrazine.........             57-14-7                0.5                  1      X                 
Dimethylphthalate.............            131-11-3  ...................                5      ..................
Dimethyl sulfate..............             77-78-1                1                    5      X                 
Dinitrobenzene (all isomers)..                                                         1      X                 
    (ortho)...................            528-29-0                                                              
    (meta)....................             99-65-0                                                              
    (para)....................            100-25-4                                                              
Dinitro-o-cresol..............            534-52-1  ...................                0.2    X                 
Dinitrotoluene................          25321-14-6  ...................                1.5    X                 
Dioxane (Diethylene dioxide)..            123-91-1              100                  360      X                 
Diphenyl (Biphenyl)...........             92-52-4                0.2                  1      ..................
Diphenylmethane diisocyanate;                                                                                   
 see Methylene bisphenyl                                                                                        
 isocyanate.                                                                                                    
Dipropylene glycol methyl               34590-94-8              100                  600      X                 
 ether.                                                                                                         
Di-sec octyl phthalate (Di-(2-            117-81-7  ...................                5      ..................
 ethylhexyl) phthalate).                                                                                        
Emery.........................          12415-34-8                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Endosulfan....................            115-29-7  ...................                0.1    X                 
Endrin........................             72-20-8  ...................                0.1    X                 
Epichlorohydrin...............            106-89-8                5                   19      X                 
EPN...........................           2104-64-5  ...................                0.5    X                 
1,2-Epoxypropane; see                                                                                           
 Propylene oxide.                                                                                               
2,3-Epoxy-1-propanol; see                                                                                       
 Glycidol.                                                                                                      
Ethanethiol; see Ethyl                                                                                          
 mercaptan.                                                                                                     
Ethanolamine..................            141-43-5                3                    6      ..................
2-Ethoxyethanol (Cellosolve)..            110-80-5              200                  740      X                 
2-Ethoxyethyl acetate                     111-15-9              100                  540      X                 
 (Cellosolve acetate).                                                                                          
Ethyl acetate.................            141-78-6              400                 1400      ..................
Ethyl acrylate................            140-88-5               25                  100      X                 
Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol).......             64-17-5             1000                 1900      ..................
Ethylamine....................             75-04-7               10                   18      ..................
Ethyl amyl ketone (5-Methyl-3-            541-85-5               25                  130      ..................
 heptanone).                                                                                                    
Ethyl benzene.................            100-41-4              100                  435      ..................
Ethyl bromide.................             74-96-4              200                  890      ..................
Ethyl butyl ketone (3-                    106-35-4               50                  230      ..................
 Heptanone).                                                                                                    
Ethyl chloride................             75-00-3             1000                 2600      ..................
Ethyl ether...................             60-29-7              400                 1200      ..................
Ethyl formate.................            109-94-4              100                  300      ..................
Ethyl mercaptan...............             75-08-1            (C)10                (C)25      ..................
Ethyl silicate................             78-10-4              100                  850      ..................

[[Page 13]]

                                                                                                                
Ethylene chlorohydrin.........            107-07-3                5                   16      X                 
Ethylenediamine...............            107-15-3               10                   25      ..................
Ethylene dibromide............            106-93-4                                 (\2\)                        
Ethylene dichloride (1,2-                 107-06-2                                 (\2\)                        
 Dichloroethane).                                                                                               
Ethylene glycol dinitrate.....            628-96-6             (C)0.2               (C)1      X                 
Ethylene glycol methyl                                                                                          
 acetate; see Methyl                                                                                            
 cellosolve acetate.                                                                                            
Ethyleneimine; see 1910.1012..            151-56-4                                                              
Ethylene oxide; see 1910.1047.             75-21-8                                                              
Ethylidene chloride; see 1,1-                                                                                   
 Dichloroethane.                                                                                                
N-Ethylmorpholine.............            100-74-3               20                   94      X                 
Ferbam........................          14484-64-1                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
Ferrovanadium dust............          12604-58-9  ...................                1      ..................
Fluorides (as F)..............               (\4\)  ...................                2.5    ..................
Fluorine......................           7782-41-4                0.1                  0.2    ..................
Fluorotrichloromethane                     75-69-4             1000                 5600      ..................
 (Trichlorofluoromethane).                                                                                      
Formaldehyde; see 1910.1048...             50-00-0                                                              
Formic acid...................             64-18-6                5                    9      ..................
Furfural......................             98-01-1                5                   20      X                 
Furfuryl alcohol..............             98-00-0               50                  200      ..................
Grain dust (oat, wheat,         ..................  ...................               10      ..................
 barley).                                                                                                       
Glycerin (mist)...............             56-81-5                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Glycidol......................            556-52-5               50                  150      ..................
Glycol monoethyl ether; see 2-                                                                                  
 Ethoxyethanol.                                                                                                 
Graphite, natural, respirable            7782-42-5                                 (\3\)                        
 dust.                                                                                                          
Graphite, synthetic...........                                                                                  
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Guthion; see Azinphos methyl.                                                                                   
Gypsum........................          13397-24-5                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Hafnium.......................           7440-58-6  ...................                0.5    ..................
Heptachlor....................             76-44-8  ...................                0.5    X                 
Heptane (n-Heptane)...........            142-82-5              500                 2000      ..................
Hexachloroethane..............             67-72-1                1                   10      X                 
Hexachloronaphthalene.........           1335-87-1  ...................                0.2    X                 
n-Hexane......................            110-54-3              500                 1800      ..................
2-Hexanone (Methyl n-butyl                591-78-6              100                  410      ..................
 ketone).                                                                                                       
Hexone (Methyl isobutyl                   108-10-1              100                  410      ..................
 ketone).                                                                                                       
sec-Hexyl acetate.............            108-84-9               50                  300      ..................
Hydrazine.....................            302-01-2                1                    1.3    X                 
Hydrogen bromide..............          10035-10-6                3                   10      ..................
Hydrogen chloride.............           7647-01-0             (C)5                 (C)7      ..................
Hydrogen cyanide..............             74-90-8               10                   11      X                 
Hydrogen fluoride (as F)......           7664-39-3                                 (\2\)                        
Hydrogen peroxide.............           7722-84-1                1                    1.4    ..................
Hydrogen selenide (as Se).....           7783-07-5                0.05                 0.2    ..................
Hydrogen sulfide..............           7783-06-4                                 (\2\)                        
Hydroquinone..................            123-31-9  ...................                2      ..................
Iodine........................           7553-56-2             (C)0.1               (C)1      ..................
Iron oxide fume...............           1309-37-1  ...................               10      ..................
Isoamyl acetate...............            123-92-2              100                  525      ..................
Isoamyl alcohol (primary and              123-51-3              100                  360      ..................
 secondary).                                                                                                    
Isobutyl acetate..............            110-19-0              150                  700      ..................
Isobutyl alcohol..............             78-83-1              100                  300      ..................
Isophorone....................             78-59-1               25                  140      ..................
Isopropyl acetate.............            108-21-4              250                  950      ..................
Isopropyl alcohol.............             67-63-0              400                  980      ..................
Isopropylamine................             75-31-0                5                   12      ..................
Isopropyl ether...............            108-20-3              500                 2100      ..................
Isopropyl glycidyl ether (IGE)           4016-14-2               50                  240      ..................
Kaolin........................           1332-58-7                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................

[[Page 14]]

                                                                                                                
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Ketene........................            463-51-4                0.5                  0.9    ..................
Lead, inorganic (as Pb); see             7439-92-1                                                              
 1910.1025.                                                                                                     
Limestone.....................           1317-65-3                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Lindane.......................             58-89-9  ...................                0.5    X                 
Lithium hydride...............           7580-67-8  ...................                0.025  ..................
L.P.G. (Liquefied petroleum             68476-85-7             1000                 1800      ..................
 gas).                                                                                                          
Magnesite.....................            546-93-0                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Magnesium oxide fume..........           1309-48-4                                                              
    Total particulate.........                      ...................               15      ..................
Malathion.....................            121-75-5                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      X                 
Maleic anhydride..............            108-31-6                0.25                 1      ..................
Manganese compounds (as Mn)...           7439-96-5  ...................             (C)5      ..................
Manganese fume (as Mn)........           7439-96-5  ...................             (C)5      ..................
Marble........................           1317-65-3                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Mercury (aryl and inorganic)             7439-97-6                                 (\2\)                        
 (as Hg).                                                                                                       
Mercury (organo) alkyl                   7439-97-6                                 (\2\)                        
 compounds (as Hg).                                                                                             
Mercury (vapor) (as Hg).......           7439-97-6                                 (\2\)                        
Mesityl oxide.................            141-79-7               25                  100      ..................
Methanethiol; see Methyl                                                                                        
 mercaptan.                                                                                                     
Methoxychlor..................             72-43-5                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
2-Methoxyethanol (Methyl                  109-86-4               25                   80      X                 
 cellosolve).                                                                                                   
2-Methoxyethyl acetate (Methyl            110-49-6               25                  120      X                 
 cellosolve acetate).                                                                                           
Methyl acetate................             79-20-9              200                  610      ..................
Methyl acetylene (Propyne)....             74-99-7             1000                 1650      ..................
Methyl acetylene-propadiene                                    1000                 1800      ..................
 mixture (MAPP).                                                                                                
Methyl acrylate...............             96-33-3               10                   35      X                 
Methylal (Dimethoxy-methane)..            109-87-5             1000                 3100      ..................
Methyl alcohol................             67-56-1              200                  260      ..................
Methylamine...................             74-89-5               10                   12      ..................
Methyl amyl alcohol; see                                                                                        
 Methyl isobutyl carbinol.                                                                                      
Methyl n-amyl ketone..........            110-43-0              100                  465      ..................
Methyl bromide................             74-83-9            (C)20                (C)80      X                 
Methyl butyl ketone; see 2-                                                                                     
 Hexanone.                                                                                                      
Methyl cellosolve; see 2-                                                                                       
 Methoxyethanol.                                                                                                
Methyl cellosolve acetate; see                                                                                  
 2-Methoxyethyl acetate.                                                                                        
Methyl chloride...............             74-87-3                                 (\2\)                        
Methyl chloroform (1,1,1-                  71-55-6              350                 1900      ..................
 Trichloroethane).                                                                                              
Methylcyclohexane.............            108-87-2              500                 2000      ..................
Methylcyclohexanol............          25639-42-3              100                  470      ..................
o-Methylcyclohexanone.........            583-60-8              100                  460      X                 
Methylene chloride............             75-09-2                                 (\2\)                        
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); see                                                                                  
 2-Butanone.                                                                                                    
Methyl formate................            107-31-3              100                  250      ..................
Methyl hydrazine (Monomethyl               60-34-4             (C)0.2               (C)0.35   X                 
 hydrazine).                                                                                                    
Methyl iodide.................             74-88-4                5                   28      X                 
Methyl isoamyl ketone.........            110-12-3              100                  475      ..................
Methyl isobutyl carbinol......            108-11-2               25                  100      X                 
Methyl isobutyl ketone; see                                                                                     
 Hexone.                                                                                                        
Methyl isocyanate.............            624-83-9                0.02                 0.05   X                 
Methyl mercaptan..............             74-93-1            (C)10                (C)20      ..................
Methyl methacrylate...........             80-62-6              100                  410      ..................
Methyl propyl ketone; see 2-                                                                                    
 Pentanone.                                                                                                     

[[Page 15]]

                                                                                                                
alpha-Methyl styrene..........             98-83-9           (C)100               (C)480      ..................
Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate            101-68-8             (C)0.02              (C)0.2    ..................
 (MDI).                                                                                                         
Mica; see Silicates.                                                                                            
Molybdenum (as Mo)............           7439-98-7                                                              
    Soluble compounds.........                      ...................                5      ..................
    Insoluble compounds.                                                                                        
        Total dust............                      ...................               15      ..................
Monomethyl aniline............            100-61-8                2                    9      X                 
Monomethyl hydrazine; see                                                                                       
 Methyl hydrazine.                                                                                              
Morpholine....................            110-91-8               20                   70      X                 
Naphtha (Coal tar)............           8030-30-6              100                  400      ..................
Naphthalene...................             91-20-3               10                   50      ..................
alpha-Naphthylamine; see                  134-32-7                                                              
 1910.1004.                                                                                                     
beta-Naphthylamine; see                    91-59-8                                                              
 1910.1009.                                                                                                     
Nickel carbonyl (as Ni).......          13463-39-3                0.001                0.007  ..................
Nickel, metal and insoluble              7440-02-0  ...................                1      ..................
 compounds (as Ni).                                                                                             
Nickel, soluble compounds (as            7440-02-0  ...................                1      ..................
 Ni).                                                                                                           
Nicotine......................             54-11-5  ...................                0.5    X                 
Nitric acid...................           7697-37-2                2                    5      ..................
Nitric oxide..................          10102-43-9               25                   30      ..................
p-Nitroaniline................            100-01-6                1                    6      X                 
Nitrobenzene..................             98-95-3                1                    5      X                 
p-Nitrochlorobenzene..........            100-00-5  ...................                1      X                 
4-Nitrodiphenyl; see 1910.1003             92-93-3                                                              
Nitroethane...................             79-24-3              100                  310      ..................
Nitrogen dioxide..............          10102-44-0             (C)5                 (C)9      ..................
Nitrogen trifluoride..........           7783-54-2               10                   29      ..................
Nitroglycerin.................             55-63-0             (C)0.2               (C)2      X                 
Nitromethane..................             75-52-5              100                  250      ..................
1-Nitropropane................            108-03-2               25                   90      ..................
2-Nitropropane................             79-46-9               25                   90      ..................
N-Nitrosodimethylamine; see                                                                                     
 1910.1016.                                                                                                     
Nitrotoluene (all isomers)....                                    5                   30      X                 
    o-isomer..................             88-72-2                                                              
    m-isomer..................             99-08-1                                                              
    p-isomer..................             99-99-0                                                              
Nitrotrichloromethane; see                                                                                      
 Chloropicrin.                                                                                                  
Octachloronaphthalene.........           2234-13-1  ...................                0.1    X                 
Octane........................            111-65-9              500                 2350      ..................
Oil mist, mineral.............           8012-95-1  ...................                5      ..................
Osmium tetroxide (as Os)......          20816-12-0  ...................                0.002  ..................
Oxalic acid...................            144-62-7  ...................                1      ..................
Oxygen difluoride.............           7783-41-7                0.05                 0.1    ..................
Ozone.........................          10028-15-6                0.1                  0.2    ..................
Paraquat, respirable dust.....          4685-14-7;  ...................                0.5    X                 
                                        1910-42-5;                                                              
                                         2074-50-2                                                              
Parathion.....................             56-38-2  ...................                0.1    X                 
Particulates not otherwise                                                                                      
 regulated (PNOR) f.                                                                                            
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
PCB; see Chlorodiphenyl (42%                                                                                    
 and 54% chlorine).                                                                                             
Pentaborane...................          19624-22-7                0.005                0.01   ..................
Pentachloronaphthalene........           1321-64-8  ...................                0.5    X                 
Pentachlorophenol.............             87-86-5  ...................                0.5    X                 
Pentaerythritol...............            115-77-5                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Pentane.......................            109-66-0             1000                 2950      ..................
2-Pentanone (Methyl propyl                107-87-9              200                  700      ..................
 ketone).                                                                                                       
Perchloroethylene                         127-18-4                                 (\2\)                        
 (Tetrachloroethylene).                                                                                         
Perchloromethyl mercaptan.....            594-42-3                0.1                  0.8    ..................
Perchloryl fluoride...........           7616-94-6                3                   13.5    ..................
Perlite.......................          93763-70-3                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................

[[Page 16]]

                                                                                                                
Petroleum distillates                                           500                 2000      ..................
 (Naphtha) (Rubber Solvent).                                                                                    
Phenol........................            108-95-2                5                   19      X                 
p-Phenylene diamine...........            106-50-3  ...................                0.1    X                 
Phenyl ether, vapor...........            101-84-8                1                    7      ..................
Phenyl ether-biphenyl mixture,                                    1                    7      ..................
 vapor.                                                                                                         
Phenylethylene; see Styrene.                                                                                    
Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE)...            122-60-1               10                   60      ..................
Phenylhydrazine...............            100-63-0                5                   22      X                 
Phosdrin (Mevinphos)..........           7786-34-7  ...................                0.1    X                 
Phosgene (Carbonyl chloride)..             75-44-5                0.1                  0.4    ..................
Phosphine.....................           7803-51-2                0.3                  0.4    ..................
Phosphoric acid...............           7664-38-2  ...................                1      ..................
Phosphorus (yellow)...........           7723-14-0  ...................                0.1    ..................
Phosphorus pentachloride......          10026-13-8  ...................                1      ..................
Phosphorus pentasulfide.......           1314-80-3  ...................                1      ..................
Phosphorus trichloride........           7719-12-2                0.5                  3      ..................
Phthalic anhydride............             85-44-9                2                   12      ..................
Picloram......................           1918-02-1                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Picric acid...................             88-89-1  ...................                0.1    X                 
Pindone (2-Pivalyl-1,3-                    83-26-1  ...................                0.1    ..................
 indandione).                                                                                                   
Plaster of Paris..............          26499-65-0                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Platinum (as Pt)..............           7440-06-4                                                              
    Metal.....................                      ...................  ...................  ..................
    Soluble salts.............                      ...................                0.002  ..................
Portland cement...............          65997-15-1                                                              
    Total dust................                                                        15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Propane.......................             74-98-6             1000                 1800      ..................
beta-Propriolactone; see                   57-57-8                                                              
 1910.1013.                                                                                                     
n-Propyl acetate..............            109-60-4              200                  840      ..................
n-Propyl alcohol..............             71-23-8              200                  500      ..................
n-Propyl nitrate..............            627-13-4               25                  110      ..................
Propylene dichloride..........             78-87-5               75                  350      ..................
Propylene imine...............             75-55-8                2                    5      X                 
Propylene oxide...............             75-56-9              100                  240      ..................
Propyne; see Methyl acetylene.                                                                                  
Pyrethrum.....................           8003-34-7  ...................                5      ..................
Pyridine......................            110-86-1                5                   15      ..................
Quinone.......................            106-51-4                0.1                  0.4    ..................
RDX; see Cyclonite.                                                                                             
Rhodium (as Rh), metal fume              7440-16-6  ...................                0.1    ..................
 and insoluble compounds.                                                                                       
Rhodium (as Rh), soluble                 7440-16-6  ...................                0.001  ..................
 compounds.                                                                                                     
Ronnel........................            299-84-3  ...................               15      ..................
Rotenone......................             83-79-4  ...................                5      ..................
Rouge.........................                                                                                  
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Selenium compounds (as Se)....           7782-49-2  ...................                0.2    ..................
Selenium hexafluoride (as Se).           7783-79-1                0.05                 0.4    ..................
Silica, amorphous,                     112926-00-8                                 (\3\)      ..................
 precipitated and gel.                                                                                          
Silica, amorphous,                      61790-53-2                                 (\3\)                        
 diatomaceous earth,                                                                                            
 containing less than 1%                                                                                        
 crystalline silica.                                                                                            
Silica, crystalline                     14464-46-1                                 (\3\)                        
 cristobalite, respirable dust.                                                                                 
Silica, crystalline quartz,             14808-60-7                                 (\3\)                        
 respirable dust.                                                                                               
Silica, crystalline tripoli              1317-95-9                                 (\3\)                        
 (as quartz), respirable dust.                                                                                  
Silica, crystalline tridymite,          15468-32-3                                 (\3\)                        
 respirable dust.                                                                                               
Silica, fused, respirable dust          60676-86-0                                 (\3\)                        
Silicates (less than 1%                                                                                         
 crystalline silica).                                                                                           
    Mica (respirable dust)....          12001-26-2                                 (\3\)                        
    Soapstone, total dust.....  ..................                                 (\3\)                        

[[Page 17]]

                                                                                                                
    Soapstone, respirable dust  ..................                                 (\3\)                        
    Talc (containing            ..................                                 (\3\)                        
     asbestos); use asbestos                                                                                    
     limit; see 29 CFR                                                                                          
     1910.1001.                                                                                                 
    Talc (containing no                 14807-96-6                                 (\3\)                        
     asbestos), respirable                                                                                      
     dust.                                                                                                      
    Tremolite, asbestiform;                                                                                     
 see 1910.1001.                                                                                                 
Silicon.......................           7440-21-3                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Silicon carbide...............            409-21-2                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Silver, metal and soluble                7440-22-4  ...................                0.01   ..................
 compounds (as Ag).                                                                                             
Soapstone; see Silicates.                                                                                       
Sodium fluoroacetate..........             62-74-8  ...................                0.05   X                 
Sodium hydroxide..............           1310-73-2  ...................                2      ..................
Starch........................           9005-25-8                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Stibine.......................           7803-52-3                0.1                  0.5    ..................
Stoddard solvent..............           8052-41-3              500                 2900      ..................
Strychnine....................             57-24-9  ...................                0.15   ..................
Styrene.......................            100-42-5                                 (\2\)                        
Sucrose.......................             57-50-1                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Sulfur dioxide................           7446-09-5                5                   13      ..................
Sulfur hexafluoride...........           2551-62-4             1000                 6000      ..................
Sulfuric acid.................           7664-93-9  ...................                1      ..................
Sulfur monochloride...........          10025-67-9                1                    6      ..................
Sulfur pentafluoride..........           5714-22-7                0.025                0.25   ..................
Sulfuryl fluoride.............           2699-79-8                5                   20      ..................
Systox; see Demeton.                                                                                            
2,4,5-T (2,4,5-                            93-76-5  ...................               10      ..................
 trichlorophenoxyacetic acid).                                                                                  
Talc; see Silicates.                                                                                            
Tantalum, metal and oxide dust           7440-25-7  ...................                5      ..................
TEDP (Sulfotep)...............           3689-24-5  ...................                0.2    X                 
Tellurium and compounds (as             13494-80-9  ...................                0.1    ..................
 Te).                                                                                                           
Tellurium hexafluoride (as Te)           7783-80-4                0.02                 0.2    ..................
Temephos......................           3383-96-8                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
TEPP (Tetraethyl                          107-49-3  ...................                0.05   X                 
 pyrophosphate).                                                                                                
Terphenyls....................          26140-60-3             (C)1                 (C)9      ..................
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloro-2,2-                   76-11-9              500                 4170      ..................
 difluoroethane.                                                                                                
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloro-1,2-                   76-12-0              500                 4170      ..................
 difluoroethane.                                                                                                
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane.....             79-34-5                5                   35      X                 
Tetrachloroethylene; see                                                                                        
 Perchloroethylene.                                                                                             
Tetrachloromethane; see Carbon                                                                                  
 tetrachloride.                                                                                                 
Tetrachloronaphthalene........           1335-88-2  ...................                2      X                 
Tetraethyl lead (as Pb).......             78-00-2  ...................                0.075  X                 
Tetrahydrofuran...............            109-99-9              200                  590      ..................
Tetramethyl lead (as Pb)......             75-74-1  ...................                0.075  X                 
Tetramethyl succinonitrile....           3333-52-6                0.5                  3      X                 
Tetranitromethane.............            509-14-8                1                    8      ..................
Tetryl (2,4,6-                            479-45-8  ...................                1.5    X                 
 Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine                                                                                  
 ).                                                                                                             
Thallium, soluble compounds              7440-28-0  ...................                0.1    X                 
 (as Tl).                                                                                                       
4,4'-Thiobis (6-tert, Butyl-m-             96-69-5                                                              
 cresol).                                                                                                       
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Thiram........................            137-26-8  ...................                5      ..................
Tin, inorganic compounds                 7440-31-5  ...................                2      ..................
 (except oxides) (as Sn).                                                                                       
Tin, organic compounds (as Sn)           7440-31-5  ...................                0.1    ..................
Titanium dioxide..............          13463-67-7                                                              

[[Page 18]]

                                                                                                                
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
Toluene.......................            108-88-3                                 (\2\)                        
Toluene-2,4-diisocyanate (TDI)            584-84-9             (C)0.02              (C)0.14   ..................
o-Toluidine...................             95-53-4                5                   22      X                 
Toxaphene; see Chlorinated                                                                                      
 camphene.                                                                                                      
Tremolite; see Silicates.                                                                                       
Tributyl phosphate............            126-73-8  ...................                5      ..................
1,1,1-Trichloroethane; see                                                                                      
 Methyl chloroform.                                                                                             
1,1,2-Trichloroethane.........             79-00-5               10                   45      X                 
Trichloroethylene.............             79-01-6                                 (\2\)                        
Trichloromethane; see                                                                                           
 Chloroform.                                                                                                    
Trichloronaphthalene..........           1321-65-9  ...................                5      X                 
1,2,3-Trichloropropane........             96-18-4               50                  300      ..................
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-                     76-13-1             1000                 7600      ..................
 trifluoroethane.                                                                                               
Triethylamine.................            121-44-8               25                  100      ..................
Trifluorobromomethane.........             75-63-8             1000                 6100      ..................
2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl; see                                                                                       
 Picric acid.                                                                                                   
2,4,6-                                                                                                          
 Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine                                                                                  
 ; see Tetryl.                                                                                                  
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT)...            118-96-7  ...................                1.5    X                 
Triorthocresyl phosphate......             78-30-8  ...................                0.1    ..................
Triphenyl phosphate...........            115-86-6  ...................                3      ..................
Turpentine....................           8006-64-2              100                  560      ..................
Uranium (as U)................           7440-61-1                                                              
    Soluble compounds.........                      ...................                0.05   ..................
    Insoluble compounds.......                      ...................                0.05   ..................
Vanadium......................           1314-62-1                                                              
    Respirable dust (as V2O5).                      ...................             (C)0.5    ..................
    Fume (as V2O5)............                      ...................             (C)0.1    ..................
Vegetable oil mist............                                                                                  
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Vinyl benzene; see Styrene.                                                                                     
Vinyl chloride; see 1910.1017.             75-01-4                                                              
Vinyl cyanide; see                                                                                              
 Acrylonitrile.                                                                                                 
Vinyl toluene.................          25013-15-4              100                  480      ..................
Warfarin......................             81-81-2  ...................                0.1    ..................
Xylenes (o-, m-, p-isomers)...           1330-20-7              100                  435      ..................
Xylidine......................           1300-73-8                5                   25      X                 
Yttrium.......................           7440-65-5  ...................                1      ..................
Zinc chloride fume............           7646-85-7  ...................                1      ..................
Zinc oxide fume...............           1314-13-2  ...................                5      ..................
Zinc oxide....................           1314-13-2                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Zinc stearate.................            557-05-1                                                              
    Total dust................                      ...................               15      ..................
    Respirable fraction.......                      ...................                5      ..................
Zirconium compounds (as Zr)...           7440-67-7  ...................                5      ..................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The PELs are 8-hour TWAs unless otherwise noted; a (C) designation denotes a ceiling limit. They are to be  
  determined from breathing-zone air samples.                                                                   
(a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminated air by volume at 25 C and 760 torr.                 
(b) Milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. When entry is in this column only, the value is exact; when 
  listed with a ppm entry, it is approximate.                                                                   
(c) The CAS number is for information only. Enforcement is based on the substance name. For an entry covering   
  more than one metal compound, measured as the metal, the CAS number for the metal is given--not CAS numbers   
  for the individual compounds.                                                                                 
(d) The final benzene standard in 1910.1028 applies to all occupational exposures to benzene except in some     
  circumstances the distribution and sale of fuels, sealed containers and pipelines, coke production, oil and   
  gas drilling and production, natural gas processing, and the percentage exclusion for liquid mixtures; for the
  excepted subsegments, the benzene limits in Table Z-2 apply. See 1910.1028 for specific circumstances.        
(e) This 8-hour TWA applies to respirable dust as measured by a vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler or      
  equivalent instrument. The time-weighted average applies to the cottom waste processing operations of waste   
  recycling (sorting, blending, cleaning and willowing) and garnetting. See also 1910.1043 for cotton dust      
  limits applicable to other sectors.                                                                           
(f) All inert or nuisance dusts, whether mineral, inorganic, or organic, not listed specifically by substance   
  name are covered by the Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated (PNOR) limit which is the same as the inert or   
  nuisance dust limit of Table Z-3.                                                                             
\2\ See Table Z-2.                                                                                              
\3\ See Table Z-3.                                                                                              
\4\ Varies with compound.                                                                                       



[[Page 19]]


                                                    Table Z-2                                                   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Acceptable maximum peak above the   
                                                                         acceptable ceiling concentration for an
           Substance                 8-hour time     Acceptable ceiling                 8-hr shift              
                                  weighted average      concentration   ----------------------------------------
                                                                            Concentration      Maximum duration 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benzenea (Z37.40-1969).........  10 ppm............  25 ppm............  50 ppm............  10 minutes.        
Beryllium and beryllium          2 g/m3...  5 g/m3...  25 g/m3..  30 minutes.        
 compounds (Z37.29-1970).                                                                                       
Cadmium fumeb (Z37.5-1970).....  0.1 mg/m3.........  0.3 mg/m3.........  ..................  ...................
Cadmium dustb (Z37.5-1970).....  0.2 mg/m3.........  0.6 mg/m3.........                                         
Carbon disulfide (Z37.3-1968)..  20 ppm............  30 ppm............  100 ppm...........  30 minutes.        
Carbon tetrachloride (Z37.17-    10 ppm............  25 ppm............  200 ppm...........  5 min. in any 4    
 1967).                                                                                       hrs.              
Chromic acid and chromates       ..................  1 mg/10m3.........                                         
 (Z37.7-1971).                                                                                                  
Ethylene dibromide (Z37.31-      20 ppm............  30 ppm............  50 ppm............  5 minutes.         
 1970).                                                                                                         
Ethylene dichloride (Z37.21-     50 ppm............  100 ppm...........  200 ppm...........  5 min. in any 3    
 1969).                                                                                       hrs.              
Fluoride as dust (Z37.28-1969).  2.5 mg/m3.........  ..................  ..................  ...................
Formaldehyde; see 1910.1048....  ..................  ..................  ..................  ...................
Hydrogen fluoride (Z37.28-1969)  3 ppm.............  ..................  ..................  ...................
Hydrogen sulfide (Z37.2-1966)..  ..................  20 ppm............  50 ppm............  10 mins. once, only
                                                                                              if no other meas. 
                                                                                              exp. occurs.      
Mercury (Z37.8-1971)...........  ..................  1 mg/10m3.........  ..................  ...................
Methyl chloride (Z37.18-1969)..  100 ppm...........  200 ppm...........  300 ppm...........  5 mins. in any 3   
                                                                                              hrs.              
Methylene Chloride: See Sec.                                                                                    
 1919.52..                                                                                                      
Organo (alkyl) mercury (Z37.30-  0.01 mg/m3........  0.04 mg/m3........  ..................  ...................
 1969).                                                                                                         
Styrene (Z37.15-1969)..........  100 ppm...........  200 ppm...........  600 ppm...........  5 mins. in any 3   
                                                                                              hrs.              
Tetrachloroethylene (Z37.22-     100 ppm...........  200 ppm...........  300 ppm...........  5 mins. in any 3   
 1967).                                                                                       hrs.              
Toluene (Z37.12-1967)..........  200 ppm...........  300 ppm...........  500 ppm...........  10 minutes.        
Trichloroethylene (Z37.19-1967)  100 ppm...........  200 ppm...........  300 ppm...........  5 mins. in any 2   
                                                                                              hrs.              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a This standard applies to the industry segments exempt from the 1 ppm 8-hour TWA and 5 ppm STEL of the benzene 
  standard at 1910.1028.                                                                                        
b This standard applies to any operations or sectors for which the Cadmium standard, 1910.1027, is stayed or    
  otherwise not in effect.                                                                                      



                         TABLE Z-3 Mineral Dusts                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Substance                      mppcf a      mg/m\3\  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Silica:                                                                 
Crystalline                                                             
                                                   250 b      10 mg/m\3\
                                                                  e     
    Quartz (Respirable).......................   ----------             
                                                  %SiO2+5     ----------
                                                              % SiO2 + 2
                                                                        
                                                              30 mg/m\3\
    Quartz (Total Dust).......................  ...........   ----------
                                                              % SiO2 + 2
                                                                        
  Cristobalite: Use \1/2\ the value calculated                          
   from the count or mass formulae for quartz                           
  Tridymite: Use \1/2\ the value calculated                             
   from the formulae for quartz                                         
                                                              80 mg/m\3\
Amorphous, including natural diatomaceous                               
 earth........................................           20   ----------
                                                                %SiO2   
                                                                        
Silicates (less than 1% crystalline silica):                            
  Mica........................................           20             
  Soapstone...................................           20             
  Talc (not containing asbestos)..............         20 c             
  Talc (containing asbestos) Use asbestos                               
   limit......................................                          
  Tremolite, asbestiform (see 29 CFR                                    
   1910.1001).................................                          

[[Page 20]]

                                                                        
  Portland cement.............................           50             
                                                                        
Graphite (Natural)............................           15             
                                                                        
Coal Dust:                                                              
                                                                2.4 mg/ 
                                                                m\3\ e  
  Respirable fraction less than 5% SiO2.......  ...........   ----------
                                                               %SiO2+2  
                                                                        
                                                              10 mg/m3 e
  Respirable fraction greater than 5% SiO2....  ...........   ----------
                                                               %SiO2+2  
                                                                        
Inert or Nuisance Dust: d                                               
  Respirable fraction.........................           15    5 mg/m\3\
  Total dust..................................           50  15 mg/m\3\ 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note--Conversion factors - mppcf X 35.3 = million particles per cubic   
  meter = particles per c.c.                                            
                                                                        
a Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples
  counted by light-field techniques.                                    
b The percentage of crystalline silica in the formula is the amount     
  determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which  
  other methods have been shown to be applicable.                       
c Containing less than 1% quartz; if 1% quartz or more, use quartz      
  limit.                                                                
d All inert or nuisance dusts, whether mineral, inorganic, or organic,  
  not listed specifically by substance name are covered by this limit,  
  which is the same as the Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated (PNOR)  
  limit in Table Z-1.                                                   
e Both concentration and percent quartz for the application of this     
  limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a size-selector  
  with the following characteristics:                                   


------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Percent passing 
      Aerodynamic diameter (unit density sphere)            selector    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2....................................................                 90
2.5..................................................                 75
3.5..................................................                 50
5.0..................................................                 25
10...................................................                 0 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The measurements under this note refer to the use of an AEC (now NRC)   
  instrument. The respirable fraction of coal dust is determined with an
  MRE; the figure corresponding to that of 2.4 mg/m3 in the table for   
  coal dust is 4.5 mg/m3K.                                              


[58 FR 35340, June 30. 1993; 58 FR 40191, July 27, 1993, as amended at 
61 FR 56831, Nov. 4, 1996; 62 FR 1600, Jan. 10, 1997]



Sec. 1910.1001  Asbestos.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all 
occupational exposures to asbestos in all industries covered by the 
Occupational Safety and Health Act, except as provided in paragraph 
(a)(2) and (3) of this section.
    (2) This section does not apply to construction work as defined in 
29 CFR 1910.12(b). (Exposure to asbestos in construction work is covered 
by 29 CFR 1926.1101).
    (3) This section does not apply to ship repairing, shipbuilding and 
shipbreaking employments and related employments as defined in 29 CFR 
1915.4. (Exposure to asbestos in these employments is covered by 29 CFR 
1915.1001).
    (b) Definitions. 
    Asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite 
asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these 
minerals that have been chemically treated and/or altered.
    Asbestos-containing material (ACM) means any material containing 
more than 1% asbestos.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

[[Page 21]]

    Authorized person means any person authorized by the employer and 
required by work duties to be present in regulated areas.
    Building/facility owner is the legal entity, including a lessee, 
which exercises control over management and record keeping functions 
relating to a building and/or facility in which activities covered by 
this standard take place.
    Certified industrial hygienist (CIH) means one certified in the 
practice of industrial hygiene by the American Board of Industrial 
Hygiene.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services, or designee.
    Employee exposure means that exposure to airborne asbestos that 
would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective 
equipment.
    Fiber means a particulate form of asbestos 5 micrometers or 
longer,with a length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1.
    High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter capable 
of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent of 0.3 micrometer 
diameter mono-disperse particles.
    Homogeneous area means an area of surfacing material or thermal 
system insulation that is uniform in color and texture.
    Industrial hygienist means a professional qualified by education, 
training, and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop 
controls for occupational health hazards.
    PACM means ``presumed asbestos containing material.''
    Presumed asbestos containing material means thermal system 
insulation and surfacing material found in buildings constructed no 
later than 1980. The designation of a material as ``PACM'' may be 
rebutted pursuant to paragraph (j)(8) of this section.
    Regulated area means an area established by the employer to 
demarcate areas where airborne concentrations of asbestos exceed, or 
there is a reasonable possibility they may exceed, the permissible 
exposure limits.
    Surfacing ACM means surfacing material which contains more than 1% 
asbestos.
    Surfacing material means material that is sprayed, troweled-on or 
otherwise applied to surfaces (such as acoustical plaster on ceilings 
and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on 
surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes).
    Thermal System Insulation (TSI) means ACM applied to pipes, 
fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts or other structural 
components to prevent heat loss or gain.
    Thermal System Insulation ACM means thermal system insulation which 
contains more than 1% asbestos.
    (c) Permissible exposure limit (PELS)--(1) Time-weighted average 
limit (TWA). The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an 
airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic 
centimeter of air as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average (TWA) as 
determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to this section, or by 
an equivalent method.
    (2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure that no employee is 
exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 1.0 fiber 
per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a sampling period 
of thirty (30) minutes as determined by the method prescribed in 
Appendix A to this section, or by an equivalent method.
    (d) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Determinations of employee 
exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are 
representative of the 8-hour TWA and 30-minute short-term exposures of 
each employee.
    (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposures shall be 
determined on the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift 
exposures for each shift for each employee in each job classification in 
each work area. Representative 30-minute short-term employee exposures 
shall be determined on the basis of one or more samples representing 30 
minute exposures associated with operations that are most likely to 
produce exposures above the excursion limit for each shift for each job 
classification in each work area.
    (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or 
work

[[Page 22]]

operation covered by this standard, except as provided for in paragraphs 
(d)(2)(ii) and (d)(2)(iii) of this section, shall perform initial 
monitoring of employees who are, or may reasonably be expected to be 
exposed to airborne concentrations at or above the TWA permissible 
exposure limit and/or excursion limit.
    (ii) Where the employer has monitored after March 31, 1992, for the 
TWA permissible exposure limit and/or the excursion limit, and the 
monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the 
employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the 
requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.
    (iii) Where the employer has relied upon objective data that 
demonstrate that asbestos is not capable of being released in airborne 
concentrations at or above the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or 
excursion limit under the expected conditions of processing, use, or 
handling, then no initial monitoring is required.
    (3) Monitoring frequency (periodic monitoring) and patterns. After 
the initial determinations required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this 
section, samples shall be of such frequency and pattern as to represent 
with reasonable accuracy the levels of exposure of the employees. In no 
case shall sampling be at intervals greater than six months for 
employees whose exposures may reasonably be foreseen to exceed the TWA 
permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit.
    (4) Changes in monitoring frequency. If either the initial or the 
periodic monitoring required by paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this 
section statistically indicates that employee exposures are below the 
TWA permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit, the employer may 
discontinue the monitoring for those employees whose exposures are 
represented by such monitoring.
    (5) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the provisions of 
paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(4) of this section, the employer shall 
institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i) 
and (d)(3) of this section whenever there has been a change in the 
production, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices that 
may result in new or additional exposures above the TWA permissible 
exposure limit and/or excursion limit or when the employer has any 
reason to suspect that a change may result in new or additional 
exposures above the PEL and/or excursion limit.
    (6) Method of monitoring. (i) All samples taken to satisfy the 
monitoring requirements of paragraph (d) of this section shall be 
personal samples collected following the procedures specified in 
Appendix A.
    (ii) All samples taken to satisfy the monitoring requirements of 
paragraph (d) of this section shall be evaluated using the OSHA 
Reference Method (ORM) specified in Appendix A of this section, or an 
equivalent counting method.
    (iii) If an equivalent method to the ORM is used, the employer shall 
ensure that the method meets the following criteria:
    (A) Replicate exposure data used to establish equivalency are 
collected in side-by-side field and laboratory comparisons; and
    (B) The comparison indicates that 90% of the samples collected in 
the range 0.5 to 2.0 times the permissible limit have an accuracy range 
of plus or minus 25 percent of the ORM results at a 95% confidence level 
as demonstrated by a statistically valid protocol; and
    (C) The equivalent method is documented and the results of the 
comparison testing are maintained.
    (iv) To satisfy the monitoring requirements of paragraph (d) of this 
section, employers must use the results of monitoring analysis performed 
by laboratories which have instituted quality assurance programs that 
include the elements as prescribed in Appendix A of this section.
    (7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer 
shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any 
monitoring performed under the standard, notify the affected employees 
of these results in writing either individually or by posting of results 
in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.
    (ii) The written notification required by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of 
this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the 
employer to reduce

[[Page 23]]

employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit, wherever 
monitoring results indicated that the TWA and/or excursion limit had 
been exceeded.
    (e) Regulated Areas--(1) Establishment. The employer shall establish 
regulated areas wherever airborne concentrations of asbestos and/or PACM 
are in excess of the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph 
(c) of this section.
    (2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest 
of the workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who 
will be exposed to asbestos.
    (3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized 
persons or to persons authorized by the Act or regulations issued 
pursuant thereto.
    (4) Provision of respirators. Each person entering a regulated area 
shall be supplied with and required to use a respirator, selected in 
accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
    (5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that employees 
do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in the 
regulated areas.
    (f) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering controls and work 
practices. (i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and 
work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the 
TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, 
except to the extent that such controls are not feasible.
    (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices 
that can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to 
or below the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of 
this section, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to 
the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall supplement them 
by the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements 
of paragraph (g) of this section.
    (iii) For the following operations, wherever feasible engineering 
controls and work practices that can be instituted are not sufficient to 
reduce the employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit 
prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall use them 
to reduce employee exposure to or below 0.5 fiber per cubic centimeter 
of air (as an eight-hour time-weighted average) or 2.5 fibers/cc for 30 
minutes (short-term exposure) and shall supplement them by the use of 
any combination of respiratory protection that complies with the 
requirements of paragraph (g) of this section, work practices and 
feasible engineering controls that will reduce employee exposure to or 
below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit permissible prescribed 
in paragraph (c) of this section: Coupling cutoff in primary asbestos 
cement pipe manufacturing; sanding in primary and secondary asbestos 
cement sheet manufacturing; grinding in primary and secondary friction 
product manufacturing; carding and spinning in dry textile processes; 
and grinding and sanding in primary plastics manufacturing.
    (iv) Local exhaust ventilation. Local exhaust ventilation and dust 
collection systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, and 
maintained in accordance with good practices such as those found in the 
American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and 
Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, ANSI Z9.2-1979.
    (v) Particular tools. All hand-operated and power-operated tools 
which would produce or release fibers of asbestos, such as, but not 
limited to, saws, scorers, abrasive wheels, and drills, shall be 
provided with local exhaust ventilation systems which comply with 
paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section.
    (vi) Wet methods. Insofar as practicable, asbestos shall be handled, 
mixed, applied, removed, cut, scored, or otherwise worked in a wet state 
sufficient to prevent the emission of airborne fibers so as to expose 
employees to levels in excess of the TWA and/or excursion limit, 
prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, unless the usefulness of 
the product would be diminished thereby.
    (vii) [Reserved]
    (viii) Particular products and operations. No asbestos cement, 
mortar, coating, grout, plaster, or similar material containing 
asbestos, shall be removed from bags, cartons, or other containers in 
which they are shipped, without being either wetted, or enclosed, or 
ventilated so as to prevent

[[Page 24]]

effectively the release of airborne fibers.
    (ix) Compressed air. Compressed air shall not be used to remove 
asbestos or materials containing asbestos unless the compressed air is 
used in conjunction with a ventilation system which effectively captures 
the dust cloud created by the compressed air.
    (x) Flooring. Sanding of asbestos-containing flooring material is 
prohibited.
    (2) Compliance program. (i) Where the TWA and/or excursion limit is 
exceeded, the employer shall establish and implement a written program 
to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the 
excursion limit by means of engineering and work practice controls as 
required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and by the use of 
respiratory protection where required or permitted under this section.
    (ii) Such programs shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to 
reflect significant changes in the status of the employer's compliance 
program.
    (iii) Written programs shall be submitted upon request for 
examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, 
affected employees and designated employee representatives.
    (iv) The employer shall not use employee rotation as a means of 
compliance with the TWA and/or excursion limit.
    (3) Specific compliance methods for brake and clutch repair:
    (i) Engineering controls and work practices for brake and clutch 
repair and service. During automotive brake and clutch inspection, 
disassembly, repair and assembly operations, the employer shall 
institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce employee 
exposure to materials containing asbestos using a negative pressure 
enclosure/HEPA vacuum system method or low pressure/wet cleaning method, 
which meets the detailed requirements set out in Appendix F to this 
section. The employer may also comply using an equivalent method which 
follows written procedures which the employer demonstrates can achieve 
results equivalent to Method A in Appendix F to this section. For 
facilities in which no more than 5 pair of brakes or 5 clutches are 
inspected, disassembled, repaired, or assembled per week, the method set 
forth in paragraph [D] of Appendix F to this section may be used.
    (ii) The employer may also comply by using an equivalent method 
which follows written procedures, which the employer demonstrates can 
achieve equivalent exposure reductions as do the two ``preferred 
methods.'' Such demonstration must include monitoring data conducted 
under workplace conditions closely resembling the process, type of 
asbestos containing materials, control method, work practices and 
environmental conditions which the equivalent method will be used, or 
objective data, which document that under all reasonably foreseeable 
conditions of brake and clutch repair applications, the method results 
in exposures which are equivalent to the methods set out in Appendix F 
to this section.
    (g) Respiratory protection--(1) General. The employer shall provide 
respirators, and ensure that they are used, where required by this 
section. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:
    (i) During the interval necessary to install or implement feasible 
engineering and work practice controls;
    (ii) In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities, 
or other activities for which engineering and work practice controls are 
not feasible;
    (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work 
practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below 
the TWA and/or excursion limit; and
    (iv) In emergencies.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required under 
this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the 
employee, the appropriate respirator as specified in Table 1. The 
employer shall select respirators from among those jointly approved as 
being acceptable for protection by the Mine Safety and Health 
Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.

[[Page 25]]

    (ii) The employer shall provide a tight-fitting powered, air-
purifying respirator in lieu of any negative pressure respirator 
specified in Table 1 whenever:
    (A) An employee chooses to use this type of respirator; and
    (B) This respirator will provide adequate protection to the 
employee.

           Table 1--Respiratory Protection for Asbestos Fibers          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Airborne concentration of                                             
  asbestos or  conditions of              Required respirator           
             use                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not in excess of 1 f/cc (10 X  Half-mask air purifying respirator other 
 PEL).                          than a disposable respirator, equipped  
                                with high efficiency filters.           
Not in excess of 5 f/cc (50 X  Full facepiece air-purifying respirator  
 PEL).                          equipped with high efficiency filters.  
Not in excess of 10 f/cc (100  Any powered air-purifying respirator     
 X PEL).                        equipped with high efficiency filters or
                                any supplied air respirator operated in 
                                continuous flow mode.                   
Not in excess of 100 f/cc      Full facepiece supplied air respirator   
 (1,000 X PEL).                 operated in pressure demand mode.       
Greater than 100 f/cc (1,000   Full facepiece supplied air respirator   
 X PEL) or unknown              operated in pressure demand mode,       
 concentration.                 equipped with an auxiliary positive     
                                pressure self-contained breathing       
                                apparatus.                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: a. Respirators assigned for high environmental concentrations may 
  be used at lower concentrations, or when required respirator use is   
  independent of concentration.                                         
b. A high efficiency filter means a filter that is at least 99.97       
  percent efficient against mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers 
  in diameter or larger.                                                

    (3) Respirator program. (i) Where respiratory protection is 
required, the employer shall institute a respirator program in 
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134(b), (d), (e), and (f).
    (ii) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter 
respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase in 
breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply 
of filter elements for this purpose.
    (iii) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave the 
regulated area to wash their faces and respirator facepieces whenever 
necessary to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use.
    (iv) No employee shall be assigned to tasks requiring the use of 
respirators if, based upon his or her most recent examination, an 
examining physician determines that the employee will be unable to 
function normally wearing a respirator, or that the safety or health of 
the employee or other employees will be impaired by the use of a 
respirator. Such employees shall be assigned to another job or given the 
opportunity to transfer to a different position whose duties he or she 
is able to perform with the same employer, in the same geographical area 
and with the same seniority, status, and rate of pay the employee had 
just prior to such transfer, if such a different position is available.
    (4) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall ensure that the 
respirator issued to the employee exhibits the least possible facepiece 
leakage and that the respirator is fitted properly.
    (ii) For each employee wearing negative pressure respirators, 
employers shall perform either quantitative or qualitative face fit 
tests at the time of initial fitting and at least every six months 
thereafter. The qualitative fit tests may be used only for testing the 
fit of half-mask respirators where they are permitted to be worn, and 
shall be conducted in accordance with Appendix C to this section. The 
tests shall be used to select facepieces that provide the required 
protection as prescribed in Table 1, in paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this 
section.
    (h) Protective work clothing and equipment--(1) Provision and use. 
If an employee is exposed to asbestos above the TWA and/or excursion 
limit, or where the possibility of eye irritation exists, the employer 
shall provide at no cost to the employee and ensure that the employee 
uses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment such as, but not 
limited to:
    (i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;
    (ii) Gloves, head coverings, and foot coverings; and
    (iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective 
equipment which complies with 1910.133 of this Part.

[[Page 26]]

    (2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall ensure that 
employees remove work clothing contaminated with asbestos only in change 
rooms provided in accordance with paragraph (i)(1) of this section.
    (ii) The employer shall ensure that no employee takes contaminated 
work clothing out of the change room, except those employees authorized 
to do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, or disposal.
    (iii) Contaminated work clothing shall be placed and stored in 
closed containers which prevent dispersion of the asbestos outside the 
container.
    (iv) Containers of contaminated protective devices or work clothing 
which are to be taken out of change rooms or the workplace for cleaning, 
maintenance or disposal, shall bear labels in accordance with paragraph 
(j)(4) of this section.
    (3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall clean, launder, 
repair, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this 
paragraph to maintain their effectiveness. The employer shall provide 
clean protective clothing and equipment at least weekly to each affected 
employee.
    (ii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of asbestos from 
protective clothing and equipment by blowing or shaking. (iii) 
Laundering of contaminated clothing shall be done so as to prevent the 
release of airborne fibers of asbestos in excess of the permissible 
exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (iv) Any employer who gives contaminated clothing to another person 
for laundering shall inform such person of the requirement in paragraph 
(h)(3)(iii) of this section to effectively prevent the release of 
airborne fibers of asbestos in excess of the permissible exposure 
limits.
    (v) The employer shall inform any person who launders or cleans 
protective clothing or equipment contaminated with asbestos of the 
potentially harmful effects of exposure to asbestos.
    (vi) Contaminated clothing shall be transported in sealed 
impermeable bags, or other closed, impermeable containers, and labeled 
in accordance with paragraph (j) of this section.
    (i) Hygiene facilities and practices--(1) Change rooms. (i) The 
employer shall provide clean change rooms for employees who work in 
areas where their airborne exposure to asbestos is above the TWA and/or 
excursion limit.
    (ii) The employer shall ensure that change rooms are in accordance 
with 1910.141(e) of this part, and are equipped with two separate 
lockers or storage facilities, so separated as to prevent contamination 
of the employee's street clothes from his protective work clothing and 
equipment.
    (2) Showers. (i) The employer shall ensure that employees who work 
in areas where their airborne exposure is above the TWA and/or excursion 
limit, shower at the end of the work shift.
    (ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities which comply with 
1910.141(d)(3) of this part.
    (iii) The employer shall ensure that employees who are required to 
shower pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section do not leave the 
workplace wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work shift.
    (3) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities 
for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure is above 
the TWA and/or excursion limit.
    (ii) The employer shall ensure that lunchroom facilities have a 
positive pressure, filtered air supply, and are readily accessible to 
employees.
    (iii) The employer shall ensure that employees who work in areas 
where their airborne exposure is above the PEL and/or excursion limit 
wash their hands and faces prior to eating, drinking or smoking.
    (iv) The employer shall ensure that employees do not enter lunchroom 
facilities with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface 
asbestos fibers have been removed from the clothing or equipment by 
vacuuming or other method that removes dust without causing the asbestos 
to become airborne.
    (4) Smoking in work areas. The employer shall ensure that employees 
do not smoke in work areas where they are occupationally exposed to 
asbestos because of activities in that work area.

[[Page 27]]

    (j) Communication of hazards to employees--Introduction. This 
section applies to the communication of information concerning asbestos 
hazards in general industry to facilitate compliance with this standard. 
Asbestos exposure in general industry occurs in a wide variety of 
industrial and commercial settings. Employees who manufacture asbestos-
containing products may be exposed to asbestos fibers. Employees who 
repair and replace automotive brakes and clutches may be exposed to 
asbestos fibers. In addition, employees engaged in housekeeping 
activities in industrial facilities with asbestos product manufacturing 
operations, and in public and commercial buildings with installed 
asbestos containing materials may be exposed to asbestos fibers. Most of 
these workers are covered by this general industry standard, with the 
exception of state or local governmental employees in non-state plan 
states. It should be noted that employees who perform housekeeping 
activities during and after construction activities are covered by the 
asbestos construction standard, 29 CFR 1926.1101, formerly 1926.58. 
However, housekeeping employees, regardless of industry designation, 
should know whether building components they maintain may expose them to 
asbestos. The same hazard communication provisions will protect 
employees who perform housekeeping operations in all three asbestos 
standards; general industry, construction, and shipyard employment. As 
noted in the construction standard, building owners are often the only 
and/or best source of information concerning the presence of previously 
installed asbestos containing building materials. Therefore they, along 
with employers of potentially exposed employees, are assigned specific 
information conveying and retention duties under this section.
    (1) Installed Asbestos Containing Material. Employers and building 
owners are required to treat installed TSI and sprayed on and troweled-
on surfacing materials as ACM in buildings constructed no later than 
1980 for purposes of this standard. These materials are designated 
``presumed ACM or PACM'', and are defined in paragraph (b) of this 
section. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material installed no later than 
1980 also must be treated as asbestos-containing. The employer or 
building owner may demonstrate that PACM and flooring material do not 
contain asbestos by complying with paragraph (j)(8)(iii) of this 
section.
    (2) Duties of employers and building and facility owners. (i) 
Building and facility owners shall determine the presence, location, and 
quantity of ACM and/or PACM at the work site. Employers and building and 
facility owners shall exercise due diligence in complying with these 
requirements to inform employers and employees about the presence and 
location of ACM and PACM.
    (ii) Building and facility owners shall maintain records of all 
information required to be provided pursuant to this section and/or 
otherwise known to the building owner concerning the presence, location 
and quantity of ACM and PACM in the building/facility. Such records 
shall be kept for the duration of ownership and shall be transferred to 
successive owners.
    (iii) Building and facility owners shall inform employers of 
employees, and employers shall inform employees who will perform 
housekeeping activities in areas which contain ACM and/or PACM of the 
presence and location of ACM and/or PACM in such areas which may be 
contacted during such activities.
    (3) Warning signs--(i) Posting. Warning signs shall be provided and 
displayed at each regulated area. In addition, warning signs shall be 
posted at all approaches to regulated areas so that an employee may read 
the signs and take necessary protective steps before entering the area.
    (ii) Sign specifications. (A) The warning signs required by 
paragraph (j)(3) of this section shall bear the following information:

[[Page 28]]

                                 DANGER

                                ASBESTOS

                     CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

                        AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

    (B) In addition, where the use of respirators and protective 
clothing is required in the regulated area under this section, the 
warning signs shall include the following:

                   RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

                        ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA

    (iii) [Reserved]
    (iv) The employer shall ensure that employees working in and 
contiguous to regulated areas comprehend the warning signs required to 
be posted by paragraph (j)(3)(i) of this section. Means to ensure 
employee comprehension may include the use of foreign languages, 
pictographs and graphics.
    (v) At the entrance to mechanical rooms/areas in which employees 
reasonably can be expected to enter and which contain ACM and/or PACM, 
the building owner shall post signs which identify the material which is 
present, its location, and appropriate work practices which, if 
followed, will ensure that ACM and/or PACM will not be disturbed. The 
employer shall ensure, to the extent feasible, that employees who come 
in contact with these signs can comprehend them. Means to ensure 
employee comprehension may include the use of foreign languages, 
pictographs, graphics, and awareness training.
    (4) Warning labels--(i) Labeling. Warning labels shall be affixed to 
all raw materials, mixtures, scrap, waste, debris, and other products 
containing asbestos fibers, or to their containers.When a building owner 
or employer identifies previously installed ACM and/or PACM, labels or 
signs shall be affixed or posted so that employees will be notified of 
what materials contain ACM and/or PACM. The employer shall attach such 
labels in areas where they will clearly be noticed by employees who are 
likely to be exposed, such as at the entrance to mechanical room/areas. 
Signs required by paragraph (j)(3) of this section may be posted in lieu 
of labels so long as they contain information required for labelling.
    (ii) Label specifications. The labels shall comply with the 
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA's Hazard Communication 
standard, and shall include the following information:

                                 DANGER

                        CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS

                           AVOID CREATING DUST

                     CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

    (5) Material safety data sheets. Employers who are manufacturers or 
importers of asbestos or asbestos products shall comply with the 
requirements regarding development of material safety data sheets as 
specified in 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) of OSHA's Hazard Communication 
standard, except as provided by paragraph (j)(6) of this section.
    (6) The provisions for labels required by paragraph (j)(4) of this 
section or for material safety data sheets required by paragraph (j)(5) 
of this section do not apply where:
    (i) Asbestos fibers have been modified by a bonding agent, coating, 
binder, or other material provided that the manufacturer can demonstrate 
that during any reasonably foreseeable use, handling, storage, disposal, 
processing, or transportation, no airborne concentrations of fibers of 
asbestos in excess of the TWA permissible exposure level and/or 
excursion limit will be released or
    (ii) Asbestos is present in a product in concentrations less than 
1.0%.
    (7) Employee information and training. (i) The employer shall 
institute a training program for all employees who are exposed to 
airborne concentrations of asbestos at or above the PEL and/or excursion 
limit and ensure their participation in the program.
    (ii) Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of initial 
assignment and at least annually thereafter.
    (iii) The training program shall be conducted in a manner which the 
employee is able to understand. The employer shall ensure that each 
employee is informed of the following:
    (A) The health effects associated with asbestos exposure;

[[Page 29]]

    (B) The relationship between smoking and exposure to asbestos 
producing lung cancer:
    (C) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, and storage of 
asbestos, and the specific nature of operations which could result in 
exposure to asbestos;
    (D) The engineering controls and work practices associated with the 
employee's job assignment;
    (E) The specific procedures implemented to protect employees from 
exposure to asbestos, such as appropriate work practices, emergency and 
clean-up procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used;
    (F) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators and 
protective clothing, if appropriate;
    (G) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance 
program required by paragraph (l) of this section;
    (H) The content of this standard, including appendices.
    (I) The names, addresses and phone numbers of public health 
organizations which provide information, materials, and/or conduct 
programs concerning smoking cessation. The employer may distribute the 
list of such organizations contained in Appendix I to this section, to 
comply with this requirement.
    (J) The requirements for posting signs and affixing labels and the 
meaning of the required legends for such signs and labels.
    (iv) The employer shall also provide, at no cost to employees who 
perform housekeeping operations in an area which contains ACM or PACM, 
an asbestos awareness training course, which shall at a minimum contain 
the following elements: health effects of asbestos, locations of ACM and 
PACM in the building/facility, recognition of ACM and PACM damage and 
deterioration, requirements in this standard relating to housekeeping, 
and proper response to fiber release episodes, to all employees who 
perform housekeeping work in areas where ACM and/or PACM is present. 
Each such employee shall be so trained at least once a year.
    (v) Access to information and training materials.
    (A) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its 
appendices readily available without cost to all affected employees.
    (B) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating 
to the employee information and training program to the Assistant 
Secretary and the training program to the Assistant Secretary and the 
Director.
    (C) The employer shall inform all employees concerning the 
availability of self-help smoking cessation program material. Upon 
employee request, the employer shall distribute such material, 
consisting of NIH Publication No. 89-1647, or equivalent self-help 
material, which is approved or published by a public health organization 
listed in Appendix I to this section.
    (8) Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as PACM. 
(i) At any time, an employer and/or building owner may demonstrate, for 
purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. Building 
owners and/or employers are not required to communicate information 
about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration 
pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (j)(8)(ii) of this section has 
been made. However, in all such cases, the information, data and 
analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain 
asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (m) of this section.
    (ii) An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain 
asbestos by the following:
    (A) Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the 
requirements of AHERA (40 CFR 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that no 
ACM is present in the material; or
    (B) Performing tests of the material containing PACM which 
demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such tests shall 
include analysis of bulk samples collected in the manner described in 40 
CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation and sample collection shall be 
conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples

[[Page 30]]

shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency 
demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally 
recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory 
Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National Institute for Standards 
and Technology (NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples administered 
by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) or an equivalent 
nationally-recognized round robin testing program.
    (iii) The employer and/or building owner may demonstrate that 
flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not 
contain asbestos, by a determination of an industrial hygienist based 
upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not 
ACM.
    (k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces shall be maintained as free as 
practicable of ACM waste and debris and accompanying dust.
    (2) All spills and sudden releases of material containing asbestos 
shall be cleaned up as soon as possible.
    (3) Surfaces contaminated with asbestos may not be cleaned by the 
use of compressed air.
    (4) Vacuuming. HEPA-filtered vacuuming equipment shall be used for 
vacuuming asbestos containing waste and debris. The equipment shall be 
used and emptied in a manner which minimizes the reentry of asbestos 
into the workplace.
    (5) Shoveling, dry sweeping and dry clean-up of asbestos may be used 
only where vacuuming and/or wet cleaning are not feasible.
    (6) Waste disposal. Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, 
equipment, and clothing contaminated with asbestos consigned for 
disposal, shall be collected, recycled and disposed of in sealed 
impermeable bags, or other closed, impermeable containers.
    (7) Care of asbestos-containing flooring material.
    (i) Sanding of asbestos-containing floor material is prohibited.
    (ii) Stripping of finishes shall be conducted using low abrasion 
pads at speeds lower than 300 rpm and wet methods.
    (iii) Burnishing or dry buffing may be performed only on asbestos-
containing flooring which has sufficient finish so that the pad cannot 
contact the asbestos-containing material.
    (8) Waste and debris and accompanying dust in an area containing 
accessible ACM and/or PACM or visibly deteriorated ACM, shall not be 
dusted or swept dry, or vacuumed without using a HEPA filter.
    (l) Medical surveillance--(1) General--(i) Employees covered. The 
employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all 
employees who are or will be exposed to airborne concentrations of 
fibers of asbestos at or above the TWA and/or excursion limit.
    (ii) Examination by a physician. (A) The employer shall ensure that 
all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the 
supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost 
to the employee and at a reasonable time and place.
    (B) Persons other than licensed physicians, who administer the 
pulmonary function testing required by this section, shall complete a 
training course in spirometry sponsored by an appropriate academic or 
professional institution.
    (2) Pre-placement examinations. (i) Before an employee is assigned 
to an occupation exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers 
at or above the TWA and/or excursion limit, a pre-placement medical 
examination shall be provided or made available by the employer.
    (ii) Such examination shall include, as a minimum, a medical and 
work history; a complete physical examination of all systems with 
emphasis on the respiratory system, the cardiovascular system and 
digestive tract; completion of the respiratory disease standardized 
questionnaire in Appendix D to this section, Part 1; a chest 
roentgenogram (posterior-anterior 14 x 17 inches); pulmonary function 
tests to include forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory 
volume at 1 second (FEV(1.0)); and any additional tests deemed 
appropriate by the examining physician. Interpretation and 
classification of chest roentgenogram shall be conducted in accordance 
with Appendix E to this section.

[[Page 31]]

    (3) Periodic examinations. (i) Periodic medical examinations shall 
be made available annually.
    (ii) The scope of the medical examination shall be in conformance 
with the protocol established in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this section, 
except that the frequency of chest roentgenogram shall be conducted in 
accordance with Table 2, and the abbreviated standardized questionnaire 
contained in, Part 2 of Appendix D to this section shall be administered 
to the employee.

                                    Table 2--Frequency of Chest Roentgenogram                                   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Age of employee                                
   Years since first exposure   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           15 to 35                    35+ to 45                    45+         
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to 10........................  Every 5 years..............  Every 5 years.............  Every 5 years.        
10+............................  Every 5 years..............  Every 2 years.............  Every 1 year.         
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) Termination of employment examinations. (i) The employer shall 
provide, or make available, a termination of employment medical 
examination for any employee who has been exposed to airborne 
concentrations of fibers of asbestos at or above the TWA and/or 
excursion limit.
    (ii) The medical examination shall be in accordance with the 
requirements of the periodic examinations stipulated in paragraph (l)(3) 
of this section, and shall be given within 30 calendar days before or 
after the date of termination of employment.
    (5) Recent examinations. No medical examination is required of any 
employee, if adequate records show that the employee has been examined 
in accordance with any of paragraphs ((l)(2) through (l)(4)) of this 
section within the past 1 year period. A pre- employment medical 
examination which was required as a condition of employment by the 
employer, may not be used by that employer to meet the requirements of 
this paragraph, unless the cost of such examination is borne by the 
employer.
    (6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examining physician:
    (i) A copy of this standard and Appendices D and E.
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's exposure.
    (iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated 
exposure level.
    (iv) A description of any personal protective and respiratory 
equipment used or to be used.
    (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
employee that is not otherwise available to the examining physician.
    (7) Physician's written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain a 
written signed opinion from the examining physician. This written 
opinion shall contain the results of the medical examination and shall 
include:
    (A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an 
increased risk of material health impairment from exposure to asbestos;
    (B) Any recommended limitations on the employee or upon the use of 
personal protective equipment such as clothing or respirators;
    (C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions 
resulting from asbestos exposure that require further explanation or 
treatment; and
    (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the increased risk of lung cancer attributable to the combined effect 
of smoking and asbestos exposure.
    (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the 
written opinion given to the employer specific findings or diagnoses 
unrelated to occupational exposure to asbestos.
    (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written 
opinion to the affected employee within 30 days from its receipt.

[[Page 32]]

    (m) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure measurements. NOTE: The employer may 
utilize the services of competent organizations such as industry trade 
associations and employee associations to maintain the records required 
by this section. (i) The employer shall keep an accurate record of all 
measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to asbestos as 
prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The date of measurement;
    (B) The operation involving exposure to asbestos which is being 
monitored;
    (C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their 
accuracy;
    (D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;
    (E) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and
    (F) Name, social security number and exposure of the employees whose 
exposure are represented.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty 
(30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (2) Objective data for exempted operations. (i) Where the 
processing, use, or handling of products made from or containing 
asbestos is exempted from other requirements of this section under 
paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section, the employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in 
support of the exemption.
    (ii) The record shall include at least the following:
    (A) The product qualifying for exemption;
    (B) The source of the objective data;
    (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the 
material for the release of asbestos;
    (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support 
the exemption; and
    (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or 
employee exposures covered by the exemption.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
    (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
surveillance by paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, in accordance with 
29 CFR 1910.20.
    (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
    (B) Physician's written opinions;
    (C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to asbestos; 
and
    (D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
by paragraph (l)(6) of this section.
    (iii) The employer shall ensure that this record is maintained for 
the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 
CFR 1910.20.
    (4) Training. The employer shall maintain all employee training 
records for one (1) year beyond the last date of employment of that 
employee.
    (5) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make 
all records required to be maintained by this section available to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
    (ii) The employer, upon request shall make any exposure records 
required by paragraph (m)(1) of this section available for examination 
and copying to affected employees, former employees, designated 
representatives and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 
1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).
    (iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical 
records required by paragraph (m)(3) of this section available for 
examination and copying to the subject employee, to anyone having the 
specific written consent of the subject employee, and the Assistant 
Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (6) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the 
requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 
1910.20(h).
    (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no 
successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed 
period, the employer shall notify the Director at

[[Page 33]]

least 90 days prior to disposal of records and, upon request, transmit 
them to the Director.
    (n) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees or their designated 
representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee 
exposure to asbestos conducted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this 
section.
    (2) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of 
employee exposure to asbestos requires entry into an area where the use 
of protective clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be 
provided with and be required to use such clothing and equipment and 
shall comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.
    (o) Dates--(1) Effective date. This standard shall become effective 
October 11, 1994.
    (2) The provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1001 remain in effect until the 
start-up dates of the equivalent provisions of this standard.
    (3) Start-up dates. All obligations of this standard commence on the 
effective date except as follows:
    (i) Exposure monitoring. Initial monitoring required by paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section shall be completed by October 1, 1995.
    (ii) Regulated areas. Regulated areas required to be established by 
paragraph (e) of this section as a result of initial monitoring shall be 
set up by October 1, 1995.
    (iii) Respiratory protection. Respiratory protection required by 
paragraph (g) of this section shall be provided by October 1, 1995.
    (iv) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities. Construction plans for change 
rooms, showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed 
by October 1, 1995.
    (v) Communication of hazards. Identification, notification, labeling 
and sign posting, and training required by paragraph (j) of this section 
shall be provided by October 1, 1995.
    (vi) Medical surveillance. Medical surveillance not previously 
required by paragraph (1) of this section shall be provided by October 
1, 1995.
    (vii) Compliance program. Written compliance programs required by 
paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be completed and available for 
inspection and copying by October 1, 1995.11
    (viii) Methods of compliance. The engineering and work practice 
controls as required by paragraph (f) shall be implemented by October 1, 
1995.
    (p) Appendices. (1) Appendices A, C, D, E, and F to this section are 
incorporated as part of this section and the contents of these 
Appendices are mandatory.
    (2) Appendices B, G, H, I, and J to this section are informational 
and are not intended to create any additional obligations not otherwise 
imposed or to detract from any existing obligations.

     Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1001--OSHA Reference Method--Mandatory

    This mandatory appendix specifies the procedure for analyzing air 
samples for asbestos and specifies quality control procedures that must 
be implemented by laboratories performing the analysis. The sampling and 
analytical methods described below represent the elements of the 
available monitoring methods (such as Appendix B of their regulation, 
the most current version of the OSHA method ID-160, or the most current 
version of the NIOSH Method 7400). All employers who are required to 
conduct air monitoring under paragraph (d) of the standard are required 
to utilize analytical laboratories that use this procedure, or an 
equivalent method, for collecting and analyzing samples.

                    Sampling and Analytical Procedure

    1. The sampling medium for air samples shall be mixed cellulose 
ester filter membranes. These shall be designated by the manufacturer as 
suitable for asbestos counting. See below for rejection of blanks.
    2. The preferred collection device shall be the 25-mm diameter 
cassette with an open-faced 50-mm electrically conductive extension 
cowl. The 37-mm cassette may be used if necessary but only if written 
justification for the need to use the 37-mm filter cassette accompanies 
the sample results in the employee's exposure monitoring record. Do not 
reuse or reload cassettes for asbestos sample collection.
    3. An air flow rate between 0.5 liter/min and 2.5 liters/min shall 
be selected for the 25-mm cassette. If the 37-mm cassette is used, an 
air flow rate between 1 liter/min and 2.5 liters/min shall be selected.
    4. Where possible, a sufficient air volume for each air sample shall 
be collected to yield between 100 and 1,300 fibers per square

[[Page 34]]

millimeter on the membrane filter. If a filter darkens in appearance or 
if loose dust is seen on the filter, a second sample shall be started.
    5. Ship the samples in a rigid container with sufficient packing 
material to prevent dislodging the collected fibers. Packing material 
that has a high electrostatic charge on its surface (e.g., expanded 
polystyrene) cannot be used because such material can cause loss of 
fibers to the sides of the cassette.
    6. Calibrate each personal sampling pump before and after use with a 
representative filter cassette installed between the pump and the 
calibration devices.
    7. Personal samples shall be taken in the ``breathing zone'' of the 
employee (i.e., attached to or near the collar or lapel near the 
worker's face).
    8. Fiber counts shall be made by positive phase contrast using a 
microscope with an 8 to 10 X eyepiece and a 40 to 45 X objective for a 
total magnification of approximately 400 X and a numerical aperture of 
0.65 to 0.75. The microscope shall also be fitted with a green or blue 
filter.
    9. The microscope shall be fitted with a Walton-Beckett eyepiece 
graticule calibrated for a field diameter of 100 micrometers (+/-2 
micrometers).
    10. The phase-shift detection limit of the microscope shall be about 
3 degrees measured using the HSE phase shift test slide as outlined 
below.
    a. Place the test slide on the microscope stage and center it under 
the phase objective.
    b. Bring the blocks of grooved lines into focus.
    Note: The slide consists of seven sets of grooved lines (ca. 20 
grooves to each block) in descending order of visibility from sets 1 to 
7, seven being the least visible. The requirements for asbestos counting 
are that the microscope optics must resolve the grooved lines in set 3 
completely, although they may appear somewhat faint, and that the 
grooved lines in sets 6 and 7 must be invisible. Sets 4 and 5 must be at 
least partially visible but may vary slightly in visibility between 
microscopes. A microscope that fails to meet these requirements has 
either too low or too high a resolution to be used for asbestos 
counting.
    c. If the image deteriorates, clean and adjust the microscope 
optics. If the problem persists, consult the microscope manufacturer.
    11. Each set of samples taken will include 10% field blanks or a 
minimum of 2 field blanks. These blanks must come from the same lot as 
the filters used for sample collection. The field blank results shall be 
averaged and subtracted from the analytical results before reporting. A 
set consists of any sample or group of samples for which an evaluation 
for this standard must be made. Any samples represented by a field blank 
having a fiber count in excess of the detection limit of the method 
being used shall be rejected.
    12. The samples shall be mounted by the acetone/triacetin method or 
a method with an equivalent index of refraction and similar clarity.
    13. Observe the following counting rules.
    a. Count only fibers equal to or longer than 5 micrometers. Measure 
the length of curved fibers along the curve.
    b. In the absence of other information, count all particles as 
asbesto that have a length-to-width ratio (aspect ratio) of 3:1 or 
greater.
    c. Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-Beckett 
graticule field shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing the boundary 
once, having one end within the circle, shall receive the count of one 
half (\1/2\). Do not count any fiber that crosses the graticule boundary 
more than once. Reject and do not count any other fibers even though 
they may be visible outside the graticule area.
    d. Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual fibers can 
be identified by observing both ends of an individual fiber.
    e. Count enough graticule fields to yield 100 fibers. Count a 
minimum of 20 fields; stop counting at 100 fields regardless of fiber 
count.
    14. Blind recounts shall be conducted at the rate of 10 percent.

                       Quality Control Procedures

    1. Intralaboratory program. Each laboratory and/or each company with 
more than one microscopist counting slides shall establish a 
statistically designed quality assurance program involving blind 
recounts and comparisons between microscopists to monitor the 
variability of counting by each microscopist and between microscopists. 
In a company with more than one laboratory, the program shall include 
all laboratories and shall also evaluate the laboratory-to-laboratory 
variability.
    2.a. Interlaboratory program. Each laboratory analyzing asbestos 
samples for compliance determination shall implement an interlaboratory 
quality assurance program that as a minimum includes participation of at 
least two other independent laboratories. Each laboratory shall 
participate in round robin testing at least once every 6 months with at 
least all the other laboratories in its interlaboratory quality 
assurance group. Each laboratory shall submit slides typical of its own 
work load for use in this program. The round robin shall be designed and 
results analyzed using appropriate statistical methodology.
    2.b. All laboratories should also participate in a national sample 
testing scheme such as the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program

[[Page 35]]

(PAT), or the Asbestos Registry sponsored by the American Industrial 
Hygiene Association (AIHA).
    3. All individuals performing asbestos analysis must have taken the 
NIOSH course for sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos dust or an 
equalivalent course.
    4. When the use of different microscopes contributes to differences 
between counters and laboratories, the effect of the different 
microscope shall be evaluated and the microscope shall be replaced, as 
necessary.
    5. Current results of these quality assurance programs shall be 
posted in each laboratory to keep the microscopists informed.

Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1001--Detailed Procedures for Asbestos Sampling 
                       and Analysis--Non-mandatory

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matrix Air:                                                             
  OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits:                                     
    Time Weighted Average..............  0.1 fiber/cc                   
    Excursion Level (30 minutes).......  1.0 fiber/cc                   
Collection Procedure:                                                   
    A known volume of air is drawn through a 25-mm diameter cassette    
containing a mixed-cellulose ester filter. The cassette must be equipped
 with an electrically conductive 50-mm extension cowl. The sampling time
   and rate are chosen to give a fiber density of between 100 to 1,300  
                        fibers/mm2 on the filter.                       
Recommended Sampling Rate..............  0.5 to 5.0 liters/minute (L/   
                                          min)                          
Recommended Air Volumes:                                                
    Minimum............................  25 L                           
    Maximum............................  2,400 L                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Analytical Procedure: A portion of the sample filter is cleared and 
prepared for asbestos fiber counting by Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) 
at 400X.
    Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method are 
for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by USDOL-
OSHA. Similar products from other sources can be substituted.

                             1. Introduction

    This method describes the collection of airborne asbestos fibers 
using calibrated sampling pumps with mixed-cellulose ester (MCE) filters 
and analysis by phase contrast microscopy (PCM). Some terms used are 
unique to this method and are defined below:
    Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. Asbestos 
includes chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite (cummingtonite-grunerite 
asbestos), tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, anthophyllite 
asbestos, and any of these minerals that have been chemically treated 
and/or altered. The precise chemical formulation of each species will 
vary with the location from which it was mined. Nominal compositions are 
listed:

Chrysotile................................  Mg3Si2O5(OH)4               
Crocidolite...............................  Na2 Fe3 2+ Fe23 + Si8O22    
                                             (OH)2                      
Amosite...................................  (Mg,Fe)7 Si8O22 (OH)2       
Tremolite-actinolite......................   Ca2(Mg,Fe)5 Si8O22 (OH)2   
Anthophyllite.............................  (Mg,Fe)7 Si8O22 (OH)2       
                                                                        

    Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos which meets the criteria 
specified below for a fiber.
    Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a fiber to it's diameter 
(e.g. 3:1, 5:1 aspect ratios).
    Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles formed by comminution of 
minerals, especially those characterized by parallel sides and a 
moderate aspect ratio (usually less than 20:1).
    Detection Limit: The number of fibers necessary to be 95% certain 
that the result is greater than zero.
    Differential Counting: The term applied to the practice of excluding 
certain kinds of fibers from the fiber count because they do not appear 
to be asbestos.
    Fiber: A particle that is 5 m or longer, with a length-to-
width ratio of 3 to 1 or longer.
    Field: The area within the graticule circle that is superimposed on 
the microscope image.
    Set: The samples which are taken, submitted to the laboratory, 
analyzed, and for which, interim or final result reports are generated.
    Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite: The non-asbestos form of 
these minerals which meet the definition of a fiber. It includes any of 
these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or altered.
    Walton-Beckett Graticule: An eyepiece graticule specifically 
designed for asbestos fiber counting. It consists of a circle with a 
projected diameter of 100  2 m (area of about 0.00785 
mm2) with a crosshair having tic-marks at 3-m 
intervals in one direction and 5-m in the orthogonal direction. 
There are marks around the periphery of the circle to demonstrate the 
proper sizes and shapes of fibers. This design is reproduced in Figure 
1. The disk is placed in one of the microscope eyepieces so that the 
design is superimposed on the field of view.

                              1.1. History

    Early surveys to determine asbestos exposures were conducted using 
impinger counts of total dust with the counts expressed as million 
particles per cubic foot. The British Asbestos Research Council 
recommended filter membrane counting in 1969. In July 1969, the Bureau 
of Occupational Safety and Health published a filter membrane method for 
counting asbestos fibers in the United

[[Page 36]]

States. This method was refined by NIOSH and published as P & CAM 239. 
On May 29, 1971, OSHA specified filter membrane sampling with phase 
contrast counting for evaluation of asbestos exposures at work sites in 
the United States. The use of this technique was again required by OSHA 
in 1986. Phase contrast microscopy has continued to be the method of 
choice for the measurement of occupational exposure to asbestos.

                             1.2. Principle

    Air is drawn through a MCE filter to capture airborne asbestos 
fibers. A wedge shaped portion of the filter is removed, placed on a 
glass microscope slide and made transparent. A measured area (field) is 
viewed by PCM. All the fibers meeting defined criteria for asbestos are 
counted and considered a measure of the airborne asbestos concentration.

                    1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages

    There are four main advantages of PCM over other methods:
    (1) The technique is specific for fibers. Phase contrast is a fiber 
counting technique which excludes non-fibrous particles from the 
analysis.
    (2) The technique is inexpensive and does not require specialized 
knowledge to carry out the analysis for total fiber counts.
    (3) The analysis is quick and can be performed on-site for rapid 
determination of air concentrations of asbestos fibers.
    (4) The technique has continuity with historical epidemiological 
studies so that estimates of expected disease can be inferred from long-
term determinations of asbestos exposures.
    The main disadvantage of PCM is that it does not positively identify 
asbestos fibers. Other fibers which are not asbestos may be included in 
the count unless differential counting is performed. This requires a 
great deal of experience to adequately differentiate asbestos from non-
asbestos fibers. Positive identification of asbestos must be performed 
by polarized light or electron microscopy techniques. A further 
disadvantage of PCM is that the smallest visible fibers are about 0.2 
m in diameter while the finest asbestos fibers may be as small 
as 0.02 m in diameter. For some exposures, substantially more 
fibers may be present than are actually counted.

                         1.4. Workplace Exposure

    Asbestos is used by the construction industry in such products as 
shingles, floor tiles, asbestos cement, roofing felts, insulation and 
acoustical products. Non-construction uses include brakes, clutch 
facings, paper, paints, plastics, and fabrics. One of the most 
significant exposures in the workplace is the removal and encapsulation 
of asbestos in schools, public buildings, and homes. Many workers have 
the potential to be exposed to asbestos during these operations.
    About 95% of the asbestos in commercial use in the United States is 
chrysotile. Crocidolite and amosite make up most of the remainder. 
Anthophyllite and tremolite or actinolite are likely to be encountered 
as contaminants in various industrial products.

                        1.5. Physical Properties

    Asbestos fiber possesses a high tensile strength along its axis, is 
chemically inert, non-combustible, and heat resistant. It has a high 
electrical resistance and good sound absorbing properties. It can be 
weaved into cables, fabrics or other textiles, and also matted into 
asbestos papers, felts, or mats.

                      2. Range and Detection Limit

    2.1. The ideal counting range on the filter is 100 to 1,300 fibers/
mm\2\. With a Walton-Beckett graticule this range is equivalent to 0.8 
to 10 fibers/field. Using NIOSH counting statistics, a count of 0.8 
fibers/field would give an approximate coefficient of variation (CV) of 
0.13.
    2.2. The detection limit for this method is 4.0 fibers per 100 
fields or 5.5 fibers/mm\2\. This was determined using an equation to 
estimate the maximum CV possible at a specific concentration (95% 
confidence) and a Lower Control Limit of zero. The CV value was then 
used to determine a corresponding concentration from historical CV vs 
fiber relationships. As an example:

Lower Control Limit (95% Confidence) = AC - 1.645(CV)(AC)
Where:

AC = Estimate of the airborne fiber concentration (fibers/cc) Setting 
          the Lower Control Limit = 0 and solving for CV:
0 = AC - 1.645(CV)(AC)
CV = 0.61

    This value was compared with CV vs. count curves. The count at which 
CV = 0.61 for Leidel-Busch counting statistics or for an OSHA Salt Lake 
Technical Center (OSHA-SLTC) CV curve (see Appendix A for further 
information) was 4.4 fibers or 3.9 fibers per 100 fields, respectively. 
Although a lower detection limit of 4 fibers per 100 fields is supported 
by the OSHA-SLTC data, both data sets support the 4.5 fibers per 100 
fields value.

              3. Method Performance--Precision and Accuracy

    Precision is dependent upon the total number of fibers counted and 
the uniformity of the fiber distribution on the filter. A general rule 
is to count at least 20 and not more than 100 fields. The count is 
discontinued when 100 fibers are counted, provided that 20 fields have 
already been counted. Counting more than 100 fibers results in only a 
small gain in precision. As the total count drops below 10

[[Page 37]]

fibers, an accelerated loss of precision is noted.
    At this time, there is no known method to determine the absolute 
accuracy of the asbestos analysis. Results of samples prepared through 
the Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program and analyzed by the 
OSHA-SLTC showed no significant bias when compared to PAT reference 
values. The PAT samples were analyzed from 1987 to 1989 (N=36) and the 
concentration range was from 120 to 1,300 fibers/mm\2\.

                            4. Interferences

    Fibrous substances, if present, may interfere with asbestos 
analysis.
    Some common fibers are:
fiberglass
anhydrite
plant fibers
perlite veins
gypsum
some synthetic fibers
membrane structures
sponge spicules
diatoms
microorganisms
wollastonite
    The use of electron microscopy or optical tests such as polarized 
light, and dispersion staining may be used to differentiate these 
materials from asbestos when necessary.

                               5. Sampling

                             5.1. Equipment

    5.1.1. Sample assembly (The assembly is shown in Figure 3). 
Conductive filter holder consisting of a 25-mm diameter, 3-piece 
cassette having a 50-mm long electrically conductive extension cowl. 
Backup pad, 25-mm, cellulose. Membrane filter, mixed-cellulose ester 
(MCE), 25-mm, plain, white, 0.4 to 1.2-m pore size.
    Notes: (a) Do not re-use cassettes.
    (b) Fully conductive cassettes are required to reduce fiber loss to 
the sides of the cassette due to electrostatic attraction.
    (c) Purchase filters which have been selected by the manufacturer 
for asbestos counting or analyze representative filters for fiber 
background before use. Discard the filter lot if more than 4 fibers/100 
fields are found.
    (d) To decrease the possibility of contamination, the sampling 
system (filter-backup pad-cassette) for asbestos is usually preassembled 
by the manufacturer.
    (e) Other cassettes, such as the Bell-mouth, may be used within the 
limits of their validation.
    5.1.2. Gel bands for sealing cassettes.
    5.1.3. Sampling pump.
    Each pump must be a battery operated, self-contained unit small 
enough to be placed on the monitored employee and not interfere with the 
work being performed. The pump must be capable of sampling at the 
collection rate for the required sampling time.
    5.1.4. Flexible tubing, 6-mm bore.
    5.1.5. Pump calibration.
    Stopwatch and bubble tube/burette or electronic meter.
    5.2. Sampling Procedure
    5.2.1. Seal the point where the base and cowl of each cassette meet 
with a gel band or tape.
    5.2.2. Charge the pumps completely before beginning.
    5.2.3. Connect each pump to a calibration cassette with an 
appropriate length of 6-mm bore plastic tubing. Do not use luer 
connectors--the type of cassette specified above has built-in adapters.
    5.2.4. Select an appropriate flow rate for the situation being 
monitored. The sampling flow rate must be between 0.5 and 5.0 L/min for 
personal sampling and is commonly set between 1 and 2 L/min. Always 
choose a flow rate that will not produce overloaded filters.
    5.2.5. Calibrate each sampling pump before and after sampling with a 
calibration cassette in-line (Note: This calibration cassette should be 
from the same lot of cassettes used for sampling). Use a primary 
standard (e.g. bubble burette) to calibrate each pump. If possible, 
calibrate at the sampling site.

    Note: If sampling site calibration is not possible, environmental 
influences may affect the flow rate. The extent is dependent on the type 
of pump used. Consult with the pump manufacturer to determine dependence 
on environmental influences. If the pump is affected by temperature and 
pressure changes, correct the flow rate using the formula shown in the 
section ``Sampling Pump Flow Rate Corrections'' at the end of this 
appendix.

    5.2.6. Connect each pump to the base of each sampling cassette with 
flexible tubing. Remove the end cap of each cassette and take each air 
sample open face. Assure that each sample cassette is held open side 
down in the employee's breathing zone during sampling. The distance from 
the nose/mouth of the employee to the cassette should be about 10 cm. 
Secure the cassette on the collar or lapel of the employee using spring 
clips or other similar devices.
    5.2.7. A suggested minimum air volume when sampling to determine TWA 
compliance is 25 L. For Excursion Limit (30 min sampling time) 
evaluations, a minimum air volume of 48 L is recommended.
    5.2.8. The most significant problem when sampling for asbestos is 
overloading the filter with non-asbestos dust. Suggested maximum air 
sample volumes for specific environments are:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Environment                         Air vol. (L)       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asbestos removal operations (visible dust)..  100                       
Asbestos removal operations (little dust)...  240                       

[[Page 38]]

                                                                        
Office environments.........................  400                       
                                              to                        
                                              2,400                     
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Caution: Do not overload the filter with dust. High levels of non-
fibrous dust particles may obscure fibers on the filter and lower the 
count or make counting impossible. If more than about 25 to 30% of the 
field area is obscured with dust, the result may be biased low. Smaller 
air volumes may be necessary when there is excessive non-asbestos dust 
in the air.
    While sampling, observe the filter with a small flashlight. If there 
is a visible layer of dust on the filter, stop sampling, remove and seal 
the cassette, and replace with a new sampling assembly. The total dust 
loading should not exceed 1 mg.
    5.2.9. Blank samples are used to determine if any contamination has 
occurred during sample handling. Prepare two blanks for the first 1 to 
20 samples. For sets containing greater than 20 samples, prepare blanks 
as 10% of the samples. Handle blank samples in the same manner as air 
samples with one exception: Do not draw any air through the blank 
samples. Open the blank cassette in the place where the sample cassettes 
are mounted on the employee. Hold it open for about 30 seconds. Close 
and seal the cassette appropriately. Store blanks for shipment with the 
sample cassettes.
    5.2.10. Immediately after sampling, close and seal each cassette 
with the base and plastic plugs. Do not touch or puncture the filter 
membrane as this will invalidate the analysis.
    5.2.11  Attach and secure a sample seal around each sample cassette 
in such a way as to assure that the end cap and base plugs cannot be 
removed without destroying the seal. Tape the ends of the seal together 
since the seal is not long enough to be wrapped end-to-end. Also wrap 
tape around the cassette at each joint to keep the seal secure.

                          5.3. Sample Shipment

    5.3.1. Send the samples to the laboratory with paperwork requesting 
asbestos analysis. List any known fibrous interferences present during 
sampling on the paperwork. Also, note the workplace operation(s) 
sampled.
    5.3.2. Secure and handle the samples in such that they will not 
rattle during shipment nor be exposed to static electricity. Do not ship 
samples in expanded polystyrene peanuts, vermiculite, paper shreds, or 
excelsior. Tape sample cassettes to sheet bubbles and place in a 
container that will cushion the samples in such a manner that they will 
not rattle.
    5.3.3. To avoid the possibility of sample contamination, always ship 
bulk samples in separate mailing containers.

                               6. Analysis

                         6.1. Safety Precautions

    6.1.1. Acetone is extremely flammable and precautions must be taken 
not to ignite it. Avoid using large containers or quantities of acetone. 
Transfer the solvent in a ventilated laboratory hood. Do not use acetone 
near any open flame. For generation of acetone vapor, use a spark free 
heat source.
    6.1.2. Any asbestos spills should be cleaned up immediately to 
prevent dispersal of fibers. Prudence should be exercised to avoid 
contamination of laboratory facilities or exposure of personnel to 
asbestos. Asbestos spills should be cleaned up with wet methods and/or a 
High Efficiency Particulate-Air (HEPA) filtered vacuum.
    Caution: Do not use a vacuum without a HEPA filter--It will disperse 
fine asbestos fibers in the air.

                             6.2. Equipment

    6.2.1. Phase contrast microscope with binocular or trinocular head.
    6.2.2. Widefield or Huygenian 10X eyepieces (Note: The eyepiece 
containing the graticule must be a focusing eyepiece. Use a 40X phase 
objective with a numerical aperture of 0.65 to 0.75).
    6.2.3. Kohler illumination (if possible) with green or blue filter.
    6.2.4. Walton-Beckett Graticule, type G-22 with 100  2 
m projected diameter.
    6.2.5. Mechanical stage.
    A rotating mechanical stage is convenient for use with polarized 
light.
    6.2.6. Phase telescope.
    6.2.7. Stage micrometer with 0.01-mm subdivisions.
    6.2.8. Phase-shift test slide, mark II (Available from PTR optics 
Ltd., and also McCrone).
    6.2.9. Precleaned glass slides, 25 mm X 75 mm. One end can be 
frosted for convenience in writing sample numbers, etc., or paste-on 
labels can be used.
    6.2.10. Cover glass #1 \1/2\.
    6.2.11. Scalpel (#10, curved blade).
    6.2.12. Fine tipped forceps.
    6.2.13. Aluminum block for clearing filter (see Appendix D and 
Figure 4).
    6.2.14. Automatic adjustable pipette, 100- to 500-L.
    6.2.15. Micropipette, 5 L.

                              6.3. Reagents

    6.3.1. Acetone (HPLC grade).
    6.3.2. Triacetin (glycerol triacetate).
    6.3.3. Lacquer or nail polish.

                        6.4. Standard Preparation

    A way to prepare standard asbestos samples of known concentration 
has not been developed. It is possible to prepare replicate samples of 
nearly equal concentration. This

[[Page 39]]

has been performed through the PAT program. These asbestos samples are 
distributed by the AIHA to participating laboratories.
    Since only about one-fourth of a 25-mm sample membrane is required 
for an asbestos count, any PAT sample can serve as a ``standard'' for 
replicate counting.

                          6.5. Sample Mounting

    Note: See Safety Precautions in Section 6.1. before proceeding. The 
objective is to produce samples with a smooth (non-grainy) background in 
a medium with a refractive index of approximately 1.46. The technique 
below collapses the filter for easier focusing and produces permanent 
mounts which are useful for quality control and interlaboratory 
comparison.

    An aluminum block or similar device is required for sample 
preparation.
    6.5.1. Heat the aluminum block to about 70 deg. C. The hot block 
should not be used on any surface that can be damaged by either the heat 
or from exposure to acetone.
    6.5.2. Ensure that the glass slides and cover glasses are free of 
dust and fibers.
    6.5.3. Remove the top plug to prevent a vacuum when the cassette is 
opened. Clean the outside of the cassette if necessary. Cut the seal 
and/or tape on the cassette with a razor blade. Very carefully separate 
the base from the extension cowl, leaving the filter and backup pad in 
the base.
    6.5.4. With a rocking motion cut a triangular wedge from the filter 
using the scalpel. This wedge should be one-sixth to one-fourth of the 
filter. Grasp the filter wedge with the forceps on the perimeter of the 
filter which was clamped between the cassette pieces. DO NOT TOUCH the 
filter with your finger. Place the filter on the glass slide sample side 
up. Static electricity will usually keep the filter on the slide until 
it is cleared.
    6.5.5. Place the tip of the micropipette containing about 200 
L acetone into the aluminum block. Insert the glass slide into 
the receiving slot in the aluminum block. Inject the acetone into the 
block with slow, steady pressure on the plunger while holding the 
pipette firmly in place. Wait 3 to 5 seconds for the filter to clear, 
then remove the pipette and slide from the aluminum block.
    6.5.6. Immediately (less than 30 seconds) place 2.5 to 3.5 
L of triacetin on the filter (Note: Waiting longer than 30 
seconds will result in increased index of refraction and decreased 
contrast between the fibers and the preparation. This may also lead to 
separation of the cover slip from the slide).
    6.5.7. Lower a cover slip gently onto the filter at a slight angle 
to reduce the possibility of forming air bubbles. If more than 30 
seconds have elapsed between acetone exposure and triacetin application, 
glue the edges of the cover slip to the slide with lacquer or nail 
polish.
    6.5.8. If clearing is slow, warm the slide for 15 min on a hot plate 
having a surface temperature of about 50  deg.C to hasten clearing. The 
top of the hot block can be used if the slide is not heated too long.
    6.5.9. Counting may proceed immediately after clearing and mounting 
are completed.

                          6.6. Sample Analysis

    Completely align the microscope according to the manufacturer's 
instructions. Then, align the microscope using the following general 
alignment routine at the beginning of every counting session and more 
often if necessary.

                            6.6.1. Alignment

    (1) Clean all optical surfaces. Even a small amount of dirt can 
significantly degrade the image.
    (2) Rough focus the objective on a sample.
    (3) Close down the field iris so that it is visible in the field of 
view. Focus the image of the iris with the condenser focus. Center the 
image of the iris in the field of view.
    (4) Install the phase telescope and focus on the phase rings. 
Critically center the rings. Misalignment of the rings results in 
astigmatism which will degrade the image.
    (5) Place the phase-shift test slide on the microscope stage and 
focus on the lines. The analyst must see line set 3 and should see at 
least parts of 4 and 5 but, not see line set 6 or 6. A microscope/
microscopist combination which does not pass this test may not be used.

                         6.6.2. Counting Fibers

    (1) Place the prepared sample slide on the mechanical stage of the 
microscope. Position the center of the wedge under the objective lens 
and focus upon the sample.
    (2) Start counting from one end of the wedge and progress along a 
radial line to the other end (count in either direction from perimeter 
to wedge tip). Select fields randomly, without looking into the 
eyepieces, by slightly advancing the slide in one direction with the 
mechanical stage control.
    (3) Continually scan over a range of focal planes (generally the 
upper 10 to 15 m of the filter surface) with the fine focus 
control during each field count. Spend at least 5 to 15 seconds per 
field.
    (4) Most samples will contain asbestos fibers with fiber diameters 
less than 1 m. Look carefully for faint fiber images. The small 
diameter fibers will be very hard to see. However, they are an important 
contribution to the total count.
    (5) Count only fibers equal to or longer than 5 m. Measure 
the length of curved fibers along the curve.

[[Page 40]]

    (6) Count fibers which have a length to width ratio of 3:1 or 
greater.
    (7) Count all the fibers in at least 20 fields. Continue counting 
until either 100 fibers are counted or 100 fields have been viewed; 
whichever occurs first. Count all the fibers in the final field.
    (8) Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-Beckett 
graticule field shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing the boundary 
once, having one end within the circle shall receive a count of \1/2\. 
Do not count any fiber that crosses the graticule boundary more than 
once. Reject and do not count any other fibers even though they may be 
visible outside the graticule area. If a fiber touches the circle, it is 
considered to cross the line.
    (9) Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual fibers 
can be clearly identified and each individual fiber is clearly not 
connected to another counted fiber. See Figure 1 for counting 
conventions.
    (10) Record the number of fibers in each field in a consistent way 
such that filter non-uniformity can be assessed.
    (11) Regularly check phase ring alignment.
    (12) When an agglomerate (mass of material) covers more than 25% of 
the field of view, reject the field and select another. Do not include 
it in the number of fields counted.
    (13) Perform a ``blind recount'' of 1 in every 10 filter wedges 
(slides). Re-label the slides using a person other than the original 
counter.

                        6.7. Fiber Identification

    As previously mentioned in Section 1.3., PCM does not provide 
positive confirmation of asbestos fibers. Alternate differential 
counting techniques should be used if discrimination is desirable. 
Differential counting may include primary discrimination based on 
morphology, polarized light analysis of fibers, or modification of PCM 
data by Scanning Electron or Transmission Electron Microscopy.
    A great deal of experience is required to routinely and correctly 
perform differential counting. It is discouraged unless it is legally 
necessary. Then, only if a fiber is obviously not asbestos should it be 
excluded from the count. Further discussion of this technique can be 
found in reference 8.10.
    If there is a question whether a fiber is asbestos or not, follow 
the rule:
    ``WHEN IN DOUBT, COUNT.''
    6.8. Analytical Recommendations--Quality Control System
    6.8.1. All individuals performing asbestos analysis must have taken 
the NIOSH course for sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos or an 
equivalent course.
    6.8.2. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos counting shall set up a 
slide trading arrangement with at least two other laboratories in order 
to compare performance and eliminate inbreeding of error. The slide 
exchange occurs at least semiannually. The round robin results shall be 
posted where all analysts can view individual analyst's results.
    6.8.3. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos counting shall 
participate in the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program, the Asbestos 
Analyst Registry or equivalent.
    6.8.4. Each analyst shall select and count prepared slides from a 
``slide bank''. These are quality assurance counts. The slide bank shall 
be prepared using uniformly distributed samples taken from the workload. 
Fiber densities should cover the entire range routinely analyzed by the 
laboratory. These slides are counted blind by all counters to establish 
an original standard deviation. This historical distribution is compared 
with the quality assurance counts. A counter must have 95% of all 
quality control samples counted within three standard deviations of the 
historical mean. This count is then integrated into a new historical 
mean and standard deviation for the slide.
    The analyses done by the counters to establish the slide bank may be 
used for an interim quality control program if the data are treated in a 
proper statistical fashion.

                             7. Calculations

    7.1. Calculate the estimated airborne asbestos fiber concentration 
on the filter sample using the following formula:
where:

AC=Airborne fiber concentration
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10AU94.000

FB=Total number of fibers greater than 5 m counted
FL=Total number of fields counted on the filter
BFB=Total number of fibers greater than 5 m counted in the 
          blank
BFL=Total number of fields counted on the blank
ECA=Effective collecting area of filter (385 mm\2\ nominal for a 25-mm 
          filter.)
FR=Pump flow rate (L/min)
MFA=Microscope count field area (mm\2\). This is 0.00785 mm\2\ for a 
          Walton-Beckett Graticule.
T=Sample collection time (min)
1,000=Conversion of L to cc
    Note: The collection area of a filter is seldom equal to 385 mm\2\. 
It is appropriate for laboratories to routinely monitor the exact 
diameter using an inside micrometer. The collection area is calculated 
according to the formula:

Area=(d/2)\2\

[[Page 41]]

                       7.2. Short-cut Calculation

    Since a given analyst always has the same interpupillary distance, 
the number of fields per filter for a particular analyst will remain 
constant for a given size filter. The field size for that analyst is 
constant (i.e. the analyst is using an assigned microscope and is not 
changing the reticle).
    For example, if the exposed area of the filter is always 385 mm\2\ 
and the size of the field is always 0.00785 mm\2\, the number of fields 
per filter will always be 49,000. In addition it is necessary to convert 
liters of air to cc. These three constants can then be combined such 
that ECA/(1,000 X MFA)=49. The previous equation simplifies to:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10AU94.001

                        7.3. Recount Calculations

    As mentioned in step 13 of Section 6.6.2., a ``blind recount'' of 
10% of the slides is performed. In all cases, differences will be 
observed between the first and second counts of the same filter wedge. 
Most of these differences will be due to chance alone, that is, due to 
the random variability (precision) of the count method. Statistical 
recount criteria enables one to decide whether observed differences can 
be explained due to chance alone or are probably due to systematic 
differences between analysts, microscopes, or other biasing factors.
    The following recount criterion is for a pair of counts that 
estimate AC in fibers/cc. The criterion is given at the type-I error 
level. That is, there is 5% maximum risk that we will reject a pair of 
counts for the reason that one might be biased, when the large observed 
difference is really due to chance.
    Reject a pair of counts if:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29JN95.000
    
    Where:
    AC1=lower estimated airborne fiber concentration
    AC2=higher estimated airborne fiber concentration
    ACavg=average of the two concentration estimates
    CVFB=CV for the average of the two concentration 
estimates
    If a pair of counts are rejected by this criterion then, recount the 
rest of the filters in the submitted set. Apply the test and reject any 
other pairs failing the test. Rejection shall include a memo to the 
industrial hygienist stating that the sample failed a statistical test 
for homogeneity and the true air concentration may be significantly 
different than the reported value.

                         7.4. Reporting Results

    Report results to the industrial hygienist as fibers/cc. Use two 
significant figures. If multiple analyses are performed on a sample, an 
average of the results is to be reported unless any of the results can 
be rejected for cause.

                              8. References

    8.1. Dreesen, W.C., et al, U.S. Public Health Service: A Study of 
Asbestosis in the Asbestos Textile Industry, (Public Health Bulletin No. 
241), US Treasury Dept., Washington, DC, 1938.
    8.2. Asbestos Research Council: The Measurement of Airborne Asbestos 
Dust by the Membrane Filter Method (Technical Note), Asbestos Research 
Council, Rockdale, Lancashire, Great Britain, 1969.
    8.3. Bayer, S.G., Zumwalde, R.D., Brown, T.A., Equipment and 
Procedure for Mounting Millipore Filters and Counting Asbestos Fibers by 
Phase Contrast Microscopy, Bureau of Occupational Health, U.S. Dept. of 
Health, Education and Welfare, Cincinnati, OH, 1969.
    8.4. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods, 2nd ed., Vol. 1 (DHEW/NIOSH 
Pub. No. 77-157-A). National Institute for Occupational Safety and 
Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1977. pp. 239-1-239-21.
    8.5. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR 1910.1001. 1971.
    8.6. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, 
and Actinolite. Final Rule, Federal Register 51:119 (20 June 1986). 
pp.22612-22790.
    8.7. Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite, Code of 
Federal Regulations 1910.1001. 1988. pp 711-752.
    8.8. Criteria for a Recommended Standard--Occupational Exposure to 
Asbestos (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. HSM 72-10267), National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH, Cincinnati,OH, 1972. pp. III-1-
III-24.
    8.9. Leidel, N.A., Bayer,S.G., Zumwalde, R.D.,Busch, K.A., USPHS/
NIOSH Membrane Filter Method for Evaluating Airborne Asbestos Fibers 
(DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 79-127). National Institute for Occupational Safety 
and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1979.
    8.10. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in Analysis of 
Asbestos and Quartz, Analytical Techniques in Occupational Health 
Chemistry, edited by D.D. Dollberg and A.W. Verstuyft. Wash. DC: 
American Chemical Society, (ACS Symposium Series 120) 1980. pp. 13-41.

[[Page 42]]

                             Quality Control

    The OSHA asbestos regulations require each laboratory to establish a 
quality control program. The following is presented as an example of how 
the OSHA-SLTC constructed its internal CV curve as part of meeting this 
requirement. Data is from 395 samples collected during OSHA compliance 
inspections and analyzed from October 1980 through April 1986.
    Each sample was counted by 2 to 5 different counters independently 
of one another. The standard deviation and the CV statistic was 
calculated for each sample. This data was then plotted on a graph of CV 
vs. fibers/mm2. A least squares regression was performed 
using the following equation:

CV=antilog110[A(log10(x))2+B(log10
          (x))+C]

where:
    x=the number of fibers/mm2
Application of least squares gave:
    A=0.182205
    B=-0.973343
    C=0.327499
Using these values, the equation becomes:
    CV=antilog10 [0.182205(log10 
(x))2-0.973343(log10 (x))+0.327499]

                   Sampling Pump Flow Rate Corrections

    This correction is used if a difference greater than 5% in ambient 
temperature and/or pressure is noted between calibration and sampling 
sites and the pump does not compensate for the differences.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10AU94.003

Where:
Qact=actual flow rate
Qcal=calibrated flow rate (if a rotameter was used, the 
          rotameter value)
Pcal=uncorrected air pressure at calibration
Pact=uncorrected air pressure at sampling site
Tact=temperature at sampling site (K)
Tcal=temperature at calibration (K)

                        Walton-Beckett Graticule

    When ordering the Graticule for asbestos counting, specify the exact 
disc diameter needed to fit the ocular of the microscope and the 
diameter (mm) of the circular counting area. Instructions for measuring 
the dimensions necessary are listed:
    (1) Insert any available graticule into the focusing eyepiece and 
focus so that the graticule lines are sharp and clear.
    (2) Align the microscope.
    (3) Place a stage micrometer on the microscope object stage and 
focus the microscope on the graduated lines.
    (4) Measure the magnified grid length, PL (m), using the 
stage micrometer.
    (5) Remove the graticule from the microscope and measure its actual 
grid length, AL (mm). This can be accomplished by using a mechanical 
stage fitted with verniers, or a jeweler's loupe with a direct reading 
scale.
    (6) Let D=100 m. Calculate the circle diameter, 
dc (mm), for the Walton-Beckett graticule and specify the 
diameter when making a purchase:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10AU94.004

Example: If PL=108 m, AL=2.93 mm and D=100 m, then,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10AU94.005

    (7) Each eyepiece-objective-reticle combination on the microscope 
must be calibrated. Should any of the three be changed (by zoom 
adjustment, disassembly, replacement, etc.), the combination must be 
recalibrated. Calibration may change if interpupillary distance is 
changed. Measure the field diameter, D (acceptable range: 
1002 m) with a stage micrometer upon receipt of the 
graticule from the manufacturer. Determine the field area 
(mm2).

Field Area = (D/2)2
If D=100 m=0.1 mm, then
Field Area=(0.1 mm/2)2=0.00785 mm2

    The Graticule is available from: Graticules Ltd., Morley Road, 
Tonbridge TN9 IRN, Kent, England (Telephone 011-44-732-359061). Also 
available from PTR Optics Ltd., 145 Newton Street, Waltham, MA 02154 
[telephone (617) 891-6000] or McCrone Accessories and Components, 2506 
S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, IL 60616 [phone (312)-842-7100]. The 
graticule is custom made for each microscope.

                   Counts for the Fibers in the Figure                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Structure No.            Count             Explanation          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 to 6......................         1  Single fibers all contained    
                                          within the circle.            
 7...........................     \1/2\  Fiber crosses circle once.     
 8...........................         0  Fiber too short.               
 9...........................         2  Two crossing fibers.           
10...........................         0  Fiber outside graticule.       
11...........................         0  Fiber crosses graticule twice. 
12...........................     \1/2\  Although split, fiber only     
                                          crosses once.                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 43]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10AU94.006

 Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1001--Qualitative and Quantitative Fit Testing 
                          Procedures--Mandatory

                     Qualitative Fit Test Protocols

                      I. Isoamyl Acetate Protocol.

                       A. Odor Threshold Screening

    1. Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids (e.g. Mason or Bell 
jars) are required.
    2. Odor-free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at approximately 
25 deg.C shall be used for the solutions.
    3. The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known as isopentyl acetate) stock 
solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor free 
water in a 1-liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. This solution shall 
be prepared new at least weekly.
    4. The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from the 
room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well ventilated 
but shall not be connected to the same recirculating ventilation system.
    5. The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 0.4 
cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a clean 
dropper or pipette. Shake for 30 seconds and allow to stand for two to 
three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach 
equilibrium. This solution may be used for only one day.
    6. A test blank is prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of odor 
free water.
    7. The odor test and test blank jars shall be labelled 1 and 2 for 
jar identification. If the labels are put on the lids they can be 
periodically peeled, dried off and switched to maintain the integrity of 
the test.

[[Page 44]]

    8. The following instructions shall be typed on a card and placed on 
the table in front of the two test jars (i.e. 1 and 2): ``The purpose of 
this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low 
concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of 
these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the 
covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the 
lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. 
Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil.''
    9. The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be 
prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in order 
to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject.
    10. If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar 
containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test may not 
be used.
    11. If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the 
odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection 
and fit testing.

                         B. Respirator Selection

    1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable 
respirator from a selection including respirators of various sizes from 
different manufacturers. The selection shall include at least five sizes 
of elastomeric half facepieces, from at least two manufacturers.
    2. The selection process shall be conducted in a room separate from 
the fit-test chamber to prevent odor fatigue. Prior to the selection 
process, the test subject shall be shown how to put on a respirator, how 
it should be positioned on the face, how to set strap tension and how to 
determine a ``comfortable'' respirator. A mirror shall be available to 
assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning of the 
respirator. This instruction may not constitute the subject's formal 
training on respirator use, as it is only a review.
    3. The test subject should understand that the employee is being 
asked to select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. 
Each respirator represents a different size and shape and, if fit 
properly and used properly will provide adequate protection.
    4. The test subject holds each facepiece up to the face and 
eliminates those which obviously do not give a comfortable fit. 
Normally, selection will begin with a half-mask and if a good fit cannot 
be found, the subject will be asked to test the full facepiece 
respirators. (A small percentage of users will not be able to wear any 
half-mask.)
    5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable 
mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. All 
donning and adjustments of the facepiece shall be performed by the test 
subject without assistance from the test conductor or other person. 
Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in 
6 below. If the test subject is not familiar with using a particular 
respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don the mask several 
times and to adjust the straps each time to become adept at setting 
proper tension on the straps.
    6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following 
points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time 
to determine the comfort of the respirator:
     Positioning of mask on nose.
     Room for eye protection.
     Room to talk.
     Positioning mask on face and cheeks.
    7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the 
adequacy of the respirator fit:
     Chin properly placed.
     Strap tension.
     Fit across nose bridge.
     Distance from nose to chin.
     Tendency to slip.
     Self-observation in mirror.
    8. The test subject shall conduct the conventional negative and 
positive-pressure fit checks (e.g. see ANSI Z88.2-1980). Before 
conducting the negative- or positive-pressure test the subject shall be 
told to ``seat'' the mask by rapidly moving the head from side-to-side 
and up and down, while taking a few deep breaths.
    9. The test subject is now ready for fit testing.
    10. After passing the fit test, the test subject shall be questioned 
again regarding the comfort of the respirator. If it has become 
uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried.
    11. The employee shall be given the opportunity to select a 
different facepiece and be retested if the chosen facepiece becomes 
increasingly uncomfortable at any time.

                               C. Fit Test

    1. The fit test chamber shall be similar to a clear 55 gal drum 
liner suspended inverted over a 2 foot diameter frame, so that the top 
of the chamber is about 6 inches above the test subject's head. The 
inside top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached.
    2. Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be 
equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against 
organic vapors. The cartridges or masks shall be changed at least 
weekly.
    3. After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, 
the test subject shall wear it to the fit testing room. This room shall 
be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and 
respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an

[[Page 45]]

exhaust fan or lab hood, to prevent general room contamination.
    4. A copy of the following test exercises and rainbow passage shall 
be taped to the inside of the test chamber:

                             Test Exercises

    i. Breathe normally.
    ii. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
    iii. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Inhale on 
each side. Be certain movement is complete. Do not bump the respirator 
against the shoulders.
    iv. Nod head up-and-down. Inhale when head is in the full up 
position (looking toward ceiling). Be certain motions are complete and 
made about every second. Do not bump the respirator on the chest.
    v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The following 
paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Reading it will result in a 
wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to satisfy this 
requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same purpose may also 
be used.
    vi. Jogging in place.
    vii. Breathe normally.

                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of 
the rainbow.
    5. Each test subject shall wear the respirator for at least 10 
minutes before starting the fit test.
    6. Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given a 
6 inch by 5 inch piece of paper towel or other porous absorbent single 
ply material, folded in half and wetted with three-quarters of one cc of 
pure IAA. The test subject shall hang the wet towel on the hook at the 
top of the chamber.
    7. Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to be reached 
before starting the fit-test exercises. This would be an appropriate 
time to talk with the test subject, to explain the fit test, the 
importance of cooperation, the purpose for the head exercises, or to 
demonstrate some of the exercises.
    8. Each exercise described in 4 above shall be performed for at 
least one minute.
    9. If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana-
like odor of IAA, the test has failed. The subject shall quickly exit 
from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory 
fatigue.
    10. If the test is failed, the subject shall return to the selection 
room and remove the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity test, select 
and put on another respirator, return to the test chamber, and again 
begin the procedure described in the c(4) through c(8) above. The 
process continues until a respirator that fits well has been found. 
Should the odor sensitivity test be failed, the subject shall wait about 
5 minutes before retesting. Odor sensitivity will usually have returned 
by this time.
    11. If a person cannot pass the fit test described above wearing a 
half-mask respirator from the available selection, full facepiece models 
must be used.
    12. When a respirator is found that passes the test, the subject 
breaks the faceseal and takes a breath before exiting the chamber. This 
is to assure that the reason the test subject is not smelling the IAA is 
the good fit of the respirator facepiece seal and not olfactory fatigue.
    13. When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall 
remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the 
test. To keep the area from becoming contaminated, the used towels shall 
be kept in a self-sealing bag so there is no significant IAA 
concentration buildup in the test chamber during subsequent tests.
    14. At least two facepieces shall be selected for the IAA test 
protocol. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear them 
for one week to choose the one which is more comfortable to wear.
    15. Persons who have successfully passed this fit test with a half-
mask respirator may be assigned the use of the test respirator in 
atmospheres with up to 10 times the PEL of airborne asbestos.
    16. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin the facepiece sealing surface.
    17. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a satisfactory fit, 
then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate interference 
and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory fit is still not 
attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure respirator such 
as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air respirator, or self-
contained breathing apparatus.
    18. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respirator 
diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can 
wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.
    19. Qualitative fit testing shall be repeated at least every six 
months.
    20. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
affected, qualitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when the 
test subject has a:
    (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,

[[Page 46]]

    (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece seal,
    (3) Significant dental changes; i.e., multiple extractions without 
prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
    (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
    (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece sealing.

                            D. Recordkeeping

    A summary of all test results shall be maintained in each office for 
3 years. The summary shall include:
    (1) Name of test subject.
    (2) Date of testing.
    (3) Name of the test conductor.
    (4) Respirators selected (indicate manufacturer, model, size and 
approval number).
    (5) Testing agent.

                 II. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol

                         A. Respirator Selection

    Respirators shall be selected as described in section IB (respirator 
selection) above, except that each respirator shall be equipped with a 
particulate filter.

                      B. Taste Threshold Screening

    1. An enclosure about head and shoulders shall be used for threshold 
screening (to determine if the individual can taste saccharin) and for 
fit testing. The enclosure shall be approximately 12 inches in diameter 
by 14 inches tall with at least the front clear to allow free movement 
of the head when a respirator is worn.
    2. The test enclosure shall have a three-quarter inch hole in front 
of the test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer 
nozzle.
    3. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to 
the test subject prior to conducting the screening test.
    4. During the threshold screening test, the test subject shall don 
the test enclosure and breathe with open mouth with tongue extended.
    5. Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or 
equivalent, the test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution 
into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to 
distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer.
    6. The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium 
saccharin, USP in water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc of the test 
solution (see C 7 below) in 100 cc of water.
    7. To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so 
that it collapses completely, then is released and allowed to fully 
expand.
    8. Ten squeezes of the nebulizer bulb are repeated rapidly and then 
the test subject is asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.
    9. If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes of the 
nebulizer bulb are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked 
whether the saccharin can be tasted.
    10. If the second response is negative ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin can be tasted.
    11. The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes 
required to elicit a taste response.
    12. If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (Step 10), the 
saccharin fit test cannot be performed on the test subject.
    13. If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked 
to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.
    14. Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of 
liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.
    15. The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, 
and refilled at least every four hours.

                               C. Fit Test

    1. The test subject shall don and adjust the respirator without the 
assistance from any person.
    2. The fit test uses the same enclosure described in IIB above.
    3. Each test subject shall wear the respirator for at least 10 
minutes before starting the fit test.
    4. The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the 
respirator selected in section 1B above. This respirator shall be 
properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter.
    5. The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or chew 
gum for 15 minutes before the test.
    6. A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is 
used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer 
shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test 
solution nebulizer.
    7. The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium 
saccharin to 100 cc of warm water.
    8. As before, the test subject shall breathe with mouth open and 
tongue extended.
    9. The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the 
enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using 
the same technique as for the taste threshold screening and the same 
number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the screening. 
(See B8 through B10 above).
    10. After generation of the aerosol read the following instructions 
to the test subject. The test subject shall perform the exercises for 
one minute each.
    i. Breathe normally.
    ii. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.

[[Page 47]]

    iii. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Be certain 
movement is complete. Inhale on each side. Do not bump the respirator 
against the shoulders.
    iv. Nod head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete. Inhale 
when head is in the full up position (when looking toward the ceiling). 
Do not bump the respirator on the chest.
    v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The following 
paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Reading it will result in a 
wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to satisfy this 
requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same purpose may also 
be used.
    vi. Jogging in place.
    vii. Breathe normally.

                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
his reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end 
of the rainbow.
    11. At the beginning of each exercise, the aerosol concentration 
shall be replenished using one-half the number of squeezes as initially 
described in C9.
    12. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any 
time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.
    13. If the saccharin is detected the fit is deemed unsatisfactory 
and a different respirator shall be tried.
    14. At least two facepieces shall be selected by the saccharin 
solution aerosol test protocol. The test subject shall be given the 
opportunity to wear them for one week to choose the one which is more 
comfortable to wear.
    15. Successful completion of the test protocol shall allow the use 
of the half mask tested respirator in contaminated atmospheres up to 10 
times the PEL of asbestos. In other words this protocol may be used to 
assign protection factors no higher than ten.
    16. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.
    17. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a satisfactory fit, 
then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate interference 
and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory fit is still not 
attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure respirator such 
as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air respirator, or self-
contained breathing apparatus.
    18. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respirator 
diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can 
wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.
    19. Qualitative fit testing shall be repeated at least every six 
months.
    20. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
affected, qualitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when the 
test subject has a:
    (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
    (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece seal,
    (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions without 
prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
    (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
    (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece sealing.

                            D. Recordkeeping

    A summary of all test results shall be maintained in each office for 
3 years. The summary shall include:
    (1) Name of test subject.
    (2) Date of testing.
    (3) Name of test conductor.
    (4) Respirators selected (indicate manufacturer, model, size and 
approval number).
    (5) Testing agent.

                       III. Irritant Fume Protocol

                         A. Respirator selection

    Respirators shall be selected as described in section IB above, 
except that each respirator shall be equipped with a high-efficiency 
cartridge.

                               B. Fit test

    1. The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration 
of the irritant smoke to familiarize the subject with the characteristic 
odor.
    2. The test subject shall properly don the respirator selected as 
above, and wear it for at least 10 minutes before starting the fit test.
    3. The test conductor shall review this protocol with the test 
subject before testing.
    4. The test subject shall perform the conventional positive pressure 
and negative pressure fit checks (see ANSI Z88.2 1980). Failure of 
either check shall be cause to select an alternate respirator.
    5. Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic 
oxychloride, such as the MSA part #5645, or equivalent. Attach a short 
length of tubing to one end of the smoke tube. Attach the other end of 
the smoke tube to a low pressure air pump set to deliver 200 milliliters 
per minute.
    6. Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the 
eyes and instruct the

[[Page 48]]

subject to keep the eyes closed while the test is performed.
    7. The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from 
the tube towards the faceseal area of the test subject. The person 
conducting the test shall begin with the tube at least 12 inches from 
the facepiece and gradually move to within one inch, moving around the 
whole perimeter of the mask.
    8. The test subject shall be instructed to do the following 
exercises while the respirator is being challenged by the smoke. Each 
exercise shall be performed for one minute.
    i. Breathe normally.
    ii. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
    iii. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Be certain 
movement is complete. Inhale on each side. Do not bump the respirator 
against the shoulders.
    iv. Nod head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete and made 
every second. Inhale when head is in the full up position (looking 
toward ceiling). Do not bump the respirator against the chest.
    v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The following 
paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Repeating it after the test 
conductor (keeping eyes closed) will result in a wide range of facial 
movements, and thus be useful to satisfy this requirement. Alternative 
passages which serve the same purpose may also be used.

                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
his reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end 
of the rainbow.
    vi. Jogging in Place.
    vii. Breathe normally.
    9. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if the 
irritant smoke is detected. If smoke is detected, the test conductor 
shall stop the test. In this case, the tested respirator is rejected and 
another respirator shall be selected.
    10. Each test subject passing the smoke test (i.e. without detecting 
the smoke) shall be given a sensitivity check of smoke from the same 
tube to determine if the test subject reacts to the smoke. Failure to 
evoke a response shall void the fit test.
    11. Steps B4, B9, B10 of this fit test protocol shall be performed 
in a location with exhaust ventilation sufficient to prevent general 
contamination of the testing area by the test agents.
    12. At least two facepieces shall be selected by the irritant fume 
test protocol. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear 
them for one week to choose the one which is more comfortable to wear.
    13. Respirators successfully tested by the protocol may be used in 
contaminated atmospheres up to ten times the PEL of asbestos.
    14. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.
    15. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a satisfactory fit, 
then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate interference 
and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory fit is still not 
attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure respirator such 
as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air respirator, or self-
contained breathing apparatus.
    16. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respirator 
diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can 
wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.
    17. Qualitative fit testing shall be repeated at least every six 
months.
    18. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
affected, qualitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when the 
test subject has a:
    (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
    (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece seal,
    (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions without 
prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
    (4) Reconstructive or cosmestic surgery, or
    (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece sealing.

                            C. Recordkeeping

    A summary of all test results shall be maintained in each office for 
3 years. The summary shall include:
    (1) Name of test subject.
    (2) Date of testing.
    (3) Name of test conductor.
    (4) Respirators selected (indicate manufacturer, model, size and 
approval number).
    (5) Testing agent

                    Quantitative Fit Test Procedures

    1. General.
    a. The method applies to the negative-pressure nonpowered air-
purifying respirators only.
    b. The employer shall assign one individual who shall assume the 
full responsibility for implementing the respirator quantitative fit 
test program.
    2. Definition.

[[Page 49]]

    a. Quantitative Fit Test means the measurement of the effectiveness 
of a respirator seal in excluding the ambient atmosphere. The test is 
performed by dividing the measured concentration of challenge agent in a 
test chamber by the measured concentration of the challenge agent inside 
the respirator facepiece when the normal air purifying element has been 
replaced by an essentially perfect purifying element.
    b. Challenge Agent means the air contaminant introduced into a test 
chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the respirator may 
be compared.
    c. Test Subject means the person wearing the respirator for 
quantitative fit testing.
    d. Normal Standing Position means standing erect and straight with 
arms down along the sides and looking straight ahead.
    e. Fit Factor means the ratio of challenge agent concentration 
outside with respect to the inside of a respirator inlet covering 
(facepiece or enclosure).
    3. Apparatus.
    a. Instrumentation. Corn oil, sodium chloride or other appropriate 
aerosol generation, dilution, and measurement systems shall be used for 
quantitative fit test.
    b. Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit 
all test subjects to freely perform all required exercises without 
distributing the challenge agent concentration or the measurement 
apparatus. The test chamber shall be equipped and constructed so that 
the challenge agent is effectively isolated from the ambient air yet 
uniform in concentration throughout the chamber.
    c. When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or 
cartridge element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate 
filter supplied by the same manufacturer.
    d. The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip chart 
record may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of challenge 
agent concentration with each inspiration and expiration at fit factors 
of at least 2,000.
    e. The combination of substitute air-purifying elements (if any), 
challenge agent, and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber 
shall be such that the test subject is not exposed in excess of PEL to 
the challenge agent at any time during the testing process.
    f. The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be placed 
and constructed so that there is no detectable leak around the port, a 
free air flow is allowed into the sampling line at all times and so 
there is no interference with the fit or performance of the respirator.
    g. The test chamber and test set-up shall permit the person 
administering the test to observe one test subject inside the chamber 
during the test.
    h. The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain 
the concentration of challenge agent constant within a 10 percent 
variation for the duration of the test.
    i. The time lag (interval between an event and its being recorded on 
the strip chart) of the instrumentation may not exceed 2 seconds.
    j. The tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for the respirator 
sampling port shall be the same diameter, length and material. It shall 
be kept as short as possible. The smallest diameter tubing recommended 
by the manufacturer shall be used.
    k. The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a high-
efficiency filter before release to the room.
    l. When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity 
inside the test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent.
    4. Procedural Requirements.
    a. The fitting of half-mask respirators should be started with those 
having multiple sizes and a variety of interchangeable cartridges and 
canisters such as the MSA Comfo II-M, North M. Survivair M, A-O M, or 
Scott-M. Use either of the tests outlined below to assure that the 
facepiece is properly adjusted.
    (1) Positive pressure test. With the exhaust port(s) blocked, the 
negative pressure of slight inhalation should remain constant for 
several seconds.
    (2) Negative pressure test. With the intake port(s) blocked, the 
negative pressure slight inhalation should remain constant for several 
seconds.
    b. After a facepiece is adjusted, the test subject shall wear the 
facepiece for at least 5 minutes before conducting a qualitive test by 
using either of the methods described below and using the exercise 
regime described in 5.a., b., c., d, and e.
    (1) Isoamyl acetate test. When using organic vapor cartridges, the 
test subject who can smell the odor should be unable to detect the odor 
of isoamyl acetate squirted into the air near the most vulnerable 
portions of the facepiece seal. In a location which is separated from 
the test area, the test subject shall be instructed to close her/his 
eyes during the test period. A combination cartridge or canister with 
organic vapor and high-efficiency filters shall be used when available 
for the particular mask being tested. The test subject shall be given an 
opportunity to smell the odor of isoamyl acetate before the test is 
conducted.
    (2) Irritant fume test. When using high-efficiency filters, the test 
subject should be unable to detect the odor of irritant fume (stannic 
chloride or titanium tetrachloride ventilation smoke tubes) squirted 
into the air near the most vulnerable portions of the

[[Page 50]]

facepiece seal. The test subject shall be instructed to close her/his 
eyes during the test period.
    c. The test subject may enter the quantitative testing chamber only 
if she or he has obtained a satisfactory fit as stated in 4.b. of this 
Appendix.
    d. Before the subject enters the test chamber, a reasonably stable 
challenge agent concentration shall be measured in the test chamber.
    e. Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the 
challenge agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to 
ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half-
mask and 1 percent for a full facepiece.
    f. A stable challenge agent concentration shall be obtained prior to 
the actual start of testing.
    (1) Respirator restraining straps may not be overtightened for 
testing. The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer to give a reasonably 
comfortable fit typical of normal use.
    5. Exercise Regime. Prior to entering the test chamber, the test 
subject shall be given complete instructions as to her/his part in the 
test procedures. The test subject shall perform the following exercises, 
in the order given, for each independent test.
    a. Normal Breathing (NB). In the normal standing position, without 
talking, the subject shall breathe normally for at least one minute.
    b. Deep Breathing (DB). In the normal standing position the subject 
shall do deep breathing for at least one minute pausing so as not to 
hyperventilate.
    c. Turning head side to side (SS). Standing in place the subject 
shall slowly turn his/her head from side between the extreme positions 
to each side. The head shall be held at each extreme position for at 
least 5 seconds. Perform for at least three complete cycles.
    d. Moving head up and down (UD). Standing in place, the subject 
shall slowly move his/her head up and down between the extreme position 
straight up and the extreme position straight down. The head shall be 
held at each extreme position for at least 5 seconds. Perform for at 
least three complete cycles.
    e. Reading (R). The test subject (keeping eyes closed) shall repeat 
after the test conductor the `rainbow passage' at the end of this 
section. The subject shall talk slowly and aloud so as to be heard 
clearly by the test conductor or monitor.
    f. Grimace (G). The test subject shall grimace, smile, frown, and 
generally contort the face using the facial muscles. Continue for at 
least 15 seconds.
    g. Bend over and touch toes (B). The test subject shall bend at the 
waist and touch toes and return to upright position. Repeat for at least 
30 seconds.
    h. Jogging in place (J). The test subject shall perform jog in place 
for at least 30 seconds.
    i. Normal Breathing (NB). Same as exercise a.

                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of 
the rainbow.
    6. The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak penetration 
exceeds 5 percent for half-masks and 1 percent for full facepieces. The 
test subject may be refitted and retested. If two of the three required 
tests are terminated, the fit shall be deemed inadequate.
    7. Calculation of Fit Factors.
    a. The fit factor determined by the quantitative fit test equals the 
average concentration inside the respirator.
    b. The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average 
of the test chamber concentration at the beginning and of the end of the 
test.
    c. The average peak concentration of the challenge agent inside the 
respirator shall be the arithmetic average peak concentrations for each 
of the nine exercises of the test which are computed as the arithmetic 
average of the peak concentrations found for each breath during the 
exercise.
    d. The average peak concentration for an exercise may be determined 
graphically if there is not a great variation in the peak concentrations 
during a single exercise.
    8. Interpretation of Test Results. The fit factor measured by the 
quantitative fit testing shall be the lowest of the three protection 
factors resulting from three independent tests.
    9. Other Requirements.
    a. The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half-mask or 
full facepiece mask if the minimum fit factor of 100 or 1,000, 
respectively, cannot be obtained. If hair growth or apparel interfere 
with a satisfactory fit, then they shall be altered or removed so as to 
eliminate interference and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory 
fit is still not attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure 
respirator such as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air 
respirator, or self-contained breathing apparatus.
    b. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.

[[Page 51]]

    c. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respirator 
diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can 
wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.
    d. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the 
assigned respirator for one week. If the respirator does not provide a 
satisfactory fit during actual use, the test subject may request another 
QNFT which shall be performed immediately.
    e. A respirator fit factor card shall be issued to the test subject 
with the following information:
    (1) Name.
    (2) Date of fit test.
    (3) Protection factors obtained through each manufacturer, model and 
approval number of respirator tested.
    (4) Name and signature of the person that conducted the test.
    f. Filters used for qualitative or quantitative fit testing shall be 
replaced weekly, whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, 
or when the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. 
Organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily or sooner if 
there is any indication of breakthrough by the test agent.
    10. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
affected, quantitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when 
the test subject has a:
    (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
    (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece seal,
    (3) Significant dental changes; i.e., multiple extractions without 
prothesis, or acquiring dentures.
    (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
    (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece sealing.
    11. Recordkeeping.
    A summary of all test results shall be maintained for 3 years. The 
summary shall include:
    (1) Name of test subject.
    (2) Date of testing.
    (3) Name of the test conductor.
    (4) Fit factors obtained from every respirator tested (indicate 
manufacturer, model, size and approval number).

     Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1001--Medical Questionnaires; Mandatory

    This mandatory appendix contains the medical questionnaires that 
must be administered to all employees who are exposed to asbestos above 
the permissible exposure limit, and who will therefore be included in 
their employer's medical surveillance program. Part 1 of the appendix 
contains the Initial Medical Questionnaire, which must be obtained for 
all new hires who will be covered by the medical surveillance 
requirements. Part 2 includes the abbreviated Periodical Medical 
Questionnaire, which must be administered to all employees who are 
provided periodic medical examinations under the medical surveillance 
provisions of the standard.

[[Page 52]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.000



[[Page 53]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.001



[[Page 54]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.002



[[Page 55]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.003



[[Page 56]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.004



[[Page 57]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.005



[[Page 58]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.006



[[Page 59]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.007



[[Page 60]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.008



[[Page 61]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.009



[[Page 62]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.010



[[Page 63]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.011



[[Page 64]]

Appendix E to Sec. 1910.1001--Interpretation and Classification of Chest 
                        Roentgenograms--Mandatory

    (a) Chest roentgenograms shall be interpreted and classified in 
accordance with a professionally accepted Classification system and 
recorded on an interpretation form following the format of the CDC/NIOSH 
(M) 2.8 form. As a minimum, the content within the bold lines of this 
form (items 1 though 4) shall be included. This form is not to be 
submitted to NIOSH.
    (b) Roentgenograms shall be interpreted and classified only by a B-
reader, a board eligible/certified radiologist, or an experienced 
physician with known expertise in pneumoconioses.
    (c) All interpreters, whenever interpreting chest roentgenograms 
made under this section, shall have immediately available for reference 
a complete set of the ILO-U/C International Classification of 
Radiographs for Pneumoconioses, 1980.

 Appendix F to Sec. 1910.1001--Work Practices and Engineering Controls 
  for Automotive Brake and Clutch Inspection, Disassembly, Repair and 
                           Assembly--Mandatory

    This mandatory appendix specifies engineering controls and work 
practices that must be implemented by the employer during automotive 
brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly 
operations. Proper use of these engineering controls and work practices 
by trained employees will reduce employees' asbestos exposure below the 
permissible exposure level during clutch and brake inspection, 
disassembly, repair, and assembly operations. The employer shall 
institute engineering controls and work practices using either the 
method set forth in paragraph [A] or paragraph [B] of this appendix, or 
any other method which the employer can demonstrate to be equivalent in 
terms of reducing employee exposure to asbestos as defined and which 
meets the requirements described in paragraph [C] of this appendix, for 
those facilities in which no more than 5 pairs of brakes or 5 clutches 
are inspected, disassembled, reassembled and/or repaired per week, the 
method set forth in paragraph [D] of this appendix may be used:

        [A] Negative Pressure Enclosure/HEPA Vacuum System Method

    (1) The brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair, and 
assembly operations shall be enclosed to cover and contain the clutch or 
brake assembly and to prevent the release of asbestos fibers into the 
worker's breathing zone.
    (2) The enclosure shall be sealed tightly and thoroughly inspected 
for leaks before work begins on brake and clutch inspection, 
disassembly, repair, and assembly.
    (3) The enclosure shall be such that the worker can clearly see the 
operation and shall provide impermeable sleeves through which the worker 
can handle the brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair and 
assembly. The integrity of the sleeves and ports shall be examined 
before work begins.
    (4) A HEPA-filtered vacuum shall be employed to maintain the 
enclosure under negative pressure throughout the operation. Compressed-
air may be used to remove asbestos fibers or particles from the 
enclosure.
    (5) The HEPA vacuum shall be used first to loosen the asbestos 
containing residue from the brake and clutch parts and then to evacuate 
the loosened asbestos containing material from the enclosure and capture 
the material in the vacuum filter.
    (6) The vacuum's filter, when full, shall be first wetted with a 
fine mist of water, then removed and placed immediately in an 
impermeable container, labeled according to paragraph (j)(4) of this 
section and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.
    (7) Any spills or releases of asbestos containing waste material 
from inside of the enclosure or vacuum hose or vacuum filter shall be 
immediately cleaned up and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of 
this section.

                  [B] Low Pressure/Wet Cleaning Method

    (1) A catch basin shall be placed under the brake assembly, 
positioned to avoid splashes and spills.
    (2) The reservoir shall contain water containing an organic solvent 
or wetting agent. The flow of liquid shall be controlled such that the 
brake assembly is gently flooded to prevent the asbestos-containing 
brake dust from becoming airborne.
    (3) The aqueous solution shall be allowed to flow between the brake 
drum and brake support before the drum is removed.
    (4) After removing the brake drum, the wheel hub and back of the 
brake assembly shall be thoroughly wetted to suppress dust.
    (5) The brake support plate, brake shoes and brake components used 
to attach the brake shoes shall be thoroughly washed before removing the 
old shoes.
    (6) In systems using filters, the filters, when full, shall be first 
wetted with a fine mist of water, then removed and placed immediately in 
an impermeable container, labeled according to paragraph (j)(4) of this 
section and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.
    (7) Any spills of asbestos-containing aqueous solution or any 
asbestos-containing waste material shall be cleaned up immediately and 
disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.
    (8) The use of dry brushing during low pressure/wet cleaning 
operations is prohibited.

[[Page 65]]

                         [C] Equivalent Methods

    An equivalent method is one which has sufficient written detail so 
that it can be reproduced and has been demonstrated that the exposures 
resulting from the equivalent method are equal to or less than the 
exposures which would result from the use of the method described in 
paragraph [A] of this appendix. For purposes of making this comparison, 
the employer shall assume that exposures resulting from the use of the 
method described in paragraph [A] of this appendix shall not exceed 
0.016 f/cc, as measured by the OSHA reference method and as averaged 
over at least 18 personal samples.

                             [D] Wet Method.

    (1) A spray bottle, hose nozzle, or other implement capable of 
delivering a fine mist of water or amended water or other delivery 
system capable of delivering water at low pressure, shall be used to 
first thoroughly wet the brake and clutch parts. Brake and clutch 
components shall then be wiped clean with a cloth.
    (2) The cloth shall be placed in an impermeable container, labelled 
according to paragraph (j)(4) of this section and then disposed of 
according to paragraph (k) of this section, or the cloth shall be 
laundered in a way to prevent the release of asbestos fibers in excess 
of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air.
    (3) Any spills of solvent or any asbestos containing waste material 
shall be cleaned up immediately according to paragraph (k) of this 
section.
    (4) The use of dry brushing during the wet method operations is 
prohibited.

   Appendix G to Sec. 1910.1001--Substance Technical Information for 
                         Asbestos--Non-Mandatory

                       I. Substance Identification

    A. Substance: ``Asbestos'' is the name of a class of magnesium-
silicate minerals that occur in fibrous form. Minerals that are included 
in this group are chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite, tremolite asbestos, 
anthophyllite asbestos, and actinolite asbestos.
    B. Asbestos is used in the manufacture of heat-resistant clothing, 
automative brake and clutch linings, and a variety of building materials 
including floor tiles, roofing felts, ceiling tiles, asbestos-cement 
pipe and sheet, and fire-resistant drywall. Asbestos is also present in 
pipe and boiler insulation materials, and in sprayed-on materials 
located on beams, in crawlspaces, and between walls.
    C. The potential for a product containing asbestos to release 
breatheable fibers depends on its degree of friability. Friable means 
that the material can be crumbled with hand pressure and is therefore 
likely to emit fibers. The fibrous or fluffy sprayed-on materials used 
for fireproofing, insulation, or sound proofing are considered to be 
friable, and they readily release airborne fibers if disturbed. 
Materials such as vinyl-asbestos floor tile or roofing felts are 
considered nonfriable and generally do not emit airborne fibers unless 
subjected to sanding or sawing operations. Asbestos-cement pipe or sheet 
can emit airborne fibers if the materials are cut or sawed, or if they 
are broken during demolition operations.
    D. Permissible exposure: Exposure to airborne asbestos fibers may 
not exceed 0.2 fibers per cubic centimeter of air (0.1 f/cc) averaged 
over the 8-hour workday.

                         II. Health Hazard Data

    A. Asbestos can cause disabling respiratory disease and various 
types of cancers if the fibers are inhaled. Inhaling or ingesting fibers 
from contaminated clothing or skin can also result in these diseases. 
The symptoms of these diseases generally do not appear for 20 or more 
years after initial exposure.
    B. Exposure to asbestos has been shown to cause lung cancer, 
mesothelioma, and cancer of the stomach and colon. Mesothelioma is a 
rare cancer of the thin membrane lining of the chest and abdomen. 
Symptoms of mesothelioma include shortness of breath, pain in the walls 
of the chest, and/or abdominal pain.

                III. Respirators and Protective Clothing

    A. Respirators: You are required to wear a respirator when 
performing tasks that result in asbestos exposure that exceeds the 
permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.1 f/cc. These conditions can occur 
while your employer is in the process of installing engineering controls 
to reduce asbestos exposure, or where engineering controls are not 
feasible to reduce asbestos exposure. Air-purifying respirators equipped 
with a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter can be used where 
airborne asbestos fiber concentrations do not exceed 2 f/cc; otherwise, 
air-supplied, positive-pressure, full facepiece respirators must be 
used. Disposable respirators or dust masks are not permitted to be used 
for asbestos work. For effective protection, respirators must fit your 
face and head snugly. Your employer is required to conduct fit tests 
when you are first assigned a respirator and every 6 months thereafter. 
Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work situations where 
their use is required.
    B. Protective clothing: You are required to wear protective clothing 
in work areas where asbestos fiber concentrations exceed the permissible 
exposure limit.

                   IV. Disposal Procedures and Cleanup

    A. Wastes that are generated by processes where asbestos is present 
include:

[[Page 66]]

    1. Empty asbestos shipping containers.
    2. Process wastes such as cuttings, trimmings, or reject material.
    3. Housekeeping waste from sweeping or vacuuming.
    4. Asbestos fireproofing or insulating material that is removed from 
buildings.
    5. Building products that contain asbestos removed during building 
renovation or demolition.
    6. Contaminated disposable protective clothing.
    B. Empty shipping bags can be flattened under exhaust hoods and 
packed into airtight containers for disposal. Empty shipping drums are 
difficult to clean and should be sealed.
    C. Vacuum bags or disposable paper filters should not be cleaned, 
but should be sprayed with a fine water mist and placed into a labeled 
waste container.
    D. Process waste and housekeeping waste should be wetted with water 
or a mixture of water and surfactant prior to packaging in disposable 
containers.
    E. Material containing asbestos that is removed from buildings must 
be disposed of in leak-tight 6-mil thick plastic bags, plastic-lined 
cardboard containers, or plastic-lined metal containers. These wastes, 
which are removed while wet, should be sealed in containers before they 
dry out to minimize the release of asbestos fibers during handling.

                        V. Access to Information

    A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the 
information contained in this standard and appendices for asbestos. In 
addition, your employer must instruct you in the proper work practices 
for handling materials containing asbestos, and the correct use of 
protective equipment.
    B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being 
exposed to asbestos. You or your representative has the right to observe 
employee measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer 
is required to inform you of your exposure, and, if you are exposed 
above the permissible limit, he or she is required to inform you of the 
actions that are being taken to reduce your exposure to within the 
permissible limit.
    C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures and 
medical examinations. These exposure records must be kept for at least 
thirty (30) years. Medical records must be kept for the period of your 
employment plus thirty (30) years.
    D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical 
records to your physician or designated representative upon your written 
request.

   Appendix H to Sec. 1910.1001--Medical Surveillance Guidelines for 
                         Asbestos Non-Mandatory

                 I. Route of Entry Inhalation, Ingestion

                             II. Toxicology

    Clinical evidence of the adverse effects associated with exposure to 
asbestos is present in the form of several well-conducted 
epidemiological studies of occupationally exposed workers, family 
contacts of workers, and persons living near asbestos mines. These 
studies have shown a definite association between exposure to asbestos 
and an increased incidence of lung cancer, pleural and peritoneal 
mesothelioma, gastrointestinal cancer, and asbestosis. The latter is a 
disabling fibrotic lung disease that is caused only by exposure to 
asbestos. Exposure to asbestos has also been associated with an 
increased incidence of esophageal, kidney, laryngeal, pharyngeal, and 
buccal cavity cancers. As with other known chronic occupational 
diseases, disease associated with asbestos generally appears about 20 
years following the first occurrence of exposure: There are no known 
acute effects associated with exposure to asbestos.
    Epidemiological studies indicate that the risk of lung cancer among 
exposed workers who smoke cigarettes is greatly increased over the risk 
of lung cancer among non-exposed smokers or exposed nonsmokers. These 
studies suggest that cessation of smoking will reduce the risk of lung 
cancer for a person exposed to asbestos but will not reduce it to the 
same level of risk as that existing for an exposed worker who has never 
smoked.

           III. Signs and Symptoms of Exposure-Related Disease

    The signs and symptoms of lung cancer or gastrointestinal cancer 
induced by exposure to asbestos are not unique, except that a chest X-
ray of an exposed patient with lung cancer may show pleural plaques, 
pleural calcification, or pleural fibrosis. Symptoms characteristic of 
mesothelioma include shortness of breath, pain in the walls of the 
chest, or abdominal pain. Mesothelioma has a much longer latency period 
compared with lung cancer (40 years versus 15-20 years), and 
mesothelioma is therefore more likely to be found among workers who were 
first exposed to asbestos at an early age. Mesothelioma is always fatal.
    Asbestosis is pulmonary fibrosis caused by the accumulation of 
asbestos fibers in the lungs. Symptoms include shortness of breath, 
coughing, fatigue, and vague feelings of sickness. When the fibrosis 
worsens, shortness of breath occurs even at rest. The diagnosis of 
asbestosis is based on a history of

[[Page 67]]

exposure to asbestos, the presence of characteristic radiologic changes, 
end-inspiratory crackles (rales), and other clinical features of 
fibrosing lung disease. Pleural plaques and thickening are observed on 
X-rays taken during the early stages of the disease. Asbestosis is often 
a progressive disease even in the absence of continued exposure, 
although this appears to be a highly individualized characteristic. In 
severe cases, death may be caused by respiratory or cardiac failure.

             IV. Surveillance and Preventive Considerations

    As noted above, exposure to asbestos has been linked to an increased 
risk of lung cancer, mesothelioma, gastrointestinal cancer, and 
asbestosis among occupationally exposed workers. Adequate screening 
tests to determine an employee's potential for developing serious 
chronic diseases, such as cancer, from exposure to asbestos do not 
presently exist. However, some tests, particularly chest X-rays and 
pulmonary function tests, may indicate that an employee has been 
overexposed to asbestos increasing his or her risk of developing 
exposure-related chronic diseases. It is important for the physician to 
become familiar with the operating conditions in which occupational 
exposure to asbestos is likely to occur. This is particularly important 
in evaluating medical and work histories and in conducting physical 
examinations. When an active employee has been identified as having been 
overexposed to asbestos, measures taken by the employer to eliminate or 
mitigate further exposure should also lower the risk of serious long-
term consequences.
    The employer is required to institute a medical surveillance program 
for all employees who are or will be exposed to asbestos at or above the 
permissible exposure limit (0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air). All 
examinations and procedures must be performed by or under the 
supervision of a licensed physician, at a reasonable time and place, and 
at no cost to the employee.
    Although broad latitude is given to the physician in prescribing 
specific tests to be included in the medical surveillance program, OSHA 
requires inclusion of the following elements in the routine examination:
    (i) Medical and work histories with special emphasis directed to 
symptoms of the respiratory system, cardiovascular system, and digestive 
tract.
    (ii) Completion of the respiratory disease questionnaire contained 
in Appendix D.
    (iii) A physical examination including a chest roentgenogram and 
pulmonary function test that includes measurement of the employee's 
forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at one second 
(FEV1).
    (iv) Any laboratory or other test that the examining physician deems 
by sound medical practice to be necessary.
    The employer is required to make the prescribed tests available at 
least annually to those employees covered; more often than specified if 
recommended by the examining physician; and upon termination of 
employment.
    The employer is required to provide the physician with the following 
information: A copy of this standard and appendices; a description of 
the mployee's duties as they relate to asbestos exposure; the employee's 
representative level of exposure to asbestos; a description of any 
personal protective and respiratory equipment used; and information from 
previous medical examinations of the affected employee that is not 
otherwise available to the physician. Making this information available 
to the physician will aid in the evaluation of the employee's health in 
relation to assigned duties and fitness to wear personal protective 
equipment, if required.
    The employer is required to obtain a written opinion from the 
examining physician containing the results of the medical examination; 
the physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected 
medical conditions that would place the employee at an increased risk of 
exposure-related disease; any recommended limitations on the employee or 
on the use of personal protective equipment; and a statement that the 
employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the 
medical examination and of any medical conditions related to asbestos 
exposure that require further explanation or treatment. This written 
opinion must not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to 
exposure to asbestos, and a copy of the opinion must be provided to the 
affected employee.

Appendix I to Sec. 1910.1001--Smoking Cessation Program Information For 
                         Asbestos--Non-Mandatory

    The following organizations provide smoking cessation information 
and program material.
    1. The National Cancer Institute operates a toll-free Cancer 
Information Service (CIS) with trained personnel to help you. Call 1-
800-4-CANCER* to reach the CIS office serving your area, or write: 
Office of Cancer Communications, National Cancer Institute, National 
Institutes of Health, Building 31, Room 10A24, Bethesda, Maryland 20892.
    2. American Cancer Society, 3340 Peachtree Road, NE., Atlanta, 
Georgia 30062, (404) 320-3333.
    The American Cancer Society (ACS) is a voluntary organization 
composed of 58 divisions and 3,100 local units. Through ``The Great 
American Smokeout'' in November,

[[Page 68]]

the annual Cancer Crusade in April, and numerous educational materials, 
ACS helps people learn about the health hazards of smoking and become 
successful ex-smokers.
    3. American Heart Association, 7320 Greenville Avenue, Dallas, Texas 
75231, (214) 750-5300.
    The American Heart Association (AHA) is a voluntary organization 
with 130,000 members (physicians, scientists, and laypersons) in 55 
state and regional groups. AHA produces a variety of publications and 
audiovisual materials about the effects of smoking on the heart. AHA 
also has developed a guidebook for incorporating a weight-control 
component into smoking cessation programs.
    4. American Lung Association, 1740 Broadway, New York, New York 
10019, (212) 245-8000.
    A voluntary organization of 7,500 members (physicians, nurses, and 
laypersons), the American Lung Association (ALA) conducts numerous 
public information programs about the health effect of smoking. ALA has 
59 state and 85 local units. The organization actively supports 
legislation and information campaigns for non-smokers' rights and 
provides help for smokers who want to quit, for example, through 
``Freedom From Smoking,'' a self-help smoking cessation program.
    5. Office on Smoking and Health, U.S. Department of Health and, 
Human Services, 5600 Fishers Lane, Park Building, Room 110, Rockville, 
Maryland 20857.
    The Office on Smoking and Health (OSH) is the Department of Health 
and Human Services' lead agency in smoking control. OSH has sponsored 
distribution of publications on smoking-realted topics, such as free 
flyers on relapse after initial quitting, helping a friend or family 
member quit smoking, the health hazards of smoking, and the effects of 
parental smoking on teenagers.
    *In Hawaii, on Oahu call 524-1234 (call collect from neighboring 
islands),
    Spanish-speaking staff members are available during daytime hours to 
callers from the following areas: California, Florida, Georgia, 
Illinois, New Jersey (area code 210), New York, and Texas. Consult your 
local telephone directory for listings of local chapters.

 Appendix J to Sec. 1910.1001--Polarized Light Microscopy of Asbestos--
                              Non-Mandatory

Method number: ID-191
Matrix: Bulk

                          Collection Procedure

    Collect approximately 1 to 2 grams of each type of material and 
place into separate 20 mL scintillation vials.

                          Analytical Procedure

    A portion of each separate phase is analyzed by gross examination, 
phase-polar examination, and central stop dispersion microscopy.
    Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method are 
for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by USDOL-
OSHA. Similar products from other sources may be substituted.

                             1. Introduction

    This method describes the collection and analysis of asbestos bulk 
materials by light microscopy techniques including phase- polar 
illumination and central-stop dispersion microscopy. Some terms unique 
to asbestos analysis are defined below:
    Amphibole: A family of minerals whose crystals are formed by long, 
thin units which have two thin ribbons of double chain silicate with a 
brucite ribbon in between. The shape of each unit is similar to an ``I 
beam''. Minerals important in asbestos analysis include cummingtonite-
grunerite, crocidolite, tremolite-actinolite and anthophyllite.
    Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. Asbestos 
includes chrysotile, cummingtonite-grunerite asbestos (amosite), 
anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, crocidolite, actinolite 
asbestos and any of these minerals which have been chemically treated or 
altered. The precise chemical formulation of each species varies with 
the location from which it was mined. Nominal compositions are listed:

                                                              Chrysotile
        .....................................Mg3Si2
                                           O5(OH)4
Crocidolite (Riebeckite asbestos) 
Na2Fe32+Fe23+Si8
                                          O22(OH)2
Cummingtonite-Grunerite asbestos (Amosite) 
         (Mg,Fe)7Si8O22(OH)2
                                           Tremolite-Actinolite asbestos
        ......Ca2(Mg,Fe)5Si8O22
                                                        (OH)2
                                                  Anthophyllite asbestos
        ...................(Mg,Fe)7Si8O22
                                                        (OH)2

    Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos meeting the criteria for a 
fiber. (See section 3.5.)
    Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a fiber to its diameter 
usually defined as ``length : width'', e.g. 3:1.
    Brucite: A sheet mineral with the composition Mg(OH)2.
    Central Stop Dispersion Staining (microscope): This is a dark field 
microscope technique that images particles using only light refracted by 
the particle, excluding light that travels through the particle 
unrefracted. This is usually accomplished with a McCrone objective or 
other arrangement which places a circular stop with apparent aperture 
equal to the objective aperture in the back focal plane of the 
microscope.
    Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles formed by the comminution of 
minerals, especially those characterized by relatively parallel sides 
and moderate aspect ratio.

[[Page 69]]

    Differential Counting: The term applied to the practice of excluding 
certain kinds of fibers from a phase contrast asbestos count because 
they are not asbestos.
    Fiber: A particle longer than or equal to 5 m with a length 
to width ratio greater than or equal to 3:1. This may include cleavage 
fragments. (see section 3.5 of this appendix).
    Phase Contrast: Contrast obtained in the microscope by causing light 
scattered by small particles to destructively interfere with unscattered 
light, thereby enhancing the visibility of very small particles and 
particles with very low intrinsic contrast.
    Phase Contrast Microscope: A microscope configured with a phase mask 
pair to create phase contrast. The technique which uses this is called 
Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM).
    Phase-Polar Analysis: This is the use of polarized light in a phase 
contrast microscope. It is used to see the same size fibers that are 
visible in air filter analysis. Although fibers finer than 1 m 
are visible, analysis of these is inferred from analysis of larger 
bundles that are usually present.
    Phase-Polar Microscope: The phase-polar microscope is a phase 
contrast microscope which has an analyzer, a polarizer, a first order 
red plate and a rotating phase condenser all in place so that the 
polarized light image is enhanced by phase contrast.
    Sealing Encapsulant: This is a product which can be applied, 
preferably by spraying, onto an asbestos surface which will seal the 
surface so that fibers cannot be released.
    Serpentine: A mineral family consisting of minerals with the general 
composition Mg3(Si2O5(OH)4 having the 
magnesium in brucite layer over a silicate layer. Minerals important in 
asbestos analysis included in this family are chrysotile, lizardite, 
antigorite.

                              1.1. History

    Light microscopy has been used for well over 100 years for the 
determination of mineral species. This analysis is carried out using 
specialized polarizing microscopes as well as bright field microscopes. 
The identification of minerals is an on-going process with many new 
minerals described each year. The first recorded use of asbestos was in 
Finland about 2500 B.C. where the material was used in the mud wattle 
for the wooden huts the people lived in as well as strengthening for 
pottery. Adverse health aspects of the mineral were noted nearly 2000 
years ago when Pliny the Younger wrote about the poor health of slaves 
in the asbestos mines. Although known to be injurious for centuries, the 
first modern references to its toxicity were by the British Labor 
Inspectorate when it banned asbestos dust from the workplace in 1898. 
Asbestosis cases were described in the literature after the turn of the 
century. Cancer was first suspected in the mid 1930's and a causal link 
to mesothelioma was made in 1965. Because of the public concern for 
worker and public safety with the use of this material, several 
different types of analysis were applied to the determination of 
asbestos content. Light microscopy requires a great deal of experience 
and craft. Attempts were made to apply less subjective methods to the 
analysis. X-ray diffraction was partially successful in determining the 
mineral types but was unable to separate out the fibrous portions from 
the non-fibrous portions. Also, the minimum detection limit for asbestos 
analysis by X-ray diffraction (XRD) is about 1%. Differential Thermal 
Analysis (DTA) was no more successful. These provide useful 
corroborating information when the presence of asbestos has been shown 
by microscopy; however, neither can determine the difference between 
fibrous and non-fibrous minerals when both habits are present. The same 
is true of Infrared Absorption (IR).
    When electron microscopy was applied to asbestos analysis, hundreds 
of fibers were discovered present too small to be visible in any light 
microscope. There are two different types of electron microscope used 
for asbestos analysis: Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) and 
Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM). Scanning Electron Microscopy is 
useful in identifying minerals. The SEM can provide two of the three 
pieces of information required to identify fibers by electron 
microscopy: morphology and chemistry. The third is structure as 
determined by Selected Area Electron Diffraction--SAED which is 
performed in the TEM. Although the resolution of the SEM is sufficient 
for very fine fibers to be seen, accuracy of chemical analysis that can 
be performed on the fibers varies with fiber diameter in fibers of less 
than 0.2 m diameter. The TEM is a powerful tool to identify 
fibers too small to be resolved by light microscopy and should be used 
in conjunction with this method when necessary. The TEM can provide all 
three pieces of information required for fiber identification. Most 
fibers thicker than 1 m can adequately be defined in the light 
microscope. The light microscope remains as the best instrument for the 
determination of mineral type. This is because the minerals under 
investigation were first described analytically with the light 
microscope. It is inexpensive and gives positive identification for most 
samples analyzed. Further, when optical techniques are inadequate, there 
is ample indication that alternative techniques should be used for 
complete identification of the sample.

                             1.2. Principle

    Minerals consist of atoms that may be arranged in random order or in 
a regular arrangement. Amorphous materials have

[[Page 70]]

atoms in random order while crystalline materials have long range order. 
Many materials are transparent to light, at least for small particles or 
for thin sections. The properties of these materials can be investigated 
by the effect that the material has on light passing through it. The six 
asbestos minerals are all crystalline with particular properties that 
have been identified and cataloged. These six minerals are anisotropic. 
They have a regular array of atoms, but the arrangement is not the same 
in all directions. Each major direction of the crystal presents a 
different regularity. Light photons travelling in each of these main 
directions will encounter different electrical neighborhoods, affecting 
the path and time of travel. The techniques outlined in this method use 
the fact that light traveling through fibers or crystals in different 
directions will behave differently, but predictably. The behavior of the 
light as it travels through a crystal can be measured and compared with 
known or determined values to identify the mineral species. Usually, 
Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) is performed with strain-free 
objectives on a bright-field microscope platform. This would limit the 
resolution of the microscope to about 0.4 m. Because OSHA 
requires the counting and identification of fibers visible in phase 
contrast, the phase contrast platform is used to visualize the fibers 
with the polarizing elements added into the light path. Polarized light 
methods cannot identify fibers finer than about 1 m in diameter 
even though they are visible. The finest fibers are usually identified 
by inference from the presence of larger, identifiable fiber bundles. 
When fibers are present, but not identifiable by light microscopy, use 
either SEM or TEM to determine the fiber identity.

                    1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages

    The advantages of light microcopy are:
    (a) Basic identification of the materials was first performed by 
light microscopy and gross analysis. This provides a large base of 
published information against which to check analysis and analytical 
technique.
    (b) The analysis is specific to fibers. The minerals present can 
exist in asbestiform, fibrous, prismatic, or massive varieties all at 
the same time. Therefore, bulk methods of analysis such as X-ray 
diffraction, IR analysis, DTA, etc. are inappropriate where the material 
is not known to be fibrous.
    (c) The analysis is quick, requires little preparation time, and can 
be performed on-site if a suitably equipped microscope is available.
    The disadvantages are:
    (a) Even using phase-polar illumination, not all the fibers present 
may be seen. This is a problem for very low asbestos concentrations 
where agglomerations or large bundles of fibers may not be present to 
allow identification by inference.
    (b) The method requires a great degree of sophistication on the part 
of the microscopist. An analyst is only as useful as his mental catalog 
of images. Therefore, a microscopist's accuracy is enhanced by 
experience. The mineralogical training of the analyst is very important. 
It is the basis on which subjective decisions are made.
    (c) The method uses only a tiny amount of material for analysis. 
This may lead to sampling bias and false results (high or low). This is 
especially true if the sample is severely inhomogeneous.
    (d) Fibers may be bound in a matrix and not distinguishable as 
fibers so identification cannot be made.

                         1.4. Method Performance

    1.4.1. This method can be used for determination of asbestos content 
from 0 to 100% asbestos. The detection limit has not been adequately 
determined, although for selected samples, the limit is very low, 
depending on the number of particles examined. For mostly homogeneous, 
finely divided samples, with no difficult fibrous interferences, the 
detection limit is below 1%. For inhomogeneous samples (most samples), 
the detection limit remains undefined. NIST has conducted proficiency 
testing of laboratories on a national scale. Although each round is 
reported statistically with an average, control limits, etc., the 
results indicate a difficulty in establishing precision especially in 
the low concentration range. It is suspected that there is significant 
bias in the low range especially near 1%. EPA tried to remedy this by 
requiring a mandatory point counting scheme for samples less than 10%. 
The point counting procedure is tedious, and may introduce significant 
biases of its own. It has not been incorporated into this method.
    1.4.2. The precision and accuracy of the quantitation tests 
performed in this method are unknown. Concentrations are easier to 
determine in commercial products where asbestos was deliberately added 
because the amount is usually more than a few percent. An analyst's 
results can be ``calibrated'' against the known amounts added by the 
manufacturer. For geological samples, the degree of homogeneity affects 
the precision.
    1.4.3. The performance of the method is analyst dependent. The 
analyst must choose carefully and not necessarily randomly the portions 
for analysis to assure that detection of asbestos occurs when it is 
present. For this reason, the analyst must have adequate training in 
sample preparation, and experience in the location and identification of 
asbestos in samples. This is usually accomplished through substantial 
on-the-job training as well as formal education in mineralogy and 
microscopy.

[[Page 71]]

                           1.5. Interferences

    Any material which is long, thin, and small enough to be viewed 
under the microscope can be considered an interference for asbestos. 
There are literally hundreds of interferences in workplaces. The 
techniques described in this method are normally sufficient to eliminate 
the interferences. An analyst's success in eliminating the interferences 
depends on proper training.
    Asbestos minerals belong to two mineral families: the serpentines 
and the amphiboles. In the serpentine family, the only common fibrous 
mineral is chrysotile. Occasionally, the mineral antigorite occurs in a 
fibril habit with morphology similar to the amphiboles. The amphibole 
minerals consist of a score of different minerals of which only five are 
regulated by federal standard: amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite 
asbestos, tremolite asbestos and actinolite asbestos. These are the only 
amphibole minerals that have been commercially exploited for their 
fibrous properties; however, the rest can and do occur occasionally in 
asbestiform habit.
    In addition to the related mineral interferences, other minerals 
common in building material may present a problem for some 
microscopists: gypsum, anhydrite, brucite, quartz fibers, talc fibers or 
ribbons, wollastonite, perlite, attapulgite, etc. Other fibrous 
materials commonly present in workplaces are: fiberglass, mineral wool, 
ceramic wool, refractory ceramic fibers, kevlar, nomex, synthetic 
fibers, graphite or carbon fibers, cellulose (paper or wood) fibers, 
metal fibers, etc.
    Matrix embedding material can sometimes be a negative interference. 
The analyst may not be able to easily extract the fibers from the matrix 
in order to use the method. Where possible, remove the matrix before the 
analysis, taking careful note of the loss of weight. Some common matrix 
materials are: vinyl, rubber, tar, paint, plant fiber, cement, and 
epoxy. A further negative interference is that the asbestos fibers 
themselves may be either too small to be seen in Phase contrast 
Microscopy (PCM) or of a very low fibrous quality, having the appearance 
of plant fibers. The analyst's ability to deal with these materials 
increases with experience.

                   1.6. Uses and Occupational Exposure

    Asbestos is ubiquitous in the environment. More than 40% of the land 
area of the United States is composed of minerals which may contain 
asbestos. Fortunately, the actual formation of great amounts of asbestos 
is relatively rare. Nonetheless, there are locations in which 
environmental exposure can be severe such as in the Serpentine Hills of 
California.
    There are thousands of uses for asbestos in industry and the home. 
Asbestos abatement workers are the most current segment of the 
population to have occupational exposure to great amounts of asbestos. 
If the material is undisturbed, there is no exposure. Exposure occurs 
when the asbestos-containing material is abraded or otherwise disturbed 
during maintenance operations or some other activity. Approximately 95% 
of the asbestos in place in the United States is chrysotile.
    Amosite and crocidolite make up nearly all the difference. Tremolite 
and anthophyllite make up a very small percentage. Tremolite is found in 
extremely small amounts in certain chrysotile deposits. Actinolite 
exposure is probably greatest from environmental sources, but has been 
identified in vermiculite containing, sprayed-on insulating materials 
which may have been certified as asbestos-free.

                  1.7. Physical and Chemical Properties

    The nominal chemical compositions for the asbestos minerals were 
given in Section 1. Compared to cleavage fragments of the same minerals, 
asbestiform fibers possess a high tensile strength along the fiber axis. 
They are chemically inert, non- combustible, and heat resistant. Except 
for chrysotile, they are insoluble in Hydrochloric acid (HCl). 
Chrysotile is slightly soluble in HCl. Asbestos has high electrical 
resistance and good sound absorbing characteristics. It can be woven 
into cables, fabrics or other textiles, or matted into papers, felts, 
and mats.

1.8. Toxicology (This Section is for Information Only and Should Not Be 
                          Taken as OSHA Policy)

    Possible physiologic results of respiratory exposure to asbestos are 
mesothelioma of the pleura or peritoneum, interstitial fibrosis, 
asbestosis, pneumoconiosis, or respiratory cancer. The possible 
consequences of asbestos exposure are detailed in the NIOSH Criteria 
Document or in the OSHA Asbestos Standards 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR 
1926.1101 and 29 CFR 1915.1001.

                          2. Sampling Procedure

                       2.1. Equipment for Sampling

    (a) Tube or cork borer sampling device
    (b) Knife
    (c) 20 mL scintillation vial or similar vial
    (d) Sealing encapsulant

                         2.2. Safety Precautions

    Asbestos is a known carcinogen. Take care when sampling. While in an 
asbestos-containing atmosphere, a properly selected and fit-tested 
respirator should be worn. Take samples in a manner to cause the least 
amount of dust. Follow these general guidelines:

[[Page 72]]

    (a) Do not make unnecessary dust.
    (b) Take only a small amount (1 to 2 g).
    (c) Tightly close the sample container.
    (d) Use encapsulant to seal the spot where the sample was taken, if 
necessary.

                         2.3. Sampling Procedure

    Samples of any suspect material should be taken from an 
inconspicuous place. Where the material is to remain, seal the sampling 
wound with an encapsulant to eliminate the potential for exposure from 
the sample site. Microscopy requires only a few milligrams of material. 
The amount that will fill a 20 mL scintillation vial is more than 
adequate. Be sure to collect samples from all layers and phases of 
material. If possible, make separate samples of each different phase of 
the material. This will aid in determining the actual hazard. DO NOT USE 
ENVELOPES, PLASTIC OR PAPER BAGS OF ANY KIND TO COLLECT SAMPLES. The use 
of plastic bags presents a contamination hazard to laboratory personnel 
and to other samples. When these containers are opened, a bellows effect 
blows fibers out of the container onto everything, including the person 
opening the container.
    If a cork-borer type sampler is available, push the tube through the 
material all the way, so that all layers of material are sampled. Some 
samplers are intended to be disposable. These should be capped and sent 
to the laboratory. If a non-disposable cork borer is used, empty the 
contents into a scintillation vial and send to the laboratory. 
Vigorously and completely clean the cork borer between samples.

                              2.4 Shipment

    Samples packed in glass vials must not touch or they might break in 
shipment.
    (a) Seal the samples with a sample seal over the end to guard 
against tampering and to identify the sample.
    (b) Package the bulk samples in separate packages from the air 
samples. They may cross-contaminate each other and will invalidate the 
results of the air samples.
    (c) Include identifying paperwork with the samples, but not in 
contact with the suspected asbestos.
    (d) To maintain sample accountability, ship the samples by certified 
mail, overnight express, or hand carry them to the laboratory.

                               3. Analysis

    The analysis of asbestos samples can be divided into two major 
parts: sample preparation and microscopy. Because of the different 
asbestos uses that may be encountered by the analyst, each sample may 
need different preparation steps. The choices are outlined below. There 
are several different tests that are performed to identify the asbestos 
species and determine the percentage. They will be explained below.

                               3.1. Safety

    (a) Do not create unnecessary dust. Handle the samples in HEPA-
filter equipped hoods. If samples are received in bags, envelopes or 
other inappropriate container, open them only in a hood having a face 
velocity at or greater than 100 fpm. Transfer a small amount to a 
scintillation vial and only handle the smaller amount.
    (b) Open samples in a hood, never in the open lab area.
    (c) Index of refraction oils can be toxic. Take care not to get this 
material on the skin. Wash immediately with soap and water if this 
happens.
    (d) Samples that have been heated in the muffle furnace or the 
drying oven may be hot. Handle them with tongs until they are cool 
enough to handle.
    (e) Some of the solvents used, such as THF (tetrahydrofuran), are 
toxic and should only be handled in an appropriate fume hood and 
according to instructions given in the Material Safety Data Sheet 
(MSDS).

                             3.2. Equipment

    (a) Phase contrast microscope with 10x, 16x and 40x objectives, 10x 
wide-field eyepieces, G-22 Walton-Beckett graticule, Whipple disk, 
polarizer, analyzer and first order red or gypsum plate, 100 Watt 
illuminator, rotating position condenser with oversize phase rings, 
central stop dispersion objective, Kohler illumination and a rotating 
mechanical stage.
    (b) Stereo microscope with reflected light illumination, transmitted 
light illumination, polarizer, analyzer and first order red or gypsum 
plate, and rotating stage.
    (c) Negative pressure hood for the stereo microscope
    (d) Muffle furnace capable of 600  deg.C
    (e) Drying oven capable of 50--150  deg.C
    (f) Aluminum specimen pans
    (g) Tongs for handling samples in the furnace
    (h) High dispersion index of refraction oils (Special for dispersion 
staining.)

    n = 1.550
    n = 1.585
    n = 1.590
    n = 1.605
    n = 1.620
    n = 1.670
    n = 1.680
    n = 1.690

    (i) A set of index of refraction oils from about n=1.350 to n=2.000 
in n=0.005 increments. (Standard for Becke line analysis.)
    (j) Glass slides with painted or frosted ends 1 x 3 inches 1mm 
thick, precleaned.
    (k) Cover Slips 22 x 22 mm, #1\1/2\
    (l) Paper clips or dissection needles

[[Page 73]]

    (m) Hand grinder
    (n) Scalpel with both #10 and #11 blades
    (o) 0.1 molar HCl
    (p) Decalcifying solution (Baxter Scientific Products) 
Ethylenediaminetetraacetic Acid,

Tetrasodium......................................................0.7 g/l
Sodium Potassium Tartrate...................................8.0 mg/liter
Hydrochloric Acid...........................................99.2 g/liter
Sodium Tartrate.............................................0.14 g/liter

    (q) Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
    (r) Hotplate capable of 60  deg.C
    (s) Balance
    (t) Hacksaw blade
    (u) Ruby mortar and pestle

                       3.3. Sample Pre-Preparation

    Sample preparation begins with pre-preparation which may include 
chemical reduction of the matrix, heating the sample to dryness or 
heating in the muffle furnace. The end result is a sample which has been 
reduced to a powder that is sufficiently fine to fit under the cover 
slip. Analyze different phases of samples separately, e.g., tile and the 
tile mastic should be analyzed separately as the mastic may contain 
asbestos while the tile may not.

                            (a) Wet samples 

    Samples with a high water content will not give the proper 
dispersion colors and must be dried prior to sample mounting. Remove the 
lid of the scintillation vial, place the bottle in the drying oven and 
heat at 100  deg.C to dryness (usually about 2 h). Samples which are not 
submitted to the lab in glass must be removed and placed in glass vials 
or aluminum weighing pans before placing them in the drying oven.

         (b) Samples With Organic Interference--Muffle Furnace 

    These may include samples with tar as a matrix, vinyl asbestos tile, 
or any other organic that can be reduced by heating. Remove the sample 
from the vial and weigh in a balance to determine the weight of the 
submitted portion. Place the sample in a muffle furnace at 500  deg.C 
for 1 to 2 h or until all obvious organic material has been removed. 
Retrieve, cool and weigh again to determine the weight loss on ignition. 
This is necessary to determine the asbestos content of the submitted 
sample, because the analyst will be looking at a reduced sample.

    Note: Heating above 600  deg.C will cause the sample to undergo a 
structural change which, given sufficient time, will convert the 
chrysotile to forsterite. Heating even at lower temperatures for 1 to 2 
h may have a measurable effect on the optical properties of the 
minerals. If the analyst is unsure of what to expect, a sample of 
standard asbestos should be heated to the same temperature for the same 
length of time so that it can be examined for the proper interpretation.

               (c) Samples With Organic Interference--THF 

    Vinyl asbestos tile is the most common material treated with this 
solvent, although, substances containing tar will sometimes yield to 
this treatment. Select a portion of the material and then grind it up if 
possible. Weigh the sample and place it in a test tube. Add sufficient 
THF to dissolve the organic matrix. This is usually about 4 to 5 mL. 
Remember, THF is highly flammable. Filter the remaining material through 
a tared silver membrane, dry and weigh to determine how much is left 
after the solvent extraction. Further process the sample to remove 
carbonate or mount directly.

                (d) Samples With Carbonate Interference 

    Carbonate material is often found on fibers and sometimes must be 
removed in order to perform dispersion microscopy. Weigh out a portion 
of the material and place it in a test tube. Add a sufficient amount of 
0.1 M HCl or decalcifying solution in the tube to react all the 
carbonate as evidenced by gas formation; i.e., when the gas bubbles 
stop, add a little more solution. If no more gas forms, the reaction is 
complete. Filter the material out through a tared silver membrane, dry 
and weigh to determine the weight lost.

                         3.4. Sample Preparation

    Samples must be prepared so that accurate determination can be made 
of the asbestos type and amount present. The following steps are carried 
out in the low-flow hood (a low-flow hood has less than 50 fpm flow):
    (1) If the sample has large lumps, is hard, or cannot be made to lie 
under a cover slip, the grain size must be reduced. Place a small amount 
between two slides and grind the material between them or grind a small 
amount in a clean mortar and pestle. The choice of whether to use an 
alumina, ruby, or diamond mortar depends on the hardness of the 
material. Impact damage can alter the asbestos mineral if too much 
mechanical shock occurs. (Freezer mills can completely destroy the 
observable crystallinity of asbestos and should not be used). For some 
samples, a portion of material can be shaved off with a scalpel, ground 
off with a hand grinder or hack saw blade.
    The preparation tools should either be disposable or cleaned 
thoroughly. Use vigorous scrubbing to loosen the fibers during the 
washing. Rinse the implements with copious amounts of water and air-dry 
in a dust-free environment.

[[Page 74]]

    (2) If the sample is powder or has been reduced as in (1) above, it 
is ready to mount. Place a glass slide on a piece of optical tissue and 
write the identification on the painted or frosted end. Place two drops 
of index of refraction medium n=1.550 on the slide. (The medium n=1.550 
is chosen because it is the matching index for chrysotile. Dip the end 
of a clean paper-clip or dissecting needle into the droplet of 
refraction medium on the slide to moisten it. Then dip the probe into 
the powder sample. Transfer what sticks on the probe to the slide. The 
material on the end of the probe should have a diameter of about 3 mm 
for a good mount. If the material is very fine, less sample may be 
appropriate. For non-powder samples such as fiber mats, forceps should 
be used to transfer a small amount of material to the slide. Stir the 
material in the medium on the slide, spreading it out and making the 
preparation as uniform as possible. Place a cover-slip on the 
preparation by gently lowering onto the slide and allowing it to fall 
``trapdoor'' fashion on the preparation to push out any bubbles. Press 
gently on the cover slip to even out the distribution of particulate on 
the slide. If there is insufficient mounting oil on the slide, one or 
two drops may be placed near the edge of the coverslip on the slide. 
Capillary action will draw the necessary amount of liquid into the 
preparation. Remove excess oil with the point of a laboratory wiper.
    Treat at least two different areas of each phase in this fashion. 
Choose representative areas of the sample. It may be useful to select 
particular areas or fibers for analysis. This is useful to identify 
asbestos in severely inhomogeneous samples.
    When it is determined that amphiboles may be present, repeat the 
above process using the appropriate high-dispersion oils until an 
identification is made or all six asbestos minerals have been ruled out. 
Note that percent determination must be done in the index medium 1.550 
because amphiboles tend to disappear in their matching mediums.

                        3.5. Analytical Procedure

    Note: This method presumes some knowledge of mineralogy and optical 
petrography.

    The analysis consists of three parts: The determination of whether 
there is asbestos present, what type is present and the determination of 
how much is present. The general flow of the analysis is:
    (1) Gross examination.
    (2) Examination under polarized light on the stereo microscope.
    (3) Examination by phase-polar illumination on the compound phase 
microscope.
    (4) Determination of species by dispersion stain. Examination by 
Becke line analysis may also be used; however, this is usually more 
cumbersome for asbestos determination.
    (5) Difficult samples may need to be analyzed by SEM or TEM, or the 
results from those techniques combined with light microscopy for a 
definitive identification. Identification of a particle as asbestos 
requires that it be asbestiform. Description of particles should follow 
the suggestion of Campbell. (Figure 1)

[[Page 75]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10AU94.007



[[Page 76]]

    For the purpose of regulation, the mineral must be one of the six 
minerals covered and must be in the asbestos growth habit. Large 
specimen samples of asbestos generally have the gross appearance of 
wood. Fibers are easily parted from it. Asbestos fibers are very long 
compared with their widths. The fibers have a very high tensile strength 
as demonstrated by bending without breaking. Asbestos fibers exist in 
bundles that are easily parted, show longitudinal fine structure and may 
be tufted at the ends showing ``bundle of sticks'' morphology. In the 
microscope some of these properties may not be observable. Amphiboles do 
not always show striations along their length even when they are 
asbestos. Neither will they always show tufting. They generally do not 
show a curved nature except for very long fibers. Asbestos and 
asbestiform minerals are usually characterized in groups by extremely 
high aspect ratios (greater than 100:1). While aspect ratio analysis is 
useful for characterizing populations of fibers, it cannot be used to 
identify individual fibers of intermediate to short aspect ratio. 
Observation of many fibers is often necessary to determine whether a 
sample consists of ``cleavage fragments'' or of asbestos fibers.
    Most cleavage fragments of the asbestos minerals are easily 
distinguishable from true asbestos fibers. This is because true cleavage 
fragments usually have larger diameters than 1 m. Internal 
structure of particles larger than this usually shows them to have no 
internal fibrillar structure. In addition, cleavage fragments of the 
monoclinic amphiboles show inclined extinction under crossed polars with 
no compensator. Asbestos fibers usually show extinction at zero degrees 
or ambiguous extinction if any at all. Morphologically, the larger 
cleavage fragments are obvious by their blunt or stepped ends showing 
prismatic habit. Also, they tend to be acicular rather than filiform.
    Where the particles are less than 1 m in diameter and have 
an aspect ratio greater than or equal to 3:1, it is recommended that the 
sample be analyzed by SEM or TEM if there is any question whether the 
fibers are cleavage fragments or asbestiform particles.
    Care must be taken when analyzing by electron microscopy because the 
interferences are different from those in light microscopy and may 
structurally be very similar to asbestos. The classic interference is 
between anthophyllite and biopyribole or intermediate fiber. Use the 
same morphological clues for electron microscopy as are used for light 
microscopy, e.g. fibril splitting, internal longitudinal striation, 
fraying, curvature, etc.
    (1) Gross examination:
    Examine the sample, preferably in the glass vial. Determine the 
presence of any obvious fibrous component. Estimate a percentage based 
on previous experience and current observation. Determine whether any 
pre- preparation is necessary. Determine the number of phases present. 
This step may be carried out or augmented by observation at 6 to 40 x  
under a stereo microscope.
    (2) After performing any necessary pre-preparation, prepare slides 
of each phase as described above. Two preparations of the same phase in 
the same index medium can be made side-by-side on the same glass for 
convenience. Examine with the polarizing stereo microscope. Estimate the 
percentage of asbestos based on the amount of birefringent fiber 
present.
    (3) Examine the slides on the phase-polar microscopes at 
magnifications of 160 and 400 x . Note the morphology of the fibers. 
Long, thin, very straight fibers with little curvature are indicative of 
fibers from the amphibole family. Curved, wavy fibers are usually 
indicative of chrysotile. Estimate the percentage of asbestos on the 
phase-polar microscope under conditions of crossed polars and a gypsum 
plate. Fibers smaller than 1.0 m in thickness must be 
identified by inference to the presence of larger, identifiable fibers 
and morphology. If no larger fibers are visible, electron microscopy 
should be performed. At this point, only a tentative identification can 
be made. Full identification must be made with dispersion microscopy. 
Details of the tests are included in the appendices.
    (4) Once fibers have been determined to be present, they must be 
identified. Adjust the microscope for dispersion mode and observe the 
fibers. The microscope has a rotating stage, one polarizing element, and 
a system for generating dark-field dispersion microscopy (see Section 
4.6. of this appendix). Align a fiber with its length parallel to the 
polarizer and note the color of the Becke lines. Rotate the stage to 
bring the fiber length perpendicular to the polarizer and note the 
color. Repeat this process for every fiber or fiber bundle examined. The 
colors must be consistent with the colors generated by standard asbestos 
reference materials for a positive identification. In n=1.550, 
amphiboles will generally show a yellow to straw-yellow color indicating 
that the fiber indices of refraction are higher than the liquid. If 
long, thin fibers are noted and the colors are yellow, prepare further 
slides as above in the suggested matching liquids listed below:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Type of asbestos                    Index of refraction       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chrysotile..........................  n=1.550.                          
Amosite.............................  n=1.670 r 1.680.                  
Crocidolite.........................  n=1.690.                          
Anthophyllite.......................  n=1.605 nd 1.620.                 
Tremolite...........................  n=1.605 and 1.620.                
Actinolite..........................  n=1.620.                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Where more than one liquid is suggested, the first is preferred; 
however, in some cases

[[Page 77]]

this liquid will not give good dispersion color. Take care to avoid 
interferences in the other liquid; e.g., wollastonite in n=1.620 will 
give the same colors as tremolite. In n=1.605 wollastonite will appear 
yellow in all directions. Wollastonite may be determined under crossed 
polars as it will change from blue to yellow as it is rotated along its 
fiber axis by tapping on the cover slip. Asbestos minerals will not 
change in this way.
    Determination of the angle of extinction may, when present, aid in 
the determination of anthophyllite from tremolite. True asbestos fibers 
usually have 0 deg. extinction or ambiguous extinction, while cleavage 
fragments have more definite extinction.
    Continue analysis until both preparations have been examined and all 
present species of asbestos are identified. If there are no fibers 
present, or there is less than 0.1% present, end the analysis with the 
minimum number of slides (2).
    (5) Some fibers have a coating on them which makes dispersion 
microscopy very difficult or impossible. Becke line analysis or electron 
microscopy may be performed in those cases. Determine the percentage by 
light microscopy. TEM analysis tends to overestimate the actual 
percentage present.
    (6) Percentage determination is an estimate of occluded area, 
tempered by gross observation. Gross observation information is used to 
make sure that the high magnification microscopy does not greatly over- 
or under- estimate the amount of fiber present. This part of the 
analysis requires a great deal of experience. Satisfactory models for 
asbestos content analysis have not yet been developed, although some 
models based on metallurgical grain-size determination have found some 
utility. Estimation is more easily handled in situations where the grain 
sizes visible at about 160 x  are about the same and the sample is 
relatively homogeneous.
    View all of the area under the cover slip to make the percentage 
determination. View the fields while moving the stage, paying attention 
to the clumps of material. These are not usually the best areas to 
perform dispersion microscopy because of the interference from other 
materials. But, they are the areas most likely to represent the accurate 
percentage in the sample. Small amounts of asbestos require slower 
scanning and more frequent analysis of individual fields.
    Report the area occluded by asbestos as the concentration. This 
estimate does not generally take into consideration the difference in 
density of the different species present in the sample. For most samples 
this is adequate. Simulation studies with similar materials must be 
carried out to apply microvisual estimation for that purpose and is 
beyond the scope of this procedure.
    (7) Where successive concentrations have been made by chemical or 
physical means, the amount reported is the percentage of the material in 
the ``as submitted'' or original state. The percentage determined by 
microscopy is multiplied by the fractions remaining after pre-
preparation steps to give the percentage in the original sample. For 
example:

    Step 1. 60% remains after heating at 550  deg.C for 1 h. Step 2. 30% 
of the residue of step 1 remains after dissolution of carbonate in 0.1 m 
HCl.
    Step 3. Microvisual estimation determines that 5% of the sample is 
chrysotile asbestos.

    The reported result is:

    R=(Microvisual result in percent) x (Fraction remaining after step 
2) x (Fraction remaining of original sample after step 1)
    R=(5) x (.30) x (.60)=0.9%

    (8) Report the percent and type of asbestos present. For samples 
where asbestos was identified, but is less than 1.0%, report ``Asbestos 
present, less than 1.0%.'' There must have been at least two observed 
fibers or fiber bundles in the two preparations to be reported as 
present. For samples where asbestos was not seen, report as ``None 
Detected.''

                        4. Auxiliary Information

    Because of the subjective nature of asbestos analysis, certain 
concepts and procedures need to be discussed in more depth. This 
information will help the analyst understand why some of the procedures 
are carried out the way they are.

                               4.1. Light

    Light is electromagnetic energy. It travels from its source in 
packets called quanta. It is instructive to consider light as a plane 
wave. The light has a direction of travel. Perpendicular to this and 
mutually perpendicular to each other, are two vector components. One is 
the magnetic vector and the other is the electric vector. We shall only 
be concerned with the electric vector. In this description, the 
interaction of the vector and the mineral will describe all the 
observable phenomena. From a light source such a microscope illuminator, 
light travels in all different direction from the filament.
    In any given direction away from the filament, the electric vector 
is perpendicular to the direction of travel of a light ray. While 
perpendicular, its orientation is random about the travel axis. If the 
electric vectors from all the light rays were lined up by passing the 
light through a filter that would only let light rays with electric 
vectors oriented in one direction pass, the light would then be 
POLARIZED.
    Polarized light interacts with matter in the direction of the 
electric vector. This is

[[Page 78]]

the polarization direction. Using this property it is possible to use 
polarized light to probe different materials and identify them by how 
they interact with light.
    The speed of light in a vacuum is a constant at about 2.99 x 10 \8\ 
m/s. When light travels in different materials such as air, water, 
minerals or oil, it does not travel at this speed. It travels slower. 
This slowing is a function of both the material through which the light 
is traveling and the wavelength or frequency of the light. In general, 
the more dense the material, the slower the light travels. Also, 
generally, the higher the frequency, the slower the light will travel. 
The ratio of the speed of light in a vacuum to that in a material is 
called the index of refraction (n). It is usually measured at 589 nm 
(the sodium D line). If white light (light containing all the visible 
wavelengths) travels through a material, rays of longer wavelengths will 
travel faster than those of shorter wavelengths, this separation is 
called dispersion. Dispersion is used as an identifier of materials as 
described in Section 4.6.

                        4.2. Material Properties

    Materials are either amorphous or crystalline. The difference 
between these two descriptions depends on the positions of the atoms in 
them. The atoms in amorphous materials are randomly arranged with no 
long range order. An example of an amorphous material is glass. The 
atoms in crystalline materials, on the other hand, are in regular arrays 
and have long range order. Most of the atoms can be found in highly 
predictable locations. Examples of crystalline material are salt, gold, 
and the asbestos minerals.
    It is beyond the scope of this method to describe the different 
types of crystalline materials that can be found, or the full 
description of the classes into which they can fall. However, some 
general crystallography is provided below to give a foundation to the 
procedures described.
    With the exception of anthophyllite, all the asbestos minerals 
belong to the monoclinic crystal type. The unit cell is the basic 
repeating unit of the crystal and for monoclinic crystals can be 
described as having three unequal sides, two 90 deg. angles and one 
angle not equal to 90 deg.. The orthorhombic group, of which 
anthophyllite is a member has three unequal sides and three 90 deg. 
angles. The unequal sides are a consequence of the complexity of fitting 
the different atoms into the unit cell. Although the atoms are in a 
regular array, that array is not symmetrical in all directions. There is 
long range order in the three major directions of the crystal. However, 
the order is different in each of the three directions. This has the 
effect that the index of refraction is different in each of the three 
directions. Using polarized light, we can investigate the index of 
refraction in each of the directions and identify the mineral or 
material under investigation. The indices , , and 
 are used to identify the lowest, middle, and highest index of 
refraction respectively. The x direction, associated with  is 
called the fast axis. Conversely, the z direction is associated with 
 and is the slow direction. Crocidolite has  along the 
fiber length making it ``length-fast''. The remainder of the asbestos 
minerals have the  axis along the fiber length. They are called 
``length-slow''. This orientation to fiber length is used to aid in the 
identification of asbestos.

                     4.3. Polarized Light Technique

    Polarized light microscopy as described in this section uses the 
phase-polar microscope described in Section 3.2. A phase contrast 
microscope is fitted with two polarizing elements, one below and one 
above the sample. The polarizers have their polarization directions at 
right angles to each other. Depending on the tests performed, there may 
be a compensator between these two polarizing elements. Light emerging 
from a polarizing element has its electric vector pointing in the 
polarization direction of the element. The light will not be 
subsequently transmitted through a second element set at a right angle 
to the first element. Unless the light is altered as it passes from one 
element to the other, there is no transmission of light.

                        4.4. Angle of Extinction

    Crystals which have different crystal regularity in two or three 
main directions are said to be anisotropic. They have a different index 
of refraction in each of the main directions. When such a crystal is 
inserted between the crossed polars, the field of view is no longer dark 
but shows the crystal in color. The color depends on the properties of 
the crystal. The light acts as if it travels through the crystal along 
the optical axes. If a crystal optical axis were lined up along one of 
the polarizing directions (either the polarizer or the analyzer) the 
light would appear to travel only in that direction, and it would blink 
out or go dark. The difference in degrees between the fiber direction 
and the angle at which it blinks out is called the angle of extinction. 
When this angle can be measured, it is useful in identifying the 
mineral. The procedure for measuring the angle of extinction is to first 
identify the polarization direction in the microscope. A commercial 
alignment slide can be used to establish the polarization directions or 
use anthophyllite or another suitable mineral. This mineral has a zero 
degree angle of extinction and will go dark to extinction as it aligns 
with the polarization directions. When a fiber of anthophyllite has gone 
to extinction, align the eyepiece reticle or graticule with the fiber so 
that there is a visual cue as to the direction of polarization in the 
field of

[[Page 79]]

view. Tape or otherwise secure the eyepiece in this position so it will 
not shift.
    After the polarization direction has been identified in the field of 
view, move the particle of interest to the center of the field of view 
and align it with the polarization direction. For fibers, align the 
fiber along this direction. Note the angular reading of the rotating 
stage. Looking at the particle, rotate the stage until the fiber goes 
dark or ``blinks out''. Again note the reading of the stage. The 
difference in the first reading and the second is an angle of 
extinction.
    The angle measured may vary as the orientation of the fiber changes 
about its long axis. Tables of mineralogical data usually report the 
maximum angle of extinction. Asbestos forming minerals, when they 
exhibit an angle of extinction, usually do show an angle of extinction 
close to the reported maximum, or as appropriate depending on the 
substitution chemistry.

                  4.5. Crossed Polars with Compensator

    When the optical axes of a crystal are not lined up along one of the 
polarizing directions (either the polarizer or the analyzer) part of the 
light travels along one axis and part travels along the other visible 
axis. This is characteristic of birefringent materials.
    The color depends on the difference of the two visible indices of 
refraction and the thickness of the crystal. The maximum difference 
available is the difference between the  and the  
axes. This maximum difference is usually tabulated as the birefringence 
of the crystal.
    For this test, align the fiber at 45 deg. to the polarization 
directions in order to maximize the contribution to each of the optical 
axes. The colors seen are called retardation colors. They arise from the 
recombination of light which has traveled through the two separate 
directions of the crystal. One of the rays is retarded behind the other 
since the light in that direction travels slower. On recombination, some 
of the colors which make up white light are enhanced by constructive 
interference and some are suppressed by destructive interference. The 
result is a color dependent on the difference between the indices and 
the thickness of the crystal. The proper colors, thicknesses, and 
retardations are shown on a Michel-Levy chart. The three items, 
retardation, thickness and birefringence are related by the following 
relationship:

R=t(n--n)
R=retardation, t=crystal thickness in m, and
n,=indices of refraction.

    Examination of the equation for asbestos minerals reveals that the 
visible colors for almost all common asbestos minerals and fiber sizes 
are shades of gray and black. The eye is relatively poor at 
discriminating different shades of gray. It is very good at 
discriminating different colors. In order to compensate for the low 
retardation, a compensator is added to the light train between the 
polarization elements. The compensator used for this test is a gypsum 
plate of known thickness and birefringence. Such a compensator when 
oriented at 45 deg. to the polarizer direction, provides a retardation 
of 530 nm of the 530 nm wavelength color. This enhances the red color 
and gives the background a characteristic red to red-magenta color. If 
this ``full-wave'' compensator is in place when the asbestos preparation 
is inserted into the light train, the colors seen on the fibers are 
quite different. Gypsum, like asbestos has a fast axis and a slow axis. 
When a fiber is aligned with its fast axis in the same direction as the 
fast axis of the gypsum plate, the ray vibrating in the slow direction 
is retarded by both the asbestos and the gypsum. This results in a 
higher retardation than would be present for either of the two minerals. 
The color seen is a second order blue. When the fiber is rotated 90 deg. 
using the rotating stage, the slow direction of the fiber is now aligned 
with the fast direction of the gypsum and the fast direction of the 
fiber is aligned with the slow direction of the gypsum. Thus, one ray 
vibrates faster in the fast direction of the gypsum, and slower in the 
slow direction of the fiber; the other ray will vibrate slower in the 
slow direction of the gypsum and faster in the fast direction of the 
fiber. In this case, the effect is subtractive and the color seen is a 
first order yellow. As long as the fiber thickness does not add 
appreciably to the color, the same basic colors will be seen for all 
asbestos types except crocidolite. In crocidolite the colors will be 
weaker, may be in the opposite directions, and will be altered by the 
blue absorption color natural to crocidolite. Hundreds of other 
materials will give the same colors as asbestos, and therefore, this 
test is not definitive for asbestos. The test is useful in 
discriminating against fiberglass or other amorphous fibers such as some 
synthetic fibers. Certain synthetic fibers will show retardation colors 
different than asbestos; however, there are some forms of polyethylene 
and aramid which will show morphology and retardation colors similar to 
asbestos minerals. This test must be supplemented with a positive 
identification test when birefringent fibers are present which can not 
be excluded by morphology. This test is relatively ineffective for use 
on fibers less than 1 m in diameter. For positive confirmation 
TEM or SEM should be used if no larger bundles or fibers are visible.

                        4.6. Dispersion Staining

    Dispersion microscopy or dispersion staining is the method of choice 
for the identification of asbestos in bulk materials. Becke

[[Page 80]]

line analysis is used by some laboratories and yields the same results 
as does dispersion staining for asbestos and can be used in lieu of 
dispersion staining. Dispersion staining is performed on the same 
platform as the phase-polar analysis with the analyzer and compensator 
removed. One polarizing element remains to define the direction of the 
light so that the different indices of refraction of the fibers may be 
separately determined. Dispersion microscopy is a dark-field technique 
when used for asbestos. Particles are imaged with scattered light. Light 
which is unscattered is blocked from reaching the eye either by the back 
field image mask in a McCrone objective or a back field image mask in 
the phase condenser. The most convenient method is to use the rotating 
phase condenser to move an oversized phase ring into place. The ideal 
size for this ring is for the central disk to be just larger than the 
objective entry aperture as viewed in the back focal plane. The larger 
the disk, the less scattered light reaches the eye. This will have the 
effect of diminishing the intensity of dispersion color and will shift 
the actual color seen. The colors seen vary even on microscopes from the 
same manufacturer. This is due to the different bands of wavelength 
exclusion by different mask sizes. The mask may either reside in the 
condenser or in the objective back focal plane. It is imperative that 
the analyst determine by experimentation with asbestos standards what 
the appropriate colors should be for each asbestos type. The colors 
depend also on the temperature of the preparation and the exact 
chemistry of the asbestos. Therefore, some slight differences from the 
standards should be allowed. This is not a serious problem for 
commercial asbestos uses. This technique is used for identification of 
the indices of refraction for fibers by recognition of color. There is 
no direct numerical readout of the index of refraction. Correlation of 
color to actual index of refraction is possible by referral to published 
conversion tables. This is not necessary for the analysis of asbestos. 
Recognition of appropriate colors along with the proper morphology are 
deemed sufficient to identify the commercial asbestos minerals. Other 
techniques including SEM, TEM, and XRD may be required to provide 
additional information in order to identify other types of asbestos.
    Make a preparation in the suspected matching high dispersion oil, 
e.g., n=1.550 for chrysotile. Perform the preliminary tests to determine 
whether the fibers are birefringent or not. Take note of the 
morphological character. Wavy fibers are indicative of chrysotile while 
long, straight, thin, frayed fibers are indicative of amphibole 
asbestos. This can aid in the selection of the appropriate matching oil. 
The microscope is set up and the polarization direction is noted as in 
Section 4.4. Align a fiber with the polarization direction. Note the 
color. This is the color parallel to the polarizer. Then rotate the 
fiber rotating the stage 90 deg. so that the polarization direction is 
across the fiber. This is the perpendicular position. Again note the 
color. Both colors must be consistent with standard asbestos minerals in 
the correct direction for a positive identification of asbestos. If only 
one of the colors is correct while the other is not, the identification 
is not positive. If the colors in both directions are bluish-white, the 
analyst has chosen a matching index oil which is higher than the correct 
matching oil, e.g. the analyst has used n=1.620 where chrysotile is 
present. The next lower oil (Section 3.5.) should be used to prepare 
another specimen. If the color in both directions is yellow-white to 
straw-yellow-white, this indicates that the index of the oil is lower 
than the index of the fiber, e.g. the preparation is in n=1.550 while 
anthophyllite is present. Select the next higher oil (Section 3.5.) and 
prepare another slide. Continue in this fashion until a positive 
identification of all asbestos species present has been made or all 
possible asbestos species have been ruled out by negative results in 
this test. Certain plant fibers can have similar dispersion colors as 
asbestos. Take care to note and evaluate the morphology of the fibers or 
remove the plant fibers in pre- preparation. Coating material on the 
fibers such as carbonate or vinyl may destroy the dispersion color. 
Usually, there will be some outcropping of fiber which will show the 
colors sufficient for identification. When this is not the case, treat 
the sample as described in Section 3.3. and then perform dispersion 
staining. Some samples will yield to Becke line analysis if they are 
coated or electron microscopy can be used for identification.

                              5. References

    5.1. Crane, D.T., Asbestos in Air, OSHA method ID160, Revised 
November 1992.
    5.2. Ford, W.E., Dana's Textbook of Mineralogy; Fourth Ed.; John 
Wiley and Son, New York, 1950, p. vii.
    5.3. Selikoff,.I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic 
Press, New York, 1978, pp. 3,20.
    5.4. Women Inspectors of Factories. Annual Report for 1898, H.M. 
Statistical Office, London, p. 170 (1898).
    5.5. Selikoff, I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic 
Press, New York, 1978, pp. 26,30.
    5.6. Campbell, W.J., et al, Selected Silicate Minerals and Their 
Asbestiform Varieties, United States Department of the Interior, Bureau 
of Mines, Information Circular 8751, 1977.
    5.7. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 
CFR 1926.58.
    5.8. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants; 
Asbestos NESHAP Revision,

[[Page 81]]

Federal Register, Vol. 55, No. 224, 20 November 1990, p. 48410.
    5.9. Ross, M. The Asbestos Minerals: Definitions, Description, Modes 
of Formation, Physical and Chemical Properties and Health Risk to the 
Mining Community, Nation Bureau of Standards Special Publication, 
Washington, DC, 1977.
    5.10. Lilis, R., Fibrous Zeolites and Endemic Mesothelioma in 
Cappadocia, Turkey, J. Occ Medicine, 1981, 23,(8),548-550.
    5.11. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos--1972, U.S. Department of 
Health, Education and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for Disease 
Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, HSM-72-
10267.
    5.12. Campbell, W.J., et al, Relationship of Mineral Habit to Size 
Characteristics for Tremolite Fragments and Fibers, United States 
Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, Information Circular 8367, 
1979.
    5.13. Mefford, D., DCM Laboratory, Denver, private communication, 
July 1987.
    5.14. Deer, W.A., Howie, R.A., Zussman, J., Rock Forming Minerals, 
Longman, Thetford, UK, 1974.
    5.15. Kerr, P.F., Optical Mineralogy; Third Ed. McGraw-Hill, New 
York, 1959.
    5.16. Veblen, D.R. (Ed.), Amphiboles and Other Hydrous Pyriboles--
Mineralogy, Reviews in Mineralogy, Vol 9A, Michigan, 1982, pp 1-102.
    5.17. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in the 
Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz, ACS Symposium Series, No. 120, 
Analytical Techniques in Occupational Health Chemistry, 1979.
    5.18. Polarized Light Microscopy, McCrone Research Institute, 
Chicago, 1976.
    5.19. Asbestos Identification, McCrone Research Institute, G & G 
printers, Chicago, 1987.
    5.20. McCrone, W.C., Calculation of Refractive Indices from 
Dispersion Staining Data, The Microscope, No 37, Chicago, 1989.
    5.21. Levadie, B. (Ed.), Asbestos and Other Health Related 
Silicates, ASTM Technical Publication 834, ASTM, Philadelphia 1982.
    5.22. Steel, E. and Wylie, A., Riordan, P.H. (Ed.), Mineralogical 
Characteristics of Asbestos, Geology of Asbestos Deposits, pp. 93-101, 
SME-AIME, 1981.
    5.23. Zussman, J., The Mineralogy of Asbestos, Asbestos: Properties, 
Applications and Hazards, pp. 45-67 Wiley, 1979.

[51 FR 22733, June 20, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 37004, Oct. 17, 1986; 
52 FR 17754, 17755, May 12, 1987; 53 FR 35625, September 14, 1988; 54 FR 
24334, June 7, 1989; 54 FR 29546, July 13, 1989; 54 FR 52027, Dec. 20, 
1989, 55 FR 3731, Feb. 5, 1990; 55 FR 34710, Aug. 24, 1990; 57 FR 24330, 
June 8, 1992; 59 FR 41057, Aug. 10, 1994; 60 FR 9625, Feb. 21, 1995; 60 
FR 33344, June 28, 1995; 60 FR 33984-33987, June 29, 1995; 61 FR 5508, 
Feb. 13, 1996; 61 FR 43457, Aug. 23, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1002  Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term.

    As used in Sec. 1910.1000 (Table Z-1), coal tar pitch volatiles 
include the fused polycyclic hydrocarbons which volatilize from the 
distillation residues of coal, petroleum (excluding asphalt), wood, and 
other organic matter. Asphalt (CAS 8052-42-4, and CAS 64742-93-4) is not 
covered under the ``coal tar pitch volatiles'' standard.

[48 FR 2768, Jan. 21, 1983]



Sec. 1910.1003  13 Carcinogens (4-Nitrobiphenyl, etc.).

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to any area in 
which the 13 carcinogens addressed by this section are manufactured, 
processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply 
to transshipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling 
requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3) and (4) of this section. The 
13 carcinogens are the following:

    4-Nitrobiphenyl, Chemical Abstracts Service Register Number (CAS 
No.) 92933;
    alpha-Naphthylamine, CAS No. 134327;
    methyl chloromethyl ether, CAS No. 107302;
    3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts) CAS No. 91941;
    bis-Chloromethyl ether, CAS No. 542881;
    beta-Naphthylamine, CAS No. 91598;
    Benzidine, CAS No. 92875;
    4-Aminodiphenyl, CAS No. 92671;
    Ethyleneimine, CAS No. 151564;
    beta-Propiolactone, CAS No. 57578;
    2-Acetylaminofluorene, CAS No. 53963;
    4-Dimethylaminoazo-benezene, CAS No. 60117; and
    N-Nitrosodimethylamine, CAS No. 62759.

    (2) This section shall not apply to the following:
    (i) Solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 0.1 percent by 
weight or volume of 4-Nitrobiphenyl; methyl chloromethyl ether; bis-
chloromethyl ether; beta-Naphthylamine; benzidine or 4-Aminodiphenyl; 
and
    (ii) Solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1.0 percent by 
weight or volume of alpha-Naphthylamine; 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and its 
salts); Ethyleneimine; beta-Propiolactone; 2-Acetylaminofluorene; 4-
Dimethylaminoazobenzene, or N-Nitrosodimethylamine.

[[Page 82]]

    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section:
    Absolute filter is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono 
disperse aerosol of 0.3 m particles.
    Authorized employee means an employee whose duties require him to be 
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the 
employer.
    Clean change room means a room where employees put on clean clothing 
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of the 13 carcinogens 
addressed by this section. The clean change room shall be contiguous to 
and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities 
are otherwise required in this section.
    Closed system means an operation involving a carcinogen addressed by 
this section where containment prevents the release of the material into 
regulated areas, non-regulated areas, or the external environment.
    Decontamination means the inactivation of a carcinogen addressed by 
this section or its safe disposal.
    Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of 
Health and Human Services to act for the Director.
    Disposal means the safe removal of the carcinogens addressed by this 
section from the work environment.
    Emergency means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances 
resulting in the release of a carcinogen addressed by this section that 
may result in exposure to or contact with the material.
    External environment means any environment external to regulated and 
nonregulated areas.
    Isolated system means a fully enclosed structure other than the 
vessel of containment of a carcinogen addressed by this section that is 
impervious to the passage of the material and would prevent the entry of 
the carcinogen addressed by this section into regulated areas, 
nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or 
spillage from the vessel of containment occur.
    Laboratory-type hood is a device enclosed on the three sides and the 
top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an 
average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 
125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way 
that an operation involving a carcinogen addressed by this section 
within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any 
employee's body other than his hands and arms.
    Nonregulated area means any area under the control of the employer 
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.
    Open-vessel system means an operation involving a carcinogen 
addressed by this section in an open vessel that is not in an isolated 
system, a laboratory-type hood, nor in any other system affording 
equivalent protection against the entry of the material into regulated 
areas, non-regulated areas, or the external environment.
    Protective clothing means clothing designed to protect an employee 
against contact with or exposure to a carcinogen addressed by this 
section.
    Regulated area means an area where entry and exit is restricted and 
controlled.
    (c) Requirements for areas containing a carcinogen addressed by this 
section. A regulated area shall be established by an employer where a 
carcinogen addressed by this section is manufactured, processed, used, 
repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be 
controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following 
category or categories describing the operation involved:
    (1) Isolated systems. Employees working with a carcinogen addressed 
by this section within an isolated system such as a ``glove box'' shall 
wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and 
before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated 
system.
    (2) Closed system operation. (i) Within regulated areas where the 
carcinogens addressed by this section are stored in sealed containers, 
or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any 
sample ports or openings closed while the carcinogens addressed by this 
section are contained within, access shall be restricted to authorized 
employees only.

[[Page 83]]

    (ii) Employees exposed to 4-Nitrobiphenyl; alpha-Naphthylamine; 
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts); beta-Naphthylamine; benzidine; 
4-Aminodiphenyl; 2-Acetylaminofluorene; 4-Dimethylaminoazo-benzene; and 
N-Nitrosodimethylamine shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face, 
and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of 
exit, and before engaging in other activities.
    (3) Open-vessel system operations. Open-vessel system operations as 
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.
    (4) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point 
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system. In operations 
involving ``laboratory-type hoods,'' or in locations where the 
carcinogens addressed by this section are contained in an otherwise 
``closed system,'' but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other 
normally closed containers, the provisions of this paragraph shall 
apply.
    (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only.
    (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust 
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to 
the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, 
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. 
Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain 
the correct operation of the local exhaust system.
    (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, 
full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt 
and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
    (iv) Employees engaged in handling operations involving the 
carcinogens addressed by this section shall be provided with and 
required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, 
mists, and fumes, in accordance with Sec. 1910.134. A respirator 
affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.
    (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be 
required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the 
point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing 
and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes 
of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious 
containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e) (2), 
(3), and (4) of this section.
    (vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
    (vii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face, and 
neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, 
and before engaging in other activities and employees exposed to 4-
Nitrobiphenyl; alpha-Naphthylamine; 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and its 
salts); beta-Naphthylamine; Benzidine; 4-Aminodiphenyl; 2-
Acetylaminofluorene; 4-Dimethylaminoazo-benzene; and N-
Nitrosodimethylamine shall be required to shower after the last exit of 
the day.
    (5) Maintenance and decontamination activities. In cleanup of leaks 
of spills, maintenance, or repair operations on contaminated systems or 
equipment, or any operations involving work in an area where direct 
contact with a carcinogen addressed by this section could result, each 
authorized employee entering that area shall:
    (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious 
garments, including gloves, boots, and continuous-air supplied hood in 
accordance with Sec. 1910.134;
    (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and 
hood;
    (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments 
and hood.
    (d) General regulated area requirements--(1) [Reserved]
    (2) Emergencies. In an emergency, immediate measures including, but 
not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2) (i) through (v) of 
this section shall be implemented.
    (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the 
emergency has been determined.
    (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be 
eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated 
prior to the resumption of normal operations.

[[Page 84]]

    (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be 
instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially 
affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical 
surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, 
in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
    (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with a carcinogen 
addressed by this section, such employee shall be required to shower as 
soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries.
    (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as 
provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
    (vi) Emergency deluge showers and eyewash fountains supplied with 
running potable water shall be located near, within sight of, and on the 
same level with locations where a direct exposure to Ethyleneimine or 
beta-Propiolactone only would be most likely as a result of equipment 
failure or improper work practice.
    (3) Hygiene facilities and practices. (i) Storage or consumption of 
food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application 
of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or 
other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products are 
prohibited in regulated areas.
    (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing 
facilities shall be provided in accordance with Sec. 1910.141(d) (1) and 
(2) (ii) through (vii).
    (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower 
facilities shall be provided in accordance with Sec. 1910.141(d)(3).
    (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment, clean 
change rooms shall be provided for the number of such employees required 
to change clothes, in accordance with Sec. 1910.141(e).
    (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a 
separate room.
    (4) Contamination control. (i) Except for outdoor systems, regulated 
areas shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to 
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy 
this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air 
removed.
    (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed 
from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause 
contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment.
    (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and 
implemented to remove carcinogens addressed by this section from the 
surfaces of materials, equipment, and the decontamination facility.
    (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited for 4-
Nitrobiphenyl; alpha-Naphthylamine; 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and its 
salts); beta-Naphthylamine; Benzidine; 4-Aminodiphenyl; 2-
Acetylaminofluorene; 4-Dimethylaminoazo-benzene and N-
Nitrosodimethylamine.
    (e) Signs, information and training--(1) Signs--(i) Entrances to 
regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

                          CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

                        AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

    (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in 
paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the 
legend:

                CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED 
                              AT ALL TIMES

                        AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

    (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the 
entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the 
procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated 
area.
    (2) Container contents identification. (i) Containers of a 
carcinogen addressed by this section and containers required under 
paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6) (vii)(B) and (viii)(B) of this section 
that are accessible only to and handled only by authorized employees, or 
by other employees trained in accordance with

[[Page 85]]

paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification 
limited to a generic or proprietary name or other proprietary 
identification of the carcinogen and percent.
    (ii) Containers of a carcinogen addressed by this section and 
containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6) (vii)(B) and 
(viii)(B) of this section that are accessible to or handled by employees 
other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with 
paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification that 
includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry 
number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (iii) Containers shall have the warning words ``CANCER-SUSPECT 
AGENT'' displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents 
identification.
    (iv) Containers whose contents are carcinogens addressed by this 
section with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label 
statements warning of such hazards noting, if appropriate, particularly 
sensitive or affected portions of the body.
    (3) Lettering. Lettering on signs and instructions required by 
paragraph (e)(1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5 cm). 
Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 
one-half the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less 
than 8-point type in any instance. Provided, That no such required 
lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.5 cm) in height.
    (4) Prohibited statements. No statement shall appear on or near any 
required sign, label, or instruction that contradicts or detracts from 
the effect of any required warning, information, or instruction.
    (5) Training and indoctrination. (i) Each employee prior to being 
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and 
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:
    (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of a carcinogen addressed 
by this section, including local and systemic toxicity;
    (B) The specific nature of the operation involving a carcinogen 
addressed by this section that could result in exposure;
    (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance 
program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;
    (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and 
purposes;
    (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and 
procedures;
    (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;
    (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and 
evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release 
of a carcinogen addressed by this section;
    (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures 
and practices;
    (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and 
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.
    (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, 
and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in 
their application.
    (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon 
request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the 
Director.
    (f) Reports--(1) Operations. The information required in paragraphs 
(f)(1) (i) through (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to 
the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be 
similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change:
    (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) 
regulated and the address of each regulated area;
    (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the 
presence of a carcinogen addressed by this section in each regulated 
area;
    (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal 
operations including maintenance activities; and
    (iv) The manner in which carcinogens addressed by this section are 
present in each regulated area; for example, whether it is manufactured, 
processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled.

[[Page 86]]

    (2) Incidents. Incidents that result in the release of a carcinogen 
addressed by this section into any area where employees may be 
potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph.
    (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts 
obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of 
affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA 
Area Director.
    (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area 
Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:
    (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount 
of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in 
determining this figure;
    (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and 
possible employee exposure and area contamination;
    (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any 
medical surveillance program implemented; and
    (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident and measures 
taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further 
similar releases.
    (g) Medical surveillance. At no cost to the employee, a program of 
medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees 
considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized 
employees.
    (1) Examinations. (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a 
regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician 
shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of 
the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and 
environmental factors.
    (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical 
examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment 
examination.
    (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall 
consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including 
reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with 
steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy, and cigarette smoking.
    (2) Records. (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this 
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of 
all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the 
duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the 
employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event 
that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or 
notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to 
the Director.
    (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon 
request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant 
Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) 
through (i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the 
Director.
    (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by 
this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the 
employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

[61 FR 9242, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1004   alpha-Naphthylamine.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]
Sec. 1910.1005  [Reserved]



Sec. 1910.1006   Methyl chloromethyl ether.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1007   3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts).

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1008   bis-Chloromethyl ether.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1009   beta-Naphthylamine.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

[[Page 87]]



Sec. 1910.1010   Benzidine.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1011   4-Aminodiphenyl.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1012   Ethyleneimine.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1013   beta-Propiolactone.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1014   2-Acetylaminofluorene.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1015   4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1016   N-Nitrosodimethylamine.

    See Sec. 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1017   Vinyl chloride.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section includes requirements 
for the control of employee exposure to vinyl chloride (chloroethene), 
Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 75014.
    (2) This section applies to the manufacture, reaction, packaging, 
repackaging, storage, handling or use of vinyl chloride or polyvinyl 
chloride, but does not apply to the handling or use of fabricated 
products made of polyvinyl chloride.
    (3) This section applies to the transportation of vinyl chloride or 
polyvinyl chloride except to the extent that the Department of 
Transportation may regulate the hazards covered by this section.
    (b) Definitions. (1) Action level means a concentration of vinyl 
chloride of 0.5 ppm averaged over an 8-hour work day.
    (2) Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or his 
designee.
    (3) Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by 
the employer whose duties require him to enter a regulated area or any 
person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees 
for the purpose of exercising an opportunity to observe monitoring and 
measuring procedures.
    (4) Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or his 
designee.
    (5) Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, 
equipment failure, or operation of a relief device which is likely to, 
or does, result in massive release of vinyl chloride.
    (6) Fabricated product means a product made wholly or partly from 
polyvinyl chloride, and which does not require further processing at 
temperatures, and for times, sufficient to cause mass melting of the 
polyvinyl chloride resulting in the release of vinyl chloride.
    (7) Hazardous operation means any operation, procedure, or activity 
where a release of either vinyl chloride liquid or gas might be expected 
as a consequence of the operation or because of an accident in the 
operation, which would result in an employee exposure in excess of the 
permissible exposure limit.
    (8) OSHA Area Director means the Director for the Occupational 
Safety and Health Administration Area Office having jurisdiction over 
the geographic area in which the employer's establishment is located.
    (9) Polyvinyl chloride means polyvinyl chloride homopolymer or 
copolymer before such is converted to a fabricated product.
    (10) Vinyl chloride means vinyl chloride monomer.
    (c) Permissible exposure limit. (1) No employee may be exposed to 
vinyl chloride at concentrations greater than 1 ppm averaged over any 8-
hour period, and
    (2) No employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride at concentrations 
greater than 5 ppm averaged over any period not exceeding 15 minutes.

[[Page 88]]

    (3) No employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride by direct contact 
with liquid vinyl chloride.
    (d) Monitoring. (1) A program of initial monitoring and measurement 
shall be undertaken in each establishment to determine if there is any 
employee exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of 
the action level.
    (2) Where a determination conducted under paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section shows any employee exposures, without regard to the use of 
respirators, in excess of the action level, a program for determining 
exposures for each such employee shall be established. Such a program:
    (i) Shall be repeated at least monthly where any employee is 
exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the 
permissible exposure limit.
    (ii) Shall be repeated not less than quarterly where any employee is 
exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the 
action level.
    (iii) May be discontinued for any employee only when at least two 
consecutive monitoring determinations, made not less than 5 working days 
apart, show exposures for that employee at or below the action level.
    (3) Whenever there has been a production, process or control change 
which may result in an increase in the release of vinyl chloride, or the 
employer has any other reason to suspect that any employee may be 
exposed in excess of the action level, a determination of employee 
exposure under paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be performed.
    (4) The method of monitoring and measurement shall have an accuracy 
(with a confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 
50 percent from 0.25 through 0.5 ppm, plus or minus 35 percent from over 
0.5 ppm through 1.0 ppm, and plus or minus 25 percent over 1.0 ppm. 
(Methods meeting these accuracy requirements are available in the 
``NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods'').
    (5) Employees or their designated representatives shall be afforded 
reasonable opportunity to observe the monitoring and measuring required 
by this paragraph.
    (e) Regulated area. (1) A regulated area shall be established where:
    (i) Vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride is manufactured, reacted, 
repackaged, stored, handled or used; and
    (ii) Vinyl chloride concentrations are in excess of the permissible 
exposure limit.
    (2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized 
persons.
    (f) Methods of compliance. Employee exposures to vinyl chloride 
shall be controlled to at or below the permissible exposure limit 
provided in paragraph (c) of this section by engineering, work practice, 
and personal protective controls as follows:
    (1) Feasible engineering and work practice controls shall 
immediately be used to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible 
exposure limit.
    (2) Wherever feasible engineering and work practice controls which 
can be instituted immediately are not sufficient to reduce exposures to 
at or below the permissible exposure limit, they shall nonetheless be 
used to reduce exposures to the lowest practicable level, and shall be 
supplemented by respiratory protection in accordance with paragraph (g) 
of this section. A program shall be established and implemented to 
reduce exposures to at or below the permissible exposure limit, or to 
the greatest extent feasible, solely by means of engineering and work 
practice controls, as soon as feasible.
    (3) Written plans for such a program shall be developed and 
furnished upon request for examination and copying to authorized 
representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. Such plans 
shall be updated at least every six months.
    (g) Respiratory protection. Where respiratory protection is required 
under this section:
    (1) The employer shall provide a respirator which meets the 
requirements of this paragraph and shall assure that the employee uses 
such respirator, except that until April 1, 1976, wearing of respirators 
shall be at the discretion of each employee for exposures not in excess 
of 25 ppm, measured over any 15-minute period. Until April 1, 1976, each 
employee who chooses not to wear an

[[Page 89]]

appropriate respirator shall be informed at least quarterly of the 
hazards of vinyl chloride and the purpose, proper use, and limitations 
of respiratory devices.
    (2) Respirators shall be selected from among those jointly approved 
by the Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of the 
Interior, and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health 
under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.
    (3) A respiratory protection program meeting the requirements of 
Sec. 1910.134 shall be established and maintained.
    (4) Selection of respirators for vinyl chloride shall be as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Atmospheric concentration of                                          
         vinyl chloride                     Required apparatus          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) Unknown, or above 3,600 p/m  Open-circuit, self-contained breathing 
                                  apparatus, pressure demand type, with 
                                  full facepiece.                       
(ii) Not over 3,600 p/m........  (A) Combination type C supplied air    
                                  respirator, pressure demand type, with
                                  full or half facepiece, and auxiliary 
                                  self-contained air supply; or         
(iii) Not over 1,000 p/m.......  (B) Combination type, supplied air     
                                  respirator continuous flow type, with 
                                  full or half facepiece, and auxiliary 
                                  self-contained air supply.            
                                 Type C, supplied air respirator,       
                                  continuous flow type, with full or    
                                  half facepiece, helmet or hood.       
(iv) Not over 100 p/m..........  (A) Combination type C supplied air    
                                  respirator demand type, with full     
                                  facepiece, and auxiliary self-        
                                  contained air supply; or              
                                 (B) Open-circuit self-contained        
                                  breathing apparatus with full         
                                  facepiece, in demand mode; or         
                                 (C) Type C supplied air respirator,    
                                  demand type, with full facepiece.     
(v) Not over 25 p/m............  (A) A powered air-purifying respirator 
                                  with hood, helmet, full or half       
                                  facepiece, and a canister which       
                                  provides a service life of at least 4 
                                  hours for concenrations of vinyl      
                                  chloride up to 25 p/m, or             
                                 (B) Gas mask, front- or back-mounted   
                                  canister which provides a service life
                                  of at least 4 hours for concentrations
                                  of vinyl chloride up to 25 p/m.       
(vi) Not over 10 p/m...........  (A) Combination type C supplied-air    
                                  respirator, demand type, with half    
                                  facepiece, and auxiliary self-        
                                  contained air supply; or              
                                 (B) Type C supplied-air respirator,    
                                  demand type, with half facepiece; or  
                                 (C) Any chemical cartridge respirator  
                                  with an organic vapor cartridge which 
                                  provides a service life of at least 1 
                                  hour for concentrations of vinyl      
                                  chloride up to 10 p/m.                
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5)(i) Entry into unknown concentrations or concentrations greater 
than 36,000 ppm (lower explosive limit) may be made only for purposes of 
life rescue; and
    (ii) Entry into concentrations of less than 36,000 ppm, but greater 
than 3,600 ppm may be made only for purposes of life rescue, 
firefighting, or securing equipment so as to prevent a greater hazard 
from release of vinyl chloride.
    (6) Where air-purifying respirators are used:
    (i) Air-purifying cannisters or cartridges shall be replaced prior 
to the expiration of their service life or the end of the shift in which 
they are first used, whichever occurs first, and
    (ii) A continuous monitoring and alarm system shall be provided 
where concentrations of vinyl chloride could reasonably exceed the 
allowable concentrations for the devices in use. Such system shall be 
used to alert employees when vinyl chloride concentrations exceed the 
allowable concentrations for the devices in use.
    (7) Apparatus prescribed for higher concentrations may be used for 
any lower concentration.
    (h) Hazardous operations. (1) Employees engaged in hazardous 
operations, including entry of vessels to clean polyvinyl chloride 
residue from vessel walls, shall be provided and required to wear and 
use;
    (i) Respiratory protection in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (g) 
of this section; and
    (ii) Protective garments to prevent skin contact with liquid vinyl 
chloride or with polyvinyl chloride residue from vessel walls. The 
protective garments shall be selected for the operation and its possible 
exposure conditions.
    (2) Protective garments shall be provided clean and dry for each 
use.
    (i) Emergency situations. A written operational plan for emergency 
situations shall be developed for each facility storing, handling, or 
otherwise using vinyl chloride as a liquid or compressed gas. 
Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the

[[Page 90]]

event of an emergency. The plan shall specifically provide that:
    (1) Employees engaged in hazardous operations or correcting 
situations of existing hazardous releases shall be equipped as required 
in paragraph (h) of this section;
    (2) Other employees not so equipped shall evacuate the area and not 
return until conditions are controlled by the methods required in 
paragraph (f) of this section and the emergency is abated.
    (j) Training. Each employee engaged in vinyl chloride or polyvinyl 
chloride operations shall be provided training in a program relating to 
the hazards of vinyl chloride and precautions for its safe use.
    (1) The program shall include:
    (i) The nature of the health hazard from chronic exposure to vinyl 
chloride including specifically the carcinogenic hazard;
    (ii) The specific nature of operations which could result in 
exposure to vinyl chloride in excess of the permissible limit and 
necessary protective steps;
    (iii) The purpose for, proper use, and limitations of respiratory 
protective devices;
    (iv) The fire hazard and acute toxicity of vinyl chloride, and the 
necessary protective steps;
    (v) The purpose for and a description of the monitoring program;
    (vi) The purpose for, and a description of, the medical surveillance 
program;
    (vii) Emergency procedures;
    (viii) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition of 
conditions which may result in the release of vinyl chloride; and
    (ix) A review of this standard at the employee's first training and 
indoctrination program, and annually thereafter.
    (2) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon 
request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.
    (k) Medical surveillance. A program of medical surveillance shall be 
instituted for each employee exposed, without regard to the use of 
respirators, to vinyl chloride in excess of the action level. The 
program shall provide each such employee with an opportunity for 
examinations and tests in accordance with this paragraph. All medical 
examinations and procedures shall be performed by or under the 
supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost 
to the employee.
    (1) At the time of initial assignment, or upon institution of 
medical surveillance;
    (i) A general physical examination shall be performed, with specific 
attention to detecting enlargement of liver, spleen or kidneys, or 
dysfunction in these organs, and for abnormalities in skin, connective 
tissues and the pulmonary system (See Appendix A).
    (ii) A medical history shall be taken, including the following 
topics:
    (A) Alcohol intake;
    (B) Past history of hepatitis;
    (C) Work history and past exposure to potential hepatotoxic agents, 
including drugs and chemicals;
    (D) Past history of blood transfusions; and
    (E) Past history of hospitalizations.
    (iii) A serum specimen shall be obtained and determinations made of:
    (A) Total bilirubin;
    (B) Alkaline phosphatase;
    (C) Serum glutamic oxalacetic transaminase (SGOT);
    (D) Serum glutamic pyruvic transaminase (SGPT); and
    (E) Gamma glustamyl transpeptidase.
    (2) Examinations provided in accordance with this paragraph shall be 
performed at least:
    (i) Every 6 months for each employee who has been employed in vinyl 
chloride or polyvinyl chloride manufacturing for 10 years or longer; and
    (ii) Annually for all other employees.
    (3) Each employee exposed to an emergency shall be afforded 
appropriate medical surveillance.
    (4) A statement of each employee's suitability for continued 
exposure to vinyl chloride including use of protective equipment and 
respirators, shall be obtained from the examining physician promptly 
after any examination. A copy of the physician's statement shall be 
provided each employee.

[[Page 91]]

    (5) If any employee's health would be materially impaired by 
continued exposure, such employee shall be withdrawn from possible 
contact with vinyl chloride.
    (6) Laboratory analyses for all biological specimens included in 
medical examinations shall be performed in laboratories licensed under 
42 CFR Part 74.
    (7) If the examining physician determines that alternative medical 
examinations to those required by paragraph (k)(1) of this section will 
provide at least equal assurance of detecting medical conditions 
pertinent to the exposure to vinyl chloride, the employer may accept 
such alternative examinations as meeting the requirements of paragraph 
(k)(1) of this section, if the employer obtains a statement from the 
examining physician setting forth the alternative examinations and the 
rationale for substitution. This statement shall be available upon 
request for examination and copying to authorized representatives of the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director.
    (l) Signs and labels. (1) Entrances to regulated areas shall be 
posted with legible signs bearing the legend:

           Cancer-Suspect Agent Area Authorized Personnel Only

    (2) Areas containing hazardous operations or where an emergency 
currently exists shall be posted with legible signs bearing the legend:

    Cancer-Suspect Agent in This Area Protective Equipment Required 
                        Authorized Personnel Only

    (3) Containers of polyvinyl chloride resin waste from reactors or 
other waste contaminated with vinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled:

                    Contaminated With Vinyl Chloride

                          Cancer-Suspect Agent

    (4) Containers of polyvinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled:

                   Polyvinyl Chloride (or Trade Name)

                                Contains

                             Vinyl Chloride

                Vinyl Chloride is a Cancer-Suspect Agent

    (5) Containers of vinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled either:

(i)

                             Vinyl Chloride

                 Extremely Flammable Gas Under Pressure

                          Cancer Suspect Agent

or (ii) In accordance with 49 CFR Parts 170 through 189, with the 
additional legend:

                          Cancer-Suspect Agent

applied near the label or placard.
    (6) No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label or 
instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of, any 
required warning, information or instruction.
    (m) Records. (1) All records maintained in accordance with this 
section shall include the name and social security number of each 
employee where relevant.
    (2) Records of required monitoring and measuring and medical records 
shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, 
and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) 
through (e) and (g) through (i). These records shall be provided upon 
request to the Director. Authorized personnel rosters shall also be 
provided upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.
    (i) Monitoring and measuring records shall:
    (A) State the date of such monitoring and measuring and the 
concentrations determined and identify the instruments and methods used;
    (B) Include any additional information necessary to determine 
individual employee exposures where such exposures are determined by 
means other than individual monitoring of employees; and

[[Page 92]]

    (C) Be maintained for not less than 30 years.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (iii) Medical records shall be maintained for the duration of the 
employment of each employee plus 20 years, or 30 years, whichever is 
longer.
    (3) In the event that the employer ceases to do business and there 
is no successor to receive and retain his records for the prescribed 
period, these records shall be transmitted by registered mail to the 
Director, and each employee individually notified in writing of this 
transfer. The employer shall also comply with any additional 
requirements set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
    (n) Reports. (1) Not later than 1 month after the establishment of a 
regulated area, the following information shall be reported to the OSHA 
Area Director. Any changes to such information shall be reported within 
15 days.
    (i) The address and location of each establishment which has one or 
more regulated areas; and
    (ii) The number of employees in each regulated area during normal 
operations, including maintenance.
    (2) Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, shall be 
reported within 24 hours to the OSHA Area Director. Upon request of the 
Area Director, the employer shall submit additional information in 
writing relevant to the nature and extent of employee exposures and 
measures taken to prevent future emergencies of similar nature.
    (3) Within 10 working days following any monitoring and measuring 
which discloses that any employee has been exposed, without regard to 
the use of respirators, in excess of the permissible exposure limit, 
each such employee shall be notified in writing of the results of the 
exposure measurement and the steps being taken to reduce the exposure to 
within the permissible exposure limit.
    (o) Effective dates. (1) Until April 1, 1975, the provisions 
currently set forth in Sec. 1910.93q of this part shall apply.
    (2) Effective April 1, 1975, the provisions set forth in 
Sec. 1910.93q of this part shall apply.

     Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1017--Supplementary Medical Information

    When required tests under paragraph (k)(1) of this section show 
abnormalities, the tests should be repeated as soon as practicable, 
preferably within 3 to 4 weeks. If tests remain abnormal, consideration 
should be given to withdrawal of the employee from contact with vinyl 
chloride, while a more comprehensive examination is made.
    Additional tests which may be useful:
    A. For kidney dysfunction: urine examination for albumin, red blood 
cells, and exfoliative abnormal cells.
    B. Pulmonary system: Forced vital capacity, Forced expiratory volume 
at 1 second, and chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior, 14  x  17 
inches).
    C. Additional serum tests: Lactic acid dehydrogenase, lactic acid 
dehydrogenase isoenzyme, protein determination, and protein 
electrophoresis.
    D. For a more comprehensive examination on repeated abnormal serum 
tests: Hepatitis B antigen, and liver scanning.

[39 FR 35896, Oct. 4, 1974; 39 FR 41848, Dec. 3, 1974, as amended at 40 
FR 13211, Mar. 25, 1975. Redesignated at 40 FR 23072, May 28, 1975 and 
amended at 43 FR 49751, Oct. 24, 1978; 45 FR 35282, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 
24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 
1996]



Sec. 1910.1018  Inorganic arsenic.

    (a) Scope and application. This section applies to all occupational 
exposures to inorganic arsenic except that this section does not apply 
to employee exposures in agriculture or resulting from pesticide 
application, the treatment of wood with preservatives or the utilization 
of arsenically preserved wood.
    (b) Definitions. Action level means a concentration of inorganic 
arsenic of 5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (5 g/
m3) averaged over any eight (8) hour period.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the 
employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or 
any person entering such an area as a designated representative of 
employees for the purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring 
and measuring procedures under paragraph (e) of this section.

[[Page 93]]

    Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or 
designee.
    Inorganic arsenic means copper aceto- arsenite and all inorganic 
compounds containing arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic (As).
    (c) Permissible exposure limit. The employer shall assure that no 
employee is exposed to inorganic arsenic at concentrations greater than 
10 micrograms per cubic meter of air (10 g/m3), 
averaged over any 8-hour period.
    (d) Notification of use. (1) By October 1, 1978 or within 60 days 
after the introduction of inorganic arsenic into the workplace, every 
employer who is required to establish a regulated area in his workplaces 
shall report in writing to the OSHA area office for each such workplace:
    (i) The address of each such workplace;
    (ii) The approximate number of employees who will be working in 
regulated areas; and
    (iii) A brief summary of the operations creating the exposure and 
the actions which the employer intends to take to reduce exposures.
    (2) Whenever there has been a significant change in the information 
required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section the employer shall report 
the changes in writing within 60 days to the OSHA area office.
    (e) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Determinations of airborne 
exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative 
of each employee's exposure to inorganic arsenic over an eight (8) hour 
period.
    (ii) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that 
exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.
    (iii) The employer shall collect full shift (for at least 7 
continuous hours) personal samples including at least one sample for 
each shift for each job classification in each work area.
    (2) Initial monitoring. Each employer who has a workplace or work 
operation covered by this standard shall monitor each such workplace and 
work operation to accurately determine the airborne concentration of 
inorganic arsenic to which employees may be exposed.
    (3) Frequency. (i) If the initial monitoring reveals employee 
exposure to be below the action level the measurements need not be 
repeated except as otherwise provided in paragraph (e)(4) of this 
section.
    (ii) If the initial monitoring, required by this section, or 
subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the 
permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat monitoring at 
least quarterly.
    (iii) If the initial monitoring, required by this section, or 
subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the action 
level and below the permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat 
monitoring at least every six months.
    (iv) The employer shall continue monitoring at the required 
frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 
seven (7) days apart, are below the action level at which time the 
employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee until such time as 
any of the events in paragraph (e)(4) of this section occur.
    (4) Additional monitoring. Whenever there has been a production, 
process, control or personal change which may result in new or 
additional exposure to inorganic arsenic, or whenever the employer has 
any other reason to suspect a change which may result in new or 
additional exposures to inorganic arsenic, additional monitoring which 
complies with paragraph (e) of this section shall be conducted.
    (5) Employee notification. (i) Within five (5) working days after 
the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each 
employee in writing of the results which represent that employee's 
exposures.
    (ii) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee 
exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall 
include in the written notice a statement that the permissible exposure 
limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action taken to 
reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

[[Page 94]]

    (6) Accuracy of measurement. (i) The employer shall use a method of 
monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with a confidence 
level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for 
concentrations of inorganic arsenic greater than or equal to 10 
g/m3.
    (ii) The employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement 
which has an accuracy (with confidence level of 95 percent) of not less 
than plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of inorganic arsenic 
greater than 5 g/m3 but less than 10 g/
m3.
    (f) Regulated area--(1) Establishment. The employer shall establish 
regulated areas where worker exposures to inorganic arsenic, without 
regard to the use of respirators, are in excess of the permissible 
limit.
    (2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated 
from the rest of the workplace in any manner that minimizes the number 
of persons who will be exposed to inorganic arsenic.
    (3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized 
persons or to persons otherwise authorized by the Act or regulations 
issued pursuant thereto to enter such areas.
    (4) Provision of respirators. All persons entering a regulated area 
shall be supplied with a respirator, selected in accordance with 
paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
    (5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall assure that in 
regulated areas, food or beverages are not consumed, smoking products, 
chewing tobacco and gum are not used and cosmetics are not applied, 
except that these activities may be conducted in the lunchrooms, change 
rooms and showers required under paragraph (m) of this section. Drinking 
water may be consumed in the regulated area.
    (g) Methods of compliance--(1) Controls. (i) The employer shall 
institute at the earliest possible time but not later than December 31, 
1979, engineering and work practice controls to reduce exposures to or 
below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the 
employer can establish that such controls are not feasible.
    (ii) Where engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient 
to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, they 
shall nonetheless be used to reduce exposures to the lowest levels 
achievable by these controls and shall be supplemented by the use of 
respirators in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section and other 
necessary personal protective equipment. Employee rotation is not 
required as a control strategy before respiratory protection is 
instituted.
    (2) Compliance Program. (i) The employer shall establish and 
implement a written program to reduce exposures to or below the 
permissible exposure limit by means of engineering and work practice 
controls.
    (ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at 
least the following:
    (A) A description of each operation in which inorganic arsenic is 
emitted; e.g. machinery used, material processed, controls in place, 
crew size, operating procedures and maintenance practices;
    (B) Engineering plans and studies used to determine methods selected 
for controlling exposure to inorganic arsenic;
    (C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible 
exposure limit;
    (D) Monitoring data;
    (E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the engineering 
controls and work practices that cannot be implemented immediately and 
for the adaption and implementation of any additional engineering and 
work practices necessary to meet the permissible exposure limit;
    (F) Whenever the employer will not achieve the permissible exposure 
limit with engineering controls and work practices by December 31, 1979, 
the employer shall include in the compliance plan an analysis of the 
effectiveness of the various controls, shall install engineering 
controls and institute work practices on the quickest schedule feasible, 
and shall include in the compliance plan and implement a program to 
minimize the discomfort and maximize the effectiveness of respirator 
use; and
    (G) Other relevant information.
    (iii) Written plans for such a program shall be submitted upon 
request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director,

[[Page 95]]

and shall be available at the worksite for examination and copying by 
the Assistant Secretary, Director, any affected employee or authorized 
employee representatives.
    (iv) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and 
updated at least every 6 months to reflect the current status of the 
program.
    (h) Respiratory protection--(1) General. The employer shall assure 
that respirators are used where required under this section to reduce 
employee exposures to below the permissible exposure limit and in 
emergencies. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:
    (i) During the time period necessary to install or implement 
feasible engineering or work practice controls;
    (ii) In work operations such as maintenance and repair activities in 
which the employer establishes that engineering and work practice 
controls are not feasible;
    (iii) In work situations in which engineering controls and 
supplemental work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce 
exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit; or
    (iv) In emergencies.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required under 
this section the employer shall select, provide at no cost to the 
employee and assure the use of the appropriate respirator or combination 
of respirators from Table I below for inorganic arsenic compounds 
without significant vapor pressure, or Table II below for inorganic 
arsenic compounds which have significant vapor pressure.
    (ii) Where employee exposures exceed the permissible exposure limit 
for inorganic arsenic and also exceed the relevant limit for particular 
gasses such as sulfur dioxide, any air purifying respirator supplied to 
the employee as permitted by this standard must have a combination high 
efficiency filter with an appropriate gas sorbent. (See footnote in 
Table 1)

Table I--Respiratory Protection for Inorganic Arsenic Particulate Except
                for Those With Significant Vapor Pressure               
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Concentration of inorganic                                           
arsenic (as As) or condition of            Required respirator          
              use                                                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) Unknown or greater or        (A) Any full facepiece self-contained  
 lesser than 20,000 g/   breathing apparatus operated in       
 m3 (20 mg/m3) or firefighting.   positive pressure mode.               
(ii) Not greater than 20,000     (A) Supplied air respirator with full  
 g/m3 (20 mg/m3).        facepiece, hood, or helmet or suit and
                                  operated in positive pressure mode.   
(iii) Not greater than 10,000    (A) Powered air-purifying respirators  
 g/m3 (10 mg/m3).        in all inlet face coverings with high 
                                  efficiency filters.1 (B) Half-mask    
                                  supplied air respirators operated in  
                                  positive pressure mode.               
(iv) Not greater than 500        (A) Full facepiece air-purifying       
 g/m3.                   respirator equipped with high-        
                                  efficiency filter.1 (B) Any full      
                                  facepiece supplied air respirator. (C)
                                  Any full facepiece self-contained     
                                  breathing apparatus.                  
(v) Not greater than 100 g/m3.                          equipped with high-efficiency filter.1
                                  (B) Any half-mask supplied air        
                                  respirator.                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1High-efficiency filter--99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer    
  monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.                 


   Table II--Respiratory Protection for Inorganic Arsenicals (Such as   
   Arsenic Trichloride2 and Arsenic Phosphide) With Significant Vapor   
                                Pressure                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Concentration of inorganic                                           
arsenic (as As) or condition of            Required respirator          
              use                                                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) Unknown or greater or        (A) Any full facepiece self-contained  
 lesser than 20,000 g/   breathing apparatus operated in       
 m3 (20mg/m3) or firefighting.    positive pressure mode.               
(ii) Not greater than 20,000     (A) Supplied air respirator with full  
 g/m3 (20 mg/m3).        facepiece hood, or helmet or suit and 
                                  operated in positive pressure mode.   
(iii) Not greater than 10,000    (A) Half-mask2 supplied air respirator 
 g/m3 (10mg/m3).         operated in positive pressure mode.   
(iv) Not greater than 500        (A) Front or back mounted gas mask     
 g/m3.                   equipped with high-efficiency filter1 
                                  and acid gas canister. (B) Any full   
                                  facepiece supplied air respirator. (C)
                                  Any full facepiece self-contained     
                                  breathing apparatus.                  
(v) Not greater than 100 2 air-purifying respirator
 m>g/m3.                          equipped with high-efficiency filter1 
                                  and acid gas cartridge. (B) Any half- 
                                  mask supplied air respirator.         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1High efficiency filter--99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer    
  monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.                 
2Half-mask respirators shall not be used for protection against arsenic 
  trichloride, as it is rapidly absorbed through the skin.              


[[Page 96]]

    (iii) The employer shall select respirators from among those 
approved for protection against dust, fume, and mist by the National 
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the 
provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.
    (3) Respirator usage. (i) The employer shall assure that the 
respirator issued to the employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and 
that the respirator is fitted properly.
    (ii) The employer shall perform qualitative fit tests at the time of 
initial fitting and at least semi-annually thereafter for each employee 
wearing respirators, where quantitative fit tests are not required.
    (iii) Employers with more than 20 employees wearing respirators 
shall perform a quantitative face fit test at the time of initial 
fitting and least semi-annually thereafter for each employee wearing 
negative pressure respirators. The test shall be used to select 
facepieces that provide the required protection as prescribed in Table I 
or II.
    (iv) If an employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathing during 
the fitting test or during use, he or she shall be examined by a 
physician trained in pulmonary medicine to determine whether the 
employee can wear a respirator while performing the required duty.
    (4) Respirator program. (i) The employer shall institute a 
respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b), 
(d), (e) and (f).
    (ii) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter 
respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase in 
breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply 
of filter elements for this purpose.
    (iii) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave 
work areas to wash their face and respirator facepiece to prevent skin 
irritation associated with respirator use.
    (5) Commencement of respirator use. (i) The employer's obligation to 
provide respirators commences on August 1, 1978 for employees exposed 
over 500 g/m3 of inorganic arsenic, as soon as 
possible but not later than October 1, 1978 for employees exposed to 
over 50 g/m3 of inorganic arsenic, and as soon as 
possible but not later than December 1, 1978 for employees exposed 
between 10 and 50 g/m3 of inorganic arsenic.
    (ii) Employees with exposures below 50 g/m3 of 
inorganic arsenic may choose not to wear respirators until December 31, 
1979.
    (iii) After December 1, 1978 any employee required to wear air-
purifying respirators may choose, and if so chosen the employer must 
provide, if it will give proper protection, a powered air purifying 
respirator and in addition if necessary a combination dust and acid gas 
respirator for times where exposures to gases are over the relevant 
exposure limits.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Protective work clothing and equipment--(1) Provision and use. 
Where the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic 
exists, and for all workers working in regulated areas, the employer 
shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure that employees use 
appropriate and clean protective work clothing and equipment such as, 
but not limited to:
    (i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;
    (ii) Gloves, and shoes or coverlets;
    (iii) Face shields or vented goggles when necessary to prevent eye 
irritation, which comply with the requirements of Sec. 1910.133(a) (2)-
(6); and
    (iv) Impervious clothing for employees subject to exposure to 
arsenic trichloride.
    (2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall provide the 
protective clothing required in paragraph (j) (1) of this section in a 
freshly laundered and dry condition at least weekly, and daily if the 
employee works in areas where exposures are over 100 g/m3 
of inorganic arsenic or in areas where more frequent washing is needed 
to prevent skin irritation.
    (ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective 
clothing required by paragraph (j) (1) of this section.
    (iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing 
and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is 
removed at the completion of a work shift only in

[[Page 97]]

change rooms prescribed in paragraph (m) (1) of this section.
    (v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing 
which is to be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closed 
container in the change-room which prevents dispersion of inorganic 
arsenic outside the container.
    (vi) The employer shall inform in writing any person who cleans or 
launders clothing required by this section, of the potentially harmful 
effects including the carcinogenic effects of exposure to inorganic 
arsenic.
    (vii) The employer shall assure that the containers of contaminated 
protective clothing and equipment in the workplace or which are to be 
removed from the workplace are labelled as follows:

    Caution: Clothing contaminated with inorganic arsenic; do not remove 
dust by blowing or shaking. Dispose of inorganic arsenic contaminated 
wash water in accordance with applicable local, State or Federal 
regulations.

    (viii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of inorganic arsenic 
from protective clothing or equipment by blowing or shaking.
    (k) Housekeeping--(1) Surfaces. All surfaces shall be maintained as 
free as practicable of accumulations of inorganic arsenic.
    (2) Cleaning floors. Floors and other accessible surfaces 
contaminated with inorganic arsenic may not be cleaned by the use of 
compressed air, and shoveling and brushing may be used only where 
vacuuming or other relevant methods have been tried and found not to be 
effective.
    (3) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming methods are selected, the vacuums 
shall be used and emptied in a manner to minimize the reentry of 
inorganic arsenic into the workplace.
    (4) Housekeeping plan. A written housekeeping and maintenance plan 
shall be kept which shall list appropriate frequencies for carrying out 
housekeeping operations, and for cleaning and maintaining dust 
collection equipment. The plan shall be available for inspection by the 
Assistant Secretary.
    (5) Maintenance of equipment. Periodic cleaning of dust collection 
and ventilation equipment and checks of their effectiveness shall be 
carried out to maintain the effectiveness of the system and a notation 
kept of the last check of effectiveness and cleaning or maintenance.
    (l) [Reserved]
    (m) Hygiene facilities and practices--(1) Change rooms. The employer 
shall provide for employees working in regulated areas or subject to the 
possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic, clean 
change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes and 
separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment in 
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.141(e).
    (2) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in 
regulated areas or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation 
from inorganic arsenic shower at the end of the work shift.
    (ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with 
Sec. 1910.141(d)(3).
    (3) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer shall provide for employees working 
in regulated areas, lunchroom facilities which have a temperature 
controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and which are 
readily accessible to employees working in regulated areas.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that employees working in the 
regulated area or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation 
from exposure to inorganic arsenic wash their hands and face prior to 
eating.
    (4) Lavatories. The employer shall provide lavatory facilities which 
comply with Sec. 1910.141(d) (1) and (2).
    (5) Vacuuming clothes. The employer shall provide facilities for 
employees working in areas where exposure, without regard to the use of 
respirators, exceeds 100 g/m3 to vacuum their 
protective clothing and clean or change shoes worn in such areas before 
entering change rooms, lunchrooms or shower rooms required by paragraph 
(j) of this section and shall assure that such employees use such 
facilities.
    (6) Avoidance of skin irritation. The employer shall assure that no 
employee is exposed to skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride, or 
to skin

[[Page 98]]

or eye contact with liquid or particulate inorganic arsenic which is 
likely to cause skin or eye irritation.
    (n) Medical surveillance--(1) General--(i) Employees covered. The 
employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for the 
following employees:
    (A) All employees who are or will be exposed above the action level, 
without regard to the use of respirators, at least 30 days per year; and
    (B) All employees who have been exposed above the action level, 
without regard to respirator use, for 30 days or more per year for a 
total of 10 years or more of combined employment with the employer or 
predecessor employers prior to or after the effective date of this 
standard. The determination of exposures prior to the effective date of 
this standard shall be based upon prior exposure records, comparison 
with the first measurements taken after the effective date of this 
standard, or comparison with records of exposures in areas with similar 
processes, extent of engineering controls utilized and materials used by 
that employer.
    (ii) Examination by physician. The employer shall assure that all 
medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the 
supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost 
to the employee, without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place.
    (2) Initial examinations. By December 1, 1978, for employees 
initially covered by the medical provisions of this section, or 
thereafter at the time of initial assignment to an area where the 
employee is likely to be exposed over the action level at least 30 days 
per year, the employer shall provide each affected employee an 
opportunity for a medical examination, including at least the following 
elements:
    (i) A work history and a medical history which shall include a 
smoking history and the presence and degree of respiratory symptoms such 
as breathlessness, cough, sputum production and wheezing.
    (ii) A medical examination which shall include at least the 
following:
    (A) A 14'' by 17'' posterior-anterior chest X-ray and International 
Labor Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;
    (B) A nasal and skin examination;
    (C) A sputum cytology examination; and
    (D) Other examinations which the physician believes appropriate 
because of the employees exposure to inorganic arsenic or because of 
required respirator use.
    (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide the 
examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) (A), (B), 
and (D) at least annually for covered employees who are under 45 years 
of age with fewer than 10 years of exposure over the action level 
without regard to respirator use.
    (ii) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in 
paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) of this section at least semi-
annually for other covered employees.
    (iii) Whenever a covered employee has not taken the examinations 
specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) of this section within 
six (6) months preceding the termination of employment, the employer 
shall provide such examinations to the employee upon termination of 
employment.
    (4) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops 
signs or symptoms commonly associated with exposure to inorganic arsenic 
the employer shall provide an appropriate examination and emergency 
medical treatment.
    (5) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examining physician:
    (i) A copy of this standard and its appendices;
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's exposure;
    (iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated 
exposure level;
    (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to 
be used; and
    (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
employee which is not readily available to the examining physician.
    (6) Physician's written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain a 
written opinion from the examining physician which shall include:

[[Page 99]]

    (A) The results of the medical examination and tests performed;
    (B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased 
risk of material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to 
inorganic arsenic;
    (C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to 
inorganic arsenic or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment 
such as respirators; and
    (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions 
which require further explanation or treatment.
    (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the 
written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational 
exposure.
    (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to 
the affected employee.
    (o) Employee information and training--(1)  Training program. (i) 
The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who 
are subject to exposure to inorganic arsenic above the action level 
without regard to respirator use, or for whom there is the possibility 
of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic. The employer shall 
assure that those employees participate in the training program.
    (ii) The training program shall be provided by October 1, 1978, for 
employees covered by this provision, at the time of initial assignment 
for those subsequently covered by this provision, and at least annually 
for other covered employees thereafter; and the employer shall assure 
that each employee is informed of the following:
    (A) The information contained in Appendix A;
    (B) The quantity, location, manner of use, storage, sources of 
exposure, and the specific nature of operations which could result in 
exposure to inorganic arsenic as well as any necessary protective steps;
    (C) The purpose, proper use, and limitation of respirators;
    (D) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance 
program as required by paragraph (n) of this section;
    (E) The engineering controls and work practices associated with the 
employee's job assignment; and
    (F) A review of this standard.
    (2) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make 
readily available to all affected employees a copy of this standard and 
its appendices.
    (ii) The employer shall provide; upon request, all materials 
relating to the employee information and training program to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director.
    (p) Signs and labels--(1) General. (i) The employer may use labels 
or signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances in 
addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required by this 
paragraph.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near 
any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or 
detracts from the meaning of the required sign or label.
    (2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post signs demarcating regulated 
areas bearing the legend;

                                 DANGER

                            INORGANIC ARSENIC

                              CANCER HAZARD

                        AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

                          NO SMOKING OR EATING

                           RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

    (ii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph 
are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily 
visible.
    (3) Labels. The employer shall apply precautionary labels to all 
shipping and storage containers of inorganic arsenic, and to all 
products containing inorganic arsenic except when the inorganic arsenic 
in the product is bound in such a manner so as to make unlikely the 
possibility of airborne exposure to inorganic arsenic. (Possible 
examples of products not requiring labels are semiconductors, light 
emitting diodes and glass). The label shall bear the following legend:

[[Page 100]]

                                 DANGER

                       CONTAINS INORGANIC ARSENIC

                              CANCER HAZARD

                     HARMFUL IF INHALED OR SWALLOWED

                   USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENITLATION

                        OR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

    (q) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall 
establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The date(s), number, duration location, and results of each of 
the samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure 
used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable;
    (B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and 
evidence of their accuracy;
    (C) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any;
    (D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the 
employees monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the 
measurement is intended to represent; and
    (E) The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of 
the employee's exposure.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain these monitoring records for at 
least 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, 
whichever, is longer.
    (2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
surveillance as required by paragraph (n) of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The name, social security number, and description of duties of 
the employee;
    (B) A copy of the physician's written opinions;
    (C) Results of any exposure monitoring done for that employee and 
the representative exposure levels supplied to the physician; and
    (D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to inorganic 
arsenic.
    (iii) The employer shall in addition keep, or assure that the 
examining physician keeps, the following medical records;
    (A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and 
work history required under paragraph (n) of this section;
    (B) A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any 
standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results or references 
to that information;
    (C) The initial X-ray;
    (D) The X-rays for the most recent 5 years;
    (E) Any X-rays with a demonstrated abnormality and all subsequent X-
rays;
    (F) The initial cytologic examination slide and written description;
    (G) The cytologic examination slide and written description for the 
most recent 5 years; and
    (H) Any cytologic examination slides with demonstrated atypia, if 
such atypia persists for 3 years, and all subsequent slides and written 
descriptions.
    (iv) The employer shall maintain or assure that the physician 
maintains those medical records for at least 40 years, or for the 
duration of employment plus 20 years whichever is longer.
    (3) Availability. (i) The employer shall make available upon request 
all records required to be maintained by paragraph (q) of this section 
to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
    (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon 
request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant 
Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) 
through (i).
    (4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do 
business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records 
required to be maintained by this section.
    (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no 
successor employer to receive and retain the records required to be 
maintained by this section for the prescribed period, these records 
shall be transmitted to the Director.
    (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records 
required to

[[Page 101]]

be maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at 
least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and shall transmit 
those records to the Director if he requests them within that period.
    (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements 
involving the transfer of records set in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
    (r) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees or their designated 
representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee 
exposure to inorganic arsenic conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of 
this section.
    (2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the 
monitoring of employee exposure to inorganic arsenic requires entry into 
an area where the use of respirators, protective clothing, or equipment 
is required, the employer shall provide the observer with and assure the 
use of such respirators, clothing, and such equipment, and shall require 
the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health 
procedures.
    (ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be 
entitled to;
    (A) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;
    (B) Observe all steps related to the monitoring of inorganic arsenic 
performed at the place of exposure; and
    (C) Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results 
when returned by the laboratory.
    (s) Effective date. This standard shall become effective August 1, 
1978.
    (t) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices to this 
section is not intended by itself, to create any additional obligations 
not otherwise imposed by this standard nor detract from any existing 
obligation.
    (u) Startup dates--(1) General. The startup dates of requirements of 
this standard shall be the effective date of this standard unless 
another startup date is provided for either in other paragraphs of this 
section or in this paragraph.
    (2) Monitoring. Initial monitoring shall be commenced on August 1, 
1978, and shall be completed by September 15, 1978.
    (3) Regulated areas. Regulated areas required to be established as a 
result of initial monitoring shall be set up as soon as possible after 
the results of that monitoring is known and no later than October 1, 
1978.
    (4) Compliance program. The written program required by paragraph 
(g)(2) as a result of initial monitoring shall be made available for 
inspection and copying as soon as possible and no later than December 1, 
1978.
    (5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities. Construction plans for change- 
rooms, showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed 
no later than December 1, 1978, and these facilities shall be 
constructed and in use no later than July 1, 1979. However, if as part 
of the compliance plan it is predicted by an independent engineering 
firm that engineering controls and work practices will reduce exposures 
below the permissible exposure limit by December 31, 1979, for affected 
employees, then such facilities need not be completed until 1 year after 
the engineering controls are completed or December 31, 1980, whichever 
is earlier, if such controls have not in fact succeeded in reducing 
exposure to below the permissible exposure limit.
    (6) Summary of startup dates set forth elsewhere in this standard.

                              Startup Dates

August 1, 1978--Respirator use over 500 g/m3.

                  as soon as possible but no later than

September 15, 1978--Completion of initial monitoring.
October 1, 1978--Complete establishment of regulated areas. Respirator 
use for employees exposed above 50 g/m3. Completion 
of initial training. Notification of use.
December 1, 1978--Respirator use over 10 g/m3. 
Completion of initial medical. Completion of compliance plan. Optional 
use of powered air-purifying respirators.
July 1, 1979--Completion of lunch rooms and hygiene facilities.
December 31, 1979--Completion of engineering controls.

All other requirements of the standard have as their startup date August 
1, 1978.

[[Page 102]]

 Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1018--Inorganic Arsenic Substance Information 
                                  Sheet

                       i. substance identification

    A. Substance. Inorganic Arsenic.
    B. Definition. Copper acetoarsenite, arsenic and all inorganic 
compounds containing arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic (As).
    C. Permissible Exposure Limit. 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air 
as determined as an average over an 8-hour period. No employee may be 
exposed to any skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride or to skin 
or eye contact likely to cause skin or eye irritation.
    D. Regulated Areas. Only employees authorized by your employer 
should enter a regulated area.

                         ii. health hazard data

    A. Comments. The health hazard of inorganic arsenic is high.
    B. Ways in which the chemical affects your body. Exposure to 
airborne concentrations of inorganic arsenic may cause lung cancer, and 
can be a skin irritant. Inorganic arsenic may also affect your body if 
swallowed. One compound in particular, arsenic trichloride, is 
especially dangerous because it can be absorbed readily through the 
skin. Because inorganic arsenic is a poison, you should wash your hands 
thoroughly prior to eating or smoking.

                 iii. protective clothing and equipment

    A. Respirators. Respirators will be provided by your employer at no 
cost to you for routine use if your employer is in the process of 
implementing engineering and work practice controls or where engineering 
and work practice controls are not feasible or insufficient. You must 
wear respirators for non-routine activities or in emergency situations 
where you are likely to be exposed to levels of inorganic arsenic in 
excess of the permissible exposure limit. Since how well your respirator 
fits your face is very important, your employer is required to conduct 
fit tests to make sure the respirator seals properly when you wear it. 
These tests are simple and rapid and will be explained to you during 
training sessions.
    B. Protective clothing. If you work in a regulated area, your 
employer is required to provide at no cost to you, and you must wear, 
appropriate, clean, protective clothing and equipment. The purpose of 
this equipment is to prevent you from bringing to your home arsenic-
contaminated dust and to protect your body from repeated skin contact 
with inorganic arsenic likely to cause skin irritation. This clothing 
should include such items as coveralls or similar full-body clothing, 
gloves, shoes or coverlets, and aprons. Protective equipment should 
include face shields or vented goggles, where eye irritation may occur. 
y

                  iv. hygiene facilities and practices

    You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum or tobacco, or apply 
cosmetics in the regulated area, except that drinking water is 
permitted. If you work in a regulated area your employer is required to 
provide lunchrooms and other areas for these purposes.
    If you work in a regulated area, your employer is required to 
provide showers, washing facilities, and change rooms. You must wash 
your face, and hands before eating and must shower at the end of the 
work shift. Do not take used protective clothing out of change rooms 
without your employer's permission. Your employer is required to provide 
for laundering or cleaning of your protective clothing.

                           v. signs and labels

    Your employer is required to post warning signs and labels for your 
protection. Signs must be posted in regulated areas. The signs must warn 
that a cancer hazard is present, that only authorized employees may 
enter the area, and that no smoking or eating is allowed, and that 
respirators must be worn.

                        vi. medical examinations

    If your exposure to arsenic is over the Action Level (5 g/
m3)--(including all persons working in regulated areas) at 
least 30 days per year, or you have been exposed to arsenic for more 
than 10 years over the Action Level, your employer is required to 
provide you with a medical examination. The examination shall be every 6 
months for employees over 45 years old or with more than 10 years 
exposure over the Action Level and annually for other covered employees. 
The medical examination must include a medical history; a chest x-ray; 
skin examination; nasal examination and sputum cytology exam for the 
early detection of lung cancer. The cytology exams are only included in 
the initial exam and examinations given after you are either 45 years or 
older or have 10 or more years employment over the Action Level. The 
examining physician will provide a written opinion to your employer 
containing the results of the medical exams. You should also receive a 
copy of this opinion. The physician must not tell your employer any 
conditions he detects unrelated to occupational exposure to arsenic but 
must tell you those conditions.

                     vii. observation of monitoring

    Your employer is required to monitor your exposure to arsenic and 
you or your representatives are entitled to observe the monitoring 
procedure. You are entitled to receive an explanation of the measurement

[[Page 103]]

procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring 
procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal 
protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you must also 
be provided with and must wear the protective clothing and equipment.

                         viii. access to records

    You or your representative are entitled to records of your exposure 
to inorganic arsenic and your medical examination records if you request 
your employer to provide them.

                      ix. training and notification

    Additional information on all of these items plus training as to 
hazards of exposure to inorganic arsenic and the engineering and work 
practice controls associated with your job will also be provided by your 
employer. If you are exposed over the permissible exposure limit, your 
employer must inform you of that fact and the actions he is taking to 
reduce your exposures.

      Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1018--Substance Technical Guidelines

     arsenic, arsenic trioxide, arsenic trichloride (three examples)

I. Physical and chemical properties

    A. Arsenic (metal).
    1. Formula: As.
    2. Appearance: Gray metal.
    3. Melting point: Sublimes without melting at 613C.
    4. Specific Gravity: (H20=1):5.73.
    5. Solubility in water: Insoluble.
    B. Arsenic Trioxide.
    1. Formula: As203, (As406).
    2. Appearance: White powder.
    3. Melting point: 315C.
    4. Specific Gravity (H20=1):3.74.
    5. Solubility in water: 3.7 grams in 100cc of water at 20c.
    C. Arsenic Trichloride (liquid).
    1. Formula: AsC13.
    2. Appearance: Colorless or pale yellow liquid.
    3. Melting point: -8.5C.
    4. Boiling point: 130.2C.
    5. Specific Gravity (H20=1):2.16 at 20C.
    6. Vapor Pressure: 10mm Hg at 23.5C.
    7. Solubility in Water: Decomposes in water.

II. Fire, explosion and reactivity data.

    A. Fire: Arsenic, arsenic Trioxide and Arsenic Trichloride are 
nonflammable.
    B. Reactivity:
    1. Conditions Contributing to instability: Heat.
    2. Incompatibility: Hydrogen gas can react with inorganic arsenic to 
form the highly toxic gas arsine.

III. Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

    Samples collected should be full shift (at least 7-hour) samples. 
Sampling should be done using a personal sampling pump at a flow rate of 
2 liters per minute. Samples should be collected on 0.8 micrometer pore 
size membrane filter (37mm diameter). Volatile arsenicals such as 
arsenic trichloride can be most easily collected in a midget bubbler 
filled with 15 ml. of 0.1 N NaOH.
    The method of sampling and analysis should have an accuracy of not 
less than plus-minus25 percent (with a confidence limit of 95 
percent) for 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air (10 g/
m3) and plus-minus35 percent (with a confidence 
limit of 95 percent) for concentrations of inorganic arsenic between 5 
and 10 g/m3.

      Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1018--Medical Surveillance Guidelines

                               i. general

    Medical examinations are to be provided for all employees exposed to 
levels of inorganic arsenic above the action level (5 g/
m3) for at least 30 days per year (which would include among 
others, all employees, who work in regulated areas). Examinations are 
also to be provided to all employees who have had 10 years or more 
exposure above the action level for more than 30 days per year while 
working for the present or predecessor employer though they may no 
longer be exposed above the level.
    An initial medical examination is to be provided to all such 
employees by December 1, 1978. In addition, an initial medical 
examination is to be provided to all employees who are first assigned to 
areas in which worker exposure will probably exceed 5 g/m3 
(after the effective date of this standard) at the time of initial 
assignment. In addition to its immediate diagnostic usefulness, the 
initial examination will provide a baseline for comparing future test 
results. The initial examination must include as a minimum the following 
elements:
    (1) A work and medical history, including a smoking history, and 
presence and degree of respiratory symptoms such as breathlessness, 
cough, sputum production, and wheezing;
    (2) A 14'' by 17'' posterior-anterior chest X-ray and an 
International Labor Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;
    (3) A nasal and skin examination;
    (4) A Sputum Cytology examination; and
    (5) Other examinations which the physician believes appropriate 
because of the employee's exposure to inorganic arsenic or because of 
required respirator use.
    Periodic examinations are also to be provided to the employees 
listed above. The periodic examinations shall be given annually for 
those covered employees 45 years of

[[Page 104]]

age or less with fewer than 10 years employment in areas where employee 
exposure exceeds the action level (5 g/m3). Periodic 
examinations need not include sputum cytology and only an updated 
medical history is required.
    Periodic examinations for other covered employees, shall be provided 
every six (6) months. These examinations shall include all tests 
required in the initial examination, except that the medical history 
need only be updated.
    The examination contents are minimum requirements. Additional tests 
such as lateral and oblique X-rays or pulmonary function tests may be 
useful. For workers exposed to three arsenicals which are associated 
with lymphatic cancer, copper acetoarsenite, potassium arsenite, or 
sodium arsenite the examination should also include palpation of 
superficial lymph nodes and complete blood count.

                       ii. noncarcinogenic effects

    The OSHA standard is based on minimizing risk of exposed workers 
dying of lung cancer from exposure to inorganic arsenic. It will also 
minimize skin cancer from such exposures.
    The following three sections quoted from ``Occupational Diseases: A 
Guide to Their Recognition'', Revised Edition, June 1977, National 
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health is included to provide 
information on the nonneoplastic effects of exposure to inorganic 
arsenic. Such effects should not occur if the OSHA standards are 
followed.
    A. Local--Trivalent arsenic compounds are corrosive to the skin. 
Brief contact has no effect but prolonged contact results in a local 
hyperemia and later vesicular or pustular eruption. The moist mucous 
membranes are most sensitive to the irritant action. Conjunctiva, moist 
and macerated areas of skin, the eyelids, the angles of the ears, nose, 
mouth, and respiratory mucosa are also vulnerable to the irritant 
effects. The wrists are common sites of dermatitis, as are the genitalia 
if personal hygiene is poor. Perforations of the nasal septum may occur. 
Arsenic trioxide and pentoxide are capable of producing skin 
sensitization and contact dermatitis. Arsenic is also capable of 
producing keratoses, especially of the palms and soles.
    B. Systemic--The acute toxic effects of arsenic are generally seen 
following ingestion of inorganic arsenical compounds. This rarely occurs 
in an industrial setting. Symptoms develop within \1/2\ to 4 hours 
following ingestion and are usually characterized by constriction of the 
throat followed by dysphagia, epigastric pain, vomiting, and watery 
diarrhea. Blood may appear in vomitus and stools. If the amount ingested 
is sufficiently high, shock may develop due to severe fluid loss, and 
death may ensue in 24 hours. If the acute effects are survived, 
exfoliative dermatitis and peripheral neuritis may develop.
    Cases of acute arsenical poisoning due to inhalation are exceedingly 
rare in industry. When it does occur, respiratory tract symptoms--cough, 
chest pain, dyspnea--giddiness, headache, and extreme general weakness 
precede gastrointestinal symptoms. The acute toxic symptoms of trivalent 
arsenical poisoning are due to severe inflammation of the mucous 
membranes and greatly increased permeability of the blood capillaries.
    Chronic arsenical poisoning due to ingestion is rare and generally 
confined to patients taking prescribed medications. However, it can be a 
concomitant of inhaled inorganic arsenic from swallowed sputum and 
improper eating habits. Symptoms are weight loss, nausea and diarrhea 
alternating with constipation, pigmentation and eruption of the skin, 
loss of hair, and peripheral neuritis. Chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis 
have been described. Polyneuritis may be the salient feature, but more 
frequently there are numbness and parasthenias of ``glove and stocking'' 
distribution. The skin lesions are usually melanotic and keratotic and 
may occasionally take the form of an intradermal cancer of the squamous 
cell type, but without infiltrative properties. Horizontal white lines 
(striations) on the fingernails and toenails are commonly seen in 
chronic arsenical poisoning and are considered to be a diagnostic 
accompaniment of arsenical polyneuritis.
    Inhalation of inorganic arsenic compounds is the most common cause 
of chronic poisoning in the industrial situation. This condition is 
divided into three phases based on signs and symptoms.
    First Phase: The worker complains of weakness, loss of appetite, 
some nausea, occasional vomiting, a sense of heaviness in the stomach, 
and some diarrhea.
    Second Phase: The worker complains of conjunctivitis, a catarrhal 
state of the mucous membranes of the nose, larynx, and respiratory 
passage. Coryza, hoarseness, and mild tracheobronchitis may occur. 
Perforation of the nasal septum is common, and is probably the most 
typical lesion of the upper respiratory tract in occupational exposure 
to arsenical dust. Skin lesions, eczematoid and allergic in type, are 
common.
    Third Phase: The worker complains of symptoms of peripheral 
neuritis, initially of hands and feet, which is essentially sensory. In 
more severe cases, motor paralyses occur; the first muscles affected are 
usually the toe extensors and the peronei. In only the most severe cases 
will paralysis of flexor muscles of the feet or of the extensor muscles 
of hands occur.
    Liver damage from chronic arsenical poisoning is still debated, and 
as yet the question is unanswered. In cases of chronic and acute 
arsenical poisoning, toxic effects to

[[Page 105]]

the myocardium have been reported based on EKG changes. These findings, 
however, are now largely discounted and the EKG changes are ascribed to 
electrolyte disturbances concomitant with arsenicalism. Inhalation of 
arsenic trioxide and other inorganic arsenical dusts does not give rise 
to radiological evidence or pneumoconiosis. Arsenic does have a 
depressant effect upon the bone marrow, with disturbances of both 
erythropoiesis and myelopoiesis.

                              Bibliography

    Dinman, B. D. 1960. Arsenic; chronic human intoxication. J. Occup. 
Med. 2:137.
    Elkins, H. B. 1959. The Chemistry of Industrial Toxicology, 2nd ed. 
John Wiley and Sons, New York.
    Holmquist, L. 1951. Occupational arsenical dermatitis; a study among 
employees at a copper-ore smelting works including investigations of 
skin reactions to contact with arsenic compounds. Acta. Derm. Venereol. 
(Supp. 26) 31:1.
    Pinto, S. S., and C. M. McGill. 1953. Arsenic trioxide exposure in 
industry. Ind. Med. Surg. 22:281.
    Pinto, S. S., and K. W. Nelson. 1976. Arsenic toxicology and 
industrial exposure. Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 16:95.
    Vallee, B. L., D. D. Ulmer, and W. E. C. Wacker. 1960. Arsenic 
toxicology and biochemistry. AMA Arch. Indust. Health 21:132.

                          iii. sputum cytology

    Sputum can be collected by aerosol inhalation during the medical 
exam or by spontaneous early morning cough at home. Sputum is induced by 
transoral inhalation of an aerosolized solution of eight per cent (8 
percent) sodium chloride in water. After inhaling as few as three to 
five breaths the subject usually yields an adequate sputum. All sputum 
should be collected directly into sixty percent (60 percent) alcohol.
    Scientific evidence suggests that chest X-rays and sputum cytology 
should be used together as screening tests for lung tests for lung 
cancer in high risk populations such as workers exposed to inorganic 
arsenic. The tests are to be performed every six months on workers who 
are 45 years of age or older or have worked in the regulated area for 10 
or more years. Since the tests seem to be complementary, it may be 
advantageous to alternate the test procedures. For instance, chest X-
rays could be obtained in June and December and sputum cytologies could 
be obtained in March and September. Facilities for providing necessary 
diagnostic investigation should be readily available as well as chest 
physicians, surgeons, radiologists, pathologists and immunotherapists to 
provide any necessary treatment services.

[43 FR 19624, May 5, 1978; 43 FR 28472, June 30, 1978, as amended at 45 
FR 35282, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 30, 
1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1020  Access to employee exposure and medical records.

    (a) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide employees and 
their designated representatives a right of access to relevant exposure 
and medical records; and to provide representatives of the Assistant 
Secretary a right of access to these records in order to fulfill 
responsibilities under the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Access by 
employees, their representatives, and the Assistant Secretary is 
necessary to yield both direct and indirect improvements in the 
detection, treatment, and prevention of occupational disease. Each 
employer is responsible for assuring compliance with this section, but 
the activities involved in complying with the access to medical records 
provisions can be carried out, on behalf of the employer, by the 
physician or other health care personnel in charge of employee medical 
records. Except as expressly provided, nothing in this section is 
intended to affect existing legal and ethical obligations concerning the 
maintenance and confidentiality of employee medical information, the 
duty to disclose information to a patient/employee or any other aspect 
of the medical-care relationship, or affect existing legal obligations 
concerning the protection of trade secret information.
    (b) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to each general 
industry, maritime, and construction employer who makes, maintains, 
contracts for, or has access to employee exposure or medical records, or 
analyses thereof, pertaining to employees exposed to toxic substances or 
harmful physical agents.
    (2) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical 
records, and analyses thereof, of such employees, whether or not the 
records are mandated by specific occupational safety and health 
standards.
    (3) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical 
records,

[[Page 106]]

and analyses thereof, made or maintained in any manner, including on an 
in-house of contractual (e.g., fee-for-service) basis. Each employer 
shall assure that the preservation and access requirements of this 
section are complied with regardless of the manner in which the records 
are made or maintained.
    (c) Definitions. (1) Access means the right and opportunity to 
examine and copy.
    (2) Analysis using exposure or medical records means any compilation 
of data or any statistical study based at least in part on information 
collected from individual employee exposure or medical records or 
information collected from health insurance claims records, provided 
that either the analysis has been reported to the employer or no further 
work is currently being done by the person responsible for preparing the 
analysis.
    (3) Designated representative means any individual or organization 
to whom an employee gives written authorization to exercise a right of 
access. For the purposes of access to employee exposure records and 
analyses using exposure or medical records, a recognized or certified 
collective bargaining agent shall be treated automatically as a 
designated representative without regard to written employee 
authorization.
    (4) Employee means a current employee, a former employee, or an 
employee being assigned or transferred to work where there will be 
exposure to toxic substances or harmful physical agents. In the case of 
a deceased or legally incapacitated employee, the employee's legal 
representative may directly exercise all the employee's rights under 
this section.
    (5) Employee exposure record means a record containing any of the 
following kinds of information:
    (i) Environmental (workplace) monitoring or measuring of a toxic 
substance or harmful physical agent, including personal, area, grab, 
wipe, or other form of sampling, as well as related collection and 
analytical methodologies, calculations, and other background data 
relevant to interpretation of the results obtained;
    (ii) Biological monitoring results which directly assess the 
absorption of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent by body 
systems (e.g., the level of a chemical in the blood, urine, breath, 
hair, fingernails, etc) but not including results which assess the 
biological effect of a substance or agent or which assess an employee's 
use of alcohol or drugs;
    (iii) Material safety data sheets indicating that the material may 
pose a hazard to human health; or
    (iv) In the absence of the above, a chemcial inventory or any other 
record which reveals where and when used and the identity (e.g., 
chemical, common, or trade name) of a toxic substance or harmful 
physical agent.
    (6)(i) Employee medical record means a record concerning the health 
status of an employee which is made or maintained by a physician, nurse, 
or other health care personnel or technician, including:
    (A) Medical and employment questionnaires or histories (including 
job description and occupational exposures),
    (B) The results of medical examinations (pre-employment, pre-
assignment, periodic, or episodic) and laboratory tests (including chest 
and other X-ray examinations taken for the purposes of establishing a 
base-line or detecting occupational illness, and all biological 
monitoring not defined as an ``employee exposure record''),
    (C) Medical opinions, diagnoses, progress notes, and 
recommendations,
    (D) First aid records,
    (E) Descriptions of treatments and prescriptions, and
    (F) Employee medical complaints.
    (ii) ``Employee medical record'' does not include medical 
information in the form of:
    (A) Physical specimens (e.g., blood or urine samples) which are 
routinely discarded as a part of normal medical practice; or
    (B) Records concerning health insurance claims if maintained 
separately from the employer's medical program and its records, and not 
accessible to the employer by employee name or other direct personal 
identifier (e.g., social security number, payroll number, etc.); or

[[Page 107]]

    (C) Records created solely in preparation for litigation which are 
privileged from discovery under the applicable rules of procedure or 
evidence; or
    (D) Records concerning voluntary employee assistance programs 
(alcohol, drug abuse, or personal counseling programs) if maintained 
separately from the employer's medical program and its records.
    (7) Employer means a current employer, a former employer, or a 
successor employer.
    (8) Exposure or exposed means that an employee is subjected to a 
toxic substance or harmful physical agent in the course of employment 
through any route of entry (inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or 
absorption, etc.), and includes past exposure and potential (e.g., 
accidental or possible) exposure, but does not include situations where 
the employer can demonstrate that the toxic substance or harmful 
physical agent is not used, handled, stored, generated, or present in 
the workplace in any manner different from typical non-occupational 
situations.
    (9) Health Professional means a physician, occupational health 
nurse, industrial hygienist, toxicologist, or epidemiologist, providing 
medical or other occupational health services to exposed employees.
    (10) Record means any item, collection, or grouping of information 
regardless of the form or process by which it is maintained (e.g., paper 
document, microfiche, microfilm, X-ray film, or automated data 
processing).
    (11) Specific chemical identity means the chemical name, Chemical 
Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that 
reveals the precise chemical designation of the substance.
    (12)(i) Specific written consent means a written authorization 
containing the following:
    (A) The name and signature of the employee authorizing the release 
of medical information,
    (B) The date of the written authorization,
    (C) The name of the individual or organization that is authorized to 
release the medical information,
    (D) The name of the designated representative (individual or 
organization) that is authorized to receive the released information,
    (E) A general description of the medical information that is 
authorized to be released,
    (F) A general description of the purpose for the release of the 
medical information, and
    (G) A date or condition upon which the written authorization will 
expire (if less than one year).
    (ii) A written authorization does not operate to authorize the 
release of medical information not in existence on the date of written 
authorization, unless the release of future information is expressly 
authorized, and does not operate for more than one year from the date of 
written authorization.
    (iii) A written authorization may be revoked in writing 
prospectively at any time.
    (13) Toxic substance or harmful physical agent means any chemical 
substance, biological agent (bacteria, virus, fungus, etc.), or physical 
stress (noise, heat, cold, vibration, repetitive motion, ionizing and 
non-ionizing radiation, hypo--or hyperbaric pressure, etc.) which:
    (i) Is listed in the latest printed edition of the National 
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Registry of Toxic 
Effects of Chemical Substances (RTECS), which is incorporated by 
reference as specified in Sec. 1910.6; or
    (ii) Has yielded positive evidence of an acute or chronic health 
hazard in testing conducted by, or known to, the employer; or
    (iii) Is the subject of a material safety data sheet kept by or 
known to the employer indicating that the material may pose a hazard to 
human health.
    (14) Trade secret means any confidential formula, pattern, process, 
device, or information or compilation of information that is used in an 
employer's business and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain 
an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it.
    (d) Preservation of records. (1) Unless a specific occupational 
safety and health standard provides a different period of time, each 
employer shall assure the preservation and retention of records as 
follows:

[[Page 108]]

    (i) Employee medical records. The medical record for each employee 
shall be preserved and maintained for at least the duration of 
employment plus thirty (30) years, except that the following types of 
records need not be retained for any specified period:
    (A) Health insurance claims records maintained separately from the 
employer's medical program and its records,
    (B) First aid records (not including medical histories) of one-time 
treatment and subsequent observation of minor scratches, cuts, burns, 
splinters, and the like which do not involve medical treatment, loss of 
consciousness, restriction of work or motion, or transfer to another 
job, if made on-site by a non-physician and if maintained separately 
from the employer's medical program and its records, and
    (C) The medical records of employees who have worked for less than 
(1) year for the employer need not be retained beyond the term of 
employment if they are provided to the employee upon the termination of 
employment.
    (ii) Employee exposure records. Each employee exposure record shall 
be preserved and maintained for at least thirty (30) years, except that:
    (A) Background data to environmental (workplace) monitoring or 
measuring, such as laboratory reports and worksheets, need only be 
retained for one (1) year as long as the sampling results, the 
collection methodology (sampling plan), a description of the analytical 
and mathematical methods used, and a summary of other background data 
relevant to interpretation of the results obtained, are retained for at 
least thirty (30) years; and
    (B) Material safety data sheets and paragraph (c)(5)(iv) records 
concerning the identity of a substance or agent need not be retained for 
any specified period as long as some record of the identity (chemical 
name if known) of the substance or agent, where it was used, and when it 
was used is retained for at least thirty (30) years;\1\and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\Material safety data sheets must be kept for those chemicals 
currently in use that are effected by the Hazard Communication Standard 
in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1200(g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (C) Biological monitoring results designated as exposure records by 
specific occupational safety and health standards shall be preserved and 
maintained as required by the specific standard.
    (iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records. Each analysis 
using exposure or medial records shall be preserved and maintained for 
at least thirty (30) years.
    (2) Nothing in this section is intended to mandate the form, manner, 
or process by which an employer preserves a record as long as the 
information contained in the record is preserved and retrievable, except 
that chest X-ray films shall be preserved in their original state.
    (e) Access to records--(1) General. (i) Whenever an employee or 
designated representative requests access to a record, the employer 
shall assure that access is provided in a reasonable time, place, and 
manner. If the employer cannot reasonably provide access to the record 
within fifteen (15) working days, the employer shall within the fifteen 
(15) working days apprise the employee or designated representative 
requesting the record of the reason for the delay and the earliest date 
when the record can be made available.
    (ii) The employer may require of the requester only such information 
as should be readily known to the requester and which may be necessary 
to locate or identify the records being requested (e.g. dates and 
locations where the employee worked during the time period in question).
    (iii) Whenever an employee or designated representative requests a 
copy of a record, the employer shall assure that either:
    (A) A copy of the record is provided without cost to the employee or 
representative,
    (B) The necessary mechanical copying facilities (e.g., photocopying) 
are made available without cost to the employee or representative for 
copying the record, or
    (C) The record is loaned to the employee or representative for a 
reasonable time to enable a copy to be made.
    (iv) In the case of an original X-ray, the employer may restrict 
access to on-site examination or make other

[[Page 109]]

suitable arrangements for the temporary loan of the X-ray.
    (v) Whenever a record has been previously provided without cost to 
an employee or designated representative, the employer may charge 
reasonable, non-discriminatory administrative costs (i.e., search and 
copying expenses but not including overhead expenses) for a request by 
the employee or designated representative for additional copies of the 
record, except that
    (A) An employer shall not charge for an initial request for a copy 
of new information that has been added to a record which was previously 
provided; and
    (B) An employer shall not charge for an initial request by a 
recognized or certified collective bargaining agent for a copy of an 
employee exposure record or an analysis using exposure or medical 
records.
    (vi) Nothing in this section is intended to preclude employees and 
collective bargaining agents from collectively bargaining to obtain 
access to information in addition to that available under this section.
    (2) Employee and designated representative access--(i) Employee 
exposure records. (A) Except as limited by paragraph (f) of this 
section, each employer shall, upon request, assure the access to each 
employee and designated representative to employee exposure records 
relevant to the employee. For the purpose of this section, an exposure 
record relevant to the employee consists of:
    (1) A record which measures or monitors the amount of a toxic 
substance or harmful physical agent to which the employee is or has been 
exposed;
    (2) In the absence of such directly relevant records, such records 
of other employees with past or present job duties or working conditions 
related to or similar to those of the employee to the extent necessary 
to reasonably indicate the amount and nature of the toxic substances or 
harmful physical agents to which the employee is or has been subjected, 
and
    (3) Exposure records to the extent necessary to reasonably indicate 
the amount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical agents 
at workplaces or under working conditions to which the employee is being 
assigned or transferred.
    (B) Requests by designated representatives for unconsented access to 
employee exposure records shall be in writing and shall specify with 
reasonable particularity:
    (1) The records requested to be disclosed; and
    (2) The occupational health need for gaining access to these 
records.
    (ii) Employee medical records. (A) Each employer shall, upon 
request, assure the access of each employee to employee medical records 
of which the employee is the subject, except as provided in paragraph 
(e)(2)(ii)(D) of this section.
    (B) Each employer shall, upon request, assure the access of each 
designated representative to the employee medical records of any 
employee who has given the designated representative specific written 
consent. Appendix A to this section contains a sample form which may be 
used to establish specific written consent for access to employee 
medical records.
    (C) Whenever access to employee medical records is requested, a 
physician representing the employer may recommend that the employee or 
designated representative:
    (1) Consult with the physician for the purposes of reviewing and 
discussing the records requested,
    (2) Accept a summary of material facts and opinions in lieu of the 
records requested, or
    (3) Accept release of the requested records only to a physician or 
other designated representative.
    (D) Whenever an employee requests access to his or her employee 
medical records, and a physician representing the employer believes that 
direct employee access to information contained in the records regarding 
a specific diagnosis of a terminal illness or a psychiatric condition 
could be detrimental to the employee's health, the employer may inform 
the employee that access will only be provided to a designated 
representative of the employee having specific written consent, and deny 
the employee's request for direct access to this information only. Where 
a designated representative with specific

[[Page 110]]

written consent requests access to information so withheld, the employer 
shall assure the access of the designated representative to this 
information, even when it is known that the designated representative 
will give the information to the employee.
    (E) A physician, nurse, or other responsible health care personnel 
maintaining medical records may delete from requested medical records 
the identity of a family member, personal friend, or fellow employee who 
has provided confidential information concerning an employee's health 
status.
    (iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records. (A) Each employee 
shall, upon request, assure the access of each employee and designated 
representative to each analysis using exposure or medical records 
concerning the employee's working conditions or workplace.
    (B) Whenever access is requested to an analysis which reports the 
contents of employee medical records by either direct identifier (name, 
address, social security number, payroll number, etc.) or by information 
which could reasonably be used under the circumstances indirectly to 
identify specific employees (exact age, height, weight, race, sex, date 
of initial employment, job title, etc.), the employer shall assure that 
personal identifiers are removed before access is provided. If the 
employer can demonstrate that removal of personal identifiers from an 
analysis is not feasible, access to the personally identifiable portions 
of the analysis need not be provided.
    (3) OSHA access. (i) Each employer shall, upon request, and without 
derogation of any rights under the Constitution or the Occupational 
Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. 651 et seq., that the employer 
chooses to exercise, assure the prompt access of representatives of the 
Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health to 
employee exposure and medical records and to analyses using exposure or 
medical records. Rules of agency practice and procedure governing OSHA 
access to employee medical records are contained in 29 CFR 1913.10.
    (ii) Whenever OSHA seeks access to personally identifiable employee 
medical information by presenting to the employer a written access order 
pursuant to 29 CFR 1913.10(d), the employer shall prominently post a 
copy of the written access order and its accompanying cover letter for 
at least fifteen (15) working days.
    (f) Trade secrets. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of 
this section, nothing in this section precludes an employer from 
deleting from records requested by a health professional, employee, or 
designated representative any trade secret data which discloses 
manufacturing processes, or discloses the percentage of a chemical 
substance in mixture, as long as the health professional, employee, or 
designated representative is notified that information has been deleted. 
Whenever deletion of trade secret information substantially impairs 
evaluation of the place where or the time when exposure to a toxic 
substance or harmful physical agent occurred, the employer shall provide 
alternative information which is sufficient to permit the requesting 
party to identify where and when exposure occurred.
    (2) The employer may withhold the specific chemical identity, 
including the chemical name and other specific identification of a toxic 
substance from a disclosable record provided that:
    (i) The claim that the information withheld is a trade secret can be 
supported;
    (ii) All other available information on the properties and effects 
of the toxic substance is disclosed;
    (iii) The employer informs the requesting party that the specific 
chemical identity is being withheld as a trade secret; and
    (iv) The specific chemical identity is made available to health 
professionals, employees and designated representatives in accordance 
with the specific applicable provisions of this paragraph.
    (3) Where a treating physician or nurse determines that a medical 
emergency exists and the specific chemical identity of a toxic substance 
is necessary for emergency or first-aid treatment, the employer shall 
immediately disclose the specific chemical identity of a trade secret 
chemical to the treating physician or nurse, regardless of the existence 
of a written statement of need or a confidentiality agreement.

[[Page 111]]

The employer may require a written statement of need and confidentiality 
agreement, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (f)(4) and 
(f)(5), as soon as circumstances permit.
    (4) In non-emergency situations, an employer shall, upon request, 
disclose a specific chemical identity, otherwise permitted to be 
withheld under paragraph (f)(2) of this section, to a health 
professional, employee, or designated representative if:
    (i) The request is in writing;
    (ii) The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the 
following occupational health needs for the information:
    (A) To assess the hazards of the chemicals to which employees will 
be exposed;
    (B) To conduct or assess sampling of the workplace atmosphere to 
determine employee exposure levels;
    (C) To conduct pre-assignment or periodic medical surveillance of 
exposed employees;
    (D) To provide medical treatment to exposed employees;
    (E) To select or assess appropriate personal protective equipment 
for exposed employees;
    (F) To design or assess engineering controls or other protective 
measures for exposed employees; and
    (G) To conduct studies to determine the health effects of exposure.
    (iii) The request explains in detail why the disclosure of the 
specific chemical identity is essential and that, in lieu thereof, the 
disclosure of the following information would not enable the health 
professional, employee or designated representative to provide the 
occupational health services described in paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this 
section:
    (A) The properties and effects of the chemical;
    (B) Measures for controlling workers' exposure to the chemical;
    (C) Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the 
chemical; and,
    (D) Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the 
chemical;
    (iv) The request includes a description of the procedures to be used 
to maintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and,
    (v) The health professional, employee, or designated representative 
and the employer or contractor of the services of the health 
professional or designated representative agree in a written 
confidentiality agreement that the health professional, employee or 
designated representative will not use the trade secret information for 
any purpose other than the health need(s) asserted and agree not to 
release the information under any circumstances other than to OSHA, as 
provided in paragraph (f)(9) of this section, except as authorized by 
the terms of the agreement or by the employer.
    (5) The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (f)(4)(iv) 
of this section:
    (i) May restrict the use of the information to the health purposes 
indicated in the written statement of need;
    (ii) May provide for appropriate legal remedies in the event of a 
breach of the agreement, including stipulation of a reasonable pre-
estimate of likely damages; and,
    (iii) May not include requirements for the posting of a penalty 
bond.
    (6) Nothing in this section is meant to preclude the parties from 
pursuing non-contractual remedies to the extent permitted by law.
    (7) If the health professional, employee or designated 
representative receiving the trade secret information decides that there 
is a need to disclose it to OSHA, the employer who provided the 
information shall be informed by the health professional prior to, or at 
the same time as, such disclosure.
    (8) If the employer denies a written request for disclosure of a 
specific chemical identity, the denial must:
    (i) Be provided to the health professional, employee or designated 
representative within thirty days of the request;
    (ii) Be in writing;
    (iii) Include evidence to support the claim that the specific 
chemical identity is a trade secret;
    (iv) State the specific reasons why the request is being denied; 
and,
    (v) Explain in detail how alternative information may satisfy the 
specific medical or occupational health need without revealing the 
specific chemical identity.

[[Page 112]]

    (9) The health professional, employee, or designated representative 
whose request for information is denied under paragraph (f)(4) of this 
section may refer the request and the written denial of the request to 
OSHA for consideration.
    (10) When a heath professional employee, or designated 
representative refers a denial to OSHA under paragraph (f)(9) of this 
section, OSHA shall consider the evidence to determine if:
    (i) The employer has supported the claim that the specific chemical 
identity is a trade secret;
    (ii) The health professional employee, or designated representative 
has supported the claim that there is a medical or occupational health 
need for the information; and
    (iii) The health professional, employee or designated representative 
has demonstrated adequate means to protect the confidentiality.
    (11)(i) If OSHA determines that the specific chemical identity 
requested under paragraph (f)(4) of this section is not a bona fide 
trade secret, or that it is a trade secret but the requesting health 
professional, employee or designated representatives has a legitimate 
medical or occupational health need for the information, has executed a 
written confidentiality agreement, and has shown adequate means for 
complying with the terms of such agreement, the employer will be subject 
to citation by OSHA.
    (ii) If an employer demonstrates to OSHA that the execution of a 
confidentiality agreement would not provide sufficient protection 
against the potential harm from the unauthorized disclosure of a trade 
secret specific chemical identity, the Assistant Secretary may issue 
such orders or impose such additional limitations or conditions upon the 
disclosure of the requested chemical information as may be appropriate 
to assure that the occupational health needs are met without an undue 
risk of harm to the employer.
    (12) Notwithstanding the existence of a trade secret claim, an 
employer shall, upon request, disclose to the Assistant Secretary any 
information which this section requires the employer to make available. 
Where there is a trade secret claim, such claim shall be made no later 
than at the time the information is provided to the Assistant Secretary 
so that suitable determinations of trade secret status can be made and 
the necessary protections can be implemented.
    (13) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as requiring the 
disclosure under any circumstances of process or percentage of mixture 
information which is trade secret.
    (g) Employee information. (1) Upon an employee's first entering into 
employment, and at least annually thereafter, each employer shall inform 
current employees covered by this section of the following:
    (i) The existence, location, and availability of any records covered 
by this section;
    (ii) The person responsible for maintaining and providing access to 
records; and
    (iii) Each employee's rights of access to these records.
    (2) Each employer shall keep a copy of this section and its 
appendices, and make copies readily available, upon request, to 
employees. The employer shall also distribute to current employees any 
informational materials concerning this section which are made available 
to the employer by the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational 
Safety and Health.
    (h) Transfer of records. (1) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do 
business, the employer shall transfer all records subject to this 
section to the successor employer. The successor employer shall receive 
and maintain these records.
    (2) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do business and there is no 
successor employer to receive and maintain the records subject to this 
standard, the employer shall notify affected current employees of their 
rights of access to records at least three (3) months prior to the 
cessation of the employer's business.
    (3) Whenever an employer either is ceasing to do business and there 
is no successor employer to receive and maintain the records, or intends 
to dispose of any records required to be preserved for at least thirty 
(30) years, the employer shall:

[[Page 113]]

    (i) Transfer the records to the Director of the National Institute 
for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) if so required by a specific 
occupational safety and health standard; or
    (ii) Notify the Director of NIOSH in writing of the impending 
disposal of records at least three (3) months prior to the disposal of 
the records.
    (4) Where an employer regularly disposes of records required to be 
preserved for at least thirty (30) years, the employer may, with at 
least (3) months notice, notify the Director of NIOSH on an annual basis 
of the records intended to be disposed of in the coming year.
    (i) Appendices. The information contained in appendices A and B to 
this section is not intended, by itself, to create any additional 
obligations not otherwise imposed by this section nor detract from any 
existing obligation.

Appendix A to Sec. 1910.20--Sample Authorization Letter for the Release 
 of Employee Medical Record Information to a Designated Representative 
                             (Non-Mandatory)

    I, ---------- (full name of worker/patient), hereby authorize ------
------ (individual or organization holding the medical records) to 
release to ------------ (individual or organization authorized to 
receive the medical information), the following medical information from 
my personal medical records:
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
(Describe generally the information desired to be released)
    I give my permission for this medical information to be used for the 
following purpose:
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
but I do not give permission for any other use or re-disclosure of this 
information.
    (Note: Several extra lines are provided below so that you can place 
additional restrictions on this authorization letter if you want to. You 
may, however, leave these lines blank. On the other hand, you may want 
to (1) specify a particular expiration date for this letter (if less 
than one year); (2) describe medical information to be created in the 
future that you intend to be covered by this authorization letter; or 
(3) describe portions of the medical information in your records which 
you do not intend to be released as a result of this letter.)
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________
Full name of Employee or Legal Representative
_______________________________________________________________________
Signature of Employee or Legal Representative
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Date of Signature

  Appendix B to Sec. 1910.20--Availability of NIOSH Registry of Toxic 
         Effects of Chemical Substances (RTECS) (Non-Mandatory)

    The final regulation, 29 CFR 1910.20, applies to all employee 
exposure and medical records, and analyses thereof, of employees exposed 
to toxic substances or harmful physical agents (paragraph (b)(2)). The 
term toxic substance or harmful physical agent is defined by paragraph 
(c)(13) to encompass chemical substances, biological agents, and 
physical stresses for which there is evidence of harmful health effects. 
The regulation uses the latest printed edition of the National Institute 
for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Registry of Toxic Effects of 
Chemical Substances (RTECS) as one of the chief sources of information 
as to whether evidence of harmful health effects exists. If a substance 
is listed in the latest printed RTECS, the regulation applies to 
exposure and medical records (and analyses of these records) relevant to 
employees exposed to the substance.
    It is appropriate to note that the final regulation does not require 
that employers purchase a copy of RTECS, and many employers need not 
consult RTECS to ascertain whether their employee exposure or medical 
records are subject to the rule. Employers who do not currently have the 
latest printed edition of the NIOSH RTECS, however, may desire to obtain 
a copy. The RTECS is issued in an annual printed edition as mandated by 
section 20(a)(6) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 
669(a)(6)).
    The Introduction to the 1980 printed edition describes the RTECS as 
follows:
    ``The 1980 edition of the Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical 
Substances, formerly known as the Toxic Substances list, is the ninth 
revision prepared in compliance with the requirements of Section 
20(a)(6) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (Public Law 
91-596). The original list was completed on June 28, 1971, and has been 
updated annually in book format. Beginning in October 1977, quarterly 
revisions have been provided in microfiche. This edition of the Registry 
contains 168,096 listings of chemical substances: 45,156 are names of 
different chemicals with their associated toxicity data and 122,940 are 
synonyms. This edition includes approximately 5,900 new chemical

[[Page 114]]

compounds that did not appear in the 1979 Registry. (p. xi)
    ``The Registry's purposes are many, and it serves a variety of 
users. It is a single source document for basic toxicity information and 
for other data, such as chemical identifiers ad information necessary 
for the preparation of safety directives and hazard evaluations for 
chemical substances. The various types of toxic effects linked to 
literature citations provide researchers and occupational health 
scientists with an introduction to the toxicological literature, making 
their own review of the toxic hazards of a given substance easier. By 
presenting data on the lowest reported doses that produce effects by 
several routes of entry in various species, the Registry furnishes 
valuable information to those responsible for preparing safety data 
sheets for chemical substances in the workplace. Chemical and production 
engineers can use the Registry to identify the hazards which may be 
associated with chemical intermediates in the development of final 
products, and thus can more readily select substitutes or alternative 
processes which may be less hazardous. Some organizations, including 
health agencies and chemical companies, have included the NIOSH Registry 
accession numbers with the listing of chemicals in their files to 
reference toxicity information associated with those chemicals. By 
including foreign language chemical names, a start has been made toward 
providing rapid identification of substances produced in other 
countries. (p. xi)
    ``In this edition of the Registry, the editors intend to identify 
``all known toxic substances'' which may exist in the environment and to 
provide pertinent data on the toxic effects from known doses entering an 
organism by any route described. (p xi)
    ``It must be reemphasized that the entry of a substance in the 
Registry does not automatically mean that it must be avoided. A listing 
does mean, however, that the substance has the documented potential of 
being harmful if misused, and care must be exercised to prevent tragic 
consequences. Thus, the Registry lists many substances that are common 
in everyday life and are in nearly every household in the United States. 
One can name a variety of such dangerous substances: prescription and 
non-prescription drugs; food additives; pesticide concentrates, sprays, 
and dusts; fungicides; herbicides; paints; glazes, dyes; bleaches and 
other household cleaning agents; alkalies; and various solvents and 
diluents. The list is extensive because chemicals have become an 
integral part of our existence.''
    The RTECS printed edition may be purchased from the Superintendent 
of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO), Washington, DC 
20402 (202-783-3238).
    Some employers may desire to subscribe to the quarterly update to 
the RTECS which is published in a microfiche edition. An annual 
subscription to the quarterly microfiche may be purchased from the GPO 
(Order the ``Microfiche Edition, Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical 
Substances''). Both the printed edition and the microfiche edition of 
RTECS are available for review at many university and public libraries 
throughout the country. The latest RTECS editions may also be examined 
at the OSHA Technical Data Center, Room N2439--Rear, United States 
Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210 
(202-523-9700), or at any OSHA Regional or Area Office (See, major city 
telephone directories under United States Government-Labor Department).

[53 FR 38163, Sept. 29, 1988; 53 FR 49981, Dec. 13, 1988, as amended at 
54 FR 24333, June 7, 1989; 55 FR 26431, June 28, 1990; 61 FR 9235, Mar. 
7, 1996. Redesignated at 61 FR 31430, June 20, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1025  Lead.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all 
occupational exposure to lead, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2).
    (2) This section does not apply to the construction industry or to 
agricultural operations covered by 29 CFR Part 1928.
    (b) Definitions. Action level means employee exposure, without 
regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne concentration of lead 
of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (30 g/m3) 
averaged over an 8-hour period.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health, Education, and 
Welfare, or designee.
    Lead means metallic lead, all inorganic lead compounds, and organic 
lead soaps. Excluded from this definition are all other organic lead 
compounds.
    (c) Permissible exposure limit (PEL). (1) The employer shall assure 
that no employee is exposed to lead at concentrations greater than fifty 
micrograms per cubic meter of air (50 g/m3) averaged 
over an 8-hour period.
    (2) If an employee is exposed to lead for more than 8 hours in any 
work day, the permissible exposure limit, as a time weighted average 
(TWA) for that

[[Page 115]]

day, shall be reduced according to the following formula:

Maximum permissible limit (in g/m3)=400hours 
                           worked in the day.

    (3) When respirators are used to supplement engineering and work 
practice controls to comply with the PEL and all the requirements of 
paragraph (f) have been met, employee exposure, for the purpose of 
determining whether the employer has complied with the PEL, may be 
considered to be at the level provided by the protection factor of the 
respirator for those periods the respirator is worn. Those periods may 
be averaged with exposure levels during periods when respirators are not 
worn to determine the employee's daily TWA exposure.
    (d) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) For the purposes of 
paragraph (d), employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if 
the employee were not using a respirator.
    (ii) With the exception of monitoring under paragraph (d)(3), the 
employer shall collect full shift (for at least 7 continuous hours) 
personal samples including at least one sample for each shift for each 
job classification in each work area.
    (iii) Full shift personal samples shall be representative of the 
monitored employee's regular, daily exposure to lead.
    (2) Initial determination. Each employer who has a workplace or work 
operation covered by this standard shall determine if any exployee may 
be exposed to lead at or above the action level.
    (3) Basis of initial determination. (i) The employer shall monitor 
employee exposures and shall base initial determinations on the employee 
exposure monitoring results and any of the following, relevant 
considerations:
    (A) Any information, observations, or calculations which would 
indicate employee exposure to lead;
    (B) Any previous measurements of airborne lead; and
    (C) Any employee complaints of symptoms which may be attributable to 
exposure to lead.
    (ii) Monitoring for the initial determination may be limited to a 
representative sample of the exposed employees who the employer 
reasonably believes are exposed to the greatest airborne concentrations 
of lead in the workplace.
    (iii) Measurements of airborne lead made in the preceding 12 months 
may be used to satisfy the requirement to monitor under paragraph 
(d)(3)(i) if the sampling and analytical methods used meet the accuracy 
and confidence levels of paragraph (d)(9) of this section.
    (4) Positive initial determination and initial monitoring. (i) Where 
a determination conducted under paragraphs (d) (2) and (3) of this 
section shows the possibility of any employee exposure at or above the 
action level, the employer shall conduct monitoring which is 
representative of the exposure for each employee in the workplace who is 
exposed to lead.
    (ii) Measurements of airborne lead made in the preceding 12 months 
may be used to satisfy this requirement if the sampling and analytical 
methods used meet the accuracy and confidence levels of paragraph (d)(9) 
of this section.
    (5) Negative initial determination. Where a determination, conducted 
under paragraphs (d) (2) and (3) of this section is made that no 
employee is exposed to airborne concentrations of lead at or above the 
action level, the employer shall make a written record of such 
determination. The record shall include at least the information 
specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this section and shall also include the 
date of determination, location within the worksite, and the name and 
social security number of each employee monitored.
    (6) Frequency. (i) If the initial monitoring reveals employee 
exposure to be below the action level the measurements need not be 
repeated except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(7) of this 
section.
    (ii) If the initial determination or subsequent monitoring reveals 
employee exposure to be at or above the action level but below the 
permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring in 
accordance with this paragraph at least every 6 months. The employer 
shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two 
consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are below

[[Page 116]]

the action level at which time the employer may discontinue monitoring 
for that employee except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(7) of 
this section.
    (iii) If the initial monitoring reveals that employee exposure is 
above the permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat 
monitoring quarterly. The employer shall continue monitoring at the 
required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at 
least 7 days apart, are below the PEL but at or above the action level 
at which time the employer shall repeat monitoring for that employee at 
the frequency specified in paragraph (d)(6)(ii), except as otherwise 
provided in paragraph (d)(7) of this section.
    (7) Additional monitoring. Whenever there has been a production, 
process, control or personnel change which may result in new or 
additional exposure to lead, or whenever the employer has any other 
reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional 
exposures to lead, additional monitoring in accordance with this 
paragraph shall be conducted.
    (8) Employee notification. (i) Within 5 working days after the 
receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee 
in writing of the results which represent that employee's exposure.
    (ii) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee 
exposure, without regard to respirators, exceeds the permissible 
exposure limit, the employer shall incude in the written notice a 
statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a 
description of the corrective action taken or to be taken to reduce 
exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.
    (9) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of 
monitoring and analysis which has an accuracy (to a confidence level of 
95%) of not less than plus or minus 20 percent for airborne 
concentrations of lead equal to or greater than 30 g/
m3.
    (e) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering and work practice 
controls. (i) Where any employee is exposed to lead above the 
permissible exposure limit for more than 30 days per year, the employer 
shall implement engineering and work practice controls (including 
administrative controls) to reduce and maintain employee exposure to 
lead in accordance with the implementation schedule in Table I below, 
except to the extent that the employer can demonstrate that such 
controls are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice 
controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee 
exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall 
nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest feasible level 
and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which 
complies with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section.
    (ii) Where any employee is exposed to lead above the permissible 
exposure limit, but for 30 days or less per year, the employer shall 
implement engineering controls to reduce exposures to 200 g/
m3, but thereafter may implement any combination of 
engineering, work practice (including administrative controls), and 
respiratory controls to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead to 
or below 50 g/m3.

                                 Table I                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Compliance dates: 1 (50   
                 Industry                         g/m\3\)      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lead chemicals, secondary copper smelting  July 19, 1996.               
Nonferrous foundries.....................  July 19, 1996. \2\           
Brass and bronze ingot manufacture.......  6 years.\3\                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Calculated by counting from the date the stay on implementation of  
  paragraph (e)(1) was lifted by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the      
  District of Columbia, the number of years specified in the 1978 lead  
  standard and subsequent amendments for compliance with the PEL of 50  
  g/m\3\ for exposure to airborne concentrations of lead levels
  for the particular industry.                                          
\2\ Large nonferrous foundries (20 or more employees) are required to   
  achieve the PEL of 50 g/m\3\ by means of engineering and work
  practice controls. Small nonferrous foundries (fewer than 20          
  employees) are required to achieve an 8-hour TWA of 75 g/m\3\
  by such controls.                                                     
\3\ Expressed as the number of years from the date on which the Court   
  lifts the stay on the implementation of paragraph (e)(1) for this     
  industry for employers to achieve a lead in air concentration of 75   
  g/m\3\. Compliance with paragraph (e) in this industry is    
  determined by a compliance directive that incorporates elements from  
  the settlement agreement between OSHA and representatives of the      
  industry.                                                             

    (2) Respiratory protection. Where engineering and work practice 
controls do not reduce employee exposure to or below the 50 g/
m3 permissible exposure limit, the employer shall supplement 
these controls with respirators in accordance with paragraph (f).

[[Page 117]]

    (3) Compliance program. (i) Each employer shall establish and 
implement a written compliance program to reduce exposures to or below 
the permissible exposure limit, and interim levels if applicable, solely 
by means of engineering and work practice controls in accordance with 
the implementation schedule in paragraph (e)(1).
    (ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at 
least the following:
    (A) A description of each operation in which lead is emitted; e.g. 
machinery used, material processed, controls in place, crew size, 
employee job responsibilities, operating procedures and maintenance 
practices;
    (B) A description of the specific means that will be employed to 
achieve compliance, including engineering plans and studies used to 
determine methods selected for controlling exposure to lead;
    (C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible 
exposure limit;
    (D) Air monitoring data which documents the source of lead 
emissions;
    (E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the program, including 
documentation such as copies of purchase orders for equipment, 
construction contracts, etc.;
    (F) A work practice program which includes items required under 
paragraphs (g), (h) and (i) of this regulation;
    (G) An administrative control schedule required by paragraph (e)(6), 
if applicable;
    (H) Other relevant information.
    (iii) Written programs shall be submitted upon request to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the 
worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, 
Director, any affected employee or authorized employee representatives.
    (iv) Written programs shall be revised and updated at least every 6 
months to reflect the current status of the program.
    (4) Mechanical ventilation. (i) When ventilation is used to control 
exposure, measurements which demonstrate the effectiveness of the system 
in controlling exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, or 
static pressure shall be made at least every 3 months. Measurements of 
the system's effectiveness in controlling exposure shall be made within 
5 days of any change in production, process, or control which might 
result in a change in employee exposure to lead.
    (ii) Recirculation of air. If air from exhaust ventilation is 
recirculated into the workplace, the employer shall assure that (A) the 
system has a high efficiency filter with reliable back-up filter; and 
(B) controls to monitor the concentration of lead in the return air and 
to bypass the recirculation system automatically if it fails are 
installed, operating, and maintained.
    (5) Administrative controls. If administrative controls are used as 
a means of reducing employees TWA exposure to lead, the employer shall 
establish and implement a job rotation schedule which includes:
    (i) Name or identification number of each affected employee;
    (ii) Duration and exposure levels at each job or work station where 
each affected employee is located; and
    (iii) Any other information which may be useful in assessing the 
reliability of administrative controls to reduce exposure to lead.
    (f) Respiratory protection--(1) General. Where the use of 
respirators is required under this section, the employer shall provide, 
at no cost to the employee, and assure the use of respirators which 
comply with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators shall be 
used in the following circumstances:
    (i) During the time period necessary to install and implement 
engineering or work practice controls.
    (ii) In work situations in which engineering and work practice 
controls are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the 
permissible exposure limit; and
    (iii) Whenever an employee requests a respirator.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required under 
this section the employer shall select the appropriate respirator or 
combination of respirators from table II below.

[[Page 118]]



           Table II--Respiratory Protection for Lead Aerosols           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Airborne concentration of lead or                                   
            condition of use                   Required respirator1     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not in excess of 0.5 mg/m3(10X PEL).....  Half-mask, air-purifying      
                                           respirator equipped with high
                                           efficiency filters.2, 3      
Not in excess of 2.5 mg/m3(50X PEL).....  Full facepiece, air-purifying 
                                           respirator with high         
                                           efficiency filters.3         
Not in excess of 50 mg/m3(1000X PEL)....  (1) Any powered, air-purifying
                                           respirator with high         
                                           efficiency filters;3 or (2)  
                                           Half-mask supplied-air       
                                           respirator operated in       
                                           positive-pressure mode.2     
Not in excess of 100 mg/m3(2000XPEL)....  Supplied-air respirators with 
                                           full facepiece, hood, helmet,
                                           or suit, operated in positive
                                           pressure mode.               
Greater than 100 mg/m3, unknown           Full facepiece, self-contained
 concentration or fire fighting.           breathing apparatus operated 
                                           in positive-pressure mode.   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Respirators specified for high concentrations can be used at lower    
  concentrations of lead.                                               
2 Full facepiece is required if the lead aerosols cause eye or skin     
  irritation at the use concentrations.                                 
3 A high efficiency particulate filter means 99.97 percent efficient    
  against 0.3 micron size particles.                                    

    (ii) The employer shall provide a powered, air-purifying respirator 
in lieu of the respirator specified in Table II whenever:
    (A) An employee chooses to use this type of respirator; and
    (B) This respirator will provide adequate protection to the 
employee.
    (iii) The employer shall select respirators from among those 
approved for protection against lead dust, fume, and mist by the Mine 
Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR 
Part 11.
    (3) Respirator usage. (i) The employer shall assure that the 
respirator issued to the employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and 
that the respirator is fitted properly.
    (ii) Employers shall perform either quantitative or qualitative face 
fit tests at the time of initial fitting and at least every six months 
thereafter for each employee wearing negative pressure respirators. The 
qualitative fit tests may be used only for testing the fit of half-mask 
respirators where they are permitted to be worn, and shall be conducted 
in accordance with Appendix D. The tests shall be used to select 
facepieces that provide the required protection as prescribed in table 
II.
    (iii) If an employee exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
fitting test or during use, the employer shall make available to the 
employee an examination in accordance with paragraph (j)(3)(i)(C) of 
this section to determine whether the employee can wear a respirator 
while performing the required duty.
    (4) Respirator program. (i) The employer shall institute a 
respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b), 
(d), (e) and (f).
    (ii) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter 
respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase in 
breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply 
of filter elements for this purpose.
    (iii) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave 
work areas to wash their face and respirator facepiece whenever 
necessary to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use.
    (g) Protective work clothing and equipment--(1) Provision and use. 
If an employee is exposed to lead above the PEL, without regard to the 
use of respirators or where the possibility of skin or eye irritation 
exists, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure 
that the employee uses appropriate protective work clothing and 
equipment such as, but not limited to:
    (i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;
    (ii) Gloves, hats, and shoes or disposable shoe coverlets; and
    (iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective 
equipment which complies with Sec. 1910.133 of this Part.
    (2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall provide the 
protective clothing required in paragraph (g)(1) of this section in a 
clean and dry condition at least weekly, and daily to employees whose 
exposure levels without regard to a respirator are over 200 g/
m3 of lead as an 8-hour TWA.
    (ii) The employer shall provide for the cleaning, laundering, or 
disposal of protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph 
(g)(1) of this section.

[[Page 119]]

    (iii) The employer shall repair or replace required protective 
clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is 
removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms provided 
for that purpose as prescribed in paragraph (i)(2) of this section.
    (v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing 
which is to be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closed 
container in the change-room which prevents dispersion of lead outside 
the container.
    (vi) The employer shall inform in writing any person who cleans or 
launders protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful 
effects of exposure to lead.
    (vii) The employer shall assure that the containers of contaminated 
protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph (g)(2)(v) are 
labelled as follows: CAUTION: CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD. DO NOT 
REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR SHAKING. DISPOSE OF LEAD CONTAMINATED WASH 
WATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL 
REGULATIONS.
    (viii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of lead from 
protective clothing or equipment by blowing, shaking, or any other means 
which disperses lead into the air.
    (h) Housekeeping--(1) Surfaces. All surfaces shall be maintained as 
free as practicable of accumulations of lead.
    (2) Cleaning floors. (i) Floors and other surfaces where lead 
accumulates may not be cleaned by the use of compressed air.
    (ii) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping, and brushing may be used only 
where vacuuming or other equally effective methods have been tried and 
found not to be effective.
    (3) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming methods are selected, the vacuums 
shall be used and emptied in a manner which minimizes the reentry of 
lead into the workplace.
    (i) Hygiene facilities and practices. (1) The employer shall assure 
that in areas where employees are exposed to lead above the PEL, without 
regard to the use of respirators, food or beverage is not present or 
consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are 
not applied, except in change rooms, lunchrooms, and showers required 
under paragraphs (i)(2) through (i)(4) of this section.
    (2) Change rooms. (i) The employer shall provide clean change rooms 
for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is 
above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that change rooms are equipped with 
separate storage facilities for protective work clothing and equipment 
and for street clothes which prevent cross-contamination.
    (3) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees who work 
in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, without 
regard to the use of respirators, shower at the end of the work shift.
    (ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with 
Sec. 1910.141 (d)(3) of this part.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that employees who are required to 
shower pursuant to paragraph (i)(3)(i) do not leave the workplace 
wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work shift.
    (4) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities 
for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is 
above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that lunchroom facilities have a 
temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and are 
readily accessible to employees.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that employees who work in areas 
where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL without regard to 
the use of a respirator wash their hands and face prior to eating, 
drinking, smoking or applying cosmetics.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that employees do not enter lunchroom 
facilities with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface 
lead dust has been removed by vacuuming,

[[Page 120]]

downdraft booth, or other cleaning method.
    (5) Lavatories. The employer shall provide an adequate number of 
lavatory facilities which comply with Sec. 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) of 
this part.
    (j) Medical surveillance--(1) General. (i) The employer shall 
institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are or 
may be exposed above the action level for more than 30 days per year.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and 
procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed 
physician.
    (iii) The employer shall provide the required medical surveillance 
including multiple physician review under paragraph (j)(3)(iii) without 
cost to employees and at a reasonable time and place.
    (2) Biological monitoring--(i) Blood lead and ZPP level sampling and 
analysis. The employer shall make available biological monitoring in the 
form of blood sampling and analysis for lead and zinc protoporphyrin 
levels to each employee covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this 
section on the following schedule:
    (A) At least every 6 months to each employee covered under paragraph 
(j)(1)(i) of this section;
    (B) At least every two months for each employee whose last blood 
sampling and analysis indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 
g/100 g of whole blood. This frequency shall continue until two 
consecutive blood samples and analyses indicate a blood lead level below 
40 g/100 g of whole blood; and
    (C) At least monthly during the removal period of each employee 
removed from exposure to lead due to an elevated blood lead level.
    (ii) Follow-up blood sampling tests. Whenever the results of a blood 
lead level test indicate that an employee's blood lead level exceeds the 
numerical criterion for medical removal under paragraph (k)(1)(i)(A) of 
this section, the employer shall provide a second (follow-up) blood 
sampling test within two weeks after the employer receives the results 
of the first blood sampling test.
    (iii) Accuracy of blood lead level sampling and analysis. Blood lead 
level sampling and analysis provided pursuant to this section shall have 
an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95 percent) within plus or minus 
15 percent or 6 g/100ml, whichever is greater, and shall be 
conducted by a laboratory licensed by the Center for Disease Control, 
United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare (CDC) or which 
has received a satisfactory grade in blood lead proficiency testing from 
CDC in the prior twelve months.
    (iv) Employee notification. Within five working days after the 
receipt of biological monitoring results, the employer shall notify in 
writing each employee whose blood lead level exceeds 40 g/100 
g: (A) of that employee's blood lead level and (B) that the standard 
requires temporary medical removal with Medical Removal Protection 
benefits when an employee's blood lead level exceeds the numerical 
criterion for medical removal under paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this section.
    (3) Medical examinations and consultations--(i) Frequency. The 
employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to 
each employee covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section on the 
following schedule:
    (A) At least annually for each employee for whom a blood sampling 
test conducted at any time during the preceding 12 months indicated a 
blood lead level at or above 40 g/100 g;
    (B) Prior to assignment for each employee being assigned for the 
first time to an area in which airborne concentrations of lead are at or 
above the action level;
    (C) As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either 
that the employee has developed signs or symptoms commonly associated 
with lead intoxication, that the employee desires medical advice 
concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on the 
employee's ability to procreate a healthy child, or that the employee 
has demonstrated difficulty in breathing during a respirator fitting 
test or during use; and
    (D) As medically appropriate for each employee either removed from 
exposure to lead due to a risk of sustaining material impairment to 
health, or otherwise limited pursuant to a final medical determination.

[[Page 121]]

    (ii) Content. Medical examinations made available pursuant to 
paragraph (j)(3)(i) (A) through (B) of this section shall include the 
following elements:
    (A) A detailed work history and a medical history, with particular 
attention to past lead exposure (occupational and non-occupational), 
personal habits (smoking, hygiene), and past gastrointestinal, 
hematologic, renal, cardiovascular, reproductive and neurological 
problems;
    (B) A thorough physical examination, with particular attention to 
teeth, gums, hematologic, gastrointestinal, renal, cardiovascular, and 
neurological systems. Pulmonary status should be evaluated if 
respiratory protection will be used;
    (C) A blood pressure measurement;
    (D) A blood sample and analysis which determines:
    (1) Blood lead level;
    (2) Hemoglobin and hematocrit determinations, red cell indices, and 
examination of peripheral smear morphology;
    (3) Zinc protoporphyrin;
    (4) Blood urea nitrogen; and,
    (5) Serum creatinine;
    (E) A routine urinalysis with microscopic examination; and
    (F) Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems 
necessary by sound medical practice.

The content of medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraph 
(j)(3)(i) (C) through (D) of this section shall be determined by an 
examining physician and, if requested by an employee, shall include 
pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of male fertility.
    (iii) Multiple physician review mechanism. (A) If the employer 
selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or 
consultation provided to an employee under this section, the employee 
may designate a second physician:
    (1) To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the 
initial physician; and
    (2) To conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory 
tests as the second physician deems necessary to facilitate this review.
    (B) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to 
seek a second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial 
physician conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to 
this section. The employer may condition its participation in, and 
payment for, the multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee 
doing the following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the 
foregoing notification, or receipt of the initial physician's written 
opinion, whichever is later:
    (1) The employee informing the employer that he or she intends to 
seek a second medical opinion, and
    (2) The employee initiating steps to make an appointment with a 
second physician.
    (C) If the findings, determinations or recommendations of the second 
physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the employer 
and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two 
physicians to resolve any disagreement.
    (D) If the two physicians have been unable to quickly resolve their 
disagreement, then the employer and the employee through their 
respective physicians shall designate a third physician:
    (1) To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the 
prior physicians; and
    (2) To conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests 
and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems 
necessary to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians.
    (E) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, 
determinations and recommendations of the third physician, unless the 
employer and the employee reach an agreement which is otherwise 
consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the three 
physicians.
    (iv) Information provided to examining and consulting physicians. 
(A) The employer shall provide an initial physician conducting a medical 
examination or consultation under this section with the following 
information:
    (1) A copy of this regulation for lead including all Appendices;
    (2) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's exposure;

[[Page 122]]

    (3) The employee's exposure level or anticipated exposure level to 
lead and to any other toxic substance (if applicable);
    (4) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be 
used;
    (5) Prior blood lead determinations; and
    (6) All prior written medical opinions concerning the employee in 
the employer's possession or control.
    (B) The employer shall provide the foregoing information to a second 
or third physician conducting a medical examination or consultation 
under this section upon request either by the second or third physician, 
or by the employee.
    (v) Written medical opinions. (A) The employer shall obtain and 
furnish the employee with a copy of a written medical opinion from each 
examining or consulting physician which contains the following 
information:
    (1) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
detected medical condition which would place the employee at increased 
risk of material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to 
lead;
    (2) Any recommended special protective measures to be provided to 
the employee, or limitations to be placed upon the employee's exposure 
to lead;
    (3) Any recommended limitation upon the employee's use of 
respirators, including a determination of whether the employee can wear 
a powered air purifying respirator if a physician determines that the 
employee cannot wear a negative pressure respirator; and
    (4) The results of the blood lead determinations.
    (B) The employer shall instruct each examining and consulting 
physician to:
    (1) Not reveal either in the written opinion, or in any other means 
of communication with the employer, findings, including laboratory 
results, or diagnoses unrelated to an employee's occupational exposure 
to lead; and
    (2) Advise the employee of any medical condition, occupational or 
nonoccupational, which dictates further medical examination or 
treatment.
    (vi) Alternate Physician Determination Mechanisms. The employer and 
an employee or authorized employee representative may agree upon the use 
of any expeditious alternate physician determination mechanism in lieu 
of the multiple physician review mechanism provided by this paragraph so 
long as the alternate mechanism otherwise satisfies the requirements 
contained in this paragraph.
    (4) Chelation. (i) The employer shall assure that any person whom he 
retains, employs, supervises or controls does not engage in prophylactic 
chelation of any employee at any time.
    (ii) If therapeutic or diagnostic chelation is to be performed by 
any person in paragraph (j)(4)(i), the employer shall assure that it be 
done under the supervision of a licensed physician in a clinical setting 
with thorough and appropriate medical monitoring and that the employee 
is notified in writing prior to its occurrence.
    (k) Medical Removal Protection--(1) Temporary medical removal and 
return of an employee--(i) Temporary removal due to elevated blood lead 
levels. (A) The employer shall remove an employee from work having an 
exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that a 
periodic and a follow-up blood sampling test conducted pursuant to this 
section indicate that the employee's blood lead level is at or above 60 
g/100 g of whole blood; and
    (B) The employer shall remove an employee from work having an 
exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that the 
average of the last three blood sampling tests conducted pursuant to 
this section (or the average of all blood sampling tests conducted over 
the previous six (6) months, whichever is longer) indicates that the 
employee's blood lead level is at or above 50 g/100 g of whole 
blood; provided, however, that an employee need not be removed if the 
last blood sampling test indicates a blood lead level at or below 40 
g/100 g of whole blood.
    (ii) Temporary removal due to a final medical determination. (A) The 
employer shall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead 
at or above the action level on each occasion that a final medical 
determination results in a medical finding, determination, or opinion 
that the employee has a detected medical condition which places

[[Page 123]]

the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from 
exposure to lead.
    (B) For the purposes of this section, the phrase ``final medical 
determination'' shall mean the outcome of the multiple physician review 
mechanism or alternate medical determination mechanism used pursuant to 
the medical surveillance provisions of this section.
    (C) Where a final medical determination results in any recommended 
special protective measures for an employee, or limitations on an 
employee's exposure to lead, the employer shall implement and act 
consistent with the recommendation.
    (iii) Return of the employee to former job status. (A) The employer 
shall return an employee to his or her former job status:
    (1) For an employee removed due to a blood lead level at or above 60 
g/100 g, or due to an average blood lead level at or above 50 
g/100 g, when two consecutive blood sampling tests indicate 
that the employee's blood lead level is at or below 40 g/100 g 
of whole blood;
    (2) For an employee removed due to a final medical determination, 
when a subsequent final medical determination results in a medical 
finding, determination, or opinion that the employee no longer has a 
detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk 
of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.
    (B) For the purposes of this section, the requirement that an 
employer return an employee to his or her former job status is not 
intended to expand upon or restrict any rights an employee has or would 
have had, absent temporary medical removal, to a specific job 
classification or position under the terms of a collective bargaining 
agreement.
    (iv) Removal of other employee special protective measure or 
limitations. The employer shall remove any limitations placed on an 
employee or end any special protective measures provided to an employee 
pursuant to a final medical determination when a subsequent final 
medical determination indicates that the limitations or special 
protective measures are no longer necessary.
    (v) Employer options pending a final medical determination. Where 
the multiple physician review mechanism, or alternate medical 
determination mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance 
provisions of this section, has not yet resulted in a final medical 
determination with respect to an employee, the employer shall act as 
follows:
    (A) Removal. The employer may remove the employee from exposure to 
lead, provide special protective measures to the employee, or place 
limitations upon the employee, consistent with the medical findings, 
determinations, or recommendations of any of the physicians who have 
reviewed the employee's health status.
    (B) Return. The employer may return the employee to his or her 
former job status, end any special protective measures provided to the 
employee, and remove any limitations placed upon the employee, 
consistent with the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations 
of any of the physicians who have reviewed the employee's health status, 
with two exceptions. If
    (1) the initial removal, special protection, or limitation of the 
employee resulted from a final medical determination which differed from 
the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial 
physician or
    (2) The employee has been on removal status for the preceding 
eighteen months due to an elevated blood lead level, then the employer 
shall await a final medical determination.
    (2) Medical removal protection benefits--(i) Provision of medical 
removal protection benefits. The employer shall provide to an employee 
up to eighteen (18) months of medical removal protection benefits on 
each occasion that an employee is removed from exposure to lead or 
otherwise limited pursuant to this section.
    (ii) Definition of medical removal protection benefits. For the 
purposes of this section, the requirement that an employer provide 
medical removal protection benefits means that the employer shall 
maintain the earnings, seniority

[[Page 124]]

and other employment rights and benefits of an employee as though the 
employee had not been removed from normal exposure to lead or otherwise 
limited.
    (iii) Follow-up medical surveillance during the period of employee 
removal or limitation. During the period of time that an employee is 
removed from normal exposure to lead or otherwise limited, the employer 
may condition the provision of medical removal protection benefits upon 
the employee's participation in follow-up medical surveillance made 
available pursuant to this section.
    (iv) Workers' compensation claims. If a removed employee files a 
claim for workers' compensation payments for a lead-related disability, 
then the employer shall continue to provide medical removal protection 
benefits pending disposition of the claim. To the extent that an award 
is made to the employee for earnings lost during the period of removal, 
the employer's medical removal protection obligation shall be reduced by 
such amount. The employer shall receive no credit for workers' 
compensation payments received by the employee for treatment related 
expenses.
    (v) Other credits. The employer's obligation to provide medical 
removal protection benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to 
the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost 
during the period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded 
compensation program, or receives income from employment with another 
employer made possible by virtue of the employee's removal.
    (vi) Employees whose blood lead levels do not adequately decline 
within 18 months of removal. The employer shall take the following 
measures with respect to any employee removed from exposure to lead due 
to an elevated blood lead level whose blood lead level has not declined 
within the past eighteen (18) months of removal so that the employee has 
been returned to his or her former job status:
    (A) The employer shall make available to the employee a medical 
examination pursuant to this section to obtain a final medical 
determination with respect to the employee;
    (B) The employer shall assure that the final medical determination 
obtained indicates whether or not the employee may be returned to his or 
her former job status, and if not, what steps should be taken to protect 
the employee's health;
    (C) Where the final medical determination has not yet been obtained, 
or once obtained indicates that the employee may not yet be returned to 
his or her former job status, the employer shall continue to provide 
medical removal protection benefits to the employee until either the 
employee is returned to former job status, or a final medical 
determination is made that the employee is incapable of ever safely 
returning to his or her former job status.
    (D) Where the employer acts pursuant to a final medical 
determination which permits the return of the employee to his or her 
former job status despite what would otherwise be an unacceptable blood 
lead level, later questions concerning removing the employee again shall 
be decided by a final medical determination. The employer need not 
automatically remove such an employee pursuant to the blood lead level 
removal criteria provided by this section.
    (vii) Voluntary Removal or Restriction of An Employee. Where an 
employer, although not required by this section to do so, removes an 
employee from exposure to lead or otherwise places limitations on an 
employee due to the effects of lead exposure on the employee's medical 
condition, the employer shall provide medical removal protection 
benefits to the employee equal to that required by paragraph (k)(2)(i) 
of this section.
    (l) Employee information and training--(1) Training program. (i) 
Each employer who has a workplace in which there is a potential exposure 
to airborne lead at any level shall inform employees of the content of 
Appendices A and B of this regulation.
    (ii) The employer shall institute a training program for and assure 
the participation of all employees who are subject to exposure to lead 
at or above the action level or for whom the possibility of skin or eye 
irritation exists.

[[Page 125]]

    (iii) The employer shall provide initial training by 180 days from 
the effective date for those employees covered by paragraph (l)(1) (ii) 
on the standard's effective date and prior to the time of initial job 
assignment for those employees subsequently covered by this paragraph.
    (iv) The training program shall be repeated at least annually for 
each employee.
    (v) The employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the 
following:
    (A) The content of this standard and its appendices;
    (B) The specific nature of the operations which could result in 
exposure to lead above the action level;
    (C) The purpose, proper selection, fitting, use, and limitations of 
respirators;
    (D) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance 
program, and the medical removal protection program including 
information concerning the adverse health effects associated with 
excessive exposure to lead (with particular attention to the adverse 
reproductive effects on both males and females);
    (E) The engineering controls and work practices associated with the 
employee's job assignment;
    (F) The contents of any compliance plan in effect; and
    (G) Instructions to employees that chelating agents should not 
routinely be used to remove lead from their bodies and should not be 
used at all except under the direction of a licensed physician;
    (2) Access to information and training materials. (i) The employer 
shall make readily available to all affected employees a copy of this 
standard and its appendices.
    (ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials 
relating to the employee information and training program to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director.
    (iii) In addition to the information required by paragraph 
(l)(1)(v), the employer shall include as part of the training program, 
and shall distribute to employees, any materials pertaining to the 
Occupational Safety and Health Act, the regulations issued pursuant to 
that Act, and this lead standard, which are made available to the 
employer by the Assistant Secretary.
    (m) Signs--(1) General. (i) The employer may use signs required by 
other statutes, regulations or ordinances in addition to, or in 
combination with, signs required by this paragraph.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near 
any sign required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from 
the meaning of the required sign.
    (2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post the following warning signs 
in each work area where the PEL is exceeded:

                                 WARNING

                             LEAD WORK AREA

                                 POISON

                          NO SMOKING OR EATING

    (ii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph 
are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily 
visible.
    (n) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall 
establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required in 
paragraph (d) of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The date(s), number, duration, location and results of each of 
the samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure 
used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable;
    (B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and 
evidence of their accuracy;
    (C) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any;
    (D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the 
employee monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the 
measurement is intended to represent; and
    (E) The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of 
employee exposure.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain these monitoring records for at 
least 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, 
whichever is longer.
    (2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an

[[Page 126]]

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as 
required by paragraph (j) of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The name, social security number, and description of the duties 
of the employee;
    (B) A copy of the physician's written opinions;
    (C) Results of any airborne exposure monitoring done for that 
employee and the representative exposure levels supplied to the 
physician; and
    (D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to lead.
    (iii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining 
physician keeps, the following medical records:
    (A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and 
work history required under paragraph (j) of this section;
    (B) A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any 
standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results or references 
to that information;
    (C) A copy of the results of biological monitoring.
    (iv) The employer shall maintain or assure that the physician 
maintains those medical records for at least 40 years, or for the 
duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.
    (3) Medical removals. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain 
an accurate record for each employee removed from current exposure to 
lead pursuant to paragraph (k) of this section.
    (ii) Each record shall include:
    (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
    (B) The date on each occasion that the employee was removed from 
current exposure to lead as well as the corresponding date on which the 
employee was returned to his or her former job status;
    (C) A brief explanation of how each removal was or is being 
accomplished; and
    (D) A statement with respect to each removal indicating whether or 
not the reason for the removal was an elevated blood lead level.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain each medical removal record for at 
least the duration of an employee's employment.
    (4) Availability. (i) The employer shall make available upon request 
all records required to be maintained by paragraph (n) of this section 
to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
    (ii) Environmental monitoring, medical removal, and medical records 
required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, 
designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance 
with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a)-(e) and (2)-(i). Medical removal records shall 
be provided in the same manner as environmental monitoring records.
    (5) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do 
business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records 
required to be maintained by paragraph (n) of this section.
    (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no 
successor employer to receive and retain the records required to be 
maintained by this section for the prescribed period, these records 
shall be transmitted to the Director.
    (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records 
required to be maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the 
Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and 
shall transmit those records to the Director if requested within the 
period.
    (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements 
involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
    (o) Observation of monitoring. (1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees or their designated 
representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee 
exposure to lead conducted pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the 
monitoring of employee exposure to lead requires entry into an area 
where the use of respirators, protective clothing or equipment is 
required, the employer shall provide the observer with and assure the 
use of such respirators, clothing and such equipment, and shall require

[[Page 127]]

the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health 
procedures.
    (ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be 
entitled to:
    (A) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;
    (B) Observe all steps related to the monitoring of lead performed at 
the place of exposure; and
    (C) Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results 
when returned by the laboratory.
    (p) Effective date. This standard shall become effective March 1, 
1979.
    (q) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices to this 
section is not intended by itself, to create any additional obligations 
not otherwise imposed by this standard nor detract from any existing 
obligation.
    (r) Startup dates. All obligations of this standard commence on the 
effective date except as follows:
    (1) The initial determination under paragraph (d)(2) shall be made 
as soon as possible but no later than 30 days from the effective date.
    (2) Initial monitoring under paragraph (d)(4) shall be completed as 
soon as possible but no later than 90 days from the effective date.
    (3) Initial biological monitoring and medical examinations under 
paragraph (j) shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 
180 days from the effective date. Priority for biological monitoring and 
medical examinations shall be given to employees whom the employer 
believes to be at greatest risk from continued exposure.
    (4) Initial training and education shall be completed as soon as 
possible but no later than 180 days from the effective date.
    (5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities under paragraph (i) shall be in 
operation as soon as possible but no later than 1 year from the 
effective year.
    (6)(i) Respiratory protection required by paragraph (f) shall be 
provided as soon as possible but no later than the following schedule:

    (A) Employees whose 8-hour TWA exposure exceeds 200 g/
m3--on the effective date.
    (B) Employees whose 8-hour TWA exposure exceeds the PEL but is less 
than 200 g/m3--150 days from the effective date.
    (C) Powered, air-purifying respirators provided under (f)(2)(ii)--
210 days from the effective date.
    (D) Quantitative fit testing required under (f)(3)(ii)--one year 
from effective date. Qualitative fit testing is required in the interim.

    (7)(i) Written compliance plans required by paragraph (e)(3) shall 
be completed and available for inspection and copying as soon as 
possible but no later than the following schedule:

    (A) Employers for whom compliance with the PEL or interim level is 
required within 1 year from the effective date--6 months from the 
effective date.
    (B) Employers in secondary lead smelting and refining and in lead 
storage battery manufacturing--1 year from the effective date.
    (C) Employers in primary smelting and refining industry--1 year from 
the effective date for the interim level; 5 years from the effective 
date for PEL.
    (D) Plans for construction of hygiene facilities, if required--6 
months from the effective date.
    (E) All other industries--1 year from the date on which the court 
lifts the stay on the implementation of paragraph (e)(1) for the 
particular industry.

    (8) The permissible exposure limit in paragraph (c) shall become 
effective 150 days from the effective date.

  Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1025--Substance Data Sheet for Occupational 
                            Exposure to Lead

                       i. substance identification

    A. Substance: Pure lead (Pb) is a heavy metal at room temperature 
and pressure and is a basic chemical element. It can combine with 
various other substances to form numerous lead compounds.
    B. Compounds Covered by the Standard: The word ``lead'' when used in 
this standard means elemental lead, all inorganic lead compounds and a 
class of organic lead compounds called lead soaps. This standard does 
not apply to other organic lead compounds.
    C. Uses: Exposure to lead occurs in at least 120 different 
occupations, including primary and secondary lead smelting, lead storage 
battery manufacturing, lead pigment manufacturing and use, solder 
manufacturing and use, shipbuilding and ship repairing, auto 
manufacturing, and printing.
    D. Permissible Exposure: The Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) set by 
the standard is 50 micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air (50 
g/m3), averaged over an 8-hour workday.
    E. Action Level: The standard establishes an action level of 30 
micrograms per cubic meter of air (30 g/m3), time 
weighted average, based on an 8-hour work-day. The action

[[Page 128]]

level initiates several requirements of the standard, such as exposure 
monitoring, medical surveillance, and training and education.

                         ii. health hazard data

    A. Ways in which lead enters your body. When absorbed into your body 
in certain doses lead is a toxic substance. The object of the lead 
standard is to prevent absorption of harmful quantities of lead. The 
standard is intended to protect you not only from the immediate toxic 
effects of lead, but also from the serious toxic effects that may not 
become apparent until years of exposure have passed.
    Lead can be absorbed into your body by inhalation (breathing) and 
ingestion (eating). Lead (except for certain organic lead compounds not 
covered by the standard, such as tetraethyl lead) is not absorbed 
through your skin. When lead is scattered in the air as a dust, fume or 
mist it can be inhaled and absorbed through you lungs and upper 
respiratory tract. Inhalation of airborne lead is generally the most 
important source of occupational lead absorption. You can also absorb 
lead through your digestive system if lead gets into your mouth and is 
swallowed. If you handle food, cigarettes, chewing tobacco, or make-up 
which have lead on them or handle them with hands contaminated with 
lead, this will contribute to ingestion.
    A significant portion of the lead that you inhale or ingest gets 
into your blood stream. Once in your blood stream, lead is circulated 
throughout your body and stored in various organs and body tissues. Some 
of this lead is quickly filtered out of your body and excreted, but some 
remains in the blood and other tissues. As exposure to lead continues, 
the amount stored in your body will increase if you are absorbing more 
lead than your body is excreting. Even though you may not be aware of 
any immediate symptoms of disease, this lead stored in your tissues can 
be slowly causing irreversible damage, first to individual cells, then 
to your organs and whole body systems.
    B. Effects of overexposure to lead--(1) Short term (acute) 
overexposure. Lead is a potent, systemic poison that serves no known 
useful function once absorbed by your body. Taken in large enough doses, 
lead can kill you in a matter of days. A condition affecting the brain 
called acute encephalopathy may arise which develops quickly to 
seizures, coma, and death from cardiorespiratory arrest. A short term 
dose of lead can lead to acute encephalopathy. Short term occupational 
exposures of this magnitude are highly unusual, but not impossible. 
Similar forms of encephalopathy may, however, arise from extended, 
chronic exposure to lower doses of lead. There is no sharp dividing line 
between rapidly developing acute effects of lead, and chronic effects 
which take longer to acquire. Lead adversely affects numerous body 
systems, and causes forms of health impairment and disease which arise 
after periods of exposure as short as days or as long as several years.
    (2) Long-term (chronic) overexposure. Chronic overexposure to lead 
may result in severe damage to your blood-forming, nervous, urinary and 
reproductive systems. Some common symptoms of chronic overexposure 
include loss of appetite, metallic taste in the mouth, anxiety, 
constipation, nausea, pallor, excessive tiredness, weakness, insomnia, 
headache, nervous irritability, muscle and joint pain or soreness, fine 
tremors, numbness, dizziness, hyperactivity and colic. In lead colic 
there may be severe abdominal pain.
    Damage to the central nervous system in general and the brain 
(encephalopathy) in particular is one of the most severe forms of lead 
poisoning. The most severe, often fatal, form of encephalopathy may be 
preceded by vomiting, a feeling of dullness progressing to drowsiness 
and stupor, poor memory, restlessness, irritability, tremor, and 
convulsions. It may arise suddenly with the onset of seizures, followed 
by coma, and death. There is a tendency for muscular weakness to develop 
at the same time. This weakness may progress to paralysis often observed 
as a characteristic ``wrist drop'' or ``foot drop'' and is a 
manifestation of a disease to the nervous system called peripheral 
neuropathy.
    Chronic overexposure to lead also results in kidney disease with 
few, if any, symptoms appearing until extensive and most likely 
permanent kidney damage has occurred. Routine laboratory tests reveal 
the presence of this kidney disease only after about two-thirds of 
kidney function is lost. When overt symptoms of urinary dysfunction 
arise, it is often too late to correct or prevent worsening conditions, 
and progression to kidney dialysis or death is possible.
    Chronic overexposure to lead impairs the reproductive systems of 
both men and women. Overexposure to lead may result in decreased sex 
drive, impotence and sterility in men. Lead can alter the structure of 
sperm cells raising the risk of birth defects. There is evidence of 
miscarriage and stillbirth in women whose husbands were exposed to lead 
or who were exposed to lead themselves. Lead exposure also may result in 
decreased fertility, and abnormal menstrual cycles in women. The course 
of pregnancy may be adversely affected by exposure to lead since lead 
crosses the placental barrier and poses risks to developing fetuses. 
Children born of parents either one of whom were exposed to excess lead 
levels are more likely to have birth defects, mental retardation, 
behavioral disorders or die during the first year of childhood.

[[Page 129]]

    Overexposure to lead also disrupts the blood-forming system 
resulting in decreased hemoglobin (the substance in the blood that 
carries oxygen to the cells) and ultimately anemia. Anemia is 
characterized by weakness, pallor and fatigability as a result of 
decreased oxygen carrying capacity in the blood.
    (3) Health protection goals of the standard. Prevention of adverse 
health effects for most workers from exposure to lead throughout a 
working lifetime requires that worker blood lead (PbB) levels be 
maintained at or below forty micrograms per one hundred grams of whole 
blood (40 g/100g). The blood lead levels of workers (both male 
and female workers) who intend to have children should be maintained 
below 30 g/100g to minimize adverse reproductive health effects 
to the parents and to the developing fetus.
    The measurement of your blood lead level is the most useful 
indicator of the amount of lead being absorbed by your body. Blood lead 
levels (PbB) are most often reported in units of milligrams (mg) or 
micrograms (g) of lead (1 mg=1000 g) per 100 grams 
(100g), 100 milliters (100 ml) or deciliter (dl) of blood. These three 
units are essentially the same. Sometime PbB's are expressed in the form 
of mg% or g%. This is a shorthand notation for 100g, 100 ml, or 
dl.
    PbB measurements show the amount of lead circulating in your blood 
stream, but do not give any information about the amount of lead stored 
in your various tissues. PbB measurements merely show current absorption 
of lead, not the effect that lead is having on your body or the effects 
that past lead exposure may have already caused. Past research into 
lead-related diseases, however, has focused heavily on associations 
between PbBs and various diseases. As a result, your PbB is an important 
indicator of the likelihood that you will gradually acquire a lead-
related health impairment or disease.
    Once your blood lead level climbs above 40 g/100g, your 
risk of disease increases. There is a wide variability of individual 
response to lead, thus it is difficult to say that a particular PbB in a 
given person will cause a particular effect. Studies have associated 
fatal encephalopathy with PbBs as low as 150 g/100g. Other 
studies have shown other forms of diseases in some workers with PbBs 
well below 80 g/100g. Your PbB is a crucial indicator of the 
risks to your health, but one other factor is also extremely important. 
This factor is the length of time you have had elevated PbBs. The longer 
you have an elevated PbB, the greater the risk that large quantities of 
lead are being gradually stored in your organs and tissues (body 
burden). The greater your overall body burden, the greater the chances 
of substantial permanent damage.
    The best way to prevent all forms of lead-related impairments and 
diseases--both short term and long term- is to maintain your PbB below 
40 g/100g. The provisions of the standard are designed with 
this end in mind. Your employer has prime responsibility to assure that 
the provisions of the standard are complied with both by the company and 
by individual workers. You as a worker, however, also have a 
responsibility to assist your employer in complying with the standard. 
You can play a key role in protecting your own health by learning about 
the lead hazards and their control, learning what the standard requires, 
following the standard where it governs your own actions, and seeing 
that your employer complies with provisions governing his actions.
    (4) Reporting signs and symptoms of health problems. You should 
immediately notify your employer if you develop signs or symptoms 
associated with lead poisoning or if you desire medical advice 
concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on your 
ability to have a healthy child. You should also notify your employer if 
you have difficulty breathing during a respirator fit test or while 
wearing a respirator. In each of these cases your employer must make 
available to you appropriate medical examinations or consultations. 
These must be provided at no cost to you and at a reasonable time and 
place.
    The standard contains a procedure whereby you can obtain a second 
opinion by a physician of your choice if the employer selected the 
initial physician.

         Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1025--Employee Standard Summary

    This appendix summarizes key provisions of the standard that you as 
a worker should become familiar with.

           i. permissible exposure limit (pel)--paragraph (c)

    The standards sets a permissible exposure limit (PEL) of fifty 
micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air (50 g/m3), 
averaged over an 8-hour work-day. This is the highest level of lead in 
air to which you may be permissibly exposed over an 8-hour workday. 
Since it is an 8-hour average it permits short exposures above the PEL 
so long as for each 8-hour work day your average exposure does not 
exceed the PEL.
    This standard recognizes that your daily exposure to lead can extend 
beyond a typical 8-hour workday as the result of overtime or other 
alterations in your work schedule. To deal with this, the standard 
contains a formula which reduces your permissible exposure when you are 
exposed more than 8 hours. For example, if you are exposed to lead for 
10 hours a day, the maximum permitted average exposure would be 40 
g/m3.

[[Page 130]]

                 ii. exposure monitoring--paragraph (d)

    If lead is present in the workplace where you work in any quantity, 
your employer is required to make an initial determination of whether 
the action level is exceeded for any employee. This initial 
determination must include instrument monitoring of the air for the 
presence of lead and must cover the exposure of a representative number 
of employees who are reasonably believed to have the highest exposure 
levels. If your employer has conducted appropriate air sampling for lead 
in the past year he may use these results. If there have been any 
employee complaints of symptoms which may be attributable to exposure to 
lead or if there is any other information or observations which would 
indicate employee exposure to lead, this must also be considered as part 
of the initial determination. This initial determination must have been 
completed by March 31, 1979. If this initial determination shows that a 
reasonable possibility exists that any employee may be exposed, without 
regard to respirators, over the action level (30 g/
m3) your employer must set up an air monitoring program to 
determine the exposure level of every employee exposed to lead at your 
workplace.
    In carrying out this air monitoring program, your employer is not 
required to monitor the exposure of every employee, but he must monitor 
a representative number of employees and job types. Enough sampling must 
be done to enable each employee's exposure level to be reasonably least 
one full shift (at least 7 hours) air sample. In addition, these air 
samples must be taken under conditions which represent each employee's 
regular, daily exposure to lead. All initial exposure monitoring must 
have been completed by May 30, 1979.
    If you are exposed to lead and air sampling is performed, your 
employer is required to quickly notify you in writing of air monitoring 
results which represent your exposure. If the results indicate your 
exposure exceeds the PEL (without regard to your use of respirators), 
then your employer must also notify you of this in writing, and provide 
you with a description of the corrective action that will be taken to 
reduce your exposure.
    Your exposure must be rechecked by monitoring every six months if 
your exposure is over the action level but below the PEL. Air monitoring 
must be repeated every 3 months if you are exposed over the PEL. Your 
employer may discontinue monitoring for you if 2 consecutive 
measurements, taken at least two weeks apart, are below the action 
level. However, whenever there is a production, process, control, or 
personnel change at your workplace which may result in new or additional 
exposure to lead, or whenever there is any other reason to suspect a 
change which may result in new or additional exposure to lead, your 
employer must perform additional monitoring.

                iii. methods of compliance--paragraph (e)

    Your employer is required to assure that no employee is exposed to 
lead in excess of the PEL. The standard establishes a priority of 
methods to be used to meet the PEL.

                iv. respiratory protection--paragraph (f)

    Your employer is required to provide and assure your use of 
respirators when your exposure to lead is not controlled below the PEL 
by other means. The employer must pay the cost of the respirator. 
Whenever you request one, your employer is also required to provide you 
a respirator even if your air exposure level does not exceed the PEL. 
You might desire a respirator when, for example, you have received 
medical advice that your lead absorption should be decreased. Or, you 
may intend to have children in the near future, and want to reduce the 
level of lead in your body to minimize adverse reproductive effects. 
While respirators are the least satisfactory means of controlling your 
exposure, they are capable of providing significant protection if 
properly chosen, fitted, worn, cleaned, maintained, and replaced when 
they stop providing adequate protection.
    Your employer is required to select respirators from the seven types 
listed in Table II of the Respiratory Protection section of the 
standard. Any respirator chosen must be approved by the Mine Safety and 
Health Administration (MSHA) or the National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health (NIOSH). This respirator selection table will enable 
your employer to choose a type of respirator which will give you a 
proper amount of protection based on your airborne lead exposure. Your 
employer may select a type of respirator that provides greater 
protection than that required by the standard; that is, one recommended 
for a higher concentration of lead than is present in your workplace. 
For example, a powered air purifying respirator (PAPR) is much more 
protective than a typical negative pressure respirator, and may also be 
more comfortable to wear. A PAPR has a filter, cartridge or canister to 
clean the air, and a power source which continuously blows filtered air 
into your breathing zone. Your employer might make a PAPR available to 
you to ease the burden of having to wear a respirator for long periods 
of time. The standard provides that you can obtain a PAPR upon request.
    Your employer must also start a Respiratory Protection Program. This 
program must include written procedures for the proper selection, use, 
cleaning, storage, and maintenance of respirators.
    Your employer must assure that your respirator facepiece fits 
properly. Proper fit of a respirator facepiece is critical. Obtaining a

[[Page 131]]

proper fit on each employee may require your employer to make available 
two or three different mask types. In order to assure that your 
respirator fits properly and that facepiece leakage is minimized, 
beginning on November 12, 1982, your employer must give you either a 
qualitative fit test in accordance with Appendix D of the standard or a 
quantitative fit test if you use a negative pressure respirator. Any 
respirator which has a filter, cartridge or canister which cleans the 
work room air before you breathe it and which requires the force of your 
inhalation to draw air thru the filtering element is a negative pressure 
respirator. A positive pressure respirator supplies air to you directly. 
A quantitative fit test uses a sophisticated machine to measure the 
amount, if any, of test material that leaks into the facepiece of your 
respirator.
    You must also receive from your employer proper training in the use 
of respirators. Your employer is required to teach you how to wear a 
respirator, to know why it is needed, and to understand its limitations.
    Until March 1, 1980, your employer must test the effectiveness of 
your negative pressure respirator initially and at least every six 
months thereafter with a ``qualitative fit test.'' In this test, the fit 
of the facepiece is checked by seeing if you can smell a substance 
placed outside the respirator. If you can, there is appreciable leakage 
where the facepiece meets your face.
    The standard provides that if your respirator uses filter elements, 
you must be given an opportunity to change the filter elements whenever 
an increase in breathing resistance is detected. You also must be 
permitted to periodically leave your work area to wash your face and 
respirator facepiece whenever necessary to prevent skin irritation. If 
you ever have difficulty in breathing during a fit test or while using a 
respirator, your employer must make a medical examination available to 
you to determine whether you can safely wear a respirator. The result of 
this examination may be to give you a positive pressure respirator 
(which reduces breathing resistance) or to provide alternative means of 
protection.

        v. protective work clothing and equipment--paragraph (g)

    If you are exposed to lead above the PEL, or if you are exposed to 
lead compounds such as lead arsenate or lead azide which can cause skin 
and eye irritation, your employer must provide you with protective work 
clothing and equipment appropriate for the hazard. If work clothing is 
provided, it must be provided in a clean and dry condition at least 
weekly, and daily if your airborne exposure to lead is greater than 200 
g/m3. Appropriate protective work clothing and 
equipment can include coveralls or similar full-body work clothing, 
gloves, hats, shoes or disposable shoe coverlets, and face shields or 
vented goggles. Your employer is required to provide all such equipment 
at no cost to you. He is responsible for providing repairs and 
replacement as necessary, and also is responsible for the cleaning, 
laundering or disposal of protective clothing and equipment. 
Contaminated work clothing or equipment must be removed in change rooms 
and not worn home or you will extend your exposure and expose your 
family since lead from your clothing can accumulate in your house, car, 
etc. Contaminated clothing which is to be cleaned, laundered or disposed 
of must be placed in closed containers in the change room. At no time 
may lead be removed from protective clothing or equipment by any means 
which disperses lead into the workroom air.

                     vi. housekeeping--paragraph (h)

    Your employer must establish a housekeeping program sufficient to 
maintain all surfaces as free as practicable of accumulations of lead 
dust. Vacuuming is the preferred method of meeting this requirement, and 
the use of compressed air to clean floors and other surfaces is 
absolutely prohibited. Dry or wet sweeping, shoveling, or brushing may 
not be used except where vaccuming or other equally effective methods 
have been tried and do not work. Vacuums must be used and emptied in a 
manner which minimizes the reentry of lead into the workplace.

          vii. hygiene facilities and practices--paragraph (i)

    The standard requires that change rooms, showers, and filtered air 
lunchrooms be constructed and made available to workers exposed to lead 
above the PEL. When the PEL is exceeded the employer must assure that 
food and beverage is not present or consumed, tobacco products are not 
present or used, and cosmetics are not applied, except in these 
facilities. Change rooms, showers, and lunchrooms, must be used by 
workers exposed in excess of the PEL. After showering, no clothing or 
equipment worn during the shift may be worn home, and this includes 
shoes and underwear. Your own clothing worn during the shift should be 
carried home and cleaned carefully so that it does not contaminate your 
home. Lunchrooms may not be entered with protective clothing or 
equipment unless surface dust has been removed by vacuuming, downdraft 
booth, or other cleaning method. Finally, workers exposed above the PEL 
must wash both their hands and faces prior to eating, drinking, smoking 
or applying cosmetics.

[[Page 132]]

    All of the facilities and hygiene practices just discussed are 
essential to minimize additional sources of lead absorption from 
inhalation or ingestion of lead that may accumulate on you, your 
clothes, or your possessions. Strict compliance with these provisions 
can virtually eliminate several sources of lead exposure which 
significantly contribute to excessive lead absorption.

                viii. medical surveillance--paragraph (j)

    The medical surveillance program is part of the standard's 
comprehensive approach to the prevention of lead-related disease. Its 
purpose is to supplement the main thrust of the standard which is aimed 
at minimizing airborne concentrations of lead and sources of ingestion. 
Only medical surveillance can determine if the other provisions of the 
standard have affectively protected you as an individual. Compliance 
with the standard's provision will protect most workers from the adverse 
effects of lead exposure, but may not be satisfactory to protect 
individual workers (1) who have high body burdens of lead acquired over 
past years, (2) who have additional uncontrolled sources of non-
occupational lead exposure, (3) who exhibit unusual variations in lead 
absorption rates, or (4) who have specific non-work related medical 
conditions which could be aggravated by lead exposure (e.g., renal 
disease, anemia). In addition, control systems may fail, or hygiene and 
respirator programs may be inadequate. Periodic medical surveillance of 
individual workers will help detect those failures. Medical surveillance 
will also be important to protect your reproductive ability--regardless 
of whether you are a man or woman.
    All medical surveillance required by the standard must be performed 
by or under the supervision of a licensed physician. The employer must 
provide required medical surveillance without cost to employees and at a 
reasonable time and place. The standard's medical surveillance program 
has two parts-periodic biological monitoring and medical examinations.
    Your employer's obligation to offer you medical surveillance is 
triggered by the results of the air monitoring program. Medical 
surveillance must be made available to all employees who are exposed in 
excess of the action level for more than 30 days a year. The initial 
phase of the medical surveillance program, which includes blood lead 
level tests and medical examinations, must be completed for all covered 
employees no later than August 28, 1979. Priority within this first 
round of medical surveillance must be given to employees whom the 
employer believes to be at greatest risk from continued exposure (for 
example, those with the longest prior exposure to lead, or those with 
the highest current exposure). Thereafter, the employer must 
periodically make medical surveillance--both biological monitoring and 
medical examinations--available to all covered employees.
    Biological monitoring under the standard consists of blood lead 
level (PbB) and zinc protoporphyrin tests at least every 6 months after 
the initial PbB test. A zinc protoporphyrin (ZPP) test is a very useful 
blood test which measures an effect of lead on your body. Thus 
biological monitoring under the standard is currently limited to PbB 
testing. If a worker's PbB exceeds 40 g/100g the monitoring 
frequency must be increased from every 6 months to at least every 2 
months and not reduced until two consecutive PbBs indicate a blood lead 
level below 40 g/100g. Each time your PbB is determined to be 
over 40 g/100g, your employer must notify you of this in 
writing within five working days of his receipt of the test results. The 
employer must also inform you that the standard requires temporary 
medical removal with economic protection when your PbB exceeds certain 
criteria. (See Discussion of Medical Removal Protection--Paragraph (k).) 
During the first year of the standard, this removal criterion is 80 
g/100g. Anytime your PbB exceeds 80 g/100g your 
employer must make available to you a prompt follow-up PbB test to 
ascertain your PbB. If the two tests both exceed 80 g/100g and 
you are temporarily removed, then your employer must make successive PbB 
tests available to you on a monthly basis during the period of your 
removal.
    Medical examinations beyond the initial one must be made available 
on an annual basis if your blood lead level exceeds 40 g/100g 
at any time during the preceding year. The initial examination will 
provide information to establish a baseline to which subsequent data can 
be compared. An initial medical examination must also be made available 
(prior to assignment) for each employee being assigned for the first 
time to an area where the airborne concentration of lead equals or 
exceeds the action level. In addition, a medical examination or 
consultation must be made available as soon as possible if you notify 
your employer that you are experiencing signs or symptoms commonly 
associated with lead poisoning or that you have difficulty breathing 
while wearing a respirator or during a respirator fit test. You must 
also be provided a medical examination or consultation if you notify 
your employer that you desire medical advice concerning the effects of 
current or past exposure to lead on your ability to procreate a healthy 
child.
    Finally, appropriate follow-up medical examinations or consultations 
may also be provided for employees who have been temporarily removed 
from exposure under the medical removal protection provisions of the 
standard. (See Part IX, below.)

[[Page 133]]

    The standard specifies the minimum content of pre-assignment and 
annual medical examinations. The content of other types of medical 
examinations and consultations is left up to the sound discretion of the 
examining physician. Pre-assignment and annual medical examinations must 
include (1) a detailed work history and medical history, (2) a thorough 
physical examination, and (3) a series of laboratory tests designed to 
check your blood chemistry and your kidney function. In addition, at any 
time upon your request, a laboratory evaluation of male fertility will 
be made (microscopic examination of a sperm sample), or a pregnancy test 
will be given.
    The standard does not require that you participate in any of the 
medical procedures, tests, etc. which your employer is required to make 
available to you. Medical surveillance can, however, play a very 
important role in protecting your health. You are strongly encouraged, 
therefore, to participate in a meaningful fashion. The standard contains 
a multiple physician review mechanism which would give you a chance to 
have a physician of your choice directly participate in the medical 
surveillance program. If you were dissatisfied with an examination by a 
physician chosen by your employer, you could select a second physician 
to conduct an independent analysis. The two doctors would attempt to 
resolve any differences of opinion, and select a third physician to 
resolve any firm dispute. Generally your employer will choose the 
physician who conducts medical surveillance under the lead standard--
unless you and your employer can agree on the choice of a physician or 
physicians. Some companies and unions have agreed in advance, for 
example, to use certain independent medical laboratories or panels of 
physicians. Any of these arrangements are acceptable so long as required 
medical surveillance is made available to workers.
    The standard requires your employer to provide certain information 
to a physician to aid in his or her examination of you. This information 
includes (1) the standard and its appendices, (2) a description of your 
duties as they relate to lead exposure, (3) your exposure level, (4) a 
description of personal protective equipment you wear, (5) prior blood 
lead level results, and (6) prior written medical opinions concerning 
you that the employer has. After a medical examination or consultation 
the physician must prepare a written report which must contain (1) the 
physician's opinion as to whether you have any medical condition which 
places you at increased risk of material impairment to health from 
exposure to lead, (2) any recommended special protective measures to be 
provided to you, (3) any blood lead level determinations, and (4) any 
recommended limitation on your use of respirators. This last element 
must include a determination of whether you can wear a powered air 
purifying respirator (PAPR) if you are found unable to wear a negative 
pressure respirator.
    The medical surveillance program of the lead standard may at some 
point in time serve to notify certain workers that they have acquired a 
disease or other adverse medical condition as a result of occupational 
lead exposure. If this is true, these workers might have legal rights to 
compensation from public agencies, their employers, firms that supply 
hazardous products to their employers, or other persons. Some states 
have laws, including worker compensation laws, that disallow a worker 
who learns of a job-related health impairment to sue, unless the worker 
sues within a short period of time after learning of the impairment. 
(This period of time may be a matter of months or years.) An attorney 
can be consulted about these possibilities. It should be stressed that 
OSHA is in no way trying to either encourage or discourage claims or 
lawsuits. However, since results of the standard's medical surveillance 
program can significantly affect the legal remedies of a worker who has 
acquired a job-related disease or impairment, it is proper for OSHA to 
make you aware of this.
    The medical surveillance section of the standard also contains 
provisions dealing with chelation. Chelation is the use of certain drugs 
(administered in pill form or injected into the body) to reduce the 
amount of lead absorbed in body tissues. Experience accumulated by the 
medical and scientific communities has largely confirmed the 
effectiveness of this type of therapy for the treatment of very severe 
lead poisoning. On the other hand, it has also been established that 
there can be a long list of extremely harmful side effects associated 
with the use of chelating agents. The medical community has balanced the 
advantages and disadvantages resulting from the use of chelating agents 
in various circumstances and has established when the use of these 
agents is acceptable. The standard includes these accepted limitations 
due to a history of abuse of chelation therapy by some lead companies. 
The most widely used chelating agents are calcium disodium EDTA, (Ca 
Na2 EDTA), Calcium Disodium Versenate (Versenate), and d-
penicillamine (pencillamine or Cupramine).
    The standard prohibits ``prophylactic chelation'' of any employee by 
any person the employer retains, supervises or controls. ``Prophylactic 
chelation'' is the routine use of chelating or similarly acting drugs to 
prevent elevated blood levels in workers who are occupationally exposed 
to lead, or the use of these drugs to routinely lower blood lead levels 
to predesignated concentrations believed to be `safe'. It should be 
emphasized that where an employer takes a worker who has

[[Page 134]]

no symptoms of lead poisoning and has chelation carried out by a 
physician (either inside or outside of a hospital) solely to reduce the 
worker's blood lead level, that will generally be considered 
prophylactic chelation. The use of a hospital and a physician does not 
mean that prophylactic chelation is not being performed. Routine 
chelation to prevent increased or reduce current blood lead levels is 
unacceptable whatever the setting.
    The standard allows the use of ``therapeutic'' or ``diagnostic'' 
chelation if administered under the supervision of a licensed physician 
in a clinical setting with thorough and appropriate medical monitoring. 
Therapeutic chelation responds to severe lead poisoning where there are 
marked symptoms. Diagnostic chelation involved giving a patient a dose 
of the drug then collecting all urine excreted for some period of time 
as an aid to the diagnosis of lead poisoning.
    In cases where the examining physician determines that chelation is 
appropriate, you must be notified in writing of this fact before such 
treatment. This will inform you of a potentially harmful treatment, and 
allow you to obtain a second opinion.

              ix. medical removal protection--paragraph (k)

    Excessive lead absorption subjects you to increased risk of disease. 
Medical removal protection (MRP) is a means of protecting you when, for 
whatever reasons, other methods, such as engineering controls, work 
practices, and respirators, have failed to provide the protection you 
need. MRP involves the temproary removal of a worker from his or her 
regular job to a place of significantly lower exposure without any loss 
of earnings, seniority, or other employment rights or benefits. The 
purpose of this program is to cease further lead absorption and allow 
your body to naturally excrete lead which has previously been absorbed. 
Temporary medical removal can result from an elevated blood lead level, 
or a medical opinion. Up to 18 months of protection is provided as a 
result of either form of removal. The vast majority of removed workers, 
however, will return to their former jobs long before this eighteen 
month period expires. The standard contains special provisions to deal 
with the extraordinary but possible case where a longterm worker's blood 
lead level does not adequately decline during eighteen months of 
removal.
    During the first year of the standard, if your blood lead level is 
80 g/100g or above you must be removed from any exposure where 
your air lead level without a respirator would be 100 g/m3 
or above. If you are removed from your normal job you may not be 
returned until your blood lead level declines to at least 60 g/
100g. These criteria for removal and return will change according to the 
following schedule:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Removal blood lead     Air lead (g/      Return blood lead   
                                          (g/100 g)              m3)               (g/100 g)  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
After Mar. 1, 1980...................  70 and above...........  50 and above...........  At or below 50.        
After Mar. 1, 1981...................  60 and above...........  30 and above...........  At or below 40.        
After Mar. 1, 1983...................  50 and above averaged    30 and above...........      Do.                
                                        over six months.                                                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  
    You may also be removed from exposure even if your blood lead levels 
are below these criteria if a final medical determination indicates that 
you temporarily need reduced lead exposure for medical reasons. If the 
physician who is implementing your employers medical program makes a 
final written opinion recommending your removal or other special 
protective measures, your employer must implement the physician's 
recommendation. If you are removed in this manner, you may only be 
returned when the doctor indicates that it is safe for you to do so.
    The standard does not give specific instructions dealing with what 
an employer must do with a removed worker. Your job assignment upon 
removal is a matter for you, your employer and your union (if any) to 
work out consistent with existing procedures for job assignments. Each 
removal must be accomplished in a manner consistent with existing 
collective bargaining relationships. Your employer is given broad 
discretion to implement temporary removals so long as no attempt is made 
to override existing agreements. Similarly, a removed worker is provided 
no right to veto an employer's choice which satisfies the standard.
    In most cases, employers will likely transfer removed employees to 
other jobs with sufficiently low lead exposure. Alternatively, a 
worker's hours may be reduced so that the time weighted average exposure 
is reduced, or he or she may be temporarily laid off if no other 
alternative is feasible.
    In all of these situation, MRP benefits must be provided during the 
period of removal--i.e., you continue to receive the same earnings, 
seniority, and other rights and benefits you would have had if you had 
not been removed. Earnings includes more

[[Page 135]]

than just your base wage; it includes overtime, shift differentials, 
incentives, and other compensation you would have earned if you had not 
been removed. During the period of removal you must also be provided 
with appropriate follow-up medical surveillance. If you were removed 
because your blood lead level was too high, you must be provided with a 
monthly blood test. If a medical opinion caused your removal, you must 
be provided medical tests or examinations that the doctor believes to be 
appropriate. If you do not participate in this follow up medical 
surveillance, you may lose your eligibility for MRP benefits.
    When you are medically eligible to return to your former job, your 
employer must return you to your ``former job status.'' This means that 
you are entitled to the position, wages, benefits, etc., you would have 
had if you had not been removed. If you would still be in your old job 
if no removal had occurred that is where you go back. If not, you are 
returned consistent with whatever job assignment discretion your 
employer would have had if no removal had occurred. MRP only seeks to 
maintain your rights, not expand them or diminish them.
    If you are removed under MRP and you are also eligible for worker 
compensation or other compensation for lost wages, your employer's MRP 
benefits obligation is reduced by the amount that you actually receive 
from these other sources. This is also true if you obtain other 
employment during the time you are laid off with MRP benefits.
    The standard also covers situations where an employer voluntarily 
removes a worker from exposure to lead due to the effects of lead on the 
employee's medical condition, even though the standard does not require 
removal. In these situations MRP benefits must still be provided as 
though the standard required removal. Finally, it is important to note 
that in all cases where removal is required, respirators cannot be used 
as a substitute. Respirators may be used before removal becomes 
necessary, but not as an alternative to a transfer to a low exposure 
job, or to a lay-off with MRP benefits.

           x. employee information and training--paragraph (1)

    Your employer is required to provide an information and training 
program for all employees exposed to lead above the action level or who 
may suffer skin or eye irritation from lead. This program must inform 
these employees of the specific hazards associated with their work 
environment, protective measures which can be taken, the danger of lead 
to their bodies (including their reproductive systems), and their rights 
under the standard. In addition your employer must make readily 
available to all employees, including those exposed below the action 
level, a copy of the standard and its appendices and must distribute to 
all employees any materials provided to the employer by the Occupational 
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
    Your employer is required to complete this training program for all 
employees by August 28, 1979. After this date, all new employees must be 
trained prior to initial assignment to areas where there is a 
possibility of exposure over the action level.
    This training program must also be provided at least annually 
thereafter.

                        xi. signs--paragraph (m)

    The standard requires that the following warning sign be posted in 
work areas where the exposure to lead exceeds the PEL:

                                 WARNING

                             LEAD WORK AREA

                          NO SMOKING OR EATING

                    xii. recordkeeping--paragraph (n)

    Your employer is required to keep all records of exposure monitoring 
for airborne lead. These records must include the name and job 
classification of employees measured, details of the sampling and 
analytic techniques, the results of this sampling, and the type of 
respiratory protection being worn by the person sampled. Your employer 
is also required to keep all records of biological monitoring and 
medical examination results. These must include the names of the 
employees, the physician's written opinion, and a copy of the results of 
the examination. All of the above kinds of records must be kept for 40 
years, or for at least 20 years after your termination of employment, 
whichever is longer.
    Recordkeeping is also required if you are temporarily removed from 
your job under the medical removal protection program. This record must 
include your name and social security number, the date of your removal 
and return, how the removal was or is being accomplished, and whether or 
not the reason for the removal was an elevated blood lead level. Your 
employer is required to keep each medical removal record only for as 
long as the duration of an employee's employment.
    The standard requires that if you request to see or copy 
environmental monitoring, blood lead level monitoring, or medical 
removal records, they must be made available to you or to a 
representative that you authorize. Your union also has access to these 
records. Medical records other than PbB's must also be provided upon 
request to you, to your physician or to any other person whom you may 
specifically designate. Your union does not have access to your personal

[[Page 136]]

medical records unless you authorize their access.

             xiii. observations of monitoring--paragraph (o)

    When air monitoring for lead is performed at your workplace as 
required by this standard, your employer must allow you or someone you 
designate to act as an observer of the monitoring. Observers are 
entitled to an explanation of the measurement procedure, and to record 
the results obtained. Since results will not normally be available at 
the time of the monitoring, observers are entitled to record or receive 
the results of the monitoring when returned by the laboratory. Your 
employer is required to provide the observer with any personal 
protective devices required to be worn by employees working in the area 
that is being monitored. The employer must require the observer to wear 
all such equipment and to comply with all other applicable safety and 
health procedures.

                   xiv. effective date--paragraph (p)

    The standard's effective data is March 1, 1979, and employer 
obligations under the standard begin to come into effect as of that 
date.

                     xv. for additional information

    A. Copies of the Standard and explanatory material may be obtained 
by writing or calling the OSHA Docket Office, U.S. Department of Labor, 
room N2634, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20210. 
Telephone: (202) 219-7894.
    1. The standard and summary of the statement of reasons (preamble), 
Federal Register, Volume 43, pp. 52952-53014, November 14, 1978.
    2. The full statement of reasons (preamble) Federal Register, vol. 
43, pp. 54354-54509, November 21, 1978.
    3. Partial Administrative Stay and Corrections to the standard, (44 
FR 5446-5448) January 26, 1979.
    4. Notice of the Partial Judicial Stay (44 FR 14554-14555) March 13, 
1979.
    5. Corrections to the preamble, Federal Register, vol. 44, pp. 
20680-20681, April 6, 1979.
    6. Additional correction to the preamble concerning the construction 
industry, Federal Register, vol. 44, p. 50338, August 28, 1979.
    7. Appendices to the standard (Appendices A, B, C), Federal 
Register, Vol. 44, pp. 60980-60995, October 23, 1979.
    8. Corrections to appendices, Federal Register, Vol. 44, 68828, 
November 30, 1979.
    9. Revision to the standard and an additional appendix (Appendix D), 
Federal Register, Vol. 47, pp. 51117-51119, November 12, 1982.
    10. Notice of reopening of lead rulemaking for nine remand industry 
sectors, Federal Register, vol. 53, pp. 11511-11513, April 7, 1988.
    11. Statement of reasons, Federal Register, vol. 54, pp. 29142-
29275, July 11, 1989.
    12. Statement of reasons, Federal Register, vol. 55, pp. 3146-3167, 
January 30, 1990.
    13. Correction to appendix B, Federal Register, vol. 55, pp. 4998-
4999, February 13, 1991.
    14. Correction to appendices, Federal Register, vol. 56, p. 24686, 
May 31, 1991.
    B. Additional information about the standard, its enforcement, and 
your employer's compliance can be obtained from the nearest OSHA Area 
Office listed in your telephone directory under United States 
Government/Department of Labor.

      Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1025--Medical Surveillance Guidelines

                              introduction

    The primary purpose of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 
1970 is to assure, so far as possible, safe and healthful working 
conditions for every working man and woman. The occupational health

[[Page 137]]

standard for inorganic lead1 was promulgated to protect 
workers exposed to inorganic lead including metallic lead, all inorganic 
lead compounds and organic lead soaps.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1The term inorganic lead used throughout the medical 
surveillance appendices is meant to be synonymous with the definition of 
lead set forth in the standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under this final standard in effect as of March 1, 1979, 
occupational exposure to inorganic lead is to be limited to 50 
g/m3 (micrograms per cubic meter) based on an 8 hour 
time-weighted average (TWA). This level of exposure eventually must be 
achieved through a combination of engineering, work practice and other 
administrative controls. Periods of time ranging from 1 to 10 years are 
provided for different industries to implement these controls. The 
schedule which is based on individual industry considerations is given 
in Table 1. Until these controls are in place, respirators must be used 
to meet the 50 g/m3 exposure limit.
    The standard also provides for a program of biological monitoring 
and medical surveillance for all employees exposed to levels of 
inorganic lead above the action level of 30 g/m3 
(TWA) for more than 30 days per year.
    The purpose of this document is to outline the medical surveillance 
provisions of the standard for inorganic lead, and to provide further 
information to the physician regarding the examination and evaluation of 
workers exposed to inorganic lead.
    Section 1 provides a detailed description of the monitoring 
procedure including the required frequency of blood testing for exposed 
workers, provisions for medical removal protection (MRP), the 
recommended right of the employee to a second medical opinion, and 
notification and recordkeeping requirements of the employer. A 
discussion of the requirements for respirator use and respirator 
monitoring and OSHA's position on prophylactic chelation therapy are 
also included in this section.
    Section 2 discusses the toxic effects and clinical manifestations of 
lead poisoning and effects of lead intoxication on enzymatic pathways in 
heme synthesis. The adverse effects on both male and female reproductive 
capacity and on the fetus are also discussed.
    Section 3 outlines the recommended medical evaluation of the worker 
exposed to inorganic lead including details of the medical history, 
physical examination, and recommended laboratory tests, which are based 
on the toxic effects of lead as discussed in Section 2.
    Section 4 provides detailed information concerning the laboratory 
tests available for the monitoring of exposed workers. Included also is 
a discussion of the relative value of each test and the limitations and 
precautions which are necessary in the interpretation of the laboratory 
results.

                                                     Table 1                                                    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Effective date                      
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
Permissible airborne lead levels by industry (g/m3)\1\                        Mar. 1,   Mar. 1,   Mar. 1,   Mar. 1,   Mar. 1,    1989  
                                                        1979      1980      1981      1982      1984     (final)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Primary lead production..........................       200       200       200       100       100        50
2. Secondary lead production........................       200       200       200       100        50        50
3. Lead-acid battery manufacturing..................       200       200       100       100        50        50
4. Nonferrous foundries.............................       200       100       100       100        50        50
5. Lead pigment manufacturing.......................       200       200       200       100        50        50
6. All other industries.............................       200        50        50        50        50        50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\Airborne levels to be achieved without reliance or respirator protection through a combination of            
  engineering, work practice and other administrative controls. While these controls are being implemented      
  respirators must be used to meet the 50 g/m3 exposure limit.                                         

  

i. medical surveillance and monitoring requirements for workers exposed 
                            to inorganic lead

    Under the occupational health standard for inorganic lead, a program 
of biological monitoring and medical surveillance is to be made 
available to all employees exposed to lead above the action level of 30 
g/m3 TWA for more than 30 days each year. This 
program consists of periodic blood sampling and medical evaluation to be 
performed on a schedule which is defined by previous laboratory results, 
worker complaints or concerns, and the clinical assessment of the 
examining physician.
    Under this program, the blood lead level of all employees who are 
exposed to lead above

[[Page 138]]

the action level of 30 g/m3 is to be determined at 
least every six months. The frequency is increased to every two months 
for employees whose last blood lead level was between 40 g/100 
g whole blood and the level requiring employee medical removal to be 
discussed below. For employees who are removed from exposure to lead due 
to an elevated blood lead, a new blood lead level must be measured 
monthly. A zinc protoporphyrin (ZPP) is required on each occasion that a 
blood lead level measurement is made.
    An annual medical examination and consultation performed under the 
guidelines discussed in Section 3 is to be made available to each 
employee for whom a blood test conducted at any time during the 
preceding 12 months indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 
g/100 g. Also, an examination is to be given to all employees 
prior to their assignment to an area in which airborne lead 
concentrations reach or exceed the action level. In addition, a medical 
examination must be provided as soon as possible after notification by 
an employee that the employee has developed signs or symptoms commonly 
associated with lead intoxication, that the employee desires medical 
advice regarding lead exposure and the ability to procreate a healthy 
child, or that the employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathing 
during a respirator fitting test or during respirator use. An 
examination is also to be made available to each employee removed from 
exposure to lead due to a risk of sustaining material impairment to 
health, or otherwise limited or specially protected pursuant to medical 
recommendations.
    Results of biological monitoring or the recommendations of an 
examining physician may necessitate removal of an employee from further 
lead exposure pursuant to the standard's medical removal protection 
(MRP) program. The object of the MRP program is to provide temporary 
medical removal to workers either with substantially elevated blood lead 
levels or otherwise at risk of sustaining material health impairment 
from continued substantial exposure to lead. The following guidelines 
which are summarized in Table 2 were created under the standard for the 
temporary removal of an exposed employee and his or her subsequent 
return to work in an exposure area.

[[Page 139]]



                                                                         Table 2                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         Effective date                                                 
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Mar. 1, 1979          Mar. 1, 1980         Mar. 1, 1981         Mar. 1, 1982         Mar. 1, 1983 (final)    
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Blood lead level requiring          80 g/100 g.  70g/100 g.  60 g/100 g  60 g/100 g  60g/100 g or       
 employee medical removal. (Level                                                                                            average of last three blood
 must be confirmed with second follow-                                                                                       samples or all blood       
 up blood lead level within two weeks                                                                                        samples over previous 6    
 of first report.).                                                                                                          months (whichever is over a
                                                                                                                             longer time period) is 50  
                                                                                                                             g/100 g or greater
                                                                                                                             unless last blood sample is
                                                                                                                             40 g/100 g or     
                                                                                                                             less.                      
B. Frequency which employees exposed                                                                                                                    
 to action level of lead (30 g/m3 TWA) must have blood lead                                                                                                                       
 level checked (ZPP is also required                                                                                                                    
 in each occasion that a blood lead                                                                                                                     
 is obtained.):                                                                                                                                         
  1. Last blood lead level less than   Every 6 months......  Every 6 months.....  Every 6 months.....  Every 6 months.....  Every 6 months.             
   40 g/100 g.                                                                                                                                 
  2. Last blood lead level between 40  Every 2 months......  Every 2 months.....  Every 2 months.....  Every 2 months.....  Every 2 months.             
   g/100 g and level                                                                                                                           
   requiring medical removal (see A                                                                                                                     
   above).                                                                                                                                              
  3. Employees removed from exposure   Every 1 month.......  Every 1 month......  Every 1 month......  Every 1 month......  Every 1 month.              
   to lead because of an elevated                                                                                                                       
   blood lead level.                                                                                                                                    
C. Permissible airborne exposure       100 g/m3 8   50 g/m3 8   30 g/m3 8   30 g/m3 8   30 g/m3 8 hr TWA.  
 limit for workers removed from work    hr TWA.               hr TWA.              hr TWA.              hr TWA.                                         
 due to an elevated blood lead level                                                                                                                    
 (without regard to respirator                                                                                                                          
 protection).                                                                                                                                           
D. Blood lead level confirmed with a   60 50 40 40 40 g/100 
 second blood analysis, at which        m>g/100 g.            m>g/100 g.           m>g/100 g.           m>g/100 g.           g.                         
 employee may return to work.                                                                                                                           
 Permissible exposure without regard                                                                                                                    
 to respirator protection is listed                                                                                                                     
 by industry in Table I.                                                                                                                                
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: When medical opinion indicates that an employee is at risk of material impairment from exposure to lead, the physician can remove an employee from
  exposures exceeding the action level (or less) or recommend special protective measures as deemed appropriate and necessary. Medical monitoring during
  the medical removal period can be more stringent than noted in the table above if the physician so specifies. Return to work or removal of limitations
  and special protections is permitted when the physician indicates that the worker is no longer at risk of material impairment.                        


[[Page 140]]

    Under the standard's ultimate worker removal criteria, a worker is 
to be removed from any work having any eight hour TWA exposure to lead 
of 30 g/m3 or more whenever either of the following 
circumstances apply: (1) a blood lead level of 60 g/100 g or 
greater is obtained and confirmed by a second follow-up blood lead level 
performed within two weeks after the employer receives the results of 
the first blood sampling test, or (2) the average of the previous three 
blood lead determinations or the average of all blood lead 
determinations conducted during the previous six months, whichever 
encompasses the longest time period, equals or exceeds 50 g/100 
g, unless the last blood sample indicates a blood lead level at or below 
40 g/100 g in which case the employee need not be removed. 
Medical removal is to continue until two consecutive blood lead levels 
are 40 g/100 g or less.
    During the first two years that the ultimate removal criteria are 
being phased in, the return criteria have been set to assure that a 
worker's blood lead level has substantially declined during the period 
of removal. From March 1, 1979 to March 1, 1980, the blood lead level 
requiring employee medical removal is 80 g/100 g. Workers found 
to have a confirmed blood lead at this level or greater need only be 
removed from work having a daily 8 hour TWA exposure to lead at or above 
100 g/m3. Workers so removed are to be returned to 
work when their blood lead levels are at or below 60 g/100 g of 
whole blood. From March 1, 1980 to March 1, 1981, the blood lead level 
requiring medical removal is 70 g/100 g. During this period 
workers need only be removed from jobs having a daily 8 hour TWA 
exposure to lead at or above 50 g/m3 and are to be 
returned to work when a level of 50 g/100 g is achieved. 
Beginning March 1, 1981, return depends on a worker's blood lead level 
declining to 40 g/100 g of whole blood.
    As part of the standard, the employer is required to notify in 
writing each employee whose blood lead level exceeds 40 g/100 
g. In addition each such employee is to be informed that the standard 
requires medical removal with MRP benefits, discussed below, when an 
employee's blood lead level exceeds the above defined limits.
    In addition to the above blood lead level criteria, temporary worker 
removal may also take place as a result of medical determinations and 
recommendations. Written medical opinions must be prepared after each 
examination pursuant to the standard. If the examining physician 
includes a medical finding, determination or opinion that the employee 
has a medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of 
material health impairment from exposure to lead, then the employee must 
be removed from exposure to lead at or above the action level. 
Alternatively, if the examining physician recommends special protective 
measures for an employee (e.g., use of a powered air purifying 
respirator) or recommends limitations on an employee's exposure to lead, 
then the employer must implement these recommendations. Recommendations 
may be more stringent than the specific provisions of the standard. The 
examining physician, therefore, is given broad flexibility to tailor 
special protective procedures to the needs of individual employees. This 
flexibility extends to the evaluation and management of pregnant workers 
and male and female workers who are planning to raise children. Based on 
the history, physical examination, and laboratory studies, the physician 
might recommend special protective measures or medical removal for an 
employee who is pregnant or who is planning to conceive a child when, in 
the physician's judgment, continued exposure to lead at the current job 
would pose a significant risk. The return of the employee to his or her 
former job status, or the removal of special protections or limitations, 
depends upon the examining physician determining that the employee is no 
longer at increased risk of material impairment or that special measures 
are no longer needed.
    During the period of any form of special protection or removal, the 
employer must maintain the worker's earnings, seniority, and other 
employment rights and benefits (as though the worker had not been 
removed) for a period of up to 18 months. This economic protection will 
maximize meaningful worker participation in the medical surveillance 
program, and is appropriate as part of the employer's overall obligation 
to provide a safe and healthful workplace. The provisions of MRP 
benefits during the employee's removal period may, however, be 
conditioned upon participation in medical surveillance.
    On rare occasions, an employee's blood lead level may not acceptably 
decline within 18 months of removal. This situation will arise only in 
unusual circumstances, thus the standard relies on an individual medical 
examination to determine how to protect such an employee. This medical 
determination is to be based on both laboratory values, including lead 
levels, zinc protoporphyrin levels, blood counts, and other tests felt 
to be warranted, as well as the physician's judgment that any symptoms 
or findings on physical examination are a result of lead toxicity. The 
medical determination may be that the employee is incapable of ever 
safely returning to his or her former job status. The medical 
determination may provide additional removal time past 18 months for 
some employees or specify special protective measures to be implemented.
    The lead standard provides for a multiple physician review in cases 
where the employee wishes a second opinion concerning potential lead 
poisoning or toxicity. If an employee wishes a second opinion, he or she

[[Page 141]]

can make an appointment with a physician of his or her choice. This 
second physician will review the findings, recommendations or 
determinations of the first physician and conduct any examinations, 
consultations or tests deemed necessary in an attempt to make a final 
medical determination. If the first and second physicians do not agree 
in their assessment they must try to resolve their differences. If they 
cannot reach an agreement then they must designate a third physician to 
resolve the dispute.
    The employer must provide examining and consulting physicians with 
the following specific information: a copy of the lead regulations and 
all appendices, a description of the employee's duties as related to 
exposure, the exposure level to lead and any other toxic substances (if 
applicable), a description of personal protective equipment used, blood 
lead levels, and all prior written medical opinions regarding the 
employee in the employer's possession or control. The employer must also 
obtain from the physician and provide the employee with a written 
medical opinion containing blood lead levels, the physicians's opinion 
as to whether the employee is at risk of material impairment to health, 
any recommended protective measures for the employee if further exposure 
is permitted, as well as any recommended limitations upon an employee's 
use of respirators.
    Employers must instruct each physician not to reveal to the employer 
in writing or in any other way his or her findings, laboratory results, 
or diagnoses which are felt to be unrelated to occupational lead 
exposure. They must also instruct each physician to advise the employee 
of any occupationally or non-occupationally related medical condition 
requiring further treatment or evaluation.
    The standard provides for the use of respirators where engineering 
and other primary controls have not been fully implemented. However, the 
use of respirator protection shall not be used in lieu of temporary 
medical removal due to elevated blood lead levels or findings that an 
employee is at risk of material health impairment. This is based on the 
numerous inadequacies of respirators including skin rash where the 
facepiece makes contact with the skin, unacceptable stress to breathing 
in some workers with underlying cardiopulmonary impairment, difficulty 
in providing adequate fit, the tendency for respirators to create 
additional hazards by interfering with vision, hearing, and mobility, 
and the difficulties of assuring the maximum effectiveness of a 
complicated work practice program involving respirators. Respirators do, 
however, serve a useful function where engineering and work practice 
controls are inadequate by providing supplementary, interim, or short-
term protection, provided they are properly selected for the environment 
in which the employee will be working, properly fitted to the employee, 
maintained and cleaned periodically, and worn by the employee when 
required.
    In its final standard on occupational exposure to inorganic lead, 
OSHA has prohibited prophylactic chelation. Diagnostic and therapeutic 
chelation are permitted only under the supervision of a licensed 
physician with appropriate medical monitoring in an acceptable clinical 
setting. The decision to initiate chelation therapy must be made on an 
individual basis and take into account the severity of symptoms felt to 
be a result of lead toxicity along with blood lead levels, ZPP levels, 
and other laboratory tests as appropriate. EDTA and penicillamine which 
are the primary chelating agents used in the therapy of occupational 
lead poisoning have significant potential side effects and their use 
must be justified on the basis of expected benefits to the worker. 
Unless frank and severe symptoms are present, therapeutic chelation is 
not recommended given the opportunity to remove a worker from exposure 
and allow the body to naturally excrete accumulated lead. As a 
diagnostic aid, the chelation mobilization test using CA-EDTA has 
limited applicability. According to some investigators, the test can 
differentiate between lead-induced and other nephropathies. The test may 
also provide an estimation of the mobile fraction of the total body lead 
burden.
    Employers are required to assure that accurate records are 
maintained on exposure monitoring, medical surveillance, and medical 
removal for each employee. Exposure monitoring and medical surveillance 
records must be kept for 40 years or the duration of employment plus 20 
years, whichever is longer, while medical removal records must be 
maintained for the duration of employment. All records required under 
the standard must be made available upon request to the Assistant 
Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health and the Director 
of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. Employers 
must also make environmental and biological monitoring and medical 
removal records available to affected employees and to former employees 
or their authorized employee representatives. Employees or their 
specifically designated representatives have access to their entire 
medical surveillance records.
    In addition, the standard requires that the employer inform all 
workers exposed to lead at or above the action level of the provisions 
of the standard and all its appendices, the purpose and description of 
medical surveillance and provisions for medical removal protection if 
temporary removal is required. An understanding of the potential health 
effects of lead exposure by all exposed employees along with full 
understanding of their

[[Page 142]]

rights under the lead standard is essential for an effective monitoring 
program.

              ii. adverse health effects of inorganic lead

    Although the toxicity of lead has been known for 2,000 years, the 
knowledge of the complex relationship between lead exposure and human 
response is still being refined. Significant research into the toxic 
properties of lead continues throughout the world, and it should be 
anticipated that our understanding of thresholds of effects and margins 
of safety will be improved in future years. The provisions of the lead 
standard are founded on two prime medical judgments: first, the 
prevention of adverse health effects from exposure to lead throughout a 
working lifetime requires that worker blood lead levels be maintained at 
or below 40 g/100 g and second, the blood lead levels of 
workers, male or female, who intend to parent in the near future should 
be maintained below 30 g/100 g to minimize adverse reproductive 
health effects to the parents and developing fetus. The adverse effects 
of lead on reproduction are being actively researched and OSHA 
encourages the physician to remain abreast of recent developments in the 
area to best advise pregnant workers or workers planning to conceive 
children.
    The spectrum of health effects caused by lead exposure can be 
subdivided into five developmental stages: normal, physiological changes 
of uncertain significance, pathophysiological changes, overt symptoms 
(morbidity), and mortality. Within this process there are no sharp 
distinctions, but rather a continuum of effects. Boundaries between 
categories overlap due to the wide variation of individual responses and 
exposures in the working population. OSHA's development of the lead 
standard focused on pathophysiological changes as well as later stages 
of disease.
    1. Heme Synthesis Inhibition. The earliest demonstrated effect of 
lead involves its ability to inhibit at least two enzymes of the heme 
synthesis pathway at very low blood levels. Inhibition of delta 
aminolevulinic acid dehydrase (ALA-D) which catalyzes the conversion of 
delta-aminolevulinic acid (ALA) to protoporphyrin is observed at a blood 
lead level below 20 g/100 g whole blood. At a blood lead level 
of 40 ug/100 g, more than 20% of the population would have 70% 
inhibition of ALA-D. There is an exponential increase in ALA excretion 
at blood lead levels greater than 40 g/100 g.
    Another enzyme, ferrochelatase, is also inhibited at low blood lead 
levels. Inhibition of ferrochelatase leads to increased free erythrocyte 
protoporphyrin (FEP) in the blood which can then bind to zinc to yield 
zinc protoporphyrin. At a blood lead level of 50 g/100 g or 
greater, nearly 100% of the population will have an increase in FEP. 
There is also an exponential relationship between blood lead levels 
greater than 40 g/100 g and the associated ZPP level, which has 
led to the development of the ZPP screening test for lead exposure.
    While the significance of these effects is subject to debate, it is 
OSHA's position that these enzyme disturbances are early stages of a 
disease process which may eventually result in the clinical symptoms of 
lead poisoning. Whether or not the effects do progress to the later 
stages of clinical disease, disruption of these enzyme processes over a 
working lifetime is considered to be a material impairment of health.
    One of the eventual results of lead-induced inhibition of enzymes in 
the heme synthesis pathway is anemia which can be asymptomatic if mild 
but associated with a wide array of symptoms including dizziness, 
fatigue, and tachycardia when more severe. Studies have indicated that 
lead levels as low as 50 g/100 g can be associated with a 
definite decreased hemoglobin, although most cases of lead-induced 
anemia, as well as shortened red-cell survival times, occur at lead 
levels exceeding 80 g/100 g. Inhibited hemoglobin synthesis is 
more common in chronic cases whereas shortened erythrocyte life span is 
more common in acute cases.
    In lead-induced anemias, there is usually a reticulocytosis along 
with the presence of basophilic stippling, and ringed sideroblasts, 
although none of the above are pathognomonic for lead-induced anemia.
    2. Neurological Effects. Inorganic lead has been found to have toxic 
effects on both the central and peripheral nervous systems. The earliest 
stages of lead-induced central nervous system effects first manifest 
themselves in the form of behavioral disturbances and central nervous 
system symptoms including irritability, restlessness, insomnia and other 
sleep disturbances, fatigue, vertigo, headache, poor memory, tremor, 
depression, and apathy. With more severe exposure, symptoms can progress 
to drowsiness, stupor, hallucinations, delerium, convulsions and coma.
    The most severe and acute form of lead poisoning which usually 
follows ingestion or inhalation of large amounts of lead is acute 
encephalopathy which may arise precipitously with the onset of 
intractable seizures, coma, cardiorespiratory arrest, and death within 
48 hours.
    While there is disagreement about what exposure levels are needed to 
produce the earliest symptoms, most experts agree that symptoms 
definitely can occur at blood lead levels of 60 g/100 g whole 
blood and therefore recommend a 40 g/100 g maximum. The central 
nervous system effects frequently are not reversible following 
discontinued exposure or chelation therapy and when improvement does 
occur, it is almost always only partial.

[[Page 143]]

    The peripheral neuropathy resulting from lead exposure 
characteristically involves only motor function with minimal sensory 
damage and has a marked predilection for the extensor muscles of the 
most active extremity. The peripheral neuropathy can occur with varying 
degrees of severity. The earliest and mildest form which can be detected 
in workers with blood lead levels as low as 50 g/100 g is 
manifested by slowing of motor nerve conduction velocity often without 
clinical symptoms. With progression of the neuropathy there is 
development of painless extensor muscle weakness usually involving the 
extensor muscles of the fingers and hand in the most active upper 
extremity, followed in severe cases by wrist drop or, much less 
commonly, foot drop.
    In addition to slowing of nerve conduction, electromyographical 
studies in patients with blood lead levels greater than 50 g/
100 g have demonstrated a decrease in the number of acting motor unit 
potentials, an increase in the duration of motor unit potentials, and 
spontaneous pathological activity including fibrillations and 
fasciculations. Whether these effects occur at levels of 40 g/
100 g is undetermined.
    While the peripheral neuropathies can occasionally be reversed with 
therapy, again such recovery is not assured particularly in the more 
severe neuropathies and often improvement is only partial. The lack of 
reversibility is felt to be due in part to segmental demyelination.
    3. Gastrointestinal. Lead may also affect the gastrointestinal 
system producing abdominal colic or diffuse abdominal pain, 
constipation, obstipation, diarrhea, anorexia, nausea and vomiting. Lead 
colic rarely develops at blood lead levels below 80 g/100 g.
    4. Renal. Renal toxicity represents one of the most serious health 
effects of lead poisoning. In the early stages of disease nuclear 
inclusion bodies can frequently be identified in proximal renal tubular 
cells. Renal function remains normal and the changes in this stage are 
probably reversible. With more advanced disease there is progressive 
interstitial fibrosis and impaired renal function. Eventually extensive 
interstitial fibrosis ensues with sclerotic glomeruli and dilated and 
atrophied proximal tubules; all represent end stage kidney disease. 
Azotemia can be progressive, eventually resulting in frank uremia 
necessitating dialysis. There is occasionally associated hypertension 
and hyperuricemia with or without gout.
    Early kidney disease is difficult to detect. The urinalysis is 
normal in early lead nephropathy and the blood urea nitrogen and serum 
creatinine increase only when two-thirds of kidney function is lost. 
Measurement of creatinine clearance can often detect earlier disease as 
can other methods of measurement of glomerular filtration rate. An 
abnormal Ca-EDTA mobilization test has been used to differentiate 
between lead-induced and other nephropathies, but this procedure is not 
widely accepted. A form of Fanconi syndrome with aminoaciduria, 
glycosuria, and hyperphosphaturia indicating severe injury to the 
proximal renal tubules is occasionally seen in children.
    5. Reproductive effects. Exposure to lead can have serious effects 
on reproductive function in both males and females. In male workers 
exposed to lead there can be a decrease in sexual drive, impotence, 
decreased ability to produce healthy sperm, and sterility. Malformed 
sperm (teratospermia), decreased number of sperm (hypospermia), and 
sperm with decreased motility (asthenospermia) can all occur. 
Teratospermia has been noted at mean blood lead levels of 53 g/
100 g and hypospermia and asthenospermia at 41 g/100 g. 
Furthermore, there appears to be a dose-response relationship for 
teratospermia in lead exposed workers.
    Women exposed to lead may experience menstrual disturbances 
including dysmenorrhea, menorrhagia and amenorrhea. Following exposure 
to lead, women have a higher frequency of sterility, premature births, 
spontaneous miscarriages, and stillbirths.
    Germ cells can be affected by lead and cause genetic damage in the 
egg or sperm cells before conception and result in failure to implant, 
miscarriage, stillbirth, or birth defects.
    Infants of mothers with lead poisoning have a higher mortality 
during the first year and suffer from lowered birth weights, slower 
growth, and nervous system disorders.
    Lead can pass through the placental barrier and lead levels in the 
mother's blood are comparable to concentrations of lead in the umbilical 
cord at birth. Transplacental passage becomes detectable at 12-14 weeks 
of gestation and increases until birth.
    There is little direct data on damage to the fetus from exposure to 
lead but it is generally assumed that the fetus and newborn would be at 
least as susceptible to neurological damage as young children. Blood 
lead levels of 50-60 g/100 g in children can cause significant 
neurobehavioral impairments and there is evidence of hyperactivity at 
blood levels as low as 25 g/100 g. Given the overall body of 
literature concerning the adverse health effects of lead in children, 
OSHA feels that the blood lead level in children should be maintained 
below 30 g/100 g with a population mean of 15 g/100 g. 
Blood lead levels in the fetus and newborn likewise should not exceed 30 
g/100 g.
    Because of lead's ability to pass through the placental barrier and 
also because of the demonstrated adverse effects of lead on reproductive 
function in both the male and female as well as the risk of genetic 
damage of lead on both the ovum and sperm, OSHA recommends a 30 
g/100 g maximum permissible

[[Page 144]]

blood lead level in both males and females who wish to bear children.
    6. Other toxic effects. Debate and research continue on the effects 
of lead on the human body. Hypertension has frequently been noted in 
occupationally exposed individuals although it is difficult to assess 
whether this is due to lead's adverse effects on the kidney or if some 
other mechanism is involved. Vascular and electrocardiogarphic changes 
have been detected but have not been well characterized. Lead is thought 
to impair thyroid function and interfere with the pituitary-adrenal 
axis, but again these effects have not been well defined.

                         iii. medical evaluation

    The most important principle in evaluating a worker for any 
occupational disease including lead poisoning is a high index of 
suspicion on the part of the examining physician. As discussed in 
Section 2, lead can affect numerous organ systems and produce a wide 
array of signs and symptoms, most of which are non-specific and subtle 
in nature at least in the early stages of disease. Unless serious 
concern for lead toxicity is present, many of the early clues to 
diagnosis may easily be overlooked.
    The crucial initial step in the medical evaluation is recognizing 
that a worker's employment can result in exposure to lead. The worker 
will frequently be able to define exposures to lead and lead containing 
materials but often will not volunteer this information unless 
specifically asked. In other situations the worker may not know of any 
exposures to lead but the suspicion might be raised on the part of the 
physician because of the industry or occupation of the worker. Potential 
occupational exposure to lead and its compounds occur in at least 120 
occupations, including lead smelting, the manufacture of lead storage 
batteries, the manufacture of lead pigments and products containing 
pigments, solder manufacture, shipbuilding and ship repair, auto 
manufacturing, construction, and painting.
    Once the possibility for lead exposure is raised, the focus can then 
be directed toward eliciting information from the medical history, 
physical exam, and finally from laboratory data to evaluate the worker 
for potential lead toxicity.
    A complete and detailed work history is important in the initial 
evaluation. A listing of all previous employment with information on 
work processes, exposure to fumes or dust, known exposures to lead or 
other toxic substances, respiratory protection used, and previous 
medical surveillance should all be included in the worker's record. 
Where exposure to lead is suspected, information concerning on-the-job 
personal hygiene, smoking or eating habits in work areas, laundry 
procedures, and use of any protective clothing or respiratory protection 
equipment should be noted. A complete work history is essential in the 
medical evaluation of a worker with suspected lead toxicity, especially 
when long term effects such as neurotoxicity and nephrotoxicity are 
considered.
    The medical history is also of fundamental importance and should 
include a listing of all past and current medical conditions, current 
medications including proprietary drug intake, previous surgeries and 
hospitalizations, allergies, smoking history, alcohol consumption, and 
also non-occupational lead exposures such as hobbies (hunting, riflery). 
Also known childhood exposures should be elicited. Any previous history 
of hematological, neurological, gastrointestinal, renal, psychological, 
gynecological, genetic, or reproductive problems should be specifically 
noted.
    A careful and complete review must be performed to assess both 
recognized complaints and subtle or slowly acquired symptoms which the 
worker might not appreciate as being significant. The review of symptoms 
should include the following:
    General--weight loss, fatigue, decreased appetite.
    Head, Eyes, Ears, Nose, Throat (HEENT)--headaches, visual 
disturbances or decreased visual acuity, hearing deficits or tinnitus, 
pigmentation of the oral mucosa, or metallic taste in mouth.
    Cardio-pulmonary--shortness of breath, cough, chest pains, 
palpitations, or orthopnea.
    Gastrointestinal--nausea, vomiting, heartburn, abdominal pain, 
constipation or diarrhea.
    Neurologic--irritability, insomnia, weakness (fatigue), dizziness, 
loss of memory, confusion, hallucinations, incoordination, ataxia, 
decreased strength in hands or feet, disturbances in gait, difficulty in 
climbing stairs, or seizures.
    Hematologic--pallor, easy fatigability, abnormal blood loss, melena.
    Reproductive (male and female and spouse where relevant)--history of 
infertility, impotence, loss of libido, abnormal menstrual periods, 
history of miscarriages, stillbirths, or children with birth defects.
    Musculo-skeletal--muscle and joint pains.
    The physical examination should emphasize the neurological, 
gastrointestinal, and cardiovascular systems. The worker's weight and 
blood pressure should be recorded and the oral mucosa checked for 
pigmentation characteristic of a possible Burtonian or lead line on the 
gingiva. It should be noted, however, that the lead line may not be 
present even in severe lead poisoning if good oral hygiene is practiced.
    The presence of pallor on skin examination may indicate an anemia, 
which if severe might also be associated with a tachycardia. If an 
anemia is suspected, an active search

[[Page 145]]

for blood loss should be undertaken including potential blood loss 
through the gastrointestinal tract.
    A complete neurological examination should include an adequate 
mental status evaluation including a search for behavioral and 
psychological disturbances, memory testing, evaluation for irritability, 
insomnia, hallucinations, and mental clouding. Gait and coordination 
should be examined along with close observation for tremor. A detailed 
evaluation of peripheral nerve function including careful sensory and 
motor function testing is warranted. Strength testing particularly of 
extensor muscle groups of all extremities is of fundamental importance.
    Cranial nerve evaluation should also be included in the routine 
examination.
    The abdominal examination should include auscultation for bowel 
sounds and abdominal bruits and palpation for organomegaly, masses, and 
diffuse abdominal tenderness.
    Cardiovascular examination should evaluate possible early signs of 
congestive heart failure. Pulmonary status should be addressed 
particularly if respirator protection is contemplated.
    As part of the medical evaluation, the lead standard requires the 
following laboratory studies:
    1. Blood lead level
    2. Hemoglobin and hematocrit determinations, red cell indices, and 
examination of the peripheral blood smear to evaluate red blood cell 
morphology
    3. Blood urea nitrogen
    4. Serum creatinine
    5. Routine urinalysis with microscopic examination.
    6. A zinc protoporphyrin level
    In addition to the above, the physician is authorized to order any 
further laboratory or other tests which he or she deems necessary in 
accordance with sound medical practice. The evaluation must also include 
pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of male fertility if 
requested by the employee.
    Additional tests which are probably not warranted on a routine basis 
but may be appropriate when blood lead and ZPP levels are equivocal 
include delta aminolevulinic acid and coproporphyrin concentrations in 
the urine, and dark-field illumination for detection of basophilic 
stippling in red blood cells.
    If an anemia is detected further studies including a careful 
examination of the peripheral smear, reticulocyte count, stool for 
occult blood, serum iron, total iron binding capacity, bilirubin, and, 
if appropriate, vitamin B12 and folate may be of value in attempting to 
identify the cause of the anemia.
    If a peripheral neuropathy is suspected, nerve conduction studies 
are warranted both for diagnosis and as a basis to monitor any therapy.
    If renal disease is questioned, a 24 hour urine collection for 
creatinine clearance, protein, and electrolytes may be indicated. 
Elevated uric acid levels may result from lead-induced renal disease and 
a serum uric acid level might be performed.
    An electrocardiogram and chest x-ray may be obtained as deemed 
appropriate.
    Sophisticated and highly specialized testing should not be done 
routinely and where indicated should be under the direction of a 
specialist.

                        iv. laboratory evaluation

    The blood lead level at present remains the single most important 
test to monitor lead exposure and is the test used in the medical 
surveillance program under the lead standard to guide employee medical 
removal. The ZPP has several advantages over the blood lead level. 
Because of its relatively recent development and the lack of extensive 
data concerning its interpretation, the ZPP currently remains an 
ancillary test.
    This section will discuss the blood lead level and ZPP in detail and 
will outline their relative advantages and disadvantages. Other blood 
tests currently available to evaluate lead exposure will also be 
reviewed.
    The blood lead level is a good index of current or recent lead 
absorption when there is no anemia present and when the worker has not 
taken any chelating agents. However, blood lead levels along with 
urinary lead levels do not necessarily indicate the total body burden of 
lead and are not adequate measures of past exposure. One reason for this 
is that lead has a high affinity for bone and up to 90% of the body's 
total lead is deposited there. A very important component of the total 
lead body burden is lead in soft tissue (liver, kidney, and brain). This 
fraction of the lead body burden, the biologically active lead, is not 
entirely reflected by blood lead levels since it is a function of the 
dynamics of lead absorption, distribution, deposition in bone and 
excretion. Following discontinuation of exposure to lead, the excess 
body burden is only slowly mobilized from bone and other relatively 
stable body stores and excreted. Consequently, a high blood lead level 
may only represent recent heavy exposure to lead without a significant 
total body excess and likewise a low blood lead level does not exclude 
an elevated total body burden of lead.
    Also due to its correlation with recent exposures, the blood lead 
level may vary considerably over short time intervals.
    To minimize laboratory error and erroneous results due to 
contamination, blood specimens must be carefully collected after 
thorough cleaning of the skin with appropriate methods using lead-free 
blood containers and analyzed by a reliable laboratory. Under the 
standard, samples must be analyzed in laboratories which are approved

[[Page 146]]

by the Center for Disease Control (CDC) or which have received 
satisfactory grades in proficiency testing by the CDC in the previous 
year. Analysis is to be made using atomic absorption spectrophotometry, 
anodic stripping voltammetry or any method which meets the accuracy 
requirements set forth by the standard.
    The determination of lead in urine is generally considered a less 
reliable monitoring technique than analysis of whole blood primarily due 
to individual variability in urinary excretion capacity as well as the 
technical difficulty of obtaining accurate 24 hour urine collections. In 
addition, workers with renal insufficiency, whether due to lead or some 
other cause, may have decreased lead clearance and consequently urine 
lead levels may underestimate the true lead burden. Therefore, urine 
lead levels should not be used as a routine test.
    The zinc protoporphyrin test, unlike the blood lead determination, 
measures an adverse metabolic effect of lead and as such is a better 
indicator of lead toxicity than the level of blood lead itself. The 
level of ZPP reflects lead absorption over the preceding 3 to 4 months, 
and therefore is a better indicator of lead body burden. The ZPP 
requires more time than the blood lead to read significantly elevated 
levels; the return to normal after discontinuing lead exposure is also 
slower. Furthermore, the ZPP test is simpler, faster, and less expensive 
to perform and no contamination is possible. Many investigators believe 
it is the most reliable means of monitoring chronic lead absorption.
    Zinc protoporphyrin results from the inhibition of the enzyme 
ferrochelatase which catalyzes the insertion of an iron molecule into 
the protoporphyrin molecule, which then becomes heme. If iron is not 
inserted into the molecule then zinc, having a greater affinity for 
protoporphyrin, takes the place of the iron, forming ZPP.
    An elevation in the level of circulating ZPP may occur at blood lead 
levels as low as 20-30 g/100 g in some workers. Once the blood 
lead level has reached 40 g/100 g there is more marked rise in 
the ZPP value from its normal range of less than 100 g/100 ml. 
Increases in blood lead levels beyond 40 g/100 g are associated 
with exponential increases in ZPP.
    Whereas blood lead levels fluctuate over short time spans, ZPP 
levels remain relatively stable. ZPP is measured directly in red blood 
cells and is present for the cell's entire 120 day life-span. Therefore, 
the ZPP level in blood reflects the average ZPP production over the 
previous 3-4 months and consequently the average lead exposure during 
that time interval.
    It is recommended that a hematocrit be determined whenever a 
confirmed ZPP of 50 g/100 ml whole blood is obtained to rule 
out a significant underlying anemia. If the ZPP is in excess of 100 
g/100 ml and not associated with abnormal elevations in blood 
lead levels, the laboratory should be checked to be sure that blood 
leads were determined using atomic absorption spectrophotometry anodic 
stripping voltammetry, or any method which meets the accuracy 
requirements set forth by the standard by a CDC approved laboratory 
which is experienced in lead level determinations. Repeat periodic blood 
lead studies should be obtained in all individuals with elevated ZPP 
levels to be certain that an associated elevated blood lead level has 
not been missed due to transient fluctuations in blood leads.
    ZPP has a characteristic fluorescence spectrum with a peak at 594 nm 
which is detectable with a hematofluorimeter. The hematofluorimeter is 
accurate and portable and can provide on-site, instantaneous results for 
workers who can be frequently tested via a finger prick.
    However, careful attention must be given to calibration and quality 
control procedures. Limited data on blood lead--ZPP correlations and the 
ZPP levels which are associated with the adverse health effects 
discussed in Section 2 are the major limitations of the test. Also it is 
difficult to correlate ZPP levels with environmental exposure and there 
is some variation of response with age and sex. Nevertheless, the ZPP 
promises to be an important diagnostic test for the early detection of 
lead toxicity and its value will increase as more data is collected 
regarding its relationship to other manifestations of lead poisoning.
    Levels of delta-aminolevulinic acid (ALA) in the urine are also used 
as a measure of lead exposure. Increasing concentrations of ALA are 
believed to result from the inhibition of the enzyme delta-
aminolevulinic acid dehydrase (ALA-D). Although the test is relatively 
easy to perform, inexpensive, and rapid, the disadvantages include 
variability in results, the necessity to collect a complete 24 hour 
urine sample which has a specific gravity greater than 1.010, and also 
the fact that ALA decomposes in the presence of light.
    The pattern of porphyrin excretion in the urine can also be helpful 
in identifying lead intoxication. With lead poisoning, the urine 
concentrations of coproporphyrins I and II, porphobilinogen and 
uroporphyrin I rise. The most important increase, however, is that of 
coproporphyrin III; levels may exceed 5,000 g/1 in the urine in 
lead poisoned individuals, but its correlation with blood lead levels 
and ZPP are not as good as those of ALA. Increases in urinary porphyrins 
are not diagnostic of lead toxicity and may be seen in porphyria, some 
liver diseases, and in patients with high reticulocyte counts.

[[Page 147]]

    Summary. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration's 
standard for inorganic lead places significant emphasis on the medical 
surveillance of all workers exposed to levels of inorganic lead above 
the action level of 30 g/m3 TWA. The physician has a 
fundamental role in this surveillance program, and in the operation of 
the medical removal protection program.
    Even with adequate worker education on the adverse health effects of 
lead and appropriate training in work practices, personal hygiene and 
other control measures, the physician has a primary responsibility for 
evaluating potential lead toxicity in the worker. It is only through a 
careful and detailed medical and work history, a complete physical 
examination and appropriate laboratory testing that an accurate 
assessment can be made. Many of the adverse health effects of lead 
toxicity are either irreversible or only partially reversible and 
therefore early detection of disease is very important.
    This document outlines the medical monitoring program as defined by 
the occupational safety and health standard for inorganic lead. It 
reviews the adverse health effects of lead poisoning and describes the 
important elements of the history and physical examinations as they 
relate to these adverse effects. Finally, the appropriate laboratory 
testing for evaluating lead exposure and toxicity is presented.
    It is hoped that this review and discussion will give the physician 
a better understanding of the OSHA standard with the ultimate goal of 
protecting the health and well-being of the worker exposed to lead under 
his or her care.

      Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1025--Qualitative Fit Test Protocols

    This appendix specifies the only allowable qualitative fit test 
protocols permissible for compliance with paragraph (f)(3)(ii).

                       I. Isoamyl Acetate Protocol

    A. Odor threshold screening.
    1. Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids (e.g. Mason or Bell 
jars) are required.
    2. Odor-free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at approximately 
25 deg.C shall be used for the solutions.
    3. The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known as isopentyl acetate) stock 
solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor free 
water in a 1-liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. This solution shall 
be prepared new at least weekly.
    4. The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from the 
room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well ventilated 
but may not be connected to the same recirculating ventilation system.
    5. The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing. .4 
cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a clean 
dropper or pipette. Shake for 30 seconds and allow to stand for two to 
three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach 
equilibrium. This solution may be used for only one day.
    6. A test blank is prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of odor 
free water.
    7. The odor test and test blank jars shall be labelled 1 and 2 for 
jar identification. If the labels are put on the lids they can be 
periodically dried off and switched to avoid people thinking the same 
jar always has the IAA.
    8. The following instructions shall be typed on a card and placed on 
the table in front of the two test jars (i.e. 1 and 2);
    ``The purpose of this test is to determine if you can smell banana 
oil at a low concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain 
water. One of these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil. 
Be sure the covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. 
Unscrew the lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of 
the bottle. Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana 
oil.''
    9. The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be 
prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in order 
to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject.
    10. If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar 
containing the odor test solution, the IAA QLFT may not be used.
    11. If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the 
odor test solution he may proceed to respirator selection and fit 
testing.
    B. Respirator selection.
    1. The test subject shall be allowed to select the most comfortable 
respirator from a large array of various sizes and manufacturers that 
includes at least three sizes of elastomeric half facepieces and units 
of at least two manufacturers.
    2. The selection process shall be conducted in a room separate from 
the fit-test chamber to prevent odor fatigue. Prior to the selection 
process, the test subject shall be shown how to put on a respirator, how 
it should be positioned on the face, how to set strap tension and how to 
assess an ``comfortable'' respirator. A mirror shall be available to 
assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning of the 
respirator. This may not constitute his formal training on respirator 
use, only a review.
    3. The test subject should understand that he is being asked to 
select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit for him. 
Each respirator represents a different size and shape and, if fit 
properly, will provide adequate protection.

[[Page 148]]

    4. The test subject holds each facepiece up to his face and 
eliminates those which are obviously not giving a comfortable fit. 
Normally, selection will begin with a half-mask and if a fit cannot be 
found here, the subject will be asked to go to the full facepiece 
respirators. (A small percentage of users will not be able to wear any 
half-mask.)
    5. The more comfortable facepieces are recorded; the most 
comfortable mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess 
comfort. Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the 
points in 6 below. If the test subject is not familiar with using a 
particular respirator, he shall be directed to don the mask several 
times and to adjust the straps each time, so that he becomes adept at 
setting proper tension on the straps.
    6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following 
points with the test subject:

 Chin properly placed.
 Positioning of mask on nose.
 Strap tension.
 Fit across nose bridge.
 Room for safety glasses.
 Distance from nose to chin.
 Room to talk.
 Tendency to slip.
 Cheeks filled out.
 Self-observation in mirror.
 Adequate time for assessment.

    7. The test subject shall conduct the conventional negative and 
positive-pressure fit checks (e.g. see ANSI Z88.2-1980). Before 
conducting the negative- or positive-pressure checks, the subject shall 
be told to ``seat'' his mask by rapidly moving the head side-to-side and 
up and down, taking a few deep breaths.
    8. The test subject is now ready for fit testing.
    9. After passing the fit test, the test subject shall be questioned 
again regarding the comfort of the respirator. If it has become 
uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried.
    10. The employee shall be given the opportunity to select a 
different facepiece and be retested if during the first two weeks of on-
the-job wear the chosen facepiece becomes unacceptably uncomfortable.
    C. Fit test.
    1. The fit test chamber shall be substantially similar to a clear 55 
gallon drum liner suspended inverted over a 2 foot diameter frame, so 
that the top of chamber is about 6 inches above the test subject's head. 
The inside top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached.
    2. Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be 
equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against 
organic vapors. The cartridges or masks shall be changed at least 
weekly.
    3. After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator 
himself, the test subject shall wear it to the fit testing room. This 
room shall be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening 
and respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust 
fan or lab hook, to prevent general room contamination.
    4. A copy of the following test exercises and rainbow (or equally 
effective) passage shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber:

                             Test Exercises

    i. Normal breathing.
    ii. Deep breathing. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
    iii. Turning head from side-to-side. Be certain movement is 
complete. Alert the test subject not to bump the respirator on the 
shoulders. Have the test subject inhale when his head is at either side.
    iv. Nodding head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete and 
made about every second. Alert the test subject not bump the respirator 
on the chest. Have the test subject inhale when his head is in the fully 
up position.
    v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The following 
paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Reading it will result in a 
wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to satisfy this 
requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same purpose may also 
be used.

                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of 
the rainbow.
    vi. Normal breathing.
    5. Each test subject shall wear his respirator for at least 10 
minutes before starting the fit test.
    6. Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given a 
6 inch by 5 inch piece of paper towel or other porous absorbent single 
ply material, folded in half and wetted with three-quarters of one cc of 
pure IAA. The test subject shall hang the wet towel on the hook at the 
top of the chamber.
    7. Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to be reached 
before starting the fit-test exercises. This would be an appropriate 
time to talk with the test subject, to

[[Page 149]]

explain the fit test, the importance of his cooperation, the purpose for 
the head exercises, or to demonstrate some of the exercises.
    8. Each exercise described in No. 4 above shall be performed for at 
least one minute.
    9. If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana-
like odor of IAA, he shall quickly exit from the test chamber and leave 
the test area to avoid olfactory fatigue.
    10. Upon returning to the selection room, the subject shall remove 
the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity test, select and put on 
another respirator, return to the test chamber, etc. The process 
continues until a respirator that fits well has been found. Should the 
odor sensitivity test be failed, the subject shall wait about 5 minutes 
before retesting. Odor sensitivity will usually have returned by this 
time.
    11. If a person cannot be fitted with the selection of half-mask 
respirators, include full facepiece models in the selection process. 
When a respirator is found that passes the test, its efficiency shall be 
demonstrated for the subject by having him break the face seal and take 
a breath before exiting the chamber.
    12. When the test subject leaves the chamber he shall remove the 
saturated towel, returning it to the test conductor. To keep the area 
from becoming contaminated, the used towels shall be kept in a self-
sealing bag. There is no significant IAA concentration buildup in the 
test chamber from subsequent tests.
    13. Persons who have successfully passed this fit test may be 
assigned the use of the tested respirator in atmospheres with up to 10 
times the PEL of airborne lead. In other words this IAA protocol may be 
used to assign a protection factor no higher than 10.

                 II. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol

    A. Taste threshold screening.
    1. Threshold screening as well as fit testing employees shall use an 
enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches 
in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front portion clear and 
that allows free movement of the head when a respirator is worn. An 
enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly of part # FT 14 
and FT 15 combined is adequate.
    2. The test enclosure shall have a three-quarter inch hole in front 
of the test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer 
nozzle.
    3. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to 
the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.
    4. The test subject shall don the test enclosure. For the threshold 
screening test, he shall breath through his open mouth with tongue 
extended.
    5. Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or 
equivalent, the test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution 
into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to 
distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer.
    6. The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium 
saccharin, USP in water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc of the test 
solution (see C6 below) in 100 cc of water.
    7. To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so 
that it collapses completely then released and allowed to fully expand.
    8. Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is 
asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.
    9. If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated 
rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is 
tasted.
    10. If the second response is negative ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin is tasted.
    11. The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes 
required to elicit a taste response.
    12. If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (Step 9), the 
test subject may not perform the saccharin fit test.
    13. If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked 
to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.
    14. Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of 
liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.
    15. The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, 
and refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four 
hours.
    B. Respirator selection.
    Respirators shall be selected as described in section IB above, 
except that each respirator shall be equipped with a particulate filter 
cartridge.
    C. Fit test.
    1. The fit test uses the same enclosure described in B1 and B2 above
    2. Each test subject shall wear his respirator for at least 10 
minutes before starting the fit test.
    3. The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the 
respirator selected in section A above. This respirator shall be 
properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter cartridge.
    4. The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or chew 
gum for 15 minutes before the test.
    5. A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or 
equivalent, is used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. 
This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the 
screening test solution nebulizer.

[[Page 150]]

    6. The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium 
saccharin to 100 cc of warm water.
    7. As before, the test subject shall breathe through the open mouth 
with tongue extended.
    8. The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the 
enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure and 
the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same 
technique as for the taste threshold screening and the same number of 
squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the screening. (See B 10 
above).
    9. After generation of the aerosol the test subject shall be 
instructed to perform the following exercises for one minute each.
    i. Normal breathing.
    ii. Deep breathing. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
    iii. Turning head from side-to-side. Be certain movement is 
complete. Alert the test subject not to bump the respirator on the 
shoulders. Have the test subject inhale when his head is at either side.
    iv. Nodding head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete. Alert 
the test subject not to bump the respirator on the chest. Have the test 
subject inhale when his head in the fully up position.
    v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The following 
paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Reading it will result in a 
wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to satisfy this 
requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same purpose may also 
be used.

                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
his reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end 
of the rainbow.
    10. Every 30 seconds, the aerosol concentration shall be replenished 
using one-half the number of squeeze as initially (C8).
    11. The test subject shall so indicate to the test conductor if at 
any time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.
    12. If the saccharin is detected the fit is deemed unsatisfactory 
and a different respirator shall be tried.
    13. Successful completion of the test protocol shall allow the use 
of the tested respirator in contaminated atmospheres up to 10 times the 
PEL. In other words this protocol may be used assign protection factors 
no higher than ten.

                       III. Irritant Fume Protocol

    A. Respirator selection.
    Respirators shall be selected as described in section IB above, 
except that each respirator shall be equipped with high efficiency 
cartridges.
    B. Fit test.
    1. The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration 
of the irritant smoke to familiarize him with the characteristic odor of 
each.
    2. The test subject shall properly don the respirator selected as 
above, and wear it for at least 10 minutes before starting the fit test.
    3. The test conductor shall review this protocol with the test 
subject before testing.
    4. The test subject shall perform the conventional positive pressure 
and negative pressure fit checks. Failure of either check shall be cause 
to select an alternate respirator.
    5. Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic 
oxychloride, such as the MSA part No. 5645, or equivalent. Attach a 
short length of tubing to one end of the smoke tube. Attach the other 
end of the smoke tube to a low pressure air pump set to deliver 200 
milliliters per minute.
    6. Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the 
eyes and instruct him to keep his eyes closed while the test is 
performed.
    7. The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from 
the tube towards the faceseal area of the test subject. He shall begin 
at least 12 inches from the facepiece and gradually move to within one 
inch, moving around the whole perimeter of the mask.
    8. The following exercises shall be performed while the respirator 
seal is being challenged by the smoke. Each shall be performed for one 
minute.
    i. Normal breathing.
    ii. Deep breathing. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
    iii. Turning head from side-to-side. Be certain movement is 
complete. Alert the test subject not to bump the respirator on the 
shoulders. Have test subject inhale when his head is at either side.
    iv. Nodding head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete. Alert 
the test subject not to bump the respirator on the chest. Have the test 
subject inhale when his head is in the fully up position.
    v. Talking--slowly and distinctly, count backwards from 100.
    vi. Normal breathing.
    9. If the irritant smoke produces an involuntary reaction (cough) by 
the test subject, the test conductor shall stop the test. In this case 
the tested respirator is rejected and another respirator shall be 
selected.

[[Page 151]]

    10. Each test subject passing the smoke test without evidence of a 
response shall be given a sensitivity check of the smoke from the same 
tube to determine whether he reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a 
response shall void the fit test.
    11. Steps B4, B7, B8 of this protocol shall be performed in a 
location with exhaust ventilation sufficient to prevent general 
contamination of the testing area by the irritant smoke.
    12. Respirators successfully tested by the protocol may be used in 
contaminated atmospheres up to ten times the PEL. In other words this 
protocol may be used to assign protection factors not exceeding ten.

[43 FR 53007, Nov. 14, 1978]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 
Sec. 1910.1025 see the List of CFR Sections Afffected in the Finding 
Aids section of this volume.



Sec. 1910.1027  Cadmium.

    (a) Scope. This standard applies to all occupational exposures to 
cadmium and cadmium compounds, in all forms, and in all industries 
covered by the Occupational Safety and Health Act, except the 
construction-related industries, which are covered under 29 CFR 1926.63.
    (b) Definitions.
    Action level (AL) is defined as an airborne concentration of cadmium 
of 2.5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (2.5 g/m\3\), 
calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA).
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Authorized person means any person authorized by the employer and 
required by work duties to be present in regulated areas or any person 
authorized by the OSH Act or regulations issued under it to be in 
regulated areas.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and 
Human Services, or designee.
    Employee exposure and similar language referring to the air cadmium 
level to which an employee is exposed means the exposure to airborne 
cadmium that would occur if the employee were not using respiratory 
protective equipment.
    Final medical determination is the written medical opinion of the 
employee's health status by the examining physician under paragraphs 
(l)(3)-(12) of this section or, if multiple physician review under 
paragraph (l)(13) of this section or the alternative physician 
determination under paragraph (l)(14) of this section is invoked, it is 
the final, written medical finding, recommendation or determination that 
emerges from that process.
    High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter capable 
of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent of mono-dispersed 
particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter.
    Regulated area means an area demarcated by the employer where an 
employee's exposure to airborne concentrations of cadmium exceeds, or 
can reasonably be expected to exceed the permissible exposure limit 
(PEL).
    This section means this cadmium standard.
    (c) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL). The employer shall assure that 
no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of cadmium in excess 
of five micrograms per cubic meter of air (5 g/m\3\), 
calculated as an eight-hour time-weighted average exposure (TWA).
    (d) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Each employer who has a 
workplace or work operation covered by this section shall determine if 
any employee may be exposed to cadmium at or above the action level.
    (ii) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from 
breathing zone air samples that reflect the monitored employee's 
regular, daily 8-hour TWA exposure to cadmium.
    (iii) Eight-hour TWA exposures shall be determined for each employee 
on the basis of one or more personal breathing zone air samples 
reflecting full shift exposure on each shift, for each job 
classification, in each work area. Where several employees perform the 
same job tasks, in the same job classification, on the same shift, in 
the same work area, and the length, duration, and level of cadmium 
exposures are similar, an employer may sample a representative fraction 
of the employees instead of all employees in order to

[[Page 152]]

meet this requirement. In representative sampling, the employer shall 
sample the employee(s) expected to have the highest cadmium exposures.
    (2) Specific. (i) Initial monitoring. Except as provided for in 
paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(2)(iii) of this section, the employer 
shall monitor employee exposures and shall base initial determinations 
on the monitoring results.
    (ii) Where the employer has monitored after September 14, 1991, 
under conditions that in all important aspects closely resemble those 
currently prevailing and where that monitoring satisfies all other 
requirements of this section, including the accuracy and confidence 
levels of paragraph (d)(6) of this section, the employer may rely on 
such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph 
(d)(2)(i) of this section.
    (iii) Where the employer has objective data, as defined in paragraph 
(n)(2) of this section, demonstrating that employee exposure to cadmium 
will not exceed the action level under the expected conditions of 
processing, use, or handling, the employer may rely upon such data 
instead of implementing initial monitoring.
    (3) Monitoring Frequency (periodic monitoring). (i) If the initial 
monitoring or periodic monitoring reveals employee exposures to be at or 
above the action level, the employer shall monitor at a frequency and 
pattern needed to represent the levels of exposure of employees and 
where exposures are above the PEL to assure the adequacy of respiratory 
selection and the effectiveness of engineering and work practice 
controls. However, such exposure monitoring shall be performed at least 
every six months. The employer, at a minimum, shall continue these semi-
annual measurements unless and until the conditions set out in paragraph 
(d)(3)(ii) of this section are met.
    (ii) If the initial monitoring or the periodic monitoring indicates 
that employee exposures are below the action level and that result is 
confirmed by the results of another monitoring taken at least seven days 
later, the employer may discontinue the monitoring for those employees 
whose exposures are represented by such monitoring.
    (4) Additional Monitoring. The employer also shall institute the 
exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of 
this section whenever there has been a change in the raw materials, 
equipment, personnel, work practices, or finished products that may 
result in additional employees being exposed to cadmium at or above the 
action level or in employees already exposed to cadmium at or above the 
action level being exposed above the PEL, or whenever the employer has 
any reason to suspect that any other change might result in such further 
exposure.
    (5) Employee Notification of Monitoring Results. (i) Within 15 
working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring 
performed under this section, the employer shall notify each affected 
employee individually in writing of the results. In addition, within the 
same time period the employer shall post the results of the exposure 
monitoring in an appropriate location that is accessible to all affected 
employees.
    (ii) Wherever monitoring results indicate that employee exposure 
exceeds the PEL, the employer shall include in the written notice a 
statement that the PEL has been exceeded and a description of the 
corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce employee 
exposure to or below the PEL.
    (6) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of 
monitoring and analysis that has an accuracy of not less than plus or 
minus 25 percent ( 25%), with a confidence level of 95 
percent, for airborne concentrations of cadmium at or above the action 
level, the permissible exposure limit (PEL), and the separate 
engineering control air limit (SECAL).
    (e) Regulated areas--(1) Establishment. The employer shall establish 
a regulated area wherever an employee's exposure to airborne 
concentrations of cadmium is, or can reasonably be expected to be in 
excess of the permissible exposure limit (PEL).
    (2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest 
of the workplace in any manner that adequately establishes and alerts 
employees of the boundaries of the regulated area.

[[Page 153]]

    (3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized 
persons.
    (4) Provision of respirators. Each person entering a regulated area 
shall be supplied with and required to use a respirator, selected in 
accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
    (5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall assure that employees 
do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in 
regulated areas, carry the products associated with these activities 
into regulated areas, or store such products in those areas.
    (f) Methods of compliance--(1) Compliance hierarchy. (i) Except as 
specified in paragraphs (f)(1) (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this section the 
employer shall implement engineering and work practice controls to 
reduce and maintain employee exposure to cadmium at or below the PEL, 
except to the extent that the employer can demonstrate that such 
controls are not feasible.
    (ii) Except as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) (iii) and (iv) of this 
section, in industries where a separate engineering control air limit 
(SECAL) has been specified for particular processes (See Table 1 in this 
paragraph (f)(1)(ii)), the employer shall implement engineering and work 
practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposure at or below 
the SECAL, except to the extent that the employer can demonstrate that 
such controls are not feasible.

   Table I--Separate Engineering Control Airborne Limits (SECALs) for   
                    Processes in Selected Industries                    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                SECAL   
            Industry                       Process          (g/
                                                                 m3)    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nickel cadmium battery..........  Plate making, plate                50 
                                   preparation.                         
                                  All other processes.....           15 
Zinc/Cadmium refining*..........  Cadmium refining,                  50 
                                   casting, melting, oxide              
                                   production, sinter                   
                                   plant.                               
Pigment manufacture.............  Calcine, crushing,                 50 
                                   milling, blending.                   
                                  All other processes.....           15 
Stabilizers*....................  Cadmium oxide charging,            50 
                                   crushing, drying,                    
                                   blending.                            
Lead smelting*..................  Sinter plant, blast                50 
                                   furnace, baghouse, yard              
                                   area.                                
Plating*........................  Mechanical plating......           15 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Processes in these industries that are not specified in this table must
  achieve the PEL using engineering controls and work practices as      
  required in f(1)(i).                                                  

    (iii) The requirement to implement engineering and work practice 
controls to achieve the PEL or, where applicable, the SECAL does not 
apply where the employer demonstrates the following:
    (A) The employee is only intermittently exposed; and
    (B) The employee is not exposed above the PEL on 30 or more days per 
year (12 consecutive months).
    (iv) Wherever engineering and work practice controls are required 
and are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL 
or, where applicable, the SECAL, the employer nonetheless shall 
implement such controls to reduce exposures to the lowest levels 
achievable. The employer shall supplement such controls with respiratory 
protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this 
section and the PEL.
    (v) The employer shall not use employee rotation as a method of 
compliance.
    (2) Compliance program. (i) Where the PEL is exceeded, the employer 
shall establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce 
employee exposure to or below the PEL by means of engineering and work 
practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section. To 
the extent that engineering and work practice controls cannot reduce 
exposures to or below the PEL, the employer shall include in the written 
compliance program the use of appropriate respiratory protection to 
achieve compliance with the PEL.
    (ii) Written compliance programs shall include at least the 
following:
    (A) A description of each operation in which cadmium is emitted; 
e.g., machinery used, material processed, controls in place, crew size, 
employee job

[[Page 154]]

responsibilities, operating procedures, and maintenance practices;
    (B) A description of the specific means that will be employed to 
achieve compliance, including engineering plans and studies used to 
determine methods selected for controlling exposure to cadmium, as well 
as, where necessary, the use of appropriate respiratory protection to 
achieve the PEL;
    (C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the PEL;
    (D) Air monitoring data that document the sources of cadmium 
emissions;
    (E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the program, including 
documentation such as copies of purchase orders for equipment, 
construction contracts, etc.;
    (F) A work practice program that includes items required under 
paragraphs (h), (i), and (j) of this section;
    (G) A written plan for emergency situations, as specified in 
paragraph (h) of this section; and
    (H) Other relevant information.
    (iii) The written compliance programs shall be reviewed and updated 
at least annually, or more often if necessary, to reflect significant 
changes in the employer's compliance status.
    (iv) Written compliance programs shall be provided upon request for 
examination and copying to affected employees, designated employee 
representatives as well as to the Assistant Secretary, and the Director.
    (3) Mechanical ventilation. (i) When ventilation is used to control 
exposure, measurements that demonstrate the effectiveness of the system 
in controlling exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, or 
static pressure shall be made as necessary to maintain its 
effectiveness.
    (ii) Measurements of the system's effectiveness in controlling 
exposure shall be made as necessary within five working days of any 
change in production, process, or control that might result in a 
significant increase in employee exposure to cadmium.
    (iii) Recirculation of air. If air from exhaust ventilation is 
recirculated into the workplace, the system shall have a high efficiency 
filter and be monitored to assure effectiveness.
    (iv) Procedures shall be developed and implemented to minimize 
employee exposure to cadmium when maintenance of ventilation systems and 
changing of filters is being conducted.
    (g) Respirator protection--(1) General. Where respirators are 
required by this section, the employer shall provide them at no cost to 
the employee and shall assure that they are used in compliance with the 
requirements of this section. Respirators shall be used in the following 
circumstances:
    (i) Where exposure levels exceed the PEL, during the time period 
necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice 
controls;
    (ii) In those maintenance and repair activities and during those 
brief or intermittent operations where exposures exceed the PEL and 
engineering and work practice controls are not feasible or are not 
required;
    (iii) In regulated areas, as prescribed in paragraph (e) of this 
section;
    (iv) Where the employer has implemented all feasible engineering and 
work practice controls and such controls are not sufficient to reduce 
exposures to or below the PEL;
    (v) In emergencies;
    (vi) Wherever an employee who is exposed to cadmium at or above the 
action level requests a respirator;
    (vii) Wherever an employee is exposed above the PEL in an industry 
to which a SECAL is applicable; and
    (viii) Wherever an employee is exposed to cadmium above the PEL and 
engineering controls are not required under paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of 
this section.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required under 
this section, the employer shall select and provide the appropriate 
respirator as specified in Table 2 in this paragraph (g)(2)(i). The 
employer shall select respirators from among those jointly approved as 
acceptable protection against cadmium dust, fume, and mist by the Mine 
Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute 
for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 
CFR part 11.

[[Page 155]]



                                   Table 2--Respiratory Protection for Cadmium                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Airborne concentration or condition of use a                      Required respirator type b           
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10  x  or less................................................  A half mask, air-purifying respirator equipped  
                                                                 with a HEPAc filter.d                          
25  x  or less................................................  A powered air-purifying respirator (``PAPR'')   
                                                                 with a loose-fitting hood or helmet equipped   
                                                                 with a HEPA filter, or a supplied-air          
                                                                 respirator with a loose-fitting hood or helmet 
                                                                 facepiece operated in the continuous flow mode.
50  x  or less................................................  A full facepiece air-purifying respirator       
                                                                 equipped with a HEPA filter, or a powered air- 
                                                                 purifying respirator with a tight-fitting half 
                                                                 mask equipped with a HEPA filter, or a supplied
                                                                 air respirator with a tight-fitting half mask  
                                                                 operated in the continuous flow mode.          
250  x  or less...............................................  A powered air-purifying respirator with a tight-
                                                                 fitting full facepiece equipped with a HEPA    
                                                                 filter, or a supplied-air respirator with a    
                                                                 tight-fitting full facepiece operated in the   
                                                                 continuous flow mode.                          
1000  x  or less..............................................  A supplied-air respirator with half mask or full
                                                                 facepiece operated in the pressure demand or   
                                                                 other positive pressure mode.                  
>1000  x  or unknown concentrations...........................  A self-contained breathing apparatus with a full
                                                                 facepiece operated in the pressure demand or   
                                                                 other positive pressure mode, or a supplied-air
                                                                 respirator with a full facepiece operated in   
                                                                 the pressure demand or other positive pressure 
                                                                 mode and equipped with an auxiliary escape type
                                                                 self-contained breathing apparatus operated in 
                                                                 the pressure demand mode.                      
Fire fighting.................................................  A self-contained breathing apparatus with full  
                                                                 facepiece operated in the pressure demand or   
                                                                 other positive pressure mode.                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Concentrations expressed as multiple of the PEL.                                                              
b Respirators assigned for higher environmental concentrations may be used at lower exposure levels.            
  Quantitative fit testing is required for all tight-fitting air purifying respirators where airborne           
  concentration of cadmium exceeds 10 times the TWA PEL (10 x 5 g/m3=50 g/m3). A full         
  facepiece respirator is required when eye irritation is experienced.                                          
c HEPA means High Efficiency Particulate Air.                                                                   
d Fit testing, qualitative or quantitative, is required.                                                        
SOURCE: Respiratory Decision Logic, NIOSH, 1987.                                                                

    (ii) The employer shall provide a powered, air-purifying respirator 
(PAPR) in lieu of a negative pressure respirator wherever:
    (A) An employee entitled to a respirator chooses to use this type of 
respirator; and
    (B) This respirator will provide adequate protection to the 
employee.
    (3) Respirator program. (i) Where respiratory protection is 
required, the employer shall institute a respirator protection program 
in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134.
    (ii) The employer shall permit each employee who is required to use 
an air purifying respirator to leave the regulated area to change the 
filter elements or replace the respirator whenever an increase in 
breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply 
of filter elements for this purpose.
    (iii) The employer shall also permit each employee who is required 
to wear a respirator to leave the regulated area to wash his or her face 
and the respirator facepiece whenever necessary to prevent skin 
irritation associated with respirator use.
    (iv) If an employee exhibits difficulty in breathing while wearing a 
respirator during a fit test or during use, the employer shall make 
available to the employee a medical examination in accordance with 
paragraph (l)(6)(ii) of this section to determine if the employee can 
wear a respirator while performing the required duties.
    (v) No employee shall be assigned a task requiring the use of a 
respirator if, based upon his or her most recent examination, an 
examining physician determines that the employee will be unable to 
continue to function normally while wearing a respirator. If the 
physician determines the employee must be limited in, or removed from 
his or her current job because of the employee's inability to wear a 
respirator, the limitation or removal shall be in accordance with 
paragraphs (l) (11) and (12) of this section.
    (4) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall assure that the 
respirator issued to the employee is fitted properly and exhibits the 
least possible facepiece leakage.
    (ii) For each employee wearing a tight-fitting, air purifying 
respirator (either negative or positive pressure) who is exposed to 
airborne concentrations of cadmium that do not exceed 10 times the PEL 
(10  x  5 g/m\3\ = 50 g/m\3\), the employer shall 
perform either quantitative or qualitative fit testing

[[Page 156]]

at the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter. If 
quantitative fit testing is used for a negative pressure respirator, a 
fit factor that is at least 10 times the protection factor for that 
class of respirators (Table 2 in paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section) 
shall be achieved at testing.
    (iii) For each employee wearing a tight-fitting air purifying 
respirator (either negative or positive pressure) who is exposed to 
airborne concentrations of cadmium that exceed 10 times the PEL (10  x  
5 g/m\3\ = 50 g/m\3\), the employer shall perform 
quantitative fit testing at the time of initial fitting and at least 
annually thereafter. For negative-pressure respirators, a fit factor 
that is at least 10 times the protection factor for that class of 
respirators (Table 2 in paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section) shall be 
achieved during quantitative fit testing.
    (iv) For each employee wearing a tight-fitting, supplied-air 
respirator or self-contained breathing apparatus, the employer shall 
perform quantitative fit testing at the time of initial fitting and at 
least annually thereafter. This shall be accomplished by fit testing an 
air purifying respirator of identical type facepiece, make, model, and 
size as the supplied air respirator or self-contained breathing 
apparatus that is equipped with HEPA filters and tested as a surrogate 
(substitute) in the negative pressure mode. A fit factor that is at 
least 10 times the protection factor for that class of respirators 
(Table 2 in paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section) shall be achieved 
during quantitative fit testing. A supplied-air respirator or self-
contained breathing apparatus with the same type facepiece, make, model, 
and size as the air purifying respirator with which the employee passed 
the quantitative fit test may then be used by that employee up to the 
protection factor listed in Table 2 for that class of respirators.
    (v) Fit testing shall be conducted in accordance with appendix C of 
this section.
    (h) Emergency situations. The employer shall develop and implement a 
written plan for dealing with emergency situations involving substantial 
releases of airborne cadmium. The plan shall include provisions for the 
use of appropriate respirators and personal protective equipment. In 
addition, employees not essential to correcting the emergency situation 
shall be restricted from the area and normal operations halted in that 
area until the emergency is abated.
    (i) Protective work clothing and equipment--(1) Provision and use. 
If an employee is exposed to airborne cadmium above the PEL or where 
skin or eye irritation is associated with cadmium exposure at any level, 
the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee, and assure that 
the employee uses, appropriate protective work clothing and equipment 
that prevents contamination of the employee and the employee's garments. 
Protective work clothing and equipment includes, but is not limited to:
    (i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;
    (ii) Gloves, head coverings, and boots or foot coverings; and
    (iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective 
equipment that complies with 29 CFR 1910.133.
    (2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall assure that 
employees remove all protective clothing and equipment contaminated with 
cadmium at the completion of the work shift and do so only in change 
rooms provided in accordance with paragraph (j)(1) of this section.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that no employee takes cadmium-
contaminated protective clothing or equipment from the workplace, except 
for employees authorized to do so for purposes of laundering, cleaning, 
maintaining, or disposing of cadmium contaminated protective clothing 
and equipment at an appropriate location or facility away from the 
workplace.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective 
clothing and equipment, when removed for laundering, cleaning, 
maintenance, or disposal, is placed and stored in sealed, impermeable 
bags or other closed, impermeable containers that are designed to 
prevent dispersion of cadmium dust.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that bags or containers of 
contaminated protective clothing and equipment that are to be taken out 
of the change

[[Page 157]]

rooms or the workplace for laundering, cleaning, maintenance or disposal 
shall bear labels in accordance with paragraph (m)(3) of this section.
    (3) Cleaning, replacement, and disposal. (i) The employer shall 
provide the protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph 
(i)(1) of this section in a clean and dry condition as often as 
necessary to maintain its effectiveness, but in any event at least 
weekly. The employer is responsible for cleaning and laundering the 
protective clothing and equipment required by this paragraph to maintain 
its effectiveness and is also responsible for disposing of such clothing 
and equipment.
    (ii) The employer also is responsible for repairing or replacing 
required protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain its 
effectiveness. When rips or tears are detected while an employee is 
working they shall be immediately mended, or the worksuit shall be 
immediately replaced.
    (iii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of cadmium from 
protective clothing and equipment by blowing, shaking, or any other 
means that disperses cadmium into the air.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that any laundering of contaminated 
clothing or cleaning of contaminated equipment in the workplace is done 
in a manner that prevents the release of airborne cadmium in excess of 
the permissible exposure limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (v) The employer shall inform any person who launders or cleans 
protective clothing or equipment contaminated with cadmium of the 
potentially harmful effects of exposure to cadmium and that the clothing 
and equipment should be laundered or cleaned in a manner to effectively 
prevent the release of airborne cadmium in excess of the PEL.
    (j) Hygiene areas and practices--(1) General. For employees whose 
airborne exposure to cadmium is above the PEL, the employer shall 
provide clean change rooms, handwashing facilities, showers, and 
lunchroom facilities that comply with 29 CFR 1910.141.
    (2) Change rooms. The employer shall assure that change rooms are 
equipped with separate storage facilities for street clothes and for 
protective clothing and equipment, which are designed to prevent 
dispersion of cadmium and contamination of the employee's street 
clothes.
    (3) Showers and handwashing facilities. (i) The employer shall 
assure that employees who are exposed to cadmium above the PEL shower 
during the end of the work shift.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that employees whose airborne 
exposure to cadmium is above the PEL wash their hands and faces prior to 
eating, drinking, smoking, chewing tobacco or gum, or applying 
cosmetics.
    (4) Lunchroom facilities. (i) The employer shall assure that the 
lunchroom facilities are readily accessible to employees, that tables 
for eating are maintained free of cadmium, and that no employee in a 
lunchroom facility is exposed at any time to cadmium at or above a 
concentration of 2.5 g/m\3\.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that employees do not enter lunchroom 
facilities with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface 
cadmium has been removed from the clothing and equipment by HEPA 
vacuuming or some other method that removes cadmium dust without 
dispersing it.
    (k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces shall be maintained as free as 
practicable of accumulations of cadmium.
    (2) All spills and sudden releases of material containing cadmium 
shall be cleaned up as soon as possible.
    (3) Surfaces contaminated with cadmium shall, wherever possible, be 
cleaned by vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of 
cadmium becoming airborne.
    (4) HEPA-filtered vacuuming equipment or equally effective 
filtration methods shall be used for vacuuming. The equipment shall be 
used and emptied in a manner that minimizes the reentry of cadmium into 
the workplace.
    (5) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping, and brushing may be used only 
where vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of cadmium 
becoming airborne have been tried and found not to be effective.
    (6) Compressed air shall not be used to remove cadmium from any 
surface unless the compressed air is used in conjunction with a 
ventilation system

[[Page 158]]

designed to capture the dust cloud created by the compressed air.
    (7) Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, personal protective 
equipment, and clothing contaminated with cadmium and consigned for 
disposal shall be collected and disposed of in sealed impermeable bags 
or other closed, impermeable containers. These bags and containers shall 
be labeled in accordance with paragraph (m)(2) of this section.
    (l) Medical surveillance--(1) General--(i) Scope. (A) Currently 
exposed--The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for 
all employees who are or may be exposed to cadmium at or above the 
action level unless the employer demonstrates that the employee is not, 
and will not be, exposed at or above the action level on 30 or more days 
per year (twelve consecutive months); and,
    (B) Previously exposed--The employer shall also institute a medical 
surveillance program for all employees who prior to the effective date 
of this section might previously have been exposed to cadmium at or 
above the action level by the employer, unless the employer demonstrates 
that the employee did not prior to the effective date of this section 
work for the employer in jobs with exposure to cadmium for an aggregated 
total of more than 60 months.
    (ii) To determine an employee's fitness for using a respirator, the 
employer shall provide the limited medical examination specified in 
paragraph (l)(6) of this section.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and 
procedures required by this standard are performed by or under the 
supervision of a licensed physician, who has read and is familiar with 
the health effects section of appendix A to this section, the regulatory 
text of this section, the protocol for sample handling and laboratory 
selection in appendix F to this section, and the questionnaire of 
appendix D to this section. These examinations and procedures shall be 
provided without cost to the employee and at a time and place that is 
reasonable and convenient to employees.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that the collecting and handling of 
biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), 
and beta-2 microglobulin in urine (2-M) taken from 
employees under this section is done in a manner that assures their 
reliability and that analysis of biological samples of cadmium in urine 
(CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2 microglobulin in urine 
(2-M) taken from employees under this section is 
performed in laboratories with demonstrated proficiency for that 
particular analyte. (See appendix F to this section.)
    (2) Initial examination. (i) The employer shall provide an initial 
(preplacement) examination to all employees covered by the medical 
surveillance program required in paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section. 
The examination shall be provided to those employees within 30 days 
after initial assignment to a job with exposure to cadmium or no later 
than 90 days after the effective date of this section, whichever date is 
later.
    (ii) The initial (preplacement) medical examination shall include:
    (A) A detailed medical and work history, with emphasis on: Past, 
present, and anticipated future exposure to cadmium; any history of 
renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic, reproductive, and/or 
musculo-skeletal system dysfunction; current usage of medication with 
potential nephrotoxic side-effects; and smoking history and current 
status; and
    (B) Biological monitoring that includes the following tests:
    (1) Cadmium in urine (CdU), standardized to grams of creatinine (g/
Cr);
    (2) Beta-2 microglobulin in urine (2-M), 
standardized to grams of creatinine (g/Cr), with pH specified, as 
described in appendix F to this section; and
    (3) Cadmium in blood (CdB), standardized to liters of whole blood 
(lwb).
    (iii) Recent Examination: An initial examination is not required to 
be provided if adequate records show that the employee has been examined 
in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this 
section within the past 12 months. In that case, such records shall be 
maintained as part of the employee's medical record and the prior exam 
shall be treated as if it were an initial examination for the purposes

[[Page 159]]

of paragraphs (l)(3) and (4) of this section.
    (3) Actions triggered by initial biological monitoring: (i) If the 
results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the employee's 
CdU level to be at or below 3 g/g Cr, 2-M 
level to be at or below 300 g/g Cr and CdB level to be at or 
below 5 g/lwb, then:
    (A) For currently exposed employees, who are subject to medical 
surveillance under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the employer 
shall provide the minimum level of periodic medical surveillance in 
accordance with the requirements in paragraph (l)(4)(i) of this section; 
and
    (B) For previously exposed employees, who are subject to medical 
surveillance under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of this section, the employer 
shall provide biological monitoring for CdU, 2-M, 
and CdB one year after the initial biological monitoring and then the 
employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(v) of 
this section.
    (ii) For all employees who are subject to medical surveillance under 
paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, if the results of the initial 
biological monitoring tests show the level of CdU to exceed 3 
g/g Cr, the level of 2-M to exceed 300 
g/g Cr, or the level of CdB to exceed 5 g/lwb, the 
employer shall:
    (A) Within two weeks after receipt of biological monitoring results, 
reassess the employee's occupational exposure to cadmium as follows:
    (1) Reassess the employee's work practices and personal hygiene;
    (2) Reevaluate the employee's respirator use, if any, and the 
respirator program;
    (3) Review the hygiene facilities;
    (4) Reevaluate the maintenance and effectiveness of the relevant 
engineering controls;
    (5) Assess the employee's smoking history and status;
    (B) Within 30 days after the exposure reassessment, specified in 
paragraph (l)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, take reasonable steps to 
correct any deficiencies found in the reassessment that may be 
responsible for the employee's excess exposure to cadmium; and,
    (C) Within 90 days after receipt of biological monitoring results, 
provide a full medical examination to the employee in accordance with 
the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section. After 
completing the medical examination, the examining physician shall 
determine in a written medical opinion whether to medically remove the 
employee. If the physician determines that medical removal is not 
necessary, then until the employee's CdU level falls to or below 3 
g/g Cr, 2-M level falls to or below 300 
g/g Cr and CdB level falls to or below 5 g/lwb, the 
employer shall:
    (1) Provide biological monitoring in accordance with paragraph 
(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section on a semiannual basis; and
    (2) Provide annual medical examinations in accordance with paragraph 
(l)(4)(ii) of this section.
    (iii) For all employees who are subject to medical surveillance 
under paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, if the results of the initial 
biological monitoring tests show the level of CdU to be in excess of 15 
g/g Cr, or the level of CdB to be in excess of 15 g/
lwb, or the level of 2-M to be in excess of 1,500 
g/g Cr, the employer shall comply with the requirements of 
paragraphs (l)(3)(ii)(A)-(B) of this section. Within 90 days after 
receipt of biological monitoring results, the employer shall provide a 
full medical examination to the employee in accordance with the 
requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section. After completing 
the medical examination, the examining physician shall determine in a 
written medical opinion whether to medically remove the employee. 
However, if the initial biological monitoring results and the biological 
monitoring results obtained during the medical examination both show 
that: CdU exceeds 15 g/g Cr; or CdB exceeds 15 g/lwb; 
or 2-M exceeds 1500 g/g Cr, and in addition 
CdU exceeds 3 g/g Cr or CdB exceeds 5 g/liter of whole 
blood, then the physician shall medically remove the employee from 
exposure to cadmium at or above the action level. If the second set of 
biological monitoring results obtained during the medical examination 
does not show that a mandatory removal trigger level has been exceeded, 
then the employee is not required to be removed by the mandatory 
provisions

[[Page 160]]

of this paragraph. If the employee is not required to be removed by the 
mandatory provisions of this paragraph or by the physician's 
determination, then until the employee's CdU level falls to or below 3 
g/g Cr, 2-M level falls to or below 300 
g/g Cr and CdB level falls to or below 5 g/lwb, the 
employer shall:
    (A) Periodically reassess the employee's occupational exposure to 
cadmium;
    (B) Provide biological monitoring in accordance with paragraph 
(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section on a quarterly basis; and
    (C) Provide semiannual medical examinations in accordance with 
paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) For all employees to whom medical surveillance is provided, 
beginning on January 1, 1999, and in lieu of paragraphs (l)(3)(i)-(iii) 
of this section:
    (A) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show 
the employee's CdU level to be at or below 3 g/g Cr, 
2-M level to be at or below 300 g/g Cr and 
CdB level to be at or below 5 g/lwb, then for currently exposed 
employees, the employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 
(l)(3)(i)(A) of this section, and for previously exposed employees, the 
employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (l)(3)(i)(B) of 
this section;
    (B) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show 
the level of CdU to exceed 3 g/g Cr, the level of 
2-M to exceed 300 g/g Cr, or the level of 
CdB to exceed 5 g/lwb, the employer shall comply with the 
requirements of paragraphs (l)(3)(ii)(A)-(C) of this section; and,
    (C) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show 
the level of CdU to be in excess of 7 g/g Cr, or the level of 
CdB to be in excess of 10 g/lwb, or the level of 
2-M to be in excess of 750 g/g Cr, the 
employer shall: Comply with the requirements of paragraphs 
(l)(3)(ii)(A)-(B) of this section; and, within 90 days after receipt of 
biological monitoring results, provide a full medical examination to the 
employee in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of 
this section. After completing the medical examination, the examining 
physician shall determine in a written medical opinion whether to 
medically remove the employee. However, if the initial biological 
monitoring results and the biological monitoring results obtained during 
the medical examination both show that: CdU exceeds 7 g/g Cr; 
or CdB exceeds 10 g/lwb; or 2-M exceeds 750 
g/g Cr, and in addition CdU exceeds 3 g/g Cr or CdB 
exceeds 5 g/liter of whole blood, then the physician shall 
medically remove the employee from exposure to cadmium at or above the 
action level. If the second set of biological monitoring results 
obtained during the medical examination does not show that a mandatory 
removal trigger level has been exceeded, then the employee is not 
required to be removed by the mandatory provisions of this paragraph. If 
the employee is not required to be removed by the mandatory provisions 
of this paragraph or by the physician's determination, then until the 
employee's CdU level falls to or below 3 g/g Cr, 
2-M level falls to or below 300 g/g Cr and 
CdB level falls to or below 5 g/lwb, the employer shall: 
periodically reassess the employee's occupational exposure to cadmium; 
provide biological monitoring in accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) 
of this section on a quarterly basis; and provide semiannual medical 
examinations in accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section.
    (4) Periodic medical surveillance. (i) For each employee who is 
covered under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the employer shall 
provide at least the minimum level of periodic medical surveillance, 
which consists of periodic medical examinations and periodic biological 
monitoring. A periodic medical examination shall be provided within one 
year after the initial examination required by paragraph (l)(2) of this 
section and thereafter at least biennially. Biological sampling shall be 
provided at least annually, either as part of a periodic medical 
examination or separately as periodic biological monitoring.
    (ii) The periodic medical examination shall include:
    (A) A detailed medical and work history, or update thereof, with 
emphasis on: Past, present and anticipated future exposure to cadmium; 
smoking

[[Page 161]]

history and current status; reproductive history; current use of 
medications with potential nephrotoxic side-effects; any history of 
renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic, and/or musculo-
skeletal system dysfunction; and as part of the medical and work 
history, for employees who wear respirators, questions 3-11 and 25-32 in 
Appendix D to this section;
    (B) A complete physical examination with emphasis on: Blood 
pressure, the respiratory system, and the urinary system;
    (C) A 14 inch by 17 inch, or a reasonably standard sized posterior-
anterior chest X-ray (after the initial X-ray, the frequency of chest X-
rays is to be determined by the examining physician);
    (D) Pulmonary function tests, including forced vital capacity (FVC) 
and forced expiratory volume at 1 second (FEV1);
    (E) Biological monitoring, as required in paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of 
this section;
    (F) Blood analysis, in addition to the analysis required under 
paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, including blood urea nitrogen, 
complete blood count, and serum creatinine;
    (G) Urinalysis, in addition to the analysis required under paragraph 
(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, including the determination of albumin, 
glucose, and total and low molecular weight proteins;
    (H) For males over 40 years old, prostate palpation, or other at 
least as effective diagnostic test(s); and
    (I) Any additional tests deemed appropriate by the examining 
physician.
    (iii) Periodic biological monitoring shall be provided in accordance 
with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (iv) If the results of periodic biological monitoring or the results 
of biological monitoring performed as part of the periodic medical 
examination show the level of the employee's CdU, 2-
M, or CdB to be in excess of the levels specified in paragraphs 
(l)(3)(ii) or (iii); or, beginning on January 1, 1999, in excess of the 
levels specified in paragraphs (l)(3)(ii) or (iv) of this section, the 
employer shall take the appropriate actions specified in paragraphs 
(l)(3)(ii)-(iv) of this section.
    (v) For previously exposed employees under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of 
this section:
    (A) If the employee's levels of CdU did not exceed 3 g/g 
Cr, CdB did not exceed 5 g/lwb, and 2-M did 
not exceed 300 g/g Cr in the initial biological monitoring 
tests, and if the results of the followup biological monitoring required 
by paragraph (l)(3)(i)(B) of this section one year after the initial 
examination confirm the previous results, the employer may discontinue 
all periodic medical surveillance for that employee.
    (B) If the initial biological monitoring results for CdU, CdB, or 
2-M were in excess of the levels specified in 
paragraph (l)(3)(i) of this section, but subsequent biological 
monitoring results required by paragraph (l)(3)(ii)-(iv) of this section 
show that the employee's CdU levels no longer exceed 3 g/g Cr, 
CdB levels no longer exceed 5 g/lwb, and 2-
M levels no longer exceed 300 g/g Cr, the employer shall 
provide biological monitoring for CdU, CdB, and 2-M 
one year after these most recent biological monitoring results. If the 
results of the followup biological monitoring, specified in this 
paragraph, confirm the previous results, the employer may discontinue 
all periodic medical surveillance for that employee.
    (C) However, if the results of the follow-up tests specified in 
paragraph (l)(4)(v)(A) or (B) of this section indicate that the level of 
the employee's CdU, 2-M, or CdB exceeds these same 
levels, the employer is required to provide annual medical examinations 
in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this 
section until the results of biological monitoring are consistently 
below these levels or the examining physician determines in a written 
medical opinion that further medical surveillance is not required to 
protect the employee's health.
    (vi) A routine, biennial medical examination is not required to be 
provided in accordance with paragraphs (l)(3)(i) and (l)(4) of this 
section if adequate medical records show that the employee has been 
examined in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of 
this section within the past 12 months. In that case, such

[[Page 162]]

records shall be maintained by the employer as part of the employee's 
medical record, and the next routine, periodic medical examination shall 
be made available to the employee within two years of the previous 
examination.
    (5) Actions triggered by medical examinations. (i) If the results of 
a medical examination carried out in accordance with this section 
indicate any laboratory or clinical finding consistent with cadmium 
toxicity that does not require employer action under paragraph (l)(2), 
(3) or (4) of this section, the employer, within 30 days, shall reassess 
the employee's occupational exposure to cadmium and take the following 
corrective action until the physician determines they are no longer 
necessary:
    (A) Periodically reassess: The employee's work practices and 
personal hygiene; the employee's respirator use, if any; the employee's 
smoking history and status; the respiratory protection program; the 
hygiene facilities; and the maintenance and effectiveness of the 
relevant engineering controls;
    (B) Within 30 days after the reassessment, take all reasonable steps 
to correct the deficiencies found in the reassessment that may be 
responsible for the employee's excess exposure to cadmium;
    (C) Provide semiannual medical reexaminations to evaluate the 
abnormal clinical sign(s) of cadmium toxicity until the results are 
normal or the employee is medically removed; and
    (D) Where the results of tests for total proteins in urine are 
abnormal, provide a more detailed medical evaluation of the toxic 
effects of cadmium on the employee's renal system.
    (6) Examination for respirator use. (i) To determine an employee's 
fitness for respirator use, the employer shall provide a medical 
examination that includes the elements specified in paragraph 
(l)(6)(i)(A)-(D) of this section. This examination shall be provided 
prior to the employee's being assigned to a job that requires the use of 
a respirator or no later than 90 days after this section goes into 
effect, whichever date is later, to any employee without a medical 
examination within the preceding 12 months that satisfies the 
requirements of this paragraph.
    (A) A detailed medical and work history, or update thereof, with 
emphasis on: Past exposure to cadmium; smoking history and current 
status; any history of renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, 
hematopoietic, and/or musculoskeletal system dysfunction; a description 
of the job for which the respirator is required; and questions 3-11 and 
25-32 in appendix D to this section;
    (B) A blood pressure test;
    (C) Biological monitoring of the employee's levels of CdU, CdB and 
2-M in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 
(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, unless such results already have been 
obtained within the previous 12 months; and
    (D) Any other test or procedure that the examining physician deems 
appropriate.
    (ii) After reviewing all the information obtained from the medical 
examination required in paragraph (l)(6)(i) of this section, the 
physician shall determine whether the employee is fit to wear a 
respirator.
    (iii) Whenever an employee has exhibited difficulty in breathing 
during a respirator fit test or during use of a respirator, the 
employer, as soon as possible, shall provide the employee with a 
periodic medical examination in accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of 
this section to determine the employee's fitness to wear a respirator.
    (iv) Where the results of the examination required under paragraph 
(l)(6)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section are abnormal, medical 
limitation or prohibition of respirator use shall be considered. If the 
employee is allowed to wear a respirator, the employee's ability to 
continue to do so shall be periodically evaluated by a physician.
    (7) Emergency examinations. (i) In addition to the medical 
surveillance required in paragraphs (l)(2)-(6) of this section, the 
employer shall provide a medical examination as soon as possible to any 
employee who may have been acutely exposed to cadmium because of an 
emergency.
    (ii) The examination shall include the requirements of paragraph 
(l)(4)(ii) of this section, with emphasis on the respiratory system, 
other organ systems considered appropriate by the examining physician, 
and symptoms of

[[Page 163]]

acute overexposure, as identified in paragraphs II (B)(1)-(2) and IV of 
appendix A to this section.
    (8) Termination of employment examination. (i) At termination of 
employment, the employer shall provide a medical examination in 
accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section, including a chest 
X-ray, to any employee to whom at any prior time the employer was 
required to provide medical surveillance under paragraphs (l)(1)(i) or 
(l)(7) of this section. However, if the last examination satisfied the 
requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section and was less than 
six months prior to the date of termination, no further examination is 
required unless otherwise specified in paragraphs (l)(3) or (l)(5) of 
this section;
    (ii) However, for employees covered by paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of 
this section, if the employer has discontinued all periodic medical 
surveillance under paragraph (l)(4)(v) of this section, no termination 
of employment medical examination is required.
    (9) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examining physician:
    (i) A copy of this standard and appendices;
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's former, current, and 
anticipated duties as they relate to the employee's occupational 
exposure to cadmium;
    (iii) The employee's former, current, and anticipated future levels 
of occupational exposure to cadmium;
    (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment, including 
respirators, used or to be used by the employee, including when and for 
how long the employee has used that equipment; and
    (v) relevant results of previous biological monitoring and medical 
examinations.
    (10) Physician's written medical opinion. (i) The employer shall 
promptly obtain a written, signed medical opinion from the examining 
physician for each medical examination performed on each employee. This 
written opinion shall contain:
    (A) The physician's diagnosis for the employee;
    (B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
detected medical condition(s) that would place the employee at increased 
risk of material impairment to health from further exposure to cadmium, 
including any indications of potential cadmium toxicity;
    (C) The results of any biological or other testing or related 
evaluations that directly assess the employee's absorption of cadmium;
    (D) Any recommended removal from, or limitation on the activities or 
duties of the employee or on the employee's use of personal protective 
equipment, such as respirators;
    (E) A statement that the physician has clearly and carefully 
explained to the employee the results of the medical examination, 
including all biological monitoring results and any medical conditions 
related to cadmium exposure that require further evaluation or 
treatment, and any limitation on the employee's diet or use of 
medications.
    (ii) The employer promptly shall obtain a copy of the results of any 
biological monitoring provided by an employer to an employee 
independently of a medical examination under paragraphs (l)(2) and 
(l)(4) of this section, and, in lieu of a written medical opinion, an 
explanation sheet explaining those results.
    (iii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal orally 
or in the written medical opinion given to the employer specific 
findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to cadmium.
    (11) Medical Removal Protection (MRP)--(i) General. (A) The employer 
shall temporarily remove an employee from work where there is excess 
exposure to cadmium on each occasion that medical removal is required 
under paragraph (l)(3), (l)(4), or (l)(6) of this section and on each 
occasion that a physician determines in a written medical opinion that 
the employee should be removed from such exposure. The physician's 
determination may be based on biological monitoring results, inability 
to wear a respirator, evidence of illness, other signs or symptoms of

[[Page 164]]

cadmium-related dysfunction or disease, or any other reason deemed 
medically sufficient by the physician.
    (B) The employer shall medically remove an employee in accordance 
with paragraph (l)(11) of this section regardless of whether at the time 
of removal a job is available into which the removed employee may be 
transferred.
    (C) Whenever an employee is medically removed under paragraph 
(l)(11) of this section, the employer shall transfer the removed 
employee to a job where the exposure to cadmium is within the 
permissible levels specified in that paragraph as soon as one becomes 
available.
    (D) For any employee who is medically removed under the provisions 
of paragraph (l)(11)(i) of this section, the employer shall provide 
follow-up biological monitoring in accordance with (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this 
section at least every three months and follow-up medical examinations 
semi-annually at least every six months until in a written medical 
opinion the examining physician determines that either the employee may 
be returned to his/her former job status as specified under paragraph 
(l)(11)(iv)-(v) of this section or the employee must be permanently 
removed from excess cadmium exposure.
    (E) The employer may not return an employee who has been medically 
removed for any reason to his/her former job status until a physician 
determines in a written medical opinion that continued medical removal 
is no longer necessary to protect the employee's health.
    (ii) Where an employee is found unfit to wear a respirator under 
paragraph (l)(6)(ii) of this section, the employer shall remove the 
employee from work where exposure to cadmium is above the PEL.
    (iii) Where removal is based on any reason other than the employee's 
inability to wear a respirator, the employer shall remove the employee 
from work where exposure to cadmium is at or above the action level.
    (iv) Except as specified in paragraph (l)(11)(v) of this section, no 
employee who was removed because his/her level of CdU, CdB and/or 
2-M exceeded the medical removal trigger levels in 
paragraph (l)(3) or (l)(4) of this section may be returned to work with 
exposure to cadmium at or above the action level until the employee's 
levels of CdU fall to or below 3 g/g Cr, CdB falls to or below 
5 g/lwb, and 2-M falls to or below 300 
g/g Cr.
    (v) However, when in the examining physician's opinion continued 
exposure to cadmium will not pose an increased risk to the employee's 
health and there are special circumstances that make continued medical 
removal an inappropriate remedy, the physician shall fully discuss these 
matters with the employee, and then in a written determination may 
return a worker to his/her former job status despite what would 
otherwise be unacceptably high biological monitoring results. 
Thereafter, the returned employee shall continue to be provided with 
medical surveillance as if he/she were still on medical removal until 
the employee's levels of CdU fall to or below 3 g/g Cr, CdB 
falls to or below 5 g/lwb, and 2-M falls to 
or below 300 g/g Cr.
    (vi) Where an employer, although not required by paragraph 
(l)(11)(i)-(iii) of this section to do so, removes an employee from 
exposure to cadmium or otherwise places limitations on an employee due 
to the effects of cadmium exposure on the employee's medical condition, 
the employer shall provide the same medical removal protection benefits 
to that employee under paragraph (l)(12) of this section as would have 
been provided had the removal been required under paragraph (l)(11)(i)-
(iii) of this section.
    (12) Medical Removal Protection Benefits (MRPB). (i) The employer 
shall provide MRPB for up to a maximum of 18 months to an employee each 
time and while the employee is temporarily medically removed under 
paragraph (l)(11) of this section.
    (ii) For purposes of this section, the requirement that the employer 
provide MRPB means that the employer shall maintain the total normal 
earnings, seniority, and all other employee rights and benefits of the 
removed employee, including the employee's right to his/her former job 
status, as if the employee had not been removed from the employee's job 
or otherwise medically limited.

[[Page 165]]

    (iii) Where, after 18 months on medical removal because of elevated 
biological monitoring results, the employee's monitoring results have 
not declined to a low enough level to permit the employee to be returned 
to his/her former job status:
    (A) The employer shall make available to the employee a medical 
examination pursuant to this section in order to obtain a final medical 
determination as to whether the employee may be returned to his/her 
former job status or must be permanently removed from excess cadmium 
exposure; and
    (B) The employer shall assure that the final medical determination 
indicates whether the employee may be returned to his/her former job 
status and what steps, if any, should be taken to protect the employee's 
health.
    (iv) The employer may condition the provision of MRPB upon the 
employee's participation in medical surveillance provided in accordance 
with this section.
    (13) Multiple physician review. (i) If the employer selects the 
initial physician to conduct any medical examination or consultation 
provided to an employee under this section, the employee may designate a 
second physician to:
    (A) Review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the 
initial physician; and
    (B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests 
as the second physician deems necessary to facilitate this review.
    (ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to 
seek a second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial 
physician provided by the employer conducts a medical examination or 
consultation pursuant to this section. The employer may condition its 
participation in, and payment for, multiple physician review upon the 
employee doing the following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of 
this notice, or receipt of the initial physician's written opinion, 
whichever is later:
    (A) Informing the employer that he or she intends to seek a medical 
opinion; and
    (B) Initiating steps to make an appointment with a second physician.
    (iii) If the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the 
second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the 
employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two 
physicians to resolve any disagreement.
    (iv) If the two physicians have been unable to quickly resolve their 
disagreement, then the employer and the employee, through their 
respective physicians, shall designate a third physician to:
    (A) Review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the 
other two physicians; and
    (B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests, and 
discussions with the other two physicians as the third physician deems 
necessary to resolve the disagreement among them.
    (v) The employer shall act consistently with the findings, 
determinations, and recommendations of the third physician, unless the 
employer and the employee reach an agreement that is consistent with the 
recommendations of at least one of the other two physicians.
    (14) Alternate physician determination. The employer and an employee 
or designated employee representative may agree upon the use of any 
alternate form of physician determination in lieu of the multiple 
physician review provided by paragraph (l)(13) of this section, so long 
as the alternative is expeditious and at least as protective of the 
employee.
    (15) Information the employer must provide the employee. (i) The 
employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written medical opinion 
to the examined employee within two weeks after receipt thereof.
    (ii) The employer shall provide the employee with a copy of the 
employee's biological monitoring results and an explanation sheet 
explaining the results within two weeks after receipt thereof.
    (iii) Within 30 days after a request by an employee, the employer 
shall provide the employee with the information the employer is required 
to provide the examining physician under paragraph (l)(9) of this 
section.

[[Page 166]]

    (16) Reporting. In addition to other medical events that are 
required to be reported on the OSHA Form No. 200, the employer shall 
report any abnormal condition or disorder caused by occupational 
exposure to cadmium associated with employment as specified in Chapter 
(V)(E) of the Reporting Guidelines for Occupational Injuries and 
Illnesses.
    (m) Communication of cadmium hazards to employees--(1) General. In 
communications concerning cadmium hazards, employers shall comply with 
the requirements of OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 
1910.1200, including but not limited to the requirements concerning 
warning signs and labels, material safety data sheets (MSDS), and 
employee information and training. In addition, employers shall comply 
with the following requirements:
    (2) Warning signs. (i) Warning signs shall be provided and displayed 
in regulated areas. In addition, warning signs shall be posted at all 
approaches to regulated areas so that an employee may read the signs and 
take necessary protective steps before entering the area.
    (ii) Warning signs required by paragraph (m)(2)(i) of this section 
shall bear the following information:

DANGER
CADMIUM
CANCER HAZARD
CAN CAUSE LUNG AND KIDNEY DISEASE
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
RESPIRATORS REQUIRED IN THIS AREA

    (iii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this 
paragraph are illuminated, cleaned, and maintained as necessary so that 
the legend is readily visible.
    (3) Warning labels. (i) Shipping and storage containers containing 
cadmium, cadmium compounds, or cadmium contaminated clothing, equipment, 
waste, scrap, or debris shall bear appropriate warning labels, as 
specified in paragraph (m)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) The warning labels shall include at least the following 
information:

DANGER
CONTAINS CADMIUM
CANCER HAZARD
AVOID CREATING DUST
CAN CAUSE LUNG AND KIDNEY DISEASE

    (iii) Where feasible, installed cadmium products shall have a 
visible label or other indication that cadmium is present.
    (4) Employee information and training. (i) The employer shall 
institute a training program for all employees who are potentially 
exposed to cadmium, assure employee participation in the program, and 
maintain a record of the contents of such program.
    (ii) Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of initial 
assignment to a job involving potential exposure to cadmium and at least 
annually thereafter.
    (iii) The employer shall make the training program understandable to 
the employee and shall assure that each employee is informed of the 
following:
    (A) The health hazards associated with cadmium exposure, with 
special attention to the information incorporated in appendix A to this 
section;
    (B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, and storage of 
cadmium in the workplace and the specific nature of operations that 
could result in exposure to cadmium, especially exposures above the PEL;
    (C) The engineering controls and work practices associated with the 
employee's job assignment;
    (D) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from 
exposure to cadmium, including modification of such habits as smoking 
and personal hygiene, and specific procedures the employer has 
implemented to protect employees from exposure to cadmium such as 
appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and the provision of 
personal protective equipment;
    (E) The purpose, proper selection, fitting, proper use, and 
limitations of respirators and protective clothing;
    (F) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance 
program required by paragraph (l) of this section;
    (G) The contents of this section and its appendices; and
    (H) The employee's rights of access to records under Sec. 1910.20(e) 
and (g).
    (iv) Additional access to information and training program and 
materials.

[[Page 167]]

    (A) The employer shall make a copy of this section and its 
appendices readily available without cost to all affected employees and 
shall provide a copy if requested.
    (B) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary or the 
Director, upon request, all materials relating to the employee 
information and the training program.
    (n) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall 
establish and keep an accurate record of all air monitoring for cadmium 
in the workplace.
    (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The monitoring date, duration, and results in terms of an 8-hour 
TWA of each sample taken;
    (B) The name, social security number, and job classification of the 
employees monitored and of all other employees whose exposures the 
monitoring is intended to represent;
    (C) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and 
evidence of their accuracy;
    (D) The type of respiratory protective device, if any, worn by the 
monitored employee;
    (E) A notation of any other conditions that might have affected the 
monitoring results.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty 
(30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (2) Objective data for exemption from requirement for initial 
monitoring. (i) For purposes of this section, objective data are 
information demonstrating that a particular product or material 
containing cadmium or a specific process, operation, or activity 
involving cadmium cannot release dust or fumes in concentrations at or 
above the action level even under the worst-case release conditions. 
Objective data can be obtained from an industry-wide study or from 
laboratory product test results from manufacturers of cadmium-containing 
products or materials. The data the employer uses from an industry-wide 
survey must be obtained under workplace conditions closely resembling 
the processes, types of material, control methods, work practices and 
environmental conditions in the employer's current operations.
    (ii) The employer shall establish and maintain a record of the 
objective data for at least 30 years.
    (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record for each employee covered by medical 
surveillance under paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section.
    (ii) The record shall include at least the following information 
about the employee:
    (A) Name, social security number, and description of the duties;
    (B) A copy of the physician's written opinions and an explanation 
sheet for biological monitoring results;
    (C) A copy of the medical history, and the results of any physical 
examination and all test results that are required to be provided by 
this section, including biological tests, X-rays, pulmonary function 
tests, etc., or that have been obtained to further evaluate any 
condition that might be related to cadmium exposure;
    (D) The employee's medical symptoms that might be related to 
exposure to cadmium; and
    (E) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
by paragraph (l)(9)(ii)-(v) of this section.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that this record is maintained for 
the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 
CFR 1910.20.
    (4) Training. The employer shall certify that employees have been 
trained by preparing a certification record which includes the identity 
of the person trained, the signature of the employer or the person who 
conducted the training, and the date the training was completed. The 
certification records shall be prepared at the completion of training 
and shall be maintained on file for one (1) year beyond the date of 
training of that employee.
    (5) Availability. (i) Except as otherwise provided for in this 
section, access to all records required to be maintained by paragraphs 
(n)(1)-(4) of this section shall be in accordance with the provisions of 
29 CFR 1910.20.
    (ii) Within 15 days after a request, the employer shall make an 
employee's medical records required to be kept by

[[Page 168]]

paragraph (n)(3) of this section available for examination and copying 
to the subject employee, to designated representatives, to anyone having 
the specific written consent of the subject employee, and after the 
employee's death or incapacitation, to the employee's family members.
    (6) Transfer of records. Whenever an employer ceases to do business 
and there is no successor employer to receive and retain records for the 
prescribed period or the employer intends to dispose of any records 
required to be preserved for at least 30 years, the employer shall 
comply with the requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 
29 CFR 1910.20 (h).
    (o) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees or their designated 
representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee 
exposure to cadmium.
    (2) Observation procedures. When observation of monitoring requires 
entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is 
required, the employer shall provide the observer with that clothing and 
equipment and shall assure that the observer uses such clothing and 
equipment and complies with all other applicable safety and health 
procedures.
    (p) Dates--(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective 
December 14, 1992.
    (2) Start-up dates. All obligations of this section commence on the 
effective date except as follows:
    (i) Exposure monitoring. Except for small businesses (nineteen (19) 
or fewer employees), initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of 
this section shall be completed as soon as possible and in any event no 
later than 60 days after the effective date of this standard. For small 
businesses, initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this 
section shall be completed as soon as possible and in any event no later 
than 120 days after the effective date of this standard.
    (ii) Regulated areas. Except for small business, defined under 
paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this section, regulated areas required to be 
established by paragraph (e) of this section shall be set up as soon as 
possible after the results of exposure monitoring are known and in any 
event no later than 90 days after the effective date of this section. 
For small businesses, regulated areas required to be established by 
paragraph (e) of this section shall be set up as soon as possible after 
the results of exposure monitoring are known and in any event no later 
than 150 days after the effective date of this section.
    (iii) Respiratory protection. Except for small businesses, defined 
under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this section, respiratory protection 
required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be provided as soon as 
possible and in any event no later than 90 days after the effective date 
of this section. For small businesses, respiratory protection required 
by paragraph (g) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible 
and in any event no later than 150 days after the effective date of this 
section.
    (iv) Compliance program. Written compliance programs required by 
paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be completed and available for 
inspection and copying as soon as possible and in any event no later 
than 1 year after the effective date of this section.
    (v) Methods of compliance. The engineering controls required by 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be implemented as soon as 
possible and in any event no later than two (2) years after the 
effective date of this section. Work practice controls shall be 
implemented as soon as possible. Work practice controls that are 
directly related to engineering controls to be implemented in accordance 
with the compliance plan shall be implemented as soon as possible after 
such engineering controls are implemented.
    (vi) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities. (A) Handwashing facilities, 
permanent or temporary, shall be provided in accordance with 29 CFR 
1910.141 (d)(1) and (2) as soon as possible and in any event no later 
than 60 days after the effective date of this section.
    (B) Change rooms, showers, and lunchroom facilities shall be 
completed as soon as possible and in any event no later than 1 year 
after the effective date of this section.
    (vii) Employee information and training. Except for small 
businesses, defined under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this

[[Page 169]]

section, employee information and training required by paragraph (m)(4) 
of this section shall be provided as soon as possible and in any event 
no later than 90 days after the effective date of this standard. For 
small businesses, employee information and training required by 
paragraph (m)(4) of this standard shall be provided as soon as possible 
and in any event no later than 180 days after the effective date of this 
standard.
    (viii) Medical surveillance. Except for small businesses, defined 
under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this section, initial medical examinations 
required by paragraph (l) of this section shall be provided as soon as 
possible and in any event no later than 90 days after the effective date 
of this standard. For small businesses, initial medical examinations 
required by paragraph (l) of this section shall be provided as soon as 
possible and in any event no later than 180 days after the effective 
date of this standard.
    (q) Appendices. (1) Appendix C to this section is incorporated as 
part of this section, and compliance with its contents is mandatory.
    (2) Except where portions of appendices A, B, D, E, and F to this 
section are expressly incorporated in requirements of this section, 
these appendices are purely informational and are not intended to create 
any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any 
existing obligations.

        Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1027--Substance Safety Data Sheet

                                 Cadmium

                       I. Substance Identification

    A. Substance: Cadmium.
    B. 8-Hour, Time-weighted-average, Permissible Exposure Limit (TWA 
PEL):
    1. TWA PEL: Five micrograms of cadmium per cubic meter of air 5 
g/m3, time-weighted average (TWA) for an 8-hour 
workday.
    C. Appearance: Cadmium metal--soft, blue-white, malleable, lustrous 
metal or grayish-white powder. Some cadmium compounds may also appear as 
a brown, yellow, or red powdery substance.

                         II. Health Hazard Data

    A. Routes of Exposure. Cadmium can cause local skin or eye 
irritation. Cadmium can affect your health if you inhale it or if you 
swallow it.
    B. Effects of Overexposure.
    1. Short-term (acute) exposure: Cadmium is much more dangerous by 
inhalation than by ingestion. High exposures to cadmium that may be 
immediately dangerous to life or health occur in jobs where workers 
handle large quantities of cadmium dust or fume; heat cadmium-containing 
compounds or cadmium-coated surfaces; weld with cadmium solders or cut 
cadmium-containing materials such as bolts.
    2. Severe exposure may occur before symptoms appear. Early symptoms 
may include mild irritation of the upper respiratory tract, a sensation 
of constriction of the throat, a metallic taste and/or a cough. A period 
of 1-10 hours may precede the onset of rapidly progressing shortness of 
breath, chest pain, and flu-like symptoms with weakness, fever, 
headache, chills, sweating and muscular pain. Acute pulmonary edema 
usually develops within 24 hours and reaches a maximum by three days. If 
death from asphyxia does not occur, symptoms may resolve within a week.
    3. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or long-term exposure to 
cadmium, even at relatively low concentrations, may result in kidney 
damage and an increased risk of cancer of the lung and of the prostate.
    C. Emergency First Aid Procedures.
    1. Eye exposure: Direct contact may cause redness or pain. Wash eyes 
immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the upper and lower 
eyelids. Get medical attention immediately.
    2. Skin exposure: Direct contact may result in irritation. Remove 
contaminated clothing and shoes immediately. Wash affected area with 
soap or mild detergent and large amounts of water. Get medical attention 
immediately.
    3. Ingestion: Ingestion may result in vomiting, abdominal pain, 
nausea, diarrhea, headache and sore throat. Treatment for symptoms must 
be administered by medical personnel. Under no circumstances should the 
employer allow any person whom he retains, employs, supervises or 
controls to engage in therapeutic chelation. Such treatment is likely to 
translocate cadmium from pulmonary or other tissue to renal tissue. Get 
medical attention immediately.
    4. Inhalation: If large amounts of cadmium are inhaled, the exposed 
person must be moved to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, 
perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Administer oxygen if available. 
Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention 
immediately.
    5. Rescue: Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure. If 
the exposed person has been overcome, attempt rescue only after 
notifying at least one other person of the emergency and putting into 
effect established emergency procedures. Do not become

[[Page 170]]

a casualty yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and 
know the location of the emergency equipment before the need arises.

                        III. Employee Information

    A. Protective Clothing and Equipment.
    1. Respirators: You may be required to wear a respirator for non-
routine activities; in emergencies; while your employer is in the 
process of reducing cadmium exposures through engineering controls; and 
where engineering controls are not feasible. If respirators are worn in 
the future, they must have a joint Mine Safety and Health Administration 
(MSHA) and National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 
label of approval. Cadmium does not have a detectable odor except at 
levels well above the permissible exposure limits. If you can smell 
cadmium while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If 
you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell 
your employer.
    2. Protective Clothing: You may be required to wear impermeable 
clothing, gloves, foot gear, a face shield, or other appropriate 
protective clothing to prevent skin contact with cadmium. Where 
protective clothing is required, your employer must provide clean 
garments to you as necessary to assure that the clothing protects you 
adequately. The employer must replace or repair protective clothing that 
has become torn or otherwise damaged.
    3. Eye Protection: You may be required to wear splash-proof or dust 
resistant goggles to prevent eye contact with cadmium.
    B. Employer Requirements.
    1. Medical: If you are exposed to cadmium at or above the action 
level, your employer is required to provide a medical examination, 
laboratory tests and a medical history according to the medical 
surveillance provisions under paragraph (1) of this standard. (See 
summary chart and tables in this appendix A.) These tests shall be 
provided without cost to you. In addition, if you are accidentally 
exposed to cadmium under conditions known or suspected to constitute 
toxic exposure to cadmium, your employer is required to make special 
tests available to you.
    2. Access to Records: All medical records are kept strictly 
confidential. You or your representative are entitled to see the records 
of measurements of your exposure to cadmium. Your medical examination 
records can be furnished to your personal physician or designated 
representative upon request by you to your employer.
    3. Observation of Monitoring: Your employer is required to perform 
measurements that are representative of your exposure to cadmium and you 
or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring 
procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the 
measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the 
monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or 
personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you 
or your representative must also be provided with, and must wear the 
protective clothing and equipment.
    C. Employee Requirements--You will not be able to smoke, eat, drink, 
chew gum or tobacco, or apply cosmetics while working with cadmium in 
regulated areas. You will also not be able to carry or store tobacco 
products, gum, food, drinks or cosmetics in regulated areas because 
these products easily become contaminated with cadmium from the 
workplace and can therefore create another source of unnecessary cadmium 
exposure.
    Some workers will have to change out of work clothes and shower at 
the end of the day, as part of their workday, in order to wash cadmium 
from skin and hair. Handwashing and cadmium-free eating facilities shall 
be provided by the employer and proper hygiene should always be 
performed before eating. It is also recommended that you do not smoke or 
use tobacco products, because among other things, they naturally contain 
cadmium. For further information, read the labeling on such products.

                        IV. Physician Information

    A. Introduction.--The medical surveillance provisions of paragraph 
(1) generally are aimed at accomplishing three main interrelated 
purposes: First, identifying employees at higher risk of adverse health 
effects from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium; second, preventing 
cadmium-induced disease; and third, detecting and minimizing existing 
cadmium-induced disease. The core of medical surveillance in this 
standard is the early and periodic monitoring of the employee's 
biological indicators of: (a) Recent exposure to cadmium; (b) cadmium 
body burden; and (c) potential and actual kidney damage associated with 
exposure to cadmium.
    The main adverse health effects associated with cadmium overexposure 
are lung cancer and kidney dysfunction. It is not yet known how to 
adequately biologically monitor human beings to specifically prevent 
cadmium-induced lung cancer. By contrast, the kidney can be monitored to 
provide prevention and early detection of cadmium-induced kidney damage. 
Since, for non-carcinogenic effects, the kidney is considered the 
primary target organ of chronic exposure to cadmium, the medical 
surveillance provisions of this standard effectively focus on cadmium-
induced kidney disease. Within that focus, the aim, where possible, is 
to prevent the onset of such disease and, where necessary, to minimize 
such disease as may already

[[Page 171]]

exist. The by-products of successful prevention of kidney disease are 
anticipated to be the reduction and prevention of other cadmium-induced 
diseases.
    B. Health Effects.--The major health effects associated with cadmium 
overexposure are described below.
    1. Kidney: The most prevalent non-malignant disease observed among 
workers chronically exposed to cadmium is kidney dysfunction. Initially, 
such dysfunction is manifested as proteinuria. The proteinuria 
associated with cadmium exposure is most commonly characterized by 
excretion of low-molecular weight proteins (15,000 to 40,000 MW) 
accompanied by loss of electrolytes, uric acid, calcium, amino acids, 
and phosphate. The compounds commonly excreted include: beta-2-
microglobulin (2-M), retinol binding protein (RBP), 
immunoglobulin light chains, and lysozyme. Excretion of low molecular 
weight proteins are characteristic of damage to the proximal tubules of 
the kidney (Iwao et al., 1980).
    It has also been observed that exposure to cadmium may lead to 
urinary excretion of high-molecular weight proteins such as albumin, 
immunoglobulin G, and glycoproteins (Ex. 29). Excretion of high-
molecular weight proteins is typically indicative of damage to the 
glomeruli of the kidney. Bernard et al., (1979) suggest that damage to 
the glomeruli and damage to the proximal tubules of the kidney may both 
be linked to cadmium exposure but they may occur independently of each 
other.
    Several studies indicate that the onset of low-molecular weight 
proteinuria is a sign of irreversible kidney damage (Friberg et al., 
1974; Roels et al., 1982; Piscator 1984; Elinder et al., 1985; Smith et 
al., 1986). Above specific levels of 2-M associated 
with cadmium exposure it is unlikely that 2-M levels 
return to normal even when cadmium exposure is eliminated by removal of 
the individual from the cadmium work environment (Friberg, Ex. 29, 
1990).
    Some studies indicate that such proteinuria may be progressive; 
levels of 2-M observed in the urine increase with 
time even after cadmium exposure has ceased. See, for example, Elinder 
et al., 1985. Such observations, however, are not universal, and it has 
been suggested that studies in which proteinuria has not been observed 
to progress may not have tracked patients for a sufficiently long time 
interval (Jarup, Ex. 8-661).
    When cadmium exposure continues after the onset of proteinuria, 
chronic nephrotoxicity may occur (Friberg, Ex. 29). Uremia results from 
the inability of the glomerulus to adequately filter blood. This leads 
to severe disturbance of electrolyte concentrations and may lead to 
various clinical complications including kidney stones (L-140-50).
    After prolonged exposure to cadmium, glomerular proteinuria, 
glucosuria, aminoaciduria, phosphaturia, and hypercalciuria may develop 
(Exs. 8-86, 4-28, 14-18). Phosphate, calcium, glucose, and amino acids 
are essential to life, and under normal conditions, their excretion 
should be regulated by the kidney. Once low molecular weight proteinuria 
has developed, these elements dissipate from the human body. Loss of 
glomerular function may also occur, manifested by decreased glomerular 
filtration rate and increased serum creatinine. Severe cadmium-induced 
renal damage may eventually develop into chronic renal failure and 
uremia (Ex. 55).
    Studies in which animals are chronically exposed to cadmium confirm 
the renal effects observed in humans (Friberg et al., 1986). Animal 
studies also confirm problems with calcium metabolism and related 
skeletal effects which have been observed among humans exposed to 
cadmium in addition to the renal effects. Other effects commonly 
reported in chronic animal studies include anemia, changes in liver 
morphology, immunosuppression and hypertension. Some of these effects 
may be associated with co-factors. Hypertension, for example, appears to 
be associated with diet as well as cadmium exposure. Animals injected 
with cadmium have also shown testicular necrosis (Ex. 8-86B).

                          2. Biological Markers

    It is universally recognized that the best measures of cadmium 
exposures and its effects are measurements of cadmium in biological 
fluids, especially urine and blood. Of the two, CdU is conventionally 
used to determine body burden of cadmium in workers without kidney 
disease. CdB is conventionally used to monitor for recent exposure to 
cadmium. In addition, levels of CdU and CdB historically have been used 
to predict the percent of the population likely to develop kidney 
disease (Thun et al., Ex. L-140-50; WHO, Ex. 8-674; ACGIH, Exs. 8-667, 
140-50).
    The third biological parameter upon which OSHA relies for medical 
surveillance is Beta-2-microglobulin in urine (2-M), 
a low molecular weight protein. Excess 2-M has been 
widely accepted by physicians and scientists as a reliable indicator of 
functional damage to the proximal tubule of the kidney (Exs. 8-447, 144-
3-C, 4-47, L-140-45, 19-43-A).
    Excess 2-M is found when the proximal tubules 
can no longer reabsorb this protein in a normal manner. This failure of 
the proximal tubules is an early stage of a kind of kidney disease that 
commonly occurs among workers with excessive cadmium exposure. Used in 
conjunction with biological test results indicating abnormal levels of 
CdU and CdB, the finding of excess 2-M can establish 
for an examining physician that any existing kidney disease is probably 
cadmium-related

[[Page 172]]

(Trs. 6/6/90, pp. 82-86, 122, 134). The upper limits of normal levels 
for cadmium in urine and cadmium in blood are 3 g Cd/gram 
creatinine in urine and 5 gCd/liter whole blood, respectively. 
These levels were derived from broad-based population studies.
    Three issues confront the physicians in the use of 
2-M as a marker of kidney dysfunction and material 
impairment. First, there are a few other causes of elevated levels of 
2-M not related to cadmium exposures, some of which 
may be rather common diseases and some of which are serious diseases 
(e.g., myeloma or transient flu, Exs. 29 and 8-086). These can be 
medically evaluated as alternative causes (Friberg, Ex. 29). Also, there 
are other factors that can cause 2-M to degrade so 
that low levels would result in workers with tubular dysfunction. For 
example, regarding the degradation of 2-M, workers 
with acidic urine (pH<6) might have 2-M levels that 
are within the ``normal'' range when in fact kidney dysfunction has 
occurred (Ex. L-140-1) and the low molecular weight proteins are 
degraded in acid urine. Thus, it is very important that the pH of urine 
be measured, that urine samples be buffered as necessary (See appendix 
F.), and that urine samples be handled correctly, i.e., measure the pH 
of freshly voided urine samples, then if necessary, buffer to pH>6 (or 
above for shipping purposes), measure pH again and then, perhaps, freeze 
the sample for storage and shipping. (See also appendix F.) Second, 
there is debate over the pathological significance of proteinuria, 
however, most world experts believe that 2-M levels 
greater than 300 g/g Cr are abnormal (Elinder, Ex. 55, Friberg, 
Ex. 29). Such levels signify kidney dysfunction that constitutes 
material impairment of health. Finally, detection of 
2-M at low levels has often been considered 
difficult, however, many laboratories have the capability of detecting 
excess 2-M using simple kits, such as the Phadebas 
Delphia test, that are accurate to levels of 100 g 
2-M/g Cr U (Ex. L-140-1).
    Specific recommendations for ways to measure 2-M 
and proper handling of urine samples to prevent degradation of 
2-M have been addressed by OSHA in appendix F, in 
the section on laboratory standardization. All biological samples must 
be analyzed in a laboratory that is proficient in the analysis of that 
particular analyte, under paragraph (l)(1)(iv). (See appendix F). 
Specifically, under paragraph (l)(1)(iv), the employer is to assure that 
the collecting and handling of biological samples of cadmium in urine 
(CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2 microglobulin in urine 
(2-M) taken from employees is collected in a manner 
that assures reliability. The employer must also assure that analysis of 
biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), 
and beta-2 microglobulin in urine (2-M) taken from 
employees is performed in laboratories with demonstrated proficiency for 
that particular analyte. (See appendix F.)

                       3. Lung and Prostate Cancer

    The primary sites for cadmium-associated cancer appear to be the 
lung and the prostate (L-140-50). Evidence for an association between 
cancer and cadmium exposure derives from both epidemiological studies 
and animal experiments. Mortality from prostate cancer associated with 
cadmium is slightly elevated in several industrial cohorts, but the 
number of cases is small and there is not clear dose-response 
relationship. More substantive evidence exists for lung cancer.
    The major epidemiological study of lung cancer was conducted by Thun 
et al., (Ex. 4-68). Adequate data on cadmium exposures were available to 
allow evaluation of dose-response relationships between cadmium exposure 
and lung cancer. A statistically significant excess of lung cancer 
attributed to cadmium exposure was observed in this study even when 
confounding variables such as co-exposure to arsenic and smoking habits 
were taken into consideration (Ex. L-140-50).
    The primary evidence for quantifying a link between lung cancer and 
cadmium exposure from animal studies derives from two rat bioassay 
studies; one by Takenaka et al., (1983), which is a study of cadmium 
chloride and a second study by Oldiges and Glaser (1990) of four cadmium 
compounds.
    Based on the above cited studies, the U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) classified cadmium as ``B1'', a probable human carcinogen, 
in 1985 (Ex. 4-4). The International Agency for Research on Cancer 
(IARC) in 1987 also recommended that cadmium be listed as ``2A'', a 
probable human carcinogen (Ex. 4-15). The American Conference of 
Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) has recently recommended that 
cadmium be labeled as a carcinogen. Since 1984, NIOSH has concluded that 
cadmium is possibly a human carcinogen and has recommended that 
exposures be controlled to the lowest level feasible.

                       4. Non-carcinogenic Effects

    Acute pneumonitis occurs 10 to 24 hours after initial acute 
inhalation of high levels of cadmium fumes with symptoms such as fever 
and chest pain (Exs. 30, 8-86B). In extreme exposure cases pulmonary 
edema may develop and cause death several days after exposure. Little 
actual exposure measurement data is available on the level of airborne 
cadmium exposure that causes such immediate adverse lung effects, 
nonetheless, it is reasonable to believe a cadmium concentration of 
approximately 1 mg/m3 over an eight hour period is 
``immediately dangerous'' (55 FR 4052, ANSI; Ex. 8-86B).

[[Page 173]]

    In addition to acute lung effects and chronic renal effects, long 
term exposure to cadmium may cause other severe effects on the 
respiratory system. Reduced pulmonary function and chronic lung disease 
indicative of emphysema have been observed in workers who have had 
prolonged exposure to cadmium dust or fumes (Exs. 4-29, 4-22, 4-42, 4-
50, 4-63). In a study of workers conducted by Kazantzis et al., a 
statistically significant excess of worker deaths due to chronic 
bronchitis was found, which in his opinion was directly related to high 
cadmium exposures of 1 mg/m3 or more (Tr. 6/8/90, pp. 156-
157).
    Cadmium need not be respirable to constitute a hazard. Inspirable 
cadmium particles that are too large to be respirable but small enough 
to enter the tracheobronchial region of the lung can lead to 
bronchoconstriction, chronic pulmonary disease, and cancer of that 
portion of the lung. All of these diseases have been associated with 
occupational exposure to cadmium (Ex. 8-86B). Particles that are 
constrained by their size to the extra-thoracic regions of the 
respiratory system such as the nose and maxillary sinuses can be 
swallowed through mucocillary clearance and be absorbed into the body 
(ACGIH, Ex. 8-692). The impaction of these particles in the upper 
airways can lead to anosmia, or loss of sense of smell, which is an 
early indication of overexposure among workers exposed to heavy metals. 
This condition is commonly reported among cadmium-exposed workers (Ex. 
8-86-B).

                         C. Medical Surveillance

    In general, the main provisions of the medical surveillance section 
of the standard, under paragraphs (l)(1)-(17) of the regulatory text, 
are as follows:
    1. Workers exposed above the action level are covered;
    2. Workers with intermittent exposures are not covered;
    3. Past workers who are covered receive biological monitoring for at 
least one year;
    4. Initial examinations include a medical questionnaire and 
biological monitoring of cadmium in blood (CdB), cadmium in urine (CdU), 
and Beta-2-microglobulin in urine (2-M);
    5. Biological monitoring of these three analytes is performed at 
least annually; full medical examinations are performed biennially;
    6. Until five years from the effective date of the standard, medical 
removal is required when CdU is greater than 15 g/gram 
creatinine (g Cr), or CdB is greater than 15 g/liter whole 
blood (lwb), or 2-M is greater than 1500 g/
g Cr, and CdB is greater than 5 g/lwb or CdU is greater than 3 
g/g Cr;
    7. Beginning five years after the standard is in effect, medical 
removal triggers will be reduced;
    8. Medical removal protection benefits are to be provided for up to 
18 months;
    9. Limited initial medical examinations are required for respirator 
usage;
    10. Major provisions are fully described under section (l) of the 
regulatory text; they are outlined here as follows:
    A. Eligibility
    B. Biological monitoring
    C. Actions triggered by levels of CdU, CdB, and 
2-M (See Summary Charts and Tables in Attachment-1.)
    D. Periodic medical surveillance
    E. Actions triggered by periodic medical surveillance (See appendix 
A Summary Chart and Tables in Attachment-1.)
    F. Respirator usage
    G. Emergency medical examinations
    H. Termination examination
    I. Information to physician
    J. Physician's medical opinion
    K. Medical removal protection
    L. Medical removal protection benefits
    M. Multiple physician review
    N. Alternate physician review
    O. Information employer gives to employee
    P. Recordkeeping
    Q. Reporting on OSHA form 200
    11. The above mentioned summary of the medical surveillance 
provisions, the summary chart, and tables for the actions triggered at 
different levels of CdU, CdB and 2-M (in appendix A 
Attachment-1) are included only for the purpose of facilitating 
understanding of the provisions of paragraphs (l)(3) of the final 
cadmium standard. The summary of the provisions, the summary chart, and 
the tables do not add to or reduce the requirements in paragraph (l)(3).

                    D. Recommendations to Physicians

    1. It is strongly recommended that patients with tubular proteinuria 
are counseled on: The hazards of smoking; avoidance of nephrotoxins and 
certain prescriptions and over-the-counter medications that may 
exacerbate kidney symptoms; how to control diabetes and/or blood 
pressure; proper hydration, diet, and exercise (Ex. 19-2). A list of 
prominent or common nephrotoxins is attached. (See appendix A 
Attachment-2.)
    2. DO NOT CHELATE; KNOW WHICH DRUGS ARE NEPHROTOXINS OR ARE 
ASSOCIATED WITH NEPHRITIS.
    3. The gravity of cadmium-induced renal damage is compounded by the 
fact there is no medical treatment to prevent or reduce the accumulation 
of cadmium in the kidney (Ex. 8-619). Dr. Friberg, a leading world 
expert on cadmium toxicity, indicated in 1992, that there is no form of 
chelating agent that could be used without substantial risk. He stated 
that tubular proteinuria has to be treated in the same way as other 
kidney disorders (Ex. 29).

[[Page 174]]

    4. After the results of a workers' biological monitoring or medical 
examination are received the employer is required to provide an 
information sheet to the patient, briefly explaining the significance of 
the results. (See Attachment 3 of this appendix A.)
    5. For additional information the physician is referred to the 
following additional resources:
    a. The physician can always obtain a copy of the preamble, with its 
full discussion of the health effects, from OSHA's Computerized 
Information System (OCIS).
    b. The Docket Officer maintains a record of the rulemaking. The 
Cadmium Docket (H-057A), is located at 200 Constitution Ave. NW., room 
N-2625, Washington, DC 20210; telephone: 202-219-7894.
    c. The following articles and exhibits in particular from that 
docket (H-057A):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Exhibit number                   Author and paper title             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8-447................  Lauwerys et. al., Guide for physicians, ``Health 
                        Maintenance of Workers Exposed to Cadmium,''    
                        published by the Cadmium Council.               
4-67.................  Takenaka, S., H. Oldiges, H. Konig, D.           
                        Hochrainer, G. Oberdorster. ``Carcinogenicity of
                        Cadmium Chloride Aerosols in Wistar Rats''. JNCI
                        70:367-373, 1983. (32)                          
4-68.................  Thun, M.J., T.M. Schnoor, A.B. Smith, W.E.       
                        Halperin, R.A. Lemen. ``Mortality Among a Cohort
                        of U.S. Cadmium Production Workers--An Update.''
                        JNCI 74(2):325-33, 1985. (8)                    
4-25.................  Elinder, C.G., Kjellstrom, T., Hogstedt, C., et  
                        al., ``Cancer Mortality of Cadmium Workers.''   
                        Brit. J. Ind. Med. 42:651-655, 1985. (14)       
4-26.................  Ellis, K.J. et al., ``Critical Concentrations of 
                        Cadmium in Human Renal Cortex: Dose Effect      
                        Studies to Cadmium Smelter Workers.'' J.        
                        Toxicol. Environ. Health 7:691-703, 1981. (76)  
4-27.................  Ellis, K.J., S.H. Cohn and T.J. Smith. ``Cadmium 
                        Inhalation Exposure Estimates: Their            
                        Significance with Respect to Kidney and Liver   
                        Cadmium Burden.'' J. Toxicol. Environ. Health   
                        15:173-187, 1985.                               
4-28.................  Falck, F.Y., Jr., Fine, L.J., Smith, R.G.,       
                        McClatchey, K.D., Annesley, T., England, B., and
                        Schork, A.M. ``Occupational Cadmium Exposure and
                        Renal Status.'' Am. J. Ind. Med. 4:541, 1983.   
                        (64)                                            
8-86A................  Friberg, L., C.G. Elinder, et al., ``Cadmium and 
                        Health a Toxicological and Epidemiological      
                        Appraisal, Volume I, Exposure, Dose, and        
                        Metabolism.'' CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL,  
                        1986. (Available from the OSHA Technical Data   
                        Center)                                         
8-86B................  Friberg, L., C.G. Elinder, et al., ``Cadmium and 
                        Health: A Toxicological and Epidemiological     
                        Appraisal, Volume II, Effects and Response.''   
                        CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL, 1986.          
                        (Available from the OSHA Technical Data Center) 
L-140-45.............  Elinder, C.G., ``Cancer Mortality of Cadmium     
                        Workers'', Brit. J. Ind. Med., 42, 651-655,     
                        1985.                                           
L-140-50.............  Thun, M., Elinder, C.G., Friberg, L, ``Scientific
                        Basis for an Occupational Standard for Cadmium, 
                        Am. J. Ind. Med., 20; 629-642, 1991.            
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                          V. Information Sheet

    The information sheet (appendix A Attachment-3.) or an equally 
explanatory one should be provided to you after any biological 
monitoring results are reviewed by the physician, or where applicable, 
after any medical examination.

                               APPENDIX A

  Attachment 1--Appendix A Summary Chart and Tables A and B of Actions 
                   Triggered by Biological Monitoring

      Appendix A Summary Chart: Section (1)(3) Medical Surveillance

               Categorizing Biological Monitoring Results

    (A) Biological monitoring results categories are set forth in 
Appendix A Table A for the periods ending December 31, 1998 and for the 
period beginning January 1, 1999.
    (B) The results of the biological monitoring for the initial medical 
exam and the subsequent exams shall determine an employee's biological 
monitoring result category.

               Actions Triggered by Biological Monitoring

    (A)
    (i) The actions triggered by biological monitoring for an employee 
are set forth in Appendix A Table B.
    (ii) The biological monitoring results for each employee under 
section (1)(3) shall determine the actions required for that employee. 
That is, for any employee in biological monitoring category C, the 
employer will perform all of the actions for which there is an X in 
column C of Appendix A Table B.
    (iii) An employee is assigned the alphabetical category (``A'' being 
the lowest) depending upon the test results of the three biological 
markers.
    (iv) An employee is assigned category A if monitoring results for 
all three biological markers fall at or below the levels indicated in 
the table listed for category A.
    (v) An employee is assigned category B if any monitoring result for 
any of the three biological markers fall within the range of levels 
indicated in the table listed for category B, providing no result 
exceeds the levels listed for category B.
    (vi) An employee is assigned category C if any monitoring result for 
any of the three biological markers are above the levels listed for 
category C.

[[Page 175]]

    (B) The user of Appendix A Tables A and B should know that these 
tables are provided only to facilitate understanding of the relevant 
provisions of paragraph (l)(3) of this section. Appendix A Tables A and 
B are not meant to add to or subtract from the requirements of those 
provisions.

   Appendix A Table A--Categorization of Biological Monitoring Results

                                          Applicable Through 1998 Only                                          
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Monitoring result categories        
                        Biological marker                         ----------------------------------------------
                                                                       A                B                  C    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cadmium in urine (CdU) (g/g creatinine).................       3                >3 and 15       >15    
2-microglobulin (2-M) (g/g creatinine)       300            >300 and 1500      >1500*
Cadmium in blood (CdB) (g/liter whole blood)............       5                >5 and 15       >15    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* If an employee's 2-M levels are above 1,500 g/g creatinine, in order for mandatory medical  
  removal to be required (See Appendix A Table B.), either the employee's CdU level must also be >3 g/g
  creatinine or CdB level must also be >5 g/liter whole blood.                                         


                                      Applicable Beginning January 1, 1999                                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Monitoring result categories        
                        Biological marker                         ----------------------------------------------
                                                                       A                B                  C    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cadmium in urine (CdU) (g/g creatinine).................       3                 >3 and 7        >7    
2-microglobulin (2-M) (g/g creatinine)       300             >300 and 750       >750*
Cadmium in blood (CdB) (g/liter whole blood)............       5                 >5 and 10      >10    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* If an employee's 2-M levels are above 750 g/g creatinine, in order for mandatory medical    
  removal to be required (See Appendix A Table B.), either the employee's CdU level must also be >3 g/g
  creatinine or CdB level must also be >5 g/liter whole blood.                                         

     Appendix A Table B--Actions Determined by Biological Monitoring

    This table presents the actions required based on the monitoring 
result in Appendix A Table A. Each item is a separate requirement in 
citing non-compliance. For example, a medical examination within 90 days 
for an employee in category B is separate from the requirement to 
administer a periodic medical examination for category B employees on an 
annual basis.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Monitoring result category       
       Required actions        -----------------------------------------
                                    A \1\         B \1\         C \1\   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Biological monitoring:                                              
    (a) Annual................  X             ............  ............
    (b) Semiannual............  ............  X             ............
    (c) Quarterly.............  ............  ............  X           
(2) Medical examination:                                                
    (a) Biennial..............  X             ............  ............
    (b) Annual................  ............  X             ............
    (c) Semiannual............  ............  ............  X           
    (d) Within 90 days........  ............  X             X           
(3) Assess within two weeks:                                            
    (a) Excess cadmium          ............  X             X           
     exposure.                                                          
    (b) Work practices........  ............  X             X           
    (c) Personal hygiene......  ............  X             X           
    (d) Respirator usage......  ............  X             X           
    (e) Smoking history.......  ............  X             X           
    (f) Hygiene facilities....  ............  X             X           
    (g) Engineering controls..  ............  X             X           
    (h) Correct within 30 days  ............  X             X           
    (i) Periodically assess     ............  ............  X           
     exposures.                                                         
(4) Discretionary medical       ............  X             X           
 removal.                                                               
(5) Mandatory medical removal.  ............  ............  X \2\       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ For all employees covered by medical surveillance exclusively       
  because of exposures prior to the effective date of this standard, if 
  they are in Category A, the employer shall follow the requirements of 
  paragraphs (l)(3)(i)(B) and (l)(4)(v)(A). If they are in Category B or
  C, the employer shall follow the requirements of paragraphs           
  (l)(4)(v)(B)-(C).                                                     
\2\ See footnote Appendix A Table A.                                    


[[Page 176]]

              Appendix A--Attachment 2--List of Medications

    A list of the more common medications that a physician, and the 
employee, may wish to review is likely to include some of the following: 
(1) Anticonvulsants: Paramethadione, phenytoin, trimethadone; (2) 
antihypertensive drugs: Captopril, methyldopa; (3) antimicrobials: 
Aminoglycosides, amphotericin B, cephalosporins, ethambutol; (4) 
antineoplastic agents: Cisplatin, methotrexate, mitomycin-C, 
nitrosoureas, radiation; (4) sulfonamide diuretics: Acetazolamide, 
chlorthalidone, furosemide, thiazides; (5) halogenated alkanes, 
hydrocarbons, and solvents that may occur in some settings: Carbon 
tetrachloride, ethylene glycol, toluene; iodinated radiographic contrast 
media; nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs; and, (7) other 
miscellaneous compounds: Acetominophen, allopurinol, amphetamines, 
azathioprine, cimetidine, cyclosporine, lithium, methoxyflurane, 
methysergide, D-penicillamine, phenacetin, phenendione. A list of drugs 
associated with acute interstitial nephritis includes: (1) Antimicrobial 
drugs: Cephalosporins, chloramphenicol, colistin, erythromycin, 
ethambutol, isoniazid, para-aminosalicylic acid, penicillins, polymyxin 
B, rifampin, sulfonamides, tetracyclines, and vancomycin; (2) other 
miscellaneous drugs: Allopurinol, antipyrene, azathioprine, captopril, 
cimetidine, clofibrate, methyldopa, phenindione, phenylpropanolamine, 
phenytoin, probenecid, sulfinpyrazone, sulfonamid diuretics, 
triamterene; and, (3) metals: Bismuth, gold.
    This list have been derived from commonly available medical 
textbooks (e.g., Ex. 14-18). The list has been included merely to 
facilitate the physician's, employer's, and employee's understanding. 
The list does not represent an official OSHA opinion or policy regarding 
the use of these medications for particular employees. The use of such 
medications should be under physician discretion.

   Attachment 3--Biological Monitoring and Medical Examination Results

Employee________________________________________________________________
Testing Date____________________________________________________________
    Cadmium in Urine ______ g/g Cr--Normal Levels: 3 
g/g Cr.
    Cadmium in Blood ______ g/lwb--Normal Levels: 5 
g/lwb.
    Beta-2-microglobulin in Urine ______ g/g Cr--Normal Levels: 
300 g/g Cr.
    Physical Examination Results: N/A ______ Satisfactory ______ 
Unsatisfactory ______ (see physician again).
    Physician's Review of Pulmonary Function Test: N/A ______ Normal 
______ Abnormal ______.
Next biological monitoring or medical examination scheduled for_________

    The biological monitoring program has been designed for three main 
purposes: 1) to identify employees at risk of adverse health effects 
from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium; 2) to prevent cadmium-induced 
disease(s); and 3) to detect and minimize existing cadmium-induced 
disease(s).
    The levels of cadmium in the urine and blood provide an estimate of 
the total amount of cadmium in the body. The amount of a specific 
protein in the urine (beta-2-microglobulin) indicates changes in kidney 
function. All three tests must be evaluated together. A single mildly 
elevated result may not be important if testing at a later time 
indicates that the results are normal and the workplace has been 
evaluated to decrease possible sources of cadmium exposure. The levels 
of cadmium or beta-2-microglobulin may change over a period of days to 
months and the time needed for those changes to occur is different for 
each worker.
    If the results for biological monitoring are above specific ``high 
levels'' [cadmium urine greater than 10 micrograms per gram of 
creatinine (g/g Cr), cadmium blood greater than 10 micrograms 
per liter of whole blood (g/lwb), or beta-2-microglobulin 
greater than 1000 micrograms per gram of creatinine (g/g Cr)], 
the worker has a much greater chance of developing other kidney 
diseases.
    One way to measure for kidney function is by measuring beta-2-
microglobulin in the urine. Beta-2-microglobulin is a protein which is 
normally found in the blood as it is being filtered in the kidney, and 
the kidney reabsorbs or returns almost all of the beta-2-microglobulin 
to the blood. A very small amount (less than 300 g/g Cr in the 
urine) of beta-2-microglobulin is not reabsorbed into the blood, but is 
released in the urine. If cadmium damages the kidney, the amount of 
beta-2-microglobulin in the urine increases because the kidney cells are 
unable to reabsorb the beta-2-microglobulin normally. An increase in the 
amount of beta-2-microglobulin in the urine is a very early sign of 
kidney dysfunction. A small increase in beta-2-microglobulin in the 
urine will serve as an early warning sign that the worker may be 
absorbing cadmium from the air, cigarettes contaminated in the 
workplace, or eating in areas that are cadmium contaminated.
    Even if cadmium causes permanent changes in the kidney's ability to 
reabsorb beta-2-microglobulin, and the beta-2-microglobulin is above the 
``high levels'', the loss of kidney function may not lead to any serious 
health problems. Also, renal function naturally declines as people age. 
The risk for changes in kidney function for workers who have biological 
monitoring results between

[[Page 177]]

the ``normal values'' and the ``high levels'' is not well known. Some 
people are more cadmium-tolerant, while others are more cadmium-
susceptible.
    For anyone with even a slight increase of beta-2-microglobulin, 
cadmium in the urine, or cadmium in the blood, it is very important to 
protect the kidney from further damage. Kidney damage can come from 
other sources than excess cadmium-exposure so it is also recommended 
that if a worker's levels are ``high'' he/she should receive counseling 
about drinking more water; avoiding cadmium-tainted tobacco and certain 
medications (nephrotoxins, acetaminophen); controlling diet, vitamin 
intake, blood pressure and diabetes; etc.

Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1027--Substance Technical Guidelines for Cadmium

I. Cadmium Metal
    A. Physical and Chemical Data.
    1. Substance Identification.
    Chemical name: Cadmium.
    Formula: Cd.
    Molecular Weight: 112.4.
    Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry No.: 7740-43-9.
    Other Identifiers: RETCS EU9800000; EPA D006; DOT 2570 53.
    Synonyms: Colloidal Cadmium: Kadmium (German): CI 77180.
    2. Physical data.
    Boiling point: (760 mm Hg): 765 degrees C.
    Melting point: 321 degrees C.
    Specific Gravity: (H2O=@ 20  deg.C): 8.64.
    Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in dilute nitric acid and in 
sulfuric acid.
    Appearance: Soft, blue-white, malleable, lustrous metal or grayish-
white powder.
    B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.
    1. Fire.
    Fire and Explosion Hazards: The finely divided metal is pyrophoric, 
that is the dust is a severe fire hazard and moderate explosion hazard 
when exposed to heat or flame. Burning material reacts violently with 
extinguishing agents such as water, foam, carbon dioxide, and halons.
    Flash point: Flammable (dust).
    Extinguishing media: Dry sand, dry dolomite, dry graphite, or 
sodimum chloride.
    2. Reactivity.
    Conditions contributing to instability: Stable when kept in sealed 
containers under normal temperatures and pressure, but dust may ignite 
upon contact with air. Metal tarnishes in moist air.
    Incompatibilities: Ammonium nitrate, fused: Reacts violently or 
explosively with cadmium dust below 20  deg.C. Hydrozoic acid: Violent 
explosion occurs after 30 minutes. Acids: Reacts violently, forms 
hydrogen gas. Oxidizing agents or metals: Strong reaction with cadmium 
dust. Nitryl fluoride at slightly elevated temperature: Glowing or white 
incandescence occurs. Selenium: Reacts exothermically. Ammonia: 
Corrosive reaction. Sulfur dioxide: Corrosive reaction. Fire 
extinguishing agents (water, foam, carbon dioxide, and halons): Reacts 
violently. Tellurium: Incandescent reaction in hydrogen atmosphere.
    Hazardous decomposition products: The heated metal rapidly forms 
highly toxic, brownish fumes of oxides of cadmium.
    C. Spill, Leak and Disposal Procedures.
    1. Steps to be taken if the materials is released or spilled. Do not 
touch spilled material. Stop leak if you can do it without risk. Do not 
get water inside container. For large spills, dike spill for later 
disposal. Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate hazard area and deny 
entry. The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Section 
304 requires that a release equal to or greater than the reportable 
quantity for this substance (1 pound) must be immediately reported to 
the local emergency planning committee, the state emergency response 
commission, and the National Response Center (800) 424-8802; in 
Washington, DC metropolitan area (202) 426-2675.
II. Cadmium Oxide
    A. Physical and Chemical Date.
    1. Substance identification.
    Chemical name: Cadmium Oxide.
    Formula: CdO.
    Molecular Weight: 128.4.
    CAS No.: 1306-19-0.
    Other Identifiers: RTECS EV1929500.
    Synonyms: Kadmu tlenek (Polish).
    2. Physical data.
    Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 950 degrees C decomposes.
    Melting point: 1500  deg.C.
    Specific Gravity: (H2O=1@20  deg.C): 7.0.
    Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in acids and alkalines.
    Appearance: Red or brown crystals.
    B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.
    1. Fire.
    Fire and Explosion Hazards: Negligible fire hazard when exposed to 
heat or flame.
    Flash point: Nonflammable.
    Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray or 
foam.
    2. Reactivity.
    Conditions contributing to instability: Stable under normal 
temperatures and pressures.
    Incompatibilities: Magnesium may reduce CdO2 explosively 
on heating.
    Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic fumes of cadmium.
    C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures.
    1. Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. Do not 
touch spilled material. Stop leak if you can do it without risk. For 
small spills, take up with sand or other absorbent material and place 
into containers for later disposal. For small dry spills, use a clean 
shovel to place material into clean, dry container and then cover. Move 
containers from spill area. For larger spills, dike far ahead of

[[Page 178]]

spill for later disposal. Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate hazard 
area and deny entry. The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 
1986 Section 304 requires that a release equal to or greater than the 
reportable quantity for this substance (1 pound) must be immediately 
reported to the local emergency planning committee, the state emergency 
response commission, and the National Response Center (800) 424-8802; in 
Washington, DC metropolitan area (202) 426-2675.
    III. Cadmium Sulfide.
    A. Physical and Chemical Data.
    1. Substance Identification.
    Chemical name: Cadmium sulfide.
    Formula: CdS.
    Molecular weight: 144.5.
    CAS No. 1306-23-6.
    Other Identifiers: RTECS EV3150000.
    Synonyms: Aurora yellow; Cadmium Golden 366; Cadmium Lemon Yellow 
527; Cadmium Orange; Cadmium Primrose 819; Cadmium Sulphide; Cadmium 
Yellow; Cadmium Yellow 000; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Deep; Cadmium Yellow 
Conc. Golden; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Lemon; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Primrose; 
Cadmium Yellow Oz. Dark; Cadmium Yellow Primrose 47-1400; Cadmium Yellow 
10G Conc.; Cadmium Yellow 892; Cadmopur Golden Yellow N; Cadmopur 
Yellow: Capsebon; C.I. 77199; C.I. Pigment Orange 20; CI Pigment Yellow 
37; Ferro Lemon Yellow; Ferro Orange Yellow; Ferro Yellow; Greenockite; 
NCI-C02711.
    2. Physical data.
    Boiling point (760 mm. Hg): sublines in N2 at 980  deg.C.
    Melting point: 1750 degrees C (100 atm).
    Specific Gravity: (H2O=1@ 20  deg.C): 4.82.
    Solubility: Slightly soluble in water; soluble in acid.
    Appearance: Light yellow or yellow-orange crystals.
    B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.
    1. Fire.
    Fire and Explosion Hazards: Neglible fire hazard when exposed to 
heat or flame.
    Flash point: Nonflammable.
    Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray or 
foam.
    2. Reactivity.
    Conditions contributing to instability: Generally non-reactive under 
normal conditions. Reacts with acids to form toxic hydrogen sulfide gas.
    Incompatibilities: Reacts vigorously with iodinemonochloride.
    Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic fumes of cadmium and sulfur 
oxides.
    C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures.
    1. Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. Do not 
touch spilled material. Stop leak if you can do it without risk. For 
small, dry spills, with a clean shovel place material into clean, dry 
container and cover. Move containers from spill area. For larger spills, 
dike far ahead of spill for later disposal. Keep unnecessary people 
away. Isolate hazard and deny entry.
    IV. Cadmium Chloride.
    A. Physical and Chemical Data.
    1. Substance Identification.
    Chemcail name: Cadmium chloride.
    Formula: CdC12.
    Molecular weight: 183.3.
    CAS No. 10108-64-2.
    Other Identifiers: RTECS EY0175000.
    Synonyms: Caddy; Cadmium dichloride; NA 2570 (DOT); UI-CAD; 
dichlorocadmium.
    2. Physical data.
    Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 960 degrees C.
    Melting point: 568 degrees C.
    Specific Gravity: (H2O=1 @ 20  deg.C): 4.05.
    Solubility: Soluble in water (140 g/100 cc); soluble in acetone.
    Appearance: Small, white crystals.
    B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.
    1. Fire.
    Fire and Explosion Hazards: Negligible fire and negligible explosion 
hazard in dust form when exposed to heat or flame.
    Flash point: Nonflamable.
    Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray or 
foam.
    2. Reactivity.
    Conditions contributing to instability: Generally stable under 
normal temperatures and pressures.
    Incompatibilities: Bromine triflouride rapidly attacks cadmium 
chloride. A mixture of potassium and cadmium chloride may produce a 
strong explosion on impact.
    Hazardous decomposition products: Thermal ecompostion may release 
toxic fumes of hydrogen chloride, chloride, chlorine or oxides of 
cadmium.
    C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures.
    1. Steps to be taken if the materials is released or spilled. Do not 
touch spilled material. Stop leak if you can do it without risk. For 
small, dry spills, with a clean shovel place material into clean, dry 
container and cover. Move containers from spill area. For larger spills, 
dike far ahead of spill for later disposal. Keep unnecessary people 
away. Isolate hazard and deny entry. The Superfund Amendments and 
Reauthorization Act of 1986 Section 304 requires that a release equal to 
or greater than the reportable quantity for this substance (100 pounds) 
must be immediately reported to the local emergency planning committee, 
the state emergency response commission, and the National Response 
Center (800) 424-8802; in Washington, DC Metropolitan area (202) 426-
2675.

[[Page 179]]

 Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1027--Qualitative and Quantitative Fit Testing 
                               Procedures

                          I. Fit Test Protocols

    A. General: The employer shall include the following provisions in 
the fit test procedures. These provisions apply to both qualitative fit 
testing (QLFT) and quantitative fit testing (QNFT). All testing is to be 
conducted annually.
    1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable 
respirator from a selection including respirators of various sizes from 
different manufacturers. The selection shall include at least three 
sizes of elastomeric facepieces of the type of respirator that is to be 
tested, i.e., three sizes of half mask; or three sizes of full 
facepiece. Respirators of each size must be provided from at least two 
manufacturers.
    2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown 
how to put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how 
to set strap tension and how to determine a comfortable fit. A mirror 
shall be available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and 
positioning the respirator. This instruction may not constitute the 
subject's formal training on respirator use; it is only a review.
    3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to 
select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. Each 
respirator represents a different size and shape, and if fitted, 
maintained and used properly, will provide substantial protection.
    4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each facepiece up to 
the face and eliminate those which obviously do not give a comfortable 
fit.
    5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable 
mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. 
Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in 
item 6 below. If the test subject is not familiar with using a 
particular respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don the 
mask several times and to adjust the straps each time to become adept at 
setting proper tension on the straps.
    6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following 
points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time 
to determine the comfort of the respirator:
    (a) Position of the mask on the nose;
    (b) Room for eye protection;
    (c) Room to talk; and
    (d) Position of mask on face and cheeks.
    7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the 
adequacy of the respirator fit:
    (a) Chin properly placed;
    (b) Adequate strap tension, not overly tightened;
    (c) Fit across nose bridge;
    (d) Respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin;
    (e) Tendency of respirator to slip; and
    (f) Self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator 
position.
    8. The test subject shall conduct the negative and positive pressure 
fit checks as described below or in ANSI Z88.2-1980. Before conducting 
the negative or positive pressure test, the subject shall be told to 
seat the mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up 
and down slowly while taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another 
facepiece shall be selected and retested if the test subject fails the 
fit check tests.
    (a). Positive pressure test. Close off the exhalation valve and 
exhale gently onto the facepiece. The face fit is considered 
satisfactory if a slight positive pressure can be built up inside the 
facepiece without any evidence of outward leakage of air at the seal. 
For most respirators this method of leak testing requires the wearer to 
first remove the exhalation valve cover before closing off the 
exhalation valve and then carefully replacing it after the test.
    (b). Negative pressure test. Close off the inlet opening of the 
canister or cartridge(s) by covering with the palm of the hand(s) or by 
replacing the filter seal(s). Inhale gently so that the facepiece 
collapses slightly, and hold the breath for ten seconds. If the 
facepiece remains in its slightly collapsed condition and no inward 
leakage of air is detected, the tightness of the respirator is 
considered satisfactory.
    9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble 
beard growth, beard, or long sideburns which cross the respirator 
sealing surface. Any type of apparel which interferes with a 
satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed.
    10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory 
disease or pulmonary medicine to determine, in accordance with paragraph 
(l)(2) and (3) of this standard, whether the test subject can wear a 
respirator while performing her or his duties.
    11. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the 
successfully fitted respirator for a period of two weeks. If at any time 
during this period the respirator becomes uncomfortable, the test 
subject shall be given the opportunity to select a different facepiece 
and to be retested.
    12. The employer shall maintain a record of the fit test 
administered to an employee. The record shall contain at least the 
following information:
    (a) Name of employee;
    (b) Type of respirator;
    (c) Brand, size of respirator;
    (d) Date of test; and

[[Page 180]]

    (e) Where QNFT is used, the fit factor and strip chart recording or 
other recording of the results of the test. The record shall be 
maintained until the next fit test is administered.
    13. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the 
test subject shall be given a description of the fit test and the test 
subject's responsibilities during the test procedure. The description of 
the process shall include a description of the test exercises that the 
subject will be performing. The respirator to be tested shall be worn 
for at least 5 minutes before the start of the fit test.
    14. Test Exercises. The test subject shall perform exercises, in the 
test environment, in the manner described below:
    (a) Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without 
talking, the subject shall breathe normally.
    (b) Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, without talking, 
the subject shall breathe slowly and deeply, taking care so as to not 
hyperventilate.
    (c) Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions 
on each side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the 
subject can inhale at each side.
    (d) Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to 
inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling).
    (e) Talking. The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough 
so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read 
from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 
100, or recite a memorized poem or song.
    (f) Grimace. The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning.
    (g) Bending over. The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he/
she were to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted 
for this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QNFT 
units which prohibit bending at the waist.
    (h) Normal breathing. Same as exercise 1. Each test exercise shall 
be performed for one minute except for the grimace exercise which shall 
be performed for 15 seconds. The test subject shall be questioned by the 
test conductor regarding the comfort of the respirator upon completion 
of the protocol. If it has become uncomfortable, another model of 
respirator shall be tried.

                B. Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols

                               1. General

    (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume 
full responsibility for implementing the respirator qualitative fit test 
program.
    (b) The employer shall assure that persons administering QLFTs are 
able to prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests 
properly, recognize invalid tests, and assure that test equipment is in 
proper working order.
    (c) The employer shall assure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and 
well maintained so as to operate within the parameters for which it was 
designed.

                       2. Isoamyl Acetate Protocol

    (a) Odor threshold screening. The odor threshold screening test, 
performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine if the 
individual tested can detect the odor of isoamyl acetate.
    (1) Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids are required.
    (2) Odor free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at 
approximately 25 degrees C shall be used for the solutions.
    (3) The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known as isopentyl acetate) 
stock solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor 
free water in a 1 liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. A new solution 
shall be prepared at least weekly.
    (4) The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from 
the room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well 
ventilated and shall not be connected to the same recirculating 
ventilation system.
    (5) The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 
0.4 cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a 
clean dropper or pipette. The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds 
and allowed to stand for two to three minutes so that the IAA 
concentration above the liquid may reach equilibrium. This solution 
shall be used for only one day.
    (6) A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc 
of odor free water.
    (7) The odor test and test blank jars shall be labeled 1 and 2 for 
jar identification. Labels shall be placed on the lids so they can be 
periodically peeled, dried off and switched to maintain the integrity of 
the test.
    (8) The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on 
the table in front of the two test jars (i.e., 1 and 2): ``The purpose 
of this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low 
concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of 
these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the 
covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the 
lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. 
Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil.''
    (9) The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be 
prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in order 
to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject.

[[Page 181]]

    (10) If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar 
containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test shall 
not be performed.
    (11) If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the 
odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection 
and fit testing.
    (b) Isoamyl acetate fit test--
    (1) The fit test chamber shall be similar to a clear 55-gallon drum 
liner suspended inverted over a 2-foot diameter frame so that the top of 
the chamber is about 6 inches above the test subject's head. The inside 
top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached.
    (2) Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be 
equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against 
organic vapors. The cartridges or masks shall be changed at least 
weekly.
    (3) After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, 
the test subject shall wear it to the fit testing room. This room shall 
be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and 
respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan 
or lab hood, to prevent general room contamination.
    (4) A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which 
the subject is to read shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber.
    (5) Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given 
a 6-inch by 5-inch piece of paper towel, or other porous, absorbent, 
single-ply material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 cc of pure IAA. 
The test subject shall hang the wet towel on the hook at the top of the 
chamber.
    (6) Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to stabilize 
before starting the fit test exercises. This would be an appropriate 
time to talk with the test subject; to explain the fit test, the 
importance of his/her cooperation, and the purpose for the head 
exercises; and to demonstrate some of the exercises.
    (7) If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana 
like odor of IAA, the respirator fit is inadequate. The subject shall 
quickly exit from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid 
olfactory fatigue.
    (8) If the respirator fit was inadequate, the subject shall return 
to the selection room and remove the respirator, repeat the odor 
sensitivity test, select and put on another respirator, return to the 
test chamber and again begin the procedure described in paragraph 
(I)(B)(2)(b) (1) through (7) of this appendix. The process continues 
until a respirator that fits well has been found. Should the odor 
sensitivity test be failed, the subject shall wait about 5 minutes 
before retesting. Odor sensitivity will usually have returned by this 
time.
    (9) When a respirator is found that passes the test, its efficiency 
shall be demonstrated for the subject by having the subject break the 
face seal and take a breath before exiting the chamber.
    (10) When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall 
remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the 
test. To keep the test area from becoming contaminated, the used towels 
shall be kept in a self sealing bag so there is no significant IAA 
concentration build-up in the test chamber during subsequent tests.

                        3. Irritant Fume Protocol

    (a) The respirator to be tested shall be equipped with high-
efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters.
    (b) The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration 
of the irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar 
with its characteristic odor.
    (c) Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic 
oxychloride, such as the MSA part No. 5645, or equivalent. Attach one 
end of the smoke tube to a low flow air pump set to deliver 200 
milliliters per minute.
    (d) Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the 
eyes and instruct the subject to keep his/her eyes closed while the test 
is performed.
    (e) The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke 
from the smoke tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. He/
she shall begin at least 12 inches from the facepiece and gradually move 
to within one inch, moving around the whole perimeter of the mask.
    (f) The exercises identified in section I. A. 14 above shall be 
performed by the test subject while the respirator seal is being 
challenged by the smoke.
    (g) Each test subject passing the smoke test without evidence of a 
response shall be given a sensitivity check of the smoke from the same 
tube once the respirator has been removed to determine whether he/she 
reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit 
test.
    (h) The fit test shall be performed in a location with exhaust 
ventilation sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing 
area by the test agent.

                 4. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol

     The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to 
the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.
    (a) Taste threshold screening. The saccharin taste threshold 
screening, performed without wearing a espirator, is intended to 
determine whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of 
saccharin.
    (1) Threshold screening as well as fit testing subbjects shall wear 
an enclosure about

[[Page 182]]

the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches in diameter by 14 
inches tall with at least the fromt portion clear and that allows free 
movements of the head when a respirator is worn. An enclosure 
substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly, parts  FT 14 and 
 FT 15 combined, is adequate.
    (2) The test enclosure shall have a 3/4--inch hole in front of the 
test subject`s nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle.
    (3) The tet subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the 
threshold screening test, the test subject shall breathe through his/her 
wide open mouth with tongue extended.
    (4) Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer the 
test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution into the 
enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from 
the fit test solution nebulizer.
    (5) The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 garms of sodium 
saccharin USP in 1 cc of warm water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc 
of the fit test solution (see (b)(5) below) in 100 cc of distilled 
water.
    (6) To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so 
that it collapses completely, then relesased and allowed to fully 
expand.
    (7) Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subvject is 
asked whether the saccharin can be tasted
    (8) If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly andthe test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin is tasted.
    (9) If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin is tasted.
    (10) The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes 
required to solicit a taste response.
    (11) If the saccharin is not tested after 30 squeezes (step 10), the 
test subject may not perform the saccharin fit test.
    (12) If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be 
asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.
    (13) Correct use of the nebuolizor means that approximately 1 cc of 
liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.
    (14) The nebuolizor shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, 
and refilled at least every morning and afternoon or at least every four 
hours.
    (b) Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure.
    (1) The test subject man not eat, drink (except plain water), or 
chew gum for 15 minutes before the test.
    (2) The fit test uses the same enclosure discribed in (a) above.
    (3) The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the 
respirator selected in section (a) above. The respirator shall be 
properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter(s).
    (4) A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is 
used to spray the fit test solution into thje enclosure. This nebulizer 
shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test 
solution nebulizer.
    (5) The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium 
saccharin to 100 cc of warm water.
    (6) As before, the test subject shall breathe through the open mouth 
with tongue extended.
    (7) The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the 
enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using 
the same number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the 
screening test.
    (8) After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be 
instructed to perform the exercises in section 1.A. 14 above.
    (9) Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished 
using one half the number of squeezes as initially.
    (10) The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any 
time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.
    (11) If the taste of sacchrin is detected, the fit is deemed 
unsatisfactory and a different respirator shall be tried.

                C. Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT) Protocol

                               1. General

    (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume 
full responsibility for implementing the respirator quantitative fit 
test program.
    (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QNFT are 
able to calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize 
invalid tests, calculate fit factors properly and assure that test 
equipment is in proper working order.
    (c) The employer shall assure that QNFT equipment is kept clean and 
well maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was 
designed.

                             2. Definitions

    (a) Quantitative fit test. The test is performed in a test chamber. 
The normal air-purifying element of the respirator is replaced by a 
high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter in the case of particulate 
QNFT aerosols or a sorbent offering contaminant penetration protection 
equivalent to high-efficiency filters where the QNFT test agent is a gas 
or vapor.
    (b) Challenge agent means the aerosol, gas or vapor introduced into 
a test chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the 
respirator may be measured.
    (c) Test subject means the person wearing the respirator for 
quantitative fit testing.

[[Page 183]]

    (d) Normal standing position means standing erect and straight with 
arms down along the sides and looking straight ahead.
    (e) Maximum peak penetration method means the method of determining 
test agent penetration in the respirator as determined by strip chart 
recordings of the test. The highest peak penetration for a given 
exercise is taken to be representative of average penetration into the 
respirator for that exercise.
    (f) Average peak penetration method means the method of determining 
test agent penetration into the respirator utilizing a strip chart 
recorder, integrator, or computer. The agent penetration is determined 
by an average of the peak heights on the graph or by computer 
integration, for each exercise except the grimace exercise. Integrators 
or computers which calculate the actual test agent penetration into the 
respirator for each exercise will also be considered to meet the 
requirements of the average peak penetration method.
    (g) ``Fit Factor'' means the ration of challenge agent concentration 
outside with respect to the inside of a respirator inlet covering 
(facepiece or enclosure).

                              3. Apparatus

    (a) Instrumentation. Aerosol generation, dilution, and measurement 
systems using corn oil or sodium chloride as test aerosols shall be used 
for quantitative fit testing.
    (b) Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit 
all test subjects to perform freely all required exercises without 
disturbing the challenge agent concentration or the measurement 
apparatus. The test chamber shall be equipped and constructed so that 
the challenge agent is effectively isolated from the ambient air, yet 
uniform in concentration throughout the chamber.
    (c) When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or 
cartridge element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate 
filter supplied by the same manufacturer.
    (d) The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip chart 
record may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of the 
challenge agent concentration with each inspiration and expiration at 
fit factors of at least 2,000. Integrators or computers which integrate 
the amount of test agent penetration leakage into the respirator for 
each exercise may be used provided a record of the readings is made.
    (e) The combination of substitute air-purifying elements, challenge 
agent and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber shall be 
such that the test subject is not exposed in excess of an established 
exposure limit for the challenge agent at any time during the testing 
process.
    (f) The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be 
placed and constructed so that no leakage occurs around the port (e.g. 
where the respirator is probed), a free air flow is allowed into the 
sampling line at all times and so that there is no interference with the 
fit or performance of the respirator.
    (g) The test chamber and test set up shall permit the person 
administering the test to observe the test subject inside the chamber 
during the test.
    (h) The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain 
the concentration of challenge agent inside the test chamber constant to 
within a 10-percent variation for the duration of the test.
    (i) The time lag (interval between an event and the recording of the 
event on the strip chart or computer or integrator) shall be kept to a 
minimum. There shall be a clear association between the occurrence of an 
event inside the test chamber and its being recorded.
    (j) The sampling line tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for 
the respirator sampling port shall be of equal diameter and of the same 
material. The length of the two lines shall be equal.
    (k) The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a 
high-efficiency filter before release.
    (l) When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity 
inside the test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent.
    (m) The limitations of instrument detection shall be taken into 
account when determining the fit factor.
    (n) Test respirators shall be maintained in proper working order and 
inspected for deficiencies such as cracks, missing valves and gaskets, 
etc.

                       4. Procedural Requirements

    (a) When performing the initial positive or negative pressure test 
the sampling line shall be crimped closed in order to avoid air pressure 
leakage during either of these tests.
    (b) An abbreviated screening isoamyl acetate test or irritant fume 
test may be utilized in order to quickly identify poor fitting 
respirators which passed the positive and/or negative pressure test and 
thus reduce the amount of QNFT time. When performing a screening isoamyl 
acetate test, combination high-efficiency organic vapor cartridges/
canisters shall be used.
    (c) A reasonably stable challenge agent concentration shall be 
measured in the test chamber prior to testing. For canopy or shower 
curtain type of test units the determination of the challenge agent 
stability may be established after the test subject has entered the test 
environment.
    (d) Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the 
challenge agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to 
ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half 
mask or 1 percent for a full facepiece respirator.

[[Page 184]]

    (e) A stable challenge concentration shall be obtained prior to the 
actual start of testing.
    (f) Respirator restraining straps shall not be overtightened for 
testing. The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer without assistance 
from other persons to give a reasonable comfortable fit typical of 
normal use.
    (g) The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak 
penetration exceeds 5 percent for half masks and 1 percent for full 
facepiece respirators. The test subject shall be refitted and retested. 
If two of the three required tests are terminated, the fit shall be 
deemed inadequate.
    (h) In order to successfully complete a QNFT, three successful fit 
tests are required. The results of each of the three independent fit 
tests must exceed the minimum fit factor needed for the class of 
respirator (e.g. half mask respirator, full facepiece respirator).
    (i) Calculation of fit factors.
    (1) The fit factor shall be determined for the quantitative fit test 
by taking the ratio of the average chamber concentration to the 
concentration inside the respirator.
    (2) The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average 
of the test chamber concentration at the beginning and at the end of the 
test.
    (3) The concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator 
shall be determined by one of the following methods:
    (i) Average peak concentration;
    (ii) Maximum peak concentration;
    (iii) Integration by calculation of the area under the individual 
peak for each exercise. This includes computerized integration.
    (j) Interpretation of test results. The fit factor established by 
the quantitative fit testing shall be the lowest of the three fit factor 
values calculated from the three required fit tests.
    (k) The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half mask, or 
full facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor equivalent to at 
least 10 times the hazardous exposure level is obtained.
    (l) Filters used for quantitative fit testing shall be replaced at 
least weekly, or whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, 
or when the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. 
Organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily (when used) 
or sooner if there is any indication of breakthrough by a test agent.

Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1027--Occupational Health History Interview With 
                      Reference to Cadmium Exposure

                               Directions

(To be read by employee and signed prior to the interview)

    Please answer the questions you will be asked as completely and 
carefully as you can. These questions are asked of everyone who works 
with cadmium. You will also be asked to give blood and urine samples. 
The doctor will give your employer a written opinion on whether you are 
physically capable of working with cadmium. Legally, the doctor cannot 
share personal information you may tell him/her with your employer. The 
following information is considered strictly confidential. The results 
of the tests will go to you, your doctor and your employer. You will 
also receive an information sheet explaining the results of any 
biological monitoring or physical examinations performed.
    If you are just being hired, the results of this interview and 
examination will be used to:
    (1) Establish your health status and see if working with cadmium 
might be expected to cause unusual problems,
    (2) Determine your health status today and see if there are changes 
over time,
    (3) See if you can wear a respirator safely.
    If you are not a new hire:
    OSHA says that everyone who works with cadmium can have periodic 
medical examinations performed by a doctor. The reasons for this are:
    (a) If there are changes in your health, either because of cadmium 
or some other reason, to find them early,
    (b) to prevent kidney damage.

Please sign below.

    I have read these directions and understand them:

_______________________________________________________________________
Employee signature

_______________________________________________________________________
Date

    Thank you for answering these questions. (Suggested Format)
Name____________________________________________________________________
Age_____________________________________________________________________
Social Security _______________________________________________________
Company_________________________________________________________________
Job_____________________________________________________________________
    Type of Preplacement Exam:
    [  ] Periodic
    [  ] Termination
    [  ] Initial
    [  ] Other
Blood Pressure__________________________________________________________
Pulse Rate______________________________________________________________
1. How long have you worked at the job listed above?
    [  ] Not yet hired
    [  ] Number of months
    [  ] Number of years
2. Job Duties etc.

_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

[[Page 185]]

3. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had bronchitis?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, how long ago?
    [  ] Number of months
    [  ] Number of years
4. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had emphysema?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, how long ago?
    [  ] Number of years
    [  ] Number of months
5. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had other lung problems?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, please describe type of lung problems and when you had these 
problems
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
6. In the past year, have you had a cough?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, did you cough up sputum?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, how long did the cough with sputum production last?
    [  ] Less than 3 months
    [   ] 3 months or longer
    If yes, for how many years have you had episodes of cough with 
sputum production lasting this long?
    [  ] Less than one
    [  ] 1
    [  ] 2
    [  ] Longer than 2
7. Have you ever smoked cigarettes?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
8. Do you now smoke cigarettes?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
9. If you smoke or have smoked cigarettes, for how many years have you 
          smoked, or did you smoke?
    [  ] Less than 1 year
    [  ] Number of years
    What is or was the greatest number of packs per day that you have 
smoked?
    [  ] Number of packs
    If you quit smoking cigarettes, how many years ago did you quit?
    [  ] Less than 1 year
    [  ] Number of years
    How many packs a day do you now smoke?
    [  ] Number of packs per day
10. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had a kidney or urinary 
          tract disease or disorder?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
11. Have you ever had any of these disorders?

                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
Kidney stones......................  [  ] Yes           [  ] No         
Protein in urine...................  [  ] Yes           [  ] No         
Blood in urine.....................  [  ] Yes           [  ] No         
Difficulty urinating...............  [  ] Yes           [  ] No         
Other kidney/Urinary disorders.....  [  ] Yes           [  ] No         
                                                                        

    Please describe problems, age, treatment, and follow up for any 
kidney or urinary problems you have had:
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
12. Have you ever been told by a doctor or other health care provider 
          who took your blood pressure that your blood pressure was 
          high?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
13. Have you ever been advised to take any blood pressure medication?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
14. Are you presently taking any blood pressure medication?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
15. Are you presently taking any other medication?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
16. Please list any blood pressure or other medications and describe how 
          long you have been taking each one:

Medicine:
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

How Long Taken
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
17. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you have diabetes? (sugar 
          in your blood or urine)
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, do you presently see a doctor about your diabetes?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, how do you control your blood sugar?
    [  ] Diet alone
    [  ] Diet plus oral medicine
    [  ] Diet plus insulin (injection)
18. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had:

                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
Anemia.............................  [  ] Yes           [  ] No         
A low blood count?.................  [  ] Yes           [  ] No         
                                                                        


[[Page 186]]

19. Do you presently feel that you tire or run out of energy sooner than 
          normal or sooner than other people your age?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, for how long have you felt that you tire easily?
    [  ] Less than 1 year
    [  ] Number of years
20. Have you given blood within the last year?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, how many times?
    [  ] Number of times
    How long ago was the last time you gave blood?
    [  ] Less than 1 month
    [  ] Number of months
21. Within the last year have you had any injuries with heavy bleeding?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, how long ago?
    [  ] Less than 1 month
    [  ] Nnumber of months
Describe:_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
22. Have you recently had any surgery?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
If yes, please describe:________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
23. Have you seen any blood lately in your stool or after a bowel 
          movement?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
24. Have you ever had a test for blood in your stool?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, did the test show any blood in the stool?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
What further evaluation and treatment were done?________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
    The following questions pertain to the ability to wear a respirator. 
Additional information for the physician can be found in The Respiratory 
Protective Devices Manual.
25. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you have asthma?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, are you presently taking any medication for asthma? Mark all 
that apply.
    [  ] Shots
    [  ] Pills
    [  ] Inhaler
26. Have you ever had a heart attack?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, how long ago?
    [  ] Number of years
    [  ] Number of months
27. Have you ever had pains in your chest?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, when did it usually happen?
    [  ] While resting
    [  ] While working
    [  ] While exercising
    [  ] Activity didn't matter
28. Have you ever had a thyroid problem?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
29. Have you ever had a seizure or fits?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
30. Have you ever had a stroke (cerebrovascular accident)?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
31. Have you ever had a ruptured eardrum or a serious hearing problem?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
32. Do you now have a claustrophobia, meaning fear of crowded or closed 
          in spaces or any psychological problems that would make it 
          hard for you to wear a respirator?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    The following questions pertain to reproductive history.
33. Have you or your partner had a problem conceiving a child?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, specify:
    [  ] Self
    [  ] Present mate
    [  ] Previous mate
34. Have you or your partner consulted a physician for a fertility or 
          other reproductive problem?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, specify who consulted the physician:
    [  ] Self
    [  ] Spouse/partner
    [  ] Self and partner
If yes, specify diagnosis made:_________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
35. Have you or your partner ever conceived a child resulting in a 
          miscarriage, still birth or deformed offspring?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    If yes, specify:
    [  ] Miscarriage
    [  ] Still birth
    [  ] Deformed offspring
If outcome was a deformed offspring, please specify type:_______________

[[Page 187]]

_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
36. Was this outcome a result of a pregnancy of:
    [  ] Yours with present partner
    [  ] Yours with a previous partner
37. Did the timing of any abnormal pregnancy outcome coincide with 
          present employment?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
List dates of occurrences:______________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
38. What is the occupation of your spouse or partner?
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

                             For Women Only

39. Do you have menstrual periods?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
    Have you had menstrual irregularities?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
If yes, specify type:___________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
If yes, what was the approximated date this problem began?______________
_______________________________________________________________________
Approximate date problem stopped?_______________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

                              For Men Only

40. Have you ever been diagnosed by a physician as having prostate gland 
          problem(s)?
    [  ] Yes
    [  ] No
If yes, please describe type of problem(s) and what was done to evaluate 
and treat the problem(s):_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

     Appendix E to Sec. 1910.1027--Cadmium in Workplace Atmospheres

Method Number: ID-189
Matrix: Air
OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits: 5 g/m\3\ (TWA), 2.5 
          g/m\3\ (Action Level TWA)
Collection Procedure: A known volume of air is drawn through a 37-mm 
          diameter filter cassette containing a 0.8-m mixed 
          cellulose ester membrane filter (MCEF).
Recommended Air Volume: 960 L
Recommended Sampling Rate: 2.0 L/min
Analytical Procedure: Air filter samples are digested with nitric acid. 
          After digestion, a small amount of hydrochloric acid is added. 
          The samples are then diluted to volume with deionized water 
          and analyzed by either flame atomic absorption spectroscopy 
          (AAS) or flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy using a 
          heated graphite furnace atomizer (AAS-HGA).
Detection Limits:
Qualitative: 0.2 g/m\3\ for a 200 L sample by Flame AAS, 0.007 
          g/m\3\ for a 60 L sample by AAS-HGA
Quantitative: 0.70 g/m\3\ for a 200 L sample by Flame AAS, 
          0.025 g/m\3\ for a 60 L sample by AAS-HGA
Precision and Accuracy: (Flame AAS Analysis and AAS-HGA Analysis):
    Validation Level: 2.5 to 10 g/m\3\ for a 400 L air vol, 
1.25 to 5.0 g/m\3\ for a 60 L air vol
    CV1 (pooled): 0.010, 0.043
Analytical Bias: +4.0%, -5.8%
Overall Analytical Error:6.0%, 14.2%
Method Classification: Validated
Date: June, 1992

    Inorganic Service Branch II, OSHA Salt Lake Technical Center, Salt 
Lake City, Utah
    Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method are 
for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by USDOL-
OSHA. Similar products from other sources can be substituted.

                             1. Introduction

                               1.1. Scope

    This method describes the collection of airborne elemental cadmium 
and cadmium compounds on 0.8-m mixed cellulose ester membrane 
filters and their subsequent analysis by either flame atomic absorption 
spectroscopy (AAS) or flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy using a 
heated graphite furnace atomizer (AAS-HGA). It is applicable for both 
TWA and Action Level TWA Permissible Exposure Level (PEL) measurements. 
The two atomic absorption analytical techniques included in the method 
do not differentiate between cadmium fume and cadmium dust samples. They 
also do not differentiate between elemental cadmium and its compounds.

                             1.2. Principle

    Airborne elemental cadmium and cadmium compounds are collected on a 
0.8-m mixed cellulose ester membrane filter (MCEF). The air 
filter samples are digested with concentrated nitric acid to destroy the 
organic matrix and dissolve the cadmium analytes. After digestion, a 
small amount of concentrated hydrochloric acid is added to help dissolve 
other metals which may be present. The samples are diluted to volume 
with deionized water and then aspirated into the oxidizing air/acetylene 
flame of an atomic

[[Page 188]]

absorption spectrophotometer for analysis of elemental cadmium.
    If the concentration of cadmium in a sample solution is too low for 
quantitation by this flame AAS analytical technique, and the sample is 
to be averaged with other samples for TWA calculations, aliquots of the 
sample and a matrix modifier are later injected onto a L'vov platform in 
a pyrolytically-coated graphite tube of a Zeeman atomic absorption 
spectrophotometer/graphite furnace assembly for analysis of elemental 
cadmium. The matrix modifier is added to stabilize the cadmium metal and 
minimize sodium chloride as an interference during the high temperature 
charring step of the analysis (5.1., 5.2.).

                              1.3. History

    Previously, two OSHA sampling and analytical methods for cadmium 
were used concurrently (5.3., 5.4.). Both of these methods also required 
0.8-m mixed cellulose ester membrane filters for the collection 
of air samples. These cadmium air filter samples were analyzed by either 
flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (5.3.) or inductively coupled 
plasma/atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES) (5.4.). Neither of these 
two analytical methods have adequate sensitivity for measuring workplace 
exposure to airborne cadmium at the new lower TWA and Action Level TWA 
PEL levels when consecutive samples are taken on one employee and the 
sample results need to be averaged with other samples to determine a 
single TWA.
    The inclusion of two atomic absorption analytical techniques in the 
new sampling and analysis method for airborne cadmium permits 
quantitation of sample results over a broad range of exposure levels and 
sampling periods. The flame AAS analytical technique included in this 
method is similar to the previous procedure given in the General Metals 
Method ID-121 (5.3.) with some modifications. The sensitivity of the 
AAS-HGA analytical technique included in this method is adequate to 
measure exposure levels at 1/10 the Action Level TWA, or lower, when 
less than full-shift samples need to be averaged together.

                         1.4. Properties (5.5.)

    Elemental cadmium is a silver-white, blue-tinged, lustrous metal 
which is easily cut with a knife. It is slowly oxidized by moist air to 
form cadmium oxide. It is insoluble in water, but reacts readily with 
dilute nitric acid. Some of the physical properties and other 
descriptive information of elemental cadmium are given below:

CAS No.........................................................7440-43-9
Atomic Number.........................................................48
Atomic Symbol.........................................................Cd
Atomic Weight.....................................................112.41
  Melting Point.....................................................321 
                                                                   deg.C
  Boiling Point.....................................................765 
                                                                   deg.C
   Density................................................8.65 g/mL (25 
                                                                  deg.C)

    The properties of specific cadmium compounds are described in 
reference 5.5.

                         1.5. Method Performance

    A synopsis of method performance is presented below. Further 
information can be found in Section 4.
    1.5.1. The qualitative and quantitative detection limits for the 
flame AAS analytical technique are 0.04 g (0.004 g/mL) 
and 0.14 g (0.014 g/mL) cadmium, respectively, for a 
10 mL solution volume. These correspond, respectively, to 0.2 
g/m\3\ and 0.70 g/m\3\ for a 200 L air volume.
    1.5.2. The qualitative and quantitative detection limits for the 
AAS-HGA analytical technique are 0.44 ng (0.044 ng/mL) and 1.5 ng (0.15 
ng/mL) cadmium, respectively, for a 10 mL solution volume. These 
correspond, respectively, to 0.007 g/m\3\ and 0.025 g/
m\3\ for a 60 L air volume.
    1.5.3. The average recovery by the flame AAS analytical technique of 
17 spiked MCEF samples containing cadmium in the range of 0.5 to 2.0 
times the TWA target concentration of 5 g/m\3\ (assuming a 400 
L air volume) was 104.0% with a pooled coefficient of variation 
(CV1) of 0.010. The flame analytical technique exhibited a 
positive bias of +4.0% for the validated concentration range. The 
overall analytical error (OAE) for the flame AAS analytical technique 
was 6.0%.
    1.5.4. The average recovery by the AAS-HGA analytical technique of 
18 spiked MCEF samples containing cadmium in the range of 0.5 to 2.0 
times the Action Level TWA target concentration of 2.5 g/m\3\ 
(assuming a 60 L air volume) was 94.2% with a pooled coefficient of 
variation (CV1) of 0.043. The AAS-HGA analytical technique 
exhibited a negative bias of -5.8% for the validated concentration 
range. The overall analytical error (OAE) for the AAS-HGA analytical 
technique was 14.2%.
    1.5.5. Sensitivity in flame atomic absorption is defined as the 
characteristic concentration of an element required to produce a signal 
of 1% absorbance (0.0044 absorbance units). Sensitivity values are 
listed for each element by the atomic absorption spectrophotometer 
manufacturer and have proved to be a very valuable diagnostic tool to 
determine if instrumental parameters are optimized and if the instrument 
is performing up to specification. The sensitivity of the 
spectrophotometer used in the validation of the flame AAS analytical 
technique agreed with the manufacturer specifications (5.6.); the 2 
g/mL cadmium standard gave an absorbance reading of 0.350 abs. 
units.
    1.5.6. Sensitivity in graphite furnace atomic absorption is defined 
in terms of the characteristic mass, the number of picograms required to 
give an integrated absorbance value of 0.0044 absorbance-second (5.7.). 
Data

[[Page 189]]

suggests that under Stabilized Temperature Platform Furnace (STPF) 
conditions (see Section 1.6.2.), characteristic mass values are 
transferable between properly functioning instruments to an accuracy of 
about 20% (5.2.). The characteristic mass for STPF analysis of cadmium 
with Zeeman background correction listed by the manufacturer of the 
instrument used in the validation of the AAS-HGA analytical technique 
was 0.35 pg. The experimental characteristic mass value observed during 
the determination of the working range and detection limits of the AAS-
HGA analytical technique was 0.41 pg.

                           1.6. Interferences

    1.6.1. High concentrations of silicate interfere in determining 
cadmium by flame AAS (5.6.). However, silicates are not significantly 
soluble in the acid matrix used to prepare the samples.
    1.6.2. Interferences, such as background absorption, are reduced to 
a minimum in the AAS-HGA analytical technique by taking full advantage 
of the Stabilized Temperature Platform Furnace (STPF) concept. STPF 
includes all of the following parameters (5.2.):

a. Integrated Absorbance,
b. Fast Instrument Electronics and Sampling Frequency,
c. Background Correction,
d. Maximum Power Heating,
e. Atomization off the L'vov platform in a pyrolytically coated graphite 
tube,
f. Gas Stop during Atomization,
g. Use of Matrix Modifiers.

                         1.7. Toxicology (5.14.)

    Information listed within this section is synopsis of current 
knowledge of the physiological effects of cadmium and is not intended to 
be used as the basis for OSHA policy. IARC classifies cadmium and 
certain of its compounds as Group 2A carcinogens (probably carcinogenic 
to humans). Cadmium fume is intensely irritating to the respiratory 
tract. Workplace exposure to cadmium can cause both chronic and acute 
effects. Acute effects include tracheobronchitis, pneumonitis, and 
pulmonary edema. Chronic effects include anemia, rhinitis/anosmia, 
pulmonary emphysema, proteinuria and lung cancer. The primary target 
organs for chronic disease are the kidneys (non-carcinogenic) and the 
lungs (carcinogenic).

                               2. Sampling

                             2.1. Apparatus

    2.1.1. Filter cassette unit for air sampling: A 37-mm diameter mixed 
cellulose ester membrane filter with a pore size of 0.8-m 
contained in a 37-mm polystyrene two- or three-piece cassette filter 
holder (part no. MAWP 037 A0, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA). The filter 
is supported with a cellulose backup pad. The cassette is sealed prior 
to use with a shrinkable gel band.
    2.1.2. A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow is determined 
to an accuracy of 5% at the recommended flow rate with the 
filter cassette unit in line.

                             2.2. Procedure

    2.2.1. Attach the prepared cassette to the calibrated sampling pump 
(the backup pad should face the pump) using flexible tubing. Place the 
sampling device on the employee such that air is sampled from the 
breathing zone.
    2.2.2. Collect air samples at a flow rate of 2.0 L/min. If the 
filter does not become overloaded, a full-shift (at least seven hours) 
sample is strongly recommended for TWA and Action Level TWA measurements 
with a maximum air volume of 960 L. If overloading occurs, collect 
consecutive air samples for shorter sampling periods to cover the full 
workshift.
    2.2.3. Replace the end plugs into the filter cassettes immediately 
after sampling. Record the sampling conditions.
    2.2.4. Securely wrap each sample filter cassette end-to-end with an 
OSHA Form 21 sample seal.
    2.2.5. Submit at least one blank sample with each set of air 
samples. The blank sample should be handled the same as the other 
samples except that no air is drawn through it.
    2.2.6. Ship the samples to the laboratory for analysis as soon as 
possible in a suitable container designed to prevent damage in transit.

                               3. Analysis

                         3.1. Safety Precautions

    3.1.1. Wear safety glasses, protective clothing and gloves at all 
times.
    3.1.2. Handle acid solutions with care. Handle all cadmium samples 
and solutions with extra care (see Sect. 1.7.). Avoid their direct 
contact with work area surfaces, eyes, skin and clothes. Flush acid 
solutions which contact the skin or eyes with copious amounts of water.
    3.1.3. Perform all acid digestions and acid dilutions in an exhaust 
hood while wearing a face shield. To avoid exposure to acid vapors, do 
not remove beakers containing concentrated acid solutions from the 
exhaust hood until they have returned to room temperature and have been 
diluted or emptied.
    3.1.4. Exercise care when using laboratory glassware. Do not use 
chipped pipets, volumetric flasks, beakers or any glassware with sharp 
edges exposed in order to avoid the possibility of cuts or abrasions.
    3.1.5. Never pipet by mouth.

[[Page 190]]

    3.1.6. Refer to the instrument instruction manuals and SOPs (5.8., 
5.9.) for proper and safe operation of the atomic absorption 
spectrophotometer, graphite furnace atomizer and associated equipment.
    3.1.7. Because metallic elements and other toxic substances are 
vaporized during AAS flame or graphite furnace atomizer operation, it is 
imperative that an exhaust vent be used. Always ensure that the exhaust 
system is operating properly during instrument use.

           3.2. Apparatus for Sample and Standard Preparation

    3.2.1. Hot plate, capable of reaching 150  deg.C, installed in an 
exhaust hood.
    3.2.2. Phillips beakers, 125 mL.
    3.2.3. Bottles, narrow-mouth, polyethylene or glass with leakproof 
caps: used for storage of standards and matrix modifier.
    3.2.4. Volumetric flasks, volumetric pipets, beakers and other 
associated general laboratory glassware.
    3.2.5. Forceps and other associated general laboratory equipment.

                  3.3. Apparatus for Flame AAS Analysis

    3.3.1. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer consisting of a(an):

Nebulizer and burner head
Pressure regulating devices capable of maintaining constant oxidant and 
fuel pressures
Optical system capable of isolating the desired wavelength of radiation 
(228.8 nm)
Adjustable slit
Light measuring and amplifying device
Display, strip chart, or computer interface for indicating the amount of 
absorbed radiation
Cadmium hollow cathode lamp or electrodeless discharge lamp (EDL) and 
power supply

    3.3.2. Oxidant: compressed air, filtered to remove water, oil and 
other foreign substances.
    3.3.3. Fuel: standard commercially available tanks of acetylene 
dissolved in acetone; tanks should be equipped with flash arresters.

    Caution: Do not use grades of acetylene containing solvents other 
than acetone because they may damage the PVC tubing used in some 
instruments.

    3.3.4. Pressure-reducing valves: two gauge, two-stage pressure 
regulators to maintain fuel and oxidant pressures somewhat higher than 
the controlled operating pressures of the instrument.
    3.3.5. Exhaust vent installed directly above the spectrophotometer 
burner head.

                   3.4. Apparatus for AAS-HGA Analysis

    3.4.1. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer consisting of a(an):

Heated graphite furnace atomizer (HGA) with argon purge system
Pressure-regulating devices capable of maintaining constant argon purge 
pressure
Optical system capable of isolating the desired wavelength of radiation 
(228.8 nm)
Adjustable slit
Light measuring and amplifying device
Display, strip chart, or computer interface for indicating the amount of 
absorbed radiation (as integrated absorbance, peak area)
Background corrector: Zeeman or deuterium arc. The Zeeman background 
corrector is recommended
Cadmium hollow cathode lamp or electrodeless discharge lamp (EDL) and 
power supply
Autosampler capable of accurately injecting 5 to 20 L sample 
aliquots onto the L'vov Platform in a graphite tube

    3.4.2. Pyrolytically coated graphite tubes containing solid, 
pyrolytic L'vov platforms.
    3.4.3. Polyethylene sample cups, 2.0 to 2.5 mL, for use with the 
autosampler.
    3.4.4. Inert purge gas for graphite furnace atomizer: compressed gas 
cylinder of purified argon.
    3.4.5. Two gauge, two-stage pressure regulator for the argon gas 
cylinder.
    3.4.6. Cooling water supply for graphite furnace atomizer.
    3.4.7. Exhaust vent installed directly above the graphite furnace 
atomizer.

                              3.5. Reagents

    All reagents should be ACS analytical reagent grade or better.
    3.5.1. Deionized water with a specific conductance of less than 10 
S.
    3.5.2. Concentrated nitric acid, HNO3.
    3.5.3. Concentrated hydrochloric acid, HCl.
    3.5.4. Ammonium phosphate, monobasic, 
NH4H2PO4.
    3.5.5. Magnesium nitrate, Mg(NO3)2  
6H2O.
    3.5.6. Diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% HCl): Add 40 mL 
HNO3 and 4 mL HCl carefully to approximately 500 mL deionized 
water and dilute to 1 L with deionized water.
    3.5.7. Cadmium standard stock solution, 1,000 g/mL: Use a 
commercially available certified 1,000 g/mL cadmium standard 
or, alternatively, dissolve 1.0000 g of cadmium metal in a minimum 
volume of 1:1 HCl and dilute to 1 L with 4% HNO3. Observe 
expiration dates of commercial standards. Properly dispose of commercial 
standards with no expiration dates or prepared standards one year after 
their receipt or preparation date.
    3.5.8. Matrix modifier for AAS-HGA analysis: Dissolve 1.0 g 
NH4H2PO4 and 0.15 g 
Mg(NO3)2  6H2O in approximately 
200 mL deionized water. Add 1 mL HNO3 and dilute to 500 mL 
with deionized water.
    3.5.9  Nitric Acid, 1:1 HNO3/DI H2O mixture: 
Carefully add a measured volume of concentrated HNO3 to an 
equal volume of DI H2O.

[[Page 191]]

    3.5.10. Nitric acid, 10% v/v: Carefully add 100 mL of concentrated 
HNO3 to 500 mL of DI H2O and dilute to 1 L.

                       3.6. Glassware Preparation

    3.6.1. Clean Phillips beakers by refluxing with 1:1 nitric acid on a 
hot plate in a fume hood. Thoroughly rinse with deionized water and 
invert the beakers to allow them to drain dry.
    3.6.2. Rinse volumetric flasks and all other glassware with 10% 
nitric acid and deionized water prior to use.

            3.7. Standard Preparation for Flame AAS Analysis

    3.7.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepare 1, 5, 10 and 100 g/
mL cadmium standard stock solutions by making appropriate serial 
dilutions of 1,000 g/mL cadmium standard stock solution with 
the diluting solution described in Section 3.5.6.
    3.7.2. Working standards: Prepare cadmium working standards in the 
range of 0.02 to 2.0 g/mL by making appropriate serial 
dilutions of the dilute stock solutions with the same diluting solution. 
A suggested method of preparation of the working standards is given 
below.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Std                  Final  
            Working standard              solution   Aliquot      vol.  
(g/mL)                          (g/mL)       (mL)       (mL)
                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.02...................................          1         10        500
0.05...................................          5          5        500
0.1....................................         10          5        500
0.2....................................         10         10        500
0.5....................................         10         25        500
1......................................        100          5        500
2......................................        100         10        500
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Store the working standards in 500-mL, narrow-mouth polyethylene or 
glass bottles with leak proof caps. Prepare every twelve months.

             3.8. Standard Preparation for AAS-HGA Analysis

    3.8.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepare 10, 100 and 1,000 ng/mL 
cadmium standard stock solutions by making appropriate ten-fold serial 
dilutions of the 1,000 g/mL cadmium standard stock solution 
with the diluting solution described in Section 3.5.6.
    3.8.2. Working standards: Prepare cadmium working standards in the 
range of 0.2 to 20 ng/mL by making appropriate serial dilutions of the 
dilute stock solutions with the same diluting solution. A suggested 
method of preparation of the working standards is given below.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Std                  Final  
            Working standard              solution   Aliquot      vol.  
                (ng/mL)                    (ng/mL)       (mL)       (mL)
                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2....................................         10          2        100
0.5....................................         10          5        100
1......................................         10         10        100
2......................................        100          2        100
5......................................        100          5        100
10.....................................        100         10        100
20.....................................      1,000          2        100
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Store the working standards in narrow-mouth polyethylene or glass 
bottles with leakproof caps. Prepare monthly.

                         3.9. Sample Preparation

    3.9.1. Carefully transfer each sample filter with forceps from its 
filter cassette unit to a clean, separate 125-mL Phillips beaker along 
with any loose dust found in the cassette. Label each Phillips beaker 
with the appropriate sample number.
    3.9.2. Digest the sample by adding 5 mL of concentrated nitric acid 
(HNO3) to each Phillips beaker containing an air filter 
sample. Place the Phillips beakers on a hot plate in an exhaust hood and 
heat the samples until approximately 0.5 mL remains. The sample solution 
in each Phillips beaker should become clear. If it is not clear, digest 
the sample with another portion of concentrated nitric acid.
    3.9.3. After completing the HNO3 digestion and cooling 
the samples, add 40 L (2 drops) of concentrated HCl to each air 
sample solution and then swirl the contents. Carefully add about 5 mL of 
deionized water by pouring it down the inside of each beaker.
    3.9.4. Quantitatively transfer each cooled air sample solution from 
each Phillips beaker to a clean 10-mL volumetric flask. Dilute each 
flask to volume with deionized water and mix well.

                        3.10. Flame AAS Analysis

    Analyze all of the air samples for their cadmium content by flame 
atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) according to the instructions given 
below.
    3.10.1. Set up the atomic absorption spectrophotometer for the air/
acetylene flame analysis of cadmium according to the SOP (5.8.) or the 
manufacturer's operational instructions. For the source lamp, use the 
cadmium hollow cathode or electrodeless discharge lamp operated at the 
manufacturer's recommended rating for continuous operation. Allow the 
lamp to warm up 10 to 20 min or until the energy output stabilizes. 
Optimize conditions such as lamp position, burner head alignment, fuel 
and oxidant flow rates, etc. See the SOP or specific instrument manuals 
for details. Instrumental parameters for the Perkin-Elmer Model 603 used 
in the validation of this method are given in Attachment 1.

[[Page 192]]

    3.10.2. Aspirate and measure the absorbance of a standard solution 
of cadmium. The standard concentration should be within the linear 
range. For the instrumentation used in the validation of this method a 2 
g/mL cadmium standard gives a net absorbance reading of about 
0.350 abs. units (see Section 1.5.5.) when the instrument and the source 
lamp are performing to manufacturer specifications.
    3.10.3. To increase instrument response, scale expand the absorbance 
reading of the aspirated 2 g/mL working standard approximately 
four times. Increase the integration time to at least 3 seconds to 
reduce signal noise.
    3.10.4. Autozero the instrument while aspirating a deionized water 
blank. Monitor the variation in the baseline absorbance reading 
(baseline noise) for a few minutes to insure that the instrument, source 
lamp and associated equipment are in good operating condition.
    3.10.5. Aspirate the working standards and samples directly into the 
flame and record their absorbance readings. Aspirate the deionized water 
blank immediately after every standard or sample to correct for and 
monitor any baseline drift and noise. Record the baseline absorbance 
reading of each deionized water blank. Label each standard and sample 
reading and its accompanying baseline reading.
    3.10.6. It is recommended that the entire series of working 
standards be analyzed at the beginning and end of the analysis of a set 
of samples to establish a concentration-response curve, ensure that the 
standard readings agree with each other and are reproducible. Also, 
analyze a working standard after every five or six samples to monitor 
the performance of the spectrophotometer. Standard readings should agree 
within 10 to 15% of the readings obtained at the beginning 
of the analysis.
    3.10.7. Bracket the sample readings with standards during the 
analysis. If the absorbance reading of a sample is above the absorbance 
reading of the highest working standard, dilute the sample with diluting 
solution and reanalyze. Use the appropriate dilution factor in the 
calculations.
    3.10.8. Repeat the analysis of approximately 10% of the samples for 
a check of precision.
    3.10.9. If possible, analyze quality control samples from an 
independent source as a check on analytical recovery and precision.
    3.10.10. Record the final instrument settings at the end of the 
analysis. Date and label the output.

                         3.11. AAS-HGA Analysis

    Initially analyze all of the air samples for their cadmium content 
by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) according to the 
instructions given in Section 3.10. If the concentration of cadmium in a 
sample solution is less than three times the quantitative detection 
limit [0.04 g/mL (40 ng/mL) for the instrumentation used in the 
validation] and the sample results are to be averaged with other samples 
for TWA calculations, proceed with the AAS-HGA analysis of the sample as 
described below.
    3.11.1. Set up the atomic absorption spectrophotometer and HGA for 
flameless atomic absorption analysis of cadmium according to the SOP 
(5.9.) or the manufacturer's operational instructions and allow the 
instrument to stabilize. The graphite furnace atomizer is equipped with 
a pyrolytically coated graphite tube containing a pyrolytic platform. 
For the source lamp, use a cadmium hollow cathode or electrodeless 
discharge lamp operated at the manufacturer's recommended setting for 
graphite furnace operation. The Zeeman background corrector and EDL are 
recommended for use with the L'vov platform. Instrumental parameters for 
the Perkin-Elmer Model 5100 spectrophotometer and Zeeman HGA-600 
graphite furnace used in the validation of this method are given in 
Attachment 2.
    3.11.2. Optimize the energy reading of the spectrophotometer at 
228.8 nm by adjusting the lamp position and the wavelength according to 
the manufacturer's instructions.
    3.11.3. Set up the autosampler to inject a 5-L aliquot of 
the working standard, sample or reagent blank solution onto the L'vov 
platform along with a 10-L overlay of the matrix modifier.
    3.11.4. Analyze the reagent blank (diluting solution, Section 
3.5.6.) and then autozero the instrument before starting the analysis of 
a set of samples. It is recommended that the reagent blank be analyzed 
several times during the analysis to assure the integrated absorbance 
(peak area) reading remains at or near zero.
    3.11.5. Analyze a working standard approximately midway in the 
linear portion of the working standard range two or three times to check 
for reproducibility and sensitivity (see sections 1.5.5. and 1.5.6.) 
before starting the analysis of samples. Calculate the experimental 
characteristic mass value from the average integrated absorbance reading 
and injection volume of the analyzed working standard. Compare this 
value to the manufacturer's suggested value as a check of proper 
instrument operation.
    3.11.6. Analyze the reagent blank, working standard, and sample 
solutions. Record and label the peak area (abs-sec) readings and the 
peak and background peak profiles on the printer/plotter.
    3.11.7. It is recommended the entire series of working standards be 
analyzed at the beginning and end of the analysis of a set of samples. 
Establish a concentration-response curve and ensure standard readings 
agree with each other and are reproducible. Also,

[[Page 193]]

analyze a working standard after every five or six samples to monitor 
the performance of the system. Standard readings should agree within 
15% of the readings obtained at the beginning of the 
analysis.
    3.11.8. Bracket the sample readings with standards during the 
analysis. If the peak area reading of a sample is above the peak area 
reading of the highest working standard, dilute the sample with the 
diluting solution and reanalyze. Use the appropriate dilution factor in 
the calculations.
    3.11.9. Repeat the analysis of approximately 10% of the samples for 
a check of precision.
    3.11.10. If possible, analyze quality control samples from an 
independent source as a check of analytical recovery and precision.
    3.11.11. Record the final instrument settings at the end of the 
analysis. Date and label the output.

                           3.12. Calculations

    Note: Standards used for HGA analysis are in ng/mL. Total amounts of 
cadmium from calculations will be in ng (not g) unless a prior 
conversion is made.
    3.12.1. Correct for baseline drift and noise in flame AAS analysis 
by subtracting each baseline absorbance reading from its corresponding 
working standard or sample absorbance reading to obtain the net 
absorbance reading for each standard and sample.
    3.12.2. Use a least squares regression program to plot a 
concentration-response curve of net absorbance reading (or peak area for 
HGA analysis) versus concentration (g/mL or ng/mL) of cadmium 
in each working standard.
    3.12.3. Determine the concentration (g/mL or ng/mL) of 
cadmium in each sample from the resulting concentration-response curve. 
If the concentration of cadmium in a sample solution is less than three 
times the quantitative detection limit [0.04 g/mL (40 ng/mL) 
for the instrumentation used in the validation of the method] and if 
consecutive samples were taken on one employee and the sample results 
are to be averaged with other samples to determine a single TWA, 
reanalyze the sample by AAS-HGA as described in Section 3.11. and report 
the AAS-HGA analytical results.
    3.12.4. Calculate the total amount (g or ng) of cadmium in 
each sample from the sample solution volume (mL) :

W=(C)(sample vol, mL)(DF)

Where:
    W=Total cadmium in sample
    C=Calculated concentration of cadmium
    DF=Dilution Factor (if applicable)

    3.12.5. Make a blank correction for each air sample by subtracting 
the total amount of cadmium in the corresponding blank sample from the 
total amount of cadmium in the sample.
    3.12.6. Calculate the concentration of cadmium in an air sample (mg/
m\3\ or g/m\3\) by using one of the following equations:

mg/m\3\=Wbc/(Air vol sampled, L)

or

g/m\3\=(Wbc)(1,000 ng/g)/(Air vol sampled, 
          L)
Where:
    Wbc=blank corrected total g cadmium in the 
sample. (1g=1,000 ng)

                             4. Backup Data

                            4.1. Introduction

    4.1.1. The purpose of this evaluation is to determine the analytical 
method recovery, working standard range, and qualitative and 
quantitative detection limits of the two atomic absorption analytical 
techniques included in this method. The evaluation consisted of the 
following experiments:
    1. An analysis of 24 samples (six samples each at 0.1, 0.5, 1 and 2 
times the TWA-PEL) for the analytical method recovery study of the flame 
AAS analytical technique.
    2. An analysis of 18 samples (six samples each at 0.5, 1 and 2 times 
the Action Level TWA-PEL) for the analytical method recovery study of 
the AAS-HGA analytical technique.
    3. Multiple analyses of the reagent blank and a series of standard 
solutions to determine the working standard range and the qualitative 
and quantitative detection limits for both atomic absorption analytical 
techniques.
    4.1.2. The analytical method recovery results at all test levels 
were calculated from concentration-response curves and statistically 
examined for outliers at the 99% confidence level. Possible outliers 
were determined using the Treatment of Outliers test (5.10.). In 
addition, the sample results of the two analytical techniques, at 0.5, 
1.0 and 2.0 times their target concentrations, were tested for 
homogeneity of variances also at the 99% confidence level. Homogeneity 
of the coefficients of variation was determined using the Bartlett's 
test (5.11.). The overall analytical error (OAE) at the 95% confidence 
level was calculated using the equation (5.12.):

OAE=[|Bias|+(1.96)(CV1(pooled))(100%)]

    4.1.3. A derivation of the International Union of Pure and Applied 
Chemistry (IUPAC) detection limit equation (5.13.) was used to determine 
the qualitative and quantitative detection limits for both atomic 
absorption analytical techniques:

Cld=k(sd)/m        (Equation 1)

Where:
    Cld=the smallest reliable detectable concentration an 
analytical instrument can determine at a given confidence level.

[[Page 194]]

    k=3 for the Qualitative Detection Limit at the 99.86% Confidence 
Level
    =10 for the Quantitative Detection Limit at the 99.99% Confidence 
Level.
    sd=standard deviation of the reagent blank (Rbl) readings.
    m=analytical sensitivity or slope as calculated by linear 
regression.

    4.1.4. Collection efficiencies of metallic fume and dust atmospheres 
on 0.8-m mixed cellulose ester membrane filters are well 
documented and have been shown to be excellent (5.11.). Since elemental 
cadmium and the cadmium component of cadmium compounds are nonvolatile, 
stability studies of cadmium spiked MCEF samples were not performed.

                             4.2. Equipment

    4.2.1. A Perkin-Elmer (PE) Model 603 spectrophotometer equipped with 
a manual gas control system, a stainless steel nebulizer, a burner 
mixing chamber, a flow spoiler and a 10 cm. (one-slot) burner head was 
used in the experimental validation of the flame AAS analytical 
technique. A PE cadmium hollow cathode lamp, operated at the 
manufacturer's recommended current setting for continuous operation (4 
mA), was used as the source lamp. Instrument parameters are listed in 
Attachment 1.
    4.2.2. A PE Model 5100 spectrophotometer, Zeeman HGA-600 graphite 
furnace atomizer and AS-60 HGA autosampler were used in the experimental 
validation of the AAS-HGA analytical technique. The spectrophotometer 
was equipped with a PE Series 7700 professional computer and Model PR-
310 printer. A PE System 2 cadmium electrodeless discharge lamp, 
operated at the manufacturer's recommended current setting for modulated 
operation (170 mA), was used as the source lamp. Instrument parameters 
are listed in Attachment 2.

                              4.3. Reagents

    4.3.1. J.T. Baker Chem. Co. (Analyzed grade) concentrated nitric 
acid, 69.0-71.0%, and concentrated hydrochloric acid, 36.5-38.0%, were 
used to prepare the samples and standards.
    4.3.2. Ammonium phosphate, monobasic, 
NH4H2PO4 and magnesium nitrate, 
Mg(NO3)26H2O, both manufactured by the 
Mallinckrodt Chem. Co., were used to prepare the matrix modifier for 
AAS-HGA analysis.

            4.4. Standard Preparation for Flame AAS Analysis

    4.4.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepared 0.01, 0.1, 1, 10 and 100 
g/mL cadmium standard stock solutions by making appropriate 
serial dilutions of a commercially available 1,000 g/mL cadmium 
standard stock solution (RICCA Chemical Co., Lot A102) with the 
diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% HCl).
    4.4.2. Analyzed Standards: Prepared cadmium standards in the range 
of 0.001 to 2.0 g/mL by pipetting 2 to 10 mL of the appropriate 
dilute cadmium stock solution into a 100-mL volumetric flask and 
diluting to volume with the diluting solution. (See Section 3.7.2.)

             4.5. Standard Preparation for AAS-HGA Analysis

    4.5.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepared 1, 10, 100 and 1,000 ng/mL 
cadmium standard stock solutions by making appropriate serial dilutions 
of a commercially available 1,000 g/mL cadmium standard stock 
solution (J.T. Baker Chemical Co., Instra-analyzed, Lot D22642) with 
the diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% HCl).
    4.5.2. Analyzed Standards: Prepared cadmium standards in the range 
of 0.1 to 40 ng/mL by pipetting 2 to 10 mL of the appropriate dilute 
cadmium stock solution into a 100-mL volumetric flask and diluting to 
volume with the diluting solution. (See Section 3.8.2.)

 4.6. Detection Limits and Standard Working Range for Flame AAS Analysis

    4.6.1. Analyzed the reagent blank solution and the entire series of 
cadmium standards in the range of 0.001 to 2.0 g/mL three to 
six times according to the instructions given in Section 3.10. The 
diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% HCl) was used as the reagent 
blank. The integration time on the PE 603 spectrophotometer was set to 
3.0 seconds and a four-fold expansion of the absorbance reading of the 
2.0 g/mL cadmium standard was made prior to analysis. The 2.0 
g/mL standard gave a net absorbance reading of 0.350 abs. units 
prior to expansion in agreement with the manufacturer's specifications 
(5.6.).
    4.6.2. The net absorbance readings of the reagent blank and the low 
concentration Cd standards from 0.001 to 0.1 g/mL and the 
statistical analysis of the results are shown in Table I. The standard 
deviation, sd, of the six net absorbance readings of the reagent blank 
is 1.05 abs. units. The slope, m, as calculated by a linear regression 
plot of the net absorbance readings (shown in Table II) of the 0.02 to 
1.0 g/mL cadmium standards versus their concentration is 772.7 
abs. units/(g/mL).
    4.6.3. If these values for sd and the slope, m, are used in Eqn. 1 
(Sect. 4.1.3.), the qualitative and quantitative detection limits as 
determined by the IUPAC Method are:

Cld=(3)(1.05 abs. units)/(772.7 abs. units/(g/mL))
    = 0.0041 g/mL for the qualitative detection limit.
Cld=(10)(1.05 abs. units)/(772.7 abs. units/g/mL))

[[Page 195]]

    =0.014 g/mL for the quantitative detection limit.

The qualitative and quantitative detection limits for the flame AAS 
analytical technique are 0.041 g and 0.14 g cadmium, 
respectively, for a 10 mL solution volume. These correspond, 
respectively, to 0.2 g/m3 and 0.70 g/
m3 for a 200 L air volume.
    4.6.4. The recommended Cd standard working range for flame AAS 
analysis is 0.02 to 2.0 g/mL. The net absorbance readings of 
the reagent blank and the recommended working range standards and the 
statistical analysis of the results are shown in Table II. The standard 
of lowest concentration in the working range, 0.02 g/mL, is 
slightly greater than the calculated quantitative detection limit, 0.014 
g/mL. The standard of highest concentration in the working 
range, 2.0 g/mL, is at the upper end of the linear working 
range suggested by the manufacturer (5.6.). Although the standard net 
absorbance readings are not strictly linear at concentrations above 0.5 
g/mL, the deviation from linearity is only about 10% at the 
upper end of the recommended standard working range. The deviation from 
linearity is probably caused by the four-fold expansion of the signal 
suggested in the method. As shown in Table II, the precision of the 
standard net absorbance readings are excellent throughout the 
recommended working range; the relative standard deviations of the 
readings range from 0.009 to 0.064.

 4.7.  Detection Limits and Standard Working Range for AAS-HGA Analysis

    4.7.1. Analyzed the reagent blank solution and the entire series of 
cadmium standards in the range of 0.1 to 40 ng/mL according to the 
instructions given in Section 3.11. The diluting solution (4% 
HNO3, 0.4% HCl) was used as the reagent blank. A fresh 
aliquot of the reagent blank and of each standard was used for every 
analysis. The experimental characteristic mass value was 0.41 pg, 
calculated from the average peak area (abs-sec) reading of the 5 ng/mL 
standard which is approximately midway in the linear portion of the 
working standard range. This agreed within 20% with the characteristic 
mass value, 0.35 pg, listed by the manufacturer of the instrument 
(5.2.).
    4.7.2. The peak area (abs-sec) readings of the reagent blank and the 
low concentration Cd standards from 0.1 to 2.0 ng/mL and statistical 
analysis of the results are shown in Table III. Five of the reagent 
blank peak area readings were zero and the sixth reading was 1 and was 
an outlier. The near lack of a blank signal does not satisfy a strict 
interpretation of the IUPAC method for determining the detection limits. 
Therefore, the standard deviation of the six peak area readings of the 
0.2 ng/mL cadmium standard, 0.75 abs-sec, was used to calculate the 
detection limits by the IUPAC method. The slope, m, as calculated by a 
linear regression plot of the peak area (abs-sec) readings (shown in 
Table IV) of the 0.2 to 10 ng/mL cadmium standards versus their 
concentration is 51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL).
    4.7.3. If 0.75 abs-sec (sd) and 51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL) (m) are used in 
Eqn. 1 (Sect. 4.1.3.), the qualitative and quantitative detection limits 
as determined by the IUPAC method are:

Cld= (3)(0.75 abs-sec)/(51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL)
    = 0.044 ng/mL for the qualitative detection limit.

Cld= (10)(0.75 abs-sec)/(51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL) = 0.15 ng/mL 
          for the quantitative detection limit.
The qualitative and quantitative detection limits for the AAS-HGA 
analytical technique are 0.44 ng and 1.5 ng cadmium, respectively, for a 
10 mL solution volume. These correspond, respectively, to 0.007 
g/m3 and 0.025 g/m3 for a 60 L 
air volume.
    4.7.4. The peak area (abs-sec) readings of the Cd standards from 0.2 
to 40 ng/mL and the statistical analysis of the results are given in 
Table IV. The recommended standard working range for AAS-HGA analysis is 
0.2 to 20 ng/mL. The standard of lowest concentration in the recommended 
working range is slightly greater than the calculated quantitative 
detection limit, 0.15 ng/mL. The deviation from linearity of the peak 
area readings of the 20 ng/mL standard, the highest concentration 
standard in the recommended working range, is approximately 10%. The 
deviations from linearity of the peak area readings of the 30 and 40 ng/
mL standards are significantly greater than 10%. As shown in Table IV, 
the precision of the peak area readings are satisfactory throughout the 
recommended working range; the relative standard deviations of the 
readings range from 0.025 to 0.083.

         4.8. Analytical Method Recovery for Flame AAS Analysis

    4.8.1. Four sets of spiked MCEF samples were prepared by injecting 
20 L of 10, 50, 100 and 200 g/mL dilute cadmium stock 
solutions on 37 mm diameter filters (part no. AAWP 037 00, Millipore 
Corp., Bedford, MA) with a calibrated micropipet. The dilute stock 
solutions were prepared by making appropriate serial dilutions of a 
commercially available 1,000 g/mL cadmium standard stock 
solution (RICCA Chemical Co., Lot A102) with the diluting solution (4% 
HNO3, 0.4% HCl). Each set contained six samples and a sample 
blank. The amount of cadmium in the prepared sets were equivalent to 
0.1, 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 times the TWA PEL target concentration of 5 
g/m3 for a 400 L air volume.

[[Page 196]]

    4.8.2. The air-dried spiked filters were digested and analyzed for 
their cadmium content by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) 
following the procedure described in Section 3. The 0.02 to 2.0 
g/mL cadmium standards (the suggested working range) were used in the 
analysis of the spiked filters.
    4.8.3. The results of the analysis are given in Table V. One result 
at 0.5 times the TWA PEL target concentration was an outlier and was 
excluded from statistical analysis. Experimental justification for 
rejecting it is that the outlier value was probably due to a spiking 
error. The coefficients of variation for the three test levels at 0.5 to 
2.0 times the TWA PEL target concentration passed the Bartlett's test 
and were pooled.
    4.8.4. The average recovery of the six spiked filter samples at 0.1 
times the TWA PEL target concentration was 118.2% with a coefficient of 
variation (CV1) of 0.128. The average recovery of the spiked 
filter samples in the range of 0.5 to 2.0 times the TWA target 
concentration was 104.0% with a pooled coefficient of variation 
(CV1) of 0.010. Consequently, the analytical bias found in 
these spiked sample results over the tested concentration range was 
+4.0% and the OAE was 6.0%.

          4.9. Analytical Method Recovery for AAS-HGA Analysis

    4.9.1. Three sets of spiked MCEF samples were prepared by injecting 
15 L of 5, 10 and 20 g/mL dilute cadmium stock 
solutions on 37 mm diameter filters (part no. AAWP 037 00, Millipore 
Corp., Bedford, MA) with a calibrated micropipet. The dilute stock 
solutions were prepared by making appropriate serial dilutions of a 
commercially available certified 1,000 g/mL cadmium standard 
stock solution (Fisher Chemical Co., Lot 913438-24) with the diluting 
solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% HCl). Each set contained six samples 
and a sample blank. The amount of cadmium in the prepared sets were 
equivalent to 0.5, 1 and 2 times the Action Level TWA target 
concentration of 2.5 g/m3 for a 60 L air volume.
    4.9.2. The air-dried spiked filters were digested and analyzed for 
their cadmium content by flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy using 
a heated graphite furnace atomizer following the procedure described in 
Section 3. A five-fold dilution of the spiked filter samples at 2 times 
the Action Level TWA was made prior to their analysis. The 0.05 to 20 
ng/mL cadmium standards were used in the analysis of the spiked filters.
    4.9.3. The results of the analysis are given in Table VI. There were 
no outliers. The coefficients of variation for the three test levels at 
0.5 to 2.0 times the Action Level TWA PEL passed the Bartlett's test and 
were pooled. The average recovery of the spiked filter samples was 94.2% 
with a pooled coefficient of variation (CV1) of 0.043. 
Consequently, the analytical bias was -5.8% and the OAE was 
14.2%.

                            4.10. Conclusions

    The experiments performed in this evaluation show the two atomic 
absorption analytical techniques included in this method to be precise 
and accurate and have sufficient sensitivity to measure airborne cadmium 
over a broad range of exposure levels and sampling periods.

                              5. References

    5.1. Slavin, W. Graphite Furnace AAS--A Source Book; Perkin-Elmer 
Corp., Spectroscopy Div.: Ridgefield, CT , 1984; p. 18 and pp. 83-90.
    5.2. Grosser, Z., Ed.; Techniques in Graphite Furnace Atomic 
Absorption Spectrophotometry; Perkin-Elmer Corp., Spectroscopy Div.: 
Ridgefield, CT, 1985.
    5.3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake 
Technical Center: Metal and Metalloid Particulate in Workplace 
Atmospheres (Atomic Absorption) (USDOL/OSHA Method No. ID-121). In OSHA 
Analytical Methods Manual 2nd ed. Cincinnati, OH: American Conference of 
Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1991.
    5.4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake 
Technical Center: Metal and Metalloid Particulate in Workplace 
Atmospheres (ICP) (USDOL/OSHA Method No. ID-125G). In OSHA Analytical 
Methods Manual 2nd ed. Cincinnati, OH: American Conference of 
Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1991.
    5.5. Windholz, M., Ed.; The Merck Index, 10th ed.; Merck & Co.: 
Rahway, NJ, 1983.
    5.6. Analytical Methods for Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry, The 
Perkin-Elmer Corporation: Norwalk, CT, 1982.
    5.7. Slavin, W., D.C. Manning, G. Carnrick, and E. Pruszkowska: 
Properties of the Cadmium Determination with the Platform Furnace and 
Zeeman Background Correction. Spectrochim. Acta 38B:1157-1170 (1983).
    5.8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake 
Technical Center: Standard Operating Procedure for Atomic Absorption. 
Salt Lake City, UT: USDOL/OSHA-SLTC, In progress.
    5.9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake 
Technical Center: AAS-HGA Standard Operating Procedure. Salt Lake City, 
UT: USDOL/OSHA-SLTC, In progress.
    5.10. Mandel, J.: Accuracy and Precision, Evaluation and 
Interpretation of Analytical Results, The Treatment of Outliers. In 
Treatise On Analytical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Vol.1, edited by I. M. 
Kolthoff and P. J. Elving. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1978. pp. 282-
285.

[[Page 197]]

    5.11. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health: 
Documentation of the NIOSH Validation Tests by D. Taylor, R. Kupel, and 
J. Bryant (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 77-185). Cincinnati, OH: National 
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, 1977.
    5.12. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Analytical 
Laboratory: Precision and Accuracy Data Protocol for Laboratory 
Validations. In OSHA Analytical Methods Manual 1st ed. Cincinnati, OH: 
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (Pub. No. 
ISBN: 0-936712-66-X), 1985.
    5.13. Long, G.L. and J.D. Winefordner: Limit of Detection--A Closer 
Look at the IUPAC Definition. Anal.Chem. 55:712A-724A (1983).
    5.14. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists: 
Documentation of Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices. 
5th ed. Cincinnati, OH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial 
Hygienists, 1986.

                    Table I--Cd Detection Limit Study                   
                          [Flame AAS Analysis]                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Absorbance                        
       STD (g/mL)         reading at 228.8      Statistical    
                                          nm               analysis     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reagent blank...................            5     2  n=6.               
                                            4     3  mean=3.50.         
                                            4     3  std dev=1.05.      
                                                     CV=0.30.           
0.001...........................            6     6  n=6.               
                                            2     4  mean=5.00.         
                                            6     6  std dev=1.67.      
                                                     CV=0.335.          
0.002...........................            5     7  n=6.               
                                            7     3  mean=5.50.         
                                            7     4  std dev=1.76.      
                                                     CV=0.320.          
0.005...........................            7     7  n=6.               
                                            8     8  mean=7.33.         
                                            8     6  std dev=0.817.     
                                                     CV=0.111.          
0.010...........................           10     9  n=6.               
                                           10    13  mean=10.3.         
                                           10    10  std dev=1.37.      
                                                     CV=0.133.          
0.020...........................           20    23  n=6.               
                                           20    22  mean=20.8.         
                                           20    20  std dev=1.33.      
                                                     CV=0.064.          
0.050...........................           42    42  n=6.               
                                           42    42  mean=42.5.         
                                           42    45  std dev=1.22.      
                                                     CV=0.029.          
0.10............................                 84  n=3.               
                                                 80  mean=82.3.         
                                                 83  std dev=2.08.      
                                                     CV=0.025.          
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                Table II--Cd Standard Working Range Study               
                          [Flame AAS Analysis]                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Absorbance                        
       STD (g/mL)         reading at 228.8      Statistical    
                                          nm               analysis     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reagent blank...................            5     2  n=6.               
                                            4     3  mean=3.50.         
                                            4     3  std dev=1.05.      
                                                     CV=0.30.           
0.020...........................           20    23  n=6.               
                                           20    22  mean=20.8.         
                                           20    20  std dev=1.33.      
                                                     CV=0.064.          
0.050...........................           42    42  n=6.               
                                           42    42  mean=42.5.         
                                           42    45  std dev=1.22.      
                                                     CV=0.029.          
0.10............................                 84  n=3.               
                                                 80  mean=82.3.         
                                                 83  std dev=2.08.      
                                                     CV=0.025.          
0.20............................                161  n=3.               
                                                161  mean=160.0.        
                                                158  std dev=1.73.      
                                                     CV=0.011.          
0.50............................                391  n=3.               
                                                389  mean=391.0.        
                                                393  std dev=2.00.      
                                                     CV=0.005.          
1.00............................                760  n=3.               
                                                748  mean=753.3.        
                                                752  std dev=6.11.      
                                                     CV=0.008.          
2.00............................               1416  n=3.               
                                               1426  mean=1414.3.       
                                               1401  std dev=12.6.      
                                                     CV=0.009.          
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   Table III--Cd Detection Limit Study                  
                           [AAS-HGA Analysis]                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Peak area                         
                                     readings  x                        
            STD (ng/mL)                 10 3 at    Statistical analysis 
                                       228.8 nm                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reagent blank......................      0     0  n=6.                  
                                         0     1  mean=0.167.           
                                         0     0  std dev=0.41.         
                                                  CV=2.45.              
0.1................................      8     6  n=6.                  
                                         5     7  mean=7.7.             
                                        13     7  std dev=2.8.          
                                                  CV=0.366.             
0.2................................     11    13  n=6.                  
                                        11    12  mean=11.8.            
                                        12    12  std dev=0.75.         
                                                  CV=0.064.             
0.5................................     28    33  n=6.                  
                                        26    28  mean=28.8.            
                                        28    30  std dev=2.4.          
                                                  CV=0.083.             
1.0................................     52    55  n=6.                  
                                        56    58  mean=54.8.            
                                        54    54  std dev=2.0.          
                                                  CV=0.037.             
2.0................................    101   112  n=6.                  
                                       110   110  mean=108.8.           
                                       110   110  std dev=3.9.          
                                                  CV=0.036.             
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 198]]


                Table IV--Cd Standard Working Range Study               
                           [AAS-HGA Analysis]                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Peak area                         
                                     readings  x                        
            STD (ng/mL)                 10 3 at    Statistical analysis 
                                       228.8 nm                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2................................     11    13  n=6.                  
                                        11    12  mean=11.8.            
                                        12    12  std dev=0.75.         
                                                  CV=0.064.             
0.5................................     28    33  n=6.                  
                                        26    28  mean=28.8.            
                                        28    30  std dev=2.4.          
                                                  CV=0.083.             
1.0................................     52    55  n=6.                  
                                        56    58  mean=54.8.            
                                        54    54  std dev=2.0.          
                                                  CV=0.037.             
2.0................................    101   112  n=6.                  
                                       110   110  mean=108.8.           
                                       110   110  std dev=3.9.          
                                                  CV=0.036.             
5.0................................    247   265  n=6.                  
                                       268   275  mean=265.5.           
                                       259   279  std dev=11.5.         
                                                  CV=0.044.             
10.0...............................    495   520  n=6.                  
                                       523   513  mean=516.7.           
                                       516   533  std dev=12.7.         
                                                  CV=0.025.             
20.0...............................    950   953  n=6.                  
                                       951   958  mean=941.8.           
                                       949   890  std dev=25.6.         
                                                  CV=0.027.             
30.0...............................   1269  1291  n=6.                  
                                      1303  1307  mean=1293.            
                                      1295  1290  std dev=13.3.         
                                                  CV=0.010.             
40.0...............................   1505  1567  n=6.                  
                                      1535  1567  mean=1552.            
                                      1566  1572  std dev=26.6.         
                                                  CV=0.017.             
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 199]]


                                                                               Table V--Analytical Method Recovery                                                                              
                                                                                      [Flame AAS Analysis]                                                                                      
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Test level                                 0.5 x                                           1.0 x                                           2.0 x                     
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------                   g   ----------------                   g   ----------------               
                                                                    g     Percent rec.        taken        g     Percent rec.        taken        g     Percent rec. 
                        g taken                               found                                           found                                           found                    
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.00............................................................          1.0715           107.2            2.00          2.0688           103.4            4.00          4.1504           103.8
1.00............................................................          1.0842           108.4            2.00          2.0174           100.9            4.00          4.1108           102.8
1.00............................................................          1.0842           108.4            2.00          2.0431           102.2            4.00          4.0581           101.5
1.00............................................................         *1.0081          *100.8            2.00          2.0431           102.2            4.00          4.0844           102.1
1.00............................................................          1.0715           107.2            2.00          2.0174           100.9            4.00          4.1504           103.8
1.00............................................................          1.0842           108.4            2.00          2.0045           100.2            4.00          4.1899           104.7
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


n=                                                 5                                               6                                               6    
mean=                                            107.9                                           101.6                                           103.1  
std dev=                                           0.657                                           1.174                                           1.199
CV1=                                               0.006                                           0.011                                           0.012 
                                                                   CV1 (pooled)=0.010                                                                   
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Rejected as an outlier--this value did not pass the outlier T-test at the 99% confidence level.                                                       


[[Page 200]]

      

------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Test level                     0.1 x                       
--------------------------------------------------------   Percent rec. 
          g taken             g found                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.200...............................             0.2509          125.5  
0.200...............................             0.2509          125.5  
0.200...............................             0.2761          138.1  
0.200...............................             0.2258          112.9  
0.200...............................             0.2258          112.9  
0.200...............................             0.1881           94.1  
------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ..................................                                    
n=..................................                               6    
mean=...............................                             118.2  
std dev=............................                              15.1  
CV1=................................                               0.128
  ..................................                                    
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 201]]


                                                                              Table VI--Analytical Method Recovery                                                                              
                                                                                       [AAS-HGA analysis]                                                                                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Test level                                 0.5 x                                           1.0 x                                           2.0 x                     
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  Percent rec.      ng taken    ----------------  Percent rec.      ng taken    ----------------  Percent rec. 
                            ng taken                                 ng found                                        ng found                                        ng found                   
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
75..............................................................           71.23            95.0             150          138.00            92.0             300          258.43            86.1
75..............................................................           71.47            95.3             150          138.29            92.2             300          258.46            86.2
75..............................................................           70.02            93.4             150          136.30            90.9             300          280.55            93.5
75..............................................................           77.34           103.1             150          146.62            97.7             300          288.34            96.1
75..............................................................           78.32           104.4             150          145.17            96.8             300          261.74            87.2
75..............................................................           71.96            95.9             150          144.88            96.6             300          277.22            92.4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


n=                                                 6                                               6                                               6    
mean=                                             97.9                                            94.4                                            90.3  
std dev=                                           4.66                                            2.98                                            4.30 
CV1=                                               0.048                                           0.032                                           0.048
                                                                    CV1(pooled)=0.043                                                                   
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 202]]

                              Attachment 1

             Instrumental Parameters for Flame AAS Analysis

      Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (Perkin-Elmer Model 603)

Flame: Air/Acetylene--lean, blue
Oxidant Flow: 55
Fuel Flow: 32
Wavelength: 228.8 nm
Slit: 4 (0.7 nm)
Range: UV
Signal: Concentration (4 exp)
Integration Time: 3 sec

                              Attachment 2

                Instrumental Parameters for HGA Analysis

      Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (Perkin-Elmer Model 5100)

Signal Type: Zeeman AA
Slitwidth: 0.7 nm
Wavelength: 228.8 nm
Measurement: Peak Area
Integration Time: 6.0 sec
BOC Time: 5 sec
    BOC=Background Offset Correction.

                              Zeeman Graphite Furnace (Perkin-Elmer Model HGA-600)                              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Ramp time   Hold time   Temp. (C)  Argon flow            
                        Step                             (sec)       (sec)                 (mL/min)   Read (sec)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) Predry...........................................           5          10          90         300  ..........
2) Dry..............................................          30          10         140         300  ..........
3) Char.............................................          10          20         900         300  ..........
4) Cool Down........................................           1           8          30         300  ..........
5) Atomize..........................................           0           5        1600           0          -1
6) Burnout..........................................           1           8        2500         300  ..........
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  

   Appendix F to Sec. 1910.1027--Nonmandatory Protocol for Biological 
                               Monitoring

                           1.00  Introduction

    Under the final OSHA cadmium rule (29 CFR part 1910), monitoring of 
biological specimens and several periodic medical examinations are 
required for eligible employees. These medical examinations are to be 
conducted regularly, and medical monitoring is to include the periodic 
analysis of cadmium in blood (CDB), cadmium in urine (CDU) and beta-2-
microglobulin in urine (B2MU). As CDU and B2MU are to be normalized to 
the concentration of creatinine in urine (CRTU), then CRTU must be 
analyzed in conjunction with CDU and B2MU analyses.
    The purpose of this protocol is to provide procedures for 
establishing and maintaining the quality of the results obtained from 
the analyses of CDB, CDU and B2MU by commercial laboratories. 
Laboratories conforming to the provisions of this nonmandatory protocol 
shall be known as ``participating laboratories.'' The biological 
monitoring data from these laboratories will be evaluated by physicians 
responsible for biological monitoring to determine the conditions under 
which employees may continue to work in locations exhibiting airborne-
cadmium concentrations at or above defined actions levels (see 
paragraphs (l)(3) and (l)(4) of the final rule). These results also may 
be used to support a decision to remove workers from such locations.
    Under the medical monitoring program for cadmium, blood and urine 
samples must be collected at defined intervals from workers by 
physicians responsible for medical monitoring; these samples are sent to 
commerical laboratories that perform the required analyses and report 
results of these analyses to the responsible physicians. To ensure the 
accuracy and reliability of these laboratory analyses, the laboratories 
to which samples are submitted should participate in an ongoing and 
efficacious proficiency testing program. Availability of proficiency 
testing programs may vary with the analyses performed.
    To test proficiency in the analysis of CDB, CDU and B2MU, a 
laboratory should participate either in the interlaboratory comparison 
program operated by the Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec (CTQ) or an 
equivalent program. (Currently, no laboratory in the U.S. performs 
proficiency testing on CDB, CDU or B2MU.) Under this program, CTQ sends 
participating laboratories 18 samples of each analyte (CDB, CDU and/or 
B2MU) annually for analysis. Participating laboratories must return the 
results of these analyses to CTQ within four to five weeks after 
receiving the samples.
    The CTQ program pools analytical results from many participating 
laboratories to derive consensus mean values for each of the samples 
distributed. Results reported by each laboratory then are compared 
against these consensus means for the analyzed samples to determine the 
relative performance

[[Page 203]]

of each laboratory. The proficiency of a participating laboratory is a 
function of the extent of agreement between results submitted by the 
participating laboratory and the consensus values for the set of samples 
analyzed.
    Proficiency testing for CRTU analysis (which should be performed 
with CDU and B2MU analyses to evaluate the results properly) also is 
recommended. In the U.S., only the College of American Pathologists 
(CAP) currently conducts CRTU proficiency testing; participating 
laboratories should be accredited for CRTU analysis by the CAP.
    Results of the proficiency evaluations will be forwarded to the 
participating laboratory by the proficiency-testing laboratory, as well 
as to physicians designated by the participating laboratory to receive 
this information. In addition, the participating laboratory should, on 
request, submit the results of their internal Quality Assurance/Quality 
Control (QA/QC) program for each analytic procedure (i.e., CDB, CDU and/
or B2MU) to physicians designated to receive the proficiency results. 
For participating laboratories offering CDU and/or B2MU analyses, QA/QC 
documentation also should be provided for CRTU analysis. (Laboratories 
should provide QA/QC information regarding CRTU analysis directly to the 
requesting physician if they perform the analysis in-house; if CRTU 
analysis is performed by another laboratory under contract, this 
information should be provided to the physician by the contract 
laboratory.)
    QA/QC information, along with the actual biological specimen 
measurements, should be provided to the responsible physician using 
standard formats. These physicians then may collate the QA/QC 
information with proficiency test results to compare the relative 
performance of laboratories, as well as to facilitate evaluation of the 
worker monitoring data. This information supports decisions made by the 
physician with regard to the biological monitoring program, and for 
mandating medical removal.
    This protocol describes procedures that may be used by the 
responsible physicians to identify laboratories most likely to be 
proficient in the analysis of samples used in the biological monitoring 
of cadmium; also provided are procedures for record keeping and 
reporting by laboratories participating in proficiency testing programs, 
and recommendations to assist these physicians in interpreting 
analytical results determined by participating laboratories. As the 
collection and handling of samples affects the quality of the data, 
recommendations are made for these tasks. Specifications for analytical 
methods to be used in the medical monitoring program are included in 
this protocol as well.
    In conclusion, this document is intended as a supplement to 
characterize and maintain the quality of medical monitoring data 
collected under the final cadmium rule promulgated by OSHA (29 CFR part 
1910). OSHA has been granted authority under the Occupational Safety and 
Health Act of 1970 to protect workers from the effects of exposure to 
hazardous substances in the work place and to mandate adequate 
monitoring of workers to determine when adverse health effects may be 
occurring. This nonmandatory protocol is intended to provide guidelines 
and recommendations to improve the accuracy and reliability of the 
procedures used to analyze the biological samples collected as part of 
the medical monitoring program for cadmium.

                            2.0  Definitions

    When the terms below appear in this protocol, use the following 
definitions.
    Accuracy: A measure of the bias of a data set. Bias is a systematic 
error that is either inherent in a method or caused by some artifact or 
idiosyncracy of the measurement system. Bias is characterized by a 
consistent deviation (positive or negative) in the results from an 
accepted reference value.
    Arithmetic Mean: The sum of measurements in a set divided by the 
number of measurements in a set.
    Blind Samples: A quality control procedure in which the 
concentration of analyte in the samples should be unknown to the analyst 
at the time that the analysis is performed.
    Coefficient of Variation: The ratio of the standard deviation of a 
set of measurements to the mean (arithmetic or geometric) of the 
measurements.
    Compliance Samples: Samples from exposed workers sent to a 
participating laboratory for analysis.
    Control Charts: Graphic representations of the results for quality 
control samples being analyzed by a participating laboratory.
    Control Limits: Statistical limits which define when an analytic 
procedure exceeds acceptable parameters; control limits provide a method 
of assessing the accuracy of analysts, laboratories, and discrete 
analytic runs.
    Control Samples: Quality control samples.
    F/T: The measured amount of an analyte divided by the theoretical 
value (defined below) for that analyte in the sample analyzed; this 
ratio is a measure of the recovery for a quality control sample.
    Geometric Mean: The natural antilog of the mean of a set of natural 
log-transformed data.
    Geometric Standard Deviation: The antilog of the standard deviation 
of a set of natural log-transformed data.
    Limit of Detection: Using a predefined level of confidence, this is 
the lowest measured value at which some of the measured material is 
likely to have come from the sample.

[[Page 204]]

    Mean: A central tendency of a set of data; in this protocol, this 
mean is defined as the arithmetic mean (see definition of arithmetic 
mean above) unless stated otherwise.
    Performance: A measure of the overall quality of data reported by a 
laboratory.
    Pools: Groups of quality-control samples to be established for each 
target value (defined below) of an analyte. For the protocol provided in 
attachment 3, for example, the theoretical value of the quality control 
samples of the pool must be within a range defined as plus or minus 
() 50% of the target value. Within each analyte pool, there 
must be quality control samples of at least 4 theoretical values.
    Precision: The extent of agreement between repeated, independent 
measurements of the same quantity of an analyte.
    Proficiency: The ability to satisfy a specified level of analyte 
performance.
    Proficiency Samples: Specimens, the values of which are unknown to 
anyone at a participating laboratory, and which are submitted by a 
participating laboratory for proficiency testing.
    Quality or Data Quality: A measure of the confidence in the 
measurement value.
    Quality Control (QC) Samples: Specimens, the value of which is 
unknown to the analyst, but is known to the appropriate QA/QC personnel 
of a participating laboratory; when used as part of a laboratory QA/QC 
program, the theoretical values of these samples should not be known to 
the analyst until the analyses are complete. QC samples are to be run in 
sets consisting of one QC sample from each pool (see definition of 
``pools'' above).
    Sensitivity: For the purposes of this protocol, the limit of 
detection.
    Standard Deviation: A measure of the distribution or spread of a 
data set about the mean; the standard deviation is equal to the positive 
square root of the variance, and is expressed in the same units as the 
original measurements in the data set.
    Standards: Samples with values known by the analyst and used to 
calibrate equipment and to check calibration throughout an analytic run. 
In a laboratory QA/QC program, the values of the standards must exceed 
the values obtained for compliance samples such that the lowest standard 
value is near the limit of detection and the highest standard is higher 
than the highest compliance sample or QC sample. Standards of at least 
three different values are to be used for calibration, and should be 
constructed from at least 2 different sources.
    Target Value: Those values of CDB, CDU or B2MU which trigger some 
action as prescribed in the medical surveillance section of the 
regulatory text of the final cadmium rule. For CDB, the target values 
are 5, 10 and 15 g/l. For CDU, the target values are 3, 7, and 
15 g/g CRTU. For B2MU, the target values are 300, 
750 and 1500 g/g CRTU. (Note that target values may vary as a 
function of time.)
    Theoretical Value (or Theoretical Amount): The reported 
concentration of a quality-control sample (or calibration standard) 
derived from prior characterizations of the sample.
    Value or Measurement Value: The numerical result of a measurement.
    Variance: A measure of the distribution or spread of a data set 
about the mean; the variance is the sum of the squares of the 
differences between the mean and each discrete measurement divided by 
one less than the number of measurements in the data set.

                              3.0  Protocol

    This protocol provides procedures for characterizing and maintaining 
the quality of analytic results derived for the medical monitoring 
program mandated for workers under the final cadmium rule.

                              3.1  Overview

    The goal of this protocol is to assure that medical monitoring data 
are of sufficient quality to facilitate proper interpretation. The data 
quality objectives (DQOs) defined for the medical monitoring program are 
summarized in Table 1. Based on available information, the DQOs 
presented in Table 1 should be achievable by the majority of 
laboratories offering the required analyses commercially; OSHA 
recommends that only laboratories meeting these DQOs be used for the 
analysis of biological samples collected for monitoring cadmium 
exposure.

         Table 1--Recommended Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) for the Cadmium Medical Monitoring Program         
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Precision                                             
    Analyte/concentration pool      Limit of detection     (CV) (%)                    Accuracy                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cadmium in blood.................  0.5 g/l....  ...........  1 g/l or 15% of the  
                                                                       mean.                                    
    2 g/l...............  ....................           40                                            
    >2 g/l..............  ....................           20                                            
Cadmium in urine.................  0.5 g/g      ...........  1 g/l or 15% of the  
                                    creatinine.                        mean.                                    
    2 g/l creatinine....  ....................           40                                            
    >2 g/l creatinine...  ....................           20                                            
-2-microglobulin in       100 g/g                5  15% of the mean.              
 urine: 100 g/g creatine.  creatinine.                                                                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 205]]

    To satisfy the DQOs presented in Table 1, OSHA provides the 
following guidelines:
    1. Procedures for the collection and handling of blood and urine are 
specified (Section 3.4.1 of this protocol);
    2. Preferred analytic methods for the analysis of CDB, CDU and B2MU 
are defined (and a method for the determination of CRTU also is 
specified since CDU and B2MU results are to be normalized to the level 
of CRTU).
    3. Procedures are described for identifying laboratories likely to 
provide the required analyses in an accurate and reliable manner;
    4. These guidelines (Sections 3.2.1 to 3.2.3, and Section 3.3) 
include recommendations regarding internal QA/QC programs for 
participating laboratories, as well as levels of proficiency through 
participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program;
    5. Procedures for QA/QC record keeping (Section 3.3.2), and for 
reporting QC/QA results are described (Section 3.3.3); and,
    6. Procedures for interpreting medical monitoring results are 
specified (Section 3.4.3).
    Methods recommended for the biological monitoring of eligible 
workers are:
    1. The method of Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) for CDB determinations 
(limit of detection: 0.5 g/l);
    2. The method of Pruszkowska et al. (1983) for CDU determinations 
(limit of detection: 0.5 g/l of urine); and,
    3. The Pharmacia Delphia test kit (Pharmacia 1990) for the 
determination of B2MU (limit of detection: 100 g/l urine).
    Because both CDU and B2MU should be reported in g/g CRTU, 
an independent determination of CRTU is recommended. Thus, both the OSHA 
Salt Lake City Technical Center (OSLTC) method (OSHA, no date) and the 
Jaffe method (Du Pont, no date) for the determination of CRTU are 
specified under this protocol (i.e., either of these 2 methods may be 
used). Note that although detection limits are not reported for either 
of these CRTU methods, the range of measurements expected for CRTU (0.9-
1.7 g/l) are well above the likely limit of detection for 
either of these methods (Harrison, 1987).
    Laboratories using alternate methods should submit sufficient data 
to the responsible physicians demonstrating that the alternate method is 
capable of satisfying the defined data quality objectives of the 
program. Such laboratories also should submit a QA/QC plan that 
documents the performance of the alternate method in a manner entirely 
equivalent to the QA/QC plans proposed in Section 3.3.1.
    3.2  Duties of the Responsible Physician
    The responsible physician will evaluate biological monitoring 
results provided by participating laboratories to determine whether such 
laboratories are proficient and have satisfied the QA/QC 
recommendations. In determining which laboratories to employ for this 
purpose, these physicians should review proficiency and QA/QC data 
submitted to them by the participating laboratories.
    Participating laboratories should demonstrate proficiency for each 
analyte (CDU, CDB and B2MU) sampled under the biological monitoring 
program. Participating laboratories involved in analyzing CDU and B2MU 
also should demonstrate proficiency for CRTU analysis, or provide 
evidence of a contract with a laboratory proficient in CRTU analysis.

    3.2.1  Recommendations for Selecting Among Existing Laboratories

    OSHA recommends that existing laboratories providing commercial 
analyses for CDB, CDU and/or B2MU for the medical monitoring program 
satisfy the following criteria:
    1. Should have performed commercial analyses for the appropriate 
analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) on a regular basis over the last 2 years;
    2. Should provide the responsible physician with an internal QA/QC 
plan;
    3. If performing CDU or B2MU analyses, the participating laboratory 
should be accredited by the CAP for CRTU analysis, and should be 
enrolled in the corresponding CAP survey (note that alternate 
credentials may be acceptable, but acceptability is to be determined by 
the responsible physician); and,
    4. Should have enrolled in the CTQ interlaboratory comparison 
program for the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU).
    Participating laboratories should submit appropriate documentation 
demonstrating compliance with the above criteria to the responsible 
physician. To demonstrate compliance with the first of the above 
criteria, participating laboratories should submit the following 
documentation for each analyte they plan to analyze (note that each 
document should cover a period of at least 8 consecutive quarters, and 
that the period designated by the term ``regular analyses'' is at least 
once a quarter):
    1. Copies of laboratory reports providing results from regular 
analyses of the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU);
    2. Copies of 1 or more signed and executed contracts for the 
provision of regular analyses of the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/
or B2MU); or,
    3. Copies of invoices sent to 1 or more clients requesting payment 
for the provision of regular analyses of the appropriate analyte (CDB, 
CDU and/or B2MU). Whatever the form of documentation submitted, the 
specific analytic procedures conducted should be identified directly. 
The forms that are copied for submission to the responsible physician 
also should identify the laboratory which provided these analyses.
    To demonstrate compliance with the second of the above criteria, a 
laboratory

[[Page 206]]

should submit to the responsible physician an internal QA/QC plan 
detailing the standard operating procedures to be adopted for satisfying 
the recommended QA/QC procedures for the analysis of each specific 
analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU). Procedures for internal QA/QC programs 
are detailed in Section 3.3.1 below.
    To satisfy the third of the above criteria, laboratories analyzing 
for CDU or B2MU also should submit a QA/QC plan for creatinine analysis 
(CRTU); the QA/QC plan and characterization analyses for CRTU must come 
from the laboratory performing the CRTU analysis, even if the CRTU 
analysis is being performed by a contract laboratory.
    Laboratories enrolling in the CTQ program (to satisfy the last of 
the above criteria) must remit, with the enrollment application, an 
initial fee of approximately $100 per analyte. (Note that this fee is 
only an estimate, and is subject to revision without notice.) 
Laboratories should indicate on the application that they agree to have 
proficiency test results sent by the CTQ directly to the physicians 
designated by participating laboratories.
    Once a laboratory's application is processed by the CTQ, the 
laboratory will be assigned a code number which will be provided to the 
laboratory on the initial confirmation form, along with identification 
of the specific analytes for which the laboratory is participating. 
Confirmation of participation will be sent by the CTQ to physicians 
designated by the applicant laboratory.

 3.2.2  Recommended Review of Laboratories Selected to Perform Analyses

    Six months after being selected initially to perform analyte 
determinations, the status of participating laboratories should be 
reviewed by the responsible physicians. Such reviews should then be 
repeated every 6 months or whenever additional proficiency or QA/QC 
documentation is received (whichever occurs first).
    As soon as the responsible physician has received the CTQ results 
from the first 3 rounds of proficiency testing (i.e., 3 sets of 3 
samples each for CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for a participating laboratory, 
the status of the laboratory's continued participation should be 
reviewed. Over the same initial 6-month period, participating 
laboratories also should provide responsible physicians the results of 
their internal QA/QC monitoring program used to assess performance for 
each analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for which the laboratory performs 
determinations. This information should be submitted using appropriate 
forms and documentation.
    The status of each participating laboratory should be determined for 
each analyte (i.e., whether the laboratory satisfies minimum proficiency 
guidelines based on the proficiency samples sent by the CTQ and the 
results of the laboratory's internal QA/QC program). To maintain 
competency for analysis of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU during the first review, 
the laboratory should satisfy performance requirements for at least 2 of 
the 3 proficiency samples provided in each of the 3 rounds completed 
over the 6-month period. Proficiency should be maintained for the 
analyte(s) for which the laboratory conducts determinations.
    To continue participation for CDU and/or B2MU analyse, laboratories 
also should either maintain accreditation for CRTU analysis in the CAP 
program and participate in the CAP surveys, or they should contract the 
CDU and B2MU analyses to a laboratory which satisfies these requirements 
(or which can provide documentation of accreditation/participation in an 
equivalent program).
    The performance requirement for CDB analysis is defined as an 
analytical result within 1 g/l blood or 15% of the 
consensus mean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a 
consensus mean less than 1 g/l, the performance requirement is 
defined as a concentration between the detection limit of the analysis 
and a maximum of 2 g/l. The purpose for redefining the 
acceptable interval for low CDB values is to encourage proper reporting 
of the actual values obtained during measurement; laboratories, 
therefore, will not be penalized (in terms of a narrow range of 
acceptability) for reporting measured concentrations smaller than 1 
g/l.
    The performance requirement for CDU analysis is defined as an 
analytical result within 1 g/l urine or 15% of the 
consensus mean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a 
consensus mean less than 1 g/l urine, the performance 
requirement is defined as a concentration between the detection limit of 
the analysis and a maximum of 2 g/l urine. Laboratories also 
should demonstrate proficiency in creatinine analysis as defined by the 
CAP. Note that reporting CDU results, other than for the CTQ proficiency 
samples (i.e., compliance samples), should be accompanied with results 
of analyses for CRTU, and these 2 sets of results should be combined to 
provide a measure of CDU in units of g/g CRTU.
    The performance requirement for B2MU is defined as analytical 
results within  15% of the consensus mean. Note that 
reporting B2MU results, other than for CTQ proficiency samples (i.e., 
compliance samples), should be accompanied with results of analyses for 
CRTU, and these 2 sets of results should be combined to provide a 
measure of B2MU in units of g/g CRTU.
    There are no recommended performance checks for CRTU analyses. As 
stated previously, laboratories performing CRTU analysis in support of 
CDU or B2MU analyses should be accredited by the CAP, and participating 
in the CAP's survey for CRTU.

[[Page 207]]

    Following the first review, the status of each participating 
laboratory should be reevaluated at regular intervals (i.e., 
corresponding to receipt of results from each succeeding round of 
proficiency testing and submission of reports from a participating 
laboratory's internal QA/QC program).
    After a year of collecting proficiency test results, the following 
proficiency criterion should be added to the set of criteria used to 
determine the participating laboratory's status (for analyzing CDB, CDU 
and/or B2MU): A participating laboratory should not fail performance 
requirements for more than 4 samples from the 6 most recent consecutive 
rounds used to assess proficiency for CDB, CDU and/or B2MU separately 
(i.e., a total of 18 discrete proficiency samples for each analyte). 
Note that this requirement does not replace, but supplements, the 
recommendation that a laboratory should satisfy the performance criteria 
for at least 2 of the 3 samples tested for each round of the program.

3.2.3  Recommendations for Selecting Among Newly-Formed Laboratories (or 
  Laboratories that Previously Failed to Meet the Protocol Guidelines)

    OSHA recommends that laboratories that have not previously provided 
commercial analyses of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU (or have done so for a 
period less than 2 years), or which have provided these analyses for 2 
or more years but have not conformed previously with these protocol 
guidelines, should satisfy the following provisions for each analyte for 
which determinations are to be made prior to being selected to analyze 
biological samples under the medical monitoring program:
    1. Submit to the responsible physician an internal QA/QC plan 
detailing the standard operating procedures to be adopted for satisfying 
the QA/QC guidelines (guidelines for internal QA/QC programs are 
detailed in Section 3.3.1);
    2. Submit to the responsible physician the results of the initial 
characterization analyses for each analyte for which determinations are 
to be made;
    3. Submit to the responsible physician the results, for the initial 
6-month period, of the internal QA/QC program for each analyte for which 
determinations are to be made (if no commercial analyses have been 
conducted previously, a minimum of 2 mock standardization trials for 
each analyte should be completed per month for a 6-month period);
    4. Enroll in the CTQ program for the appropriate analyte for which 
determinations are to be made, and arrange to have the CTQ program 
submit the initial confirmation of participation and proficiency test 
results directly to the designated physicians. Note that the designated 
physician should receive results from 3 completed rounds from the CTQ 
program before approving a laboratory for participation in the 
biological monitoring program;
    5. Laboratories seeking participation for CDU and/or B2MU analyses 
should submit to the responsible physician documentation of 
accreditation by the CAP for CRTU analyses performed in conjunction with 
CDU and/or B2MU determinations (if CRTU analyses are conducted by a 
contract laboratory, this laboratory should submit proof of CAP 
accreditation to the responsible physician); and,
    6. Documentation should be submitted on an appropriate form.
    To participate in CDB, CDU and/or B2MU analyses, the laboratory 
should satisfy the above criteria for a minimum of 2 of the 3 
proficiency samples provided in each of the 3 rounds of the CTQ program 
over a 6-month period; this procedure should be completed for each 
appropriate analyte. Proficiency should be maintained for each analyte 
to continue participation. Note that laboratories seeking participation 
for CDU or B2MU also should address the performance requirements for 
CRTU, which involves providing evidence of accreditation by the CAP and 
participation in the CAP surveys (or an equivalent program).
    The performance requirement for CDB analysis is defined as an 
analytical result within 1 g/l or 15% of the 
consensus mean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a 
consensus mean less than 1 g/l, the performance requirement is 
defined as a concentration between the detection limit of the analysis 
and a maximum of 2 g/l. The purpose of redefining the 
acceptable interval for low CDB values is to encourage proper reporting 
of the actual values obtained during measurement; laboratories, 
therefore, will not be penalized (in terms of a narrow range of 
acceptability) for reporting measured concentrations less than 1 
g/l.
    The performance requirement for CDU analysis is defined as an 
analytical result within 1 g/l urine or 15% of the 
consensus mean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a 
consensus mean less than 1 g/l urine, the performance 
requirement is defined as a concentration that falls between the 
detection limit of the analysis and a maximum of 2 g/l urine. 
Performance requirements for the companion CRTU analysis (defined by the 
CAP) also should be met. Note that reporting CDU results, other than for 
CTQ proficiency testing should be accompanied with results of CRTU 
analyses, and these 2 sets of results should be combined to provide a 
measure of CDU in units of g/g CRTU.
    The performance requirement for B2MU is defined as an analytical 
result within 15% of the consensus mean. Note that reporting 
B2MU results, other than for CTQ proficiency testing should be 
accompanied with

[[Page 208]]

results of CRTU analysis, these 2 sets of results should be combined to 
provide a measure of B2MU in units of g/g CRTU.
    Once a new laboratory has been approved by the responsible physician 
for conducting analyte determinations, the status of this approval 
should be reviewed periodically by the responsible physician as per the 
criteria presented under Section 3.2.2.
    Laboratories which have failed previously to gain approval of the 
responsible physician for conducting determinations of 1 or more 
analytes due to lack of compliance with the criteria defined above for 
existing laboratories (Section 3.2.1), may obtain approval by satisfying 
the criteria for newly-formed laboratories defined under this section; 
for these laboratories, the second of the above criteria may be 
satisfied by submitting a new set of characterization analyses for each 
analyte for which determinations are to be made.
    Reevaluation of these laboratories is discretionary on the part of 
the responsible physician. Reevaluation, which normally takes about 6 
months, may be expedited if the laboratory can achieve 100% compliance 
with the proficiency test criteria using the 6 samples of each analyte 
submitted to the CTQ program during the first 2 rounds of proficiency 
testing.
    For laboratories seeking reevaluation for CDU or B2MU analysis, the 
guidelines for CRTU analyses also should be satisfied, including 
accreditation for CRTU analysis by the CAP, and participation in the CAP 
survey program (or accreditation/participation in an equivalent 
program).

         3.2.4  Future Modifications to the Protocol Guidelines

    As participating laboratories gain experience with analyses for CDB, 
CDU and B2MU, it is anticipated that the performance achievable by the 
majority of laboratories should improve until it approaches that 
reported by the research groups which developed each method. OSHA, 
therefore, may choose to recommend stricter performance guidelines in 
the future as the overall performance of participating laboratories 
improves.

            3.3  Guidelines for Record Keeping and Reporting

    To comply with these guidelines, participating laboratories should 
satisfy the above-stated performance and proficiency recommendations, as 
well as the following internal QA/QC, record keeping, and reporting 
provisions.
    If a participating laboratory fails to meet the provisions of these 
guidelines, it is recommended that the responsible physician disapprove 
further analyses of biological samples by that laboratory until it 
demonstrates compliance with these guidelines. On disapproval, 
biological samples should be sent to a laboratory that can demonstrate 
compliance with these guidelines, at least until the former laboratory 
is reevaluated by the responsible physician and found to be in 
compliance.
    The following record keeping and reporting procedures should be 
practiced by participating laboratories.

      3.3.1  Internal Quality Assurance/Quality Control Procedures

    Laboratories participating in the cadmium monitoring program should 
develop and maintain an internal quality assurance/quality control (QA/
QC) program that incorporates procedures for establishing and 
maintaining control for each of the analytic procedures (determinations 
of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for which the laboratory is seeking 
participation. For laboratories analyzing CDU and/or B2MU, a QA/QC 
program for CRTU also should be established.
    Written documentation of QA/QC procedures should be described in a 
formal QA/QC plan; this plan should contain the following information: 
Sample acceptance and handling procedures (i.e., chain-of-custody); 
sample preparation procedures; instrument parameters; calibration 
procedures; and, calculations. Documentation of QA/QC procedures should 
be sufficient to identify analytical problems, define criteria under 
which analysis of compliance samples will be suspended, and describe 
procedures for corrective actions.

   3.3.1.1  QA/QC procedures for establishing control of CDB and CDU 
                                analyses

    The QA/QC program for CDB and CDU should address, at a minimum, 
procedures involved in calibration, establishment of control limits, 
internal QC analyses and maintaining control, and corrective-action 
protocols. Participating laboratory should develop and maintain 
procedures to assure that analyses of compliance samples are within 
control limits, and that these procedures are documented thoroughly in a 
QA/QC plan.
    A nonmandatory QA/QC protocol is presented in Attachment 1. This 
attachment is illustrative of the procedures that should be addressed in 
a proper QA/QC program.
    Calibration. Before any analytic runs are conducted, the analytic 
instrument should be calibrated. Calibration should be performed at the 
beginning of each day on which QC and/or compliance samples are run. 
Once calibration is established, QC or compliance samples may be run. 
Regardless of the type of samples run, about every fifth sample should 
serve as a standard to assure that calibration is being maintained.

[[Page 209]]

    Calibration is being maintained if the standard is within 
15% of its theoretical value. If a standard is more than 
15% of its theoretical value, the run has exceeded control 
limits due to calibration error; the entire set of samples then should 
be reanalyzed after recalibrating or the results should be recalculated 
based on a statistical curve derived from that set of standards.
    It is essential that the value of the highest standard analyzed be 
higher than the highest sample analyzed; it may be necessary, therefore, 
to run a high standard at the end of the run, which has been selected 
based on results obtained over the course of the run (i.e., higher than 
any standard analyzed to that point).
    Standards should be kept fresh; as samples age, they should be 
compared with new standards and replaced if necessary.
    Internal Quality Control Analyses. Internal QC samples should be 
determined interspersed with analyses of compliance samples. At a 
minimum, these samples should be run at a rate of 5% of the compliance 
samples or at least one set of QC samples per analysis of compliance 
samples, whichever is greater. If only 2 samples are run, they should 
contain different levels of cadmium.
    Internal QC samples may be obtained as commercially-available 
reference materials and/or they may be internally prepared. Internally-
prepared samples should be well characterized and traced, or compared to 
a reference material for which a consensus value is available.
    Levels of cadmium contained in QC samples should not be known to the 
analyst prior to reporting the results of the analysis.
    Internal QC results should be plotted or charted in a manner which 
describes sample recovery and laboratory control limits.
    Internal Control Limits. The laboratory protocol for evaluating 
internal QC analyses per control limits should be clearly defined. 
Limits may be based on statistical methods (e.g., as 2s from the 
laboratory mean recovery), or on proficiency testing limits (e.g., 
 1g or 15% of the mean, whichever is greater). 
Statistical limits that exceed 40% should be reevaluated to 
determine the source error in the analysis.
    When laboratory limits are exceeded, analytic work should terminate 
until the source of error is determined and corrected; compliance 
samples affected by the error should be reanalyzed. In addition, the 
laboratory protocol should address any unusual trends that develop which 
may be biasing the results. Numerous, consecutive results above or below 
laboratory mean recoveries, or outside laboratory statistical limits, 
indicate that problems may have developed.
    Corrective Actions. The QA/QC plan should document in detail 
specific actions taken if control limits are exceeded or unusual trends 
develop. Corrective actions should be noted on an appropriate form, 
accompanied by supporting documentation.
    In addition to these actions, laboratories should include whatever 
additional actions are necessary to assure that accurate data are 
reported to the responsible physicians.
    Reference Materials. The following reference materials may be 
available:

                         Cadmium in Blood (CDB)

    1. Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec, Le Centre Hospitalier de 
l'Universite Laval, 2705 boul. Laurier, Quebec, Que., Canada G1V 4G2. 
(Prepared 6 times per year at 1-15 g Cd/l.)
    2. H. Marchandise, Community Bureau of Reference-BCR, Directorate 
General XII, Commission of the European Communities, 200, rue de la Loi, 
B-1049, Brussels, Belgium. (Prepared as Bl CBM-1 at 5.37 g Cd/
l, and Bl CBM-2 at 12.38 g Cd/l.)
    3. Kaulson Laboratories Inc., 691 Bloomfield Ave., Caldwell, NJ 
07006; tel: (201) 226-9494, FAX (201) 226-3244. (Prepared as 0141 [As, 
Cd, Hg, Pb] at 2 levels.)

                         Cadmium in Urine (CDU)

    1. Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec, Le Centre Hospitalier de 
l'Universite Laval, 2705 boul. Laurier, Quebec, Que., Canada G1V 4G2. 
(Prepared 6 times per year.)
    2. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), Dept. of 
Commerce, Gaithersburg, MD; tel: (301) 975-6776. (Prepared as SRM 2670 
freeze-dried urine [metals]; set includes normal and elevated levels of 
metals; cadmium is certified for elevated level of 88.0 g/l in 
reconstituted urine.)
    3. Kaulson Laboratories Inc., 691 Bloomfield Ave., Caldwell, NJ 
07006; tel: (201) 226-9494, FAX (201) 226-3244. (Prepared as 0140 [As, 
Cd, Hg, Pb] at 2 levels.)

       3.3.1.2  QA/QC procedures for establishing control of B2MU

    A written, detailed QA/QC plan for B2MU analysis should be 
developed. The QA/QC plan should contain a protocol similar to those 
protocols developed for the CDB/CDU analyses. Differences in analyses 
may warrant some differences in the QA/QC protocol, but procedures to 
ensure analytical integrity should be developed and followed.
    Examples of performance summaries that can be provided include 
measurements of accuracy (i.e., the means of measured values versus 
target values for the control samples) and precision (i.e., based on 
duplicate analyses). It is recommended that the accuracy and precision 
measurements be compared to those reported as achievable by the 
Pharmacia Delphia kit (Pharmacia 1990) to determine if and when 
unsatisfactory analyses have arisen. If the measurement error of 1 or 
more of the control samples is more than 15%, the run exceeds control 
limits. Similarly, this decision is warranted when

[[Page 210]]

the average CV for duplicate samples is greater than 5%.

                  3.3.2  Procedures for Record Keeping

    To satisfy reporting requirements for commercial analyses of CDB, 
CDU and/or B2MU performed for the medical monitoring program mandated 
under the cadmium rule, participating laboratories should maintain the 
following documentation for each analyte:
    1. For each analytic instrument on which analyte determinations are 
made, records relating to the most recent calibration and QC sample 
analyses;
    2. For these instruments, a tabulated record for each analyte of 
those determinations found to be within and outside of control limits 
over the past 2 years;
    3. Results for the previous 2 years of the QC sample analyses 
conducted under the internal QA/QC program (this information should be: 
Provided for each analyte for which determinations are made and for each 
analytic instrument used for this purpose, sufficient to demonstrate 
that internal QA/QC programs are being executed properly, and consistent 
with data sent to responsible physicians.
    4. Duplicate copies of monitoring results for each analyte sent to 
clients during the previous 5 years, as well as associated information; 
supporting material such as chain-of-custody forms also should be 
retained; and,
    5. Proficiency test results and related materials received while 
participating in the CTQ interlaboratory program over the past 2 years; 
results also should be tabulated to provide a serial record of relative 
error (derived per Section 3.3.3 below).

                       3.3.3  Reporting Procedures

    Participating laboratories should maintain these documents: QA/QC 
program plans; QA/QC status reports; CTQ proficiency program reports; 
and, analytical data reports. The information that should be included in 
these reports is summarized in Table 2; a copy of each report should be 
sent to the responsible physician.
      

   Table 2--Reporting Procedures for Laboratories Participating in the  
                   Cadmium Medical Monitoring Program                   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Frequency (time                        
            Report                    frame)              Contents      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 QA/QC Program Plan..........  Once (initially).  A detailed           
                                                    description of the  
                                                    QA/QC protocol to be
                                                    established by the  
                                                    laboratory to       
                                                    maintain control of 
                                                    analyte             
                                                    determinations.     
2 QA/QC Status Report.........  Every 2 months...  Results of the QC    
                                                    samples incorporated
                                                    into regular runs   
                                                    for each instrument 
                                                    (over the period    
                                                    since the last      
                                                    report).            
3 Proficiency Report..........  Attached to every  Results from the last
                                 data report.       full year of        
                                                    proficiency samples 
                                                    submitted to the CTQ
                                                    program and Results 
                                                    of the 100 most     
                                                    recent QC samples   
                                                    incorporated into   
                                                    regular runs for    
                                                    each instrument.    
4 Analytical Data Report......  For all reports    Date the sample was  
                                 of data results.   received; Date the  
                                                    sample was analyzed;
                                                    Appropriate chain-of-
                                                    custody information;
                                                    Types of analyses   
                                                    performed; Results  
                                                    of the requested    
                                                    analyses and Copy of
                                                    the most current    
                                                    proficiency report. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  
    As noted in Section 3.3.1, a QA/QC program plan should be developed 
that documents internal QA/QC procedures (defined under Section 3.3.1) 
to be implemented by the participating laboratory for each analyte; this 
plan should provide a list identifying each instrument used in making 
analyte determinations.
    A QA/QC status report should be written bimonthly for each analyte. 
In this report, the results of the QC program during the reporting 
period should be reported for each analyte in the following manner: The 
number (N) of QC samples analyzed during the period; a table of the 
target levels defined for each sample and the corresponding measured 
values; the mean of F/T value (as defined below) for the set of QC 
samples run during the period; and, use of X  2s (as defined 
below) for the set of QC samples run during the period as a measure of 
precision.
    As noted in Section 2, an F/T value for a QC sample is the ratio of 
the measured concentration of analyte to the established (i.e., 
reference) concentration of analyte for that QC sample. The equation 
below describes the derivation of the mean for F/T values, X, (with N 
being the total number of samples analyzed):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.012

The standard deviation, s, for these measurements is derived using the 
following equation (note that 2s is twice this value):

[[Page 211]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.013


    The nonmandatory QA/QC protocol (see Attachment 1) indicates that QC 
samples should be divided into several discrete pools, and a separate 
estimate of precision for each pools then should be derived. Several 
precision estimates should be provided for concentrations which differ 
in average value. These precision measures may be used to document 
improvements in performance with regard to the combined pool.
    Participating laboratories should use the CTQ proficiency program 
for each analyte. Results of the this program will be sent by CTQ 
directly to physicians designated by the participating laboratories. 
Proficiency results from the CTQ program are used to establish the 
accuracy of results from each participating laboratory, and should be 
provided to responsible physicians for use in trend analysis. A 
proficiency report consisting of these proficiency results should 
accompany data reports as an attachment.
    For each analyte, the proficiency report should include the results 
from the 6 previous proficiency rounds in the following format:
    1. Number (N) of samples analyzed;
    2. Mean of the target levels, (1/
N), with Ti being a 
consensus mean for the sample;
    3. Mean of the measurements, (1/
N), with Mi being a 
sample measurement;
    4. A measure of error defined by:

      (1/N)(Ti-Mi)\2\

    Analytical data reports should be submitted to responsible 
physicians directly. For each sample, report the following information: 
The date the sample was received; the date the sample was analyzed; 
appropriate chain-of-custody information; the type(s) of analyses 
performed; and, the results of the analyses. This information should be 
reported on a form similar to the form provided an appropriate form. The 
most recent proficiency program report should accompany the analytical 
data reports (as an attachment).
    Confidence intervals for the analytical results should be reported 
as X2s, with X being the measured value and 2s the standard 
deviation calculated as described above.
    For CDU or B2MU results, which are combined with CRTU measurements 
for proper reporting, the 95% confidence limits are derived from the 
limits for CDU or B2MU, (p), and the limits for CRTU, (q), as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.014

For these calculations, Xp is the measurement and confidence 
limits for CDU or B2MU, and Yq is the measurement and 
confidence limit for CRTU.
    Participating laboratories should notify responsible physicians as 
soon as they receive information indicating a change in their 
accreditation status with the CTQ or the CAP. These physicians should 
not be expected to wait until formal notice of a status change has been 
received from the CTQ or the CAP.

                     3.4  Instructions to Physicians

    Physicians responsible for the medical monitoring of cadmium-exposed 
workers must collect the biological samples from workers; they then 
should select laboratories to perform the required analyses, and should 
interpret the analytic results.

             3.4.1  Sample Collection and Holding Procedures

    Blood Samples. The following procedures are recommended for the 
collection, shipment and storage of blood samples for CDB analysis to 
reduce analytical variablility; these recommendations were obtained 
primarily through personal communications with J.P. Weber of the CTQ 
(1991), and from reports by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC, 1986) 
and Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).
    To the extent possible, blood samples should be collected from 
workers at the same time of day. Workers should shower or thoroughly 
wash their hands and arms before blood samples are drawn. The following 
materials are needed for blood sample collection: Alcohol wipes; sterile 
gauze sponges; band-aids; 20-gauge, 1.5-in. stainless steel needles 
(sterile); preprinted labels; tourniquets; vacutainer holders; 3-ml 
``metal free'' vacutainer tubes (i.e., dark-blue caps), with EDTA as an 
anti-coagulant; and, styrofoam vacutainer shipping containers.
    Whole blood samples are taken by venipuncture. Each blue-capped tube 
should be labeled or coded for the worker and company before the sample 
is drawn. (Blue-capped tubes are recommended instead of red-capped tubes 
because the latter may consist of red coloring pigment containing 
cadmium, which could contaminate the samples.) Immediately after 
sampling, the vacutainer tubes must be thoroughly mixed by inverting the 
tubes at least 10 times manually or mechanically using a Vortex device 
(for 15 sec). Samples should be refrigerated immediately or stored on 
ice until they can be packed for shipment to the participating 
laboratory for analysis.

[[Page 212]]

    The CDC recommends that blood samples be shipped with a ``cool pak'' 
to keep the samples cold during shipment. However, the CTQ routinely 
ships and receives blood samples for cadmium analysis that have not been 
kept cool during shipment. The CTQ has found no deterioration of cadmium 
in biological fluids that were shipped via parcel post without a cooling 
agent, even though these deliveries often take 2 weeks to reach their 
destination.
    Urine Samples. The following are recommended procedures for the 
collection, shipment and storage of urine for CDU and B2MU analyses, and 
were obtained primarily through personal communications with J.P. Weber 
of the CTQ (1991), and from reports by the CDC (1986) and Stoeppler and 
Brandt (1980).
    Single ``spot'' samples are recommended. As B2M can degrade in the 
bladder, workers should first empty their bladder and then drink a large 
glass of water at the start of the visit. Urine samples then should be 
collected within 1 hour. Separate samples should be collected for CDU 
and B2MU using the following materials: Sterile urine collection cups 
(250 ml); small sealable plastic bags; preprinted labels; 15-ml 
polypropylene or polyethylene screw-cap tubes; lab gloves (``metal 
free''); and, preservatives (as indicated).
    The sealed collection cup should be kept in the plastic bag until 
collection time. The workers should wash their hands with soap and water 
before receiving the collection cup. The collection cup should not be 
opened until just before voiding and the cup should be sealed 
immediately after filling. It is important that the inside of the 
container and cap are not touched by, or come into contact with, the 
body, clothing or other surfaces.
    For CDU analyzes, the cup is swirled gently to resuspend any solids, 
and the 15-ml tube is filled with 10-12 ml urine. The CDC recommends the 
addition of 100 l concentrated HNO3 as a 
preservative before sealing the tube and then freezing the sample. The 
CTQ recommends minimal handling and does not acidify their 
interlaboratory urine reference materials prior to shipment, nor do they 
freeze the sample for shipment. At the CTQ, if the urine sample has much 
sediment, the sample is acidified in the lab to free any cadmium in the 
precipitate.
    For B2M, the urine sample should be collected directly into a 
polyethylene bottle previously washed with dilute nitric acid. The pH of 
the urine should be measured and adjusted to 8.0 with 0.1 N NaOH 
immediately following collection. Samples should be frozen and stored at 
-20 deg.C until testing is performed. The B2M in the samples should be 
stable for 2 days when stored at 2-8 deg.C, and for at least 2 months at 
-20 deg.C. Repeated freezing and thawing should be avoided to prevent 
denaturing the B2M (Pharmacia 1990).

           3.4.2  Recommendations for Evaluating Laboratories

    Using standard error data and the results of proficiency testing 
obtained from CTQ, responsible physicians can make an informed choice of 
which laboratory to select to analyze biological samples. In general, 
laboratories with small standard errors and little disparity between 
target and measured values tend to make precise and accurate sample 
determinations. Estimates of precision provided to the physicians with 
each set of monitoring results can be compared to previously-reported 
proficiency and precision estimates. The latest precision estimates 
should be at least as small as the standard error reported previously by 
the laboratory. Moreover, there should be no indication that precision 
is deteriorating (i.e., increasing values for the precision estimates). 
If precision is deteriorating, physicians may decide to use another 
laboratory for these analyses. QA/QC information provided by the 
participating laboratories to physicians can, therefore, assist 
physicians in evaluating laboratory performance.

                3.4.3  Use and Interpretation of Results

    When the responsible physician has received the CDB, CDU and/or B2MU 
results, these results must be compared to the action levels discussed 
in the final rule for cadmium. The comparison of the sample results to 
action levels is straightforward. The measured value reported from the 
laboratory can be compared directly to the action levels; if the 
reported value exceeds an action level, the required actions must be 
initiated.

                             4.0  Background

    Cadmium is a naturally-occurring environmental contaminant to which 
humans are continually exposed in food, water, and air. The average 
daily intake of cadmium by the U.S. population is estimated to be 10-20 
g/day. Most of this intake is via ingestion, for which 
absorption is estimated at 4-7% (Kowal et al. 1979). An additional 
nonoccupational source of cadmium is smoking tobacco; smoking a pack of 
cigarettes a day adds an additional 2-4 g cadmium to the daily 
intake, assuming absorption via inhalation of 25-35% (Nordberg and 
Nordberg 1988; Friberg and Elinder 1988; Travis and Haddock 1980).
    Exposure to cadmium fumes and dusts in an occupational setting where 
air concentrations are 20-50 g/m\3\ results in an additional 
daily intake of several hundred micrograms (Friberg and Elinder 1988, p. 
563). In such a setting, occupational exposure to cadmium

[[Page 213]]

occurs primarily via inhalation, although additional exposure may occur 
through the ingestion of material via contaminated hands if workers eat 
or smoke without first washing. Some of the particles that are inhaled 
initially may be ingested when the material is deposited in the upper 
respiratory tract, where it may be cleared by mucociliary transport and 
subsequently swallowed.
    Cadmium introduced into the body through inhalation or ingestion is 
transported by the albumin fraction of the blood plasma to the liver, 
where it accumulates and is stored principally as a bound form complexed 
with the protein metallothionein. Metallothionein-bound cadmium is the 
main form of cadmium subsequently transported to the kidney; it is these 
2 organs, the liver and kidney, in which the majority of the cadmium 
body burden accumulates. As much as one half of the total body burden of 
cadmium may be found in the kidneys (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988).
    Once cadmium has entered the body, elimination is slow; about 0.02% 
of the body burden is excreted per day via urinary/fecal elimination. 
The whole-body half-life of cadmium is 10-35 years, decreasing slightly 
with increasing age (Travis and Haddock 1980).
    The continual accumulation of cadmium is the basis for its chronic 
noncarcinogenic toxicity. This accumulation makes the kidney the target 
organ in which cadmium toxicity usually is first observed (Piscator 
1964). Renal damage may occur when cadmium levels in the kidney cortex 
approach 200 g/g wet tissue-weight (Travis and Haddock 1980).
    The kinetics and internal distribution of cadmium in the body are 
complex, and depend on whether occupational exposure to cadmium is 
ongoing or has terminated. In general, cadmium in blood is related 
principally to recent cadmium exposure, while cadmium in urine reflects 
cumulative exposure (i.e., total body burden) (Lauwerys et al. 1976; 
Friberg and Elinder 1988).

                           4.1  Health Effects

    Studies of workers in a variety of industries indicate that chronic 
exposure to cadmium may be linked to several adverse health effects 
including kidney dysfunction, reduced pulmonary function, chronic lung 
disease and cancer (Federal Register 1990). The primary sites for 
cadmium-associated cancer appear to be the lung and the prostate.
    Cancer. Evidence for an association between cancer and cadmium 
exposure comes from both epidemiological studies and animal experiments. 
Pott (1965) found a statistically significant elevation in the incidence 
of prostate cancer among a cohort of cadmium workers. Other epidemiology 
studies also report an elevated incidence of prostate cancer; however, 
the increases observed in these other studies were not statistically 
significant (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989).
    One study (Thun et al. 1985) contains sufficiently quantitative 
estimates of cadmium exposure to allow evaluation of dose-response 
relationships between cadmium exposure and lung cancer. A statistically 
significant excess of lung cancer attributed to cadmium exposure was 
found in this study, even after accounting for confounding variables 
such as coexposure to arsenic and smoking habits (Meridian Research, 
Inc. 1989).
    Evidence for quantifying a link between lung cancer and cadmium 
exposure comes from a single study (Takenaka et al. 1983). In this 
study, dose-response relationships developed from animal data were 
extrapolated to humans using a variety of models. OSHA chose the 
multistage risk model for estimating the risk of cancer for humans using 
these animal data. Animal injection studies also suggest an association 
between cadmium exposure and cancer, particularly observations of an 
increased incidence of tumors at sites remote from the point of 
injection. The International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) 
(Supplement 7, 1987) indicates that this, and related, evidence is 
sufficient to classify cadmium as an animal carcinogen. However, the 
results of these injection studies cannot be used to quantify risks 
attendant to human occupational exposures due to differences in routes 
of exposure (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989).
    Based on the above-cited studies, the U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) classifies cadmium as ``B1,'' a probable human carcinogen 
(USEPA 1985). IARC in 1987 recommended that cadmium be listed as a 
probable human carcinogen.
    Kidney Dysfunction. The most prevalent nonmalignant effect observed 
among workers chronically exposed to cadmium is kidney dysfunction. 
Initially, such dysfunction is manifested by proteinuria (Meridian 
Research, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989). Proteinuria associated 
with cadmium exposure is most commonly characterized by excretion of 
low-molecular weight proteins (15,000-40,000 MW), accompanied by loss of 
electrolytes, uric acid, calcium, amino acids, and phosphate. Proteins 
commonly excreted include -2-microglobulin (B2M), retinol-
binding protein (RBP), immunoglobulin light chains, and lysozyme. 
Excretion of low molecular weight proteins is characteristic of damage 
to the proximal tubules of the kidney (Iwao et al. 1980).
    Exposure to cadmium also may lead to urinary excretion of high-
molecular weight proteins such as albumin, immunoglobulin G, and 
glycoproteins (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 
1989). Excretion of high-molecular weight proteins is indicative of 
damage to the glomeruli of the kidney. Bernard et al. (1979) suggest 
that cadmium-associated damage to the glomeruli and

[[Page 214]]

damage to the proximal tubules of the kidney develop independently of 
each other, but may occur in the same individual.
    Several studies indicate that the onset of low-molecular weight 
proteinuria is a sign of irreversible kidney damage (Friberg et al. 
1974; Roels et al. 1982; Piscator 1984; Elinder et al. 1985; Smith et 
al. 1986). For many workers, once sufficiently elevated levels of B2M 
are observed in association with cadmium exposure, such levels do not 
appear to return to normal even when cadmium exposure is eliminated by 
removal of the worker from the cadmium-contaminated work environment 
(Friberg, exhibit 29, 1990).
    Some studies indicate that cadmium-induced proteinuria may be 
progressive; levels of B2MU increase even after cadmium exposure has 
ceased (Elinder et al. 1985). Other researchers have reached similar 
conclusions (Frieburg testimony, OSHA docket exhibit 29, Elinder 
testimony, OSHA docket exhibit 55, and OSHA docket exhibits 8-86B). Such 
observations are not universal, however (Smith et al. 1986; Tsuchiya 
1976). Studies in which proteinuria has not been observed, however, may 
have initiated the reassessment too early (Meridian Research, Inc.1989; 
Roth Associates, Inc. 1989; Roels 1989).
    A quantitative assessment of the risks of developing kidney 
dysfunction as a result of cadmium exposure was performed using the data 
from Ellis et al. (1984) and Falck et al. (1983). Meridian Research, 
Inc. (1989) and Roth Associates, Inc. (1989) employed several 
mathematical models to evaluate the data from the 2 studies, and the 
results indicate that cumulative cadmium exposure levels between 5 and 
100 g-years/m\3\ correspond with a one-in-a-thousand 
probability of developing kidney dysfunction.
    When cadmium exposure continues past the onset of early kidney 
damage (manifested as proteinuria), chronic nephrotoxicity may occur 
(Meridian Research, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989). Uremia, 
which is the loss of the glomerulus' ability to adequately filter blood, 
may result. This condition leads to severe disturbance of electrolyte 
concentrations, which may result in various clinical complications 
including atherosclerosis, hypertension, pericarditis, anemia, 
hemorrhagic tendencies, deficient cellular immunity, bone changes, and 
other problems. Progression of the disease may require dialysis or a 
kidney transplant.
    Studies in which animals are chronically exposed to cadmium confirm 
the renal effects observed in humans (Friberg et al. 1986). Animal 
studies also confirm cadmium-related problems with calcium metabolism 
and associated skeletal effects, which also have been observed among 
humans. Other effects commonly reported in chronic animal studies 
include anemia, changes in liver morphology, immunosuppression and 
hypertension. Some of these effects may be associated with cofactors; 
hypertension, for example, appears to be associated with diet, as well 
as with cadmium exposure. Animals injected with cadmium also have shown 
testicular necrosis.

                 4.2  Objectives for Medical Monitoring

    In keeping with the observation that renal disease tends to be the 
earliest clinical manifestation of cadmium toxicity, the final cadmium 
standard mandates that eligible workers must be medically monitored to 
prevent this condition (as well as cadmimum-induced cancer). The 
objectives of medical-monitoring, therefore, are to: Identify workers at 
significant risk of adverse health effects from excess, chronic exposure 
to cadmium; prevent future cases of cadmium-induced disease; detect and 
minimize existing cadmium-induced disease; and, identify workers most in 
need of medical intervention.
    The overall goal of the medical monitoring program is to protect 
workers who may be exposed continuously to cadmium over a 45-year 
occupational lifespan. Consistent with this goal, the medical monitoring 
program should assure that:
    1. Current exposure levels remain sufficiently low to prevent the 
accumulation of cadmium body burdens sufficient to cause disease in the 
future by monitoring CDB as an indicator of recent cadmium exposure;
    2. Cumulative body burdens, especially among workers with undefined 
historical exposures, remain below levels potentially capable of leading 
to damage and disease by assessing CDU as an indicator of cumulative 
exposure to cadmium; and,
    3. Health effects are not occurring among exposed workers by 
determining B2MU as an early indicator of the onset of cadmium-induced 
kidney disease.

             4.3  Indicators of Cadmium Exposure and Disease

    Cadmium is present in whole blood bound to albumin, in erythrocytes, 
and as a metallothionein-cadmium complex. The metallothionein-cadmium 
complex that represents the primary transport mechanism for cadmium 
delivery to the kidney. CDB concentrations in the general, nonexposed 
population average 1 g Cd/l whole blood, with smokers 
exhibiting higher levels (see Section 5.1.6). Data presented in Section 
5.1.6 shows that 95% of the general population not occupationally 
exposed to cadmium have CDB levels less than 5 g Cd/l.
    If total body burdens of cadmium remain low, CDB concentrations 
indicate recent exposure (i.e., daily intake). This conclusion is based 
on data showing that cigarette smokers exhibit CDB concentrations of 2-7 
g/l depending on the number of cigarettes smoked per day 
(Nordberg and Nordberg 1988), while

[[Page 215]]

CDB levels for those who quit smoking return to general population 
values (approximately 1 g/l) within several weeks (Lauwerys et 
al. 1976). Based on these observations, Lauwerys et al. (1976) concluded 
that CDB has a biological half-life of a few weeks to less than 3 
months. As indicated in Section 3.1.6, the upper 95th percentile for CDB 
levels observed among those who are not occupationally exposed to 
cadmium is 5 g/l, which suggests that the absolute upper limit 
to the range reported for smokers by Nordberg and Nordberg may have been 
affected by an extreme value (i.e., beyond 2 above the mean).
    Among occupationally-exposed workers, the occupational history of 
exposure to cadmium must be evaluated to interpret CDB levels. New 
workers, or workers with low exposures to cadmium, exhibit CDB levels 
that are representative of recent exposures, similar to the general 
population. However, for workers with a history of chronic exposure to 
cadmium, who have accumulated significant stores of cadmium in the 
kidneys/liver, part of the CDB concentrations appear to indicate body 
burden. If such workers are removed from cadmium exposure, their CDB 
levels remain elevated, possibly for years, reflecting prior long-term 
accumulation of cadmium in body tissues. This condition tends to occur, 
however, only beyond some threshold exposure value, and possibly 
indicates the capacity of body tissues to accumulate cadmium which 
cannot be excreted readily (Friberg and Elinder 1988; Nordberg and 
Nordberg 1988).
    CDU is widely used as an indicator of cadmium body burdens (Nordberg 
and Nordberg 1988). CDU is the major route of elimination and, when CDU 
is measured, it is commonly expressed either as g Cd/l urine 
(unadjusted), g Cd/l urine (adjusted for specific gravity), or 
g Cd/g CRTU (see Section 5.2.1). The metabolic model for CDU is 
less complicated than CDB, since CDU is dependentin large part on the 
body (i.e., kidney) burden of cadmium. However, a small proportion of 
CDU still be attributed to recent cadmium exposure, particularly if 
exposure to high airborne concentrations of cadmium occurred. Note that 
CDU is subject to larger interindividual and day-to-day variations than 
CDB, so repeated measurements are recommended for CDU evaluations.
    CDU is bound principally to metallothionein, regardless of whether 
the cadmium originates from metallothionein in plasma or from the 
cadmium pool accumulated in the renal tubules. Therefore, measurement of 
metallothionein in urine may provide information similar to CDU, while 
avoiding the contamination problems that may occur during collection and 
handling urine for cadmium analysis (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). 
However, a commercial method for the determination of metallothionein at 
the sensitivity levels required under the final cadmium rule is not 
currently available; therefore, analysis of CDU is recommended.
    Among the general population not occupationally exposed to cadmium, 
CDU levels average less than 1 g/l (see Section 5.2.7). 
Normalized for creatinine (CRTU), the average CDU concentration of the 
general population is less than 1 g/g CRTU. As cadmium 
accumulates over the lifespan, CDU increases with age. Also, cigarette 
smokers may eventually accumulate twice the cadmium body burden of 
nonsmokers, CDU is slightly higher in smokers than in nonsmokers, even 
several years after smoking cessation (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). 
Despite variations due to age and smoking habits, 95% of those not 
occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit levels of CDU less than 3 
g/g CRTU (based on the data presented in Section 5.2.7).
    About 0.02% of the cadmium body burden is excreted daily in urine. 
When the critical cadmium concentration (about 200 ppm) in the kidney is 
reached, or if there is sufficient cadmium-induced kidney dysfunction, 
dramatic increases in CDU are observed (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). 
Above 200 ppm, therefore, CDU concentrations cease to be an indicator of 
cadmium body burden, and are instead an index of kidney failure.
    Proteinuria is an index of kidney dysfunction, and is defined by 
OSHA to be a material impairment. Several small proteins may be 
monitored as markers for proteinuria. Below levels indicative of 
proteinuria, these small proteins may be early indicators of increased 
risk of cadmium-induced renal tubular disease. Analytes useful for 
monitoring cadmium-induced renal tubular damage include:
    1. -2-Microglobulin (B2M), currently the most widely used 
assay for detecting kidney dysfunction, is the best characterized 
analyte available (Iwao et al. 1980; Chia et al. 1989);
    2. Retinol Binding Protein (RBP) is more stable than B2M in acidic 
urine (i.e., B2M breakdown occurs if urinary pH is less than 5.5; such 
breakdown may result in false [i.e., low] B2M values [Bernard and 
Lauwerys, 1990]);
    3. N-Acetyl-B-Glucosaminidase (NAG) is the analyte of an assay that 
is simple, inexpensive, reliable, and correlates with cadmium levels 
under 10 g/g CRTU, but the assay is less sensitive than RBP or 
B2M (Kawada et al. 1989);
    4. Metallothionein (MT) correlates with cadmium and B2M levels, and 
may be a better predictor of cadmium exposure than CDU and B2M (Kawada 
et al. 1989);
    5. Tamm-Horsfall Glycoprotein (THG) increases slightly with elevated 
cadmium levels, but this elevation is small compared to increases in 
urinary albumin, RBP, or B2M (Bernard and Lauwerys 1990);

[[Page 216]]

    6. Albumin (ALB), determined by the biuret method, is not 
sufficiently sensitive to serve as an early indicator of the onset of 
renal disease (Piscator 1962);
    7. Albumin (ALB), determined by the Amido Black method, is sensitive 
and reproducible, but involves a time-consuming procedure (Piscator 
1962);
    8. Glycosaminoglycan (GAG) increases among cadmium workers, but the 
significance of this effect is unknown because no relationship has been 
found between elevated GAG and other indices of tubular damage (Bernard 
and Lauwerys 1990);
    9. Trehalase seems to increase earlier than B2M during cadmium 
exposure, but the procedure for analysis is complicated and unreliable 
(Iwata et al. 1988); and,
    10. Kallikrein is observed at lower concentrations among cadmium-
exposed workers than among normal controls (Roels et al. 1990).
    Of the above analytes, B2M appears to be the most widely used and 
best characterized analyte to evaluate the presence/absence, as well as 
the extent of, cadmium-induced renal tubular damage (Kawada, Koyama, and 
Suzuki 1989; Shaikh and Smith 1984; Nogawa 1984). However, it is 
important that samples be collected and handled so as to minimize B2M 
degradation under acidic urine conditions.
    The threshold value of B2MU commonly used to indicate the presence 
of kidney damage 300 g/g CRTU (Kjellstrom et al. 1977a; Buchet 
et al. 1980; and Kowal and Zirkes 1983). This value represents the upper 
95th or 97.5th percentile level of urinary excretion observed among 
those without tubular dysfunction (Elinder, exbt L-140-45, OSHA docket 
H057A). In agreement with these conclusions, the data presented in 
Section 5.3.7 of this protocol generally indicate that the level of 300 
g/g CRTU appears to define the boundary for kidney dysfunction. 
It is not clear, however, that this level represents the upper 95th 
percentile of values observed among those who fail to demonstrate 
proteinuria effects.
    Although elevated B2MU levels appear to be a fairly specific 
indicator of disease associated with cadmium exposure, other conditions 
that may lead to elevated B2MU levels include high fevers from 
influenza, extensive physical exercise, renal disease unrelated to 
cadmium exposure, lymphomas, and AIDS (Iwao et al. 1980; Schardun and 
van Epps 1987). Elevated B2M levels observed in association with high 
fevers from influenza or from extensive physical exercise are transient, 
and will return to normal levels once the fever has abated or metabolic 
rates return to baseline values following exercise. The other conditions 
linked to elevated B2M levels can be diagnosed as part of a properly-
designed medical examination. Consequently, monitoring B2M, when 
accompanied by regular medical examinations and CDB and CDU 
determinations (as indicators of present and past cadmium exposure), may 
serve as a specific, early indicator of cadmium-induced kidney damage.

         4.4  Criteria for Medical Monitoring of Cadmium Workers

    Medical monitoring mandated by the final cadmium rule includes a 
combination of regular medical examinations and periodic monitoring of 3 
analytes: CDB, CDU and B2MU. As indicated above, CDB is monitored as an 
indicator of current cadmium exposure, while CDU serves as an indicator 
of the cadmium body burden; B2MU is assessed as an early marker of 
irreversible kidney damage and disease.
    The final cadmium rule defines a series of action levels that have 
been developed for each of the 3 analytes to be monitored. These action 
levels serve to guide the responsible physician through a decision-
making process. For each action level that is exceeded, a specific 
response is mandated. The sequence of action levels, and the attendant 
actions, are described in detail in the final cadmium rule.
    Other criteria used in the medical decision-making process relate to 
tests performed during the medical examination (including a 
determination of the ability of a worker to wear a respirator). These 
criteria, however, are not affected by the results of the analyte 
determinations addressed in the above paragraphs and, consequently, will 
not be considered further in these guidelines.

 4.5  Defining to Quality and Proficiency of the Analyte Determinations

    As noted above in Sections 2 and 3, the quality of a measurement 
should be defined along with its value to properly interpret the 
results. Generally, it is necessary to know the accuracy and the 
precision of a measurement before it can be properly evaluated. The 
precision of the data from a specific laboratory indicates the extent to 
which the repeated measurements of the same sample vary within that 
laboratory. The accuracy of the data provides an indication of the 
extent to which these results deviate from average results determined 
from many laboratories performing the same measurement (i.e., in the 
absence of an independent determination of the true value of a 
measurement). Note that terms are defined operationally relative to the 
manner in which they will be used in this protocol. Formal definitions 
for the terms in italics used in this section can be found in the list 
of definitions (Section 2).
    Another data quality criterion required to properly evaluate 
measurement results is the limit of detection of that measurement. For 
measurements to be useful, the range of

[[Page 217]]

the measurement which is of interest for biological monitoring purposes 
must lie entirely above the limit of detection defined for that 
measurement.
    The overall quality of a laboratory's results is termed the 
performance of that laboratory. The degree to which a laboratory 
satisfies a minimum performance level is referred to as the proficiency 
of the laboratory. A successful medical monitoring program, therefore, 
should include procedures developed for monitoring and recording 
laboratory performance; these procedures can be used to identify the 
most proficient laboratories.

  5.0  Overview of Medical Monitoring Tests for CDB, CDU, B2MU and CRTU

    To evaluate whether available methods for assessing CDB, CDU, B2MU 
and CRTU are adequate for determining the parameters defined by the 
proposed action levels, it is necessary to review procedures available 
for sample collection, preparation and analysis. A variety of techniques 
for these purposes have been used historically for the determination of 
cadmium in biological matrices (including CDB and CDU), and for the 
determination of specific proteins in biological matrices (including 
B2MU). However, only the most recent techniques are capable of 
satisfying the required accuracy, precision and sensitivity (i.e., limit 
of detection) for monitoring at the levels mandated in the final cadmium 
rule, while still facilitating automated analysis and rapid processing.

                  5.1  Measuring Cadmium in Blood (CDB)

    Analysis of biological samples for cadmium requires strict 
analytical discipline regarding collection and handling of samples. In 
addition to occupational settings, where cadmium contamination would be 
apparent, cadmium is a ubiquitous environmental contaminant, and much 
care should be exercised to ensure that samples are not contaminated 
during collection, preparation or analysis. Many common chemical 
reagents are contaminated with cadmium at concentrations that will 
interfere with cadmium analysis; because of the widespread use of 
cadmium compounds as colored pigments in plastics and coatings, the 
analyst should continually monitor each manufacturer's chemical reagents 
and collection containers to prevent contamination of samples.
    Guarding against cadmium contamination of biological samples is 
particularly important when analyzing blood samples because cadmium 
concentrations in blood samples from nonexposed populations are 
generally less than 2 g/l (2 ng/ml), while occupationally-
exposed workers can be at medical risk to cadmium toxicity if blood 
concentrations exceed 5 g/l (ACGIH 1991 and 1992). This narrow 
margin between exposed and unexposed samples requires that exceptional 
care be used in performing analytic determinations for biological 
monitoring for occupational cadmium exposure.
    Methods for quantifying cadmium in blood have improved over the last 
40 years primarily because of improvements in analytical 
instrumentation. Also, due to improvements in analytical techniques, 
there is less need to perform extensive multi-step sample preparations 
prior to analysis. Complex sample preparation was previously required to 
enhance method sensitivity (for cadmium), and to reduce interference by 
other metals or components of the sample.

   5.1.1  Analytical Techniques Used to Monitor Cadmium in Biological 
                                Matrices

      
      

 Table 3--Comparison of Analytical Procedures/Instrumentation for Determination of Cadmium in Biological Samples
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Limit of                                                                            
  Analytical procedure   detection [ng/    Specified biological          Reference                Comments      
                           (g or ml)]             matrix                                                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flame Atomic Absorption            1.0   Any matrix.............  Perkin-Elmer (1982)....  Not sensitive enough 
 Spectroscopy (FAAS).                                                                       for biomonitoring   
                                                                                            without extensive   
                                                                                            sample digestion,   
                                                                                            metal chelation and 
                                                                                            organic solvent     
                                                                                            extraction.         
Graphite Furnace Atomic            0.04  Urine..................  Pruszkowska et al.       Methods of choice for
 Absorption                                                        (1983).                  routine cadmium     
 Spectroscopy (GFAAS).                                                                      analysis.           
                                   0.20  Blood..................  Stoeppler and Brandt                          
                                                                   (1980).                                      
Inductively-Coupled                2.0   Any matrix.............  NIOSH (1984A)..........  Requires extensive   
 Argon-Plasma Atomic                                                                        sample preparation  
 Emission Spectroscopy                                                                      and concentration of
 (ICAP AES).                                                                                metal with chelating
                                                                                            resin. Advantage is 
                                                                                            simultaneous        
                                                                                            analyses for as many
                                                                                            as 10 metals from 1 
                                                                                            sample.             

[[Page 218]]

                                                                                                                
Neutron Activation                 1.5   In vivo (liver)........  Ellis et al. (1983)....  Only available in    
 Gamma Spectroscopy                                                                         vivo method for     
 (NA).                                                                                      direct determination
                                                                                            of cadmium body     
                                                                                            tissue burdens;     
                                                                                            expensive; absolute 
                                                                                            determination of    
                                                                                            cadmium in reference
                                                                                            materials.          
Isotope Dilution Mass             <1.0   Any matrix.............  Michiels and DeBievre    Suitable for absolute
 Spectroscopy (IDMS).                                              (1986).                  determination of    
                                                                                            cadmium in reference
                                                                                            materials;          
                                                                                            expensive.          
Differential Pulse                <1.0   Any matrix.............  Stoeppler and Brandt     Suitable for absolute
 Anodic Stripping                                                  (1980).                  determination of    
 Voltammetry (DPASV).                                                                       cadmium in reference
                                                                                            materials; efficient
                                                                                            method to check     
                                                                                            accuracy of         
                                                                                            analytical method.  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  
    A number of analytical techniques have been used for determining 
cadmium concentrations in biological materials. A summary of the 
characteristics of the most widely employed techniques is presented in 
Table 3. The technique most suitable for medical monitoring for cadmium 
is atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS).
    To obtain a measurement using AAS, a light source (i.e., hollow 
cathode or lectrode-free discharge lamp) containing the element of 
interest as the cathode, is energized and the lamp emits a spectrum that 
is unique for that element. This light source is focused through a 
sample cell, and a selected wavelength is monitored by a monochrometer 
and photodetector cell. Any ground state atoms in the sample that match 
those of the lamp element and are in the path of the emitted light may 
absorb some of the light and decrease the amount of light that reaches 
the photodetector cell. The amount of light absorbed at each 
characteristic wavelength is proportional to the number of ground state 
atoms of the corresponding element that are in the pathway of the light 
between the source and detector.
    To determine the amount of a specific metallic element in a sample 
using AAS, the sample is dissolved in a solvent and aspirated into a 
high-temperature flame as an aerosol. At high temperatures, the solvent 
is rapidly evaporated or decomposed and the solute is initially 
solidified; the majority of the sample elements then are transformed 
into an atomic vapor. Next, a light beam is focused above the flame and 
the amount of metal in the sample can be determined by measuring the 
degree of absorbance of the atoms of the target element released by the 
flame at a characteristic wavelength.
    A more refined atomic absorption technique, flameless AAS, 
substitutes an electrothermal, graphite furnace for the flame. An 
aliquot (10-100 l) of the sample is pipetted into the cold 
furnace, which is then heated rapidly to generate an atomic vapor of the 
element.
    AAS is a sensitive and specific method for the elemental analysis of 
metals; its main drawback is nonspecific background absorbtion and 
scattering of the light beam by particles of the sample as it decomposes 
at high temperatures; nonspecific absorbance reduces the sensitivity of 
the analytical method. The problem of nonspecific absorbance and 
scattering can be reduced by extensive sample pretreatment, such as 
ashing and/or acid digestion of the sample to reduce its organic 
content.
    Current AAS instruments employ background correction devices to 
adjust electronically for background absorbtion and scattering. A common 
method to correct for background effects is to use a deuterium arc lamp 
as a second light source. A continuum light source, such as the 
deuterium lamp, emits a broad spectrum of wavelengths instead of 
specific wavelengths characteristic of a particular element, as with the 
hollow cathode tube. With this system, light from the primary source and 
the continuum source are passed alternately through the sample cell. The 
target element effectively absorbs light only from the primary source 
(which is much brighter than the continuum source at the characteristic 
wavelengths), while the background matrix absorbs and scatters light 
from both sources equally. Therefore, when the ratio of the two beams is 
measured electronically, the effect of nonspecific background absorption 
and scattering is eliminated. A less common, but more sophisticated, 
backgrond correction system is based on the Zeeman effect, which uses a 
magnetically-activated light polarizer to compensate electronically for 
nonspecific absorbtion and scattering.
    Atomic emission spectroscopy with inductively-coupled argon plasma 
(AES-ICAP) is widely used to analyze for metals. With this instrument, 
the sample is aspirated into an

[[Page 219]]

extremely hot argon plasma flame, which excites the metal atoms; 
emission spectra specific for the sample element then are generated. The 
quanta of emitted light passing through a monochrometer are amplified by 
photomultiplier tubes and measured by a photodetector to determine the 
amount of metal in the sample. An advantage of AES-ICAP over AAS is that 
multi-elemental analyses of a sample can be performed by simultaneously 
measuring specific elemental emission energies. However, AES-ICAP lacks 
the sensitivity of AAS, exhibiting a limit of detection which is higher 
than the limit of detection for graphite-furnace AAS (Table 3).
    Neutron activation (NA) analysis and isotope dilution mass 
spectrometry (IDMS) are 2 additional, but highly specialized, methods 
that have been used for cadmium determinations. These methods are 
expensive because they require elaborate and sophisticated 
instrumentation.
    NA analysis has the distinct advantage over other analytical methods 
of being able to determine cadmium body burdens in specific organs 
(e.g., liver, kidney) in vivo (Ellis et al. 1983). Neutron bombardment 
of the target transforms cadmium-113 to cadmium-114, which promptly 
decays (<10-14 sec) to its ground state, emitting gamma rays 
that are measured using large gamma detectors; appropriate shielding and 
instrumentation are required when using this method.
    IDMS analysis, a definitive but laborious method, is based on the 
change in the ratio of 2 isotopes of cadmium (cadmium 111 and 112) that 
occurs when a known amount of the element (with an artificially altered 
ratio of the same isotopes [i.e., a cadmium 111 ``spike''] is added to a 
weighed aliquot of the sample (Michiels and De Bievre 1986).

             5.1.2  Methods Developed for CDB Determinations

    A variety of methods have been used for preparing and analyzing CDB 
samples; most of these methods rely on one of the analytical techniques 
described above. Among the earliest reports, Princi (1947) and Smith et 
al. (1955) employed a colorimetric procedure to analyze for CDB and CDU. 
Samples were dried and digested through several cycles with concentrated 
mineral acids (HNO3 and H2SO4) and 
hydrogen peroxide (H2O2). The digest was 
neutralized, and the cadmium was complexed with diphenylthiocarbazone 
and extracted with chloroform. The dithizone-cadmium complex then was 
quantified using a spectrometer.
    Colorimetric procedures for cadmium analyses were replaced by 
methods based on atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) in the early 
1960s, but many of the complex sample preparation procedures were 
retained. Kjellstrom (1979) reports that in Japanese, American and 
Swedish laboratories during the early 1970s, blood samples were wet 
ashed with mineral acids or ashed at high temperature and wetted with 
nitric acid. The cadmium in the digest was complexed with metal 
chelators including diethyl dithiocarbamate (DDTC), ammonium pyrrolidine 
dithiocarbamate (APDC) or diphenylthiocarbazone (dithizone) in ammonia-
citrate buffer and extracted with methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK). The 
resulting solution then was analyzed by flame AAS or graphite-furnace 
AAS forcadmium determinations using deuterium-lamp background 
correction.
    In the late 1970s, researchers began developing simpler preparation 
procedures. Roels et al. (1978) and Roberts and Clark (1986) developed 
simplified digestion procedures. Using the Roberts and Clark method, a 
0.5 ml aliquot of blood is collected and transferred to a digestion tube 
containing 1 ml concentrated HNO3. The blood is then digested 
at 110  deg.C for 4 hours. The sample is reduced in volume by continued 
heating, and 0.5 ml 30% H2O2 is added as the 
sample dries. The residue is dissolved in 5 ml dilute (1%) 
HNO3, and 20 l of sample is then analyzed by 
graphite-furnace AAS with deuterium-background correction.
    The current trend in the preparation of blood samples is to dilute 
the sample and add matrix modifiers to reduce background interference, 
rather than digesting the sample to reduce organic content. The method 
of Stoeppler and Brandt (1980), and the abbreviated procedure published 
in the American Public Health Association's (APHA) Methods for 
Biological Monitoring (1988), are straightforward and are nearly 
identical. For the APHA method, a small aliquot (50-300 l) of 
whole blood that has been stabilized with ethylenediaminetetraacetate 
(EDTA) is added to 1.0 ml 1MHNO3, vigorously shaken and 
centrifuged. Aliquots (10-25 l) of the supernatant then are 
then analyzed by graphite-furnace AAS with appropriate background 
correction.
    Using the method of Stoeppler and Brandt (1980), aliquots (50-200 
l) of whole blood that have been stabilized with EDTA are 
pipetted into clean polystyrene tubes and mixed with 150-600 l 
of 1 M HNO3. After vigorous shaking, the solution is 
centrifuged and a 10-25 l aliquot of the supernatant then is 
analyzed by graphite-furnace AAS with appropriate background correction.
    Claeys-Thoreau (1982) and DeBenzo et al. (1990) diluted blood 
samples at a ratio of 1:10 with a matrix modifier (0.2% Triton X-100, a 
wetting agent) for direct determinations of CDB. DeBenzo et al. also 
demonstrated that aqueous standards of cadmium, instead of spiked, 
whole-blood samples, could be used to establish calibration curves if 
standards and samples are treated with additional small volumes of 
matrix modifiers (i.e., 1% HNO3, 0.2% ammonium 
hydrogenphosphate and 1 mg/ml magnesium salts).

[[Page 220]]

    These direct dilution procedures for CDB analysis are simple and 
rapid. Laboratories can process more than 100 samples a day using a 
dedicated graphite-furnace AAS, an auto-sampler, and either a Zeeman- or 
a deuterium-background correction system. Several authors emphasize 
using optimum settings for graphite-furnace temperatures during the 
drying, charring, and atomization processes associated with the 
flameless AAS method, and the need to run frequent QC samples when 
performing automated analysis.

                  5.1.3  Sample Collection and Handling

    Sample collection procedures are addressed primarily to identify 
ways to minimize the degree of variability that may be introduced by 
sample collection during medical monitoring. It is unclear at this point 
the extent to which collection procedures contribute to variability 
among CDB samples. Sources of variation that may result from sampling 
procedures include time-of-day effects and introduction of external 
contamination during the collection process. To minimize these sources, 
strict adherence to a sample collection protocol is recommended. Such a 
protocol must include provisions for thorough cleaning of the site from 
which blood will be extracted; also, every effort should be made to 
collect samples near the same time of day. It is also important to 
recognize that under the recent OSHA blood-borne pathogens standard (29 
CFR 1910.1030), blood samples and certain body fluids must be handled 
and treated as if they are infectious.

                   5.1.4  Best Achievable Performance

    The best achievable performance using a particular method for CDB 
determinations is assumed to be equivalent to the performance reported 
by research laboratories in which the method was developed.
    For their method, Roberts and Clark (1986) demonstrated a limit of 
detection of 0.4 g Cd/l in whole blood, with a linear response 
curve from 0.4 to 16.0 g Cd/l. They report a coefficient of 
variation (CV) of 6.7% at 8.0 g/l.
    The APHA (1988) reports a range of 1.0-25 g/l, with a CV of 
7.3% (concentration not stated). Insufficient documentation was 
available to critique this method.
    Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) achieved a detection limit of 0.2 
g Cd/l whole blood, with a linear range of 0.4-12.0 g 
Cd/l, and a CV of 15-30%, for samples at <1.0 g/l. Improved 
precision (CV of 3.8%) was reported for CDB concentrations at 9.3 
g/l.

                    5.1.5  General Method Performance

    For any particular method, the performance expected from commercial 
laboratories may be somewhat lower than that reported by the research 
laboratory in which the method was developed. With participation in 
appropriate proficiency programs and use of a proper in-house QA/QC 
program incorporating provisions for regular corrective actions, the 
performance of commercial laboratories is expected to approach that 
reported by research laboratories. Also, the results reported for 
existing proficiency programs serve as a gauge of the likely level of 
performance that currently can be expected from commercial laboratories 
offering these analyses.
    Weber (1988) reports on the results of the proficiency program run 
by the Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec (CTQ). As indicated previously, 
participants in that program receive 18 blood samples per year having 
cadmium concentrations ranging from 0.2-20 g/l. Currently, 76 
laboratories are participating in this program. The program is 
established for several analytes in addition to cadmium, and not all of 
these laboratories participate in the cadmium proficiency-testing 
program.
    Under the CTQ program, cadmium results from individual laboratories 
are compared against the consensus mean derived for each sample. Results 
indicate that after receiving 60 samples (i.e., after participation for 
approximately three years), 60% of the laboratories in the program are 
able to report results that fall within 1 g/l or 
15% of the mean, whichever is greater. (For this procedure, the 15% 
criterion was applied to concentrations exceeding 7 g/l.) On 
any single sample of the last 20 samples, the percentage of laboratories 
falling within the specified range is between 55 and 80%.
    The CTQ also evaluates the performance of participating laboratories 
against a less severe standard: 2 g/l or 15% of the 
mean, whichever is greater (Weber 1988); 90% of participating 
laboratories are able to satisfy this standard after approximately 3 
years in the program. (The 15% criterion is used for concentrations in 
excess of 13 g/l.) On any single sample of the last 15 samples, 
the percentage of laboratories falling within the specified range is 
between 80 and 95% (except for a single test for which only 60% of the 
laboratories achieved the desired performance).
    Based on the data presented in Weber (1988), the CV for analysis of 
CDB is nearly constant at 20% for cadmium concentrations exceeding 5 
g/l, and increases for cadmium concentrations below 5 
g/l. At 2 g/l, the reported CV rises to approximately 
40%. At 1 g/l, the reported CV is approximately 60%.
    Participating laboratories also tend to overestimate concentrations 
for samples exhibiting concentrations less than 2 g/l (see 
Figure 11 of Weber 1988). This problem is due in part to the proficiency 
evaluation criterion that allows reporting a minimum 2.0 
g/l for evaluated CDB samples. There is currently little 
economic or regulatory incentive for laboratories participating in the

[[Page 221]]

CTQ program to achieve greater accuracy for CDB samples containing 
cadmium at concentrations less than 2.0 g/l, even if the 
laboratory has the experience and competency to distinguish among lower 
concentrations in the samples obtained from the CTQ.
    The collective experience of international agencies and 
investigators demonstrate the need for a vigorous QC program to ensure 
that CDB values reported by participating laboratories are indeed 
reasonably accurate. As Friberg (1988) stated:

``Information about the quality of published data has often been 
lacking. This is of concern as assessment of metals in trace 
concentrations in biological media are fraught with difficulties from 
the collection, handling, and storage of samples to the chemical 
analyses. This has been proven over and over again from the results of 
interlaboratory testing and quality control exercises. Large variations 
in results were reported even from `experienced' laboratories.''

    The UNEP/WHO global study of cadmium biological monitoring set a 
limit for CDB accuracy using the maximum allowable deviation method at 
Y=X(0.1X+1) for a targeted concentration of 10 g 
Cd/l (Friberg and Vahter 1983). The performance of participating 
laboratories over a concentration range of 1.5-12 g/l was 
reported by Lind et al. (1987). Of the 3 QC runs conducted during 1982 
and 1983, 1 or 2 of the 6 laboratories failed each run. For the years 
1983 and 1985, between zero and 2 laboratories failed each of the 
consecutive QC runs.
    In another study (Vahter and Friberg 1988), QC samples consisting of 
both external (unknown) and internal (stated) concentrations were 
distributed to laboratories participating in the epidemiology research. 
In this study, the maximum acceptable deviation between the regression 
analysis of reported results and reference values was set at 
Y=X(0.05X+0.2) for a concentration range of 0.3-5.0 
g Cd/l. It is reported that only 2 of 5 laboratories had 
acceptable data after the first QC set, and only 1 of 5 laboratories had 
acceptable data after the second QC set. By the fourth QC set, however, 
all 5 laboratories were judged proficient.
    The need for high quality CDB monitoring is apparent when the 
toxicological and biological characteristics of this metal are 
considered; an increase in CDB from 2 to 4 g/l could cause a 
doubling of the cadmium accumulation in the kidney, a critical target 
tissue for selective cadmium accumulation (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988).
    Historically, the CDC's internal QC program for CDB cadmium 
monitoring program has found achievable accuracy to be 10% 
of the true value at CDB concentrations 5.0 g/l 
(Paschal 1990). Data on the performance of laboratories participating in 
this program currently are not available.

                   5.1.6  Observed CDB Concentrations

    As stated in Section 4.3, CDB concentrations are representative of 
ongoing levels of exposure to cadmium. Among those who have been exposed 
chronically to cadmium for extended periods, however, CDB may contain a 
component attributable to the general cadmium body burden.

           5.1.6.1  CDB Concentrations Among Unexposed Samples

    Numerous studies have been conducted examining CDB concentrations in 
the general population, and in control groups used for comparison with 
cadmium-exposed workers. A number of reports have been published that 
present erroneously high values of CDB (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). 
This problem was due to contamination of samples during sampling and 
analysis, and to errors in analysis. Early AAS methods were not 
sufficiently sensitive to accurately estimate CDB concentrations.
    Table 4 presents results of recent studies reporting CDB levels for 
the general U.S. population not exposed occupationally to cadmium. Other 
surveys of tissue cadmium using U.S. samples and conducted as part of a 
cooperative effort among Japan, Sweden and the U.S., did not collect CDB 
data because standard analytical methodologies were unavailable, and 
because of analytic problems (Kjellstrom 1979; SWRI 1978).

[[Page 222]]



                                                Table 4--Blood Cadmium Concentrations of U.S. Population Not Occupationally Exposed to Cadmium a                                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           Absolute                          Lower 95th      Upper 95th                         
           Study No.              No. in       Sex          Age         Smoking       Arithmetic mean      range or      Geometric mean     percentile of   percentile of        Reference      
                                 study (n)                              habits b   (S.D.) c   (95% CI) d  (GSD) e  distribution f  distribution f                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.............................          80  M         4 to 69.......  NS,S                    1.13         0.35-3.3   0.981.7           0.4             2.4    Kowal et al. (1979). 
                                                                                                                                    1                                                           
                                        88  F         4 to 69.......  NS,S                    1.03         0.21-3.3   0.911.6           0.4             2.0                         
                                                                                                                                    3                                                           
                                       115  M/F       4 to 69.......  NS                      0.95         0.21-3.3   0.851.5           0.4             1.8                         
                                                                                                                                    9                                                           
                                        31  M/F       4 to 69.......  S                       1.54          0.4-3.3   1.371.6           0.6             3.2                         
                                                                                                                                    5                                                           
2.............................          10  M         Adults........  (?)          2.02.1      (0.5-5.0)                               g (0)         g (5.8)   Ellis et al. (1983). 
3.............................          24  M         Adults........  NS                                              0.61/87           0.2             1.8    Frieberg and Vahter  
                                                                                                                                                                            (1983).             
                                        20  M         Adults........  S                                               1.22.13           0.3             4.4                         
                                        64  F         Adults........  NS                                              0.51.85           0.2             1.4                         
                                        39  F         Adults........  S                                               0.82.22           0.2             3.1                         
4.............................          32  M         Adults........  S,NS                                            1.22.0            0.4             3.9    Thun et al. (1989).  
5.............................          35  M         Adults........  (?)          2.12.1      (0.5-7.3)                               g (0)         g (5.6)   Mueller et al.       
                                                                                                                                                                            (1989).             
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Concentrations reported in g Cd/l blood unless otherwise stated.                                                                                                                     
b NS--never smoked; S--current cigarette smoker.                                                                                                                                                
c S.D.--Arithmetic Standard Deviation.                                                                                                                                                          
d C.I.--Confidence interval.                                                                                                                                                                    
e GSD--Geometric Standard Deviation.                                                                                                                                                            
f Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.                                                                                                                                                   
g Based on an assumed normal distribution.                                                                                                                                                      



[[Page 223]]

    Arithmetic and/or geometric means and standard deviations are 
provided in Table 4 for measurements among the populations defined in 
each study listed. The range of reported measurements and/or the 95% 
upper and lower confidence intervals for the means are presented when 
this information was reported in a study. For studies reporting either 
an arithmetic or geometric standard deviation along with a mean, the 
lower and upper 95th percentile for the distribution also were derived 
and reported in the table.
    The data provided in table 4 from Kowal et al. (1979) are from 
studies conducted between 1974 and 1976 evaluating CDB levels for the 
general population in Chicago, and are considered to be representative 
of the U.S. population. These studies indicate that the average CDB 
concentration among those not occupationally exposed to cadmium is 
approximately 1 g/l.
    In several other studies presented in Table 4, measurements are 
reported separately for males and females, and for smokers and 
nonsmokers. The data in this table indicate that similar CDB levels are 
observed among males and females in the general population, but that 
smokers tend to exhibit higher CDB levels than nonsmokers. Based on the 
Kowal et al. (1979) study, smokers not occupationally exposed to cadmium 
exhibit an average CDB level of 1.4 g/l.
    In general, nonsmokers tend to exhibit levels ranging to 2 
g/l, while levels observed among smokers range to 5 g/
l. Based on the data presented in Table 4, 95% of those not 
occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit CDB levels less than 5 
g/l.

            5.1.6.2  CDB concentrations among exposed workers

    Table 5 is a summary of results from studies reporting CDB levels 
among workers exposed to cadmium in the work place. As in Table 4, 
arithmetic and/or geometric means and standard deviations are provided 
if reported in the listed studies. The absolute range, or the 95% 
confidence interval around the mean, of the data in each study are 
provided when reported. In addition, the lower and upper 95th percentile 
of the distribution are presented for each study i which a mean and 
corresponding standard deviation were reported. Table 5 also provides 
estimates of the duration, and level, of exposure to cadmium in the work 
place if these data were reported in the listed studies. The data 
presented in table 5 suggest that CDB levels are dose related. Sukuri et 
al. (1983) show that higher CDB levels are observed among workers 
experiencing higher work place exposure. This trend appears to be true 
of the studies listed in the table.
    CDB levels reported in table 5 are higher among those showing signs 
of cadmium-related kidney damage than those showing no such damage. 
Lauwerys et al. (1976) report CDB levels among workers with kidney 
lesions that generally are above the levels reported for workers without 
kidney lesions. Ellis et al. (1983) report a similar observation 
comparing workers with and without renal dysfunction, although they 
found more overlap between the 2 groups than Lauwerys et al.

[[Page 224]]



                                                              Table 5--Blood Cadmium in Workers Exposed to Cadmium in the Workplace                                                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                             Concentrations of Cadmium in blood a                               
                                                                                  Mean      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Work environment (worker    Number    Employment    concentration                          Absolute                Lower 95th   Upper 95th                             
     Study number         population monitored)     in study    in years     of cadmium in      Arithmetic mean     range or    Geometric   percentile   percentile                             
                                                                 (mean)     air (g/ (S.D.) b  (95% C.I.)     mean      of range e   of range e           Reference         
                                                                                  m 3)                                  c        (GSD)d       (  ) f       (  ) f                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1....................  Ni-Cd battery plant and Cd                     3-40    90                                                                          Lauwerys et al. 1976.      
                        production plant:                                                                                                                                                       
                         (Workers without kidney          96  ............  ...............  21.41.9   ..........  ..........         (18)         (25)                             
                        lesions).                                                                                                                                                               
                         (Workers with kidney             25  ............  ...............  38.83.8   ..........  ..........         (32)         (45)                             
                        lesions).                                                                                                                                                               
2....................  Ni-Cd battery plant:                                                                                                                          Adamsson et al. (1979).    
                       (Smokers)..................         7           (5)             10.1              22.7        7.3-67.2                                                                   
                       (Nonsmokers)...............         8           (9)              7.0               7.0        4.9-10.5                                                                   
3....................  Cadmium alloy plant:                                                                                                                          Sukuri et al. 1982.        
                         (High exposure group)....         7        (10.6)    [1,000-5 yrs;  20.87.1   ..........  ..........        (7.3)         (34)                             
                         (Low exposure group).....         9         (7.3)        40-5 yrs]  7.11.1    ..........  ..........        (5.1)        (9.1)                             
4....................  Retrospective study of             19         15-41                                                                              ...........  Roels et al. 1982.         
                        workers with renal                                                                                                                                                      
                        problems:                                                                                                                                                               
                         (Before removal).........  ........        (27.2)  ...............  39.93.7       11-179  ..........         (34)         (46)                             
                         (After removal)..........  ........        g(4.2)  ...............  14.15.6     5.7-27.4  ..........        (4.4)         (24)                             
5....................  Cadmium production plant:                                                                                                                     Ellis et al. 1983.         
                         (Workers without renal           33          1-34  ...............  155.7           7-31  ..........        (5.4)         (25)                             
                        dysfunction).                                                                                                                                                           
                         (Workers with renal              18         10-34  ...............  248.5          10-34  ..........        (9.3)         (39)                             
                        dysfunction).                                                                                                                                                           
6....................  Cd-Cu alloy plant..........        75      Up to 39  ...............  ....................  ..........  8.85.3     2.2-18.8  ..........        (1.3)         (19)  Mueller et al. 1989.       
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Concentrations reported in g Cd/l blood unless otherwise stated.                                                                                                                     
b S.D.--Standard Deviation.                                                                                                                                                                     
c C.I.--Confidence Interval.                                                                                                                                                                    
d GSD--Geometric Standard Deviation.                                                                                                                                                            
e Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.                                                                                                                                                   
f Based on an assumed normal distribution.                                                                                                                                                      
g Years following removal.                                                                                                                                                                      


[[Page 225]]

    The data in table 5 also indicate that CDB levels are higher among 
those experiencing current occupational exposure than those who have 
been removed from such exposure. Roels et al. (1982) indicate that CDB 
levels observed among workers experiencing ongoing exposure in the work 
place are almost entirely above levels observed among workers removed 
from such exposure. This finding suggests that CDB levels decrease once 
cadmium exposure has ceased.
    A comparison of the data presented in tables 4 and 5 indicates that 
CDB levels observed among cadmium-exposed workers is significantly 
higher than levels observed among the unexposed groups. With the 
exception of 2 studies presented in table 5 (1 of which includes former 
workers in the sample group tested), the lower 95th percentile for CDB 
levels among exposed workers are greater than 5 g/l, which is 
the value of the upper 95th percentile for CDB levels observed among 
those who are not occupationally exposed. Therefore, a CDB level of 5 
g/l represents a threshold above which significant work place 
exposure to cadmium may be occurring.

             5.1.7  Conclusions and Recommendations for CDB

    Based on the above evaluation, the following recommendations are 
made for a CDB proficiency program.

                       5.1.7.1  Recommended method

    The method of Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) should be adopted for 
analyzing CDB. This method was selected over other methods for its 
straightforward sample-preparation procedures, and because limitations 
of the method were described adequately. It also is the method used by a 
plurality of laboratories currently participating in the CTQ proficiency 
program. In a recent CTQ interlaboratory comparison report (CTQ 1991), 
analysis of the methods used by laboratories to measure CDB indicates 
that 46% (11 of 24) of the participating laboratories used the Stoeppler 
and Brandt methodology (HNO3 deproteinization of blood 
followed by analysis of the supernatant by GF-AAS). Other CDB methods 
employed by participating laboratories identified in the CTQ report 
include dilution of blood (29%), acid digestion (12%) and miscellaneous 
methods (12%).
    Laboratories may adopt alternate methods, but it is the 
responsibility of the laboratory to demonstrate that the alternate 
methods meet the data quality objectives defined for the Stoeppler and 
Brandt method (see Section 5.1.7.2 below).

                    5.1.7.2  Data quality objectives

    Based on the above evaluation, the following data quality objectives 
(DQOs) should facilitate interpretation of analytical results.
    Limit of Detection. 0.5 g/l should be achievable using the 
Stoeppler and Brandt method. Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a limit 
of detection equivalent to 0.2 g/l in whole blood 
using 25 l aliquots of deproteinized, diluted blood samples.
    Accuracy. Initially, some of the laboratories performing CDB 
measurements may be expected to satisfy criteria similar to the less 
severe criteria specified by the CTQ program, i.e., measurements within 
2 g/l or 15% (whichever is greater) of the target value. About 
60% of the laboratories enrolled in the CTQ program could meet this 
criterion on the first proficiency test (Weber 1988).
    Currently, approximately 12 laboratories in the CTQ program are 
achieving an accuracy for CDB analysis within the more severe 
constraints of 1 g/l or 15% (whichever is greater). 
Later, as laboratories gain experience, they should achieve the level of 
accuracy exhibited by these 12 laboratories. The experience in the CTQ 
program has shown that, even without incentives, laboratories benefit 
from the feedback of the program; after they have analyzed 40-50 control 
samples from the program, performance improves to the point where about 
60% of the laboratories can meet the stricter criterion of 1 
g/l or 15% (Weber 1988). Thus, this stricter target accuracy is 
a reasonable DQO.
    Precision. Although Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) suggest that a 
coefficient of variation (CV) near 1.3% (for a 10 g/l 
concentration) is achievable for within-run reproducibility, it is 
recognized that other factors affecting within- and between-run 
comparability will increase the achievable CV. Stoeppler and Brandt 
(1980) observed CVs that were as high as 30% for low concentrations (0.4 
g/l), and CVs of less than 5% for higher concentrations.
    For internal QC samples (see Section 3.3.1), laboratories should 
attain an overall precision near 25%. For CDB samples with 
concentrations less than 2 g/l, a target precision of 40% is 
reasonable, while precisions of 20% should be achievable for 
concentrations greater than 2 g/l. Although these values are 
more strict than values observed in the CTQ interlaboratory program 
reported by Webber (1988), they are within the achievable limits 
reported by Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).

               5.1.7.3  Quality assurance/quality control

    Commercial laboratories providing measurement of CDB should adopt an 
internal QA/QC program that incorporates the following components: 
Strict adherence to the selected method, including all calibration 
requirements; regular incorporation of QC samples during actual runs; a 
protocol for corrective actions, and documentation of these actions; 
and, participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program. Note that 
the nonmandatory QA/QC program presented

[[Page 226]]

in Attachment 1 is based on the Stoeppler and Brandt method for CDB 
analysis. Should an alternate method be adopted, the laboratory should 
develop a QA/QC program satisfying the provisions of Section 3.3.1.

                  5.2 Measuring Cadmium in Urine (CDU)

    As in the case of CDB measurement, proper determination of CDU 
requires strict analytical discipline regarding collection and handling 
of samples. Because cadmium is both ubiquitous in the environment and 
employed widely in coloring agents for industrial products that may be 
used during sample collection, preparation and analysis, care should be 
exercised to ensure that samples are not contaminated during the 
sampling procedure.
    Methods for CDU determination share many of the same features as 
those employed for the determination of CDB. Thus, changes and 
improvements to methods for measuring CDU over the past 40 years 
parallel those used to monitor CDB. The direction of development has 
largely been toward the simplification of sample preparation techniques 
made possible because of improvements in analytic techniques.

                     5.2.1  Units of CDU Measurement

    Procedures adopted for reporting CDU concentrations are not uniform. 
In fact, the situation for reporting CDU is more complicated than for 
CDB, where concentrations are normalized against a unit volume of whole 
blood.
    Concentrations of solutes in urine vary with several biological 
factors (including the time since last voiding and the volume of liquid 
consumed over the last few hours); as a result, solute concentrations 
should be normalized against another characteristic of urine that 
represents changes in solute concentrations. The 2 most common 
techniques are either to standardize solute concentrations against the 
concentration of creatinine, or to standardize solute concentrations 
against the specific gravity of the urine. Thus, CDU concentrations have 
been reported in the literature as ``uncorrected'' concentrations of 
cadmium per volume of urine (i.e., g Cd/l urine), ``corrected'' 
concentrations of cadmium per volume of urine at a standard specific 
gravity (i.e., g Cd/l urine at a specific gravity of 1.020), or 
``corrected'' mass concentration per unit mass of creatinine (i.e., 
g Cd/g creatinine). (CDU concentrations [whether uncorrected or 
corrected for specific gravity, or normalized to creatinine] 
occasionally are reported in nanomoles [i.e., nmoles] of cadmium per 
unit mass or volume. In this protocol, these values are converted to 
g of cadmium per unit mass or volume using 89 nmoles of 
cadmium=10 g.)
    While it is agreed generally that urine values of analytes should be 
normalized for reporting purposes, some debate exists over what 
correction method should be used. The medical community has long favored 
normalization based on creatinine concentration, a common urinary 
constituent. Creatinine is a normal product of tissue catabolism, is 
excreted at a uniform rate, and the total amount excreted per day is 
constant on a day-to-day basis (NIOSH 1984b). While this correction 
method is accepted widely in Europe, and within some occupational health 
circles, Kowals (1983) argues that the use of specific gravity (i.e., 
total solids per unit volume) is more straightforward and practical 
(than creatinine) in adjusting CDU values for populations that vary by 
age or gender.
    Kowals (1983) found that urinary creatinine (CRTU) is lower in 
females than males, and also varies with age. Creatinine excretion is 
highest in younger males (20-30 years old), decreases at middle age (50-
60 years), and may rise slightly in later years. Thus, cadmium 
concentrations may be underestimated for some workers with high CRTU 
levels.
    Within a single void urine collection, urine concentration of any 
analyte will be affected by recent consumption of large volumes of 
liquids, and by heavy physical labor in hot environments. The absolute 
amount of analyte excreted may be identical, but concentrations will 
vary widely so that urine must be corrected for specific gravity (i.e., 
to normalize concentrations to the quantity of total solute) using a 
fixed value (e.g., 1.020 or 1.024). However, since heavy-metal exposure 
may increase urinary protein excretion, there is a tendency to 
underestimate cadmium concentrations in samples with high specific 
gravities when specific-gravity corrections are applied.
    Despite some shortcomings, reporting solute concentrations as a 
function of creatinine concentration is accepted generally; OSHA 
therefore recommends that CDU levels be reported as the mass of cadmium 
per unit mass of creatinine (g/g CTRU).
    Reporting CDU as g/g CRTU requires an additional analytical 
process beyond the analysis of cadmium: Samples must be analyzed 
independently for creatinine so that results may be reported as the 
ratio of cadmium to creatinine concentrations found in the urine sample. 
Consequently, the overall quality of the analysis depends on the 
combined performance by a laboratory on these 2 determinations. The 
analysis used for CDU determinations is addressed below in terms of 
g Cd/l, with analysis of creatinine addressed separately. 
Techniques for assessing creatinine are discussed in Section 5.4.
    Techniques for deriving cadmium as a ratio of CRTU, and the 
confidence limits for

[[Page 227]]

independent measurements of cadmium and CRTU, are provided in Section 
3.3.3.

            5.2.2  Analytical Techniques Used to Monitor CDU

    Analytical techniques used for CDU determinations are similar to 
those employed for CDB determinations; these techniques are summarized 
in Table 3. As with CDB monitoring, the technique most suitable for CDU 
determinations is atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS). AAS methods used 
for CDU determinations typically employ a graphite furnace, with 
background correction made using either the deuterium-lamp or Zeeman 
techniques; Section 5.1.1 provides a detailed description of AAS 
methods.

             5.2.3  Methods Developed for CDU Determinations

    Princi (1947), Smith et al. (1955), Smith and Kench (1957), and 
Tsuchiya (1967) used colorimetric procedures similar to those described 
in the CDB section above to estimate CDU concentrations. In these 
methods, urine (50 ml) is reduced to dryness by heating in a sand bath 
and digested (wet ashed) with mineral acids. Cadmium then is complexed 
with dithiazone, extracted with chloroform and quantified by 
spectrophotometry. These early studies typically report reagent blank 
values equivalent to 0.3 g Cd/l, and CDU concentrations among 
nonexposed control groups at maximum levels of 10 g Cd/l-- 
erroneously high values when compared to more recent surveys of cadmium 
concentrations in the general population.
    By the mid-1970s, most analytical procedures for CDU analysis used 
either wet ashing (mineral acid) or high temperatures (>400 deg.C) to 
digest the organic matrix of urine, followed by cadmium chelation with 
APDC or DDTC solutions and extraction with MIBK. The resulting aliquots 
were analyzed by flame or graphite-furnace AAS (Kjellstrom 1979).
    Improvements in control over temperature parameters with 
electrothermal heating devices used in conjunction with flameless AAS 
techniques, and optimization of temperature programs for controlling the 
drying, charring, and atomization processes in sample analyses, led to 
improved analytical detection of diluted urine samples without the need 
for sample digestion or ashing. Roels et al. (1978) successfully used a 
simple sample preparation, dilution of 1.0 ml aliquots of urine with 0.1 
N HNO3, to achieve accurate low-level determinations of CDU.
    In the method described by Pruszkowska et al. (1983), which has 
become the preferred method for CDU analysis, urine samples were diluted 
at a ratio of 1:5 with water; diammonium hydrogenphosphate in dilute 
HNO3 was used as a matrix modifier. The matrix modifier 
allows for a higher charring temperature without loss of cadmium through 
volatilization during preatomization. This procedure also employs a 
stabilized temperature platform in a graphite furnace, while nonspecific 
background absorbtion is corrected using the Zeeman technique. This 
method allows for an absolute detection limit of approximately 0.04 
g Cd/l urine.

                  5.2.4  Sample Collection and Handling

    Sample collection procedures for CDU may contribute to variability 
observed among CDU measurements. Sources of variation attendant to 
sampling include time-of-day, the interval since ingestion of liquids, 
and the introduction of external contamination during the collection 
process. Therefore, to minimize contributions from these variables, 
strict adherence to a sample-collection protocol is recommended. This 
protocol should include provisions for normalizing the conditions under 
which urine is collected. Every effort also should be made to collect 
samples during the same time of day.
    Collection of urine samples from an industrial work force for 
biological monitoring purposes usually is performed using ``spot'' 
(i.e., single-void) urine with the pH of the sample determined 
immediately. Logistic and sample-integrity problems arise when efforts 
are made to collect urine over long periods (e.g., 24 hrs). Unless 
single-void urines are used, there are numerous opportunities for 
measurement error because of poor control over sample collection, 
storage and environmental contamination.
    To minimize the interval during which sample urine resides in the 
bladder, the following adaption to the ``spot'' collection procedure is 
recommended: The bladder should first be emptied, and then a large glass 
of water should be consumed; the sample may be collected within an hour 
after the water is consumed.

                   5.2.5  Best Achievable Performance

    Performance using a particular method for CDU determinations is 
assumed to be equivalent to the performance reported by the research 
laboratories in which the method was developed. Pruszkowska et al. 
(1983) report a detection limit of 0.04 g/l CDU, with a CV of 
<4% between 0-5 g/l. The CDC reports a minimum CDU detection 
limit of 0.07 g/l using a modified method based on Pruszkowska 
et al. (1983). No CV is stated in this protocol; the protocol contains 
only rejection criteria for internal QC parameters used during accuracy 
determinations with known standards (Attachment 8 of exhibit 106 of OSHA 
docket H057A). Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a CDU detection limit 
of 0.2 /l for their methodology.

[[Page 228]]

                    5.2.6  General Method Performance

    For any particular method, the expected initial performance from 
commercial laboratories may be somewhat lower than that reported by the 
research laboratory in which the method was developed. With 
participation in appropriate proficiency programs, and use of a proper 
in-house QA/QC program incorporating provisions for regular corrective 
actions, the performance of commercial laboratories may be expected to 
improve and approach that reported by a research laboratories. The 
results reported for existing proficiency programs serve to specify the 
initial level of performance that likely can be expected from commercial 
laboratories offering analysis using a particular method.
    Weber (1988) reports on the results of the CTQ proficiency program, 
which includes CDU results for laboratories participating in the 
program. Results indicate that after receiving 60 samples (i.e., after 
participating in the program for approximately 3 years), approximately 
80% of the participating laboratories report CDU results ranging between 
2 g/l or 15% of the consensus mean, whichever is 
greater. On any single sample of the last 15 samples, the proportion of 
laboratories falling within the specified range is between 75 and 95%, 
except for a single test for which only 60% of the laboratories reported 
acceptable results. For each of the last 15 samples, approximately 60% 
of the laboratories reported results within 1 g or 
15% of the mean, whichever is greater. The range of concentrations 
included in this set of samples was not reported.
    Another report from the CTQ (1991) summarizes preliminary CDU 
results from their 1991 interlaboratory program. According to the 
report, for 3 CDU samples with values of 9.0, 16.8, 31.5 g/l, 
acceptable results (target of 2 g/l or 15 % of the 
consensus mean, whichever is greater) were achieved by only 44-52% of 
the 34 laboratories participating in the CDU program. The overall CVs 
for these 3 CDU samples among the 34 participating laboratories were 
31%, 25%, and 49%, respectively. The reason for this poor performance 
has not been determined.
    A more recent report from the CTQ (Weber, private communication) 
indicates that 36% of the laboratories in the program have been able to 
achieve the target of 1 g/l or 15% for more than 
75% of the samples analyzed over the last 5 years, while 45% of 
participating laboratories achieved a target of 2 
g/l or 15% for more than 75% of the samples analyzed over the 
same period.
    Note that results reported in the interlaboratory programs are in 
terms of g Cd/l of urine, unadjusted for creatinine. The 
performance indicated, therefore, is a measure of the performance of the 
cadmium portion of the analyses, and does not include variation that may 
be introduced during the analysis of CRTU.

                   5.2.7  Observed CDU Concentrations

    Prior to the onset of renal dysfunction, CDU concentrations provide 
a general indication of the exposure history (i.e., body burden) (see 
Section 4.3). Once renal dysfunction occurs, CDU levels appear to 
increase and are no longer indicative solely of cadmium body burden 
(Friberg and Elinder 1988).

  5.2.7.1  Range of CDU concentrations observed among unexposed samples

    Surveys of CDU concentrations in the general population were first 
reported from cooperative studies among industrial countries (i.e., 
Japan, U.S. and Sweden) conducted in the mid-1970s. In summarizing these 
data, Kjellstrom (1979) reported that CDU concentrations among Dallas, 
Texas men (age range: <9-59 years; smokers and nonsmokers) varied from 
0.11-1.12 g/l (uncorrected for creatinine or specific gravity). 
These CDU concentrations are intermediate between population values 
found in Sweden (range: 0.11-0.80 g/l) and Japan (range: 0.14-
2.32 g/l).
    Kowal and Zirkes (1983) reported CDU concentrations for almost 1,000 
samples collected during 1978-79 from the general U.S. adult population 
(i.e., nine states; both genders; ages 20-74 years). They report that 
CDU concentrations are lognormally distributed; low levels predominated, 
but a small proportion of the population exhibited high levels. These 
investigators transformed the CDU concentrations values, and reported 
the same data 3 different ways: g/l urine (unadjusted), 
g/l (specific gravity adjusted to 1.020), and g/g 
CRTU. These data are summarized in Tables 6 and 7.
    Based on further statistical examination of these data, including 
the lifestyle characteristics of this group, Kowal (1988) suggested 
increased cadmium absorption (i.e., body burden) was correlated with low 
dietary intakes of calcium and iron, as well as cigarette smoking.
    CDU levels presented in Table 6 are adjusted for age and gender. 
Results suggest that CDU levels may be slightly different among men and 
women (i.e., higher among men when values are unadjusted, but lower 
among men when the values are adjusted, for specific gravity or CRTU). 
Mean differences among men and women are small compared to the standard 
deviations, and therefore may not be significant. Levels of CDU also 
appear to increase with age. The data in Table 6 suggest as well that 
reporting CDU levels adjusted for specific gravity or as a function of 
CRTU results in reduced variability.

[[Page 229]]



 Table 6--Urine Cadmium Concentrations in the U.S. Adult Population: Normal and Concentration-Adjusted Values by
                                                  Age and Sex 1                                                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Geometric means (and geometric standard   
                                                                                    deviations)                 
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                                                                   SG-adjusted 2     Creatine-  
                                                                    Unadjusted     g/l      adjusted   
                                                                  (g/l)     at 1.020)    (g/g)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sex:                                                                                                            
    Male (n=484)................................................      0.55 (2.9)      0.73 (2.6)      0.55 (2.7)
    Female (n=498)..............................................      0.49 (3.0)      0.86 (2.7)      0.78 (2.7)
Age:                                                                                                            
    20-29 (n=222)...............................................      0.32 (3.0)      0.43 (2.7)      0.32 (2.7)
    30-39 (n=141)...............................................      0.46 (3.2)      0.70 (2.8)      0.54 (2.7)
    40-49 (n=142)...............................................      0.50 (3.0)      0.81 (2.6)      0.70 (2.7)
    50-59 (n=117)...............................................      0.61 (2.9)      0.99 (2.4)      0.90 (2.3)
    60-69 (n=272)...............................................      0.76 (2.6)      1.16 (2.3)     1.03 (2.3) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 From Kowal and Zirkes 1983.                                                                                   
2 SC-adjusted is adjusted for specific gravity.                                                                 


Table 7--Urine Cadmium Concentrations in the U.S. Adult Population: Cumulative Frequency Distribution of Urinary
                                                Cadmium (N=982)1                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    SG-adjusted      Creatine-  
                                                                    Unadjusted     (g/l     adjusted   
                     Range of concentrations                      (g/l)     at 1.020)    (g/g)
                                                                      percent         percent         percent   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<0.5............................................................            43.9            28.0            35.8
 0.6-1.0........................................................            71.7            56.4            65.6
 1.1-1.5........................................................            84.4            74.9            81.4
 1.6-2.0........................................................            91.3            84.7            88.9
 2.1-3.0........................................................            97.3            94.4            95.8
 3.1-4.0........................................................            98.8            97.4            97.2
 4.1-5.0........................................................            99.4            98.2            97.9
 5.1-10.0.......................................................            99.6            99.4            99.3
 10.0-20.0......................................................            99.8            99.6           99.6 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Source: Kowal and Zirkes (1983).                                                                              

  
    The data in the Table 6 indicate the geometric mean of CDU levels 
observed among the general population is 0.52 /g Cd/l urine 
(unadjusted), with a geometric standard deviation of 3.0. Normalized for 
creatinine, the geometric mean for the population is 0.66 /g 
CRTU, with a geometric standard deviation of 2.7. Table 7 provides the 
distributions of CDU concentrations for the general population studied 
by Kowal and Zirkes. The data in this table indicate that 95% of the CDU 
levels observed among those not occupationally exposed to cadmium are 
below 3 /g CRTU.

   5.2.7.2  Range of CDU concentrations observed among exposed workers

    Table 8 is a summary of results from available studies of CDU 
concentrations observed among cadmium-exposed workers. In this table, 
arithmetic and/or geometric means and standard deviations are provided 
if reported in these studies. The absolute range for the data in each 
study, or the 95% confidence interval around the mean of each study, 
also are provided when reported. The lower and upper 95th percentile of 
the distribution are presented for each study in which a mean and 
corresponding standard deviation were reported. Table 8 also provides 
estimates of the years of exposure, and the levels of exposure, to 
cadmium in the work place if reported in these studies. Concentrations 
reported in this table are in /g CRTU, unless otherwise stated.

[[Page 230]]



                                                      Table 8--Urine Cadmium Concentrations in Workers Exposed to Cadmium in the Workplace                                                      
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                            Concentration of cadmium in Urine a                                 
                                                                                Mean      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Work environment (worker    Number    Employment    Concentration     Arithmetic    Absolute                Lower 95th   Upper 95th                                      
    Study number         population monitored)    in Study    in years     of cadmium in    mean (g/  minus> S.D.)  (95% C.I.)  mean (GSD)   of range e   of range e                Reference             
                                                                                m 3)             b             c           d         (  ) f       (  ) f                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...................  Ni-Cd battery plant and Cd  ........          3-40               90  .............  ..........  ..........  ...........  ...........  Lauwerys et al. 1976.               
                       production plant.                                                                                                                                                        
                        (Workers without kidney         96  ............  ...............  16.3..
                       lesions).                                                                  u16.7                                                                                         
                        (Workers with kidney            25  ............  ...............  48.2..
                       lesions).                                                                  u42.6                                                                                         
2...................  Ni-Cd battery plant.......  ........  ............  ...............  .............  ..........  ..........  ...........  ...........  Adamsson et al. (1979).             
                        (Smokers)...............         7           (5)             10.1           5.5     1.0-14.7  ..........  ...........  ...........  ....................................
                        (Nonsmokers)............         8           (9)              7.0           3.6      0.5-9.3  ..........  ...........  ...........  ....................................
3...................  Cadmium salts production         148        (15.4)  ...............          15.8        2-150  ..........  ...........  ...........  Butchet et al. 1980.                
                       facility.                                                                                                                                                                
4...................  Retrospective study of            19         15-41  ...............  .............  ..........  ..........  ...........  ...........  Roels et al. 1982.                  
                       workers with renal                                                                                                                                                       
                       problems.                                                                                                                                                                
                        (Before removal)........  ........        (27.2)  ...............  39.4..
                                                                                                  u28.1                                                                                         
                        (After removal).........  ........       (4.2) g  ...............  16.4..
                                                                                                   u9.0                                                                                         
5...................  Cadmium production plant..  ........  ............  ...............  .............  ..........  ..........  ...........  ...........  Ellis et al. 1983.                  
                        (Workers without renal          33          1-34  ...............  9.4..
                       dysfunction).                                                               s6.9                                                                                         
                        (Workers with renal             18         10-34  ...............  22.8..
                       dysfunction).                                                              u12.7                                                                                         
6...................  Cd-Cu alloy plant.........        75      Up to 39           Note h  6.9a Concentrations reported in g/g Cr.                                                                                                                                                   
b S.D.--Standard Deviation.                                                                                                                                                                     
c C.I.--Confidence Interval.                                                                                                                                                                    
d GSD--Geometric Standard Deviation.                                                                                                                                                            
e Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.                                                                                                                                                   
f Based on an assumed normal distribution.                                                                                                                                                      
g Years following removal.                                                                                                                                                                      
h Equivalent to 50 for 20-22 yrs                                                                                                                                                                


[[Page 231]]

    Data in Table 8 from Lauwerys et al. (1976) and Ellis et al. (1983) 
indicate that CDU concentrations are higher among those exhibiting 
kidney lesions or dysfunction than among those lacking these symptoms. 
Data from the study by Roels et al. (1982) indicate that CDU levels 
decrease among workers removed from occupational exposure to cadmium in 
comparison to workers experiencing ongoing exposure. In both cases, 
however, the distinction between the 2 groups is not as clear as with 
CDB; there is more overlap in CDU levels observed among each of the 
paired populations than is true for corresponding CDB levels. As with 
CDB levels, the data in Table 8 suggest increased CDU concentrations 
among workers who experienced increased overall exposure.
    Although a few occupationally-exposed workers in the studies 
presented in Table 8 exhibit CDU levels below 3 g/g CRTU, most 
of those workers exposed to cadmium levels in excess of the PEL defined 
in the final cadmium rule exhibit CDU levels above 3 g/g CRTU; 
this level represents the upper 95th percentile of the CDU distribution 
observed among those who are not occupationally exposed to cadmium 
(Table 7).
    The mean CDU levels reported in Table 8 among occupationally-exposed 
groups studied (except 2) exceed 3 g/g CRTU. Correspondingly, 
the level of exposure reported in these studies (with 1 exception) are 
significantly higher than what workers will experience under the final 
cadmium rule. The 2 exceptions are from the studies by Mueller et al. 
(1989) and Kawada et al. (1990); these studies indicate that workers 
exposed to cadmium during pigment manufacture do not exhibit CDU levels 
as high as those levels observed among workers exposed to cadmium in 
other occupations. Exposure levels, however, were lower in the pigment 
manufacturing plants studied. Significantly, workers removed from 
occupational cadmium exposure for an average of 4 years still exhibited 
CDU levels in excess of 3 g/g CRTU (Roels et al. 1982). In the 
single-exception study with a reported level of cadmium exposure lower 
than levels proposed in the final rule (i.e., the study of a pigment 
manufacturing plant by Kawada et al. 1990), most of the workers 
exhibited CDU levels less than 3 g/g CRTU (i.e., the mean value 
was only 1.3 g/g CRTU). CDU levels among workers with such 
limited cadmium exposure are expected to be significantly lower than 
levels of other studies reported in Table 8.
    Based on the above data, a CDU level of 3 g/g CRTU appear 
to represent a threshold above which significant work place exposure to 
cadmium occurs over the work span of those being monitored. Note that 
this threshold is not as distinct as the corresponding threshold 
described for CDB. In general, the variability associated with CDU 
measurements among exposed workers appears to be higher than the 
variability associated with CDB measurements among similar workers.

             5.2.8  Conclusions and Recommendations for CDU

    The above evaluation supports the following recommendations for a 
CDU proficiency program. These recommendations address only sampling and 
analysis procedures for CDU determinations specifically, which are to be 
reported as an unadjusted g Cd/l urine. Normalizing this result 
to creatinine requires a second analysis for CRTU so that the ratio of 
the 2 measurements can be obtained. Creatinine analysis is addressed in 
Section 5.4. Formal procedures for combining the 2 measurements to 
derive a value and a confidence limit for CDU in g/g CRTU are 
provided in Section 3.3.3.

                       5.2.8.1  Recommended method

    The method of Pruszkowska et al. (1983) should be adopted for CDU 
analysis. This method is recommended because it is simple, 
straightforward and reliable (i.e., small variations in experimental 
conditions do not affect the analytical results).
    A synopsis of the methods used by laboratories to determine CDU 
under the interlaboratory program administered by the CTQ (1991) 
indicates that more than 78% (24 of 31) of the participating 
laboratories use a dilution method to prepare urine samples for CDU 
analysis. Laboratories may adopt alternate methods, but it is the 
responsibility of the laboratory to demonstrate that the alternate 
methods provide results of comparable quality to the Pruszkowska method.

                    5.2.8.2  Data quality objectives

    The following data quality objectives should facilitate 
interpretation of analytical results, and are achievable based on the 
above evaluation.
    Limit of Detection. A level of 0.5 g/l (i.e., corresponding 
to a detection limit of 0.5 g/g CRTU, assuming 1 g CRT/l urine) 
should be achievable. Pruszkowska et al. (1983) achieved a limit of 
detection of 0.04 g/l for CDU based on the slope of the curve 
for their working standards (0.35 pg Cd/0.0044, A signal=1% absorbance 
using GF-AAS).
    The CDC reports a minimum detection limit for CDU of 0.07 
g/l using a modified Pruszkowska method. This limit of 
detection was defined as 3 times the standard deviation calculated from 
10 repeated measurements of a ``low level'' CDU test sample (Attachment 
8 of exhibit 106 of OSHA docket H057A).
    Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a limit of detection for CDU of 
0.2 g/l using an aqueous dilution (1:2) of the urine samples.
    Accuracy. A recent report from the CTQ (Weber, private 
communication) indicates that 36% of the laboratories in the program

[[Page 232]]

achieve the target of 1 g/l or 15% for more than 
75% of the samples analyzed over the last 5 years, while 45% of 
participating laboratories achieve a target of 2 g/
l or 15% for more than 75% of the samples analyzed over the same period. 
With time and a strong incentive for improvement, it is expected that 
the proportion of laboratories successfully achieving the stricter level 
of accuracy should increase. It should be noted, however, these indices 
of performance do not include variations resulting from the ancillary 
measurement of CRTU (which is recommended for the proper recording of 
results). The low cadmium levels expected to be measured indicate that 
the analysis of creatinine will contribute relatively little to the 
overall variability observed among creatinine-normalized CDU levels (see 
Section 5.4). The initial target value for reporting CDU under this 
program, therefore, is set at 1 g/g CRTU or 15% 
(whichever is greater).
    Precision. For internal QC samples (which are recommended as part of 
an internal QA/QC program, Section 3.3.1), laboratories should attain an 
overall precision of 25%. For CDB samples with concentrations less than 
2 g/l, a target precision of 40% is acceptable, while 
precisions of 20% should be achievable for CDU concentrations greater 
than 2 g/l. Although these values are more stringent than those 
observed in the CTQ interlaboratory program reported by Webber (1988), 
they are well within limits expected to be achievable for the method as 
reported by Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).

               5.2.8.3  Quality assurance/quality control

    Commercial laboratories providing CDU determinations should adopt an 
internal QA/QC program that incorporates the following components: 
Strict adherence to the selected method, including calibration 
requirements; regular incorporation of QC samples during actual runs; a 
protocol for corrective actions, and documentation of such actions; and, 
participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program. Note that the 
nonmandatory program presented in Attachment 1 as an example of an 
acceptable QA/QC program, is based on using the Pruszkowska method for 
CDU analysis. Should an alternate method be adopted by a laboratory, the 
laboratory should develop a QA/QC program equivalent to the nonmandatory 
program, and which satisfies the provisions of Section 3.3.1.

        5.3  Monitoring -2-Microglobulin in Urine (B2MU)

    As indicated in Section 4.3, B2MU appears to be the best of several 
small proteins that may be monitored as early indicators of cadmium-
induced renal damage. Several analytic techniques are available for 
measuring B2M.

                    5.3.1  Units of B2MU Measurement

    Procedures adopted for reporting B2MU levels are not uniform. In 
these guidelines, OSHA recommends that B2MU levels be reported as 
g/g CRTU, similar to reporting CDU concentrations. Reporting 
B2MU normalized to the concentration of CRTU requires an additional 
analytical process beyond the analysis of B2M: Independent analysis for 
creatinine so that results may be reported as a ratio of the B2M and 
creatinine concentrations found in the urine sample. Consequently, the 
overall quality of the analysis depends on the combined performance on 
these 2 analyses. The analysis used for B2MU determinations is described 
in terms of g B2M/l urine, with analysis of creatinine 
addressed separately. Techniques used to measure creatinine are provided 
in Section 5.4. Note that Section 3.3.3 provides techniques for deriving 
the value of B2M as function of CRTU, and the confidence limits for 
independent measurements of B2M and CRTU.

            5.3.2  Analytical Techniques Used to Monitor B2MU

    One of the earliest tests used to measure B2MU was the radial 
immunodiffusion technique. This technique is a simple and specific 
method for identification and quantitation of a number of proteins found 
in human serum and other body fluids when the protein is not readily 
differentiated by standard electrophoretic procedures. A quantitative 
relationship exists between the concentration of a protein deposited in 
a well that is cut into a thin agarose layer containing the 
corresponding monospecific antiserum, and the distance that the 
resultant complex diffuses. The wells are filled with an unknown serum 
and the standard (or control), and incubated in a moist environment at 
room temperature. After the optimal point of diffusion has been reached, 
the diameters of the resulting precipition rings are measured. The 
diameter of a ring is related to the concentration of the constituent 
substance. For B2MU determinations required in the medical monitoring 
program, this method requires a process that may be insufficient to 
concentrate the protein to levels that are required for detection.
    Radioimmunoassay (RIA) techniques are used widely in immunologic 
assays to measure the concentration of antigen or antibody in body-fluid 
samples. RIA procedures are based on competitive-binding techniques. If 
antigen concentration is being measured, the principle underlying the 
procedure is that radioactive-labeled antigen competes with the sample's 
unlabeled antigen for binding sites on a known amount of immobile 
antibody. When these 3 components are present in the system, an 
equilibrium exists. This equilibrium is followed by a separation of

[[Page 233]]

the free and bound forms of the antigen. Either free or bound 
radioactive-labeled antigen can be assessed to determine the amount of 
antigen in the sample. The analysis is performed by measuring the level 
of radiation emitted either by the bound complex following removal of 
the solution containing the free antigen, or by the isolated solution 
containing the residual-free antigen. The main advantage of the RIA 
method is the extreme sensitivity of detection for emitted radiation and 
the corresponding ability to detect trace amounts of antigen. 
Additionally, large numbers of tests can be performed rapidly.
    The enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) techniques are similar 
to RIA techniques except that nonradioactive labels are employed. This 
technique is safe, specific and rapid, and is nearly as sensitive as RIA 
techniques. An enzyme-labeled antigen is used in the immunologic assay; 
the labeled antigen detects the presence and quantity of unlabeled 
antigen in the sample. In a representative ELISA test, a plastic plate 
is coated with antibody (e.g., antibody to B2M). The antibody reacts 
with antigen (B2M) in the urine and forms an antigen-antibody complex on 
the plate. A second anti-B2M antibody (i.e., labeled with an enzyme) is 
added to the mixture and forms an antibody-antigen-antibody complex. 
Enzyme activity is measured spectrophotometrically after the addition of 
a specific chromogenic substrate which is activated by the bound enzyme. 
The results of a typical test are calculated by comparing the 
spectrophotometric reading of a serum sample to that of a control or 
reference serum. In general, these procedures are faster and require 
less laboratory work than other methods.
    In a fluorescent ELISA technique (such as the one employed in the 
Pharmacia Delphia test for B2M), the labeled enzyme is bound to a strong 
fluorescent dye. In the Pharmacia Delphia test, an antigen bound to a 
fluorescent dye competes with unlabeled antigen in the sample for a 
predetermined amount of specific, immobile antibody. Once equilibrium is 
reached, the immobile phase is removed from the labeled antigen in the 
sample solution and washed; an enhancement solution then is added that 
liberates the fluorescent dye from the bound antigen-antibody complex. 
The enhancement solution also contains a chelate that complexes with the 
fluorescent dye in solution; this complex increases the fluorescent 
properties of the dye so that it is easier to detect.
    To determine the quantity of B2M in a sample using the Pharmacia 
Delphia test, the intensity of the fluorescence of the enhancement 
solution is measured. This intensity is proportional to the 
concentration of labeled antigen that bound to the immobile antibody 
phase during the initial competition with unlabeled antigen from the 
sample. Consequently, the intensity of the fluorescence is an inverse 
function of the concentration of antigen (B2M) in the original sample. 
The relationship between the fluorescence level and the B2M 
concentration in the sample is determined using a series of graded 
standards, and extrapolating these standards to find the concentration 
of the unknown sample.

             5.3.3 Methods Developed for B2MU Determinations

    B2MU usually is measured by radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked 
immunosorbent assay (ELISA); however, other methods (including gel 
electrophoresis, radial immunodiffusion, and nephelometric assays) also 
have been described (Schardun and van Epps 1987). RIA and ELISA methods 
are preferred because they are sensitive at concentrations as low as 
micrograms per liter, require no concentration processes, are highly 
reliable and use only a small sample volume.
    Based on a survey of the literature, the ELISA technique is 
recommended for monitoring B2MU. While RIAs provide greater sensitivity 
(typically about 1 g/l, Evrin et al. 1971), they depend on the 
use of radioisotopes; use of radioisotopes requires adherence to rules 
and regulations established by the Atomic Energy Commission, and 
necessitates an expensive radioactivity counter for testing. 
Radioisotopes also have a relatively short half-life, which corresponds 
to a reduced shelf life, thereby increasing the cost and complexity of 
testing. In contrast, ELISA testing can be performed on routine 
laboratory spectrophotometers, do not necessitate adherence to 
additional rules and regulations governing the handling of radioactive 
substances, and the test kits have long shelf lives. Further, the range 
of sensitivity commonly achieved by the recommended ELISA test (i.e., 
the Pharmacia Delphia test) is approximately 100 g/l (Pharmacia 
1990), which is sufficient for monitoring B2MU levels resulting from 
cadmium exposure. Based on the studies listed in Table 9 (Section 
5.3.7), the average range of B2M concentrations among the general, 
nonexposed population falls between 60 and 300 g/g CRTU. The 
upper 95th percentile of distributions, derived from studies in Table 9 
which reported standard deviations, range between 180 and 1,140 
g/g CRTU. Also, the Pharmacia Delphia test currently is the 
most widely used test for assessing B2MU.

                  5.3.4  Sample Collection and Handling

    As with CDB or CDU, sample collection procedures are addressed 
primarily to identify ways to minimize the degree of variability 
introduced by sample collection during medical monitoring. It is unclear 
the extent to which sample collection contributes

[[Page 234]]

to B2MU variability. Sources of variation include time-of-day effects, 
the interval since consuming liquids and the quantity of liquids 
consumed, and the introduction of external contamination during the 
collection process. A special problem unique to B2M sampling is the 
sensitivity of this protein to degradation under acid conditions 
commonly found in the bladder. To minimize this problem, strict 
adherence to a sampling protocol is recommended. The protocol should 
include provisions for normalizing the conditions under which the urine 
is collected. Clearly, it is important to minimize the interval urine 
spends in the bladder. It also is recommended that every effort be made 
to collect samples during the same time of day.
    Collection of urine samples for biological monitoring usually is 
performed using ``spot'' (i.e., single-void) urine. Logistics and sample 
integrity become problems when efforts are made to collect urine over 
extended periods (e.g., 24 hrs). Unless single-void urines are used, 
numerous opportunities exist for measurement error because of poor 
control over sample collection, storage and environmental contamination.
    To minimize the interval that sample urine resides in the bladder, 
the following adaption to the ``spot'' collection procedure is 
recommended: The bladder should be emptied and then a large glass of 
water should be consumed; the sample then should be collected within an 
hour after the water is consumed.

                   5.3.5  Best Achievable Performance

    The best achievable performance is assumed to be equivalent to the 
performance reported by the manufacturers of the Pharmacia Delphia test 
kits (Pharmacia 1990). According to the insert that comes with these 
kits, QC results should be within 2 SDs of the mean for each 
control sample tested; a CV of less than or equal to 5.2% should be 
maintained. The total CV reported for test kits is less than or equal to 
7.2%.

                    5.3.6  General Method Performance

    Unlike analyses for CDB and CDU, the Pharmacia Delphia test is 
standardized in a commercial kit that controls for many sources of 
variation. In the absence of data to the contrary, it is assumed that 
the achievable performance reported by the manufacturer of this test kit 
will serve as an achievable performance objective. The CTQ proficiency 
testing program for B2MU analysis is expected to use the performance 
parameters defined by the test kit manufacturer as the basis of the B2MU 
proficiency testing program.
    Note that results reported for the test kit are expressed in terms 
of g B2M/l of urine, and have not been adjusted for creatinine. 
The indicated performance, therefore, is a measure of the performance of 
the B2M portion of the analyses only, and does not include variation 
that may have been introduced during the analysis of creatinine.

                   5.3.7  Observed B2MU Concentrations

    As indicated in Section 4.3, the concentration of B2MU may serve as 
an early indicator of the onset of kidney damage associated with cadmium 
exposure.

      5.3.7.1  Range of B2MU Concentrations Among Unexposed Samples

    Most of the studies listed in Table 9 report B2MU levels for those 
who were not occupationally exposed to cadmium. Studies noted in the 
second column of this table (which contain the footnote ``d'') reported 
B2MU concentrations among cadmium-exposed workers who, nonetheless, 
showed no signs of proteinuria. These latter studies are included in 
this table because, as indicated in Section 4.3, monitoring B2MU is 
intended to provide advanced warning of the onset of kidney dysfunction 
associated with cadmium exposure, rather than to distinguish relative 
exposure. This table, therefore, indicates the range of B2MU levels 
observed among those who had no symptoms of renal dysfunction (including 
cadmium-exposed workers with none of these symptoms).

                                          Table 9--B-2-Microglobulin Concentrations Observed in Urine Among Those not Occupationally Exposed to Cadmium                                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           Lower 95th            Upper 95th                                                     
             Study No.                  No. in study         Geometric mean      Geometric standard       percentile of         percentile of                        Reference                  
                                                                                      deviation           distributiona         distributiona                                                   
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.................................  133 m b.............  115 g/g c..  4.03................  12..................  1,140 g/g c  Ishizaki et al. 1989.                         
2.................................  161 f b.............  146 g/g c..  3.11................  23..................  940 g/g c..  Ishizaki et al. 1989.                         
3.................................  10..................  84 g/g.....  ....................  ....................  ....................  Ellis et al. 1983.                            
4.................................  203.................  76 g/l.....  ....................  ....................  ....................  Stewart and Hughes 1981.                      
5.................................  9...................  103 g/g....  ....................  ....................  ....................  Chia et al. 1989.                             

[[Page 235]]

                                                                                                                                                                                                
6.................................  47 d................  86 g/L.....  1.9.................  30 g/1.....  250 g/L....  Kjellstrom et al. 1977.                       
7.................................  1,000 e.............  68.1 g/gr    3.1 m & f...........  < 10 g/gr    320 g/gr Cr  Kowal 1983.                                   
                                                           Cr f.                                       Cr h.                 h.                                                                 
8.................................  87..................  71 g/g i...  ....................  7 h.................  200 h...............  Buchet et al. 1980.                           
9.................................  10..................  0.073 mg/24h........  ....................  ....................  ....................  Evrin et al. 1971.                            
10................................  59..................  156 g/g....  1.1 j...............  130.................  180.................  Mason et al. 1988.                            
11................................  8...................  118 g/g....  ....................  ....................  ....................  Iwao et al. 1980.                             
12................................  34..................  79 g/g.....  ....................  ....................  ....................  Wibowo et al. 1982.                           
13................................  41 m................  ....................  ....................  ....................  400 g/gr Cr  Falck et al. 1983.                            
                                                                                                                             k.                                                                 
14................................  35 n................  67..................  ....................  ....................  ....................  Roels et al. 1991.                            
15................................  31 d................  63..................  ....................  ....................  ....................  Roels et al. 1991.                            
16................................  36 d................  77 i................  ....................  ....................  ....................  Miksche et al. 1981.                          
17................................  18 n................  130.................  ....................  ....................  ....................  Kawada et al. 1989.                           
18................................  32 p................  122.................  ....................  ....................  ....................  Kawada et al. 1989.                           
19................................  18 d................  295.................  1.4.................  170.................  510.................  Thun et al. 1989.                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a--Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.                                                                                                                                                  
b--m = males, f = females.                                                                                                                                                                      
c--Aged general population from non-polluted area; 47.9% population aged 50-69; 52.1%  70 years of age; values reported in study.                                                    
d--Exposed workers without proteinuria.                                                                                                                                                         
e--492 females, 484 male.                                                                                                                                                                       
f--Creatinine adjusted; males = 68.1 g/g Cr, females = 64.3 g/g Cr.                                                                                                           
h--Reported in the study.                                                                                                                                                                       
i--Arithmetic mean.                                                                                                                                                                             
j--Geometric standard error.                                                                                                                                                                    
k--Upper 95% tolerance limits: for Falck this is based on the 24 hour urine sample.                                                                                                             
n--Controls.                                                                                                                                                                                    
p--Exposed synthetic resin and pigment workers without proteinuria; Cadmium in urine levels up to 10 g/g Cr.                                                                           

  
    To the extent possible, the studies listed in Table 9 provide 
geometric means and geometric standard deviations for measurements among 
the groups defined in each study. For studies reporting a geometric 
standard deviation along with a mean, the lower and upper 95th 
percentile for these distributions were derived and reported in the 
table.
    The data provided from 15 of the 19 studies listed in Table 9 
indicate that the geometric mean concentration of B2M observed among 
those who were not occupationally exposed to cadmium is 70-170 
g/g CRTU. Data from the 4 remaining studies indicate that 
exposed workers who exhibit no signs of proteinuria show mean B2MU 
levels of 60-300 g/g CRTU. B2MU values in the study by Thun et 
al. (1989), however, appear high in comparison to the other 3 studies. 
If this study is removed, B2MU levels for those who are not 
occupationally exposed to cadmium are similar to B2MU levels found among 
cadmium-exposed workers who exhibit no signs of kidney dysfunction. 
Although the mean is high in the study by Thun et al., the range of 
measurements reported in this study is within the ranges reported for 
the other studies.
    Determining a reasonable upper limit from the range of B2M 
concentrations observed among those who do not exhibit signs of 
proteinuria is problematic. Elevated B2MU levels are among the signs 
used to define the onset of kidney dysfunction. Without access to the 
raw data from the studies listed in Table 9, it is necessary to rely on 
reported standard deviations to estimate an upper limit for normal B2MU 
concentrations (i.e., the upper 95th percentile for the distributions 
measured). For the 8 studies reporting a geometric standard deviation, 
the upper 95th percentiles for the distributions are 180-1140 
g/g CRTU. These values are in general agreement with the upper 
95th percentile for the distribution (i.e., 631 g/g CRTU) 
reported by Buchet et al. (1980). These upper

[[Page 236]]

limits also appear to be in general agreement with B2MU values (i.e., 
100-690 g/g CRTU) reported as the normal upper limit by Iwao et 
al. (1980), Kawada et al. (1989), Wibowo et al. (1982), and Schardun and 
van Epps (1987). These values must be compared to levels reported among 
those exhibiting kidney dysfunction to define a threshold level for 
kidney dysfunction related to cadmium exposure.

       5.3.7.2  Range of B2MU Concentrations Among Exposed Workers

    Table 10 presents results from studies reporting B2MU determinations 
among those occupationally exposed to cadmium in the work place; in some 
of these studies, kidney dysfunction was observed among exposed workers, 
while other studies did not make an effort to distinguish among exposed 
workers based on kidney dysfunction. As with Table 9, this table 
provides geometric means and geometric standard deviations for the 
groups defined in each study if available. For studies reporting a 
geometric standard deviation along with a mean, the lower and upper 95th 
percentiles for the distributions are derived and reported in the table.

        Table 10--B-2-Microglobulin Concentrations Observed in Urine Among Occupationally-Exposed workers       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Concentration of B-2-Microglobulin in urine                       
                                            ----------------------------------------------                      
                                               Geometric                                                        
             Study No.                 N     mean (g/g) a       dev     range b    range b                        
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1................................     1,42          160      6.19       8.1        3,300  Ishizaki et al.,     
                                          4                                                 1989.               
 2................................     1,75          260      6.50      12          5,600  Ishizaki et al.,     
                                          4                                                 1989.               
 3................................       33          210   ........  .........  .........  Ellis et al., 1983.  
 4................................       65          210   ........  .........  .........  Chia et al., 1989.   
 5................................      c44        5,700      6.49   d 300       d 98,000  Kjellstrom et al.,   
                                                                                            1977.               
 6................................      148        e 180   ........  f 110          f 280  Buchet et al., 1980. 
 7................................       37          160      3.90      17          1,500  Kenzaburo et al.,    
                                                                                            1979.               
 8................................     c 45        3,300      8.7    d 310       d 89,000  Mason et al., 1988.  
 9................................     c 10        6,100      5.99   f 650       f 57,000  Falck et al., 1983.  
10................................     c 11        3,900      2.96   d 710       d 15,000  Elinder et al., 1985.
11................................     c 12          300   ........  .........  .........  Roels et al., 1991.  
12................................      g 8        7,400   ........  .........  .........  Roels et al., 1991.  
13................................     c 23      h 1,800   ........  .........  .........  Roels et al., 1989.  
14................................       10          690   ........  .........  .........  Iwao et al., 1980.   
15................................       34           71   ........  .........  .........  Wibowo et al., 1982. 
16................................     c 15        4,700      6.49   d 590       d 93,000  Thun et al., 1989.   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Unless otherwise stated.                                                                                      
b Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.                                                                   
c Among workers diagnosed as having renal dysfunction; for Elinder this means  2 levels greater than   
  300 micrograms per gram creatinine (g/gr Cr); for Roels, 1991, range = 31 - 35, 170 g2/gr Cr and geometric mean = 63 among healthy workers; for Mason 2 > 300 g/gr Cr.         
d Based on a detailed review of the data by OSHA.                                                               
e Arthmetic mean.                                                                                               
f Reported in the study.                                                                                        
g Retired workers.                                                                                              
h 1,800 g2/gr Cr for first survey; second survey = 1,600; third survey = 2,600; fourth survey 
  = 2,600; fifth survey = 2,600.                                                                                

  
    The data provided in Table 10 indicate that the mean B2MU 
concentration observed among workers experiencing occupational exposure 
to cadmium (but with undefined levels of proteinuria) is 160-7400 
g/g CRTU. One of these studies reports geometric means lower 
than this range (i.e., as low as 71 g/g CRTU); an explanation 
for this wide spread in average concentrations is not available.
    Seven of the studies listed in Table 10 report a range of B2MU 
levels among those diagnosed as having renal dysfunction. As indicated 
in this table, renal dysfunction (proteinuria) is defined in several of 
these studies by B2MU levels in excess of 300 g/g CRTU (see 
footnote ``c'' of Table 10); therefore, the range of B2MU levels 
observed in these studies is a function of the operational definition

[[Page 237]]

used to identify those with renal dysfunction. Nevertheless, a B2MU 
level of 300 g/g CRTU appears to be a meaningful threshold for 
identifying those having early signs of kidney damage. While levels much 
higher than 300 g/g CRTU have been observed among those with 
renal dysfunction, the vast majority of those not occupationally exposed 
to cadmium exhibit much lower B2MU concentrations (see Table 9). 
Similarly, the vast majority of workers not exhibiting renal dysfunction 
are found to have levels below 300 g/g CRTU (Table 9).
    The 300 g/g CRTU level for B2MU proposed in the above 
paragraph has support among researchers as the threshold level that 
distinguishes between cadmium-exposed workers with and without kidney 
dysfunction. For example, in the guide for physicians who must evaluate 
cadmium-exposed workers written for the Cadmium Council by Dr. Lauwerys, 
levels of B2M greater than 200-300 g/g CRTU are considered to 
require additional medical evaluation for kidney dysfunction (exhibit 8-
447, OSHA docket H057A). The most widely used test for measuring B2M 
(i.e., the Pharmacia Delphia test) defines B2MU levels above 300 
g/l as abnormal (exhibit L-140-1, OSHA docket H057A).
    Dr. Elinder, chairman of the Department of Nephrology at the 
Karolinska Institute, testified at the hearings on the proposed cadmium 
rule. According to Dr. Elinder (exhibit L-140-45, OSHA docket H057A), 
the normal concentration of B2MU has been well documented (Evrin and 
Wibell 1972; Kjellstrom et al. 1977a; Elinder et al. 1978, 1983; Buchet 
et al. 1980; Jawaid et al. 1983; Kowal and Zirkes, 1983). Elinder stated 
that the upper 95 or 97.5 percentiles for B2MU among those without 
tubular dysfunction is below 300 g/g CRTU (Kjellstrom et al. 
1977a; Buchet et al. 1980; Kowal and Zirkes, 1983). Elinder defined 
levels of B2M above 300 g/g CRTU as ``slight'' proteinuria.

             5.3.8  Conclusions and Recommendations for B2MU

    Based on the above evaluation, the following recommendations are 
made for a B2MU proficiency testing program. Note that the following 
discussion addresses only sampling and analysis for B2MU determinations 
(i.e., to be reported as an unadjusted g B2M/l urine). 
Normalizing this result to creatinine requires a second analysis for 
CRTU (see Section 5.4) so that the ratio of the 2 measurements can be 
obtained.

                       5.3.8.1  Recommended method

    The Pharmacia Delphia method (Pharmacia 1990) should be adopted as 
the standard method for B2MU determinations. Laboratories may adopt 
alternate methods, but it is the responsibility of the laboratory to 
demonstrate that alternate methods provide results of comparable quality 
to the Pharmacia Delphia method.

                    5.3.8.2  Data quality objectives

    The following data quality objectives should facilitate 
interpretation of analytical results, and should be achievable based on 
the above evaluation.
    Limit of Detection. A limit of 100 g/l urine should be 
achievable, although the insert to the test kit (Pharmacia 1990) cites a 
detection limit of 150 g/l; private conversations with 
representatives of Pharmacia, however, indicate that the lower limit of 
100 g/l should be achievable provided an additional standard of 
100 g/l B2M is run with the other standards to derive the 
calibration curve (Section 3.3.1.1). The lower detection limit is 
desirable due to the proximity of this detection limit to B2MU values 
defined for the cadmium medical monitoring program.
    Accuracy. Because results from an interlaboratory proficiency 
testing program are not available currently, it is difficult to define 
an achievable level of accuracy. Given the general performance 
parameters defined by the insert to the test kits, however, an accuracy 
of 15% of the target value appears achievable.
    Due to the low levels of B2MU to be measured generally, it is 
anticipated that the analysis of creatinine will contribute relatively 
little to the overall variability observed among creatinine-normalized 
B2MU levels (see Section 5.4). The initial level of accuracy for 
reporting B2MU levels under this program should be set at 
15%.
    Precision. Based on precision data reported by Pharmacia (1990), a 
precision value (i.e., CV) of 5% should be achievable over the defined 
range of the analyte. For internal QC samples (i.e., recommended as part 
of an internal QA/QC program, Section 3.3.1), laboratories should attain 
precision near 5% over the range of concentrations measured.

               5.3.8.3  Quality assurance/quality control

    Commercial laboratories providing measurement of B2MU should adopt 
an internal QA/QC program that incorporates the following components: 
Strict adherence to the Pharmacia Delphia method, including calibration 
requirements; regular use of QC samples during routine runs; a protocol 
for corrective actions, and documentation of these actions; and, 
participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program. Procedures that 
may be used to address internal QC requirements are presented in 
Attachment 1. Due to differences between analyses for B2MU and CDB/CDU, 
specific values presented in Attachment 1 may have to be modified. Other 
components of the program (including characterization runs), however, 
can be adapted to a program for B2MU.

[[Page 238]]

               5.4  Monitoring Creatinine in Urine (CRTU)

    Because CDU and B2MU should be reported relative to concentrations 
of CRTU, these concentrations should be determined in addition CDU and 
B2MU determinations.

                    5.4.1  Units of CRTU Measurement

    CDU should be reported as g Cd/g CRTU, while B2MU should be 
reported as g B2M/g CRTU. To derive the ratio of cadmium or B2M 
to creatinine, CRTU should be reported in units of g crtn/l of urine. 
Depending on the analytical method, it may be necessary to convert 
results of creatinine determinations accordingly.

            5.4.2  Analytical Techniques Used to Monitor CRTU

    Of the techniques available for CRTU determinations, an absorbance 
spectrophotometric technique and a high-performance liquid 
chromatography (HPLC) technique are identified as acceptable in this 
protocol.

            5.4.3  Methods Developed for CRTU Determinations

    CRTU analysise performed in support of either CDU or B2MU 
determinations should be performed using either of the following 2 
methods:
    1. The Du Pont method (i.e., Jaffe method), in which creatinine in a 
sample reacts with picrate under alkaline conditions, and the resulting 
red chromophore is monitored (at 510 nm) for a fixed interval to 
determine the rate of the reaction; this reaction rate is proportional 
to the concentration of creatinine present in the sample (a copy of this 
method is provided in Attachment 2 of this protocol); or,
    2. The OSHA SLC Technical Center (OSLTC) method, in which creatinine 
in an aliquot of sample is separated using an HPLC column equipped with 
a UV detector; the resulting peak is quantified using an electrical 
integrator (a copy of this method is provided in Attachment 3 of this 
protocol).

                  5.4.4  Sample Collection and Handling

    CRTU samples should be segregated from samples collected for CDU or 
B2MU analysis. Sample-collection techniques have been described under 
Section 5.2.4. Samples should be preserved either to stabilize CDU (with 
HNO3) or B2MU (with NaOH). Neither of these procedures should 
adversely affect CRTU analysis (see Attachment 3).

                    5.4.5  General Method Performance

    Data from the OSLTC indicate that a CV of 5% should be achievable 
using the OSLTC method (Septon, L private communication). The achievable 
accuracy of this method has not been determined.
    Results reported in surveys conducted by the CAP (CAP 1991a, 1991b 
and 1992) indicate that a CV of 5% is achievable. The accuracy 
achievable for CRTU determinations has not been reported.
    Laboratories performing creatinine analysis under this protocol 
should be CAP accredited and should be active participants in the CAP 
surveys.

                   5.4.6  Observed CRTU Concentrations

    Published data suggest the range of CRTU concentrations is 1.0-1.6 g 
in 24-hour urine samples (Harrison 1987). These values are equivalent to 
about 1 g/l urine.

             5.4.7  Conclusions and Recommendations for CRTU

                       5.4.7.1  Recommended method

    Use either the Jaffe method (Attachment 2) or the OSLTC method 
(Attachment 3). Alternate methods may be acceptable provided adequate 
performance is demonstrated in the CAP program.

                    5.4.7.2  Data quality objectives

    Limit of Detection. This value has not been formally defined; 
however, a value of 0.1 g/l urine should be readily achievable.
    Accuracy. This value has not been defined formally; accuracy should 
be sufficient to retain accreditation from the CAP.
    Precision. A CV of 5% should be achievable using the recommended 
methods.

                             6.0  References

    Adamsson E, Piscator M, and Nogawa K. (1979). Pulmonary and 
gastrointestinal exposure to cadmium oxide dust in a battery factory. 
Environmental Health Perspectives, 28, 219-222.
    American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). 
(1986). Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values and Biological 
Exposure Indices. 5th edition. p. BEI-55.
    Bernard A, Buchet J, Roels H, Masson P, and Lauwerys R. (1979). 
Renal excretion of proteins and enzymes in workers exposed to cadmium. 
European Journal of Clinical Investigation, 9, 11-22.
    Bernard A and Lauwerys R. (1990). Early markers of cadmium 
nephrotoxicity: Biological significance and predictive value. 
Toxocological and Environmental Chemistry, 27, 65-72.
    Braunwald E, Isselbacher K, Petersdorf R, Wilson J, Martin J, and 
Fauci A (Eds.). (1987). Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine. New 
York: McGraw-Hill Book Company.
    Buchet J, Roels H, Bernard I, and Lauwerys R. (1980). Assessment of 
renal funcion of workers exposed to inorganic lead, cadmium, or mercury 
vapor. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 22, 741-750.

[[Page 239]]

    CAP. (1991). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Survey (Set U-B).
    College of American Pathologists.
    CAP. (1991). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Survey (Set U-C). College of 
American
    Pathologists.
    CAP. (1992). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Survey (Set U-A). College of 
American Pathologists.
    CDC. (1986). Centers for Disease Control, Division of Environmental 
Health Laboratory Sciences, Center for Environmental Health, Atlanta, 
Georgia. Docket No. 106A. Lake Couer d'Alene, Idaho cadmium and lead 
study: 86-0030, Specimen collection and shipping protocol.
    CDC. (1990). Centers for Disease Control, Nutritional Biochemistry 
Branch. 4/27/90 Draft SOP for Method 0360A ``Determination of cadmium in 
urine by graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry with Zeeman 
background correction.
    Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec. (1991). Interlaboratory comparison 
program report for run #2. Shipping date 3/11/91. Addition BLR 9/19.
    Chia K, Ong C, Ong H, and Endo G. (1989). Renal tubular function of 
workers exposed to low levels of cadmium. British Journal of Industrial 
Medicine, 46, 165-170.
    Claeys-Thoreau F. (1982). Determination of low levels of cadmium and 
lead in biological fluids with simple dilution by atomic absorption 
spectrophotometry using Zeeman effect background absorption and the 
L'Vov platform. Atomic Spectroscopy, 3, 188-191.
    DeBenzo Z, Fraile R, and Carrion N. (1990). Electrothermal 
atomization atomic absorption spectrometry with stabilized aqueous 
standards for the determination of cadmium in whole blood. Analytica 
Chimica Acta, 231, 283-288.
    Elinder C, Edling C, Lindberg E, Kagedal B, and Vesterberg O. 
(1985). Assessment of renal function in workers previously exposed to 
cadmium. British Journal of Internal Medicine, 42, 754.
    Ellis K, Cohn S, and Smith T. (1985). Cadmium inhalation exposure 
estimates: Their significance with respect to kidney and liver cadmium 
burden. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health, 15, 173-187.
    Ellis K, Yasumura S, Vartsky D, and Cohn S. (1983). Evaluation of 
biological indicators of body burden of cadmium in humans. Fundamentals 
and Applied Toxicology, 3, 169-174.
    Ellis K, Yeun K, Yasumura S, and Cohn S. (1984). Dose-response 
analysis of cadmium in man: Body burden vs kidney function. 
Environmental Research, 33, 216-226.
    Evrin P, Peterson A, Wide I, and Berggard I. (1971). 
Radioimmunoassay of B-2-microglobulin in human biological fluids. 
Scandanavian Journal of Clinical Laboratory Investigation, 28, 439-443.
    Falck F, Fine L, Smith R, Garvey J, Schork A, England B, McClatchey 
K, and Linton J. (1983). Metallothionein and occupational exposure to 
cadmium. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 40, 305-313.
    Federal Register. (1990). Occupational exposure to cadmium: Proposed 
rule. 55/22/4052-4147, February 6.
    Friberg, Exhibit 29, (1990). Exhibit No. 29 of the OSHA Federal 
Docket H057A. Washington, DC.
    Friberg L. (1988). Quality assurance. In T. Clarkson (Ed.), 
Biological Monitoring of Toxic Metals (pp. 103-105). New York: Plenum 
Press.
    Friberg L, and Elinder C. (1988). Cadmium toxicity in humans. In 
Essential and Trace Elements in Human Health and Disease (pp. 559-587). 
Docket Number 8-660.
    Friberg L, Elinder F, et al. (1986). Cadmium and Health: A 
Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal. Volume II, Effects and 
Response. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
    Friberg L, Piscator M, Nordberg G, and Kjellstrom T. (1974). Cadmium 
in the Environment (2nd ed.). Cleveland:CRC.
    Friberg L and Vahter M. (1983). Assessment of exposure to lead and 
cadmium through biological monitoring: Results of a UNEP/WHO global 
study. Environmental Research, 30, 95-128.
    Gunter E, and Miller D. (1986). Laboratory procedures used by the 
division of environmental health laboratory sciences center for 
environmental health, Centers for Disease Control for the hispanic 
health and nutrition examination survey (HHANES). Atlanta, GA: Centers 
for Disease Control.
    Harrison. (1987). Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine. 
Braunwald, E; Isselbacher, KJ; Petersdorf, RG; Wilson, JD; Martin, JB; 
and Fauci, AS Eds. Eleventh Ed. McGraw Hill Book Company. San Francisco.
    Henry J. (1991). Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory 
Methods (18th edition). Philadelphia: WB Saunders Company.
    IARC (1987). IRAC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks 
to Humans. Overall Evaluation of Carcinogenicity: Update of Volume 1-42. 
Supplemental 7, 1987.
    Ishizaki M, Kido T, Honda R, Tsuritani I, Yamada Y, Nakagawa H, and 
Nogawa K. (1989). Dose-response relationship between urinary cadmium and 
B-2-microglobulin in a Japanese environmentally cadmium exposed 
population. Toxicology, 58, 121-131.
    Iwao S, Tsuchiya K, and Sakurai H. (1980). Serum and urinary B-2-
microglobulin among cadmium-exposed workers. Journal of Occupational 
Medicine, 22, 399-402.
    Iwata K, Katoh T, Morikawa Y, Aoshima K, Nishijo M, Teranishi H, and 
Kasuya M. (1988). Urinary trehalase activity as an indicator of kidney 
injury due to environmental cadmium exposure. Archives of Toxicology, 
62, 435-439.

[[Page 240]]

    Kawada T, Koyama H, and Suzuki S. (1989). Cadmium, NAG activity, and 
B-2-microglobulin in the urine of cadmium pigment workers. British 
Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46, 52-55.
    Kawada T, Tohyama C, and Suzuki S. (1990). Significance of the 
excretion of urinary indicator proteins for a low level of occupational 
exposure to cadmium. International Archives of Occupational 
Environmental Health, 62, 95-100.
    Kjellstrom T. (1979). Exposure and accumulation of cadmium in 
populations from Japan, the United States, and Sweden. Environmental 
Health Perspectives, 28, 169-197.
    Kjellstrom T, Evrin P, and Rahnster B. (1977). Dose-response 
analysis of cadmium-induced tubular proteinuria. Environmental Research, 
13, 303-317.
    Kjellstrom T, Shiroishi K, and Evrin P. (1977). Urinary B-2-
microglobulin excretion among people exposed to cadmium in the general 
environment. Environmental Research, 13, 318-344.
    Kneip T, & Crable J (Eds.). (1988). Method 107. Cadmium in blood. 
Methods for biological monitoring (pp.161-164). Washington, DC: American 
Public Health Association.
    Kowal N. (1988). Urinary cadmium and B-2-microglobulin: Correlation 
with nutrition and smoking history. Journal of Toxicology and 
Environmental Health, 25, 179-183.
    Kowal N, Johnson D, Kraemer D, and Pahren H. (1979). Normal levels 
of cadmium in diet, urine, blood, and tissues of inhabitants of the 
United States. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health, 5, 995-
1014.
    Kowal N and Zirkes M. (1983). Urinary cadmium and B-2-microglobulin: 
Normal values and concentration adjustment. Journal of Toxicology and 
Environmental Health, 11, 607-624.
    Lauwerys R, Buchet J, and Roels H. (1976). The relationship between 
cadmium exposure or body burden and the concentration of cadmium in 
blood and urine in man. International Archives of Occupational and 
Environmental Health, 36, 275-285
    Lauwerys R, Roels H, Regniers, Buchet J, and Bernard A. (1979). 
Significance of cadmium concentration in blood and in urine in workers 
exposed to cadmium. Environmental Research, 20, 375-391.
    Lind B, Elinder C, Friberg L, Nilsson B, Svartengren M, and Vahter 
M. (1987). Quality control in the analysis of lead and cadmium in blood. 
Fresenius' Zeitschrift fur Analytical Chemistry, 326, 647-655.
    Mason H, Davison A, Wright A, Guthrie C, Fayers P, Venables K, Smith 
N, Chettle D, Franklin D, Scott M, Holden H, Gompertz D, and Newman-
Taylor A. (1988). Relations between liver cadmium, cumulative exposure, 
and renal function in cadmium alloy workers. British Journal of 
Industrial Medicine, 45, 793-802.
    Meridian Research, Inc. (1989). Quantitative Assessment of Cancer 
Risks Associated with Occupational Exposure to Cd. Prepared by Meridian 
Research, Inc. and Roth Associates, Inc. for the Occupational Safety & 
Health Administration. June 12, 1989.
    Meridian Research, Inc and Roth Associates, Inc. (1989). 
Quantitative Assessment of the Risk of Kidney Dysfunction Associated 
with Occupational Exposure to Cd. Prepared by Meridian Research, Inc. 
and Roth Associates, Inc. for the Occupational Safety & Health 
Administration. July 31 1989.
    Micheils E and DeBievre P. (1986). Method 25-Determination of 
cadmium in whole blood by isotope dilution mass spectrometry. O'Neill I, 
Schuller P, and Fishbein L (Eds.), Environmental Carcinogens Selected 
Methods of Analysis (Vol. 8). Lyon, France: International Agency for 
Research on Cancer.
    Mueller P, Smith S, Steinberg K, and Thun M. (1989). Chronic renal 
tubular effects in relation to urine cadmium levels. Nephron, 52, 45-54.
    NIOSH. (1984a). Elements in blood or tissues. Method 8005 issued 5/
15/85 and Metals in urine. Method 8310 issued 2/15/84 In P. Eller (Ed.), 
NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (Vol. 1, Ed. 3). Cincinnati, Ohio: 
US-DHHS.
    NIOSH. (1984b). Lowry L. Section F: Special considerations for 
biological samples in NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (Vol. 1, 3rd 
ed). P. Eller (Ed.). Cincinnati, Ohio: US-DHHS.
    Nordberg G and Nordberg M. (1988). Biological monitoring of cadmium. 
In T. Clarkson, L. Friberg, G. Nordberg, and P. Sager (Eds.), Biological 
Monitoring of Toxic Metals, New York: Plenum Press.
    Nogawa K. (1984). Biologic indicators of cadmium nephrotoxicity in 
persons with low-level cadmium exposure. Environmental Health 
Perspectives, 54, 163-169.
    OSLTC (no date). Analysis of Creatinine for the Normalization of 
Cadmium and Beta-2-Microglobulin Concentrations in Urine. OSHA Salt Lake 
Technical Center. Salt Lake City, UT. Paschal. (1990). Attachment 8 of 
exhibit 106 of the OSHA docket H057A.
    Perkin-Elmer Corporation. (1982). Analytical Methods for Atomic 
Absorption Spectroscopy.
    Perkin-Elmer Corporation. (1977). Analytical Methods Using the HGA 
Graphite Furnace.
    Pharmacia Diagnostics. (1990). Pharmacia DELFIA system B-2-
microglobulin kit insert. Uppsala, Sweden: Pharmacia Diagnostics.
    Piscator M. (1962). Proteinuria in chronic cadmium poisoning. 
Archives of Environmental Health,5, 55-62.
    Potts, C.L. (1965). Cadmium Proteinuria--The Health Battery Workers 
Exposed to Cadmium Oxide dust. Ann Occup Hyg, 3:55-61, 1965.

[[Page 241]]

    Princi F. (1947). A study of industrial exposures to cadmium. 
Journal of Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, 29, 315-320.
    Pruszkowska E, Carnick G, and Slavin W. (1983). Direct determination 
of cadmium in urine with use of a stabilized temperature platform 
furnace and Zeeman background correction. Clinical Chemistry, 29, 477-
480.
    Roberts C and Clark J. (1986). Improved determination of cadmium in 
blood and plasma by flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy. Bulletin 
of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, 36, 496-499.
    Roelandts I. (1989). Biological reference materials. Soectrochimica 
Acta, 44B, 281-290.
    Roels H, Buchet R, Lauwerys R, Bruaux P, Clays-Thoreau F, 
Laafontaine A, Overschelde J, and Verduyn J. (1978). Lead and cadmium 
absorption among children near a nonferrous metal plant. Environmental 
Research, 15, 290-308.
    Roels H, Djubgang J, Buchet J, Bernard A, and Lauwerys R. (1982). 
Evolution of cadmium-induced renal dysfunction in workers removed from 
exposure. Scandanavian Journal of Work and Environmental Health, 8, 191-
200.
    Roels H, Lauwerys R, and Buchet J. (1989). Health significance of 
cadmium induced renal dysfunction: A five year follow-up. British 
Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46, 755-764.
    Roels J, Lauwerys R, Buchet J, Bernard A, Chettle D, Harvey T, and 
Al-Haddad I. (1981). In vivo measurements of liver and kidney cadmium in 
workers exposed to this metal: Its significance with respect to cadmium 
in blood and urine. Environmental Research, 26, 217-240.
    Roels H, Lauwerys R, Buchet J, Bernard A, Lijnen P, and Houte G. 
(1990). Urinary kallikrein activity in workers exposed to cadmium, lead, 
or mercury vapor. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 47, 331-337.
    Sakurai H, Omae K, Toyama T, Higashi T, and Nakadate T. (1982). 
Cross-sectional study of pulmonary function in cadmium alloy workers. 
Scandanavian Journal of Work and Environmental Health, 8, 122-130.
    Schardun G and van Epps L. (1987). B-2-microglobulin: Its 
significance in the evaluation of renal function. Kidney International, 
32, 635-641.
    Shaikh Z, and Smith L. (1984). Biological indicators of cadmium 
exposure and toxicity. Experentia, 40, 36-43.
    Smith J and Kench J. (1957). Observations on urinary cadmium and 
protein excretion in men exposed to cadmium oxide dust and fume. British 
Journal of Industrial Medicine, 14, 240-245.
    Smith J, Kench J, and Lane R. (1955). Determination of Cadmium in 
urine and observations on urinary cadmium and protein excretion in men 
exposed to cadmium oxide dust. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 
12, 698-701.
    SWRI (Southwest Research Institute). (1978). The distribution of 
cadmium and other metals in human tissues. Health Effects Research Lab, 
Research Triangle Park, NC, Population Studies Division. NTIS No. PB-
285-200.
    Stewart M and Hughes E. (1981). Urinary B-2-microglobulin in the 
biological monitoring of cadmium workers. British Journal of Industrial 
Medicine, 38, 170-174.
    Stoeppler K and Brandt M. (1980). Contributions to automated trace 
analysis. Part V. Determination of cadmium in whole blood and urine by 
electrothermal atomic absorption spectrophotometry. Fresenius' 
Zeitschrift fur Analytical Chemistry, 300, 372-380.
    Takenaka et al. (1983). Carcinogencity of Cd Chloride Aerosols in 
White Rates. INCI 70: 367-373, 1983.
    Thun M, Osorio A, Schober S, Hannon W, Lewis B, and Halperin W. 
(1989). Nephropathy in cadmium workers: Assessment of risk from airborne 
occupational exposure to cadmium. British Journal of Industrial 
Medicine, 46, 689-697.
    Thun M, Schnorr T, Smith A, Halperin W, and Lemen R. (1985). 
Mortality among a cohort of US cadmium production workers--an update. 
Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 74, 325-333.
    Travis D and Haddock A. (1980). Interpretation of the observed age-
dependency of cadmium body burdens in man. Environmental Research, 22, 
46-60.
    Tsuchiya K. (1967). Proteinuria of workers exposed to cadmium fume. 
Archives of Environmental Health, 14, 875-880.
    Tsuchiya K. (1976). Proteinuria of cadmium workers. Journal of 
Occupational Medicine, 18, 463-470.
    Tsuchiya K, Iwao S, Sugita M, Sakurai H. (1979). Increased urinary 
B-2-microglobulin in cadmium exposure: Dose-effect relationship and 
biological significance of B-2-microglobulin. Environmental Health 
Perspectives, 28, 147-153.
    USEPA. (1985). Updated Mutagenicity and Carcinogenicity Assessments 
of Cd: Addendum to the Health Assessment Document for Cd (May 1981). 
Final Report. June 1985.
    Vahter M and Friberg L. (1988). Quality control in integrated human 
exposure monitoring of lead and cadmium. Fresenius' Zeitschrift fur 
Analytical Chemistry, 332, 726-731.
    Weber J. (1988). An interlaboratory comparison programme for several 
toxic substances in blood and urine. The Science of the Total 
Environment, 71, 111-123.
    Weber J. (1991a). Accuracy and precision of trace metal 
determinations in biological fluids. In K. Subramanian, G. Iyengar, and 
K. Okamot (Eds.), Biological Trace Element Research-Multidisciplinary 
Perspectives, ACS Symposium Series 445. Washington, DC: American 
Chemical Society.

[[Page 242]]

    Weber J. (1991b). Personal communication about interlaboratory 
program and shipping biological media samples for cadmium analyses.
    Wibowo A, Herber R, van Deyck W, and Zielhuis R. (1982). Biological 
assessment of exposure in factories with second degree usage of cadmium 
compounds. International Archives of Occupational Environmental Health, 
49, 265-273.

 Attachment 1: Nonmandatory Protocol for an Internal Quality Assurance/
                         Quality Control Program

    The following is an example of the type of internal quality 
assurance/quality control program that assures adequate control to 
satisfy OSHA requirements under this protocol. However, other approaches 
may also be acceptable.
    As indicated in Section 3.3.1 of the protocol, the QA/QC program for 
CDB and CDU should address, at a minimum, the following:
     calibration;
     establishment of control limits;
     internal QC analyses and maintaining control; and
     corrective action protocols.
    This illustrative program includes both initial characterization 
runs to establish the performance of the method and ongoing analysis of 
quality control samples intermixed with compliance samples to maintain 
control.

                               Calibration

    Before any analytical runs are conducted, the analytic instrument 
must be calibrated. This is to be done at the beginning of each day on 
which quality control samples and/or compliance samples are run. Once 
calibration is established, quality control samples or compliance 
samples may be run. Regardless of the type of samples run, every fifth 
sample must be a standard to assure that the calibration is holding.
    Calibration is defined as holding if every standard is within plus 
or minus () 15% of its theoretical value. If a standard is 
more than plus or minus 15% of its theoretical value, then the run is 
out of control due to calibration error and the entire set of samples 
must either be reanalyzed after recalibrating or results should be 
recalculated based on a statistical curve derived from the measurement 
of all standards.
    It is essential that the highest standard run is higher than the 
highest sample run. To assure that this is the case, it may be necessary 
to run a high standard at the end of the run, which is selected based on 
the results obtained over the course of the run.
    All standards should be kept fresh, and as they get old, they should 
be compared with new standards and replaced if they exceed the new 
standards by  15%.

         Initial Characterization Runs and Establishing Control

    A participating laboratory should establish four pools of quality 
control samples for each of the analytes for which determinations will 
be made. The concentrations of quality control samples within each pool 
are to be centered around each of the four target levels for the 
particular analyte identified in Section 4.4 of the protocol.
    Within each pool, at least 4 quality control samples need to be 
established with varying concentrations ranging between plus or minus 
50% of the target value of that pool. Thus for the medium-high cadmium 
in blood pool, the theoretical values of the quality control samples may 
range from 5 to 15 g/l, (the target value is 10 g/l). 
At least 4 unique theoretical values must be represented in this pool.
    The range of theoretical values of plus or minus 50% of the target 
value of a pool means that there will be overlap of the pools. For 
example, the range of values for the medium-low pool for cadmium in 
blood is 3.5 to 10.5 g/l while the range of values for the 
medium-high pool is 5 to 15 g/l. Therefore, it is possible for 
a quality control sample from the medium-low pool to have a higher 
concentration of cadmium than a quality control sample from the medium-
high pool.
    Quality control samples may be obtained as commercially available 
reference materials, internally prepared, or both. Internally prepared 
samples should be well characterized and traced or compared to a 
reference material for which a consensus value for concentration is 
available. Levels of analyte in the quality control samples must be 
concealed from the analyst prior to the reporting of analytical results. 
Potential sources of materials that may be used to construct quality 
control samples are listed in Section 3.3.1 of the protocol.
    Before any compliance samples are analyzed, control limits must be 
established. Control limits should be calculated for every pool of each 
analyte for which determinations will be made and control charts should 
be kept for each pool of each analyte. A separate set of control charts 
and control limits should be established for each analytical instrument 
in a laboratory that will be used for analysis of compliance samples.
    At the beginning of this QA/QC program, control limits should be 
based on the results of the analysis of 20 quality control samples from 
each pool of each analyte. For any given pool, the 20 quality control 
samples should be run on 20 different days. Although no more than one 
sample should be run from any single pool on a particular day, a 
laboratory may run quality control samples from different pools on the 
same day. This constitutes a set of initial characterization runs.

[[Page 243]]

    For each quality control sample analyzed, the value F/T (defined in 
the glossary) should be calculated. To calculate the control limits for 
a pool of an analyte, it is first necessary to calculate the mean, X, of 
the F/T values for each quality control sample in a pool and then to 
calculate its standard deviation .Thus, for the control limit 
for a pool, X is calculated as:


    and s is calculated as
    
    
    Where N is the number of quality control samples run for a pool.
    The control limit for a particular pool is then given by the mean 
plus or minus 2 standard deviations (X  3).
    The control limits may be no greater than 40% of the mean F/T value. 
If three standard deviations are greater than 40% of the mean F/T value, 
then analysis of compliance samples may not begin.\1\ Instead, an 
investigation into the causes of the large standard deviation should 
begin, and the inadequacies must be remedied. Then, control limits must 
be reestablished which will mean repeating the running 20 quality 
control samples from each pool over 20 days.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Note that the value,``40%'' may change over time as experience 
is gained with the program.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Internal Quality Control Analyses and Maintaining Control

    Once control limits have been established for each pool of an 
analyte, analysis of compliance samples may begin. During any run of 
compliance samples, quality control samples are to be interspersed at a 
rate of no less than 5% of the compliance sample workload. When quality 
control samples are run, however, they should be run in sets consisting 
of one quality control sample from each pool. Therefore, it may be 
necessary, at times, to intersperse quality control samples at a rate 
greater than 5%.
    There should be at least one set of quality control samples run with 
any analysis of compliance samples. At a minimum, for example, 4 quality 
control samples should be run even if only 1 compliance sample is run. 
Generally, the number of quality control samples that should be run are 
a multiple of four with the minimum equal to the smallest multiple of 
four that is greater than 5% of the total number of samples to be run. 
For example, if 300 compliance samples of an analyte are run, then at 
least 16 quality control samples should be run (16 is the smallest 
multiple of four that is greater than 15, which is 5% of 300).
    Control charts for each pool of an analyte (and for each instrument 
in the laboratory to be used for analysis of compliance samples) should 
be established by plotting F/T versus date as the quality control sample 
results are reported. On the graph there should be lines representing 
the control limits for the pool, the mean F/T limits for the pool, and 
the theoretical F/T of 1.000. Lines representing plus or minus 
() 2s should also be represented on the charts. A 
theoretical example of a control chart is presented in Figure 1.

                   ``Figure 1--Theoretical Example of a Control Chart for a Pool of an Analyte                  
                                                                                             1.162 (Upper       
                                                                                              Control Limit)    
                                                      X                                                         
                                                                                             1.096 (Upper 2s    
                                                                                              Line)             
                          X                                                                                     
                   X   .....                                                                 1.000 (Theoretical 
                                                                                              Mean)             
                                        X      X                                             0.964 (Mean)       
                                                             X                           X                      
                                                                    X                                           
                                 X                                                           0.832 (Lower 2s    
                                                                                              Line)             
                                                                           X                                    
                                                                                             0.766 (Lower       
                                                                                              Control Limit)    
March              2      2      3      5      6      9     10     13     16     17                             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 244]]

    All quality control samples should be plotted on the chart, and the 
charts should be checked for visual trends. If a quality control sample 
falls above or below the control limits for its pool, then corrective 
steps must be taken (see the section on corrective actions below). Once 
a laboratory's program has been established, control limits should be 
updated every 2 months.
    The updated control limits should be calculated from the results of 
the last 100 quality control samples run for each pool. If 100 quality 
control samples from a pool have not been run at the time of the update, 
then the limits should be based on as many as have been run provided at 
least 20 quality control samples from each pool have been run over 20 
different days.
    The trends that should be looked for on the control charts are:
    1. 10 consecutive quality control samples falling above or below the 
mean;
    2. 3 consecutive quality control samples falling more than 
2 from the mean (above or below the 2 lines of the 
chart); or
    3. the mean calculated to update the control limits falls more than 
10% above or below the theoretical mean of 1.000.
    If any of these trends is observed, then all analysis must be 
stopped, and an investigation into the causes of the errors must begin. 
Before the analysis of compliance samples may resume, the inadequacies 
must be remedied and the control limits must be reestablished for that 
pool of an analyte. Reestablishment of control limits will entail 
running 20 sets of quality control samples over 20 days.
    Note that alternative procedures for defining internal quality 
control limits may also be acceptable. Limits may be based, for example, 
on proficiency testing, such as  1 g or 15% of the 
mean (whichever is greater). These should be clearly defined.

                           Corrective actions

    Corrective action is the term used to describe the identification 
and remediation of errors occurring within an analysis. Corrective 
action is necessary whenever the result of the analysis of any quality 
control sample falls outside of the established control limits. The 
steps involved may include simple things like checking calculations of 
basic instrument maintenance, or it may involve more complicated actions 
like major instrument repair. Whatever the source of error, it must be 
identified and corrected (and a Corrective Action Report (CAR) must be 
completed. CARs should be kept on file by the laboratory.

           Attachment 2--Creatinine in Urine (Jaffe Procedure)

    Intended use: The CREA pack is used in the Du Pont ACA 
discrete clinical analyzer to quantitatively measure creatinine in serum 
and urine.
    Summary: The CREA method employs a modification of the kinetic Jaffe 
reaction reported by Larsen. This method has been reported to be less 
susceptible than conventional methods to interference from non-
creatinine, Jaffe-positive compounds.\1\
    A split sample comparison between the CREA method and a conventional 
Jaffe procedure on Autoanalyzer showed a good correlation. 
(See Specific Performance Characteristics).
    * Note: Numbered subscripts refer to the bibliography and lettered 
subscripts refer to footnotes.
    Autoanalyzer, is a registered trademark of Technicon 
Corp., Tarrytown, NY.
    Principles of Procedure: In the presence of a strong base such as 
NaOH, picrate reacts with creatinine to form a red chromophore. The rate 
of increasing absorbance at 510 nm due to the formation of this 
chromophore during a 17.07-second measurement period is directly 
proportional to the creatinine concentration in the sample.



[[Page 245]]


    Reagents:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Compartment a                       Form                  Ingredient               Quantity b       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. 2, 3, & 4.......................  Liquid.................  Picrate................  0.11 mmol.              
6...................................  Liquid.................  NaOH (for pH                                     
                                                                adjustment) c.                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Compartments are numbered 1-7, with compartment #7 located closest to pack fill position #2.                 
b. Nominal value at manufacture.                                                                                
c. See Precautions.                                                                                             


    Precautions: Compartment #6 contains 75L of 10 N NaOH; 
avoid contact; skin irritant; rinse contacted area with water. Comply 
with OSHA'S Bloodborne Pathogens Standard while handling biological 
samples (29 CFR 1910.1039).
    Used packs contain human body fluids; handle with appropriate care.

                       FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USE

                          Mixing and Diluting:

    Mixing and diluting are automatically performed by the ACA 
discrete clinical analyzer. The sample cup must contain sufficient 
quantity to accommodate the sample volume plus the ``dead volume''; 
precise cup filling is not required.

                                         Sample Cup Volumes (L)                                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Standard                 Microsystem      
                          Analyzer                           ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Dead        Total         Dead        Total   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II, III.....................................................          120         3000           10          500
IV, SX......................................................          120         3000           30          500
V...........................................................           90         3000           10          500
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  
    Storage of Unprocessed Packs: Store at 2-8 deg.C. Do not freeze. Do 
not expose to temperatures above 35 deg.C or to direct sunlight.
    Expiration: Refer to EXPIRATION DATE on the tray label.
    Specimen Collection: Serum or urine can be collected and stored by 
normal procedures.\2\

                    Known Interfering Substances \3\

     Serum Protein Influence--Serum protein levels exert a 
direct influence on the CREA assay. The following should be taken into 
account when this method is used for urine samples and when it is 
calibrated:
    Aqueous creatinine standards or urine specimens will give CREA 
results depressed by approximately 0.7 mg/dL [62 mol/
L]d and will be less precise than samples containing more 
than 3 g/dL [30 g/L] protein.
    All urine specimens should be diluted with an albumin solution to 
give a final protein concentration of at least 3 g/dL [30 g/L]. Du Pont 
Enzyme Diluent (Cat. #790035-901) may be used for this purpose.
     High concentration of endrogenous bilirubin (>20 mg/dL 
[>342 mol/L]) will give depressed CREA results (average 
depression 0.8 mg/dL [71 mol/L]).\4\
     Grossly hemolyzed (hemoglobin >100 mg/dL [>62 mol/
L]) or visibly lipemic specimens may cause falsely elevated CREA 
results.5,6
     The following cephalosporin antibiotics do not interfere 
with the CREA method when present at the concentrations indicated. 
Systematic inaccuracies (bias) due to these substances are less than or 
equal to 0.1 mg/dL [8.84 mol/L] at CREA concentrations of 
approximately 1 mg/dL [88 mol/L].

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Peak serum level      Drug concentration 
                                                                             7,8,9         ---------------------
                            Antibiotic                             ------------------------                     
                                                                       mg/dL     [mmol/L]     mg/dL     [mmol/L]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cephaloridine.....................................................    1.4         0.3              25        6.0
Cephalexin........................................................  0.6-2.0     0.2-0.6            25        7.2
Cephamandole......................................................  1.3-2.5     0.3-0.5            25        4.9
Cephapirin........................................................    2.0        D0.4              25        5.6
Cephradine........................................................  1.5-2.0     0.4-0.6            25        7.1
Cefazolin.........................................................  2.5-5.0     0.55-1.1           50       11.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  

[[Page 246]]

     The following cephalosporin antibiotics have been shown to 
affect CREA results when present at the indicated concentrations. System 
inaccuracies (bias) due to these substances are greater that 0.1 mg/dL 
[8.84 mol/L] at CREA concentrations of:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Peak serum level8,10          Drug concentration      
                       Antibiotic                       --------------------------------------------------------
                                                            mg/dL     [mmol/L]     mg/dL     [mmol/L]    Effect 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cephalothin............................................    1-6       0.2-1.5           100       25.2  
                                                                                                          20-25%
Cephoxitin.............................................    2.0         0.5             5.0        1.2  
                                                                                                          35-40%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  
     The single wavelength measurement used in this method 
eliminates interference from chromophores whose 510 nm absorbance is 
constant throughout the measurement period.
     Each laboratory should determine the acceptability of its 
own blood collection tubes and serum separation products. Variations in 
these products may exist between manufacturers and, at times, from lot 
to lot.

    d. Systeme International d'unites (S.I. Units) are in brackets.

    Procedure:

                                                 Test Materials                                                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    II, III Du    IV, SX Du Pont  V Du Pont Cat.
                              Item                                 Pont Cat. No.     Cat. No.           No.     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACA CREA Analytical Test Pack.........................       701976901       701976901       701976901
Sample System Kit or............................................       710642901       710642901       713697901
Micro Sample System Kit and.....................................       702694901       710356901              NA
Micro Sample System Holders.....................................       702785000              NA              NA
DYLUX Photosensitive..................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Printer Paper...................................................       700036000              NA              NA
Thermal Printer Paper...........................................              NA       710639901       713645901
Du Pont Purified Water..........................................       704209901       710615901       710815901
Cell Wash Solution..............................................       701864901       710664901       710864901
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  
    Test Steps: The operator need only load the sample kit and 
appropriate test pack(s) into a properly prepared ACA discrete 
clinical analyzer. It automatically advances the pack(s) through the 
test steps and prints a result(s). See the Instrument Manual of the 
ACA analyzer for details of mechanical travel of the test 
pack(s).

                Preset Creatinine (CREA)--Test Conditions

 Sample Volume: 200 L
 Diluent: Purified Water
 Temperature: 37.0  0.1 deg.C
 Reaction Period: 29 seconds
 Type of Measurement: Rate
 Measurement Period: 17.07 seconds
 Wavelength: 510 nm
 Units: mg/dL [mol/L]

    CALIBRATION: The general calibration procedure is described in the 
Calibration/Verification chapter of the Manuals.
    The following information should be considered when calibrating the 
CREA method.

 Assay Range: 0-20 mg/mL [0-1768 mol/L] e.
 Reference Material: Protein containing primary standards 
f or secondary calibrators such as Du Pont Elevated Chemistry 
Control (Cat. #790035903) and Normal Chemistry Control 
(Cat.\#790035905)g.
 Suggested Calibration Levels: 1,5,20, mg/mL [88, 442, 1768 
mol/L].
 Calibration Scheme: 3 levels, 3 packs per level.
 Frequency: Each new pack lot. Every 3 months for any one pack 
lot.

    e. For the results in S.I. units [mol/L] the conversion 
factory is 88.4.
    f. Refer to the Creatinine Standard Preparation and Calibration 
Procedure available on request from a Du Pont Representative.
    g. If the Du Pont Chemistry Controls are being used, prepare them 
according to the instructions on the product insert sheets.

                Preset Creatinine (CREA) Test Conditions                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ACA II    ACA III, 
             Item                    analyzer        IV, SX, V analyzer 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Count by......................  One (1)..........  NA                   
                                [Five (5)].......                       
Decimal Point.................  0.0 mg/dL........  000.0 mg/dL          

[[Page 247]]

                                                                        
Location......................  [000.0 mol/L] 
                                 m>mol/L].                              
Assigned Starting.............  999.8............  -1.000 E1            
Point or Offset Co............  [9823.]..........  [-8.840 E2]          
Scale Factor or Assigned......  0.2000...........  2.004 E-1 h          
                                mg/dL/count h....                       
Linear Term C1h...............  [0.3536 mol/L/count].                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    h. The preset scale factor (linear term) was derived from the molar 
absorptivity of the indicator and is based on an absorbance to activity 
relationship (sensitivity) of 0.596 (mA/min)/(U/L). Due to small 
differences in filters and electronic components between instruments, 
the actual scale factor (linear term) may differ slightly from that 
given above.
    Quality Control: Two types of quality control procedures are 
recommended:
     General Instrument Check. Refer to the Filter Balance 
Procedure and the Absorbance Test Method described in the ACA Analyzer 
Instrument Manual. Refer also to the ABS Test Methodology literature.
     Creatinine Method Check. At least once daily run a CREA 
test on a solution of known creatinine activity such as an assayed 
control or calibration standard other than that used to calibrate the 
CREA method. For further details review the Quality Assurance Section of 
the Chemistry Manual. The result obtained should fall within acceptable 
limits defined by the day-to-day variability of the system as measured 
in the user's laboratory. (See SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS for 
guidance.) If the result falls outside the laboratory's acceptable 
limits, follow the procedure outlined in the Chemistry Troubleshooting 
Section of the Chemistry Manual.
    A possible system malfunction is indicated when analysis of a sample 
with five consecutive test packs gives the following results:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Level                                  SD             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 mg/dL..................................  >0.15 mg/dL                  
[88 mol/L]......................  [>13 mol/L]         
20 mg/dL.................................  >0.68 mg/dL                  
[1768 mol/L]....................  [>60 mol/L]         
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Refer to the procedure outlined in the Trouble Shooting Section of 
the Manual.
    Results: The ACA analyzer automatically calculates and 
prints the CREA result in mg/dL [mol/L].

    Limitation of Procedure: Results >20 mg/dL [1768 mol/L]:

     Dilute with suitable protein base diluent. Reassay. Correct 
for diluting before reporting.
    The reporting system contains error messages to warn the operator of 
specific malfunctions. Any report slip containing a letter code or word 
immediately following the numerical value should not be reported. Refer 
to the Manual for the definition of error codes.

                           Reference Interval

Serum: 11, i                                                            
  Males                              0.8-1.3 md/dL                      
                                     [71-115 mol/L]            
  Females                            0.6-1.0 md/dL                      
                                     [53-88 mol/L]             
Urine: 12                                                               
  Males                              0.6-2.5 g/24 hr                    
                                     [53-221 mmol/24 hr]                
  Females                            0.6-1.5 g/24 hr                    
                                     [53-133 mmol/24 hr]                
                                                                        

    i. Reference interval data obtained from 200 apparently healthy 
individuals (71 males, 129 females) between the ages of 19 and 72.

    Each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals for 
CREA as performed on the analyzer.

            Specific Performance Characteristics j

                            Reproducibility k                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Standard deviation (% 
                                                           CV)          
             Material                  Mean    -------------------------
                                                 Within-run  Between-day
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lyophilized......................          1.3   0.05 (3.7)   0.05 (3.7)
Control..........................        [115]        [4.4]        [4.4]
Lyophilized......................         20.6   0.12 (0.6)   0.37 (1.8)
Control..........................       [1821]       [10.6]       [32.7]
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  

[[Page 248]]



                                      Correlation--Regression Statistics l                                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             Correlation        
                        Comparative method                            Slope      Intercept   coefficient     n  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Autoanalyzer...........................................         1.03    0.03[2.7]        0.997     260
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  
    j. All specific performance characteristics tests were run after 
normal recommended equipment quality control checks were performed (see 
Instrument Manual).
    k. Specimens at each level were analyzed in duplicate for twenty 
days. The within-run and between-day standard deviations were calculated 
by the analysis of variance method.
    l. Model equation for regression statistics is:
    
    
                        Assay Range m

0.0-20.0 mg/dl
[0-1768 mol]

    m. See REPRODUCIBILITY for method performance within the assay 
range.

                         Analytical Specificity

    See KNOWN INTERFERING SUBSTANCES section for details.

                              Bibliography

    \1\ Larsen, K, Clin Chem Acta 41, 209 (1972).
    \2\ Tietz, NW, Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry, W. B. Saunders 
Co., Philadelphia, PA, 1976, pp 47-52, 1211.
    \3\ Supplementary information pertaining to the effects of various 
drugs and patient conditions on in vivo or in vitro diagnostic levels 
can be found in ``Drug Interferences with Clinical Laboratory Tests,'' 
Clin. Chem 21 (5) (1975), and ``Effects of Disease on Clinical 
Laboratory Tests,'' Clin Chem, 26 (4) 1D-476D (1980).
    \4\ Watkins, R. Fieldkamp, SC, Thibert, RJ, and Zak, B, Clin Chem, 
21, 1002 (1975).
    \5\ Kawas, EE, Richards, AH, and Bigger, R, An Evaluation of a 
Kinetic Creatinine Test for the Du Pont ACA, Du Pont Company, 
Wilmington, DE (February 1973). (Reprints available from DuPont Company, 
Diagnostic Systems)
    \6\ Westgard, JO, Effects of Hemolysis and Lipemia on ACA Creatinine 
Method, 0.200 L, Sample Size, Du Pont Company, Wilmington, DE 
(October 1972).
    \7\ Physicians' Desk Reference, Medical Economics Company, 33 
Edition, 1979.
    \8\ Henry, JB, Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory 
Methods, W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, PA 1979, Vol. III.
    \9\ Krupp, MA, Tierney, LM Jr., Jawetz, E, Roe, RI, Camargo, CA, 
Physicians Handbook, Lange Medical Publications, Los Altos, CA, 1982 pp 
635-636.
    \10\ Sarah, AJ, Koch, TR, Drusano, GL, Celoxitin Falsely Elevates 
Creatinine Levels, JAMA 247, 205-206 (1982).
    \11\ Gadsden, RH, and Phelps, CA, A Normal Range Study of Amylase in 
Urine and Serum on the Du Pont ACA, Du Pont Company, Wilmington, DE 
(March 1978). (Reprints available from DuPont Company, Diagnostic 
Systems)
    \12\ Dicht, JJ, Reference Intervals for Serum Amylase and Urinary 
Creatinine on the Du Pont ACA Discrete Clinical Analyzer, Du 
Pont Company, Wilmington, DE (November 1984).

 Attachment 3--Analysis of Creatinine for the Normalization of Cadmium 
   and Beta-2-Microglobulin Concentrations in Urine (OSLTC Procedure).

    Matrix: Urine.
    Target concentration: 1.1 g/L (this amount is representative of 
creatinine concentrations found in urine).
    Procedure: A 1.0 mL aliquot of urine is passed through a C18 SEP-
PAK (Waters Associates). Approximately 30 mL of HPLC (high 
performance liquid chromatography) grade water is then run through the 
SEP-PAK. The resulting solution is diluted to volume in a 100-mL 
volumetric flask and analyzed by HPLC using an ultraviolet (UV) 
detector.
    Special requirements: After collection, samples should be 
appropriately stabilized for cadmium (Cd) analysis by using 10% high 
purity (with low Cd background levels) nitric acid (exactly 1.0 mL of 
10% nitric acid per 10 mL of urine) or stabilized for Beta-2-
Microglobulin (B2M) by taking to pH 7 with dilute NaOH (exactly 1.0 mL 
of 0.11 N NaOH per 10 mL of urine). If not immediately analyzed,

[[Page 249]]

the samples should be frozen and shipped by overnight mail in an 
insulated container.

    Dated: January 1992.

David B. Armitage,

Duane Lee,

    Chemists.

Organic Service Branch II, OSHA Technical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah

                          1. General Discussion

1.1  Background
    1.1.1. History of procedure
    Creatinine has been analyzed by several methods in the past. The 
earliest methods were of the wet chemical type. As an example, 
creatinine reacts with sodium picrate in basic solution to form a red 
complex, which is then analyzed colorimetrically (Refs. 5.1. and 5.2.).
    Since industrial hygiene laboratories will be analyzing for Cd and 
B2M in urine, they will be normalizing those concentrations to the 
concentration of creatinine in urine. A literature search revealed 
several HPLC methods (Refs. 5.3., 5.4., 5.5. and 5.6.) for creatinine in 
urine and because many industrial hygiene laboratories have HPLC 
equipment, it was desirable to develop an industrial hygiene HPLC method 
for creatinine in urine. The method of Hausen, Fuchs, and Wachter was 
chosen as the starting point for method development. SEP-PAKs were used 
for sample clarification and cleanup in this method to protect the 
analytical column. The urine aliquot which has been passed through the 
SEP-PAK is then analyzed by reverse-phase HPLC using ion-pair 
techniques.
    This method is very similar to that of Ogata and Taguchi (Ref. 
5.6.), except they used centrifugation for sample clean-up. It is also 
of note that they did a comparison of their HPLC results to those of the 
Jaffe method (a picric acid method commonly used in the health care 
industry) and found a linear relationship of close to 1:1. This 
indicates that either HPLC or colorimetric methods may be used to 
measure creatinine concentrations in urine.
    1.1.2. Physical properties (Ref. 5.7.)

Molecular weight: 113.12
Molecular formula: C4-H7-N3-0
Chemical name: 2-amino-1,5-dihydro-1-methyl-4H-imidazol-4-one
CAS No.: 60-27-5
Melting point: 300  deg.C (decomposes)
Appearance: white powder
Solubility: soluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol; practically 
insoluble in acetone, ether, and chloroform
Synonyms: 1-methylglycocyamidine, 1-methylhydantoin-2-imide
Structure: see Figure #1
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.015

1.2. Advantages
    1.2.1. This method offers a simple, straightforward, and specific 
alternative method to the Jaffe method.
    1.2.2. HPLC instrumentation is commonly found in many industrial 
hygiene laboratories.

                    2. Sample stabilization procedure

2.1. Apparatus
    Metal-free plastic container for urine sample.
2.2. Reagents
    2.2.1. Stabilizing Solution--
    (1) Nitric acid (10%, high purity with low Cd background levels) for 
stabilizing urine for Cd analysis or
    (2) NaOH, 0.11 N, for stabilizing urine for B2M analysis.
    2.2.2. HPLC grade water
2.3. Technique
    2.3.1. Stabilizing solution is added to the urine sample (see 
section 2.2.1.). The stabilizing solution should be such that for each 
10 mL of urine, add exactly 1.0 mL of stabilizer solution. (Never add 
water or urine to acid or base. Always add acid or base to water or 
urine.) Exactly 1.0 mL of 0.11 N NaOH added to 10 mL of urine should 
result in a pH of 7. Or add 1.0 mL of 10% nitric acid to 10 mL of urine.
    2.3.2. After sample collection seal the plastic bottle securely and 
wrap it with an appropriate seal. Urine samples should be frozen and 
then shipped by overnight mail (if shipping is necessary) in an 
insulated container. (Do not fill plastic bottle too full. This will 
allow for expansion of contents during the freezing process.)

[[Page 250]]

2.4. The Effect of Preparation and Stabilization Techniques on 
          Creatinine Concentrations
    Three urine samples were prepared by making one sample acidic, not 
treating a second sample, and adjusting a third sample to pH 7. The 
samples were analyzed in duplicate by two different procedures. For the 
first procedure a 1.0 mL aliquot of urine was put in a 100-mL volumetric 
flask, diluted to volume with HPLC grade water, and then analyzed 
directly on an HPLC. The other procedure used SEP-PAKs. The SEP-PAK was 
rinsed with approximately 5 mL of methanol followed by approximately 10 
mL of HPLC grade water and both rinses were discarded. Then, 1.0 mL of 
the urine sample was put through the SEP-PAK, followed by 30 mL of HPLC 
grade water. The urine and water were transferred to a 100-mL volumetric 
flask, diluted to volume with HPLC grade water, and analyzed by HPLC. 
These three urine samples were analyzed on the day they were obtained 
and then frozen. The results show that whether the urine is acidic, 
untreated or adjusted to pH 7, the resulting answer for creatinine is 
essentially unchanged. The purpose of stabilizing the urine by making it 
acidic or neutral is for the analysis of Cd or B2M respectively.

          Comparison of Preparation & Stabilization Techniques          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   w/o SEP-    with SEP-
                     Sample                         PAK g/L     PAK g/L 
                                                  creatinine  creatinine
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acid............................................        1.10        1.10
Acid............................................        1.11        1.10
Untreated.......................................        1.12        1.11
Untreated.......................................        1.11        1.12
pH 7............................................        1.08        1.02
pH 7............................................        1.11        1.08
------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.5. Storage
    After 4 days and 54 days of storage in a freezer, the samples were 
thawed, brought to room temperature and analyzed using the same 
procedures as in section 2.4. The results of several days of storage 
show that the resulting answer of creatinine is essentially unchanged.

                                                  Storage Data                                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       4 days                    54 days        
                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
                           Sample                             w/o SEP-PAK   with SEP-   w/o SEP-PAK   with SEP- 
                                                                  g/L        PAK g/L        g/L        PAK g/L  
                                                               creatinine   creatinine   creatinine   creatinine
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acid........................................................         1.09         1.09         1.08         1.09
Acid........................................................         1.10         1.10         1.09         1.10
Acid........................................................  ...........  ...........         1.09         1.09
Untreated...................................................         1.13         1.14         1.09         1.11
Untreated...................................................         1.15         1.14         1.10         1.10
Untreated...................................................  ...........  ...........         1.09         1.10
pH 7........................................................         1.14         1.13         1.12         1.12
pH 7........................................................         1.14         1.13         1.12         1.12
pH 7........................................................  ...........  ...........         1.12         1.12
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.6. Interferences
    None.
2.7. Safety precautions
    2.7.1. Make sure samples are properly sealed and frozen before 
shipment to avoid leakage.
    2.7.2. Follow the appropriate shipping procedures.
    The following modified special safety precautions are based on those 
recommended by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) (Ref. 5.8.). and 
OSHA's Bloodborne Pathogens standard (29 CFR 1910.1039).
    2.7.3. Wear gloves, lab coat, and safety glasses while handling all 
human urine products. Disposable plastic, glass, and paper (pipet tips, 
gloves, etc.) that contact urine should be placed in a biohazard 
autoclave bag. These bags should be kept in appropriate containers until 
sealed and autoclaved. Wipe down all work surfaces with 10% sodium 
hypochlorite solution when work is finished.
    2.7.4. Dispose of all biological samples and diluted specimens in a 
biohazard autoclave bag at the end of the analytical run.
    2.7.5. Special care should be taken when handling and dispensing 
nitric acid. Always remember to add acid to water (or urine). Nitric 
acid is a corrosive chemical capable of severe eye and skin damage. Wear 
metal-free gloves, a lab coat, and safety glasses. If the nitric acid 
comes in contact with any part of the

[[Page 251]]

body, quickly wash with copious quantities of water for at least 15 
minutes.
    2.7.6. Special care should be taken when handling and dispensing 
NaOH. Always remember to add base to water (or urine). NaOH can cause 
severe eye and skin damage. Always wear the appropriate gloves, a lab 
coat, and safety glasses. If the NaOH comes in contact with any part of 
the body, quickly wash with copious quantities of water for at least 15 
minutes.

                         3. Analytical procedure

3.1. Apparatus
    3.1.1. A high performance liquid chromatograph equipped with pump, 
sample injector and UV detector.
    3.1.2. A C18 HPLC column; 25 cm x 4.6 mm I.D.
    3.1.3. An electronic integrator, or some other suitable means of 
determining analyte response.
    3.1.4. Stripchart recorder.
    3.1.5. C18 SEP-PAKs (Waters Associates) or equivalent.
    3.1.6. Luer-lock syringe for sample preparation (5 mL or 10 mL).
    3.1.7. Volumetric pipettes and flasks for standard and sample 
preparation.
    3.1.8. Vacuum system to aid sample preparation (optional).
3.2. Reagents
    3.2.1. Water, HPLC grade.
    3.2.2. Methanol, HPLC grade.
    3.2.3. PIC B-7 (Waters Associates) in small vials.
    3.2.4. Creatinine, anhydrous, Sigma Chemical Corp., purity not 
listed.
    3.2.5. 1-Heptanesulfonic acid, sodium salt monohydrate.
    3.2.6. Phosphoric acid.
    3.2.7. Mobile phase. It can be prepared by mixing one vial of PIC B-
7 into a 1 L solution of 50% methanol and 50% water. The mobile phase 
can also be made by preparing a solution that is 50% methanol and 50% 
water with 0.005M heptanesulfonic acid and adjusting the pH of the 
solution to 3.5 with phosphoric acid.
3.3. Standard preparation
    3.3.1. Stock standards are prepared by weighing 10 to 15 mg of 
creatinine. This is transferred to a 25-mL volumetric flask and diluted 
to volume with HPLC grade water.
    3.3.2. Dilutions to a working range of 3 to 35 g/mL are 
made in either HPLC grade water or HPLC mobile phase (standards give the 
same detector response in either solution).
3.4. Sample preparation
    3.4.1. The C18 SEP-PAK is connected to a Luer-lock syringe. It is 
rinsed with 5 mL HPLC grade methanol and then 10 mL of HPLC grade water. 
These rinses are discarded.
    3.4.2. Exactly 1.0 mL of urine is pipetted into the syringe. The 
urine is put through the SEP-PAK into a suitable container using a 
vacuum system.
    3.4.3. The walls of the syringe are rinsed in several stages with a 
total of approximately 30 mL of HPLC grade water. These rinses are put 
through the SEP-PAK into the same container. The resulting solution is 
transferred to a 100-mL volumetric flask and then brought to volume with 
HPLC grade water.
3.5. Analysis (conditions and hardware are those used in this 
          evaluation.)
    3.5.1. Instrument conditions

    Column: Zorbax ODS, 5-6 m particle size; 25 cm 
x 4.6 mm I.D.
    Mobile phase: See Section 3.2.7.
    Detector: Dual wavelength UV; 229 nm (primary) 254 nm (secondary)
    Flow rate: 0.7 mL/ minute
    Retention time: 7.2 minutes
    Sensitivity: 0.05 AUFS
    Injection volume: 20l

    3.5.2. Chromatogram (see Figure #2)

[[Page 252]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.016



[[Page 253]]

3.6. Interferences
    3.6.1. Any compound that has the same retention time as creatinine 
and absorbs at 229 nm is an interference.
    3.6.2. HPLC conditions may be varied to circumvent interferences. In 
addition, analysis at another UV wavelength (i.e. 254 nm) would allow a 
comparison of the ratio of response of a standard to that of a sample. 
Any deviations would indicate an interference.
3.7. Calculations
    3.7.1. A calibration curve is constructed by plotting detector 
response versus standard concentration (See Figure #3).
    3.7.2. The concentration of creatinine in a sample is determined by 
finding the concentration corresponding to its detector response. (See 
Figure 3).

[[Page 254]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.017



[[Page 255]]

    3.7.3. The g/mL creatinine from section 3.7.2. is then 
multiplied by 100 (the dilution factor). This value is equivalent to the 
micrograms of creatinine in the 1.0 mL stabilized urine aliquot or the 
milligrams of creatinine per liter of urine. The desired units, g/L, is 
determined by the following relationship:


    3.7.4. The resulting value for creatinine is used to normalize the 
urinary concentration of the desired analyte (A) (Cd or B2M) by using 
the following formula.


Where A is the desired analyte. The protocol of reporting such 
normalized results is g A/g creatinine.

                3.8. Safety precautions See section 2.7.

                             4. Conclusions

    The determination of creatinine in urine by HPLC is a good 
alternative to the Jaffe method for industrial hygiene laboratories. 
Sample clarification with SEP-PAKs did not change the amount of 
creatinine found in urine samples. However, it does protect the 
analytical column. The results of this creatinine in urine procedure are 
unaffected by the pH of the urine sample under the conditions tested by 
this procedure. Therefore, no special measures are required for 
creatinine analysis whether the urine sample has been stabilized with 
10% nitric acid for the Cd analysis or brought to a pH of 7 with 0.11 N 
NaOH for the B2M analysis.

                              5. References

5.1. Clark, L.C.; Thompson, H.L.; Anal. Chem. 1949, 21, 1218.
5.2. Peters, J.H.; J. Biol. Chem. 1942, 146, 176.
5.3. Hausen, V.A.; Fuchs, D.; Wachter, H.; J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem. 
          1981, 19, 373-378.
5.4. Clark, P.M.S.; Kricka L.J.; Patel, A.; J. Liq. Chrom. 1980, 3(7), 
          1031-1046.
5.5. Ballerini, R.; Chinol, M.; Cambi, A.; J. Chrom. 1979, 179, 365-369.
5.6. Ogata, M.; Taguchi, T.; Industrial Health 1987, 25, 225-228.
5.7. ``Merck Index'', 11th ed.; Windholz, Martha Ed.; Merck: Rahway, 
          N.J., 1989; p 403.
5.8. Kimberly, M.; ``Determination of Cadmium in Urine by Graphite 
          Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry with Zeeman Background 
          Correction.'', Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta, Georgia, 
          unpublished, update 1990.

[57 FR 42389, Sept. 14, 1992, as amended at 57 FR 49272, Oct. 30, 1992; 
58 FR 21781, Apr. 23, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1028  Benzene.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all 
occupational exposures to benzene. Chemical Abstracts Service Registry 
No. 71-43-2, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this 
section.
    (2) This section does not apply to:
    (i) The storage, transportation, distribution, dispensing, sale or 
use of gasoline, motor fuels, or other fuels containing benzene 
subsequent to its final discharge from bulk wholesale storage 
facilities, except that operations where gasoline or motor fuels are 
dispensed for more than 4 hours per day in an indoor location are 
covered by this section.
    (ii) Loading and unloading operations at bulk wholesale storage 
facilities which use vapor control systems for all loading and unloading 
operations, except for the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1200 as 
incorporated into this section and the emergency provisions of 
paragraphs (g) and (i)(4) of this section.
    (iii) The storage, transportation, distribution or sale of benzene 
or liquid mixtures containing more than 0.1 percent benzene in intact 
containers or in transportation pipelines while sealed in such a manner 
as to contain benzene vapors or liquid, except for the provisions of 29 
CFR 1910.1200 as incorporated into this section and the emergency 
provisions of paragraphs (g) and (i)(4) of this section.
    (iv) Containers and pipelines carrying mixtures with less than 0.1 
percent benzene and natural gas processing plants processing gas with 
less than 0.1 percent benzene.

[[Page 256]]

    (v) Work operations where the only exposure to benzene is from 
liquid mixtures containing 0.5 percent or less of benzene by volume, or 
the vapors released from such liquids until September 12, 1988; work 
operations where the only exposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures 
containing 0.3 percent or less of benzene by volume or the vapors 
released from such liquids from September 12, 1988, to September 12, 
1989; and work operations where the only exposure to benzene is from 
liquid mixtures containing 0.1 percent or less of benzene by volume or 
the vapors released from such liquids after September 12, 1989; except 
that tire building machine operators using solvents with more than 0.1 
percent benzene are covered by paragraph (i) of this section.
    (vi) Oil and gas drilling, production and servicing operations.
    (vii) Coke oven batteries.
    (3) The cleaning and repair of barges and tankers which have 
contained benzene are excluded from paragraph (f) methods of compliance, 
paragraph (e)(1) exposure monitoring-general, and paragraph (e)(6) 
accuracy of monitoring. Engineering and work practice controls shall be 
used to keep exposures below 10 ppm unless it is proven to be not 
feasible.
    (b) Definitions.
    Action level means an airborne concentration of benzene of 0.5 ppm 
calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the 
employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or 
any person entering such an area as a designated representative of 
employees for the purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring 
and measuring procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any 
other person authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act.
    Benzene (C6H6) (CAS Registry No. 71-43-2) 
means liquefied or gaseous benzene. It includes benzene contained in 
liquid mixtures and the benzene vapors released by these liquids. It 
does not include trace amounts of unreacted benzene contained in solid 
materials.
    Bulk wholesale storage facility means a bulk terminal or bulk plant 
where fuel is stored prior to its delivery to wholesale customers.
    Container means any barrel, bottle, can, cylinder, drum, reaction 
vessel, storage tank, or the like, but does not include piping systems.
    Day means any part of a calendar day.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services, or designee.
    Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, 
equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control 
equipment which may or does result in an unexpected significant release 
of benzene.
    Employee exposure means exposure to airborne benzene which would 
occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.
    Regulated area means any area where airborne concentrations of 
benzene exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed, the permissible 
exposure limits, either the 8-hour time weighted average exposure of 1 
ppm or the short-term exposure limit of 5 ppm for 15 minutes.
    Vapor control system means any equipment used for containing the 
total vapors displaced during the loading of gasoline, motor fuel or 
other fuel tank trucks and the displacing of these vapors through a 
vapor processing system or balancing the vapor with the storage tank. 
This equipment also includes systems containing the vapors displaced 
from the storage tank during the unloading of the tank truck which 
balance the vapors back to the tank truck.
    (c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)--(1) Time-weighted average 
limit (TWA). The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an 
airborne concentration of benzene in excess of one part of benzene per 
million parts of air (1 ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average.

[[Page 257]]

    (2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL). The employer shall assure that 
no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of benzene in excess 
of five (5) ppm as averaged over any 15 minute period.
    (d) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish a regulated 
area wherever the airborne concentration of benzene exceeds or can 
reasonably be expected to exceed the permissible exposure limits, either 
the 8-hour time weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or the short-term 
exposure limit of 5 ppm for 15 minutes.
    (2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized 
persons.
    (3) Regulated areas shall be determined from the rest of the 
workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of employees exposed 
to benzene within the regulated area.
    (e) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Determinations of employee 
exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are 
representative of each employee's average exposure to airborne benzene.
    (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposures shall be 
determined on the basis of one sample or samples representing the full 
shift exposure for each job classification in each work area.
    (iii) Determinations of compliance with the STEL shall be made from 
15 minute employee breathing zone samples measured at operations where 
there is reason to believe exposures are high, such as where tanks are 
opened, filled, unloaded or gauged; where containers or process 
equipment are opened and where benzene is used for cleaning or as a 
solvent in an uncontrolled situation. The employer may use objective 
data, such as measurements from brief period measuring devices, to 
determine where STEL monitoring is needed.
    (iv) Except for initial monitoring as required under paragraph 
(e)(2) of this section, where the employer can document that one shift 
will consistently have higher employee exposures for an operation, the 
employer shall only be required to determine representative employee 
exposure for that operation during the shift on which the highest 
exposure is expected.
    (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a place of 
employment covered under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall monitor 
each of these workplaces and work operations to determine accurately the 
airborne concentrations of benzene to which employees may be exposed.
    (ii) The initial monitoring required under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of 
this section shall be completed by 60 days after the effective date of 
this standard or within 30 days of the introduction of benzene into the 
workplace. Where the employer has monitored within one year prior to the 
effective date of this standard and the monitoring satisfies all other 
requirements of this section, the employer may rely on such earlier 
monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(i) of 
this section.
    (3) Periodic monitoring and monitoring frequency. (i) If the 
monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals 
employee exposure at or above the action level but at or below the TWA, 
the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at 
least every year.
    (ii) If the monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this 
section reveals employee exposure above the TWA, the employer shall 
repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every six (6) 
months.
    (iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from every six 
months to annually for any employee for whom two consecutive 
measurements taken at least 7 days apart indicate that the employee 
exposure has decreased to the TWA or below, but is at or above the 
action level.
    (iv) Monitoring for the STEL shall be repeated as necessary to 
evaluate exposures of employees subject to short term exposures.
    (4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the initial monitoring 
required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee 
exposure to be below the action level the employer may discontinue the 
monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph 
(e)(5) of this section.
    (ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (e)(3) of this 
section reveals that employee exposures,

[[Page 258]]

as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 
days apart, are below the action level the employer may discontinue the 
monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph 
(e)(5).
    (5) Additional monitoring. (i) The employer shall institute the 
exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this 
section when there has been a change in the production, process, control 
equipment, personnel or work practices which may result in new or 
additional exposures to benzene, or when the employer has any reason to 
suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposures.
    (ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures or other breakdowns occur that 
may lead to employee exposure, the employer shall monitor (using area or 
personal sampling) after the cleanup of the spill or repair of the leak, 
rupture or other breakdown to ensure that exposures have returned to the 
level that existed prior to the incident.
    (6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring shall be accurate, to a 
confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for 
airborne concentrations of benzene.
    (7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer 
shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any 
monitoring performed under this standard, notify each employee of these 
results in writing either individually or by posting of results in an 
appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.
    (ii) Whenever the PELs are exceeded, the written notification 
required by paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section shall contain the 
corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce the employee 
exposure to or below the PEL, or shall refer to a document available to 
the employee which states the corrective actions to be taken.
    (f) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering controls and work 
practices. (i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and 
work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to benzene at or 
below the permissible exposure limits, except to the extent that the 
employer can establish that these controls are not feasible or where the 
provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(iii) or (g)(1) of this section apply.
    (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices 
which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure 
to or below the PELs, the employer shall use them to reduce employee 
exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall 
supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with 
the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.
    (iii) Where the employer can document that benzene is used in a 
workplace less than a total of 30 days per year, the employer shall use 
engineering controls, work practice controls or respiratory protection 
or any combination of these controls to reduce employee exposure to 
benzene to or below the PELs, except that employers shall use 
engineering and work practice controls, if feasible, to reduce exposure 
to or below 10 ppm as an 8-hour TWA.
    (2) Compliance program. (i) When any exposures are over the PEL, the 
employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce 
employee exposure to or below the PEL primarily by means of engineering 
and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section.
    (ii) The written program shall include a schedule for development 
and implementation of the engineering and work practice controls. These 
plans shall be reviewed and revised as appropriate based on the most 
recent exposure monitoring data, to reflect the current status of the 
program.
    (iii) Written compliance programs shall be furnished upon request 
for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, 
affected employees and designated employee representatives.
    (g) Respiratory protection. (1) General. The employer shall provide 
respirators, and assure that they are used, where required by this 
section. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:
    (i) During the time period necessary to install or implement 
feasible engineering and work practice controls;
    (ii) In work operations for which the employer establishes that 
compliance with either the TWA or STEL through

[[Page 259]]

the use of engineering and work practice controls is not feasible, such 
as some maintenance and repair activities, vessel cleaning, or other 
operations where engineering and work practice controls are infeasible 
because exposures are intermittent in nature and limited in duration;
    (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work 
practice controls are not yet sufficient or are not required under 
paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section to reduce exposure to or below the 
PELs; and
    (iv) In emergencies.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required or 
allowed under this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no 
cost to the employee, the appropriate respirator as specified in Table 
1, and shall assure that the employee uses the respirator provided.
    (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those jointly 
approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National 
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 
CFR Part 11. Negative pressure respirators shall have filter elements 
approved by MSHA/NIOSH for organic vapors or benzene.
    (iii) Any employee who cannot wear a negative pressure respirator 
shall be given the option of wearing a respirator with less breathing 
resistance such as a powered air-purifying respirator or supplied air 
respirator.
    (3) Respirator program. The employer shall institute a respiratory 
protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b), (d), (e) and 
(f).
    (4) Respirator use. (i) Where air-purifying respirators are used, 
the employer shall replace the air purifying element at the expiration 
of service life or at the beginning of each shift in which they will be 
used, whichever comes first.
    (ii) If an air purifying element becomes available with an end of 
useful life indicator for benzene approved by MSHA/NIOSH, the element 
may be used until such time as the indicator shows no further useful 
life.
    (iii) The employer shall permit employees who wear respirators to 
leave the regulated area to wash their faces and respirator facepieces 
as necessary in order to prevent skin irritation associated with 
respirator use or to change the filter elements of air-purifying 
respirators whenever they detect a change in breathing resistance or 
chemical vapor breakthrough.
    (5) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall perform, and 
certify the results of, either quantitative or qualitative fit tests at 
the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter for each 
employee wearing a negative pressure respirator. The test shall be used 
to select a respirator facepiece which exhibits minimum leakage and 
provides the required protection as prescribed in Table 1. The employer 
shall provide and assure that the employee wears a respirator 
demonstrated by the fit test to provide the required protection.
    (ii) The employer shall follow the test protocols outlined in 
Appendix E of this standard for whichever type of fit testing the 
employer chooses.

               Table 1--Respiratory Protection for Benzene              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Airborne concentration of benzene or                                 
             condition of use                      Respirator type      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppm..........  (1) Half-mask air-purifying 
                                             respirator with organic    
                                             vapor cartridge.           
(b) Less than or equal to 50 ppm..........  (1) Full facepiece          
                                             respirator with organic    
                                             vapor cartridges.          
                                            (1) Full facepiece gas mask 
                                             with chin style            
                                             canister.\1\               
(c) Less than or equal to 100 ppm.........  (1) Full facepiece powered  
                                             air-purifying respirator   
                                             with organic vapor         
                                             canister.\1\               
(d) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppm.......  (1) Supplied air respirator 
                                             with full facepiece in     
                                             positive-pressure mode.    
(e) Greater than 1,000 ppm or unknown       (1) Self-contained breathing
 concentration.                              apparatus with full        
                                             facepiece in positive      
                                             pressure mode.             
                                            (2) Full facepiece positive-
                                             pressure supplied-air      
                                             respirator with auxiliary  
                                             self-contained air supply. 
(f) Escape................................  (1) Any organic vapor gas   
                                             mask; or                   
                                            (2) Any self-contained      
                                             breathing apparatus with   
                                             full facepiece.            
(g) Firefighting..........................  (1) Full facepiece self-    
                                             contained breathing        
                                             apparatus in positive      
                                             pressure mode.             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Canisters must have a minimum service life of four (4) hours when   
  tested at 150 ppm benzene, at a flow rate of 64 LPM, 25 C, and 85%    
  relative humidity for non-powered air purifying respirators. The flow 
  rate shall be 115 LPM and 170 LPM respectively for tight fitting and  
  loose fitting powered air-purifying respirators.                      


[[Page 260]]

    (h) Protective clothing and equipment. Personal protective clothing 
and equipment shall be worn where appropriate to prevent eye contact and 
limit dermal exposure to liquid benzene. Protective clothing and 
equipment shall be provided by the employer at no cost to the employee 
and the employer shall assure its use where appropriate. Eye and face 
protection shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.133.
    (i) Medical surveillance--(1) General. (i) The employer shall make 
available a medical surveillance program for employees who are or may be 
exposed to benzene at or above the action level 30 or more days per 
year; for employees who are or may be exposed to benzene at or above the 
PELs 10 or more days per year; for employees who have been exposed to 
more than 10 ppm of benzene for 30 or more days in a year prior to the 
effective date of the standard when employed by their current employer; 
and for employees involved in the tire building operations called tire 
building machine operators, who use solvents containing greater than 0.1 
percent benzene.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and 
procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed 
physician and that all laboratory tests are conducted by an accredited 
laboratory.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that persons other than licensed 
physicians who administer the pulmonary function testing required by 
this section shall complete a training course in spirometry sponsored by 
an appropriate governmental, academic or professional institution.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that all examinations and procedures 
are provided without cost to the employee and at a reasonable time and 
place.
    (2) Initial examination. (i) Within 60 days of the effective date of 
this standard, or before the time of initial assignment, the employer 
shall provide each employee covered by paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this 
section with a medical examination including the following elements:
    (A) A detailed occupational history which includes:
    (1) Past work exposure to benzene or any other hematological toxins,
    (2) A family history of blood dyscrasias including hematological 
neoplasms;
    (3) A history of blood dyscrasias including genetic hemoglobin 
abnormalities, bleeding abnormalities, abnormal function of formed blood 
elements;
    (4) A history of renal or liver dysfunction;
    (5) A history of medicinal drugs routinely taken;
    (6) A history of previous exposure to ionizing radiation and
    (7) Exposure to marrow toxins outside of the current work situation.
    (B) A complete physical examination.
    (C) Laboratory tests. A complete blood count including a leukocyte 
count with differential, a quantitative thrombocyte count, hematocrit, 
hemoglobin, erythrocyte count and erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC). 
The results of these tests shall be reviewed by the examining physician.
    (D) Additional tests as necessary in the opinion of the examining 
physician, based on alterations to the components of the blood or other 
signs which may be related to benzene exposure; and
    (E) For all workers required to wear respirators for at least 30 
days a year, the physical examination shall pay special attention to the 
cardiopulmonary system and shall include a pulmonary function test.
    (ii) No initial medical examination is required to satisfy the 
requirements of paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section if adequate records 
show that the employee has been examined in accordance with the 
procedures of paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section within the twelve 
months prior to the effective date of this standard.
    (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide each 
employee covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section with a 
medical examination annually following the previous examination. These 
periodic examinations shall incude at least the following elements:
    (A) A brief history regarding any new exposure to potential marrow 
toxins, changes in medicinal drug use, and the appearance of physical 
signs relating to blood disorders:
    (B) A complete blood count including a leukocyte count with 
differential,

[[Page 261]]

quantitative thrombocyte count, hemoglobin, hematocrit, erythrocyte 
count and erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC); and
    (C) Appropriate additional tests as necessary, in the opinion of the 
examining physician, in consequence of alterations in the components of 
the blood or other signs which may be related to benzene exposure.
    (ii) Where the employee develops signs and symptoms commonly 
associated with toxic exposure to benzene, the employer shall provide 
the employee with an additional medical examination which shall include 
those elements considered appropriate by the examining physician.
    (iii) For persons required to use respirators for at least 30 days a 
year, a pulmonary function test shall be performed every three (3) 
years. A specific evaluation of the cardiopulmonary system shall be made 
at the time of the pulmonary function test.
    (4) Emergency examinations. (i) In addition to the surveillance 
required by (i)(1)(i), if an employee is exposed to benzene in an 
emergency situation, the employer shall have the employee provide a 
urine sample at the end of the employee's shift and have a urinary 
phenol test performed on the sample within 72 hours. The urine specific 
gravity shall be corrected to 1.024.
    (ii) If the result of the urinary phenol test is below 75 mg phenol/
L of urine, no further testing is required.
    (iii) If the result of the urinary phenol test is equal to or 
greater than 75 mg phenol/L of urine, the employer shall provide the 
employee with a complete blood count including an erythrocyte count, 
leukocyte count with differential and thrombocyte count at monthly 
intervals for a duration of three (3) months following the emergency 
exposure.
    (iv) If any of the conditions specified in paragraph (i)(5)(i) of 
this section exists, then the further requirements of paragraph (i)(5) 
of this section shall be met and the employer shall, in addition, 
provide the employees with periodic examinations if directed by the 
physician.
    (5) Additional examinations and referrals. (i) Where the results of 
the complete blood count required for the initial and periodic 
examinations indicate any of the following abnormal conditions exist, 
then the blood count shall be repeated within 2 weeks.
    (A) The hemoglobin level or the hematocrit falls below the normal 
limit [outside the 95% confidence interval (C.I.)] as determined by the 
laboratory for the particular geographic area and/or these indices show 
a persistent downward trend from the individual's pre-exposure norms; 
provided these findings cannot be explained by other medical reasons.
    (B) The thrombocyte (platelet) count varies more than 20 percent 
below the employee's most recent values or falls outside the normal 
limit (95% C.I.) as determined by the laboratory.
    (C) The leukocyte count is below 4,000 per mm\3\ or there is an 
abnormal differential count.
    (ii) If the abnormality persists, the examining physician shall 
refer the employee to a hematologist or an internist for further 
evaluation unless the physician has good reason to believe such referral 
is unnecessary. (See Appendix C for examples of conditions where a 
referral may be unnecessary.)
    (iii) The employer shall provide the hematologist or internist with 
the information required to be provided to the physician under paragraph 
(i)(6) of this section and the medical record required to be maintained 
by paragraph (k)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) The hematologist's or internist's evaluation shall include a 
determination as to the need for additional tests, and the employer 
shall assure that these tests are provided.
    (6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examining physician:
    (i) A copy of this regulation and its appendices;
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's exposure;
    (iii) The employee's actual or representative exposure level:
    (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to 
be used; and
    (v) Information from previous employment-related medical 
examinations of the affected employee which is

[[Page 262]]

not otherwise available to the examining physician.
    (7) Physician's written opinions. (i) For each examination under 
this section, the employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a 
copy of the examining physician's written opinion within 15 days of the 
examination. The written opinion shall be limited to the following 
information:
    (A) The occupationally pertinent results of the medical examination 
and tests;
    (B) The physician's opinion concerning whether the employee has any 
detected medical conditions which would place the employee's health at 
greater than normal risk of material impairment from exposure to 
benzene;
    (C) The physician's recommended limitations upon the employee's 
exposure to benzene or upon the employee's use of protective clothing or 
equipment and respirators.
    (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions 
resulting from benzene exposure which require further explanation or 
treatment.
    (ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal 
specific records, findings and diagnoses that have no bearing on the 
employee's ability to work in a benzene-exposed workplace.
    (8) Medical removal plan. (i) When a physician makes a referral to a 
hematologist/internist as required under paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this 
section, the employee shall be removed from areas where exposures may 
exceed the action level until such time as the physician makes a 
determination under paragraph (i)(8)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) Following the examination and evaluation by the hematologist/
internist, a decision to remove an employee from areas where benzene 
exposure is above the action level or to allow the employee to return to 
areas where benzene exposure is above the action level shall be made by 
the physician in consultation with the hematologist/internist. This 
decision shall be communicated in writing to the employer and employee. 
In the case of removal, the physician shall state the required probable 
duration of removal from occupational exposure to benzene above the 
action level and the requirements for future medical examinations to 
review the decision.
    (iii) For any employee who is removed pursuant to paragraph 
(i)(8)(ii) of this section, the employer shall provide a follow-up 
examination. The physician, in consultation with the hematologist/
internist, shall make a decision within 6 months of the date the 
employee was removed as to whether the employee shall be returned to the 
usual job or whether the employee should be removed permanently.
    (iv) Whenever an employee is temporarily removed from benzene 
exposure pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(i) or (i)(8)(ii) of this section, 
the employer shall transfer the employee to a comparable job for which 
the employee is qualified (or can be trained for in a short period) and 
where benzene exposures are as low as possible, but in no event higher 
than the action level. The employer shall maintain the employee's 
current wage rate, seniority and other benefits. If there is no such job 
available, the employer shall provide medical removal protection 
benefits until such a job becomes available or for 6 months, whichever 
comes first.
    (v) Whenever an employee is removed permanently from benzene 
exposure based on a physician's recommendation pursuant to paragraph 
(i)(8)(iii) of this section, the employee shall be given the opportunity 
to transfer to another position which is available or later becomes 
available for which the employee is qualified (or can be trained for in 
a short period) and where benzene exposures are as low as possible but 
in no event higher than the action level. The employer shall assure that 
such employee suffers no reduction in current wage rate, seniority or 
other benefits as a result of the transfer.
    (9) Medical removal protection benefits. (i) The employer shall 
provide to an employee 6 months of medical removal protection benefits 
immediately following each occasion an employee is removed from exposure 
to benzene because of hematological findings pursuant to paragraphs 
(i)(8) (i) and (ii) of this section, unless the employee has been 
transferred to a comparable job

[[Page 263]]

where benzene exposures are below the action level.
    (ii) For the purposes of this section, the requirement that an 
employer provide medical removal protection benefits means that the 
employer shall maintain the current wage rate, seniority and other 
benefits of an employee as though the employee had not been removed.
    (iii) The employer's obligation to provide medical removal 
protection benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to the extent 
that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the 
period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation 
program, or from employment with another employer made possible by 
virtue of the employee's removal.
    (j) Communication of benzene hazards to employees--(1) Signs and 
labels. (i) The employer shall post signs at entrances to regulated 
areas. The signs shall bear the following legend:

                                 DANGER                                 
                                                                        
                                 BENZENE                                
                                                                        
                              CANCER HAZARD                             
                                                                        
                          FLAMMABLE--NO SMOKING                         
                                                                        
                        AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY                       
                                                                        
                           RESPIRATOR REQUIRED                          
                                                                        

    (ii) The employer shall ensure that lables or other appropriate 
forms of warning are provided for containers of benzene within the 
workplace. There is no requirement to label pipes. The labels shall 
comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) and in addition 
shall include the following legend:

                                 DANGER                                 
                                                                        
                            CONTAINS BENZENE                            
                                                                        
                              CANCER HAZARD                             
                                                                        
                                                                        

    (2) Material safety data sheets. (i) Employers shall obtain or 
develop, and shall provide access to their employees, to a material 
safety data sheet (MSDS) which addresses benzene and complies with 29 
CFR 1910.1200.
    (ii) Employers who are manufacturers or importers shall:
    (A) Comply with paragraph (a) of this section, and
    (B) Comply with the requirement in OSHA's Hazard Communication 
Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, that they deliver to downstream employers an 
MSDS which addresses benzene.
    (3) Information and training. (i) The employer shall provide 
employees with information and training at the time of their initial 
assignment to a work area where benzene is present. If exposures are 
above the action level, employees shall be provided with information and 
training at least annually thereafter.
    (ii) The training program shall be in accordance with the 
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(h) (1) and (2), and shall include 
specific information on benzene for each category of information 
included in that section.
    (iii) In addition to the information required under 29 CFR 
1910.1200, the employer shall:
    (A) Provide employees with an explanation of the contents of this 
section, including Appendices A and B, and indicate to them where the 
standard is available; and
    (B) Describe the medical surveillance program required under 
paragraph (i) of this section, and explain the information contained in 
Appendix C.
    (k) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall 
establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements required 
by paragraph (e) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples 
taken, including a description of the procedure used to determine 
representative employee exposures;
    (B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used;
    (C) A description of the type of respiratory protective devices 
worn, if any; and
    (D) The name, social security number, job classification and 
exposure levels of the employee monitored and all other employees whose 
exposure the measurement is intended to represent.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 30 years, 
in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
surveillance required

[[Page 264]]

by paragraph (i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
    (B) The employer's copy of the physician's written opinion on the 
initial, periodic and special examinations, including results of medical 
examinations and all tests, opinions and recommendations;
    (C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to benzene;
    (D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
by paragraphs (i)(6) (ii) through (v) of this section; and
    (E) A copy of the employee's medical and work history related to 
exposure to benzene or any other hematologic toxins.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least the 
duration of employment plus 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (3) Availability. (i) The employer shall assure that all records 
required to be maintained by this section shall be made available upon 
request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and 
copying.
    (ii) Employee exposure monitoring records required by this paragraph 
shall be provided upon request for examination and copying to employees, 
employee representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 
29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).
    (iii) Employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be 
provided upon request for examination and copying, to the subject 
employee, to anyone having the specific written consent of the subject 
employee, and to the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 
1910.20.
    (4) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the 
requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 
1019.20(h).
    (ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor 
employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, 
the employer shall notify the Director, at least three (3) months prior 
to disposal, and transmit them to the Director if required by the 
Director within that period.
    (l) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees, or their designated 
representatives, an opportunity to observe the measuring or monitoring 
of employee exposure to benzene conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of 
this section.
    (2) Observation procedures. When observation of the measuring or 
monitoring of employee exposure to benzene requires entry into areas 
where the use of protective clothing and equipment or respirators is 
required, the employer shall provide the observer with personal 
protective clothing and equipment or respirators required to be worn by 
employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and 
equipment or respirators, and require the observer to comply with all 
other applicable safety and health procedures.
    (m) Dates--(1) Effective date. The standard shall become effective 
December 10, 1987.
    (2) Start-up dates. (i) The requirements of paragraph (a) through 
(m) of this section, except the engineering control requirements of 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be completed within sixty (60) 
days after the effective date of the standard.
    (ii) Engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph 
(f)(1) of this section shall be implemented no later than 2 years after 
the effective date of the standard.
    (iii) Coke and coal chemical operations may comply with paragraph 
(m)(2)(ii) of this section or alternately include within the compliance 
program required by paragraph (f)(2) of this section, a requirement to 
phase in engineering controls as equipment is repaired and replaced. For 
coke and coal chemical operations choosing the latter alternative, 
compliance with the engineering controls requirements of paragraph 
(f)(1) of this section shall be achieved no later than 5 years after the 
effective date of this standard and substantial compliance with the 
engineering control requirements shall be achieved within 3 years of the 
effective date of this standard.
    (n) Appendices. The information contained in Appendices A, B, C, and 
D is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not 
otherwise

[[Page 265]]

imposed or to detract from any existing obligations. The protocols on 
respiratory fit testing in Appendix E are mandatory.

   Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1028--Substance Safety Data Sheet, Benzene

                       I. Substance Identification

    A. Substance: Benzene.
    B. Permissible Exposure: Except as to the use of gasoline, motor 
fuels and other fuels subsequent to discharge from bulk terminals and 
other exemptions specified in Sec. 1910.1028(a)(2):
    1. Airborne: The maximum time-weighted average (TWA) exposure limit 
is 1 part of benzene vapor per million parts of air (1 ppm) for an 8-
hour workday and the maximum short-term exposure limit (STEL) is 5 ppm 
for any 15-minute period.
    2. Dermal: Eye contact shall be prevented and skin contact with 
liquid benzene shall be limited.
    C. Appearance and odor: Benzene is a clear, colorless liquid with a 
pleasant, sweet odor. The odor of benzene does not provide adequate 
warning of its hazard.

                         II. Health Hazard Data

    A. Ways in which benzene affects your health. Benzene can affect 
your health if you inhale it, or if it comes in contact with your skin 
or eyes. Benzene is also harmful if you happen to swallow it.
    B. Effects of overexposure. 1. Short-term (acute) overexposure: If 
you are overexposed to high concentrations of benzene, well above the 
levels where its odor is first recognizable, you may feel breathless, 
irritable, euphoric, or giddy; you may experience irritation in eyes, 
nose, and respiratory tract. You may develop a headache, feel dizzy, 
nauseated, or intoxicated. Severe exposures may lead to convulsions and 
loss of consciousness.
    2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or prolonged exposure to 
benzene, even at relatively low concentrations, may result in various 
blood disorders, ranging from anemia to leukemia, an irreversible, fatal 
disease. Many blood disorders associated with benzene exposure may occur 
without symptoms.

                 III. Protective Clothing and Equipment

    A. Respirators. Respirators are required for those operations in 
which engineering controls or work practice controls are not feasible to 
reduce exposure to the permissible level. However, where employers can 
document that benzene is present in the workplace less than 30 days a 
year, respirators may be used in lieu of engineering controls. If 
respirators are worn, they must have joint Mine Safety and Health 
Administration and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and 
Health (NIOSH) seal of approval, and cartridge or canisters must be 
replaced before the end of their service life, or the end of the shift, 
whichever occurs first. If you experience difficulty breathing while 
wearing a respirator, you may request a positive pressure respirator 
from your employer. You must be thoroughly trained to use the assigned 
respirator, and the training will be provided by your employer.
    B. Protective Clothing. You must wear appropriate protective 
clothing (such as boots, gloves, sleeves, aprons, etc.) over any parts 
of your body that could be exposed to liquid benzene.
    C. Eye and Face Protection. You must wear splash-proof safety 
goggles if it is possible that benzene may get into your eyes. In 
addition, you must wear a face shield if your face could be splashed 
with benzene liquid.

                 IV. Emergency and First Aid Procedures

    A. Eye and face exposure. If benzene is splashed in your eyes, wash 
it out immediately with large amounts of water. If irritation persists 
or vision appears to be affected see a doctor as soon as possible.
    B. Skin exposure. If benzene is spilled on your clothing or skin, 
remove the contaminated clothing and wash the exposed skin with large 
amounts of water and soap immediately. Wash contaminated clothing before 
you wear it again.
    C. Breathing. If you or any other person breathes in large amounts 
of benzene, get the exposed person to fresh air at once. Apply 
artificial respiration if breathing has stopped. Call for medical 
assistance or a doctor as soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or 
confined space where the benzene concentration might be high without 
proper safety equipment and at least one other person present who will 
stay outside. A life line should be used.
    D. Swallowing. If benzene has been swallowed and the patient is 
conscious, do not induce vomiting. Call for medical assistance or a 
doctor immediately.

                         V. Medical Requirements

    If you are exposed to benzene at a concentration at or above 0.5 ppm 
as an 8-hour time-weighted average, or have been exposed at or above 10 
ppm in the past while employed by your current employer, your employer 
is required to provide a medical examination and history and laboratory 
tests within 60 days of the effective date of this standard and annually 
thereafter. These tests shall be provided without cost to you. In 
addition, if you are accidentally exposed to benzene (either by 
ingestion, inhalation, or skin/eye contact) under emergency conditions 
known or suspected to constitute toxic

[[Page 266]]

exposure to benzene, your employer is required to make special 
laboratory tests available to you.

                      VI. Observation of Monitoring

    Your employer is required to perform measurements that are 
representative of your exposure to benzene and you or your designated 
representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are 
entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to 
record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking 
place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and 
equipment are required to be worn, you or your representative must also 
be provided with, and must wear the protective clothing and equipment.

                         VII. Access to Records

    You or your representative are entitled to see the records of 
measurements of your exposure to benzene upon written request to your 
employer. Your medical examination records can be furnished to yourself, 
your physician or designated representative upon request by you to your 
employer.

          VIII. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling and Storage

    Benzene liquid is highly flammable. It should be stored in tightly 
closed containers in a cool, well ventilated area. Benzene vapor may 
form explosive mixtures in air. All sources of ignition must be 
controlled. Use nonsparking tools when opening or closing benzene 
containers. Fire extinguishers, where provided, must be readily 
available. Know where they are located and how to operate them. Smoking 
is prohibited in areas where benzene is used or stored. Ask your 
supervisor where benzene is used in your area and for additional plant 
safety rules.

  Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1028--Substance Technical Guidlines, Benzene

                      I. Physical and Chemical Data

    A. Substance identification.
    1. Synonyms: Benzol, benzole, coal naphtha, cyclohexatriene, phene, 
phenyl hydride, pyrobenzol. (Benzin, petroleum benzin and Benzine do not 
contain benzene).
    2. Formula: C6H6 (CAS Registry Number: 71-43-
2)
    B. Physical data.
    1. Boiling Point (760 mm Hg); 80.1  deg.C (176  deg.F)
    2. Specific Gravity (water=1): 0.879
    3. Vapor Density (air=1): 2.7
    4. Melting Point: 5.5  deg.C (42  deg.F)
    5. Vapor Pressure at 20  deg.C (68  deg.F): 75 mm Hg
    6. Solubility in Water: .06%
    7. Evaporation Rate (ether=1): 2.8
    8. Appearance and Odor: Clear, colorless liquid with a distinctive 
sweet odor.

             II. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data

    A. Fire.
    1. Flash Point (closed cup): -11  deg.C (12  deg.F)
    2. Autoignition Temperature: 580  deg.C (1076  deg.F)
    3. Flammable limits in Air. % by Volume: Lower: 1.3%, Upper: 7.5%
    4. Extinguishing Media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, or foam.
    5. Special Fire-Fighting procedures: Do not use solid stream of 
water, since stream will scatter and spread fire. Fine water spray can 
be used to keep fire-exposed containers cool.
    6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Benzene is a flammable 
liquid. Its vapors can form explosive mixtures. All ignition sources 
must be controlled when benzene is used, handled, or stored. Where 
liquid or vapor may be released, such areas shall be considered as 
hazardous locations. Benzene vapors are heavier than air; thus the 
vapors may travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or 
sparks at locations remote from the site at which benzene is handled.
    7. Benzene is classified as a 1 B flammable liquid for the purpose 
of conforming to the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106. A concentration 
exceeding 3,250 ppm is considered a potential fire explosion hazard. 
Locations where benzene may be present in quantities sufficient to 
produce explosive or ignitable mixtures are considered Class I Group D 
for the purposes of conforming to the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.309.
    B. Reactivity.
    1. Conditions contributing to instability: Heat.
    2. Incompatibility: Heat and oxidizing materials.
    3. Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as 
carbon monoxide).

                     III. Spill and Leak Procedures

    A. Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. As much 
benzene as possible should be absorbed with suitable materials, such as 
dry sand or earth. That remaining must be flushed with large amounts of 
water. Do not flush benzene into a confined space, such as a sewer, 
because of explosion danger. Remove all ignition sources. Ventilate 
enclosed places.
    B. Waste disposal method. Disposal methods must conform to other 
jurisdictional regulations. If allowed, benzene may be disposed of: (a) 
By absorbing it in dry sand or earth and disposing in a sanitary 
landfill; (b) if small quantities, by removing it to a safe location 
from buildings or other combustible sources, pouring it in dry sand or 
earth and

[[Page 267]]

cautiously igniting it; and (c) if large quantities, by atomizing it in 
a suitable combustion chamber.

                      IV. Miscellaneous Precautions

    A. High exposure to benzene can occur when transferring the liquid 
from one container to another. Such operations should be well ventilated 
and good work practices must be established to avoid spills.
    B. Use non-sparking tools to open benzene containers which are 
effectively grounded and bonded prior to opening and pouring.
    C. Employers must advise employees of all plant areas and operations 
where exposure to benzene could occur. Common operations in which high 
exposures to benzene may be encountered are: the primary production and 
utilization of benzene, and transfer of benzene.

   Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1028--Medical Surveillance Guidelines for 
                                 Benzene

                            I. Route of Entry

    Inhalation; skin absorption.

                             II. Toxicology

    Benzene is primarily an inhalation hazard. Systemic absorption may 
cause depression of the hematopoietic system, pancytopenia, aplastic 
anemia, and leukemia. Inhalation of high concentrations can affect 
central nervous system function. Aspiration of small amounts of liquid 
benzene immediately causes pulmonary edema and hemorrhage of pulmonary 
tissue. There is some absorption through the skin. Absorption may be 
more rapid in the case of abraded skin, and benzene may be more readily 
absorbed if it is present in a mixture or as a contaminant in solvents 
which are readily absorbed. The defatting action of benzene may produce 
primary irritation due to repeated or prolonged contact with the skin. 
High concentration are irritating to the eyes and the mucuous membranes 
of the nose, and respiratory tract.

                         III. Signs and Symptoms

    Direct skin contact with benzene may cause erythema. Repeated or 
prolonged contact may result in drying, scaling dermatitis, or 
development of secondary skin infections. In addition, there is benzene 
absorption through the skin. Local effects of benzene vapor or liquid on 
the eye are slight. Only at very high concentrations is there any 
smarting sensation in the eye. Inhalation of high concentrations of 
benzene may have an initial stimulatory effect on the central nervous 
system characterized by exhilaration, nervous excitation, and/or 
giddiness, followed by a period of depression, drowsiness, or fatigue. A 
sensation of tightness in the chest accompanied by breathlessness may 
occur and ultimately the victim may lose consciousness. Tremors, 
convulsions and death may follow from respiratory paralysis or 
circulatory collapse in a few minutes to several hours following severe 
exposures.
    The detrimental effect on the blood-forming system of prolonged 
exposure to small quantities of benzene vapor is of extreme importance. 
The hematopoietic system is the chief target for benzene's toxic effects 
which are manifested by alterations in the levels of formed elements in 
the peripheral blood. These effects have occurred at concentrations of 
benzene which may not cause irritation of mucous membranes, or any 
unpleasant sensory effects. Early signs and symptoms of benzene 
morbidity are varied, often not readily noticed and non-specific. 
Subjective complaints of headache, dizziness, and loss of appetite may 
precede or follow clinical signs. Rapid pulse and low blood pressure, in 
addition to a physical appearance of anemia, may accompany a subjective 
complaint of shortness of breath and excessive tiredness. Bleeding from 
the nose, gums, or mucous membranes, and the development of purpuric 
spots (small bruises) may occur as the condition progresses. Clinical 
evidence of leukopenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia, singly or in 
combination, has been frequently reported among the first signs.
    Bone marrow may appear normal, aplastic, or hyperplastic, and may 
not, in all situations, correlate with peripheral blood forming tissues. 
Because of variations in the susceptibility to benzene morbidity, there 
is no ``typical'' blood picture. The onset of effects of prolonged 
benzene exposure may be delayed for many months or years after the 
actual exposure has ceased and identification or correlation with 
benzene exposure must be sought out in the occupational history.

                  IV. Treatment of Acute Toxic Effects

    Remove from exposure immediately. Make sure you are adequately 
protected and do not risk being overcome by fumes. Give oxygen or 
artificial resuscitation if indicated. Flush eyes, wash skin if 
contaminated and remove all contaminated clothing. Symptoms of 
intoxication may persist following severe exposures. Recovery from mild 
exposures is usually rapid and complete.

              V. Surveillance and Preventive Considerations

                               A. General

    The principal effects of benzene exposure which form the basis for 
this regulation are pathological changes in the hematopoietic system, 
reflected by changes in the peripheral blood and manifesting clinically 
as pancytopenia, aplastic anemia, and leukemia. Consequently, the 
medical surveillance program is designed to observe, on a regular basis, 
blood indices for early signs of these

[[Page 268]]

effects, and although early signs of leukemia are not usually available, 
emerging diagnostic technology and innovative regimes make consistent 
surveillance for leukemia, as well as other hematopoietic effects, 
essential.
    Initial examinations are to be provided within 60 days of the 
effective date of this standard, or at the time of initial assignment, 
and periodic examinations annually thereafter. There are special 
provisions for medical tests in the event of hematologic abnormalities 
or for emergency situations.
    The blood values which require referral to a hematologist or 
internist are noted in the standard in paragraph (i)(5). The standard 
specifies that blood abnormalities that persist must be referred 
``unless the physician has good reason to believe such referral is 
unnecessary'' (paragraph (i)(5)). Examples of conditions that could make 
a referral unnecessary despite abnormal blood limits are iron or folate 
deficiency, menorrhagia, or blood loss due to some unrelated medical 
abnormality.
    Symptoms and signs of benzene toxicity can be non-specific. Only a 
detailed history and appropriate investigative procedures will enable a 
physician to rule out or confirm conditions that place the employee at 
increased risk. To assist the examining physician with regard to which 
laboratory tests are necessary and when to refer an employee to the 
specialist, OSHA has established the following guidelines.

                        B. Hematology Guidelines

    A minimum battery of tests is to be performed by strictly 
standardized methods.
    1. Red cell, white cell, platelet counts, white blood cell 
differential, hematacrit and red cell indices must be performed by an 
accredited laboratory. The normal ranges for the red cell and white cell 
counts are influenced by altitude, race, and sex, and therefore should 
be determined by the accredited laboratory in the specific area where 
the tests are performed.
    Either a decline from an absolute normal or an individual's base 
line to a subnormal value or a rise to a supra-normal value, are 
indicative of potential toxicity, particularly if all blood parameters 
decline. The normal total white blood count is approximately 7,200/mm 
\3\ plus or minus 3,000. For cigarette smokers the white count may be 
higher and the upper range may be 2,000 cells higher than normal for the 
laboratory. In addition, infection, allergies and some drugs may raise 
the white cell count. The normal platelet count is approximately 250,000 
with a range of 140,000 to 400,000. Counts outside this range should be 
regarded as possible evidence of benzene toxicity.
    Certain abnormalities found through routine screening are of greater 
significance in the benzene-exposed worker and require prompt 
consultation with a specialist, namely:
    a. Thrombocytopenia.
    b. A trend of decreasing white cell, red cell, or platelet indices 
in an individual over time is more worrisome than an isolated abnormal 
finding at one test time. The importance of trend highlights the need to 
compare an individual's test results to baseline and/or previous 
periodic tests.
    c. A constellation or pattern of abnormalities in the different 
blood indices is of more significance than a single abnormality. A low 
white count not associated with any abnormalities in other cell indices 
may be a normal statistical variation, whereas if the low white count is 
accompanied by decreases in the platelet and/or red cell indices, such a 
pattern is more likely to be associated with benzene toxicity and merits 
thorough investigation.
    Anemia, leukopenia, macrocytosis or an abnormal differential white 
blood cell count should alert the physician to further investigate and/
or refer the patient if repeat tests confirm the abnormalities. If 
routine screening detects an abnormality, follow-up tests which may be 
helpful in establishing the etiology of the abnormality are the 
peripheral blood smear and the reticulocyte count.
    The extreme range of normal for reticulocytes is 0.4 to 2.5 percent 
of the red cells, the usual range being 0.5 to 1.2 percent of the red 
cells, but the typical value is in the range of 0.8 to 1.0 percent. A 
decline in reticulocytes to levels of less than 0.4 percent is to be 
regarded as possible evidence (unless another specific cause is found) 
of benzene toxicity requiring accelerated surveillance. An increase in 
reticulocyte levels to about 2.5 percent may also be consistent with 
(but is not as characteristic of) benzene toxicity.
    2. An important diagnostic test is a careful examination of the 
peripheral blood smear. As with reticulocyte count the smear should be 
with fresh uncoagulated blood obtained from a needle tip following 
venipuncture or from a drop of earlobe blood (capillary blood). If 
necessary, the smear may, under certain limited conditions, be made from 
a blood sample anticoagulated with EDTA (but never with oxalate or 
heparin). When the smear is to be prepared from a specimen of venous 
blood which has been collected by a commercial Vacutainer  
type tube containing neutral EDTA, the smear should be made as soon as 
possible after the venesection. A delay of up to 12 hours is permissible 
between the drawing of the blood specimen into EDTA and the preparation 
of the smear if the blood is stored at refrigerator (not freezing) 
temperature.
    3. The minimum mandatory observations to be made from the smear are:
    a. The differential white blood cell count.

[[Page 269]]

    b. Description of abnormalities in the appearance of red cells.
    c. Description of any abnormalities in the platelets.
    d. A careful search must be made throughout of every blood smear for 
immature white cells such as band forms (in more than normal proportion, 
i.e., over 10 percent of the total differential count), any number of 
metamyelocytes, myelocytes or myeloblasts. Any nucleate or 
multinucleated red blood cells should be reported. Large ``giant'' 
platelets or fragments of megakaryocytes must be recognized.
    An increase in the proportion of band forms among the neutrophilic 
granulocytes is an abnormality deserving special mention, for it may 
represent a change which should be considered as an early warning of 
benzene toxicity in the absence of other causative factors (most 
commonly infection). Likewise, the appearance of metamyelocytes, in the 
absence of another probable cause, is to be considered a possible 
indication of benzene-induced toxicity.
    An upward trend in the number of basophils, which normally do not 
exceed about 2.0 percent of the total white cells, is to be regarded as 
possible evidence of benzene toxicity. A rise in the eosinophil count is 
less specific but also may be suspicious of toxicity if the rises above 
6.0 percent of the total white count.
    The normal range of monocytes is from 2.0 to 8.0 percent of the 
total white count with an average of about 5.0 percent. About 20 percent 
of individuals reported to have mild but persisting abnormalities caused 
by exposure to benzene show a persistent monocytosis. The findings of a 
monocyte count which persists at more than 10 to 12 percent of the 
normal white cell count (when the total count is normal) or persistence 
of an absolute monocyte count in excess of 800/mm 3 should be 
regarded as a possible sign of benzene-induced toxicity.
    A less frequent but more serious indication of benzene toxicity is 
the finding in the peripheral blood of the so-called ``pseudo'' (or 
acquired) Pelger-Huet anomaly. In this anomaly many, or sometimes the 
majority, of the neutrophilic granulocytes possess two round nuclear 
segements--less often one or three round segments--rather than three 
normally elongated segments. When this anomaly is not hereditary, it is 
often but not invariably predictive of subsequent leukemia. However, 
only about two percent of patients who ultimately develop acute 
myelogenous leukemia show the acquired Pelger-Huet anomaly. Other tests 
that can be administered to investigate blood abnormalities are 
discussed below; however, such procedures should be undertaken by the 
hematologist.
    An uncommon sign, which cannot be detected from the smear, but can 
be elicited by a ``sucrose water test'' of peripheral blood, is 
transient paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), which may first 
occur insidiously during a period of established aplastic anemia, and 
may be followed within one to a few years by the appearance of rapidly 
fatal acute myelogenous leukemia. Clinical detection of PNH, which 
occurs in only one or two percent of those destined to have acute 
myelogenous leukemia, may be difficult; if the ``sucrose water test'' is 
positive, the somewhat more definitive Ham test, also known as the acid-
serum hemolysis test, may provide confirmation.
    e. Individuals documented to have developed acute myelogenous 
leukemia years after initial exposure to benzene may have progressed 
through a preliminary phase of hematologic abnormality. In some 
instances pancytopenia (i.e., a lowering in the counts of all 
circulating blood cells of bone marrow origin, but not to the extent 
implied by the term ``aplastic anemia'') preceded leukemia for many 
years. Depression of a single blood cell type or platelets may represent 
a harbinger of aplasia or leukemia. The finding of two or more 
cytopenias, or pancytopenia in a benzene-exposed individual, must be 
regarded as highly suspicious of more advanced although still 
reversible, toxicity. ``Pancytopenia'' coupled with the appearance of 
immature cells (myelocytes, myeloblasts, erythroblasts, etc.), with 
abnormal cells (pseudo Pelger-Huet anomaly, atypical nuclear 
heterochromatin, etc.), or unexplained elevations of white blood cells 
must be regarded as evidence of benzene overexposure unless proved 
otherwise. Many severely aplastic patients manifested the ominous 
finding of 5-10 percent myeloblasts in the marrow, occasional 
myeloblasts and myelocytes in the blood and 20-30% monocytes. It is 
evident that isolated cytopenias, pancytopenias, and even aplastic 
anemias induced by benzene may be reversible and complete recovery has 
been reported on cessation of exposure. However, since any of these 
abnormalities is serious, the employee must immediately be removed from 
any possible exposure to benzene vapor. Certain tests may substantiate 
the employee's prospects for progression or regression. One such test 
would be an examination of the bone marrow, but the decision to perform 
a bone marrow aspiration or needle biopsy is made by the hematologist.
    The findings of basophilic stippling in circulating red blood cells 
(usually found in 1 to 5% of red cells following marrow injury), and 
detection in the bone marrow of what are termed ``ringed sideroblasts'' 
must be taken seriously, as they have been noted in recent years to be 
premonitory signs of subsequent leukemia.
    Recently peroxidase-staining of circulating or marrow neutrophil 
granulocytes, employing benzidine dihydrochloride, have revealed

[[Page 270]]

the disappearance of, or diminution in, peroxidase in a sizable 
proportion of the granulocytes, and this has been reported as an early 
sign of leukemia. However, relatively few patients have been studied to 
date. Granulocyte granules are normally strongly peroxidase positive. A 
steady decline in leukocyte alkaline phosphatase has also been reported 
as suggestive of early acute leukemia. Exposure to benzene may cause an 
early rise in serum iron, often but not always associated with a fall in 
the reticulocyte count. Thus, serial measurements of serum iron levels 
may provide a means of determining whether or not there is a trend 
representing sustained suppression of erythropoiesis.
    Measurement of serum iron, determination of peroxidase and of 
alkaline phosphatase activity in peripheral granulocytes can be 
performed in most pathology laboratories. Peroxidase and alkaline 
phosphatase staining are usually undertaken when the index of suspecion 
for leukemia is high.

   Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1028--Sampling and Analytical Methods for 
              Benzene Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

    Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure 
to benzene are best taken so that the representative average 8-hour 
exposure may be determined from a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour 
samples. Short-time interval samples (or grab samples) may also be used 
to determine average exposure level if a minimum of five measurements 
are taken in a random manner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sampling 
means that any portion of the work shift has the same change of being 
sampled as any other. The arithmetic average of all such random samples 
taken on one work shift is an estimate of an employee's average level of 
exposure for that work shift. Air samples should be taken in the 
employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that 
inhaled by the employee). Sampling and analysis must be performed with 
procedures meeting the requirements of the standard.
    There are a number of methods available for monitoring employee 
exposures to benzene. The sampling and analysis may be performed by 
collection of the benzene vaptor or charcoal absorption tubes, with 
subsequent chemical analysis by gas chromatography. Sampling and 
analysis may also be performed by portable direct reading instruments, 
real-time continuous monitoring systems, passive dosimeters or other 
suitable methods. The employer has the obligation of selecting a 
monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of 
the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires 
that the method of monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95 percent 
confidence level, of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for 
concentrations of benzene greater than or equal to 0.5 ppm.
    The OSHA Laboratory modified NIOSH Method S311 and evaluated it at a 
benzene air concentration of 1 ppm. A procedure for determining the 
benzene concentration in bulk material samples was also evalauted. This 
work, reported in OSHA Laboratory Method No. 12, includes the following 
two analytical procedures:

                    I. OSHA Method 12 for Air Samples

Analyte: Benzene
Matrix: Air
Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal, desorption with carbon disulfide, 
analysis by GC.
Detection limit: 0.04 ppm
Recommended air volume and sampling rate: 10L to 0.2 L/min.
    1. Principle of the Method.
    1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap 
the organic vapors present.
    1.2. The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered 
vial, and the anlyte is desorbed with carbon disulfide.
    1.3. An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas 
chromatograph.
    1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with 
areas obtained from standards.
    2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.
    2.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involved no liquids. 
Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be 
eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The samples are 
analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method.
    2.2 The amount of sample which can be taken is limited by the number 
of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the 
sample value obtained for the backup section of the charcoal tube 
exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the possibility 
of sample loss exists.
    3. Apparatus.
    3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined 
within 5 percent at the recommended flow rate.
    3.2. Charcoal tubes: Glass with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long 
with a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh 
activated charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The 
activated charcoal is prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600  
deg.C prior to packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of 
charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is 
placed between the outlet end of the tube and the back-up section. A 
plug of silanized glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing 
section. The pressure drop

[[Page 271]]

across the tube must be less than one inch of mercury at a flow rate of 
1 liter per minute.
    3.3. Gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization detector.
    3.4. Column (10-ft  x  \1/8\-in stainless steel) packed with 80/100 
Supelcoport coated with 20 percent SP 2100, 0.1 percent CW 1500.
    3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for 
measuring peak area.
    3.6. Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-lined caps.
    3.7. Microliter syringes: 10-microliter (10-L syringe, and 
other convenient sizes for making standards, 1-L syringe for 
sample injections.
    3.8. Pipets: 1.0 mL delivery pipets
    3.9. Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for making standard 
solutions.
    4. Reagents.
    4.1. Chromatographic quality carbon disulfide (CS2). Most 
commercially available carbon disulfide contains a trace of benzene 
which must be removed. It can be removed with the following procedure:
    Heat under reflux for 2 to 3 hours, 500 mL of carbon disulfide, 10 
mL concentrated sulfuric acid, and 5 drops of concentrated nitric acid. 
The benzene is converted to nitrobenzene. The carbon disulfide layer is 
removed, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and distilled. The 
recovered carbon disulfide should be benzene free. (It has recently been 
determined that benzene can also be removed by passing the carbon 
disulfide through 13x molecular sieve).
    4.2. Benzene, reagent grade.
    4.3. p-Cymene, reagent grade, (internal standard).
    4.4. Desorbing reagent. The desorbing reagent is prepared by adding 
0.05 mL of p-cymene per milliliter of carbon disulfide. (The internal 
standard offers a convenient means correcting analytical response for 
slight inconsistencies in the size of sample injections. If the external 
standard technique is preferred, the internal standard can be 
eliminated).
    4.5. Purified GC grade helium, hydrogen and air.
    5. Procedure.
    5.1. Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory 
analysis should be properly cleaned and free of organics which could 
interfere in the analysis.
    5.2. Calibration of personal pumps. Each pump must be calibrated 
with a representative charcoal tube in the line.
    5.3. Collection and shipping of samples.
    5.3.1. Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to 
provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube 
(2 mm).
    5.3.2. The smaller section of the charcoal is used as the backup and 
should be placed nearest the sampling pump.
    5.3.3. The charcoal tube should be placed in a vertical position 
during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.
    5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or 
tubing before entering the charcoal tube.
    5.3.5. A sample size of 10 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow 
rate of approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate should be 
known with an accuracy of at least 5 percent.
    5.3.6. The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic 
caps immediately after sampling.
    5.3.7. Submit at least one blank tube (a charcoal tube subjected to 
the same handling procedures, without having any air drawn through it) 
with each set of samples.
    5.3.8. Take necessary shipping and packing precautions to minimize 
breakage of samples.
    5.4. Analysis of samples.
    5.4.1. Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each 
charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of 
charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The 
charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-ml vial. 
The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the second 
section is transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are 
analyzed separately.
    5.4.2. Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 mL of desorbing 
solution is pipetted into each sample container. The desorbing solution 
consists of 0.05 L internal standard per mL of carbon 
disulfide. The sample vials are capped as soon as the solvent is added. 
Desorption should be done for 30 minutes with occasional shaking.
    5.4.3. GC conditions. Typical operating conditions for the gas 
chromatograph are:
    1.30 mL/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas flow.
    2.30 mL/min (40 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector.
    3.240 mL/min (40 psig) air flow to detector.
    4.150  deg.C injector temperature.
    5.250  deg.C detector temperature.
    6.100  deg.C column temperature.
    5.4.4. Injection size. 1 L.
    5.4.5. Measurement of area. The peak areas are measured by an 
electronic integrator or some other suitable form of area measurement.
    5.4.6. An internal standard procedure is used. The integrator is 
calibrated to report results in ppm for a 10 liter air sample after 
correction for desorption efficiency.
    5.5. Determination of desorption efficiency.
    5.5.1. Importance of determination. The desorption efficiency of a 
particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and from one 
lot of chemical to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine, at least 
once, the percentage of the specific compound that is removed in the 
desorption

[[Page 272]]

process, provided the same batch of charcoal is used.
    5.5.2. Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. The 
reference portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining 
portion, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X and (X represents target 
concentration) based on a 10 L air sample are injected into several 
tubes at each level. Dilutions of benzene with carbon disulfide are made 
to allow injection of measurable quantities. These tubes are then 
allowed to equilibrate at least overnight. Following equilibration they 
are analyzed following the same procedure as the samples. Desorption 
efficiency is determined by dividing the amount of benzene found by 
amount spiked on the tube.
    6. Calibration and standards. A series of standards varying in 
concentration over the range of interest is prepared and analyzed under 
the same GC conditions that will be used on the samples. A calibration 
curve is prepared by plotting concentration (g/mL) versus peak 
area.
    7. Calculations. Benzene air concentration can be calculated from 
the following equation:

mg/m\3\=(A)(B)/(C)(D)
Where: A=g/mL benzene, obtained from the calibration curve
B=desorption volume (1 mL)
C=Liters of air sampled
D=desorption efficiency

    The concentration in mg/m\3\ can be converted to ppm (at 25 deg. and 
760 mm) with following equation:

ppm=(mg/m\3\)(24.46)/(78.11)
Where: 24.46=molar volume of an ideal gas
25  deg.C and 760 mm
78.11=molecular weight of benzene

    8. Backup Data.
    8.1 Detection limit--Air Samples.
    The detection limit for the analytical procedure is 1.28 ng with a 
coefficient of variation of 0.023 at this level. This would be 
equivalent to an air concentration of 0.04 ppm for a 10 L air sample. 
This amount provided a chromatographic peak that could be identifiable 
in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit data were 
obtained by making 1 L injections of a 1.283 g/mL 
standard.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Area                        
                Injection                  Count                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.......................................    655.4                       
2.......................................    617.5                       
3.......................................    662.0  X=640.2              
4.......................................    641.1  SD=14.9              
5.......................................    636.4  CV=0.023             
6.......................................    629.2                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation--Air Samples. The pooled 
coefficient of variation for the analytical procedure was determined by 
1 L replicate injections of analytical standards. The standards 
were 16.04, 32.08, and 64.16 g/mL, which are equivalent to 0.5, 
1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample respectively.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Area Counts            
             Injection              ------------------------------------
                                       0.5 ppm     1.0 ppm     2.0 ppm  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1..................................   3996.5      8130.2      16481     
2..................................   4059.4      8235.6      16493     
3..................................   4052.0      8307.9      16535     
4..................................   4027.2      8263.2      16609     
5..................................   4046.8      8291.1      16552     
6..................................   4137.9      8288.8      16618     
X=                                    4053.3      8254.0      16548.3   
SD=                                     47.2        62.5         57.1   
CV=                                      0.0116      0.0076       0.0034
CV=0.008...........................  ..........  ..........  ...........
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    8.3. Storage data--Air Samples
    Samples were generated at 1.03 ppm benzene at 80% relative humidity, 
22  deg.C, and 643 mm. All samples were taken for 50 minutes at 0.2 L/
min. Six samples were analyzed immediately and the rest of the samples 
were divided into two groups by fifteen samples each. One group was 
stored at refrigerated temperature of -25  deg.C, and the other group 
was stored at ambient temperature (approximately 23  deg.C). These 
samples were analyzed over a period of fifteen days. The results are 
tabulated below.

                            Percent Recovery                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Day analyzed               Refrigerated           Ambient     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...............................    97.4  98.7  98.9    97.4  98.7  98.9
0...............................    97.1 100.6 100.9    97.1 100.6 100.9
2...............................    95.8  96.4  95.4    95.4  96.6  96.9
5...............................    93.9  93.7  92.4    92.4  94.3  94.1
9...............................    93.6  95.5  94.6    95.2  95.6  96.6
13..............................    94.3  95.3  93.7    91.0  95.0  94.6
15..............................    96.8  95.8  94.2    92.9  96.3  95.9
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    8.4. Desorption data.
    Samples were prepared by injecting liquid benzene onto the A section 
of charcoal tubes. Samples were prepared that would be equivalent to 
0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample.

                            Percent Recovery                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Sample                    0.5 ppm  1.0 ppm   2.0 ppm 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1..........................................  99.4     98.8       99.5   
2..........................................  99.5     98.7       99.7   
3..........................................  99.2     98.6       99.8   
4..........................................  99.4     99.1      100.0   
5..........................................  99.2     99.0       99.7   
6..........................................  99.8     99.1       99.9   
X=.........................................  99.4     98.9       99.8   
SD=........................................   0.22     0.21       0.18  
CV=........................................   0.0022   0.0021     0.0018
X=99.4                                                                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    8.5. Carbon disulfide.
    Carbon disulfide from a number of sources was analyzed for benzene 
contamination. The results are given in the following table.

[[Page 273]]

The benzene contamiant can be removed with the procedures given in 
section 4.1.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  ppm   
                                                    g      (for 10 L
                                                  Benzene/mL      air   
                                                                sample) 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aldrich Lot 83017...............................       4.20        0.13 
Baker Lot 720364................................       1.01        0.03 
Baker Lot 822351................................       1.01        0.03 
Malinkrodt Lot WEMP.............................       1.74        0.05 
Malinkrodt Lot WDSJ.............................       5.65        0.18 
Malinkrodt Lot WHGA.............................       2.90        0.09 
Treated CS2.....................................  ..........  ..........
------------------------------------------------------------------------

           II. OSHA Laboratory Method No. 12 for Bulk Samples

    Analyte: Benzene.
    Matrix: Bulk Samples.
    Procedure: Bulk Samples are analyzed directly by high performance 
liquid chromatography (HPLC).
    Detection limits: 0.01% by volume.
    1. Principle of the method.
    1.1. An aliquot of the bulk sample to be analyzed is injected into a 
liquid chromatograph.
    1.2. The peak area for benzene is determined and compared to areas 
obtained from standards.
    2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.
    2.1. The analytical procedure is quick, sensitive, and reproducible.
    2.2. Reanalysis of samples is possible.
    2.3. Interferences can be circumvented by proper selection of HPLC 
parameters.
    2.4. Samples must be free of any particulates that may clog the 
capillary tubing in the liquid chromatograph. This may require 
distilling the sample or clarifying with a clarification kit.
    3. Apparatus.
    3.1. Liquid chromatograph equipped with a UV detector.
    3.2. HPLC Column that will separate benzene from other components in 
the bulk sample being analyzed. The column used for validation studies 
was a Waters uBondapack C18, 30 cm x 3.9 mm.
    3.3. A clarification kit to remove any particulates in the bulk if 
necessary.
    3.4. A micro-distillation apparatus to distill any samples if 
necessary.
    3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method of 
measuring peak areas.
    3.6. Microliter syringes--10 L syringe and other convenient 
sizes for making standards. 10 L syringe for sample injections.
    3.7. Volumetric flasks, 5 mL and other convenient sizes for 
preparing standards and making dilutions.
    4. Reagents.
    4.1. Benzene, reagent grade.
    4.2. HPLC grade water, methyl alcohol, and isopropyl alcohol.
    5. Collection and shipment of samples.
    5.1. Samples should be transported in glass containers with Teflon-
lined caps.
    5.2. Samples should not be put in the same container used for air 
samples.
    6. Analysis of samples.
    6.1. Sample preparation.
    If necessary, the samples are distilled or clarified. Samples are 
analyzed undiluted. If the benzene concentration is out of the working 
range, suitable dilutions are made with isopropyl alcohol.
    6.2. HPLC conditions.
    The typical operating conditions for the high performance liquid 
chromatograph are:
    1. Mobile phase--Methyl alcohol/water, 50/50
    1. Analytical wavelength--254 nm
    3. Injection size--10 L
    6.3. Measurement of peak area and calibration.
    Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable means. 
The integrator is calibrated to report results % in benzene by volume.
    7. Calculations.
    Since the integrator is programmed to report results in % benzene by 
volume in an undiluted sample, the following equation is used:

% Benzene by Volume=A x B

Where: A=% by volume on report
B=Dilution Factor
(B=1 for undiluted sample)

    8. Backup Data.
    8.1. Detection limit--Bulk Samples.
    The detection limit for the analytical procedure for bulk samples is 
0.88 g, with a coefficient of variation of 0.019 at this level. 
This amount provided a chromatographic peak that could be identifiable 
in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit date were 
obtained by making 10 L injections of a 0.10% by volume 
standard.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Injection                 Area Count                      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1....................................        45386  ....................
2....................................        44214  ....................
3....................................        43822  X=44040.1           
4....................................        44062  SD=852.5            
6....................................        42724  CV=0.019            
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation--Bulk Samples.
    The pooled coefficient of variation for analytical procedure was 
determined by 50 L replicate injections of analytical 
standards. The standards were 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.10, 1.0, and 2.0% 
benzene by volume.

[[Page 274]]



                                              Area count (Percent)                                              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Injection No.                       0.01      0.02      0.04      0.10       1.0       2.0  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...................................................     45386     84737    166097    448497   4395380   9339150
2...................................................     44241     84300    170832    441299   4590800   9484900
3...................................................     43822     83835    164160    443719   4593200   9557580
4...................................................     44062     84381    164445    444842   4642350   9677060
5...................................................     44006     83012    168398    442564   4646430   9766240
6...................................................     42724     81957    173002    443975   4646260  ........
X =                                                    44040.1   83703.6    167872    444149   4585767   9564986
SD =                                                     852.5    1042.2    3589.8    2459.1   96839.3    166233
CV =                                                    0.0194    0.0125    0.0213    0.0055    0.0211    0.0174
CV =                                                     0.017                                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  

 Appendix E to Sec. 1910.1028--Qualitative and Quantitative Fit Testing 
                               Procedures

                          I. Fit Test Protocols

    A. The employer shall include the following provisions in the fit 
test procedures. These provisions apply to both qualitative fit testing 
(QLFT) and quantitative fit testing (QNFT).
    1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable 
respirator from a selection including respirators of various sizes from 
different manufacturers. The selection shall include at least three 
sizes of elastomeric facepieces of the type of respirator that is to be 
tested, i.e., three sizes of half mask; or three sizes of full 
facepiece; and units from at least two manufacturers.
    2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown 
how to put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how 
to set strap tension and how to determine a comfortable fit. A mirror 
shall be available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and 
positioning the respirator. This instruction may not constitute the 
subject's formal training on respirator use, at it is only a review.
    3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to 
select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. Each 
respirator represents a different size and shape, and if fitted and used 
properly, will provide adequate protection.
    4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each facepiece up to 
the face and eliminate those which obviously do not give a comfortable 
fit.
    5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable 
mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. 
Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in 
item 6 below. If the test subject is not familiar with using a 
particular respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don the 
mask several times and to ajust the straps each time to become adept at 
setting proper tension on the straps.
    6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following 
points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time 
to determine the comfort of the respirator:
    (a) Position of the mask on the nose.
    (b) Room for eye protection.
    (c) Room to talk.
    (d) Position of mask on face and cheeks.
    7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the 
adequacy of the respirator fit:
    (a) Chin properly placed:
    (b) Adequate strap tension, not overly tightened;
    (c) Fit across nose bridge;
    (d) Respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin;
    (e) Tendency of respirator to slip;
    (f) Self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator 
position.
    8. The test subject shall conduct the negative and positive pressure 
fit checks as described below or ANSI Z88.2-1980. Before conducting the 
negative or positive pressure test, the subject shall be told to seat 
the mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and 
down slowly while taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another facepiece 
shall be selected and retested if the test subject fails the fit check 
tests.
    (a) Positive pressure test. Close off the exhalation value and 
exhale gently onto the facepiece. The face fit is considered 
satisfactory if a slight positive pressure can be built up inside the 
facepiece without any evidence of outward leakage of air at the seal. 
For most respirators this method of leak testing requires the wearer to 
first remove the exhalation value cover before closing off the 
exhalation value and then carefully replacing it after the test.
    (b) Negative pressure test. Close off the inlet opening of the 
canister or cartridge(s) by covering with the palm of the hand(s) or by 
replacing the filter seal(s), inhale gently so that the facepiece 
collapses slightly, and hold the breath for ten seconds. If the 
facepiece remains in its slightly collapsed condition and no inward 
leakage of air is detected, the tightness of the respirator is 
considered satisfactory.

[[Page 275]]

    9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble 
beard growth, beard, or long sideburns which cross the respirator 
sealing surface. Any type of apparel which interferes with a 
satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed.
    10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory 
disease or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can 
wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.
    11. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the 
successfully fitted respirator for a period of two weeks. If at any time 
during this period the respirator becomes uncomfortable, the test 
subject shall be given the opportunity to select a different facepiece 
and to be retested.
    12. The employer shall certify that a successful fit test has been 
administered to the employee. The certification shall include the 
following information:
    (a) Name of employee;
    (b) Type, brand and size of respirator; and
    (c) Date of test.
    Where QNFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart, or other recording 
of the results of the test, shall be retained with the certification. 
The certification shall be maintained until the next fit test is 
administered.
    13. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the 
test subject shall be given a description of the fit test and the test 
subject's responsibilities during the test procedure. The description of 
the process shall include a description of the test exercises that the 
subject will be performing. The respirator to be tested shall be worn 
for at least 5 minutes before the start of the fit test.
    14. Test Exercises. The test subject shall perform exercises, in the 
test environment, in the manner described below:
    (a) Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without 
talking, the subject shall breathe normally.
    (b) Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, the subject shall 
breathe slowly and deeply, taking caution so as to not hyperventilate.
    (c) Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions 
on each side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the 
subject can inhale at each side.
    (d) Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to 
inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling).
    (e) Talking. The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough 
so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read 
from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 
100, or recite a memorized poem or song.
    (f) Grimace. The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning.
    (g) Bending over. The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he/
she were to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted 
for this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QNFT 
units which prohibit bending at the waist.
    (h) Normal breathing. Same as exercise 1.
    Each test exercise shall be performed for one minute except for the 
grimace exercise which shall be performed for 15 seconds.
    The test subject shall be questioned by the test conductor regarding 
the comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol. If it has 
become uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried.
    B. Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols.
    1. General.
    (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume 
full responsibility for implementing the respirator qualitative fit test 
program.
    (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are 
able to prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests 
properly, recognize invalid tests, and assure that test equipment is in 
proper working order.
    (c) The employer shall assure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and 
well maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was 
designed.
    2. Isoamyl Acetate Protocol.
    (a) Odor threshold screening.
    The odor threshold screening test, performed without wearing a 
respirator, is intended to determine if the individual tested can detect 
the odor of isoamyl acetate.
    (1) Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids are required.
    (2) Odor free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at 
approximately 25 degrees C shall be used for the solutions.
    (3) The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known as isopentyl acetate) 
stock solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor 
free water in a 1 liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. A new solution 
shall be prepared at least weekly.
    (4) The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from 
the room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well 
ventilated but shall not be connected to the same recirculating 
ventilation system.
    (5) The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 
0.4 cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a 
clean dropper or pipette. The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds 
and allowed to stand for two to three minutes so that the IAA 
concentration above the liquid may reach equilibrium. This solution 
shall be used for only one day.

[[Page 276]]

    (6) A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc 
of odor free water.
    (7) The odor test and test blank jars shall be labeled 1 and 2 for 
jar identification. Labels shall be placed on the lids so they can be 
periodically peeled, dried off and switched to maintain the integrity of 
the test.
    (8) The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on 
the table in front of the two test jars (i.e., 1 and 2): ``The purpose 
of this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low 
concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of 
these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the 
covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the 
lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. 
Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil.''
    (9) The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be 
prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in order 
to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject.
    (10) If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar 
containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test shall 
not be performed.
    (11) If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the 
odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection 
and fit testing.
    (b) Isoamyl acetate fit test.
    (1) The fit test chamber shall be similar to a clear 55-gallon drum 
liner suspended inverted over a 2-foot diameter frame so that the top of 
the chamber is about 6 inches above the test subject's head. The inside 
top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached.
    (2) Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be 
equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against 
organic vapors. The cartridges or masks shall be changed at least 
weekly.
    (3) After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, 
the test subject shall wear it to the fit testing room. This room shall 
be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and 
respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan 
or lab hood, to prevent general room contamination.
    (4) A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which 
the subject is to read shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber.
    (5) Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given 
a 6-inch by 5-inch piece of paper towel, or other porous, absorbent, 
single-ply material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 cc of pure IAA. 
The test subject shall hand the wet towel on the hook at the top of the 
chamber.
    (6) Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to stabilize 
before starting the fit test exercises. This would be an appropriate 
time to talk with the test subject; to explain the fit test, the 
importance of his/her cooperation, and the purpose for the head 
exercises; or to demonstrate some of the exercises.
    (7) If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana 
like odor of IAA, the test has failed. The subject shall quickly exit 
from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory 
fatigue.
    (8) If the test has failed, the subject shall return to the 
selection room and remove the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity 
test, select and put on another respirator, return to the test chamber 
and again begin the procedure described in (1) through (7) above. The 
process continues until a respirator that fits well has been found. 
Should the odor sensitivity test be failed, the subject shall wait about 
5 minutes before retesting. Odor sensitivity will usually have returned 
by this time.
    (9) When a respirator is found that passes the test, its efficiency 
shall be demonstrated for the subject by having the subject break the 
face seal and take a breath before existing the chamber.
    (10) When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall 
remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the 
test. To keep the test area from becoming contaminated, the used towels 
shall be kept in a self sealing bag so there is no significant IAA 
concentration build-up in the test chamber during subsequent tests.
    3. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol.
    The saccharin solution aerosol QLFT protocol is the only currently 
available, validated test protocol for use with particulate disposable 
dust respirators not equipped with high-efficiency filters. The entire 
screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject 
prior to the conduct of the screening test.
    (a) Taste threshold screening.
    The saccharin taste threshold screening, performed without wearing a 
respirator, is intended to determine whether the individual being tested 
can detect the taste of saccharin.
    (1) Threshold screening as well as fit testing subjects shall wear 
an enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 
inches in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front portion 
clear and that allows free movements of the head when a respirator is 
worn. An enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly, parts 
 FT 14 and  FT 15 combined, is adequate.
    (2) The test enclosure shall have a \3/4\-inch hole in front of the 
test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle.
    (3) The test subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the 
threshold screening test, the test subject shall breathe through

[[Page 277]]

his/her wide open mouth with tongue extended.
    (4) Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer the 
test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution into the 
enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from 
the fit test solution nebulizer.
    (5) The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium 
saccharin USP in 1 cc of warm water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc 
of the fit test solution (see (b)(5) below) in 100 cc of distilled 
water.
    (6) To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so 
that it collapses completely, then released and allowed to fully expand.
    (7) Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is 
asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.
    (8) If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin is tasted.
    (9) If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin is tasted.
    (10) The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes 
required to solicit a taste response.
    (11) If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (step 10), the 
test subject may not perform the saccharin fit test.
    (12) If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be 
asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.
    (13) Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of 
liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.
    (14) The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, 
and refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four 
hours.
    (b) Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure.
    (1) The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or 
chew gum for 15 minutes before the test.
    (2) The fit test uses the same enclosure described in (a) above.
    (3) The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the 
respirator selected in section (a) above. The respirator shall be 
properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter(s).
    (4) A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is 
used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer 
shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test 
solution nebulizer.
    (5) The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium 
saccharin to 100 cc of warm water.
    (6) As before, the test subject shall breathe through the open mouth 
with tongue extended.
    (7) The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the 
enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using 
the same number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the 
screening test.
    (8) After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be 
instructed to perform the exercises in section I. A. 14 above.
    (9) Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished 
using one half the number of squeezes as initially.
    (10) The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any 
time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.
    (11) If the taste of saccharin is detected, the fit is deemed 
unsatisfactory and a different respirator shall be tried.
    4. Irritant Fume Protocol.
    (a) The respirator to be tested shall be equipped with high-
efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters.
    (b) The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration 
of the irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar 
with its characteristic odor.
    (c) Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic 
oxychloride, such as the MSA part No. 5645, or equivalent. Attach one 
end of the smoke tube to a low flow air pump set to deliver 200 
milliliters per minute.
    (d) Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the 
eyes and instruct the subject to keep his/her eyes closed while the test 
is performed.
    (e) The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke 
from the smoke tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. He/
She shall begin at least 12 inches from the facepiece and gradually move 
to within one inch, moving around the whole perimeter of the mask.
    (f) The exercises identified in section I. A. 14 above shall be 
performed by the test subject while the respirator seal is being 
challenged by the smoke.
    (g) Each test subject passing the smoke test without evidence of a 
response shall be given a sensitivity check of the smoke from the same 
tube once the respirator has been removed to determine whether he/she 
reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit 
test.
    (h) The fit test shall be performed in a location with exhaust 
ventilation sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing 
area by the test agent.
    C. Quantiative Fit Test (QNFT) Protocol.
    1. General.
    (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume 
full responsibility for implementing the respirator quantitative fit 
test program.

[[Page 278]]

    (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QNFT are 
able to calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize 
invalid tests, calculate fit factors properly and assure that test 
equipment is in proper working order.
    (c) The employer shall assure that QNFT equipment is kept clean and 
well maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was 
designed.
    2. Definitions.
    (a) Quantitative fit test. The test is performed in a test chamber. 
The normal air-purifying element of the respirator is replaced by a 
high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter in the case of particulate 
QNFT aerosols or a sorbent offering contaminant penetration protection 
equivalent to high-efficiency filters where the QNFT test agent is a gas 
or vapor.
    (b) Challenge agent means the aerosol, gas or vapor introduced into 
a test chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the 
respirator may be measured.
    (c) Test subject means the person wearing the respirator for 
quantitative fit testing.
    (d) Normal standing position means standing erect and straight with 
arms down along the sides and looking straight ahead.
    (e) Maximum peak penetration method means the method of determining 
test agent penetration in the respirator as determined by strip chart 
recordings of the test. The highest peak penetration for a given 
exercise is taken to be representative of average penetration into the 
respirator for that exercise.
    (f) Average peak penetration method means the method of determining 
test agent penetration into the respirator utilizing a strip chart 
recorder, integrator, or computer. The agent penetration is determined 
by an average of the peak heights on the graph or by computer 
integration, for each exercise except the grimace exercise. Integrators 
or computers which calculate the actual test agent penetration into the 
respirator for each exercise will also be considered to meet the 
requirements of the average peak penetration method.
    (g) ``Fit Factor'' means the ration of challenge agent concentration 
outside with respect to the inside of a respirator inlet covering 
(facepiece or enclosure).
    3. Apparatus.
    (a) Instrumentation. Aerosol generation, dilution, and measurement 
systems using corn oil or sodium chloride as test aerosols shall be used 
for quantitatives fit testing.
    (b) Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit 
all test subjects to perform freely all required exercises without 
distrubing the challenge agent concentration or the measurement 
apparatus. The test chamber shall be equipped and constructed so that 
the challenge agent is effectively isolated from the ambient air, yet 
uniform in concentration throughout the chamber.
    (c) When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or 
cartridge element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate 
filter supplied by the same manufacturer.
    (d) The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip chart 
record may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of the 
challenge agent concentration with each inspiration and expiration at 
fit factors of at least 2,000. Integrators or computers which integrate 
the amount of test agent penetration leakage into the respirator for 
each exercise may be used provided a record of the readings is made.
    (e) The combination of substitute air-purifying elements, challenge 
agent and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber shall be 
such that the test subject is not exposed in excess of an established 
exposure limit for the challenge agent at any time during the testing 
process.
    (f) The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be 
placed and constructed so that no leakage occurs around the port (e.g. 
where the respirator is probed), a free air flow is allowed into the 
sampling line at all times and so that there is no interference with the 
fit or performance of the respirator.
    (g) The test chamber and test set up shall permit the person 
administering the test to observe the test subject inside the chamber 
during the test.
    (h) The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain 
the concentration of challenge agent inside the test chamber constant to 
within a 10 percent variation for the duration of the test.
    (i) The time lag (interval between an event and the recording of the 
event on the strip chart or computer or integrator) shall be kept to a 
minimum. There shall be a clear association between the occurrence of an 
event inside the test chamber and its being recorded.
    (j) The sampling line tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for 
the respirator sampling port shall be of equal diameter and of the same 
material. The length of the two lines shall be equal.
    (k) The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a 
high-efficiency filter before release.
    (l) When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity 
inside the test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent.
    (m) The limitations of instrument detection shall be taken into 
account when determining the fit factor.
    (n) Test respirators shall be maintained in proper working order and 
inspected for deficiencies such as cracks, missing valves and gaskets, 
etc.
    4. Procedural Requirements.
    (a) When performing the initial positive or negative pressure test 
the sampling line

[[Page 279]]

shall be crimped closed in order to avoid air pressure leakage during 
either of these tests.
    (b) An abbreviated screening isoamyl acetate test or irritant fume 
test may be utilized in order to quickly identify poor fitting 
respirators which passed the positive and/or negative pressure test and 
thus reduce the amount of QNFT time. When performing a screening isoamyl 
acetate test, combination high-efficiency organic vapor cartridges/
canisters shall be used.
    (c) A reasonably stable challenge agent concentration shall be 
measured in the test chamber prior to testing. For canopy or shower 
curtain type of test units the determination of the challenge agent 
stability may be established after the test subject has entered the test 
environment.
    (d) Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the 
challenge agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to 
ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half 
mask or 1 percent for a full facepiece respirator.
    (e) A stable challenge concentration shall be obtained prior to the 
actual start of testing.
    (f) Respirator restraining straps shall not be overtightened for 
testing. The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer without assistance 
from other persons to give a reasonable comfortable fit typical of 
normal use.
    (g) The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak 
penetration exceeds 5 percent for half masks and 1 percent for full 
facepiece respirators. The test subject shall be refitted and retested. 
If two of the three required tests are terminated, the fit shall be 
deemed inadequate.
    (h) In order to successfully complete a QNFT, three successful fit 
tests are required. The results of each of the three independent fit 
tests must exceed the minimum fit factor needed for the class of 
respirator (e.g. half mask respirator, full facepiece respirator).
    (i) Calculation of fit factors.
    (1) The fit factor shall be determined for the quantitative fit test 
by taking the ratio of the average chamber concentration to the 
concentration inside the respirator.
    (2) The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average 
of the test chamber concentration at the beginning and of the end of the 
test.
    (3) The concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator 
shall be determined by one of the following methods:
    (i) Average peak concentration.
    (ii) Maximum peak concentration.
    (iii) Integration by calculation of the area under the individual 
peak for each exercise. This includes computerized integration.
    (j) Interpretation of test results. The fit factor established by 
the quantitative fit testing shall be the lowest of the three fit factor 
values calculated from the three required fit tests.
    (k) The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half mask, or 
full facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor equivalent to at 
least 10 times the hazardous exposure level is obtained.
    (l) Filters used for quantitative fit testing shall be replaced at 
least weekly, or whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, 
or when the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. 
Organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily (when used) 
or sooner if there is any indication of breakthrough by a test agent.

[52 FR 34562, Sept. 11, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 
61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1029  Coke oven emissions.

    (a) Scope and application. This section applies to the control of 
employee exposure to coke oven emissions, except that this section shall 
not apply to working conditions with regard to which other Federal 
agencies exercise statutory authority to prescribe or enforce standards 
affecting occupational safety and health.
    (b) Definitions. For the purpose of this section:
    Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the 
employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or 
any person entering such an area as a designated representative of 
employees for the purpose of exercising the opportunity to observe 
monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (n) of this section.
    Beehive oven means a coke oven in which the products of 
carbonization other than coke are not recovered, but are released into 
the ambient air.
    Coke oven means a retort in which coke is produced by the 
destructive distillation or carbonization of coal.
    Coke oven battery means a structure containing a number of slot-type 
coke ovens.
    Coke oven emissions means the benzene-soluble fraction of total 
particulate matter present during the destructive distillation or 
carbonization of coal for the production of coke.
    Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health,

[[Page 280]]

Education, and Welfare, or his or her designee.
    Emergency means any occurence such as, but not limited to, equipment 
failure which is likely to, or does, result in any massive release of 
coke oven emissions.
    Existing coke oven battery means a battery in operation or under 
construction on January 20, 1977, and which is not a rehabilitated coke 
oven battery.
    Rehabilitated coke oven battery means a battery which is rebuilt, 
overhauled, renovated, or restored such as from the pad up, after 
January 20, 1977.
    Secretary means the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, or 
his or her designee.
    Stage charging means a procedure by which a predetermined volume of 
coal in each larry car hopper is introduced into an oven such that no 
more than two hoppers are discharging simultaneously.
    Sequential charging means a procedure, usually automatically timed, 
by which a predetermined volume of coal in each larry car hopper is 
introduced into an oven such that no more than two hoppers commence or 
finish discharging simultaneously although, at some point, all hoppers 
are discharging simultaneously.
    Pipeline charging means any apparatus used to introduce coal into an 
oven which uses a pipe or duct permanently mounted onto an oven and 
through which coal is charged.
    Green plush means coke which when removed from the oven results in 
emissions due to the presence of unvolatilized coal.
    (c) Permissible exposure limit. The employer shall assure that no 
employee in the regulated area is exposed to coke oven emissions at 
concentrations greater than 150 micrograms per cubic meter of air (150 
g/m3), averaged over any 8-hour period.
    (d) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish regulated 
areas and shall limit access to them to authorized persons.
    (2) The employer shall establish the following as regulated areas:
    (i) The coke oven battery including topside and its machinery, 
pushside and its machinery, coke side and its machinery, and the battery 
ends; the wharf; and the screening station;
    (ii) The beehive oven and its machinery.
    (e) Exposure monitoring and measurement--(1) Monitoring program. (i) 
Each employer who has a place of employment where coke oven emissions 
are present shall monitor employees employed in the regulated area to 
measure their exposure to coke oven emissions.
    (ii) The employer shall obtain measurements which are representative 
of each employee's exposure to coke oven emissions over an eight-hour 
period. All measurements shall determine exposure without regard to the 
use of respiratory protection.
    (iii) The employer shall collect fullshift (for at least seven 
continuous hours) personal samples, including at least one sample during 
each shift for each battery and each job classification within the 
regulated areas including at least the following job classifications:
    (a) Lidman;
    (b) Tar chaser;
    (c) Larry car operator;
    (d) Luterman;
    (e) Machine operator, coke side;
    (f) Benchman, coke side;
    (g) Benchman, pusher side;
    (h) Heater;
    (i) Quenching car operator;
    (j) Pusher machine operator;
    (k) Screening station operator;
    (l) Wharfman;
    (m) Oven patcher;
    (n) Oven repairman;
    (o) Spellman; and
    (p) Maintenance personnel.
    (iv) The employer shall repeat the monitoring and measurements 
required by this paragraph (e)(1) at least every three months.
    (2) Redetermination. Whenever there has been a production, process, 
or control change which may result in new or additional exposure to coke 
oven emissions, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect 
an increase in employee exposure, the employer shall repeat the 
monitoring and measurements required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section 
for those employees affected by such change or increase.

[[Page 281]]

    (3) Employee notification. (i) The employer shall notify each 
employee in writing of the exposure measurements which represent that 
employe's exposure within five working days after the receipt of the 
results of measurements required by paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this 
section.
    (ii) Whenever such results indicate that the representative employee 
exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall, in 
such notification, inform each employee of that fact and of the 
corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to or below the 
permissible exposure limit.
    (4) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of 
monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with a confidence 
level of 95%) of not less than plus or minus 35% for concentrations of 
coke oven emissions greater than or equal to 150 g/
m3.
    (f) Methods of compliance. The employer shall control employee 
exposure to coke oven emmissions by the use of engineering controls, 
work practices and respiratory protection as follows:
    (1) Priority of compliance methods--(i) Existing coke oven 
batteries. (a) The employer shall institute the engineering and work 
practice controls listed in paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this 
section in existing coke oven batteries at the earliest possible time, 
but not later than January 20, 1980, except to the extent that the 
employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. In 
determining the earliest possible time for institution of engineering 
and work practice controls, the requirement, effective August 27, 1971, 
to implement feasible administrative or engineering controls to reduce 
exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles, shall be considered. Wherever the 
engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not 
sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible 
exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce 
exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall 
supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with 
the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.
    (b) The engineering and work practice controls required under 
paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section are minimum 
requirements generally applicable to all existing coke oven batteries. 
If, after implementing all controls required by paragraphs (f)(2), 
(f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section, or after January 20, 1980, whichever 
is sooner, employee exposures still exceed the permissible exposure 
limit, employers shall implement any other engineering and work practice 
controls necessary to reduce exposure to or below the permissible 
exposure limit except to the extent that the employer can establish that 
such controls are not feasible. Whenever the engineering and work 
practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce 
employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the 
employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest 
level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use 
of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of 
paragraph (g) of this section.
    (ii) New or rehabilitated coke oven batteries. (a) The employer 
shall institute the best available engineering and work practice 
controls on all new or rehabilitated coke oven batteries to reduce and 
maintain employee exposures at or below the permissible exposure limit, 
except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls 
are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls 
which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures 
to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall 
nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable 
by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory 
protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this 
section.
    (b) If, after implementing all the engineering and work practice 
controls required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(a) of this section, employee 
exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit, the employer 
shall implement any other engineering and work practice controls 
necessary to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit 
except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls

[[Page 282]]

are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls 
which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures 
to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall 
nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable 
by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory 
protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this 
section.
    (iii) Beehive ovens. (a) The employer shall institute engineering 
and work practice controls on all beehive ovens at the earliest possible 
time to reduce and maintain employee exposures at or below the 
permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer can 
establish that such controls are not feasible. In determining the 
earliest possible time for institution of engineering and work practice 
controls, the requirement, effective August 27, 1971, to implement 
feasible administrative or engineering controls to reduce exposures to 
coal tar pitch volatiles, shall be considered. Wherever the engineering 
and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to 
reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, 
the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the 
lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by 
the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements 
of paragraph (g) of this section.
    (b) If, after implementing all engineering and work practice 
controls required by paragraph (f)(1)(iii)(a) of this section, employee 
exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit, the employer 
shall implement any other engineering and work practice controls 
necessary to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit 
except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls 
are not feasible. Whenever the engineering and work practice controls 
which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures 
to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall 
nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable 
by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory 
protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this 
section.
    (2) Engineering controls--(i) Charging. The employer shall equip and 
operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the following 
engineering controls to control coke oven emissions during charging 
operations:
    (a) One of the following methods of charging:
    (1) Stage charging as described in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b) of this 
section; or
    (2) Sequential charging as described in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b) of 
this section except that paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b)(3)(iv) of this section 
does not apply to sequential charging; or
    (3) Pipeline charging or other forms of enclosed charging in 
accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, except that 
paragraphs (f)(2)(i)(b), (d), (e), (f) and (h) of this section do not 
apply;
    (b) Drafting from two or more points in the oven being charged, 
through the use of double collector mains, or a fixed or moveable jumper 
pipe system to another oven, to effectively remove the gases from the 
oven to the collector mains;
    (c) Aspiration systems designed and operated to provide sufficient 
negative pressure and flow volume to effectively move the gases evolved 
during charging into the collector mains, including sufficient steam 
pressure, and steam jets of sufficient diameter;
    (d) Mechanical volumetric controls on each larry car hopper to 
provide the proper amount of coal to be charged through each charging 
hole so that the tunnel head will be sufficient to permit the gases to 
move from the oven into the collector mains;
    (e) Devices to facilitate the rapid and continuous flow of coal into 
the oven being charged, such as stainless steel liners, coal vibrators 
or pneumatic shells;
    (f) Individually operated larry car drop sleeves and slide gates 
designed and maintained so that the gases are effectively removed from 
the oven into the collector mains;
    (g) Mechanized gooseneck and standpipe cleaners;

[[Page 283]]

    (h) Air seals on the pusher machine leveler bars to control air 
infiltration during charging; and
    (i) Roof carbon cutters or a compressed air system or both on the 
pusher machine rams to remove roof carbon.
    (ii) Coking. The employer shall equip and operate existing coke oven 
batteries with all of the following engineering controls to control coke 
oven emissions during coking operations;
    (a) A pressure control system on each battery to obtain uniform 
collector main pressure;
    (b) Ready access to door repair facilities capable of prompt and 
efficient repair of doors, door sealing edges and all door parts;
    (c) An adequate number of spare doors available for replacement 
purposes;
    (d) Chuck door gaskets to control chuck door emissions until such 
door is repaired, or replaced; and
    (e) Heat shields on door machines.
    (3) Work practice controls--(i) Charging. The employer shall operate 
existing coke oven batteries with all of the following work practices to 
control coke oven emissions during the charging operation:
    (a) Establishment and implementation of a detailed, written 
inspection and cleaning procedure for each battery consisting of at 
least the following elements:
    (1) Prompt and effective repair or replacement of all engineering 
controls;
    (2) Inspection and cleaning of goosenecks and standpipes prior to 
each charge to a specified minimum diameter sufficient to effectively 
move the evolved gases from the oven to the collector mains;
    (3) Inspection for roof carbon build-up prior to each charge and 
removal of roof carbon as necessary to provide an adequate gas channel 
so that the gases are effectively moved from the oven into the collector 
mains;
    (4) Inspection of the steam aspiration system prior to each charge 
so that sufficient pressure and volume is maintained to effectively move 
the gases from the oven to the collector mains;
    (5) Inspection of steam nozzles and liquor sprays prior to each 
charge and cleaning as necessary so that the steam nozzles and liquor 
sprays are clean;
    (6) Inspection of standpipe caps prior to each charge and cleaning 
and luting or both as necessary so that the gases are effectively moved 
from the oven to the collector mains; and
    (7) Inspection of charging holes and lids for cracks, warpage and 
other defects prior to each charge and removal of carbon to prevent 
emissions, and application of luting material to standpipe and charging 
hole lids where necessary to obtain a proper seal.
    (b) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging 
procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging 
for each battery, consisting of at least the following elements:
    (1) Larry car hoppers filled with coal to a predetermined level in 
accordance with the mechanical volumetric controls required under 
paragraph (f)(2)(i)(d) of this section so as to maintain a sufficient 
gas passage in the oven to be charged;
    (2) The larry car aligned over the oven to be charged, so that the 
drop sleeves fit tightly over the charging holes; and
    (3) The oven charged in accordance with the following sequence of 
requirements:
    (i) The aspiration system turned on;
    (ii) Coal charged through the outermost hoppers, either individually 
or together depending on the capacity of the aspiration system to 
collect the gases involved;
    (iii) The charging holes used under paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b)(3)(ii) of 
this section relidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke 
oven emissions;
    (iv) If four hoppers are used, the third hopper discharged and 
relidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven 
emissions;
    (v) The final hopper discharged until the gas channel at the top of 
the oven is blocked and then the chuck door opened and the coal leveled;
    (vi) When the coal from the final hopper is discharged and the 
leveling operation complete, the charging hole relidded or otherwise 
sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven emissions; and

[[Page 284]]

    (vii) The aspiration system turned off only after the charging holes 
have been closed.
    (c) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging 
procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging 
of each pipeline or enclosed charged battery.
    (ii) Coking. The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries 
pursuant to a detailed written procedure established and implemented for 
the control of coke oven emissions during coking, consisting of at least 
the following elements:
    (a) Checking oven back pressure controls to maintain uniform 
pressure conditions in the collecting main;
    (b) Repair, replacement and adjustment of oven doors and chuck doors 
and replacement of door jambs so as to provide a continuous metal-to-
metal fit;
    (c) Cleaning of oven doors, chuck doors and door jambs each coking 
cycle so as to provide an effective seal;
    (d) An inspection system and corrective action program to control 
door emissions to the maximum extent possible; and
    (e) Luting of doors that are sealed by luting each coking cycle and 
reluting, replacing or adjusting as necessary to control leakage.
    (iii) Pushing. The employer shall operate existing coke oven 
batteries with the following work practices to control coke oven 
emissions during pushing operations:
    (a) Coke and coal spillage quenched as soon as practicable and not 
shoveled into a heated oven; and
    (b) A detailed written procedure for each battery established and 
implemented for the control of emissions during pushing consisting of 
the following elements:
    (1) Dampering off the ovens and removal of charging hole lids to 
effectively control coke oven emissions during the push;
    (2) Heating of the coal charge uniformly for a sufficient period so 
as to obtain proper coking including preventing green pushes;
    (3) Prevention of green pushes to the maximum extent possible;
    (4) Inspection, adjustment and correction of heating flue 
temperatures and defective flues at least weekly and after any green 
push, so as to prevent green pushes;
    (5) Cleaning of heating flues and related equipment to prevent green 
pushes, at least weekly and after any green push.
    (iv) Maintenance and repair. The employer shall operate existing 
coke oven batteries pursuant to a detailed written procedure of 
maintenance and repair established and implemented for the effective 
control of coke oven emissions consisting of the following elements:
    (a) Regular inspection of all controls, including goosenecks, 
standpipes, standpipe caps, charging hold lids and castings, jumper 
pipes and air seals for cracks, misalignment or other defects and prompt 
implementation of the necessary repairs as soon as possible;
    (b) Maintaining the regulated area in a neat, orderly condition free 
of coal and coke spillage and debris;
    (c) Regular inspection of the damper system, aspiration system and 
collector main for cracks or leakage, and prompt implementation of the 
necessary repairs;
    (d) Regular inspection of the heating system and prompt 
implementation of the necessary repairs;
    (e) Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions;
    (f) Regular inspection and patching of oven brickwork;
    (g) Maintenance of battery equipment and controls in good working 
order;
    (h) Maintenance and repair of coke oven doors, chuck doors, door 
jambs and seals; and
    (i) Repairs instituted and completed as soon as possible, including 
temporary repair measures instituted and completed where necessary, 
including but not limited to:
    (1) Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions; and
    (2) Chuck door gaskets, which shall be installed prior to the start 
of the next coking cycle.
    (4) Filtered air. (i) The employer shall provided positive-pressure, 
temperature controlled filtered air for larry car, pusher machine, door 
machine, and quench car cabs.

[[Page 285]]

    (ii) The employer shall provide standby pulpits on the battery 
topside, at the wharf, and at ther screening station, equipped with 
positive-pressure, temperature controlled filtered air.
    (5) Emergencies. Whenever an emergency occurs, the next coking cycle 
may not begin until the cause of the emergency is determined and 
corrected, unless the employer can establish that it is necessary to 
initiate the next coking cycle in order to determine the cause of the 
emergency.
    (6) Compliance program. (i) Each employer shall establish and 
implement a written program to reduce exposures solely by means of the 
engineering and work practice controls required in paragraph (f) of this 
section.
    (ii) The written program shall include at least the following:
    (a) A description of each coke oven operation by battery, including 
work force and operating crew, coking time, operating procedures and 
maintenance practices;
    (b) Engineering plans and other studies used to determine the 
controls for the coke battery;
    (c) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible 
exposure limit;
    (d) Monitoring data obtained in accordance with paragraph (e) of 
this section;
    (e) A detailed schedule for the implementation of the engineering 
and work practice controls required in paragraph (f) of this section; 
and
    (f) Other relevant information.
    (iii) If, after implementing all controls required by paragraph 
(f)(2)-(f)(4) of this section, or after January 20, 1980, whichever is 
sooner, or after completion of a new or rehabilitated battery the 
permissible exposure limit is still exceeded, the employer shall develop 
a detailed written program and schedule for the implementation of any 
additional engineering controls and work practices necessary to reduce 
exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.
    (iv) Written plans for such programs shall be submitted, upon 
request, to the Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at 
the worksite for examination and copying by the Secretary, the Director, 
and the authorized employee representative. The plans required under 
paragraph (f)(6) of this section shall be revised and updated at least 
every six months to reflect the current status of the program.
    (7) Training in compliance procedures. The employer shall 
incorporate all written procedures and schedules required under this 
paragraph (f) in the information and training program required under 
paragraph (k) of this section and, where appropriate, post in the 
regulated area.
    (g) Respiratory protection--(1) General. (i) Where respiratory 
protection is required under this section, the employer shall provide 
and assure the use of respirators which comply with the requirements of 
this paragraph (g). Compliance with the permissible exposure limit may 
not be achieved by the use of respirators except:
    (a) During the time period necessary to install or implement 
feasible engineering and work practice controls; or
    (b) In work operations such as maintenance and repair activity in 
which engineering and work practice controls are technologically not 
feasible; or
    (c) In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice 
controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the 
permissible exposure limit; or
    (d) In emergencies.
    (ii) Notwithstanding any other requirement of this section, until 
January 20, 1978, the wearing of respirators shall be at the discretion 
of each employee where the employee is not in the vicinity of visible 
emissions.
    (2) Selection. (i) Where respirators are required under this 
section, the employer shall select, provide and assure the use of the 
appropriate respirator or combination of respirators from Table I below.

         Table I--Respiratory Protection for Coke Oven Emissions        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Airborne concentration of coke oven                                  
                emissions                       Required respirator     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Any concentration....................  (1) A Type C supplied air    
                                            respirator operated in      
                                            pressure demand or other    
                                            positive pressure or        
                                            continuous flow mode; or    
                                           (2) A powered air-purifying  
                                            particulate filter          
                                            respirator for dust and mist
                                            or                          

[[Page 286]]

                                                                        
                                           (3) A powered air-purifying  
                                            particulate filter          
                                            respirator or combination   
                                            chemical cartridge and      
                                            particulate filter          
                                            respirator for coke oven    
                                            emissions.                  
(b) Concentrations not greater than 1500   (1) Any particulate filter   
 g/m3.                             respirator for dust and mist
                                            except single-use           
                                            respirator; or              
                                           (2) Any particulate filter   
                                            respirator or combination   
                                            chemical cartridge and      
                                            particulate filter          
                                            respirator for coke oven    
                                            emissions; or               
                                           (3) Any respirator listed in 
                                            paragraph (g)(2)(i)(a) of   
                                            this section.               
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Not later than January 20, 1978, whenever respirators are 
required by this section for concentrations not greater than 1500 
g/m3, the employer shall provide, at the option of 
each affected employee, either a particulate filter respirator as 
provided in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(b) of this section, or a powered air-
purifying respirator as provided in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(a) of this 
section.
    (iii) The employer shall select respirators from among those 
approved for protection against dust and mist by the National Institute 
for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 
CFR Part 11, except that not later than January 20, 1979, the employer 
shall select respirators from among those approved by NIOSH for 
protection against coke oven emissions.
    (3) Respirator program. The employer shall institute a respiratory 
protection program in accordance with Sec. 1910.134 of this part.
    (4) Respirator usage. (i) The employer shall assure that the 
respirator issued to the employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and 
that the respirator is fitted properly.
    (ii) The employer shall allow each employee who uses a filter 
respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase in 
breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply 
of filter elements for this purpose.
    (iii) The employer shall allow employees who wear respirators to 
wash their face and respirator facepiece to prevent skin irritation 
associated with respirator use.
    (h) Protective clothing and equipment--(1) Provision and use. The 
employer shall provide and assure the use of appropriate protective 
clothing and equipment, such as but not limited to:
    (i) Flame resistant jacket and pants;
    (ii) Flame resistant gloves;
    (iii) Face shields or vented goggles which comply with 
Sec. 1910.133(a)(2) of this part;
    (iv) Footwear providing insulation from hot surfaces for footwear;
    (v) Safety shoes which comply with Sec. 1910.136 of this part; and
    (vi) Protective helmets which comply with Sec. 1910.135 of this 
part.
    (2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall provide the 
protective clothing required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii) of this 
section in a clean and dry condition at least weekly.
    (ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective 
clothing required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section.
    (iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing 
and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is 
removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms 
prescribed in paragraph (i)(1) of this section.
    (v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing 
which is to be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a 
closable container in the change room.
    (vi) The employer shall inform any person who cleans or launders 
protective clothing required by this section, of the potentially harmful 
effects of exposure to coke oven emissions.
    (i) Hygiene facilities and practices--(1) Change rooms. The employer 
shall provide clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for 
street clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing 
and equipment whenever employees are required to wear protective 
clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this 
section.
    (2) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in 
the

[[Page 287]]

regulated area shower at the end of the work shift.
    (ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with 
Sec. 1910.141(d)(3) of this part.
    (3) Lunchrooms. The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities 
which have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air 
supply, and which are readily accessible to employees working in the 
regulated area.
    (4) Lavatories. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working 
in the regulated area wash their hands and face prior to eating.
    (ii) The employer shall provide lavatory facilities in accordance 
with Sec. 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) of this part.
    (5) Prohibition of activities in the regulated area. (i) The 
employer shall assure that in the regulated area, food or beverages are 
not present or consumed, smoking products are not present or used, and 
cosmetics are not applied, except that these activities may be conducted 
in the lunchrooms, change rooms and showers required under paragraphs 
(i)(1)-(i)(3) of this section.
    (ii) Drinking water may be consumed in the regulated area.
    (j) Medical surveillance--(1) General requirements. (i) Each 
employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all 
employees who are employed in a regulated area at least 30 days per 
year.
    (ii) This program shall provide each employee covered under 
paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section with an opportunity for medical 
examinations in accordance with this paragraph (j).
    (iii) The employer shall inform any employee who refuses any 
required medical examination of the possible health consequences of such 
refusal and shall obtain a signed statement from the employee indicating 
that the employee understands the risk involved in the refusal to be 
examined.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and 
procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed 
physician, and are provided without cost to the employee.
    (2) Initial examinations. At the time of initial assignment to a 
regulated area or upon the institution of the medical surveillance 
program, the employer shall provide a medical examination for employees 
covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section including at least the 
following elements:
    (i) A work history and medical history which shall include smoking 
history and the presence and degree of respiratory symptoms, such as 
breathlessness, cough, sputum production, and wheezing;
    (ii) A 14''x17'' posterior-anterior chest x-ray and International 
Labour Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;
    (iii) Pulmonary function tests including forced vital capacity (FVC) 
and forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV 1.0) with recording of 
type of equipment used;
    (iv) Weight;
    (v) A skin examination;
    (vi) Urinalysis for sugar, albumin, and hematuria;
    (vii) A sputum cytology examination; and
    (viii) A urinary cytology examination.
    (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide the 
examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2) (i)-(vi) of this section at 
least annually for employees covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this 
section.
    (ii) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in 
paragraphs (j)(2) (i)-(viii) of this section at least semi-annually for 
employees 45 years of age or older or with five (5) or more years 
employment in the regulated area.
    (iii) Whenever an employee who is 45 years of age or older or with 
five (5) or more years employment in the regulated area transfers or is 
transferred from employment in a regulated area, the employer shall 
continue to provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2) (i)-
(viii) of this section semi-annually, as long as that employee is 
employed by the same employer or a successor employer.
    (iv) Whenever an employee has not taken the examinations specified 
in paragraphs (j)(3) (i)-(iii) of this section with the six (6) months 
preceding the termination of employment the employer shall provide such 
examinations to the employee upon termination of employment.

[[Page 288]]

    (4) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examining physician:
    (i) A copy of this regulation and its Appendixes;
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's exposure;
    (iii) The employee's exposure level or estimated exposure level;
    (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to 
be used; and
    (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
employee which is not readily available to the examining physician.
    (5) Physician's written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain a 
written opinion from the examining physician which shall include:
    (a) The results of the medical examinations;
    (b) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased 
risk of material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to 
coke oven emissions;
    (c) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to coke 
oven emissions or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such 
as respirators; and
    (d) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions 
which require further explanation or treatment.
    (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the 
written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational 
exposure.
    (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to 
the affected employee.
    (k) Employee information and training--(1) Training program. (i) The 
employer shall institute a training program for employees who are 
employed in the regulated area and shall assure their participation.
    (ii) The training program shall be provided as of January 27, 1977 
for employees who are employed in the regulated area at that time or at 
the time of initial assignment to a regulated area.
    (iii) The training program shall be provided at least annually for 
all employees who are employed in the regulated area, except that 
training regarding the occupational safety and health hazards associated 
with exposure to coke oven emissions and the purpose, proper use, and 
limitations of respiratory protective devices shall be provided at least 
quarterly until January 20, 1978.
    (iv) The training program shall include informing each employee of:
    (a) The information contained in the substance information sheet for 
coke oven emissions (Appendix A);
    (b) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respiratory 
protective devices required in accordance with paragraph (g) of this 
section;
    (c) The purpose for and a description of the medical surveillance 
program required by paragraph (j) of this section including information 
on the occupational safety and health hazards associated with exposure 
to coke oven emissions;
    (d) A review of all written procedures and schedules required under 
paragraph (f) of this section; and
    (e) A review of this standard.
    (2) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make a copy 
of this standard and its appendixes readily available to all employees 
who are employed in the regulated area.
    (ii) The employer shall provide upon request all materials relating 
to the employee information and training program to the Secretary and 
the Director.
    (l) Precautionary signs and labels--(1) General. (i) The employer 
may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations or 
ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels 
required by this paragraph.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near 
any sign required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from 
the effects of the required sign.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this 
paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is 
readily visible.

[[Page 289]]

    (2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post signs in the regulated area 
bearing the legends:

                                 danger

                              cancer hazard

                        authorized personnel only

                          no smoking or eating

    (ii) In addition, not later than January 20, 1978, the employer 
shall post signs in the areas where the permissible exposure limit is 
exceeded bearing the legend:

                                 danger

                           respirator required

    (3) Labels. The employer shall apply precautionary labels to all 
containers of protective clothing contaminated with coke oven emissions 
bearing the legend:

                                 caution

                clothing contaminated with coke emissions

                do not remove dust by blowing or shaking

    (m) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure measurements. The employer shall 
establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements taken to 
monitor employee exposure to coke oven emissions required in paragraph 
(e) of this section.
    (i) This record shall include:
    (a) Name, social security number, and job classification of the 
employees monitored;
    (b) The date(s), number, duration and results of each of the samples 
taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to 
determine representative employee exposure where applicable;
    (c) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any;
    (d) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and 
evidence of their accuracy; and
    (e) The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of 
employee exposure.
    (ii) The employer shall maintain this record for at lest 40 years or 
for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.
    (2) Medical surveillance. The employer shall establish and maintain 
an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as 
required by paragraph (j) of this section.
    (i) The record shall include:
    (a) The name, social security number, and description of duties of 
the employee;
    (b) A copy of the physician's written opinion;
    (c) The signed statement of any refusal to take a medical 
examination under paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section; and
    (d) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to coke oven 
emissions.
    (ii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician 
keeps, the following medical records:
    (a) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and 
work history required under paragraph (j)(2) of this section;
    (b) A description of the laboratory procedures used and a copy of 
any standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results;
    (c) The initial x-ray;
    (d) The x-rays for the most recent five (5) years;
    (e) Any x-ray with a demonstrated abnormality and all subsequent x-
rays;
    ( f ) The initial cytologic examination slide and written 
description;
    (g) The cytologic examination slide and written description for the 
most recent 10 years; and
    (h) Any cytologic examination slides with demonstrated atypia, if 
such atypia persists for 3 years, and all subsequent slides and written 
descriptions.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain medical records required under 
paragraph (m)(2) of this section for at least 40 years, or for the 
duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.
    (3) Availability. (i) The employer shall make available upon request 
all records required to be maintained by paragraph (m) of this section 
to the Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
    (ii) Employee exposure measurement records and employee medical 
records

[[Page 290]]

required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, 
designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance 
with 29 CFR 1910.20(a)-(e) and (g)-(i).
    (4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do 
business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records 
required to be maintained by paragraph (m) of this section.
    (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no 
successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed 
period, these records shall be transmitted by registered mail to the 
Director.
    (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records 
required to be maintained under paragraphs (m)(1) and (m)(2) of this 
section, the employer shall transmit these records by registered mail to 
the Director or shall continue to retain such records.
    (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements 
involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
    (n) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees or their representatives an 
opportunity to observe any measuring or monitoring of employee exposure 
to coke oven emissions conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this 
section.
    (2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the 
measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to coke oven emissions 
requires entry into an area where the ues of protective clothing or 
equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with and 
assure the use of such equipment and shall require the observer to 
comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.
    (ii) Without interfering with the measurement, observers shall be 
entitled to:
    (a) An Explanation of the measurement procedures;
    (b) Observe all steps related to the measurement of coke oven 
emissions performed at the place of exposure; and
    (c) Record the results obtained.
    (o) Effective date. This standard shall become effective January 20, 
1977.
    (p) Appendices. The information contained in the appendixes to this 
section is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations 
not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligation.

Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1029--Coke Oven Emissions Substance Information 
                                  Sheet

                       i. substance identification

    A. Substance: Coke Oven Emissions
    B. Definition: The benzene-soluble fraction of total particulate 
matter present during the destructive distillation or carbonization of 
coal for the production of coke.
    C. Permissible Exposure Limit: 150 micrograms per cubic meter of air 
determined as an average over an 8-hour period.
    D. Regulated areas: Only employees authorized by your employer 
should enter a regulated area. The employer is required to designate the 
following areas as regulated areas: the coke oven battery, including 
topside and its machinery, pushside and its machinery, cokeside and its 
machinery, and the battery ends; the screening station; and the wharf; 
and the beehive ovens and their machinery.

                         ii. health hazard data

    Exposure to coke oven emissions is a cause of lung cancer, and 
kidney cancer, in humans. Although there have not been an excess number 
of skin cancer cases in humans, repeated skin contact with coke oven 
emissions should be avoided.

                 iii. protective clothing and equipment

    A. Respirators: Respirators will be provided by your employer for 
routine use if your employer is in the process of implementing 
engineering and work practice controls or where engineering and work 
practice controls are not feasible or insufficient to reduce exposure to 
or below the PEL. You must wear respirators for non-routine activities 
or in emergency situations where you are likely to be exposed to levels 
of coke oven emissions in excess of the permissible exposure limit. 
Until January 20, 1978, the routine wearing of respirators is voluntary. 
Until that date, if you choose not to wear a respirator you do not have 
to do so. You must still have your respirator with you and you must 
still wear it if you are near visible emissions. Since how well your 
respirator fits your face is very important, your employer is required 
to conduct fit tests to make sure the respirator seals properly when you 
wear it. These tests are simple and rapid and will be explained to you 
during your training sessions.
    B. Protective clothing: Your employer is required to provide, and 
you must wear, appropriate, clean, protective clothing and equipment to 
protect your body from repeated skin contact with coke oven emissions 
and

[[Page 291]]

from the heat generated during the coking process. This clothing should 
include such items as jacket and pants and flame resistant gloves. 
Protective equipment should include face shield or vented goggles, 
protective helmets and safety shoes, insulated from hot surfaces where 
appropriate.

                  iv. hygiene facilities and practices

    You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum or tobacco, or apply 
cosmetics in the regulated area, except that drinking water is 
permitted. Your employer is required to provide lunchrooms and other 
areas for these purposes.
    Your employer is required to provide showers, washing facilities, 
and change rooms. If you work in a regulated area, you must wash your 
face, and hands before eating. You must shower at the end of the work 
shift. Do not take used protective clothing out of the change rooms 
without your employer's permission. Your employer is required to provide 
for laundering or cleaning of your protective clothing.

                           v. signs and labels

    Your employer is required to post warning signs and labels for your 
protection. Signs must be posted in regulated areas. The signs must warn 
that a cancer hazard is present, that only authorized employees may 
enter the area, and that no smoking or eating is allowed. In regulated 
areas where coke oven emissions are above the permissible exposure 
limit, the signs should also warn that respirators must be worn.

                        vi. medical examinations

    If you work in a regulated area at least 30 days per year, your 
employer is required to provide you with a medical examination every 
year. The medical examination must include a medical history, a chest x-
ray; pulmonary function test; weight comparison; skin examination; a 
urinalysis and a urine and sputum cytology exam for the early detection 
of urinary or lung cancer. The cytology exams are only included in the 
initial exam until you are either 45 years or older or have 5 or more 
years employment in the regulated areas when the medical exams including 
these tests are to be given every sixth months. The examining physician 
will provide a written opinion to your employer containing the results 
of the medical exams. You should also receive a copy of this opinion.

                     vii. observation of monitoring

    Your employer is required to monitor your exposure to coke oven 
emissions and you are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You 
are entitled to receive an explanation of the measurement procedure, 
observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record the 
results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an 
area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are 
required to be worn, you must also be provided with and must wear the 
protective clothing and equipment.

                         viii. access to records

    You or your representative are entitled to records of your exposure 
to coke oven emissions upon request to your employer. Your medical 
examination records can be furnished to your physician upon request to 
your employer.

                       ix. training and education

    Additional information on all of these items plus training as to 
hazards of coke oven emissions and the engineering and work practice 
controls associated with your job will also be provided by your 
employer.

      Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1029--Industrial Hygiene and Medical 
                         Surveillance Guidelines

                    i. industrial hygiene guidelines

    A. Sampling (Benzene-Soluble Fraction Total Particulate Matter).
    Samples collected should be full shift (at least 7-hour) samples. 
Sampling should be done using a personal sampling pump with pulsation 
damper at a flow rate of 2 liters per minute. Samples should be 
collected on 0.8 micrometer pore size silver membrane filters (37 mm 
diameter) preceded by Gelman glass fiber type A-E filters encased in 
three-piece plastic (polystyrene) field monitor cassettes. The cassette 
face cap should be on and the plug removed. The rotameter should be 
checked every hour to ensure that proper flow rates are maintained.
    A minimum of three full-shift samples should be collected for each 
job classification on each battery, at least one from each shift. If 
disparate results are obtained for particular job classification, 
sampling should be repeated. It is advisable to sample each shift on 
more than one day to account for environmental variables (wind, 
precipitation, etc.) which may affect sampling. Differences in exposures 
among different work shifts may indicate a need to improve work 
practices on a particular shift. Sampling results from different shifts 
for each job classification should not be averaged. Multiple samples 
from same shift on each battery may be used to calculate an average 
exposure for a particular job classification.

    B. Analysis.

    1. All extraction glassware is cleaned with dichromic acid cleaning 
solution, rinsed with tap water, then dionized water, acetone, and 
allowed to dry completely. The glassware is

[[Page 292]]

rinsed with nanograde benzene before use. The Teflon cups are cleaned 
with benzene then with acetone.
    2. Pre-weigh the 2 ml Teflon cups to one hundredth of a milligram 
(0.01 mg) on a autobalance AD 2 Tare weight of the cups is about 50 mg.
    3. Place the silver membrane filter and glass fiber filter into a 15 
ml test tube.
    4. Extract with 5 ml of benzene for five minutes in an ultrasonic 
cleaner.
    5. Filter the extract in 15 ml medium glass fritted funnels.
    6. Rinse test tube and filters with two 1.5 ml aliquots of benzene 
and filter through the fritted glass funnel.
    7. Collect the extract and two rinses in a 10 ml Kontes graduated 
evaporative concentrator.
    8. Evaporate down to 1 ml while rinsing the sides with benzene.
    9. Pipet 0.5 ml into the Teflon cup and evaporate to dryness in a 
vacuum oven at 40 deg. C for 3 hours.
    10. Weigh the Teflon cup and the weight gain is due to the benzene 
soluble residue in half the Sample.

                   ii. medical surveillance guidelines

    A. General.
    The minimum requirements for the medical examination for coke oven 
workers are given in paragraph (j) of the standard.
    The initial examination is to be provided to all coke oven workers 
who work at least 30 days in the regulated area. The examination 
includes at 14'' X 17'' posterior-anterior chest x-ray and a ILO/UC 
rating to assure some standardization of x-ray reading, pulmonary 
function tests (FVC and FEV 1.0), weight, urinalysis, skin examination 
and a sputum and urinary cytologic examination. These tests need serve 
as the baseline for comparing the employee's future test results. 
Periodic exams include all the elements of the initial exams except that 
the cytologic tests are to be performed only on those employees who are 
45 years of age or older or who have worked for 5 or more years in the 
regulated area; periodic exams are to be performed semiannually for this 
group instead of annually. The examination contents are minimum 
requirements, additional tests such as lateral and oblique x-rays or 
additional pulmonary function tests may be performed if deemed 
necessary.

    B. Pulmonary function tests.

    Pulmonary function tests should be performed in a manner which 
minimizes subject and operator bias. There has been shown to be learning 
effects with regard to the results obtained from certain tests, such as 
FEV 1.0. Best results can be obtained by multiple trials for each 
subject. The best of three trials or the average of the last three of 
five trials may be used in obtaining reliable results. The type of 
equipment used (manufacturer, model, etc.) should be recorded with the 
results as reliability and accuracy varies and such information may be 
important in the evaluation of test results. Care should be exercised to 
obtain the best possible testing equipment.

    C. Sputum cytology.

    Sputum can be collected by aerosol inhalation during the medical 
exam or by spontaneous early morning cough at home. Sputum is induced by 
transoral inhalation of an aerosolized solution of eight percent (8%) 
sodium chloride in water. After inhaling as few as three to five breaths 
the subject usually yields an adequate sputum specimen. A minimum of 
three samples should be collected by the subject at home. All sputum 
should be collected directly into sixty percent (60%) alcohol.
    Scientific evidence suggests that chest x-rays and sputum cytology 
should be used together as screening tests for lung cancer in high risk 
populations, such as coke oven workers. The tests are to be performed 
every six months on workers who are 45 years of age or older or have 
worked in the regulated area for 5 or more years. Since the tests seem 
to be complementary, it may be advantageous to alternate the test 
procedures. For instance, chest x-rays could be obtained in June and 
December and sputum cytologys could be obtained in March and September. 
Facilities for providing necessary diagnostic investigation should be 
readily available as well as chest physicians, surgeons, radiologists, 
pathologists and immunotherapists to provide any necessary treatment 
services.

[41 FR 46784, Oct. 22, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 3304, Jan. 18, 1977; 45 
FR 35283, May 23, 1980; 50 FR 37353, 37354, Sept. 13, 1985; 54 FR 24334, 
June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1030  Bloodborne pathogens.

    (a) Scope and Application. This section applies to all occupational 
exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials as defined 
by paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following shall 
apply:
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, or designated representative.
    Blood means human blood, human blood components, and products made 
from human blood.
    Bloodborne Pathogens means pathogenic microorganisms that are 
present in human blood and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens 
include, but are not limited to, hepatitis B

[[Page 293]]

virus (HBV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
    Clinical Laboratory means a workplace where diagnostic or other 
screening procedures are performed on blood or other potentially 
infectious materials.
    Contaminated means the presence or the reasonably anticipated 
presence of blood or other potentially infectious materials on an item 
or surface.
    Contaminated Laundry means laundry which has been soiled with blood 
or other potentially infectious materials or may contain sharps.
    Contaminated Sharps means any contaminated object that can penetrate 
the skin including, but not limited to, needles, scalpels, broken glass, 
broken capillary tubes, and exposed ends of dental wires.
    Decontamination means the use of physical or chemical means to 
remove, inactivate, or destroy bloodborne pathogens on a surface or item 
to the point where they are no longer capable of transmitting infectious 
particles and the surface or item is rendered safe for handling, use, or 
disposal.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services, or designated representative.
    Engineering Controls means controls (e.g., sharps disposal 
containers, self-sheathing needles) that isolate or remove the 
bloodborne pathogens hazard from the workplace.
    Exposure Incident means a specific eye, mouth, other mucous 
membrane, non-intact skin, or parenteral contact with blood or other 
potentially infectious materials that results from the performance of an 
employee's duties.
    Handwashing Facilities means a facility providing an adequate supply 
of running potable water, soap and single use towels or hot air drying 
machines.
    Licensed Healthcare Professional is a person whose legally permitted 
scope of practice allows him or her to independently perform the 
activities required by paragraph (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination and Post-
exposure Evaluation and Follow-up.
    HBV means hepatitis B virus.
    HIV means human immunodeficiency virus.
    Occupational Exposure means reasonably anticipated skin, eye, mucous 
membrane, or parenteral contact with blood or other potentially 
infectious materials that may result from the performance of an 
employee's duties.
    Other Potentially Infectious Materials means
    (1) The following human body fluids: semen, vaginal secretions, 
cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid, pleural fluid, pericardial fluid, 
peritoneal fluid, amniotic fluid, saliva in dental procedures, any body 
fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood, and all body fluids in 
situations where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between 
body fluids;
    (2) Any unfixed tissue or organ (other than intact skin) from a 
human (living or dead); and
    (3) HIV-containing cell or tissue cultures, organ cultures, and HIV- 
or HBV-containing culture medium or other solutions; and blood, organs, 
or other tissues from experimental animals infected with HIV or HBV.
    Parenteral means piercing mucous membranes or the skin barrier 
through such events as needlesticks, human bites, cuts, and abrasions.
    Personal Protective Equipment is specialized clothing or equipment 
worn by an employee for protection against a hazard. General work 
clothes (e.g., uniforms, pants, shirts or blouses) not intended to 
function as protection against a hazard are not considered to be 
personal protective equipment.
    Production Facility means a facility engaged in industrial-scale, 
large-volume or high concentration production of HIV or HBV.
    Regulated Waste means liquid or semi-liquid blood or other 
potentially infectious materials; contaminated items that would release 
blood or other potentially infectious materials in a liquid or semi-
liquid state if compressed; items that are caked with dried blood or 
other potentially infectious materials and are capable of releasing 
these materials during handling; contaminated sharps; and pathological 
and microbiological wastes containing blood or other potentially 
infectious materials.

[[Page 294]]

    Research Laboratory means a laboratory producing or using research-
laboratory-scale amounts of HIV or HBV. Research laboratories may 
produce high concentrations of HIV or HBV but not in the volume found in 
production facilities.
    Source Individual means any individual, living or dead, whose blood 
or other potentially infectious materials may be a source of 
occupational exposure to the employee. Examples include, but are not 
limited to, hospital and clinic patients; clients in institutions for 
the developmentally disabled; trauma victims; clients of drug and 
alcohol treatment facilities; residents of hospices and nursing homes; 
human remains; and individuals who donate or sell blood or blood 
components.
    Sterilize means the use of a physical or chemical procedure to 
destroy all microbial life including highly resistant bacterial 
endospores.
    Universal Precautions is an approach to infection control. According 
to the concept of Universal Precautions, all human blood and certain 
human body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, 
and other bloodborne pathogens.
    Work Practice Controls means controls that reduce the likelihood of 
exposure by altering the manner in which a task is performed (e.g., 
prohibiting recapping of needles by a two-handed technique).
    (c) Exposure control--(1) Exposure Control Plan. (i) Each employer 
having an employee(s) with occupational exposure as defined by paragraph 
(b) of this section shall establish a written Exposure Control Plan 
designed to eliminate or minimize employee exposure.
    (ii) The Exposure Control Plan shall contain at least the following 
elements:
    (A) The exposure determination required by paragraph(c)(2),
    (B) The schedule and method of implementation for paragraphs (d) 
Methods of Compliance, (e) HIV and HBV Research Laboratories and 
Production Facilities, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination and Post-Exposure 
Evaluation and Follow-up, (g) Communication of Hazards to Employees, and 
(h) Recordkeeping, of this standard, and
    (C) The procedure for the evaluation of circumstances surrounding 
exposure incidents as required by paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this standard.
    (iii) Each employer shall ensure that a copy of the Exposure Control 
Plan is accessible to employees in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20(e).
    (iv) The Exposure Control Plan shall be reviewed and updated at 
least annually and whenever necessary to reflect new or modified tasks 
and procedures which affect occupational exposure and to reflect new or 
revised employee positions with occupational exposure.
    (v) The Exposure Control Plan shall be made available to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director upon request for examination and 
copying.
    (2) Exposure determination. (i) Each employer who has an employee(s) 
with occupational exposure as defined by paragraph (b) of this section 
shall prepare an exposure determination. This exposure determination 
shall contain the following:
    (A) A list of all job classifications in which all employees in 
those job classifications have occupational exposure;
    (B) A list of job classifications in which some employees have 
occupational exposure, and
    (C) A list of all tasks and procedures or groups of closely related 
task and procedures in which occupational exposure occurs and that are 
performed by employees in job classifications listed in accordance with 
the provisions of paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this standard.
    (ii) This exposure determination shall be made without regard to the 
use of personal protective equipment.
    (d) Methods of compliance--(1) General--Universal precautions shall 
be observed to prevent contact with blood or other potentially 
infectious materials. Under circumstances in which differentiation 
between body fluid types is difficult or impossible, all body fluids 
shall be considered potentially infectious materials.
    (2) Engineering and work practice controls. (i) Engineering and work 
practice controls shall be used to eliminate or minimize employee 
exposure. Where occupational exposure remains after institution of these 
controls, personal protective equipment shall also be used.

[[Page 295]]

    (ii) Engineering controls shall be examined and maintained or 
replaced on a regular schedule to ensure their effectiveness.
    (iii) Employers shall provide handwashing facilities which are 
readily accessible to employees.
    (iv) When provision of handwashing facilities is not feasible, the 
employer shall provide either an appropriate antiseptic hand cleanser in 
conjunction with clean cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towelettes. When 
antiseptic hand cleansers or towelettes are used, hands shall be washed 
with soap and running water as soon as feasible.
    (v) Employers shall ensure that employees wash their hands 
immediately or as soon as feasible after removal of gloves or other 
personal protective equipment.
    (vi) Employers shall ensure that employees wash hands and any other 
skin with soap and water, or flush mucous membranes with water 
immediately or as soon as feasible following contact of such body areas 
with blood or other potentially infectious materials.
    (vii) Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps shall not 
be bent, recapped, or removed except as noted in paragraphs 
(d)(2)(vii)(A) and (d)(2)(vii)(B) below. Shearing or breaking of 
contaminated needles is prohibited.
    (A) Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps shall not be 
bent, recapped or removed unless the employer can demonstrate that no 
alternative is feasible or that such action is required by a specific 
medical or dental procedure.
    (B) Such bending, recapping or needle removal must be accomplished 
through the use of a mechanical device or a one-handed technique.
    (viii) Immediately or as soon as possible after use, contaminated 
reusable sharps shall be placed in appropriate containers until properly 
reprocessed. These containers shall be:
    (A) Puncture resistant;
    (B) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with this standard;
    (C) Leakproof on the sides and bottom; and
    (D) In accordance with the requirements set forth in paragraph 
(d)(4)(ii)(E) for reusable sharps.
    (ix) Eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and 
handling contact lenses are prohibited in work areas where there is a 
reasonable likelihood of occupational exposure.
    (x) Food and drink shall not be kept in refrigerators, freezers, 
shelves, cabinets or on countertops or benchtops where blood or other 
potentially infectious materials are present.
    (xi) All procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious 
materials shall be performed in such a manner as to minimize splashing, 
spraying, spattering, and generation of droplets of these substances.
    (xii) Mouth pipetting/suctioning of blood or other potentially 
infectious materials is prohibited.
    (xiii) Specimens of blood or other potentially infectious materials 
shall be placed in a container which prevents leakage during collection, 
handling, processing, storage, transport, or shipping.
    (A) The container for storage, transport, or shipping shall be 
labeled or color-coded according to paragraph (g)(1)(i) and closed prior 
to being stored, transported, or shipped. When a facility utilizes 
Universal Precautions in the handling of all specimens, the labeling/
color-coding of specimens is not necessary provided containers are 
recognizable as containing specimens. This exemption only applies while 
such specimens/containers remain within the facility. Labeling or color-
coding in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) is required when such 
specimens/containers leave the facility.
    (B) If outside contamination of the primary container occurs, the 
primary container shall be placed within a second container which 
prevents leakage during handling, processing, storage, transport, or 
shipping and is labeled or color-coded according to the requirements of 
this standard.
    (C) If the specimen could puncture the primary container, the 
primary container shall be placed within a secondary container which is 
puncture-resistant in addition to the above characteristics.
    (xiv) Equipment which may become contaminated with blood or other 
potentially infectious materials shall be examined prior to servicing or 
shipping

[[Page 296]]

and shall be decontaminated as necessary, unless the employer can 
demonstrate that decontamination of such equipment or portions of such 
equipment is not feasible.
    (A) A readily observable label in accordance with paragraph 
(g)(1)(i)(H) shall be attached to the equipment stating which portions 
remain contaminated.
    (B) The employer shall ensure that this information is conveyed to 
all affected employees, the servicing representative, and/or the 
manufacturer, as appropriate, prior to handling, servicing, or shipping 
so that appropriate precautions will be taken.
    (3) Personal protective equipment--(i) Provision. When there is 
occupational exposure, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the 
employee, appropriate personal protective equipment such as, but not 
limited to, gloves, gowns, laboratory coats, face shields or masks and 
eye protection, and mouthpieces, resuscitation bags, pocket masks, or 
other ventilation devices. Personal protective equipment will be 
considered ``appropriate'' only if it does not permit blood or other 
potentially infectious materials to pass through to or reach the 
employee's work clothes, street clothes, undergarments, skin, eyes, 
mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for 
the duration of time which the protective equipment will be used.
    (ii) Use. The employer shall ensure that the employee uses 
appropriate personal protective equipment unless the employer shows that 
the employee temporarily and briefly declined to use personal protective 
equipment when, under rare and extraordinary circumstances, it was the 
employee's professional judgment that in the specific instance its use 
would have prevented the delivery of health care or public safety 
services or would have posed an increased hazard to the safety of the 
worker or co-worker. When the employee makes this judgement, the 
circumstances shall be investigated and documented in order to determine 
whether changes can be instituted to prevent such occurences in the 
future.
    (iii) Accessibility. The employer shall ensure that appropriate 
personal protective equipment in the appropriate sizes is readily 
accessible at the worksite or is issued to employees. Hypoallergenic 
gloves, glove liners, powderless gloves, or other similar alternatives 
shall be readily accessible to those employees who are allergic to the 
gloves normally provided.
    (iv) Cleaning, Laundering, and Disposal. The employer shall clean, 
launder, and dispose of personal protective equipment required by 
paragraphs (d) and (e) of this standard, at no cost to the employee.
    (v) Repair and Replacement. The employer shall repair or replace 
personal protective equipment as needed to maintain its effectiveness, 
at no cost to the employee.
    (vi) If a garment(s) is penetrated by blood or other potentially 
infectious materials, the garment(s) shall be removed immediately or as 
soon as feasible.
    (vii) All personal protective equipment shall be removed prior to 
leaving the work area.
    (viii) When personal protective equipment is removed it shall be 
placed in an appropriately designated area or container for storage, 
washing, decontamination or disposal.
    (ix) Gloves. Gloves shall be worn when it can be reasonably 
anticipated that the employee may have hand contact with blood, other 
potentially infectious materials, mucous membranes, and non-intact skin; 
when performing vascular access procedures except as specified in 
paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(D); and when handling or touching contaminated 
items or surfaces.
    (A) Disposable (single use) gloves such as surgical or examination 
gloves, shall be replaced as soon as practical when contaminated or as 
soon as feasible if they are torn, punctured, or when their ability to 
function as a barrier is compromised.
    (B) Disposable (single use) gloves shall not be washed or 
decontaminated for re-use.
    (C) Utility gloves may be decontaminated for re-use if the integrity 
of the glove is not compromised. However, they must be discarded if they 
are cracked, peeling, torn, punctured, or exhibit other signs of 
deterioration or

[[Page 297]]

when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.
    (D) If an employer in a volunteer blood donation center judges that 
routine gloving for all phlebotomies is not necessary then the employer 
shall:
    (1) Periodically reevaluate this policy;
    (2) Make gloves available to all employees who wish to use them for 
phlebotomy;
    (3) Not discourage the use of gloves for phlebotomy; and
    (4) Require that gloves be used for phlebotomy in the following 
circumstances:
    (i) When the employee has cuts, scratches, or other breaks in his or 
her skin;
    (ii) When the employee judges that hand contamination with blood may 
occur, for example, when performing phlebotomy on an uncooperative 
source individual; and
    (iii) When the employee is receiving training in phlebotomy.
    (x) Masks, Eye Protection, and Face Shields. Masks in combination 
with eye protection devices, such as goggles or glasses with solid side 
shields, or chin-length face shields, shall be worn whenever splashes, 
spray, spatter, or droplets of blood or other potentially infectious 
materials may be generated and eye, nose, or mouth contamination can be 
reasonably anticipated.
    (xi) Gowns, Aprons, and Other Protective Body Clothing. Appropriate 
protective clothing such as, but not limited to, gowns, aprons, lab 
coats, clinic jackets, or similar outer garments shall be worn in 
occupational exposure situations. The type and characteristics will 
depend upon the task and degree of exposure anticipated.
    (xii) Surgical caps or hoods and/or shoe covers or boots shall be 
worn in instances when gross contamination can reasonably be anticipated 
(e.g., autopsies, orthopaedic surgery).
    (4) Housekeeping. (i) General. Employers shall ensure that the 
worksite is maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. The employer 
shall determine and implement an appropriate written schedule for 
cleaning and method of decontamination based upon the location within 
the facility, type of surface to be cleaned, type of soil present, and 
tasks or procedures being performed in the area.
    (ii) All equipment and environmental and working surfaces shall be 
cleaned and decontaminated after contact with blood or other potentially 
infectious materials.
    (A) Contaminated work surfaces shall be decontaminated with an 
appropriate disinfectant after completion of procedures; immediately or 
as soon as feasible when surfaces are overtly contaminated or after any 
spill of blood or other potentially infectious materials; and at the end 
of the work shift if the surface may have become contaminated since the 
last cleaning.
    (B) Protective coverings, such as plastic wrap, aluminum foil, or 
imperviously-backed absorbent paper used to cover equipment and 
environmental surfaces, shall be removed and replaced as soon as 
feasible when they become overtly contaminated or at the end of the 
workshift if they may have become contaminated during the shift.
    (C) All bins, pails, cans, and similar receptacles intended for 
reuse which have a reasonable likelihood for becoming contaminated with 
blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be inspected and 
decontaminated on a regularly scheduled basis and cleaned and 
decontaminated immediately or as soon as feasible upon visible 
contamination.
    (D) Broken glassware which may be contaminated shall not be picked 
up directly with the hands. It shall be cleaned up using mechanical 
means, such as a brush and dust pan, tongs, or forceps.
    (E) Reusable sharps that are contaminated with blood or other 
potentially infectious materials shall not be stored or processed in a 
manner that requires employees to reach by hand into the containers 
where these sharps have been placed.
    (iii) Regulated Waste.
    (A) Contaminated Sharps Discarding and Containment. (1) Contaminated 
sharps shall be discarded immediately or as soon as feasible in 
containers that are:
    (i) Closable;
    (ii) Puncture resistant;
    (iii) Leakproof on sides and bottom; and

[[Page 298]]

    (iv) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) 
of this standard.
    (2) During use, containers for contaminated sharps shall be:
    (i) Easily accessible to personnel and located as close as is 
feasible to the immediate area where sharps are used or can be 
reasonably anticipated to be found (e.g., laundries);
    (ii) Maintained upright throughout use; and
    (iii) Replaced routinely and not be allowed to overfill.
    (3) When moving containers of contaminated sharps from the area of 
use, the containers shall be:
    (i) Closed immediately prior to removal or replacement to prevent 
spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport, 
or shipping;
    (ii) Placed in a secondary container if leakage is possible. The 
second container shall be:
    (A) Closable;
    (B) Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage during 
handling, storage, transport, or shipping; and
    (C) Labeled or color-coded according to paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this 
standard.
    (4) Reusable containers shall not be opened, emptied, or cleaned 
manually or in any other manner which would expose employees to the risk 
of percutaneous injury.
    (B) Other Regulated Waste Containment. (1) Regulated waste shall be 
placed in containers which are:
    (i) Closable;
    (ii) Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of 
fluids during handling, storage, transport or shipping;
    (iii) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) 
this standard; and
    (iv) Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of 
contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.
    (2) If outside contamination of the regulated waste container 
occurs, it shall be placed in a second container. The second container 
shall be:
    (i) Closable;
    (ii) Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of 
fluids during handling, storage, transport or shipping;
    (iii) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) 
of this standard; and
    (iv) Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of 
contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.
    (C) Disposal of all regulated waste shall be in accordance with 
applicable regulations of the United States, States and Territories, and 
political subdivisions of States and Territories.
    (iv) Laundry.
    (A) Contaminated laundry shall be handled as little as possible with 
a minimum of agitation. (1) Contaminated laundry shall be bagged or 
containerized at the location where it was used and shall not be sorted 
or rinsed in the location of use.
    (2) Contaminated laundry shall be placed and transported in bags or 
containers labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) 
of this standard. When a facility utilizes Universal Precautions in the 
handling of all soiled laundry, alternative labeling or color-coding is 
sufficient if it permits all employees to recognize the containers as 
requiring compliance with Universal Precautions.
    (3) Whenever contaminated laundry is wet and presents a reasonable 
likelihood of soak-through of or leakage from the bag or container, the 
laundry shall be placed and transported in bags or containers which 
prevent soak-through and/or leakage of fluids to the exterior.
    (B) The employer shall ensure that employees who have contact with 
contaminated laundry wear protective gloves and other appropriate 
personal protective equipment.
    (C) When a facility ships contaminated laundry off-site to a second 
facility which does not utilize Universal Precautions in the handling of 
all laundry, the facility generating the contaminated laundry must place 
such laundry in bags or containers which are labeled or color-coded in 
accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i).
    (e) HIV and HBV Research Laboratories and Production Facilities. (1) 
This

[[Page 299]]

paragraph applies to research laboratories and production facilities 
engaged in the culture, production, concentration, experimentation, and 
manipulation of HIV and HBV. It does not apply to clinical or diagnostic 
laboratories engaged solely in the analysis of blood, tissues, or 
organs. These requirements apply in addition to the other requirements 
of the standard.
    (2) Research laboratories and production facilities shall meet the 
following criteria:
    (i) Standard microbiological practices. All regulated waste shall 
either be incinerated or decontaminated by a method such as autoclaving 
known to effectively destroy bloodborne pathogens.
    (ii) Special practices.
    (A) Laboratory doors shall be kept closed when work involving HIV or 
HBV is in progress.
    (B) Contaminated materials that are to be decontaminated at a site 
away from the work area shall be placed in a durable, leakproof, labeled 
or color-coded container that is closed before being removed from the 
work area.
    (C) Access to the work area shall be limited to authorized persons. 
Written policies and procedures shall be established whereby only 
persons who have been advised of the potential biohazard, who meet any 
specific entry requirements, and who comply with all entry and exit 
procedures shall be allowed to enter the work areas and animal rooms.
    (D) When other potentially infectious materials or infected animals 
are present in the work area or containment module, a hazard warning 
sign incorporating the universal biohazard symbol shall be posted on all 
access doors. The hazard warning sign shall comply with paragraph 
(g)(1)(ii) of this standard.
    (E) All activities involving other potentially infectious materials 
shall be conducted in biological safety cabinets or other physical-
containment devices within the containment module. No work with these 
other potentially infectious materials shall be conducted on the open 
bench.
    (F) Laboratory coats, gowns, smocks, uniforms, or other appropriate 
protective clothing shall be used in the work area and animal rooms. 
Protective clothing shall not be worn outside of the work area and shall 
be decontaminated before being laundered.
    (G) Special care shall be taken to avoid skin contact with other 
potentially infectious materials. Gloves shall be worn when handling 
infected animals and when making hand contact with other potentially 
infectious materials is unavoidable.
    (H) Before disposal all waste from work areas and from animal rooms 
shall either be incinerated or decontaminated by a method such as 
autoclaving known to effectively destroy bloodborne pathogens.
    (I) Vacuum lines shall be protected with liquid disinfectant traps 
and high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters or filters of 
equivalent or superior efficiency and which are checked routinely and 
maintained or replaced as necessary.
    (J) Hypodermic needles and syringes shall be used only for 
parenteral injection and aspiration of fluids from laboratory animals 
and diaphragm bottles. Only needle-locking syringes or disposable 
syringe-needle units (i.e., the needle is integral to the syringe) shall 
be used for the injection or aspiration of other potentially infectious 
materials. Extreme caution shall be used when handling needles and 
syringes. A needle shall not be bent, sheared, replaced in the sheath or 
guard, or removed from the syringe following use. The needle and syringe 
shall be promptly placed in a puncture-resistant container and 
autoclaved or decontaminated before reuse or disposal.
    (K) All spills shall be immediately contained and cleaned up by 
appropriate professional staff or others properly trained and equipped 
to work with potentially concentrated infectious materials.
    (L) A spill or accident that results in an exposure incident shall 
be immediately reported to the laboratory director or other responsible 
person.
    (M) A biosafety manual shall be prepared or adopted and periodically 
reviewed and updated at least annually or more often if necessary. 
Personnel shall be advised of potential hazards, shall be required to 
read instructions

[[Page 300]]

on practices and procedures, and shall be required to follow them.
    (iii) Containment equipment. (A) Certified biological safety 
cabinets (Class I, II, or III) or other appropriate combinations of 
personal protection or physical containment devices, such as special 
protective clothing, respirators, centrifuge safety cups, sealed 
centrifuge rotors, and containment caging for animals, shall be used for 
all activities with other potentially infectious materials that pose a 
threat of exposure to droplets, splashes, spills, or aerosols.
    (B) Biological safety cabinets shall be certified when installed, 
whenever they are moved and at least annually.
    (3) HIV and HBV research laboratories shall meet the following 
criteria:
    (i) Each laboratory shall contain a facility for hand washing and an 
eye wash facility which is readily available within the work area.
    (ii) An autoclave for decontamination of regulated waste shall be 
available.
    (4) HIV and HBV production facilities shall meet the following 
criteria:
    (i) The work areas shall be separated from areas that are open to 
unrestricted traffic flow within the building. Passage through two sets 
of doors shall be the basic requirement for entry into the work area 
from access corridors or other contiguous areas. Physical separation of 
the high-containment work area from access corridors or other areas or 
activities may also be provided by a double-doored clothes-change room 
(showers may be included), airlock, or other access facility that 
requires passing through two sets of doors before entering the work 
area.
    (ii) The surfaces of doors, walls, floors and ceilings in the work 
area shall be water resistant so that they can be easily cleaned. 
Penetrations in these surfaces shall be sealed or capable of being 
sealed to facilitate decontamination.
    (iii) Each work area shall contain a sink for washing hands and a 
readily available eye wash facility. The sink shall be foot, elbow, or 
automatically operated and shall be located near the exit door of the 
work area.
    (iv) Access doors to the work area or containment module shall be 
self-closing.
    (v) An autoclave for decontamination of regulated waste shall be 
available within or as near as possible to the work area.
    (vi) A ducted exhaust-air ventilation system shall be provided. This 
system shall create directional airflow that draws air into the work 
area through the entry area. The exhaust air shall not be recirculated 
to any other area of the building, shall be discharged to the outside, 
and shall be dispersed away from occupied areas and air intakes. The 
proper direction of the airflow shall be verified (i.e., into the work 
area).
    (5) Training Requirements. Additional training requirements for 
employees in HIV and HBV research laboratories and HIV and HBV 
production facilities are specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ix).
    (f) Hepatitis B vaccination and post-exposure evaluation and follow-
up--(1) General. (i) The employer shall make available the hepatitis B 
vaccine and vaccination series to all employees who have occupational 
exposure, and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up to all employees 
who have had an exposure incident.
    (ii) The employer shall ensure that all medical evaluations and 
procedures including the hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series and 
post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, including prophylaxis, are:
    (A) Made available at no cost to the employee;
    (B) Made available to the employee at a reasonable time and place;
    (C) Performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician or 
by or under the supervision of another licensed healthcare professional; 
and
    (D) Provided according to recommendations of the U.S. Public Health 
Service current at the time these evaluations and procedures take place, 
except as specified by this paragraph (f).
    (iii) The employer shall ensure that all laboratory tests are 
conducted by an accredited laboratory at no cost to the employee.

[[Page 301]]

    (2) Hepatitis B Vaccination. (i) Hepatitis B vaccination shall be 
made available after the employee has received the training required in 
paragraph (g)(2)(vii)(I) and within 10 working days of initial 
assignment to all employees who have occupational exposure unless the 
employee has previously received the complete hepatitis B vaccination 
series, antibody testing has revealed that the employee is immune, or 
the vaccine is contraindicated for medical reasons.
    (ii) The employer shall not make participation in a prescreening 
program a prerequisite for receiving hepatitis B vaccination.
    (iii) If the employee initially declines hepatitis B vaccination but 
at a later date while still covered under the standard decides to accept 
the vaccination, the employer shall make available hepatitis B 
vaccination at that time.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that employees who decline to accept 
hepatitis B vaccination offered by the employer sign the statement in 
appendix A.
    (v) If a routine booster dose(s) of hepatitis B vaccine is 
recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service at a future date, such 
booster dose(s) shall be made available in accordance with section 
(f)(1)(ii).
    (3) Post-exposure Evaluation and Follow-up. Following a report of an 
exposure incident, the employer shall make immediately available to the 
exposed employee a confidential medical evaluation and follow-up, 
including at least the following elements:
    (i) Documentation of the route(s) of exposure, and the circumstances 
under which the exposure incident occurred;
    (ii) Identification and documentation of the source individual, 
unless the employer can establish that identification is infeasible or 
prohibited by state or local law;
    (A) The source individual's blood shall be tested as soon as 
feasible and after consent is obtained in order to determine HBV and HIV 
infectivity. If consent is not obtained, the employer shall establish 
that legally required consent cannot be obtained. When the source 
individual's consent is not required by law, the source individual's 
blood, if available, shall be tested and the results documented.
    (B) When the source individual is already known to be infected with 
HBV or HIV, testing for the source individual's known HBV or HIV status 
need not be repeated.
    (C) Results of the source individual's testing shall be made 
available to the exposed employee, and the employee shall be informed of 
applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the identity 
and infectious status of the source individual.
    (iii) Collection and testing of blood for HBV and HIV serological 
status;
    (A) The exposed employee's blood shall be collected as soon as 
feasible and tested after consent is obtained.
    (B) If the employee consents to baseline blood collection, but does 
not give consent at that time for HIV serologic testing, the sample 
shall be preserved for at least 90 days. If, within 90 days of the 
exposure incident, the employee elects to have the baseline sample 
tested, such testing shall be done as soon as feasible.
    (iv) Post-exposure prophylaxis, when medically indicated, as 
recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service;
    (v) Counseling; and
    (vi) Evaluation of reported illnesses.
    (4) Information Provided to the Healthcare Professional. (i) The 
employer shall ensure that the healthcare professional responsible for 
the employee's Hepatitis B vaccination is provided a copy of this 
regulation.
    (ii) The employer shall ensure that the healthcare professional 
evaluating an employee after an exposure incident is provided the 
following information:
    (A) A copy of this regulation;
    (B) A description of the exposed employee's duties as they relate to 
the exposure incident;
    (C) Documentation of the route(s) of exposure and circumstances 
under which exposure occurred;
    (D) Results of the source individual's blood testing, if available; 
and
    (E) All medical records relevant to the appropriate treatment of the 
employee including vaccination status which are the employer's 
responsibility to maintain.
    (5) Healthcare Professional's Written Opinion. The employer shall 
obtain and

[[Page 302]]

provide the employee with a copy of the evaluating healthcare 
professional's written opinion within 15 days of the completion of the 
evaluation.
    (i) The healthcare professional's written opinion for Hepatitis B 
vaccination shall be limited to whether Hepatitis B vaccination is 
indicated for an employee, and if the employee has received such 
vaccination.
    (ii) The healthcare professional's written opinion for post-exposure 
evaluation and follow-up shall be limited to the following information:
     (A) That the employee has been informed of the results of the 
evaluation; and
    (B) That the employee has been told about any medical conditions 
resulting from exposure to blood or other potentially infectious 
materials which require further evaluation or treatment. (iii) All other 
findings or diagnoses shall remain confidential and shall not be 
included in the written report.
    (6) Medical recordkeeping. Medical records required by this standard 
shall be maintained in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
    (g) Communication of hazards to employees--(1) Labels and signs. (i) 
Labels. (A) Warning labels shall be affixed to containers of regulated 
waste, refrigerators and freezers containing blood or other potentially 
infectious material; and other containers used to store, transport or 
ship blood or other potentially infectious materials, except as provided 
in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(E), (F) and (G).
    (B) Labels required by this section shall include the following 
legend:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.018

    (C) These labels shall be fluorescent orange or orange-red or 
predominantly so, with lettering and symbols in a contrasting color.
    (D) Labels shall be affixed as close as feasible to the container by 
string, wire, adhesive, or other method that prevents their loss or 
unintentional removal.
    (E) Red bags or red containers may be substituted for labels.
    (F) Containers of blood, blood components, or blood products that 
are labeled as to their contents and have been released for transfusion 
or other clinical use are exempted from the labeling requirements of 
paragraph (g).
    (G) Individual containers of blood or other potentially infectious 
materials that are placed in a labeled container during storage, 
transport, shipment or disposal are exempted from the labeling 
requirement.
    (H) Labels required for contaminated equipment shall be in 
accordance with this paragraph and shall also state which portions of 
the equipment remain contaminated.
    (I) Regulated waste that has been decontaminated need not be labeled 
or color-coded.
    (ii) Signs. (A) The employer shall post signs at the entrance to 
work areas specified in paragraph (e), HIV and HBV Research Laboratory 
and Production Facilities, which shall bear the following legend:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.019

(Name of the Infectious Agent)
(Special requirements for entering the area)
(Name, telephone number of the laboratory director or other responsible 
person.)

    (B) These signs shall be fluorescent orange-red or predominantly so, 
with lettering and symbols in a contrasting color.
    (2) Information and Training. (i) Employers shall ensure that all 
employees with occupational exposure participate in a training program 
which must be

[[Page 303]]

provided at no cost to the employee and during working hours.
    (ii) Training shall be provided as follows:
    (A) At the time of initial assignment to tasks where occupational 
exposure may take place;
    (B) Within 90 days after the effective date of the standard; and
    (C) At least annually thereafter.
    (iii) For employees who have received training on bloodborne 
pathogens in the year preceding the effective date of the standard, only 
training with respect to the provisions of the standard which were not 
included need be provided.
    (iv) Annual training for all employees shall be provided within one 
year of their previous training.
    (v) Employers shall provide additional training when changes such as 
modification of tasks or procedures or institution of new tasks or 
procedures affect the employee's occupational exposure. The additional 
training may be limited to addressing the new exposures created.
    (vi) Material appropriate in content and vocabulary to educational 
level, literacy, and language of employees shall be used.
    (vii) The training program shall contain at a minimum the following 
elements:
    (A) An accessible copy of the regulatory text of this standard and 
an explanation of its contents;
    (B) A general explanation of the epidemiology and symptoms of 
bloodborne diseases;
    (C) An explanation of the modes of transmission of bloodborne 
pathogens;
    (D) An explanation of the employer's exposure control plan and the 
means by which the employee can obtain a copy of the written plan;
    (E) An explanation of the appropriate methods for recognizing tasks 
and other activities that may involve exposure to blood and other 
potentially infectious materials;
    (F) An explanation of the use and limitations of methods that will 
prevent or reduce exposure including appropriate engineering controls, 
work practices, and personal protective equipment;
    (G) Information on the types, proper use, location, removal, 
handling, decontamination and disposal of personal protective equipment;
    (H) An explanation of the basis for selection of personal protective 
equipment;
    (I) Information on the hepatitis B vaccine, including information on 
its efficacy, safety, method of administration, the benefits of being 
vaccinated, and that the vaccine and vaccination will be offered free of 
charge;
    (J) Information on the appropriate actions to take and persons to 
contact in an emergency involving blood or other potentially infectious 
materials;
    (K) An explanation of the procedure to follow if an exposure 
incident occurs, including the method of reporting the incident and the 
medical follow-up that will be made available;
    (L) Information on the post-exposure evaluation and follow-up that 
the employer is required to provide for the employee following an 
exposure incident;
    (M) An explanation of the signs and labels and/or color coding 
required by paragraph (g)(1); and
    (N) An opportunity for interactive questions and answers with the 
person conducting the training session.
    (viii) The person conducting the training shall be knowledgeable in 
the subject matter covered by the elements contained in the training 
program as it relates to the workplace that the training will address.
    (ix) Additional Initial Training for Employees in HIV and HBV 
Laboratories and Production Facilities. Employees in HIV or HBV research 
laboratories and HIV or HBV production facilities shall receive the 
following initial training in addition to the above training 
requirements.
    (A) The employer shall assure that employees demonstrate proficiency 
in standard microbiological practices and techniques and in the 
practices and operations specific to the facility before being allowed 
to work with HIV or HBV.
    (B) The employer shall assure that employees have prior experience 
in the handling of human pathogens or tissue cultures before working 
with HIV or HBV.

[[Page 304]]

    (C) The employer shall provide a training program to employees who 
have no prior experience in handling human pathogens. Initial work 
activities shall not include the handling of infectious agents. A 
progression of work activities shall be assigned as techniques are 
learned and proficiency is developed. The employer shall assure that 
employees participate in work activities involving infectious agents 
only after proficiency has been demonstrated.
    (h) Recordkeeping--(1) Medical Records. (i) The employer shall 
establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee with 
occupational exposure, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
    (B) A copy of the employee's hepatitis B vaccination status 
including the dates of all the hepatitis B vaccinations and any medical 
records relative to the employee's ability to receive vaccination as 
required by paragraph (f)(2);
    (C) A copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, and 
follow-up procedures as required by paragraph (f)(3);
    (D) The employer's copy of the healthcare professional's written 
opinion as required by paragraph (f)(5); and
    (E) A copy of the information provided to the healthcare 
professional as required by paragraphs (f)(4)(ii)(B)(C) and (D).
    (iii) Confidentiality. The employer shall ensure that employee 
medical records required by paragraph (h)(1) are:
    (A) Kept confidential; and
    (B) Not disclosed or reported without the employee's express written 
consent to any person within or outside the workplace except as required 
by this section or as may be required by law.
    (iv) The employer shall maintain the records required by paragraph 
(h) for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years in accordance 
with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (2) Training Records. (i) Training records shall include the 
following information:
    (A) The dates of the training sessions;
    (B) The contents or a summary of the training sessions;
    (C) The names and qualifications of persons conducting the training; 
and
    (D) The names and job titles of all persons attending the training 
sessions.
    (ii) Training records shall be maintained for 3 years from the date 
on which the training occurred.
    (3)  Availability. (i) The employer shall ensure that all records 
required to be maintained by this section shall be made available upon 
request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and 
copying.
    (ii) Employee training records required by this paragraph shall be 
provided upon request for examination and copying to employees, to 
employee representatives, to the Director, and to the Assistant 
Secretary.
    (iii) Employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be 
provided upon request for examination and copying to the subject 
employee, to anyone having written consent of the subject employee, to 
the Director, and to the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 
1910.20.
    (4) Transfer of Records. (i) The employer shall comply with the 
requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 
1910.20(h).
    (ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor 
employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, 
the employer shall notify the Director, at least three months prior to 
their disposal and transmit them to the Director, if required by the 
Director to do so, within that three month period.
    (i) Dates--(1) Effective Date. The standard shall become effective 
on March 6, 1992.
    (2) The Exposure Control Plan required by paragraph (c) of this 
section shall be completed on or before May 5, 1992.
    (3) Paragraph (g)(2) Information and Training and (h) Recordkeeping 
shall take effect on or before June 4, 1992.
    (4) Paragraphs (d)(2) Engineering and Work Practice Controls, (d)(3) 
Personal Protective Equipment, (d)(4) Housekeeping, (e) HIV and HBV 
Research

[[Page 305]]

Laboratories and Production Facilities, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination and 
Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-up, and (g) (1) Labels and Signs, 
shall take effect July 6, 1992.

    Appendix A to Section 1910.1030--Hepatitis B Vaccine Declination 
                               (Mandatory)

    I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other 
potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring hepatitis 
B virus (HBV) infection. I have been given the opportunity to be 
vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, at no charge to myself. However, I 
decline hepatitis B vaccination at this time. I understand that by 
declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis 
B, a serious disease. If in the future I continue to have occupational 
exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want 
to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination 
series at no charge to me.

[56 FR 64175, Dec. 6, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 12717, Apr. 13, 1992; 57 
FR 29206, July 1, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1043  Cotton dust.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section, in its entirety, 
applies to the control of employee exposure to cotton dust in all 
workplaces where employees engage in yarn manufacturing, engage in 
slashing and weaving operations, or work in waste houses for textile 
operations.
    (2) This section does not apply to the handling or processing of 
woven or knitted materials; to maritime operations covered by 29 CFR 
Parts 1915 and 1918; to harvesting or ginning of cotton; or to the 
construction industry.
    (3) Only paragraphs (h) Medical surveillance, (k)(2) through (4) 
Recordkeeping--Medical Records, and Appendices B, C and D of this 
section apply in all work places where employees exposed to cotton dust 
engage in cottonseed processing or waste processing operations.
    (4) This section applies to yarn manufacturing and slashing and 
weaving operations exclusively using washed cotton (as defined by 
paragraph (n) of this section) only to the extent specified by paragraph 
(n) of this section.
    (5) This section, in its entirety, applies to the control of all 
employees exposure to the cotton dust generated in the preparation of 
washed cotton from opening until the cotton is thoroughly wetted.
    (6) This section does not apply to knitting, classing or warehousing 
operations except that employers with these operations, if requested by 
NIOSH, shall grant NIOSH access to their employees and workplaces for 
exposure monitoring and medical examinations for purposes of a health 
study to be performed by NIOSH on a sampling basis.
    (b) Definitions. For the purpose of this section:
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee;
    Blow down means the general cleaning of a room or a part of a room 
by the use of compressed air.
    Blow off means the use of compressed air for cleaning of short 
duration and usually for a specific machine or any portion of a machine.
    Cotton dust means dust present in the air during the handling or 
processing of cotton, which may contain a mixture of many substances 
including ground up plant matter, fiber, bacteria, fungi, soil, 
pesticides, non-cotton plant matter and other contaminants which may 
have accumulated with the cotton during the growing, harvesting and 
subsequent processing or storage periods. Any dust present during the 
handling and processing of cotton through the weaving or knitting of 
fabrics, and dust present in other operations or manufacturing processes 
using raw or waste cotton fibers or cotton fiber byproducts from textile 
mills are considered cotton dust within this definition. Lubricating oil 
mist associated with weaving operations is not considered cotton dust.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and 
Human Services, or designee.
    Equivalent Instrument means a cotton dust sampling device that meets 
the vertical elutriator equivalency requirements as described in 
paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section.

[[Page 306]]

    Lint-free respirable cotton dust means particles of cotton dust of 
approximately 15 micrometers or less aerodynamic equivalent diameter;
    Vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler or vertical elutriator means 
a dust sampler which has a particle size cut-off at approximately 15 
micrometers aerodynamic equivalent diameter when operating at the flow 
rate of 7.4  0.2 liters of air per minute;
    Waste processing means waste recycling (sorting, blending, cleaning 
and willowing) and garnetting.
    Yarn manufacturing means all textile mill operations from opening 
to, but not including, slashing and weaving.
    (c) Permissible exposure limits and action levels--(1) Permissible 
exposure limits (PEL). (i) The employer shall assure that no employee 
who is exposed to cotton dust in yarn manufacturing and cotton washing 
operations is exposed to airborne concentrations of lint-free respirable 
cotton dust greater than 200 g/m3 mean 
concentration, averaged over an eight-hour period, as measured be a 
vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that no employee who is exposed to 
cotton dust in textile mill waste house operations or is exposed in yarn 
manufacturing to dust from ``lower grade washed cotton'' as defined in 
paragraph (n)(5) of this section is exposed to airborne concentrations 
of lint-free respirable cotton dust greater than 500 g/
m3 mean concentration, averaged over an eight-hour period, as 
measured by a vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that no employee who is exposed to 
cotton dust in the textile processes known as slashing and weaving is 
exposed to airborne concentrations of lint-free respirable cotton dust 
greater than 750 g/m3 mean concentration, averaged 
over an eight hour period, as measured by a vertical elutriator or an 
equivalent instrument.
    (2) Action levels. (i) The action level for yarn manufacturing and 
cotton washing operations is an airborne concentration of lint-free 
respirable cotton dust of 100 g/m3 mean 
concentration, averaged over an eight-hour period, as measured by a 
vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.
    (ii) The action level for waste houses for textile operations is an 
airborne concentration of lint-free respirable cotton dust of 250 
g/m3 mean concentration, averaged over an eight-hour 
period, as measured by a vertical elutriator or an equivalent 
instrument.
    (iii) The action level for the textile processes known as slashing 
and weaving is an airborne concentration of lint-free respirable cotton 
dust of 375 g/m3 mean concentration, averaged over 
an eight-hour period, as measured by a vertical elutriator or an 
equivalent instrument.
    (d) Exposure monitoring and measurement--(1) General. (i) For the 
purposes of this section, employee exposure is that exposure which would 
occur if the employee were not using a respirator.
    (ii) The sampling device to be used shall be either the vertical 
elutriator cotton dust sampler or an equivalent instrument.
    (iii) If an alternative to the vertical elutriator cotton dust 
sampler is used, the employer shall establish equivalency by reference 
to an OSHA opinion or by documenting, based on data developed by the 
employer or supplied by the manufacturer, that the alternative sampling 
devices meets the following criteria:
    (A) It collects respirable particulates in the same range as the 
vertical elutriator (approximately 15 microns);
    (B) Replicate exposure data used to establish equivalency are 
collected in side-by-side field and laboratory comparisons; and
    (C) A minimum of 100 samples over the range of 0.5 to 2 times the 
permissible exposure limit are collected, and 90% of these samples have 
an accuracy range of plus or minus 25 per cent of the vertical 
elutriator reading with a 95% confidence level as demonstrated by a 
statistically valid protocol. (An acceptable protocol for demonstrating 
equivalency is described in Appendix E of this section.)
    (iv) OSHA will issue a written opinion stating that an instrument is 
equivalent to a vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler if
    (A) A manufacturer or employer requests an opinion in writing and 
supplies the following information:

[[Page 307]]

    (1) Sufficient test data to demonstrate that the instrument meets 
the requirements specified in this paragraph and the protocol specified 
in Appendix E of this section;
    (2) Any other relevant information about the instrument and its 
testing requested by OSHA; and
    (3) A certification by the manufacturer or employer that the 
information supplied is accurate, and
    (B) if OSHA finds, based on information submitted about the 
instrument, that the instrument meets the requirements for equivalency 
specified by paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) Initial monitoring. Each employer who has a place of employment 
within the scope of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(4), or (a)(5) of this section 
shall conduct monitoring by obtaining measurements which are 
representative of the exposure of all employees to airborne 
concentrations of lint-free respirable cotton dust over an eight-hour 
period. The sampling program shall include at least one determination 
during each shift for each work area.
    (3) Periodic monitoring. (i) If the initial monitoring required by 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section or any subsequent monitoring reveals 
employee exposure to be at or below the permissible exposure limit, the 
employer shall repeat the monitoring for those employees at least 
annually.
    (ii) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this 
section or any subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be 
above the PEL, the employer shall repeat the monitoring for those 
employees at least every six months.
    (iii) Whenever there has been a production, process, or control 
change which may result in new or additional exposure to cotton dust, or 
whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect an increase in 
employee exposure, the employer shall repeat the monitoring and 
measurements for those employees affected by the change or increase.
    (4) Employee notification. (i) Within twenty working days after the 
receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee 
in writing of the exposure measurements which represent that employee's 
exposure.
    (ii) Whenever the results indicate that the employee's exposure 
exceeds the applicable permissible exposure limit specified in paragraph 
(c) of this section, the employer shall include in the written notice a 
statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a 
description of the corrective action taken to reduce exposure below the 
permissible exposure limit.
    (e) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering and work practice 
controls. The employer shall institute engineering and work practice 
controls to reduce and maintain employee exposure to cotton dust at or 
below the permissible exposure limit specified in paragraph (c) of this 
section, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such 
controls are not feasible.
    (2) Whenever feasible engineering and work practice controls are not 
sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible 
exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless institute these controls 
to reduce exposure to the lowest feasible level, and shall supplement 
these controls with the use of respirators which shall comply with the 
provisions of paragraph (f) of this section.
    (3) Compliance program. (i) Where the most recent exposure 
monitoring data indicates that any employee is exposed to cotton dust 
levels greater than the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall 
establish and implement a written program sufficient to reduce exposures 
to or below the permissible exposure limit solely by means of 
engineering controls and work practices as required by paragraph (e)(1) 
of this section.
    (ii) The written program shall include at least the following:
    (A) A description of each operation or process resulting in employee 
exposure to cotton dust at levels greater than the PEL;
    (B) Engineering plans and other studies used to determine the 
controls for each process;
    (C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible 
exposure limit;
    (D) Monitoring data obtained in accordance with paragraph (d) of 
this section;

[[Page 308]]

    (E) A detailed schedule for development and implementation of 
engineering and work practice controls, including exposure levels 
projected to be achieved by such controls;
    (F) Work practice program; and
    (G) Other relevant information.
    (iii) The employer's schedule as set forth in the compliance 
program, shall project completion of the implementation of the 
compliance program no later than March 27, 1984 or as soon as possible 
if monitoring after March 27, 1984 reveals exposures over the PEL, 
except as provided in paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (iv) The employer shall complete the steps set forth in his program 
by the dates in the schedule.
    (v) Written programs shall be submitted, upon request, to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the 
worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the 
Director, and any affected employee or their designated representatives.
    (vi) The written program required under paragraph (e)(3) of this 
section shall be revised and updated when necessary to reflect the 
current status of the program and current exposure levels.
    (4) Mechanical ventilation. When mechanical ventilation is used to 
control exposure, measurements which demonstrate the effectiveness of 
the system to control exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, 
or static pressure shall be made at reasonable intervals.
    (f) Use of respirators--(1) General. Where the use of respirators is 
required under this section, the employer shall provide, at no cost to 
the employee, and assure the use of respirators which comply with the 
requirements of this paragraph (f). Respirators shall be used in the 
following circumstances:
    (i) During the time periods necessary to install or implement 
feasible engineering controls and work practice controls;
    (ii) During maintenance and repair activities in which engineering 
and work practice controls are not feasible;
    (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work 
practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below 
the permissible exposure limits;
    (iv) In operations specified under paragraph (g)(1) of this section; 
and
    (v) Whenever an employee requests a respirator.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required under 
this section, the employer shall select the appropriate respirator from 
Table I below and shall assure that the employee uses the respirator 
provided.

                                 Table I                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Cotton dust concentration               Required respirator     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not greater than:                                                       
  (a) 5 x the applicable permissible      A disposable respirator with a
   exposure limit (PEL).                   particulate filter.          
  (b) 10 x the applicable PEL...........  A quarter or half-mask        
                                           respirator, other than a     
                                           disposable respirator,       
                                           equipped with particulate    
                                           filters.                     
  (c) 100 x the applicable PEL..........  A full facepiece respirator   
                                           equipped with high-efficiency
                                           particulate filters.         
  (d) Greater than 100 x the applicable   A powered air-purifying       
   PEL.                                    respirator equipped with high-
                                           efficiency particulate       
                                           filters.                     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            NOTES                                                       
1. A disposable respirator means the filter element is an inseparable   
  part of the respirator.                                               
2. Any respirators permitted at higher environmental concentrations can 
  be used at lower concentrations.                                      
3. Self-contained breathing apparatus are not required respirators but  
  are permitted respirators.                                            
4. Supplied air respirators are not required but are permitted under the
  following conditions: Cotton dust concentration not greater than 10X  
  the PEL--Any supplied air respirator; not greater than 100X the PEL-- 
  Any supplied air respirator with full facepiece, helmet or hood;      
  greater than 100X the PEL--A supplied air respirator operated in      
  positive pressure mode.                                               

    (ii) The employer shall select respirators from those tested and 
approved for protection against dust by the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR 
Part 11.
    (iii) Whenever respirators are required by this section for 
concentrations not greater than 100  x  the applicable permissible 
exposure limit, the employer shall, upon the request of the employee, 
provide a powered air purifying respirator with a high efficiency 
particulate filter in lieu of the respirator specified in paragraphs 
(a), (b), or (c) of Table I.
    (iv) Whenever a physician determines that an employee who works in 
an area in which the dust level exceeds the PEL is unable to wear any 
form of respirator, including a powered air purifying respirator, the 
employee shall be

[[Page 309]]

given the opportunity to transfer to another position which is available 
or which later becomes available having a dust level at or below the 
PEL. The employer shall assure that an employee who is transferred from 
an area in which the dust level exceeds the PEL due to an inability to 
wear a respirator suffers no reduction in current wage rate or other 
benefits as a result of the transfer.
    (3) Respirator program. The employer shall institute a respirator 
program in accordance with Sec. 1910.134 of this part.
    (4) Respirator usage. (i) The employer shall assure that the 
respirator used by each employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and 
that the respirator is fitted properly.
    (ii) The employer shall allow each employee who uses a filter 
respirator, to change the filter elements whenever an increase in 
breathing resistance is detected by the employee. The employer shall 
maintain an adequate supply of filter elements for this purpose.
    (iii) The employer shall allow employees who wear respirators to 
wash their faces and respirator face pieces to prevent skin irritation 
associated with respirator use.
    (g) Work practices. Each employer shall, regardless of the level of 
employee exposure, immediately establish and implement a written program 
of work practices which shall minimize cotton dust exposure. The 
following shall be included were applicable:
    (1) Compressed air ``blow down'' cleaning shall be prohibited where 
alternative means are feasible. Where compressed air is used for 
cleaning, the employees performing the ``blow down'' or ``blow off'' 
shall wear suitable respirators. Employees whose presence is not 
required to perform ``blow down'' or ``blow of'' shall be required to 
leave the area affected by the ``blow down'' or ``blow off'' during this 
cleaning operation.
    (2) Cleaning of clothing or floors with compressed air shall be 
prohibited.
    (3) Floor sweeping shall be performed with a vacuum or with methods 
designed to minimize dispersal of dust.
    (4) In areas where employees are exposed to concentrations of cotton 
dust greater than the permissible exposure limit, cotton and cotton 
waste shall be stacked, sorted, baled, dumped, removed or otherwise 
handled by mechanical means, except where the employer can show that it 
is infeasible to do so. Where infeasible, the method used for handling 
cotton and cotton waste shall be the method which reduces exposure to 
the lowest level feasible.
    (h) Medical survelliance--(1) General. (i) Each employer covered by 
the standard shall institute a program of medical surveillance for all 
employees exposed to cotton dust.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and 
procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed 
physician and are provided without cost to the employee.
    (iii) Persons other than licensed physicians, who administer the 
pulmonary function testing required by this section shall have completed 
a NIOSH-approved training course in spirometry.
    (2) Initial examinations. The employer shall provide medical 
surveillance to each employee who is or may be exposed to cotton dust. 
For new employees, this examination shall be provided prior to initial 
assignment. The medical surveillance shall include at least the 
following:
    (i) A medical history;
    (ii) The standardized questionnaire contained in Appendix B; and
    (iii) A pulmonary function measurement, including a determination of 
forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume in one second 
(FEV1), the FEV1/FVC ratio, and the percentage 
that the measured values of FEV1 and FVC differ from the 
predicted values, using the standard tables in Appendix C. These 
determinations shall be made for each employee before the employee 
enters the workplace on the first day of the work week, preceded by at 
least 35 hours of no exposure to cotton dust. The tests shall be 
repeated during the shift, no less than 4 and no more than 10 hours 
after the beginning of the work shift; and, in any event, no more than 
one hour after cessation of exposure. Such exposure shall be typical of 
the employee's usual workplace exposure. The predicted

[[Page 310]]

FEV1 and FVC for blacks shall be multiplied by 0.85 to adjust 
for ethnic differences.
    (iv) Based upon the questionnaire results, each employee shall be 
graded according to Schilling's byssinosis classification system.
    (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide at least 
annual medical surveillance for all employees exposed to cotton dust 
above the action level in yarn manufacturing, slashing and weaving, 
cotton washing and waste house operations. The employer shall provide 
medical surveillance at least every two years for all employees exposed 
to cotton dust at or below the action level, for all employees exposed 
to cotton dust from washed cotton (except from washed cotton defined in 
paragraph (n)(3) of this section), and for all employees exposed to 
cotton dust in cottonseed processing and waste processing operations. 
Periodic medical surveillance shall include at least an update of the 
medical history, standardized questionnaire (App. B-111), Schilling 
byssinosis grade, and the pulmonary function measurements in paragraph 
(h)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (ii) Medical surveillance as required in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this 
section shall be provided every six months for all employees in the 
following categories:
    (A) An FEV1 of greater than 80 percent of the predicted 
value, but with an FEV1 decrement of 5 percent or 200 ml. on 
a first working day;
    (B) An FEV1 of less than 80 percent of the predicted 
value; or
    (C) Where, in the opinion of the physician, any significant change 
in questionnaire findings, pulmonary function results, or other 
diagnostic tests have occurred.
    (iii) An employee whose FEV1 is less than 60 percent of 
the predicted value shall be referred to a physician for a detailed 
pulmonary examination.
    (iv) A comparison shall be made between the current examination 
results and those of previous examinations and a determination made by 
the physician as to whether there has been a significant change.
    (4) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examination physician:
    (i) A copy of this regulation and its Appendices:
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's exposure;
    (iii) The employee's exposure level or anticipated exposure level;
    (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to 
be used; and
    (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
employee which is not readily available to the examining physician.
    (5) Physician's written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain and 
furnish the employee with a copy of a written opinion from the examining 
physician containing the following:
    (A) The results of the medical examination and tests including the 
FEV1, FVC, AND FEV1/FVC ratio;
    (B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased 
risk of material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to 
cotton dust;
    (C) The physician's recommended limitations upon the employee's 
exposure to cotton dust or upon the employee's use of respirators 
including a determination of whether an employee can wear a negative 
pressure respirator, and where the employee cannot, a determination of 
the employee's ability to wear a powered air purifying respirator; and,
    (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions 
which require further examination or treatment.
    (ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal 
specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.
    (i) Employee education and training--(1) Training program. (i) The 
employer shall provide a training program for all employees exposed to 
cotton dust and shall assure that each employee is informed of the 
following:
    (A) The acute and long term health hazards associated with exposure 
to cotton dust;

[[Page 311]]

    (B) The names and descriptions of jobs and processes which could 
result in exposure to cotton dust at or above the PEL.
    (C) The measures, including work practices required by paragraph (g) 
of this section, necessary to protect the employee from exposures in 
excess of the permissible exposure limit;
    (D) The purpose, proper use and limitations of respirators required 
by paragraph (f) of this section;
    (E) The purpose for and a description of the medical surveillance 
program required by paragraph (h) of this section and other information 
which will aid exposed employees in understanding the hazards of cotton 
dust exposure; and
    (F) The contents of this standard and its appendices.
    (ii) The training program shall be provided prior to initial 
assignment and shall be repeated annually for each employee exposed to 
cotton dust, when job assignments or work processes change and when 
employee performance indicates a need for retraining.
    (2) Access to training materials. (i) Each employer shall post a 
copy of this section with its appendices in a public location at the 
workplace, and shall, upon request, make copies available to employees.
    (ii) The employer shall provide all materials relating to the 
employee training and information program to the Assistant Secretary and 
the Director upon request.
    (j) Signs. The employer shall post the following warning sign in 
each work area where the permissible exposure limit for cotton dust is 
exceeded:

                                 WARNING

                          COTTON DUST WORK AREA

                       MAY CAUSE ACUTE OR DELAYED

                               LUNG INJURY

                              (BYSSINOSIS)

                               RESPIRATORS

                          REQUIRED IN THIS AREA

    (k) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall 
establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements required 
by paragraph (d) of this section.
    (ii) The record shall include:
    (A) A log containing the items listed in paragraph IV (a) of 
Appendix A, and the dates, number, duration, and results of each of the 
samples taken, including a description of the procedure used to 
determine representative employee exposure;
    (B) The type of protective devices worn, if any, and length of time 
worn; and
    (C) The names, social security numbers, job classifications, and 
exposure levels of employees whose exposure the measurement is intended 
to represent.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 20 years.
    (2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate medical record for each employee subject to medical 
surveillance required by paragraph (h) of this section.
    (ii) The record shall include:
    (A) The name and social security number and description of the 
duties of the employee;
    (B) A copy of the medical examination results including the medical 
history, questionnaire response, results of all tests, and the 
physician's recommendation;
    (C) A copy of the physician's written opinion;
    (D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to cotton 
dust;
    (E) A copy of this standard and its appendices, except that the 
employer may keep one copy of the standard and the appendices for all 
employees, provided that he references the standard and appendices in 
the medical surveillance record of each employee; and
    (F) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
by paragraph (h)(4) of this section.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 20 years.
    (3) Availability. (i) The employer shall make all records required 
to be maintained by paragraph (k) of this section available to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
    (ii) Employee exposure measurement records and employee medical 
records

[[Page 312]]

required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, 
designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance 
with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).
    (4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do 
business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records 
required to be maintained by paragraph (k) of this section.
    (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, and there is no 
successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed 
period, these records shall be transmitted to the Director.
    (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records 
required to be maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the 
Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and 
shall transmit those records to the Director if the Director requests 
them within that period.
    (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements 
involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
    (l) Observation of monitoring. (1) The employer shall provide 
affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to 
observe any measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to cotton dust 
conducted pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) Whenever observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee 
exposure to cotton dust requires entry into an area where the use of 
personal protective equipment is required, the employer shall provide 
the observer with and assure the use of such equipment and shall require 
the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health 
procedures.
    (3) Without interfering with the measurement, observers shall be 
entitled to:
    (i) An explanation of the measurement procedures:
    (ii) An opportunity to observe all steps related to the measurement 
of airborne concentrations of cotton dust performed at the place of 
exposure; and
    (iii) An opportunity to record the results obtained.
    (m) Effective date--(1) General. This section is effective March 27, 
1980, except as otherwise provided below.
    (2) Startup dates--(i) Initial monitoring. The initial monitoring 
required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be completed as soon 
as possible but no later than March 27, 1980.
    (ii) Methods of compliance: engineering and work practice controls. 
(A) The engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (e) 
of this section shall be implemented no later than March 27, 1984 except 
as set forth in paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (B) The engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph 
(e) of this section shall be implemented no later than March 27, 1986, 
for ring spinning operations (including only ring spinning and winding, 
twisting, spooling, beaming and warping following ring spinning) where 
the operations meet the following criteria:
    (1) The weight of the yarn being run is 100 percent cotton and the 
average yarn count by weight is 18 or below;
    (2) The average weight of the yarn run is 80 percent or more cotton 
and the average yarn count by weight is 16 or below; or
    (3) The average weight of the yarn being run is 50 percent or more 
cotton and the average yarn count by weight is 14 or below:
    (C) When the provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section 
are being relied upon, the following definitions shall apply:
    (1) The average cotton content shall be determined by dividing the 
total weight of cotton in the yarns being run by the total weight of all 
the yarns being run in the relevant work area.
    (2) The average yarn count shall be determined by multiplying the 
yarn count times the pounds of each particular yarn being run to get the 
``total hank'' for each of the yarns being run in the relevant area. The 
``total hank'' values for all of the yarns being run should then be 
summed and divided by the total pounds of yarn being run, to produce the 
average yarn count number for all the yarns being run in the relevant 
work area.
    (D) Where the provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section 
are being relied upon, the employer shall

[[Page 313]]

update the employer's compliance plan no later than February 13, 1986 to 
indicate the steps being taken to reduce cotton dust levels to 200 
g/m3 through the use of engineering and work 
practice controls by March 27, 1986.
    (E) Where the provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of the section 
are being relied upon, the employer shall maintain airborne 
concentrations of cotton dust below 1000 ug/m\3\ mean concentration 
averaged over an eight-hour period measured by a vertical elutriator or 
an equivalent instrument with engineering accuracy and precision with 
engineering and work practice controls and shall maintain the 
permissible exposure limit specified by paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this 
section with any combination of engineering controls, work practice 
controls and respirators.
    (iii) Compliance program. The compliance program required by 
paragraph (e)(3) of this section shall be established no later than 
March 27, 1981.
    (iv) Respirators. The respirators required by paragraph (f) of this 
section shall be provided no later than April 27, 1980.
    (v) Work practices. The work practices required by paragraph (g) of 
this section shall be implemented no later then June 27, 1980.
    (vi) Medical surveillance. The medical surveillance required by 
paragraph (h) of this section shall be completed no later than March 27, 
1981 for the textile industry and no later than June 13, 1986 for the 
cotton seed processing and waste processing industry.
    (vii) Employee education and training. The initial education and 
training required by paragraph (i) of this section shall be completed as 
soon as possible but no later then June 27, 1980.
    (3) Amendments. The amendments to this section published on December 
13, 1985 become effective on February 11, 1986. If the amendments are 
not in effect because of stays of enforcement or judicial decisions, the 
provisions published in 29 CFR 1910.1043 as of July 1, 1985 are 
effective.
    (n) Washed Cotton--(1) Exemptions. Cotton, after it has been washed 
by the processes described in this paragraph, is exempt from all or 
parts of this section as specified if the requirements of this paragraph 
are met.
    (2) Initial requirements. (i) In order for an employer to qualify as 
exempt or partially exempt from this standard for operations using 
washed cotton, the employer must demonstrate that the cotton was washed 
in a facility which is open to inspection by the Assistant Secretary and 
the employer must provide sufficient accurate documentary evidence to 
demonstrate that the washing methods utilized meet the requirements of 
this paragraph.
    (ii) An employer who handles or processes cotton which has been 
washed in a facility not under the employer's control and claims an 
exemption or partial exemption under this paragraph, must obtain from 
the cotton washer and make available at the worksite, to the Assistant 
Secretary, to any affected employee, or to their designated 
representative the following:
    (A) A certification by the washer of the cotton of the grade of 
cotton, the type of washing process, and that the batch meets the 
requirements of this paragraph;
    (B) Sufficient accurate documentation by the washer of the cotton 
grades and washing process; and
    (C) An authorization by the washer that the Assistant Secretary or 
the Director may inspect the washer's washing facilities and 
documentation of the process.
    (3) Medical and dyed cotton. Medical grade (USP) cotton, cotton that 
has been scoured, bleached and dyed, and mercerized yarn shall be exempt 
from all provisions of this standard.
    (4) Higher grade washed cotton. The handling or processing of cotton 
classed as ``low middling light spotted or better'' which has been 
washed:
    (i) On a continuous batt system or a rayon rinse system.
    (ii) With water,
    (iii) At a temperature of no less than 60 deg. C,
    (iv) With a water-to-fiber ratio of no less than 40:1, and

[[Page 314]]

    (v) With bacterial levels in the wash water controlled to limit 
bacterial contamination of the cotton, shall be exempt from all 
provisions of the standard except the requirements of paragraphs (h) 
Medical Surveillance, (k)(2) through (4) Recordkeeping-Medical Records, 
and Appendices B, C, and D of this section.
    (5) Lower grade washed cotton. The handling and processing of cotton 
of grades lower than ``low middling light spotted,'' that has been 
washed as specified in paragraph (n)(4) of this section and has also 
been bleached, shall be exempt from all provisions of the standard 
except the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) Permissible Exposure 
Limit, (d) Exposure Monitoring, (h) Medical Surveillance, (k) 
Recordkeeping, and Appendices B, C and D of this section.
    (6) Mixed grades of washed cotton. If more than one grade of washed 
cotton is being handled or processed together, the requirements of the 
grade with the most stringent exposure limit, medical and monitoring 
requirements shall be followed.
    (o) Appendices. (1) Appendices B, C, and D of this section are 
incorporated as part of this section and the contents of these 
appendices are mandatory.
    (2) Appendix A of this section contains information which is not 
intended to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or 
to detract from any existing obligations.
    (3) Appendix E of this section is a protocol which may be followed 
in the validation of alternative measuring devices as equivalent to the 
vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler. Other protocols may be used if 
it is demonstrated that they are statistically valid, meet the 
requirements in paragraph (d)(l)(iii) of this section, and are 
appropriate for demonstrating equivalency.

Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1043--Air Sampling and Analytical Procedures for 
                Determining Concentrations of Cotton Dust

                          i. sampling locations

    The sampling procedures must be designed so that samples of the 
actual dust concentrations are collected accurately and consistently and 
reflect the concentrations of dust at the place and time of sampling. 
Sufficient number of 6-hour area samples in each distinct work area of 
the plant should be collected at locations which provide representative 
samples of air to which the worker is exposed. In order to avoid filter 
overloading, sampling time may be shortened when sampling in dusty 
areas. Samples in each work area should be gathered simultaneously or 
sequentially during a normal operating period. The daily time-weighted 
average (TWA) exposure of each worker can then be determined by using 
the following formula:

Summation of hours spent in each location and the dust concentration in 
                             that location.

........................................................................

                           Total hours exposed

A time-weighted average concentration should be computed for each worker 
and properly logged and maintained on file for review.

                         ii. sampling equipment

    (a) Sampler. The instrument selected for monitoring is the Lumsden-
Lynch vertical elutriator. It should operate at a flow rate of 
7.4plus-minus0.2 liters/minute.

The samplers should be cleaned prior to sampling. The pumps should be 
monitored during sampling.
    (b) Filter Holder. A three-piece cassette constructed of polystyrene 
designed to hold a 37-mm diameter filter should be used. Care must be 
exercised to insure that an adequate seal exists between elements of the 
cassette.
    (c) Filers and Support Pads. The membrane filters used should be 
polyvinyl chloride with a 5-um pore size and 37-mm diameter. A support 
pad, commonly called a backup pad, should be used under the filter 
membrane in the field monitor cassette.
    (d) Balance. A balance sensitive to 10 micrograms should be used.
    (e) Monitoring equipment for use in Class III hazardous locations 
must be approved for use in such locations, in accordance with the 
requirements of the OSHA electrical standards in Subpart S of Part 1910.

                  iii. instrument calibration procedure

    Samplers shall be calibrated when first received from the factory, 
after repair, and after receiving any abuse. The samplers should be 
calibrated in the laboratory both before they are used in the field and 
after they have been used to collect a large number of field samples. 
The primary standard, such as a spirometer or other standard calibrating 
instruments such as a wet test meter or a large bubble meter or dry gas 
meter, should be used. Instructions for calibration with the wet test 
meter follow. If another calibration device is selected, equivalent 
procedures should be used:

[[Page 315]]

    (a) Level wet test meter. Check the water level which should just 
touch the calibration point at the left side of the meter. If water 
level is low, add water 1-2 deg. F. warmer than room temperature of till 
point. Run the meter for 30 minutes before calibration;
    (b) Place the polyvinyl chloride membrane filter in the filter 
cassette;
    (c) Assemble the calibration sampling train;
    (d) Connect the wet test meter to the train.

The pointer on the meter should run clockwise and a pressure drop of not 
more than 1.0 inch of water indicated. If the pressure drop is greater 
than 1.0, disconnect and check the system;
    (e) Operate the system for ten minutes before starting the 
calibration;
    (f) Check the vacuum gauge on the pump to insure that the pressure 
drop across the orifice exceeds 17 inches of mercury;
    (g) Record the following on calibration data sheets:
    (1) Wet test meter reading, start and finish;
    (2) Elapsed time, start and finish (at least two minutes);
    (3) Pressure drop at manometer;
    (4) Air temperature;
    (5) Barometric pressure; and
    (6) Limiting orifice number;
    (h) Calculate the flow rate and compare against the flow of 
7.4plus-minus0.2 liters/minute. If flow is between these 
limits, perform calibration again, average results, and record orifice 
number and flow rate. If flow is not within these limits, discard or 
modify orifice and repeat procedure;
    (i) Record the name of the person performing the calibration, the 
date, serial number of the wet test meter, and the number of the 
critical orifices being calibrated.

                         iv. sampling procedure

    (a) Sampling data sheets should include a log of:
    (1) The date of the sample collection;
    (2) The time of sampling;
    (3) The location of the sampler;
    (4) The sampler serial number;
    (5) The cassette number;
    (6) The time of starting and stopping the sampling and the duration 
of sampling;
    (7) The weight of the filter before and after sampling;
    (8) The weight of dust collected (corrected for controls);
    (9) The dust concentration measured;
    (10) Other pertinent information; and
    (11) Name of person taking sample
    (b) Assembly of filter cassette should be as follows:
    (1) Loosely assemble 3-piece cassette;
    (2) Number cassette;
    (3) Place absorbant pad in cassette;
    (4) Weigh filter to an accuracy of 10 g;
    (5) Place filter in cassette;
    (6) Record weight of filter in log, using cassette number for 
identification;
    (7) Fully assemble cassette, using pressure to force parts tightly 
together;
    (8) Install plugs top and bottom;
    (9) Put shrink band on cassette, covering joint between center and 
bottom parts of cassette; and
    (10) Set cassette aside until shrink band dries thoroughly.
    (c) Sampling collection should be performed as follows:
    (1) Clean lint out of the motor and elutriator;
    (2) Install vertical elutriator in sampling locations specified 
above with inlet 4\1/2\ to 5\1/2\ feet from floor (breathing zone 
height);
    (3) Remove top section of cassette;
    (4) Install cassette in ferrule of elutriator;
    (5) Tape cassette to ferrule with masking tape or similar material 
for air-tight seal;
    (6) Remove bottom plug of cassette and attach hose containing 
critical orifice;
    (7) Start elutriator pump and check to see if gauge reads above 17 
in. of Hg vacuum;
    (8) Record starting time, cassette number, and sampler number;
    (9) At end of sampling period stop pump and record time; and
    (10) Controls with each batch of samples collected, two additional 
filter cassettes should be subjected to exactly the same handling as the 
samples, except that they are not opened. These control filters should 
be weighed in the same manner as the sample filters.

Any difference in weight in the control filters would indicate that the 
procedure for handling sample filters may not be adequate and should be 
evaluated to ascertain the cause of the difference, whether and what 
necessary corrections must be made, and whether additional samples must 
be collected.
    (d) Shipping. The cassette with samples should be collected, along 
with the appropriate number of blanks, and shipped to the analytical 
laboratory in a suitable container to prevent damage in transit.
    (e) Weighing of the sample should be achieved as follows:
    (1) Remove shrink band;
    (2) Remove top and middle sections of cassette and botton plug;
    (3) Remove filter from cassette and weigh to an accuracy of 10 
g; and
    (4) Record weight in log against original weight
    (f) Calculation of volume of air sampled should be determined as 
follows:
    (1) From starting and stopping times of sampling period, determine 
length of time in minutes of sampling period; and
    (2) Multiply sampling time in minutes by flow rate of critical 
orifice in liters per

[[Page 316]]

minute and divide by 1000 to find air quantity in cubic meters.
    (g) Calculation of Dust Concentrations should be made as follows:
    (1) Substract weight of clean filter from dirty filter and apply 
control correction to find actual weight of sample. Record this weight 
(in g) in log; and
    (2) Divide mass of sample in g by air volume in cubic 
meters to find dust concentration in g/m. Record in log.

[[Page 317]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.020


[[Page 318]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.021



[[Page 319]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.022



[[Page 320]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.023



[[Page 321]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.024



[[Page 322]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.025



[[Page 323]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.026



[[Page 324]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.027



[[Page 325]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.028



[[Page 326]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.029



[[Page 327]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.030



[[Page 328]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.031



[[Page 329]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.032



[[Page 330]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.033



[[Page 331]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.034



[[Page 332]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.035



[[Page 333]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.036



[[Page 334]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.037



[[Page 335]]

 Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1043--Pulmonary Function Standards for Cotton 
                              Dust Standard

    The spirometric measurements of pulmonary function shall conform to 
the following minimum standards, and these standards are not intended to 
preclude additional testing or alternate methods which can be determined 
to be superior.

                              i. apparatus

    a. The instrument shall be accurate to within 
plus-minus50 milliliters or within plus-minus3 
percent of reading, whichever is greater.
    b. The instrument should be capable of measuring vital capacity from 
0 to 7 liters BTPS.
    c. The instrument shall have a low inertia and offer low resistance 
to airflow such that the resistance to airflow at 12 liters per second 
must be less than 1.5 cm H2O/(liter/sec).
    d. The zero time point for the purpose of timing the FEV1
!shall be determined by extrapolating the steepest portion of the 
volume time curve back to the maximal inspiration volume (1, 2, 3, 4) or 
by an equivalent method.
    e. Instruments incorporating measurements of airflow to determine 
volume shall conform to the same volume accuracy stated in (a) of this 
section when presented with flow rates from at least 0 to 12 liters per 
second.
    f. The instrument or user of the instrument must have a means of 
correcting volumes to body temperature saturated with water vapor (BTPS) 
under conditions of varying ambient spirometer temperatures and 
barometric pressures.
    g. The instrument used shall provide a tracing or display of either 
flow versus volume or volume versus time during the entire forced 
expiration. A tracing or display is necessary to determine whether the 
patient has performed the test properly. The tracing must be stored and 
available for recall and must be of sufficient size that hand 
measurements may be made within requirement of paragraph (a) of this 
section. If a paper record is made it must have a paper speed of at 
least 2 cm/sec and a volume sensitivity of at least 10.0 mm of chart per 
liter of volume.
    h. The instrument shall be capable of accumulating volume for a 
minimum of 10 seconds and shall not stop accumulating volume before (1) 
the volume change for a 0.5 second interval is less than 25 milliliters, 
or (2) the flow is less than 50 milliliters per second for a 0.5 second 
interval.
    i. The forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume in 1 
second (FEV1.0) measurements shall comply with the accuracy 
requirements stated in paragraph (a) of this section. That is, they 
should be accurately measured to within plus-minus50 ml or 
within plus-minus3 percent of reading, whichever is greater.
    j. The instrument must be capable of being calibrated in the field 
with respect to the FEV1!and FVC. This calibration of the 
FEV1!and FVC may be either directly or indirectly through 
volume and time base measurements. The volume calibration source should 
provide a volume displacement of at least 2 liters and should be 
accurate to within plus-minus30 milliliters.

     ii. technique for measurement of forced vital capacity maneuver

    a. Use of a nose clip is recommended but not required. The 
procedures shall be explained in simple terms to the patient who shall 
be instructed to loosen any tight clothing and stand in front of the 
apparatus. The subject may sit, but care should be taken on repeat 
testing that the same position be used and, if possible, the same 
spirometer. Particular attention shall be given to insure that the chin 
is slightly elevated with the neck slightly extended. The patient shall 
be instructed to make a full inspiration from a normal breathing pattern 
and then blow into the apparatus, without interruption, as hard, fast, 
and completely as possible. At least three forced expirations shall be 
carried out. During the maneuvers, the patient shall be observed for 
compliance with instruction. The expirations shall be checked visually 
for reproducibility from flow-volume or volume-time tracings or 
displays. The following efforts shall be judged unacceptable when the 
patient:
    1. Has not reached full inspiration preceding the forced expiration,
    2. Has not used maximal effort during the entire forced expiration,
    3. Has not continued the expiration for at least 5 seconds or until 
an obvious plateau in the volume time curve has occurred,
    4. Has coughed or closed his glottis,
    5. Has an obstructed mouthpiece or a leak around the mouthpiece 
(obstruction due to tongue being placed in front of mouthpiece, false 
teeth falling in front of mouthpiece, etc.)
    6. Has an unsatisfactory start of expiration, one characterized by 
excessive hesitation (or false starts), and therefore not allowing back 
extrapolation of time 0 (extrapolated volume on the volume time tracing 
must be less than 10 percent of the FVC.)
    7. Has an excessive variability between the three acceptable curves. 
The variation between the two largest FVC's and FEV1's of the 
three satisfactory tracings should not exceed 10 percent or 
plus-minus 100 milliliters, whichever is greater.
    b. Periodic and routine recalibration of the instrument or method 
for recording FVC and FEV1.0 should be performed using a 
syringe or other volume source of at least 2 liters.

                    iii. interpretation of spirogram

    a. The first step in evaluating a spirogram should be to determine 
whether or not the patient has performed the test properly or as 
described in II above. From the three satisfactory tracings, the forced 
vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume in 1 second 
(FEV1.0) shall be measured and recorded. The largest observed 
FVC and largest observed FEV1 shall be used in the analysis 
regardless of the curve(s) on which they occur.
    b. The following guidelines are recommended by NIOSH for the 
evaluation and management of workers exposed to cotton dust. It is 
important to note that employees who show reductions in FEV1/
FVC ratio below .75 or drops in Monday FEV1 of 5 percent or 
greater on their initial screening exam, should be re-evaluated within a 
month of the first exam. Those who show consistent decrease in lung 
function, as shown on the following table, should be managed as 
recommended.

         iv. qualifications of personnel administering the test

    Technicians who perform pulmonary function testing should have the 
basic knowledge required to produce meaningful results. Training 
consisting of approximately 16 hours of formal instruction should cover 
the following areas.

[[Page 336]]

    a. Basic physiology of the forced vital capacity maneuver and the 
determinants of airflow limitation with emphasis on the relation to 
reproducibility of results.
    b. Instrumentation requirements including calibration procedures, 
sources of error and their correction.
    c. Performance of the testing including subject coaching, 
recognition of improperly performed maneuvers and corrective actions.
    d. Data quality with emphasis on reproducibility.
    e. Actual use of the equipment under supervised conditions.
    f. Measurement of tracings and calculations of results.

 Appendix E to Sec. 1910.1043--Vertical Elutriator Equivalency Protocol

    a. Samples to be taken--In order to ascertain equivalency, it is 
necessary to collect a total of 100 samples from at least 10 sites in a 
mill. That is, there should be 10 replicate readings at each of 10 
sites. The sites should represent dust levels which vary over the 
allowable range of 0.5 to 2 times the permissible exposure limit. Each 
sample requires the use of two vertical elutriators (VE's) and at least 
one but not more than two alternative devices (AD's). Thus, the end 
result is 200 VE readings and either 100 or 200 AD readings. The 2 VE 
readings and the 1 or 2 AD readings at each time and site must be made 
simultaneously. That is, the two VE's and one or two AD's must be 
arranged together in such a way that they are measuring essentially the 
same dust levels.
    b. Data averaging--The two VE readings taken at each site are then 
averaged. These averages are to be used as the 100 VE readings. If two 
alternate devices were used, their test results are also averaged. Thus, 
after this step is accomplished, there will be 100 VE readings and 100 
AD readings.
    c. Differences--For each of the 100 sets of measurements (VE and AD) 
the difference is obtained as the average VE reading minus the AD 
reading. Call these differences Di. Thus, we have.

  Di = VEi - ADi, i = 1,2, . . . ,100    
(1).....................................................................

    Next we compute the arithmetic mean and standard deviations of the 
differences, using equations (2) and (3), respectively.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.038

where N equals the number of differences (100 in this case), 
XD is the arithmetic mean and SD is the standard 
deviation.
    We next calculate the critical value as T = KSD + 
|XD| where K = 1.87, based on 100 samples.
    d. Equivalency test. The next step is to obtain the average of the 
100 VE readings. This is obtained by equation (4)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.039

    We next multiply 0.25 by XVE. If T  0.25 
XVE, we can say that the alternate device has passed the 
equivalency test.

[43 FR 27394, June 23, 1978; 43 FR 35035, Aug. 8, 1978, as amended at 45 
FR 67340, Oct. 10, 1980; 50 FR 51173, Dec. 13, 1985; 51 FR 24325, July 
3, 1986; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1044  1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to occupational 
exposure to 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP).
    (2) This section does not apply to:
    (i) Exposure to DBCP which results solely from the application and 
use of DBCP as a pesticide; or
    (ii) The storage, transportation, distribution or sale of DBCP in 
intact containers sealed in such a manner as to prevent exposure to DBCP 
vapors or liquid, except for the requirements of paragraphs (i), (n) and 
(o) of this section.
    (b) Definitions. Authorized person means any person required by his 
duties to be present in regulated areas and authorized to do so by his 
employer, by this section, or by the Act. Authorized person also 
includes any person entering such areas as a designated representative 
of employees exercising an opportunity to observe employee exposure 
monitoring.
    DBCP means 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane, Chemical Abstracts Service 
Registry Number 96-12-8, and includes all forms of DBCP.
    Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or 
designee.
    Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to equipment 
failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which 
may, or does, result in an unexpected release of DBCP.
    OSHA Area Office means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety 
and

[[Page 337]]

Health Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area where 
the affected workplace is located.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    (c) Permissible exposure limit--(1) Inhalation. The employer shall 
assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of DBCP 
in excess of 1 part DBCP per billion parts of air (ppb) as an 8-hour 
time-weighted average.
    (2) Dermal and eye exposure. The employer shall assure that no 
employee is exposed to eye or skin contact with DBCP.
    (d) Notification of use. Within ten (10) days following the 
introduction of DBCP into the workplace, every employer who has a 
workplace where DBCP is present, shall report the following information 
to the nearest OSHA Area Office for each such workplace;
    (1) The address and location of the workplace:
    (2) A brief description of each process or operation which may 
result in employee exposure to DBCP;
    (3) The number of employees engaged in each process or operation who 
may be exposed to DBCP and an estimate of the frequency and degree of 
exposure that occurs; and
    (4) A brief description of the employer's safety and health program 
as it relates to limitation of employee exposure to DBCP.
    (e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish, within each 
place of employment, regulated areas wherever DBCP concentrations are in 
excess of the permissible exposure limit.
    (2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized 
persons.
    (f) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Determinations of airborne 
exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative 
of each employee's exposure to DBCP over an 8-hour period.
    (ii) For the purposes of this paragraph, employee exposure is that 
exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.
    (2) Initial. Each employer who has a place of employment in which 
DBCP is present, shall monitor each workplace and work operation to 
accurately determine the airborne concentrations of DBCP to which 
employees may be exposed.
    (3) Frequency. (i) If the monitoring required by this section 
reveals employee exposures to be below the permissible exposure limit, 
the employer shall repeat these measurements at least quarterly.
    (ii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee 
exposures to be in excess of the permissible exposure limit, the 
employer shall repeat these measurements for each such employee at least 
monthly. The employer shall continue monthly monitoring until at least 
two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are 
below the permissible exposure limit. Thereafter the employer shall 
monitor at least quarterly.
    (4) Additional. Whenever there has been a production, process, 
control, or personnel change which may result in any new or additional 
exposure to DBCP, or whenever the employer has any reason to suspect new 
or additional exposures to DBCP, the employer shall monitor the 
employees potentially affected by such change for the purpose of 
redetermining their exposure.
    (5) Employee notification. (i) Within five (5) working days after 
the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each 
employee in writing of the measurements which represent the employee's 
exposure.
    (ii) Whenever the results indicate that employee exposure exceeds 
the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall include in the 
written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limit was 
exceeded and a description of the corrective action being taken to 
reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.
    (6) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of 
measurement which has an accuracy, to a confidence level of 95 percent, 
of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of DBCP at 
or above the permissible exposure limit.
    (g) Methods of compliance--(1) Priority of compliance methods. The 
employer shall institute engineering and work

[[Page 338]]

practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to DBCP at 
or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the 
employer establishes that such controls are not feasible. Where feasible 
engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce 
employee exposures to within the permissible exposure limit, the 
employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest 
level achievable by these controls, and shall supplement them by use of 
respiratory protection.
    (2) Compliance program. (i) The employer shall establish and 
implement a written program to reduce employee exposures to DBCP to or 
below the permissible exposure limit solely by means of engineering and 
work practice controls as required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
    (ii) The written program shall include a detailed schedule for 
development and implementation of the engineering and work practice 
controls. These plans shall be revised at least every six months to 
reflect the current status of the program.
    (iii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall be submitted 
upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be 
available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant 
Secretary, the Director, and any affected employee or designated 
representative of employees.
    (iv) The employer shall institute and maintain at least the controls 
described in his most recent written compliance program.
    (h) Respirators--(1) General. Where respiratory protection is 
required under this section, the employer shall select, provide and 
assure the proper use of respirators. Respirators shall be used in the 
following circumstances:
    (i) During the period necessary to install or implement feasible 
engineering and work practice controls; or
    (ii) During maintenance and repair activities in which engineering 
and work practice controls are not feasible; or
    (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work 
practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below 
the permissible exposure limit; or
    (iv) In emergencies.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required under 
this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the 
employee, the appropriate respirator from Table 1 below and shall assure 
that the employee uses the respirator provided.
    (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved 
by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 
under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.

                Table 1--Respiratory Protection for DBCP                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Airborne concentration of DBCP or                                   
             condition of use                     Respirator type       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppb.........  (1) Any supplied-air         
                                            respirator; or (2) any self-
                                            contained breathing         
                                            apparatus.                  
(b) Less than or equal to 50 ppb.........  (1) Any supplied-air         
                                            respirator with full        
                                            facepiece, helmet, or hood; 
                                            or (2) any self-contained   
                                            breathing apparatus with    
                                            full facepiece.             
(c) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppb......  (1) A Type C supplied-air    
                                            respirator operated in      
                                            pressure-demand or other    
                                            positive pressure or        
                                            continuous flow mode.       
(d) Less than or equal to 2,000 ppb......  (1) A Type C supplied-air    
                                            respirator with full        
                                            facepiece operated in       
                                            pressure-demand or other    
                                            positive pressure mode, or  
                                            with full facepiece, helmet,
                                            or hood operated in         
                                            continuous flow mode.       
(e) Greater than 2,000 ppb or entry and    (1) A combination respirator 
 escape from unknown concentrations.        which includes a Type C     
                                            supplied-air respirator with
                                            full facepiece operated in  
                                            pressure-demand or other    
                                            positive pressure or        
                                            continuous flow mode and an 
                                            auxiliary self-contained    
                                            breathing apparatus operated
                                            in pressure-demand or       
                                            positive pressure mode; or  
                                            (2) a self-contained        
                                            breathing apparatus with    
                                            full facepiece operated in  
                                            pressure-demand or other    
                                            positive pressure mode.     
(f) Firefighting.........................  (1) A self-contained         
                                            breathing apparatus with    
                                            full facepiece operated in  
                                            pressure-demand or other    
                                            positive pressure mode.     
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Respirator program. (i) The employer shall institute a 
respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b), 
(d), (e), and (f).
    (ii) Employees who wear respirators shall be allowed to wash their 
faces and respirator facepieces as needed to prevent potential skin 
irritation associated with respirator use.

[[Page 339]]

    (i) Emergency situations--(1) Written plans. (i) A written plan for 
emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace in which DBCP 
is present.
    (ii) Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the 
event of an emergency.
    (2) Employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be 
equipped as required in paragraphs (h) and (j) of this section until the 
emergency is abated.
    (3) Evacuation. Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency 
shall be removed and restricted from the area and normal operations in 
the affected area shall not be resumed until the emergency is abated.
    (4) Alerting employees. Where there is a possibility of employee 
exposure to DBCP due to the occurrence of an emergency, a general alarm 
shall be installed and maintained to promptly alert employees of such 
occurrences.
    (5) Medical surveillance. For any employee exposed to DBCP in an 
emergency situation, the employer shall provide medical surveillance in 
accordance with paragraph (m)(6) of this section.
    (6) Exposure monitoring. (i) Following an emergency, the employer 
shall conduct monitoring which complies with paragraph (f) of this 
section.
    (ii) In workplaces not normally subject to periodic monitoring, the 
employer may terminate monitoring when two consecutive measurements 
indicate exposures below the permissible exposure limit.
    (j) Protective clothing and equipments--(1) Provision and use. Where 
there is any possibility of eye or dermal contact with liquid or solid 
DBCP, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee, and assure 
that the employee wears impermeable protective clothing and equipment to 
protect the area of the body which may come in contact with DBCP. Eye 
and face protection shall meet the requirements of Sec. 1910.133 of this 
part.
    (2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall assure that 
employees remove DBCP contaminated work clothing only in change rooms 
provided in accordance with paragraph (l) (1) of this section.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that employees promptly remove any 
protective clothing and equipment which becomes contaminated with DBCP-
containing liquids and solids. This clothing shall not be reworn until 
the DBCP has been removed from the clothing or equipment.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that no employee takes DBCP 
contaminated protective devices and work clothing out of the change 
room, except those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of 
laundering, maintenance, of disposal.
    (iv) DBCP-contaminated protective devices and work clothing shall be 
placed and stored in closed containers which prevent dispersion of the 
DBCP outside the container.
    (v) Containers of DBCP contaminated protective devices or work 
clothing which are to be taken out of change rooms or the workplace for 
cleaning, maintenance or disposal, shall bear labels in accordance with 
paragraph (o)(3) of this section.
    (3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall clean, launder, 
repair, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this 
paragraph to maintain their effectiveness. The employer shall provide 
clean protective clothing and equipment at least daily to each affected 
employee.
    (ii) The employer shall inform any person who launders or clean 
DBCP-contaminated protective clothing or equipment of the potentially 
harmful effects of exposure to DBCP.
    (iii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of DBCP from 
protective clothing and equipment by blowing or shaking.
    (k) Housekeeping--(1) Surfaces. (i) All workplace surfaces shall be 
maintained free of visible accumulations of DBCP.
    (ii) Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air for the cleaning of 
floors and other surfaces is prohibited where DBCP dusts or liquids are 
present.
    (iii) Where vacuuming methods are selected to clean floors and other 
surfaces, either portable units or a permanent system may be used.
    (a) If a portable unit is selected, the exhaust shall be attached to 
the general workplace exhaust ventilation system or collected within the 
vacuum

[[Page 340]]

unit, equipped with high efficiency filters or other appropriate means 
of contaminant removal, so that DBCP is not reintroduced into the 
workplace air; and
    (b) Portable vacuum units used to collect DBCP may not be used for 
other cleaning purposes and shall be labeled as prescribed by paragraph 
(o)(3) of this section.
    (iv) Cleaning of floors and other surfaces contaminated with DBCP-
containing dusts shall not be performed by washing down with a hose, 
unless a fine spray has first been laid down.
    (2) Liquids. Where DBCP is present in a liquid form, or as a 
resultant vapor, all containers or vessels containing DBCP shall be 
enclosed to the maximum extent feasible and tightly covered when not in 
use.
    (3) Waste disposal. DBCP waste scrap, debris, containers or 
equipment, shall be disposed of in sealed bags or other closed 
containers which prevent dispersion of DBCP outside the container.
    (l) Hygiene facilities and practices--(1) Change rooms. The employer 
shall provide clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for 
street clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing 
and equipment whenever employees are required to wear protective 
clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraphs (h) and (j) of this 
section.
    (2) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in 
the regulated area shower at the end of the work shift.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that employees whose skin becomes 
contaminated with DBCP-containing liquids or solids immediately wash or 
shower to remove any DBCP from the skin.
    (iii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance 
with 29 CFR 1910.141(d)(3).
    (3) Lunchrooms. The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities 
which have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air 
supply, and which are readily accessible to employees working in 
regulated areas.
    (4) Lavatories. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working 
in the regulated area remove protective clothing and wash their hands 
and face prior to eating.
    (ii) The employer shall provide a sufficient number of lavatory 
facilities which comply with 29 CFR 1910.141(d) (1) and (2).
    (5) Prohibition of activities in regulated areas. The employer shall 
assure that, in regulated areas, food or beverages are not present or 
consumed, smoking products and implements are not present or used, and 
cosmetics are not present or applied.
    (m) Medical surveillance--(1) General. (i) The employer shall make 
available a medical surveillance program for employees who work in 
regulated areas and employees who are subjected to DBCP exposures in an 
emergency situation.
    (ii) All medical examinations and procedures shall be performed by 
or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided 
without cost to the employee.
    (2) Frequency and content. At the time of initial assignment, and 
annually thereafter, the employer shall provide a medical examination 
for employees who work in regulated areas, which includes at least the 
following:
    (i) A medical and occupational history including reproductive 
history.
    (ii) A physical examination, including examination of the genito-
urinary tract, testicle size and body habitus, including a determination 
of sperm count.
    (iii) A serum specimen shall be obtained and the following 
determinations made by radioimmunoassay techniques utilizing National 
Institutes of Health (NIH) specific antigen or one of equivalent 
sensitivity:
    (a) Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH);
    (b) Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and
    (c) Serum total estrogen (females).
    (iv) Any other tests deemed appropriate by the examining physician.
    (3) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops 
signs or symptoms commonly associated with exposure to DBCP, the 
employer shall provide the employee with a medical examination which 
shall include those elements considered appropriate by the examining 
physician.

[[Page 341]]

    (4) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examining physician:
    (i) A copy of this regulation and its appendices;
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's exposure;
    (iii) The level of DBCP to which the employee is exposed; and
    (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to 
be used.
    (5) Physician's written opinion. (i) For each examination under this 
section, the employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a 
written opinion from the examining physician which shall include:
    (a) The results of the medical tests performed;
    (b) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
detected medical condition which would place the employee at an 
increased risk of material impairment of health from exposure to DBCP; 
and
    (c) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to DBCP 
or upon the use of protective clothing and equipment such as 
respirators.
    (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the 
written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational 
exposure.
    (6) Emergency situations. If the employee is exposed to DBCP in an 
emergency situation, the employer shall provide the employee with a 
sperm count test as soon as practicable, or, if the employee has been 
vasectionized or is unable to produce a semen specimen, the hormone 
tests contained in paragraph (m)(2)(iii) of this section. The employer 
shall provide these same tests three months later.
    (n) Employee information and training--(1) Training program. (i) The 
employer shall institute a training program for all employees who may be 
exposed to DBCP and shall assure their participation in such training 
program.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the 
following:
    (a) The information contained in Appendix A;
    (b) The quantity, location, manner of use, release or storage of 
DBCP and the specific nature of operations which could result in 
exposure to DBCP as well as any necessary protective steps;
    (c) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators;
    (d) The purpose and description of the medical surveillance program 
required by paragraph (m) of this section; and
    (e) A review of this standard, including appendices.
    (2) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make a copy 
of this standard and its appendices readily available to all affected 
employees.
    (ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials 
relating to the employee information and training program to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director.
    (o) Signs and labels--(1) General. (i) The employer may use labels 
or signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances in 
addition to or in combination with, signs and labels required by this 
paragraph.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near 
any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or 
detracts from the required sign or label.
    (2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post signs to clearly indicate all 
regulated areas. These signs shall bear the legend:

                                 danger

                       1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

               (Insert appropriate trade or common names)

                              cancer hazard

                        authorized personnel only

                           respirator required

    (3) Labels. (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels 
are affixed to all containers of DBCP and of products containing DBCP in 
the workplace, and that the labels remain affixed when the DBCP or 
products containing DBCP are sold, distributed, or otherwise leave the 
employer's workplace. Where DBCP or products containing DBCP are sold, 
distributed or

[[Page 342]]

otherwise leave the employer's workplace bearing appropriate labels 
required by EPA under the regulations in 40 CFR Part 162, the labels 
required by this paragraph need not be affixed.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that the precautionary labels 
required by this paragraph are readily visible and legible. The labels 
shall bear the following legend:

                                 danger

                       1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

                              cancer hazard

    (p) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall 
establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by 
paragraph (f) of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (a) The dates, number, duration and results of each of the samples 
taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to 
determine representative employee exposure;
    (b) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used;
    (c) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and
    (d) Name, social security number, and job classification of the 
employee monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the 
measurement is intended to represent.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 40 years 
or the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.
    (2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
surveillance required by paragraph (m) of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (a) The name and social security number of the employee;
    (b) A copy of the physician's written opinion;
    (c) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to DBCP;
    (d) A copy of the information provided the physician as required by 
paragraphs (m)(4)(ii) through (m)(4)(iv) of this section; and
    (e) A copy of the employee's medical and work history.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 40 years 
or the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.
    (3) Availability. (i) The employer shall assure that all records 
required to be maintained by this section be made available upon request 
to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
    (ii) Employee exposure monitoring records and employee medical 
records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to 
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in 
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).
    (4) Transfer of records. (i) If the employer ceases to do business, 
the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to 
be maintained by paragraph (p) of this section for the prescribed 
period.
    (ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor 
employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, 
the employer shall transmit these records by mail to the Director.
    (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records 
required to be maintained under paragraph (p) of this section, the 
employer shall transmit these records by mail to the Director.
    (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements 
involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
    (q) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees, or their designated 
representatives, with an opportunity to observe any monitoring of 
employee exposure to DBCP required by this section.
    (2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the 
measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to DBCP requires entry into 
an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, 
the employer shall provide the observer with personal protective 
clothing or equipment required to be worn by employees working in the 
area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment, and require the 
observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health 
procedures.

[[Page 343]]

    (ii) Without interfering with the monitoring or measurement, 
observers shall be entitled to:
    (a) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;
    (b) Observe all steps related to the measurement of airborne 
concentrations of DBCP performed at the place of exposure; and
    (c) Record the results obtained.
    (r) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not 
intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise 
imposed or to detract from any existing obligation.

   Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1044--Substance Safety Data Sheet For DBCP

                       i. substance identification

    A. Synonyms and trades names: DBCP; Dibromochloropropane; Fumazone 
(Dow Chemical Company TM); Nemafume; Nemagon (Shell Chemical Co. TM); 
Nemaset; BBC 12; and OS 1879.
    B. Permissible exposure:
    1. Airborne. 1 part DBCP vapor per billion parts of air (1 ppb); 
time-weighted average (TWA) for an 8-hour workday.
    2. Dermal. Eye contact and skin contact with DBCP are prohibited.
    C. Appearance and odor: Technical grade DBCP is a dense yellow or 
amber liquid with a pungent odor. It may also appear in granular form, 
or blended in varying concentrations with other liquids.
    D. Uses: DBCP is used to control nematodes, very small worm-like 
plant parasites, on crops including cotton, soybeans, fruits, nuts, 
vegetables and ornamentals.

                         ii. health hazard data

    A. Routes of entry: Employees may be exposed:
    1. Through inhalation (breathing);
    2. Through ingestion (swallowing);
    3. Skin contact; and
    4. Eye contact.
    B. Effects of exposure:
    1. Acute exposure. DBCP may cause drowsiness, irritation of the 
eyes, nose, throat and skin, nausea and vomiting. In addition, 
overexposure may cause damage to the lungs, liver or kidneys.
    2. Chronic exposure. Prolonged or repeated exposure to DBCP has been 
shown to cause sterility in humans. It also has been shown to produce 
cancer and sterility in laboratory animals and has been determined to 
constitute an increased risk of cancer in man.
    3. Reporting Signs and Symptoms. If you develop any of the above 
signs or symptoms that you think are caused by exposure to DBCP, you 
should inform your employer.

                   iii. emergency first aid procedures

    A. Eye exposure. If DBCP liquid or dust containing DBCP gets into 
your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large amounts of water, 
lifting the lower and upper lids occasionally. Get medical attention 
immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with DBCP.
    B. Skin exposure. If DBCP liquids or dusts containing DBCP get on 
your skin, immediately wash using soap or mild detergent and water. If 
DBCP liquids or dusts containing DBCP penetrate through your clothing, 
remove the clothing immediately and wash. If irritation is present after 
washing get medical attention.
    C. Breathing. If you or any person breathe in large amounts of DBCP, 
move the exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, 
perform artificial respiration. Do not use mouth-to-mouth. Keep the 
affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as 
possible.
    D. Swallowing. When DBCP has been swallowed and the person is 
conscious, give the person large amounts of water immediately. After the 
water has been swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by having him 
touch the back of his throat with his finger. Do not make an unconscious 
person vomit. Get medical attention immediately.
    E. Rescue. Notify someone. Put into effect the established emergency 
rescue procedures. Know the locations of the emergency rescue equipment 
before the need arises.

                 iv. respirators and protective clothing

    A. Respirators. You may be required to wear a respirator in 
emergencies and while your employer is in the process of reducing DBCP 
exposures through engineering controls. If respirators are worn, they 
must have a National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health 
(NIOSH) approval label (Older respirators may have a Bureau of Mines 
Approval label). For effective protection, a respirator must fit your 
face and head snugly. The respirator should not be loosened or removed 
in work situations where its use is required. DBCP does not have a 
detectable odor except at 1,000 times or more above the permissible 
exposure limit. If you can smell DBCP while wearing a respirator, the 
respirator is not working correctly; go immediately to fresh air. If you 
experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your 
employer.
    B. Protective clothing. When working with DBCP you must wear for 
your protection impermeable work clothing provided by your employer. 
(Standard rubber and neoprene protective clothing do not offer adequate 
protection).
    DBCP must never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes 
must not be allowed to become contaminated with DBCP,

[[Page 344]]

and if they do, they must be promptly removed and not worn again until 
completely free of DBCP. Turn in impermeable clothing that has developed 
leaks for repair or replacement.
    C. Eye protection. You must wear splash-proof safety goggles where 
there is any possibility of DBCP liquid or dust contacting your eyes.

           v. precautions for safe use, handling, and storage

    A. DBCP must be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-
ventilated area.
    B. If your work clothing may have become contaminated with DBCP, or 
liquids or dusts containing DBCP, you must change into uncontaminated 
clothing before leaving the work premises.
    C. You must promptly remove any protective clothing that becomes 
contaminated with DBCP. This clothing must not be reworn until the DBCP 
is removed from the clothing.
    D. If your skin becomes contaminated with DBCP, you must immediately 
and thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent and water to 
remove any DBCP from your skin.
    E. You must not keep food, beverages, cosmetics, or smoking 
materials, nor eat or smoke, in regulated areas.
    F. If you work in a regulated area, you must wash your hands 
thoroughly with soap or mild detergent and water, before eating, smoking 
or using toilet facilities.
    G. If you work in a regulated area, you must remove any protective 
equipment or clothing before leaving the regulated area.
    H. Ask your supervisor where DBCP is used in your work area and for 
any additional safety and health rules.

                        vi. access to information

    A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the 
information contained in this Substance Safety Data Sheet for DBCP. In 
addition, your employer must instruct you in the safe use of DBCP, 
emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment.
    B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being 
exposed to DBCP. You or your representative have the right to observe 
employee exposure measurements and to record the result obtained. Your 
employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer 
determines that you are being overexposed, he is required to inform you 
of the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure.
    C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposure and 
medical examinations. Your employer is required to keep exposure and 
medical data for at least 40 years or the duration of your employment 
plus 20 years, whichever is longer.
    D. Your employer is required to release exposure and medical records 
to you, your physician, or other individual designated by you upon your 
written request.

  Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1044--Substance Technical Guidelines for DBCP

                      i. physical and chemical data

    A. Substance Identification
    1. Synonyms: 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane; DBCP, Fumazone; Nemafume; 
Nemagon; Nemaset; BBC 12; OS 1879. DBCP is also included in agricultural 
pesticides and fumigants which include the phrase ``Nema------'' in 
their name.
    2. Formula: C3H5Br2 C1.
    3. Molecular Weight: 236.
    B. Physical Data:
    1. Boiling point (760 mm HG): 195C (383F)
    2. Specific gravity (water=1): 2.093.
    3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of DBCP): Data not 
available.
    4. Melting point: 6C (43F).
    5. Vapor pressure at 20C (68F): 0.8 mm Hg
    6. Solubility in water: 1000 ppm.
    7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): very much less than 1.
    8. Appearance and odor: Dense yellow or amber liquid with a pungent 
odor at high concentrations. Any detectable odor of DBCP indicates 
overexposure.

              ii. fire explosion and reactivity hazard data

    A. Fire
    1. Flash point: 170F (77C)
    2. Autoignition temperature: Data not available.
    3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Data not available.
    4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical.
    5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not use a solid stream of 
water since a stream will scatter and spread the fire. Use water spray 
to cool containers exposed to a fire.
    6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: None known.
    7. For purposes of complying with the requirements of Sec. 1910.106, 
liquid DBCP is classified as a Class III A combustible liquid.
    8. For the purpose of complying with Sec. 1910.309, the 
classification of hazardous locations as described in article 500 of the 
National Electrical Code for DBCP shall be Class I, Group D.
    9. For the purpose of compliance with Sec. 1910.157, DBCP is 
classified as a Class B fire hazard.
    10. For the purpose of compliance with Sec. 1910.178, locations 
classified as hazardous locations due to the presence of DBCP shall be 
Class I, Group D.

[[Page 345]]

    11. Sources of ignition are prohibited where DBCP presents a fire or 
explosion hazard.
    B. Reactivity
    1. Conditions contributing to instability: None known.
    2. Incompatibilities: Reacts with chemically active metals, such as 
aluminum, magnesium and tin alloys.
    3. Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as 
HBr, HCl and carbon monoxide) may be released in a fire involving DBCP.
    4. Special precautions: DBCP will attack some rubber materials and 
coatings.

                iii. spill, leak and disposal procedures

    A. If DBCP is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be 
taken:
    1. The area should be evacuated at once and re-entered only after 
thorough ventilation.
    2. Ventilate area of spill or leak.
    3. If in liquid form, collect for reclamation or absorb in paper, 
vermiculite, dry sand, earth or similar material.
    4. If in solid form, collect spilled material in the most convenient 
and safe manner for reclamation or for disposal.
    B. Persons not wearing protective equipment must be restricted from 
areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed.
    C. Waste Disposal Methods:
    1. For small quantities of liquid DBCP, absorb on paper towels, 
remove to a safe place (such as a fume hood) and burn the paper. Large 
quantities can be reclaimed or collected and atomized in a suitable 
combustion chamber equipped with an appropriate effluent gas cleaning 
device. If liquid DBCP is absorbed in vermiculite, dry sand, earth or 
similar material and placed in sealed containers it may be disposed of 
in a State-approved sanitary landfill.
    2. If in solid form, for small quantities, place on paper towels, 
remove to a safe place (such as a fume hood) and burn. Large quantities 
may be reclaimed. However, if this is not practical, dissolve in a 
flammable solvent (such as alcohol) and atomize in a suitable combustion 
chamber equipped with an appropriate effluent gas cleaning device. DBCP 
in solid form may also be disposed in a state-approved sanitary 
landfill.

                iv. monitoring and measurement procedures

    A. Exposure above the permissible exposure limit.
    1. Eight Hour Exposure Evaluation: Measurements taken for the 
purpose of determining employee exposure under this section are best 
taken so that the average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a 
single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air samples should be 
taken in the employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly 
represent that inhaled by the employee).
    2. Monitoring Techniques: The sampling and analysis under this 
section may be performed by collecting the DBCP vapor on petroleum based 
charcoal absorption tubes with subsequent chemical analyses. The method 
of measurement chosen should determine the concentration of airborne 
DBCP at the permissible exposure limit to an accuracy of plus or minus 
25 percent. If charcoal tubes are used, a total volume of 10 liters 
should be collected at a flow rate of 50 cc. per minute for each tube. 
Analyze the resultant samples as you would samples of halogenated 
solvent.
    B. Since many of the duties relating to employee protection are 
dependent on the results of monitoring and measuring procedures, 
employers should assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is 
performed by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically 
qualified person.

                         v. protective clothing

    Employees should be required to wear appropriate protective clothing 
to prevent any possibility of skin contact with DBCP. Because DBCP is 
absorbed through the skin, it is important to prevent skin contact with 
both liquid and solid forms of DBCP. Protective clothing should include 
impermeable coveralls or similar fullbody work clothing, gloves, 
headcoverings, and workshoes or shoe coverings. Standard rubber and 
neoprene gloves do not offer adequate protection and should not be 
relied upon to keep DBCP off the skin. DBCP should never be allowed to 
remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes should not be allowed to become 
contaminated with the material, and if they do, they should be promptly 
removed and not worn again until completely free of the material. Any 
protective clothing which has developed leaks or is otherwise found to 
be defective should be repaired or replaced. Employees should also be 
required to wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any 
possibility of DBCP contacting the eyes.

                 vi. housekeeping and hygiene facilities

    1. The workplace must be kept clean, orderly and in a sanitary 
condition;
    2. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air is unsafe for the 
cleaning of floors and other surfaces where DBCP dust or liquids are 
found. To minimize the contamination of air with dust, vacuuming with 
either portable or permanent systems must be used. If a portable unit is 
selected, the exhaust must be attached to the general workplace exhaust 
ventilation system, or collected within the vacuum unit equipped with 
high efficiency filters or other appropriate means of contamination 
removal and not used for

[[Page 346]]

other purposes. Units used to collect DBCP must be labeled.
    3. Adequate washing facilities with hot and cold water must be 
provided, and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing 
agents should also be provided to assure the effective removal of DBCP 
from the skin.
    4. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage 
facilities must be provided to prevent the contamination of street 
clothes with DBCP. Because of the hazardous nature of DBCP, contaminated 
protective clothing must be stored in closed containers for cleaning or 
disposal.

                     vii. miscellaneous precautions

    A. Store DBCP in tightly closed containers in a cool, well 
ventilated area.
    B. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious clothing (such as 
acid suits) may be necessary to prevent skin contact with DBCP. 
Supplied-air suits should be selected, used, and maintained under the 
supervision of persons knowlegeable in the limitations and potential 
life-endangering characteristics of supplied-air suits.
    C. The use of air-conditioned suits may be necessary in warmer 
climates.
    D. Advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to 
DBCP could occur.

                         viii. common operations

    Common operations in which exposure to DBCP is likely to occur are: 
during its production; and during its formulation into pesticides and 
fumigants.

 Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1044--Medical Surveillance Guidelines For DBCP

                            i. route of entry

    Inhalation; skin absorption

                             ii. toxicology

    Recent data collected on workers involved in the manufacture and 
formulation of DBCP has shown that DBCP can cause sterility at very low 
levels of exposure. This finding is supported by studies showing that 
DBCP causes sterility in animals. Chronic exposure to DBCP resulted in 
pronounced necrotic action on the parenchymatous organs (i.e., liver, 
kidney, spleen) and on the testicles of rats at concentrations as low as 
5 ppm. Rats that were chronically exposed to DBCP also showed changes in 
the composition of the blood, showing low RBC, hemoglobin, and WBC, and 
high reticulocyte levels as well as functional hepatic disturbance, 
manifesting itself in a long prothrombin time. Reznik et al. noted a 
single dose of 100 mg produced profound depression of the nervous system 
of rats. Their condition gradually improved. Acute exposure also 
resulted in the destruction of the sex gland activity of male rats as 
well as causing changes in the estrous cycle in female rats. Animal 
studies have also associated DBCP with an increased incidence of 
carcinoma. Olson, et al. orally administered DBCP to rats and mice 5 
times per week at experimentally predetermined maximally tolerated doses 
and at half those doses. As early as ten weeks after initiation of 
treatment, DBCP induced a high incidence of squamous cell carcinomas of 
the stomach with metastases in both species. DBCP also induced mammary 
adenocarcinomas in the female rats at both dose levels.

                         iii. signs and symptoms

    A. Inhalation: Nausea, eye irritation, conjunctivitis, respiratory 
irritation, pulmonary congestion or edema, CNS depression with apathy, 
sluggishness, and ataxia.
    B. Dermal: Erythema or inflammation and dermatitis on repeated 
exposure.

                            iv. special tests

     A. Semen analysis: The following information excerpted from the 
document ``Evaluation of Testicular Function'', submitted by the 
Corporate Medical Department of the Shell Oil Company (exhibit 39-3), 
may be useful to physicians conducting the medical surveillance program;
    In performing semen analyses certain minimal but specific criteria 
should be met:
    1. It is recommended that a minimum of three valid semen analyses be 
obtained in order to make a determination of an individual's average 
sperm count.
    2. A period of sexual abstinence is necessary prior to the 
collection of each masturbatory sample. It is recommended that 
intercourse or masturbation be performed 48 hours before the actual 
specimen collection. A period of 48 hours of abstinence would follow; 
then the masturbatory sample would be collected.
    3. Each semen specimen should be collected in a clean, widemouthed, 
glass jar (not necessarily pre-sterilized) in a manner designated by the 
examining physician. Any part of the seminal fluid exam should be 
initialed only after liquifaction is complete, i.e., 30 to 45 minutes 
after collection.
    4. Semen volume should be measured to the nearest \1/10\ of a cubic 
centimeter.
    5. Sperm density should be determined using routine techniques 
involving the use of a white cell pipette and a hemocytometer chamber. 
The immobilizing fluid most effective and most easily obtained for this 
process is distilled water.
    6. Thin, dry smears of the semen should be made for a morphologic 
classification of the sperm forms and should be stained with either 
hematoxalin or the more difficult, yet more precise, Papanicolaou 
technique. Also of importance to record is obvious sperm agglutination, 
pyospermia, delayed liquifaction (greater than 30 minutes), and

[[Page 347]]

hyperviscosity. In addition, pH, using nitrazine paper, should be 
determined.
    7. A total morphology evaluation should include percentages of the 
following:
    a. Normal (oval) forms,
    b. Tapered forms,
    c. Amorphous forms (include large and small sperm shapes),
    d. Duplicated (either heads or tails) forms, and
    e. Immature forms.
    8. Each sample should be evaluated for sperm viability (percent 
viable sperm moving at the time of examination) as well as sperm 
motility (subjective characterization of ``purposeful forward sperm 
progression'' of the majority of those viable sperm analyzed) within two 
hours after collection, ideally by the same or equally qualified 
examiner.
    B. Serum determinations: The following serum determinations should 
be performed by radioimmuno-assay techniques using National Institutes 
of Health (NIH) specific antigen or antigen preparations of equivalent 
sensitivity:
    1. Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH);
    2. Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and
    3. Serum total estrogen (females only).

                              v. treatment

    Remove from exposure immediately, give oxygen or artificial 
resuscitation if indicated. Contaminated clothing and shoes should be 
removed immediately. Flush eyes and wash contaminated skin. If swallowed 
and the person is conscious, induce vomiting. Recovery from mild 
exposures is usually rapid and complete.

             vi. surveillance and preventive considerations

    A. Other considerations. DBCP can cause both acute and chronic 
effects. It is important that the physician become familiar with the 
operating conditions in which exposure to DBCP occurs. Those with 
respiratory disorders may not tolerate the wearing of negative pressure 
respirators.
    B. Surveillance and screening. Medical histories and laboratory 
examinations are required for each employee subject to exposure to DBCP. 
The employer should screen employees for history of certain medical 
conditions (listed below) which might place the employee at increased 
risk from exposure.
    1. Liver disease. The primary site of biotransformation and 
detoxification of DBCP is the liver. Liver dysfunctions likely to 
inhibit the conjugation reactions will tend to promote the toxic actions 
of DBCP. These precautions should be considered before exposing persons 
with impaired liver function to DBCP.
    2. Renal disease. Because DBCP has been associated with injury to 
the kidney it is important that special consideration be given to those 
with possible impairment of renal function.
    3. Skin desease. DBCP can penetrate the skin and can cause erythema 
on prolonged exposure. Persons with pre-existing skin disorders may be 
more susceptible to the effects of DBCP.
    4. Blood dyscrasias. DBCP has been shown to decrease the content of 
erythrocytes, hemoglobin, and leukocytes in the blood, as well as 
increase the prothrombin time. Persons with existing blood disorders may 
be more susceptible to the effects of DBCP.
    5. Reproductive disorders. Animal studies have associated DBCP with 
various effects on the reproductive organs. Among these effects are 
atrophy of the testicles and changes in the estrous cycle. Persons with 
pre-existing reproductive disorders may be at increased risk to these 
effects of DBCP.

                               References

    1. Reznik, Ya. B. and Sprinchan, G. K.: Experimental Data on the 
Gonadotoxic effect of Nemagon, Gig. Sanit., (6), 1975, pp. 101-102, 
(translated from Russian).
    2. Faydysh, E. V., Rakhmatullaev, N. N. and Varshavskii, V. A.: The 
Cytotoxic Action of Nemagon in a Subacute Experiment, Med. Zh. 
Uzbekistana, (No. 1), 1970, pp. 64-65, (translated from Russian).
    3. Rakhmatullaev, N. N.: Hygienic Characteristics of the Nematocide 
Nemagon in Relation to Water Pollution Control, Hyg. Sanit., 36(3), 
1971, pp. 344-348, (translated from Russian).
    4. Olson, W. A. et al.: Induction of Stomach Cancer in Rats and Mice 
by Halogenated Aliphatic Fumigants, Journal of the National Cancer 
Institute, (51), 1973, pp. 1993-1995.
    5. Torkelson, T. R. et al.: Toxicologic Investigations of 1,2-
Dibromo-3-chloropropane, Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 3, 1961 
pp. 545-559.

[43 FR 11527, Mar. 17, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 35283, May 23, 1980; 49 
FR 18295, Apr. 30, 1984; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 
30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1045  Acrylonitrile.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all 
occupational exposures to acrylonitrile (AN), Chemical Abstracts Service 
Registry No. 000107131, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and 
(a)(3) of this section.
    (2) This section does not apply to exposures which result solely 
from the processing, use, and handling of the following materials:
    (i) ABS resins, SAN resins, nitrile barrier resins, solid nitrile 
elastomers, and acrylic and modacrylic fibers,

[[Page 348]]

when these listed materials are in the form of finished polymers, and 
products fabricated from such finished polymers;
    (ii) Materials made from and/or containing AN for which objective 
data is reasonably relied upon to demonstrate that the material is not 
capable of releasing AN in airborne concentrations in excess of 1 ppm as 
an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average, under the expected conditions 
of processing, use, and handling which will cause the greatest possible 
release; and
    (iii) Solid materials made from and/or containing AN which will not 
be heated above 170 deg. F during handling, use, or processing.
    (3) An employer relying upon exemption under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) 
shall maintain records of the objective data supporting that exemption, 
and of the basis of the employer's reliance on the data, as provided in 
paragraph (q) of this section.
    (b) Definitions. Acrylonitrile or AN means acrylonitrile monomer, 
chemical formula CH2=CHCN.
    Action level means a concentration of AN of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-
hour time-weighted average.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the 
employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or 
any person entering such an area as a designated representative of 
employees for the purpose of exercising the opportunity to observe 
monitoring procedures under paragraph (r) of this section.
    Decontamination means treatment of materials and surfaces by water 
washdown, ventilation, or other means, to assure that the materials will 
not expose employees to airborne concentrations of AN above 1 means the 
Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. 
Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.
    Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, 
equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control 
equipment, which results in an unexpected massive release of AN.
    Liquid AN means AN monomer in liquid form, and liquid or semiliquid 
polymer intermediates, including slurries, suspensions, emulsions, and 
solutions, produced during the polymerization of AN.
    OSHA Area Office means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety 
and Health Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area 
where the affected workplace is located.
    (c) Permissible exposure limits--(1) Inhalation. (i) Time weighted 
average limit (TWA). The employer shall assure that no employee is 
exposed to an airborne concentration of acrylonitrile in excess of two 
(2) parts acrylonitrile per million parts of air (2 ppm) as an eight 
(8)-hour time-weighted average.
    (ii) Ceiling limit. The employer shall assure that no employee is 
exposed to an airborne concentration of acrylonitrile in excess of ten 
(10) ppm as averaged over any fifteen (15)-minute period during the work 
day.
    (2) Dermal and eye exposure. The employer shall assure that no 
employee is exposed to skin contact or eye contact with liquid AN.
    (d) Notification of regulated areas and emergencies--(1) Regulated 
areas. Within thirty (30) days following the establishment of a 
regulated area pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section, the employer 
shall report the following information to the OSHA Area Office:
    (i) The address and location of each establishment which has one or 
more regulated areas;
    (ii) The locations, within the establishment, of each regulated 
area;
    (iii) A brief description of each process or operation which results 
in employee exposure to AN in regulated areas; and
    (iv) The number of employees engaged in each process or operation 
within each regulated area which results in exposure to AN, and an 
estimate of the frequency and degree of exposure that occurs.
    Whenever there has been a significant change in the information 
required to be reported by this paragraph, the employer shall promptly 
provide the new information to the OSHA Area Office.

[[Page 349]]

    (2) Emergencies. Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, 
shall be reported within seventy-two (72) hours of the initial 
occurrence to the OSHA Area Office. Upon request of the OSHA Area 
Office; the employer shall submit additional information in writing 
relevant to the nature and extent of employee exposures and measures 
taken to prevent future emergencies of a similar nature.
    (e) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Determinations of airborne 
exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative 
of each employee's exposure to AN over an eight (8)-hour period.
    (ii) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that 
exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.
    (2) Initial monitoring. Each employer who has a place of employment 
in which AN is present shall monitor each such workplace and work 
operation to accurately determine the airborne concentrations of AN to 
which employees may be exposed.
    (3) Frequency. (i) If the monitoring required by this section 
reveals employee exposure to be below the action level, the employer may 
discontinue monitoring for that employee.
    (ii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee 
exposure to be at or above the action level but below the permissible 
exposure limits, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such 
employee at least quarterly. The employer shall continue these quarterly 
measurements until at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 
seven (7) days apart, are below the action level, and thereafter the 
employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee.
    (iii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee 
exposure to be in excess of the permissible exposure limits, the 
employer shall repeat these determinations for each such employee at 
least monthly. The employer shall continue these monthly measurements 
until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) 
days apart, are below the permissible exposure limits, and thereafter 
the employer shall monitor at least quarterly.
    (4) Additional monitoring. Whenever there has been a production, 
process, control, or personnel change which may result in new or 
additional exposures to AN, or whenever the employer has any other 
reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional 
exposures to AN, additional monitoring which complies with this 
paragraph shall be conducted.
    (5) Employee notification. (i) Within five (5) working days after 
the receipt of the results of monitoring required by this paragraph, the 
employer shall notify each employee in writing of the results which 
represent that employee's exposure.
    (ii) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee 
exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall 
include in the written notice a statement that the permissible exposure 
limits were exceeded and a description of the corrective action being 
taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limits.
    (6) Accuracy of measurement. The method of measurement of employee 
exposures shall be accurate to a confidence level of 95 percent, to 
within plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of AN at or above the 
permissible exposure limits, and plus or minus 50 percent for 
concentrations of AN below the permissible exposure limits.
    (f) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish regulated 
areas where AN concentrations are in excess of the permissible exposure 
limits.
    (2) Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated from the rest 
of the workplace, in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who 
will be exposed to AN.
    (3) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons 
or to persons otherwise authorized by the act or regulations issued 
pursuant thereto.
    (4) The employer shall assure that food or beverages are not present 
or consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are 
not applied in the regulated area.
    (g) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering and work practice 
controls. (i) By November 2, 1980, the employer shall institute 
engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain

[[Page 350]]

employee exposures to AN, to or below the permissible exposure limits, 
except to the extent that the employer establishes that such controls 
are not feasible.
    (ii) Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can 
be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or 
below the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall nonetheless 
use them to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable by these 
controls, and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection 
which complies with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (2) Compliance program. (i) The employer shall establish and 
implement a written program to reduce employee exposures to or below the 
permissible exposure limits solely by means of engineering and work 
practice controls, as required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
    (ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at 
least the following:
    (A) A description of each operation or process resulting in employee 
exposure to AN above the permissible exposure limits;
    (B) An outline of the nature of the engineering controls and work 
practices to be applied to the operation or process in question;
    (C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible 
exposure limits;
    (D) A schedule for implementation of engineering and work practice 
controls for the operation or process, which shall project completion no 
later than November 2, 1980; and
    (E) Other relevant information.
    (iii) The employer shall complete the steps set forth in the 
compliance program by the dates in the schedule.
    (iv) Written plans shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant 
Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for 
examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the Director, or any 
affected employee or representative.
    (v) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and 
updated at least every six (6) months to reflect the current status of 
the program.
    (h) Respiratory protection--(1) General. The employer shall assure 
that respirators are used where required by this section to reduce 
employee exposure to within the permissible exposure limits. Respirators 
shall be used in the following circumstances:
    (i) During the time period necessary to install or implement 
feasible engineering and work practice controls;
    (ii) In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities 
or reactor cleaning, in which the employer establishes that engineering 
and work practice controls are not feasible;
    (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work 
practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below 
the permissible exposure limits; and
    (iv) In emergencies.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respiratory protection is 
required under this section, the employer shall select and provide, at 
no cost to the employee, the appropriate type of respirator from table I 
below, and shall assure that the employee wears the respirator provided.

         Table I--Respiratory Protection for Acrylonitrile (AN)         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Concentration of AN or                                             
        condition of use                     Respirator type            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Less than or equal to 20     (1) Chemical cartridge respirator with 
 ppm.                             organic vapor cartridge(s) and half-  
                                  mask facepiece; or                    
                                 (2) Supplied air respirator with half- 
                                  mask facepiece.                       
(b) Less than or equal to 100    (1) Full facepiece respirator with (A) 
 ppm or maximum use               organic vapor cartridges, (B) organic 
 concentration (MUC) of           vapor gas mask chin-style, or (C)     
 cartridges or canisters,         organic vapor gas mask canister, front-
 whichever is lower.               or back-mounted;                     
                                 (2) Supplied air respirator with full  
                                  facepiece; or                         
                                 (3) Self-contained breathing apparatus 
                                  with full facepiece.                  
(c) Less than or equal to 4,000  (1) Supplied air respirator operated in
 ppm.                             the positive pressure mode with full  
                                  facepiece, helmet, suit, or hood.     
(d) Greater than 4,000 ppm or    (1) Supplied air and auxiliary self-   
 unknown concentration.           contained breathing apparatus with    
                                  full facepiece in positive pressure   
                                  mode; or                              
                                 (2) Self-contained breathing apparatus 
                                  with full facepiece in positive       
                                  pressure mode.                        

[[Page 351]]

                                                                        
(e) Firefighting...............  Self-contained breathing apparatus with
                                  full facepiece in positive pressure   
                                  mode.                                 
(f) Escape.....................  (1) Any organic vapor respirator, or   
                                 (2) Any self-contained breathing       
                                  apparatus.                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved 
for use with organic vapors by the National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.
    (3) Respirator program. (i) The employer shall institute a 
respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b), 
(d), (e), and (f).
    (ii) Where air/purifying respirators (chemical cartridge- or 
canister-type) are used, the air-purifying canister or cartridge(s) 
shall be replaced prior to the expiration of their service life or at 
the completion of each shift, whichever occurs first. A label shall be 
attached to the cartridge or canister to indicate the date and time at 
which it is first installed on the respirator.
    (iii) Testing. Fit testing of respirators shall be performed to 
assure that the respirator selected provides the protection required by 
table I.
    (A) Qualitative fit. The employer shall perform qualitative fit 
tests at the time of initial fitting and at least semiannually 
thereafter for each employee wearing respirators.
    (B) Quantitative fit. Each employer with more than 10 employees 
wearing negative pressure respirators shall perform quantitative fit 
testing at the time of initial fitting and at least semiannually 
thereafter for each such employee.
    (iv) Employees who wear respirators shall be allowed to wash their 
faces and to wipe clean the face-to-facepiece seals on their respirators 
to minimize potential skin irritation associated with respirator use.
    (i) Emergency situations--(1) Written plans. (i) A written plan for 
emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace where liquid 
AN is present. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in 
the event of an emergency.
    (ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in 
correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped as required in 
paragraph (h) of this section until the emergency is abated.
    (iii) Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency shall be 
evacuated from the area and shall not be permitted to return until the 
emergency is abated.
    (2) Alerting employees. Where there is the possibility of employee 
exposure to AN in excess of the ceiling limit, a general alarm shall be 
installed and used to promptly alert employees of such occurrences.
    (j) Protective clothing and equipment--(1) Provision and use. Where 
eye or skin contact with liquid AN may occur, the employer shall provide 
at no cost to the employee, and assure that employees wear, impermeable 
protective clothing or other equipment to protect any area of the body 
which may come in contact with liquid AN. The provision of 
Secs. 1910.132 and 1910.133 shall be complied with.
    (2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall clean, launder, 
maintain, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this 
section as needed to maintain their effectiveness.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that impermeable protective clothing 
which contacts or is likely to have contacted liquid AN shall be 
decontaminated before being removed by the employee.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that an employee whose 
nonimpermeable clothing becomes wetted with liquid AN shall immediately 
remove that clothing and proceed to shower. The clothing shall be 
decontaminated before it is removed from the regulated area.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that no employee removes protective 
clothing or equipment from the change

[[Page 352]]

room, except for those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of 
laundering, maintenance, or disposal.
    (v) The employer shall inform any person who launders or cleans 
protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of 
exposure to AN.
    (k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces shall be maintained free of 
visible accumulations of liquid AN.
    (2) For operations involving liquid AN, the employer shall institute 
a program for detecting leaks and spills of liquid AN, including regular 
visual inspections.
    (3) Where spills of liquid AN are detected, the employer shall 
assure that surfaces contacted by the liquid AN are decontaminated. 
Employees not engaged in decontamination activities shall leave the area 
of the spill, and shall not be permitted in the area until 
decontamination is completed.
    (l) Waste disposal. AN waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, or 
equipment shall be decontaminated before being incorporated in the 
general waste disposal system.
    (m) Hygiene facilities and practices. (1) Where employees are 
exposed to airborne concentrations of AN above the permissible exposure 
limits, or where employees are required to wear protective clothing or 
equipment pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section, the facilities 
required by 29 CFR 1910.141, including clean change rooms and shower 
facilities, shall be provided by the employer for the use of those 
employees, and the employer shall assure that the employees use the 
facilities provided.
    (2) The employer shall assure that employees wearing protective 
clothing or equipment for protection from skin contact with liquid AN 
shall shower at the end of the work shift.
    (3) The employer shall assure that, in the event of skin or eye 
exposure to liquid AN, the affected employee shall shower immediately to 
minimize the danger of skin absorption.
    (4) The employer shall assure that employees working in the 
regulated area wash their hands and faces prior to eating.
    (n) Medical surveillance--(1) General. (i) The employer shall 
institute a program of medical surveillance for each employee who is or 
will be exposed to AN at or above the action level, without regard to 
the use of respirators. The employer shall provide each such employee 
with an opportunity for medical examinations and tests in accordance 
with this paragraph.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and 
procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed 
physician, and that they shall be provided without cost to the employee.
    (2) Initial examinations. At the time of initial assignment, or upon 
institution of the medical surveillance program, the employer shall 
provide each affected employee an opportunity for a medical examination, 
including at least the following elements:
    (i) A work history and medical history with special attention to 
skin, respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems, and those nonspecific 
symptoms, such as headache, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, weakness, or 
other central nervous system dysfunctions that may be associated with 
acute or with chronic exposure to AN;
    (ii) A complete physical examination giving particular attention to 
the peripheral and central nervous system, gastrointestinal system, 
respiratory system, skin, and thyroid;
    (iii) A 14- by 17-inch posteroanterior chest X-ray; and
    (iv) Further tests of the intestinal tract, including fecal occult 
blood screening, for all workers 40 years of age or older, and for any 
other affected employees for whom, in the opinion of the physician, such 
testing is appropriate.
    (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide the 
examinations specified in paragraph (n)(2) of this section at least 
annually for all employees specified in paragraph (n)(1) of this 
section.
    (ii) If an employee has not had the examination specified in 
paragraph (n)(2) of this section within 6 months preceding termination 
of employment, the employer shall make such examination available to the 
employee prior to such termination.
    (4) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops 
signs or symptoms which may be associated

[[Page 353]]

with exposure to AN, the employer shall provide an appropriate 
examination and emergency medical treatment.
    (5) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examining physician:
    (i) A copy of this standard and its appendixes;
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's exposure;
    (iii) The employee's representative exposure level;
    (iv) The employee's anticipated or estimated exposure level (for 
preplacement examinations or in cases of exposure due to an emergency);
    (v) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be 
used; and
    (vi) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
employee, which is not otherwise available to the examining physician.
    (6) Physician's written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain a 
written opinion from the examining physician which shall include:
    (A) The results of the medical examination and test performed;
    (B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
detected medical condition(s) which would place the employee at an 
increased risk of material impairment of the employee's health from 
exposure to AN;
    (C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to AN 
or upon the use of protective clothing and equipment such as 
respirators; and
    (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions 
which require further examination or treatment.
    (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the 
written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational 
exposure to AN.
    (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to 
the affected employee.
    (o) Employee information and training--(1) Training program. (i) By 
January 2, 1979, the employer shall institute a training program for and 
assure the participation of all employees exposed to AN above the action 
level, all employees whose exposures are maintained below the action 
level by engineering and work practice controls, and all employees 
subject to potential skin or eye contact with liquid AN.
    (ii) Training shall be provided at the time of initial assignment, 
or upon institution of the training program, and at least annually 
thereafter, and the employer shall assure that each employee is informed 
of the following:
    (A) The information contained in appendixes A and B;
    (B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, or storage of 
AN, and the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure 
to AN, as well as any necessary protective steps;
    (C) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators and 
protective clothing;
    (D) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance 
program required by paragraph (n) of this section;
    (E) The emergency procedures developed, as required by paragraph (i) 
of this section;
    (F) Engineering and work practice controls, their function, and the 
employee's relationship to these controls; and
    (G) A review of this standard.
    (2) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make a copy 
of this standard and its appendixes readily available to all affected 
employees.
    (ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials 
relating to the employee information and training program to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director.
    (p) Signs and labels--(1) General. (i) The employer may use labels 
or signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances in 
addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required by this 
paragraph.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near 
any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or 
detracts from the required sign or label.

    (2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post signs to clearly indicate all 
workplaces where AN concentrations exceed the

[[Page 354]]

permissable exposure limits. The signs shall bear the following legend:

                                 DANGER

                           ACRYLONITRILE (AN)

                              CANCER HAZARD

                        AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

                           RESPIRATORS MAY BE

                                REQUIRED

    (ii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph 
are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily 
visible.
    (3) Labels. (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels 
are affixed to all containers of liquid AN and AN-based materials not 
exempted under paragraph (a)(2) of this standard. The employer shall 
assure that the lables remain affixed when the materials are sold, 
distributed, or otherwise leave the employer's workplace.
    (ii) The employer shall assure that the precautionary labels 
required by this paragraph are readily visible and legible. The labels 
shall bear the following legend:

                                 DANGER

                       CONTAINS ACRYLONITRILE (AN)

                              CANCER HAZARD

    (q) Recordkeeping--(1) Objective data for exempted operations. (i) 
Where the processing, use, and handling of materials made from or 
containing AN are exempted pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this 
section, the employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of 
objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.
    (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The material qualifying for exemption;
    (B) The source of the objective data;
    (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the 
material for the release of AN;
    (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data 
supports the exemption; and
    (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, and processing 
covered by the exemption.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
    (2) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (e) 
of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples 
taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to 
determine representative employee exposure;
    (B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and 
the data relied upon to establish that the methods used meet the 
accuracy and precision requirements of paragraph (e)(6) of this section;
    (C) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and
    (D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the 
employee monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the 
measurement is intended to represent.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least forty 
(40) years, or for the duration of employment plus twenty (20) years, 
whichever is longer.
    (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
surveillance as required by paragraph (n) of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) A copy of the physician's written opinions;
    (B) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to AN;
    (C) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
by paragraph (n)(5) of this section; and
    (D) A copy of the employee's medical and work history.
    (iii) The employer shall assure that this record be maintained for 
at least forty (40) years, or for the duration of employment plus twenty 
(20) years, whichever is longer.
    (4) Availability. (i) The employer shall make all records required 
to be maintained by this section available, upon request, to the 
Assistant Secretary and

[[Page 355]]

the Director for examination and copying.
    (ii) Records required by paragraphs (q)(1) through (q)(3) of this 
section shall be provided upon request to employees, designated 
representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 
1910.20 (a) through (e) and (q) through (i). Records required by 
paragraph (q)(1) shall be provided in the same manner as exposure 
monitoring records.
    (5) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do 
business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records 
required to be maintained by this section for the prescribed period.
    (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no 
successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed 
period, these records shall be transmitted to the Director.
    (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records 
required to be maintained pursuant to this section, the employer shall 
notify the Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of the 
records, and shall transmit them to the Director upon request.
    (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements 
involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
    (r) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees, or their designated 
representatives, an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee 
exposure to AN conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the 
monitoring of employee exposure to AN requires entry into an area where 
the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer 
shall provide the observer with personal protective clothing and 
equipment required to be worn by employees working in the area, assure 
the use of such clothing and equipment, and require the observer to 
comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.
    (ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be 
entitled:
    (A) To receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;
    (B) To observe all steps related to the measurement of airborne 
concentrations of AN performed at the place of exposure; and
    (C) To record the results obtained.
    (s) Effective date: (1) This section shall become effective November 
2, 1978.
    (2) Monitoring and medical surveillance conducted since January 17, 
1978, under the provisions of the emergency temporary standard may be 
relied upon by the employer to meet the initial monitoring and initial 
medical surveillance requirements of this section.
    (3) Training programs must be implemented by January 2, 1979.
    (4) Engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (g) 
of this section shall be implemented no later than November 2, 1980.
    (t) Appendixes. The information contained in the appendixes is not 
intended, by itself, to create any additional obligation not otherwise 
imposed, or to detract from any obligation.

     Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1045--Substance Safety Data Sheet for 
                              Acrylonitrile

                       i. substance identification

    A. Substance: Acrylonitrile (CH2 CHCN).
    B. Synonyms: Propenenitrile; vinyl cyanide; cyanoethylene; AN; VCN; 
acylon; carbacryl; fumigrian; ventox.
    C. Acrylonitrile can be found as a liquid or vapor, and can also be 
found in polymer resins, rubbers, plastics, polyols, and other polymers 
having acrylonitrile as a raw or intermediate material.
    D. AN is used in the manufacture of acrylic and modiacrylic fibers, 
acrylic plastics and resins, speciality polymers, nitrile rubbers, and 
other organic chemicals. It has also been used as a fumigant.
    E. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale yellow liquid with a 
pungent odor which can only be detected at concentrations above the 
permissible exposure level, in a range of 13-19 parts AN per million 
parts of air (13-19 ppm).
    F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not exceed either:
    1. Two parts AN per million parts of air (2 ppm) averaged over the 
8-hour workday; or
    2. Ten parts AN per million parts of air (10 ppm) averaged over any 
15-minute period in the workday.
    3. In addition, skin and eye contact with liquid AN is prohibited.

[[Page 356]]

                         ii. health hazard data

    A. Acrylonitrile can affect your body if you inhale the vapor 
(breathing), if it comes in contact with your eyes or skin, or if you 
swallow it. It may enter your body through your skin.
    B. Effects of overexposure: 1. Short-term exposure: Acrylonitrile 
can cause eye irritation, nausea, vomiting, headache, sneezing, 
weakness, and light-headedness. At high concentrations, the effects of 
exposure may go on to loss of consciousness and death. When 
acrylonitrile is held in contact with the skin after being absorbed into 
shoe leather or clothing, it may produce blisters following several 
hours of no apparent effect. Unless the shoes or clothing are removed 
immediately and the area washed, blistering will occur. Usually there is 
no pain or inflammation associated with blister formation.
    2. Long-term exposure: Acrylonitrile has been shown to cause cancer 
in laboratory animals and has been associated with higher incidences of 
cancer in humans. Repeated or prolonged exposure of the skin to 
acrylonitrile may produce irritation and dermatitis.
    3. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your employer if 
you develop any signs or symptoms and suspect they are caused by 
exposure to acrylonitrile.

                   iii. emergency first aid procedures

    A. Eye exposure: If acrylonitrile gets into your eyes, wash your 
eyes immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the lower and 
upper lids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately. Contact 
lenses should not be worn when working with this chemical.
    B. Skin exposure: If acrylonitrile gets on your skin, immediately 
wash the contaminated skin with water. If acrylonitrile soaks through 
your clothing, especially your shoes, remove the clothing immediately 
and wash the skin with water. If symptoms occur after washing, get 
medical attention immediately. Thoroughly wash the clothing before 
reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or other leather articles should be 
discarded.
    C. Inhalation: If you or any other person breathes in large amounts 
of acrylonitrile, move the exposed person to fresh air at once. If 
breathing has stopped, perform artificial respiration. Keep the affected 
person warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible.
    D. Swallowing: When acrylonitrile has been swallowed, give the 
person large quantities of water immediately. After the water has been 
swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by having him touch the back 
of his throat with his finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. 
Get medical attention immediately.
    E. Rescue: Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure. If 
the exposed person has been overcome, notify someone else and put into 
effect the established emergency procedures. Do not become a casualty 
yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the 
location of the emergency equipment before the need arises.
    F. Special first aid procedures: First aid kits containing an 
adequate supply (at least two dozen) of amyl nitrite pearls, each 
containing 0.3 ml, should be maintained at each site where acrylonitrile 
is used. When a person is suspected of receiving an overexposure to 
acrylonitrile, immediately remove that person from the contaminated area 
using established rescue procedures. Contaminated clothing must be 
removed and the acrylonitrile washed from the skin immediately. 
Artificial respiration should be started at once if breathing has 
stopped. If the person is unconscious, amyl nitrite may be used as an 
antidote by a properly trained individual in accordance with established 
emergency procedures. Medical aid should be obtained immediately.

                 iv. respirators and protective clothing

    A. Respirators. You may be required to wear a respirator for 
nonroutine activities, in emergencies, while your employer is in the 
process of reducing acrylonitrile exposures through engineering 
controls, and in areas where engineering controls are not feasible. If 
respirators are worn, they must have a Mine Safety and Health 
Administration (MSHA or MESA) or National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health (NIOSH) label of approval for use with organic vapors. 
(Older respirators may have a Bureau of Mines approval label.) For 
effective protection, respirators must fit your face and head snugly. 
Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work situations where 
their use is required.
    Acrylonitrile does not have a detectable odor except at levels above 
the permissible exposure limits. Do not depend on odor to warn you when 
a respirator cartridge or canister is exhausted. Cartridges or canisters 
must be changed daily or before the end-of-service-life, whichever comes 
first. Reuse of these may allow acrylonitrille to gradually filter 
through the cartridge and cause exposures which you cannot detect by 
odor. If you can smell acrylonitrile while wearing a respirator, proceed 
immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while 
wearing a respirator, tell your employer.
    B. Supplied-air suits: In some work situations, the wearing of 
supplied-air suits may be necessary. Your employer must instruct you in 
their proper use and operation.
    C. Protective clothing: You must wear impervious clothing, gloves, 
face shield, or other appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin 
contact with liquid acrylonitrile. Where protective clothing is 
required, your

[[Page 357]]

employer is required to provide clean garments to you as necessary to 
assume that the clothing protects you adequately.
    Replace or repair impervious clothing that has developed leaks.
    Acrylonitrile should never be allowed to remain on the skin. 
Clothing and shoes which are not impervious to acrylonitrile should not 
be allowed to become contaminated with acrylonitrile, and if they do the 
clothing and shoes should be promptly removed and decontaminated. The 
clothing should be laundered or discarded after the AN is removed. Once 
acrylonitrile penetrates shoes or other leather articles, they should 
not be worn again.
    D. Eye protection: You must wear splashproof safety goggles in areas 
where liquid acrylonitrile may contact your eyes. In addition, contact 
lenses should not be worn in areas where eye contact with acrylonitrile 
can occur.

           v. precautions for safe use, handling, and storage

    A. Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid, and its vapors can easily 
form explosive mixtures in air.
    B. Acrylonitrile must be stored in tightly closed containers in a 
cool, well-ventilated area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong 
oxidizers (especially bromine), strong bases, copper, copper alloys, 
ammonia, and amines.
    C. Sources of ignition such as smoking and open flames are 
prohibited wherever acrylonitrile is handled, used, or stored in a 
manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard.
    D. You should use non-sparking tools when opening or closing metal 
containers of acrylonitrile, and containers must be bonded and grounded 
when pouring or transferring liquid acrylonitrile.
    E. You must immediately remove any non-impervious clothing that 
becomes wetted with acrylonitrile, and this clothing must not be reworn 
until the acrylonitrile is removed from the clothing.
    F. Impervious clothing wet with liquid acrylonitrile can be easily 
ignited. This clothing must be washed down with water before you remove 
it.
    G. If your skin becomes wet with liquid acrylonitrile, you must 
promptly and thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent to 
remove any acrylonitrile from your skin.
    H. You must not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials, nor are 
you permitted to eat or smoke in regulated areas where acrylonitrile 
concentrations are above the permissible exposure limits.
    I. If you contact liquid acrylonitrile, you must wash your hands 
thoroughly with soap or mild detergent and water before eating, smoking, 
or using toilet facilities.
    J. Fire extinguishers and quick drenching facilities must be readily 
available, and you should know where they are and how to operate them.
    K. Ask your supervisor where acrylonitrile is used in your work area 
and for any additional plant safety and health rules.

                        vi. access to information

    A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the 
information contained in this Substance Safety Data Sheet for 
acrylonitrile. In addition, you employer must instruct you in the proper 
work practices for using acrylonitrile, emergency procedures, and the 
correct use of protective equipment.
    B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being 
exposed to acrylonitrile. You or your representative has the right to 
observe employee measurements and to record the results obtained. Your 
employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer 
determines that you are being overexposed, he or she is required to 
inform you of the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure 
to within permissible exposure limits.
    C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures and 
medical examinations. These records must be kept by the employer for at 
least forty (40) years or for the period of your employment plus twenty 
(20) years, whichever is longer.
    D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical 
records to you or your representative upon your request.

    Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1045--Substance Technical Guidelines for 
                              Acrylonitrile

                      i. physical and chemical data

    A. Substance identification: 1. Synonyms: AN; VCN; vinyl cyanide; 
propenenitrile; cyanoethylene; Acrylon; Carbacryl; Fumigrain; Ventox.
    2. Formula: CH2=CHCN.
    3. Molecular weight: 53.1.
    B. Physical data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 77.3 deg. C 
(171 deg. F);
    2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.81 (at 20 deg. C or 68 deg. F);
    3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of acrylonitrile): 1.83;
    4. Melting point: -83 deg. C (-117 deg. F);
    5. Vapor pressure (@20 deg. F): 83 mm Hg;
    6. Solubility in water, percent by weight @20 deg. C (68 deg. F): 
7.35;
    7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): 4.54; and
    8. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale yellow liquid with a 
pungent odor at concentrations above the permissible exposure level. Any 
detectable odor of acrylonitrile may indicate overexposure.

[[Page 358]]

             ii. fire, explosion, and reactivity hazard data

    A. Fire: 1. Flash point: -1 deg. C (30  deg.F) (closed cup).
    2. Autoignition temperature: 481 deg. C (898 deg. F).
    3. Flammable limits air, percent by volume: Lower: 3, Upper: 17.
    4. Extinguishing media: Alcohol foam, carbon dioxide, and dry 
chemical.
    5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not use a solid stream of 
water, since the stream will scatter and spread the fire. Use water to 
cool containers exposed to a fire.
    6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Acrylonitrile is a flammable 
liquid. Its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures with air. All 
ignition sources must be controlled where acrylonitrile is handled, 
used, or stored in a manner that could create a potential fire or 
explosion hazard. Acrylonitrile vapors are heavier than air and may 
travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at 
locations remote from the site at which acrylonitrile is being handled.
    7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 
1910.106, acrylonitrile is classified as a class IB flammable liquid. 
For example, 7,500 ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower flammable 
limit, would be considered to pose a potential fire and explosion 
hazard.
    8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.157, acrylonitrile is 
classified as a Class B fire hazard.
    9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR 1919.309, locations 
classified as hazardous due to the presence of acrylonitrile shall be 
Class I, Group D.
    B. Reactivity:
    1. Conditions contributing to instability: Acrylonitrile will 
polymerize when hot, and the additional heat liberated by the 
polymerization may cause containers to explode. Pure AN may self-
polymerize, with a rapid build-up of pressure, resulting in an explosion 
hazard. Inhibitors are added to the commercial product to prevent self-
polymerization.
    2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strong oxidizers (especially 
bromine) and strong bases may cause fires and explosions. Contact with 
copper, copper alloys, ammonia, and amines may start serious 
decomposition.
    3. Hazardous decompostion products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as 
hydrogen cyanide, oxides of nitrogen, and carbon monoxide) may be 
released in a fire involving acrylonitrile and certain polymers made 
from acrylonitrile.
    4. Special precautions: Liquid acrylonitrile will attack some forms 
of plastics, rubbers, and coatings.

                iii. spill, leak, and disposal procedures

    A. If acrylonitrile is spilled or leaked, the following steps should 
be taken:
    1. Remove all ignition sources.
    2. The area should be evacuated at once and re-entered only after 
the area has been thoroughly ventilated and washed down with water.
    3. If liquid acrylonitrile or polymer intermediate, collect for 
reclamation or absorb in paper, vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or similar 
material, or wash down with water into process sewer system.
    B. Persons not wearing protective equipment should be restricted 
from areas of spills or leaks until clean-up has been completed.
    C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material shall be disposed of in a 
manner that is not hazardous to employees or to the general population. 
Spills of acrylonitrile and flushing of such spills shall be channeled 
for appropriate treatment or collection for disposal. They shall not be 
channeled directly into the sanitary sewer system. In selecting the 
method of waste disposal, applicable local, State, and Federal 
regulations should be consulted.

                iv. monitoring and measurement procedures

    A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:
    1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the 
purpose of determining employee exposure under this section are best 
taken so that the average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a 
single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air samples should be 
taken in the employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly 
represent that inhaled by the employee.)
    2. Ceiling evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of 
determining employee exposure under this section must be taken during 
periods of maximum expected airborne concentrations of acrylonitrile in 
the employee's breathing zone. A minimum of three (3) measurements 
should be taken on one work shift. The average of all measurements taken 
is an estimate of the employee's ceiling exposure.
    3. Monitoring techniques: The sampling and analysis under this 
section may be performed by collecting the acrylonitrile vapor on 
charcoal adsorption tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with 
subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be 
performed by instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring 
systems, portable direct-reading instruments, or passive dosimeters. 
Analysis of resultant samples should be by gas chromatograph.
    Appendix D lists methods of sampling and analysis which have been 
tested by NIOSH and OSHA for use with acrylonitrile. NIOSH and OSHA have 
validated modifications of

[[Page 359]]

NIOSH Method S-156 (See Appendix D) under laboratory conditions for 
concentrations below 1 ppm. The employer has the obligation of selecting 
a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements 
of the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires 
that methods of monitoring must be accurate, to a 95-percent confidence 
level, to plus-minus35-percent for concentrations of AN at or 
above 2 ppm, and to plus-minus-50-percent for concentrations 
below 2 ppm. In addition to the methods described in Appendix D, there 
are numerous other methods available for monitoring for AN in the 
workplace. Details on these other methods have been submitted by various 
companies to the rulemaking record, and are available at the OSHA Docket 
Office.
    B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are 
dependent on the results of monitoring and measuring procedures, 
employers shall assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is 
performed by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically 
qualified person.

                         v. protective clothing

    Employees shall be provided with and required to wear appropriate 
protective clothing to prevent any possibility of skin contact with 
liquid AN. Because acrylonitrile is absorbed through the skin, it is 
important to prevent skin contact with liquid AN. Protective clothing 
shall include impermeable coveralls or similar full-body work clothing, 
gloves, head-coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of the body 
which may come in contact with liquid AN.
    Employers should ascertain that the protective garmets are 
impermeable to acrylonitrile. Non-impermeable clothing and shoes should 
not be allowed to become contaminated with liquid AN. If permeable 
clothing does become contaminated, it should be promptly removed, placed 
in a regulated area for removal of the AN, and not worn again until the 
AN is removed. If leather footwear or other leather garments become wet 
from acrylonitrile, they should be replaced and not worn again, due to 
the ability of leather to absorb acrylonitrile and hold it against the 
skin. Since there is no pain associated with the blistering which may 
result from skin contact with liquid AN, it is essential that the 
employee be informed of this hazard so that he or she can be protected.
    Any protective clothing which has developed leaks or is otherwise 
found to be defective shall be repaired or replaced. Clean protective 
clothing shall be provided to the employee as necessary to assure its 
protectiveness. Whenever impervious clothing becomes wet with liquid AN, 
it shall be washed down with water before being removed by the employee. 
Employees are also required to wear splash-proof safety goggles where 
there is any possibility of acrylonitrile contacting the eyes.

                 vi. housekeeping and hygiene facilities

    For purposes of complying with 29 CFR 1910.141, the following items 
should be emphasized:
    A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary 
condition. The employer is required to institute a leak and spill 
detection program for operations involving liquid AN in order to detect 
sources of fugitive AN emissions.
    B. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air is unsafe for the 
cleaning of floors and other surfaces where liquid AN may be found.
    C. Adequate washing facilities with hot and cold water are to be 
provided, and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing 
agents are also to be provided to assure the effective removal of 
acrylonitrile from the skin.
    D. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage 
facilities must be provided to prevent the contamination of street 
clothes with acrylonitrile. Because of the hazardous nature of 
acrylonitrile, contaminated protective clothing should be placed in a 
regulated area designated by the employer for removal of the AN before 
the clothing is laundered or disposed of.

                     vii. miscellaneous precautions

    A. Store acrylonitrile in tightly-closed containers in a cool, well-
ventilated area and take necessary precautions to avoid any explosion 
hazard.
    B. High exposures to acrylonitrile can occur when transferring the 
liquid from one container to another.
    C. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal 
acrylonitrile containers. These containers must be effectively grounded 
and bonded prior to pouring.
    D. Never store uninhibited acrylonitrile.
    E. Acrylonitrile vapors are not inhibited. They may form polymers 
and clog vents of storage tanks.
    F. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious coverings may be 
necessary to prevent skin contact with and provide respiratory 
protection from acrylonitrile where the concentration of acrylonitrile 
is unknown or is above the ceiling limit. Supplied-air suits should be 
selected, used, and maintained under the immediate supervision of 
persons knowledgeable in the limitations and potential life-endangering 
characteristics of supplied-air suits.
    G. Employers shall advise employees of all areas and operations 
where exposure to acrylonitrile could occur.

[[Page 360]]

                         viii. common operations

    Common operations in which exposure to acrylonitrile is likely to 
occur include the following: Manufacture of the acrylonitrile monomer; 
synthesis of acrylic fibers, ABS, SAN, and nitrile barrier plastics and 
resins, nitrile rubber, surface coatings, specialty chemicals, use as a 
chemical intermediate, use as a fumigant and in the cyanoethylation of 
cotton.

   Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1045--Medical Surveillance Guidelines for 
                              Acrylonitrile

                            i. route of entry

    Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion.

                             ii. toxicology

    Acrylonitrile vapor is an asphyxiant due to inhibitory action on 
metabolic enzyme systems. Animals exposed to 75 or 100 ppm for 7 hours 
have shown signs of anoxia; in some animals which died at the higher 
level, cyanomethemoglobin was found in the blood. Two human fatalities 
from accidental poisioning have been reported; one was caused by 
inhalation of an unknown concentration of the vapor, and the other was 
thought to be caused by skin absorption or inhalation. Most cases of 
intoxication from industrial exposure have been mild, with rapid onset 
of eye irritation, headache, sneezing, and nausea. Weakness, 
lightheadedness, and vomiting may also occur. Exposure to high 
concentrations may produce profound weakness, asphyxia, and death. The 
vapor is a severe eye irritant. Prolonged skin contract with the liquid 
may result in absorption with systemic effects, and in the formation of 
large blisters after a latent period of several hours. Although there is 
usually little or no pain or inflammation, the affected skin resembles a 
second-degree thermal burn. Solutions spilled on exposed skin, or on 
areas covered only by a light layer of clothing, evaporate rapidly, 
leaving no irritation, or, at the most, mild transient redness. Repeated 
spills on exposed skin may result in dermatitis due to solvent effects.
    Results after 1 year of a planned 2-year animal study on the effects 
of exposure to acrylonitrile have indicated that rats ingesting as 
little as 35 ppm in their drinking water develop tumors of the central 
nervous system. The interim results of this study have been supported by 
a similar study being conducted by the same laboratory, involving 
exposure of rats by inhalation of acrylonitrile vapor, which has shown 
similar types of tumors in animals exposed to 80 ppm.
    In addition, the preliminary results of an epidemiological study 
being performed by duPont on a cohort of workers in their Camden, S.C. 
acrylic fiber plant indicate a statistically significant increase in the 
incidence of colon and lung cancers among employees exposed to 
acrylonitrile.

              iii. signs and symptoms of acute overexposure

    Asphyxia and death can occur from exposure to high concentrations of 
acrylonitrile. Symptoms of overexposure include eye irritation, 
headache, sneezing, nausea and vomiting, weakness, and light-headedness. 
Prolonged skin contact can cause blisters on the skin with appearance of 
a second-degree burn, but with little or no pain. Repeated skin contact 
may produce scaling dermatits.

                   iv. treatment of acute overexposure

    Remove employee from exposure. Immediately flush eyes with water and 
wash skin with soap or mild detergent and water. If AN has been 
swallowed, and person is conscious, induce vomiting. Give artificial 
resuscitation if indicated. More severe cases, such as those associated 
with loss of consciousness, may be treated by the intravenous 
administration of sodium nitrite, followed by sodium thiosulfate, 
although this is not as effective for acrylonitrile poisoning as for 
inorganic cyanide poisoning.

              v. surveillance and preventive considerations

    A. As noted above, exposure to acrylonitrile has been linked to 
increased incidence of cancers of the colon and lung in employees of the 
duPont acrylic fiber plant in Camden, S.C. In addition, the animal 
testing of acrylonitrile has resulted in the development of cancers of 
the central nervous system in rats exposed by either inhalation or 
ingestion. The physician should be aware of the findings of these 
studies in evaluating the health of employees exposed to acrylonitrile.
    Most reported acute effects of occupational exposure to 
acrylonitrile are due to its ability to cause tissue anoxia and 
asphyxia. The effects are similar to those caused by hydrogen cyanide. 
Liquid acrylonitrile can be absorbed through the skin upon prolonged 
contact. The liquid readily penetrates leather, and will produce burns 
of the feet if footwear contaminated with acrylonitrile is not removed.
    It is important for the physician to become familiar with the 
operating conditions in which exposure to acrylonitrile may occur. Those 
employees with skin diseases may not tolerate the wearing of whatever 
protective clothing may be necessary to protect them from exposure. In 
addition, those with chronic respiratory disease may not tolerate the 
wearing of negative-pressure respirators.
    B. Surveillance and screening. Medical histories and laboratory 
examinations are required for each employee subject to exposure to 
acrylonitrile above the action level. The

[[Page 361]]

employer must screen employees for history of certain medical conditions 
which might place the employee at increased risk from exposure.
    1. Central nervous system dysfunction. Acute effects of exposure to 
acrylonitrile generally involve the central nervous system. Symptoms of 
acrylonitrile exposure include headache, nausea, dizziness, and general 
weakness. The animal studies cited above suggest possible carcinogenic 
effects of acrylonitrile on the central nervous system, since rats 
exposed by either inhalation or ingestion have developed similar CNS 
tumors.
    2. Respiratory disease. The du Pont data indicate an increased risk 
of lung cancer among employees exposed to acrylonitrile.
    3. Gastrointestinal disease. The du Pont data indicate an increased 
risk of cancer of the colon among employees exposed to acrylonitrile. In 
addition, the animal studies show possible tumor production in the 
stomachs of the rats in the ingestion study.
    4. Skin disease. Acrylonitrile can cause skin burns when prolonged 
skin contact with the liquid occurs. In addition, repeated skin contact 
with the liquid can cause dermatitis.
    5. General. The purpose of the medical procedures outlined in the 
standard is to establish a baseline for future health monitoring. 
Persons unusually susceptible to the effects of anoxia or those with 
anemia would be expected to be at increased risk. In addition to 
emphasis on the CNS, respiratory and gastro-intestinal systems, the 
cardiovascular system, liver, and kidney function should also be 
stressed.

   Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1045--Sampling and Analytical Methods for 
                              Acrylonitrile

    There are many methods available for monitoring employee exposures 
to acrylonitrile. Most of these involve the use of charcoal tubes and 
sampling pumps, with analysis by gas chromatograph. The essential 
differences between the charcoal tube methods include, among others, the 
use of different desorbing solvents, the use of different lots of 
charcoal, and the use of different equipment for analysis of the 
samples.
    Besides charcoal, considerable work has been performed on methods 
using porous polymer sampling tubes and passive dosimeters. In addition, 
there are several portable gas analyzers and monitoring units available 
on the open market.
    This appendix contains details for the methods which have been 
tested at OSHA Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City, and NIOSH in 
Cincinnati. Each is a variation on NIOSH Method S-156, which is also 
included for reference. This does not indicate that these methods are 
the only ones which will be satisfactory. There also may be workplace 
situations in which these methods are not adequate, due to such factors 
as high humidity. Copies of the other methods available to OSHA are 
available in the rulemaking record, and may be obtained from the OSHA 
Docket Office. These include, the Union Carbide, Monsanto, Dow Chemical 
and Dow Badische methods, as well as NISOH Method P & CAM 127.
    Employers who note problems with sample breakthrough should try 
larger charcoal tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available, and are 
often used for sampling vinyl chloride. In addition, lower flow rates 
and shorter sampling times should be beneficial in minimizing 
breakthrough problems.
    Whatever method the employer chooses, he must assure himself of the 
method's accuracy and precision under the unique conditions present in 
his workplace.

                     NIOSH Method S-156 (Unmodified)

Analyte: Acrylonitrile.
Matrix: Air.
Procedure: Absorption on charcoal, desorption with methanol, GC.

    1. Principle of the method (Reference 11.1).
    1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap 
the organic vapors present.
    1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered 
sample container, and the analyte is desorbed with methanol.
    1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas 
chromatograph.
    1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with 
areas obtained for standards.
    2. Range and sensitivity.
    2.1 This method was validated over the range of 17.5-70.0 mg/cu m at 
an atmospheric temperature and pressure of 22 deg. C and 760 MM Hg, 
using a 20-liter sample. Under the conditions of sample size (20-liters) 
the probable useful range of this method is 4.5-135 mg-cu m. The method 
is capable of measuring much smaller amounts if the desorption 
efficiency is adequate. Desorption efficiency must be determined over 
the range used.
    2.2 The upper limit of the range of the method is dependent on the 
adsorptive capacity of the charcoal tube. This capacity varies with the 
concentrations of acrylonitrile and other substances in the air. The 
first section of the charcoal tube was found to hold at least 3.97 mg of 
acrylonitrile when a test atmosphere containing 92.0 mg/cu m of 
acrylonitrile in air was sampled 0.18 liter per minute for 240 minutes; 
at that time the concentration of acrylonitrile in the effluent was less 
than 5 percent of that in the influent. (The charcoal tube consists of 
two sections of activated charcoal separated by a section of urethane 
foam. See section 6.2.) If a particular atmosphere is suspected of 
containing a large amount of contaminant, a smaller sampling volume 
should be taken.
    3. Interference.

[[Page 362]]

    3.1  When the amount of water in the air is so great that 
condensation actually occurs in the tube, organic vapors will not be 
trapped efficiently. Preliminary experiments using toluene indicate that 
high humidity severely decreases the breakthrough volume.
    3.2  When interfering compounds are known or suspected to be present 
in the air, such information, including their suspected identities, 
should be transmitted with the sample.
    3.3  It must be emphasized that any compound which has the same 
retention time as the analyte at the operating conditions described in 
this method is an interference. Retention time data on a single column 
cannot be considered proof of chemical identity.
    3.4  If the possibility of interference exists, separation 
conditions (column packing, temperature, etc.) must be changed to 
circumvent the problem.
    4. Precision and accuracy.
    4.1  The Coefficient of Variation (CVT) for the total 
analytical and sampling method in the range of 17.5-70.0 mg/cu m was 
0.073. This value corresponds to a 3.3 mg/cu m standard deviation at the 
(previous) OSHA standard level (20 ppm). Statistical information and 
details of the validation and experimental test procedures can be found 
in Reference 11.2.
    4.2  On the average the concentrations obtained at the 20 ppm level 
using the overall sampling and analytical method were 6.0 percent lower 
than the ``true'' concentrations for a limited number of laboratory 
experiments. Any difference between the ``found'' and ``true'' 
concentrations may not represent a bias in the sampling and analytical 
method, but rather a random variation from the experimentally determined 
``true'' concentration. Therefore, no recovery correction should be 
applied to the final result in section 10.5.
    5. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.
    5.1  The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no 
liquids. Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can 
be eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The tubes are 
analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method.
    The method can also be used for the simultaneous analysis of two or 
more substances suspected to be present in the same sample by simply 
changing gas chromatographic conditions.
    5.2  One disadvantage of the method is that the amount of sample 
which can be taken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube 
will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained for the 
backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on 
the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists.
    5.3  Furthermore, the precision of the method is limited by the 
reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. This drop will 
affect the flow rate and cause the volume to be imprecise, because the 
pump is usually calibrated for one tube only.
    6. Apparatus.
    6.1  A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be 
determined within plus-minus5 percent at the recommended flow 
rate. (Reference 11.3).
    6.2  Charcoal tubes: Glass tubes with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm 
long with a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 
mesh activated charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. 
The activated charcoals prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 
600 deg. C prior to packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of 
charcoal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is 
placed between the outlet end of the tube and the backup section. A plug 
of silicated glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section. The 
pressure drop across the tube must be less than 1 inch of mercury at a 
flow rate of 1 liter per minute.
    6.3  Gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization detector.
    6.4  Column (4-ft x \1/4\-in stainless steel) packed with 50/80 mesh 
Poropak, type Q.
    6.5  An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for 
measuring peak areas.
    6.6  Two-milliliter sample containers with glass stoppers or Teflon-
lined caps. If an automatic sample injector is used, the associated 
vials may be used.
    6.7  Microliter syringes: 10-microliter and other convenient sizes 
for making standards.
    6.8  Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets.
    6.9  Volumetric flask: 10-ml or convenient sizes for making standard 
solutions.
    7. Reagents.
    7.1  Chromatographic quality methanol.
    7.2  Acrylonitrile, reagent grade.
    7.3  Hexane, reagent grade.
    7.4  Purified nitrogen.
    7.5  Prepurified hydrogen.
    7.6  Filtered compressed air.
    8. Procedure.
    8.1  Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory 
analysis should be detergent washed and thoroughly rinsed with tap water 
and distilled water.
    8.2  Calibration of personal pumps. Each personal pump must be 
calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line. This will 
minimize errors associated with uncertainties in the sample volume 
collected.
    8.3  Collection and shipping of samples.
    8.3.1  Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to 
provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube 
(2 mm).
    8.3.2  The smaller section of charcoal is used as a backup and 
should be positioned nearest the sampling pump.

[[Page 363]]

    8.3.3  The charcoal tube should be placed in a vertical direction 
during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.
    8.3.4  Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or 
tubing before entering the charcoal tube.
    8.3.5  A maximum sample size of 20 liters is recommended. Sample at 
a flow of 0.20 liter per minute or less. The flow rate should be known 
with an accuracy of at least plus-minus5 percent.
    8.3.6  The temperature and pressure of the atmosphere being sampled 
should be recorded. If pressure reading is not available, record the 
elevation.
    8.3.7  The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic 
caps immediately after sampling. Under no circumstances should rubber 
caps be used.
    8.3.8  With each batch of 10 samples submit one tube from the same 
lot of tubes which was used for sample collection and which is subjected 
to exactly the same handling as the samples except that no air is drawn 
through it. Label this as a blank.
    8.3.9  Capped tubes should be packed tightly and padded before they 
are shipped to minimize tube breakage during shipping.
    8.3.10  A sample of the bulk material should be submitted to the 
laboratory in a glass container with a Teflon-lined cap. This sample 
should not be transported in the same container as the charcoal tubes.
    8.4  Analysis of samples.
    8.4.1  Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each 
charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of 
charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The 
charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-ml 
stoppered sample container. The separating section of foam is removed 
and discarded; the second section is transferred to another stoppered 
container. These two sections are analyzed separately.
    8.4.2  Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol 
is pipetted into each sample container. Desorption should be done for 30 
minutes. Tests indicate that this is adequate if the sample is agitated 
occasionally during this period. If an automatic sample injector is 
used, the sample vials should be capped as soon as the solvent is added 
to minimize volatilization.
    8.4.3  GC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the gas 
chromatograph are:
    1. 50 ml/min (60 psig) nitrogen carrier gas flow.
    2. 65 ml/min (24 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector.
    3. 500 ml/min (50 psig) air flow to detector.
    4. 235 deg. C injector temperature.
    5. 255 deg. C manifold temperature (detector).
    6. 155 deg. C column temperature.
    8.4.4  Injection. The first step in the analysis is the injection of 
the sample into the gas chromatograph. To eliminate difficulties arising 
from blowback or distillation within the syringe needle, one should 
employ the solvent flush injection technique. The 10-microliter syringe 
is first flushed with solvent several times to wet the barrel and 
plunger. Three microliters of solvent are drawn into the syringe to 
increase the accuracy and reproducibility of the injected sample volume. 
The needle is removed from the solvent, and the plunger is pulled back 
about 0.2 microliter to separate the solvent flush from the sample with 
a pocket of air to be used as a marker. The needle is then immersed in 
the sample, and a 5-microliter aliquot is withdrawn, taking into 
consideration the volume of the needle, since the sample in the needle 
will be completely injected. After the needle is removed from the sample 
and prior to injection, the plunger is pulled back 1.2 microliters to 
minimize evaporation of the sample from the tip of the needle. Observe 
that the sample occupies 4.9-5.0 microliters in the barrel of the 
syringe. Duplicate injections of each sample and standard should be 
made. No more than a 3 percent difference in area is to be expected. An 
automatic sample injector can be used if it is shown to give 
reproducibility at least as good as the solvent flush method.
    8.4.5  Measurement of area. The area of the sample peak is measured 
by an electronic integrator or some other suitable form of area 
measurement, and preliminary results are read from a standard curve 
prepared as discussed below.
    8.5 Determination of desorption efficiency.
    8.5.1 Importance of determination. The desorption efficiency of a 
particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and also 
from one batch of charcoal to another. Thus, it is necessary to 
determine at least once the percentage of the specific compound that is 
removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch of charcoal 
is used.
    8.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. Activated 
charcoal equivalent to the amount in the first section of the sampling 
tube (100 mg) is measured into a 2.5 in, 4-mm I.D. glass tube, flame 
sealed at one end. This charcoal must be from the same batch as that 
used in obtaining the samples and can be obtained from unused charcoal 
tubes. The open end is capped with Parafilm. A known amount of hexane 
solution of acrylonitrile containing 0.239 g/ml is injected directly 
into the activated charcoal with a microliter syringe, and tube is 
capped with more Parafilm. When using an automatic sample injector, the 
sample injector vials, capped with Teflon-faced septa, may be used in 
place of the glass tube.
    The amount injected is equivalent to that present in a 20-liter air 
sample at the selected level.
    Six tubes at each of three levels (0.5X, 1X, and 2X of the standard) 
are prepared in this

[[Page 364]]

manner and allowed to stand for at least overnight to assure complete 
adsorption of the analyte onto the charcoal. These tubes are referred to 
as the sample. A parallel blank tube should be treated in the same 
manner except that no sample is added to it. The sample and blank tubes 
are desorbed and analyzed in exactly the same manner as the sampling 
tube described in section 8.4.
    Two or three standards are prepared by injecting the same volume of 
compound into 1.0 ml of methanol with the same syringe used in the 
preparation of the samples. These are analyzed with the samples.
    The desorption efficiency (D.E.) equals the average weight in mg 
recovered from the tube divided by the weight in mg added to the tube, 
or

                                     Average weight recovered (mg)      
            D.E. =                 ----------------------------------   
                                           weight added (mg)            
                                                                        

    The desorption efficiency is dependent on the amount of analyte 
collected on the charcoal. Plot the desorption efficiency versus weight 
of analyte found. This curve is used in section 10.4 to correct for 
adsorption losses.
    9. Calibration and standards.
    It is convenient to express concentration of standards in terms of 
mg/1.0 ml methanol, because samples are desorbed in this amount of 
methanol. The density of the analyte is used to convert mg into 
microliters for easy measurement with a microliter syringe. A series of 
standards, varying in concentration over the range of interest, is 
prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions and during the same 
time period as the unknown samples. Curves are established by plotting 
concentration in mg/1.0 ml versus peak area.

    Note: Since no internal standard is used in the method, standard 
solutions must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is 
done. This will minimize the effect of known day-to-day variations and 
variations during the same day of the FID response.

    10. Calculations.
    10.1 Read the weight, in mg, corresponding to each peak area from 
the standard curve. No volume corrections are needed, because the 
standard curve is based on mg/1.0 ml methanol and the volume of sample 
injected is identical to the volume of the standards injected.
    10.2 Corrections for the bank must be made for each sample.

                         mg = mg sample-mg blank

Where:
    mg sample = mg found in front section of sample tube.
    mg sample = mg found in front section of blank tube.

    A similar procedure is followed for the backup sections.
    10.3 Add the weights found in the front and backup sections to get 
the total weight in the sample.
    10.4 Read the desorption efficiency from the curve (see sec. 8.5.2) 
for the amount found in the front section. Divide the total weight by 
this desorption efficiency to obtain the corrected mg/sample.

                                                   Total weight         
         Corrected mg/sample  =                   --------------        
                                                       D.E.             
                                                                        

      
    10.5 The concentration of the analyte in the air sampled can be 
expressed in mg/cu m.
      

                                                                                                               1,000 (liter/cu m)                       
                                                mg/cu m = Corrected mg (section 10.4) x             ........................................  ..........
                                                                                                           air volume sampled (liter)                   
                                                                                                                                                        

      
    10.6 Another method of expressing concentration is ppm.

          ppm =m mg/cu  x  24.45/M.W.  x  760/P x  T. + 273/298

Where:
    P = Pressure (mm Hg) of air sampled.
    T = Temperature ( deg.C) of air sampled.
    24.45 = Molar volume (liter/mole) at 25 deg.C and 760 mm Hg.
    M.W. = Molecular weight (g/mole) of analyte.
    760 = Standard pressure (mm Hg).
    298 = Standard temperature ( deg.K).

    11. References.
    11.1 White, L. D. et al., ``A Convenient Optimized Method for the 
Analysis of Selected Solvent Vapors in the Industrial Atmosphere,'' 
Amer. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J., 31:225 (1970).
    11.2 Documentation of NIOSH Validation Tests, NIOSH Contract No. 
CDC-99-74-45.
    11.3 Final Report, NIOSH Contract HSM-99-71-31, ``Personal Sampler 
Pump for Charcoal Tubes,'' September 15, 1972.

[[Page 365]]

                NIOSH Modification of NIOSH Method S-156

    The NIOSH recommended method for low levels for acrylonitrile is a 
modification of method S-156. It differs in the following respects:
    (1) Samples are desorbed using 1 ml of 1 percent acetone in CS2 
rather than methanol.
    (2) The analytical column and conditions are:
    Column: 20 percent SP-1000 on 80/100 Supelcoport 10 feet x \1/8\ 
inch S.S.
Conditions:
Injector temperature: 200 deg.C.
Detector temperature: 100 deg. C.
Column temperature: 85 deg. C.
Helium flow: 25 ml/min.
Air flow: 450 ml/min.
Hydrogen flow: 55 ml/min.

    (3) A 2 l injection of the desorbed analyte is used.
    (4) A sampling rate of 100 ml/min is recommended.

           OSHA Laboratory Modification of NIOSH Method S-156

Analyte: Acrylonitrile.
Matrix: Air.
Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal, desorption with methanol, GC.

    1. Principle of the Method (Reference 1).
    1.1  A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap 
the organic vapors present.
    1.2  The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered 
sample vial, and the analyte is desorbed with methanol.
    1.3  An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas 
chromatograph.
    1.4  The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with 
areas obtained for standards.
    2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.
    2.1  The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no 
liquids. Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can 
be eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The tubes are 
analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method.
    2.2  This method may not be adequate for the simultaneous analysis 
of two or more substances.
    2.3  The amount of sample which can be taken is limited by the 
number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When 
the sample value obtained for the backup section of the charcoal tube 
exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the possibility 
of sample loss exists.
    2.4  The precision of the method is limited by the reproducibility 
of the pressure drop across the tubes. This drop will affect the flow 
rate and cause the volume to be imprecise, because the pump is usually 
calibrated for one tube only.
    3. Apparatus.
    3.1  A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be 
determined within plus-minus5 percent at the recommended flow 
rate.
    3.2  Charcoal tubes: Glass tube with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm 
long with a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 
mesh activated charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. 
The activated charcoal is prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 
600 deg. C prior to packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of 
charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is 
placed between the outlet end of the tube and the back-up section. A 
plug of sililated glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing 
section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than one inch of 
mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute.
    3.3  Gas chromatograph equipped with a nitrogen phosphorus detector.
    3.4  Column (10-ft x 1/8''-in stainless steel) packed with 100/120 
Supelcoport coated with 10 percent SP 1000.
    3.5 An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for 
measuring peak area.
    3.6 Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-lined caps
    3.7 Microliter syringes: 10-microliter, and other convenient sizes 
for making standards.
    3.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets.
    3.9 Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for making standard 
solutions.
    4. Reagents.
    4.1 Chromatographic quality methanol.
    4.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent grade.
    4.3 Filtered compressed air.
    4.4 Purified hydrogen.
    4.5 Purified helium.
    5. Procedure.
    5.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory 
analysis should be properly cleaned and free of organics which could 
interfere in the analysis.
    5.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Each pump must be calibrated with 
a representative charcoal tube in the line.
    5.3 Collection and shipping of samples.
    5.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to 
provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube 
(2 mm).
    5.3.2 The smaller section of the charcoal is used as the backup and 
should be placed nearest the sampling pump.
    5.3.3 The charcoal should be placed in a vertical position during 
sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.
    5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or 
tubing before entering the charcoal tube.
    5.3.5 A sample size of 20 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow 
rate of approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate

[[Page 366]]

should be known with an accuracy of at least plus-minus5 
percent.
    5.3.6 The temperature and pressure of the atmosphere being sampled 
should be recorded.
    5.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic 
caps immediately after sampling. Rubber caps should not be used.
    5.3.8 Submit at least one blank tube (a charcoal tube subjected to 
the same handling procedures, without having any air drawn through it) 
with each set of samples.
    5.3.9. Take necessary shipping and packing precautions to minimize 
breakage of samples.
    5.4 Analysis of samples.
    5.4.1 Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each 
charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of 
charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The 
charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-ml vial. 
The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the section is 
transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are analyzed 
separately.
    5.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol 
is pipetted into each sample container. Desorption should be done for 30 
minutes in an ultrasonic bath. The sample vials are recapped as soon as 
the solvent is added.
    5.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the gas 
chromatograph are:
    1. 30 ml/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas flow.
    2. 3.0 ml/min (30 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector.
    3. 50 ml/min (60 psig) air flow to detector.
    4. 200 deg. C injector temperature.
    5. 200 deg. C dejector temperature.
    6. 100 deg. C column temperature.
    5.4.4 Injection. Solvent flush technique or equivalent.
    5.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of the sample peak is measured 
by an electronic integator or some other suitable form of area 
measurement, and preliminary results are read from a standard curve 
prepared as discussed below.
    5.5 Determination of desorption efficiency.
    5.5.1 Importance of determination. The desorption efficiency of a 
particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and also 
from one batch of charcoal to another. Thus, it is necessary to 
determine, at least once, the percentage of the specific compound that 
is removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch of 
charcoal is used.
    5.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. The reference 
portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, 
amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X (X represents TLV) based on a 20 l 
air sample are injected onto several tubes at each level. Dilutions of 
acrylonitrile with methanol are made to allow injection of measurable 
quantities. These tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least 
overnight. Following equilibration they are analyzed following the same 
procedure as the samples A curve of the desorption efficiency

                         amt recovered/amt added

is plotted versus amount of analyte found. This curve is used to correct 
for adsorption losses.

    6. Calibration and standards.
    A series of standards, varying in concentration over the range of 
interest, is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions and 
during the same time period as the unknown samples. Curves are prepared 
by plotting concentration versus peak area.

    Note: Since no internal standard is used in the method, standard 
solutions must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is 
done. This will minimize the effect of known day-to-day variations and 
variations during the same day of the NPD response. Multiple injections 
are necessary.

    7. Calculations.
    Read the weight, corresponding to each peak area from the standard 
curve, correct for the blank, correct for the desorption efficiency, and 
make necessary air volume corrections.

    8. Reference. NIOSH Method S-156.

[43 FR 45809, Oct. 3, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 35283, May 23, 1980; 54 
FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 
1996]



Sec. 1910.1047  Ethylene oxide.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all 
occupational exposures to ethylene oxide (EtO), Chemical Abstracts 
Service Registry No. 75-21-8, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of 
this section.
    (2) This section does not apply to the processing, use, or handling 
of products containing EtO where objective data are reasonably relied 
upon that demonstrate that the product is not capable of releasing EtO 
in airborne concentrations at or above the action level, and may not 
reasonably be foreseen to release EtO in excess of the excursion limit, 
under the expected conditions of processing, use, or handling that will 
cause the greatest possible release.
    (3) Where products containing EtO are exempted under paragraph 
(a)(2) of

[[Page 367]]

this section, the employer shall maintain records of the objective data 
supporting that exemption and the basis for the employer's reliance on 
the data, as provided in paragraph (k)(1) of this section.
    (b) Definitions: For the purpose of this section, the following 
definitions shall apply:
    Action level means a concentration of airborne EtO of 0.5 ppm 
calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the 
employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or 
any person entering such an area as a designated representative of 
employees for the purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring 
and measuring procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any 
other person authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services, or designee.
    Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, 
equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control 
equipment that is likely to or does result in an unexpected significant 
release of EtO.
    Employee exposure means exposure to airborne EtO which would occur 
if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.
    Ethylene oxide or EtO means the three-membered ring organic compound 
with chemical formula C2H4O.
    (c) Permissible exposure limits--(1) 8-hour time weighted average 
(TWA). The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an 
airborne concentration of EtO in excess of one (1) part EtO per million 
parts of air (1 ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average (8-hour TWA).
    (2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure that no employee is 
exposed to an airborne concentration of EtO in excess of 5 parts of EtO 
per million parts of air (5 ppm) as averaged over a sampling period of 
fifteen (15) minutes.
    (d) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Determinations of employee 
exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are 
representative of the 8-hour TWA and 15-minute short-term exposures of 
each employee.
    (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be determined 
on the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift exposure for 
each shift for each job classification in each work area. Representative 
15-minute short-term employee exposures shall be determined on the basis 
of one or more samples representing 15-minute exposures associated with 
operations that are most likely to produce exposures above the excursion 
limit for each shift for each job classification in each work area.
    (iii) Where the employer can document that exposure levels are 
equivalent for similar operations in different work shifts, the employer 
need only determine representative employee exposure for that operation 
during one shift.
    (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or 
work operation covered by this standard, except as provided for in 
paragraph (a)(2) or (d)(2)(ii) of this section, shall perform initial 
monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of EtO to 
which employees may be exposed.
    (ii) Where the employer has monitored after June 15, 1983 and the 
monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the 
employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the 
requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.
    (iii) Where the employer has previously monitored for the excursion 
limit and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this 
sections, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to 
satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.
    (3) Monitoring frequency (periodic monitoring). (i) If the 
monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee 
exposure at or above the action level but at or below the 8-

[[Page 368]]

hour TWA, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such 
employee at least every 6 months.
    (ii) If the monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this 
section reveals employee exposure above the 8-hour TWA, the employer 
shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every 3 
months.
    (iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from quarterly 
to semiannually for any employee for whom two consecutive measurements 
taken at least 7 days apart indicate that the employee's exposure has 
decreased to or below the 8-hour TWA.
    (iv) If the monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this 
section reveals employee exposure above the 15 minute excursion limit, 
the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at 
least every 3 months, and more often as necessary to evaluate exposure 
the employee's short-term exposures.
    (4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the initial monitoring 
required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee 
exposure to be below the action level, the employer may discontinue TWA 
monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by the 
initial monitoring.
    (ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this 
section reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two 
consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the 
action level, the employer may discontinue TWA monitoring for those 
employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring.
    (iii) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(1) of 
this section reveals employee exposure to be at or below the excursion 
limit, the employer may discontinue excursion limit monitoring for those 
employees whose exposures are represented by the initial monitoring.
    (iv) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this 
section reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two 
consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are at or below 
the excursion limit, the employer may discontinue excursion limit 
monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such 
monitoring.
    (5) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the provisions of 
paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the employer shall institute the 
exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of 
this section whenever there has been a change in the production, 
process, control equipment, personnel or work practices that may result 
in new or additional exposures to EtO or when the employer has any 
reason to suspect that a change may result in new or additional 
exposures.
    (6) Accuracy of monitoring. (i) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a 
confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for 
airborne concentrations of EtO at the 1 ppm TWA and to within plus or 
minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of EtO at the action level 
of 0.5 ppm.
    (ii) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence level of 95 
percent, to within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations 
of EtO at the excursion limit.
    (7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer 
shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any 
monitoring performed under this standard, notify the affected employee 
of these results in writing either individually or by posting of results 
in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.
    (ii) The written notification required by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of 
this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the 
employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or 
excursion limit, wherever monitoring results indicated that the TWA and/
or excursion limit has been exceeded.
    (e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish a regulated 
area wherever occupational exposure to airborne concentrations of EtO 
may exceed the TWA or wherever the EtO concentration exceeds or can 
reasonably be expected to exceed the excursion limit.
    (2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized 
persons.
    (3) Regulated areas shall be demarcated in any manner that minimizes 
the number of employees within the regulated area.

[[Page 369]]

    (f) Methods of compliance. (1) Engineering controls and work 
practices. (i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and 
work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the 
TWA and to or below the excursion limit, except to the extent that such 
controls are not feasible.
    (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices 
that can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to 
or below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit, the employer shall 
use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by 
these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory 
protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this 
section.
    (iii) Engineering controls are generally infeasible for the 
following operations: collection of quality assurance sampling from 
sterilized materials removal of biological indicators from sterilized 
materials: loading and unloading of tank cars; changing of ethylene 
oxide tanks on sterilizers; and vessel cleaning. For these operations, 
engineering controls are required only where the Assistant Secretary 
demonstrates that such controls are feasible.
    (2) Compliance program. (i) Where the TWA or excursion limit is 
exceeded, the employer shall establish and implement a written program 
to reduce exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursion 
limit by means of engineering and work practice controls, as required by 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and by the use of respiratory 
protection where required or permitted under this section.
    (ii) The compliance program shall include a schedule for periodic 
leak detection surveys and a written plan for emergency situations, as 
specified in paragraph (h)(i) of this section.
    (iii) Written plans for a program required in paragraph (f)(2) shall 
be developed and furnished upon request for examination and copying to 
the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated 
employee representatives. Such plans shall be reviewed at least every 12 
months, and shall be updated as necessary to reflect significant changes 
in the status of the employer's compliance program.
    (iv) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee 
rotation as a means of compliance with the TWA or excursion limit.
    (g) Respiratory protection and personal protective equipment--(1) 
General. The employer shall provide respirators, and ensure that they 
are used, where required by this section. Respirators shall be used in 
the following circumstances.
    (i) During the interval necessary to install or implement feasible 
engineering and work practice controls;
    (ii) In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities, 
vessel cleaning, or other activities for which engineering and work 
practice controls are not feasible;
    (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work 
practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below 
the TWA or excursion limit; and
    (iv) In emergencies.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required under 
this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the 
employee, the appropriate respirator as specified in Table 1, and shall 
ensure that the employee uses the respirator provided.
    (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those jointly 
approved as being acceptable for protection against EtO by the Mine 
Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute 
for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 
CFR Part 11.
    (3) Respirator program. Where respiratory protection is required by 
this section, the employer shall institute a respirator program in 
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b), (d), (e), and (f).
    (4) Protective clothing and equipment. Where eye or skin contact 
with liquid EtO or EtO solutions may occur, the employer shall select 
and provide, at no cost to the employee, appropriate protective clothing 
or other equipment in accordance with 29 CFR 1901.132 and 1910.133 to 
protect any area of the body that may come in contact with liquid

[[Page 370]]

EtO or EtO in solution, and shall ensure that the employee wears the 
protective clothing and equipment provided.
    (h) Emergency situations. (1) Written plan. (i) A written plan for 
emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace where there 
is a possibility of an emergency. Appropriate portions of the plan shall 
be implemented in the event of an emergency.
    (ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in 
correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped with respiratory 
protection as required by paragraph (g) of this section until the 
emergency is abated.
    (iii) The plan shall include the elements prescribed in 29 CFR 
1910.38, ``Employee emergency plans and fire prevention plans.''
    (2) Alerting employees. Where there is the possibility of employee 
exposure to EtO due to an emergency, means shall be developed to alert 
potentially affected employees of such occurrences promptly. Affected 
employees shall be immediately evacuated from the area in the event that 
an emergency occurs.

  Table 1--Minimum Requirements for Respiratory Protection for Airborne 
                                   EtO                                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Condition of use or concentration of                                   
          airborne EtO (ppm)               Minimum required respirator  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equal to or less than 50..............  (a) Full facepiece respirator   
                                         with EtO approved canister,    
                                         front-or back-mounted.         
Equal to or less than 2,000...........  (a) Positive-pressure supplied  
                                         air respirator, equipped with  
                                         full facepiece, hood, or       
                                         helmet, or                     
                                        (b) Continuous-flow supplied air
                                         respirator (positive pressure) 
                                         equipped with hood, helmet or  
                                         suit.                          
Concentration above 2,000 or unknown    (a) Positive-pressure self-     
 concentration (such as in               contained breathing apparatus  
 emergencies).                           (SCBA), equipped with full     
                                         facepiece, or                  
                                        (b) Positive-pressure full      
                                         facepiece supplied air         
                                         respirator equipped with an    
                                         auxiliary positive-pressure    
                                         self-contained breathing       
                                         apparatus.                     
Firefighting..........................  (a) Positive pressure self-     
                                         contained breathing apparatus  
                                         equipped with full facepiece.  
Escape................................  (a) Any respirator described    
                                         above.                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note.--Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are        
  permitted to be used in lower concentrations.                         

    (i) Medical Surveillance--(1) General--(i) Employees covered. (A) 
The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all 
employees who are or may be exposed to EtO at or above the action level, 
without regard to the use of respirators, for at least 30 days a year.
    (B) The employer shall make available medical examinations and 
consultations to all employees who have been exposed to EtO in an 
emergency situation.
    (ii) Examination by a physician. The employer shall ensure that all 
medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the 
supervision of a licensed physician, and are provided without cost to 
the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and place.
    (2) Medical examinations and consultations. (i) Frequency. The 
employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to 
each employee covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section on the 
following schedules:
    (A) Prior to assignment of the employee to an area where exposure 
may be at or above the action level for at least 30 days a year.
    (B) At least annually each employee exposed at or above the action 
level for at least 30 days in the past year.
    (C) At termination of employment or reassignment to an area where 
exposure to EtO is not at or above the action level for at least 30 days 
a year.
    (D) As medically appropriate for any employee exposed during an 
emergency.
    (E) As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either (1) 
that the employee has developed signs or symptoms indicating possible 
overexposure to EtO, or (2) that the employee desires medical advice 
concerning the effects of current or past exposure to EtO on the 
employee's ability to produce a healthy child.
    (F) If the examining physician determines that any of the 
examinations should be provided more frequently than specified, the 
employer shall provide such examinations to affected employees at the 
frequencies recommended by the physician.
    (ii) Content. (A) Medical examinations made available pursuant to 
paragraphs (i)(2)(i)(A)-(D) of this section shall include:

[[Page 371]]

    (1) A medical and work history with special emphasis directed to 
symptoms related to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and 
reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin.
    (2) A physical examination with particular emphasis given to the 
pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the 
eyes and skin.
    (3) A complete blood count to include at least a white cell count 
(including differential cell count), red cell count, hematocrit, and 
hemoglobin.
    (4) Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems 
necessary by sound medical practice.
    (B) The content of medical examinations or consultation made 
available pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i)(E) of this section shall be 
determined by the examining physician, and shall include pregnancy 
testing or laboratory evaluation of fertility, if requested by the 
employee and deemed appropriate by the physician.
    (3) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examining physician:
    (i) A copy of this standard and Appendices A, B, and C.
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's exposure.
    (iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated 
exposure level.
    (iv) A description of any personal protective and respiratory 
equipment used or to be used.
    (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
employee that is not otherwise available to the examining physician.
    (4) Physician's written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain a 
written opinion from the examining physician. This written opinion shall 
contain the results of the medical examination and shall include:
    (A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an 
increased risk of material health impairment from exposure to EtO;
    (B) Any recommended limitations on the employee or upon the use of 
personal protective equipment such as clothing or respirators; and
    (C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions 
resulting from EtO exposure that require further explanation or 
treatment.
    (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the 
written opinion given to the employer specific findings or diagnoses 
unrelated to occupational exposure to EtO.
    (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written 
opinion to the affected employee within 15 days from its receipt.
    (j) Communication of EtO hazards to employees--(1) Signs and labels. 
(i) The employer shall post and maintain legible signs demarcating 
regulated areas and entrances or accessways to regulated areas that bear 
the following legend:

DANGER
ETHYLENE OXIDE
CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MAY BE REQUIRED
TO BE WORN IN THIS AREA

    (ii) The employer shall ensure that precautionary labels are affixed 
to all containers of EtO whose contents are capable of causing employee 
exposure at or above the action level or whose contents may reasonably 
be foreseen to cause employee exposure above the excursion limit, and 
that the labels remain affixed when the containers of EtO leave the 
workplace. For the purpose of this paragraph, reaction vessels, storage 
tanks, and pipes or piping systems are not considered to be containers. 
The labels shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of 
OSHA's Hazard Communication standard, and shall include the following 
legend:

(A) DANGER
CONTAINS ETHYLENE OXIDE
CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD;

and
    (B) A warning statement against breathing airborne concentrations of 
EtO.

[[Page 372]]

    (iii) The labeling requirements under this section do not apply 
where EtO is used as a pesticide, as such term is defined in the Federal 
Insecticide. Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.), when 
it is labeled pursuant to that Act and regulations issued under that Act 
by the Environmental Protection Agency.
    (2) Material safety data sheets. Employers who are manufacturers or 
importers of EtO shall comply with the requirements regarding 
development of material safety data sheets as specified in 29 CFR 
1910.1200(g) of OSHA's Hazard Communication standard.
    (3) Information and training. (i) The employer shall provide 
employees who are potentially exposed to EtO at or above the action 
level or above the excursion limit with information and training on EtO 
at the time of initial assignment and at least annually thereafter.
    (ii) Employees shall be informed of the following:
    (A) The requirements of this section with an explanation of its 
contents, including Appendices A and B;
    (B) Any operations in their work area where EtO is present;
    (C) The location and availability of the written EtO final rule; and
    (D) The medical surveillance program required by paragraph (i) of 
this section with an explanation of the information in Appendix C.
    (iii) Employee training shall include at least:
    (A) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence 
or release of EtO in the work area (such as monitoring conducted by the 
employer, continuous monitoring devices, etc.);
    (B) The physical and health hazards of EtO;
    (C) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from 
hazards associated with EtO exposure, including specific procedures the 
employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to EtO, such 
as work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective 
equipment to be used; and
    (D) The details of the hazard communication program developed by the 
employer, including an explanation of the labeling system and how 
employees can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information.
    (k) Recordkeeping--(1) Objective data for exempted operations.
    (i) Where the processing, use, or handling of products made from or 
containing EtO are exempted from other requirements of this section 
under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or where objective data have 
been relied on in lieu of initial monitoring under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) 
of this section, the employer shall establish and maintain an accurate 
record of objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the 
exemption.
    (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The product qualifying for exemption;
    (B) The source of the objective data;
    (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the 
material for the release of EtO;
    (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support 
the exemption; and
    (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or 
employee exposures covered by the exemption.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
    (2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall keep an accurate 
record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to EtO as 
prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The date of measurement;
    (B) The operation involving exposure to EtO which is being 
monitored;
    (C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their 
accuracy;
    (D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;
    (E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and
    (F) Name, social security number and exposure of the employees whose 
exposures are represented.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty 
(30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

[[Page 373]]

    (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
surveillance by paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section, in accordance with 
29 CFR 1910.20.
    (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
    (B) Physicians' written opinions;
    (C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to EtO; and
    (D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
by paragraph (i)(3) of this section.
    (iii) The employer shall ensure that this record is maintained for 
the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 
CFR 1910.20.
    (4) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make 
all records required to be maintained by this section available to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
    (ii) The employer, upon request, shall make any exemption and 
exposure records required by paragraphs (k) (1) and (2) of this section 
available for examination and copying to affected employees, former 
employees, designated representatives and the Assistant Secretary, in 
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).
    (iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical 
records required by paragraph (k)(3) of this section available for 
examination and copying to the subject employee, anyone having the 
specific written consent of the subject employee, and the Assistant 
Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (5) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the 
requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 
1910.20(h).
    (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no 
successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed 
period, the employer shall notify the Director at least 90 days prior to 
disposal and transmit them to the Director.
    (l) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees or their designated 
representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee 
exposure to EtO conducted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this 
section.
    (2) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of 
employee exposure to EtO requires entry into an area where the use of 
protective clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be 
provided with and be required to use such clothing and equipment and 
shall comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.
    (m) Dates--(1) (i) Effective date. The paragraphs contained in this 
section shall become effective August 21, 1984, except for paragraphs 
(a)(2), (d), (e), (f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) which shall become 
effective on March 12, 1985.
    (ii) The requirements in this section which pertain only to or are 
triggered by the excursion limit shall become effective June 6, 1988, 
except for the excursion limit provisions in paragraphs (a)(2), (d), 
(f)(2), (g)(3) and (j) of this section which shall become effective 
August 25, 1988.
    (2) Start-up dates. (i) The start-up date for the requirements in 
those paragraphs that were effective on August 21, 1984, including 
institution of work practice controls specified in paragraph (f)(1), 
shall be February 19, 1985, except as provided for in paragraph 
(m)(2)(ii), and the start-up date for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e), 
(f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) of this section shall be September 9, 
1985.
    (ii) Engineering controls specified by paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section shall be implemented by August 21, 1985.
    (iii) Compliance with the requirements in this section which pertain 
only to or are triggered by the excursion limit shall be by September 6, 
1988, except for compliance with the excursion limit provisions of 
paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3), and (j) of this section, which 
shall be by October 6, 1988, and implementation of engineering controls 
specified for compliance with the excursion limit, which shall be by 
December 6, 1988.
    (3) Labeling. (i) Paragraph (j)(1)(ii)(A) of this section as amended 
is effective January 9, 1986.

[[Page 374]]

    (ii) Paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this is effective October 11, 1985.
    (n) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not 
intended by itself to create any additional obligations not otherwise 
imposed or to detract from any existing obligation.

 Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1047--Substance Safety Data Sheet for Ethylene 
                          Oxide (Non-Mandatory)

                       i. substance identification

    A. Substance: Ethylene oxide (C2H4O).
    B. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, 
EtO, ETO, oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/beta-oxidoethane, 
oxiran, oxirane.
    C. Ethylene oxide can be found as a liquid or vapor.
    D. EtO is used in the manufacture of ethylene glycol, surfactants, 
ethanolamines, glycol ethers, and other organic chemicals. EtO is also 
used as a sterilant and fumigant.
    E. Appearance and odor: Colorless liquid below 10.7  deg.C (51.3 
deg.F) or colorless gas with ether-like odor detected at approximately 
700 parts EtO per million parts of air (700 ppm).
    F. Permissible Exposure: Exposure may not exceed 1 part EtO per 
million parts of air averaged over the 8-hour workday.

                         ii. health hazard data

    A. Ethylene oxide can cause bodily harm if you inhale the vapor, if 
it comes into contact with your eyes or skin, or if you swallow it.
    B. Effects of overexposure:
    1. Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause eye irritation and injury 
to the cornea, frostbite, and severe irritation and blistering of the 
skin upon prolonged or confined contact. Ingestion of EtO can cause 
gastric irritation and liver injury. Acute effects from inhalation of 
EtO vapors include respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, 
nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, shortness of breath, and cyaonosis (blue or 
purple coloring of skin). Exposure has also been associated with the 
occurrence of cancer, reproductive effects, mutagenic changes, 
neurotoxicity, and sensitization.
    1. EtO has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals and has 
been associated with higher incidences of cancer in humans. Adverse 
reproductive effects and chromosome damage may also occur from EtO 
exposure.
    a. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your employer if 
you develop any signs or symptoms and suspect that they are caused by 
exposure to EtO.

                   iii. emergency first aid procedures

    A. Eye exposure: If EtO gets into your eyes, wash your eyes 
immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the lower and upper 
eyelids. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be 
worn when working with this chemical.
    B. Skin exposure: If EtO gets on your skin, immediately wash the 
contaminated skin with water. If EtO soaks through your clothing, 
especially your shoes, remove the clothing immediately and wash the skin 
with water using an emergency deluge shower. Get medical attention 
immediately. Thoroughly wash contaminated clothing before reusing. 
Contaminated leather shoes or other leather articles should not be 
reused and should be discarded.
    C. Inhalation: If large amounts of EtO are inhaled, the exposed 
person must be moved to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, 
perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Keep the affected person warm and 
at rest. Get medical attention immediately.
    D. Swallowing: When EtO has been swallowed, give the person large 
quantities of water immediately. After the water has been swallowed, try 
to get the person to vomit by having him or her touch the back of the 
throat with his or her finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. 
Get medical attention immediately.
    E. Rescue: Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure. If 
the exposed person has been overcome, attempt rescue only after 
notifying at least one other person of the emergency and putting into 
effect established emergency procedures. Do not become a casualty 
yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the 
location of the emergency equipment before the need arises.

                 iv. respirators and protective clothing

    A. Respirators: You may be required to wear a respirator for 
nonroutine activities, in emergencies, while your employer is in the 
process of reducing EtO exposures through engineering controls, and 
where engineering controls are not feasible. As of the effective date of 
the standard, only air supplied positive-pressure, full-facepiece 
respirators are approved for protection against EtO. If air-purifying 
respirators are worn in the future, they must have a joint Mine Safety 
and Health Administration (MSHA) and National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health (NIOSH) label of approval for use with ethylene oxide. 
For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and head 
snugly. Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work situations 
where their use is required.
    EtO does not have a detectable odor except at levels well above the 
permissible exposure limits. If you can smell EtO while wearing a

[[Page 375]]

respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience 
difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.
    B. Protective clothing: You may be required to wear impermeable 
clothing, gloves, a face shield, or other appropriate protective 
clothing to prevent skin contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing 
solutions. Where protective clothing is required, your employer must 
provide clean garments to you as necessary to assure that the clothing 
protects you adequately.
    Replace or repair protective clothing that has become torn or 
otherwise damaged.
    EtO must never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes 
which are not impermeable to EtO should not be allowed to become 
contaminated with EtO, and if they do, the clothing should be promptly 
removed and decontaminated. Contaminated leather shoes should be 
discarded. Once EtO penetrates shoes or other leather articles, they 
should not be worn again.
    C. Eye protection: You must wear splashproof safety goggles in areas 
where liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions may contact your eyes. In 
addition, contact lenses should not be worn in areas where eye contact 
with EtO can occur.

           v. precautions for safe use, handling, and storage

    A. EtO is a flammable liquid, and its vapors can easily form 
explosive mixtures in air.
    B. EtO must be stored in tighly closed containers in a cool, well-
ventilated area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong oxidizers, 
alkalines, and acids, strong bases, acetylide-forming metals such as 
cooper, silver, mercury and their alloys.
    C. Sources of ignition such as smoking material, open flames and 
some electrical devices are prohibited wherever EtO is handled, used, or 
stored in a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion 
hazard.
    D. You should use non-sparking tools when opening or closing metal 
containers of EtO, and containers must be bonded and grounded in the 
rare instances in which liquid EtO is poured or transferred.
    E. Impermeable clothing wet with liquid EtO or EtO-containing 
solutions may be easily ignited. If your are wearing impermeable 
clothing and are splashed with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solution, 
you should immediately remove the clothing while under an emergency 
deluge shower.
    F. If your skin comes into contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing 
solutions, you should immediately remove the EtO using an emergency 
deluge shower.
    G. You should not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials in 
regulated areas where employee exposures are above the permissible 
exposure limits.
    H. Fire extinguishers and emergency deluge showers for quick 
drenching should be readily available, and you should know where they 
are and how to operate them.
    I. Ask your supervisor where EtO is used in your work area and for 
any additional plant safety and health rules.

                        vi. access to information

    A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the 
information contained in this standard and appendices for EtO. In 
addition, your employer must instruct you in the proper work practices 
for using EtO emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective 
equipment.
    B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being 
exposed to EtO. You or your representative has the right to observe 
employee measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer 
is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determine 
that you are being overexposed, he or she is required to inform you of 
the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within 
permissible exposure limits.
    C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures and 
medical examinations. These exposure records must be kept by the 
employer for at least thirty (30) years. Medical records must be kept 
for the period of your employment plus thirty (30) years.
    D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical 
records to your physician or designated representative upon your written 
request.

    vii. sterilant use of eto in hospitals and health care facilities

    This section of Appendix A, for informational purposes, sets forth 
EPA's recommendations for modifications in workplace design and practice 
in hospitals and health care facilities for which the Environmental 
Protection Agency has registered EtO for uses as a sterilant or fumigant 
under the Federal Insecticide, Funigicide, and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. 
136 et seq. These new recommendations, published in the Federal Register 
by EPA at 49 FR 15268, as modified in today's Register, are intended to 
help reduce the exposure of hospital and health care workers to EtO to 1 
ppm. EPA's recommended workplace design and workplace practice are as 
follows:

                           1. Workplace Design

    a. Installation of gas line hand valves. Hand valves must be 
installed on the gas supply line at the connection to the supply 
cylinders to minimize leakage during cylinder change.
    b. Installation of capture boxes. Sterilizer operations result in a 
gas/water discharge at

[[Page 376]]

the completion of the process. This discharge is routinely piped to a 
floor drain which is generally located in an equipment or an adjacent 
room. When the floor drain is not in the same room as the sterilizer and 
workers are not normally present, all that is necessary is that the room 
be well ventilated.
    The installation of a ``capture box'' will be required for those 
work place layouts where the floor drain is located in the same room as 
the sterilizer or in a room where workers are normally present. A 
``capture box'' is a piece of equipment that totally encloses the floor 
drain where the discharge from the sterilizer is pumped. The ``capture 
box'' is to be vented directly to a non-recirculating or dedicated 
ventilation system. Sufficient air intake should be allowed at the 
bottom of the box to handle the volume of air that is ventilated from 
the top of the box. The ``capture box'' can be made of metal, plastic, 
wood or other equivalent material. The box is intended to reduce levels 
of EtO discharged into the work room atmosphere. The use of a ``capture 
box'' is not required if: (1) The vacuum pump discharge floor drain is 
located in a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are 
not normally present or (2) the water sealed vacuum pump discharges 
directly to a closed sealed sewer line (check local plumbing codes).
    If it is impractical to install a vented ``capture box'' and a well 
ventilated equipment or other room is not feasible, a box that can be 
sealed over the floor drain may be used if: (1) The floor drain is 
located in a room where workers are not normally present and EtO cannot 
leak into an occupied area, and (2) the sterilizer in use is less than 
12 cubic feet in capacity (check local plumbing codes).
    c. Ventilation of aeration units i. Existing aeration units. 
Existing units must be vented to a non-recirculating or dedicated system 
or vented to an equipment or other room where workers are not normally 
present and which is well ventilated. Aerator units must be positioned 
as close as possible to the sterilizer to minimize the exposure from the 
off-gassing of sterilized items.
    ii. Installation of new aerator units (where none exist). New 
aerator units must be vented as described above for existing aerators. 
Aerators must be in place by July 1, 1986.
    d. Ventilation during cylinder change. Workers may be exposed to 
short but relatively high levels of EtO during the change of gas 
cylinders. To reduce exposure from this route, users must select one of 
three alternatives designed to draw off gas that may be released when 
the line from the sterilizer to the cylinder is disconnected:
    i. Location of cylinders in a well ventilated equipment room or 
other room where workers are not normally present.
    ii. Installation of a flexible hose (at least 4" in diameter) to a 
non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system and located in the 
area of cylinder change in such a way that the hose can be positioned at 
the point where the sterilizer gas line is disconnected from the 
cylinder.
    iii. Installation of a hood that is part of a non-recirculating or 
dedicated system and positioned no more than one foot above the point 
where the change of cylinders takes place.
    e. Ventilation of sterilizer door area. One of the major sources of 
exposure to EtO occurs when the sterilizer door is opened following the 
completion of the sterilization process. In order to reduce this avenue 
of exposure, a hood or metal canopy closed on each end must be installed 
over the sterilizer door. The hood or metal canopy must be connected to 
a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system or one that exhausts 
gases to a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not 
normally present. A hood or canopy over the sterilizer door is required 
for use even with those sterilizers that have a purge cycle and must be 
in place by July 1, 1986.
    f. Ventilation of sterilizer relief valve. Sterilizers are typically 
equipped with a safety relief device to release gas in case of increased 
pressure in the sterilizer. Generally, such relief devices are used on 
pressure vessels. Although these pressure relief devices are rarely 
opened for hospital and health care sterilizers, it is suggested that 
they be designed to exhaust vapor from the sterilizer by one of the 
following methods:
    i. Through a pipe connected to the outlet of the relief valve 
ventilated directly outdoors at a point high enough to be away from 
passers by, and not near any windows that open, or near any air 
conditioning or ventilation air intakes.
    ii. Through a connection to an existing or new non-recirculating or 
dedicated ventilation system.
    iii. Through a connection to a well ventilated equipment or other 
room where workers are not normally present.
    g. Ventilation systems. Each hospital and health care facility 
affected by this notice that uses EtO for the sterilization of equipment 
and supplies must have a ventilation system which enables compliance 
with the requirements of section (b) through (f) in the manner described 
in these sections and within the timeframes allowed. Thus, each affected 
hospital and health care facility must have or install a non-
recirculating or dedicated ventilation equipment or other room where 
workers are not normally present in which to vent EtO.
    h. Installation of alarm systems. An audible and visual indicator 
alarm system must be installed to alert personnel of ventilation system 
failures, i.e., when the ventilation fan motor is not working.

[[Page 377]]

                         2. Workplace Practices

    All the workplace practices discussed in this unit must be 
permanently posted near the door of each sterilizer prior to use by any 
operator.
    a. Changing of supply line filters. Filters in the sterilizer liquid 
line must be changed when necessary, by the following procedure:
    i. Close the cylinder valve and the hose valve.
    ii. Disconnect the cylinder hose (piping) from the cylinder.
    iii. Open the hose valve and bleed slowly into a proper ventilating 
system at or near the in-use supply cylinders.
    iv. Vacate the area until the line is empty.
    v. Change the filter.
    vi. Reconnect the lines and reverse the value position.
    vii. Check hoses, filters, and valves for leaks with a fluorocarbon 
leak detector (for those sterilizers using the 88 percent 
chlorofluorocarbon, 12 percent ethylene oxide mixture (12/88)).
    b. Restricted access area. i. Areas involving use of EtO must be 
designated as restricted access areas. They must be identified with 
signs or floor marks near the sterilizer door, aerator, vacuum pump 
floor drain discharge, and in-use cylinder storage.
    ii. All personnel must be excluded from the restricted area when 
certain operations are in progress, such as discharging a vacuum pump, 
emptying a sterilizer liquid line, or venting a non-purge sterilizer 
with the door ajar or other operations where EtO might be released 
directly into the face of workers.
    c. Door opening procedures. i. Sterilizers with purge cycles. A load 
treated in a sterilizer equipped with a purge cycle should be removed 
immediately upon completion of the cycle (provided no time is lost 
opening the door after cycle is completed). If this is not done, the 
purge cycle should be repeated before opening door.
    ii. Sterilizers without purge cycles. For a load treated in a 
sterilizer not equipped with a purge cycle, the sterilizer door must be 
ajar 6" for 15 minutes, and then fully opened for at least another 15 
minutes before removing the treated load. The length of time of the 
second period should be established by peak monitoring for one hour 
after the two 15-minute periods suggested. If the level is above 10 ppm 
time-weighted average for 8 hours, more time should be added to the 
second waiting period (door wide open). However, in no case may the 
second period be shortened to less than 15 minutes.
    d. Chamber unloading procedures. i. Procedures for unloading the 
chamber must include the use of baskets or rolling carts, or baskets and 
rolling tables to transfer treated loads quickly, thus avoiding 
excessive contact with treated articles, and reducing the duration of 
exposures.
    ii. If rolling carts are used, they should be pulled not pushed by 
the sterilizer operators to avoid offgassing exposure.
    e. Maintenance. A written log should be instituted and maintained 
documenting the date of each leak detection and any maintenance 
procedures undertaken. This is a suggested use practice and is not 
required.
    i. Leak detection. Sterilizer door gaskets, cylinder and vacuum 
piping, hoses, filters, and valves must be checked for leaks under full 
pressure with a Fluorocarbon leak detector (for 12/88 systems only) 
every two weeks by maintenance personnel. Also, the cylinder piping 
connections must be checked after changing cylinders. Particular 
attention in leak detection should be given to the automatic solenoid 
valves that control the flow of EtO to the sterilizer. Specifically, a 
check should be made at the EtO gasline entrance port to the sterilizer, 
while the sterilizer door is open and the solenoid valves are in a 
closed position.
    ii. Maintenance procedures. Sterilizer/areator door gaskets, valves, 
and fittings must be replaced when necessary as determined by 
maintenance personnel in their bi-weekly checks; in addition, visual 
inspection of the door gaskets for cracks, debris, and other foreign 
substances should be conducted daily by the operator.

    Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1047--Substance Technical Guidelines for 
                     Ethylene Oxide (Non-Mandatory)

                      i. physical and chemical data

    A. Substance identification:
    1. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, 
EtO ETO oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/beta-oxidoethane, 
oxiran, oxirane.
    2. Formula: (C2H4O).
    3. Molecular weight: 44.06
    B. Physical data:
    1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 10.70 deg.C (51.3 deg.F);
    2. Specific gravity (water = 1): 0.87 (at 20 deg.C or 68 deg.F)
    3. Vapor density (air = 1): 1.49;
    4. Vapor pressure (at 20 deg.C); 1,095 mm Hg;
    5. Solubility in water: complete;
    6. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid; gas at temperature above 
10.7 deg.F or 51.3 deg.C with ether-like odor above 700 ppm.

             ii. fire, explosion, and reactivity hazard data

    A. Fire:
    1. Flash point: less than O deg.F (open cup);
    2. Stability: decomposes violently at temperatures above 800 deg.F;
    3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Lower: 3, Upper: 100;
    4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for small fires, polymer or 
alcohol foams for large fires;

[[Page 378]]

    5. Special fire fighting procedures: Dilution of ethylene oxide with 
23 volumes of water renders it non-flammable;
    6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Vapors of EtO will burn 
without the presence of air or other oxidizers. EtO vapors are heavier 
than air and may travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames 
or sparks at locations remote from the site at which EtO is being used.
    7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 
1910.106, EtO is classified as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500 ppm, 
approximately one-fourth of the lower flammable limit, would be 
considered to pose a potential fire and explosion hazard.
    8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.155, EtO is 
classified as a Class B fire hazard.
    9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR 1919.307, locations 
classified as hazardous due to the presence of EtO shall be Class I.
    B. Reactivity:
    1. Conditions contributing to instability: EtO will polymerize 
violently if contaminated with aqueous alkalies, amines, mineral acids, 
metal chlorides, or metal oxides. Violent decomposition will also occur 
at temperatures above 800  deg.F;
    2. Incompatabilities: Alkalines and acids;
    3. Hazardous decomposition products: Carbon monoxide and carbon 
dioxide.

                iii. spill, leak, and disposal procedures

    A. If EtO is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:
    1. Remove all ignition sources.
    2. The area should be evacuated at once and re-entered only after 
the area has been thoroughly ventilated and washed down with water.
    B. Persons not wearing appropriate protective equipment should be 
restricted from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been 
completed.
    C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material should be disposed of in a 
manner that is not hazardous to employees or to the general population. 
In selecting the method of waste disposal, applicable local, State, and 
Federal regulations should be consulted.

                iv. monitoring and measurement procedures

    A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:
    1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the 
purpose of determining employee exposure under this section are best 
taken with consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples 
should be taken in the employee's breathing zone (air that would most 
nearly represent that inhaled by the employee.)
    2. Monitoring techniques: The sampling and analysis under this 
section may be performed by collection of the EtO vapor on charcoal 
adsorption tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent 
chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by 
instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring systems, portable 
direct reading instruments, or passive dosimeters as long as 
measurements taken using these methods accurately evaluate the 
concentration of EtO in employees' breathing zones.
    Appendix D describes the validated method of sampling and analysis 
which has been tested by OSHA for use with EtO. Other available methods 
are also described in Appendix D. The employer has the obligation of 
selecting a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision 
requirements of the standard under his unique field conditions. The 
standard requires that the method of monitoring should be accurate, to a 
95 percent confidence level, to plus or minus 25 percent for 
concentrations of EtO at 1 ppm, and to plus or minus 35 percent for 
concentrations at 0.5 ppm. In addition to the method described in 
Appendix D, there are numerous other methods available for monitoring 
for EtO in the workplace. Details on these other methods have been 
submitted by various companies to the rulemaking record, and are 
available at the OSHA Docket Office.
    B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are 
dependent on the results of measurement procedures, employers should 
assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a 
technically qualified person.

                  v. protective clothing and equipment

    Employees should be provided with and be required to wear 
appropriate protective clothing wherever there is significant potential 
for skin contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions. Protective 
clothing shall include impermeable coveralls or similar full-body work 
clothing, gloves, and head coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of 
the body which may come in contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing 
solutions.
    Employers should ascertain that the protective garments are 
impermeable to EtO. Permeable clothing, including items made of rubber, 
and leather shoes should not be allowed to become contaminated with 
liquid EtO. If permeable clothing does become contaminated, it should be 
immediately removed, while the employer is under an emergency deluge 
shower. If leather footwear or other leather garments become wet from 
EtO they should be discarded and not be worn again, because leather 
absorbs EtO and holds it against the skin.
    Any protective clothing that has been damaged or is otherwise found 
to be defective should be repaired or replaced. Clean protective 
clothing should be provided to the employee as necessary to assure 
employee

[[Page 379]]

protection. Whenever impermeable clothing becomes wet with liquid EtO, 
it should be washed down with water before being removed by the 
employee. Employees are also required to wear splash-proof safety 
goggles where there is any possibility of EtO contacting the eyes.

                      vi. miscellaneous precautions

    A. Store EtO in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated 
area and take all necessary precautions to avoid any explosion hazard.
    B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal 
containers. These containers must be effectively grounded and bonded.
    C. Do not incinerate EtO cartridges, tanks or other containers.
    D. Employers should advise employees of all areas and operations 
where exposure to EtO occur.

                         vii. common operations

    Common operations in which exposure to EtO is likely to occur 
include the following: Manufacture of EtO, surfactants, ethanolamines, 
glycol ethers, and specialty chemicals, and use as a sterilant in the 
hospital, health product and spice industries.

   Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1047--Medical Surveillance Guidelines for 
                     Ethylene Oxide (Non-Mandatory)

                            i. route of entry

    Inhalation.

                             ii. toxicology

    Clinical evidence of adverse effects associated with the exposure to 
EtO is present in the form of increased incidence of cancer in 
laboratory animals (leukemia, stomach, brain), mutation in offspring in 
animals, and resorptions and spontaneous abortions in animals and human 
populations respectively. Findings in humans and experimental animals 
exposed to airborne concentrations of EtO also indicate damage to the 
genetic material (DNA). These include hemoglobin alkylation, 
unsecheduled DNA synthesis, sister chromatid exchange chromosomal 
aberration, and functional sperm abnormalities.
    Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause eye irritation and injury to 
the cornea, frostbite, severe irritation, and blistering of the skin 
upon prolonged or confined contact. Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric 
irritation and liver injury. Other effects from inhalation of EtO vapors 
include respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, nausea, 
vomiting, diarrhea, dyspnea and cyanosis.

              iii. signs and symptoms of acute overexposure

    The early effects of acute overexposure to EtO are nausea and 
vomiting, headache, and irritation of the eyes and respiratory passages. 
The patient may notice a ``peculiar taste'' in the mouth. Delayed 
effects can include pulmonary edema, drowsiness, weakness, and 
incoordination. Studies suggest that blood cell changes, an increase in 
chromosomal aberrations, and spontaneous abortion may also be causally 
related to acute overexposure to EtO.
    Skin contact with liquid or gaseous EtO causes characteristic burns 
and possibly even an allergic-type sensitization. The edema and erythema 
occurring from skin contact with EtO progress to vesiculation with a 
tendency to coalesce into blebs with desquamation. Healing occurs within 
three weeks, but there may be a residual brown pigmentation. A 40-80% 
solution is extremely dangerous, causing extensive blistering after only 
brief contact. Pure liquid EtO causes frostbite because of rapid 
evaporation. In contrast, the eye is relatively insensitive to EtO, but 
there may be some irritation of the cornea.
    Most reported acute effects of occupational exposure to EtO are due 
to contact with EtO in liquid phase. The liquid readily penetrates 
rubber and leather, and will produce blistering if clothing or footwear 
contaminated with EtO are not removed.

             iv. surveillance and preventive considerations

    As noted above, exposure to EtO has been linked to an increased risk 
of cancer and reproductive effects including decreased male fertility, 
fetotoxicity, and spontaneous abortion. EtO workers are more likely to 
have chromosomal damage than similar groups not exposed to EtO. At the 
present, limited studies of chronic effects in humans resulting from 
exposure to EtO suggest a causal association with leukemia. Animal 
studies indicate leukemia and cancers at other sites (brain, stomach) as 
well. The physician should be aware of the findings of these studies in 
evaluating the health of employees exposed to EtO.
    Adequate screening tests to determine an employee's potential for 
developing serious chronic diseases, such as cancer, from exposure to 
EtO do not presently exist. Laboratory tests may, however, give evidence 
to suggest that an employee is potentially overexposed to EtO. It is 
important for the physician to become familiar with the operating 
conditions in which exposure to EtO is likely to occur. The physician 
also must become familiar with the signs and symptoms that indicate a 
worker is receiving otherwise unrecognized and unacceptable exposure to 
EtO. These elements are especially important in evaluating the medical 
and work histories and in conducting the physical exam. When

[[Page 380]]

an unacceptable exposure in an active employee is identified by the 
physician, measures taken by the employer to lower exposure should also 
lower the risk of serious long-term consequences.
    The employer is required to institute a medical surveillance program 
for all employees who are or will be exposed to EtO at or above the 
action level (0.5 ppm) for at least 30 days per year, without regard to 
respirator use. All examinations and procedures must be performed by or 
under the supervision of a licensed physician at a reasonable time and 
place for the employee and at no cost to the employee.
    Although broad latitude in prescribing specific tests to be included 
in the medical surveillance program is extended to the examining 
physician, OSHA requires inclusion of the following elements in the 
routine examination:
    (i) Medical and work histories with special emphasis directed to 
symptoms related to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and 
reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin.
    (ii) Physical examination with particular emphasis given to the 
pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the 
eyes and skin.
    (iii) Complete blood count to include at least a white cell count 
(including differential cell count), red cell count, hematocrit, and 
hemoglobin.
    (iv) Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician 
deems necessary by sound medical practice.
    If requested by the employee, the medical examinations shall include 
pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of fertility as deemed 
appropriate by the physician.
    In certain cases, to provide sound medical advice to the employer 
and the employee, the physician must evaluate situations not directly 
related to EtO. For example, employees with skin diseases may be unable 
to tolerate wearing protective clothing. In addition those with chronic 
respiratory diseases may not tolerate the wearing of negative pressure 
(air purifying) respirators. Additional tests and procedures that will 
help the physician determine which employees are medically unable to 
wear such respirators should include: An evaluation of cardiovascular 
function, a baseline chest x-ray to be repeated at five year intervals, 
and a pulmonary function test to be repeated every three years. The 
pulmonary function test should include measurement of the employee's 
forced vital capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume at one second 
(FEV1), as well as calculation of the ratios of FEV1 to FVC, and 
measured FVC and measured FEV1 to expected values corrected for 
variation due to age, sex, race, and height.
    The employer is required to make the prescribed tests available at 
least annually to employees who are or will be exposed at or above the 
action level, for 30 or more days per year; more often than specified if 
recommended by the examining physician; and upon the employee's 
termination of employment or reassignment to another work area. While 
little is known about the long term consequences of high short-term 
exposures, it appears prudent to monitor such affected employees closely 
in light of existing health data. The employer shall provide physician 
recommended examinations to any employee exposed to EtO in emergency 
conditions. Likewise, the employer shall make available medical 
consultations including physician recommended exams to employees who 
believe they are suffering signs or symptoms of exposure to EtO.
    The employer is required to provide the physician with the following 
informatin: a copy of this standard and its appendices; a description of 
the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee exposure 
level; and information from the employee's previous medical examinations 
which is not readily available to the examining physician. Making this 
information available to the physician will aid in the evaluation of the 
employee's health in relation to assigned duties and fitness to wear 
personal protective equipment, when required.
    The employer is required to obtain a written opinion from the 
examining physician containing the results of the medical examinations; 
the physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected 
medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of 
material impairment of his or her health from exposure to EtO; any 
recommended restrictions upon the employee's exposure to EtO, or upon 
the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and a 
statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the 
results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions which 
require further explanation or treatment. This written opinion must not 
reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure 
to EtO, and a copy of the opinion must be provided to the affected 
employee.
    The purpose in requiring the examining physician to supply the 
employer with a written opinion is to provide the employer with a 
medical basis to aid in the determination of initial placement of 
employees and to assess the employee's ability to use protective 
clothing and equipment.

   Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1047--Sampling and Analytical Methods for 
                     Ethylene Oxide (Non-Mandatory)

    A number of methods are available for monitoring employee exposures 
to EtO. Most of these involve the use of charcoal tubes and sampling 
pumps, followed by analysis of

[[Page 381]]

the samples by gas chromatograph. The essential differences between the 
charcoal tube methods include, among others, the use of different 
desorbing solvents, the use of different lots of charcoal, and the use 
of different equipment for analysis of the samples.
    Besides charcoal, methods using passive dosimeters, gas sampling 
bags, impingers, and detector tubes have been utilized for determination 
of EtO exposure. In addition, there are several commercially available 
portable gas analyzers and monitoring units.
    This appendix contains details for the method which has been tested 
at the OSHA Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City. Inclusion of this 
method in the appendix does not mean that this method is the only one 
which will be satisfactory. Copies of descriptions of other methods 
available are available in the rulemaking record, and may be obtained 
from the OSHA Docket Office. These include the Union Carbide, Dow 
Chemical, 3M, and DuPont methods, as well as NIOSH Method S-286. These 
methods are briefly described at the end of this appendix.
    Employers who note problems with sample breakthrough using the OSHA 
or other charcoal methods should try larger charcoal tubes. Tubes of 
larger capacity are available. In addition, lower flow rates and shorter 
sampling times should be beneficial in minimizing breakthrough problems. 
Whatever method the employer chooses, he must assure himself of the 
method's accuracy and precision under the unique conditions present in 
his workplace.

                             Ethylene Oxide

    Method No.: 30.
    Matrix: Air.
    Target Concentration: 1.0 ppm (1.8 mg/m3).
    Procedure: Samples are collected on two charcoal tubes in series and 
desorbed with 1% CS2 in benzene. The samples are derivatized 
with HBr and treated with sodium carbonate. Analysis is done by gas 
chromatography with an electron capture detector.
    Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate: 1 liter and 0.05 Lpm.
    Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure: 13.3 ppb (0.024 mg/
m3) (Based on 1.0 liter air sample).
    Reliable Quantitation Limit: 52.2 ppb (0.094 mg/m3) 
(Based on 1.0 liter air sample).
    Standard Error of Estimate: 6.59% (See Backup Section 4.6).
    Special Requirements: Samples must be analyzed within 15 days of 
sampling date.
    Status of Method: The sampling and analytical method has been 
subjected to the established evaluation procedures of the Organic Method 
Evaluations Branch.

    Date: August 1981.
    Chemist: Wayne D. Potter.

  Organic Solvents Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, 
                                  Utah

    1. General Discussion.
    1.1  Background.
    1.1.1  History of Procedure.
    Ethylene oxide samples analyzed at the OSHA Laboratory have normally 
been collected on activated charcoal and desorbed with carbon disulfide. 
The analysis is performed with a gas chromatograph equipped with a FID 
(Flame ionization detector) as described in NIOSH Method S286 (Ref. 
5.1). This method is based on a PEL of 50 ppm and has a detection limit 
of about 1 ppm.
    Recent studies have prompted the need for a method to analyze and 
detect ethylene oxide at very low concentrations.
    Several attempts were made to form an ultraviolet (UV) sensitive 
derivative with ethylene oxide for analysis with HPLC. Among those 
tested that gave no detectable product were: p-anisidine, 
methylimidazole, aniline, and 2,3,6-trichlorobenzoic acid. Each was 
tested with catalysts such as triethylamine, aluminum chloride, 
methylene chloride and sulfuric acid but no detectable derivative was 
produced.
    The next derivatization attempt was to react ethylene oxide with HBr 
to form 2-bromoethanol. This reaction was successful. An ECD (electron 
capture detector) gave a very good response for 2-bromoethanol due to 
the presence of bromine. The use of carbon disulfide as the desorbing 
solvent gave too large a response and masked the 2-bromoethanol. Several 
other solvents were tested for both their response on the ECD and their 
ability to desorb ethylene oxide from the charcoal. Among those tested 
were toluene, xylene, ethyl benzene, hexane, cyclohexane and benzene. 
Benzene was the only solvent tested that gave a suitable response on the 
ECD and a high desorption. It was found that the desorption efficiency 
was improved by using 1% CS2 with the benzene. The carbon 
disulfide did not significantly improve the recovery with the other 
solvents. SKC Lot 120 was used in all tests done with activated 
charcoal.
    1.1.2  Physical Properties (Ref. 5.2-5.4).
    Synonyms: Oxirane; dimethylene oxide, 1,2-epoxy-ethane; oxane; 
C2H4O; ETO;
    Molecular Weight: 44.06
    Boiling Point: 10.7  deg.C (51.3 deg.)
    Melting Point: -111  deg.C
    Description: Colorless, flammable gas
    Vapor Pressure: 1095 mm. at 20  deg.C
    Odor: Ether-like odor
    Lower Explosive Limits: 3.0% (by volume)
    Flash Point (TOC): Below 0  deg.F
    Molecular Structure: CH 2--CH 2

    1.2  Limit Defining Parameters.
    1.2.1  Detection Limit of the Analytical Procedure.
    The detection limit of the analytical procedure is 12.0 picograms of 
ethylene oxide per

[[Page 382]]

injection. This is the amount of analyte which will give a peak whose 
height is five times the height of the baseline noise. (See Backup Data 
Section 4.1).
    1.2.2  Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure.
    The detection limit of the overall procedure is 24.0 ng of ethylene 
oxide per sample.
    This is the amount of analyte spiked on the sampling device which 
allows recovery of an amount of analyte equivalent to the detection 
limit of the analytical procedure. (See Backup Data Section 4.2).
    1.2.3  Reliable Quantitation Limit.
    The reliable quantitation limit is 94.0 nanograms of ethylene oxide 
per sample. This is the smallest amount of analyte which can be 
quantitated within the requirements of 75% recovery and 95% confidence 
limits. (See Backup Data Section 4.2).
    It must be recognized that the reliable quantitation limit and 
detection limits reported in the method are based upon optimization of 
the instrument for the smallest possible amount of analyte. When the 
target concentration of an analyte is exceptionally higher than these 
limits, they may not be attainable at the routine operating parameters. 
In this case, the limits reported on analysis reports will be based on 
the operating parameters used during the analysis of the samples.
    1.2.4  Sensitivity.
    The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over a concentration 
range representing 0.5 to 2 times the target concentration based on the 
recommended air volume is 34105 area units per g/mL. The 
sensitivity is determined by the slope of the calibration curve (See 
Backup Data Section 4.3).
    The sensitivity will vary somewhat with the particular instrument 
used in the analysis.
    1.2.5  Recovery.
    The recovery of analyte from the collection medium must be 75% or 
greater. The average recovery from spiked samples over the range of 0.5 
to 2 times the target concentration is 88.0% (See Backup Section 4.4). 
At lower concentrations the recovery appears to be non-linear.
    1.2.6  Precision (Analytical Method Only).
    The pooled coefficient of variation obtained from replicate 
determination of analytical standards at 0.5X, 1X and 2X the target 
concentration is 0.036 (See Backup Data Section 4.5).
    1.2.7  Precision (Overall Procedure).
    The overall procedure must provide results at the target 
concentration that are 25% of better at the 95% confidence level. The 
precision at the 95% confidence level for the 15 day storage test is 
plus or minus 12.9% (See Backup Data Section 4.6).
    This includes an additional plus or minus 5% for sampling error.
    1.3  Advantages.
    1.3.1  The sampling procedure is convenient.
    1.3.2  The analytical procedure is very sensitive and reproducible.
    1.3.3  Reanalysis of samples is possible.
    1.3.4  Samples are stable for at least 15 days at room temperature.
    1.3.5  Interferences are reduced by the longer GC retention time of 
the new derivative.
    1.4  Disadvantages.
    1.4.1  Two tubes in series must be used because of possible 
breakthrough and migration.
    1.4.2  The precision of the sampling rate may be limited by the 
reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. The pumps are 
usually calibrated for one tube only.
    1.4.3  The use of benzene as the desorption solvent increases the 
hazards of analysis because of the potential carcinogenic effects of 
benzene.
    1.4.4  After repeated injections there can be a buildup of residue 
formed on the electron capture detector which decreases sensitivity.
    1.4.5  Recovery from the charcoal tubes appears to be nonlinear at 
low concentrations.
    2. Sampling Procedure.
    2.1  Apparatus.
    2.1.1  A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be 
determined within plus or minus 5% of the recommended flow.
    2.1.2  SKC Lot 120 Charcoal tubes: glass tube with both ends flame 
sealed, 7 cm long with a 6 mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 
sections of coconut shell charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of 
urethane foam. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the 
backup section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between 
the outlet end of the tube and the backup section. A plug of silylated 
glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section.
    2.2  Reagents.
    2.2.1  None required.
    2.3  Sampling Technique.
    2.3.1  Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the charcoal 
tubes. All tubes must be from the same lot.
    2.3.2  Connect two tubes in series to the sampling pump with a short 
section of flexible tubing. A minimum amount of tubing is used to 
connect the two sampling tubes together. The tube closer to the pump is 
used as a backup. This tube should be identified as the backup tube.
    2.3.3  The tubes should be placed in a vertical position during 
sampling to minimize channeling.
    2.3.4  Air being sampled should not pass through any hose or tubing 
before entering the charcoal tubes.
    2.3.5  Seal the charcoal tubes with plastic caps immediately after 
sampling. Also, seal each sample with OSHA seals lengthwise.

[[Page 383]]

    2.3.6  With each batch of samples, submit at least one blank tube 
from the same lot used for samples. This tube should be subjected to 
exactly the same handling as the samples (break, seal, transport) except 
that no air is drawn through it.
    2.3.7  Transport the samples (and corresponding paperwork) to the 
lab for analysis.
    2.3.8  If bulk samples are submitted for analysis, they shoud be 
transported in glass containers with Teflon-lined caps. These samples 
must be mailed separately from the container used for the charcoal 
tubes.
    2.4  Breakthrough.
    2.4.1  The breakthrough (5% breakthrough) volume for a 3.0 mg/m 
ethylene oxide sample stream at approximately 85% relative humidity, 
22 deg.C and 633 mm is 2.6 liters sampled at 0.05 liters per minute. 
This is equivalent to 7.8 g of ethylene oxide. Upon saturation 
of the tube it appeared that the water may be displacing ethylene oxide 
during sampling.
    2.5  Desorption Efficiency.
    2.5.1  The desorption efficiency, from liquid injection onto 
charcoal tubes, averaged 88.0% from 0.5 to 2.0 x the target 
concentration for a 1.0 liter air sample. At lower ranges it appears 
that the desorption efficiency is non-linear (See Backup Data Section 
4.2).
    2.5.2  The desorption efficiency may vary from one laboratory to 
another and also from one lot of charcoal to another. Thus, it is 
necessary to determine the desorption efficiency for a particular lot of 
charcoal.
    2.6  Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate.
    2.6.1  The recommended air volume is 1.0 liter.
    2.6.2  The recommended maximum sampling rate is 0.05 Lpm.
    2.7  Interferences.
    2.7.1  Ethylene glycol and Freon 12 at target concentration levels 
did not interfere with the collection of ethylene oxide.
    2.7.2  Suspected interferences should be listed on the sample data 
sheets.
    2.7.3  The relative humidity may affect the sampling procedure.
    2.8  Safety Precautions.
    2.8.1  Attach the sampling equipment to the employee so that it does 
not interfere with work performance.
    2.8.2  Wear safety glasses when breaking the ends of the sampling 
tubes.
    2.8.3  If possible, place the sampling tubes in a holder so the 
sharp end is not exposed while sampling.
    3. Analytical Method.
    3.1  Apparatus.
    3.1.1  Gas chromatograph equipped with a linearized electron capture 
detector.
    3.1.2  GC column capable of separating the derivative of ethylene 
oxide (2-bromoethanol) from any interferences and the 1% CS2 
in benzene solvent. The column used for validation studies was: 10 ft x 
\1/8\ inch stainless steel 20% SP-2100, .1% Carbowax 1500 on 100/120 
Supelcoport.
    3.1.3  An electronic integrator or some other suitable method of 
measuring peak areas.
    3.1.4  Two milliliter vials with Teflon-lined caps.
    3.1.5  Gas tight syringe--500 L or other convenient sizes 
for preparing standards.
    3.1.6  Microliter syringes--10 L or other convenient sizes 
for diluting standards and 1 L for sample injections.
    3.1.7  Pipets for dispensing the 1% CS2 in benzene 
solvent. The Glenco 1 mL dispenser is adequate and convenient.
    3.1.8  Volumetric flasks--5 mL and other convenient sizes for 
preparing standards.
    3.1.9  Disposable Pasteur pipets.
    3.2  Reagents.
    3.2.1  Benzene, reagent grade.
    3.2.2  Carbon Disulfide, reagent grade.
    3.2.3  Ethylene oxide, 99.7% pure.
    3.2.4  Hydrobromic Acid, 48% reagent grade.
    3.2.5  Sodium Carbonate, anhydrous, reagent grade.
    3.2.6  Desorbing reagent, 99% Benzene/1% CS2.
    3.3  Sample Preparation.
    3.3.1  The front and back sections of each sample are transferred to 
separate 2-mL vials.
    3.3.2  Each sample is desorbed with 1.0 mL of desorbing reagent.
    3.3.3  The vials are sealed immediately and allowed to desorb for 
one hour with occasional shaking.
    3.3.4  Desorbing reagent is drawn off the charcoal with a disposable 
pipet and put into clean 2-mL vials.
    3.3.5  One drop of HBr is added to each vial. Vials are resealed and 
HBr is mixed well with the desorbing reagent.
    3.3.6  About 0.15 gram of sodium carbonate is carefully added to 
each vial. Vials are again resealed and mixed well.
    3.4  Standard Preparation.
    3.4.1  Standards are prepared by injecting the pure ethylene oxide 
gas into the desorbing reagent.
    3.4.2  A range of standards are prepared to make a calibration 
curve. A concentration of 1.0 L of ethylene oxide gas per 1 mL 
desorbing reagent is equivalent to 1.0 ppm air concentration (all gas 
volumes at 25 deg.C and 760 mm) for the recommended 1 liter air sample. 
This amount is uncorrected for desorption efficiency (See Backup Data 
Section 4.2. for desorption efficiency corrections).
    3.4.3  One drop of HBr per mL of standard is added and mixed well.
    3.4.4  About 0.15 grams of sodium carbonate is carefully added for 
each drop of HBr (A small reaction will occur).

[[Page 384]]

    3.5 Analysis.
    3.5.1  GC Conditions.
Nitrogen flow rate--10mL/min.
Injector Temperature--250 deg.C
Detector Temperature--300 deg.C
Column Temperature--100 deg.C
Injection size--0.8 L
Elution time--3.9 minutes
    3.5.2  Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable 
means.
    3.5.3  The integrator results are in area units and a calibration 
curve is set up with concentration vs. area units.
    3.6  Interferences.
    3.6.1  Any compound having the same retention time of 2-bromoethanol 
is a potential interference. Possible interferences should be listed on 
the sample data sheets.
    3.6.2  GC parameters may be changed to circumvent interferences.
    3.6.3  There are usually trace contaminants in benzene. These 
contaminants, however, posed no problem of interference.
    3.6.4  Retention time data on a single column is not considered 
proof of chemical identity. Samples over the 1.0 ppm target level should 
be confirmed by GC/Mass Spec or other suitable means.
    3.7  Calculations
    3.7.1  The concentration in g/mL for a sample is determined 
by comparing the area of a particular sample to the calibration curve, 
which has been prepared from analytical standards.
    3.7.2  The amount of analyte in each sample is corrected for 
desorption efficiency by use of a desorption curve.
    3.7.3  Analytical results (A) from the two tubes that compose a 
particular air sample are added together.
    3.7.4  The concentration for a sample is calculated by the following 
equation:

                                                                                                                
                                                                             AXB                                
                                                    ETO, mg/m3=          -----------                            
                                                                              C                                 
                                                                                                                

where:
A=g/mL
B=desorption volume in milliliters
C=air volume in liters.

    3.7.5  To convert mg/m3 to parts per million (ppm) the 
following relationship is used:

                                                                                                                
                                                                     mg/m3 x 24.45                              
                                             ETO, ppm=        ---------------------------                       
                                                                         44.05                                  
                                                                                                                

where:
mg/m3=results from 3.7.4
24.45=molar volume at 25  deg.C and 760mm Hg
44.05=molecular weight of ETO.

    3.8  Safety Precautions
    3.8.1  Ethylene oxide and benzene are potential carcinogens and care 
must be exercised when working with these compounds.
    3.8.2  All work done with the solvents (preparation of standards, 
desorption of samples, etc.) should be done in a hood.
    3.8.3  Avoid any skin contact with all of the solvents.
    3.8.4  Wear safety glasses at all times.
    3.8.5  Avoid skin contact with HBr because it is highly toxic and a 
strong irritant to eyes and skin.
    4. Backup Data.
    4.1  Detection Limit Data.
    The detection limit was determined by injecting 0.8 L of a 
0.015 g/mL standard of ethylene oxide into 1% CS2 in 
benzene. The detection limit of the analytical procedure is taken to be 
1.20 x 10-5 g per injection. This is equivalent to 
8.3 ppb (0.015 mg/m3) for the recommended air volume.
    4.2  Desorption Efficiency.
    Ethylene oxide was spiked onto charcoal tubes and the following 
recovery data was obtained.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Amount spiked (g)                 (g)          Percent recovery   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.5....................              4.32                      96.0     
3.0....................              2.61                      87.0     
2.25...................              2.025                     90.0     
1.5....................              1.365                     91.0     
1.5....................              1.38                      92.0     
.75....................               .6525                    87.0     
.375...................               .315                     84.0     
.375...................               .312                     83.2     
.1875..................               .151                     80.5     
.094...................               .070                     74.5     
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    At lower amounts the recovery appears to be non-linear.
    4.3  Sensitivity Data.
    The following data was used to determine the calibration curve.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     0.5 x .75    1 x 1.5 g/mL      m>g/mL          m>g/mL    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................................................           30904           59567          111778
2...............................................................           30987           62914          106016
3...............................................................           32555           58578          106122
4...............................................................           32242           57173          109716
X...............................................................           31672           59558          108408
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Slope=34.105.                                                                                                   

    4.4  Recovery.
    The recovery was determined by spiking ethylene oxide onto lot 120 
charcoal tubes and desorbing with 1% CS2 in Benzene. 
Recoveries were done at 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 X the target concentration (1 
ppm) for the recommended air volume.

                            Percent Recovery                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Sample                     0.5x       1.0x       2.0x  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1......................................       88.7       95.0       91.7
2......................................       83.8       95.0       87.3
3......................................       84.2       91.0       86.0
4......................................       88.0       91.0       83.0
5......................................       88.0       86.0       85.0
X......................................       86.5       90.5       87.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average=88.2.                                                  


[[Page 385]]

    4.5  Precision of the Analytical Procedure.
    The following data was used to determine the precision of the 
analytical method:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     0.5x.75       1X1.5        2X3.0   
          Concentration            g/  g/  g/
                                        mL           mL           mL    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Injection........................      .7421       1.4899       3.1184  
                                       .7441       1.5826       3.0447  
                                       .7831       1.4628       2.9149  
                                       .7753       1.4244       2.9185  
Average..........................      .7612       1.4899       2.9991  
Standard Deviation...............      .0211        .0674        .0998  
CV...............................      .0277        .0452        .0333  
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                                                
                                                     3(.0277)2+3(.0452)2+3(.0333)2                              
                                            CV=   ----------------------------------                            
                                                                 3+3+3                                          
                                                                                                                

CV+0.036
    4.6  Storage Data.
    Samples were generated at 1.5 mg/m3 ethylene oxide at 85% 
relative humidity, 22 deg.C and 633 mm. All samples were taken for 20 
minutes at 0.05 Lpm. Six samples were analyzed as soon as possible and 
fifteen samples were stored at refrigerated temperature (5 deg.C) and 
fifteen samples were stored at ambient temperature (23 deg.C). These 
stored samples were analyzed over a period of nineteen days.

                            Percent Recovery                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Day analyzed                   Refrigerated   Ambient 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1..............................................         87.0        87.0
1..............................................         93.0        93.0
1..............................................         94.0        94.0
1..............................................         92.0        92.0
4..............................................         92.0        91.0
4..............................................         93.0        88.0
4..............................................         91.0        89.0
6..............................................         92.0   .........
6..............................................         92.0   .........
8..............................................  ............       92.0
8..............................................  ............       86.0
10.............................................         91.7   .........
10.............................................         95.5   .........
10.............................................         95.7   .........
11.............................................  ............       90.0
11.............................................  ............       82.0
13.............................................         78.0   .........
13.............................................         81.4   .........
13.............................................         82.4   .........
14.............................................  ............       78.5
14.............................................  ............       72.1
18.............................................         66.0   .........
18.............................................         68.0   .........
19.............................................  ............       64.0
19.............................................  ............       77.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4.7  Breakthrough Data.
    Breakthrough studies were done at 2 ppm (3.6 mg/m3) at 
approximately 85% relative humidity at 22 deg.C (ambient temperature). 
Two charcoal tubes were used in series. The backup tube was changed 
every 10 minutes and analyzed for breakthrough. The flow rate was 0.050 
Lpm.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Time       Percent  
                    Tube No.                     (minutes)  breakthrough
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1..............................................         10     (\1\)    
2..............................................         20     (\1\)    
3..............................................         30     (\1\)    
4..............................................         40         1.23 
5..............................................         50         3.46 
6..............................................         60        18.71 
7..............................................         70        39.2  
8..............................................         80        53.3  
9..............................................         90        72.0  
10.............................................        100        96.0  
11.............................................        110       113.0  
12.............................................        120       133.9  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ None.                                                               

    The 5% breakthrough volume was reached when 2.6 liters of test 
atmosphere were drawn through the charcoal tubes.
    5. References.
    5.1  ``NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods,'' 2nd ed. NIOSH: 
Cincinnati, 1977; Method S286.
    5.2  ``IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk of 
Chemicals to Man,'' International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon, 
1976; Vol. II, p. 157.
    5.3  Sax., N.I. ``Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials,'' 
4th ed.; Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. New York, 1975; p. 741.
    5.4  ``The Condensed Chemical Dictionary'', 9th ed.; Hawley, G.G., 
ed.; Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, 1977; p. 361.

                  Summary of Other Sampling Procedures

    OSHA believes that served other types of monitoring equipment and 
techniques exist for monitoring time-weighted averages. Considerable 
research and method development is currently being performed, which will 
lead to improvements and a wider variety of monitoring techniques. A 
combination of monitoring procedures can be used. There probably is no 
one best method for monitoring personal exposure to ethylene oxide in 
all cases. There are advantages, disadvantages, and limitations to each 
method. The method of choice will depend on the need and requirements. 
Some commonly used methods include the use of charcoal tubes, passive 
dosimeters, Tedler gas sampling bags, detector tubes, photoionization 
detection units, infrared detection units and gas chromatographs. A 
number of these methods are described below.

                  A. Charcoal Tube Sampling Procedures

    Qazi-Ketcham method (Ex. 11-133)--This method consists of collecting 
EtO on Columbia JXC activated carbon, desorbing the EtO with carbon 
disulfide and analyzing by gas chromatography with flame ionization 
detection. Union Carbide has recently updated and revalidated this 
monitoring procedures. This method is capable of determining both

[[Page 386]]

eight-hour time-weighted average exposures and short-term exposures. The 
method was validated to 0.5 ppm. Like other charcoal collecting 
procedures, the method requires considerable analytical expertise.
    ASTM-proposed method--The Ethylene Oxide Industry Council (EOIC) has 
contracted with Clayton Environmental Consultants, Inc. to conduct a 
collaborative study for the proposed method. The ASTM-Proposed method is 
similar to the method published by Qazi and Ketcham is the November 1977 
American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, and to the method of 
Pilney and Coyne, presented at the 1979 American Industrial Hygiene 
Conference. After the air to be sampled is drawn through an activated 
charcoal tube, the ethylene oxide is desorbed from the tube using carbon 
disulfide and is quantitated by gas chromatography utilizing a flame 
ionization detector. The ASTM-proposed method specifies a large two-
section charcoal tube, shipment in dry ice, storage at less
than -5 deg.C, and analysis within three weeks to prevent migration and 
sample loss. Two types of charcoal tubes are being tested--Pittsburgh 
Coconut-Based (PCB) and Columbia JXC charcoal. This collaborative study 
will give an indication of the inter- and intralaboratory precision and 
accuracy of the ASTM-proposed method. Several laboratories have 
considerable expertise using the Qazi-Ketcham and Dow methods.
    B. Passive Monitors--Ethylene oxide diffuses into the monitor and is 
collected in the sampling media. The DuPont Pro-Tek badge collects EtO 
in an absorbing solution, which is analyzed colorimetrically to 
determine the amount of EtO present. The 3M 350 badge collects the EtO 
on chemically treated charcoal. Other passive monitors are currently 
being developed and tested. Both 3M and DuPont have submitted data 
indicating their dosimeters meet the precision and accuracy requirements 
of the proposed ethylene oxide standard. Both presented laboratory 
validation data to 0.2 ppm (Exs. 11-65, 4-20, 108, 109, 130).
    C. Tedlar Gas Sampling Bags-Samples are collected by drawing a known 
volume of air into a Tedlar gas sampling bag. The ethylene oxide 
concentration is often determined on-site using a portable gas 
chromatograph or portable infrared spectometer.
    D. Detector tubes--A known volume of air is drawn through a detector 
tube using a small hand pump. The concentration of EtO is related to the 
length of stain developed in the tube. Detector tubes are economical, 
easy to use, and give an immediate readout. Unfortunately, partly 
because they are nonspecific, their accuracy is often questionable. 
Since the sample is taken over a short period of time, they may be 
useful for determining the source of leaks.
    E. Direct Reading Instruments--There are numerous types of direct 
reading instruments, each having its own strengths and weaknesses (Exs. 
135B, 135C, 107, 11-78, 11-153). Many are relatively new, offering 
greater sensitivity and specificity. Popular ethylene oxide direct 
reading instruments include infrared detection units, photoionization 
detection units, and gas chromatographs.
    Portable infrared analyzers provide an immediate, continuous 
indication of a concentration value; making them particularly useful for 
locating high concentration pockets, in leak detection and in ambient 
air monitoring. In infrared detection units, the amount of infrared 
light absorbed by the gas being analyzed at selected infrared 
wavelengths is related to the concentration of a particular component. 
Various models have either fixed or variable infrared filters, differing 
cell pathlengths, and microcomputer controls for greater sensitivity, 
automation, and interference elimination.
    A fairly recent detection system is photoionization detection. The 
molecules are ionized by high energy ultraviolet light. The resulting 
current is measured. Since different substances have different 
ionization potentials, other organic compounds may be ionized. The lower 
the lamp energy, the better the selectivity. As a continuous monitor, 
photoionization detection can be useful for locating high concentration 
pockets, in leak detection, and continuous ambient air monitoring. Both 
portable and stationary gas chromatographs are available with various 
types of detectors, including photoionization detectors. A gas 
chromatograph with a photoionization detector retains the photionization 
sensitivity, but minimizes or eliminates interferences. For several GC/
PID units, the sensitivity is in the 0.1-0.2 ppm EtO range. The GC/PID 
with microprocessors can sample up to 20 sample points sequentially, 
calculate and record data, and activate alarms or ventilation systems. 
Many are quite flexible and can be configured to meet the specific 
analysis needs for the workplace.
    DuPont presented their laboratory validation data of the accuracy of 
the Qazi-Ketcham charcoal tube, the PCB charcoal tube, Miran 103 IR 
analyzer, 3M 3550 monitor and the Du Pont C-70 badge. Quoting Elbert V. 
Kring:

    We also beleive that OSHA's proposed accuracy in this standard is 
appropriate. At plus or minus 25 percent at one part per million, and 
plus or minus 35 percent below that. And, our data indicates there's 
only one monitoring method, right now, that we've tested thoroughly, 
that meets that accuracy requirements. That is the Du Pont Pro-Tek 
badge* * *. We also believe that this kind of data should be confirmed 
by another

[[Page 387]]

independent laboratory, using the same type dynamic chamber testing (Tr. 
1470)

Additional data by an independent laboratory following their exact 
protocol was not submitted. However, information was submitted on 
comparisons and precision and accuracy of those monitoring procedures 
which indicate far better precision and accuracy of those monitoring 
procedures than that obtained by Du Pont (Ex. 4-20, 130, 11-68, 11-133, 
130, 135A).
    The accuracy of any method depends to a large degree upon the skills 
and experience of those who not only collect the samples but also those 
who analyze the samples. Even for methods that are collaboratively 
tested, some laboratories are closer to the true values than others. 
Some laboratories may meet the precision and accuracy requirements of 
the method; others may consistently far exceed them for the same method.

[49 FR 25796, June 22, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 9801, Mar. 12, 1985; 50 
FR 41494, Oct. 11, 1985; 51 FR 25053, July 10, 1986; 53 FR 11436, 11437, 
Apr. 6, 1988; 53 FR 27960, July 26, 1988; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 
FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1048  Formaldehyde.

    (a) Scope and application. This standard applies to all occupational 
exposures to formaldehyde, i.e. from formaldehyde gas, its solutions, 
and materials that release formaldehyde.
    (b) Definitions. For purposes of this standard, the following 
definitions shall apply:
    Action level means a concentration of 0.5 part formaldehyde per 
million parts of air (0.5 ppm) calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-
weighted average (TWA) concentration.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for the 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 
or designee.
    Authorized person means any person required by work duties to be 
present in regulated areas, or authorized to do so by the employer, by 
this section, or by the OSH Act of 1970.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services, or designee.
    Emergency is any occurrence, such as but not limited to equipment 
failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that 
results in an uncontrolled release of a significant amount of 
formaldehyde.
    Employee exposure means the exposure to airborne formaldehyde which 
would occur without corrections for protection provided by any 
respirator that is in use.
    Formaldehyde means the chemical substance, HCHO, Chemical Abstracts 
Service Registry No. 50-00-0.
    (c) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL)--(1) TWA: The employer shall 
assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of 
formaldehyde which exceeds 0.75 parts formaldehyde per million parts of 
air (0.75 ppm) as an 8-hour TWA.
    (2) Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL): The employer shall assure that 
no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of formaldehyde 
which exceeds two parts formaldehyde per million parts of air (2 ppm) as 
a 15-minute STEL.
    (d) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Each employer who has a 
workplace covered by this standard shall monitor employees to determine 
their exposure to formaldehyde.
    (ii) Exception. Where the employer documents, using objective data, 
that the presence of formaldehyde or formaldehyde-releasing products in 
the workplace cannot result in airborne concentrations of formaldehyde 
that would cause any employee to be exposed at or above the action level 
or the STEL under foreseeable conditions of use, the employer will not 
be required to measure employee exposure to formaldehyde.
    (iii) When an employee's exposure is determined from representative 
sampling, the measurements used shall be representative of the 
employee's full shift or short-term exposure to formaldehyde, as 
appropriate.
    (iv) Representative samples for each job classification in each work 
area shall be taken for each shift unless the employer can document with 
objective data that exposure levels for a given job classification are 
equivalent for different work shifts.
    (2) Initial monitoring. The employer shall identify all employees 
who may be exposed at or above the action level

[[Page 388]]

or at or above the STEL and accurately determine the exposure of each 
employee so identified.
    (i) Unless the employer chooses to measure the exposure of each 
employee potentially exposed to formaldehyde, the employer shall develop 
a representative sampling strategy and measure sufficient exposures 
within each job classification for each workshift to correctly 
characterize and not underestimate the exposure of any employee within 
each exposure group.
    (ii) The initial monitoring process shall be repeated each time 
there is a change in production, equipment, process, personnel, or 
control measures which may result in new or additional exposure to 
formaldehyde.
    (iii) If the employer receives reports of signs or symptoms of 
respiratory or dermal conditions associated with formaldehyde exposure, 
the employer shall promptly monitor the affected employee's exposure.
    (3) Periodic monitoring. (i) The employer shall periodically measure 
and accurately determine exposure to formaldehyde for employees shown by 
the initial monitoring to be exposed at or above the action level or at 
or above the STEL.
    (ii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or 
above the action level, the employer shall repeat monitoring of the 
employees at least every 6 months.
    (iii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or 
above the STEL, the employer shall repeat monitoring of the employees at 
least once a year under worst conditions.
    (4) Termination of monitoring. The employer may discontinue periodic 
monitoring for employees if results from two consecutive sampling 
periods taken at least 7 days apart show that employee exposure is below 
the action level and the STEL. The results must be statistically 
representative and consistent with the employer's knowledge of the job 
and work operation.
    (5) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring shall be accurate, at the 95 
percent confidence level, to within plus or minus 25 percent for 
airborne concentrations of formaldehyde at the TWA and the STEL and to 
within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of 
formaldehyde at the action level.
    (6) Employee notification of monitoring results. Within 15 days of 
receiving the results of exposure monitoring conducted under this 
standard, the employer shall notify the affected employees of these 
results. Notification shall be in writing, either by distributing copies 
of the results to the employees or by posting the results. If the 
employee exposure is over either PEL, the employer shall develop and 
implement a written plan to reduce employee exposure to or below both 
PELs, and give written notice to employees. The written notice shall 
contain a description of the corrective action being taken by the 
employer to decrease exposure.
    (7) Observation of monitoring. (i) The employer shall provide 
affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to 
observe any monitoring of employee exposure to formaldehyde required by 
this standard.
    (ii) When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to 
formaldehyde requires entry into an area where the use of protective 
clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the 
clothing and equipment to the observer, require the observer to use such 
clothing and equipment, and assure that the observer complies with all 
other applicable safety and health procedures.
    (e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish regulated 
areas where the concentration of airborne formaldehyde exceeds either 
the TWA or the STEL and post all entrances and accessways with signs 
bearing the following information:

                                 DANGER

                              FORMALDEHYDE

                  IRRITANT AND POTENTIAL CANCER HAZARD

                        AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

    (2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized 
persons who have been trained to recognize the hazards of formaldehyde.
    (3) An employer at a multiemployer worksite who establishes a 
regulated

[[Page 389]]

area shall communicate the access restrictions and locations of these 
areas to other employers with work operations at that worksite.
    (f) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering controls and work 
practices. The employer shall institute engineering and work practice 
controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to formaldehyde at or 
below the TWA and the STEL.
    (2) Exception. Whenever the employer has established that feasible 
engineering and work practice controls cannot reduce employee exposure 
to or below either of the PELs, the employer shall apply these controls 
to reduce employee exposures to the extent feasible and shall supplement 
them with respirators which satisfy this standard.
    (g) Respiratory protection--(1) General. Where respiratory 
protection is required, the employer shall provide the respirators at no 
cost to the employee and shall assure that they are properly used. The 
respirators shall comply with the requirements of this standard and 
shall reduce the concentration of formaldehyde inhaled by the employee 
to at or below both the TWA and the STEL. Respirators shall be used in 
the following circumstances:
    (i) During the interval necessary to install or implement feasible 
engineering and work practice controls;
    (ii) In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities 
or vessel cleaning, for which the employer establishes that engineering 
and work practice controls are not feasible;
    (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work 
practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below 
the PELs; and
    (iv) In emergencies.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) The appropriate respirators as 
specified in Table 1 shall be selected from those approved by the Mine 
Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute 
for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 
CFR part 11.

    Table 1.--Minimum Requirements for Respiratory Protection Against   
                              Formaldehyde                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Condition of use or                                                 
 formaldehyde concentration         Minimum respirator required\1\      
           (ppm)                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up to 7.5 ppm. (10 x PEL)..  Full facepiece with cartridges or canisters
                              specifically approved for protection      
                              against formaldehyde.\2\                  
Up to 75 ppm. (100 x PEL)..  Full-face mask with chin style or chest or 
                              back mounted type with industrial size    
                              canister specifically approved for        
                              protection against formaldehyde. Type C   
                              supplied-air respirator, pressure demand  
                              or continuous flow type, with full        
                              facepiece, hood, or helmet.               
Above 75 ppm or unknown      Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)  
 (emergencies). (100 x PEL).  with positive pressure full facepiece.    
                              Combination supplied-air, full facepiece  
                              positive pressure respirator with         
                              auxiliary self-contained air supply.      
Firefighting...............  SCBA with positive pressure in full        
                              facepiece.                                
Escape.....................  SCBA in demand or pressure demand mode.    
                              Full-face mask with chin style or front or
                              back mounted type industrial size canister
                              specifically approved for protection      
                              against formaldehyde.                     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Respirators specified for use at higher concentrations may be used  
  at lower concentrations.                                              
\2\ A half-mask respirator with cartridges specifically approved for    
  protection against formaldehyde can be substituted for the full       
  facepiece respirator providing that effective gas-proof goggles are   
  provided and used in combination with the half-mask respirator.       

    (ii) The employer shall make available a powered air-purifying 
respirator adequate to protect against formaldehyde exposure to any 
employee who experiences difficulty wearing a negative pressure 
respirator to reduce exposure to formaldehyde.
    (3) Respirator usage. (i) whenever respirator use is required by 
this standard, the employer shall institute a respiratory protection 
program in accordance with 20 CFR 1910.134(b), (d), (e), and (f).
    (ii) The employer shall perform either quantitative or qualitative 
face fit tests in accordance with the procedures outlined in Appendix E 
at the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter for all 
employees required by this standard to wear negative pressure 
respirators.
    (A) Respirators selected shall be from those exhibiting the best 
facepiece fit.
    (B) No respirator shall be chosen that would potentially permit the 
employee

[[Page 390]]

to inhale formaldehyde at concentrations in excess of either the TWA or 
the STEL.
    (iii) Where air purifying chemical cartridge respirators are used, 
the cartridges shall be replaced after three hours of use or at the end 
of the workshift, whichever is sooner unless the cartridge contains a 
NIOSH-approved end-of-service indicator to show when breakthrough 
occurs.
    (iv) Unless the canister contains a NIOSH-approved end-of-service-
life indicator to show when breakthrough occurs, canisters used in 
atmospheres up to 7.5 ppm (10 x PEL) shall be replaced every 4 hours and 
industrial sized canisters used in atmospheres up to 75 ppm (100 x PEL) 
shall be replaced every two hours or at the end of the workshift, 
whichever is sooner.
    (v) Employers shall permit employees to leave the work area to wash 
their faces and respirator facepieces as needed to prevent skin 
irritation from respirator use.
    (h) Protective equipment and clothing. Employers shall comply with 
the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.132 and 29 CFR 1910.133. When protective 
equipment or clothing is provided under these provisions, the employer 
shall provide these protective devices at no cost to the employee and 
assure that the employee wears them.
    (1) Selection. The employer shall select protective clothing and 
equipment based upon the form of formaldehyde to be encountered, the 
conditions of use, and the hazard to be prevented.
    (i) All contact of the eyes and skin with liquids containing 1 
percent or more formaldehyde shall be prevented by the use of chemical 
protective clothing made of material impervious to formaldehyde and the 
use of other personal protective equipment, such as goggles and face 
shields, as appropriate to the operation.
    (ii) Contact with irritating or sensitizing materials shall be 
prevented to the extent necessary to eliminate the hazard.
    (iii) Where a face shield is worn, chemical safety goggles are also 
required if there is a danger of formaldehyde reaching the area of the 
eye.
    (iv) Full body protection shall be worn for entry into areas where 
concentrations exceed 100 ppm and for emergency reentry into areas of 
unknown concentration.
    (2) Maintenance of protective equipment and clothing. (i) The 
employer shall assure that protective equipment and clothing that has 
become contaminated with formaldehyde is cleaned or laundered before its 
reuse.
    (ii) When ventilating formaldehyde-contaminated clothing and 
equipment, the employer shall establish a storage area so that employee 
exposure is minimized. Containers for contaminated clothing and 
equipment and storage areas shall have labels and signs containing the 
following information:

                                 DANGER

             FORMALDEHYDE-CONTAMINATED [CLOTHING] EQUIPMENT

                    AVOID INHALATION AND SKIN CONTACT

    (iii) The employer shall assure that only persons trained to 
recognize the hazards of formaldehyde remove the contaminated material 
from the storage area for purposes of cleaning, laundering, or disposal.
    (iv) The employer shall assure that no employee takes home equipment 
or clothing that is contaminated with formaldehyde.
    (v) The employer shall repair or replace all required protective 
clothing and equipment for each affected employee as necessary to assure 
its effectiveness.
    (vi) The employer shall inform any person who launders, cleans, or 
repairs such clothing or equipment of formaldehyde's potentially harmful 
effects and of procedures to safely handle the clothing and equipment.
    (i) Hygiene protection. (1) The employer shall provide change rooms, 
as described in 29 CFR 1910.141 for employees who are required to change 
from work clothing into protective clothing to prevent skin contact with 
formaldehyde.
    (2) If employees' skin may become spashed with solutions containing 
1 percent or greater formaldehyde, for example, because of equipment 
failure or improper work practices, the employer shall provide 
conveniently located quick drench showers and assure

[[Page 391]]

that affected employees use these facilities immediately.
    (3) If there is any possibility that an employee's eyes may be 
splashed with solutions containing 0.1 percent or greater formaldehyde, 
the employer shall provide acceptable eyewash facilities within the 
immediate work area for emergency use.
    (j) Housekeeping. For operations involving formaldehyde liquids or 
gas, the employer shall conduct a program to detect leaks and spills, 
including regular visual inspections.
    (1) Preventative maintenance of equipment, including surveys for 
leaks, shall be undertaken at regular intervals.
    (2) In work areas where spillage may occur, the employer shall make 
provisions to contain the spill, to decontaminate the work area, and to 
dispose of the waste.
    (3) The employer shall assure that all leaks are repaired and spills 
are cleaned promptly by employees wearing suitable protective equipment 
and trained in proper methods for cleanup and decontamination.
    (4) Formaldehyde-contaminated waste and debris resulting from leaks 
or spills shall be placed for disposal in sealed containers bearing a 
label warning of formaldehyde's presence and of the hazards associated 
with formaldehyde.
    (k) Emergencies. For each workplace where there is the possibility 
of an emergency involving formaldehyde, the employer shall assure 
appropriate procedures are adopted to minimize injury and loss of life. 
Appropriate procedures shall be implemented in the event of an 
emergency.
    (l) Medical surveillance--(1) Employees covered. (i) The employer 
shall institute medical surveillance programs for all employees exposed 
to formaldehyde at concentrations at or exceeding the action level or 
exceeding the STEL.
    (ii) The employer shall make medical surveillance available for 
employees who develop signs and symptoms of overexposure to formaldehyde 
and for all employees exposed to formaldehyde in emergencies. When 
determining whether an employee may be experiencing signs and symptoms 
of possible overexposure to formaldehyde, the employer may rely on the 
evidence that signs and symptoms associated with formaldehyde exposure 
will occur only in exceptional circumstances when airborne exposure is 
less than 0.1 ppm and when formaldehyde is present in material in 
concentrations less than 0.1 percent.
    (2) Examination by a physician. All medical procedures, including 
administration of medical disease questionnaires, shall be performed by 
or under the supervision of a licensed physician and shall be provided 
without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable 
time and place.
    (3) Medical disease questionnaire. The employer shall make the 
following medical surveillance available to employees prior to 
assignment to a job where formaldehyde exposure is at or above the 
action level or above the STEL and annually thereafter. The employer 
shall also make the following medical surveillance available promptly 
upon determining that an employee is experiencing signs and symptoms 
indicative of possible overexposure to formaldehyde.
    (i) Administration of a medical disease questionnaire, such as in 
appendix D, which is designed to elicit information on work history, 
smoking history, any evidence of eye, nose, or throat irritation; 
chronic airway problems or hyperreactive airway disease: allergic skin 
conditions or dermatitis; and upper or lower respiratory problems.
    (ii) A determination by the physician, based on evaluation of the 
medical disease questionnaire, of whether a medical examination is 
necessary for employees not required to wear respirators to reduce 
exposure to formaldehyde.
    (4) Medical examinations. Medical examinations shall be given to any 
employee who the physician feels, based on information in the medical 
disease questionnaire, may be at increased risk from exposure to 
formaldehyde and at the time of initial assignment and at least annually 
thereafter to all employees required to wear a respirator to reduce 
exposure to formaldehyde. The medical examination shall include:
    (i) A physical examination with emphasis on evidence of irritation 
or sensitization of the skin and respiratory

[[Page 392]]

system, shortness of breath, or irritation of the eyes.
    (ii) Laboratory examinations for respirator wearers consisting of 
baseline and annual pulmonary function tests. As a minimum, these tests 
shall consist of forced vital capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume 
in one second (FEV1), and forced expiratory flow (FEF).
    (iii) Any other test which the examining physician deems necessary 
to complete the written opinion.
    (iv) Counseling of employees having medical conditions that would be 
directly or indirectly aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde on the 
increased risk of impairment of their health.
    (5) Examinations for employees exposed in an emergency. The employer 
shall make medical examinations available as soon as possible to all 
employees who have been exposed to formaldehyde in an emergency.
    (i) The examination shall include a medical and work history with 
emphasis on any evidence of upper or lower respiratory problems, 
allergic conditions, skin reaction or hypersensitivity, and any evidence 
of eye, nose, or throat irritation.
    (ii) Other examinations shall consist of those elements considered 
appropriate by the examining physician.
    (6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the examining physician:
    (i) A copy of this standard and appendix A, C, D, and E;
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's job duties as they 
relate to the employee's exposure to formaldehyde;
    (iii) The representative exposure level for the employee's job 
assignment;
    (iv) Information concerning any personal protective equipment and 
respiratory protection used or to be used by the employee; and
    (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected 
employee within the control of the employer.
    (vi) In the event of a nonroutine examination because of an 
emergency, the employer shall provide to the physician as soon as 
possible: A description of how the emergency occurred and the exposure 
the victim may have received.
    (7) Physician's written opinion. (i) For each examination required 
under this standard, the employer shall obtain a written opinion from 
the examining physician. This written opinion shall contain the results 
of the medical examination except that it shall not reveal specific 
findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to 
formaldehyde. The written opinion shall include:
    (A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any 
medical condition that would place the employee at an increased risk of 
material impairment of health from exposure to formaldehyde;
    (B) Any recommended limitations on the employee's exposure or 
changes in the use of personal protective equipment, including 
respirators;
    (C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of any medical conditions which would be aggravated by exposure to 
formaldehyde, whether these conditions may have resulted from past 
formaldehyde exposure or from exposure in an emergency, and whether 
there is a need for further examination or treatment.
    (ii) The employer shall provide for retention of the results of the 
medical examination and tests conducted by the physician.
    (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written 
opinion to the affected employee within 15 days of its receipt.
    (8) Medical removal. (i) The provisions of paragraph (l)(8) apply 
when an employee reports significant irritation of the mucosa of the 
eyes or the upper airways, respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation, 
or dermal sensitization attributed to workplace formaldehyde exposure. 
Medical removal provisions do not apply in the case of dermal irritation 
or dermal sensitization when the product suspected of causing the dermal 
condition contains less than 0.05% formaldehyde.
    (ii) An employee's report of signs or symptoms of possible 
overexposure to formaldehyde shall be evaluated by a physician selected 
by the employer

[[Page 393]]

pursuant to paragraph (l)(3). If the physician determines that a medical 
examination is not necessary under paragraph (l)(3)(ii), there shall be 
a two-week evaluation and remediation period to permit the employer to 
ascertain whether the signs or symptoms subside untreated or with the 
use of creams, gloves, first aid treatment or personal protective 
equipment. Industrial hygiene measures that limit the employee's 
exposure to formaldehyde may also be implemented during this period. The 
employee shall be referred immediately to a physician prior to 
expiration of the two-week period if the signs or symptoms worsen. 
Earnings, seniority and benefits may not be altered during the two-week 
period by virtue of the report.
    (iii) If the signs or symptoms have not subsided or been remedied by 
the end of the two-week period, or earlier if signs or symptoms warrant, 
the employee shall be examined by a physician selected by the employer. 
The physician shall presume, absent contrary evidence, that observed 
dermal irritation or dermal sensitization are not attributable to 
formaldehyde when products to which the affected employee is exposed 
contain less than 0.1% formaldehyde.
    (iv) Medical examinations shall be conducted in compliance with the 
requirements of paragraph (l)(5) (i) and (ii). Additional guidelines for 
conducting medical exams are contained in Appendix C.
    (v) If the physician finds that significant irritation of the mucosa 
of the eyes or of the upper airways, respiratory sensitization, dermal 
irritation, or dermal sensitization result from workplace formaldehyde 
exposure and recommends restrictions or removal, the employer shall 
promptly comply with the restrictions or recommendation of removal. In 
the event of a recommendation of removal, the employer shall remove the 
effected employee from the current formaldehyde exposure and if 
possible, transfer the employee to work having no or significantly less 
exposure to formaldehyde.
    (vi) When an employee is removed pursuant to paragraph (l)(8)(v), 
the employer shall transfer the employee to comparable work for which 
the employee is qualified or can be trained in a short period (up to 6 
months), where the formaldehyde exposures are as low as possible, but 
not higher than the action level. The employeer shall maintain the 
employee's current earnings, seniority, and other benefits. If there is 
no such work available, the employer shall maintain the employee's 
current earnings, seniority and other benefits until such work becomes 
available, until the employee is determined to be unable to return to 
workplace formaldehyde exposure, until the employee is determined to be 
able to return to the original job status, or for six months, whichever 
comes first.
    (vii) The employer shall arrange for a follow-up medical examination 
to take place within six months after the employee is removed pursuant 
to this paragraph. This examination shall determine if the employee can 
return to the original job status, or if the removal is to be permanent. 
The physician shall make a decision within six months of the date the 
employee was removed as to whether the employee can be returned to the 
original job status, or if the removal is to be permanent.
    (viii) An employer's obligation to provide earnings, seniority and 
other benefits to a removed employee may be reduced to the extent that 
the employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the period 
of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation 
program or from employment with another employer made possible by virtue 
of the employee's removal.
    (ix) In making determinations of the formaldehyde content of 
materials under this paragraph the employer may rely on objective data.
    (9) Multiple physician review. (i) After the employer selects the 
initial physician who conducts any medical examination or consultation 
to determine whether medical removal or restriction is appropriate, the 
employee may designate a second physician to review any findings, 
determinations or recommendations of the initial physician and to 
conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the 
second physician deems necessary and appropriate to evaluate the effects 
of

[[Page 394]]

formaldehyde exposure and to facilitate this review.
    (ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to 
seek a second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial 
physician conducts a medical examination or consultation for the purpose 
of medical removal or restriction.
    (iii) The employer may condition its participation in, and payment 
for, the multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee doing the 
following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the notification of 
the right to seek a second medical opinion, or receipt of the initial 
physician's written opinion, whichever is later;
    (A) The employee informs the employer of the intention to seek a 
second medical opinion, and
    (B) The employee initiates steps to make an appointment with a 
second physician.
    (iv) If the findings, determinations or recommendations of the 
second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the 
employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two 
physicians to resolve the disagreement. If the two physicians are unable 
to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and the 
employee through their respective physicians shall designate a third 
physician who shall be a specialist in the field at issue:
    (A) To review the findings, determinations or recommendations of the 
prior physicians; and
    (B) To conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests 
and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems 
necessary to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians.
    (v) In the alternative, the employer and the employee or authorized 
employee representative may jointly designate such third physician.
    (vi) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, 
determinations and recommendations of the third physician, unless the 
employer and the employee reach an agreement which is otherwise 
consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the three 
physicians.
    (m) Hazard communication--(1) General. Communication of the hazards 
associated with formaldehyde in the workplace shall be governed by the 
requirements of paragraph (m). The definitions of 29 CFR 1910.1200(c) 
shall apply under this paragraph.
    (i) The following shall be subject to the hazard communication 
requirements of this paragraph: Formaldehyde gas, all mixtures or 
solutions composed of greater than 0.1 percent formaldehyde, and 
materials capable of releasing formaldehyde into the air, under 
reasonably foreseeable conditions of use, at concentrations reaching or 
exceeding 0.1 ppm.
    (ii) As a minimum, specific health hazards that the employer shall 
address are: Cancer, irritation and sensitization of the skin and 
respiratory system, eye and throat irritation, and acute toxicity.
    (2) Manufacturers and importers who produce or import formaldehyde 
or formaldehyde-containing products shall provide downstream employers 
using or handling these products with an objective determination through 
the required labels and MSDSs if these items may constitute a health 
hazard within the meaning of 29 CFR 1910.1200(d) under normal conditions 
of use.
    (3) Labels. (i) The employer shall assure that hazard warning labels 
complying with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) are affixed to 
all containers of materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i), except to the 
extent that 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) is inconsistent with this paragraph.
    (ii) Information on labels. As a minimum, for all materials listed 
in paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing formaldehyde at levels of 
0.1 ppm to 0.5 ppm, labels shall identify that the product contains 
formaldehyde; list the name and address of the responsible party; and 
state that physical and health hazard information is readily available 
from the employer and from material safety data sheets.
    (iii) For materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of 
releasing formaldehyde at levels above 0.5 ppm, labels shall 
appropriately address all hazards as defined in 29 CFR

[[Page 395]]

1910.1200(d) and 29 CFR 1910.1200 appendices A and B, including 
respiratory sensitization, and shall contain the words ``Potential 
Cancer Hazard.''
    (iv) In making the determinations of anticipated levels of 
formaldehyde release, the employer may rely on objective data indicating 
the extent of potential formaldehyde release under reasonably 
foreseeable conditions of use.
    (v) Substitute warning labels. The employer may use warning labels 
required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances which impart the 
same information as the warning statements required by this paragraph.
    (4) Material safety data sheets. (i) Any employer who uses 
formaldehyde-containing materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) shall 
comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) with regard to the 
development and updating of material safety data sheets.
    (ii) Manufacturers, importers, and distributors of formaldehyde-
containing materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) shall assure that 
material safety data sheets and updated information are provided to all 
employers purchasing such materials at the time of the initial shipment 
and at the time of the first shipment after a material safety data sheet 
is updated.
    (5) Written hazard communication program. The employer shall 
develop, implement, and maintain at the workplace, a written hazard 
communication program for formaldehyde exposures in the workplace, which 
at a minimum describes how the requirements specified in this paragraph 
for labels and other forms of warning and material safety data sheets, 
and paragraph (n) for employee information and training, will be met. 
Employers in multi-employer workplaces shall comply with the 
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(e)(2).
    (n) Employee information and training--(1) Participation. The 
employer shall assure that all employees who are assigned to workplaces 
where there is exposure to formaldehyde participate in a training 
program, except that where the employer can show, using objective data, 
that employees are not exposed to formaldehyde at or above 0.1 ppm, the 
employer is not required to provide training.
    (2) Frequency. Employers shall provide such information and training 
to employees at the time of initial assignment, and whenever a new 
exposure to formaldehyde is introduced into the work area. The training 
shall be repeated at least annually.
    (3) Training program. The training program shall be conducted in a 
manner which the employee is able to understand and shall include:
    (i) A discussion of the contents of this regulation and the contents 
of the Material Safety Data Sheet.
    (ii) The purpose for and a description of the medical surveillance 
program required by this standard, including:
    (A) A description of the potential health hazards associated with 
exposure to formaldehyde and a description of the signs and symptoms of 
exposure to formaldehyde.
    (B) Instructions to immediately report to the employer the 
development of any adverse signs or symptoms that the employee suspects 
is attributable to formaldehyde exposure.
    (iii) Description of operations in the work area where formaldehyde 
is present and an explanation of the safe work practices appropriate for 
limiting exposure to formaldehyde in each job;
    (iv) The purpose for, proper use of, and limitations of personal 
protective clothing and equipment;
    (v) Instructions for the handling of spills, emergencies, and clean-
up procedures;
    (vi) An explanation of the importance of engineering and work 
practice controls for employee protection and any necessary instruction 
in the use of these controls; and
    (vii) A review of emergency procedures including the specific duties 
or assignments of each employee in the event of an emergency.
    (4) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall inform all 
affected employees of the location of written training materials and 
shall make these materials readily available, without cost, to the 
affected employees.
    (ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all training 
materials relating to the employee training program to the Assistant 
Secretary and the Director.

[[Page 396]]

    (o) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure measurements. The employer shall 
establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements taken to 
monitor employee exposure to formaldehyde. This record shall include:
    (i) The date of measurement;
    (ii) The operation being monitored;
    (iii) The methods of sampling and analysis and evidence of their 
accuracy and precision;
    (iv) The number, durations, time, and results of samples taken;
    (v) The types of protective devices worn; and
    (vi) The names, job classifications, social security numbers, and 
exposure estimates of the employees whose exposures are represented by 
the actual monitoring results.
    (2) Exposure determinations. Where the employer has determined that 
no monitoring is required under this standard, the employer shall 
maintain a record of the objective data relied upon to support the 
determination that no employee is exposed to formaldehyde at or above 
the action level.
    (3) Medical surveillance. The employer shall establish and maintain 
an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance 
under this standard. This record shall include:
    (i) The name and social security number of the employee;
    (ii) The physician's written opinion;
    (iii) A list of any employee health complaints that may be related 
to exposure to formaldehyde; and
    (iv) A copy of the medical examination results, including medical 
disease questionnaires and results of any medical tests required by the 
standard or mandated by the examining physician.
    (4) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain accurate records for employees subject to negative pressure 
respirator fit testing required by this standard.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) A copy of the protocol selected for respirator fit testing.
    (B) A copy of the results of any fit testing performed.
    (C) The size and manufacturer of the types of respirators available 
for selection.
    (D) The date of the most recent fit testing, the name and social 
security number of each tested employee, and the respirator type and 
facepiece selected.
    (5) Record retention. The employer shall retain records required by 
this standard for at least the following periods:
    (i) Exposure records and determinations shall be kept for at least 
30 years.
    (ii) Medical records shall be kept for the duration of employment 
plus 30 years.
    (iii) Respirator fit testing records shall be kept until replaced by 
a more recent record.
    (6) Availability of records. (i) Upon request, the employer shall 
make all records maintained as a requirement of this standard available 
for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.
    (ii) The employer shall make employee exposure records, including 
estimates made from representative monitoring and available upon request 
for examination, and copying to the subject employee, or former 
employee, and employee representatives in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 
(a)-(e) and (g)-(i).
    (iii) Employee medical records required by this standard shall be 
provided upon request for examination and coying, to the subject 
employee or former employee or to anyone having the specific written 
consent of the subject employee or former employee in accordance with 29 
CFR 1910.20 (a)-(e) and (g)-(i).
    (p) Dates--(1) Effective dates--(i) General. This section shall 
become effective February 2, 1988, except as noted below.
    (ii) Laboratories. This standard shall become effective for anatomy, 
histology, and pathology laboratories February 2, 1988, except as noted 
in the start-up date section. For all other laboratories, paragraphs (a) 
and (c) of this standard shall become effective February 2, 1988, and 
paragraphs (b) and (d)-(o) of this standard shall become effective on 
September 1, 1988 except as noted in the start-up date section.
    (2) Start-up dates--(i) Exposure determinations. Initial monitoring 
or objective determinations that no monitoring is required by the 
standard shall be

[[Page 397]]

completed by 6 months after the effective date of the standard.
    (ii) Medical surveillance. The initial medical surveillance of all 
eligible employees shall be completed by 6 months after the effective 
date of the standard.
    (iii) Emergencies. The emergency procedures required by this 
standard shall be implemented by 6 months after the effective date of 
the standard.
    (iv) Respiratory protection. Respiratory protection as required in 
this standard shall be provided as soon as possible and no later than 9 
months after the effective date of the standard.
    (v) Engineering and work practice controls. Engineering and work 
practice controls required by this standard shall be implemented as soon 
as possible, but no later than one year after the effective date of the 
standard.
    (vi) Employee training. Written materials for employee training 
shall be updated as soon as possible, but no later than 2 months after 
the effective date of the standard.
    (3) Start-up dates of amended paragraphs--(i) Respiratory 
protection. Respiratory protection required to meet the amended PEL of 
0.75 ppm TWA shall be provided as soon as possible but no later than 
September 24, 1992.
    (ii) Engineering and work practice controls. Engineering and work 
practice controls required to meet the amended PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA shall 
be implemented as soon as possible, but no later than June 26, 1993.
    (iii) Medical removal protection. The medical removal protection 
provisions including the multiple physician review mechanism shall be 
implemented no later than December 28, 1992.
    (iv) Hazard communication. The labeling provisions contained in 
amended paragraph (m) of this standard shall be implemented no later 
than December 28, 1992. Labeling of containers of formaldehyde products 
shall continue to comply with the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1200 (e)-(j) 
until that time.
    (v) Training. The periodic training mandated for all employees 
exposed to formaldehyde between 0.1 ppm and 0.5 ppm shall begin no later 
than August 25, 1992.

    Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1048--Substance Technical Guidelines for 
                                Formalin

    The following Substance Technical Guideline for Formalin provides 
information on uninhibited formalin solution (37% formaldehyde, no 
methanol stabilizer). It is designed to inform employees at the 
production level of their rights and duties under the formaldehyde 
standard whether their job title defines them as workers or supervisors. 
Much of the information provided is general; however, some information 
is specific for formalin. When employee exposure to formaldehyde is from 
resins capable of releasing formaldehyde, the resin itself and other 
impurities or decomposition products may also be toxic, and employers 
should include this information as well when informing employees of the 
hazards associated with the materials they handle. The precise hazards 
associated with exposure to formaldehyde depend both on the form (solid, 
liquid, or gas) of the material and the concentration of formaldehyde 
present. For example, 37-50 percent solutions of formaldehyde present a 
much greater hazard to the skin and eyes from spills or splashes than 
solutions containing less than 1 percent formaldehyde. Individual 
Substance Technical Guidelines used by the employer for training 
employees should be modified to properly give information on the 
material actually being used.

                        Substance Identification

Chemical Name: Formaldehyde
Chemical Family: Aldehyde
Chemical Formula: HCHO
Molecular Weight: 30.03
Chemical Abstracts Service Number (CAS Number): 50-00-0

    Synonyms: Formalin; Formic Aldehyde; Paraform; Formol; Formalin 
(Methanol-free); Fyde; Formalith; Methanal; Methyl Aldehyde; Methylene 
Glycol; Methylene Oxide; Tetraoxymethalene; Oxomethane; Oxymethylene

                       Components and Contaminants

Percent: 37.0 Formaldehyde
Percent: 63.0 Water

    (Note.--Inhibited solutions contain methanol.)

Other Contaminants: Formic acid (alcohol free)
Exposure Limits:

OSHA TWA--0.75 ppm
OSHA STEL--2 ppm

                              Physical Data

Description: Colorless liquid, pungent odor
Boiling point: 214  deg.F (101  deg.C)
Specific Gravity: 1.08 (H2O=1 @ 20  deg.C)
pH: 2.8-4.0
Solubility in Water: Miscible

[[Page 398]]

Solvent Solubility: Soluble in alcohol and acetone
Vapor Density: 1.04 (Air=1 @ 20  deg.C)
Odor Threshold: 0.8-1 ppm

                        Fire and Explosion Hazard

    Moderate fire and explosion hazard when exposed to heat or flame.
    The flash point of 37% formaldehyde solutions is above normal room 
temperature, but the explosion range is very wide, from 7 to 73% by 
volume in air.
    Reaction of formaldehyde with nitrogen dioxide, nitromethane, 
perchloric acid and aniline, or peroxyformic acid yields explosive 
compounds.

Flash Point: 185  deg.F (85  deg.C) closed cup
Lower Explosion Limit: 7%
Upper Explosion Limit: 73%
Autoignition Temperature: 806  deg.F (430  deg.C)
Flammability Class (OSHA): III A

    Extinguishing Media: Use dry chemical, ``alcohol foam'', carbon 
dioxide, or water in flooding amounts as fog. Solid streams may not be 
effective. Cool fire-exposed containers with water from side until well 
after fire is out.
    Use of water spray to flush spills can also dilute the spill to 
produce nonflammable mixtures. Water runoff, however, should be 
contained for treatment.

     National Fire Protection Association Section 325M Designation:

    Health: 2--Materials hazardous to health, but areas may be entered 
with full-faced mask self-contained breathing apparatus which provides 
eye protection.
    Flammability: 2--Materials which must be moderately heated before 
ignition will occur. Water spray may be used to extinguish the fire 
because the material can be cooled below its flash point.
    Reactivity: D--Materials which (in themselves) are normally stable 
even under fire exposure conditions and which are not reactive with 
water. Normal fire fighting procedures may be used.

                               Reactivity

    Stability: Formaldehyde solutions may self-polymerize to form 
paraformaldehyde which precipitates.
    Incompatibility (Materials to Avoid): Strong oxidizing agents, 
caustics, strong alkalies, isocyanates, anhydrides, oxides, and 
inorganic acids. Formaldehyde reacts with hydrochloric acid to form the 
potent carcinogen, bis-chloromethyl ether. Formaldehyde reacts with 
nitrogen dioxide, nitromethane, perchloric acid and aniline, or 
peroxyformic acid to yield explosive compounds. A violent reaction 
occurs when formaldehyde is mixed with strong oxidizers.
    Hazardous Combustion or Decomposition Products: Oxygen from the air 
can oxidize formaldehyde to formic acid, especially when heated. Formic 
acid is corrosive.

                           Health Hazard Data

                        Acute Effects of Exposure

    Ingestion (Swallowing): Liquids containing 10 to 40% formaldehyde 
cause severe irritation and inflammation of the mouth, throat, and 
stomach. Severe stomach pains will follow ingestion with possible loss 
of consciousness and death. Ingestion of dilute formaldehyde solutions 
(0.03-0.04%) may cause discomfort in the stomach and pharynx.
    Inhalation (Breathing): Formaldehyde is highly irritating to the 
upper respiratory tract and eyes. Concentrations of 0.5 to 2.0 ppm may 
irritate the eyes, nose, and throat of some individuals. Concentrations 
of 3 to 5 ppm also cause tearing of the eyes and are intolerable to some 
persons. Concentrations of 10 to 20 ppm cause difficulty in breathing, 
burning of the nose and throat, cough, and heavy tearing of the eyes, 
and 25 to 30 ppm causes severe respiratory tract injury leading to 
pulmonary edema and pneumonitis. A concentration of 100 ppm is 
immediately dangerous to life and health. Deaths from accidental 
exposure to high concentrations of formaldehyde have been reported.
    Skin (Dermal): Formalin is a severe skin irritant and a sensitizer. 
Contact with formalin causes white discoloration, smarting, drying, 
cracking, and scaling. Prolonged and repeated contact can cause numbness 
and a hardening or tanning of the skin. Previously exposed persons may 
react to future exposure with an allergic eczematous dermatitis or 
hives.
    Eye Contact: Formaldehyde solutions splashed in the eye can cause 
injuries ranging from transient discomfort to severe, permanent corneal 
clouding and loss of vision. The severity of the effect depends on the 
concentration of formaldehyde in the solution and whether or not the 
eyes are flushed with water immediately after the accident.

    Note.--The perception of formaldehyde by odor and eye irritation 
becomes less sensitive with time as one adapts to formaldehyde. This can 
lead to overexposure if a worker is relying on formaldehyde's warning 
properties to alert him or her to the potential for exposure.

Acute Animal Toxicity:
Oral, rats: LD50=800 mg/kg
Oral, mouse: LD50=42 mg/kg
Inhalation, rats: LCLo=250 mg/kg
Inhalation, mouse: LCLo=900 mg/kg
Inhalation, rats: LC50=590 mg/kg

                       Chronic Effects of Exposure

    Carcinogenicity: Formaldehyde has the potential to cause cancer in 
humans. Repeated and prolonged exposure increases the risk.

[[Page 399]]

Various animal experiments have conclusively shown formaldehyde to be a 
carcinogen in rats. In humans, formaldehyde exposure has been associated 
with cancers of the lung, nasopharynx and oropharynx, and nasal 
passages.
    Mutagenicity: Formaldehyde is genotoxic in several in vitro test 
systems showing properties of both an initiator and a promoter.
    Toxicity: Prolonged or repeated exposure to formaldehyde may result 
in respiratory impairment. Rats exposed to formaldehyde at 2 ppm 
developed benign nasal tumors and changes of the cell structure in the 
nose as well as inflamed mucous membranes of the nose. Structural 
changes in the epithelial cells in the human nose have also been 
observed. Some persons have developed asthma or bronchitis following 
exposure to formaldehyde, most often as the result of an accidental 
spill involving a single exposure to a high concentration of 
formaldehyde.

                   Emergency and First Aid Procedures

    Ingestion (Swallowing): If the victim is conscious, dilute, 
inactivate, or absorb the ingested formaldehyde by giving milk, 
activated charcoal, or water. Any organic material will inactivate 
formaldehyde. Keep affected person warm and at rest. Get medical 
attention immediately. If vomiting occurs, keep head lower than hips.
    Inhalation (Breathing): Remove the victim from the exposure area to 
fresh air immediately. Where the formaldehyde concentration may be very 
high, each rescuer must put on a self-contained breathing apparatus 
before attempting to remove the victim, and medical personnel should be 
informed of the formaldehyde exposure immediately. If breathing has 
stopped, give artificial respiration. Keep the affected person warm and 
at rest. Qualified first-aid or medical personnel should administer 
oxygen, if available, and maintain the patient's airways and blood 
pressure until the victim can be transported to a medical facility. If 
exposure results in a highly irritated upper respiratory tract and 
coughing continues for more than 10 minutes, the worker should be 
hospitalized for observation and treatment.
    Skin Contact: Remove contaminated clothing (including shoes) 
immediately. Wash the affected area of your body with soap or mild 
detergent and large amounts of water until no evidence of the chemical 
remains (at least 15 to 20 minutes). If there are chemical burns, get 
first aid to cover the area with sterile, dry dressing, and bandages. 
Get medical attention if you experience appreciable eye or respiratory 
irritation.
    Eye Contact: Wash the eyes immediately with large amounts of water 
occasionally lifting lower and upper lids, until no evidence of chemical 
remains (at least 15 to 20 minutes). In case of burns, apply sterile 
bandages loosely without medication. Get medical attention immediately. 
If you have experienced appreciable eye irritation from a splash or 
excessive exposure, you should be referred promptly to an opthamologist 
for evaluation.

                          Emergency Procedures

    Emergencies: If you work in an area where a large amount of 
formaldehyde could be released in an accident or from equipment failure, 
your employer must develop procedures to be followed in event of an 
emergency. You should be trained in your specific duties in the event of 
an emergency, and it is important that you clearly understand these 
duties. Emergency equipment must be accessible and you should be trained 
to use any equipment that you might need. Formaldehyde contaminated 
equipment must be cleaned before reuse.
    If a spill of appreciable quantity occurs, leave the area quickly 
unless you have specific emergency duties. Do not touch spilled 
material. Designated persons may stop the leak and shut off ignition 
sources if these procedures can be done without risk. Designated persons 
should isolate the hazard area and deny entry except for necessary 
people protected by suitable protective clothing and respirators 
adequate for the exposure. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Do not 
smoke, and prohibit all flames or flares in the hazard area.
    Special Firefighting Procedures: Learn procedures and 
responsibilities in the event of a fire in your workplace. Become 
familiar with the appropriate equipment and supplies and their location. 
In firefighting, withdraw immediately in case of rising sound from 
venting safety device or any discoloration of storage tank due to fire.

                  Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures

    Occupational Spill: For small containers, place the leaking 
container in a well ventilated area. Take up small spills with absorbent 
material and place the waste into properly labeled containers for later 
disposal. For larger spills, dike the spill to minimize contamination 
and facilitate salvage or disposal. You may be able to neutralize the 
spill with sodium hydroxide or sodium sulfite. Your employer must comply 
with EPA rules regarding the clean-up of toxic waste and notify state 
and local authorities, if required. If the spill is greater than 1,000 
lb/day, it is reportable under EPA's Superfund legislation.
    Waste Disposal: Your employer must dispose of waste containing 
formaldehyde in accordance with applicable local, state, and Federal law 
and in a manner that minimizes exposure of employees at the site and of 
the clean-up crew.

[[Page 400]]

                  Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

    Monitoring Requirements: If your exposure to formaldehyde exceeds 
the 0.5 ppm action level or the 2 ppm STEL, your employer must monitor 
your exposure. Your employer need not measure every exposure if a ``high 
exposure'' employee can be identified. This person usually spends the 
greatest amount of time nearest the process equipment. If you are a 
``representative employee'', you will be asked to wear a sampling device 
to collect formaldehyde. This device may be a passive badge, a sorbent 
tube attached to a pump, or an impinger containing liquid. You should 
perform your work as usual, but inform the person who is conducting the 
monitoring of any difficulties you are having wearing the device.
    Evaluation of 8-hour Exposure: Measurements taken for the purpose of 
determining time-weighted average (TWA) exposures are best taken with 
samples covering the full shift. Samples collected must be taken from 
the employee's breathing zone air.
    Short-term Exposure Evaluation: If there are tasks that involve 
brief but intense exposure to formaldehyde, employee exposure must be 
measured to assure compliance with the STEL. Sample collections are for 
brief periods, only 15 minutes, but several samples may be needed to 
identify the peak exposure.
    Monitoring Techniques: OSHA's only requirement for selecting a 
method for sampling and analysis is that the methods used accurately 
evaluate the concentration of formaldehyde in employees' breathing 
zones. Sampling and analysis may be performed by collection of 
formaldehyde on liquid or solid sorbents with subsequent chemical 
analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by passive 
diffusion monitors and short-term exposure may be measured by 
instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring systems and portable 
direct reading instruments.
    Notification of Results: Your employer must inform you of the 
results of exposure monitoring representative of your job. You may be 
informed in writing, but posting the results where you have ready access 
to them constitutes compliance with the standard.

                    Protective Equipment and Clothing

    [Material impervious to formaldehyde is needed if the employee 
handles formaldehyde solutions of 1% or more. Other employees may also 
require protective clothing or equipment to prevent dermatitis.]
    Respiratory Protection: Use NIOSH-approved full facepiece negative 
pressure respirators equipped with approved cartridges or canisters 
within the use limitations of these devices. (Present restrictions on 
cartridges and canisters do not permit them to be used for a full 
workshift.) In all other situations, use positive pressure respirators 
such as the positive-pressure air purifying respirator or the self-
contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). If you use a negative pressure 
respirator, your employer must provide you with fit testing of the 
respirator at least once a year in accordance with the procedures 
outlined in Appendix E.
    Protective Gloves: Wear protective (impervious) gloves provided by 
your employer, at no cost, to prevent contact with formalin. Your 
employer should select these gloves based on the results of permeation 
testing and in accordance with the ACGIH Guidelines for Selection of 
Chemical Protective Clothing.
    Eye Protection: If you might be splashed in the eyes with formalin, 
it is essential that you wear goggles or some other type of complete 
protection for the eye. You may also need a face shield if your face is 
likely to be splashed with formalin, but you must not substitute face 
shields for eye protection. (This section pertains to formaldehyde 
solutions of 1% or more.)
    Other Protective Equipment: You must wear protective (impervious) 
clothing and equipment provided by your employer at no cost to prevent 
repeated or prolonged contact with formaldehyde liquids. If you are 
required to change into whole-body chemical protective clothing, your 
employer must provide a change room for your privacy and for storage of 
your normal clothing.
    If you are splashed with formaldehyde, use the emergency showers and 
eyewash fountains provided by your employer immediately to prevent 
serious injury. Report the incident to your supervisor and obtain 
necessary medical support.

                      Entry Into an IDLH Atmosphere

    Enter areas where the formaldehyde concentration might be 100 ppm or 
more only with complete body protection including a self-contained 
breathing apparatus with a full facepiece operated in a positive 
pressure mode or a supplied air respirator with full facepiece and 
operated in a positive pressure mode. This equipment is essential to 
protect your life and health under such extreme conditions.

                          Engineering Controls

    Ventilation is the most widely applied engineering control method 
for reducing the concentration of airborne substances in the breathing 
zones of workers. There are two distinct types of ventilation.
    Local Exhaust: Local exhaust ventilation is designed to capture 
airborne contaminants as near to the point of generation as possible. To 
protect you, the direction of contaminant flow must always be toward the 
local exhaust system inlet and away from you.

[[Page 401]]

    General (Mechanical): General dilution ventilation involves 
continuous introduction of fresh air into the workroom to mix with the 
contaminated air and lower your breathing zone concentration of 
formaldehyde. Effectiveness depends on the number of air changes per 
hour. Where devices emitting formaldehyde are spread out over a large 
area, general dilution ventilation may be the only practical method of 
control.
    Work Practices: Work practices and administrative procedures are an 
important part of a control system. If you are asked to perform a task 
in a certain manner to limit your exposure to formaldehyde, it is 
extremely important that you follow these procedures.

                          Medical Surveillance

    Medical surveillance helps to protect employees' health. You are 
encouraged strongly to participate in the medical surveillance program.
    Your employer must make a medical surveillance program available at 
no expense to you and at a reasonable time and place if you are exposed 
to formaldehyde at concentrations above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour average or 
2 ppm over any 15-minute period. You will be offered medical 
surveillance at the time of your initial assignment and once a year 
afterward as long as your exposure is at least 0.5 ppm (TWA) or 2 ppm 
(STEL). Even if your exposure is below these levels, you should inform 
your employer if you have signs and symptoms that you suspect, through 
your training, are related to your formaldehyde exposure because you may 
need medical surveillance to determine if your health is being impaired 
by your exposure.
    The surveillance plan includes:
    (a) A medical disease questionnaire.
    (b) A physical examination if the physician determines this is 
necessary.
    If you are required to wear a respirator, your employer must offer 
you a physical examination and a pulmonary function test every year.
    The physician must collect all information needed to determine if 
you are at increased risk from your exposure to formaldehyde. At the 
physician's discretion, the medical examination may include other tests, 
such as a chest x-ray, to make this determination.
    After a medical examination the physician will provide your employer 
with a written opinion which includes any special protective measures 
recommended and any restrictions on your exposure. The physician must 
inform you of any medical conditions you have which would be aggravated 
by exposure to formaldehyde.
    All records from your medical examinations, including disease 
surveys, must be retained at your employer's expense.

                               Emergencies

    If you are exposed to formaldehyde in an emergency and develop signs 
or symptoms associated with acute toxicity from formaldehyde exposure, 
your employer must provide you with a medical examination as soon as 
possible. This medical examination will include all steps necessary to 
stabilize your health. You may be kept in the hospital for observation 
if your symptoms are severe to ensure that any delayed effects are 
recognized and treated.

 Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1048--Sampling Strategy and Analytical Methods 
                            for Formaldehyde

    To protect the health of employees, exposure measurements must be 
unbiased and representative of employee exposure. The proper measurement 
of employee exposure requires more than a token commitment on the part 
of the employer. OSHA's mandatory requirements establish a baseline; 
under the best of circumstances all questions regarding employee 
exposure will be answered. Many employers, however, will wish to conduct 
more extensive monitoring before undertaking expensive commitments, such 
as engineering controls, to assure that the modifications are truly 
necessary. The following sampling strategy, which was developed at NIOSH 
by Nelson A. Leidel, Kenneth A. Busch, and Jeremiah R. Lynch and 
described in NIOSH publication No. 77-173 (Occupational Exposure 
Sampling Strategy Manual) will assist the employer in developing a 
strategy for determining the exposure of his or her employees.
    There is no one correct way to determine employee exposure. 
Obviously, measuring the exposure of every employee exposed to 
formaldehyde will provide the most information on any given day. Where 
few employees are exposed, this may be a practical solution. For most 
employers, however, use of the following strategy will give just as much 
information at less cost.
    Exposure data collected on a single day will not automatically 
guarantee the employer that his or her workplace is always in compliance 
with the formaldehyde standard. This does not imply, however, that it is 
impossible for an employer to be sure that his or her worksite is in 
compliance with the standard. Indeed, a properly designed sampling 
strategy showing that all employees are exposed below the PELs, at least 
with a 95 percent certainty, is compelling evidence that the exposure 
limits are being achieved provided that measurements are conducted using 
valid sampling strategy and approved analytical methods.
    There are two PELs, the TWA concentration and the STEL. Most 
employers will find that one of these two limits is more critical in the 
control of their operations, and OSHA

[[Page 402]]

expects that the employer will concentrate monitoring efforts on the 
critical component. If the more difficult exposure is controlled, this 
information, along with calculations to support the assumptions, should 
be adequate to show that the other exposure limit is also being 
achieved.

                            Sampling Strategy

           Determination of the Need for Exposure Measurements

    The employer must determine whether employees may be exposed to 
concentrations in excess of the action level. This determination becomes 
the first step in an employee exposure monitoring program that minimizes 
employer sampling burdens while providing adequate employee protection. 
If employees may be exposed above the action level, the employer must 
measure exposure. Otherwise, an objective determination that employee 
exposure is low provides adequate evidence that exposure potential has 
been examined.
    The employer should examine all available relevant information, eg. 
insurance company and trade association data and information from 
suppliers or exposure data collected from similar operations. The 
employer may also use previously-conducted sampling including area 
monitoring. The employer must make a determination relevant to each 
operation although this need not be on a separate piece of paper. If the 
employer can demonstrate conclusively that no employee is exposed above 
the action level or the STEL through the use of objective data, the 
employer need proceed no further on employee exposure monitoring until 
such time that conditions have changed and the determination is no 
longer valid.
    If the employer cannot determine that employee exposure is less than 
the action level and the STEL, employee exposure monitoring will have to 
be conducted.

                        Workplace Material Survey

    The primary purpose of a survey of raw material is to determine if 
formaldehyde is being used in the work environment and if so, the 
conditions under which formaldehyde is being used.
    The first step is to tabulate all situations where formaldehyde is 
used in a manner such that it may be released into the workplace 
atmosphere or contaminate the skin. This information should be available 
through analysis of company records and information on the MSDSs 
available through provisions of this standard and the Hazard 
Communication standard.
    If there is an indication from materials handling records and 
accompanying MSDSs that formaldehyde is being used in the following 
types of processes or work operations, there may be a potential for 
releasing formaldehyde into the workplace atmosphere:
    (1) Any operation that involves grinding, sanding, sawing, cutting, 
crushing, screening, sieving, or any other manipulation of material that 
generates formaldehyde-bearing dust
    (2) Any processes where there have been employee complaints or 
symptoms indicative of exposure to formaldehyde
    (3) Any liquid or spray process involving formaldehyde
    (4) Any process that uses formaldehyde in preserved tissue
    (5) Any process that involves the heating of a formaldehyde-bearing 
resin.

Processes and work operations that use formaldehyde in these manners 
will probably require further investigation at the worksite to determine 
the extent of employee monitoring that should be conducted.

                         Workplace Observations

    To this point, the only intention has been to provide an indication 
as to the existence of potentially exposed employees. With this 
information, a visit to the workplace is needed to observe work 
operations, to identify potential health hazards, and to determine 
whether any employees may be exposed to hazardous concentrations of 
formaldehyde.
    In many circumstances, sources of formaldehyde can be identified 
through the sense of smell. However, this method of detection should be 
used with caution because of olfactory fatigue.
    Employee location in relation to source of formaldehyde is important 
in determining if an employee may be significantly exposed to 
formaldehyde. In most instances, the closer a worker is to the source, 
the higher the probability that a significant exposure will occur.
    Other characteristics should be considered. Certain high temperature 
operations give rise to higher evaporation rates. Locations of open 
doors and windows provide natural ventilation that tend to dilute 
formaldehyde emissions. General room ventilation also provides a measure 
of control.

            Calculation of Potential Exposure Concentrations

    By knowing the ventilation rate in a workplace and the quantity of 
formaldehyde generated, the employer may be able to determine by 
calculation if the PELs might be exceeded. To account for poor mixing of 
formaldehyde into the entire room, locations of fans and proximity of 
employees to the work operation, the employer must include a safety 
factor. If an employee is relatively close to a source, particularly if 
he or she is located downwind, a safety factor of 100 may be necessary. 
For other situations, a factor of 10 may be acceptable. If the employer 
can

[[Page 403]]

demonstrate through such calculations that employee exposure does not 
exceed the action level or the STEL, the employer may use this 
information as objective data to demonstrate compliance with the 
standard.

                            Sampling Strategy

    Once the employer determines that there is a possibility of 
substantial employee exposure to formaldehyde, the employer is obligated 
to measure employee exposure.
    The next step is selection of a maximum risk employee. When there 
are different processes where employees may be exposed to formaldehyde, 
a maximum risk employee should be selected for each work operation.
    Selection of the maximum risk employee requires professional 
judgment. The best procedure for selecting the maximum risk employee is 
to observe employees and select the person closest to the source of 
formaldehyde. Employee mobility may affect this selection; eg. if the 
closest employee is mobile in his tasks, he may not be the maximum risk 
employee. Air movement patterns and differences in work habits will also 
affect selection of the maximum risk employee.
    When many employees perform essentially the same task, a maximum 
risk employee cannot be selected. In this circumstance, it is necessary 
to resort to random sampling of the group of workers. The objective is 
to select a subgroup of adequate size so that there is a high 
probability that the random sample will contain at least one worker with 
high exposure if one exists. The number of persons in the group 
influences the number that need to be sampled to ensure that at least 
one individual from the highest 10 percent exposure group is contained 
in the sample. For example, to have 90 percent confidence in the 
results, if the group size is 10, nine should be sampled; for 50, only 
18 need to be sampled.
    If measurement shows exposure to formaldehyde at or above the action 
level or the STEL, the employer needs to identify all other employees 
who may be exposed at or above the action level or STEL and measure or 
otherwise accurately characterize the exposure of these employees.
    Whether representative monitoring or random sampling are conducted, 
the purpose remains the same--to determine if the exposure of any 
employee is above the action level. If the exposure of the most exposed 
employee is less than the action level and the STEL, regardless of how 
the employee is identified, then it is reasonable to assume that 
measurements of exposure of the other employees in that operation would 
be below the action level and the STEL.

                          Exposure Measurements

    There is no ``best'' measurement strategy for all situations. Some 
elements to consider in developing a strategy are:
    (1) Availability and cost of sampling equipment
    (2) Availability and cost of analytic facilities
    (3) Availability and cost of personnel to take samples
    (4) Location of employees and work operations
    (5) Intraday and interday variations in the process
    (6) Precision and accuracy of sampling and analytic methods, and
    (7) Number of samples needed.
    Samples taken for determining compliance with the STEL differ from 
those that measure the TWA concentration in important ways. STEL samples 
are best taken in a nonrandom fashion using all available knowledge 
relating to the area, the individual, and the process to obtain samples 
during periods of maximum expected concentrations. At least three 
measurements on a shift are generally needed to spot gross errors or 
mistakes; however, only the highest value represents the STEL.
    If an operation remains constant throughout the workshift, a much 
greater number of samples would need to be taken over the 32 discrete 
nonoverlapping periods in an 8-hour workshift to verify compliance with 
a STEL. If employee exposure is truly uniform throughout the workshift, 
however, an employer in compliance with the l ppm TWA would be in 
compliance with the 2 ppm STEL, and this determination can probably be 
made using objective data.

                 Need to Repeat the Monitoring Strategy

    Interday and intraday fluctuations in employee exposure are mostly 
influenced by the physical processes that generate formaldehyde and the 
work habits of the employee. Hence, in-plant process variations 
influence the employer's determination of whether or not additional 
controls need to be imposed. Measurements that employee exposure is low 
on a day that is not representative of worst conditions may not provide 
sufficient information to determine whether or not additional 
engineering controls should be installed to achieve the PELs.
    The person responsible for conducting sampling must be aware of 
systematic changes which will negate the validity of the sampling 
results. Systematic changes in formaldehyde exposure concentration for 
an employee can occur due to:
    (1) The employee changing patterns of movement in the workplace
    (2) Closing of plant doors and windows
    (3) Changes in ventilation from season to season
    (4) Decreases in ventilation efficiency or abrupt failure of 
engineering control equipment

[[Page 404]]

    (5) Changes in the production process or work habits of the 
employee.

Any of these changes, if they may result in additional exposure that 
reaches the next level of action (i.e. 0.5 or 1.0 ppm as an 8-hr average 
or 2 ppm over 15 minutes) require the employer to perform additional 
monitoring to reassess employee exposure.
    A number of methods are suitable for measuring employee exposure to 
formaldehyde or for characterizing emissions within the worksite. The 
preamble to this standard describes some methods that have been widely 
used or subjected to validation testing. A detailed analytical procedure 
derived from the OSHA Method 52 for acrolein and formaldehyde is 
presented below for informational purposes.
    Inclusion of OSHA's method in this appendix in no way implies that 
it is the only acceptable way to measure employee exposure to 
formaldehyde. Other methods that are free from significant interferences 
and that can determine formaldehyde at the permissible exposure limits 
within 25 percent of the ``true'' value at the 95 percent 
confidence level are also acceptable. Where applicable, the method 
shou1d a1so be capab1e of measuring formaldehyde at the action level to 
35 percent of the ``true'' value with a 95 percent 
confidence level. OSHA encourages emp1oyers to choose methods that will 
be best for their individual needs. The employer must exercise caution, 
however, in choosing an appropriate method since some techniques suffer 
from interferences that are likely to be present in workplaces of 
certain industry sectors where formaldehyde is used.

                   OSHA's Analytical Laboratory Method

Method No: 52
Matrix: Air
Target Concentration: 1 ppm (1.2 mg/m \3\)
Procedures: Air samples are collected by drawing known volumes of air 
through sampling tubes containing XAD-2 adsorbent which have been coated 
with 2-(hydroxymethyl) piperidine. The samples are desorbed with toluene 
and then analyzed by gas chromatography using a nitrogen selective 
detector.
Recommended Sampling Rate and Air Volumes: 0.1 L/min and 24 L
Reliable Quantitation Limit:16 ppb (20 g/m\3\)
Standard Error of Estimate at the Target Concentration: 7.3%
Status of the Method: A sampling and analytical method that has been 
subjected to the established evaluation procedures of the Organic 
Methods Evaluation Branch.
Date: March 1985

                          1. General Discussion

    1.1  Background: The current OSHA method for collecting acrolein 
vapor recommends the use of activated 13X molecular sieves. The samples 
must be stored in an ice bath during and after sampling and also they 
must be analyzed within 48 hours of collection. The current OSHA method 
for collecting formaldehyde vapor recommends the use of bubblers 
containing 10% methanol in water as the trapping solution.
    This work was undertaken to resolve the sample stability problems 
associated with acrolein and also to eliminate the need to use bubb1ers 
to sample formaldehyde. A goal of this work was to develop and/or to 
evaluate a common sampling and analytical procedure for acrolein and 
formaldehyde.
    NIOSH has developed independent methodologies for acrolein and 
formaldehyde which recommend the use of reagent-coated adsorbent tubes 
to collect the aldehydes as stable derivatives. The formaldehyde 
sampling tubes contain Chromosorb 102 adsorbent coated with N-
benzylethanolamine (BEA) which reacts with formaldehyde vapor to form a 
stable oxazolidine compound. The acrolein sampling tubes contain XAD-2 
adsorbent coated with 2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine (2-HMP) which reacts 
with acrolein vapor to form a different, stable oxazolidine derivative. 
Acrolein does not appear to react with BEA to give a suitable reaction 
product. Therefore, the formaldehyde procedure cannot provide a common 
method for both aldehydes. However, formaldehyde does react with 2-HMP 
to form a very suitable reaction product. It is the quantitative 
reaction of acrolein and formaldehyde with 2-HMP that provides the basis 
for this evaluation.
    This sampling and analytical procedure is very similar to the method 
recommended by NIOSH for acrolein. Some changes in the NIOSH methodology 
were necessary to permit the simultaneous determination of both 
aldehydes and also to accommodate OSHA laboratory equipment and 
analytical techniques.
    1.2  Limit-defining parameters: The analyte air concentrations 
reported in this method are based on the recommended air volume for each 
analyte collected separately and a desorption volume of 1 mL. The 
amounts are presented as acrolein and/or formaldehyde, even though the 
derivatives are the actual species analyzed.
    1.2.1  Detection limits of the analytical procedure: The detection 
limit of the analytical procedure was 386 pg per injection for 
formaldehyde. This was the amount of analyte which gave a peak whose 
height was about five times the height of the peak given by the residual 
formaldehyde derivative in a typical blank front section of the 
recommended sampling tube.
    1.2.2  Detection limits of the overall procedure: The detection 
limits of the overall procedure were 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20 
g/m\3\ for formaldehyde). This was the amount of analyte spiked 
on the sampling

[[Page 405]]

device which allowed recoveries approximately equal to the detection 
limit of the analytical procedure.
    1.2.3  Reliable quantitation limits: The reliable quantitation limit 
was 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20 g/m\3\) for formaldehyde. 
These were the smallest amounts of analyte which could be quantitated 
within the limits of a recovery of at least 75% and a precision 
(1.96 SD) of 25% or better.
_______________________________________________________________________

    The reliable quantitation limit and detection limits reported in the 
method are based upon optimization of the instrument for the smallest 
possible amount of analyte. When the target concentration of an analyte 
is exceptionally higher than these limits, they may not be attainable at 
the routine operating parameters.

_______________________________________________________________________
    1.2.4  Sensitivity: The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over 
concentration ranges representing 0.4 to 2 times the target 
concentration, based on the recommended air volumes, was 7,589 area 
units per g/mL for formaldehyde. This value was determined from 
the slope of the calibration curve. The sensitivity may vary with the 
particular instrument used in the analysis.
    1.2.5  Recovery: The recovery of formaldehyde from samples used in 
an 18-day storage test remained above 92% when the samples were stored 
at ambient temperature. These values were determined from regression 
lines which were calculated from the storage data. The recovery of the 
analyte from the collection device must be at least 75% following 
storage.
    1.2.6  Precision (analytical method only): The pooled coefficient of 
variation obtained from replicate determinations of analytical standards 
over the range of 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration was 0.0052 for 
formaldehyde (Section 4.3).
    1.2.7  Precision (overall procedure): The precision at the 95% 
confidence level for the ambient temperature storage tests was 
14.3% for formaldehyde. These values each include an 
additional 5% for sampling error. The overall procedure must 
provide results at the target concentrations that are 25% at 
the 95% confidence level.
    1.2.8  Reproducibility: Samples collected from controlled test 
atmospheres and a draft copy of this procedure were given to a chemist 
unassociated with this evaluation. The formaldehyde samples were 
analyzed following 15 days storage. The average recovery was 96.3% and 
the standard deviation was 1.7%.
    1.3  Advantages:
    1.3.1  The sampling and analytical procedures permit the 
simultaneous determination of acrolein and formaldehyde.
    1.3.2  Samples are stable following storage at ambient temperature 
for at least 18 days.
    1.4  Disadvantages: None.

                          2. Sampling Procedure

    2.1  Apparatus:
    2.1.1  Samples are collected by use of a personal sampling pump that 
can be calibrated to within 5% of the recommended 0.1 L/min 
sampling rate with the sampling tube in line.
    2.1.2  Samples are collected with laboratory prepared sampling 
tubes. The sampling tube is constructed of silane treated glass and is 
about 8-cm long. The ID is 4 mm and the OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube 
is tapered so that a glass wool end plug will hold the contents of the 
tube in place during sampling. The other end of the sampling tube is 
open to its full 4-mm ID to facilitate packing of the tube. Both ends of 
the tube are fire-polished for safety. The tube is packed with a 75-mg 
backup section, located nearest the tapered end and a 150-mg sampling 
section of pretreated XAD-2 adsorbent which has been coated with 2-HMP. 
The two sections of coated adsorbent are separated and retained with 
small plugs of silanized glass wool. Following packing, the sampling 
tubes are sealed with two \7/32\ inch OD plastic end caps. Instructions 
for the pretreatment and the coating of XAD-2 adsorbent are presented in 
Section 4 of this method.
    2.1.3  Sampling tubes, similar to those recommended in this method, 
are marketed by Supelco, Inc. These tubes were not available when this 
work was initiated; therefore, they were not evaluated.
    2.2  Reagents: None required.
    2.3  Technique:
    2.3.1  Properly label the sampling tube before sampling and then 
remove the plastic end caps.
    2.3.2  Attach the sampling tube to the pump using a section of 
flexible plastic tubing such that the large, front section of the 
sampling tube is exposed directly to the atmosphere. Do not place any 
tubing ahead of the sampling tube. The sampling tube should be attached 
in the worker's breathing zone in a vertical manner such that it does 
not impede work performance.
    2.3.3  After sampling for the appropriate time, remove the sampling 
tube from the pump and then seal the tube with plastic end caps.
    2.3.4  Include at least one blank for each sampling set. The blank 
should be handled in the same manner as the samples with the exception 
that air is not drawn through it.
    2.3.5  List any potential interferences on the sample data sheet.
    2.4  Breakthrough:
    2.4.1  Breakthrough was defined as the relative amount of analyte 
found on a backup sample in relation to the total amount of analyte 
collected on the sampling train.
    2.4.2  For formaldehyde collected from test atmospheres containing 6 
times the PEL, the

[[Page 406]]

average 5% breakthrough air volume was 41 L. The sampling rate was 0.1 
L/min and the average mass of formaldehyde collected was 250 g.
    2.5  Desorption Efficiency: No desorption efficiency corrections are 
necessary to compute air sample results because analytical standards are 
prepared using coated adsorbent. Desorption efficiencies were 
determined, however, to investigate the recoveries of the analytes from 
the sampling device. The average recovery over the range of 0.4 to 2 
times the target concentration, based on the recommended air volumes, 
was 96.2% for formaldehyde. Desorption efficiencies were essentially 
constant over the ranges studied.
    2.6   Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate:
    2.6.1  The recommended air volume for formaldehyde is 24 L.
    2.6.2  The recommended sampling rate is 0.1 L/min.
    2.7  Interferences:
    2.7.1  Any collected substance that is capable of reacting 2-HMP and 
thereby depleting the derivatizing agent is a potential interference. 
Chemicals which contain a carbonyl group, such as acetone, may be 
capable or reacting with 2-HMP.
    2.7.2  There are no other known interferences to the sampling 
method.
    2.8  Safety Precautions:
    2.8.1  Attach the sampling equipment to the worker in such a manner 
that it well not interfere with work performance or safety.
    2.8.2  Follow all safety practices that apply to the work area being 
sampled.

                         3. Analytical Procedure

    3.1  Apparatus:
    3.1.1  A gas chromatograph (GC), equipped with a nitrogen selective 
detector. A Hewlett-Packard Model 5840A GC fitted with a nitrogen-
phosphorus flame ionization detector (NPD) was used for this evaluation. 
Injections were performed using a Hewlett-Packard Model 7671A automatic 
sampler.
    3.1.2  A GC column capable of resolving the analytes from any 
interference. A 6 ft x \1/4\ in OD (2mm ID) glass GC column containing 
10% UCON 50-HB-5100 + 2% KOH on 80/100 mesh Chromosorb W-AW was used for 
the evaluation. Injections were performed on-column.
    3.1.3  Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined caps.
    3.1.4  Volumetric flasks, pipets, and syringes for preparing 
standards, making dilutions, and performing injections.
    3.2  Reagents:
    3.2.1  Toluene and dimethylformamide. Burdick and Jackson solvents 
were used in this evaluation.
    3.2.2  Helium, hydrogen, and air, GC grade.
    3.2.3  Formaldehyde, 37%, by weight, in water. Aldrich Chemical, ACS 
Reagent Grade formaldehyde was used in this evaluation.
    3.2.4  Amberlite XAD-2 adsorbent coated with 2-(hydroxymethyl--
piperidine (2-HMP), 10% by weight (Section 4).
    3.2.5  Desorbing solution with internal standard. This solution was 
prepared by adding 20 L of dimethylformamide to 100 mL of 
toluene.
    3.3  Standard preparation:
    3.3.1  Formaldehyde: Prepare stock standards by diluting known 
volumes of 37% formaldehyde solution with methanol. A procedure to 
determine the formaldehyde content of these standards is presented in 
Section 4. A standard containing 7.7 mg/mL formaldehyde was prepared by 
diluting 1 mL of the 37% reagent to 50 mL with methanol.
    3.3.2  It is recommended that analytical standards be prepared about 
16 hours before the air samples are to be analyzed in order to ensure 
the complete reaction of the analytes with 2-HMP. However, rate studies 
have shown the reaction to be greater than 95% complete after 4 hours. 
Therefore, one or two standards can be analyzed after this reduced time 
if sample results are outside the concentration range of the prepared 
standards.
    3.3.3  Place 150-mg portions of coated XAD-2 adsorbent, from the 
same lot number as used to collect the air samples, into each of several 
glass 2-mL vials. Seal each vial with a Teflon-lined cap.
    3.3.4  Prepare fresh analytical standards each day by injecting 
appropriate amounts of the diluted analyte directly onto 150-mg portions 
of coated adsorbent. It is permissible to inject both acrolein and 
formaldehyde on the same adsorbent portion. Allow the standards to stand 
at room temperature. A standard, approximately the target levels, was 
prepared by injecting 11 L of the acrolein and 12 L of 
the formaldehyde stock standards onto a single coated XAD-2 adsorbent 
portion.
    3.3.5  Prepare a sufficient number of standards to generate the 
calibration curves. Analytical standard concentrations should bracket 
sample concentrations. Thus, if samples are not in the concentration 
range of the prepared standards, additional standards must be prepared 
to determine detector response.
    3.3.7  Desorb the standards in the same manner as the samples 
following the 16-hour reaction time.
    3.4  Sample preparation:
    3.4.1  Transfer the 150-mg section of the sampling tube to a 2-mL 
vial. Place the 75-mg section in a separate vial. If the glass wool 
plugs contain a significant number of adsorbent beads, place them with 
the appropriate sampling tube section. Discard the glass wool plugs if 
they do not contain a significant number of adsorbent beads.
    3.4.2  Add 1 mL of desorbing solution to each vial.
    3.4.3  Seal the vials with Teflon-lined caps and then allow them to 
desorb for one hour.

[[Page 407]]

Shake the vials by hand with vigorous force several times during the 
desorption time.
    3.4.4  Save the used sampling tubes to be cleaned and recycled.
    3.5  Analysis:
    3.5.1  GC Conditions

Column Temperature:
Bi-level temperature program--First level: 100 to 140  deg.C at 4 
deg.C/min following completion of the first level.
Second level: 140 to 180  deg.C at 20  deg.C/min following completion of 
the first level.
Isothermal period: Hold column at 180  deg.C until the recorder pen 
returns to baseline (usually about 25 min after injection).

Injector temperature: 180  deg.C
Helium flow rate: 30 mL/min (detector response will be reduced if 
nitrogen is substituted for helium carrier gas).
Injection volume:  0.8 L
GC column: Six-ft x \1/4\-in OD (2 mm ID) glass GC column containing 10% 
UCON 50-HB-5100+2% KOH on 80/100 Chromosorb W-AW.
    NPD conditions:
    Hydrogen flow rate: 3 mL/min
    Air flow rate: 50 mL/min
    Detector temperature: 275  deg.C
    3.5.2  Chromatogram: For an example of a typical chromatogram, see 
Figure 4.11 in OSHA Method 52.
    3.5.3  Use a suitable method, such as electronic integration, to 
measure detector response.
    3.5.4  Use an internal standard method to prepare the calibration 
curve with several standard solutions of different concentrations. 
Prepare the calibration curve daily. Program the integrator to report 
results in g/mL.
    3.5.5  Bracket sample concentrations with standards.
    3.6  Interferences (Analytical)
    3.6.1  Any compound with the same general retention time as the 
analytes and which also gives a detector response is a potential 
interference. Possible interferences should be reported to the 
laboratory with submitted samples by the industrial hygienist.
    3.6.2  GC parameters (temperature, column, etc.) may be changed to 
circumvent interferences.
    3.6.3  A useful means of structure designation is GC/MS. It is 
recommended this procedure be used to confirm samples whenever possible.
    3.6.4  The coated adsorbent usually contains a very small amount of 
residual formaldehyde derivative (Section 4.8).
    3.7  Calculations:
    3.7.1  Results are obtained by use of calibration curves. 
Calibration curves are prepared by plotting detector response against 
concentration for each standard. The best line through the data points 
is determined by curve fitting.
    3.7.2  The concentration, in g/mL, for a particular sample 
is determined by comparing its detector response to the calibration 
curve. If either of the analytes is found on the backup section, it is 
added to the amount found on the front section. Blank corrections should 
be performed before adding the results together.
    3.7.3  The acrolein and/or formaldehyde air concentration can be 
expressed using the following equation:

mg/m3=(A)(B)/C
where A=g/mL from 3.7.2, B=desorption volume, and C=L of air 
          sampled.

    No desorption efficiency corrections are required.
    3.7.4  The following equation can be used to convert results in mg/
m3 to ppm.

ppm=(mg/m3)(24.45)/MW
where mg/m3=result from 3.7.3, 24.45=molar volume of an ideal 
          gas at 760 mm Hg and 25  deg.C, MW=molecular weight (30.0).

                             4. Backup Data

    4.1  Backup data on detection limits, reliable quantitation limits, 
sensitivity and precision of the analytical method, breakthrough, 
desorption efficiency, storage, reproducibility, and generation of test 
atmospheres are available in OSHA Method 52, developed by the Organics 
Methods Evaluation Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, 
Utah.
    4.2  Procedure to Coat XAD-2 Adsorbent with 2-HMP:
    4.2.1  Apparatus: Soxhlet extraction apparatus, rotary evaporation 
apparatus, vacuum dessicator, 1-L vacuum flask, 1-L round-bottomed 
evaporative flask, 1-L Erlenmeyer flask, 250-mL Buchner funnel with a 
coarse fritted disc, etc.
    4.2.2  Reagents:
    4.2.2.1  Methanol, isooctane, and toluene.
    4.2.2.2  2-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine.
    4.2.2.3  Amberlite XAD-2 non-ionic polymeric adsorbent, 20 to 60 
mesh, Aldrich Chemical XAD-2 was used in this evaluation.
    4.2.3  Procedure: Weigh 125 g of crude XAD-2 adsorbent into a 1-L 
Erlenmeyer flask. Add about 200 mL of water to the flask and then swirl 
the mixture to wash the adsorbent. Discard any adsorbent that floats to 
the top of the water and then filter the mixture using a fritted Buchner 
funnel. Air dry the adsorbent for 2 minutes. Transfer the adsorbent back 
to the Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mL of methanol to the 
flask. Swirl and then filter the mixture as before. Transfer the washed 
adsorbent back to the Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mL of 
methanol to the flask. Swirl and then filter the mixture as before. 
Transfer the washed adsorbent to a 1-L round-bottomed evaporative flask, 
add 13 g of 2-HMP and then 200 mL of methanol, swirl the mixture

[[Page 408]]

and then allow it to stand for one hour. Remove the methanol at about 40 
 deg.C and reduced pressure using a rotary evaporation apparatus. 
Transfer the coated adsorbent to a suitable container and store it in a 
vacuum desiccator at room temperature overnight. Transfer the coated 
adsorbent to a Soxhlet extractor and then extract the material with 
toluene for about 24 hours. Discard the contaminated toluene, add 
methanol in its place and then continue the Soxhlet extraction for an 
additional 4 hours. Transfer the adsorbent to a weighted 1-L round-
bottom evaporative flask and remove the methanol using the rotary 
evaporation apparatus. Determine the weight of the adsorbent and then 
add an amount of 2-HMP, which is 10% by weight of the adsorbent. Add 200 
mL of methanol and then swirl the mixture. Allow the mixture to stand 
for one hour. Remove the methanol by rotary evaporation. Transfer the 
coated adsorbent to a suitable container and store it in a vacuum 
desiccator until all traces of solvents are gone. Typically, this will 
take 2-3 days. The coated adsorbent should be protected from 
contamination. XAD-2 adsorbent treated in this manner will probably not 
contain residual acrolein derivative. However, this adsorbent will often 
contain residual formaldehyde derivative levels of about 0.1 g 
per 150 mg of adsorbent. If the blank values for a batch of coated 
adsorbent are too high, then the batch should be returned to the Soxhlet 
extractor, extracted with toluene again and then recoated. This process 
can be repeated until the desired blank levels are attained.
    The coated adsorbent is now ready to be packed into sampling tubes. 
The sampling tubes should be stored in a sealed container to prevent 
contamination. Sampling tubes should be stored in the dark at room 
temperature. The sampling tubes should be segregated by coated adsorbent 
lot number. A sufficient amount of each lot number of coated adsorbent 
should be retained to prepare analytical standards for use with air 
samples from that lot number.
    4.3  A Procedure to Determine Formaldehyde by Acid Titration: 
Standardize the 0.1 N HCl solution using sodium carbonate and methyl 
orange indicator.
    Place 50 mL of 0.1 M sodium sulfite and three drops of 
thymophthalein indicator into a 250-mL Erlenmeyer flask. Titrate the 
contents of the flask to a colorless endpoint with 0.1 N HCl (usually 
one or two drops is sufficient). Transfer 10 mL of the formaldehyde/
methanol solution (prepared in 3.3.1) into the same flask and titrate 
the mixture with 0.1 N HCl, again, to a colorless endpoint. The 
formaldehyde concentration of the standard may be calculated by the 
following equation:

                                                                        
                                 acid titer  x  acid normality  x  30.0 
   Formaldehyde, mg/mL     =  ------------------------------------------
                                              mL of sample              
                                                                        

    This method is based on the quantitative liberation of sodium 
hydroxide when formaldehyde reacts with sodium sulfite to form the 
formaldehyde-bisulfite addition product. The volume of sample may be 
varied depending on the formaldehyde content but the solution to be 
titrated must contain excess sodium sulfite. Formaldehyde solutions 
containing substantial amounts of acid or base must be neutralized 
before analysis.

    Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1048--Medical Surveillance--Formaldehyde

                            I. Health Hazards

    The occupational health hazards of formaldehyde are primarily due to 
its toxic effects after inhalation, after direct contact with the skin 
or eyes by formaldehyde in liquid or vapor form, and after ingestion.

                             II. Toxicology

                      A. Acute Effects of Exposure

    1. Inhalation (breathing): Formaldehyde is highly irritating to the 
upper airways. The concentration of formaldehyde that is immediately 
dangerous to life and health is 100 ppm. Concentrations above 50 ppm can 
cause severe pulmonary reactions within minutes. These include pulmonary 
edema, pneumonia, and bronchial irritation which can result in death. 
Concentrations above 5 ppm readily cause lower airway irritation 
characterized by cough, chest tightness and wheezing. There is some 
controversy regarding whether formaldehyde gas is a pulmonary sensitizer 
which can cause occupational asthma in a previously normal individual. 
Formaldehyde can produce symptoms of bronchial asthma in humans. The 
mechanism may be either sensitization of the individual by exposure to 
formaldehyde or direct irritation by formaldehyde in persons with pre-
existing asthma. Upper airway irritation is the most common respiratory 
effect reported by workers and can occur over a wide range of 
concentrations, most frequently above 1 ppm. However, airway irritation 
has occurred in some workers with exposures to formaldehyde as low as 
0.1 ppm. Symptoms of upper airway irritation include dry or sore throat,

[[Page 409]]

itching and burning sensations of the nose, and nasal congestion. 
Tolerance to this level of exposure may develop within 1-2 hours. This 
tolerance can permit workers remaining in an environment of gradually 
increasing formaldehyde concentrations to be unaware of their 
increasingly hazardous exposure.
    2. Eye contact: Concentrations of formaldehyde between 0.05 ppm and 
0.5 ppm produce a sensation of irritation in the eyes with burning, 
itching, redness, and tearing. Increased rate of blinking and eye 
closure generally protects the eye from damage at these low levels, but 
these protective mechanisms may interfere with some workers' work 
abilities. Tolerance can occur in workers continuously exposed to 
concentrations of formaldehyde in this range. Accidental splash injuries 
of human eyes to aqueous solutions of formaldehyde (formalin) have 
resulted in a wide range of ocular injuries including corneal opacities 
and blindness. The severity of the reactions have been directly 
dependent on the concentration of formaldehyde in solution and the 
amount of time lapsed before emergency and medical intervention.
    3. Skin contact: Exposure to formaldehyde solutions can cause 
irritation of the skin and allergic contact dermatitis. These skin 
diseases and disorders can occur at levels well below those encountered 
by many formaldehyde workers. Symptoms include erythema, edema, and 
vesiculation or hives. Exposure to liquid formalin or formaldehyde vapor 
can provoke skin reactions in sensitized individuals even when airborne 
concentrations of formaldehyde are well below 1 ppm.
    4. Ingestion: Ingestion of as little as 30 ml of a 37 percent 
solution of formaldehyde (formalin) can result in death. 
Gastrointestinal toxicity after ingestion is most severe in the stomach 
and results in symptoms which can include nausea, vomiting, and servere 
abdominal pain. Diverse damage to other organ systems including the 
liver, kidney, spleen, pancreas, brain, and central nervous systems can 
occur from the acute response to ingestion of formaldehyde.

                     B. Chronic Effects of Exposure

    Long term exposure to formaldehyde has been shown to be associated 
with an increased risk of cancer of the nose and accessory sinuses, 
nasopharyngeal and oropharyngeal cancer, and lung cancer in humans. 
Animal experiments provide conclusive evidence of a causal relationship 
between nasal cancer in rats and formaldehyde exposure. Concordant 
evidence of carcinogenicity includes DNA binding, genotoxicity in short-
term tests, and cytotoxic changes in the cells of the target organ 
suggesting both preneoplastic changes and a dose-rate effect. 
Formaldehyde is a complete carcinogen and appears to exert an effect on 
at least two stages of the carcinogenic process.

                    III. Surveillance considerations

                               A. History

    1. Medical and occupational history: Along with its acute irritative 
effects, formaldehyde can cause allergic sensitization and cancer. One 
of the goals of the work history should be to elicit information on any 
prior or additional exposure to formaldehyde in either the occupational 
or the non-occupational setting.
    2. Respiratory history: As noted above, formaldehyde has recognized 
properties as an airway irritant and has been reported by some authors 
as a cause of occupational asthma. In addition, formaldehyde has been 
associated with cancer of the entire respiratory system of humans. For 
these reasons, it is appropriate to include a comprehensive review of 
the respiratory system in the medical history. Components of this 
history might include questions regarding dyspnea on exertion, shortness 
of breath, chronic airway complaints, hyperreactive airway disease, 
rhinitis, bronchitis, bronchiolitis, asthma, emphysema, respiratory 
allergic reaction, or other preexisting pulmonary disease.
    In addition, generalized airway hypersensitivity can result from 
exposures to a single sensitizing agent. The examiner should, therefore, 
elicit any prior history of exposure to pulmonary irritants, and any 
short- or long-term effects of that exposure.
    Smoking is known to decrease mucociliary clearance of materials 
deposited during respiration in the nose and upper airways. This may 
increase a worker's exposure to inhaled materials such as formaldehyde 
vapor. In addition, smoking is a potential confounding factor in the 
investigation of any chronic respiratory disease, including cancer. For 
these reasons, a complete smoking history should be obtained.
    3. Skin Disorders: Because of the dermal irritant and sensitizing 
effects of formaldehyde, a history of skin disorders should be obtained. 
Such a history might include the existence of skin irritation, 
previously documented skin sensitivity, and other dermatologic 
disorders. Previous exposure to formaldehyde and other dermal 
sensitizers should be recorded.
    4. History of atopic or allergic diseases: Since formaldehyde can 
cause allergic sensitization of the skin and airways, it might be useful 
to identify individuals with prior allergen sensitization. A history of 
atopic disease and allergies to formaldehyde or any other substances 
should also be obtained. It is not definitely known at this time whether 
atopic diseases and allergies to formaldehyde or any other substances 
should also be obtained. Also it is not definitely known at this time 
whether atopic individuals have a greater propensity to develop 
formaldehyde sensitivity than the general population, but

[[Page 410]]

identification of these individuals may be useful for ongoing 
surveillance.
    5. Use of disease questionnaires: Comparison of the results from 
previous years with present results provides the best method for 
detecting a general deterioration in health when toxic signs and 
symptoms are measured subjectively. In this way recall bias does not 
affect the results of the analysis. Consequently, OSHA has determined 
that the findings of the medical and work histories should be kept in a 
standardized form for comparison of the year-to-year results.

                         B. Physical Examination

    1. Mucosa of eyes and airways: Because of the irritant effects of 
formaldehyde, the examining physician should be alert to evidence of 
this irritation. A speculum examination of the nasal mucosa may be 
helpful in assessing possible irritation and cytotoxic changes, as may 
be indirect inspection of the posterior pharynx by mirror.
    2. Pulmonary system: A conventional respiratory examination, 
including inspection of the thorax and auscultation and percussion of 
the lung fields should be performed as part of the periodic medical 
examination. Although routine pulmonary function testing is only 
required by the standard once every year for persons who are exposed 
over the TWA concentration limit, these tests have an obvious value in 
investigating possible respiratory dysfunction and should be used 
wherever deemed appropriate by the physician. In cases of alleged 
formaldehyde-induced airway disease, other possible causes of pulmonary 
disfunction (including exposures to other substances) should be ruled 
out. A chest radiograph may be useful in these circumstances. In cases 
of suspected airway hypersensitivity or allergy, it may be appropriate 
to use bronchial challenge testing with formaldehyde or methacholine to 
determine the nature of the disorder. Such testing should be performed 
by or under the supervision of a physician experienced in the procedures 
involved.
    3. Skin: The physician should be alert to evidence of dermal 
irritation of sensitization, including reddening and inflammation, 
urticaria, blistering, scaling, formation of skin fissures, or other 
symptoms. Since the integrity of the skin barrier is compromised by 
other dermal diseases, the presence of such disease should be noted. 
Skin sensitivity testing carries with it some risk of inducing 
sensitivity, and therefore, skin testing for formaldehyde sensitivity 
should not be used as a routine screening test. Sensitivity testing may 
be indicated in the investigation of a suspected existing sensitivity. 
Guidelines for such testing have been prepared by the North American 
Contact Dermatitis Group.

                   C. Additional Examinations or Tests

    The physician may deem it necessary to perform other medical 
examinations or tests as indicated. The standard provides a mechanism 
whereby these additional investigations are covered under the standard 
for occupational exposure to formaldehyde.

                             D. Emergencies

    The examination of workers exposed in an emergency should be 
directed at the organ systems most likely to be affected. Much of the 
content of the examination will be similar to the periodic examination 
unless the patient has received a severe acute exposure requiring 
immediate attention to prevent serious consequences. If a severe 
overexposure requiring medical intervention or hospitalization has 
occurred, the physician must be alert to the possibility of delayed 
symptoms. Followup nonroutine examinations may be necessary to assure 
the patient's well-being.

                         E. Employer Obligations

    The employer is required to provide the physician with the following 
information: A copy of this standard and appendices A, C, D, and E; a 
description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to his or 
her exposure concentration; an estimate of the employee's exposure 
including duration (e.g. 15 hr/wk, three 8-hour shifts, full-time); a 
description of any personal protective equipment, including respirators, 
used by the employee; and the results of any previous medical 
determinations for the affected employee related to formaldehyde 
exposure to the extent that this information is within the employer's 
control.

                       F. Physician's Obligations

    The standard requires the employer to obtain a written statement 
from the physician. This statement must contain the physician's opinion 
as to whether the employee has any medical condition which would place 
him or her at increased risk of impaired health from exposure to 
formaldehyde or use of respirators, as appropriate. The physician must 
also state his opinion regarding any restrictions that should be placed 
on the employee's exposure to formaldehyde or upon the use of protective 
clothing or equipment such as respirators. If the employee wears a 
respirator as a result of his or her exposure to formaldehyde, the 
physician's opinion must also contain a statement regarding the 
suitability of the employee to wear the type of respirator assigned. 
Finally, the physician must inform the employer that the employee has 
been told the results of the medical examination and of any medical 
conditions which require further explanation or treatment. This written 
opinion is not to contain

[[Page 411]]

any information on specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to 
occupational exposure to formaldehyde.
    The purpose in requiring the examining physician to supply the 
employer with a written opinion is to provide the employer with a 
medical basis to assist the employer in placing employees initially, in 
assuring that their health is not being inpaired by formaldehyde, and to 
assess the employee's ability to use any required protective equipment.

Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1048--Nonmandatory Medical Disease Questionnaire

                            A. Identification

Plant Name______________________________________________________________

Date____________________________________________________________________

Employee Name___________________________________________________________

S.S. __________________________________________________________________

Job Title_______________________________________________________________

Birthdate:______________________________________________________________

Age:____________________________________________________________________

Sex:____________________________________________________________________

Height:_________________________________________________________________

Weight:_________________________________________________________________

                           B. Medical History

1. Have you ever been in the hospital as a patient?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, what kind of problem were you having?___________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
2. Have you ever had any kind of operation?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, what kind?______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
3. Do you take any kind of medicine regularly?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, what kind?______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
4. Are you allergic to any drugs, foods, or chemicals?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, what kind of allergy is it?_____________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
What causes the allergy?________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
5. Have you ever been told that you have asthma, hayfever, or sinusitis?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
6. Have you ever been told that you have emphysema, bronchitis, or any 
          other respiratory problems?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
7. Have you ever been told you had hepatitis?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
8. Have you ever been told that you had cirrhosis?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
9. Have you ever been told that you had cancer?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
10. Have you ever had arthritis or joint pain?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
11. Have you ever been told that you had high blood pressure?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
12. Have you ever had a heart attack or heart trouble?
Yes {time}  No {time} 

                       B-1. Medical History Update

1. Have you been in the hospital as a patient any time within the past 
          year?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, for what condition?______________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
2. Have you been under the care of a physician during the past year?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, for what condition?______________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
3. Is there any change in your breathing since last year?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
Better?_________________________________________________________________
Worse?__________________________________________________________________
No change?______________________________________________________________
If change, do you know why?_____________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
4. Is your general health different this year from last year?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If different, in what way?______________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
5. Have you in the past year or are you now taking any medication on a 
          regular basis?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
Name Rx_________________________________________________________________
Condition being treated_________________________________________________

                         C. Occupational History

1. How long have you worked for your present employer?
_______________________________________________________________________
2. What jobs have you held with this employer? Include job title and 
          length of time in each job.
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
3. In each of these jobs, how many hours a day were you exposed to 
          chemicals?
_______________________________________________________________________
4. What chemicals have you worked with most of the time?
_______________________________________________________________________
5. Have you ever noticed any type of skin rash you feel was related to 
          your work?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
6. Have you ever noticed that any kind of chemical makes you cough?
Yes {time}  No {time} 

[[Page 412]]

Wheeze?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
Become short of breath or cause your chest to become tight?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
7. Are you exposed to any dust or chemicals at home?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, explain:________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
8. In other jobs, have you ever had exposure to:
Wood dust?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
Nickel or chromium?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
Silica (foundry, sand blasting)?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
Arsenic or asbestos?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
Organic solvents?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
Urethane foams?
Yes {time}  No {time} 

                    C-1. Occupational History Update

1. Are you working on the same job this year as you were last year?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If not, how has your job changed?_______________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
2. What chemicals are you exposed to on your job?
_______________________________________________________________________
3. How many hours a day are you exposed to chemicals?
_______________________________________________________________________
4. Have you noticed any skin rash within the past year you feel was 
          related to your work?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, explain circumstances: __________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
5. Have you noticed that any chemical makes you cough, be short of 
          breath, or wheeze?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, can you identify it?_____________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

                            D. Miscellaneous

1. Do you smoke?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, how much and for how long?_______________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Pipe____________________________________________________________________
Cigars__________________________________________________________________
Cigarettes______________________________________________________________
2. Do you drink alcohol in any form?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, how much, how long, and how often?        _______________________
_______________________________________________________________________
3. Do you wear glasses or contact lenses?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
4. Do you get any physical exercise other than that required to do your 
          job?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, explain:_________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
5. Do you have any hobbies or ``side jobs'' that require you to use 
          chemicals, such as furniture stripping, sand blasting, 
          insulation or manufacture of urethane foam, furniture, etc?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, please describe, giving type of business or hobby, chemicals used 
and length of exposures.
_______________________________________________________________________

                        E. Symptoms Questionnaire

1. Do you ever have any shortness of breath?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, do you have to rest after climbing several flights of stairs?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, if you walk on the level with people your own age, do you walk 
slower than they do?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, if you walk slower than a normal pace, do you have to limit the 
distance that you walk?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, do you have to stop and rest while bathing or dressing?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
2. Do you cough as much as three months out of the year?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, have you had this cough for more than two years?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, do you ever cough anything up from chest?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
3. Do you ever have a feeling of smothering, unable to take a deep 
          breath, or tightness in your chest?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, do you notice that this on any particular day of the week?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, what day or the week?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, do you notice that this occurs at any particular place?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, do you notice that this is worse after you have returned to work 
after being off for several days?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
4. Have you ever noticed any wheezing in your chest?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, is this only with colds or other infections?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
Is this caused by exposure to any kind of dust or other material?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, what kind?______________________________________________________

[[Page 413]]

5. Have you noticed any burning, tearing, or redness of your eyes when 
          you are at work?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, explain circumstances:___________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
6. Have you noticed any sore or burning throat or itchy or burning nose 
          when you are at work?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If so, explain circumstances: __________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
7. Have you noticed any stuffiness or dryness of your nose?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
8. Do you ever have swelling of the eyelids or face?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
9. Have you ever been jaundiced?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, was this accompanied by any pain?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
10. Have you ever had a tendency to bruise easily or bleed excessively?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
11. Do you have frequent headaches that are not relieved by aspirin or 
          tylenol?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, do they occur at any particular time of the day or week?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, when do they occur?_____________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
12. Do you have frequent episodes of nervousness or irritability?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
13. Do you tend to have trouble concentrating or remembering?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
14. Do you ever feel dizzy, light-headed, excessively drowsy or like you 
          have been drugged?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
15. Does your vision ever become blurred?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
16. Do you have numbness or tingling of the hands or feet or other parts 
          of your body?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
17. Have you ever had chronic weakness or fatigue?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
18. Have you ever had any swelling of your feet or ankles to the point 
          where you could not wear your shoes?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
19. Are you bothered by heartburn or indigestion?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
20. Do you ever have itching, dryness, or peeling and scaling of the 
          hands?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
21. Do you ever have a burning sensation in the hands, or reddening of 
          the skin?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
22. Do you ever have cracking or bleeding of the skin on your hands?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
23. Are you under a physician's care?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, for what are you being treated?_________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
24. Do you have any physical complaints today?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, explain?________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
25. Do you have other health conditions not covered by these questions?
Yes {time}  No {time} 
If yes, explain:________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

 Appendix E to Sec. 1910.1048--Qualitative and Quantitative Fit Testing 
                               Procedures

                          I. FIT Test Protocols

    Because exposure to formaldehyde can affect the employee's ability 
to detect common odorants, fit test results from the isoamyl acetate 
test must be augmented by results from either the saccharin or irritant 
smoke test.
    A. The employer shall include the following provisions in the fit 
test procedures. These provisions apply to both qualitative fit testing 
(QLFT) and quantitative fit testing (QNFT).
    1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable 
respirator from a selection including respirators of various sizes from 
different manufacturers. The selection shall include at least three 
sizes of elastomeric facepieces of the type of respirator that is to be 
tested, i.e., three sizes of half mask; or three sizes of full 
facepiece; and units from at least two manufacturers.
    2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown 
how to put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how 
to set strap tension and how to determine a comfortable fit. A mirror 
shall be available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and 
positioning the respirator. This instruction may not constitute the 
subject's formal training on respirator use, as it is only a review.
    3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to 
select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. Each 
respirator represents a different size and shape, and if fitted and used 
properly, will provide adequate protection.
    4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each facepiece up to 
the face and eliminate those which obviously do not give a comfortable 
fit.
    5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable 
mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. 
Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in 
item 6 below. If the test subject is not familiar with

[[Page 414]]

using a particular respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don 
the mask several times and to adjust the straps each time to become 
adept at setting proper tension on the straps.
    6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following 
points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time 
to determine the comfort of the respirator:
    (a) position of the mask on the nose.
    (b) room for eye protection.
    (c) room to talk.
    (d) position of mask on face and cheeks.
    7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the 
adequacy of the respirator fit:
    (a) chin properly placed;
    (b) adequate strap tension, not overly tightened;
    (c) fit across nose bridge;
    (d) respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin;
    (e) tendency of respirator to slip;
    (f) self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator 
position.
    8. The test subject shall conduct the negative and positive pressure 
fit checks as described below or ANSI Z88.2-1980. Before conducting the 
negative or positive pressure test, the subject shall be told to seat 
the mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and 
down slowly while taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another facepiece 
shall be selected and retested if the test subject fails the fit check 
tests.
    (a) Positive pressure test. Close off the exhalation valve and 
exhale gently onto the facepiece. The face fit is considered 
satisfactory if a slight positive pressure can be built up inside the 
facepiece without any evidence of outward leakage of air at the seal. 
For most respirators this method of leak testing requires the wearer to 
first remove the exhalation valve cover before closing off the 
exhalation valve and then carefully replacing it after the test.
    (b) Negative pressure test. Close off the inlet opening of the 
canister or cartridge(s) by covering with the palm of the hand(s) or by 
replacing the filter seal(s), inhale gently so that the facepiece 
collapses slightly, and hold the breath for ten seconds. If the 
facepiece remains in its slightly collapsed condition and no inward 
leakage of air is detected, the tightness of the respirator is 
considered satisfactory.
    9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble 
beard growth, beard, or long sideburns which cross the respirator 
sealing surface. Any type of apparel which interferes with a 
satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed.
    10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory 
disease or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can 
wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.
    11. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the 
successfully fitted respirator for a period of two weeks. If at any time 
during this period the respirator becomes uncomfortable, the test 
subject shall be given the opportunity to select a different facepiece 
and to be retested.
    12. The employer shall certify that a successful fit test has been 
administered to the employee. The certification shall include the 
following information:
    (a) Name of employee;
    (b) Type, brand and size of respirator; and
    (c) Date of test;
    Where QNFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart, or other recording 
of the results of the test, shall be retained with the certification. 
The certification shall be maintained until the next fit test is 
administered.
    13. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the 
test subject shall be given a description of the fit test and the test 
subject's responsibilities during the test procedure.
    The description of the process shall include a description of the 
test exercises that the subject will be performing. The respirator to be 
tested shall be worn for at least 5 minutes before the start of the fit 
test.
    14. Test Exercises. The test subject shall perform exercises, in the 
test environment, in the manner described below:
    (a) Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without 
talking, the subject shall breathe normally.
    (b) Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, the subject shall 
breathe slowly and deeply, taking caution so as to not hyperventilate.
    (c) Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions 
on each side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the 
subject can inhale at each side.
    (d) Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to 
inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling).
    (e) Talking. The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough 
so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read 
from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 
100, or recite a memorized poem or song.
    (f) Grimace. The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning.
    (g) Bending over. The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he/
she were to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted 
for this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QNFT 
units which prohibit bending at the waist.

[[Page 415]]

    (h) Normal breathing. Same as exercise 1.
    Each test exercise shall be performed for one minute except for the 
grimace exercise which shall be performed for 15 seconds.
    The test subject shall be questioned by the test conductor regarding 
the comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol. If it has 
become uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried.

                B. Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols

    1. General. (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who 
shall assume full responsibility for implementing the respirator 
qualitative fit test program.
    (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are 
able to prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests 
properly, recognize invalid tests, and assure that tese equipment is in 
proper working order.
    (c) The employer shall assure the QLFT equipment is kept clean and 
well maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was 
designed.
    2. Isoamyl Acetate Protocol--(a) Odor threshold screening. The odor 
threshold screening test, performed without wearing a respirator, is 
intended to determine if the individual tested can detect the odor of 
isoamyl acetate.
    (1) Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids are required.
    (2) Odor free water (e.g., distilled or spring water) at 
approximately 25 degrees C shall be used for the solutions.
    (3) The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known at isopentyl acetate) 
stock solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor 
free water in a 1 liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. A new solution 
shall be prepared at least weekly.
    (4) The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from 
the room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well 
ventilated but shall not be connected to the same recirculating 
ventilation system.
    (5) The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 
0.4 cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a 
clear dropper or pipette. The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds 
and allowed to stand for two to three minutes so that the IAA 
concentration above the liquid may reach equilibrium. This solution 
shall be used for only one day.
    (6) A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc 
of odor free water.
    (7) The odor test and test blank jars shall be labeled 1 and 2 for 
jar identification. Labels shall be placed on the lids so they can be 
periodically peeled, dried off and switched to maintain the integrity of 
the test.
    (8) The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on 
the table in front of the two jars (i.e., 1 and 2): ``The purpose of 
this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low 
concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of 
these bottles also contain a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the 
covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the 
lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. 
Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil.''
    (9) The mixtures used in the IAA ordor detection test shall be 
prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in order 
to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject.
    (10) If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar 
containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test shall 
not be performed.
    (11) If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the 
odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection 
and fit testing.
    (b) Isoamyl acetate fit test. (1) The fit test chamber shall be 
similar to a clear 55-gallon drum liner suspended inverted over a 2-foot 
diameter frame so that the top of the chamber is about 6 inches above 
the test subject's head. The inside top center of the chamber shall have 
a small hook attached.
    (2) Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be 
equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against 
organic vapors. The cartridges or masks shall be changed at least 
weekly.
    (3) After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, 
the test subject shall ware it to the fit testing room. This room shall 
be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and 
respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan 
or lab hood, to prevent general room contamination.
    (4) A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which 
the subject is to read shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber.
    (5) Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given 
a 6-inch by 5-inch piece of paper towel, or other porous, absorbent, 
single-ply material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 cc of pure IAA. 
The test subject shall hang the wet towel on the hook at the top of the 
chamber.
    (6) Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to stabilize 
before starting the fit test exercises. This would be an appropriate 
time to talk with the test subject; to explain the fit test, the 
importance of his/her cooperation, and the purpose for the head 
exercises; or to demonstrate some of the exercises.
    (7) If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana 
like odor of IAA, the test has failed. The subject shall quickly exit 
from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory 
fatigue.

[[Page 416]]

    (8) If the test has failed, the subject shall return to the 
selection room and remove the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity 
test, select and put on another respirator, return to the test chamber 
and again begin the procedure described in (1) through (7) above. The 
process continues until a respirator that fits well has been found. 
Should the odor sensitivity test be failed, the subject shall wait about 
5 minutes before retesting. Odor sensitivity will usually have returned 
by this time.
    (9) When a respirator is found that passes the test, its efficiency 
shall be demonstrated for the subject by having the subject break the 
face seal and take a breath before exiting the chamber.
    (10) When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall 
remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the 
test. To keep the test area from becoming contaminated, the used towels 
shall be kept in a self sealing bag so there is no significant IAA 
concentration build-up in the test chamber during subsequent tests.
    3. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol. The saccharin solution 
aerosol QLFT protocol is the only currently available, validated test 
protocol for use with particulate disposable dust respirators not 
equipped with high-efficiency filters. The entire screening and testing 
procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of 
the screening test.
    (a) Taste threshold screening. The saccharin taste threshold 
screening, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to 
determine whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of 
saccharin.
    (1) Threshold screening as well as fit testing subjects shall wear 
an enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 
inches in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front portion 
clear and that allows free movements of the head when a respirator is 
worn. An enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly, parts 
 FT 14 and  FT 15 combined, is adequate.
    (2) The test enclosure shall have a \3/4\-inch hole in front of the 
test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle.
    (3) The test subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the 
threshold screening test, the test subject shall breathe through his/her 
wide open mouth with tongue extended.
    (4) Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer the 
test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution into the 
enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from 
the fit test solution nebulizer.
    (5) The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium 
saccharin USP in 1 cc of warm water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc 
of the fit test solution (see (b)(5) below) in 100 cc of distilled 
water.
    (6) To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so 
that it collapses completely, then released and allowed to fully expand.
    (7) Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is 
asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.
    (8) If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin is tasted.
    (9) If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin is tasted.
    (10) The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes 
required to solicit a taste response.
    (11) If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (step 10), the 
test subject may not perform the saccharin fit test.
    (12) If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be 
asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.
    (13) Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of 
liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.
    (14) The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, 
and refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four 
hours.
    (b) Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure. (1) The test 
subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or chew gum for 15 
minutes before the test.
    (2) The fit test uses the same enclosure described in (a) above.
    (3) The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the 
respirator selected in section (a) above. The respirator shall be 
properly adjusted and equipped with a particular filter(s).
    (4) A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is 
used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer 
shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test 
solution nebulizer.
    (5) The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium 
saccharin to 100 cc of warm water.
    (6) As before, the test subject shall breathe through the open mouth 
with tongue extended.
    (7) The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the 
enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using 
the same number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the 
screening test.
    (8) After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be 
instructed to perform the exercises in section I. A. 14 above.
    (9) Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished 
using one half the number of squeeezes as initially.

[[Page 417]]

    (10) The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if any 
time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.
    (11) If the taste of saccharin is detected, the fit is deemed 
unsatisfactory and a different respirator shall be tried.
    4. Irritant Fume Protocol. (a) The respirator to be tested shall be 
equipped with high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters.
    (b) The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration 
of the irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar 
with its characteristric odor.
    (c) Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic 
oxychloride, such as the MSA part No. 5645, or equivalent. Attach one 
end of the smoke tube to a low flow air pump set to deliver 200 
milliliters per minute.
    (d) If a half-mask is being fitted, advise the test subject that the 
smoke can be irritating to the eyes and instruct the subject to keep 
his/her eyes closed while the test is performed.
    (e) The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke 
from the smoke tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. He/
She shall begin at least 12 inches from the facepiece and gradually move 
to within one inch, moving around the whole perimeter of the mask.
    (f) The exercises identified in section I. A. 14 above shall be 
performed by the test subject while the respirator seal is being 
challenged by the smoke.
    (g) Each test subject passing the smoke test without evidence of a 
response shall be given a sensitivity check of the smoke from the same 
tube once the respirator has been removed to determine whether he/she 
reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit 
test.
    (h) The fit test shall be performed in a location with exhaust 
ventilation sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing 
area by the test agent.
    C. Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT) Protocol
    1. General. (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who 
shall assume full responsibility for implementing the respirator 
quantitative fit test program.
    (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QNFT are 
able to calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize 
invalid tests, calculate fit factors properly and assure that test 
equipment is in proper working order.
    (c) The employer shall assure that QNFT equipment is kept clean and 
well maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was 
designed.
    2. Definitions. (a) Quantitative fit test. The test is performed in 
a test chamber. The normal air-purifying element of the respirator is 
replaced by a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter in the case 
of particulate QNFT aerosols or a sorbent offering contaminant 
penetration protection equivalent to high-efficiency filters where the 
QNFT test agency is a gas or vapor.
    (b) Challenge agent means the aerosol, gas or vapor introduced into 
a test chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the 
respirator may be measured.
    (c) Test subject means the person wearing the respirator for 
quantitative fit testing.
    (d) Normal standing position means standing erect and straight with 
arms down along the sides and looking straight ahead.
    (e) Maximum peak penetration method means the method of determing 
test agent penetration in the respirator as determined by strip chart 
recordings of the test. The highest peak penetration for a given 
exercise is taken to be representative of average penetration into the 
respirator for that exercise.
    (f) Average peak penetration method means the method of determining 
test agent penetration into the respirator utilizing a strip chart 
recorder, integrator, or computer. The agent penetration is determined 
by an average of the peak heights on the graph or by computer 
integration, for each exercise except the grimace exercise. Integrators 
or computers which calculate the actual test agent penetration into the 
respirator for each exercise will also be considered to meet the 
requirements of the average peak penetration method.
    (g) ``Fit Factor'' means the ratio of challenge agent concentration 
outside with respect to the inside of a respirator inlet covering 
(facepiece or enclosure).
    3. Apparatus. (a) Instrumentation. Aerosol generation, dilution, and 
measurement systems using corn oil or sodium chloride as test aerosols 
shall be used for quantitiative fit testing.
    (b) Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit 
all test subjects to perform freely all required exercises without 
disturbing the challenge agent concentration or the measurement 
apparatus. The test chamber shall be equipped and constructed so that 
the challenge agent is effectively isolated from the ambient air, yet 
uniform in concentration throughout the chamber.
    (c) When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or 
cartridge element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate 
filter supplied by the same manufacturer.
    (d) The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip chart 
record may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of the 
challenge agent concentration with each inspiration and expiration at 
fit factors of at least 2,000. Integrators or computers which integrate 
the amount of test agent penetration leakage into the respirator for 
each exercise may be used provided a record of the readings is made.

[[Page 418]]

    (e) The combination of substitute air-purifying elements, challenge 
agent and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber shall be 
such that the test subject is not exposed in excess of an established 
exposure limit for the challenge agent at any time during the testing 
process.
    (f) The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be 
placed and constructed so that no leakage occurs around the port (e.g., 
where the respirator is probed), a free air flow is allowed into the 
sampling line at all times and so that there is no interference with the 
fit or performance of the respirator.
    (g) The test chamber and test set up shall permit the person 
administering the test to observe the test subject inside the chamber 
during the test.
    (h) The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain 
the concentration of challenge agent inside the test chamber constant to 
within a 10 percent variation for the duration of the test.
    (i) The time lag (interval between an event and the recording of the 
event on the strip chart or computer or integrator) shall be kept to a 
minimum. There shall be a clear association between the occurrence of an 
event inside the test chamber and its being recorded.
    (j) The sampling line tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for 
the respirator sampling port shall be of equal diameter and of the same 
material. The length of the two lines shall be equal.
    (k) The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a 
high-effciency filter before release.
    (l) When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity 
inside the test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent.
    (m) The limitations of instrument detection shall be taken into 
account when determining the fit factor.
    (n) Test respirators shall be maintained in proper working order and 
inspected for deficiencies sush as cracks, missing valves and gaskets, 
etc.
    4. Procedural Requirements. (a) When performing the initial positive 
or negative pressure test the sampling line shall be crimped closed in 
order to avoid air pressure leakage during either of these tests.
    (b) An abbreviated screening isoamyl acetate test or irritant fume 
test may be utilized in order to quickly identify poor fitting 
respirators which passed the positive and/or negative pressure test and 
thus reduce the amount of QNFT time. When performing a screening isoamyl 
acetate test, combination high-efficiency organic vapor cartridges/
canisters shall be used.
    (c) A reasonably stable challenge agent concentration shall be 
measured in the test chamber prior to testing. For canopy or shower 
curtain type of test units the determination of the challenge agent 
stability may be established after the test subject has entered the test 
environment.
    (d) Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the 
challenge agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to 
ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half 
mask or 1 percent for a full facepiece respirator.
    (e) A stable challenge concentration shall be obtained prior to the 
actual start of testing.
    (f) Respirator restraining straps shall not be overtightened for 
testing. The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer without assistance 
from other persons to give a reasonable comfortable fit typical of 
normal use.
    (g) The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak 
penetration exceeds 5 percent for half masks and 1 percent for full 
facepiece respirators. The test subject shall be refitted and retested. 
If two of the three required tests are terminated, the fit shall be 
deemed inadequate.
    (h) In order to successfully complete a QNFT, three successful fit 
tests are required. The results of each of the three independent fit 
tests must exceed the minimum fit factor needed for the class of 
respirator (e.g., half mask respirator, full facepiece respirator).
    (i) Calculation of fit factors.
    (1) The fit factor shall be determined for the quantitative fit test 
by taking the ratio of the average chamber concentration to the 
concentration inside the respirator.
    (2) The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average 
of the test chamber concentration at the beginning and of the end of the 
test.
    (3) The concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator 
shall be determined by one of the following methods:
    (i) Average peak concentration
    (ii) Maximum peak concentration
    (iii) Integration by calculation of the area under the individual 
peak for each exercise. This includes computerized integration.
    (j) Interpretation of test results. The fit factor established by 
the quantitative fit testing shall be the lowest of the three fit factor 
values calculated from the three required fit tests.
    (k) The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half mask, or 
full facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor equivalent to at 
least 10 times the hazardous exposure level is obtained.
    (l) Filters used for quantitative fit testing shall be replaced at 
least weekly, or whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, 
or when the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. 
Organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily (when used) 
or sooner if there is

[[Page 419]]

any indication of breakthrough by a test agent.

[57 FR 22310, May 27, 1992; 57 FR 27161, June 18, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 
13, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1050  Methylenedianiline.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all 
occupational exposures to MDA, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 
101-77-9, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(7) of this 
section.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(8) and (e)(5) of this 
section, this section does not apply to the processing, use, and 
handling of products containing MDA where initial monitoring indicates 
that the product is not capable of releasing MDA in excess of the action 
level under the expected conditions of processing, use, and handling 
which will cause the greatest possible release; and where no ``dermal 
exposure to MDA'' can occur.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(8) of this section, this 
section does not apply to the processing, use, and handling of products 
containing MDA where objective data are reasonably relied upon which 
demonstrate the product is not capable of releasing MDA under the 
expected conditions of processing, use, and handling which will cause 
the greatest possible release; and where no ``dermal exposure to MDA'' 
can occur.
    (4) This section does not apply to the storage, transportation, 
distribution or sale of MDA in intact containers sealed in such a manner 
as to contain the MDA dusts, vapors, or liquids, except for the 
provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1200 and paragraph (d) of this section.
    (5) This section does not apply to the construction industry as 
defined in 29 CFR 1910.12(b). (Exposure to MDA in the construction 
industry is covered by 29 CFR 1926.60).
    (6) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(8) of this secton, this 
section does not apply to materials in any form which contain less than 
0.1% MDA by weight or volume.
    (7) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(8) of this section, this 
section does not apply to ``finished articles containing MDA.''
    (8) Where products containing MDA are exempted under paragraphs 
(a)(2) through (a)(7) of this section, the employer shall maintain 
records of the initial monitoring results or objective data supporting 
that exemption and the basis for the employer's reliance on the data, as 
provided in the recordkeeping provision of paragraph (n) of this 
section.
    (b) Definitions. For the purpose of this section, the following 
definitions shall apply:
    Action level means a concentration of airborne MDA of 5 ppb as an 
eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the 
employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or 
any person entering such an area as a designated representative of 
employees, for the purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring 
and measuring procedures under paragraph (o) of this section, or any 
other person authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act.
    Container means any barrel, bottle, can, cylinder, drum, reaction 
vessel, storage tank, commercial packaging or the like, but does not 
include piping systems.
    Dermal exposure to MDA occurs where employees are engaged in the 
handling, application or use of mixtures or materials containing MDA, 
with any of the following non-airborne forms of MDA:
    (i) Liquid, powdered, granular, or flaked mixtures containing MDA in 
concentrations greater than 0.1% by weight or volume; and
    (ii) Materials other than ``finished articles'' containing MDA in 
concentrations greater than 0.1% by weight or volume.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services, or designee.
    Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, 
equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control 
equipment which results in an unexpected and potentially hazardous 
release of MDA.

[[Page 420]]

    Employee exposure means exposure to MDA which would occur if the 
employee were not using respirators or protective work clothing and 
equipment.
    Finished article containing MDA is defined as a manufactured item:
    (i) Which is formed to a specific shape or design during 
manufacture;
    (ii) Which has end use function(s) dependent in whole or part upon 
its shape or design during end use; and
    (iii) Where applicable, is an item which is fully cured by virtue of 
having been subjected to the conditions (temperature, time) necessary to 
complete the desired chemical reaction.
    4,4' Methylenedianiline or MDA means the chemical, 4,4'-
diaminodiphenylmethane, Chemical Abstract Service Registry number 101-
77-9, in the form of a vapor, liquid, or solid. The definition also 
includes the salts of MDA.
    Regulated areas means areas where airborne concentrations of MDA 
exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed, the permissible exposure 
limits, or where dermal exposure to MDA can occur.
    STEL means short term exposure limit as determined by any 15 minute 
sample period.
    (c) Permissible exposure limits (PEL). The employer shall assure 
that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of MDA in 
excess of ten parts per billion (10 ppb) as an 8-hour time-weighted 
average or a STEL of 100 ppb.
    (d) Emergency situations--(1) Written plan. (i) A written plan for 
emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace where there 
is a possibility of an emergency. Appropriate portions of the plan shall 
be implemented in the event of an emergency.
    (ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in 
correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped with the appropriate 
personal protective equipment and clothing as required in paragraphs (h) 
and (i) of this section until the emergency is abated.
    (iii) The plan shall specifically include provisions for alerting 
and evacuating affected employees as well as the elements prescribed in 
29 CFR 1910.38, ``Employee emergency plans and fire prevention plans.''
    (2) Alerting employees. Where there is the possibility of employee 
exposure to MDA due to an emergency, means shall be developed to alert 
promptly those employees who have the potential to be directly exposed. 
Affected employees not engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall 
be evacuated immediately in the event that an emergency occurs. Means 
shall also be developed and implemented for alerting other employees who 
may be exposed as a result of the emergency.
    (e) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Determinations of employee 
exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are 
representative of each employee's exposure to airborne MDA over an eight 
(8) hour period. Determination of employee exposure to the STEL shall be 
made from breathing zone air samples collected over a 15 minute sampling 
period.
    (ii) Representative employee exposure shall be determined on the 
basis of one or more samples representing full shift exposure for each 
shift for each job classification in each work area where exposure to 
MDA may occur.
    (iii) Where the employer can document that exposure levels are 
equivalent for similar operations in different work shifts, the employer 
shall only be required to determine representative employee exposure for 
that operation during one shift.
    (2) Initial monitoring. Each employer who has a workplace or work 
operation covered by this standard shall perform initial monitoring to 
determine accurately the airborne concentrations of MDA to which 
employees may be exposed.
    (3) Periodic monitoring and monitoring frequency. (i) If the 
monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section reveals employee 
exposure at or above the action level, but at or below the PELs, the 
employer shall repeat such representative monitoring for each such 
employee at least every six (6) months.
    (ii) If the monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section 
reveals employee exposure above the PELs, the employer shall repeat such 
monitoring

[[Page 421]]

for each such employee at least every three (3) months.
    (iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from every 
three months to every six months for any employee for whom two 
consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart indicate that the 
employee exposure has decreased to below the TWA but above the action 
level.
    (4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the initial monitoring 
required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure 
to be below the action level, the employer may discontinue the 
monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph 
(e)(5) of this section.
    (ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (e)(3) of this 
section reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two 
consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the 
action level the employer may discontinue the monitoring for that 
employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5) of this 
section.
    (5) Additional monitoring. The employer shall institute the exposure 
monitoring required under paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section 
when there has been a change in production process, chemicals present, 
control equipment, personnel, or work practices which may result in new 
or additional exposures to MDA, or when the employer has any reason to 
suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposures.
    (6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring shall be accurate, to a 
confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for 
airborne concentrations of MDA.
    (7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer 
shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any 
monitoring performed under this standard, notify each employee of these 
results, in writing, either individually or by posting of results in an 
appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.
    (ii) The written notification required by paragraph (e)(7)(i) of 
this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the 
employer to reduce the employee exposure to or below the PELs, wherever 
the PELs are exceeded.
    (8) Visual monitoring. The employer shall make routine inspections 
of employee hands, face and forearms potentially exposed to MDA. Other 
potential dermal exposures reported by the employee must be referred to 
the appropriate medical personnel for observation. If the employer 
determines that the employee has been exposed to MDA the employer shall:
    (i) Determine the source of exposure;
    (ii) Implement protective measures to correct the hazard; and
    (iii) Maintain records of the corrective actions in accordance with 
paragraph (n) of this section.
    (f) Regulated areas--(1) Establishment--(i) Airborne exposures. The 
employer shall establish regulated areas where airborne concentrations 
of MDA exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed, the permissible 
exposure limits.
    (ii) Dermal exposures. Where employees are subject to dermal 
exposure to MDA the employer shall establish those work areas as 
regulated areas.
    (2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest 
of the workplace in a manner that minimizes the number of persons 
potentially exposed.
    (3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized 
persons.
    (4) Personal protective equipment and clothing. Each person entering 
a regulated area shall be supplied with, and required to use, the 
appropriate personal protective clothing and equipment in accordance 
with paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section.
    (5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that employees 
do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in 
regulated areas.
    (g) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering controls and work 
practices. (i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and 
work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to MDA at or 
below the PELs except to the extent that the employer can establish that 
these controls are not feasible or where the provisions of paragraph 
(g)(1)(ii) or (h)(1) (i) through (iv) of this section apply.
    (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices 
which can

[[Page 422]]

be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below 
the PELs, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the 
lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by 
the use of respiratory protective devices which comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (2) Compliance program. (i) The employer shall establish and 
implement a written program to reduce employee exposure to or below the 
PELs by means of engineering and work practice controls, as required by 
paragraph (g)(1) of this section, and by use of respiratory protection 
where permitted under this section. The program shall include a schedule 
for periodic maintenance (e.g., leak detection) and shall include the 
written plan for emergency situations as specified in paragraph (d) of 
this section.
    (ii) Upon request this written program shall be furnished for 
examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, 
affected employees, and designated employee representatives. The 
employer shall review and, as necessary, update such plans at least once 
every 12 months to make certain they reflect the current status of the 
program.
    (3) Employee rotation. Employee rotation shall not be permitted as a 
means of reducing exposure.
    (h) Respiratory protection--(1) General. The employer shall provide 
respirators, and ensure that they are used, where required by this 
section. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:
    (i) During the time period necessary to install or implement 
feasible engineering and work practice controls;
    (ii) In work operations for which the employer establishes that 
engineering and work practice controls are not feasible;
    (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work 
practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below 
the PEL; and
    (iv) In emergencies.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required or 
allowed under this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no 
cost to the employee, the appropriate respirator as specified in Table 
1, and shall assure that the employee uses the respirator provided.
    (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved 
by the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute 
for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 CFR part 
11.
    (iii) Any employee who cannot wear a negative pressure respirator 
shall be given the option of wearing a positive pressure respirator or 
any supplied-air respirator operated in the continuous flow or pressure 
demand mode.
    (3) Respirator program. The employer shall institute a respiratory 
protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134(b), (d), (e), and 
(f).
    (4) Respirator use. (i) Where air-purifying respirators (cartridge 
or canister) are used, the employer shall replace the air purifying 
element as needed to maintain the effectiveness of the respirator. The 
employer shall ensure that each cartridge is dated at the beginning of 
use.
    (ii) Employees who wear respirators shall be allowed to leave the 
regulated area to readjust the facepiece or to wash their faces and to 
wipe clean the facepieces on their respirators in order to minimize 
potential skin irritation associated with respirator use.

                 Table 1--Respiratory Protection for MDA                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Airborne concentration of MDA or                                       
         condition of use                      Respirator type          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Less than or equal to 10 x PEL.  (1) Half-Mask Respirator with HEPA  
                                     \1\ Cartridge.\2\                  
b. Less than or equal to 50 x PEL.  (1) Full facepiece Respirator with  
                                     HEPA \1\ Cartridge or Canister.\2\ 
c. Less than or equal to 1000 x     (1) Full facepiece powered air-     
 PEL.                                purifying respirator with HEPA \1\ 
                                     cartridges.\2\                     
d. Greater than 1000 x PEL or       (1) Self-contained breathing        
 unknown concentrations.             apparatus with full facepiece in   
                                     positive pressure mode.            
                                    (2) Full facepiece positive pressure
                                     demand supplied-air respirator with
                                     auxiliary self-contained air       
                                     supply.                            
e. Escape.........................  (1) Any full facepiece air-purifying
                                     respirator with HEPA \1\           
                                     cartridges; \2\                    
                                    (2) Any positive pressure or        
                                     continuous flow self-contained     
                                     breathing apparatus with full      
                                     facepiece or hood.                 

[[Page 423]]

                                                                        
f. Firefighting...................  (1) Full facepiece self-contained   
                                     breathing apparatus in positive    
                                     pressure demand mode.              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Respirators assigned for higher environmental concentrations may  
  be used at lower concentrations.                                      
\1\ High Efficiency Particulate in Air filter (HEPA) means a filter that
  is at least 99.97 percent efficient against mono-dispersed particles  
  of 0.3 micrometers or larger.                                         
\2\ Combination HEPA/Organic Vapor Cartridges shall be used whenever MDA
  in liquid form or a process requiring heat is used.                   

    (5) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall perform and 
record the results of either quantitative or qualitative fit tests at 
the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter for each 
employee wearing a negative pressure respirator. The test shall be used 
to select a respirator facepiece which provides the required protection 
as prescribed in Table 1.
    (ii) The employer shall follow the test protocols outlined in 
Appendix E of this standard for whichever type of fit testing the 
employer chooses.
    (i) Protective work clothing and equipment--(1) Provision and use. 
Where employees are subject to dermal exposure to MDA, where liquids 
containing MDA can be splashed into the eyes, or where airborne 
concentrations of MDA are in excess of the PEL, the employer shall 
provide, at no cost to the employee, and ensure that the employee uses, 
appropriate protective work clothing and equipment which prevent contact 
with MDA such as, but not limited to:
    (i) Aprons, coveralls or other full-body work clothing;
    (ii) Gloves, head coverings, and foot coverings; and
    (iii) Face shields, chemical goggles; or
    (iv) Other appropriate protective equipment which comply with 
Sec. 1910.133.
    (2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall ensure that, at the 
end of their work shift, employees remove MDA-contaminated protective 
work clothing and equipment that is not routinely removed throughout the 
day in change rooms provided in accordance with the provisions 
established for change rooms.
    (ii) The employer shall ensure that, during their work shift, 
employees remove all other MDA-contaminated protective work clothing or 
equipment before leaving a regulated area.
    (iii) The employer shall ensure that no employee takes MDA-
contaminated work clothing or equipment out of the change room, except 
those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of laundering, 
maintenance, or disposal.
    (iv) MDA-contaminated work clothing or equipment shall be placed and 
stored in closed containers which prevent dispersion of the MDA outside 
the container.
    (v) Containers of MDA-contaminated protective work clothing or 
equipment which are to be taken out of change rooms or the workplace for 
cleaning, maintenance, or disposal, shall bear labels warning of the 
hazards of MDA.
    (3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall provide the 
employee with clean protective clothing and equipment. The employer 
shall ensure that protective work clothing or equipment required by this 
paragraph is cleaned, laundered, repaired, or replaced at intervals 
appropriate to maintain its effectiveness.
    (ii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of MDA from protective 
work clothing or equipment by blowing, shaking, or any methods which 
allow MDA to re-enter the workplace.
    (iii) The employer shall ensure that laundering of MDA-contaminated 
clothing shall be done so as to prevent the release of MDA in the 
workplace.
    (iv) Any employer who gives MDA-contaminated clothing to another 
person for laundering shall inform such person of the requirement to 
prevent the release of MDA.
    (v) The employer shall inform any person who launders or cleans 
protective clothing or equipment contaminated with MDA of the 
potentially harmful effects of exposure.
    (vi) MDA-contaminated clothing shall be transported in properly 
labeled, sealed, impermeable bags or containers.

[[Page 424]]

    (j) Hygiene facilities and practices--(1) Change rooms.
    (i) The employer shall provide clean change rooms for employees, who 
must wear protective clothing, or who must use protective equipment 
because of their exposure to MDA.
    (ii) Change rooms must be equipped with separate storage for 
protective clothing and equipment and for street clothes which prevents 
MDA contamination of street clothes.
    (2) Showers. (i) The employer shall ensure that employees, who work 
in areas where there is the potential for exposure resulting from 
airborne MDA (e.g., particulates or vapors) above the action level, 
shower at the end of the work shift.
    (A) Shower facilities required by this paragraph shall comply with 
Sec. 1910.141(d)(3).
    (B) The employer shall ensure that employees who are required to 
shower pursuant to the provisions contained herein do not leave the 
workplace wearing any protective clothing or equipment worn during the 
work shift.
    (ii) Where dermal exposure to MDA occurs, the employer shall ensure 
that materials spilled or deposited on the skin are removed as soon as 
possible by methods which do not facilitate the dermal absorption of 
MDA.
    (3) Lunch facilities--(i) Availability and construction. (A) 
Whenever food or beverages are consumed at the worksite and employees 
are exposed to MDA at or above the PEL or are subject to dermal exposure 
to MDA the employer shall provide readily accessible lunch areas.
    (B) Lunch areas located within the workplace and in areas where 
there is the potential for airborne exposure to MDA at or above the PEL 
shall have a positive pressure, temperature controlled, filtered air 
supply.
    (C) Lunch areas may not be located in areas within the workplace 
where the potential for dermal exposure to MDA exists.
    (ii) The employer shall ensure that employees who have been 
subjected to dermal exposure to MDA or who have been exposed to MDA 
above the PEL wash their hands and faces with soap and water prior to 
eating, drinking, smoking, or applying cosmetics.
    (iii) The employer shall ensure that employees exposed to MDA do not 
enter lunch facilities with MDA-contaminated protective work clothing or 
equipment.
    (k) Communication of hazards to employees--(1) Signs and labels. (i) 
The employer shall post and maintain legible signs demarcating regulated 
areas and entrances or accessways to regulated areas that bear the 
following legend:

   DANGER MDA MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER TOXIN AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY 
 RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE WORN IN THIS 
                                  AREA

    (ii) The employer shall ensure that labels or other appropriate 
forms of warning are provided for containers of MDA within the 
workplace. The labels shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 
1910.1200(f) and shall include the following legend:
    (A) For Pure MDA

            DANGER CONTAINS MDA MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER TOXIN

    (B) For mixtures containing MDA

  DANGER CONTAINS MDA CONTAINS MATERIALS WHICH MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER 
                                  TOXIN

    (2) Material safety data sheets (MSDS). (i) Employers shall obtain 
or develop, and shall provide access to their employees, to a material 
safety data sheet (MSDS) for MDA. In meeting this obligation, employers 
shall make appropriate use of the information found in Appendices A and 
B.
    (ii) Employers who are manufacturers or importers shall:
    (A) Comply with paragraph (k) (1) (ii) of this section as 
appropriate, and
    (B) Comply with the requirement in OSHA's Hazard Communication 
standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, that they deliver to downstream employers an 
MSDS for MDA.
    (3) Information and training. (i) The employer shall provide 
employees with information and training on MDA, in accordance with 29 
CFR 1910.1200(h), at the time of initial assignment and at least 
annually thereafter.
    (ii) In addition to the information required under 29 CFR 1910.1200, 
the employer shall:

[[Page 425]]

    (A) Provide an explanation of the contents of this section, 
including appendices A and B, and indicate to employees where a copy of 
the standard is available;
    (B) Describe the medical surveillance program required under 
paragraph (m) of this section, and explain the information contained in 
Appendix C; and
    (C) Describe the medical removal provision required under paragraph 
(m) of this section.
    (4) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make 
readily available to all affected employees, without cost, all written 
materials relating to the employee training program, including a copy of 
this regulation.
    (ii) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary and the 
Director, upon request, all information and training materials relating 
to the employee information and training program.
    (l) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces shall be maintained as free as 
practicable of visible accumulations of MDA.
    (2) The employer shall institute a program for detecting MDA leaks, 
spills, and discharges, including regular visual inspections of 
operations involving liquid or solid MDA.
    (3) All leaks shall be repaired and liquid or dust spills cleaned up 
promptly.
    (4) Surfaces contaminated with MDA may not be cleaned by the use of 
compressed air.
    (5) Shoveling, dry sweeping, and other methods of dry clean-up of 
MDA may be used where HEPA-filtered vacuuming and/or wet cleaning are 
not feasible or practical.
    (6) Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and clothing 
contaminated with MDA shall be collected and disposed of in a manner to 
prevent the re-entry of MDA into the workplace.
    (m) Medical surveillance--(1) General. (i) The employer shall make 
available a medical surveillance program for employees exposed to MDA:
    (A) Employees exposed at or above the action level for 30 or more 
days per year;
    (B) Employees who are subject to dermal exposure to MDA for 15 or 
more days per year;
    (C) Employees who have been exposed in an emergency situation;
    (D) Employees whom the employer, based on results from compliance 
with paragraph (e)(8) of this section, has reason to believe are being 
dermally exposed; and
    (E) Employees who show signs or symptoms of MDA exposure.
    (ii) The employer shall ensure that all medical examinations and 
procedures are performed by, or under the supervision of, a licensed 
physician, at a reasonable time and place, and provided without cost to 
the employee.
    (2) Initial examinations. (i) Within 150 days of the effective date 
of this standard, or before the time of initial assignment, the employer 
shall provide each employee covered by paragraph (m)(1)(i) of this 
section with a medical examination including the following elements:
    (A) A detailed history which includes:
    (1) Past work exposure to MDA or any other toxic substances;
    (2) A history of drugs, alcohol, tobacco, and medication routinely 
taken (duration and quantity); and
    (3) A history of dermatitis, chemical skin sensitization, or 
previous hepatic disease.
    (B) A physical examination which includes all routine physical 
examination parameters, skin examination, and signs of liver disease.
    (C) Laboratory tests including:
    (1) Liver function tests and
    (2) Urinalysis.
    (D) Additional tests as necessary in the opinion of the physician.
    (ii) No initial medical examination is required if adequate records 
show that the employee has been examined in accordance with the 
requirements of this section within the previous six months prior to the 
effective date of this standard or prior to the date of initial 
assignment.
    (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide each 
employee covered by this section with a medical examination at least 
annually following the initial examination. These periodic examinations 
shall include at least the following elements:
    (A) A brief history regarding any new exposure to potential liver 
toxins,

[[Page 426]]

changes in drug, tobacco, and alcohol intake, and the appearance of 
physical signs relating to the liver, and the skin;
    (B) The appropriate tests and examinations including liver function 
tests and skin examinations; and
    (C) Appropriate additional tests or examinations as deemed necessary 
by the physician.
    (ii) If in the physicians' opinion the results of liver function 
tests indicate an abnormality, the employee shall be removed from 
further MDA exposure in accordance with paragraph (m)(9) of this 
section. Repeat liver function tests shall be conducted on advice of the 
physician.
    (4) Emergency examinations. If the employer determines that the 
employee has been exposed to a potentially hazardous amount of MDA in an 
emergency situation as addressed in paragraph (d) of this section, the 
employer shall provide medical examinations in accordance with 
paragraphs (m)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section. If the results of liver 
function testing indicate an abnormality, the employee shall be removed 
in accordance with paragraph (m)(9) of this section. Repeat liver 
function tests shall be conducted on the advice of the physician. If the 
results of the tests are normal, tests must be repeated two to three 
weeks from the initial testing. If the results of the second set of 
tests are normal and, on the advice of the physician, no additional 
testing is required.
    (5) Additional examinations. Where the employee develops signs and 
symptoms associated with exposure to MDA, the employer shall provide the 
employee with an additional medical examination including a liver 
function test. Repeat liver function tests shall be conducted on the 
advice of the physician. If the results of the tests are normal, tests 
must be repeated two to three weeks from the initial testing. If the 
results of the second set of tests are normal and, on the advice of the 
physician, no additional testing is required.
    (6) Multiple physician review mechanism. (i) If the employer selects 
the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or 
consultation provided to an employee under this section, and the 
employee has signs or symptoms of occupational exposure to MDA (which 
could include an abnormal liver function test), and the employee 
disagrees with the opinion of the examining physician, and this opinion 
could affect the employee's job status, the employee may designate an 
appropriate, mutually acceptable second physician:
    (A) To review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of 
the initial physician; and
    (B) To conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory 
tests as the second physician deems necessary to facilitate this review.
    (ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to 
seek a second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial 
physician conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to 
this section. The employer may condition its participation in, and 
payment for, the multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee 
doing the following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the 
foregoing notification, or receipt of the initial physician's written 
opinion, whichever is later:
    (A) The employee informing the employer that he or she intends to 
seek a second medical opinion, and
    (B) The employee initiating steps to make an appointment with a 
second physician.
    (iii) If the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the 
second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the 
employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two 
physicians to resolve any disagreement.
    (iv) If the two physicians have been unable to resolve quickly their 
disagreement, then the employer and the employee through their 
respective physicians shall designate a third physician;
    (A) To review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of 
the prior physicians; and
    (B) To conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests, 
and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems 
necessary to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians.

[[Page 427]]

    (v) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, 
determinations, and recommendations of the third physician, unless the 
employer and the employee reach an agreement which is otherwise 
consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the three 
physicians.
    (7) Information provided to the examining and consulting physicians. 
(i) The employer shall provide the following information to the 
examining physician:
    (A) A copy of this regulation and its appendices;
    (B) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's potential exposure to MDA;
    (C) The employee's current actual or representative MDA exposure 
level;
    (D) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be 
used; and
    (E) Information from previous employment-related medical 
examinations of the affected employee.
    (ii) The employer shall provide the foregoing information to a 
second physician under this section upon request either by the second 
physician, or by the employee.
    (8) Physician's written opinion. (i) For each examination under this 
section, the employer shall obtain, and provide the employee with a copy 
of, the examining physician's written opinion within 15 days of its 
receipt. The written opinion shall include the following:
    (A) The occupationally-pertinent results of the medical examination 
and tests;
    (B) The physician's opinion concerning whether the employee has any 
detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased 
risk of material impairment of health from exposure to MDA;
    (C) The physician's recommended limitations upon the employee's 
exposure to MDA or upon the employee's use of protective clothing or 
equipment and respirators; and
    (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions 
resulting from MDA exposure which require further explanation or 
treatment.
    (ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal 
specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposures.
    (9) Medical removal--(i) Temporary medical removal of an employee--
(A) Temporary removal resulting from occupational exposure. The employee 
shall be removed from work environments in which exposure to MDA is at 
or above the action level or where dermal exposure to MDA may occur, 
following an initial examination (paragraph (m)(2) of this section), 
periodic examinations (paragraph (m)(3) of this section), an emergency 
situation paragraph (m)(4) of this section, or an additional examination 
(paragraph (m)(5) of this section) in the following circumstances:
    (1) When the employee exhibits signs and/or symptoms indicative of 
acute exposure to MDA; or
    (2) When the examining physician determines that an employee's 
abnormal liver function tests are not associated with MDA exposure but 
that the abnormalities may be exacerbated as a result of occupational 
exposure to MDA.
    (B) Temporary removal due to a final medical determination. (1) The 
employer shall remove an employee from work environments in which 
exposure to MDA is at or above the action level or where dermal exposure 
to MDA may occur, on each occasion that there is a final medical 
determination or opinion that the employee has a detected medical 
condition which places the employee at increased risk of material 
impairment to health from exposure to MDA.
    (2) For the purposes of this section, the phrase ``final medical 
determination'' shall mean the outcome of the physician review mechanism 
used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section.
    (3) Where a final medical determination results in any recommended 
special protective measures for an employee, or limitations on an 
employee's exposure to MDA, the employer shall implement and act 
consistent with the recommendation.
    (ii) Return of the employee to former job status. (A) The employer 
shall return an employee to his or her former job status:

[[Page 428]]

    (1) When the employee no longer shows signs or symptoms of exposure 
to MDA, or upon the advice of the physician.
    (2) When a subsequent final medical determination results in a 
medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employee no longer 
has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased 
risk of material impairment to health from exposure to MDA.
    (B) For the purposes of this section, the requirement that an 
employer return an employee to his or her former job status is not 
intended to expand upon or restrict any rights an employee has or would 
have had, absent temporary medical removal, to a specific job 
classification or position under the terms of a collective bargaining 
agreement.
    (iii) Removal of other employee special protective measure or 
limitations. The employer shall remove any limitations placed on an 
employee, or end any special protective measures provided to an 
employee, pursuant to a final medical determination, when a subsequent 
final medical determination indicates that the limitations or special 
protective measures are no longer necessary.
    (iv) Employer options pending a final medical determination. Where 
the physician review mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance 
provisions of this section, has not yet resulted in a final medical 
determination with respect to an employee, the employer shall act as 
follows:
    (A) Removal. The employer may remove the employee from exposure to 
MDA, provide special protective measures to the employee, or place 
limitations upon the employee, consistent with the medical findings, 
determinations, or recommendations of any of the physicians who have 
reviewed the employee's health status.
    (B) Return. The employer may return the employee to his or her 
former job status, and end any special protective measures provided to 
the employee, consistent with the medical findings, determinations, or 
recommendations of any of the physicians who have reviewed the 
employee's health status, with two exceptions.
    (1) If the initial removal, special protection, or limitation of the 
employee resulted from a final medical determination which differed from 
the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial 
physician; or
    (2) If the employee has been on removal status for the preceding six 
months as a result of exposure to MDA, then the employer shall await a 
final medical determination.
    (v) Medical removal protection benefits--(A) Provisions of medical 
removal protection benefits. The employer shall provide to an employee 
up to six (6) months of medical removal protection benefits on each 
occasion that an employee is removed from exposure to MDA or otherwise 
limited pursuant to this section.
    (B) Definition of medical removal protection benefits. For the 
purposes of this section, the requirement that an employer provide 
medical removal protection benefits means that the employer shall 
maintain the earnings, seniority, and other employment rights and 
benefits of an employee as though the employee had not been removed from 
normal exposure to MDA or otherwise limited.
    (C) Follow-up medical surveillance during the period of employee 
removal or limitations. During the period of time that an employee is 
removed from normal exposure to MDA or otherwise limited, the employer 
may condition the provision of medical removal protection benefits upon 
the employee's participation in follow-up medical surveillance made 
available pursuant to this section.
    (D) Workers' compensation claims. If a removed employee files a 
claim for workers' compensation payments for a MDA-related disability, 
then the employer shall continue to provide medical removal protection 
benefits pending disposition of the claim. To the extent that an award 
is made to the employee for earnings lost during the period of removal, 
the employer's medical removal protection obligation shall be reduced by 
such amount. The employer shall receive no credit for workers' 
compensation payments received by the employee for treatment-related 
expenses.

[[Page 429]]

    (E) Other credits. The employer's obligation to provide medical 
removal protection benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to 
the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost 
during the period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded 
compensation program, or receives income from non-MDA-related employment 
with any employer made possible by virtue of the employee's removal.
    (F) Employees who do not recover within the 6 months of removal. The 
employer shall take the following measures with respect to any employee 
removed from exposure to MDA:
    (1) The employer shall make available to the employee a medical 
examination pursuant to this section to obtain a final medical 
determination with respect to the employee;
    (2) The employer shall assure that the final medical determination 
obtained indicates whether or not the employee may be returned to his or 
her former job status, and, if not, what steps should be taken to 
protect the employee's health;
    (3) Where the final medical determination has not yet been obtained, 
or, once obtained indicates that the employee may not yet be returned to 
his or her former job status, the employer shall continue to provide 
medical removal protection benefits to the employee until either the 
employee is returned to former job status, or a final medical 
determination is made that the employee is incapable of ever safely 
returning to his or her former job status; and
    (4) Where the employer acts pursuant to a final medical 
determination which permits the return of the employee to his or her 
former job status, despite what would otherwise be an abnormal liver 
function test, later questions concerning removing the employee again 
shall be decided by a final medical determination. The employer need not 
automatically remove such an employee pursuant to the MDA removal 
criteria provided by this section.
    (vi) Voluntary removal or restriction of an employee. Where an 
employer, although not required by this section to do so, removes an 
employee from exposure to MDA or otherwise places limitations on an 
employee due to the effects of MDA exposure on the employee's medical 
condition, the employer shall provide medical removal protection 
benefits to the employee equal to that required by paragraph (m)(9)(v) 
of this section.
    (n) Recordkeeping--(1) Monitoring data for exempted employers. (i) 
Where as a result of the initial monitoring the processing, use, or 
handling of products made from or containing MDA are exempted from other 
requirements of this section under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the 
employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of monitoring 
relied on in support of the exemption.
    (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The product qualifying for exemption;
    (B) The source of the monitoring data (e.g., was monitoring 
performed by the employer or a private contractor);
    (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the 
material for the release of MDA;
    (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support 
the exemption (e.g., are the monitoring data representative of the 
conditions at the affected facility); and
    (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or 
employee exposures covered by the exemption.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
    (2) Objective data for exempted employers. (i) Where the processing, 
use, or handling of products made from or containing MDA are exempted 
from other requirements of this section under paragraph (a) of this 
section, the employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of 
objective data relied upon in support of the exemption.
    (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The product qualifying for exemption;
    (B) The source of the objective data;
    (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the 
material for the release of MDA;

[[Page 430]]

    (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support 
the exemption; and
    (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or 
employee exposures covered by the exemption.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
    (3) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record of all measurements required by paragraph 
(e) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples 
taken, including a description of the procedure used to determine 
representative employee exposures;
    (B) Identification of the sampling and analytical methods used;
    (C) A description of the type of respiratory protective devices 
worn, if any; and
    (D) The name, social security number, job classification and 
exposure levels of the employee monitored and all other employees whose 
exposure the measurement is intended to represent.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 30 years, 
in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (4) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
surveillance required by paragraph (m) of this section, in accordance 
with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (ii) This record shall include:
    (A) The name, social security number and description of the duties 
of the employee;
    (B) The employer's copy of the physician's written opinion on the 
initial, periodic, and any special examinations, including results of 
medical examination and all tests, opinions, and recommendations;
    (C) Results of any airborne exposure monitoring done for that 
employee and the representative exposure levels supplied to the 
physician; and
    (D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to MDA;
    (iii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining 
physician keeps, the following medical records:
    (A) A copy of this standard and its appendices, except that the 
employer may keep one copy of the standard and its appendices for all 
employees provided the employer references the standard and its 
appendices in the medical surveillance record of each employee;
    (B) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required 
by any paragraphs in the regulatory text;
    (C) A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any 
standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results or references 
to the information;
    (D) A copy of the employee's medical and work history related to 
exposure to MDA; and
    (iv) The employer shall maintain this record for at least the 
duration of employment plus 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (5) Medical removals. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain 
an accurate record for each employee removed from current exposure to 
MDA pursuant to paragraph (m) of this section.
    (ii) Each record shall include:
    (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
    (B) The date of each occasion that the employee was removed from 
current exposure to MDA as well as the corresponding date on which the 
employee was returned to his or her former job status;
    (C) A brief explanation of how each removal was or is being 
accomplished; and
    (D) A statement with respect to each removal indicating the reason 
for the removal.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain each medical removal record for at 
least the duration of an employee's employment plus 30 years.
    (6) Availability. (i) The employer shall assure that records 
required to be maintained by this section shall be made available, upon 
request, to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and 
copying.
    (ii) Employee exposure monitoring records required by this section 
shall

[[Page 431]]

be provided upon request for examination and copying to employees, 
employee representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 
29 CFR 1910.20 (a)-(e) and (g)-(i).
    (iii) Employee medical records required by this section shall be 
provided upon request for examination and copying, to the subject 
employee, to anyone having the specific written consent of the subject 
employee, and to the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 
1910.20.
    (7) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the 
requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 
1910.20(h).
    (ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor 
employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, 
the employer shall notify the Director, at least 90 days prior to 
disposal, and transmit the records to the Director if so requested by 
the Director within that period.
    (o) Observation of monitoring--(1) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees, or their designated 
representatives, an opportunity to observe the measuring or monitoring 
of employee exposure to MDA conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this 
section.
    (2) Observation procedures. When observation of the measuring or 
monitoring of employee exposure to MDA requires entry into areas where 
the use of protective clothing and equipment or respirators is required, 
the employer shall provide the observer with personal protective 
clothing and equipment or respirators required to be worn by employees 
working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment or 
respirators, and require the observer to comply with all other 
applicable safety and health procedures.
    (p) Effective date. This standard shall become effective September 
9, 1992.
    (q) Appendices. The information contained in appendices A, B, C and 
D of this section is not intended by itself, to create any additional 
obligations not otherwise imposed by this standard nor detract from any 
existing obligation. The protocols for respiratory fit testing in 
appendix E of this section are mandatory.
    (r) Startup dates. Compliance with all obligations of this standard 
commence on the effective date except as follows:
    (1) Initial monitoring under paragraph (e)(2) of this section shall 
be completed as soon as possible but no later than December 8, 1992.
    (2) Medical examinations under paragraph (m) of this section shall 
be completed as soon as possible but no later than February 8, 1993.
    (3) Emergency plans required by paragraph (d) of this section shall 
be provided and available for inspection and copying as soon as possible 
but no later than January 7, 1993.
    (4) Initial training and education shall be completed as soon as 
possible but no later than January 7, 1993.
    (5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities under paragraph (j) shall be in 
operation as soon as possible but no later than September 9, 1993.
    (6) Respiratory Protection required by paragraph (h) of this section 
shall be provided as soon as possible but no later than January 7, 1993.
    (7) Written compliance plans required by paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section shall be completed and available for inspection and copying as 
soon as possible but no later than January 7, 1993.
    (8) OSHA shall enforce the permissible exposure limits in paragraph 
(c) of this section no earlier than January 7, 1993.
    (9) Engineering controls needed to achieve the PELs must be in place 
September 9, 1993.
    (10) Personal protective clothing required by paragraph (i) of this 
section shall be available January 7, 1993.

      Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1050--Substance Data Sheet, for 4,4'-
                           Methylenedianiline

                       I. Substance Identification

    A. Substance: Methylenedianiline (MDA)
    B. Permissible Exposure:
    1. Airborne: Ten parts per billion parts of air (10 ppb), time-
weighted average (TWA) for an 8-hour workday and an action level of five 
parts per billion parts of air (5 ppb).
    2. Dermal: Eye contact and skin contact with MDA are not permitted.
    C. Appearance and odor: White to tan solid; amine odor

                         II. Health Hazard Data

    A. Ways in which MDA affects your health. MDA can affect your health 
if you inhale it,

[[Page 432]]

or if it comes in contact with your skin or eyes. MDA is also harmful if 
you happen to swallow it. Do not get MDA in eyes, on skin, or on 
clothing.
    B. Effects of overexposure. 1. Short-term (acute) overexposure: 
Overexposure to MDA may produce fever, chills, loss of appetite, 
vomiting, jaundice. Contact may irritate skin, eyes and mucous 
membranes. Sensitization may occur.
    2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or prolonged exposure to 
MDA, even at relatively low concentrations, may cause cancer. In 
addition, damage to the liver, kidneys, blood, and spleen may occur with 
long term exposure.
    3. Reporting signs and symptoms. You should inform your employer if 
you develop any signs or symptoms which you suspect are caused by 
exposure to MDA including yellow staining of the skin.

                 III. Protective Clothing and Equipment

    A. Respirators. Respirators are required for those operations in 
which engineering controls or work practice controls are not adequate or 
feasible to reduce exposure to the permissible limit. If respirators are 
worn, they must have the joint Mine Safety and Health Administration and 
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) seal of 
approval, and cartridges or canisters must be replaced as necessary to 
maintain the effectiveness of the respirator. If you experience 
difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, you may request a 
positive pressure respirator from your employer. You must be thoroughly 
trained to use the assigned respirator, and the training will be 
provided by your employer.
    MDA does not have a detectable odor except at levels well above the 
permissible exposure limits. Do not depend on odor to warn you when a 
respirator canister is exhausted. If you can smell MDA while wearing a 
respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience 
difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.
    B. Protective Clothing. You may be required to wear coveralls, 
aprons, gloves, face shields, or other appropriate protective clothing 
to prevent skin contact with MDA. Where protective clothing is required, 
your employer is required to provide clean garments to you, as 
necessary, to assure that the clothing protects you adequately. Replace 
or repair impervious clothing that has developed leaks.
    MDA should never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and 
shoes which are not impervious to MDA should not be allowed to become 
contaminated with MDA, and if they do, the clothing and shoes should be 
promptly removed and decontaminated. The clothing should be laundered to 
remove MDA or discarded. Once MDA penetrates shoes or other leather 
articles, they should not be worn again.
    C. Eye protection. You must wear splashproof safety goggles in areas 
where liquid MDA may contact your eyes. Contact lenses should not be 
worn in areas where eye contact with MDA can occur. In addition, you 
must wear a face shield if your face could be splashed with MDA liquid.

                 IV. Emergency and First Aid Procedures

    A. Eye and face exposure. If MDA is splashed into the eyes, wash the 
eyes for at least 15 minutes. See a doctor as soon as possible.
    B. Skin exposure. If MDA is spilled on your clothing or skin, remove 
the contaminated clothing and wash the exposed skin with large amounts 
of soap and water immediately. Wash contaminated clothing before you 
wear it again.
    C. Breathing. If you or any other person breathes in large amounts 
of MDA, get the exposed person to fresh air at once. Apply artificial 
respiration if breathing has stopped. Call for medical assistance or a 
doctor as soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or confined space 
where the MDA concentration might be high without proper safety 
equipment and at least one other person present who will stay outside. A 
life line should be used.
    D. Swallowing. If MDA has been swallowed and the patient is 
conscious, do not induce vomiting. Call for medical assistance or a 
doctor immediately.

                         V. Medical Requirements

    If you are exposed to MDA at a concentration at or above the action 
level for more than 30 days per year, or exposed to liquid mixtures more 
than 15 days per year, your employer is required to provide a medical 
examination, including a medical history and laboratory tests, within 60 
days of the effective date of this standard and annually thereafter. 
These tests shall be provided without cost to you. In addition, if you 
are accidentally exposed to MDA (either by ingestion, inhalation, or 
skin/eye contact) under conditions known or suspected to constitute 
toxic exposure to MDA, your employer is required to make special 
examinations and tests available to you.

                      VI. Observation of Monitoring

    Your employer is required to perform measurements that are 
representative of your exposure to MDA and you or your designated 
representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are 
entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure and to 
record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking 
place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and

[[Page 433]]

equipment are required to be worn, you and your representative must also 
be provided with, and must wear, the protective clothing and equipment.

                         VII. Access to Records

    You or your representative are entitled to see the records of 
measurements of your exposure to MDA upon written request to your 
employer. Your medical examination records can be furnished to your 
physician or designated representative upon request by you to your 
employer.

          VIII. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling and Storage

    A. Material is combustible. Avoid strong acids and their anhydrides. 
Avoid strong oxidants. Consult supervisor for disposal requirements.
    B. Emergency clean-up. Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and 
fully clothe the body in the appropriate personal protective clothing 
and equipment.

    Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1050--Substance Technical Guidelines, MDA

                            I. Identification

    A. Substance identification.
    1. Synonyms: CAS No. 101-77-9. 4,4'-methylenedianiline; 4,4'-
methylenebisaniline; methylenedianiline; dianilinomethane.
    2. Formula: C13H14N2

                            II. Physical Data

    1. Appearance and Odor: White to tan solid; amine odor
    2. Molecular Weight: 198.26
    3. Boiling Point: 398-399 degrees C at 760 mm Hg
    4. Melting Point: 88-93 degrees C (190-100 degrees F)
    5. Vapor Pressure: 9 mmHg at 232 degrees C
    6. Evaporation Rate (n-butyl acetate = 1): Negligible
    7. Vapor Density (Air=1): Not Applicable
    8. Volatile Fraction by Weight: Negligible
    9. Specific Gravity (Water=1): Slight
    10. Heat of Combustion: -8.40 kcal/g
    11. Solubility in Water: Slightly soluble in cold water, very 
soluble in alcohol, benzene, ether, and many organic solvents.

            III. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data

    1. Flash Point: 190 degrees C (374 degrees F) Setaflash closed cup
    2. Flash Point: 226 degrees C (439 degrees F) Cleveland open cup
    3. Extinguishing Media: Water spray; Dry Chemical; Carbon dioxide.
    4. Special Fire Fighting Procedures: Wear self-contained breathing 
apparatus and protective clothing to prevent contact with skin and eyes.
    5. Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards: Fire or excessive heat may 
cause production of hazardous decomposition products.

                           IV. Reactivity Data

    1. Stability: Stable
    2. Incompatibility: Strong oxidizers
    3. Hazardous Decomposition Products: As with any other organic 
material, combustion may produce carbon monoxide. Oxides of nitrogen may 
also be present.
    4. Hazardous Polymerization: Will not occur.

                      V. Spill and Leak Procedures

    1. Sweep material onto paper and place in fiber carton.
    2. Package appropriately for safe feed to an incinerator or dissolve 
in compatible waste solvents prior to incineration.
    3. Dispose of in an approved incinerator equipped with afterburner 
and scrubber or contract with licensed chemical waste disposal service.
    4. Discharge treatment or disposal may be subject to federal, state, 
or local laws.
    5. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment.

              VI. Special Storage and Handling Precautions

    A. High exposure to MDA can occur when transferring the substance 
from one container to another. Such operations should be well ventilated 
and good work practices must be established to avoid spills.
    B. Pure MDA is a solid with a low vapor pressure. Grinding or 
heating operations increase the potential for exposure.
    C. Store away from oxidizing materials.
    D. Employers shall advise employees of all areas and operations 
where exposure to MDA could occur.

                VII. Housekeeping and Hygiene Facilities

    A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary 
condition.
    The employer should institute a leak and spill detection program for 
operations involving MDA in order to detect sources of fugitive MDA 
emissions.
    B. Adequate washing facilities with hot and cold water are to be 
provided and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing 
agents should also be provided to assure the effective removal of MDA 
from the skin.

                         VIII. Common Operations

    Common operations in which exposure to MDA is likely to occur 
include the following: Manufacture of MDA; Manufacture of Methylene 
diisocyanate; Curing agent for epoxy resin structures; Wire coating 
operations; and filament winding.

[[Page 434]]

  Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1050--Medical Surveillance Guidelines for MDA

                            I. Route of Entry

    Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion. MDA can be inhaled, absorbed 
through the skin, or ingested.

                             II. Toxicology

    MDA is a suspect carcinogen in humans. There are several reports of 
liver disease in humans and animals resulting from acute exposure to 
MDA. A well documented case of an acute cardiomyopathy secondary to 
exposure to MDA is on record. Numerous human cases of hepatitis 
secondary to MDA are known. Upon direct contact MDA may also cause 
damage to the eyes. Dermatitis and skin sensitization have been 
observed. Almost all forms of acute environmental hepatic injury in 
humans involve the hepatic parenchyma and produce hepatocellular 
jaundice. This agent produces intrahepatic cholestasis. The clinical 
picture consists of cholestatic jaundice, preceded or accompanied by 
abdominal pain, fever, and chills. Onset in about 60% of all observed 
cases is abrupt with severe abdominal pain. In about 30% of observed 
cases, the illness presented and evolved more slowly and less 
dramatically, with only slight abdominal pain. In about 10% of the cases 
only jaundice was evident. The cholestatic nature of the jaundice is 
evident in the prominence of itching, the histologic predominance of 
bile stasis, and portal inflammatory infiltration, accompanied by only 
slight parenchymal injury in most cases, and by the moderately elevated 
transaminase values. Acute, high doses, however, have been known to 
cause hepatocellular damage resulting in elevated SGPT, SGOT, alkaline 
phosphatase and bilirubin.
    Absorption through the skin is rapid. MDA is metabolized and 
excreted over a 48-hour period. Direct contact may be irritating to the 
skin, causing dermatitis. Also MDA which is deposited on the skin is not 
thoroughly removed through washing.
    MDA may cause bladder cancer in humans. Animal data supporting this 
assumption is not available nor is conclusive human data. However, human 
data collected on workers at a helicopter manufacturing facility where 
MDA is used suggests a higher incidence of bladder cancer among exposed 
workers.

                         III. Signs and Symptoms

    Skin may become yellow from contact with MDA.
    Repeated or prolonged contact with MDA may result in recurring 
dermatitis (red-itchy, cracked skin) and eye irritation. Inhalation, 
ingestion or absorption through the skin at high concentrations may 
result in hepatitis, causing symptoms such as fever and chills, nausea 
and vomiting, dark urine, anorexia, rash, right upper quadrant pain and 
jaundice. Corneal burns may occur when MDA is splashed in the eyes.

        IV. Treatment of Acute Toxic Effects/Emergency Situation

    If MDA gets into the eyes, immediately wash eyes with large amounts 
of water. If MDA is splashed on the skin, immediately wash contaminated 
skin with mild soap or detergent. Employee should be removed from 
exposure and given proper medical treatment. Medical tests required 
under the emergency section of the medical surveillance section (M)(4) 
must be conducted.
    If the chemical is swallowed do not induce vomiting but remove by 
gastric lavage.

 Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1050--Sampling and Analytical Methods for MDA 
                  Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

    Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure 
to MDA are best taken so that the representative average 8-hour exposure 
may be determined from a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. 
Short-time interval samples (or grab samples) may also be used to 
determine average exposure level if a minimum of five measurements are 
taken in a random manner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sampling 
means that any portion of the work shift has the same chance of being 
sampled as any other. The arithmetic average of all such random samples 
taken on one work shift is an estimate of an employee's average level of 
exposure for that work shift. Air samples should be taken in the 
employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that 
inhaled by the employee).
    There are a number of methods available for monitoring employee 
exposures to MDA. The method OSHA currently uses is included below.
    The employer, however, has the obligation of selecting any 
monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of 
the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires 
that the method of monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95 percent 
confidence level, of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for the 
select PEL.

                            OSHA Methodology

                           Sampling Procedure

                                Apparatus

    Samples are collected by use of a personal sampling pump that can be 
calibrated within 5% of the recommended flow rate with the 
sampling filter in line.

[[Page 435]]

    Samples are collected on 37 mm Gelman type A/E glass fiber filters 
treated with sulfuric acid. The filters are prepared by soaking each 
filter with 0.5 mL of 0.26N H2SO4. (0.26 N 
H2SO4 can be prepared by diluting 1.5 mL of 36N 
H2SO4 to 200 mL with deionized water.) The filters 
are dried in an oven at 100 degrees C for one hour and then assembled 
into two-piece 37 mm polystyrene cassettes with backup pads. The 
cassettes are sealed with shrink bands and the ends are plugged with 
plastic plugs.
    After sampling, the filters are carefully removed from the cassettes 
and individually transferred to small vials containing approximately 2 
mL deionized water. The vials must be tightly sealed. The water can be 
added before or after the filters are transferred. The vials must be 
sealable and capable of holding at least 7 mL of liquid. Small glass 
scintillation vials with caps containing Teflon liners are recommended.

                                Reagents

    Deionized water is needed for addition to the vials.

                           Sampling Technique

    Immediately before sampling, remove the plastic plugs from the 
filter cassettes.
    Attach the cassette to the sampling pump with flexible tubing and 
place the cassette in the employee's breathing zone.
    After sampling, seal the cassettes with plastic plugs until the 
filters are transferred to the vials containing deionized water.
    At some convenient time within 10 hours of sampling, transfer the 
sample filters to vials.
    Seal the small vials lengthwise.
    Submit at least one blank filter with each sample set. Blanks should 
be handled in the same manner as samples, but no air is drawn through 
them.
    Record sample volumes (in L of air) for each sample, along with any 
potential interferences.

                          Retention Efficiency

    A retention efficiency study was performed by drawing 100 L of air 
(80% relative humidity) at 1 L/min through sample filters that had been 
spiked with 0.814 g MDA. Instead of using backup pads, blank 
acid-treated filters were used as backups in each cassette. Upon 
analysis, the top filters were found to have an average of 91.8% of the 
spiked amount. There was no MDA found on the bottom filters, so the 
amount lost was probably due to the slight instability of the MDA salt.

                          Extraction Efficiency

    The average extraction efficiency for six filters spiked at the 
target concentration is 99.6%.
    The stability of extracted and derivatized samples was verified by 
reanalyzing the above six samples the next day using fresh standards. 
The average extraction efficiency for the reanalyzed samples is 98.7%.

                Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate

    The recommended air volume is 100 L.
    The recommended sampling rate is 1 L/min.

                        Interferences (Sampling)

    MDI appears to be a positive interference. It was found that when 
MDI was spiked onto an acid-treated filter, the MDI converted to MDA 
after air was drawn through it.
    Suspected interferences should be reported to the laboratory with 
submitted samples.

                      Safety Precautions (Sampling)

    Attach the sampling equipment to the employees so that it will not 
interfere with work performance or safety.
    Follow all safety procedures that apply to the work area being 
sampled.

                          Analytical Procedure

    Apparatus: The following are required for analysis.
    A GC equipped with an electron capture detector. For this evaluation 
a Tracor 222 Gas Chromatograph equipped with a Nickel 63 High 
Temperature Electron Capture Detector and a Linearizer was used.
    A GC column capable of separating the MDA derivative from the 
solvent and interferences. A 6 ft X 2 mm ID glass column packed with 3% 
OV-101 coated on 100/120 Gas Chrom Q was used in this evaluation.
    A electronic integrator or some other suitable means of measuring 
peak areas or heights.
    Small resealable vials with Teflon-lined caps capable of holding 4 
mL.
    A dispenser or pipet for toluene capable of delivering 2.0 mL.
    Pipets (or repipets with plastic or Teflon tips) capable of 
delivering 1 mL for the sodium hydroxide and buffer solutions.
    A repipet capable of delivering 25 L HFAA.
    Syringes for preparation of standards and injection of standards and 
samples into a GC.
    Volumetric flasks and pipets to dilute the pure MDA in preparation 
of standards.
    Disposable pipets to transfer the toluene layers after the samples 
are extracted.

                                Reagents

    0.5 NaOH prepared from reagent grade NaOH.
    Toluene, pesticide grade. Burdick and Jackson distilled in glass 
toluene was used.

[[Page 436]]

    Heptafluorobutyric acid anhydride (HFAA). HFAA from Pierce Chemical 
Company was used.
    pH 7.0 phosphate buffer, prepared from 136 g potassium dihydrogen 
phosphate and 1 L deionized water. The pH is adjusted to 7.0 with 
saturated sodium hydroxide solution.
    4,4' -Methylenedianiline (MDA), reagent grade.

                          Standard Preparation

    Concentrated stock standards are prepared by diluting pure MDA with 
toluene. Analytical standards are prepared by injecting uL amounts of 
diluted stock standards into vials that contain 2.0 mL toluene.
    25 uL HFAA are added to each vial and the vials are capped and 
shaken for 10 seconds.
    After 10 min, 1 mL of buffer is added to each vial.
    The vials are recapped and shaken for 10 seconds.
    After allowing the layers to separate, aliquots of the toluene 
(upper) layers are removed with a syringe and analyzed by GC.
    Analytical standard concentrations should bracket sample 
concentrations. Thus, if samples fall out of the range of prepared 
standards, additional standards must be prepared to ascertain detector 
response.

                           Sample Preparation

    The sample filters are received in vials containing deionized water.
    1 mL of 0.5N NaOH and 2.0 mL toluene are added to each vial.
    The vials are recapped and shaken for 10 min.
    After allowing the layers to separate, approximately 1 mL aliquots 
of the toluene (upper) layers are transferred to separate vials with 
clean disposable pipets.
    The toluene layers are treated and analyzed.

                                Analysis

                              GC conditions

Zone temperatures:
    Column--220 degrees C
    Injector--235 degrees C
    Detector--335 degrees C
Gas flows, Ar/CH4 Column--28 mL/min
    (95/5)        Purge--40 mL/min
Injection volume: 5.0 uL
Column: 6 ft X 1/8 in ID glass, 3% OV-101 on 100/120 Gas Chrom Q
Retention time of MDA derivative: 3.5 min

                              Chromatogram

    Peak areas or heights are measured by an integrator or other 
suitable means.
    A calibration curve is constructed by plotting response (peak areas 
or heights) of standard injections versus ug of MDA per sample. Sample 
concentrations must be bracketed by standards.

                       Interferences (Analytical)

    Any compound that gives an electron capture detector response and 
has the same general retention time as the HFAA derivative of MDA is a 
potential interference. Suspected interferences reported to the 
laboratory with submitted samples by the industrial hygienist must be 
considered before samples are derivatized.
    GC parameters may be changed to possibly circumvent interferences.
    Retention time on a single column is not considered proof of 
chemical identity. Analyte identity should be confirmed by GC/MS if 
possible.

                              Calculations

    The analyte concentration for samples is obtained from the 
calibration curve in terms of ug MDA per sample. The extraction 
efficiency is 100%. If any MDA is found on the blank, that amount is 
subtracted from the sample amounts. The air concentrations are 
calculated using the following formulae.
g/m\3\=(g MDA per sample) (1000)/(L of air sampled)
ppb=(g/m\3\) (24.46)/(198.3)=(g/m\3\) (0.1233) where 
          24.46 is the molar volume at 25 degrees C and 760 mm Hg

                     Safety Precautions (Analytical)

    Avoid skin contact and inhalation of all chemicals.
    Restrict the use of all chemicals to a fume hood if possible.
    Wear safety glasses and a lab coat at all times while in the lab 
area.

 Appendix E to Sec. 1910.1050--Qualitative and Quantitative Fit Testing 
                               Procedures

                     Qualitative Fit Test Protocols

                I. Isoamyl Acetate (banana oil) Protocol

    A. Odor threshold screening.
    1. Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids (e.g. Mason or Bell 
jars) are required.
    2. Odor-free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at approximately 
25 deg. C shall be used for the solutions.
    3. The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known as isopentyl acetate) stock 
solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor free 
water in a 1-liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. This solution shall 
be prepared new at least weekly.
    4. The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from the 
room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well ventilated 
so that circulation of the test solution does not occur and cross 
contaminate the testing different sites.

[[Page 437]]

    5. The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 0.4 
cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a clean 
dropper or pipette. Shake for 30 seconds and allow to stand for two to 
three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach 
equilibrium. This solution may be used for only one day.
    6. A test blank is prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of odor 
free water.
    7. The odor test and test blank jars shall be labelled 1 and 2 for 
jar identification.
    8. The following instructions shall be typed on a card and placed on 
the table in front of the two test jars (i.e. 1 and 2): ``The purpose of 
this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low 
concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of 
these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the 
covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the 
lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. 
Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil.''
    9. The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be 
prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in order 
to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject.
    10. If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar 
containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test may not 
be used.
    11. If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the 
odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection 
and fit testing.
    B. Respirator Selection.
    1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable 
respirator from a selection including respirators of various sizes from 
different manufacturers. The selection shall include at least three 
sizes of elastomeric half facepieces, from at least two manufacturers.
    2. The selection process shall be conducted in a room separate from 
the fit-test chamber to prevent odor fatigue. Prior to the selection 
process, the test subject shall be shown how to put on a respirator, how 
it should be positioned on the face, how to set strap tension and how to 
determine a ``comfortable'' respirator. A mirror shall be available to 
assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning of the 
respirator. This instruction may not constitute the subject's formal 
training on respirator use, as it is only a review.
    3. The test subject should understand that the employee is being 
asked to select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit.
    4. The test subject holds each facepiece up to the face and 
eliminates those which obviously do not give a comfortable fit. 
Normally, selection will begin with a half-mask and if a comfortable fit 
cannot be found, the subject will be asked to test the full facepiece 
respirators. (A small percentage of users will not be able to wear any 
half-mask.)
    5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable 
mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. All 
donning and adjustments of the facepiece shall be performed by the test 
subject without assistance from the test conductor or other person. 
Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in 
6 below. If the test subject is not familiar with using a particular 
respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don the mask several 
times and to adjust the straps each time to become adept at setting 
proper tension on the straps.
    6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following 
points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time 
to determine the comfort of the respirator after donning:
     Positioning of mask on nose.
     Room for eye protection.
     Room to talk.
     Positioning mask on face and cheeks.
    7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the 
adequacy of the respirator fit:
     Chin properly placed.
     Strap tension.
     Fit across nose bridge.
     Distance from nose to chin.
     Tendency to slip.
     Self-observation in mirror.
    8. The test subject shall perform the conventional negative or 
positive-pressure fit checks (e.g., see ANSI Z88.2-1980A7). Before 
beginning the negative- or positive-pressure test, the subject shall be 
told to ``seat'' the mask by rapidly moving the head from side-to-side 
and up and down, while taking a few deep breaths.
    9. The test subject is now ready for fit testing.
    10. After passing the fit test, the test subject shall be questioned 
again regarding the comfort of the respirator. If the respirator has 
become uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried.
    11. The employee shall be given the opportunity to select a 
different facepiece and to be retested if the chosen facepiece becomes 
increasingly uncomfortable at any time.
    C. Fit Test.
    1. The fit test chamber shall be similar to a clear 55 gallon drum 
liner suspended inverted over a 2-foot diameter frame, so that the top 
of chamber is about 6 inches above the test subject's head. The inside 
top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached.
    2. Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be 
equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against

[[Page 438]]

organic vapors. The cartridges or canisters shall be replaced as 
necessary to maintain the effectiveness of the respirator.
    3. After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, 
the test subject shall wear it to the fit testing room. This room shall 
be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and 
respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan 
or lab hood, to prevent general room contamination.
    4. A copy of the following test exercises and Rainbow Passage shall 
be taped to the inside of the test chamber:

                             Test Exercises

    i. Breathe normally.
    ii. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
    iii. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Inhale on 
each side. Be certain movement is complete. Do not bump the respirator 
against the shoulders.
    iv. Nod head up-and-down. Inhale when head is in the full up 
position (looking toward ceiling). Be certain motions are complete and 
made about every second. Do not bump the respirator on the chest.
    v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The following 
paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Reading it aloud will result in 
a wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to satisfy this 
requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same purpose may also 
be used.
    vi. Jog in place.
    vii. Breathe normally.


                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of 
the rainbow.
    5. Each test subject shall wear the respirator for at a least 10 
minutes before starting the fit test.
    6. Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given a 
6 inch by 5 inch piece of paper towel or other porous absorbent single 
ply material, folded in half and wetted with three-quarters of one cc of 
pure IAA. The test subject shall hang the wet towel on the hook at the 
top of the chamber.
    7. Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to be reached 
before starting the fit-test exercises.
    8. Each exercise described in 4 above shall be performed for at 
least one mnute.
    9. If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana-
like odor of IAA, the test has failed. The subject shall quickly exit 
from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory 
fatigue.
    10. If the test is failed, the subject shall return to the selection 
room and remove the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity test, select 
and put on another respirator, return to the test chamber, and again 
begin the procedure described in the c(4) through c(8) above. The 
process continues until a respirator that fits well has been found. 
Should the odor sensitivity test be failed, the subject shall wait about 
5 minutes before retesting. Odor sensitivity will usually have returned 
by this time.
    11. If a person cannot pass the fit test described above wearing a 
half-mask respirator from the available selection, full facepiece models 
must be used.
    12. When a respirator is found that passes the test, the subject 
must break the faceseal and take a breath before exiting the chamber. 
This is to assure that the reason the test subject is not smelling the 
IAA is the good fit of the respirator facepiece seal and not olfactory 
fatigue.
    13. When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall 
remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the 
test. To keep the area from becoming contaminated, the used towels shall 
be kept in a self-sealing bag so there is no significant IAA 
concentration buildup in the test chamber during subsequent tests.
    14. Persons who have successfully passed this fit test with a half-
mask respirator may be assigned the use of the test respirator in 
atmospheres with up to 10 times the PEL. In atmospheres greater than 10 
times, and less than 50 times the PEL (up to 50 ppm), the subject must 
pass the IAA test using a full face negative pressure respirator. (The 
concentration of the IAA inside the test chamber must be increased by 
five times for QLFT of the full facepiece.)
    15. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.
    16. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a satisfactory fit, 
then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate interference 
and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory fit is still not 
attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure respirator such 
as a powered air-purifying respirator, supplied air respirator, or self-
contained breathing apparatus.
    17. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory 
diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can 
wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.

[[Page 439]]

    18. Qualitative fit testing shall be repeated at least every 12 
months.
    19. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
affected, qualitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when the 
test subject has a:
    (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
    (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece seal,
    (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions without 
prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
    (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
    (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece sealing.
    D. Recordkeeping.
    A summary of all test results shall be maintained by the employer 
for 3 years. The summary shall include:
    (1) Name of test subject.
    (2) Date of testing.
    (3) Name of the test conductor.
    (4) Respirators selected (indicate manufacturer, model, size and 
approval number).
    (5) Testing agent.

                 II. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol

    A. Respirator Selection.
    Respirators shall be selected as described in section IB (respirator 
selection) above, except that each respirator shall be equipped with a 
particulate filter.
    B. Taste Threshold Screening.
    1. An enclosure placed over the head and shoulders shall be used for 
threshold screening (to determine if the individual can taste saccharin) 
and for fit testing. The enclosure shall be approximately 12 inches in 
diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front clear to allow free 
movement of the head when a respirator is worn.
    2. The test enclosure shall have a three-quarter inch hole in front 
of the test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer 
nozzle.
    3. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to 
the test subject prior to conducting the screening test.
    4. During the threshold screening test, the test subject shall don 
the test enclosure and breathe with open mouth with tongue extended.
    5. Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or 
equivalent, the test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution 
into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to 
distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer.
    6. The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium 
saccharin, USP in water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc of the test 
solution (see C 7 below) in 100 cc of water.
    7. To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so 
that it collapses completely, then is released and allowed to fully 
expand.
    8. Ten squeezes of the nebulizer bulb are repeated rapidly and then 
the test subject is asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.
    9. If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes of the 
nebulizer bulb are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked 
whether the saccharin can be tasted.
    10. If the second response is negative ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin can be tasted.
    11. The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes 
required to elicit a taste response.
    12. If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (Step 10), the 
saccharin fit test cannot be performed on the test subject.
    13. If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked 
to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.
    14. Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of 
liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.
    15. The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, 
and refilled at least every four hours.
    C. Fit Test.
    1. The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or chew 
gum for 15 minutes before the test.
    2. The test subject shall don and adjust the respirator without 
assistance from any person.
    3. The fit test uses the same enclosure described in IIB above.
    4. Each test subject shall wear the respirator for at least 10 
minutes before starting the fit test.
    (a) This would be an appropriate time to talk with the test subject; 
to explain the fit test, the importance of cooperation and, the purpose 
for the head exercises; or to demonstrate some of the exercises.
    (b) The test subject shall perform the conventional negative or 
positive pressure fit tests (See ANSI Z88.2 1980 A7).
    5. The test subject shall enter the enclosure while wearing the 
respirator selected in section IB above. This respirator shall be 
properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter.
    6. A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is 
used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer 
shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test 
solution nebulizer.
    7. The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium 
saccharin to 100 cc of warm water.
    8. As before, the test subject shall breathe with mouth open and 
tongue extended.
    9. The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the 
enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using 
the same technique as for the taste threshold screening and the same 
number of squeezes

[[Page 440]]

required to elicit a taste response in the screening. (See B8 through 
B10 above.)
    10. After generation of the aerosol read the following instructions 
to the test subject. The test subject shall perform the exercises for 
one minute each.
    i. Breathe normally.
    ii. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
    iii. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Be certain 
movement is complete. Inhale on each side. Do not bump the respirator 
against the shoulders.
    iv. Nod head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete. Inhale 
when head is in the full up position (when looking toward the ceiling). 
Do not bump the respirator on the chest.
    v. Talk. Talk aloud and slowly. The following paragraph is called 
the Rainbow Passage. Reading it will result in a wide range of facial 
movements, and thus be useful to satisfy this requirement.
    vi. Jog in place.
    vii. Breathe normally.

                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
his reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end 
of the rainbow.
    11. At the beginning of each exercise, the aerosol concentration 
shall be replenished using one-half the number of squeezes as initially 
described in C9.
    12. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any 
time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.
    13. If the saccharin is detected the fit is deemed unsatisfactory 
and a different respirator shall be tried.
    14. Successful completion of the test protocol shall allow the use 
of the half mask tested respirator in contaminated atmospheres up to 10 
times the PEL of MDA. In other words this protocol may not be used to 
assign protection factors higher than ten.
    15. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.
    16. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a satisfactory fit, 
then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate interference 
and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory fit is still not 
attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure respirator such 
as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air respirator, or self-
contained breathing apparatus.
    17. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory 
diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can 
wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.
    18. Qualitative fit testing shall be repeated at least every 12 
months.
    19. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
affected, qualitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when the 
test subject has a:
    (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
    (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece seal,
    (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions without 
prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
    (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
    (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece sealing.
    D. Recordkeeping.
    A summary of all test results shall be maintained by the employer 
for 3 years. The summary shall include:
    (1) Name of test subject.
    (2) Date of testing.
    (3) Name of test conductor.
    (4) Respirators selected (indicate manufacturer, model, size and 
approval number).
    (5) Testing agent.

                       III. Irritant Fume Protocol

    A. Respirator selection.
    Respirators shall be selected as described in section IB above, 
except that each respirator shall be equipped with a combination of 
high-efficiency and acid-gas cartridges.
    B. Fit Test.
    l. The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration 
of the irritant smoke to familiarize the subject with the characteristic 
odor.
    2. The test subject shall properly don the respirator selected as 
above, and wear it for at least 10 minutes before starting the fit test.
    3. The test conductor shall review this protocol with the test 
subject before testing.
    4. The test subject shall perform the conventional positive pressure 
and negative pressure fit checks (see ANSI Z88.2 1980). Failure of 
either check shall be cause to select an alternate respirator.
    5. Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic 
oxychloride, such as the MSA part 5645, or equivalent. Attach a short 
length of tubing to one end of the smoke tube. Attach the other end of 
the smoke tube to a low pressure air pump set to deliver 200 milliliters 
per minute.
    6. Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the 
eyes and instruct the subject to keep the eyes closed while the test is 
performed.

[[Page 441]]

    7. The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from 
the tube towards the faceseal area of the test subject. The person 
conducting the test shall begin with the tube at least 12 inches from 
the facepiece and gradually move to within one inch, moving around the 
whole perimeter of the mask.
    8. The test subject shall be instructed to do the following 
exercises while the respirator is being challenged by the smoke. Each 
exercise shall be performed for one minute.
    i. Breathe normally.
    ii. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular.
    iii. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Be certain 
movement is complete. Inhale on each side. Do not bump the respirator 
against the shoulders.
    iv. Nod head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete and made 
every second. Inhale when head is in the full up position (looking 
toward ceiling). Do not bump the respirator against the chest.
    v. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The following 
paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Reading it will result in a 
wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to satisfy this 
requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same purpose may also 
be used.

                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
his reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end 
of the rainbow.
    vi. Jogging in Place.
    vii. Breathe normally.
    9. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if the 
irritant smoke is detected. If smoke is detected, the test conductor 
shall stop the test. In this case, the tested respirator is rejected and 
another respirator shall be selected.
    10. Each test subject passing the smoke test (i.e. without detecting 
the smoke) shall be given a sensitivity check of smoke from the same 
tube to determine if the test subject reacts to the smoke. Failure to 
evoke a response shall void the fit test.
    11. Steps B4, B9, B10 of this fit test protocol shall be performed 
in a location with exhaust ventilation sufficient to prevent general 
contamination of the testing area by the test agents
    12. Respirators successfully tested by the protocol may be used in 
contaminated atmospheres up to ten times the PEL of MDA.
    13. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.
    14. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a satisfactory fit, 
then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate interference 
and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory fit is still not 
attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure respirator such 
as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air respirator, or self-
contained breathing apparatus.
    15. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory 
diseases or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can 
wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.
    16. Qualitative fit testing shall be repeated at least every 12 
months.
    17. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may be 
affected, qualitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately when the 
test subject has a:
    (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
    (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece seal,
    (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions without 
prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
    (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
    (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece sealing.
    C. Recordkeeping.
    A summary of all test results shall be maintained by the employer 
for 3 years. The summary shall include:
    (1) Name of test subject
    (2) Date of testing.
    (3) Name of test conductor.
    (4) Respirators selected (indicate manufacturer, model, size and 
approval number).
    (5) Testing agent.

                    Quantitative Fit Test Procedures

    1. General.
    a. The method applies to the negative-pressure nonpowered air-
purifying respirators only.
    b. The employer shall assign an individual (with help as needed) who 
shall assume the full responsibility for implementing the respirator 
quantitative fit test program.
    2. Definition.
    a. Quantitative Fit Test means the measurement of the effectiveness 
of a respirator seal in excluding the ambient atmosphere. The test is 
performed by dividing the measured concentration of challenge agent in a 
test chamber by the measured concentration of the challenge agent inside 
the respirator facepiece when the normal air purifying element has been 
replaced by an essentially perfect purifying element.

[[Page 442]]

    b. Challenge Agent means the air contaminant introduced into a test 
chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the respirator may 
be compared.
    c. Test Subject means the person wearing the respirator for 
quantitative fit testing.
    d. Normal Standing Position means standing erect and straight with 
arms down along the sides and looking straight ahead.
    e. Fit Factor means the ratio of challenge agent concentration 
outside with respect to the inside of a respirator inlet covering 
(facepiece or enclosure).
    3. Apparatus. 
    a. Instrumentation. Corn oil, sodium chloride or other appropriate 
aerosol generation, dilution, and measurement systems shall be used for 
quantitative fit test.
    b. Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit 
all test subjects to freely perform all required exercises without 
distributing the challenge agent concentration or the measurement 
apparatus. The test chamber shall be equipped and constructed so that 
the challenge agent is effectively isolated from the ambient air yet 
uniform in concentration throughout the chamber.
    c. When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or 
cartridge element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate 
filter supplied by the same manufacturer.
    d. The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip chart 
record may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of challenge 
agent concentration with each inspiration and expiration at fit factors 
of at least 2,000.
    e. The combination of substitute air-purifying elements (if any), 
challenge agent, and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber 
shall be such that the test subject is not exposed in excess of PEL to 
the challenge agent at any time during the testing process.
    f. The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be placed 
and constructed so that there is no detectable leak around the port, a 
free air flow is allowed into the sampling line at all times and so 
there is no interference with the fit or performance of the respirator.
    g. The test chamber and test set-up shall permit the person 
administering the test to observe one test subject inside the chamber 
during the test.
    h. The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain 
the concentration of challenge agent constant within a 10 percent 
variation for the duration of the test.
    i. The time lag (interval between an event and its being recorded on 
the strip chart) of the instrumentation may not exceed 2 seconds.
    j. The tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for the respirator 
sampling port shall be the same diameter, length and material. It shall 
be kept as short as possible. The smallest diameter tubing recommended 
by the manufacturer shall be used.
    k. The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a high-
efficiency filter before release to the room.
    l. When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity 
inside the test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent.
    4. Procedural Requirements.
    a. The fitting of half-mask respirators should be started with those 
having multiple sizes and a variety of interchangeable cartridges and 
canisters such as the MSA Comfr II-M, Norton M, Survivair M A-O M or 
Scott-M. Use either of the tests outlined below to assure that the 
facepiece is properly adjusted.
    (1) Positive pressure test. With the exhaust port(s) blocked the 
negative pressure of slight inhalation should remain constant for 
several seconds.
    (2) Negative pressure test. With the intake port(s) blocked the 
negative pressure slight inhalation should remain constant for several 
seconds.
    b. After a facepiece is adjusted, the test subject shall wear the 
facepiece for at least 5 minutes before conducting a qualitative test by 
using either of the methods described below and using the exercise 
regime described in 5.a., b., c., d., and e.
    (1) Isoamyl acetate test. When using organic vapor cartridges, the 
test subject who can smell the odor should be unable to detect the odor 
of isoamyl acetate squirted into the air near the most vulnerable 
portions of the facepiece seal. In a location which is separated from 
the test area, the test subject shall be instructed to close her/his 
eyes during the test period. A combination cartridge or canister with 
organic vapor and high-efficiency filters shall be used when available 
for the particular mask being tested. The test subject shall be given an 
opportunity to smell the odor of isoamyl acetate before the test is 
conducted.
    (2) Irritant fume test. When using high-efficiency filters, the test 
subject should be unable to detect the odor of irritant fume (stannic 
chloride or titanium tetrachloride ventilation smoke tubes) squirted 
into the air near the most vulnerable portions of the facepiece seal. 
The test subject shall be instructed to close her/his eyes during the 
test period.
    c. The test subject may enter the quantitative testing chamber only 
if she or he has obtained a satisfactory fit by as stated in 4.b. of 
this Appendix.
    d. Before the subject enters the test chamber, a reasonably stable 
challenge agent concentration shall be measured in the test chamber.

[[Page 443]]

    e. Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the 
challenge agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to 
ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half-
mask and 1 percent for a full facepiece.
    f. A stable challenge agent concentration shall be obtained prior to 
the actual start of testing.
    g. Respirator restraining straps may not be overtightened for 
testing. The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer to give a reasonably 
comfortable fit typical of normal use.
    5. Exercise Regime. Prior to entering the test chamber, the test 
subject shall be given complete instructions as to her/his part in the 
test procedures. The test subject shall perform the following exercises, 
in the order given, for each independent test.
    a. Normal Breathing (NB). In the normal standing position, without 
talking, the subject shall breathe normally for at least one minute.
    b. Deep Breathing (DB). In the normal standing position the subject 
shall do deep breathing for at least one minute pausing so as not to 
hyperventilate.
    c. Turning head side to side (SS). Standing in place the subject 
shall slowly turn his head from side between the extreme positions to 
each side. The head shall be held at each extreme position for at least 
5 seconds. Perform for at least five complete cycles.
    d. Moving head up and down (UD). Standing in place, the subject 
shall slowly move his head up and down between the extreme position 
straight up and the extreme position straight down. The head shall be 
held at each extreme position for at least 5 seconds. Perform for at 
least five complete cycles.
    e.  Reading (R). The subject shall read out slowly and loud so as to 
be heard clearly by the test conductor or monitor. The test subject 
shall read the ``rainbow passage'' at the end of this section.
    f. Grimace (G). The test subject shall grimace, smile, frown, and 
generally contort the face using the facial muscles. Continue for at 
least 15 seconds.
    g. Bend over and touch toes (B). The test subject shall bend at the 
waist and touch toes and return to upright position. Repeat for at least 
one minute.
    h. Jogging in place (J). The test subject shall perform jog in place 
for at least one minute.
    i. Normal Breathing (NB). In the normal standing position, without 
talking, the subject shall breathe normally for at least one minute.

                             Rainbow Passage

    When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a 
prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into 
many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with 
its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. 
There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People 
look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond 
reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of 
the rainbow.
    6. Termination of Tests. The test shall be terminated whenever any 
single peak penetration exceeds 5 percent for half-masks and 1 percent 
for full facepieces. The test subject may be refitted and retested. If 
two of the three required tests are terminated, the fit shall be deemed 
inadequate. (See paragraph 4.h.).
    7. Calculation of Fit Factors.
    a. The fit factor determined by the quantitative fit test equals the 
average concentration inside the respirator.
    b. The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average 
of the test chamber concentration at the beginning and of the end of the 
test.
    c. The average peak concentration of the challenge agent inside the 
respirator shall be the arithmetic average peak concentrations for each 
of the nine exercises of the test which are computed as the arithmetic 
average of the peak concentrations found for each breath during the 
exercise.
    d. The average peak concentration for an exercise may be determined 
graphically if there is not a great variation in the peak concentrations 
during a single exercise.
    8. Interpretation of Test Results. The fit factor measured by the 
quantitative fit testing shall be the lowest of the three protection 
factors resulting from three independent tests.
    9. Other Requirements.
    a. The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half-mask or 
full facepiece if the minimum fit factor of 250 or 1,250, respectively, 
cannot be obtained. If hair growth or apparel interfere with a 
satisfactory fit, then they shall be altered or removed so as to 
eliminate interference and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory 
fit is still not attained, the test subject must use a positive-pressure 
respirator such as powered air-purifying respirators, supplied air 
respirator, or self-contained breathing apparatus.
    b. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.
    c. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician to determine whether 
the test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his 
duties.
    d. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the 
assigned respirator for one week. If the respirator does not provide a 
satisfactory fit during actual use, the test subject may request another 
QNFT which shall be performed immediately.

[[Page 444]]

    e. A respirator fit factor card shall be issued to the subject with 
the following information:
    (1) Name.
    (2) Date of fit test.
    (3) Protection factors obtained through each manufacturer, model and 
approval number of respirator tested.
    (4) Name and signature of the person that conducted the test.
    f. Filters used for qualitative or quantitative fit testing shall be 
replaced weekly, whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, 
or when the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media.
    Organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily or sooner 
if there is any indication of breakthrough by the test agent.
    10. Retesting. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator 
may be affected, quantitative fit testing shall be repeated immediately 
when the test subject has a:
    (1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more,
    (2) Significant facial scarring in the area of the facepiece seal,
    (3) Significant dental changes; i.e.; multiple extractions without 
prothesis, or acquiring dentures,
    (4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or
    (5) Any other condition that may interfere with facepiece sealing.
    11. Recordkeeping.
    a. A summary of all test results shall be maintained for three 
years. The summary shall include:
    (1) Name of test subject.
    (2) Date of testing.
    (3) Name of the test conductor.
    (4) Fit factors obtained from every respirator tested (indicate 
manufacturer, model, size and approval number).
    b. A copy of all test data including the strip chart and results 
shall be kept for at least five years.

[57 FR 35666, Aug. 10, 1992, as amended at 57 FR 49649, Nov. 3, 1992; 61 
FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1051  1,3-Butadiene.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all 
occupational exposures to 1,3-Butadiene (BD), Chemical Abstracts Service 
Registry No. 106-99-0, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section.
    (2)(i) Except for the recordkeeping provisions in paragraph (m)(1) 
of this section, this section does not apply to the processing, use, or 
handling of products containing BD or to other work operations and 
streams in which BD is present where objective data are reasonably 
relied upon that demonstrate the work operation or the product or the 
group of products or operations to which it belongs may not reasonably 
be foreseen to release BD in airborne concentrations at or above the 
action level or in excess of the STEL under the expected conditions of 
processing, use, or handling that will cause the greatest possible 
release or in any plausible accident.
    (ii) This section also does not apply to work operations, products 
or streams where the only exposure to BD is from liquid mixtures 
containing 0.1% or less of BD by volume or the vapors released from such 
liquids, unless objective data become available that show that airborne 
concentrations generated by such mixtures can exceed the action level or 
STEL under reasonably predictable conditions of processing, use or 
handling that will cause the greatest possible release.
    (iii) Except for labeling requirements and requirements for 
emergency response, this section does not apply to the storage, 
transportation, distribution or sale of BD or liquid mixtures in intact 
containers or in transportation pipelines sealed in such a manner as to 
fully contain BD vapors or liquid.
    (3) Where products or processes containing BD are exempted under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the employer shall maintain records of 
the objective data supporting that exemption and the basis for the 
employer's reliance on the data, as provided in paragraph (m)(1) of this 
section.
    (b) Definitions: For the purpose of this section, the following 
definitions shall apply:
    Action level means a concentration of airborne BD of 0.5 ppm 
calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Authorized person means any person specifically designated by the 
employer, whose duties require entrance into a regulated area, or a 
person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees 
to exercise the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures 
under paragraph (d)(8) of this section, or a person designated under the 
Act or regulations

[[Page 445]]

issued under the Act to enter a regulated area.
    1,3-Butadiene means an organic compound with chemical formula 
CH2=CH-CH=CH2 that has a molecular weight of 
approximately 54.15 gm/mole.
    Business day means any Monday through Friday, except those days 
designated as federal, state, local or company specific holidays.
    Complete Blood Count (CBC) means laboratory tests performed on whole 
blood specimens and includes the following: White blood cell count 
(WBC), hematocrit (Hct), red blood cell count (RBC), hemoglobin (Hgb), 
differential count of white blood cells, red blood cell morphology, red 
blood cell indices, and platelet count.
    Day means any part of a calendar day.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and 
Human Services, or designee.
    Emergency situation means any occurrence such as, but not limited 
to, equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control 
equipment that may or does result in an uncontrolled significant release 
of BD.
    Employee exposure means exposure of a worker to airborne 
concentrations of BD which would occur if the employee were not using 
respiratory protective equipment.
    Objective data means monitoring data, or mathematical modelling or 
calculations based on composition, chemical and physical properties of a 
material, stream or product.
    Permissible Exposure Limits, PELs means either the 8 hour Time 
Weighted Average (8-hr TWA) exposure or the Short-Term Exposure Limit 
(STEL).
    Physician or other licensed health care professional is an 
individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (i.e., license, 
registration, or certification) allows him or her to independently 
provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide one or more of the 
specific health care services required by paragraph (k) of this section.
    Regulated area means any area where airborne concentrations of BD 
exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed the 8-hour time weighted 
average (8-hr TWA) exposure of 1 ppm or the short-term exposure limit 
(STEL) of 5 ppm for 15 minutes.
    This section means this 1,3-butadiene standard.
    (c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)--(1) Time-weighted average 
(TWA) limit. The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an 
airborne concentration of BD in excess of one (1) part BD per million 
parts of air (ppm) measured as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.
    (2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL). The employer shall ensure that 
no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of BD in excess of 
five parts of BD per million parts of air (5 ppm) as determined over a 
sampling period of fifteen (15) minutes.
    (d) Exposure monitoring--(1) General. (i) Determinations of employee 
exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are 
representative of the 8-hour TWA and 15-minute short-term exposures of 
each employee.
    (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be determined 
on the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift exposure for 
each shift and for each job classification in each work area.
    (iii) Representative 15-minute short-term employee exposures shall 
be determined on the basis of one or more samples representing 15-minute 
exposures associated with operations that are most likely to produce 
exposures above the STEL for each shift and for each job classification 
in each work area.
    (iv) Except for the initial monitoring required under paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section, where the employer can document that exposure 
levels are equivalent for similar operations on different work shifts, 
the employer need only determine representative employee exposure for 
that operation from the shift during which the highest exposure is 
expected.
    (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or 
work operation covered by this section, shall perform initial monitoring 
to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of BD to which 
employees may be exposed, or shall rely on objective data pursuant to 
paragraph

[[Page 446]]

(a)(2)(i) of this section to fulfill this requirement.
    (ii) Where the employer has monitored within two years prior to the 
effective date of this section and the monitoring satisfies all other 
requirements of this section, the employer may rely on such earlier 
monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of 
this section, provided that the conditions under which the initial 
monitoring was conducted have not changed in a manner that may result in 
new or additional exposures.
    (3) Periodic monitoring and its frequency. (i) If the initial 
monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee 
exposure to be at or above the action level but at or below both the 8-
hour TWA limit and the STEL, the employer shall repeat the 
representative monitoring required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section 
every twelve months.
    (ii) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this 
section reveals employee exposure to be above the 8-hour TWA limit, the 
employer shall repeat the representative monitoring required by 
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section at least every three months until 
the employer has collected two samples per quarter (each at least 7 days 
apart) within a two-year period, after which such monitoring must occur 
at least every six months.
    (iii) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this 
section reveals employee exposure to be above the STEL, the employer 
shall repeat the representative monitoring required by paragraph 
(d)(1)(iii) of this section at least every three months until the 
employer has collected two samples per quarter (each at least 7 days 
apart) within a two-year period, after which such monitoring must occur 
at least every six months.
    (iv) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from every six 
months to annually for any required representative monitoring for which 
two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart indicate that 
employee exposure has decreased to or below the 8-hour TWA, but is at or 
above the action level.
    (4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the initial monitoring 
required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure 
to be below the action level and at or below the STEL, the employer may 
discontinue the monitoring for employees whose exposures are represented 
by the initial monitoring.
    (ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this 
section reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two 
consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the 
action level and at or below the STEL, the employer may discontinue the 
monitoring for those employees who are represented by such monitoring.
    (5) Additional monitoring. (i) The employer shall institute the 
exposure monitoring required under paragraph (d) of this section 
whenever there has been a change in the production, process, control 
equipment, personnel or work practices that may result in new or 
additional exposures to BD or when the employer has any reason to 
suspect that a change may result in new or additional exposures.
    (ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures or other breakdowns occur that 
may lead to employee exposure above the 8-hr TWA limit or above the 
STEL, the employer shall monitor [using leak source, such as direct 
reading instruments, area or personal monitoring], after the cleanup of 
the spill or repair of the leak, rupture or other breakdown, to ensure 
that exposures have returned to the level that existed prior to the 
incident.
    (6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring shall be accurate, at a 
confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for 
airborne concentrations of BD at or above the 1 ppm TWA limit and to 
within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of BD at or 
above the action level of 0.5 ppm and below the 1 ppm TWA limit.
    (7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer 
shall, within 5 business days after the receipt of the results of any 
monitoring performed under this section, notify the affected employees 
of these results in writing

[[Page 447]]

either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location 
that is accessible to affected employees.
    (ii) The employer shall, within 15 business days after receipt of 
any monitoring performed under this section indicating the 8-hour TWA or 
STEL has been exceeded, provide the affected employees, in writing, with 
information on the corrective action being taken by the employer to 
reduce employee exposure to or below the 8-hour TWA or STEL and the 
schedule for completion of this action.
    (8) Observation of monitoring--(i) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees or their designated 
representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee 
exposure to BD conducted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this 
section.
    (ii) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of 
employee exposure to BD requires entry into an area where the use of 
protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide 
the observer at no cost with protective clothing and equipment, and 
shall ensure that the observer uses this equipment and complies with all 
other applicable safety and health procedures.
    (e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish a regulated 
area wherever occupational exposures to airborne concentrations of BD 
exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed the permissible exposure 
limits, either the 8-hr TWA or the STEL.
    (2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized 
persons.
    (3) Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest of the 
workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of employees exposed 
to BD within the regulated area.
    (4) An employer at a multi-employer worksite who establishes a 
regulated area shall communicate the access restrictions and locations 
of these areas to other employers with work operations at that worksite 
whose employees may have access to these areas.
    (f) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering controls and work 
practices. (i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and 
work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the 
PELs, except to the extent that the employer can establish that these 
controls are not feasible or where paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section 
applies.
    (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices 
which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure 
to or below the 8-hour TWA or STEL, the employer shall use them to 
reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these 
controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection 
that complies with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (2) Compliance plan. (i) Where any exposures are over the PELs, the 
employer shall establish and implement a written plan to reduce employee 
exposure to or below the PELs primarily by means of engineering and work 
practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and 
by the use of respiratory protection where required or permitted under 
this section. No compliance plan is required if all exposures are under 
the PELs.
    (ii) The written compliance plan shall include a schedule for the 
development and implementation of the engineering controls and work 
practice controls including periodic leak detection surveys.
    (iii) Copies of the compliance plan required in paragraph (f)(2) of 
this section shall be furnished upon request for examination and copying 
to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and 
designated employee representatives. Such plans shall be reviewed at 
least every 12 months, and shall be updated as necessary to reflect 
significant changes in the status of the employer's compliance program.
    (iv) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee 
rotation as a means of compliance with the PELs.
    (g) Exposure Goal Program. (1) For those operations and job 
classifications where employee exposures are greater than the action 
level, in addition to compliance with the PELs, the employer shall have 
an exposure goal program that is intended to limit employee exposures to 
below the action level during normal operations.

[[Page 448]]

    (2) Written plans for the exposure goal program shall be furnished 
upon request for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the 
Director, affected employees and designated employee representatives.
    (3) Such plans shall be updated as necessary to reflect significant 
changes in the status of the exposure goal program.
    (4) Respirator use is not required in the exposure goal program.
    (5) The exposure goal program shall include the following items 
unless the employer can demonstrate that the item is not feasible, will 
have no significant effect in reducing employee exposures, or is not 
necessary to achieve exposures below the action level:
    (i) A leak prevention, detection, and repair program.
    (ii) A program for maintaining the effectiveness of local exhaust 
ventilation systems.
    (iii) The use of pump exposure control technology such as, but not 
limited to, mechanical double-sealed or seal-less pumps.
    (iv) Gauging devices designed to limit employee exposure, such as 
magnetic gauges on rail cars.
    (v) Unloading devices designed to limit employee exposure, such as a 
vapor return system.
    (vi) A program to maintain BD concentration below the action level 
in control rooms by use of engineering controls.
    (h) Respiratory protection--(1) General. The employer shall provide 
respirators that comply with the requirements of this paragraph, at no 
cost to each affected employee, and ensure that each affected employee 
uses such respirator where required by this section. Respirators shall 
be used in the following circumstances:
    (i) During the time interval necessary to install or implement 
feasible engineering and work practice controls;
    (ii) In non-routine work operations which are performed infrequently 
and in which exposures are limited in duration.
    (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering controls and 
work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposures to or 
below the PELs; or
    (iv) In emergencies.
    (2) Respirator selection. (i) Where respirators are required, the 
employer shall select and provide the appropriate respirator as 
specified in Table 1 in paragraph (h)(5)(ii) of this section, and ensure 
its use.
    (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved 
by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 
under the provisions of 42 CFR Part 84, ``Respiratory Protective 
Devices.'' Air purifying respirators shall have filter element(s) 
approved by NIOSH for organic vapors or BD.
    (iii) If an employee whose job requires the use of a respirator 
cannot use a negative pressure respirator, the employee must be provided 
with a respirator having less breathing resistance, such as a powered 
air-purifying respirator or supplied air respirator, if the employee is 
able to use it and if it will provide adequate protection.
    (3) Respirator program. Where respiratory protection is required, 
the employer shall institute a respirator program in accordance with 29 
CFR 1910.134.
    (4) Respirator use. (i) Where air-purifying respirators are used, 
the employer shall replace the air purifying filter element(s) according 
to the replacement life interval set for the class of respirator listed 
in Table 1 in paragraph (h)(5) of this section and at the beginning of 
each work shift.
    (ii) In lieu of the replacement intervals listed in Table 1, the 
employer may replace cartridges or canisters at 90% of the expiration of 
service life, provided the employer can demonstrate that employees will 
be adequately protected. BD breakthrough data relied upon by the 
employer must derive from tests conducted under worst case conditions of 
humidity, temperature, and air flow rate through the filter element. The 
employer shall describe the data supporting the cartridge/canister 
change schedule and the basis for reliance on the data in the employer's 
respirator program.
    (iii) A label shall be attached to the filter element(s) to indicate 
the date

[[Page 449]]

and time it is first installed on the respirator. If an employee detects 
the odor of BD, the employer shall replace the air-purifying element(s) 
immediately.
    (iv) If a NIOSH-approved end of service life indicator (ESLI) for BD 
becomes available for an air-purifying filter element, the element may 
be used until such time as the indicator shows no further useful service 
life or until replaced at the beginning of the next work shift, 
whichever comes first. If an employee detects the odor of BD, the 
employer shall replace the air-purifying element(s) immediately.
    (v) The employer shall permit employees who wear respirators to 
leave the regulated area to wash their faces and respirator facepieces 
as necessary in order to prevent skin irritation associated with 
respirator use or to change the filter elements of air-purifying 
respirators whenever they detect a change in breathing resistance or 
whenever the odor of BD is detected.
    (5) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall perform either 
qualitative fit testing (QLFT) or quantitative fit testing (QNFT), as 
required in Appendix E to this section, at the time of initial fitting 
and at least annually thereafter for employees who wear tight-fitting 
negative pressure respirators. Fit testing shall be used to select a 
respirator facepiece which exhibits minimum leakage and provides the 
required protection as prescribed in Table 1 in paragraph (h)(5)(ii) of 
this section.
    (ii) For each employee wearing a tight-fitting full facepiece 
negative pressure respirator who is exposed to airborne concentrations 
of BD that exceed 10 times the TWA PEL (10 ppm), the employer shall 
perform quantitative fit testing as required in Appendix E to this 
section, at the time of initial fitting and at least annually 
thereafter.

Table 1--Minimum Requirements for Respiratory Protection for Airborne BD
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Concentration of airborne BD (ppm)                                      
        or condition of use              Minimum required respirator    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than or equal to 5 ppm (5      (a) Air-purifying half mask or full 
 times PEL).                         facepiece respirator equipped with 
                                     approved BD or organic vapor       
                                     cartridges or canisters. Cartridges
                                     or canisters shall be replaced     
                                     every 4 hours.                     
Less than or equal to 10 ppm (10    (a) Air-purifying half mask or full 
 times PEL).                         facepiece respirator equipped with 
                                     approved BD or organic vapor       
                                     cartridges or canisters. Cartridges
                                     or canisters shall be replaced     
                                     every 3 hours.                     
Less than or equal to 25 ppm (25    (a) Air-purifying full facepiece    
 times PEL).                         respirator equipped with approved  
                                     BD or organic vapor cartridges or  
                                     canisters. Cartridges or canisters 
                                     shall be replaced every 2 hours.   
                                    (b) Any powered air-purifying       
                                     respirator equipped with approved  
                                     BD or organic vapor cartridges.    
                                     PAPR cartridges shall be replaced  
                                     every 2 hours.                     
                                    (c) Continuous flow supplied air    
                                     respirator equipped with a hood or 
                                     helmet.                            
Less than or equal to 50 ppm (50    (a) Air-purifying full facepiece    
 times PEL).                         respirator equipped with approved  
                                     BD or organic vapor cartridges or  
                                     canisters. Cartridges or canisters 
                                     shall be replaced every (1) hour.  
                                    (b) Powered air-purifying respirator
                                     equipped with a tight-fitting      
                                     facepiece and an approved BD or    
                                     organic vapor cartridges. PAPR     
                                     cartridges shall be replaced every 
                                     (1) hour.                          
Less than or equal to 1,000 ppm     (a) Supplied air respirator equipped
 (1,000 times PEL).                  with a half mask of full facepiece 
                                     and operated in a pressure demand  
                                     or other positive pressure mode.   
Greater than 1000 ppm.............  (a) Self-contained breathing unknown
                                     concentration, or apparatus        
                                     equipped with a firefighting full  
                                     facepiece and operated in a        
                                     pressure demand or other positive  
                                     pressure mode.                     
                                    (b) Any supplied air respirator     
                                     equipped with a full facepiece and 
                                     operated in a pressure demand or   
                                     other positive pressure mode in    
                                     combination with an auxiliary self-
                                     contained breathing apparatus      
                                     operated in a pressure demand or   
                                     other positive pressure mode.      
Escape from IDLH conditions.......  (a) Any positive pressure self-     
                                     contained breathing apparatus with 
                                     an appropriate service life.       
                                    (b) A air-purifying full facepiece  
                                     respirator equipped with a front or
                                     back mounted BD or organic vapor   
                                     canister.                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes: Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are        
  permitted to be used in lower concentrations. Full facepiece is       
  required when eye irritation is anticipated.                          

    (iii) The employer shall ensure that employees wearing tight fitting 
respirators perform a facepiece seal fit check to ensure that a proper 
facepiece seal is obtained prior to entry into a BD atmosphere. The 
recommended positive or negative pressure fit check procedures listed in 
Appendix E to this section or the respirator manufacturer's recommended 
fit check procedure shall be used.
    (i) Protective clothing and equipment. Where appropriate to prevent 
eye contact and limit dermal exposure to BD, the employer shall provide 
protective clothing and equipment at no cost to

[[Page 450]]

the employee and shall ensure its use. Eye and face protection shall 
meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.133.
    (j) Emergency situations. Written plan. A written plan for emergency 
situations shall be developed, or an existing plan shall be modified, to 
contain the applicable elements specified in 29 CFR 1910.38, ``Employee 
Emergency Plans and Fire Prevention Plans,'' and in 29 CFR 1910.120 
``Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Responses,'' for each 
workplace where there is a possibility of an emergency.
    (k) Medical screening and surveillance--(1) Employees covered. The 
employer shall institute a medical screening and surveillance program as 
specified in this paragraph for:
    (i) Each employee with exposure to BD at concentrations at or above 
the action level on 30 or more days or for employees who have or may 
have exposure to BD at or above the PELs on 10 or more days a year;
    (ii) Employers (including successor owners) shall continue to 
provide medical screening and surveillance for employees, even after 
transfer to a non-BD exposed job and regardless of when the employee is 
transferred, whose work histories suggest exposure to BD:
    (A) At or above the PELs on 30 or more days a year for 10 or more 
years;
    (B) At or above the action level on 60 or more days a year for 10 or 
more years; or
    (C) Above 10 ppm on 30 or more days in any past year; and
    (iii) Each employee exposed to BD following an emergency situation.
    (2) Program administration. (i) The employer shall ensure that the 
health questionnaire, physical examination and medical procedures are 
provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a 
reasonable time and place.
    (ii) Physical examinations, health questionnaires, and medical 
procedures shall be performed or administered by a physician or other 
licensed health care professional.
    (iii) Laboratory tests shall be conducted by an accredited 
laboratory.
    (3) Frequency of medical screening activities. The employer shall 
make medical screening available on the following schedule:
    (i) For each employee covered under paragraphs (j)(1) (i)-(ii) of 
this section, a health questionnaire and complete blood count with 
differential and platelet count (CBC) every year, and a physical 
examination as specified below:
    (A) An initial physical examination that meets the requirements of 
this rule, if twelve months or more have elapsed since the last physical 
examination conducted as part of a medical screening program for BD 
exposure;
    (B) Before assumption of duties by the employee in a job with BD 
exposure;
    (C) Every 3 years after the initial physical examination;
    (D) At the discretion of the physician or other licensed health care 
professional reviewing the annual health questionnaire and CBC;
    (E) At the time of employee reassignment to an area where exposure 
to BD is below the action level, if the employee's past exposure history 
does not meet the criteria of paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section for 
continued coverage in the screening and surveillance program, and if 
twelve months or more have elapsed since the last physical examination; 
and
    (F) At termination of employment if twelve months or more have 
elapsed since the last physical examination.
    (ii) Following an emergency situation, medical screening shall be 
conducted as quickly as possible, but not later than 48 hours after the 
exposure.
    (iii) For each employee who must wear a respirator, physical ability 
to perform the work and use the respirator must be determined as 
required by 29 CFR 1910.134.
    (4) Content of medical screening. (i) Medical screening for 
employees covered by paragraphs (j)(1) (i)-(ii) of this section shall 
include:
    (A) A baseline health questionnaire that includes a comprehensive 
occupational and health history and is updated annually. Particular 
emphasis shall be placed on the hematopoietic and reticuloendothelial 
systems, including exposure to chemicals, in addition to BD, that may 
have an adverse effect on these systems, the presence of signs and 
symptoms that might be related to disorders of these systems, and any 
other information determined by

[[Page 451]]

the examining physician or other licensed health care professional to be 
necessary to evaluate whether the employee is at increased risk of 
material impairment of health from BD exposure. Health questionnaires 
shall consist of the sample forms in Appendix C to this section, or be 
equivalent to those samples;
    (B) A complete physical examination, with special emphasis on the 
liver, spleen, lymph nodes, and skin;
    (C) A CBC; and
    (D) Any other test which the examining physician or other licensed 
health care professional deems necessary to evaluate whether the 
employee may be at increased risk from exposure to BD.
    (ii) Medical screening for employees exposed to BD in an emergency 
situation shall focus on the acute effects of BD exposure and at a 
minimum include: A CBC within 48 hours of the exposure and then monthly 
for three months; and a physical examination if the employee reports 
irritation of the eyes, nose throat, lungs, or skin, blurred vision, 
coughing, drowsiness, nausea, or headache. Continued employee 
participation in the medical screening and surveillance program, beyond 
these minimum requirements, shall be at the discretion of the physician 
or other licensed health care professional.
    (5) Additional medical evaluations and referrals. (i) Where the 
results of medical screening indicate abnormalities of the hematopoietic 
or reticuloendothelial systems, for which a non-occupational cause is 
not readily apparent, the examining physician or other licensed health 
care professional shall refer the employee to an appropriate specialist 
for further evaluation and shall make available to the specialist the 
results of the medical screening.
    (ii) The specialist to whom the employee is referred under this 
paragraph shall determine the appropriate content for the medical 
evaluation, e.g., examinations, diagnostic tests and procedures, etc.
    (6) Information provided to the physician or other licensed health 
care professional. The employer shall provide the following information 
to the examining physician or other licensed health care professional 
involved in the evaluation:
    (i) A copy of this section including its appendices;
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate 
to the employee's BD exposure;
    (iii) The employee's actual or representative BD exposure level 
during employment tenure, including exposure incurred in an emergency 
situation;
    (iv) A description of pertinent personal protective equipment used 
or to be used; and
    (v) Information, when available, from previous employment-related 
medical evaluations of the affected employee which is not otherwise 
available to the physician or other licensed health care professional or 
the specialist.
    (7) The written medical opinion. (i) For each medical evaluation 
required by this section, the employer shall ensure that the physician 
or other licensed health care professional produces a written opinion 
and provides a copy to the employer and the employee within 15 business 
days of the evaluation. The written opinion shall be limited to the 
following information:
    (A) The occupationally pertinent results of the medical evaluation;
    (B) A medical opinion concerning whether the employee has any 
detected medical conditions which would place the employee's health at 
increased risk of material impairment from exposure to BD;
    (C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to BD; 
and
    (D) A statement that the employee has been informed of the results 
of the medical evaluation and any medical conditions resulting from BD 
exposure that require further explanation or treatment.
    (ii) The written medical opinion provided to the employer shall not 
reveal specific records, findings, and diagnoses that have no bearing on 
the employee's ability to work with BD.

    Note: However, this provision does not negate the ethical obligation 
of the physician or other licensed health care professional to transmit 
any other adverse findings directly to the employee.


[[Page 452]]


    (8) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall ensure that 
information obtained from the medical screening program activities is 
aggregated (with all personal identifiers removed) and periodically 
reviewed, to ascertain whether the health of the employee population of 
that employer is adversely affected by exposure to BD.
    (ii) Information learned from medical surveillance activities must 
be disseminated to covered employees, as defined in paragraph (k)(1) of 
this section, in a manner that ensures the confidentiality of individual 
medical information.
    (l) Communication of BD hazards to employees--(1) Hazard 
communication. The employer shall communicate the hazards associated 
with BD exposure in accordance with the requirements of the Hazard 
Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, and 29 CFR 
1926.59.
    (2) Employee information and training. (i) The employer shall 
provide all employees exposed to BD with information and training in 
accordance with the requirements of the Hazard Communication Standard, 
29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, and 29 CFR 1926.59.
    (ii) The employer shall institute a training program for all 
employees who are potentially exposed to BD at or above the action level 
or the STEL, ensure employee participation in the program and maintain a 
record of the contents of such program.
    (iii) Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of initial 
assignment to a job potentially involving exposure to BD at or above the 
action level or STEL and at least annually thereafter.
    (iv) The training program shall be conducted in a manner that the 
employee is able to understand. The employee shall ensure that each 
employee exposed to BD over the action level or STEL is informed of the 
following:
    (A) The health hazards associated with BD exposure, and the purpose 
and a description of the medical screening and surveillance program 
required by this section;
    (B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, and storage of 
BD and the specific operations that could result in exposure to BD, 
especially exposures above the PEL or STEL;
    (C) The engineering controls and work practices associated with the 
employee's job assignment, and emergency procedures and personal 
protective equipment;
    (D) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from 
exposure to BD.
    (E) The contents of this standard and its appendices, and
    (F) The right of each employee exposed to BD at or above the action 
level or STEL to obtain:
    (1) medical examinations as required by paragraph (j) of this 
section at no cost to the employee;
    (2) the employee's medical records required to be maintained by 
paragraph (m)(4) of this section; and
    (3) all air monitoring results representing the employee's exposure 
to BD and required to be kept by paragraph (m)(2) of this section.
    (3) Access to information and training materials. (i) The employer 
shall make a copy of this standard and its appendices readily available 
without cost to all affected employees and their designated 
representatives and shall provide a copy if requested.
    (ii) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary or the 
Director, or the designated employee representatives, upon request, all 
materials relating to the employee information and the training program.
    (m) Recordkeeping--(1) Objective data for exemption from initial 
monitoring. (i) Where the processing, use, or handling of products or 
streams made from or containing BD are exempted from other requirements 
of this section under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or where 
objective data have been relied on in lieu of initial monitoring under 
paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, the employer shall establish and 
maintain a record of the objective data reasonably relied upon in 
support of the exemption.
    (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The product or activity qualifying for exemption;
    (B) The source of the objective data;
    (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and analysis of the 
material for the release of BD;

[[Page 453]]

    (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support 
the exemption; and
    (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or 
employee exposures covered by the exemption.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
    (2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record of all measurements taken to monitor 
employee exposure to BD as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The date of measurement;
    (B) The operation involving exposure to BD which is being monitored;
    (C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their 
accuracy;
    (D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;
    (E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and
    (F) Name, social security number and exposure of the employees whose 
exposures are represented.
    (G) The written corrective action and the schedule for completion of 
this action required by paragraph (d)(7)(ii) of this section.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 30 years 
in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (3) Respirator Fit-test. (i) The employer shall establish a record 
of the fit tests administered to an employee including:
    (A) The name of the employee,
    (B) Type of respirator,
    (C) Brand and size of respirator,
    (D) Date of test, and
    (E) Where QNFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart recording or 
other recording of the results of the test.
    (ii) Fit test records shall be maintained for respirator users until 
the next fit test is administered.
    (4) Medical screening and surveillance. (i) The employer shall 
establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to 
medical screening and surveillance under this section.
    (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The name and social security number of the employee;
    (B) Physician's or other licensed health care professional's written 
opinions as described in paragraph (k)(7) of this section;
    (C) A copy of the information provided to the physician or other 
licensed health care professional as required by paragraphs (k)(7)(ii)-
(iv) of this section.
    (iii) Medical screening and surveillance records shall be maintained 
for each employee for the duration of employment plus 30 years, in 
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (5) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make 
all records required to be maintained by this section available for 
examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.
    (ii) Access to records required to be maintained by paragraphs 
(l)(1)-(3) of this section shall be granted in accordance with 29 CFR 
1910.20(e).
    (6) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do 
business, the employer shall transfer records required by this section 
to the successor employer. The successor employer shall receive and 
maintain these records. If there is no successor employer, the employer 
shall notify the Director, at least three (3) months prior to disposal, 
and transmit them to the Director if requested by the Director within 
that period.
    (ii) The employer shall transfer medical and exposure records as set 
forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
    (n) Dates--(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective 
ninety (90) days after the date of publication in the Federal Register.
    (2) Start-up dates. (i) The initial monitoring required under 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be completed within sixty (60) 
days of the effective date of this standard or the introduction of BD 
into the workplace.
    (ii) The requirements of paragraphs (c) through (m) of this section, 
including feasible work practice controls but not including engineering 
controls specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, shall be 
complied with within one-hundred and eighty (180) days after the 
effective date of this section.

[[Page 454]]

    (iii) Engineering controls specified by paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section shall be implemented within two (2) years after the effective 
date of this section, and the exposure goal program specified in 
paragraph (g) of this section shall be implemented within three (3) 
years after the effective date of this section.
    (o) Appendices. (1) Appendix E to this section is mandatory.
    (2) Appendices A, B, C, D, and F to this section are informational 
and are not intended to create any additional obligations not otherwise 
imposed or to detract from any existing obligations.

     Appendix A. Substance Safety Data Sheet For 1,3-Butadiene (Non-
                               Mandatory)

                       I. Substance Identification

    A. Substance: 1,3-Butadiene (CH2CH-
CHCH2).
    B. Synonyms: 1,3-Butadiene (BD); butadiene; biethylene; bi-vinyl; 
divinyl; butadiene-1,3; buta-1,3-diene; erythrene; NCI-C50602; CAS-106-
99-0.
    C. BD can be found as a gas or liquid.
    D. BD is used in production of styrene-butadiene rubber and 
polybutadiene rubber for the tire industry. Other uses include copolymer 
latexes for carpet backing and paper coating, as well as resins and 
polymers for pipes and automobile and appliance parts. It is also used 
as an intermediate in the production of such chemicals as fungicides.
    E. Appearance and odor: BD is a colorless, non-corrosive, flammable 
gas with a mild aromatic odor at standard ambient temperature and 
pressure.
    F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not exceed 1 part BD per 
million parts of air averaged over the 8-hour workday, nor may short-
term exposure exceed 5 parts of BD per million parts of air averaged 
over any 15-minute period in the 8-hour workday.

                         II. Health Hazard Data

    A. BD can affect the body if the gas is inhaled or if the liquid 
form, which is very cold (cryogenic), comes in contact with the eyes or 
skin.
    B. Effects of overexposure: Breathing very high levels of BD for a 
short time can cause central nervous system effects, blurred vision, 
nausea, fatigue, headache, decreased blood pressure and pulse rate, and 
unconsciousness. There are no recorded cases of accidental exposures at 
high levels that have caused death in humans, but this could occur. 
Breathing lower levels of BD may cause irritation of the eyes, nose, and 
throat. Skin contact with liquefied BD can cause irritation and 
frostbite.
    C. Long-term (chronic) exposure: BD has been found to be a potent 
carcinogen in rodents, inducing neoplastic lesions at multiple target 
sites in mice and rats. A recent study of BD-exposed workers showed that 
exposed workers have an increased risk of developing leukemia. The risk 
of leukemia increases with increased exposure to BD. OSHA has concluded 
that there is strong evidence that workplace exposure to BD poses an 
increased risk of death from cancers of the lymphohematopoietic system.
    D. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your supervisor 
if you develop any of these signs or symptoms and suspect that they are 
caused by exposure to BD.

                   III. Emergency First Aid Procedures

    In the event of an emergency, follow the emergency plan and 
procedures designated for your work area. If you have been trained in 
first aid procedures, provide the necessary first aid measures. If 
necessary, call for additional assistance from co-workers and emergency 
medical personnel.
    A. Eye and Skin Exposures: If there is a potential that liquefied BD 
can come in contact with eye or skin, face shields and skin protective 
equipment must be provided and used. If liquefied BD comes in contact 
with the eye, immediately flush the eyes with large amounts of water, 
occasionally lifting the lower and the upper lids. Flush repeatedly. Get 
medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when 
working with this chemical. In the event of skin contact, which can 
cause frostbite, remove any contaminated clothing and flush the affected 
area repeatedly with large amounts of tepid water.
    B. Breathing: If a person breathes in large amounts of BD, move the 
exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, begin 
cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) if you have been trained in this 
procedure. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical 
attention immediately.
    C. Rescue: Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure. If 
the exposed person has been overcome, call for help and begin emergency 
rescue procedures. Use extreme caution so that you do not become a 
casualty. Understand the plant's emergency rescue procedures and know 
the locations of rescue equipment before the need arises.

                 IV. Respirators and Protective Clothing

    A. Respirators: Good industrial hygiene practices recommend that 
engineering and work practice controls be used to reduce environmental 
concentrations to the permissible exposure level. However, there are 
some exceptions where respirators may be used to control exposure. 
Respirators may be used when engineering and work practice controls

[[Page 455]]

are not technically feasible, when such controls are in the process of 
being installed, or when these controls fail and need to be supplemented 
or during brief, non-routine, intermittent exposure. Respirators may 
also be used in situations involving non-routine work operations which 
are performed infrequently and in which exposures are limited in 
duration, and in emergency situations. In some instances cartridge 
respirator use is allowed, but only with strict time constraints. For 
example, at exposure below 5 ppm BD, a cartridge (or canister) 
respirator, either full or half face, may be used, but the cartridge 
must be replaced at least every 4 hours, and it must be replaced every 3 
hours when the exposure is between 5 and 10 ppm. If the use of 
respirators is necessary, the only respirators permitted are those that 
have been approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and 
Health (NIOSH). In addition to respirator selection, a complete 
respiratory protection program must be instituted which includes regular 
training, maintenance, fit testing, inspection, cleaning, and evaluation 
of respirators. If you can smell BD while wearing a respirator, proceed 
immediately to fresh air, and change cartridge (or canister) before re-
entering an area where there is BD exposure. If you experience 
difficulty in breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your 
supervisor.
    B. Protective Clothing: Employees should be provided with and 
required to use impervious clothing, gloves, face shields (eight-inch 
minimum), and other appropriate protective clothing necessary to prevent 
the skin from becoming frozen by contact with liquefied BD (or a vessel 
containing liquid BD).
    Employees should be provided with and required to use splash-proof 
safety goggles where liquefied BD may contact the eyes.

           V. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling, and Storage

    A. Fire and Explosion Hazards: BD is a flammable gas and can easily 
form explosive mixtures in air. It has a lower explosive limit of 2%, 
and an upper explosive limit of 11.5%. It has an autoignition 
temperature of 420 deg. C (788 deg. F). Its vapor is heavier than air 
(vapor density, 1.9) and may travel a considerable distance to a source 
of ignition and flash back. Usually it contains inhibitors to prevent 
self-polymerization (which is accompanied by evolution of heat) and to 
prevent formation of explosive peroxides. At elevated temperatures, such 
as in fire conditions, polymerization may take place. If the 
polymerization takes place in a container, there is a possibility of 
violent rupture of the container.
    B. Hazard: Slightly toxic. Slight respiratory irritant. Direct 
contact of liquefied BD on skin may cause freeze burns and frostbite.
    C. Storage: Protect against physical damage to BD containers. 
Outside or detached storage of BD containers is preferred. Inside 
storage should be in a cool, dry, well-ventilated, noncombustible 
location, away from all possible sources of ignition. Store cylinders 
vertically and do not stack. Do not store with oxidizing material.
    D. Usual Shipping Containers: Liquefied BD is contained in steel 
pressure apparatus.
    E. Electrical Equipment: Electrical installations in Class I 
hazardous locations, as defined in Article 500 of the National 
Electrical Code, should be in accordance with Article 501 of the Code. 
If explosion-proof electrical equipment is necessary, it shall be 
suitable for use in Group B. Group D equipment may be used if such 
equipment is isolated in accordance with Section 501-5(a) by sealing all 
conduit \1/2\- inch size or larger. See Venting of Deflagrations (NFPA 
No. 68, 1994), National Electrical Code (NFPA No. 70, 1996 ), Static 
Electricity (NFPA No. 77, 1993), Lightning Protection Systems (NFPA No. 
780, 1995), and Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liquids, Gases and 
Volatile Solids (NFPA No. 325, 1994).
    F. Fire Fighting: Stop flow of gas. Use water to keep fire-exposed 
containers cool. Fire extinguishers and quick drenching facilities must 
be readily available, and you should know where they are and how to 
operate them.
    G. Spill and Leak: Persons not wearing protective equipment and 
clothing should be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until clean-
up has been completed. If BD is spilled or leaked, the following steps 
should be taken:
    1. Eliminate all ignition sources.
    2. Ventilate area of spill or leak.
    3. If in liquid form, for small quantities, allow to evaporate in a 
safe manner.
    4. Stop or control the leak if this can be done without risk. If 
source of leak is a cylinder and the leak cannot be stopped in place, 
remove the leaking cylinder to a safe place and repair the leak or allow 
the cylinder to empty.
    H. Disposal: This substance, when discarded or disposed of, is a 
hazardous waste according to Federal regulations (40 CFR part 261). It 
is listed as hazardous waste number D001 due to its ignitability. The 
transportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of this waste material 
must be conducted in compliance with 40 CFR parts 262, 263, 264, 268 and 
270. Disposal can occur only in properly permitted facilities. Check 
state and local regulation of any additional requirements as these may 
be more restrictive than federal laws and regulation.
    I. You should not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials in 
areas where there is BD exposure, nor should you eat or drink in such 
areas.

[[Page 456]]

    J. Ask your supervisor where BD is used in your work area and ask 
for any additional plant safety and health rules.

                        VI. Medical Requirements

    Your employer is required to offer you the opportunity to 
participate in a medical screening and surveillance program if you are 
exposed to BD at concentrations exceeding the action level (0.5 ppm BD 
as an 8-hour TWA) on 30 days or more a year, or at or above the 8 hr TWA 
(1 ppm) or STEL (5 ppm for 15 minutes) on 10 days or more a year. 
Exposure for any part of a day counts. If you have had exposure to BD in 
the past, but have been transferred to another job, you may still be 
eligible to participate in the medical screening and surveillance 
program. The OSHA rule specifies the past exposures that would qualify 
you for participation in the program. These past exposure are work 
histories that suggest the following: (1) That you have been exposed at 
or above the PELs on 30 days a year for 10 or more years; (2) that you 
have been exposed at or above the action level on 60 days a year for 10 
or more years; or (3) that you have been exposed above 10 ppm on 30 days 
in any past year. Additionally, if you are exposed to BD in an emergency 
situation, you are eligible for a medical examination within 48 hours. 
The basic medical screening program includes a health questionnaire, 
physical examination, and blood test. These medical evaluations must be 
offered to you at a reasonable time and place, and without cost or loss 
of pay.

                     VII. Observation of Monitoring

    Your employer is required to perform measurements that are 
representative of your exposure to BD and you or your designated 
representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are 
entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to 
record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking 
place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and 
equipment are required to be worn, you or your representative must also 
be provided with, and must wear, the protective clothing and equipment.

                       VIII. Access to Information

    A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the 
information contained in this appendix. In addition, your employer must 
instruct you in the proper work practices for using BD, emergency 
procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment.
    B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being 
exposed to BD. You or your representative has the right to observe 
employee measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer 
is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines 
that you are being overexposed, he or she is required to inform you of 
the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within 
permissible exposure limits and of the schedule to implement these 
actions.
    C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures and 
medical examinations. These records must be kept by the employer for at 
least thirty (30) years.
    D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical 
records to you or your representative upon your request.

   Appendix B. Substance Technical Guidelines for 1,3-Butadiene (Non-
                               Mandatory)

                      I. Physical and Chemical Data

    A. Substance identification:
    1. Synonyms: 1,3-Butadiene (BD); butadiene; biethylene; bivinyl; 
divinyl; butadiene-1,3; buta-1,3-diene; erythrene; NCI-C50620; CAS-106-
99-0.
    2. Formula: CH2CH-CHCH2.
    3. Molecular weight: 54.1.
    B. Physical data:
    1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): -4.7  deg.C (23.5  deg.F).
    2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.62 at 20  deg.C (68  deg.F).
    3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of BD): 1.87.
    4. Vapor pressure at 20  deg.C (68  deg.F): 910 mm Hg.
    5. Solubility in water, g/100 g water at 20  deg.C (68  deg.F): 
0.05.
    6. Appearance and odor: Colorless, flammable gas with a mildly 
aromatic odor. Liquefied BD is a colorless liquid with a mildly aromatic 
odor.

             II. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data

    A. Fire:
    1. Flash point: -76  deg.C (-105  deg.F) for take out; liquefied BD; 
Not applicable to BD gas.
    2. Stability: A stabilizer is added to the monomer to inhibit 
formation of polymer during storage. Forms explosive peroxides in air in 
absence of inhibitor.
    3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Lower: 2.0; Upper: 
11.5.
    4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for small fires, polymer or 
alcohol foams for large fires.
    5. Special fire fighting procedures: Fight fire from protected 
location or maximum possible distance. Stop flow of gas before 
extinguishing fire. Use water spray to keep fire-exposed cylinders cool.
    6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: BD vapors are heavier than 
air and may travel to a source of ignition and flash back. Closed 
containers may rupture violently when heated.
    7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 
1910.106, BD is classified as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500

[[Page 457]]

ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower flammable limit, would be 
considered to pose a potential fire and explosion hazard.
    8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.155, BD is classified 
as a Class B fire hazard.
    9. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.307, locations 
classified as hazardous due to the presence of BD shall be Class I.
    B. Reactivity:
    1. Conditions contributing to instability: Heat. Peroxides are 
formed when inhibitor concentration is not maintained at proper level. 
At elevated temperatures, such as in fire conditions, polymerization may 
take place.
    2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strong oxidizing agents may cause 
fires and explosions. The contacting of crude BD (not BD monomer) with 
copper and copper alloys may cause formations of explosive copper 
compounds.
    3. Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases (such as carbon 
monoxide) may be released in a fire involving BD.
    4. Special precautions: BD will attack some forms of plastics, 
rubber, and coatings. BD in storage should be checked for proper 
inhibitor content, for self-polymerization, and for formation of 
peroxides when in contact with air and iron. Piping carrying BD may 
become plugged by formation of rubbery polymer.
    C. Warning Properties:
    1. Odor Threshold: An odor threshold of 0.45 ppm has been reported 
in The American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) Report, Odor 
Thresholds for Chemicals with Established Occupational Health Standards. 
(Ex. 32-28C)
    2. Eye Irritation Level: Workers exposed to vapors of BD 
(concentration or purity unspecified) have complained of irritation of 
eyes, nasal passages, throat, and lungs. Dogs and rabbits exposed 
experimentally to as much as 6700 ppm for 7\1/2\ hours a day for 8 
months have developed no histologically demonstrable abnormality of the 
eyes.
    3. Evaluation of Warning Properties: Since the mean odor threshold 
is about half of the 1 ppm PEL, and more than 10-fold below the 5 ppm 
STEL, most wearers of air purifying respirators should still be able to 
detect breakthrough before a significant overexposure to BD occurs.

                III. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures

    A. Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing should be 
restricted from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been 
completed. If BD is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be 
taken:
    1. Eliminate all ignition sources.
    2. Ventilate areas of spill or leak.
    3. If in liquid form, for small quantities, allow to evaporate in a 
safe manner.
    4. Stop or control the leak if this can be done without risk. If 
source of leak is a cylinder and the leak cannot be stopped in place, 
remove the leaking cylinder to a safe place and repair the leak or allow 
the cylinder to empty.
    B. Disposal: This substance, when discarded or disposed of, is a 
hazardous waste according to Federal regulations (40 CFR part 261). It 
is listed by the EPA as hazardous waste number D001 due to its 
ignitability. The transportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of 
this waste material must be conducted in compliance with 40 CFR parts 
262, 263, 264, 268 and 270. Disposal can occur only in properly 
permitted facilities. Check state and local regulations for any 
additional requirements because these may be more restrictive than 
federal laws and regulations.

                IV. Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

    A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit (8-hr TWA) or 
Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL):
    1. 8-hr TWA exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose 
of determining employee exposure under this standard are best taken with 
consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples must be taken 
in the employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent 
that inhaled by the employee).
    2. STEL exposure evaluation: Measurements must represent 15 minute 
exposures associated with operations most likely to exceed the STEL in 
each job and on each shift.
    3. Monitoring frequencies: Table 1 gives various exposure scenarios 
and their required monitoring frequencies, as required by the final 
standard for occupational exposure to butadiene.

    Table 1--Five Exposure Scenarios and Their Associated Monitoring    
                               Frequencies                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Action    8-hr                                                         
  level     TWA    STEL            Required monitoring activity         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*......      -       -   No 8-hr TWA or STEL monitoring required.      
+*......      -       -   No STEL monitoring required. Monitor 8-hr TWA 
                           annually.                                    
+.......      +       -   No STEL monitoring required. Periodic         
                           monitoring 8-hr TWA, in accordance with      
                           (d)(3)(ii).**                                
+.......      +       +   Periodic monitoring 8-hr TWA, in accordance   
                           with (d)(3)(ii)**. Periodic monitoring STEL, 
                           in accordance with (d)(3)(iii).              
+.......      -       +   Periodic monitoring STEL, in accordance with  
                           (d)(3)(iii). Monitor 8-hr TWA, annually.     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Exposure Scenario, Limit Exceeded: + = Yes, -= No.                    
** The employer may decrease the frequency of exposure monitoring to    
  annually when at least 2 consecutive measurements taken at least 7    
  days apart show exposures to be below the 8 hr TWA, but at or above   
  the action level.                                                     

    4. Monitoring techniques: Appendix D describes the validated method 
of sampling and analysis which has been tested by OSHA for

[[Page 458]]

use with BD. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring 
method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the 
standard under his or her unique field conditions. The standard requires 
that the method of monitoring must be accurate, to a 95 percent 
confidence level, to plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of BD 
at or above 1 ppm, and to plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations 
below 1 ppm.

                    V. Personal Protective Equipment

    A. Employees should be provided with and required to use impervious 
clothing, gloves, face shields (eight-inch minimum), and other 
appropriate protective clothing necessary to prevent the skin from 
becoming frozen from contact with liquid BD.
    B. Any clothing which becomes wet with liquid BD should be removed 
immediately and not re-worn until the butadiene has evaporated.
    C. Employees should be provided with and required to use splash 
proof safety goggles where liquid BD may contact the eyes.

                 VI. Housekeeping and Hygiene Facilities

    For purposes of complying with 29 CFR 1910.141, the following items 
should be emphasized:
    A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary 
condition.
    B. Adequate washing facilities with hot and cold water are to be 
provided and maintained in a sanitary condition.

                       VII. Additional Precautions

    A. Store BD in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated 
area and take all necessary precautions to avoid any explosion hazard.
    B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal 
containers. These containers must be effectively grounded.
    C. Do not incinerate BD cartridges, tanks or other containers.
    D. Employers must advise employees of all areas and operations where 
exposure to BD might occur.

 Appendix C. Medical Screening and Surveillance for 1,3-Butadiene (Non-
                               Mandatory)

      I. Basis for Medical Screening and Surveillance Requirements

                      A. Route of Entry Inhalation

                              B. Toxicology

    Inhalation of BD has been linked to an increased risk of cancer, 
damage to the reproductive organs, and fetotoxicity. Butadiene can be 
converted via oxidation to epoxybutene and diepoxybutane, two genotoxic 
metabolites that may play a role in the expression of BD's toxic 
effects.
    BD has been tested for carcinogenicity in mice and rats. Both 
species responded to BD exposure by developing cancer at multiple 
primary organ sites. Early deaths in mice were caused by malignant 
lymphomas, primarily lymphocytic type, originating in the thymus.
    Mice exposed to BD have developed ovarian or testicular atrophy. 
Sperm head morphology tests also revealed abnormal sperm in mice exposed 
to BD; lethal mutations were found in a dominant lethal test. In light 
of these results in animals, the possibility that BD may adversely 
affect the reproductive systems of male and female workers must be 
considered.
    Additionally, anemia has been observed in animals exposed to 
butadiene. In some cases, this anemia appeared to be a primary response 
to exposure; in other cases, it may have been secondary to a neoplastic 
response.

                             C. Epidemiology

    Epidemiologic evidence demonstrates that BD exposure poses an 
increased risk of leukemia. Mild alterations of hematologic parameters 
have also been observed in synthetic rubber workers exposed to BD.

                  II. Potential Adverse Health Effects

                                A. Acute

    Skin contact with liquid BD causes characteristic burns or 
frostbite. BD is gaseous form can irritate the eyes, nasal passages, 
throat, and lungs. Blurred vision, coughing, and drowsiness may also 
occur. Effects are mild at 2,000 ppm and pronounced at 8,000 ppm for 
exposures occurring over the full workshift.
    At very high concentrations in air, BD is an anesthetic, causing 
narcosis, respiratory paralysis, unconsciousness, and death. Such 
concentrations are unlikely, however, except in an extreme emergency 
because BD poses an explosion hazard at these levels.

                               B. Chronic

    The principal adverse health effects of concern are BD-induced 
lymphoma, leukemia and potential reproductive toxicity. Anemia and other 
changes in the peripheral blood cells may be indicators of excessive 
exposure to BD.

                             C. Reproductive

    Workers may be concerned about the possibility that their BD 
exposure may be affecting their ability to procreate a healthy child. 
For workers with high exposures to BD, especially those who have 
experienced difficulties in conceiving, miscarriages, or stillbirths, 
appropriate medical and laboratory

[[Page 459]]

evaluation of fertility may be necessary to determine if BD is having 
any adverse effect on the reproductive system or on the health of the 
fetus.

              III. Medical Screening Components At-A-Glance

                         A. Health Questionnaire

    The most important goal of the health questionnaire is to elicit 
information from the worker regarding potential signs or symptoms 
generally related to leukemia or other blood abnormalities. Therefore, 
physicians or other licensed health care professionals should be aware 
of the presenting symptoms and signs of lymphohematopoietic disorders 
and cancers, as well as the procedures necessary to confirm or exclude 
such diagnoses. Additionally, the health questionnaire will assist with 
the identification of workers at greatest risk of developing leukemia or 
adverse reproductive effects from their exposures to BD.
    Workers with a history of reproductive difficulties or a personal or 
family history of immune deficiency syndromes, blood dyscrasias, 
lymphoma, or leukemia, and those who are or have been exposed to 
medicinal drugs or chemicals known to affect the hematopoietic or 
lymphatic systems may be at higher risk from their exposure to BD. After 
the initial administration, the health questionnaire must be updated 
annually.

                      B. Complete Blood Count (CBC)

    The medical screening and surveillance program requires an annual 
CBC, with differential and platelet count, to be provided for each 
employee with BD exposure. This test is to be performed on a blood 
sample obtained by phlebotomy of the venous system or, if technically 
feasible, from a fingerstick sample of capillary blood. The sample is to 
be analyzed by an accredited laboratory.
    Abnormalities in a CBC may be due to a number of different 
etiologies. The concern for workers exposed to BD includes, but is not 
limited to, timely identification of lymphohematopoietic cancers, such 
as leukemia and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. Abnormalities of portions of the 
CBC are identified by comparing an individual's results to those of an 
established range of normal values for males and females. A substantial 
change in any individual employee's CBC may also be viewed as 
``abnormal'' for that individual even if all measurements fall within 
the population-based range of normal values. It is suggested that a 
flowsheet for laboratory values be included in each employee's medical 
record so that comparisons and trends in annual CBCs can be easily made.
    A determination of the clinical significance of an abnormal CBC 
shall be the responsibility of the examining physician, other licensed 
health care professional, or medical specialist to whom the employee is 
referred. Ideally, an abnormal CBC should be compared to previous CBC 
measurements for the same employee, when available. Clinical common 
sense may dictate that a CBC value that is very slightly outside the 
normal range does not warrant medical concern. A CBC abnormality may 
also be the result of a temporary physical stressor, such as a transient 
viral illness, blood donation, or menorrhagia, or laboratory error. In 
these cases, the CBC should be repeated in a timely fashion, i.e., 
within 6 weeks, to verify that return to the normal range has occurred. 
A clinically significant abnormal CBC should result in removal of the 
employee from further exposure to BD. Transfer of the employee to other 
work duties in a BD-free environment would be the preferred 
recommendation.

                         C. Physical Examination

    The medical screening and surveillance program requires an initial 
physical examination for workers exposed to BD; this examination is 
repeated once every three years. The initial physical examination should 
assess each worker's baseline general health and rule out clinical signs 
of medical conditions that may be caused by or aggravated by 
occupational BD exposure. The physical examination should be directed at 
identification of signs of lymphohematopoietic disorders, including 
lymph node enlargement, splenomegaly, and hepatomegaly.
    Repeated physical examinations should update objective clinical 
findings that could be indicative of interim development of a 
lymphohematopoietic disorder, such as lymphoma, leukemia, or other blood 
abnormality. Physical examinations may also be provided on an as needed 
basis in order to follow up on a positive answer on the health 
questionnaire, or in response to an abnormal CBC. Physical examination 
of workers who will no longer be working in jobs with BD exposure are 
intended to rule out lymphohematopoietic disorders.
    The need for physical examinations for workers concerned about 
adverse reproductive effects from their exposure to BD should be 
identified by the physician or other licensed health care professional 
and provided accordingly. For these workers, such consultations and 
examinations may relate to developmental toxicity and reproductive 
capacity.
    Physical examination of workers acutely exposed to significant 
levels of BD should be especially directed at the respiratory system, 
eyes, sinuses, skin, nervous system, and any region associated with 
particular complaints. If the worker has received a severe acute 
exposure, hospitalization may be required to assure proper medical 
management. Since this type of exposure may place

[[Page 460]]

workers at greater risk of blood abnormalities, a CBC must be obtained 
within 48 hours and repeated at one, two, and three months.

   Appendix D: Sampling and Analytical Method for 1,3-Butadiene (Non-
                               Mandatory)

    OSHA Method No.: 56.
    Matrix:  Air.
    Target concentration:  1 ppm (2.21 mg/m\3\)
    Procedure: Air samples are collected by drawing known volumes of air 
through sampling tubes containing charcoal adsorbent which has been 
coated with 4-tert-butylcatechol. The samples are desorbed with carbon 
disulfide and then analyzed by gas chromatography using a flame 
ionization detector.
    Recommended sampling rate and air volume: 0.05 L/min and 3 L.
    Detection limit of the overall procedure: 90 ppb (200 ug/m \3\) 
(based on 3 L air volume).
    Reliable quantitation limit: 155 ppb (343 ug/m \3\) (based on 3 L 
air volume).
    Standard error of estimate at the target concentration: 6.5%.
    Special requirements: The sampling tubes must be coated with 4-tert-
butylcatechol. Collected samples should be stored in a freezer.
    Status of method: A sampling and analytical method has been 
subjected to the established evaluation procedures of the Organic 
Methods Evaluation Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, 
Utah 84165.

                             1.  Background

    This work was undertaken to develop a sampling and analytical 
procedure for BD at 1 ppm. The current method recommended by OSHA for 
collecting BD uses activated coconut shell charcoal as the sampling 
medium (Ref. 5.2). This method was found to be inadequate for use at low 
BD levels because of sample instability.
    The stability of samples has been significantly improved through the 
use of a specially cleaned charcoal which is coated with 4-tert-
butylcatechol (TBC). TBC is a polymerization inhibitor for BD (Ref. 
5.3).

                          1.1.1  Toxic effects

    Symptoms of human exposure to BD include irritation of the eyes, 
nose and throat. It can also cause coughing, drowsiness and fatigue. 
Dermatitis and frostbite can result from skin exposure to liquid BD. 
(Ref. 5.1)
    NIOSH recommends that BD be handled in the workplace as a potential 
occupational carcinogen. This recommendation is based on two inhalation 
studies that resulted in cancers at multiple sites in rats and in mice. 
BD has also demonstrated mutagenic activity in the presence of a liver 
microsomal activating system. It has also been reported to have adverse 
reproductive effects. (Ref. 5.1)

                  1.1.2.  Potential workplace exposure

    About 90% of the annual production of BD is used to manufacture 
styrene-butadiene rubber and Polybutadiene rubber. Other uses include: 
Polychloroprene rubber, acrylonitrile butadiene-stryene resins, nylon 
intermediates, styrene-butadiene latexes, butadiene polymers, 
thermoplastic elastomers, nitrile resins, methyl methacrylate-butadiene 
styrene resins and chemical intermediates. (Ref. 5.1)

                 1.1.3.  Physical properties (Ref. 5.1)

    CAS No.: 106-99-0
    Molecular weight: 54.1
    Appearance: Colorless gas
    Boiling point: -4.41  deg.C (760 mm Hg)
    Freezing point: -108.9  deg.C
    Vapor pressure: 2 atm @ 15.3  deg.C; 5 atm @ 47  deg.C
    Explosive limits: 2 to 11.5% (by volume in air)
    Odor threshold: 0.45 ppm
    Structural formula: H2C:CHCH:CH2
    Synonyms: BD; biethylene; bivinyl; butadiene; divinyl; buta-1,3-
diene; alpha-gamma-butadiene; erythrene; NCI-C50602; pyrrolylene; 
vinylethylene.

                     1.2.  Limit defining parameters

    The analyte air concentrations listed throughout this method are 
based on an air volume of 3 L and a desorption volume of 1 mL. Air 
concentrations listed in ppm are referenced to 25  deg.C and 760 mm Hg.

           1.2.1.  Detection limit of the analytical procedure

    The detection limit of the analytical procedure was 304 pg per 
injection. This was the amount of BD which gave a response relative to 
the interferences present in a standard.

            1.2.2.  Detection limit of the overall procedure

    The detection limit of the overall procedure was 0.60 g per 
sample (90 ppb or 200 g/m3). This amount was 
determined graphically. It was the amount of analyte which, when spiked 
on the sampling device, would allow recovery approximately equal to the 
detection limit of the analytical procedure.

                   1.2.3.  Reliable quantitation limit

    The reliable quantitation limit was 1.03 g per sample (155 
ppb or 343 g/m3). This was the smallest amount of 
analyte which could be quantitated within the limits of a recovery of at 
least 75% and a precision (1.96 SD) of 25% or 
better.

[[Page 461]]

                    1.2.4.  Sensitivity 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The reliable quantitation limit and detection limits reported in 
the method are based upon optimization of the instrument for the 
smallest possible amount of analyte. When the target concentration of an 
analyte is exceptionally higher than these limits, they may not be 
attainable at the routine operation parameters.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over a concentration 
range representing 0.6 to 2 times the target concentration, based on the 
recommended air volume, was 387 area units per g/mL. This value 
was determined from the slope of the calibration curve. The sensitivity 
may vary with the particular instrument used in the analysis.

                            1.2.5.  Recovery

    The recovery of BD from samples used in storage tests remained above 
77% when the samples were stored at ambient temperature and above 94% 
when the samples were stored at refrigerated temperature. These values 
were determined from regression lines which were calculated from the 
storage data. The recovery of the analyte from the collection device 
must be at least 75% following storage.

               1.2.6.  Precision (analytical method only)

    The pooled coefficient of variation obtained from replicate 
determinations of analytical standards over the range of 0.6 to 2 times 
the target concentration was 0.011.

                  1.2.7.  Precision (overall procedure)

    The precision at the 95% confidence level for the refrigerated 
temperature storage test was 12.7%. This value includes an 
additional 5% for sampling error. The overall procedure must 
provide results at the target concentrations that are 25% at 
the 95% confidence level.

                         1.2.8.  Reproducibility

    Samples collected from a controlled test atmosphere and a draft copy 
of this procedure were given to a chemist unassociated with this 
evaluation. The average recovery was 97.2% and the standard deviation 
was 6.2%.

                          2. Sampling procedure

                             2.1.  Apparatus

    2.1.1.  Samples are collected by use of a personal sampling pump 
that can be calibrated to within 5% of the recommended 0.05 
L/min sampling rate with the sampling tube in line.
    2.1.2.  Samples are collected with laboratory prepared sampling 
tubes. The sampling tube is constructed of silane-treated glass and is 
about 5-cm long. The ID is 4 mm and the OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube 
is tapered so that a glass wool end plug will hold the contents of the 
tube in place during sampling. The opening in the tapered end of the 
sampling tube is at least one-half the ID of the tube (2 mm). The other 
end of the sampling tube is open to its full 4-mm ID to facilitate 
packing of the tube. Both ends of the tube are fire-polished for safety. 
The tube is packed with 2 sections of pretreated charcoal which has been 
coated with TBC. The tube is packed with a 50-mg backup section, located 
nearest the tapered end, and with a 100-mg sampling section of charcoal. 
The two sections of coated adsorbent are separated and retained with 
small plugs of silanized glass wool. Following packing, the sampling 
tubes are sealed with two \7/32\ inch OD plastic end caps. Instructions 
for the pretreatment and coating of the charcoal are presented in 
Section 4.1 of this method.

                             2.2.  Reagents

    None required.

                             2.3.  Technique

    2.3.1.  Properly label the sampling tube before sampling and then 
remove the plastic end caps.
    2.3.2.  Attach the sampling tube to the pump using a section of 
flexible plastic tubing such that the larger front section of the 
sampling tube is exposed directly to the atmosphere. Do not place any 
tubing ahead of the sampling tube. The sampling tube should be attached 
in the worker's breathing zone in a vertical manner such that it does 
not impede work performance.
    2.3.3.  After sampling for the appropriate time, remove the sampling 
tube from the pump and then seal the tube with plastic end caps. Wrap 
the tube lengthwise.
    2.3.4.  Include at least one blank for each sampling set. The blank 
should be handled in the same manner as the samples with the exception 
that air is not drawn through it.
    2.3.5.  List any potential interferences on the sample data sheet.
    2.3.6.  The samples require no special shipping precautions under 
normal conditions. The samples should be refrigerated if they are to be 
exposed to higher than normal ambient temperatures. If the samples are 
to be stored before they are shipped to the laboratory, they should be 
kept in a freezer. The samples should be placed in a freezer upon 
receipt at the laboratory.

                           2.4.  Breakthrough

    (Breakthrough was defined as the relative amount of analyte found on 
the backup section of the tube in relation to the total amount of 
analyte collected on the sampling tube. Five-percent breakthrough 
occurred after sampling a test atmosphere containing

[[Page 462]]

2.0 ppm BD for 90 min at 0.05 L/min. At the end of this time 4.5 L of 
air had been sampled and 20.1 g of the analyte was collected. 
The relative humidity of the sampled air was 80% at 23  deg.C.)
    Breakthrough studies have shown that the recommended sampling 
procedure can be used at air concentrations higher than the target 
concentration. The sampling time, however, should be reduced to 45 min 
if both the expected BD level and the relative humidity of the sampled 
air are high.

                       2.5.  Desorption efficiency

    The average desorption efficiency for BD from TBC coated charcoal 
over the range from 0.6 to 2 times the target concentration was 96.4%. 
The efficiency was essentially constant over the range studied.

             2.6.  Recommended air volume and sampling rate

    2.6.1.  The recommended air volume is 3L.
    2.6.2.  The recommended sampling rate is 0.05 L/min for 1 hour.

                           2.7.  Interferences

    There are no known interferences to the sampling method.

                        2.8.  Safety precautions

    2.8.1.  Attach the sampling equipment to the worker in such a manner 
that it will not interfere with work performance or safety.
    2.8.2.  Follow all safety practices that apply to the work area 
being sampled.

                        3.  Analytical procedure

                             3.1.  Apparatus

    3.1.1.  A gas chromatograph (GC), equipped with a flame ionization 
detector (FID).2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ A Hewlett-Packard Model 5840A GC was used for this evaluation. 
Injections were performed using a Hewlett-Packard Model 7671A automatic 
sampler.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    3.1.2.  A GC column capable of resolving the analytes from any 
interference.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ A 20-ft x \1/8\-inch OD stainless steel GC column containing 20% 
FFAP on 80/100 mesh Chromabsorb W-AW-DMCS was used for this evaluation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    3.1.3.  Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined caps.
    3.1.4.  Disposable Pasteur-type pipets, volumetric flasks, pipets 
and syringes for preparing samples and standards, making dilutions and 
performing injections.

                             3.2.  Reagents

    3.2.1.  Carbon disulfide.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ Fisher Scientific Company A.C.S. Reagent Grade solvent was used 
in this evaluation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The benzene contaminant that was present in the carbon disulfide was 
used as an internal standard (ISTD) in this evaluation.
    3.2.2.  Nitrogen, hydrogen and air, GC grade.
    3.2.3.  BD of known high purity.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ Matheson Gas Products, CP Grade 1,3-butadiene was used in this 
study.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       3.3.  Standard preparation

    3.3.1.  Prepare standards by diluting known volumes of BD gas with 
carbon disulfide. This can be accomplished by injecting the appropriate 
volume of BD into the headspace above the 1-mL of carbon disulfide 
contained in sealed 2-mL vial. Shake the vial after the needle is 
removed from the septum.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ A standard containing 7.71 g/mL (at ambient temperature 
and pressure) was prepared by diluting 4 L of the gas with 1-mL 
of carbon disulfide.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    3.3.2.  The mass of BD gas used to prepare standards can be 
determined by use of the following equations:

MV=(760/BP)(273+t)/(273)(22.41)

Where:

MV=ambient molar volume
BP=ambient barometric pressure
T=ambient temperature
g/L=54.09/MV
g/standard=(g/L)(L) BD used to 
prepare the standard

                        3.4.  Sample preparation

    3.4.1.  Transfer the 100-mg section of the sampling tube to a 2-mL 
vial. Place the 50-mg section in a separate vial. If the glass wool 
plugs contain a significant amount of charcoal, place them with the 
appropriate sampling tube section.
    3.4.2.  Add 1-mL of carbon disulfide to each vial.
    3.4.3.  Seal the vials with Teflon-lined caps and then allow them to 
desorb for one hour. Shake the vials by hand vigorously several times 
during the desorption period.
    3.4.4.  If it is not possible to analyze the samples within 4 hours, 
separate the carbon disulfide from the charcoal, using a disposable 
Pasteur-type pipet, following the one hour. This separation will improve 
the stability of desorbed samples.
    3.4.5.  Save the used sampling tubes to be cleaned and repacked with 
fresh adsorbent.

                             3.5.  Analysis

    3.5.1.  GC Conditions
    Column temperature: 95  deg.C
    Injector temperature: 180  deg.C
    Detector temperature: 275  deg.C
    Carrier gas flow rate: 30 mL/min
    Injection volume: 0.80 L

[[Page 463]]

    GC column: 20-ft x \1/8\-in OD stainless steel GC column containing 
20%
    FFAP on 80/100 Chromabsorb W-AW-DMCS.
    3.5.2.  Chromatogram. See Section 4.2.
    3.5.3.  Use a suitable method, such as electronic or peak heights, 
to measure detector response.
    3.5.4.  Prepare a calibration curve using several standard solutions 
of different concentrations. Prepare the calibration curve daily. 
Program the integrator to report the results in g/mL.
    3.5.5.  Bracket sample concentrations with standards.

                    3.6.  Interferences (analytical)

    3.6.1.  Any compound with the same general retention time as the 
analyte and which also gives a detector response is a potential 
interference. Possible interferences should be reported by the 
industrial hygienist to the laboratory with submitted samples.
    3.6.2.  GC parameters (temperature, column, etc.) may be changed to 
circumvent interferences.
    3.6.3.  A useful means of structure designation is GC/MS. It is 
recommended that this procedure be used to confirm samples whenever 
possible.

                           3.7.  Calculations

    3.7.1.  Results are obtained by use of calibration curves. 
Calibration curves are prepared by plotting detector response against 
concentration for each standard. The best line through the data points 
is determined by curve fitting.
    3.7.2.  The concentration, in ug/mL, for a particular sample is 
determined by comparing its detector response to the calibration curve. 
If any analyte is found on the backup section, this amount is added to 
the amount found on the front section. Blank corrections should be 
performed before adding the results together.
    3.7.3.  The BD air concentration can be expressed using the 
following equation:

mg/m \3\=(A)(B)/(C)(D)

Where:

A=g/mL from Section 3.7.2
B=volume
C=L of air sampled
D=efficiency

    3.7.4.  The following equation can be used to convert results in mg/
m \3\ to ppm:
ppm=(mg/m \3\)(24.46)/54.09

Where:

mg/m \3\=result from Section 3.7.3.
24.46=molar volume of an ideal gas at 760 mm Hg and 25 deg.C.

                  3.8.  Safety precautions (analytical)

    3.8.1.  Avoid skin contact and inhalation of all chemicals.
    3.8.2.  Restrict the use of all chemicals to a fume hood whenever 
possible.
    3.8.3.  Wear safety glasses and a lab coat in all laboratory areas.

                       4.  Additional Information

 4.1.  A procedure to prepare specially cleaned charcoal coated with TBC

    4.1.1.  Apparatus.
    4.1.1.1.  Magnetic stirrer and stir bar.
    4.1.1.2.  Tube furnace capable of maintaining a temperature of 
700 deg.C and equipped with a quartz tube that can hold 30 g of 
charcoal.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ A Lindberg Type 55035 Tube furnace was used in this evaluation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4.1.1.3.  A means to purge nitrogen gas through the charcoal inside 
the quartz tube.
    4.1.1.4.  Water bath capable of maintaining a temperature of 
60 deg.C.
    4.1.1.5.  Miscellaneous laboratory equipment: One-liter vacuum 
flask, 1-L Erlenmeyer flask, 350-M1 Buchner funnel with a coarse fitted 
disc, 4-oz brown bottle, rubber stopper, Teflon tape etc.

                            4.1.2.  Reagents

    4.1.2.1.  Phosphoric acid, 10% by weight, in water.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\  Baker Analyzed'' Reagent grade was diluted with water for use 
in this evaluation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4.1.2.2.  4-tert-Butylcatechol (TBC).10
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\  The Aldrich Chemical Company 99% grade was used in this 
evaluation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4.1.2.3.  Specially cleaned coconut shell charcoal, 20/40 
mesh.11
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\  Specially cleaned charcoal was obtained from Supelco, Inc. for 
use in this evaluation. The cleaning process used by Supelco is 
proprietary.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4.1.2.4.  Nitrogen gas, GC grade.
    4.1.3.  Procedure.
    Weigh 30g of charcoal into a 500-mL Erlenmeyer flask. Add about 250 
mL of 10% phosphoric acid to the flask and then swirl the mixture. Stir 
the mixture for 1 hour using a magnetic stirrer. Filter the mixture 
using a fitted Buchner funnel. Wash the charcoal several times with 250-
mL portions of deionized water to remove all traces of the acid. 
Transfer the washed charcoal to the tube furnace quartz tube. Place the 
quartz tube in the furnace and then connect the nitrogen gas purge to 
the tube. Fire the charcoal to 700  deg.C. Maintain that temperature for 
at least 1 hour. After the charcoal has cooled to room temperature, 
transfer it to a tared beaker. Determine the weight of the charcoal and 
then add an amount of TBC which is 10% of the charcoal, by weight.
    CAUTION-TBC is toxic and should only be handled in a fume hood while 
wearing gloves.
    Carefully mix the contents of the beaker and then transfer the 
mixture to a 4-oz bottle. Stopper the bottle with a clean rubber

[[Page 464]]

stopper which has been wrapped with Teflon tape. Clamp the bottle in a 
water bath so that the water level is above the charcoal level. Gently 
heat the bath to 60  deg.C and then maintain that temperature for 1 
hour. Cool the charcoal to room temperature and then transfer the coated 
charcoal to a suitable container.
    The coated charcoal is now ready to be packed into sampling tubes. 
The sampling tubes should be stored in a sealed container to prevent 
contamination. Sampling tubes should be stored in the dark at room 
temperature. The sampling tubes should be segregated by coated adsorbent 
lot number.

                            4.2 Chromatograms

    The chromatograms were obtained using the recommended analytical 
method. The chart speed was set at 1 cm/min for the first three min and 
then at 0.2 cm/min for the time remaining in the analysis.
    The peak which elutes just before BD is a reaction product between 
an impurity on the charcoal and TBC. This peak is always present, but it 
is easily resolved from the analyte. The peak which elutes immediately 
before benzene is an oxidation product of TBC.

                              5. References

    5.1.  ``Current Intelligence Bulletin 41, 1,3-Butadiene'', U.S. 
Dept. of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Center for 
Disease Control, NIOSH.
    5.2.  ``NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods'', 2nd ed; U.S. Dept. of 
Health Education and Welfare, National Institute for Occupational Safety 
and Health: Cincinnati, OH. 1977, Vol. 2, Method No. S91 DHEW (NIOSH) 
Publ. (US), No. 77-157-B.
    5.3.  Hawley, G.C., Ed. ``The Condensed Chemical Dictionary'', 8th 
ed.; Van Nostrand Rienhold Company: New York, 1971; 139.5.4. Chem. Eng. 
News (June 10, 1985), (63), 22-66.

        Appendix E: Respirator Fit Testing Procedures (Mandatory)

A. The Employer Shall Conduct Fit Testing Using the Following Procedures

    These provisions apply to both QLFT and QNFT
    1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable 
respirator from a selection of respirators of various sizes and models.
    2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown 
how to put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how 
to set strap tension and how to determine a comfortable fit. A mirror 
shall be available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and 
positioning the respirator. This instruction may not constitute the 
subject's formal training on respirator use, because it is only a 
review.
    3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to 
select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. Each 
respirator represents a different size and shape, and if fitted and used 
properly, will provide adequate protection.
    4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each chosen 
facepiece up to the face and eliminate those which obviously do not give 
a comfortable fit.
    5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable 
mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. 
Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in 
item 6 below. If the test subject is not familiar with using a 
particular respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don the 
mask several times and to adjust the straps each time to become adept at 
setting proper tension on the straps.
    6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following 
points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time 
to determine the comfort of the respirator:
    (a) Position of the mask on the nose.
    (b) Room for eye protection.
    (c) Room to talk.
    (d) Position of mask on face and cheeks.
    7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the 
adequacy of the respirator fit:
    (a) Chin properly placed;
    (b) Adequate strap tension, not overly tightened;
    (c) Fit across nose bridge;
    (d) Respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin;
    (e) Tendency of respirator to slip;
    (f) Self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator 
position.
    8. The test subject shall conduct the negative and positive pressure 
fit checks using procedures in Appendix A or those recommended by the 
respirator manufacturer. Before conducting the negative or positive 
pressure fit checks, the subject shall be told to seat the mask on the 
face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and down slowly while 
taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another facepiece shall be selected 
and retested if the test subject fails the fit check tests.
    9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth 
between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble 
beard growth, beard, or sideburns which cross the respirator sealing 
surface. Any type of apparel which interferes with a satisfactory fit 
shall be altered or removed.
    10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the 
tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician to determine whether

[[Page 465]]

the test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his 
duties.
    11. If the employee finds the fit of the respirator unacceptable, 
the test subject shall be given the opportunity to select a different 
respirator and to be retested.
    12. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the 
test subject shall be given a description of the fit test and the test 
subject's responsibilities during the test procedure. The description of 
the process shall include a description of the test exercises that the 
subject will be performing. The respirator to be tested shall be worn 
for at least 5 minutes before the start of the fit test.
    13. Test Exercises. The test subject shall perform exercises, in the 
test environment, while wearing any applicable safety equipment that may 
be worn during actual respirator use which could interfere with fit, in 
the manner described below:
    (a) Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without 
talking, the subject shall breathe normally.
    (b) Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, the subject shall 
breathe slowly and deeply, taking caution so as to not hyperventilate.
    (c) Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions 
on each side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the 
subject can inhale at each side.
    (d) Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to 
inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling).
    (e) Talking. The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough 
so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read 
from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 
100, or recite a memorized poem or song.

                             Rainbow Passage

When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a prism 
and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into many 
beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with its 
path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. There 
is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People look, 
but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond reach, 
his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of the 
rainbow.

    (f) Grimace. The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning. 
(Only for QNFT testing, not performed for QLFT)
    (g) Bending over. The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he/
she were to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted 
for this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QNFT 
units which prohibit bending at the waist.
    (h) Normal breathing. Same as exercise (a). Each test exercise shall 
be performed for one minute except for the grimace exercise which shall 
be performed for 15 seconds.
    The test subject shall be questioned by the test conductor regarding 
the comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol. If it has 
become uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried.

                B. Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols

                               1. General

    (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume 
full responsibility for implementing the respirator qualitative fit test 
program.
    (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are 
able to prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests 
properly, recognize invalid tests, and assure that test equipment is in 
proper working order.
    (c) The employer shall assure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and 
well maintained so as to operate within the parameters for which it was 
designed.

                       2. Isoamyl Acetate Protocol

    (a) Odor threshold screening.
    The odor threshold screening test, performed without wearing a 
respirator, is intended to determine if the individual tested can detect 
the odor of isoamyl acetate.
    (1) Three 1 liter glass jars with metal lids are required.
    (2) Odor free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at 
approximately 25 degrees C shall be used for the solutions.
    (3) The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known at isopentyl acetate) 
stock solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor 
free water in a 1 liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. A new solution 
shall be prepared at least weekly.
    (4) The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from 
the room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well 
ventilated to prevent the odor of IAA from becoming evident in the 
general room air where testing takes place.
    (5) The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 
0.4 cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a 
clean dropper or pipette. The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds 
and allowed to stand for two to three minutes so that the IAA 
concentration above the liquid may reach equilibrium. This solution 
shall be used for only one day.
    (6) A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc 
of odor free water.

[[Page 466]]

    (7) The odor test and test blank jars shall be labeled 1 and 2 for 
jar identification. Labels shall be placed on the lids so they can be 
periodically peeled off and switched to maintain the integrity of the 
test.
    (8) The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on 
the table in front of the two test jars (i.e., 1 and 2): ``The purpose 
of this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low 
concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of 
these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the 
covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the 
lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. 
Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil.''
    (9) The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be 
prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in order 
to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject.
    (10) If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar 
containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test shall 
not be performed.
    (11) If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the 
odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection 
and fit testing.
    (b) Isoamyl acetate fit test
    (1) The fit test chamber shall be similar to a clear 55-gallon drum 
liner suspended inverted over a 2-foot diameter frame so that the top of 
the chamber is about 6 inches above the test subject's head. The inside 
top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached.
    (2) Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be 
equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against 
organic vapors.
    (3) After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, 
the test subject shall wear it to the fit testing room. This room shall 
be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and 
respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan 
or lab hood, to prevent general room contamination.
    (4) A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which 
the subject is to read shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber.
    (5) Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given 
a 6-inch by 5-inch piece of paper towel, or other porous, absorbent, 
single-ply material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 cc of pure IAA. 
The test subject shall hang the wet towel on the hook at the top of the 
chamber.
    (6) Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to stabilize 
before starting the fit test exercises. This would be an appropriate 
time to talk with the test subject; to explain the fit test, the 
importance of his/her cooperation, and the purpose for the test 
exercises; or to demonstrate some of the exercises.
    (7) If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana 
like odor of IAA, the test is failed. The subject shall quickly exit 
from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory 
fatigue.
    (8) If the test is failed, the subject shall return to the selection 
room and remove the respirator. The test subject shall repeat the odor 
sensitivity test, select and put on another respirator, return to the 
test area and again begin the fit test procedure described in (1) 
through (7) above. The process continues until a respirator that fits 
well has been found. Should the odor sensitivity test be failed, the 
subject shall wait about 5 minutes before retesting. Odor sensitivity 
will usually have returned by this time.
    (9) When the subject wearing the respirator passes the test, its 
efficiency shall be demonstrated for the subject by having the subject 
break the face seal and take a breath before exiting the chamber.
    (10) When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall 
remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the 
test, so there is no significant IAA concentration buildup in the 
chamber during subsequent tests. The used towels shall be kept in a self 
sealing bag to keep the test area from being contaminated.

                 3. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol

    The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the 
test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.
    (a) Taste threshold screening. The saccharin taste threshold 
screening, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to 
determine whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of 
saccharin.
    (1) During threshold screening as well as during fit testing, 
subjects shall wear an enclosure about the head and shoulders that is 
approximately 12 inches in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the 
front portion clear and that allows free movements of the head when a 
respirator is worn. An enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood 
assembly, parts # FT 14 and # FT 15 combined, is adequate.
    (2) The test enclosure shall have a \3/4\-inch hole in front of the 
test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle.
    (3) The test subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the 
threshold screening test, the test subject shall breathe through his/her 
slightly open mouth with tongue extended.
    (4) Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or 
equivalent the test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution 
into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall

[[Page 467]]

be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test solution 
nebulizer.
    (5) The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium 
saccharin USP in 100 ml of warm water. It can be prepared by putting 1 
ml of the fit test solution (see (b)(5) below) in 100 ml of distilled 
water.
    (6) To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so 
that it collapses completely, then released and allowed to fully expand.
    (7) Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is 
asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.
    (8) If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin is tasted.
    (9) If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are 
repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the 
saccharin is tasted.
    (10) The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes 
required to solicit a taste response.
    (11) If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (step 10), the 
test subject may not perform the saccharin fit test.
    (12) If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be 
asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.
    (13) Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 ml of 
liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.
    (14) The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, 
and refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four 
hours.
    (b) Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure
    (1) The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), smoke, 
or chew gum for 15 minutes before the test.
    (2) The fit test uses the same enclosure described in (a) above.
    (3) The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the 
respirator selected in section (a) above. The respirator shall be 
properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter(s).
    (4) A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or 
equivalent is used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. 
This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the 
screening test solution nebulizer.
    (5) The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium 
saccharin to 100 ml of warm water.
    (6) As before, the test subject shall breathe through the slightly 
open mouth with tongue extended.
    (7) The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the 
enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using 
the same number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the 
screening test. A minimum of 10 squeezes is required.
    (8) After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be 
instructed to perform the exercises in section I. A. 13 above.
    (9) Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished 
using one half the number of squeezes as initially.
    (10) The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any 
time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.
    (11) If the taste of saccharin is detected, the fit is deemed 
unsatisfactory and a different respirator shall be tried.

                        4. Irritant Fume Protocol

    (a) The respirator to be tested shall be equipped with high-
efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters.
    (b) No form of test enclosure or hood for the test subject shall be 
used.
    (c) The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration 
of the irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar 
with its irritating properties.
    (d) Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic 
chloride. Attach one end of the smoke tube to an aspirator squeeze bulb 
and cover the other end with a short piece of tubing to prevent 
potential injury from the jagged end of the smoke tube.
    (d) Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the 
eyes and instruct the subject to keep his/her eyes closed while the test 
is performed.
    (e) The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke 
from the smoke tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. He/
She shall begin at least 12 inches from the facepiece and gradually move 
to within one inch, moving around the whole perimeter of the mask.
    (f) The exercises identified in section I. A. 13 above shall be 
performed by the test subject while the respirator seal is being 
challenged by the smoke.
    (g) Each test subject passing the smoke test without evidence of a 
response (involuntary cough) shall be given a sensitivity check of the 
smoke from the same tube once the respirator has been removed to 
determine whether he/she reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a 
response shall void the fit test.
    (h) The fit test shall be performed in a location with exhaust 
ventilation sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing 
area by the test agent.

                C. Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT) Protocols

    The following quantitative fit testing procedures have been 
demonstrated to be acceptable.
    (1) Quantitative fit testing using a non-hazardous challenge aerosol 
(such as corn oil or sodium chloride) generated in a test

[[Page 468]]

chamber, and employing instrumentation to quantify the fit of the 
respirator.
    (2) Quantitative fit testing using ambient aerosol as the challenge 
agent and appropriate instrumentation (condensation nuclei counter) to 
quantify the respirator fit.
    (3) Quantitative fit testing using controlled negative pressure and 
appropriate instrumentation to measure the volumetric leak rate of a 
facepiece to quantify the respirator fit.

                               1. General

    (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume 
full responsibility for implementing the respirator quantitative fit 
test program.
    (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QNFT are 
able to calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize 
invalid tests, calculate fit factors properly and assure that test 
equipment is in proper working order.
    (c) The employer shall assure that QNFT equipment is kept clean, 
maintained and calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions 
so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed.

         2. Generated aerosol quantitative fit testing protocol

                                Apparatus

    (a) Instrumentation. Aerosol generation, dilution, and measurement 
systems using particulates (corn oil or sodium chloride) or gases or 
vapors as test aerosols shall be used for quantitative fit testing.
    (b) Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit 
all test subjects to perform freely all required exercises without 
disturbing the challenge agent concentration or the measurement 
apparatus. The test chamber shall be equipped and constructed so that 
the challenge agent is effectively isolated from the ambient air, yet 
uniform in concentration throughout the chamber.
    (c) When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or 
cartridge element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate 
air (HEPA) filter supplied by the same manufacturer in the case of 
particulate QNFT aerosols or a sorbent offering contaminant penetration 
protection equivalent to high-efficiency filters where the QNFT test 
agent is a gas or vapor.
    (d) The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a computer 
record or strip chart record may be made of the test showing the rise 
and fall of the challenge agent concentration with each inspiration and 
expiration at fit factors of at least 2,000. Integrators or computers 
which integrate the amount of test agent penetration leakage into the 
respirator for each exercise may be used provided a record of the 
readings is made.
    (e) The combination of substitute air-purifying elements, challenge 
agent and challenge agent concentration shall be such that the test 
subject is not exposed in excess of an established exposure limit for 
the challenge agent at any time during the testing process based upon 
the length of the exposure and the exposure limit duration.
    (f) The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be 
placed and constructed so that no leakage occurs around the port (e.g. 
where the respirator is probed), a free air flow is allowed into the 
sampling line at all times and so that there is no interference with the 
fit or performance of the respirator. The in-mask sampling device 
(probe) shall be designed and used so that the air sample is drawn from 
the breathing zone of the test subject, midway between the nose and 
mouth and with the probe extending into the facepiece cavity at least 
\1/4\ inch.
    (g) The test set up shall permit the person administering the test 
to observe the test subject inside the chamber during the test.
    (h) The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain 
the concentration of challenge agent constant to within a 10 percent 
variation for the duration of the test.
    (I) The time lag (interval between an event and the recording of the 
event on the strip chart or computer or integrator) shall be kept to a 
minimum. There shall be a clear association between the occurrence of an 
event and its being recorded.
    (j) The sampling line tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for 
the respirator sampling port shall be of equal diameter and of the same 
material. The length of the two lines shall be equal.
    (k) The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a 
high-efficiency filter before release.
    (l) When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity 
inside the test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent.

    (m) The limitations of instrument detection shall be taken into 
account when determining the fit factor.
    (n) Test respirators shall be maintained in proper working order and 
inspected for deficiencies such as cracks, missing valves and gaskets, 
etc.

                       4. Procedural Requirements

    (a) When performing the initial positive or negative pressure fit 
check the sampling line shall be crimped closed in order to avoid air 
pressure leakage during either of these fit checks.
    (b) The use of an abbreviated screening QLFT test is optional and 
may be utilized in order to quickly identify poor fitting respirators 
which passed the positive and/or negative pressure test and thus reduce 
the

[[Page 469]]

amount of QNFT time. The use of the CNC QNFT instrument in the count 
mode is another optional method to use to obtain a quick estimate of fit 
and eliminate poor fitting respirators before going on to perform a full 
QNFT.
    (c) A reasonably stable challenge agent concentration shall be 
measured in the test chamber prior to testing. For canopy or shower 
curtain type of test units the determination of the challenge agent 
stability may be established after the test subject has entered the test 
environment.
    (d) Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the 
challenge agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to 
ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half 
mask or 1 percent for a full facepiece respirator.
    (e) A stable challenge concentration shall be obtained prior to the 
actual start of testing.
    (f) Respirator restraining straps shall not be over tightened for 
testing. The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer without assistance 
from other persons to give a reasonably comfortable fit typical of 
normal use.
    (g) The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak 
penetration exceeds 5 percent for half masks and 1 percent for full 
facepiece respirators. The test subject shall be refitted and retested.
    (I) Calculation of fit factors.
    (1) The fit factor shall be determined for the quantitative fit test 
by taking the ratio of the average chamber concentration to the 
concentration measured inside the respirator for each test exercise 
except the grimace exercise.
    (2) The average test chamber concentration shall be calculated as 
the arithmetic average of the concentration measured before and after 
each test (i.e. 8 exercises) or the arithmetic average of the 
concentration measured before and after each exercise or the true 
average measured continuously during the respirator sample.
    (3) The concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator 
shall be determined by one of the following methods:
    (i) Average peak penetration method means the method of determining 
test agent penetration into the respirator utilizing a strip chart 
recorder, integrator, or computer. The agent penetration is determined 
by an average of the peak heights on the graph or by computer 
integration, for each exercise except the grimace exercise. Integrators 
or computers which calculate the actual test agent penetration into the 
respirator for each exercise will also be considered to meet the 
requirements of the average peak penetration method. .
    (ii) Maximum peak penetration method means the method of determining 
test agent penetration in the respirator as determined by strip chart 
recordings of the test. The highest peak penetration for a given 
exercise is taken to be representative of average penetration into the 
respirator for that exercise.
    (iii) Integration by calculation of the area under the individual 
peak for each exercise except the grimace exercise. This includes 
computerized integration.
    (iv) The calculation of the overall fit factor using individual 
exercise fit factors involves first converting the exercise fit factors 
to penetration values, determining the average, and then converting that 
result back to a fit factor. This procedure is described in the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04NO96.002

Where ff1, ff2, ff3, etc. are the fit 
factors for exercise 1,2,3, etc. [Results of the grimace exercise (7) 
are not used in this calculation.]

    (j) The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half mask or 
quarter facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor of 100 is 
obtained, or a full facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor of 
500 is obtained.
    (k) Filters used for quantitative fit testing shall be replaced 
whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, or when the test 
agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. Organic vapor 
cartridges/canisters shall be replaced if there is any indication of 
breakthrough by a test agent.

 2. Ambient aerosol condensation nuclei counter (CNC) quantitative fit 
                            testing protocol

    The ambient aerosol condensation nuclei counter (CNC) quantitative 
fit testing (PortacountTM) protocol quantitatively fit tests 
respirators with the use of a probe. The probed respirator is only used 
for quantitative fit tests. A probed respirator has a special sampling 
device, installed on the respirator, that allows the probe to sample the 
air from inside the mask. A probed respirator is required for each make, 
model, and size in which your company requires and can

[[Page 470]]

be obtained from the respirator manufacturer or distributor. The CNC 
instrument manufacturer Dynatech Nevada also provides probe attachments 
(TSI sampling adapters) that permits fit testing in an employee's own 
respirator. A fit factor pass level of 100 is necessary for a half-mask 
respirator and a fit factor of at least 10 times greater than the 
assigned protection factor for any other negative pressure respirator. 
The Agency does not recommend the use of homemade sampling adapters. The 
entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test 
subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.
    (a) Portacount Fit Test Requirements.
    (1) Check the respirator to make sure the respirator is fitted with 
a high efficiency filter and that the sampling probe and line are 
properly attached to the facepiece.
    (2) Instruct the person to be tested to don the respirator several 
minutes before the fit test starts. This purges the particles inside the 
respirator and permits the wearer to make certain the respirator is 
comfortable. This individual should have already been trained on how to 
wear the respirator properly.
    (3) Check the following conditions for the adequacy of the 
respirator fit: Chin properly placed; Adequate strap tension, not overly 
tightened; Fit across nose bridge; Respirator of proper size to span 
distance from nose to chin; Tendencies for the respirator to slip, Self-
observation in a mirror to evaluate fit and respirator position.
    (4) Have the person wearing the respirator do a fit check. If 
leakage is detected, determine the cause. If leakage is from a poorly 
fitting facepiece, try another size of the same type of respirator.
    (5) Follow the instructions for operating the Portacount and proceed 
with the test.
    (b) Portacount Test Exercises.
    (1) Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without 
talking, the subject shall breathe normally for 1 minute.
    (2) Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, the subject shall 
breathe slowly and deeply for 1 minute, taking caution so as too not 
hyperventilate.
    (3) Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly turn his or her head from side to side between the extreme 
positions on each side for 1 minute. The head shall be held at each 
extreme momentarily so the subject can inhale at each side.
    (4) Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject shall 
slowly move his or her head up and down for 1 minute. The subject shall 
be instructed to inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward 
the ceiling).
    (5) Talking. The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough 
so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read 
from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 
100, or recite a memorized poem or song for 1 minute.
    (6) Grimace. The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning 
for 15 seconds.
    (7) Bending Over. The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he 
or she were to touch his or her toes for 1 minute. Jogging in place 
shall be substituted for this exercise in those test environments such 
as shroud type QNFT units which prohibit bending at the waist.
    (8) Normal Breathing. Remove and re-don the respirator within a one-
minute period. Then, in a normal standing position, without talking, the 
subject shall breathe normally for 1 minute.
    After the test exercises, the test subject shall be questioned by 
the test conductor regarding the comfort of the respirator upon 
completion of the protocol. If it has become uncomfortable, another 
model of respirator shall be tried.
    (c) Portacount Test Instrument.
    (1) The Portacount will automatically stop and calculate the overall 
fit factor for the entire set of exercises. The overall fit factor is 
what counts. The Pass or Fail message will indicate whether or not the 
test was successful. If the test was a Pass, the fit test is over.
    (2) A record of the test needs to be kept on file assuming the fit 
test was successful. The record must contain the test subject's name; 
overall fit factor; make, model and size of respirator used, and date 
tested.

[[Page 471]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04NO96.003



[[Page 472]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04NO96.004



[[Page 473]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04NO96.005



[[Page 474]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04NO96.006



[[Page 475]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04NO96.007



[[Page 476]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04NO96.008



[[Page 477]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04NO96.009



[[Page 478]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04NO96.010



[61 FR 56831, Nov. 4, 1996]

[[Page 479]]



Sec. 1910.1052  Methylene Chloride.

    This occupational health standard establishes requirements for 
employers to control occupational exposure to methylene chloride (MC). 
Employees exposed to MC are at increased risk of developing cancer, 
adverse effects on the heart, central nervous system and liver, and skin 
or eye irritation. Exposure may occur through inhalation, by absorption 
through the skin, or through contact with the skin. MC is a solvent 
which is used in many different types of work activities, such as paint 
stripping, polyurethane foam manufacturing, and cleaning and degreasing. 
Under the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section, each covered 
employer must make an initial determination of each employee's exposure 
to MC. If the employer determines that employees are exposed below the 
action level, the only other provisions of this section that apply are 
that a record must be made of the determination, the employees must 
receive information and training under paragraph (l) of this section 
and, where appropriate, employees must be protected from contact with 
liquid MC under paragraph (h) of this section. The provisions of the MC 
standard are as follows:
    (a) Scope and application. This section applies to all occupational 
exposures to methylene chloride (MC), Chemical Abstracts Service 
Registry Number 75-09-2, in general industry, construction and shipyard 
employment.
    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following 
definitions shall apply:
    Action level means a concentration of airborne MC of 12.5 parts per 
million (ppm) calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average 
(TWA).
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the 
employer and required by work duties to be present in regulated areas, 
or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of 
employees for the purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring 
and measuring procedures under paragraph (d) of this section, or any 
other person authorized by the OSH Act or regulations issued under the 
Act.
    Director means the Director of the National Institute for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services, or designee.
    Emergency means any occurrence, such as, but not limited to, 
equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control 
equipment, which results, or is likely to result in an uncontrolled 
release of MC. If an incidental release of MC can be controlled by 
employees such as maintenance personnel at the time of release and in 
accordance with the leak/spill provisions required by paragraph (f) of 
this section, it is not considered an emergency as defined by this 
standard.
    Employee exposure means exposure to airborne MC which occurs or 
would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protection.
    Methylene chloride (MC) means an organic compound with chemical 
formula, CH2Cl2. Its Chemical Abstracts Service 
Registry Number is 75-09-2. Its molecular weight is 84.9 g/mole.
    Physician or other licensed health care professional is an 
individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (i.e., license, 
registration, or certification) allows him or her to independently 
provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide some or all of the 
health care services required by paragraph (j) of this section.
    Regulated area means an area, demarcated by the employer, where an 
employee's exposure to airborne concentrations of MC exceeds or can 
reasonably be expected to exceed either the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL.
    Symptom means central nervous system effects such as headaches, 
disorientation, dizziness, fatigue, and decreased attention span; skin 
effects such as chapping, erythema, cracked skin, or skin burns; and 
cardiac effects such as chest pain or shortness of breath.
    This section means this methylene chloride standard.
    (c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)--(1) Eight-hour time-weighted 
average (TWA) PEL. The employer shall ensure

[[Page 480]]

that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of MC in excess 
of twenty-five parts of MC per million parts of air (25 ppm) as an 8-
hour TWA.
    (2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL). The employer shall ensure that 
no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of MC in excess of 
one hundred and twenty-five parts of MC per million parts of air (125 
ppm) as determined over a sampling period of fifteen minutes.
    (d) Exposure monitoring--(1) Characterization of employee exposure. 
(i) Where MC is present in the workplace, the employer shall determine 
each employee's exposure by either:
    (A) Taking a personal breathing zone air sample of each employee's 
exposure; or
    (B) Taking personal breathing zone air samples that are 
representative of each employee's exposure.
    (ii) Representative samples. The employer may consider personal 
breathing zone air samples to be representative of employee exposures 
when they are taken as follows:
    (A) 8-hour TWA PEL. The employer has taken one or more personal 
breathing zone air samples for at least one employee in each job 
classification in a work area during every work shift, and the employee 
sampled is expected to have the highest MC exposure.
    (B) Short-term exposure limits. The employer has taken one or more 
personal breathing zone air samples which indicate the highest likely 
15-minute exposures during such operations for at least one employee in 
each job classification in the work area during every work shift, and 
the employee sampled is expected to have the highest MC exposure.
    (C) Exception. Personal breathing zone air samples taken during one 
work shift may be used to represent employee exposures on other work 
shifts where the employer can document that the tasks performed and 
conditions in the workplace are similar across shifts.
    (iii) Accuracy of monitoring. The employer shall ensure that the 
methods used to perform exposure monitoring produce results that are 
accurate to a confidence level of 95 percent, and are:
    (A) Within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of 
MC above the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL; or
    (B) Within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of 
MC at or above the action level but at or below the 8-hour TWA PEL.
    (2) Initial determination. Each employer whose employees are exposed 
to MC shall perform initial exposure monitoring to determine each 
affected employee's exposure, except under the following conditions:
    (i) Where objective data demonstrate that MC cannot be released in 
the workplace in airborne concentrations at or above the action level or 
above the STEL. The objective data shall represent the highest MC 
exposures likely to occur under reasonably foreseeable conditions of 
processing, use, or handling. The employer shall document the objective 
data exemption as specified in paragraph (m) of this section;
    (ii) Where the employer has performed exposure monitoring within 12 
months prior to April 10, 1997 and that exposure monitoring meets all 
other requirements of this section, and was conducted under conditions 
substantially equivalent to existing conditions; or
    (iii) Where employees are exposed to MC on fewer than 30 days per 
year (e.g., on a construction site), and the employer has measurements 
by direct-reading instruments which give immediate results (such as a 
detector tube) and which provide sufficient information regarding 
employee exposures to determine what control measures are necessary to 
reduce exposures to acceptable levels.
    (3) Periodic monitoring. Where the initial determination shows 
employee exposures at or above the action level or above the STEL, the 
employer shall establish an exposure monitoring program for periodic 
monitoring of employee exposure to MC in accordance with Table 1:

[[Page 481]]



     Table 1--Six Initial Determination Exposure Scenarios and Their    
                    Associated Monitoring Frequencies                   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Exposure scenario               Required monitoring activity 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Below the action level and at or below   No 8-hour TWA or STEL          
 the STEL.                                monitoring required.          
Below the action level and above the     No 8-hour TWA monitoring       
 STEL.                                    required; monitor STEL        
                                          exposures every three months. 
At or above the action level, at or      Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures   
 below the TWA, and at or below the       every six months.             
 STEL.                                                                  
At or above the action level, at or      Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures   
 below the TWA, and above the STEL.       every six months and monitor  
                                          STEL exposures every three    
                                          months.                       
Above the TWA and at or below the STEL.  Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures   
                                          every three months.           
Above the TWA and above the STEL.......  Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures   
                                          and STEL exposures every three
                                          months.                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [Note to paragraph (d)(3): The employer may decrease the frequency 
of exposure monitoring to every six months when at least 2 consecutive 
measurements taken at least 7 days apart show exposures to be at or 
below the 8-hour TWA PEL. The employer may discontinue the periodic 8-
hour TWA monitoring for employees where at least two consecutive 
measurements taken at least 7 days apart are below the action level. The 
employer may discontinue the periodic STEL monitoring for employees 
where at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart 
are at or below the STEL.]
    (4) Additional monitoring. (i) The employer shall perform exposure 
monitoring when a change in workplace conditions indicates that employee 
exposure may have increased. Examples of situations that may require 
additional monitoring include changes in production, process, control 
equipment, or work practices, or a leak, rupture, or other breakdown.
    (ii) Where exposure monitoring is performed due to a spill, leak, 
rupture or equipment breakdown, the employer shall clean-up the MC and 
perform the appropriate repairs before monitoring.
    (5) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer 
shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any 
monitoring performed under this section, notify each affected employee 
of these results in writing, either individually or by posting of 
results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected 
employees.
    (ii) Whenever monitoring results indicate that employee exposure is 
above the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL, the employer shall describe in the 
written notification the corrective action being taken to reduce 
employee exposure to or below the 8-hour TWA PEL or STEL and the 
schedule for completion of this action.
    (6) Observation of monitoring--(i) Employee observation. The 
employer shall provide affected employees or their designated 
representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee 
exposure to MC conducted in accordance with this section.
    (ii) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of 
employee exposure to MC requires entry into an area where the use of 
protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall 
provide, at no cost to the observer(s), and the observer(s) shall be 
required to use such clothing and equipment and shall comply with all 
other applicable safety and health procedures.
    (e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish a regulated 
area wherever an employee's exposure to airborne concentrations of MC 
exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed either the 8-hour TWA 
PEL or the STEL.
    (2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized 
persons.
    (3) The employer shall supply a respirator, selected in accordance 
with paragraph (h)(3) of this section, to each person who enters a 
regulated area and shall require each affected employee to use that 
respirator whenever MC exposures are likely to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL 
or STEL.
    [Note to paragraph (e)(3): An employer who has implemented all 
feasible engineering, work practice and administrative controls (as 
required in paragraph (f) of this section), and who has established a 
regulated area (as required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section) where 
MC exposure can be reliably predicted to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL or 
the STEL only on certain days (for example, 

[[Page 482]]

because of work or process schedule) would need to have affected 
employees use respirators in that regulated area only on those days.]
    (4) The employer shall ensure that, within a regulated area, 
employees do not engage in non-work activities which may increase dermal 
or oral MC exposure.
    (5) The employer shall ensure that while employees are wearing 
respirators, they do not engage in activities (such as taking medication 
or chewing gum or tobacco) which interfere with respirator seal or 
performance.
    (6) The employer shall demarcate regulated areas from the rest of 
the workplace in any manner that adequately establishes and alerts 
employees to the boundaries of the area and minimizes the number of 
authorized employees exposed to MC within the regulated area.
    (7) An employer at a multi-employer worksite who establishes a 
regulated area shall communicate the access restrictions and locations 
of these areas to all other employers with work operations at that 
worksite.
    (f) Methods of compliance--(1) Engineering and work practice 
controls. The employer shall institute and maintain the effectiveness of 
engineering controls and work practices to reduce employee exposure to 
or below the PELs except to the extent that the employer can demonstrate 
that such controls are not feasible. Wherever the feasible engineering 
controls and work practices which can be instituted are not sufficient 
to reduce employee exposure to or below the 8-TWA PEL or STEL, the 
employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels 
achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of 
respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph 
(g) of this section.
    (2) Prohibition of rotation. The employer shall not implement a 
schedule of employee rotation as a means of compliance with the PELs.
    (3) Leak and spill detection. (i) The employer shall implement 
procedures to detect leaks of MC in the workplace. In work areas where 
spills may occur, the employer shall make provisions to contain any 
spills and to safely dispose of any MC-contaminated waste materials.
    (ii) The employer shall ensure that all incidental leaks are 
repaired and that incidental spills are cleaned promptly by employees 
who use the appropriate personal protective equipment and are trained in 
proper methods of cleanup. [Note to paragraph (f)(3)(ii): See Appendix A 
of this section for examples of procedures that satisfy this 
requirement. Employers covered by this standard may also be subject to 
the hazardous waste and emergency response provisions contained in 29 
CFR 1910.120 (q).]
    (g) Respiratory protection--(1) General requirements. The employer 
shall provide a respirator which complies with the requirement of this 
paragraph, at no cost to each affected employee, and ensure that each 
affected employee uses such respirator where appropriate. Respirators 
shall be used in the following circumstances:
    (i) Whenever an employee's exposure to MC exceeds or can reasonably 
be expected to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL (such as where an 
employee is using MC in a regulated area);
    (ii) During the time interval necessary to install or implement 
feasible engineering and work practice controls;
    (iii) In a few work operations, such as some maintenance operations 
and repair activities, for which the employer demonstrates that 
engineering and work practice controls are infeasible;
    (iv) Where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not 
sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the PELs; or
    (v) In emergencies.
    (2) Medical Evaluation. Before having any employee use a supplied-
air respirator in the negative pressure mode, or a gas mask with organic 
vapor canister for emergency escape, the employer shall have a physician 
or other licensed health care professional ascertain each affected 
employee's ability to use such respiratory protection. The physician or 
other licensed health care professional shall provide his or her 
findings to the affected employee and the employer in a written opinion.

[[Page 483]]

    (3) Respirator selection. The appropriate atmosphere-supplying 
respirators, as specified in Table 2, shall be selected from those 
approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health 
(NIOSH) under the provisions of 42 CFR Part 84, ``Respiratory Protective 
Devices.'' When employers elect to provide gas masks with organic vapor 
canisters for use in emergency escape, the organic vapor canisters shall 
bear the approval of NIOSH.

  Table 2--Minimum Requirements for Respiratory Protection for Airborne 
                           Methylene Chloride                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Methylene chloride airborne                                       
concentration (ppm) or condition of use  Minimum respirator required \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up to 625 ppm (25 X PEL)...............  (1) Continuous flow supplied-  
                                          air respirator, hood or       
                                          helmet.                       
Up to 1250 ppm (50 X 8-TWA PEL)........  (1) Full facepiece supplied-air
                                          respirator operated in        
                                          negative pressure (demand)    
                                          mode.                         
                                         (2) Full facepiece self-       
                                          contained breathing apparatus 
                                          (SCBA) operated in negative   
                                          pressure (demand) mode.       
Up to 5000 ppm (200 X 8-TWA PEL).......  (1) Continuous flow supplied-  
                                          air respirator, full          
                                          facepiece.                    
                                         (2) Pressure demand supplied-  
                                          air respirator, full          
                                          facepiece.                    
                                         (3) Positive pressure full     
                                          facepiece SCBA.               
Unknown concentration, or above 5000     (1) Positive pressure full     
 ppm (Greater than 200 X 8-TWA PEL).      facepiece SCBA.               
                                         (2) Full facepiece pressure    
                                          demand supplied-air respirator
                                          with an auxiliary self-       
                                          contained air supply.         
Fire fighting..........................  Positive pressure full         
                                          facepiece SCBA.               
Emergency escape.......................  (1) Any continuous flow or     
                                          pressure demand SCBA.         
                                         (2) Gas mask with organic vapor
                                          canister.                     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Respirators assigned for higher airborne concentrations may be used 
  at lower concentrations.                                              

    (4) Respirator program. Where respiratory protection is required by 
this section, the employer shall institute a respirator program in 
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134.
    (5) Permission to leave area. The employer shall permit employees 
who wear respirators to leave the regulated area to readjust the 
facepieces to their faces to achieve a proper fit, and to wash their 
faces and respirator facepieces as necessary in order to prevent skin 
irritation associated with respirator use.
    (6) Filter respirators. Employers who provide gas masks with organic 
vapor canisters for the purpose of emergency escape shall replace those 
canisters after any emergency use before those gas masks are returned to 
service.
    (7) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall ensure that each 
respirator issued to the employee is properly fitted and exhibits the 
least possible facepiece leakage from among the facepieces tested.
    (ii) The employer shall perform qualitative or quantitative fit 
tests at the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter 
for each employee wearing a negative pressure respirator, including 
those employees for whom emergency escape respirators are provided.
    [Note to paragraph (g)(7)(ii): The only supplied-air respirators to 
which this provision would apply are SCBA in negative pressure mode and 
full facepiece supplied-air respirators operated in negative pressure 
mode. The small business compliance guides will contain examples of 
protocols for qualitative and quantitative fit testing.]
    (h) Protective Work Clothing and Equipment. (1) Where needed to 
prevent MC-induced skin or eye irritation, the employer shall provide 
clean protective clothing and equipment which is resistant to MC, at no 
cost to the employee, and shall ensure that each affected employee uses 
it. Eye and face protection shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 
1910.133 or 29 CFR 1915.153, as applicable.
    (2) The employer shall clean, launder, repair and replace all 
protective clothing and equipment required by this paragraph as needed 
to maintain their effectiveness.
    (3) The employer shall be responsible for the safe disposal of such 
clothing and equipment. [Note to paragraph (h)(4): See Appendix A for 
examples of disposal procedures that will satisfy this requirement.]

[[Page 484]]

    (i) Hygiene facilities. (1) If it is reasonably foreseeable that 
employees' skin may contact solutions containing 0.1 percent or greater 
MC (for example, through splashes, spills or improper work practices), 
the employer shall provide conveniently located washing facilities 
capable of removing the MC, and shall ensure that affected employees use 
these facilities as needed.
    (2) If it is reasonably foreseeable that an employee's eyes may 
contact solutions containing 0.1 percent or greater MC (for example 
through splashes, spills or improper work practices), the employer shall 
provide appropriate eyewash facilities within the immediate work area 
for emergency use, and shall ensure that affected employees use those 
facilities when necessary.
    (j) Medical surveillance--(1) Affected employees. The employer shall 
make medical surveillance available for employees who are or may be 
exposed to MC as follows:
    (i) At or above the action level on 30 or more days per year, or 
above the 8- hour TWA PEL or the STEL on 10 or more days per year;
    (ii) Above the 8-TWA PEL or STEL for any time period where an 
employee has been identified by a physician or other licensed health 
care professional as being at risk from cardiac disease or from some 
other serious MC-related health condition and such employee requests 
inclusion in the medical surveillance program;
    (iii) During an emergency.
    (2) Costs. The employer shall provide all required medical 
surveillance at no cost to affected employees, without loss of pay and 
at a reasonable time and place.
    (3) Medical personnel. The employer shall ensure that all medical 
surveillance procedures are performed by a physician or other licensed 
health care professional, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (4) Frequency of medical surveillance. The employer shall make 
medical surveillance available to each affected employee as follows:
    (i) Initial surveillance. The employer shall provide initial medical 
surveillance under the schedule provided by paragraph (n)(2)(iii) of 
this section, or before the time of initial assignment of the employee, 
whichever is later. The employer need not provide the initial 
surveillance if medical records show that an affected employee has been 
provided with medical surveillance that complies with this section 
within 12 months before April 10, 1997.
    (ii) Periodic medical surveillance. The employer shall update the 
medical and work history for each affected employee annually. The 
employer shall provide periodic physical examinations, including 
appropriate laboratory surveillance, as follows:
    (A) For employees 45 years of age or older, within 12 months of the 
initial surveillance or any subsequent medical surveillance; and
    (B) For employees younger than 45 years of age, within 36 months of 
the initial surveillance or any subsequent medical surveillance.
    (iii) Termination of employment or reassignment. When an employee 
leaves the employer's workplace, or is reassigned to an area where 
exposure to MC is consistently at or below the action level and STEL, 
medical surveillance shall be made available if six months or more have 
elapsed since the last medical surveillance.
    (iv) Additional surveillance. The employer shall provide additional 
medical surveillance at frequencies other than those listed above when 
recommended in the written medical opinion. (For example, the physician 
or other licensed health care professional may determine an examination 
is warranted in less than 36 months for employees younger than 45 years 
of age based upon evaluation of the results of the annual medical and 
work history.)
    (5) Content of medical surveillance--(i) Medical and work history. 
The comprehensive medical and work history shall emphasize neurological 
symptoms, skin conditions, history of hematologic or liver disease, 
signs or symptoms suggestive of heart disease (angina, coronary artery 
disease), risk factors for cardiac disease, MC exposures, and work 
practices and personal protective equipment used during such exposures. 
[Note to paragraph (j)(5)(i): See Appendix B of this section for an 
example of a medical and work history format that would satisfy this 
requirement.]

[[Page 485]]

    (ii) Physical examination. Where physical examinations are provided 
as required above, the physician or other licensed health care 
professional shall accord particular attention to the lungs, 
cardiovascular system (including blood pressure and pulse), liver, 
nervous system, and skin. The physician or other licensed health care 
professional shall determine the extent and nature of the physical 
examination based on the health status of the employee and analysis of 
the medical and work history.
    (iii) Laboratory surveillance. The physician or other licensed 
health care professional shall determine the extent of any required 
laboratory surveillance based on the employee's observed health status 
and the medical and work history. [Note to paragraph (j)(5)(iii): See 
Appendix B of this section for information regarding medical tests. 
Laboratory surveillance may include before- and after-shift 
carboxyhemoglobin determinations, resting ECG, hematocrit, liver 
function tests and cholesterol levels.]
    (iv) Other information or reports. The medical surveillance shall 
also include any other information or reports the physician or other 
licensed health care professional determines are necessary to assess the 
employee's health in relation to MC exposure.
    (6) Content of emergency medical surveillance. The employer shall 
ensure that medical surveillance made available when an employee has 
been exposed to MC in emergency situations includes, at a minimum:
    (i) Appropriate emergency treatment and decontamination of the 
exposed employee;
    (ii) Comprehensive physical examination with special emphasis on the 
nervous system, cardiovascular system, lungs, liver and skin, including 
blood pressure and pulse;
    (iii) Updated medical and work history, as appropriate for the 
medical condition of the employee; and
    (iv) Laboratory surveillance, as indicated by the employee's health 
status. [Note to paragraph (j)(6)(iv): See Appendix B for examples of 
tests which may be appropriate.]
    (7) Additional examinations and referrals. Where the physician or 
other licensed health care professional determines it is necessary, the 
scope of the medical examination shall be expanded and the appropriate 
additional medical surveillance, such as referrals for consultation or 
examination, shall be provided.
    (8) Information provided to the physician or other licensed health 
care professional. The employer shall provide the following information 
to a physician or other licensed health care professional who is 
involved in the diagnosis of MC-induced health effects:
    (i) A copy of this section including its applicable appendices;
    (ii) A description of the affected employee's past, current and 
anticipated future duties as they relate to the employee's MC exposure;
    (iii) The employee's former or current exposure levels or, for 
employees not yet occupationally exposed to MC, the employee's 
anticipated exposure levels and the frequency and exposure levels 
anticipated to be associated with emergencies;
    (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment, such as 
respirators, used or to be used; and
    (v) Information from previous employment-related medical 
surveillance of the affected employee which is not otherwise available 
to the physician or other licensed health care professional.
    (9) Written medical opinions. (i) For each physical examination 
required by this section, the employer shall ensure that the physician 
or other licensed health care professional provides to the employer and 
to the affected employee a written opinion regarding the results of that 
examination within 15 days of completion of the evaluation of medical 
and laboratory findings, but not more than 30 days after the 
examination. The written medical opinion shall be limited to the 
following information:
    (A) The physician's or other licensed health care professional's 
opinion concerning whether the employee has any detected medical 
condition(s) which would place the employee's health at increased risk 
of material impairment from exposure to MC;
    (B) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to MC 
or

[[Page 486]]

upon the employee's use of protective clothing or equipment and 
respirators;
    (C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
or other licensed health care professional that MC is a potential 
occupational carcinogen, of risk factors for heart disease, and the 
potential for exacerbation of underlying heart disease by exposure to MC 
through its metabolism to carbon monoxide; and
    (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
or other licensed health care professional of the results of the medical 
examination and any medical conditions resulting from MC exposure which 
require further explanation or treatment.
    (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician or other licensed 
health care professional not to reveal to the employer, orally or in the 
written opinion, any specific records, findings, and diagnoses that have 
no bearing on occupational exposure to MC. [Note to paragraph 
(j)(9)(ii): The written medical opinion may also include information and 
opinions generated to comply with other OSHA health standards.]
    (k) Hazard communication. The employer shall communicate the 
following hazards associated with MC on labels and in material safety 
data sheets in accordance with the requirements of the Hazard 
Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29 CFR 
1926.59, as appropiate: cancer, cardiac effects (including elevation of 
carboxyhemoglobin), central nervous system effects, liver effects, and 
skin and eye irritation.
    (l) Employee information and training. (1) The employer shall 
provide information and training for each affected employee prior to or 
at the time of initial assignment to a job involving potential exposure 
to MC.
    (2) The employer shall ensure that information and training is 
presented in a manner that is understandable to the employees.
    (3) In addition to the information required under the Hazard 
Communication Standard at 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29 CFR 
1926.59, as appropiate:
    (i) The employer shall inform each affected employee of the 
requirements of this section and information available in its 
appendices, as well as how to access or obtain a copy of it in the 
workplace;
    (ii) Wherever an employee's exposure to airborne concentrations of 
MC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the action level, the 
employer shall inform each affected employee of the quantity, location, 
manner of use, release, and storage of MC and the specific operations in 
the workplace that could result in exposure to MC, particularly noting 
where exposures may be above the 8-hour TWA PEL or STEL;
    (4) The employer shall train each affected employee as required 
under the Hazard Communication standard at 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 
1915.1200, or 29 CFR 1926.59, as appropiate.
    (5) The employer shall re-train each affected employee as necessary 
to ensure that each employee exposed above the action level or the STEL 
maintains the requisite understanding of the principles of safe use and 
handling of MC in the workplace.
    (6) Whenever there are workplace changes, such as modifications of 
tasks or procedures or the institution of new tasks or procedures, which 
increase employee exposure, and where those exposures exceed or can 
reasonably be expected to exceed the action level, the employer shall 
update the training as necessary to ensure that each affected employee 
has the requisite proficiency.
    (7) An employer whose employees are exposed to MC at a multi-
employer worksite shall notify the other employers with work operations 
at that site in accordance with the requirements of the Hazard 
Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29 CFR 
1926.59, as appropiate.
    (8) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary or the 
Director, upon request, all available materials relating to employee 
information and training.
    (m) Recordkeeping.--(1) Objective data. (i) Where an employer seeks 
to demonstrate that initial monitoring is unnecessary through reasonable 
reliance on objective data showing that any materials in the workplace 
containing MC will not release MC at levels which exceed the action 
level or the STEL

[[Page 487]]

under foreseeable conditions of exposure, the employer shall establish 
and maintain an accurate record of the objective data relied upon in 
support of the exemption.
    (ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The MC-containing material in question;
    (B) The source of the objective data;
    (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the 
material for the release of MC;
    (D) A description of the operation exempted under paragraph 
(d)(2)(i) of this section and how the data support the exemption; and
    (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or 
employee exposures covered by the exemption.
    (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of 
the employer's reliance upon such objective data.
    (2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and keep 
an accurate record of all measurements taken to monitor employee 
exposure to MC as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (ii) Where the employer has 20 or more employees, this record shall 
include at least the following information:
    (A) The date of measurement for each sample taken;
    (B) The operation involving exposure to MC which is being monitored;
    (C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their 
accuracy;
    (D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;
    (E) Type of personal protective equipment, such as respiratory 
protective devices, worn, if any; and
    (F) Name, social security number, job classification and exposure of 
all of the employees represented by monitoring, indicating which 
employees were actually monitored.
    (iii) Where the employer has fewer than 20 employees, the record 
shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The date of measurement for each sample taken;
    (B) Number, duration, and results of samples taken; and
    (C) Name, social security number, job classification and exposure of 
all of the employees represented by monitoring, indicating which 
employees were actually monitored.
    (iv) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty 
(30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.
    (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and 
maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical 
surveillance under paragraph (j) of this section.
    (ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
    (A) The name, social security number and description of the duties 
of the employee;
    (B) Written medical opinions; and
    (C) Any employee medical conditions related to exposure to MC.
    (iii) The employer shall ensure that this record is maintained for 
the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 
CFR 1910.1020.
    (4) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make 
all records required to be maintained by this section available to the 
Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying in 
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020. [Note to paragraph (m)(4)(i): All 
records required to be maintained by this section may be kept in the 
most administratively convenient form (for example, electronic or 
computer records would satisfy this requirement).]
    (ii) The employer, upon request, shall make any employee exposure 
and objective data records required by this section available for 
examination and copying by affected employees, former employees, and 
designated representatives in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.
    (iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical 
records required to be kept by this section available for examination 
and copying by the subject employee and by anyone having the specific 
written consent of the subject employee in accordance with 29 CFR 
1910.1020.
    (5) Transfer of records. The employer shall comply with the 
requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 
1910.1020(h).

[[Page 488]]

    (n) Dates--(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective 
April 10, 1997.
    (2) Start-up dates.
    (i) Initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section 
shall be completed according to the following schedule:
    (A) For employers with fewer than 20 employees, within 300 days 
after the effective date of this section.
    (B) For polyurethane foam manufacturers with 20 to 99 employees, 
within 210 days after the effective date of this section.
    (C) For all other employers, within 120 days after the effective 
date of this section.
    (ii) Engineering controls required under paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section shall be implemented according to the following schedule:
    (A) For employers with fewer than 20 employees, within three (3) 
years after the effective date of this section.
    (B) For polyurethane foam manufacturers with 20 to 99 employees, 
within two (2) years after the effective date of this section.
    (C) For all other employers, within one (1) year after the effective 
date of this section.
    (iii) All other requirements of this section shall be complied with 
according to the following schedule:
    (A) For employers with fewer than 20 employees, within one (1) year 
after the effective date of this section.
    (B) For polyurethane foam manufacturers with 20 to 99 employees, 
within 270 days after the effective date of this section.
    (C) For all other employers, within 180 days after the effective 
date of this section.
    (3) Transitional dates. The exposure limits for MC specified in 29 
CFR 1910.1000 (1996), Table Z-2, shall remain in effect until the start-
up dates for the exposure limits specified in paragraph (n) of this 
section, or if the exposure limits in this section are stayed or 
vacated.
    (o) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices does 
not, by itself, create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed 
or detract from any existing obligation.

    Appendix A to Section 1910.1052: Substance Safety Data Sheet and 
               Technical Guidelines for Methylene Chloride

                       I. Substance Identification

    A. Substance: Methylene chloride (CH2Cl2).
    B. Synonyms: MC, Dichloromethane (DCM); Methylene dichloride; 
Methylene bichloride; Methane dichloride; CAS: 75-09-2; NCI-C50102.
    C. Physical data:
    1. Molecular weight: 84.9.
    2. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 39.8 deg.C (104 deg.F).
    3. Specific gravity (water=1): 1.3.
    4. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point): 2.9.
    5. Vapor pressure at 20 deg. C (68 deg. F): 350 mm Hg.
    6. Solubility in water, g/100 g water at 20 deg. C (68 deg. F)=1.32.
    7. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid with a chloroform-like 
odor.
    D. Uses:
    MC is used as a solvent, especially where high volatility is 
required. It is a good solvent for oils, fats, waxes, resins, bitumen, 
rubber and cellulose acetate and is a useful paint stripper and 
degreaser. It is used in paint removers, in propellant mixtures for 
aerosol containers, as a solvent for plastics, as a degreasing agent, as 
an extracting agent in the pharmaceutical industry and as a blowing 
agent in polyurethane foams. Its solvent property is sometimes increased 
by mixing with methanol, petroleum naphtha or tetrachloroethylene.
    E. Appearance and odor:
    MC is a clear colorless liquid with a chloroform-like odor. It is 
slightly soluble in water and completely miscible with most organic 
solvents.
    F. Permissible exposure:
    Exposure may not exceed 25 parts MC per million parts of air (25 
ppm) as an eight-hour time-weighted average (8-hour TWA PEL) or 125 
parts of MC per million parts of air (125 ppm) averaged over a 15-minute 
period (STEL).

                         II. Health Hazard Data

    A. MC can affect the body if it is inhaled or if the liquid comes in 
contact with the eyes or skin. It can also affect the body if it is 
swallowed.
    B. Effects of overexposure:
    1. Short-term Exposure:
    MC is an anesthetic. Inhaling the vapor may cause mental confusion, 
light-headedness, nausea, vomiting, and headache. Continued exposure may 
cause increased light-headedness, staggering, unconsciousness, and even 
death. High vapor concentrations may also cause irritation of the eyes 
and respiratory tract. Exposure to MC may make the symptoms of angina 
(chest pains) worse. Skin exposure to liquid MC may cause

[[Page 489]]

irritation. If liquid MC remains on the skin, it may cause skin burns. 
Splashes of the liquid into the eyes may cause irritation.
    2. Long-term (chronic) exposure:
    The best evidence that MC causes cancer is from laboratory studies 
in which rats, mice and hamsters inhaled MC 6 hours per day, 5 days per 
week for 2 years. MC exposure produced lung and liver tumors in mice and 
mammary tumors in rats. No carcinogenic effects of MC were found in 
hamsters.
    There are also some human epidemiological studies which show an 
association between occupational exposure to MC and increases in biliary 
(bile duct) cancer and a type of brain cancer. Other epidemiological 
studies have not observed a relationship between MC exposure and cancer. 
OSHA interprets these results to mean that there is suggestive (but not 
absolute) evidence that MC is a human carcinogen.
    C. Reporting signs and symptoms:
    You should inform your employer if you develop any signs or symptoms 
and suspect that they are caused by exposure to MC.
    D. Warning Properties:
    1. Odor Threshold:
    Different authors have reported varying odor thresholds for MC. 
Kirk-Othmer and Sax both reported 25 to 50 ppm; Summer and May both 
reported 150 ppm; Spector reports 320 ppm. Patty, however, states that 
since one can become adapted to the odor, MC should not be considered to 
have adequate warning properties.
    2. Eye Irritation Level:
    Kirk-Othmer reports that ``MC vapor is seriously damaging to the 
eyes.'' Sax agrees with Kirk-Othmer's statement. The ACGIH Documentation 
of TLVs states that irritation of the eyes has been observed in workers 
exposed to concentrations up to 5000 ppm.
    3. Evaluation of Warning Properties:
    Since a wide range of MC odor thresholds are reported (25-320 ppm), 
and human adaptation to the odor occurs, MC is considered to be a 
material with poor warning properties.

                   III. Emergency First Aid Procedures

    In the event of emergency, institute first aid procedures and send 
for first aid or medical assistance.
    A. Eye and Skin Exposures:
    If there is a potential for liquid MC to come in contact with eye or 
skin, face shields and skin protective equipment must be provided and 
used. If liquid MC comes in contact with the eye, get medical attention. 
Contact lenses should not be worn when working with this chemical.
    B. Breathing:
    If a person breathes in large amounts of MC, move the exposed person 
to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, perform cardiopulmorary 
resuscitation. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical 
attention as soon as possible.
    C. Rescue:
    Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure immediately. If 
the exposed person has been overcome, notify someone else and put into 
effect the established emergency rescue procedures. Understand the 
facility's emergency rescue procedures and know the locations of rescue 
equipment before the need arises. Do not become a casualty yourself.

        IV. Respirators, Protective Clothing, and Eye Protection

    A. Respirators:
    Good industrial hygiene practices recommend that engineering 
controls be used to reduce environmental concentrations to the 
permissible exposure level. However, there are some exceptions where 
respirators may be used to control exposure. Respirators may be used 
when engineering and work practice controls are not feasible, when such 
controls are in the process of being installed, or when these controls 
fail and need to be supplemented. Respirators may also be used for 
operations which require entry into tanks or closed vessels, and in 
emergency situations.
    If the use of respirators is necessary, the only respirators 
permitted are those that have been approved by the Mine Safety and 
Health Administration (MSHA) or the National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health (NIOSH). Supplied-air respirators are required because 
air-purifying respirators do not provide adequate respiratory protection 
against MC.
    In addition to respirator selection, a complete written respiratory 
protection program should be instituted which includes regular training, 
maintenance, inspection, cleaning, and evaluation. If you can smell MC 
while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you 
experience difficulty in breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your 
employer.
    B. Protective Clothing:
    Employees must be provided with and required to use impervious 
clothing, gloves, face shields (eight-inch minimum), and other 
appropriate protective clothing necessary to prevent repeated or 
prolonged skin contact with liquid MC or contact with vessels containing 
liquid MC. Any clothing which becomes wet with liquid MC should be 
removed immediately and not reworn until the employer has ensured that 
the protective clothing is fit for reuse. Contaminated protective 
clothing should be placed in a regulated area designated by the employer 
for removal of MC before the clothing is laundered or disposed of. 
Clothing and equipment should remain in the regulated area until all of 
the MC contamination has evaporated; clothing and equipment should then 
be laundered or disposed of as appropriate.
    C. Eye Protection:

[[Page 490]]

    Employees should be provided with and required to use splash-proof 
safety goggles where liquid MC may contact the eyes.

                 V. Housekeeping and Hygiene Facilities

    For purposes of complying with 29 CFR 1910.141, the following items 
should be emphasized:
    A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary 
condition. The employer should institute a leak and spill detection 
program for operations involving liquid MC in order to detect sources of 
fugitive MC emissions.
    B. Emergency drench showers and eyewash facilities are recommended. 
These should be maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing 
agents should also be provided to assure the effective removal of MC 
from the skin.
    C. Because of the hazardous nature of MC, contaminated protective 
clothing should be placed in a regulated area designated by the employer 
for removal of MC before the clothing is laundered or disposed of.

           VI. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling, and Storage

    A. Fire and Explosion Hazards:
    MC has no flash point in a conventional closed tester, but it forms 
flammable vapor-air mixtures at approximately 100 deg.C (212 deg.F), or 
higher. It has a lower explosion limit of 12%, and an upper explosion 
limit of 19% in air. It has an autoignition temperature of 556.1 deg.C 
(1033 deg.F), and a boiling point of 39.8 deg.C (104 deg.F). It is 
heavier than water with a specific gravity of 1.3. It is slightly 
soluble in water.
    B. Reactivity Hazards:
    Conditions contributing to the instability of MC are heat and 
moisture. Contact with strong oxidizers, caustics, and chemically active 
metals such as aluminum or magnesium powder, sodium and potassium may 
cause fires and explosions.
    Special precautions: Liquid MC will attack some forms of plastics, 
rubber, and coatings.
    C. Toxicity:
    Liquid MC is painful and irritating if splashed in the eyes or if 
confined on the skin by gloves, clothing, or shoes. Vapors in high 
concentrations may cause narcosis and death. Prolonged exposure to 
vapors may cause cancer or exacerbate cardiac disease.
    D. Storage:
    Protect against physical damage. Because of its corrosive 
properties, and its high vapor pressure, MC should be stored in plain, 
galvanized or lead lined, mild steel containers in a cool, dry, well 
ventilated area away from direct sunlight, heat source and acute fire 
hazards.
    E. Piping Material:
    All piping and valves at the loading or unloading station should be 
of material that is resistant to MC and should be carefully inspected 
prior to connection to the transport vehicle and periodically during the 
operation.
    F. Usual Shipping Containers:
    Glass bottles, 5- and 55-gallon steel drums, tank cars, and tank 
trucks.

    Note: This section addresses MC exposure in marine terminal and 
longshore employment only where leaking or broken packages allow MC 
exposure that is not addressed through compliance with 29 CFR parts 1917 
and 1918, respectively.

    G. Electrical Equipment:
    Electrical installations in Class I hazardous locations as defined 
in Article 500 of the National Electrical Code, should be installed 
according to Article 501 of the code; and electrical equipment should be 
suitable for use in atmospheres containing MC vapors. See Flammable and 
Combustible Liquids Code (NFPA No. 325M), Chemical Safety Data Sheet SD-
86 (Manufacturing Chemists' Association, Inc.).
    H. Fire Fighting:
    When involved in fire, MC emits highly toxic and irritating fumes 
such as phosgene, hydrogen chloride and carbon monoxide. Wear breathing 
apparatus and use water spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. 
Water spray may be used to flush spills away from exposures. 
Extinguishing media are dry chemical, carbon dioxide, foam. For purposes 
of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.307, locations classified as hazardous 
due to the presence of MC shall be Class I.
    I. Spills and Leaks:
    Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing should be 
restricted from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been 
completed. If MC has spilled or leaked, the following steps should be 
taken:
    1. Remove all ignition sources.
    2. Ventilate area of spill or leak.
    3. Collect for reclamation or absorb in vermiculite, dry sand, 
earth, or a similar material.
    J. Methods of Waste Disposal:
    Small spills should be absorbed onto sand and taken to a safe area 
for atmospheric evaporation. Incineration is the preferred method for 
disposal of large quantities by mixing with a combustible solvent and 
spraying into an incinerator equipped with acid scrubbers to remove 
hydrogen chloride gases formed. Complete combustion will convert carbon 
monoxide to carbon dioxide. Care should be taken for the presence of 
phosgene.
    K. You should not keep food, beverage, or smoking materials, or eat 
or smoke in regulated areas where MC concentrations are above the 
permissible exposure limits.
    L. Portable heating units should not be used in confined areas where 
MC is used.

[[Page 491]]

    M. Ask your supervisor where MC is used in your work area and for 
any additional plant safety and health rules.

                        VII. Medical Requirements

    Your employer is required to offer you the opportunity to 
participate in a medical surveillance program if you are exposed to MC 
at concentrations at or above the action level (12.5 ppm 8-hour TWA) for 
more than 30 days a year or at concentrations exceeding the PELs (25 ppm 
8-hour TWA or 125 ppm 15-minute STEL) for more than 10 days a year. If 
you are exposed to MC at concentrations over either of the PELs, your 
employer will also be required to have a physician or other licensed 
health care professional ensure that you are able to wear the respirator 
that you are assigned. Your employer must provide all medical 
examinations relating to your MC exposure at a reasonable time and place 
and at no cost to you.

               VIII. Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

    A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:
    1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the 
purpose of determining employee exposure under this section are best 
taken with consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples must 
be taken in the employee's breathing zone.
    2. Monitoring techniques: The sampling and analysis under this 
section may be performed by collection of the MC vapor on two charcoal 
adsorption tubes in series or other composition adsorption tubes, with 
subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be 
performed by instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring 
systems, portable direct reading instruments, or passive dosimeters as 
long as measurements taken using these methods accurately evaluate the 
concentration of MC in employees'' breathing zones.
    OSHA method 80 is an example of a validated method of sampling and 
analysis of MC. Copies of this method are available from OSHA or can be 
downloaded from the Internet at http://www.osha.gov. The employer has 
the obligation of selecting a monitoring method which meets the accuracy 
and precision requirements of the standard under his or her unique field 
conditions. The standard requires that the method of monitoring must be 
accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level, to plus or minus 25 percent 
for concentrations of MC at or above 25 ppm, and to plus or minus 35 
percent for concentrations at or below 25 ppm. In addition to OSHA 
method 80, there are numerous other methods available for monitoring for 
MC in the workplace.
    B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are 
dependent on the results of measurement procedures, employers must 
assure that the evaluation of employee exposure is performed by a 
technically qualified person.

                      IX. Observation of Monitoring

    Your employer is required to perform measurements that are 
representative of your exposure to MC and you or your designated 
representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are 
entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to 
record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking 
place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and 
equipment are required to be worn, you or your representative must also 
be provided with, and must wear, protective clothing and equipment.

                        X. Access To Information

    A. Your employer is required to inform you of the information 
contained in this Appendix. In addition, your employer must instruct you 
in the proper work practices for using MC, emergency procedures, and the 
correct use of protective equipment.
    B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being 
exposed to MC. You or your representative has the right to observe 
employee measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer 
is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines 
that you are being over exposed, he or she is required to inform you of 
the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within 
permissible exposure limits.
    C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures and 
medical examinations. These records must be kept by the employer for at 
least thirty (30) years.
    D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical 
records to you or your representative upon your request.
    E. Your employee is required to provide labels and material safety 
data sheets (MSDS) for all materials, mixtures or solutions composed of 
greater than 0.1 percent MC. An example of a label that would satisfy 
these requirements would be:

       Danger Contains Methylene Chloride Potential Cancer Hazard

    May worsen heart disease because methylene chloride is converted to 
carbon monoxide in the body.
    May cause dizziness, headache, irritation of the throat and lungs, 
loss of consciousness and death at high concentrations (for example, if 
used in a poorly ventilated room).
    Avoid Skin Contact. Contact with liquid causes skin and eye 
irritation.

[[Page 492]]

                   XI. Common Operations and Controls

    The following list includes some common operations in which exposure 
to MC may occur and control methods which may be effective in each case:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Operations                            Controls          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use as solvent in paint and varnish         General dilution            
 removers; manufacture of aerosols; cold     ventilation; local exhaust 
 cleaning and ultrasonic cleaning; and as    ventilation; personal      
 a solvent in furniture stripping.           protective equipment;      
                                             substitution.              
Use as solvent in vapor degreasing........  Process enclosure; local    
                                             exhaust ventilation;       
                                             chilling coils;            
                                             substitution.              
Use as a secondary refrigerant in air       General dilution            
 conditioning and scientific testing.        ventilation; local exhaust 
                                             ventilation; personal      
                                             protective equipment.      
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Appendix B to Section 1910.1052: Medical Surveillance for Methylene 
                                Chloride

                        I. Primary Route of Entry

    Inhalation.

                             II. Toxicology

    Methylene Chloride (MC) is primarily an inhalation hazard. The 
principal acute hazardous effects are the depressant action on the 
central nervous system, possible cardiac toxicity and possible liver 
toxicity. The range of CNS effects are from decreased eye/hand 
coordination and decreased performance in vigilance tasks to narcosis 
and even death of individuals exposed at very high doses. Cardiac 
toxicity is due to the metabolism of MC to carbon monoxide, and the 
effects of carbon monoxide on heart tissue. Carbon monoxide displaces 
oxygen in the blood, decreases the oxygen available to heart tissue, 
increasing the risk of damage to the heart, which may result in heart 
attacks in susceptible individuals. Susceptible individuals include 
persons with heart disease and those with risk factors for heart 
disease.
    Elevated liver enzymes and irritation to the respiratory passages 
and eyes have also been reported for both humans and experimental 
animals exposed to MC vapors.
    MC is metabolized to carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide via two 
separate pathways. Through the first pathway, MC is metabolized to 
carbon monoxide as an end-product via the P-450 mixed function oxidase 
pathway located in the microsomal fraction of the cell. This 
biotransformation of MC to carbon monoxide occurs through the process of 
microsomal oxidative dechlorination which takes place primarily in the 
liver. The amount of conversion to carbon monoxide is significant as 
measured by the concentration of carboxyhemoglobin, up to 12% measured 
in the blood following occupational exposure of up to 610 ppm. Through 
the second pathway, MC is metabolized to carbon dioxide as an end 
product (with formaldehyde and formic acid as metabolic intermediates) 
via the glutathione dependent enzyme found in the cytosolic fraction of 
the liver cell. Metabolites along this pathway are believed to be 
associated with the carcinogenic activity of MC.
    MC has been tested for carcinogenicity in several laboratory 
rodents. These rodent studies indicate that there is clear evidence that 
MC is carcinogenic to male and female mice and female rats. Based on 
epidemiologic studies, OSHA has concluded that there is suggestive 
evidence of increased cancer risk in MC-related worker populations. The 
epidemiological evidence is consistent with the finding of excess cancer 
in the experimental animal studies. NIOSH regards MC as a potential 
occupational carcinogen and the International Agency for Research Cancer 
(IARC) classifies MC as an animal carcinogen. OSHA considers MC as a 
suspected human carcinogen.

            III. Medical Signs and Symptoms of Acute Exposure

    Skin exposure to liquid MC may cause irritation or skin burns. 
Liquid MC can also be irritating to the eyes. MC is also absorbed 
through the skin and may contribute to the MC exposure by inhalation.
    At high concentrations in air, MC may cause nausea, vomiting, light-
headedness, numbness of the extremities, changes in blood enzyme levels, 
and breathing problems, leading to bronchitis and pulmonary edema, 
unconsciousness and even death.
    At lower concentrations in air, MC may cause irritation to the skin, 
eye, and respiratory tract and occasionally headache and nausea. Perhaps 
the greatest problem from exposure to low concentrations of MC is the 
CNS effects on coordination and alertness that may cause unsafe 
operations of machinery and equipment, leading to self-injury or 
accidents.
    Low levels and short duration exposures do not seem to produce 
permanent disability, but chronic exposures to MC have been demonstrated 
to produce liver toxicity in animals, and therefore, the evidence is 
suggestive for liver toxicity in humans after chronic exposure.
    Chronic exposure to MC may also cause cancer.

             IV. Surveillance and Preventive Considerations

    As discussed above, MC is classified as a suspect or potential human 
carcinogen. It is a central nervous system (CNS) depressant and a skin, 
eye and respiratory tract irritant. At extremely high concentrations, MC 
has caused liver damage in animals.

[[Page 493]]

    MC principally affects the CNS, where it acts as a narcotic. The 
observation of the symptoms characteristic of CNS depression, along with 
a physical examination, provides the best detection of early 
neurological disorders. Since exposure to MC also increases the 
carboxyhemoglobin level in the blood, ambient carbon monoxide levels 
would have an additive effect on that carboxyhemoglobin level. Based on 
such information, a periodic post-shift carboxyhemoglobin test as an 
index of the presence of carbon monoxide in the blood is recommended, 
but not required, for medical surveillance.
    Based on the animal evidence and three epidemiologic studies 
previously mentioned, OSHA concludes that MC is a suspect human 
carcinogen. The medical surveillance program is designed to observe 
exposed workers on a regular basis. While the medical surveillance 
program cannot detect MC-induced cancer at a preneoplastic stage, OSHA 
anticipates that, as in the past, early detection and treatments of 
cancers leading to enhanced survival rates will continue to evolve.
    A. Medical and Occupational History:
    The medical and occupational work history plays an important role in 
the initial evaluation of workers exposed to MC. It is therefore 
extremely important for the examining physician or other licensed health 
care professional to evaluate the MC-exposed worker carefully and 
completely and to focus the examination on MC's potentially associated 
health hazards. The medical evaluation must include an annual detailed 
work and medical history with special emphasis on cardiac history and 
neurological symptoms.
    An important goal of the medical history is to elicit information 
from the worker regarding potential signs or symptoms associated with 
increased levels of carboxyhemoglobin due to the presence of carbon 
monoxide in the blood. Physicians or other licensed health care 
professionals should ensure that the smoking history of all MC exposed 
employees is known. Exposure to MC may cause a significant increase in 
carboxyhemoglobin level in all exposed persons. However, smokers as well 
as workers with anemia or heart disease and those concurrently exposed 
to carbon monoxide are at especially high risk of toxic effects because 
of an already reduced oxygen carrying capacity of the blood.
    A comprehensive or interim medical and work history should also 
include occurrence of headache, dizziness, fatigue, chest pain, 
shortness of breath, pain in the limbs, and irritation of the skin and 
eyes.
    In addition, it is important for the physician or other licensed 
health care professional to become familiar with the operating 
conditions in which exposure to MC is likely to occur. The physician or 
other licensed health care professional also must become familiar with 
the signs and symptoms that may indicate that a worker is receiving 
otherwise unrecognized and exceptionally high exposure levels of MC.
    An example of a medical and work history that would satisfy the 
requirement for a comprehensive or interim work history is represented 
by the following:
    The following is a list of recommended questions and issues for the 
self-administered questionnaire for methylene chloride exposure.

              Questionnaire For Methylene Chloride Exposure

                       I. Demographic Information

1. Name
2. Social Security Number
3. Date
4. Date of Birth
5. Age
6. Present occupation
7. Sex
8. Race

                        II. Occupational History

    1. Have you ever worked with methylene chloride, dichloromethane, 
methylene dichloride, or CH2Cl2 (all are different 
names for the same chemical)? Please list which on the occupational 
history form if you have not already.
    2. If you have worked in any of the following industries and have 
not listed them on the occupational history form, please do so.
Furniture stripping
Polyurethane foam manufacturing
Chemical manufacturing or formulation
Pharmaceutical manufacturing
Any industry in which you used solvents to clean and degrease equipment 
or parts
Construction, especially painting and refinishing
Aerosol manufacturing
Any industry in which you used aerosol adhesives

    3. If you have not listed hobbies or household projects on the 
occupational history form, especially furniture refinishing, spray 
painting, or paint stripping, please do so.

                          III. Medical History

                               A. General

    1. Do you consider yourself to be in good health? If no, state 
reason(s).
    2. Do you or have you ever had:
    a. Persistent thirst
    b. Frequent urination (three times or more at night)
    c. Dermatitis or irritated skin
    d. Non-healing wounds

[[Page 494]]

    3. What prescription or non-prescription medications do you take, 
and for what reasons?
    4. Are you allergic to any medications, and what type of reaction do 
you have?

                             B. Respiratory

    1. Do you have or have you ever had any chest illnesses or diseases? 
Explain.
    2. Do you have or have you ever had any of the following:
    a. Asthma
    b. Wheezing
    c. Shortness of breath
    3. Have you ever had an abnormal chest X-ray? If so, when, where, 
and what were the findings?
    4. Have you ever had difficulty using a respirator or breathing 
apparatus? Explain.
    5. Do any chest or lung diseases run in your family? Explain.
    6. Have you ever smoked cigarettes, cigars, or a pipe? Age started:
    7. Do you now smoke?
    8. If you have stopped smoking completely, how old were you when you 
stopped?
    9. On the average of the entire time you smoked, how many packs of 
cigarettes, cigars, or bowls of tobacco did you smoke per day?

                            C. Cardiovascular

    1. Have you ever been diagnosed with any of the following: Which of 
the following apply to you now or did apply to you at some time in the 
past, even if the problem is controlled by medication? Please explain 
any yes answers (i.e., when problem was diagnosed, length of time on 
medication).

a. High cholesterol or triglyceride level
b. Hypertension (high blood pressure)
c. Diabetes
d. Family history of heart attack, stroke, or blocked arteries

    2. Have you ever had chest pain? If so, answer the next five 
questions.

a. What was the quality of the pain (i.e., crushing, stabbing, 
squeezing)?
b. Did the pain go anywhere (i.e., into jaw, left arm)?
c. What brought the pain out?
d. How long did it last?
e. What made the pain go away?

    3. Have you ever had heart disease, a heart attack, stroke, 
aneurysm, or blocked arteries anywhere in you body? Explain (when, 
treatment).
    4. Have you ever had bypass surgery for blocked arteries in your 
heart or anywhere else? Explain.
    5. Have you ever had any other procedures done to open up a blocked 
artery (balloon angioplasty, carotid endarterectomy, clot-dissolving 
drug)?
    6. Do you have or have you ever had (explain each):

a. Heart murmur
b. Irregular heartbeat
c. Shortness of breath while lying flat
d. Congestive heart failure
e. Ankle swelling
f. Recurrent pain anywhere below the waist while walking

    7. Have you ever had an electrocardiogram (EKG)? When?
    8. Have you ever had an abnormal EKG? If so, when, where, and what 
were the findings?
    9. Do any heart diseases, high blood pressure, diabetes, high 
cholesterol, or high triglycerides run in your family? Explain.

                      D. Hepatobiliary and Pancreas

    1. Do you now or have you ever drunk alcoholic beverages? Age 
started: ________ Age stopped: ________.
    2. Average numbers per week:

a. Beers: ________, ounces in usual container:
b. Glasses of wine: ________, ounces per glass:
c. Drinks: ________, ounces in usual container:

    3. Do you have or have you ever had (explain each):

a. Hepatitis (infectious, autoimmune, drug-induced, or chemical)
b. Jaundice
c. Elevated liver enzymes or elevated bilirubin
d. Liver disease or cancer

                        E. Central Nervous System

    1. Do you or have you ever had (explain each):

a. Headache
b. Dizziness
c. Fainting
d. Loss of consciousness
e. Garbled speech
f. Lack of balance
g. Mental/psychiatric illness
h. Forgetfulness
F. Hematologic

    1. Do you have, or have you ever had (explain each):

a. Anemia
b. Sickle cell disease or trait
c. Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency
d. Bleeding tendency disorder

    2. If not already mentioned previously, have you ever had a reaction 
to sulfa drugs or to drugs used to prevent or treat malaria? What was 
the drug? Describe the reaction.

                         B. Physical Examination

    The complete physical examination, when coupled with the medical and 
occupational history, assists the physician or other licensed health 
care professional in detecting pre-existing conditions that might place 
the employee at increased risk, and establishes a

[[Page 495]]

baseline for future health monitoring. These examinations should 
include:
    1. Clinical impressions of the nervous system, cardiovascular 
function and pulmonary function, with additional tests conducted where 
indicated or determined by the examining physician or other licensed 
health care professional to be necessary.
    2. An evaluation of the advisability of the worker using a 
respirator, because the use of certain respirators places an additional 
burden on the cardiopulmonary system. It is necessary for the attending 
physician or other licensed health care professional to evaluate the 
cardiopulmonary function of these workers, in order to inform the 
employer in a written medical opinion of the worker's ability or fitness 
to work in an area requiring the use of certain types of respiratory 
protective equipment. The presence of facial hair or scars that might 
interfere with the worker's ability to wear certain types of respirators 
should also be noted during the examination and in the written medical 
opinion.
    Because of the importance of lung function to workers required to 
wear certain types of respirators to protect themselves from MC 
exposure, these workers must receive an assessment of pulmonary function 
before they begin to wear a negative pressure respirator and at least 
annually thereafter. The recommended pulmonary function tests include 
measurement of the employee's forced vital capacity (FVC), forced 
expiratory volume at one second (FEV1), as well as calculation of the 
ratios of FEV1 to FVC, and the ratios of measured FVC and measured FEV1 
to expected respective values corrected for variation due to age, sex, 
race, and height. Pulmonary function evaluation must be conducted by a 
physician or other licensed health care professional experienced in 
pulmonary function tests.
    The following is a summary of the elements of a physical exam which 
would fulfill the requirements under the MC standard:

                              Physical Exam

                         I. Skin and appendages

1. Irritated or broken skin
2. Jaundice
3. Clubbing cyanosis, edema
4. Capillary refill time
5. Pallor

                                II. Head

1. Facial deformities
2. Scars
3. Hair growth

                                III. Eyes

1. Scleral icterus
2. Corneal arcus
3. Pupillary size and response
4. Fundoscopic exam

                                IV. Chest

1. Standard exam

                                V. Heart

1. Standard exam
2. Jugular vein distension
3. Peripheral pulses

                               VI. Abdomen

1. Liver span

                           VII. Nervous System

1. Complete standard neurologic exam

                            VIII. Laboratory

1. Hemoglobin and hematocrit
2. Alanine aminotransferase (ALT, SGPT)
3. Post-shift carboxyhemoglobin

                               IX. Studies

1. Pulmonary function testing
2. Electrocardiogram

    An evaluation of the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood of 
employees (for example by measured red blood cell volume) is considered 
useful, especially for workers acutely exposed to MC.
    It is also recommended, but not required, that end of shift 
carboxyhemoglobin levels be determined periodically, and any level above 
3% for non-smokers and above 10% for smokers should prompt an 
investigation of the worker and his workplace. This test is recommended 
because MC is metabolized to CO, which combines strongly with 
hemoglobin, resulting in a reduced capacity of the blood to transport 
oxygen in the body. This is of particular concern for cigarette smokers 
because they already have a diminished hemoglobin capacity due to the 
presence of CO in cigarette smoke.

                C. Additional Examinations and Referrals

1. Examination by a Specialist

    When a worker examination reveals unexplained symptoms or signs 
(i.e. in the physical examination or in the laboratory tests), follow-up 
medical examinations are necessary to assure that MC exposure is not 
adversely affecting the worker's health. When the examining physician or 
other licensed health care professional finds it necessary, additional 
tests should be included to determine the nature of the medical problem 
and the underlying cause. Where relevant, the worker should be sent to a 
specialist for further testing and treatment as deemed necessary.
    The final rule requires additional investigations to be covered and 
it also permits physicians or other licensed health care professionals 
to add appropriate or necessary tests to improve the diagnosis of 
disease

[[Page 496]]

should such tests become available in the future.

2. Emergencies

    The examination of workers exposed to MC in an emergency should be 
directed at the organ systems most likely to be affected. If the worker 
has received a severe acute exposure, hospitalization may be required to 
assure proper medical intervention. It is not possible to precisely 
define ``severe,'' but the physician or other licensed health care 
professional's judgement should not merely rest on hospitalization. If 
the worker has suffered significant conjunctival, oral, or nasal 
irritation, respiratory distress, or discomfort, the physician or other 
licensed health care professional should instigate appropriate follow-up 
procedures. These include attention to the eyes, lungs and the 
neurological system. The frequency of follow-up examinations should be 
determined by the attending physician or other licensed health care 
professional. This testing permits the early identification essential to 
proper medical management of such workers.

                         D. Employer Obligations

    The employer is required to provide the responsible physician or 
other licensed health care professional and any specialists involved in 
a diagnosis with the following information: a copy of the MC standard 
including relevant appendices, a description of the affected employee's 
duties as they relate to his or her exposure to MC; an estimate of the 
employee's exposure including duration (e.g., 15hr/wk, three 8-hour 
shifts/wk, full time); a description of any personal protective 
equipment used by the employee, including respirators; and the results 
of any previous medical determinations for the affected employee related 
to MC exposure to the extent that this information is within the 
employer's control.

 E. Physicians' or Other Licensed Health Care Professionals' Obligations

    The standard requires the employer to ensure that the physician or 
other licensed health care professional provides a written statement to 
the employee and the employer. This statement should contain the 
physician's or licensed health care professional's opinion as to whether 
the employee has any medical condition placing him or her at increased 
risk of impaired health from exposure to MC or use of respirators, as 
appropriate. The physician or other licensed health care professional 
should also state his or her opinion regarding any restrictions that 
should be placed on the employee's exposure to MC or upon the use of 
protective clothing or equipment such as respirators. If the employee 
wears a respirator as a result of his or her exposure to MC, the 
physician or other licensed health care professional's opinion should 
also contain a statement regarding the suitability of the employee to 
wear the type of respirator assigned. Furthermore, the employee should 
be informed by the physician or other licensed health care professional 
about the cancer risk of MC and about risk factors for heart disease, 
and the potential for exacerbation of underlying heart disease by 
exposure to MC through its metabolism to carbon monoxide. Finally, the 
physician or other licensed health care professional should inform the 
employer that the employee has been told the results of the medical 
examination and of any medical conditions which require further 
explanation or treatment. This written opinion must not contain any 
information on specific findings or diagnosis unrelated to employee's 
occupational exposures.
    The purpose in requiring the examining physician or other licensed 
health care professional to supply the employer with a written opinion 
is to provide the employer with a medical basis to assist the employer 
in placing employees initially, in assuring that their health is not 
being impaired by exposure to MC, and to assess the employee's ability 
to use any required protective equipment.

[[Page 497]]

   Appendix C to Section 1910.1052: Questions and Answers--Methylene 
                 Chloride Control in Furniture Stripping
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.040


[[Page 498]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10JA97.022



[[Page 499]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10JA97.023



[[Page 500]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10JA97.024



[[Page 501]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10JA97.025



[[Page 502]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10JA97.026



[[Page 503]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10JA97.027



[62 FR 1601, Jan. 10, 1997]

[[Page 504]]



Sec. 1910.1096   Ionizing radiation.

    (a) Definitions applicable to this section. (1) Radiation includes 
alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, X-rays, neutrons, high-speed 
electrons, high-speed protons, and other atomic particles; but such term 
does not include sound or radio waves, or visible light, or infrared or 
ultraviolet light.
    (2) Radioactive material means any material which emits, by 
spontaneous nuclear disintegration, corpuscular or electromagnetic 
emanations.
    (3) Restricted area means any area access to which is controlled by 
the employer for purposes of protection of individuals from exposure to 
radiation or radioactive materials.
    (4) Unrestricted area means any area access to which is not 
controlled by the employer for purposes of protection of individuals 
from exposure to radiation or radioactive materials.
    (5) Dose means the quantity of ionizing radiation absorbed, per unit 
of mass, by the body or by any portion of the body. When the provisions 
in this section specify a dose during a period of time, the dose is the 
total quantity of radiation absorbed, per unit of mass, by the body or 
by any portion of the body during such period of time. Several different 
units of dose are in current use. Definitions of units used in this 
section are set forth in paragraphs (a) (6) and (7) of this section.
    (6) Rad means a measure of the dose of any ionizing radiation to 
body tissues in terms of the energy absorbed per unit of mass of the 
tissue. One rad is the dose corresponding to the absorption of 100 ergs 
per gram of tissue (1 millirad (mrad)=0.001 rad).
    (7) Rem means a measure of the dose of any ionizing radiation to 
body tissue in terms of its estimated biological effect relative to a 
dose of 1 roentgen (r) of X-rays (1 millirem (mrem)=0.001 rem). The 
relation of the rem to other dose units depends upon the biological 
effect under consideration and upon the conditions for irradiation. Each 
of the following is considered to be equivalent to a dose of 1 rem:
    (i) A dose of 1 roentgen due to X- or gamma radiation;
    (ii) A dose of 1 rad due to X-, gamma, or beta radiation;
    (iii) A dose of 0.1 rad due to neutrons or high energy protons;
    (iv) A dose of 0.05 rad due to particles heavier than protons and 
with sufficient energy to reach the lens of the eye;
    (v) If it is more convenient to measure the neutron flux, or 
equivalent, than to determine the neutron dose in rads, as provided in 
paragraph (a)(7)(iii) of this section, 1 rem of neutron radiation may, 
for purposes of the provisions in this section be assumed to be 
equivalent to 14 million neutrons per square centimeter incident upon 
the body; or, if there is sufficient information to estimate with 
reasonable accuracy the approximate distribution in energy of the 
neutrons, the incident number of neutrons per square centimeter 
equivalent to 1 rem may be estimated from Table G-17:

                Table G-17--Neutron Flux Dose Equivalents               
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Average 
                                                 Number of      flux to 
                                               neutrons per     deliver 
                                                  square          100   
   Neutron energy (million electron volts       centimeter     millirem 
                   (Mev))                      equivalent to     in 40  
                                                a dose of 1      hours  
                                              rem (neutrons/  (neutrons/
                                                  cm\2\)       cm\2\ per
                                                                 sec.)  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal.....................................     970 x 10\6\         670
0.0001......................................     720 x 10\6\         500
0.005.......................................     820 x 10\6\         570
0.02........................................     400 x 10\6\         280
0.1.........................................     120 x 10\6\          80
0.5.........................................      43 x 10\6\          30
1.0.........................................      26 x 10\6\          18
2.5.........................................      29 x 10\6\          20
5.0.........................................      26 x 10\6\          18
7.5.........................................      24 x 10\6\          17
10..........................................      24 x 10\6\          17
10 to 30....................................      14 x 10\6\          10
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (8) For determining exposures to X- or gamma rays up to 3 Mev., the 
dose limits specified in this section may be assumed to be equivalent to 
the ``air dose''. For the purpose of this section air dose means that 
the dose is measured by a properly calibrated appropriate instrument in 
air at or near the body surface in the region of the highest dosage 
rate.
    (b) Exposure of individuals to radiation in restricted areas. (1) 
Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, no employer 
shall possess, use, or transfer sources of ionizing radiation in such a 
manner as to cause any individual in a restricted area to receive in

[[Page 505]]

any period of one calendar quarter from sources in the employer's 
possession or control a dose in excess of the limits specified in Table 
G-18:

                               Table G-18                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Rems per 
                                                               calendar 
                                                                quarter 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Whole body: Head and trunk; active blood-forming organs;                
 lens of eyes; or gonads....................................      1\1/4\
Hands and forearms; feet and ankles.........................     18\3/4\
Skin of whole body..........................................      7\1/2\
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) An employer may permit an individual in a restricted area to 
receive doses to the whole body greater than those permitted under 
subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, so long as:
    (i) During any calendar quarter the dose to the whole body shall not 
exceed 3 rems; and
    (ii) The dose to the whole body, when added to the accumulated 
occupational dose to the whole body, shall not exceed 5 (N-18) rems, 
where ``N'' equals the individual's age in years at his last birthday; 
and
    (iii) The employer maintains adequate past and current exposure 
records which show that the addition of such a dose will not cause the 
individual to exceed the amount authorized in this subparagraph. As used 
in this subparagraph Dose to the whole body shall be deemed to include 
any dose to the whole body, gonad, active bloodforming organs, head and 
trunk, or lens of the eye.
    (3) No employer shall permit any employee who is under 18 years of 
age to receive in any period of one calendar quarter a dose in excess of 
10 percent of the limits specified in Table G-18.
    (4) Calendar quarter means any 3-month period determined as follows:
    (i) The first period of any year may begin on any date in January: 
Provided, That the second, third, and fourth periods accordingly begin 
on the same date in April, July, and October, respectively, and that the 
fourth period extends into January of the succeeding year, if necessary 
to complete a 3-month quarter. During the first year of use of this 
method of determination, the first period for that year shall also 
include any additional days in January preceding the starting date for 
the first period; or
    (ii) The first period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive 
calendar weeks; the second period in a calendar year of 13 complete, 
consecutive weeks; the third period in a calendar year of 13 complete, 
consecutive calendar weeks; the fourth period in a calendar year of 13 
complete, consecutive calendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar year 
there are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that 
year, such days shall be included within the last complete calendar week 
of that year. If at the beginning of any calendar year there are days 
not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days 
shall be included within the last complete calendar week of the previous 
year; or
    (iii) The four periods in a calendar year may consist of the first 
14 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the next 12 complete, 
consecutive calendar weeks, the next 14 complete, consecutive calendar 
weeks, and the last 12 complete, consecutive calendar weeks. If at the 
end of a calendar year there are any days not falling within a complete 
calendar week of that year, such days shall be included (for purposes of 
this section) within the last complete calendar week of the year. If at 
the beginning of any calendar year there are days not falling within a 
complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included (for 
purposes of this section) within the last complete week of the previous 
year.
    (c) Exposure to airborne radioactive material. (1) No employer shall 
possess, use or transport radioactive material in such a manner as to 
cause any employee, within a restricted area, to be exposed to airborne 
radioactive material in an average concentration in excess of the limits 
specified in Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. The limits given 
in Table 1 are for exposure to the concentrations specified for 40 hours 
in any workweek of 7 consecutive days. In any such period where the 
number of hours of exposure is less than 40, the limits specified in the 
table may be increased proportionately. In any such period where the 
number of hours of exposure is greater than 40, the limits specified in 
the table shall be decreased proportionately.

[[Page 506]]

    (2) No employer shall possess, use, or transfer radioactive material 
in such a manner as to cause any individual within a restricted area, 
who is under 18 years of age, to be exposed to airborne radioactive 
material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified 
in Table II of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. For purposes of this 
paragraph, concentrations may be averaged over periods not greater than 
1 week.
    (3) Exposed as used in this paragraph means that the individual is 
present in an airborne concentration. No allowance shall be made for the 
use of protective clothing or equipment, or particle size.
    (d) Precautionary procedures and personal monitoring. (1) Every 
employer shall make such surveys as may be necessary for him to comply 
with the provisions in this section. Survey means an evaluation of the 
radiation hazards incident to the production, use, release, disposal, or 
presence of radioactive materials or other sources of radiation under a 
specific set of conditions. When appropriate, such evaluation includes a 
physical survey of the location of materials and equipment, and 
measurements of levels of radiation or concentrations of radioactive 
material present.
    (2) Every employer shall supply appropriate personnel monitoring 
equipment, such as film badges, pocket chambers, pocket dosimeters, or 
film rings, and shall require the use of such equipment by:
    (i) Each employee who enters a restricted area under such 
circumstances that he receives, or is likely to receive, a dose in any 
calendar quarter in excess of 25 percent of the applicable value 
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
    (ii) Each employee under 18 years of age who enters a restricted 
area under such circumstances that he receives, or is likely to receive, 
a dose in any calendar quarter in excess of 5 percent of the applicable 
value specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
    (iii) Each employee who enters a high radiation area.
    (3) As used in this section:
    (i) Personnel monitoring equipment means devices designed to be worn 
or carried by an individual for the purpose of measuring the dose 
received (e.g., film badges, pocket chambers, pocket dosimeters, film 
rings, etc.);
    (ii) Radiation area means any area, accessible to personnel, in 
which there exists radiation at such levels that a major portion of the 
body could receive in any 1 hour a dose in excess of 5 millirem, or in 
any 5 consecutive days a dose in excess of 100 millirem; and
    (iii) High radiation area means any area, accessible to personnel, 
in which there exists radiation at such levels that a major portion of 
the body could receive in any one hour a dose in excess of 100 millirem.
    (e) Caution signs, labels, and signals--(1) General. (i) Symbols 
prescribed by this paragraph shall use the conventional radiation 
caution colors (magenta or purple on yellow background). The symbol 
prescribed by this paragraph is the conventional three-bladed design:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC28OC91.041

                               Figure G-10

    (ii) [Reserved]
    (2) Radiation area. Each radiation area shall be conspicuously 
posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol 
described in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph and the words:

[[Page 507]]

                                 CAUTION

                             RADIATION AREA

    (3) High radiation area. (i) Each high radiation area shall be 
conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution 
symbol and the words:

                                 CAUTION

                           HIGH RADIATION AREA

    (ii) Each high radiation area shall be equipped with a control 
device which shall either cause the level of radiation to be reduced 
below that at which an individual might receive a dose of 100 millirems 
in 1 hour upon entry into the area or shall energize a conspicuous 
visible or audible alarm signal in such a manner that the individual 
entering and the employer or a supervisor of the activity are made aware 
of the entry. In the case of a high radiation area established for a 
period of 30 days or less, such control device is not required.
    (4) Airborne radioactivity area. (i) As used in the provisions of 
this section, airborne radioactivity area means:
    (a) Any room, enclosure, or operating area in which airborne 
radioactive materials, composed wholly or partly of radioactive 
material, exist in concentrations in excess of the amounts specified in 
column 1 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20 or
    (b) Any room, enclosure, or operating area in which airborne 
radioactive materials exist in concentrations which, averaged over the 
number of hours in any week during which individuals are in the area, 
exceed 25 percent of the amounts specified in column 1 of Table 1 of 
appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.
    (ii) Each airborne radioactivity area shall be conspicuously posted 
with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in 
paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the words:

                                 CAUTION

                       AIRBORNE RADIOACTIVITY AREA

    (5) Additional requirements.
    (i) Each area or room in which radioactive material is used or 
stored and which contains any radioactive material (other than natural 
uranium or thorium) in any amount exceeding 10 times the quantity of 
such material specified in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall be 
conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution 
symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the words:

                                 CAUTION

                          RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

    (ii) Each area or room in which natural uranium or thorium is used 
or stored in an amount exceeding 100 times the quantity of such material 
specified in 10 CFR part 20 shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or 
signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) 
of this section and the words:

                                 CAUTION

                          RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

    (6) Containers. (i) Each container in which is transported, stored, 
or used a quantity of any radioactive material (other than natural 
uranium or thorium) greater than the quantity of such material specified 
in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable, clearly visible 
label bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) 
of this section and the words:

                                 CAUTION

                          RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

    (ii) Each container in which natural uranium or thorium is 
transported, stored, or used in a quantity greater than 10 times the 
quantity specified in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable, 
clearly visible label bearing the radiation caution symbol described in 
paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the words:

                                 CAUTION

                          RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

    (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (e)(6) (i) and 
(ii) of this section a label shall not be required:
    (a) If the concentration of the material in the container does not 
exceed that specified in column 2 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR 
part 20, or
    (b) For laboratory containers, such as beakers, flasks, and test 
tubes, used transiently in laboratory procedures, when the user is 
present.

[[Page 508]]

    (iv) Where containers are used for storage, the labels required in 
this subparagraph shall state also the quantities and kinds of 
radioactive materials in the containers and the date of measurement of 
the quantities.
    (f) Immediate evacuation warning signal--(1) Signal characteristics. 
(i) The signal shall be a midfrequency complex sound wave amplitude 
modulated at a subsonic frequency. The complex sound wave in free space 
shall have a fundamental frequency (f1) between 450 and 500 
hertz (Hz) modulated at a subsonic rate between 4 and 5 hertz.
    (ii) The signal generator shall not be less than 75 decibels at 
every location where an individual may be present whose immediate, 
rapid, and complete evacuation is essential.
    (iii) A sufficient number of signal units shall be installed such 
that the requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section are met at 
every location where an individual may be present whose immediate, 
rapid, and complete evacuation is essential.
    (iv) The signal shall be unique in the plant or facility in which it 
is installed.
    (v) The minimum duration of the signal shall be sufficient to insure 
that all affected persons hear the signal.
    (vi) The signal-generating system shall respond automatically to an 
initiating event without requiring any human action to sound the signal.
    (2) Design objectives. (i) The signal-generating system shall be 
designed to incorporate components which enable the system to produce 
the desired signal each time it is activated within one-half second of 
activation.
    (ii) The signal-generating system shall be provided with an 
automatically activated secondary power supply which is adequate to 
simultaneously power all emergency equipment to which it is connected, 
if operation during power failure is necessary, except in those systems 
using batteries as the primary source of power.
    (iii) All components of the signal-generating system shall be 
located to provide maximum practicable protection against damage in case 
of fire, explosion, corrosive atmosphere, or other environmental 
extremes consistent with adequate system performance.
    (iv) The signal-generating system shall be designed with the minimum 
number of components necessary to make it function as intended, and 
should utilize components which do not require frequent servicing such 
as lubrication or cleaning.
    (v) Where several activating devices feed activating information to 
a central signal generator, failure of any activating device shall not 
render the signal-generator system inoperable to activating information 
from the remaining devices.
    (vi) The signal-generating system shall be designed to enhance the 
probability that alarm occurs only when immediate evacuation is 
warranted. The number of false alarms shall not be so great that the 
signal will come to be disregarded and shall be low enough to minimize 
personal injuries or excessive property damage that might result from 
such evacuation.
    (3) Testing. (i) Initial tests, inspections, and checks of the 
signal-generating system shall be made to verify that the fabrication 
and installation were made in accordance with design plans and 
specifications and to develop a thorough knowledge of the performance of 
the system and all components under normal and hostile conditions.
    (ii) Once the system has been placed in service, periodic tests, 
inspections, and checks shall be made to minimize the possibility of 
malfunction.
    (iii) Following significant alterations or revisions to the system, 
tests and checks similar to the initial installation tests shall be 
made.
    (iv) Tests shall be designed to minimize hazards while conducting 
the tests.
    (v) Prior to normal operation the signal-generating system shall be 
checked physically and functionally to assure reliability and to 
demonstrate accuracy and performance. Specific tests shall include:
    (a) All power sources.
    (b) Calibration and calibration stability.
    (c) Trip levels and stability.
    (d) Continuity of function with loss and return of required services 
such as AC or DC power, air pressure, etc.
    (e) All indicators.

[[Page 509]]

    (f) Trouble indicator circuits and signals, where used.
    (g) Air pressure (if used)
    (h) Determine that sound level of the signal is within the limit of 
paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section at all points that require 
immediate evacuation.
    (vi) In addition to the initial startup and operating tests, 
periodic scheduled performance tests and status checks must be made to 
insure that the system is at all times operating within design limits 
and capable of the required response. Specific periodic tests or checks 
or both shall include:
    (a) Adequacy of signal activation device.
    (b) All power sources.
    (c) Function of all alarm circuits and trouble indicator circuits 
including trip levels.
    (d) Air pressure (if used).
    (e) Function of entire system including operation without power 
where required.
    (f) Complete operational tests including sounding of the signal and 
determination that sound levels are adequate.
    (vii) Periodic tests shall be scheduled on the basis of need, 
experience, difficulty, and disruption of operations. The entire system 
should be operationally tested at least quarterly.
    (viii) All employees whose work may necessitate their presence in an 
area covered by the signal shall be made familiar with the actual sound 
of the signal--preferably as it sounds at their work location. Before 
placing the system into operation, all employees normally working in the 
area shall be made acquainted with the signal by actual demonstration at 
their work locations.
    (g) Exceptions from posting requirements. Notwithstanding the 
provisions of paragraph (e) of this section:
    (1) A room or area is not required to be posted with a caution sign 
because of the presence of a sealed source, provided the radiation level 
12 inches from the surface of the source container or housing does not 
exceed 5 millirem per hour.
    (2) Rooms or other areas in onsite medical facilities are not 
required to be posted with caution signs because of the presence of 
patients containing radioactive material, provided that there are 
personnel in attendance who shall take the precautions necessary to 
prevent the exposure of any individual to radiation or radioactive 
material in excess of the limits established in the provisions of this 
section.
    (3) Caution signs are not required to be posted at areas or rooms 
containing radioactive materials for periods of less than 8 hours: 
Provided, That
    (i) The materials are constantly attended during such periods by an 
individual who shall take the precautions necessary to prevent the 
exposure of any individual to radiation or radioactive materials in 
excess of the limits established in the provisions of this section; and
    (ii) Such area or room is subject to the employer's control.
    (h) Exemptions for radioactive materials packaged for shipment. 
Radioactive materials packaged and labeled in accordance with 
regulations of the Department of Transportation published in 49 CFR 
Chapter I, are exempt from the labeling and posting requirements of this 
subpart during shipment, provided that the inside containers are labeled 
in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section.
    (i) Instruction of personnel, posting. (1) Employers regulated by 
the Nuclear Regulatory Commission shall be governed by 10 CFR part 20 
standards. Employers in a State named in paragraph (p)(3) of this 
section shall be governed by the requirements of the laws and 
regulations of that State. All other employers shall be regulated by the 
following:
    (2) All individuals working in or frequenting any portion of a 
radiation area shall be informed of the occurrence of radioactive 
materials or of radiation in such portions of the radiation area; shall 
be instructed in the safety problems associated with exposure to such 
materials or radiation and in precautions or devices to minimize 
exposure; shall be instructed in the applicable provisions of this 
section for the protection of employees from exposure to radiation or 
radioactive materials; and shall be advised of reports of radiation 
exposure which employees may request pursuant to the regulations in this 
section.

[[Page 510]]

    (3) Each employer to whom this section applies shall post a current 
copy of its provisions and a copy of the operating procedures applicable 
to the work conspicuously in such locations as to insure that employees 
working in or frequenting radiation areas will observe these documents 
on the way to and from their place of employment, or shall keep such 
documents available for examination of employees upon request.
    (j) Storage of radioactive materials. Radioactive materials stored 
in a nonradiation area shall be secured against unauthorized removal 
from the place of storage.
    (k) Waste disposal. No employer shall dispose of radioactive 
material except by transfer to an authorized recipient, or in a manner 
approved by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission or a State named in 
paragraph (p)(3) of this section.
    (l) Notification of incidents--(1) Immediate notification. Each 
employer shall immediately notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or 
his duly authorized representative, for employees not protected by the 
Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; paragraph 
(p)(2) of this section, or the requirements of the laws and regulations 
of States named in paragraph (p)(3) of this section, by telephone or 
telegraph of any incident involving radiation which may have caused or 
threatens to cause:
    (i) Exposure of the whole body of any individual to 25 rems or more 
of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual 
to 150 rems or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, 
hands, or forearms of any individual to 375 rems or more of radiation; 
or
    (ii) The release of radioactive material in concentrations which, if 
averaged over a period of 24 hours, would exceed 5,000 times the limit 
specified for such materials in Table II of appendix B to 10 CFR part 
20.
    (2) Twenty-four hour notification. Each employer shall within 24 
hours following its occurrence notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor 
or his duly authorized representative for employees not protected by the 
Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; paragraph 
(p)(2) of this section, or the requirements of the laws and applicable 
regulations of States named in paragraph (p)(3) of this section, by 
telephone or telegraph of any incident involving radiation which may 
have caused or threatens to cause:
    (i) Exposure of the whole body of any individual to 5 rems or more 
of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual 
to 30 rems or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands, 
or forearms to 75 rems or more of radiation; or
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (m) Reports of overexposure and excessive levels and concentrations. 
(1) In addition to any notification required by paragraph (1) of this 
section each employer shall make a report in writing within 30 days to 
the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized representative, 
for employees not protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by 
means of 10 CFR part 20; or under paragraph (p)(2) of this section, or 
the requirements of the laws and regulations of States named in 
paragraph (p)(3) of this section, of each exposure of an individual to 
radiation or concentrations of radioactive material in excess of any 
applicable limit in this section. Each report required under this 
paragraph shall describe the extent of exposure of persons to radiation 
or to radioactive material; levels of radiation and concentration of 
radioactive material involved, the cause of the exposure, levels of 
concentrations; and corrective steps taken or planned to assure against 
a recurrence.
    (2) In any case where an employer is required pursuant to the 
provisions of this paragraph to report to the U.S. Department of Labor 
any exposure of an individual to radiation or to concentrations of 
radioactive material, the employer shall also notify such individual of 
the nature and extent of exposure. Such notice shall be in writing and 
shall contain the following statement: ``You should preserve this report 
for future reference.''
    (n) Records. (1) Every employer shall maintain records of the 
radiation exposure of all employees for whom personnel monitoring is 
required under paragraph (d) of this section and advise

[[Page 511]]

each of his employees of his individual exposure on at least an annual 
basis.
    (2) Every employer shall maintain records in the same units used in 
tables in paragraph (b) of this section and appendix B to 10 CFR part 
20.
    (o) Disclosure to former employee of individual employee's record. 
(1) At the request of a former employee an employer shall furnish to the 
employee a report of the employee's exposure to radiation as shown in 
records maintained by the employer pursuant to paragraph (n)(1) of this 
section. Such report shall be furnished within 30 days from the time the 
request is made, and shall cover each calendar quarter of the 
individual's employment involving exposure to radiation or such lesser 
period as may be requested by the employee. The report shall also 
include the results of any calculations and analysis of radioactive 
material deposited in the body of the employee. The report shall be in 
writing and contain the following statement: ``You should preserve this 
report for future reference.''
    (2) [Reserved]
    (p) Nuclear Regulatory Commission licensees--NRC contractors 
operating NRC plants and facilities--NRC Agreement State licensees or 
registrants. (1) Any employer who possesses or uses source material, 
byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the 
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, under a license issued by the 
Nuclear Regulatory Commission and in accordance with the requirements of 
10 CFR part 20 shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements 
of this section with respect to such possession and use.
    (2) NRC contractors operating NRC plants and facilities: Any 
employer who possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, 
special nuclear material, or other radiation sources under a contract 
with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission for the operation of NRC plants 
and facilities and in accordance with the standards, procedures, and 
other requirements for radiation protection established by the 
Commission for such contract pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 
as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), shall be deemed to be in compliance 
with the requirements of this section with respect to such possession 
and use.
    (3) NRC-agreement State licensees or registrants:
    (i) Atomic Energy Act sources. Any employer who possesses or uses 
source material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as 
defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et 
seq.), and has either registered such sources with, or is operating 
under a license issued by, a State which has an agreement in effect with 
the Nuclear Regulatory Commission pursuant to section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 
2021(b)) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance 
with the requirements of that State's laws and regulations shall be 
deemed to be in compliance with the radiation requirements of this 
section, insofar as his possession and use of such material is 
concerned, unless the Secretary of Labor, after conference with the 
Nuclear Regulatory Commission, shall determine that the State's program 
for control of these radiation sources is incompatible with the 
requirements of this section. Such agreements currently are in effect 
only in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, 
Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, Texas, 
Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, 
Washington, Maryland, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia.
    (ii) Other sources. Any employer who possesses or uses radiation 
sources other than source material, byproduct material, or special 
nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as 
amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has either registered such sources 
with, or is operating under a license issued by a State which has an 
agreement in effect with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission pursuant to 
section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as 
amended, and in accordance with the requirements of that State's laws 
and regulations shall be deemed to be in compliance with the radiation 
requirements of this section, insofar as his possession and use of such 
material is concerned, provided the State's program for control of these 
radiation sources is the subject

[[Page 512]]

of a currently effective determination by the Assistant Secretary of 
Labor that such program is compatible with the requirements of this 
section. Such determinations currently are in effect only in the States 
of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, 
Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, 
Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington, 
Maryland, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia.

[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 FR 49746, Oct. 24, 1978; 
43 FR 51759, Nov. 7, 1978; 49 FR 18295, Apr. 30, 1984; 58 FR 35309, June 
30, 1993. Redesignated at 61 FR 31430, June 20, 1996]



Sec. 1910.1200  Hazard communication.

    (a) Purpose. (1) The purpose of this section is to ensure that the 
hazards of all chemicals produced or imported are evaluated, and that 
information concerning their hazards is transmitted to employers and 
employees. This transmittal of information is to be accomplished by 
means of comprehensive hazard communication programs, which are to 
include container labeling and other forms of warning, material safety 
data sheets and employee training.
    (2) This occupational safety and health standard is intended to 
address comprehensively the issue of evaluating the potential hazards of 
chemicals, and communicating information concerning hazards and 
appropriate protective measures to employees, and to preempt any legal 
requirements of a state, or political subdivision of a state, pertaining 
to this subject. Evaluating the potential hazards of chemicals, and 
communicating information concerning hazards and appropriate protective 
measures to employees, may include, for example, but is not limited to, 
provisions for: developing and maintaining a written hazard 
communication program for the workplace, including lists of hazardous 
chemicals present; labeling of containers of chemicals in the workplace, 
as well as of containers of chemicals being shipped to other workplaces; 
preparation and distribution of material safety data sheets to employees 
and downstream employers; and development and implementation of employee 
training programs regarding hazards of chemicals and protective 
measures. Under section 18 of the Act, no state or political subdivision 
of a state may adopt or enforce, through any court or agency, any 
requirement relating to the issue addressed by this Federal standard, 
except pursuant to a Federally-approved state plan.
    (b) Scope and application. (1) This section requires chemical 
manufacturers or importers to assess the hazards of chemicals which they 
produce or import, and all employers to provide information to their 
employees about the hazardous chemicals to which they are exposed, by 
means of a hazard communication program, labels and other forms of 
warning, material safety data sheets, and information and training. In 
addition, this section requires distributors to transmit the required 
information to employers. (Employers who do not produce or import 
chemicals need only focus on those parts of this rule that deal with 
establishing a workplace program and communicating information to their 
workers. Appendix E of this section is a general guide for such 
employers to help them determine their compliance obligations under the 
rule.)
    (2) This section applies to any chemical which is known to be 
present in the workplace in such a manner that employees may be exposed 
under normal conditions of use or in a foreseeable emergency.
    (3) This section applies to laboratories only as follows:
    (i) Employers shall ensure that labels on incoming containers of 
hazardous chemicals are not removed or defaced;
    (ii) Employers shall maintain any material safety data sheets that 
are received with incoming shipments of hazardous chemicals, and ensure 
that they are readily accessible during each workshift to laboratory 
employees when they are in their work areas;
    (iii) Employers shall ensure that laboratory employees are provided 
information and training in accordance with paragraph (h) of this 
section, except for the location and availability of the written hazard 
communication program under paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section; and,

[[Page 513]]

    (iv) Laboratory employers that ship hazardous chemicals are 
considered to be either a chemical manufacturer or a distributor under 
this rule, and thus must ensure that any containers of hazardous 
chemicals leaving the laboratory are labeled in accordance with 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and that a material safety data sheet 
is provided to distributors and other employers in accordance with 
paragraphs (g)(6) and (g)(7) of this section.
    (4) In work operations where employees only handle chemicals in 
sealed containers which are not opened under normal conditions of use 
(such as are found in marine cargo handling, warehousing, or retail 
sales), this section applies to these operations only as follows:
    (i) Employers shall ensure that labels on incoming containers of 
hazardous chemicals are not removed or defaced;
    (ii) Employers shall maintain copies of any material safety data 
sheets that are received with incoming shipments of the sealed 
containers of hazardous chemicals, shall obtain a material safety data 
sheet as soon as possible for sealed containers of hazardous chemicals 
received without a material safety data sheet if an employee requests 
the material safety data sheet, and shall ensure that the material 
safety data sheets are readily accessible during each work shift to 
employees when they are in their work area(s); and,
    (iii) Employers shall ensure that employees are provided with 
information and training in accordance with paragraph (h) of this 
section (except for the location and availability of the written hazard 
communication program under paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section), to 
the extent necessary to protect them in the event of a spill or leak of 
a hazardous chemical from a sealed container.
    (5) This section does not require labeling of the following 
chemicals:
    (i) Any pesticide as such term is defined in the Federal 
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.), when 
subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling 
regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection 
Agency;
    (ii) Any chemical substance or mixture as such terms are defined in 
the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.), when subject 
to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued 
under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency.
    (iii) Any food, food additive, color additive, drug, cosmetic, or 
medical or veterinary device or product, including materials intended 
for use as ingredients in such products (e.g. flavors and fragrances), 
as such terms are defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act 
(21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) or the Virus-Serum-Toxin Act of 1913 (21 U.S.C. 
151 et seq.), and regulations issued under those Acts, when they are 
subject to the labeling requirements under those Acts by either the Food 
and Drug Administration or the Department of Agriculture;
    (iv) Any distilled spirits (beverage alcohols), wine, or malt 
beverage intended for nonindustrial use, as such terms are defined in 
the Federal Alcohol Administration Act (27 U.S.C. 201 et seq.) and 
regulations issued under that Act, when subject to the labeling 
requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act 
by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms;
    (v) Any consumer product or hazardous substance as those terms are 
defined in the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and 
Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C. 1261 et seq.) respectively, 
when subject to a consumer product safety standard or labeling 
requirement of those Acts, or regulations issued under those Acts by the 
Consumer Product Safety Commission; and,
    (vi) Agricultural or vegetable seed treated with pesticides and 
labeled in accordance with the Federal Seed Act (7 U.S.C. 1551 et seq.) 
and the labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Department of 
Agriculture.
    (6) This section does not apply to: (i) Any hazardous waste as such 
term is defined by the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the 
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (42 U.S.C. 
6901 et seq.), when subject to regulations issued under that Act by the 
Environmental Protection Agency;

[[Page 514]]

    (ii) Any hazardous substance as such term is defined by the 
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability ACT 
(CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.) when the hazardous substance is the 
focus of remedial or removal action being conducted under CERCLA in 
accordance with Environmental Protection Agency regulations;
    (iii) Tobacco or tobacco products;
    (iv) Wood or wood products, including lumber which will not be 
processed, where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish 
that the only hazard they pose to employees is the potential for 
flammability or combustibility (wood or wood products which have been 
treated with a hazardous chemical covered by this standard, and wood 
which may be subsequently sawed or cut, generating dust, are not 
exempted);
    (v) Articles (as that term is defined in paragraph (c) of this 
section);
    (vi) Food or alcoholic beverages which are sold, used, or prepared 
in a retail establishment (such as a grocery store, restaurant, or 
drinking place), and foods intended for personal consumption by 
employees while in the workplace;
    (vii) Any drug, as that term is defined in the Federal Food, Drug, 
and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.), when it is in solid, final 
form for direct administration to the patient (e.g., tablets or pills); 
drugs which are packaged by the chemical manufacturer for sale to 
consumers in a retail establishment (e.g., over-the-counter drugs); and 
drugs intended for personal consumption by employees while in the 
workplace (e.g., first aid supplies);
    (viii) Cosmetics which are packaged for sale to consumers in a 
retail establishment, and cosmetics intended for personal consumption by 
employees while in the workplace;
    (ix) Any consumer product or hazardous substance, as those terms are 
defined in the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and 
Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C. 1261 et seq.) respectively, 
where the employer can show that it is used in the workplace for the 
purpose intended by the chemical manufacturer or importer of the 
product, and the use results in a duration and frequency of exposure 
which is not greater than the range of exposures that could reasonably 
be experienced by consumers when used for the purpose intended;
    (x) Nuisance particulates where the chemical manufacturer or 
importer can establish that they do not pose any physical or health 
hazard covered under this section;
    (xi) Ionizing and nonionizing radiation; and,
    (xii) Biological hazards.
    (c) Definitions.
    Article means a manufactured item other than a fluid or particle: 
(i) which is formed to a specific shape or design during manufacture; 
(ii) which has end use function(s) dependent in whole or in part upon 
its shape or design during end use; and (iii) which under normal 
conditions of use does not release more than very small quantities, 
e.g., minute or trace amounts of a hazardous chemical (as determined 
under paragraph (d) of this section), and does not pose a physical 
hazard or health risk to employees.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Chemical means any element, chemical compound or mixture of elements 
and/or compounds.
    Chemical manufacturer means an employer with a workplace where 
chemical(s) are produced for use or distribution.
    Chemical name means the scientific designation of a chemical in 
accordance with the nomenclature system developed by the International 
Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) or the Chemical Abstracts 
Service (CAS) rules of nomenclature, or a name which will clearly 
identify the chemical for the purpose of conducting a hazard evaluation.
    Combustible liquid means any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 
100  deg.F (37.8  deg.C), but below 200  deg.F (93.3  deg.C), except any 
mixture having components with flashpoints of 200  deg.F (93.3  deg.C), 
or higher, the total volume of which make up 99 percent or more of the 
total volume of the mixture.
    Commercial account means an arrangement whereby a retail distributor

[[Page 515]]

sells hazardous chemicals to an employer, generally in large quantities 
over time and/or at costs that are below the regular retail price.
    Common name means any designation or identification such as code 
name, code number, trade name, brand name or generic name used to 
identify a chemical other than by its chemical name.
    Compressed gas means:
    (i) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute 
pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70  deg.F (21.1  deg.C); or
    (ii) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute 
pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130  deg.F (54.4  deg.C) regardless of the 
pressure at 70  deg.F (21.1  deg.C); or
    (iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 
deg.F (37.8  deg.C) as determined by ASTM D-323-72.
    Container means any bag, barrel, bottle, box, can, cylinder, drum, 
reaction vessel, storage tank, or the like that contains a hazardous 
chemical. For purposes of this section, pipes or piping systems, and 
engines, fuel tanks, or other operating systems in a vehicle, are not 
considered to be containers.
    Designated representative means any individual or organization to 
whom an employee gives written authorization to exercise such employee's 
rights under this section. A recognized or certified collective 
bargaining agent shall be treated automatically as a designated 
representative without regard to written employee authorization.
    Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or 
designee.
    Distributor means a business, other than a chemical manufacturer or 
importer, which supplies hazardous chemicals to other distributors or to 
employers.
    Employee means a worker who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals 
under normal operating conditions or in foreseeable emergencies. Workers 
such as office workers or bank tellers who encounter hazardous chemicals 
only in non-routine, isolated instances are not covered.
    Employer means a person engaged in a business where chemicals are 
either used, distributed, or are produced for use or distribution, 
including a contractor or subcontractor.
    Explosive means a chemical that causes a sudden, almost 
instantaneous release of pressure, gas, and heat when subjected to 
sudden shock, pressure, or high temperature.
    Exposure or exposed means that an employee is subjected in the 
course of employment to a chemical that is a physical or health hazard, 
and includes potential (e.g. accidental or possible) exposure. 
``Subjected'' in terms of health hazards includes any route of entry 
(e.g. inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption.)
    Flammable means a chemical that falls into one of the following 
categories:
    (i) Aerosol, flammable means an aerosol that, when tested by the 
method described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a flame projection exceeding 
18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending back 
to the valve) at any degree of valve opening;
    (ii) Gas, flammable means: (A) A gas that, at ambient temperature 
and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with air at a concentration of 
thirteen (13) percent by volume or less; or
    (B) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range 
of flammable mixtures with air wider than twelve (12) percent by volume, 
regardless of the lower limit;
    (iii) Liquid, flammable means any liquid having a flashpoint below 
100 deg.F (37.8 deg.C), except any mixture having components with 
flashpoints of 100 deg.F (37.8 deg.C) or higher, the total of which make 
up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.
    (iv) Solid, flammable means a solid, other than a blasting agent or 
explosive as defined in Sec. 1910.109(a), that is liable to cause fire 
through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change, 
or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be 
ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as 
to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be a 
flammable solid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 
1500.44, it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate 
greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis.

[[Page 516]]

    Flashpoint means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off 
a vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite when tested as follows:
    (i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See American National Standard Method 
of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, Z11.24-1979 (ASTM D 56-
79)) for liquids with a viscosity of less than 45 Saybolt Universal 
Seconds (SUS) at 100 deg.F (37.8 deg.C), that do not contain suspended 
solids and do not have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or
    (ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester (see American National Standard 
Method of Test for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7-
1979 (ASTM D 93-79)) for liquids with a viscosity equal to or greater 
than 45 SUS at 100 deg.F (37.8 deg.C), or that contain suspended solids, 
or that have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or
    (iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method 
of Test for Flash Point by Setaflash Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278-78)).

Organic peroxides, which undergo autoaccelerating thermal decomposition, 
are excluded from any of the flashpoint determination methods specified 
above.
    Foreseeable emergency means any potential occurrence such as, but 
not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of 
control equipment which could result in an uncontrolled release of a 
hazardous chemical into the workplace.
    Hazardous chemical means any chemical which is a physical hazard or 
a health hazard.
    Hazard warning means any words, pictures, symbols, or combination 
thereof appearing on a label or other appropriate form of warning which 
convey the specific physical and health hazard(s), including target 
organ effects, of the chemical(s) in the container(s). (See the 
definitions for ``physical hazard'' and ``health hazard'' to determine 
the hazards which must be covered.)
    Health hazard means a chemical for which there is statistically 
significant evidence based on at least one study conducted in accordance 
with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health 
effects may occur in exposed employees. The term ``health hazard'' 
includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, 
reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, 
nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the hematopoietic system, 
and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes. 
Appendix A provides further definitions and explanations of the scope of 
health hazards covered by this section, and Appendix B describes the 
criteria to be used to determine whether or not a chemical is to be 
considered hazardous for purposes of this standard.
    Identity means any chemical or common name which is indicated on the 
material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the chemical. The identity used 
shall permit cross-references to be made among the required list of 
hazardous chemicals, the label and the MSDS.
    Immediate use means that the hazardous chemical will be under the 
control of and used only by the person who transfers it from a labeled 
container and only within the work shift in which it is transferred.
    Importer means the first business with employees within the Customs 
Territory of the United States which receives hazardous chemicals 
produced in other countries for the purpose of supplying them to 
distributors or employers within the United States.
    Label means any written, printed, or graphic material displayed on 
or affixed to containers of hazardous chemicals.
    Material safety data sheet (MSDS) means written or printed material 
concerning a hazardous chemical which is prepared in accordance with 
paragraph (g) of this section.
    Mixture means any combination of two or more chemicals if the 
combination is not, in whole or in part, the result of a chemical 
reaction.
    Organic peroxide means an organic compound that contains the 
bivalent -O-O-structure and which may be considered to be a structural 
derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both of the hydrogen atoms 
has been replaced by an organic radical.

[[Page 517]]

    Oxidizer means a chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive 
as defined in Sec. 1910.109(a), that initiates or promotes combustion in 
other materials, thereby causing fire either of itself or through the 
release of oxygen or other gases.
    Physical hazard means a chemical for which there is scientifically 
valid evidence that it is a combustible liquid, a compressed gas, 
explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide, an oxidizer, pyrophoric, 
unstable (reactive) or water-reactive.
    Produce means to manufacture, process, formulate, blend, extract, 
generate, emit, or repackage.
    Pyrophoric means a chemical that will ignite spontaneously in air at 
a temperature of 130 deg.F (54.4 deg.C) or below.
    Responsible party means someone who can provide additional 
information on the hazardous chemical and appropriate emergency 
procedures, if necessary.
    Specific chemical identity means the chemical name, Chemical 
Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that 
reveals the precise chemical designation of the substance.
    Trade secret means any confidential formula, pattern, process, 
device, information or compilation of information that is used in an 
employer's business, and that gives the employer an opportunity to 
obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it. Appendix 
D sets out the criteria to be used in evaluating trade secrets.
    Unstable (reactive) means a chemical which in the pure state, or as 
produced or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, 
condense, or will become self-reactive under conditions of shocks, 
pressure or temperature.
    Use means to package, handle, react, emit, extract, generate as a 
byproduct, or transfer.
    Water-reactive means a chemical that reacts with water to release a 
gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard.
    Work area means a room or defined space in a workplace where 
hazardous chemicals are produced or used, and where employees are 
present.
    Workplace means an establishment, job site, or project, at one 
geographical location containing one or more work areas.
    (d) Hazard determination. (1) Chemical manufacturers and importers 
shall evaluate chemicals produced in their workplaces or imported by 
them to determine if they are hazardous. Employers are not required to 
evaluate chemicals unless they choose not to rely on the evaluation 
performed by the chemical manufacturer or importer for the chemical to 
satisfy this requirement.
    (2) Chemical manufacturers, importers or employers evaluating 
chemicals shall identify and consider the available scientific evidence 
concerning such hazards. For health hazards, evidence which is 
statistically significant and which is based on at least one positive 
study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles is 
considered to be sufficient to establish a hazardous effect if the 
results of the study meet the definitions of health hazards in this 
section. Appendix A shall be consulted for the scope of health hazards 
covered, and Appendix B shall be consulted for the criteria to be 
followed with respect to the completeness of the evaluation, and the 
data to be reported.
    (3) The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer evaluating 
chemicals shall treat the following sources as establishing that the 
chemicals listed in them are hazardous:
    (i) 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances, 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA); or,
    (ii) Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical 
Agents in the Work Environment, American Conference of Governmental 
Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) (latest edition). The chemical 
manufacturer, importer, or employer is still responsible for evaluating 
the hazards associated with the chemicals in these source lists in 
accordance with the requirements of this standard.
    (4) Chemical manufacturers, importers and employers evaluating 
chemicals shall treat the following sources as establishing that a 
chemical is a carcinogen or potential carcinogen for hazard 
communication purposes:

[[Page 518]]

    (i) National Toxicology Program (NTP), Annual Report on Carcinogens 
(latest edition);
    (ii) International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs 
(latest editions); or
    (iii) 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances, 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

    Note: The Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances published 
by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health indicates 
whether a chemical has been found by NTP or IARC to be a potential 
carcinogen.

    (5) The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer shall determine 
the hazards of mixtures of chemicals as follows:
    (i) If a mixture has been tested as a whole to determine its 
hazards, the results of such testing shall be used to determine whether 
the mixture is hazardous;
    (ii) If a mixture has not been tested as a whole to determine 
whether the mixture is a health hazard, the mixture shall be assumed to 
present the same health hazards as do the components which comprise one 
percent (by weight or volume) or greater of the mixture, except that the 
mixture shall be assumed to present a carcinogenic hazard if it contains 
a component in concentrations of 0.1 percent or greater which is 
considered to be a carcinogen under paragraph (d)(4) of this section;
    (iii) If a mixture has not been tested as a whole to determine 
whether the mixture is a physical hazard, the chemical manufacturer, 
importer, or employer may use whatever scientifically valid data is 
available to evaluate the physical hazard potential of the mixture; and,
    (iv) If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer has 
evidence to indicate that a component present in the mixture in 
concentrations of less than one percent (or in the case of carcinogens, 
less than 0.1 percent) could be released in concentrations which would 
exceed an established OSHA permissible exposure limit or ACGIH Threshold 
Limit Value, or could present a health risk to employees in those 
concentrations, the mixture shall be assumed to present the same hazard.
    (6) Chemical manufacturers, importers, or employers evaluating 
chemicals shall describe in writing the procedures they use to determine 
the hazards of the chemical they evaluate. The written procedures are to 
be made available, upon request, to employees, their designated 
representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director. The written 
description may be incorporated into the written hazard communication 
program required under paragraph (e) of this section.
    (e) Written hazard communication program. (1) Employers shall 
develop, implement, and maintain at each workplace, a written hazard 
communication program which at least describes how the criteria 
specified in paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this section for labels and 
other forms of warning, material safety data sheets, and employee 
information and training will be met, and which also includes the 
following:
    (i) A list of the hazardous chemicals known to be present using an 
identity that is referenced on the appropriate material safety data 
sheet (the list may be compiled for the workplace as a whole or for 
individual work areas); and,
    (ii) The methods the employer will use to inform employees of the 
hazards of non-routine tasks (for example, the cleaning of reactor 
vessels), and the hazards associated with chemicals contained in 
unlabeled pipes in their work areas.
    (2) Multi-employer workplaces. Employers who produce, use, or store 
hazardous chemicals at a workplace in such a way that the employees of 
other employer(s) may be exposed (for example, employees of a 
construction contractor working on-site) shall additionally ensure that 
the hazard communication programs developed and implemented under this 
paragraph (e) include the following:
    (i) The methods the employer will use to provide the other 
employer(s) on-site access to material safety data sheets for each 
hazardous chemical the other employer(s)' employees may be exposed to 
while working;
    (ii) The methods the employer will use to inform the other 
employer(s) of any precautionary measures that need

[[Page 519]]

to be taken to protect employees during the workplace's normal operating 
conditions and in foreseeable emergencies; and,
    (iii) The methods the employer will use to inform the other 
employer(s) of the labeling system used in the workplace.
    (3) The employer may rely on an existing hazard communication 
program to comply with these requirements, provided that it meets the 
criteria established in this paragraph (e).
    (4) The employer shall make the written hazard communication program 
available, upon request, to employees, their designated representatives, 
the Assistant Secretary and the Director, in accordance with the 
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.20 (e).
    (5) Where employees must travel between workplaces during a 
workshift, i.e., their work is carried out at more than one geographical 
location, the written hazard communication program may be kept at the 
primary workplace facility.
    (f) Labels and other forms of warning. (1) The chemical 
manufacturer, importer, or distributor shall ensure that each container 
of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is labeled, tagged or 
marked with the following information:
    (i) Identity of the hazardous chemical(s);
    (ii) Appropriate hazard warnings; and
    (iii) Name and address of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or 
other responsible party.
    (2)(i) For solid metal (such as a steel beam or a metal casting), 
solid wood, or plastic items that are not exempted as articles due to 
their downstream use, or shipments of whole grain, the required label 
may be transmitted to the customer at the time of the initial shipment, 
and need not be included with subsequent shipments to the same employer 
unless the information on the label changes;
    (ii) The label may be transmitted with the initial shipment itself, 
or with the material safety data sheet that is to be provided prior to 
or at the time of the first shipment; and,
    (iii) This exception to requiring labels on every container of 
hazardous chemicals is only for the solid material itself, and does not 
apply to hazardous chemicals used in conjunction with, or known to be 
present with, the material and to which employees handling the items in 
transit may be exposed (for example, cutting fluids or pesticides in 
grains).
    (3) Chemical manufacturers, importers, or distributors shall ensure 
that each container of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is 
labeled, tagged, or marked in accordance with this section in a manner 
which does not conflict with the requirements of the Hazardous Materials 
Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) and regulations issued under 
that Act by the Department of Transportation.
    (4) If the hazardous chemical is regulated by OSHA in a substance-
specific health standard, the chemical manufacturer, importer, 
distributor or employer shall ensure that the labels or other forms of 
warning used are in accordance with the requirements of that standard.
    (5) Except as provided in paragraphs (f)(6) and (f)(7) of this 
section, the employer shall ensure that each container of hazardous 
chemicals in the workplace is labeled, tagged or marked with the 
following information:
    (i) Identity of the hazardous chemical(s) contained therein; and,
    (ii) Appropriate hazard warnings, or alternatively, words, pictures, 
symbols, or combination thereof, which provide at least general 
information regarding the hazards of the chemicals, and which, in 
conjunction with the other information immediately available to 
employees under the hazard communication program, will provide employees 
with the specific information regarding the physical and health hazards 
of the hazardous chemical.
    (6) The employer may use signs, placards, process sheets, batch 
tickets, operating procedures, or other such written materials in lieu 
of affixing labels to individual stationary process containers, as long 
as the alternative method identifies the containers to which it is 
applicable and conveys the information required by paragraph (f)(5) of 
this section to be on a label. The written materials shall be readily 
accessible to the employees in their work area throughout each work 
shift.

[[Page 520]]

    (7) The employer is not required to label portable containers into 
which hazardous chemicals are transferred from labeled containers, and 
which are intended only for the immediate use of the employee who 
performs the transfer. For purposes of this section, drugs which are 
dispensed by a pharmacy to a health care provider for direct 
administration to a patient are exempted from labeling.
    (8) The employer shall not remove or deface existing labels on 
incoming containers of hazardous chemicals, unless the container is 
immediately marked with the required information.
    (9) The employer shall ensure that labels or other forms of warning 
are legible, in English, and prominently displayed on the container, or 
readily available in the work area throughout each work shift. Employers 
having employees who speak other languages may add the information in 
their language to the material presented, as long as the information is 
presented in English as well.
    (10) The chemical manufacturer, importer, distributor or employer 
need not affix new labels to comply with this section if existing labels 
already convey the required information.
    (11) Chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers 
who become newly aware of any significant information regarding the 
hazards of a chemical shall revise the labels for the chemical within 
three months of becoming aware of the new information. Labels on 
containers of hazardous chemicals shipped after that time shall contain 
the new information. If the chemical is not currently produced or 
imported, the chemical manufacturer, importers, distributor, or employer 
shall add the information to the label before the chemical is shipped or 
introduced into the workplace again.
    (g) Material safety data sheets. (1) Chemical manufacturers and 
importers shall obtain or develop a material safety data sheet for each 
hazardous chemical they produce or import. Employers shall have a 
material safety data sheet in the workplace for each hazardous chemical 
which they use.
    (2) Each material safety data sheet shall be in English (although 
the employer may maintain copies in other languages as well), and shall 
contain at least the following information:
    (i) The identity used on the label, and, except as provided for in 
paragraph (i) of this section on trade secrets:
    (A) If the hazardous chemical is a single substance, its chemical 
and common name(s);
    (B) If the hazardous chemical is a mixture which has been tested as 
a whole to determine its hazards, the chemical and common name(s) of the 
ingredients which contribute to these known hazards, and the common 
name(s) of the mixture itself; or,
    (C) If the hazardous chemical is a mixture which has not been tested 
as a whole:
    (1) The chemical and common name(s) of all ingredients which have 
been determined to be health hazards, and which comprise 1% or greater 
of the composition, except that chemicals identified as carcinogens 
under paragraph (d) of this section shall be listed if the 
concentrations are 0.1% or greater; and,
    (2) The chemical and common name(s) of all ingredients which have 
been determined to be health hazards, and which comprise less than 1% 
(0.1% for carcinogens) of the mixture, if there is evidence that the 
ingredient(s) could be released from the mixture in concentrations which 
would exceed an established OSHA permissible exposure limit or ACGIH 
Threshold Limit Value, or could present a health risk to employees; and,
    (3) The chemical and common name(s) of all ingredients which have 
been determined to present a physical hazard when present in the 
mixture;
    (ii) Physical and chemical characteristics of the hazardous chemical 
(such as vapor pressure, flash point);
    (iii) The physical hazards of the hazardous chemical, including the 
potential for fire, explosion, and reactivity;
    (iv) The health hazards of the hazardous chemical, including signs 
and symptoms of exposure, and any medical conditions which are generally 
recognized as being aggravated by exposure to the chemical;
    (v) The primary route(s) of entry;
    (vi) The OSHA permissible exposure limit, ACGIH Threshold Limit 
Value,

[[Page 521]]

and any other exposure limit used or recommended by the chemical 
manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the material safety data 
sheet, where available;
    (vii) Whether the hazardous chemical is listed in the National 
Toxicology Program (NTP) Annual Report on Carcinogens (latest edition) 
or has been found to be a potential carcinogen in the International 
Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs (latest editions), or by 
OSHA;
    (viii) Any generally applicable precautions for safe handling and 
use which are known to the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer 
preparing the material safety data sheet, including appropriate hygienic 
practices, protective measures during repair and maintenance of 
contaminated equipment, and procedures for clean-up of spills and leaks;
    (ix) Any generally applicable control measures which are known to 
the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material 
safety data sheet, such as appropriate engineering controls, work 
practices, or personal protective equipment;
    (x) Emergency and first aid procedures;
    (xi) The date of preparation of the material safety data sheet or 
the last change to it; and,
    (xii) The name, address and telephone number of the chemical 
manufacturer, importer, employer or other responsible party preparing or 
distributing the material safety data sheet, who can provide additional 
information on the hazardous chemical and appropriate emergency 
procedures, if necessary.
    (3) If no relevant information is found for any given category on 
the material safety data sheet, the chemical manufacturer, importer or 
employer preparing the material safety data sheet shall mark it to 
indicate that no applicable information was found.
    (4) Where complex mixtures have similar hazards and contents (i.e. 
the chemical ingredients are essentially the same, but the specific 
composition varies from mixture to mixture), the chemical manufacturer, 
importer or employer may prepare one material safety data sheet to apply 
to all of these similar mixtures.
    (5) The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the 
material safety data sheet shall ensure that the information recorded 
accurately reflects the scientific evidence used in making the hazard 
determination. If the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer 
preparing the material safety data sheet becomes newly aware of any 
significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical, or ways to 
protect against the hazards, this new information shall be added to the 
material safety data sheet within three months. If the chemical is not 
currently being produced or imported the chemical manufacturer or 
importer shall add the information to the material safety data sheet 
before the chemical is introduced into the workplace again.
    (6)(i) Chemical manufacturers or importers shall ensure that 
distributors and employers are provided an appropriate material safety 
data sheet with their initial shipment, and with the first shipment 
after a material safety data sheet is updated;
    (ii) The chemical manufacturer or importer shall either provide 
material safety data sheets with the shipped containers or send them to 
the distributor or employer prior to or at the time of the shipment;
    (iii) If the material safety data sheet is not provided with a 
shipment that has been labeled as a hazardous chemical, the distributor 
or employer shall obtain one from the chemical manufacturer or importer 
as soon as possible; and,
    (iv) The chemical manufacturer or importer shall also provide 
distributors or employers with a material safety data sheet upon 
request.
    (7)(i) Distributors shall ensure that material safety data sheets, 
and updated information, are provided to other distributors and 
employers with their initial shipment and with the first shipment after 
a material safety data sheet is updated;
    (ii) The distributor shall either provide material safety data 
sheets with the shipped containers, or send them to the other 
distributor or employer prior to or at the time of the shipment;

[[Page 522]]

    (iii) Retail distributors selling hazardous chemicals to employers 
having a commercial account shall provide a material safety data sheet 
to such employers upon request, and shall post a sign or otherwise 
inform them that a material safety data sheet is available;
    (iv) Wholesale distributors selling hazardous chemicals to employers 
over-the-counter may also provide material safety data sheets upon the 
request of the employer at the time of the over-the-counter purchase, 
and shall post a sign or otherwise inform such employers that a material 
safety data sheet is available;
    (v) If an employer without a commercial account purchases a 
hazardous chemical from a retail distributor not required to have 
material safety data sheets on file (i.e., the retail distributor does 
not have commercial accounts and does not use the materials), the retail 
distributor shall provide the employer, upon request, with the name, 
address, and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or 
distributor from which a material safety data sheet can be obtained;
    (vi) Wholesale distributors shall also provide material safety data 
sheets to employers or other distributors upon request; and,
    (vii) Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors need not 
provide material safety data sheets to retail distributors that have 
informed them that the retail distributor does not sell the product to 
commercial accounts or open the sealed container to use it in their own 
workplaces.
    (8) The employer shall maintain in the workplace copies of the 
required material safety data sheets for each hazardous chemical, and 
shall ensure that they are readily accessible during each work shift to 
employees when they are in their work area(s). (Electronic access, 
microfiche, and other alternatives to maintaining paper copies of the 
material safety data sheets are permitted as long as no barriers to 
immediate employee access in each workplace are created by such 
options.)
    (9) Where employees must travel between workplaces during a 
workshift, i.e., their work is carried out at more than one geographical 
location, the material safety data sheets may be kept at the primary 
workplace facility. In this situation, the employer shall ensure that 
employees can immediately obtain the required information in an 
emergency.
    (10) Material safety data sheets may be kept in any form, including 
operating procedures, and may be designed to cover groups of hazardous 
chemicals in a work area where it may be more appropriate to address the 
hazards of a process rather than individual hazardous chemicals. 
However, the employer shall ensure that in all cases the required 
information is provided for each hazardous chemical, and is readily 
accessible during each work shift to employees when they are in in their 
work area(s).
    (11) Material safety data sheets shall also be made readily 
available, upon request, to designated representatives and to the 
Assistant Secretary, in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 
1910.20(e). The Director shall also be given access to material safety 
data sheets in the same manner.
    (h) Employee information and training. (1) Employers shall provide 
employees with effective information and training on hazardous chemicals 
in their work area at the time of their initial assignment, and whenever 
a new physical or health hazard the employees have not previously been 
trained about is introduced into their work area. Information and 
training may be designed to cover categories of hazards (e.g., 
flammability, carcinogenicity) or specific chemicals. Chemical-specific 
information must always be available through labels and material safety 
data sheets.
    (2) Information. Employees shall be informed of:
    (i) The requirements of this section;
    (ii) Any operations in their work area where hazardous chemicals are 
present; and,
    (iii) The location and availability of the written hazard 
communication program, including the required list(s) of hazardous 
chemicals, and material safety data sheets required by this section.
    (3) Training. Employee training shall include at least:
    (i) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence 
or release of a hazardous chemical in the

[[Page 523]]

work area (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous 
monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals 
when being released, etc.);
    (ii) The physical and health hazards of the chemicals in the work 
area;
    (iii) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from 
these hazards, including specific procedures the employer has 
implemented to protect employees from exposure to hazardous chemicals, 
such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal 
protective equipment to be used; and,
    (iv) The details of the hazard communication program developed by 
the employer, including an explanation of the labeling system and the 
material safety data sheet, and how employees can obtain and use the 
appropriate hazard information.
    (i) Trade secrets. (1) The chemical manufacturer, importer, or 
employer may withhold the specific chemical identity, including the 
chemical name and other specific identification of a hazardous chemical, 
from the material safety data sheet, provided that:
    (i) The claim that the information withheld is a trade secret can be 
supported;
    (ii) Information contained in the material safety data sheet 
concerning the properties and effects of the hazardous chemical is 
disclosed;
    (iii) The material safety data sheet indicates that the specific 
chemical identity is being withheld as a trade secret; and,
    (iv) The specific chemical identity is made available to health 
professionals, employees, and designated representatives in accordance 
with the applicable provisions of this paragraph.
    (2) Where a treating physician or nurse determines that a medical 
emergency exists and the specific chemical identity of a hazardous 
chemical is necessary for emergency or first-aid treatment, the chemical 
manufacturer, importer, or employer shall immediately disclose the 
specific chemical identity of a trade secret chemical to that treating 
physician or nurse, regardless of the existence of a written statement 
of need or a confidentiality agreement. The chemical manufacturer, 
importer, or employer may require a written statement of need and 
confidentiality agreement, in accordance with the provisions of 
paragraphs (i) (3) and (4) of this section, as soon as circumstances 
permit.
    (3) In non-emergency situations, a chemical manufacturer, importer, 
or employer shall, upon request, disclose a specific chemical identity, 
otherwise permitted to be withheld under paragraph (i)(1) of this 
section, to a health professional (i.e. physician, industrial hygienist, 
toxicologist, epidemiologist, or occupational health nurse) providing 
medical or other occupational health services to exposed employee(s), 
and to employees or designated representatives, if:
    (i) The request is in writing;
    (ii) The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the 
following occupational health needs for the information:
    (A) To assess the hazards of the chemicals to which employees will 
be exposed;
    (B) To conduct or assess sampling of the workplace atmosphere to 
determine employee exposure levels;
    (C) To conduct pre-assignment or periodic medical surveillance of 
exposed employees;
    (D) To provide medical treatment to exposed employees;
    (E) To select or assess appropriate personal protective equipment 
for exposed employees;
    (F) To design or assess engineering controls or other protective 
measures for exposed employees; and,
    (G) To conduct studies to determine the health effects of exposure.
    (iii) The request explains in detail why the disclosure of the 
specific chemical identity is essential and that, in lieu thereof, the 
disclosure of the following information to the health professional, 
employee, or designated representative, would not satisfy the purposes 
described in paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section:
    (A) The properties and effects of the chemical;
    (B) Measures for controlling workers' exposure to the chemical;
    (C) Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the 
chemical; and,

[[Page 524]]

    (D) Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the 
chemical;
    (iv) The request includes a description of the procedures to be used 
to maintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and,
    (v) The health professional, and the employer or contractor of the 
services of the health professional (i.e. downstream employer, labor 
organization, or individual employee), employee, or designated 
representative, agree in a written confidentiality agreement that the 
health professional, employee, or designated representative, will not 
use the trade secret information for any purpose other than the health 
need(s) asserted and agree not to release the information under any 
circumstances other than to OSHA, as provided in paragraph (i)(6) of 
this section, except as authorized by the terms of the agreement or by 
the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer.
    (4) The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (i)(3)(iv) 
of this section:
    (i) May restrict the use of the information to the health purposes 
indicated in the written statement of need;
    (ii) May provide for appropriate legal remedies in the event of a 
breach of the agreement, including stipulation of a reasonable pre-
estimate of likely damages; and,
    (iii) May not include requirements for the posting of a penalty 
bond.
    (5) Nothing in this standard is meant to preclude the parties from 
pursuing non-contractual remedies to the extent permitted by law.
    (6) If the health professional, employee, or designated 
representative receiving the trade secret information decides that there 
is a need to disclose it to OSHA, the chemical manufacturer, importer, 
or employer who provided the information shall be informed by the health 
professional, employee, or designated representative prior to, or at the 
same time as, such disclosure.
    (7) If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer denies a 
written request for disclosure of a specific chemical identity, the 
denial must:
    (i) Be provided to the health professional, employee, or designated 
representative, within thirty days of the request;
    (ii) Be in writing;
    (iii) Include evidence to support the claim that the specific 
chemical identity is a trade secret;
    (iv) State the specific reasons why the request is being denied; 
and,
    (v) Explain in detail how alternative information may satisfy the 
specific medical or occupational health need without revealing the 
specific chemical identity.
    (8) The health professional, employee, or designated representative 
whose request for information is denied under paragraph (i)(3) of this 
section may refer the request and the written denial of the request to 
OSHA for consideration.
    (9) When a health professional, employee, or designated 
representative refers the denial to OSHA under paragraph (i)(8) of this 
section, OSHA shall consider the evidence to determine if:
    (i) The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer has supported 
the claim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;
    (ii) The health professional, employee, or designated representative 
has supported the claim that there is a medical or occupational health 
need for the information; and,
    (iii) The health professional, employee or designated representative 
has demonstrated adequate means to protect the confidentiality.
    (10)(i) If OSHA determines that the specific chemical identity 
requested under paragraph (i)(3) of this section is not a bona fide 
trade secret, or that it is a trade secret, but the requesting health 
professional, employee, or designated representative has a legitimate 
medical or occupational health need for the information, has executed a 
written confidentiality agreement, and has shown adequate means to 
protect the confidentiality of the information, the chemical 
manufacturer, importer, or employer will be subject to citation by OSHA.
    (ii) If a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer demonstrates 
to OSHA that the execution of a confidentiality agreement would not 
provide

[[Page 525]]

sufficient protection against the potential harm from the unauthorized 
disclosure of a trade secret specific chemical identity, the Assistant 
Secretary may issue such orders or impose such additional limitations or 
conditions upon the disclosure of the requested chemical information as 
may be appropriate to assure that the occupational health services are 
provided without an undue risk of harm to the chemical manufacturer, 
importer, or employer.
    (11) If a citation for a failure to release specific chemical 
identity information is contested by the chemical manufacturer, 
importer, or employer, the matter will be adjudicated before the 
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission in accordance with the 
Act's enforcement scheme and the applicable Commission rules of 
procedure. In accordance with the Commission rules, when a chemical 
manufacturer, importer, or employer continues to withhold the 
information during the contest, the Administrative Law Judge may review 
the citation and supporting documentation in camera or issue appropriate 
orders to protect the confidentiality of such matters.
    (12) Notwithstanding the existence of a trade secret claim, a 
chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer shall, upon request, 
disclose to the Assistant Secretary any information which this section 
requires the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer to make 
available. Where there is a trade secret claim, such claim shall be made 
no later than at the time the information is provided to the Assistant 
Secretary so that suitable determinations of trade secret status can be 
made and the necessary protections can be implemented.
    (13) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as requiring the 
disclosure under any circumstances of process or percentage of mixture 
information which is a trade secret.
    (j) Effective dates. Chemical manufacturers, importers, 
distributors, and employers shall be in compliance with all provisions 
of this section by March 11, 1994.

    Note: The effective date of the clarification that the exemption of 
wood and wood products from the Hazard Communication standard in 
paragraph (b)(6)(iv) only applies to wood and wood products including 
lumber which will not be processed, where the manufacturer or importer 
can establish that the only hazard they pose to employees is the 
potential for flammability or combustibility, and that the exemption 
does not apply to wood or wood products which have been treated with a 
hazardous chemical covered by this standard, and wood which may be 
subsequently sawed or cut generating dust has been stayed from March 11, 
1994 to August 11, 1994.

   Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1200--Health Hazard Definitions (Mandatory)

    Although safety hazards related to the physical characteristics of a 
chemical can be objectively defined in terms of testing requirements 
(e.g. flammability), health hazard definitions are less precise and more 
subjective. Health hazards may cause measurable changes in the body--
such as decreased pulmonary function. These changes are generally 
indicated by the occurrence of signs and symptoms in the exposed 
employees--such as shortness of breath, a non-measurable, subjective 
feeling. Employees exposed to such hazards must be apprised of both the 
change in body function and the signs and symptoms that may occur to 
signal that change.
    The determination of occupational health hazards is complicated by 
the fact that many of the effects or signs and symptoms occur commonly 
in non-occupationally exposed populations, so that effects of exposure 
are difficult to separate from normally occurring illnesses. 
Occasionally, a substance causes an effect that is rarely seen in the 
population at large, such as angiosarcomas caused by vinyl chloride 
exposure, thus making it easier to ascertain that the occupational 
exposure was the primary causative factor. More often, however, the 
effects are common, such as lung cancer. The situation is further 
complicated by the fact that most chemicals have not been adequately 
tested to determine their health hazard potential, and data do not exist 
to substantiate these effects.
    There have been many attempts to categorize effects and to define 
them in various ways. Generally, the terms ``acute'' and ``chronic'' are 
used to delineate between effects on the basis of severity or duration. 
``Acute'' effects usually occur rapidly as a result of short-term 
exposures, and are of short duration. ``Chronic'' effects generally 
occur as a result of long-term exposure, and are of long duration.
    The acute effects referred to most frequently are those defined by 
the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard for 
Precautionary Labeling of Hazardous Industrial Chemicals (Z129.1-1988)--
irritation, corrosivity, sensitization and lethal

[[Page 526]]

dose. Although these are important health effects, they do not 
adequately cover the considerable range of acute effects which may occur 
as a result of occupational exposure, such as, for example, narcosis.
    Similarly, the term chronic effect is often used to cover only 
carcinogenicity, teratogenicity, and mutagenicity. These effects are 
obviously a concern in the workplace, but again, do not adequately cover 
the area of chronic effects, excluding, for example, blood dyscrasias 
(such as anemia), chronic bronchitis and liver atrophy.
    The goal of defining precisely, in measurable terms, every possible 
health effect that may occur in the workplace as a result of chemical 
exposures cannot realistically be accomplished. This does not negate the 
need for employees to be informed of such effects and protected from 
them. Appendix B, which is also mandatory, outlines the principles and 
procedures of hazard assessment.
    For purposes of this section, any chemicals which meet any of the 
following definitions, as determined by the criteria set forth in 
Appendix B are health hazards. However, this is not intended to be an 
exclusive categorization scheme. If there are available scientific data 
that involve other animal species or test methods, they must also be 
evaluated to determine the applicability of the HCS.7
    1. Carcinogen: A chemical is considered to be a carcinogen if:
    (a) It has been evaluated by the International Agency for Research 
on Cancer (IARC), and found to be a carcinogen or potential carcinogen; 
or
    (b) It is listed as a carcinogen or potential carcinogen in the 
Annual Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology 
Program (NTP) (latest edition); or,
    (c) It is regulated by OSHA as a carcinogen.
    2. Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible destruction of, or 
irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical action at the 
site of contact. For example, a chemical is considered to be corrosive 
if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits by the method 
described by the U.S. Department of Transportation in appendix A to 49 
CFR part 173, it destroys or changes irreversibly the structure of the 
tissue at the site of contact following an exposure period of four 
hours. This term shall not refer to action on inanimate surfaces.
    3. Highly toxic: A chemical falling within any of the following 
categories:
    (a) A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 50 
milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered orally 
to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.
    (b) A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 
200 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered by 
continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 
hours) with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between two and 
three kilograms each.
    (c) A chemical that has a median lethal concentration 
(LC50) in air of 200 parts per million by volume or less of 
gas or vapor, or 2 milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume, or dust, 
when administered by continuous inhalation for one hour (or less if 
death occurs within one hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and 
300 grams each.
    4. Irritant: A chemical, which is not corrosive, but which causes a 
reversible inflammatory effect on living tissue by chemical action at 
the site of contact. A chemical is a skin irritant if, when tested on 
the intact skin of albino rabbits by the methods of 16 CFR 1500.41 for 
four hours exposure or by other appropriate techniques, it results in an 
empirical score of five or more. A chemical is an eye irritant if so 
determined under the procedure listed in 16 CFR 1500.42 or other 
appropriate techniques.
    5. Sensitizer: A chemical that causes a substantial proportion of 
exposed people or animals to develop an allergic reaction in normal 
tissue after repeated exposure to the chemical.
    6. Toxic. A chemical falling within any of the following categories:
    (a) A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 
more than 50 milligrams per kilogram but not more than 500 milligrams 
per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats 
weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.
    (b) A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 
more than 200 milligrams per kilogram but not more than 1,000 milligrams 
per kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact for 
24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of 
albino rabbits weighing between two and three kilograms each.
    (c) A chemical that has a median lethal concentration 
(LC50) in air of more than 200 parts per million but not more 
than 2,000 parts per million by volume of gas or vapor, or more than two 
milligrams per liter but not more than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, 
fume, or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for one hour 
(or less if death occurs within one hour) to albino rats weighing 
between 200 and 300 grams each.
    7. Target organ effects.
    The following is a target organ categorization of effects which may 
occur, including examples of signs and symptoms and chemicals which have 
been found to cause such effects. These examples are presented to 
illustrate the range and diversity of effects and hazards found in the 
workplace, and the broad scope employers must consider in this area, but 
are not intended to be all-inclusive.

a. Hepatotoxins: Chemicals which produce liver damage3

[[Page 527]]

    Signs & Symptoms: Jaundice; liver enlargement
    Chemicals: Carbon tetrachloride; nitrosamines
b. Nephrotoxins: Chemicals which produce kidney damage
    Signs & Symptoms: Edema; proteinuria
    Chemicals: Halogenated hydrocarbons; uranium
c. Neurotoxins: Chemicals which produce their primary toxic effects on 
          the nervous system
    Signs & Symptoms: Narcosis; behavioral changes; decrease in motor 
functions
    Chemicals: Mercury; carbon disulfide
d. Agents which act on the blood or hemato-poietic system: Decrease 
          hemoglobin function; deprive the body tissues of oxygen
    Signs & Symptoms: Cyanosis; loss of consciousness
    Chemicals: Carbon monoxide; cyanides
e. Agents which damage the lung: Chemicals which irritate or damage 
          pulmonary tissue
    Signs & Symptoms: Cough; tightness in chest; shortness of breath
    Chemicals: Silica; asbestos
f. Reproductive toxins: Chemicals which affect the reproductive 
          capabilities including chromosomal damage (mutations) and 
          effects on fetuses (teratogenesis)
    Signs & Symptoms: Birth defects; sterility
    Chemicals: Lead; DBCP
g. Cutaneous hazards: Chemicals which affect the dermal layer of the 
          body
    Signs & Symptoms: Defatting of the skin; rashes; irritation
    Chemicals: Ketones; chlorinated compounds
h. Eye hazards: Chemicals which affect the eye or visual capacity
    Signs & Symptoms: Conjunctivitis; corneal damage
    Chemicals: Organic solvents; acids

     Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1200--Hazard Determination (Mandatory)

    The quality of a hazard communication program is largely dependent 
upon the adequacy and accuracy of the hazard determination. The hazard 
determination requirement of this standard is performance-oriented. 
Chemical manufacturers, importers, and employers evaluating chemicals 
are not required to follow any specific methods for determining hazards, 
but they must be able to demonstrate that they have adequately 
ascertained the hazards of the chemicals produced or imported in 
accordance with the criteria set forth in this Appendix.
    Hazard evaluation is a process which relies heavily on the 
professional judgment of the evaluator, particularly in the area of 
chronic hazards. The performance-orientation of the hazard determination 
does not diminish the duty of the chemical manufacturer, importer or 
employer to conduct a thorough evaluation, examining all relevant data 
and producing a scientifically defensible evaluation. For purposes of 
this standard, the following criteria shall be used in making hazard 
determinations that meet the requirements of this standard.
    1. Carcinogenicity: As described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section 
and Appendix A of this section, a determination by the National 
Toxicology Program, the International Agency for Research on Cancer, or 
OSHA that a chemical is a carcinogen or potential carcinogen will be 
considered conclusive evidence for purposes of this section. In 
addition, however, all available scientific data on carcinogenicity must 
be evaluated in accordance with the provisions of this Appendix and the 
requirements of the rule.
    2. Human data: Where available, epidemiological studies and case 
reports of adverse health effects shall be considered in the evaluation.
    3. Animal data: Human evidence of health effects in exposed 
populations is generally not available for the majority of chemicals 
produced or used in the workplace. Therefore, the available results of 
toxicological testing in animal populations shall be used to predict the 
health effects that may be experienced by exposed workers. In 
particular, the definitions of certain acute hazards refer to specific 
animal testing results (see Appendix A).
    4. Adequacy and reporting of data. The results of any studies which 
are designed and conducted according to established scientific 
principles, and which report statistically significant conclusions 
regarding the health effects of a chemical, shall be a sufficient basis 
for a hazard determination and reported on any material safety data 
sheet. In vitro studies alone generally do not form the basis for a 
definitive finding of hazard under the HCS since they have a positive or 
negative result rather than a statistically significant finding.
    The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may also report the 
results of other scientifically valid studies which tend to refute the 
findings of hazard.

                Appendix C to Sec. 1910.1200--[Reserved]

      

Appendix D to Sec. 1910.1200--Definition of ``Trade Secret'' (Mandatory)

    The following is a reprint of the Restatement of Torts section 757, 
comment b (1939):
    b. Definition of trade secret. A trade secret may consist of any 
formula, pattern, device or compilation of information which is used

[[Page 528]]

in one's business, and which gives him an opportunity to obtain an 
advantage over competitors who do not know or use it. It may be a 
formula for a chemical compound, a process of manufacturing, treating or 
preserving materials, a pattern for a machine or other device, or a list 
of customers. It differs from other secret information in a business 
(see s759 of the Restatement of Torts which is not included in this 
Appendix) in that it is not simply information as to single or ephemeral 
events in the conduct of the business, as, for example, the amount or 
other terms of a secret bid for a contract or the salary of certain 
employees, or the security investments made or contemplated, or the date 
fixed for the announcement of a new policy or for bringing out a new 
model or the like. A trade secret is a process or device for continuous 
use in the operations of the business. Generally it relates to the 
production of goods, as, for example, a machine or formula for the 
production of an article. It may, however, relate to the sale of goods 
or to other operations in the business, such as a code for determining 
discounts, rebates or other concessions in a price list or catalogue, or 
a list of specialized customers, or a method of bookkeeping or other 
office management.
    Secrecy. The subject matter of a trade secret must be secret. 
Matters of public knowledge or of general knowledge in an industry 
cannot be appropriated by one as his secret. Matters which are 
completely disclosed by the goods which one markets cannot be his 
secret. Substantially, a trade secret is known only in the particular 
business in which it is used. It is not requisite that only the 
proprietor of the business know it. He may, without losing his 
protection, communicate it to employees involved in its use. He may 
likewise communicate it to others pledged to secrecy. Others may also 
know of it independently, as, for example, when they have discovered the 
process or formula by independent invention and are keeping it secret. 
Nevertheless, a substantial element of secrecy must exist, so that, 
except by the use of improper means, there would be difficulty in 
acquiring the information. An exact definition of a trade secret is not 
possible. Some factors to be considered in determining whether given 
information is one's trade secret are: (1) The extent to which the 
information is known outside of his business; (2) the extent to which it 
is known by employees and others involved in his business; (3) the 
extent of measures taken by him to guard the secrecy of the information; 
(4) the value of the information to him and his competitors; (5) the 
amount of effort or money expended by him in developing the information; 
(6) the ease or difficulty with which the information could be properly 
acquired or duplicated by others.
    Novelty and prior art. A trade secret may be a device or process 
which is patentable; but it need not be that. It may be a device or 
process which is clearly anticipated in the prior art or one which is 
merely a mechanical improvement that a good mechanic can make. Novelty 
and invention are not requisite for a trade secret as they are for 
patentability. These requirements are essential to patentability because 
a patent protects against unlicensed use of the patented device or 
process even by one who discovers it properly through independent 
research. The patent monopoly is a reward to the inventor. But such is 
not the case with a trade secret. Its protection is not based on a 
policy of rewarding or otherwise encouraging the development of secret 
processes or devices. The protection is merely against breach of faith 
and reprehensible means of learning another's secret. For this limited 
protection it is not appropriate to require also the kind of novelty and 
invention which is a requisite of patentability. The nature of the 
secret is, however, an important factor in determining the kind of 
relief that is appropriate against one who is subject to liability under 
the rule stated in this Section. Thus, if the secret consists of a 
device or process which is a novel invention, one who acquires the 
secret wrongfully is ordinarily enjoined from further use of it and is 
required to account for the profits derived from his past use. If, on 
the other hand, the secret consists of mechanical improvements that a 
good mechanic can make without resort to the secret, the wrongdoer's 
liability may be limited to damages, and an injunction against future 
use of the improvements made with the aid of the secret may be 
inappropriate.

    Appendix E to Sec. 1910.1200-(Advisory)--Guidelines for Employer 
                               Compliance

    The Hazard Communication Standard (HCS) is based on a simple 
concept--that employees have both a need and a right to know the hazards 
and identities of the chemicals they are exposed to when working. They 
also need to know what protective measures are available to prevent 
adverse effects from occurring. The HCS is designed to provide employees 
with the information they need.
    Knowledge acquired under the HCS will help employers provide safer 
workplaces for their employees. When employers have information about 
the chemicals being used, they can take steps to reduce exposures, 
substitute less hazardous materials, and establish proper work 
practices. These efforts will help prevent the occurrence of work-
related illnesses and injuries caused by chemicals.
    The HCS addresses the issues of evaluating and communicating hazards 
to workers. Evaluation of chemical hazards involves a number of 
technical concepts, and is a process that requires the professional 
judgment of experienced experts. That's why the HCS is designed so that 
employers who simply use

[[Page 529]]

chemicals, rather than produce or import them, are not required to 
evaluate the hazards of those chemicals. Hazard determination is the 
responsibility of the producers and importers of the materials. 
Producers and importers of chemicals are then required to provide the 
hazard information to employers that purchase their products.
    Employers that don't produce or import chemicals need only focus on 
those parts of the rule that deal with establishing a workplace program 
and communicating information to their workers. This appendix is a 
general guide for such employers to help them determine what's required 
under the rule. It does not supplant or substitute for the regulatory 
provisions, but rather provides a simplified outline of the steps an 
average employer would follow to meet those requirements.

                   1. Becoming Familiar With The Rule.

    OSHA has provided a simple summary of the HCS in a pamphlet entitled 
``Chemical Hazard Communication,'' OSHA Publication Number 3084. Some 
employers prefer to begin to become familiar with the rule's 
requirements by reading this pamphlet. A copy may be obtained from your 
local OSHA Area Office, or by contacting the OSHA Publications Office at 
(202) 523-9667.
    The standard is long, and some parts of it are technical, but the 
basic concepts are simple. In fact, the requirements reflect what many 
employers have been doing for years. You may find that you are already 
largely in compliance with many of the provisions, and will simply have 
to modify your existing programs somewhat. If you are operating in an 
OSHA-approved State Plan State, you must comply with the State's 
requirements, which may be different than those of the Federal rule. 
Many of the State Plan States had hazard communication or ``right-to-
know'' laws prior to promulgation of the Federal rule. Employers in 
State Plan States should contact their State OSHA offices for more 
information regarding applicable requirements.
    The HCS requires information to be prepared and transmitted 
regarding all hazardous chemicals. The HCS covers both physical hazards 
(such as flammability), and health hazards (such as irritation, lung 
damage, and cancer). Most chemicals used in the workplace have some 
hazard potential, and thus will be covered by the rule.
    One difference between this rule and many others adopted by OSHA is 
that this one is performance-oriented. That means that you have the 
flexibility to adapt the rule to the needs of your workplace, rather 
than having to follow specific, rigid requirements. It also means that 
you have to exercise more judgment to implement an appropriate and 
effective program.
    The standard's design is simple. Chemical manufacturers and 
importers must evaluate the hazards of the chemicals they produce or 
import. Using that information, they must then prepare labels for 
containers, and more detailed technical bulletins called material safety 
data sheets (MSDS).
    Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors of hazardous 
chemicals are all required to provide the appropriate labels and 
material safety data sheets to the employers to which they ship the 
chemicals. The information is to be provided automatically. Every 
container of hazardous chemicals you receive must be labeled, tagged, or 
marked with the required information. Your suppliers must also send you 
a properly completed material safety data sheet (MSDS) at the time of 
the first shipment of the chemical, and with the next shipment after the 
MSDS is updated with new and significant information about the hazards.
    You can rely on the information received from your suppliers. You 
have no independent duty to analyze the chemical or evaluate the hazards 
of it.
    Employers that ``use'' hazardous chemicals must have a program to 
ensure the information is provided to exposed employees. ``Use'' means 
to package, handle, react, or transfer. This is an intentionally broad 
scope, and includes any situation where a chemical is present in such a 
way that employees may be exposed under normal conditions of use or in a 
foreseeable emergency.
    The requirements of the rule that deal specifically with the hazard 
communication program are found in this section in paragraphs (e), 
written hazard communication program; (f), labels and other forms of 
warning; (g), material safety data sheets; and (h), employee information 
and training. The requirements of these paragraphs should be the focus 
of your attention. Concentrate on becoming familiar with them, using 
paragraphs (b), scope and application, and (c), definitions, as 
references when needed to help explain the provisions.
    There are two types of work operations where the coverage of the 
rule is limited. These are laboratories and operations where chemicals 
are only handled in sealed containers (e.g., a warehouse). The limited 
provisions for these workplaces can be found in paragraph (b) of this 
section, scope and application. Basically, employers having these types 
of work operations need only keep labels on containers as they are 
received; maintain material safety data sheets that are received, and 
give employees access to them; and provide information and training for 
employees. Employers do not have to have written hazard communication 
programs and lists of chemicals for these types of operations.

[[Page 530]]

    The limited coverage of laboratories and sealed container operations 
addresses the obligation of an employer to the workers in the operations 
involved, and does not affect the employer's duties as a distributor of 
chemicals. For example, a distributor may have warehouse operations 
where employees would be protected under the limited sealed container 
provisions. In this situation, requirements for obtaining and 
maintaining MSDSs are limited to providing access to those received with 
containers while the substance is in the workplace, and requesting MSDSs 
when employees request access for those not received with the 
containers. However, as a distributor of hazardous chemicals, that 
employer will still have responsibilities for providing MSDSs to 
downstream customers at the time of the first shipment and when the MSDS 
is updated. Therefore, although they may not be required for the 
employees in the work operation, the distributor may, nevertheless, have 
to have MSDSs to satisfy other requirements of the rule.

                      2. Identify Responsible Staff

    Hazard communication is going to be a continuing program in your 
facility. Compliance with the HCS is not a ``one shot deal.'' In order 
to have a successful program, it will be necessary to assign 
responsibility for both the initial and ongoing activities that have to 
be undertaken to comply with the rule. In some cases, these activities 
may already be part of current job assignments. For example, site 
supervisors are frequently responsible for on-the-job training sessions. 
Early identification of the responsible employees, and involvement of 
them in the development of your plan of action, will result in a more 
effective program design. Evaluation of the effectiveness of your 
program will also be enhanced by involvement of affected employees.
    For any safety and health program, success depends on commitment at 
every level of the organization. This is particularly true for hazard 
communication, where success requires a change in behavior. This will 
only occur if employers understand the program, and are committed to its 
success, and if employees are motivated by the people presenting the 
information to them.

            3. Identify Hazardous Chemicals in the Workplace.

    The standard requires a list of hazardous chemicals in the workplace 
as part of the written hazard communication program. The list will 
eventually serve as an inventory of everything for which an MSDS must be 
maintained. At this point, however, preparing the list will help you 
complete the rest of the program since it will give you some idea of the 
scope of the program required for compliance in your facility.
    The best way to prepare a comprehensive list is to survey the 
workplace. Purchasing records may also help, and certainly employers 
should establish procedures to ensure that in the future purchasing 
procedures result in MSDSs being received before a material is used in 
the workplace.
    The broadest possible perspective should be taken when doing the 
survey. Sometimes people think of ``chemicals'' as being only liquids in 
containers. The HCS covers chemicals in all physical forms--liquids, 
solids, gases, vapors, fumes, and mists--whether they are ``contained'' 
or not. The hazardous nature of the chemical and the potential for 
exposure are the factors which determine whether a chemical is covered. 
If it's not hazardous, it's not covered. If there is no potential for 
exposure (e.g., the chemical is inextricably bound and cannot be 
released), the rule does not cover the chemical.
    Look around. Identify chemicals in containers, including pipes, but 
also think about chemicals generated in the work operations. For 
example, welding fumes, dusts, and exhaust fumes are all sources of 
chemical exposures. Read labels provided by suppliers for hazard 
information. Make a list of all chemicals in the workplace that are 
potentially hazardous. For your own information and planning, you may 
also want to note on the list the location(s) of the products within the 
workplace, and an indication of the hazards as found on the label. This 
will help you as you prepare the rest of your program.
    Paragraph (b) of this section, scope and application, includes 
exemptions for various chemicals or workplace situations. After 
compiling the complete list of chemicals, you should review paragraph 
(b) of this section to determine if any of the items can be eliminated 
from the list because they are exempted materials. For example, food, 
drugs, and cosmetics brought into the workplace for employee consumption 
are exempt. So rubbing alcohol in the first aid kit would not be 
covered.
    Once you have compiled as complete a list as possible of the 
potentially hazardous chemicals in the workplace, the next step is to 
determine if you have received material safety data sheets for all of 
them. Check your files against the inventory you have just compiled. If 
any are missing, contact your supplier and request one. It is a good 
idea to document these requests, either by copy of a letter or a note 
regarding telephone conversations. If you have MSDSs for chemicals that 
are not on your list, figure out why. Maybe you don't use the chemical 
anymore. Or maybe you missed it in your survey. Some suppliers do 
provide MSDSs for products that are not hazardous. These do not have to 
be maintained by you.
    You should not allow employees to use any chemicals for which you 
have not received an MSDS. The MSDS provides information

[[Page 531]]

you need to ensure proper protective measures are implemented prior to 
exposure.

      4. Preparing and Implementing a Hazard Communication Program

    All workplaces where employees are exposed to hazardous chemicals 
must have a written plan which describes how the standard will be 
implemented in that facility. Preparation of a plan is not just a paper 
exercise--all of the elements must be implemented in the workplace in 
order to be in compliance with the rule. See paragraph (e) of this 
section for the specific requirements regarding written hazard 
communication programs. The only work operations which do not have to 
comply with the written plan requirements are laboratories and work 
operations where employees only handle chemicals in sealed containers. 
See paragraph (b) of this section, scope and application, for the 
specific requirements for these two types of workplaces.
    The plan does not have to be lengthy or complicated. It is intended 
to be a blueprint for implementation of your program--an assurance that 
all aspects of the requirements have been addressed.
    Many trade associations and other professional groups have provided 
sample programs and other assistance materials to affected employers. 
These have been very helpful to many employers since they tend to be 
tailored to the particular industry involved. You may wish to 
investigate whether your industry trade groups have developed such 
materials.
    Although such general guidance may be helpful, you must remember 
that the written program has to reflect what you are doing in your 
workplace. Therefore, if you use a generic program it must be adapted to 
address the facility it covers. For example, the written plan must list 
the chemicals present at the site, indicate who is to be responsible for 
the various aspects of the program in your facility, and indicate where 
written materials will be made available to employees.
    If OSHA inspects your workplace for compliance with the HCS, the 
OSHA compliance officer will ask to see your written plan at the outset 
of the inspection. In general, the following items will be considered in 
evaluating your program.
    The written program must describe how the requirements for labels 
and other forms of warning, material safety data sheets, and employee 
information and training, are going to be met in your facility. The 
following discussion provides the type of information compliance 
officers will be looking for to decide whether these elements of the 
hazard communication program have been properly addressed:

                  A. Labels and Other Forms of Warning

    In-plant containers of hazardous chemicals must be labeled, tagged, 
or marked with the identity of the material and appropriate hazard 
warnings. Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors are 
required to ensure that every container of hazardous chemicals they ship 
is appropriately labeled with such information and with the name and 
address of the producer or other responsible party. Employers purchasing 
chemicals can rely on the labels provided by their suppliers. If the 
material is subsequently transferred by the employer from a labeled 
container to another container, the employer will have to label that 
container unless it is subject to the portable container exemption. See 
paragraph (f) of this section for specific labeling requirements.
    The primary information to be obtained from an OSHA-required label 
is an identity for the material, and appropriate hazard warnings. The 
identity is any term which appears on the label, the MSDS, and the list 
of chemicals, and thus links these three sources of information. The 
identity used by the supplier may be a common or trade name (``Black 
Magic Formula''), or a chemical name (1,1,1,-trichloroethane). The 
hazard warning is a brief statement of the hazardous effects of the 
chemical (``flammable,'' ``causes lung damage''). Labels frequently 
contain other information, such as precautionary measures (``do not use 
near open flame''), but this information is provided voluntarily and is 
not required by the rule. Labels must be legible, and prominently 
displayed. There are no specific requirements for size or color, or any 
specified text.
    With these requirements in mind, the compliance officer will be 
looking for the following types of information to ensure that labeling 
will be properly implemented in your facility:
    1. Designation of person(s) responsible for ensuring labeling of in-
plant containers;
    2. Designation of person(s) responsible for ensuring labeling of any 
shipped containers;
    3. Description of labeling system(s) used;
    4. Description of written alternatives to labeling of in-plant 
containers (if used); and,
    5. Procedures to review and update label information when necessary.
    Employers that are purchasing and using hazardous chemicals--rather 
than producing or distributing them--will primarily be concerned with 
ensuring that every purchased container is labeled. If materials are 
transferred into other containers, the employer must ensure that these 
are labeled as well, unless they fall under the portable container 
exemption (paragraph (f)(7) of this section). In terms of labeling 
systems, you can simply choose to use the labels provided by your

[[Page 532]]

suppliers on the containers. These will generally be verbal text labels, 
and do not usually include numerical rating systems or symbols that 
require special training. The most important thing to remember is that 
this is a continuing duty--all in-plant containers of hazardous 
chemicals must always be labeled. Therefore, it is important to 
designate someone to be responsible for ensuring that the labels are 
maintained as required on the containers in your facility, and that 
newly purchased materials are checked for labels prior to use.

                     B. Material Safety Data Sheets

    Chemical manufacturers and importers are required to obtain or 
develop a material safety data sheet for each hazardous chemical they 
produce or import. Distributors are responsible for ensuring that their 
customers are provided a copy of these MSDSs. Employers must have an 
MSDS for each hazardous chemical which they use. Employers may rely on 
the information received from their suppliers. The specific requirements 
for material safety data sheets are in paragraph (g) of this section.
    There is no specified format for the MSDS under the rule, although 
there are specific information requirements. OSHA has developed a non-
mandatory format, OSHA Form 174, which may be used by chemical 
manufacturers and importers to comply with the rule. The MSDS must be in 
English. You are entitled to receive from your supplier a data sheet 
which includes all of the information required under the rule. If you do 
not receive one automatically, you should request one. If you receive 
one that is obviously inadequate, with, for example, blank spaces that 
are not completed, you should request an appropriately completed one. If 
your request for a data sheet or for a corrected data sheet does not 
produce the information needed, you should contact your local OSHA Area 
Office for assistance in obtaining the MSDS.
    The role of MSDSs under the rule is to provide detailed information 
on each hazardous chemical, including its potential hazardous effects, 
its physical and chemical characteristics, and recommendations for 
appropriate protective measures. This information should be useful to 
you as the employer responsible for designing protective programs, as 
well as to the workers. If you are not familiar with material safety 
data sheets and with chemical terminology, you may need to learn to use 
them yourself. A glossary of MSDS terms may be helpful in this regard. 
Generally speaking, most employers using hazardous chemicals will 
primarily be concerned with MSDS information regarding hazardous effects 
and recommended protective measures. Focus on the sections of the MSDS 
that are applicable to your situation.
    MSDSs must be readily accessible to employees when they are in their 
work areas during their workshifts. This may be accomplished in many 
different ways. You must decide what is appropriate for your particular 
workplace. Some employers keep the MSDSs in a binder in a central 
location (e.g., in the pick-up truck on a construction site). Others, 
particularly in workplaces with large numbers of chemicals, computerize 
the information and provide access through terminals. As long as 
employees can get the information when they need it, any approach may be 
used. The employees must have access to the MSDSs themselves--simply 
having a system where the information can be read to them over the phone 
is only permitted under the mobile worksite provision, paragraph (g)(9) 
of this section, when employees must travel between workplaces during 
the shift. In this situation, they have access to the MSDSs prior to 
leaving the primary worksite, and when they return, so the telephone 
system is simply an emergency arrangement.
    In order to ensure that you have a current MSDS for each chemical in 
the plant as required, and that employee access is provided, the 
compliance officers will be looking for the following types of 
information in your written program:
    1. Designation of person(s) responsible for obtaining and 
maintaining the MSDSs;
    2. How such sheets are to be maintained in the workplace (e.g., in 
notebooks in the work area(s) or in a computer with terminal access), 
and how employees can obtain access to them when they are in their work 
area during the work shift;
    3. Procedures to follow when the MSDS is not received at the time of 
the first shipment;
    4. For producers, procedures to update the MSDS when new and 
significant health information is found; and,
    5. Description of alternatives to actual data sheets in the 
workplace, if used.
    For employers using hazardous chemicals, the most important aspect 
of the written program in terms of MSDSs is to ensure that someone is 
responsible for obtaining and maintaining the MSDSs for every hazardous 
chemical in the workplace. The list of hazardous chemicals required to 
be maintained as part of the written program will serve as an inventory. 
As new chemicals are purchased, the list should be updated. Many 
companies have found it convenient to include on their purchase orders 
the name and address of the person designated in their company to 
receive MSDSs.

                  C. Employee Information and Training

    Each employee who may be ``exposed'' to hazardous chemicals when 
working must be provided information and trained prior to initial 
assignment to work with a hazardous chemical, and whenever the hazard 
changes. ``Exposure'' or ``exposed'' under the rule means that ``an 
employee is subjected to a

[[Page 533]]

hazardous chemical in the course of employment through any route of 
entry (inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption, etc.) and 
includes potential (e.g., accidental or possible) exposure.'' See 
paragraph (h) of this section for specific requirements. Information and 
training may be done either by individual chemical, or by categories of 
hazards (such as flammability or carcinogenicity). If there are only a 
few chemicals in the workplace, then you may want to discuss each one 
individually. Where there are large numbers of chemicals, or the 
chemicals change frequently, you will probably want to train generally 
based on the hazard categories (e.g., flammable liquids, corrosive 
materials, carcinogens). Employees will have access to the substance-
specific information on the labels and MSDSs.
    Information and training is a critical part of the hazard 
communication program. Information regarding hazards and protective 
measures are provided to workers through written labels and material 
safety data sheets. However, through effective information and training, 
workers will learn to read and understand such information, determine 
how it can be obtained and used in their own workplaces, and understand 
the risks of exposure to the chemicals in their workplaces as well as 
the ways to protect themselves. A properly conducted training program 
will ensure comprehension and understanding. It is not sufficient to 
either just read material to the workers, or simply hand them material 
to read. You want to create a climate where workers feel free to ask 
questions. This will help you to ensure that the information is 
understood. You must always remember that the underlying purpose of the 
HCS is to reduce the incidence of chemical source illnesses and 
injuries. This will be accomplished by modifying behavior through the 
provision of hazard information and information about protective 
measures. If your program works, you and your workers will better 
understand the chemical hazards within the workplace. The procedures you 
establish regarding, for example, purchasing, storage, and handling of 
these chemicals will improve, and thereby reduce the risks posed to 
employees exposed to the chemical hazards involved. Furthermore, your 
workers' comprehension will also be increased, and proper work practices 
will be followed in your workplace.
    If you are going to do the training yourself, you will have to 
understand the material and be prepared to motivate the workers to 
learn. This is not always an easy task, but the benefits are worth the 
effort. More information regarding appropriate training can be found in 
OSHA Publication No. 2254 which contains voluntary training guidelines 
prepared by OSHA's Training Institute. A copy of this document is 
available from OSHA's Publications Office at (202) 219-4667.
    In reviewing your written program with regard to information and 
training, the following items need to be considered:
    1. Designation of person(s) responsible for conducting training;
    2. Format of the program to be used (audiovisuals, classroom 
instruction, etc.);
    3. Elements of the training program (should be consistent with the 
elements in paragraph (h) of this section); and,
    4. Procedure to train new employees at the time of their initial 
assignment to work with a hazardous chemical, and to train employees 
when a new hazard is introduced into the workplace.
    The written program should provide enough details about the 
employer's plans in this area to assess whether or not a good faith 
effort is being made to train employees. OSHA does not expect that every 
worker will be able to recite all of the information about each chemical 
in the workplace. In general, the most important aspects of training 
under the HCS are to ensure that employees are aware that they are 
exposed to hazardous chemicals, that they know how to read and use 
labels and material safety data sheets, and that, as a consequence of 
learning this information, they are following the appropriate protective 
measures established by the employer. OSHA compliance officers will be 
talking to employees to determine if they have received training, if 
they know they are exposed to hazardous chemicals, and if they know 
where to obtain substance-specific information on labels and MSDSs.
    The rule does not require employers to maintain records of employee 
training, but many employers choose to do so. This may help you monitor 
your own program to ensure that all employees are appropriately trained. 
If you already have a training program, you may simply have to 
supplement it with whatever additional information is required under the 
HCS. For example, construction employers that are already in compliance 
with the construction training standard (29 CFR 1926.21) will have 
little extra training to do.
    An employer can provide employees information and training through 
whatever means are found appropriate and protective. Although there 
would always have to be some training on-site (such as informing 
employees of the location and availability of the written program and 
MSDSs), employee training may be satisfied in part by general training 
about the requirements of the HCS and about chemical hazards on the job 
which is provided by, for example, trade associations, unions, colleges, 
and professional schools. In addition, previous training, education and 
experience of a worker may relieve the employer of some of the burdens 
of informing and training that worker. Regardless of the method relied 
upon, however, the employer is always ultimately responsible

[[Page 534]]

for ensuring that employees are adequately trained. If the compliance 
officer finds that the training is deficient, the employer will be cited 
for the deficiency regardless of who actually provided the training on 
behalf of the employer.

                          D. Other Requirements

    In addition to these specific items, compliance officers will also 
be asking the following questions in assessing the adequacy of the 
program:
    Does a list of the hazardous chemicals exist in each work area or at 
a central location?
    Are methods the employer will use to inform employees of the hazards 
of non-routine tasks outlined?
    Are employees informed of the hazards associated with chemicals 
contained in unlabeled pipes in their work areas?
    On multi-employer worksites, has the employer provided other 
employers with information about labeling systems and precautionary 
measures where the other employers have employees exposed to the initial 
employer's chemicals?
    Is the written program made available to employees and their 
designated representatives?
    If your program adequately addresses the means of communicating 
information to employees in your workplace, and provides answers to the 
basic questions outlined above, it will be found to be in compliance 
with the rule.

                       5. Checklist for Compliance

    The following checklist will help to ensure you are in compliance 
with the rule:
Obtained a copy of the rule. ________
Read and understood the requirements. ________
Assigned responsibility for tasks. ________
Prepared an inventory of chemicals. ________
Ensured containers are labeled. ________
Obtained MSDS for each chemical. ________
Prepared written program. ________
Made MSDSs available to workers. ________
Conducted training of workers. ________
Established procedures to maintain current program. ________
Established procedures to evaluate effectiveness. ________

                          6. Further Assistance

    If you have a question regarding compliance with the HCS, you should 
contact your local OSHA Area Office for assistance. In addition, each 
OSHA Regional Office has a Hazard Communication Coordinator who can 
answer your questions. Free consultation services are also available to 
assist employers, and information regarding these services can be 
obtained through the Area and Regional offices as well.
    The telephone number for the OSHA office closest to you should be 
listed in your local telephone directory. If you are not able to obtain 
this information, you may contact OSHA's Office of Information and 
Consumer Affairs at (202) 219-8151 for further assistance in identifying 
the appropriate contacts.

[59 FR 6170, Feb. 9, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 17479, Apr. 13, 1994; 59 
FR 65948, Dec. 22, 1994; 61 FR 9245, Mar. 7. 1996]



Sec. 1910.1201  Retention of DOT markings, placards and labels.

    (a) Any employer who receives a package of hazardous material which 
is required to be marked, labeled or placarded in accordance with the U. 
S. Department of Transportation's Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 
CFR Parts 171 through 180) shall retain those markings, labels and 
placards on the package until the packaging is sufficiently cleaned of 
residue and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazards.
    (b) Any employer who receives a freight container, rail freight car, 
motor vehicle, or transport vehicle that is required to be marked or 
placarded in accordance with the Hazardous Materials Regulations shall 
retain those markings and placards on the freight container, rail 
freight car, motor vehicle or transport vehicle until the hazardous 
materials which require the marking or placarding are sufficiently 
removed to prevent any potential hazards.
    (c) Markings, placards and labels shall be maintained in a manner 
that ensures that they are readily visible.
    (d) For non-bulk packages which will not be reshipped, the 
provisions of this section are met if a label or other acceptable 
marking is affixed in accordance with the Hazard Communication Standard 
(29 CFR 1910.1200).
    (e) For the purposes of this section, the term ``hazardous 
material'' and any other terms not defined in this section have the same 
definition as in the Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR Parts 171 
through 180).

[59 FR 36700, July 19, 1994]

[[Page 535]]



Sec. 1910.1450  Occupational exposure to hazardous chemicals in laboratories.

    (a) Scope and application. (1) This section shall apply to all 
employers engaged in the laboratory use of hazardous chemicals as 
defined below.
    (2) Where this section applies, it shall supersede, for 
laboratories, the requirements of all other OSHA health standards in 29 
CFR part 1910, subpart Z, except as follows:
    (i) For any OSHA health standard, only the requirement to limit 
employee exposure to the specific permissible exposure limit shall apply 
for laboratories, unless that particular standard states otherwise or 
unless the conditions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section apply.
    (ii) Prohibition of eye and skin contact where specified by any OSHA 
health standard shall be observed.
    (iii) Where the action level (or in the absence of an action level, 
the permissible exposure limit) is routinely exceeded for an OSHA 
regulated substance with exposure monitoring and medical surveillance 
requirements, paragraphs (d) and (g)(1)(ii) of this section shall apply.
    (3) This section shall not apply to:
    (i) Uses of hazardous chemicals which do not meet the definition of 
laboratory use, and in such cases, the employer shall comply with the 
relevant standard in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, even if such use 
occurs in a laboratory.
    (ii) Laboratory uses of hazardous chemicals which provide no 
potential for employee exposure. Examples of such conditions might 
include:
     (A) Procedures using chemically-impregnated test media such as Dip-
and-Read tests where a reagent strip is dipped into the specimen to be 
tested and the results are interpreted by comparing the color reaction 
to a color chart supplied by the manufacturer of the test strip; and
    (B) Commercially prepared kits such as those used in performing 
pregnancy tests in which all of the reagents needed to conduct the test 
are contained in the kit.
    (b) Definitions--
    Action level means a concentration designated in 29 CFR part 1910 
for a specific substance, calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted 
average, which initiates certain required activities such as exposure 
monitoring and medical surveillance.
    Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for 
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
    Carcinogen (see select carcinogen).
    Chemical Hygiene Officer means an employee who is designated by the 
employer, and who is qualified by training or experience, to provide 
technical guidance in the development and implementation of the 
provisions of the Chemical Hygiene Plan. This definition is not intended 
to place limitations on the position description or job classification 
that the designated indvidual shall hold within the employer's 
organizational structure.
    Chemical Hygiene Plan means a written program developed and 
implemented by the employer which sets forth procedures, equipment, 
personal protective equipment and work practices that (i) are capable of 
protecting employees from the health hazards presented by hazardous 
chemicals used in that particular workplace and (ii) meets the 
requirements of paragraph (e) of this section.
    Combustible liquid means any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 
100  deg.F (37.8  deg.C), but below 200  deg.F (93.3  deg.C), except any 
mixture having components with flashpoints of 200  deg.F (93.3  deg.C), 
or higher, the total volume of which make up 99 percent or more of the 
total volume of the mixture.
    Compressed gas means:
    (i) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute 
pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70  deg.F (21.1  deg.C); or
    (ii) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute 
pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130  deg.F (54.4  deg.C) regardless of the 
pressure at 70  deg.F (21.1  deg.C); or
    (iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 
deg.F (37.8  deg.C) as determined by ASTM D-323-72.
    Designated area means an area which may be used for work with 
``select carcinogens,'' reproductive toxins or substances which have a 
high degree of acute toxicity. A designated area may be the entire 
laboratory, an area of a laboratory or a device such as a laboratory 
hood.

[[Page 536]]

    Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, 
equipment failure, rupture of containers or failure of control equipment 
which results in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous chemical into 
the workplace.
    Employee means an individual employed in a laboratory workplace who 
may be exposed to hazardous chemicals in the course of his or her 
assignments.
    Explosive means a chemical that causes a sudden, almost 
instantaneous release of pressure, gas, and heat when subjected to 
sudden shock, pressure, or high temperature.
    Flammable means a chemical that falls into one of the following 
categories:
    (i) Aerosol, flammable means an aerosol that, when tested by the 
method described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a flame protection exceeding 
18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending back 
to the valve) at any degree of valve opening;
    (ii) Gas, flammable means:
    (A) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a 
flammable mixture with air at a concentration of 13 percent by volume or 
less; or
    (B) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range 
of flammable mixtures with air wider than 12 percent by volume, 
regardless of the lower limit.
    (iii) Liquid, flammable means any liquid having a flashpoint below 
100  deg.F (37.8  deg.C), except any mixture having components with 
flashpoints of 100  deg.F (37.8  deg.C) or higher, the total of which 
make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.
    (iv) Solid, flammable means a solid, other than a blasting agent or 
explosive as defined in Sec. 1910.109(a), that is liable to cause fire 
through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change, 
or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be 
ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as 
to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be a 
flammable solid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 
1500.44, it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate 
greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis.
    Flashpoint means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off 
a vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite when tested as follows:
    (i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See American National Standard Method 
of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, Z11.24-1979 (ASTM D 56-
79))-for liquids with a viscosity of less than 45 Saybolt Universal 
Seconds (SUS) at 100  deg.F (37.8  deg.C), that do not contain suspended 
solids and do not have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or
    (ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester (see American National Standard 
Method of Test for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7-
1979 (ASTM D 93-79))-for liquids with a viscosity equal to or greater 
than 45 SUS at 100  deg.F (37.8  deg.C), or that contain suspended 
solids, or that have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or
    (iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method 
of Test for Flash Point by Setaflash Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278-78)).
    Organic peroxides, which undergo autoaccelerating thermal 
decomposition, are excluded from any of the flashpoint determination 
methods specified above.
    Hazardous chemical means a chemical for which there is statistically 
significant evidence based on at least one study conducted in accordance 
with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health 
effects may occur in exposed employees. The term health hazard includes 
chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, 
reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, 
nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the hematopoietic 
systems, and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous 
membranes.
    Appendices A and B of the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 
1910.1200) provide further guidance in defining the scope of health 
hazards and determining whether or not a chemical is to be considered 
hazardous for purposes of this standard.
    Laboratory means a facility where the ``laboratory use of hazardous 
chemicals'' occurs. It is a workplace where

[[Page 537]]

relatively small quantities of hazardous chemicals are used on a non-
production basis.
    Laboratory scale means work with substances in which the containers 
used for reactions, transfers, and other handling of substances are 
designed to be easily and safely manipulated by one person. ``Laboratory 
scale'' excludes those workplaces whose function is to produce 
commercial quantities of materials.
    Laboratory-type hood means a device located in a laboratory, 
enclosure on five sides with a moveable sash or fixed partial enclosed 
on the remaining side; constructed and maintained to draw air from the 
laboratory and to prevent or minimize the escape of air contaminants 
into the laboratory; and allows chemical manipulations to be conducted 
in the enclosure without insertion of any portion of the employee's body 
other than hands and arms.
    Walk-in hoods with adjustable sashes meet the above definition 
provided that the sashes are adjusted during use so that the airflow and 
the exhaust of air contaminants are not compromised and employees do not 
work inside the enclosure during the release of airborne hazardous 
chemicals.
    Laboratory use of hazardous chemicals means handling or use of such 
chemicals in which all of the following conditions are met:
    (i) Chemical manipulations are carried out on a ``laboratory 
scale;''
    (ii) Multiple chemical procedures or chemicals are used;
    (iii) The procedures involved are not part of a production process, 
nor in any way simulate a production process; and
    (iv) ``Protective laboratory practices and equipment'' are available 
and in common use to minimize the potential for employee exposure to 
hazardous chemicals.
    Medical consultation means a consultation which takes place between 
an employee and a licensed physician for the purpose of determining what 
medical examinations or procedures, if any, are appropriate in cases 
where a significant exposure to a hazardous chemical may have taken 
place.
    Organic peroxide means an organic compound that contains the 
bivalent -O-O-structure and which may be considered to be a structural 
derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both of the hydrogen atoms 
has been replaced by an organic radical.
    Oxidizer means a chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive 
as defined in Sec. 1910.109(a), that initiates or promotes combustion in 
other materials, thereby causing fire either of itself or through the 
release of oxygen or other gases.
    Physical hazard means a chemical for which there is scientifically 
valid evidence that it is a combustible liquid, a compressed gas, 
explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide, an oxidizer, pyrophoric, 
unstable (reactive) or water-reactive.
    Protective laboratory practices and equipment means those laboratory 
procedures, practices and equipment accepted by laboratory health and 
safety experts as effective, or that the employer can show to be 
effective, in minimizing the potential for employee exposure to 
hazardous chemicals.
    Reproductive toxins means chemicals which affect the reproductive 
capabilities including chromosomal damage (mutations) and effects on 
fetuses (teratogenesis)
    Select carcinogen means any substance which meets one of the 
following criteria:
    (i) It is regulated by OSHA as a carcinogen; or
    (ii) It is listed under the category, ``known to be carcinogens,'' 
in the Annual Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology 
Program (NTP) (latest edition); or
    (iii) It is listed under Group 1 (``carcinogenic to humans'') by the 
International Agency for Research on Cancer Monographs (IARC) (latest 
editions); or
    (iv) It is listed in either Group 2A or 2B by IARC or under the 
category, ``reasonably anticipated to be carcinogens'' by NTP, and 
causes statistically significant tumor incidence in experimental animals 
in accordance with any of the following criteria:
    (A) After inhalation exposure of 6-7 hours per day, 5 days per week, 
for a significant portion of a lifetime to dosages of less than 10 mg/
m\3\;

[[Page 538]]

    (B) After repeated skin application of less than 300 (mg/kg of body 
weight) per week; or
    (C) After oral dosages of less than 50 mg/kg of body weight per day.
    Unstable (reactive) means a chemical which is the pure state, or as 
produced or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, 
condense, or will become self-reactive under conditions of shocks, 
pressure or temperature.
    Water-reactive means a chemical that reacts with water to release a 
gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard.
    (c) Permissible exposure limits. For laboratory uses of OSHA 
regulated substances, the employer shall assure that laboratory 
employees' exposures to such substances do not exceed the permissible 
exposure limits specified in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z.
    (d) Employee exposure determination--(1) Initial monitoring. The 
employer shall measure the employee's exposure to any substance 
regulated by a standard which requires monitoring if there is reason to 
believe that exposure levels for that substance routinely exceed the 
action level (or in the absence of an action level, the PEL).
    (2) Periodic monitoring. If the initial monitoring prescribed by 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section discloses employee exposure over the 
action level (or in the absence of an action level, the PEL), the 
employer shall immediately comply with the exposure monitoring 
provisions of the relevant standard.
    (3) Termination of monitoring. Monitoring may be terminated in 
accordance with the relevant standard.
    (4) Employee notification of monitoring results. The employer shall, 
within 15 working days after the receipt of any monitoring results, 
notify the employee of these results in writing either individually or 
by posting results in an appropriate location that is accessible to 
employees.
    (e) Chemical hygiene plan--General. (Appendix A of this section is 
non-mandatory but provides guidance to assist employers in the 
development of the Chemical Hygiene Plan.)
    (1) Where hazardous chemicals as defined by this standard are used 
in the workplace, the employer shall develop and carry out the 
provisions of a written Chemical Hygiene Plan which is:
    (i) Capable of protecting employees from health hazards associated 
with hazardous chemicals in that laboratory and
    (ii) Capable of keeping exposures below the limits specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (2) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall be readily available to 
employees, employee representatives and, upon request, to the Assistant 
Secretary.
    (3) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall include each of the following 
elements and shall indicate specific measures that the employer will 
take to ensure laboratory employee protection:
    (i) Standard operating procedures relevant to safety and health 
considerations to be followed when laboratory work involves the use of 
hazardous chemicals;
    (ii) Criteria that the employer will use to determine and implement 
control measures to reduce employee exposure to hazardous chemicals 
including engineering controls, the use of personal protective equipment 
and hygiene practices; particular attention shall be given to the 
selection of control measures for chemicals that are known to be 
extremely hazardous;
    (iii) A requirement that fume hoods and other protective equipment 
are functioning properly and specific measures that shall be taken to 
ensure proper and adequate performance of such equipment;
    (iv) Provisions for employee information and training as prescribed 
in paragraph (f) of this section;
    (v) The circumstances under which a particular laboratory operation, 
procedure or activity shall require prior approval from the employer or 
the employer's designee before implementation;
    (vi) Provisions for medical consultation and medical examinations in 
accordance with paragraph (g) of this section;
    (vii) Designation of personnel responsible for implementation of the 
Chemical Hygiene Plan including the assignment of a Chemical Hygiene 
Officer and, if appropriate, establishment of a Chemical Hygiene 
Committee; and

[[Page 539]]

    (viii) Provisions for additional employee protection for work with 
particularly hazardous substances. These include ``select carcinogens,'' 
reproductive toxins and substances which have a high degree of acute 
toxicity. Specific consideration shall be given to the following 
provisions which shall be included where appropriate:
    (A) Establishment of a designated area;
    (B) Use of containment devices such as fume hoods or glove boxes;
    (C) Procedures for safe removal of contaminated waste; and
    (D) Decontamination procedures.
    (4) The employer shall review and evaluate the effectiveness of the 
Chemical Hygiene Plan at least annually and update it as necessary.
    (f) Employee information and training. (1) The employer shall 
provide employees with information and training to ensure that they are 
apprised of the hazards of chemicals present in their work area.
    (2) Such information shall be provided at the time of an employee's 
initial assignment to a work area where hazardous chemicals are present 
and prior to assignments involving new exposure situations. The 
frequency of refresher information and training shall be determined by 
the employer.
    (3) Information. Employees shall be informed of:
    (i) The contents of this standard and its appendices which shall be 
made available to employees;
    (ii) The location and availability of the employer's Chemical 
Hygiene Plan;
    (iii) The permissible exposure limits for OSHA regulated substances 
or recommended exposure limits for other hazardous chemicals where there 
is no applicable OSHA standard;
    (iv) Signs and symptoms associated with exposures to hazardous 
chemicals used in the laboratory; and
    (v) The location and availability of known reference material on the 
hazards, safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous chemicals 
found in the laboratory including, but not limited to, Material Safety 
Data Sheets received from the chemical supplier.
    (4) Training. (i) Employee training shall include:
    (A) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence 
or release of a hazardous chemical (such as monitoring conducted by the 
employer, continuous monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of 
hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.);
    (B) The physical and health hazards of chemicals in the work area; 
and
    (C) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from these 
hazards, including specific procedures the employer has implemented to 
protect employees from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as 
appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal 
protective equipment to be used.
    (ii) The employee shall be trained on the applicable details of the 
employer's written Chemical Hygiene Plan.
    (g) Medical consultation and medical examinations. (1) The employer 
shall provide all employees who work with hazardous chemicals an 
opportunity to receive medical attention, including any follow-up 
examinations which the examining physician determines to be necessary, 
under the following circumstances:
    (i) Whenever an employee develops signs or symptoms associated with 
a hazardous chemical to which the employee may have been exposed in the 
laboratory, the employee shall be provided an opportunity to receive an 
appropriate medical examination.
    (ii) Where exposure monitoring reveals an exposure level routinely 
above the action level (or in the absence of an action level, the PEL) 
for an OSHA regulated substance for which there are exposure monitoring 
and medical surveillance requirements, medical surveillance shall be 
established for the affected employee as prescribed by the particular 
standard.
    (iii) Whenever an event takes place in the work area such as a 
spill, leak, explosion or other occurrence resulting in the likelihood 
of a hazardous exposure, the affected employee shall be provided an 
opportunity for a medical consultation. Such consultation shall be for 
the purpose of determining the need for a medical examination.
    (2) All medical examinations and consultations shall be performed by 
or

[[Page 540]]

under the direct supervision of a licensed physician and shall be 
provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay and at a 
reasonable time and place.
    (3) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall 
provide the following information to the physician:
    (i) The identity of the hazardous chemical(s) to which the employee 
may have been exposed;
    (ii) A description of the conditions under which the exposure 
occurred including quantitative exposure data, if available; and
    (iii) A description of the signs and symptoms of exposure that the 
employee is experiencing, if any.
    (4) Physician's written opinion. (i) For examination or consultation 
required under this standard, the employer shall obtain a written 
opinion from the examining physician which shall include the following:
    (A) Any recommendation for further medical follow-up;
    (B) The results of the medical examination and any associated tests;
    (C) Any medical condition which may be revealed in the course of the 
examination which may place the employee at increased risk as a result 
of exposure to a hazardous chemical found in the workplace; and
    (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician 
of the results of the consultation or medical examination and any 
medical condition that may require further examination or treatment.
    (ii) The written opinion shall not reveal specific findings of 
diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.
    (h) Hazard identification. (1) With respect to labels and material 
safety data sheets:
    (i) Employers shall ensure that labels on incoming containers of 
hazardous chemicals are not removed or defaced.
    (ii) Employers shall maintain any material safety data sheets that 
are received with incoming shipments of hazardous chemicals, and ensure 
that they are readily accessible to laboratory employees.
    (2) The following provisions shall apply to chemical substances 
developed in the laboratory:
    (i) If the composition of the chemical substance which is produced 
exclusively for the laboratory's use is known, the employer shall 
determine if it is a hazardous chemical as defined in paragraph (b) of 
this section. If the chemical is determined to be hazardous, the 
employer shall provide appropriate training as required under paragraph 
(f) of this section.
    (ii) If the chemical produced is a byproduct whose composition is 
not known, the employer shall assume that the substance is hazardous and 
shall implement paragraph (e) of this section.
    (iii) If the chemical substance is produced for another user outside 
of the laboratory, the employer shall comply with the Hazard 
Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) including the requirements for 
preparation of material safety data sheets and labeling.
    (i) Use of respirators. Where the use of respirators is necessary to 
maintain exposure below permissible exposure limits, the employer shall 
provide, at no cost to the employee, the proper respiratory equipment. 
Respirators shall be selected and used in accordance with the 
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.134.
    (j) Recordkeeping. (1) The employer shall establish and maintain for 
each employee an accurate record of any measurements taken to monitor 
employee exposures and any medical consultation and examinations 
including tests or written opinions required by this standard.
    (2) The employer shall assure that such records are kept, 
transferred, and made available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
    (k) Dates--(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective 
May 1, 1990.
    (2) Start-up dates. (i) Employers shall have developed and 
implemented a written Chemical Hygiene Plan no later than January 31, 
1991.
    (ii) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not take effect until 
the employer has developed and implemented a written Chemical Hygiene 
Plan.

[[Page 541]]

    (l) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not 
intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise 
imposed or to detract from any existing obligation.
[55 FR 3327, Jan. 31, 1990, 55 FR 7967, Mar. 6, 1990, 55 FR 12111, Mar. 
30, 1990]

Appendix A to Sec. 1910.1450--National Research Council Recommendations 
       Concerning Chemical Hygiene in Laboratories (Non-Mandatory)

                            Table of Contents

                                Foreword

        Corresponding Sections of the Standard and This Appendix

                          A. General Principles

    1. Minimize all Chemical Exposures
    2. Avoid Underestimation of Risk
    3. Provide Adequate Ventilation
    4. Institute a Chemical Hygiene Program
    5. Observe the PELs and TLVs

                           B. Responsibilities

    1. Chief Executive Officer
    2. Supervisor of Administrative Unit
    3. Chemical Hygiene Officer
    4. Laboratory Supervisor
    5. Project Director
    6. Laboratory Worker

                       C. The Laboratory Facility

    1. Design
    2. Maintenance
    3. Usage
    4. Ventilation

               D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene Plan

    1. Basic Rules and Procedures
    2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and Storage
    3. Environmental Monitoring
    4. Housekeeping, Maintenance and Inspections
    5. Medical Program
    6. Personal Protective Apparel and Equipment
    7. Records
    8. Signs and Labels
    9. Spills and Accidents
    10. Training and Information
    11. Waste Disposal

            E. General Procedures for Working With Chemicals

    1. General Rules for all Laboratory Work with Chemicals
    2. Allergens and Embryotoxins
    3. Chemicals of Moderate Chronic or High Acute Toxicity
    4. Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity
    5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity

                        F. Safety Recommendations

                     G. Material Safety Data Sheets

                                Foreword

    As guidance for each employer's development of an appropriate 
laboratory Chemical Hygiene Plan, the following non-mandatory 
recommendations are provided. They were extracted from ``Prudent 
Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories'' (referred 
to below as ``Prudent Practices''), which was published in 1981 by the 
National Research Council and is available from the National Academy 
Press, 2101 Constitution Ave., NW., Washington DC 20418.
    ``Prudent Practices'' is cited because of its wide distribution and 
acceptance and because of its preparation by members of the laboratory 
community through the sponsorship of the National Research Council. 
However, none of the recommendations given here will modify any 
requirements of the laboratory standard. This Appendix merely presents 
pertinent recommendations from ``Prudent Practices'', organized into a 
form convenient for quick reference during operation of a laboratory 
facility and during development and application of a Chemical Hygiene 
Plan. Users of this appendix should consult ``Prudent Practices'' for a 
more extended presentation and justification for each recommendation.
    ``Prudent Practices'' deals with both safety and chemical hazards 
while the laboratory standard is concerned primarily with chemical 
hazards. Therefore, only those recommendations directed primarily toward 
control of toxic exposures are cited in this appendix, with the term 
``chemical hygiene'' being substituted for the word ``safety''. However, 
since conditions producing or threatening physical injury often pose 
toxic risks as well, page references concerning major categories of 
safety hazards in the laboratory are given in section F.
    The recommendations from ``Prudent Practices'' have been 
paraphrased, combined, or otherwise reorganized, and headings have been 
added. However, their sense has not been changed.

        Corresponding Sections of the Standard and this Appendix

    The following table is given for the convenience of those who are 
developing a Chemical Hygiene Plan which will satisfy the requirements 
of paragraph (e) of the standard. It indicates those sections of this 
appendix which are most pertinent to each of the sections of paragraph 
(e) and related paragraphs.

[[Page 542]]



                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Paragraph and topic in laboratory standard    Relevant appendix section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e)(3)(i)  Standard operating procedures for  C, D, E                   
 handling toxic chemicals.                                              
(e)(3)(ii)  Criteria to be used for           D                         
 implementation of measures to reduce                                   
 exposures.                                                             
(e)(3)(iii)  Fume hood performance..........  C4b                       
(e)(3)(iv)  Employee information and          D10, D9                   
 training (including emergency procedures).                             
(e)(3)(v)  Requirements for prior approval    E2b, E4b                  
 of laboratory activities.                                              
(e)(3)(vi)  Medical consultation and medical  D5, E4f                   
 examinations.                                                          
(e)(3)(vii)  Chemical hygiene                 B                         
 responsibilities.                                                      
(e)(3)(viii)  Special precautions for work    E2, E3, E4                
 with particularly hazardous substances.                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In this appendix, those recommendations directed primarily at 
administrators and supervisors are given in sections A-D. Those 
recommendations of primary concern to employees who are actually 
handling laboratory chemicals are given in section E. (Reference to page 
numbers in ``Prudent Practices'' are given in parentheses.)

        A. General Principles for Work with Laboratory Chemicals

    In addition to the more detailed recommendations listed below in 
sections B-E, ``Prudent Practices'' expresses certain general 
principles, including the following:
    1. It is prudent to minimize all chemical exposures. Because few 
laboratory chemicals are without hazards, general precautions for 
handling all laboratory chemicals should be adopted, rather than 
specific guidelines for particular chemicals (2, 10). Skin contact with 
chemicals should be avoided as a cardinal rule (198).
    2. Avoid underestimation of risk. Even for substances of no known 
significant hazard, exposure should be minimized; for work with 
substances which present special hazards, special precautions should be 
taken (10, 37, 38). One should assume that any mixture will be more 
toxic than its most toxic component (30, 103) and that all substances of 
unknown toxicity are toxic (3, 34).
    3. Provide adequate ventilation. The best way to prevent exposure to 
airborne substances is to prevent their escape into the working 
atmosphere by use of hoods and other ventilation devices (32, 198).
    4. Institute a chemical hygiene program. A mandatory chemical 
hygiene program designed to minimize exposures is needed; it should be a 
regular, continuing effort, not merely a standby or short-term activity 
(6, 11). Its recommendations should be followed in academic teaching 
laboratories as well as by full-time laboratory workers (13).
    5. Observe the PELs, TLVs. The Permissible Exposure Limits of OSHA 
and the Threshold Limit Values of the American Conference of 
Governmental Industrial Hygienists should not be exceeded (13).

                  B. Chemical Hygiene Responsibilities

    Responsibility for chemical hygiene rests at all levels (6, 11, 21) 
including the:
    1. Chief executive officer, who has ultimate responsibility for 
chemical hygiene within the institution and must, with other 
administrators, provide continuing support for institutional chemical 
hygiene (7, 11).
    2. Supervisor of the department or other administrative unit, who is 
responsible for chemical hygiene in that unit (7).
    3. Chemical hygiene officer(s), whose appointment is essential (7) 
and who must:
    (a) Work with administrators and other employees to develop and 
implement appropriate chemical hygiene policies and practices (7);
    (b) Monitor procurement, use, and disposal of chemicals used in the 
lab (8);
    (c) See that appropriate audits are maintained (8);
    (d) Help project directors develop precautions and adequate 
facilities (10);
    (e) Know the current legal requirements concerning regulated 
substances (50); and
    (f) Seek ways to improve the chemical hygiene program (8, 11).
    4. Laboratory supervisor, who has overall responsibility for 
chemical hygiene in the laboratory (21) including responsibility to:
    (a) Ensure that workers know and follow the chemical hygiene rules, 
that protective equipment is available and in working order, and that 
appropriate training has been provided (21, 22);
    (b) Provide regular, formal chemical hygiene and housekeeping 
inspections including routine inspections of emergency equipment (21, 
171);
    (c) Know the current legal requirements concerning regulated 
substances (50, 231);
    (d) Determine the required levels of protective apparel and 
equipment (156, 160, 162); and
    (e) Ensure that facilities and training for use of any material 
being ordered are adequate (215).
    5. Project director or director of other specific operation, who has 
primary responsibility for chemical hygiene procedures for that 
operation (7).
    6. Laboratory worker, who is responsible for:
    (a) Planning and conducting each operation in accordance with the 
institutional chemical hygiene procedures (7, 21, 22, 230); and
    (b) Developing good personal chemical hygiene habits (22).

                       C. The Laboratory Facility

    1. Design. The laboratory facility should have:

[[Page 543]]

    (a) An appropriate general ventilation system (see C4 below) with 
air intakes and exhausts located so as to avoid intake of contaminated 
air (194);
    (b) Adequate, well-ventilated stockrooms/storerooms (218, 219);
    (c) Laboratory hoods and sinks (12, 162);
    (d) Other safety equipment including eyewash fountains and drench 
showers (162, 169); and
    (e) Arrangements for waste disposal (12, 240).
    2. Maintenance. Chemical-hygiene-related equipment (hoods, 
incinerator, etc.) should undergo continuing appraisal and be modified 
if inadequate (11, 12).
    3. Usage. The work conducted (10) and its scale (12) must be 
appropriate to the physicial facilities available and, especially, to 
the quality of ventilation (13).
    4. Ventilation--(a) General laboratory ventilation. This system 
should: Provide a source of air for breathing and for input to local 
ventilation devices (199); it should not be relied on for protection 
from toxic substances released into the laboratory (198); ensure that 
laboratory air is continually replaced, preventing increase of air 
concentrations of toxic substances during the working day (194); direct 
air flow into the laboratory from non-laboratory areas and out to the 
exterior of the building (194).
    (b) Hoods. A laboratory hood with 2.5 linear feet of hood space per 
person should be provided for every 2 workers if they spend most of 
their time working with chemicals (199); each hood should have a 
continuous monitoring device to allow convenient confirmation of 
adequate hood performance before use (200, 209). If this is not 
possible, work with substances of unknown toxicity should be avoided 
(13) or other types of local ventilation devices should be provided 
(199). See pp. 201-206 for a discussion of hood design, construction, 
and evaluation.
    (c) Other local ventilation devices. Ventilated storage cabinets, 
canopy hoods, snorkels, etc. should be provided as needed (199). Each 
canopy hood and snorkel should have a separate exhaust duct (207).
    (d) Special ventilation areas. Exhaust air from glove boxes and 
isolation rooms should be passed through scrubbers or other treatment 
before release into the regular exhaust system (208). Cold rooms and 
warm rooms should have provisions for rapid escape and for escape in the 
event of electrical failure (209).
    (e) Modifications. Any alteration of the ventilation system should 
be made only if thorough testing indicates that worker protection from 
airborne toxic substances will continue to be adequate (12, 193, 204).
    (f) Performance. Rate: 4-12 room air changes/hour is normally 
adequate general ventilation if local exhaust systems such as hoods are 
used as the primary method of control (194).
    (g) Quality. General air flow should not be turbulent and should be 
relatively uniform throughout the laboratory, with no high velocity or 
static areas (194, 195); airflow into and within the hood should not be 
excessively turbulent (200); hood face velocity should be adequate 
(typically 60-100 lfm) (200, 204).
    (h) Evaluation. Quality and quantity of ventilation should be 
evaluated on installation (202), regularly monitored (at least every 3 
months) (6, 12, 14, 195), and reevaluated whenever a change in local 
ventilation devices is made (12, 195, 207). See pp. 195-198 for methods 
of evaluation and for calculation of estimated airborne contaminant 
concentrations.

               D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene Plan

 1. Basic Rules and Procedures (Recommendations for these are given in 
                            section E, below)

           2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and Storage

    (a) Procurement. Before a substance is received, information on 
proper handling, storage, and disposal should be known to those who will 
be involved (215, 216). No container should be accepted without an 
adequate identifying label (216). Preferably, all substances should be 
received in a central location (216).
    (b) Stockrooms/storerooms. Toxic substances should be segregated in 
a well-identified area with local exhaust ventilation (221). Chemicals 
which are highly toxic (227) or other chemicals whose containers have 
been opened should be in unbreakable secondary containers (219). Stored 
chemicals should be examined periodically (at least annually) for 
replacement, deterioration, and container integrity (218-19).
    Stockrooms/storerooms should not be used as preparation or 
repackaging areas, should be open during normal working hours, and 
should be controlled by one person (219).
    (c) Distribution. When chemicals are hand carried, the container 
should be placed in an outside container or bucket. Freight-only 
elevators should be used if possible (223).
    (d) Laboratory storage. Amounts permitted should be as small as 
practical. Storage on bench tops and in hoods is inadvisable. Exposure 
to heat or direct sunlight should be avoided. Periodic inventories 
should be conducted, with unneeded items being discarded or returned to 
the storeroom/stockroom (225-6, 229).

                       3. Environmental Monitoring

    Regular instrumental monitoring of airborne concentrations is not 
usually justified

[[Page 544]]

or practical in laboratories but may be appropriate when testing or 
redesigning hoods or other ventilation devices (12) or when a highly 
toxic substance is stored or used regularly (e.g., 3 times/week) (13).

              4. Housekeeping, Maintenance, and Inspections

    (a) Cleaning. Floors should be cleaned regularly (24).
    (b) Inspections. Formal housekeeping and chemical hygiene 
inspections should be held at least quarterly (6, 21) for units which 
have frequent pesonnel changes and semiannually for others; informal 
inspections should be continual (21).
    (c) Maintenance. Eye wash fountains should be inspected at intervals 
of not less than 3 months (6). Respirators for routine use should be 
inspected periodically by the laboratory supervisor (169). Safety 
showers should be tested routinely (169). Other safety equipment should 
be inspected regularly. (e.g., every 3-6 months) (6, 24, 171). 
Procedures to prevent restarting of out-of-service equipment should be 
established (25).
    (d) Passageways. Stairways and hallways should not be used as 
storage areas (24). Access to exits, emergency equipment, and utility 
controls should never be blocked (24).

                           5. Medical Program

    (a) Compliance with regulations. Regular medical surveillance should 
be established to the extent required by regulations (12).
    (b) Routine surveillance. Anyone whose work involves regular and 
frequent handling of toxicologically significant quantities of a 
chemical should consult a qualified physician to determine on an 
individual basis whether a regular schedule of medical surveillance is 
desirable (11, 50).
    (c) First aid. Personnel trained in first aid should be available 
during working hours and an emergency room with medical personnel should 
be nearby (173). See pp. 176-178 for description of some emergency first 
aid procedures.

                   6. Protective Apparel and Equipment

    These should include for each laboratory:
    (a) Protective apparel compatible with the required degree of 
protection for substances being handled (158-161);
    (b) An easily accessible drench-type safety shower (162, 169);
    (c) An eyewash fountain (162);
    (d) A fire extinguisher (162-164);
    (e) Respiratory protection (164-9), fire alarm and telephone for 
emergency use (162) should be available nearby; and
    (f) Other items designated by the laboratory supervisor (156, 160).

                               7. Records

    (a) Accident records should be written and retained (174).
    (b) Chemical Hygiene Plan records should document that the 
facilities and precautions were compatible with current knowledge and 
regulations (7).
    (c) Inventory and usage records for high-risk substances should be 
kept as specified in sections E3e below.
    (d) Medical records should be retained by the institution in 
accordance with the requirements of state and federal regulations (12).

                           8. Signs and Labels

    Prominent signs and labels of the following types should be posted:
    (a) Emergency telephone numbers of emergency personnel/facilities, 
supervisors, and laboratory workers (28);
    (b) Identity labels, showing contents of containers (including waste 
receptacles) and associated hazards (27, 48);
    (c) Location signs for safety showers, eyewash stations, other 
safety and first aid equipment, exits (27) and areas where food and 
beverage consumption and storage are permitted (24); and
    (d) Warnings at areas or equipment where special or unusual hazards 
exist (27).

                         9. Spills and Accidents

    (a) A written emergency plan should be established and communicated 
to all personnel; it should include procedures for ventilation failure 
(200), evacuation, medical care, reporting, and drills (172).
    (b) There should be an alarm system to alert people in all parts of 
the facility including isolation areas such as cold rooms (172).
    (c) A spill control policy should be developed and should include 
consideration of prevention, containment, cleanup, and reporting (175).
    (d) All accidents or near accidents should be carefully analyzed 
with the results distributed to all who might benefit (8, 28).

                  10. Information and Training Program

    (a) Aim: To assure that all individuals at risk are adequately 
informed about the work in the laboratory, its risks, and what to do if 
an accident occurs (5, 15).
    (b) Emergency and Personal Protection Training: Every laboratory 
worker should know the location and proper use of available protective 
apparel and equipment (154, 169).
    Some of the full-time personnel of the laboratory should be trained 
in the proper use of emergency equipment and procedures (6).
    Such training as well as first aid instruction should be available 
to (154) and encouraged for (176) everyone who might need it.

[[Page 545]]

    (c) Receiving and stockroom/storeroom personnel should know about 
hazards, handling equipment, protective apparel, and relevant 
regulations (217).
    (d) Frequency of Training: The training and education program should 
be a regular, continuing activity--not simply an annual presentation 
(15).
    (e) Literature/Consultation: Literature and consulting advice 
concerning chemical hygiene should be readily available to laboratory 
personnel, who should be encouraged to use these information resources 
(14).

                       11. Waste Disposal Program.

    (a) Aim: To assure that minimal harm to people, other organisms, and 
the environment will result from the disposal of waste laboratory 
chemicals (5).
    (b) Content (14, 232, 233, 240): The waste disposal program should 
specify how waste is to be collected, segregated, stored, and 
transported and include consideration of what materials can be 
incinerated. Transport from the institution must be in accordance with 
DOT regulations (244).
    (c) Discarding Chemical Stocks: Unlabeled containers of chemicals 
and solutions should undergo prompt disposal; if partially used, they 
should not be opened (24, 27).
    Before a worker's employment in the laboratory ends, chemicals for 
which that person was responsible should be discarded or returned to 
storage (226).
    (d) Frequency of Disposal: Waste should be removed from laboratories 
to a central waste storage area at least once per week and from the 
central waste storage area at regular intervals (14).
    (e) Method of Disposal: Incineration in an environmentally 
acceptable manner is the most practical disposal method for combustible 
laboratory waste (14, 238, 241).
    Indiscriminate disposal by pouring waste chemicals down the drain 
(14, 231, 242) or adding them to mixed refuse for landfill burial is 
unacceptable (14).
    Hoods should not be used as a means of disposal for volatile 
chemicals (40, 200).
    Disposal by recycling (233, 243) or chemical decontamination (40, 
230) should be used when possible.

        E. Basic Rules and Procedures for Working with Chemicals

    The Chemical Hygiene Plan should require that laboratory workers 
know and follow its rules and procedures. In addition to the procedures 
of the sub programs mentioned above, these should include the rules 
listed below.

                            1. General Rules

    The following should be used for essentially all laboratory work 
with chemicals:
    (a) Accidents and spills--Eye Contact: Promptly flush eyes with 
water for a prolonged period (15 minutes) and seek medical attention 
(33, 172).
    Ingestion: Encourage the victim to drink large amounts of water 
(178).
    Skin Contact: Promptly flush the affected area with water (33, 172, 
178) and remove any contaminated clothing (172, 178). If symptoms 
persist after washing, seek medical attention (33).
    Clean-up. Promptly clean up spills, using appropriate protective 
apparel and equipment and proper disposal (24 33). See pp. 233-237 for 
specific clean-up recommendations.
    (b) Avoidance of ``routine'' exposure: Develop and encourage safe 
habits (23); avoid unnecessary exposure to chemicals by any route (23);
    Do not smell or taste chemicals (32). Vent apparatus which may 
discharge toxic chemicals (vacuum pumps, distillation columns, etc.) 
into local exhaust devices (199).
    Inspect gloves (157) and test glove boxes (208) before use.
    Do not allow release of toxic substances in cold rooms and warm 
rooms, since these have contained recirculated atmospheres (209).
    (c) Choice of chemicals: Use only those chemicals for which the 
quality of the available ventilation system is appropriate (13).
    (d) Eating, smoking, etc.: Avoid eating, drinking, smoking, gum 
chewing, or application of cosmetics in areas where laboratory chemicals 
are present (22, 24, 32, 40); wash hands before conducting these 
activities (23, 24).
    Avoid storage, handling or consumption of food or beverages in 
storage areas, refrigerators, glassware or utensils which are also used 
for laboratory operations (23, 24, 226).
    (e) Equipment and glassware: Handle and store laboratory glassware 
with care to avoid damage; do not use damaged glassware (25). Use extra 
care with Dewar flasks and other evacuated glass apparatus; shield or 
wrap them to contain chemicals and fragments should implosion occur 
(25). Use equipment only for its designed purpose (23, 26).
    (f) Exiting: Wash areas of exposed skin well before leaving the 
laboratory (23).
    (g) Horseplay: Avoid practical jokes or other behavior which might 
confuse, startle or distract another worker (23).
    (h) Mouth suction: Do not use mouth suction for pipeting or starting 
a siphon (23, 32).
    (i) Personal apparel: Confine long hair and loose clothing (23, 
158). Wear shoes at all times in the laboratory but do not wear sandals, 
perforated shoes, or sneakers (158).
    (j) Personal housekeeping: Keep the work area clean and uncluttered, 
with chemicals and equipment being properly labeled and stored; clean up 
the work area on completion of an operation or at the end of each day 
(24).

[[Page 546]]

    (k) Personal protection: Assure that appropriate eye protection 
(154-156) is worn by all persons, including visitors, where chemicals 
are stored or handled (22, 23, 33, 154).
    Wear appropriate gloves when the potential for contact with toxic 
materials exists (157); inspect the gloves before each use, wash them 
before removal, and replace them periodically (157). (A table of 
resistance to chemicals of common glove materials is given p. 159).
    Use appropriate (164-168) respiratory equipment when air contaminant 
concentrations are not sufficiently restricted by engineering controls 
(164-5), inspecting the respirator before use (169).
    Use any other protective and emergency apparel and equipment as 
appropriate (22, 157-162).
    Avoid use of contact lenses in the laboratory unless necessary; if 
they are used, inform supervisor so special precautions can be taken 
(155).
    Remove laboratory coats immediately on significant contamination 
(161).
    (l) Planning: Seek information and advice about hazards (7), plan 
appropriate protective procedures, and plan positioning of equipment 
before beginning any new operation (22, 23).
    (m) Unattended operations: Leave lights on, place an appropriate 
sign on the door, and provide for containment of toxic substances in the 
event of failure of a utility service (such as cooling water) to an 
unattended operation (27, 128).
    (n) Use of hood: Use the hood for operations which might result in 
release of toxic chemical vapors or dust (198-9).
    As a rule of thumb, use a hood or other local ventilation device 
when working with any appreciably volatile substance with a TLV of less 
than 50 ppm (13).
    Confirm adequate hood performance before use; keep hood closed at 
all times except when adjustments within the hood are being made (200); 
keep materials stored in hoods to a minimum and do not allow them to 
block vents or air flow (200).
    Leave the hood ``on'' when it is not in active use if toxic 
substances are stored in it or if it is uncertain whether adequate 
general laboratory ventilation will be maintained when it is ``off'' 
(200).
    (o) Vigilance: Be alert to unsafe conditions and see that they are 
corrected when detected (22).
    (p) Waste disposal: Assure that the plan for each laboratory 
operation includes plans and training for waste disposal (230).
    Deposit chemical waste in appropriately labeled receptacles and 
follow all other waste disposal procedures of the Chemical Hygiene Plan 
(22, 24).
    Do not discharge to the sewer concentrated acids or bases (231); 
highly toxic, malodorous, or lachrymatory substances (231); or any 
substances which might interfere with the biological activity of waste 
water treatment plants, create fire or explosion hazards, cause 
structural damage or obstruct flow (242).
    (q) Working alone: Avoid working alone in a building; do not work 
alone in a laboratory if the procedures being conducted are hazardous 
(28).

               2. Working with Allergens and Embryotoxins

    (a) Allergens (examples: diazomethane, isocyanates, bichromates): 
Wear suitable gloves to prevent hand contact with allergens or 
substances of unknown allergenic activity (35).
    (b) Embryotoxins (34-5) (examples: organomercurials, lead compounds, 
formamide): If you are a woman of childbearing age, handle these 
substances only in a hood whose satisfactory performance has been 
confirmed, using appropriate protective apparel (especially gloves) to 
prevent skin contact.
    Review each use of these materials with the research supervisor and 
review continuing uses annually or whenever a procedural change is made.
    Store these substances, properly labeled, in an adequately 
ventilated area in an unbreakable secondary container.
    Notify supervisors of all incidents of exposure or spills; consult a 
qualified physician when appropriate.

    3. Work with Chemicals of Moderate Chronic or High Acute Toxicity

    Examples: diisopropylflurophosphate (41), hydrofluoric acid (43), 
hydrogen cyanide (45).
    Supplemental rules to be followed in addition to those mentioned 
above (Procedure B of ``Prudent Practices'', pp. 39-41):
    (a) Aim: To minimize exposure to these toxic substances by any route 
using all reasonable precautions (39).
    (b) Applicability: These precautions are appropriate for substances 
with moderate chronic or high acute toxicity used in significant 
quantities (39).
    (c) Location: Use and store these substances only in areas of 
restricted access with special warning signs (40, 229).
    Always use a hood (previously evaluated to confirm adequate 
performance with a face velocity of at least 60 linear feet per minute) 
(40) or other containment device for procedures which may result in the 
generation of aerosols or vapors containing the substance (39); trap 
released vapors to prevent their discharge with the hood exhaust (40).
    (d) Personal protection: Always avoid skin contact by use of gloves 
and long sleeves (and other protective apparel as appropriate) (39). 
Always wash hands and arms immediately after working with these 
materials (40).

[[Page 547]]

    (e) Records: Maintain records of the amounts of these materials on 
hand, amounts used, and the names of the workers involved (40, 229).
    (f) Prevention of spills and accidents: Be prepared for accidents 
and spills (41).
    Assure that at least 2 people are present at all times if a compound 
in use is highly toxic or of unknown toxicity (39).
    Store breakable containers of these substances in chemically 
resistant trays; also work and mount apparatus above such trays or cover 
work and storage surfaces with removable, absorbent, plastic backed 
paper (40).
    If a major spill occurs outside the hood, evacuate the area; assure 
that cleanup personnel wear suitable protective apparel and equipment 
(41).
    (g) Waste: Thoroughly decontaminate or incinerate contaminated 
clothing or shoes (41). If possible, chemically decontaminate by 
chemical conversion (40).
    Store contaminated waste in closed, suitably labeled, impervious 
containers (for liquids, in glass or plastic bottles half-filled with 
vermiculite) (40).

             4. Work with Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity

    (Examples: dimethylmercury and nickel carbonyl (48), benzo-a-pyrene 
(51), N-nitrosodiethylamine (54), other human carcinogens or substances 
with high carcinogenic potency in animals (38).)
    Further supplemental rules to be followed, in addition to all these 
mentioned above, for work with substances of known high chronic toxicity 
(in quantities above a few milligrams to a few grams, depending on the 
substance) (47). (Procedure A of ``Prudent Practices'' pp. 47-50).
    (a) Access: Conduct all transfers and work with these substances in 
a ``controlled area'': a restricted access hood, glove box, or portion 
of a lab, designated for use of highly toxic substances, for which all 
people with access are aware of the substances being used and necessary 
precautions (48).
    (b) Approvals: Prepare a plan for use and disposal of these 
materials and obtain the approval of the laboratory supervisor (48).
    (c) Non-contamination/Decontamination: Protect vacuum pumps against 
contamination by scrubbers or HEPA filters and vent them into the hood 
(49). Decontaminate vacuum pumps or other contaminated equipment, 
including glassware, in the hood before removing them from the 
controlled area (49, 50).
    Decontaminate the controlled area before normal work is resumed 
there (50).
    (d) Exiting: On leaving a controlled area, remove any protective 
apparel (placing it in an appropriate, labeled container) and thoroughly 
wash hands, forearms, face, and neck (49).
    (e) Housekeeping: Use a wet mop or a vacuum cleaner equipped with a 
HEPA filter instead of dry sweeping if the toxic substance was a dry 
powder (50).
    (f) Medical surveillance: If using toxicologically significant 
quantities of such a substance on a regular basis (e.g., 3 times per 
week), consult a qualified physician concerning desirability of regular 
medical surveillance (50).
    (g) Records: Keep accurate records of the amounts of these 
substances stored (229) and used, the dates of use, and names of users 
(48).
    (h) Signs and labels: Assure that the controlled area is 
conspicuously marked with warning and restricted access signs (49) and 
that all containers of these substances are appropriately labeled with 
identity and warning labels (48).
    (i) Spills: Assure that contingency plans, equipment, and materials 
to minimize exposures of people and property in case of accident are 
available (233-4).
    (j) Storage: Store containers of these chemicals only in a 
ventilated, limited access (48, 227, 229) area in appropriately labeled, 
unbreakable, chemically resistant, secondary containers (48, 229).
    (k) Glove boxes: For a negative pressure glove box, ventilation rate 
must be at least 2 volume changes/hour and pressure at least 0.5 inches 
of water (48). For a positive pressure glove box, thoroughly check for 
leaks before each use (49). In either case, trap the exit gases or 
filter them through a HEPA filter and then release them into the hood 
(49).
    (l) Waste: Use chemical decontamination whenever possible; ensure 
that containers of contaminated waste (including washings from 
contaminated flasks) are transferred from the controlled area in a 
secondary container under the supervision of authorized personnel (49, 
50, 233).

         5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity

    (a) Access: For large scale studies, special facilities with 
restricted access are preferable (56).
    (b) Administration of the toxic substance: When possible, administer 
the substance by injection or gavage instead of in the diet. If 
administration is in the diet, use a caging system under negative 
pressure or under laminar air flow directed toward HEPA filters (56).
    (c) Aerosol suppression: Devise procedures which minimize formation 
and dispersal of contaminated aerosols, including those from food, 
urine, and feces (e.g., use HEPA filtered vacuum equipment for cleaning, 
moisten contaminated bedding before removal from the cage, mix diets in 
closed containers in a hood) (55, 56).
    (d) Personal protection: When working in the animal room, wear 
plastic or rubber

[[Page 548]]

gloves, fully buttoned laboratory coat or jumpsuit and, if needed 
because of incomplete suppression of aerosols, other apparel and 
equipment (shoe and head coverings, respirator) (56).
    (e) Waste disposal: Dispose of contaminated animal tissues and 
excreta by incineration if the available incinerator can convert the 
contaminant to non-toxic products (238); otherwise, package the waste 
appropriately for burial in an EPA-approved site (239).

                        F. Safety Recommendations

    The above recommendations from ``Prudent Practices'' do not include 
those which are directed primarily toward prevention of physical injury 
rather than toxic exposure. However, failure of precautions against 
injury will often have the secondary effect of causing toxic exposures. 
Therefore, we list below page references for recommendations concerning 
some of the major categories of safety hazards which also have 
implications for chemical hygiene:

1. Corrosive agents: (35-6)
2. Electrically powered laboratory apparatus: (179-92)
3. Fires, explosions: (26, 57-74, 162-4, 174-5, 219-20, 226-7)
4. Low temperature procedures: (26, 88)
5. Pressurized and vacuum operations (including use of compressed gas 
cylinders): (27, 75-101)

                     G. Material Safety Data Sheets

    Material safety data sheets are presented in ``Prudent Practices'' 
for the chemicals listed below. (Asterisks denote that comprehensive 
material safety data sheets are provided).

*Acetyl peroxide (105)
*Acrolein (106)
*Acrylonilrile (107)
Ammonia (anhydrous) (91)
*Aniline (109)
*Benzene (110)
*Benzo[a]pyrene (112)
*Bis(chloromethyl) ether (113)
Boron trichloride (91)
Boron trifluoride (92)
Bromine (114)
*Tert-butyl hydroperoxide (148)
*Carbon disulfide (116)
Carbon monoxide (92)
*Carbon tetrachloride (118)
*Chlorine (119)
Chlorine trifluoride (94)
*Chloroform (121)
Chloromethane (93)
*Diethyl ether (122)
Diisopropyl fluorophosphate (41)
*Dimethylformamide (123)
*Dimethyl sulfate (125)
*Dioxane (126)
*Ethylene dibromide (128)
*Fluorine (95)
*Formaldehyde (130)
*Hydrazine and salts (132)
Hydrofluoric acid (43)
Hydrogen bromide (98)
Hydrogen chloride (98)
*Hydrogen cyanide (133)
*Hydrogen sulfide (135)
Mercury and compounds (52)
*Methanol (137)
*Morpholine (138)
*Nickel carbonyl (99)
*Nitrobenzene (139)
Nitrogen dioxide (100)
N-nitrosodiethylamine (54)
*Peracetic acid (141)
*Phenol (142)
*Phosgene (143)
*Pyridine (144)
*Sodium azide (145)
*Sodium cyanide (147)
Sulfur dioxide (101)
*Trichloroethylene (149)
*Vinyl chloride (150)



        Appendix B to Sec. 1910.1450--References (Non-Mandatory)

    The following references are provided to assist the employer in the 
development of a Chemical Hygiene Plan. The materials listed below are 
offered as non-mandatory guidance. References listed here do not imply 
specific endorsement of a book, opinion, technique, policy or a specific 
solution for a safety or health problem. Other references not listed 
here may better meet the needs of a specific laboratory. (a) Materials 
for the development of the Chemical Hygiene Plan:
    1. American Chemical Society, Safety in Academic Chemistry 
Laboratories, 4th edition, 1985.
    2. Fawcett, H.H. and W. S. Wood, Safety and Accident Prevention in 
Chemical Operations, 2nd edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1982.
    3. Flury, Patricia A., Environmental Health and Safety in the 
Hospital Laboratory, Charles C. Thomas Publisher, Springfield IL, 1978.
    4. Green, Michael E. and Turk, Amos, Safety in Working with 
Chemicals, Macmillan Publishing Co., NY, 1978.
    5. Kaufman, James A., Laboratory Safety Guidelines, Dow Chemical 
Co., Box 1713, Midland, MI 48640, 1977.
    6. National Institutes of Health, NIH Guidelines for the Laboratory 
use of Chemical Carcinogens, NIH Pub. No. 81-2385, GPO, Washington, DC 
20402, 1981.
    7. National Research Council, Prudent Practices for Disposal of 
Chemicals from Laboratories, National Academy Press, Washington, DC, 
1983.
    8. National Research Council, Prudent Practices for Handling 
Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories, National Academy Press, Washington, 
DC, 1981.

[[Page 549]]

    9. Renfrew, Malcolm, Ed., Safety in the Chemical Laboratory, Vol. 
IV, J. Chem. Ed., American Chemical Society, Easlon, PA, 1981.
    10. Steere, Norman V., Ed., Safety in the Chemical Laboratory, J. 
Chem. Ed. American Chemical Society, Easlon, PA, 18042, Vol. I, 1967, 
Vol. II, 1971, Vol. III 1974.
    11. Steere, Norman V., Handbook of Laboratory Safety, the Chemical 
Rubber Company Cleveland, OH, 1971.
    12. Young, Jay A., Ed., Improving Safety in the Chemical Laboratory, 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, 1987.
    (b) Hazardous Substances Information:
    1. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 
Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in 
the Workroom Environment with Intended Changes, 6500 Glenway Avenue, 
Bldg. D-7 Cincinnati, OH 45211-4438 (latest edition).
    2. Annual Report on Carcinogens, National Toxicology Program U.S. 
Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, U.S. 
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, (latest edition).
    3. Best Company, Best Safety Directory, Vols. I and II, Oldwick, 
N.J., 1981.
    4. Bretherick, L., Handbook of Reactive Chemical Hazards, 2nd 
edition, Butterworths, London, 1979.
    5. Bretherick, L., Hazards in the Chemical Laboratory, 3rd edition, 
Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1986.
    6. Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR part 1910 subpart Z. U.S. 
Govt. Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402 (latest edition).
    7. IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of the Carcinogenic Risk of 
Chemicals to Man, World Health Organization Publications Center, 49 
Sheridan Avenue, Albany, New York 12210 (latest editions).
    8. NIOSH/OSHA Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards. NIOSH Pub. No. 85-
114, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, 1985 (or latest 
edition).
    9. Occupational Health Guidelines, NIOSH/OSHA NIOSH Pub. No. 81-123 
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, 1981.
    10. Patty, F.A., Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, John Wiley & 
Sons, Inc., New York, NY (Five Volumes).
    11. Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances, U.S. 
Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Centers 
for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and 
Health, Revised Annually, for sale from Superintendent of Documents U.S. 
Govt. Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
    12. The Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of Chemicals and Drugs. Merck 
and Company Inc. Rahway, N.J., 1976 (or latest edition).
    13. Sax, N.I. Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 5th 
edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold, NY., 1979.
    14. Sittig, Marshall, Handbook of Toxic and Hazardous Chemicals, 
Noyes Publications, Park Ridge, NJ, 1981.
    (c) Information on Ventilation:
    1. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 
Industrial Ventilation (latest edition), 6500 Glenway Avenue, Bldg. D-7, 
Cincinnati, Ohio 45211-4438.
    2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. American National 
Standards Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local 
Exhaust Systems ANSI Z 9.2-1979 American National Standards Institute, 
N.Y. 1979.
    3. Imad, A.P. and Watson, C.L. Ventilation Index: An Easy Way to 
Decide about Hazardous Liquids, Professional Safety pp 15-18, April 
1980.
    4. National Fire Protection Association, Fire Protection for 
Laboratories Using Chemicals NFPA-45, 1982.
    Safety Standard for Laboratories in Health Related Institutions, 
NFPA, 56c, 1980.
    Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Materials, 7th edition, 1978.
    National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 
02269.
    5. Scientific Apparatus Makers Association (SAMA), Standard for 
Laboratory Fume Hoods, SAMA LF7-1980, 1101 16th Street, NW., Washington, 
DC 20036.
    (d) Information on Availability of Referenced Material:
    1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 1430 Broadway, New 
York, NY 10018.
    2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 1916 Race 
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

[55 FR 3327, Jan. 31, 1990; 55 FR 7967, Mar. 6, 1990; 57 FR 29204, July 
1, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]

[[Page 550]]

    Editorial Note: This listing is provided for information purposes 
only. It is compiled and kept up-to-date by the Department of Labor.

  Subject Index for 29 CFR Part 1910--Occupational  Safety  and Health  
                                Standards                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Subject term                          Section No.         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-Frame Derricks: (see also Derricks)...  .181                          
AIDS (see Bloodborne pathogens).........  .1030                         
Aboveground storage tanks, flammable and  .106(b)(2)                    
 combustible liquid.                                                    
  Spacing...............................  .106(b)(2)(ii)                
  Venting...............................  .106(b)(2) (iv), (v), (vi)    
  Spill control.........................  .106(b)(2) (viii)             
Abrasive Blasting: (see also              .94                           
 Ventilation).                                                          
  Air Compressors, Breathing Air........  .94(a)(6)                     
  Air Supply, Breathing.................  .94(a)(6)                     
  Blast Cleaning Enclosures.............  .94(a)(3)                     
  Cleaning Nozzles......................  .244(b)                       
  Dust Hazards..........................  .94(a)(2)                     
Abrasive Wheel Machinery:                                               
  Blotters..............................  .215(c)(6)                    
  Definitions...........................  .211(b)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .220                          
  Excluded Machinery....................  .215(a)(5)                    
  Flanges...............................  .215(a)(3), (c)               
  Guard Design..........................  .215(a)(2)                    
    Specifications......................  .215(b)(12)                   
  Guard Exposure Angles.................  .215(b)(2)                    
    Band Type...........................  .215(b)(11)                   
    Bench and Floor Stands..............  .215(b)(3)                    
    Cup Wheels..........................  .215(b)(1)                    
    Cylindrical Grinders................  .215(b)(4)                    
    Dimensions..........................  .215(b)(10)                   
    Material Requirements...............  .215(b)(10)                   
    Snagging Machines...................  .215(b)(7)                    
    Surface Grinding....................  .215(b)(5)                    
    Swing Frame.........................  .215(b)(6)                    
  Guarding..............................  .215(a)(1), (b)               
  Mounting..............................  .215(d)                       
    Arbor Size..........................  .215(d)(2)                    
    Blotters............................  .215(d)(5)                    
    Bushings............................  .215(d)(4)                    
    Inspections.........................  .215(d)(1)                    
    Multiple Wheel......................  .215(d)(6)                    
    Ring Test...........................  .215(d)(1)                    
    Surface Conditions..................  .215(d)(3)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .221                          
  Work Rests............................  .215(a)(4)                    
Abrasive Wheel Machinery, Portable:                                     
  Definitions...........................  .241(b)                       
  Guarding..............................  .243(c)                       
    Cup Wheels..........................  .243(c)(2)                    
    General Requirements................  .243(c)(1)                    
    Other Type Grinders.................  .243(c)(4)                    
    Vertical Grinders...................  .243(c)(3)                    
  Inspection............................  .243(c)(5)                    
  Mounting..............................  .243(c)(5)                    
Abrasive Wheels: (see Abrasive Wheel                                    
 Machinery)                                                             
Access:                                                                 
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(2)(ii)                
  Cranes................................  .179(c)(2)                    
  Exposure and medical records..........  .1020                         
  Industrial Plants.....................  .106(e)(9)(ii)                
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66                           
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(8)(ii)                
  Spraying Operations, Vents............  .107(d)(10)                   
  Sprinkler valve.......................  .107(f)(2)                    
Accident Prevention Signs and Tags: (see  .145                          
 also Signs and Tags).                                                  
  Effective Dates.......................  .149(a)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .150                          
2-Acetylaminofluorene...................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Acetylene...............................  .102                          
  Cylinders.............................  .102(a), (c)                  
  Generators............................  .102(c)                       
  Pipe Systems..........................  .102(b)                       
Acetylene Generators....................  .253(f)                       
  Approval..............................  .253(f)(1)                    

[[Page 551]]

                                                                        
  Location..............................  .253(f)(3)                    
  Maintenance...........................  .253(f)(7)                    
  Marking...............................  .253(f)(1)                    
  Operation.............................  .253(f)(7)                    
  Portable..............................  .253(f)(5)                    
  Pressure Limits.......................  .253(f)(2)                    
  Rating................................  .253(f)(2)                    
  Stationary............................  .253(f)(4)                    
    Houses and Rooms....................  .253(f)(6)                    
Acid Carboys............................  .262(nn)                      
Acrylonitrile...........................  .1045                         
  Emergency situations..................  .1045(i)                      
  Employee information and training.....  .1045(o)                      
  Exposure monitoring...................  .1045(e)                      
  Housekeeping..........................  .1045(k)                      
  Hygiene facilities and practices......  .1045(m)                      
  Medical surveillance..................  .1045(n)                      
  Methods of compliance.................  .1045(g)                      
  Notification of regulated areas and     .1045(d)                      
   emergencies.                                                         
  Observation and monitoring............  .1045(r)                      
  Permissible exposure limit............  .1045(c)                      
  Protective clothing and equipment.....  .1045(j)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1045(q)                      
  Regulated areas.......................  .1045(f)                      
  Respiratory protection................  .1045(h)                      
  Signs and labels......................  .1045(p)                      
  Waste disposal........................  .1045(l)                      
Adjustments:                                                            
  Cranes................................  .179(l)(3)                    
  Derricks..............................  .181(f)(2), (3)               
AEC Licensees...........................  .96(p)                        
Agricultural Operations.................  .267                          
Air Compressors, Abrasive Blasting......  .94(a)(6), .134(d)(2)(ii)     
Air Contaminants........................  .1000, .1001                  
  Effective Dates.......................  .98, .1000                    
  Exposure Limits.......................  .1000, .1001                  
  Permissible exposure limits...........  .1000                         
  Standards Sources.....................  .99                           
Air Controlling Equipment, Power Presses  .217(b)(10)                   
Air Lift Hammers, Forging...............  .218(e)(1)                    
Air Quality.............................  .134(d)                       
Air Receivers:                                                          
  Application...........................  .169(a)(1)                    
  Compressed Air........................  .169                          
  Equipment:                                                            
    Drains..............................  .169(b)(2)                    
    Installation........................  .169(b)(1)                    
    Pressure Gages......................  .169(b)(3)                    
    Traps...............................  .169(b)(2)                    
    Valves..............................  .169(b)(3)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .169(a)(2), .170              
Air Supply..............................  .94(a)(6), .134(d)            
Airborne Radioactive Materials Exposure   .96(c)                        
 Limits.                                                                
Airhoses................................  .243(b)(2)                    
Aisles:                                                                 
  Working Surfaces......................  .22(b)                        
Alarms: (see also Fire Alarms,                                          
 Sprinklers, Warning Devices)                                           
  Employee alarm systems................  .165                          
  Mills and Calenders...................  .216(g)                       
  Rubber and Plastics...................  .216(g)                       
4-Aminodiphenyl.........................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Ammonia, Anhydrous: (see also Anhydrous   .111                          
 Ammonia).                                                              
Ammonium Nitrate........................  .109(i)                       
  Bulk Storage..........................  .109(i)(4)                    
  Containers............................  .109(i)(3)                    
  Contaminants..........................  .109(i)(5)                    
  Electrical Installations..............  .109(i)(6)                    
  Fire Protection.......................  .109(i)(7)                    
  Separation Walls......................  .109(i)(5)                    
  Warehouses............................  .109(i)(4)                    
Anchoring Fixed Machinery...............  .212(a)(5), (b)               
Anhydrous Ammonia:                                                      
  Containers:                                                           
    Appurtenances.......................  .111(b)(6)                    
    Charging............................  .111(b)(11)                   
    DOT.................................  .111(e)                       
    Farm Vehicles.......................  .111(g), (h)                  
    Location............................  .111(b)(5)                    
    Motor Vehicle.......................  .111(f)                       
    Markings............................  .111(b)(3)                    
    Non-Refrigerated....................  .111(b)(2), (c)               

[[Page 552]]

                                                                        
    Refrigerated........................  .111(d)                       
      Markings..........................  .111(b)(4)                    
    Safety Relief Devices...............  .111(b)(9), (c)(3), (d)(4),   
                                           (f)(5)                       
  Electrical Systems....................  .111(b)(16)                   
  Fittings..............................  .111(b)(7)                    
  Handling..............................  .111                          
  Hoses.................................  .111(b)(8)                    
  Liquid Level Gaging Devices...........  .111(b)(14)                   
  Liquid Transfer.......................  .111(b)(12), (f)(6)           
  Piping................................  .111(b)(7)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
  Storage...............................  .111                          
  Tank Car Unloading....................  .111(b)(13)                   
  Tubing................................  .111(b)(7)                    
Appliances:                                                             
  Electric..............................  .306(d)(1)                    
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(20), (g)(11)          
Arbor Grinding Wheels...................  .215(d)(2)                    
Arc Welding.............................  .254                          
  Environmental Conditions..............  .254(b)(2)                    
  Equipment:                                                            
    Design..............................  .254(b)(4)                    
    Disconnecting Means.................  .305(j)(3)                    
    Grounding...........................  .254(c)(2)                    
    Installation........................  .254(c)                       
    Maintenance.........................  .254(d)(9)                    
    Operation...........................  .254(d)                       
    Personnel Protection................  .252(b)                       
    Protection from Rays................  .252(b)(2)(iii)               
    Supply Connections..................  .254(c)(3), (d)(3)            
  Health Protection.....................  .252(c)                       
  Ventilation...........................  .252(b)(4)(ii), (c)           
  Voltage...............................  .254(b)(3)                    
Arsenic, Inorganic......................  .1018                         
Asbestos:                                                               
  Airborne Concentration................  .1001(c)                      
  Caution Signs and Labels..............  .1001(g)                      
  Change Rooms..........................  .1001(d)(4)                   
  Compliance............................  .1001(f)                      
  Definitions...........................  .1001(a)                      
  Exposure, Permissible.................  .1001(c)                      
  Fibers Exposure, Permissible..........  .1001(b)                      
  Hazard Communication..................  .1001(j)                      
  Housekeeping..........................  .1001(k)                      
  Hygiene Facilities and Practices......  .1001(i)                      
  Medical Surveillance..................  .1001(l)                      
  Measurements..........................  .1001(e)                      
  Medical Examinations..................  .1001(j)                      
  Monitoring............................  .1001(d)                      
  Personal Protective Equipment.........  .1001(h)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1001(m)                      
  Regulated Areas.......................  .1001(e)                      
  Respiratory protection................  .1001(g)                      
  Special Clothing......................  .1001(d)(3)                   
  Waste Disposal........................  .1001(h)(2)                   
Atmospheric Contaminants: (see Air                                      
 Contaminants)                                                          
Atmospheric Tanks.......................  .106(b)(1)(iii)               
Attendants:                                                             
  Liquified Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(4)(ii)                
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(14)                   
Automatic Sprinkler Systems: (see also    .159                          
 Sprinkler Systems, Automatic).                                         
Automobile Undercoatings................  .107(k)                       
Baffle Plates:                                                          
  Spray Booths..........................  .107(b)(4)                    
Bakery Equipment........................  .263(k)                       
  Air Conditioning......................  .268(i)(14)                   
  Bag Chutes and Lifts..................  .263(d)(2)                    
  Biscuit Equipment.....................  .263(k)                       
  Blenders..............................  .263(d)(3)                    
  Bolting Reels.........................  .263(d)(5)                    
  Conveyors.............................  .263(d)(7), (i)(7)            
  Cracker Equipment.....................  .263(k)                       
  Dividers..............................  .263(f)                       
  Dough Brakes..........................  .263(h)                       
  Dumpbins..............................  .263(d)(3)                    
  Flour Elevators.......................  .263(d)(4)                    
  Flour Handling Equipment..............  .263(d)                       
  Machine Guarding......................  .263(c)                       
  Miscellaneous Equipment...............  .263(i)                       
  Mixers................................  .263(e)                       
  Moulders..............................  .263(g)                       
  Ovens.................................  .263(l)                       
  Pulverizers...........................  .263(k)(2)                    
  Scales, Flour.........................  .263(d)(9)                    
  Sifters...............................  .263(d)(8)                    
  Slicers...............................  .263(j)                       
  Storage Bins..........................  .263(d)(6)                    
  Wrappers..............................  .263(j)                       
Ballast, Cranes.........................  .180(i)(2)                    
Band Saws and Resaws....................  .213(i)                       
Barking Devices:                                                        
  Hydraulic.............................  .261(e)(14)                   
  Pulp Wood and Chips...................  .261(c), (e)(8)               
  Sawmills..............................  .265(d)(4)                    
Barrels:                                                                
  Guarding..............................  .212(a)(4)                    
Basket Derricks: (see Derricks).........  .181                          
Bathing Facilities:                                                     
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(f)                       
Battery Changing and Charging...........  .178(g), .305(j)(7)           
Bearings................................  .219(j), (p)(3)               
Belts:                                                                  
  Definitions...........................  .211(f)(1)-(3)                
  Manlifts..............................  .68(c)(1)                     
  Power Transmission Apparatus..........  .219(e)(1), (o)(3), (p)(6)    
Bench and Floor Stands Guarding.........  .215(b)(3)                    
Benzene.................................  .1028                         
  Communication of benzene hazards to     .1028(j)                      
   employees.                                                           
  Exposure monitoring and measurement...  .1028(e)                      

[[Page 553]]

                                                                        
  Medical surveillance..................  .1028(i)                      
  Methods of compliance.................  .1028(f)                      
  Observation of monitoring.............  .1028(l)                      
  Permissible exposure limit............  .1028(c)                      
  Protective clothing and equipment.....  .1028(h)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1028(k)                      
  Regulated areas.......................  .1028(d)                      
  Respiratory protection................  .1028(g)                      
Benzidine...............................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Beryllium...............................  .1000, Table Z-2              
Bins, Bulk Storage of Explosives........  .109(g)(4)                    
Biological Hazards Signs and Tags.......  .145(e)(4), (f)(8)            
Blades Exposure.........................  .212(a)(5)                    
Blankets, Rubber Insulating.............  .137                          
Blasting Agents (see also Explosives and  .109(g), (k) (1), (2), .119   
 Blasting Agents).                                                      
  Bulk Delivery.........................  .109(g)(3), (h)(4)            
  Bulk Storage Bins.....................  .109(g)(4)                    
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Mixing, Fixed Location................  .109(g)(2), (h)(3)            
  Mixing Vehicles.......................  .109(g)(3), (h)(4)            
  Slurries..............................  .109(h)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
  Storage...............................  .109(g)(5)                    
  Transportation........................  .109(g)(6)                    
  Use...................................  .109(g)(7)                    
  Water Gels............................  .109(h)                       
Bleaching:                                                              
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(h)                       
  Textiles..............................  .262(p)                       
Bloodborne pathogens....................  .1030                         
  Effective dates.......................  .1030(i)                      
  Engineering and work-practice controls  .1030(d)(2)                   
  Housekeeping..........................  .1030(d)(4)                   
  Laboratories and production             .1030(e)                      
   facilities, HIV and HBV research.                                    
  Personal protective equipment.........  .1030(c)(2)(ii), (d)(2)(i),   
                                           (3)                          
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1030(f)(6), (h)              
  Training..............................  .1030(e)(5), (g)(2)           
  Vaccinations, HBV.....................  .1030(f)                      
  Warning labels an signs...............  .1030(g)(1)                   
Blotters................................  .215(c)(1)(v), (c)(6), (d)(5) 
Board Drop Hammers......................  .218(e)(2)                    
Boatswain's Chair Scaffolds.............  .28(j)                        
  Employee Protection...................  .28(j)(4)                     
  Fiber Ropes...........................  .28(j)(2)                     
  Life Belts............................  .28(j)(4)                     
  Roof Irons, Hooks.....................  .28(j)(6)                     
  Seat Slings...........................  .28(j)(3)                     
  Size..................................  .28(j)(1)                     
  Tackle................................  .28(j)(5)                     
Boom Guards:                                                            
  Cranes................................  .180(j)(2)                    
  Derricks..............................  .181(j)(5)(ii)                
Booms, Derricks.........................  .181(i)(6)                    
Boring Machines.........................  .213(l)                       
Brakes:                                                                 
  Bandsaws..............................  .213(j)(1)                    
  Bridges...............................  .179(f)(4), (6)               
  Control...............................  .179(f)(3)                    
  Cranes................................  .179(f)                       
  Friction, Power Presses...............  .217(b)(2)                    
  Hoists................................  .179(f)(1)                    
  Holding...............................  .179(f)(2)                    
  Industrial Trucks.....................  .178(g), (h), (m)(5)          
  Manlifts..............................  .68(c)(1)(i)                  
  Power Control.........................  .179(f)(3)                    
  Trolleys..............................  .179(f)(4), (5)               
Brazing: (see also Welding).............  .252                          
  Definitions...........................  .251                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .256                          
Breast Derricks: (see also Derricks)....  .181(a)(4)                    
Bricklayers' Square Scaffolds...........  .28(l)                        
Bridge Bumpers, Cranes..................  .179(e)(2)                    
Bridge Plates: (see also Dockboards)....  .30(a)                        
Buffing: (see Grinding, Polishing and                                   
 Buffing)                                                               
Building Maintenance Powered Platforms..  .66                           
Buildings, Sawmills.....................  .265(c)                       

[[Page 554]]

                                                                        
Bulk Delivery:                                                          
  Blasting Agents.......................  .109(g)(3), (h)(4)            
  Explosives............................  .109(h)(4)                    
Bulk Oxygen Systems.....................  .104                          
  Accessibility.........................  .104(b)(2)(ii)                
  Cleaning..............................  .104(b)(8)(i)                 
  Clear Zone............................  .104(b)(10)(ii)               
  Containers............................  .104(b)(4), (6)               
    Gaseous.............................  .104(b)(4)(iii)               
    Liquid..............................  .104(b)(4)(ii)                
  Dikes.................................  .104(b)(2)(v)                 
  Distances from Hazards................  .104(b)(3)                    
    Combustible Liquids.................  .104(b)(3)(vii), (viii)       
    Combustible Materials...............  .104(b)(3)(x)                 
    Combustible Structures..............  .104(b)(3)(ii)                
    Congested Areas.....................  .104(b)(3)(xiii)              
    Fire Resistant Structures...........  .104(b)(3)(iii)               
    Flammable Gases.....................  .104(b)(3)(ix)                
    Flammable Liquids...................  .104(b)(3)(v), (vi)           
    Openings............................  .104(b)(3)(iv)                
    Slow-Burning Materials..............  .104(b)(3)(xi)                
  Electrical Wiring.....................  .104(b)(8)(ix)                
  Firewalls.............................  .104(b)(3)(viii)              
  Fittings..............................  .104(b)(5)                    
  Inspection............................  .104(b)(10)(i)                
  Installation..........................  .104(b)(8)(iv)                
  Joints................................  .104(b)(8)(ii)                
  Leakage...............................  .104(b)(2)(iii)               
  Liquid Oxygen Vaporizers..............  .104(b)(7)                    
    Grounding...........................  .104(b)(7)(iv)                
  Location..............................  .104(b)(2)                    
  Maintenance...........................  .104(b)(10)                   
  Marking...............................  .104(b)(8)(viii)              
  Operating Instructions................  .104(b)(9)                    
  Piping................................  .104(b)(5)                    
  Placarding............................  .104(b)(8)(viii)              
  Safety Relief Devices.................  .104(b)(6), (7)(ii)           
    All Containers......................  .104(b)(6)(i)                 
    ASME Containers.....................  .104(b)(6)(iii)               
    DOT Containers......................  .104(b)(6)(ii)                
  Security..............................  .104(b)(8)(vi)                
  Storage Containers....................  .104(b)(4), (6)               
  Testing...............................  .104(b)(8)(v)                 
  Tubing................................  .104(b)(5)                    
  Vaporizers............................  .104(b)(7)                    
  Ventilation...........................  .104(b)(3)(xii)               
  Venting...............................  .104(b)(8)(vii)               
Bulk Plants, Flammable and Combustible    .106(f)                       
 Liquids.                                                               
  Buildings.............................  .106(f)(2)                    
  Drainage..............................  .106(f)(7)                    
  Electrical Equipment..................  .106(f)(5)                    
  Fire Protection.......................  .106(f)(8)                    
  Ignition Sources......................  .106(f)(6)                    
  Liquid Storage........................  .106(f)(1)                    
  Loading...............................  .106(f)(3)                    
  Waste Disposal........................  .106(f)(7)                    
  Wharves...............................  .106(f)(4)                    
Bumpers:                                                                
  Bridge................................  .179(e)(2)                    
  Trolley...............................  .179(e)(3)                    
1,3 Butadiene:..........................                                
  Permissible Exposure Limits...........  .1051(c)                      
  Exposure Monitoring...................  .1051(d)                      
  Regulated Areas.......................  .1051(e)                      
  Methods of Compliance.................  .1051(f)                      
  Exposure Goal Program.................  .1051(g)                      
  Respiratory Protection................  .1051(h)                      
  Protective Clothing and Equipment.....  .1051(i)                      
  Emergency Situations..................  .1051(j)                      
  Medical Screening and Surveillance....  .1051(k)                      
  Communication of BD Hazards to          .1051(l)                      
   Employees.                                                           
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1051(m)                      
Cabinets, Flammable and Combustible       .106(d)(3)                    
 Liquid storage.                                                        
  Size..................................  .106(d)(3)(i)                 
  Fire resistance.......................  .106(d)(3)(ii)                
Cabs:                                                                   
  Cranes................................  .179(c), (o)(2); 180(i)(3)    
  Derricks..............................  .181(j)(6)                    
Cadmium.................................  .252(c)(9)                    
  Airborne Concentration................  .1027(c)                      
  Compliance............................  .1027(f)                      
  Confined Spaces.......................  .252(c)(9)(ii)                
  Emergency Situations..................  .1027(h)                      
  Exposure, Permissible.................  .1027(c)                      
  Hazard Communication..................  .1027(m)                      
  Housekeeping..........................  .1027(k)                      
  Hygiene Areas and Practices...........  .1027(j)                      
  Indoors...............................  .252(c)(9)(i)                 
  Medical Surveillance..................  .1027(l)                      
  Monitoring............................  .1027(d)                      
  Personal Protective Equipment.........  .1027(i)                      
      Clothing..........................  .1027(i)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1027(n)                      
  Regulated Areas.......................  .1027(e)                      
  Respiratory protection................  .1027(g)                      
  Warning Labels........................  .252(c)(1)(v),                
Calcium Carbide:                                                        
  Indoors...............................  .253(g)(2)                    
  Packaging.............................  .253(g)(1)                    
  Storage...............................  .253(g)(2), (3)               
Calenders...............................  .262(ee)                      
  Rubber and Plastics Industry:                                         
    Alarms..............................  .216(g)                       
    Location Protection.................  .216(d)(2)                    
    Safety Controls.....................  .216(c)                       
    Stopping Limits.....................  .216(f)(1), (3)               
    Switches, Trip and Emergency........  .216(e)                       
  Textiles..............................  .262(ee)                      

[[Page 555]]

                                                                        
Canisters, Gas Mask: (see Gas Mask                                      
 Canisters, Respirators)                                                
Cantilever Gantry Cranes: (see Gantry                                   
 Cranes)                                                                
Carbon Dioxide Extinguishers............                                
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(g)(4)                    
Carpenters' Bracket Scaffolds...........  .28(k)                        
  Bracket Attachment....................  .28(k)(2)                     
  Bracket Dimensions....................  .28(k)(1)                     
  Employee Protection...................  .28(k)(3)                     
  Guardrails............................  .28(k)(5)                     
  Platform Size.........................  .28(k)(4)                     
Caustics................................  .262(oo)                      
  Emergency Showers.....................  .261(g)(18)(i)                
  Pipeline Identification...............  .261(h)(3)(vi)                
Caution Signs and Labels................  .145(c)(2), (d)(4)            
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(g)                      
  Fluorides.............................  .252(c)(1)(iv)                
  Ionizing Radiation....................  .96(e), (g), (h)              
  Welding...............................  .252(c)(1)(iv)                
Ceiling Workers' Scaffolds: (see also     .28(o)                        
 Plasterers' Scaffolds).                                                
Chain Guarding..........................  .219(f)                       
Change Rooms:                                                           
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(d)(4)                   
  Drying Facilities.....................  .141(f)                       
  Separate Facilities...................  .141(e)                       
Charge Initiation.......................  .109(e)(4)                    
Chemical Plants: (see also Refineries,    .106(i)                       
 Chemical Plants and Distilleries).                                     
Chemicals, hazard communication.........  .1200                         
Chemicals, hazardous; occupational                                      
 exposure in laboratories:                                              
  Chemical Hygiene Plan.................  .1450(e)                      
  Exposure determination, monitoring....  .1450(d)                      
  Hazard identification.................  .1450(h)                      
  Hygiene recommendations...............  .1450, App. A                 
  Medical consultations and examinations  .1450(g)                      
  Permissible exposure limits...........  .1450(c)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1450(j)                      
  Respirator use........................  .1450(i)                      
  Training..............................  .1450(f)                      
Chemicals, highly hazardous; process      .119                          
 safety management.                                                     
  Chemicals, toxic and reactive,          .119, App. A                  
   threshold list.                                                      
  Compliance guidelines.................  .119, App. A                  
  Contractor, employer responsibilities.  .119(h)                       
  Emergency planning and response.......  .119(h)                       
  Hot work (welding) permits............  .119(n)                       
  Trade secrets.........................  .119(p)                       
  Training..............................  .119(g)                       
Chicago Boom Derricks: (see also          .181                          
 Derricks).                                                             
Chicken Ladders: (see also Crawling       .28(t)                        
 Boards).                                                               
bis-Chloromethyl ether..................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(l)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Chute Openings..........................  .23(a)(2)                     
Circular Resaws.........................  .213(e)                       
Circular Saws...........................  .213(f)                       
  Arbors................................  .213(s)(4)                    
  Portable..............................  .243(a)(1)                    
Clean Air, Spray Finishing..............  .94(c)(7)                     
Cleaning:                                                               
  Air Receivers.........................  .169                          
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(8)(i)                 
  Compressed Air........................  .242(b)                       
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)(4)(i)                 
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(e)(7)                     
  Respirators...........................  .134(f)(3)                    
  Solvents..............................  .107(g)(5)                    
  Spray.................................  .94(d)(5)                     
  Spray Booths..........................  .107(b)(9)                    
  Spraying Operations...................  .107(g)(2)                    
Cleaning Compounds......................  .252(c)(11)                   
  Degreasing............................  .252(c)(11)(ii)               
  Manufacturer's Instructions...........  .252(c)(11)(i)                
Cleaning Solvents:                                                      
  Spraying..............................  .107(g)(5)                    
Clear Zones:                                                            
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(10)                   
  Industrial Plants.....................  .106(e)(9)(iv)                
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(5)(ii)                

[[Page 556]]

                                                                        
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(8)(iv)                
Clearances:                                                             
  Cranes................................  .179(b)(6), .180(j)(1)        
  Derricks..............................  .181(j)(5)                    
  Fixed Ladders.........................  .27(c)                        
    Back................................  .27(c)(4)                     
    Climbing Side.......................  .27(c)(1)                     
    Grab Bars...........................  .27(c)(5)                     
    Hatch Covers........................  .27(c)(7)                     
    Step-Across Distance................  .27(c)(6)                     
    With Cages or Baskets...............  .27(c)(3)                     
    Without Cages or Wells..............  .27(c)(2)                     
  Manlifts..............................  .68(b)(11)                    
  Spraying Discharges...................  .107(d)(8)                    
  Stairs................................  .24(i)                        
Clothing, Protective: (see also Personal  .252(b)(3), .132              
 Protective Equipment).                                                 
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(d)(3)                   
  Body..................................  .156(e)(3)                    
  Electrical............................  .137                          
  Eye...................................  .133, .156(e)(5)              
  Face..................................  .133,.156(e)(5)               
  Fire brigade..........................  .156                          
  Footwear..............................  .136,.156(e)(2)               
  Goggles...............................  .133                          
  Hand..................................  .156(e)(4)                    
  Head..................................  .135, .156(e)(5)              
  Helmets...............................  .135                          
  Leg...................................  .156(e)(3)                    
  Rubber................................  .137                          
  Storage...............................  .107(g)(4)                    
  Welders...............................  .252(b)(3)                    
Clutches................................  .217(b)(3), (7)               
  Definition............................  .180(a)(19)                   
  Power Transmission Apparatus..........  .219(k)                       
Coatings, Spray:                                                        
  Dual Component........................  .107(m)                       
  Organic Peroxide......................  .107(m)                       
  Powder................................  .107(l)                       
  Undercoatings.........................  .107(k)                       
Collars.................................  .219(i)                       
Coke oven emissions.....................  .1029                         
  Employee information and training.....  .1029(k)                      
  Exposure monitoring and measurement...  .1029(e)                      
  Hygiene facilities and practices......  .1029(i)                      
  Medical surveillance..................  .1029(j)                      
  Methods of compliance.................  .1029(f)                      
  Observation of monitoring.............  .1029(n)                      
  Permissible exposure limit............  .1029(c)                      
  Protective clothing and equipment.....  .1029(h)                      
  Precautionary signs and labels........  .1029(l)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1029(m)                      
  Regulated areas.......................  .1029(d)                      
  Respiratory protection................  .1029(g)                      
Color Codes:                                                            
  Air Contaminants......................  .134(g)(6)                    
  Danger................................  .144(a)(1)(ii), .145((d)(2)   
  Effective Dates.......................  .149                          
  Gas Mask Canisters....................  .134(g)(6)                    
  Physical Hazards, Colors..............  .144(a), .145(d)(2)           
  Respirators...........................  .134(g)(6)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .150                          
  Stop..................................  .144(a)(1)(iii)               
Combustible Dusts, Trucks Used..........  .178(c)(2)(vi)                
Combustible Liquids: (see Flammable and   .106                          
 Combustible Liquids).                                                  
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
Combustible Materials:                                                  
  Welding...............................  .252(a)(2)                    
Communicable Diseases Reporting:                                        
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(l)                       
Communications, Powered Platforms.......  .66(e)(11)(vi)                
Compressed Air, Cleaning................  .242(b)                       
Compressed Air Equipment: (see also                                     
 Compressed Gas Equipment)                                              
  Air Receivers.........................  .169                          
Compressed Gas Cylinders: (see also       .253(a)(2)                    
 Compressed Gases).                                                     
  Approval..............................  .252(b)(1)                    
  Inspection............................  .101(a)                       
  Manifolding...........................  .253(c)                       
  Markings..............................  .253(b)(1)                    
  Operating Procedures..................  .253(b)(5)                    
  Oxygen Manifolds......................  .253(c)(2), (3)               
  Public Protection.....................  .101(c), .252(a)(8)           
  Safety Relief Valves..................  .101(c)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .170                          
  Storage...............................  .253(b)(2)-(4)                
Compressed Gas Equipment: (see                                          
 Compressed Gas Cylinders)                                              
Compressed Gases: (see also Compressed    .101                          
 Gas Cylinders).                                                        
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Handling..............................  .101(b)                       
  Safety Relief Devices.................  .101(c)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
  Storage...............................  .101(b)                       
Conductors: (see also Electric Wiring)                                  
  Cranes................................  .179(g)(1)(iv), (6)           
  General Wiring........................  .305(f)                       
Confined Spaces, Hazardous work.........  .120(b)(4)(ii)(I), (c)(3)     
  Electrical safety-related work          .333(c)(5)                    
   practices.                                                           

[[Page 557]]

                                                                        
Confined Spaces:                                                        
  Atmospheric testing flow charts.......  .146, App. B                  
  Attendant duties......................  .146(i)                       
  Authorized entrant duties.............  .146(h)                       
  Entry supervisor duties...............  .146(j)                       
  Flow chart, decisions.................  .146, App. A                  
  Instruction of employees relating to..  .21(b)(6)                     
  Permit samples........................  .146, App. D                  
  Program examples......................  .146, App. C                  
  Rescue and emergency services.........  .146(k)                       
  Sewer system entry....................  .146, App. E                  
  Training..............................  .146(g)                       
  Welding and Cutting...................  .353(b), .352(g)              
Containers: (see also Tank Storage,                                     
 Portable)                                                              
  Ammonium Nitrate......................  .109(i)(3)                    
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(4), (6)               
    Gaseous.............................  .104(b)(4)(iii)               
    Liquid..............................  .104(b)(4)(ii)                
  Flammable and Combustible Liquids.....  .106(d)                       
    Design..............................  .106(d)(2)                    
    Bulk plants, storage................  .106(f)                       
    Industrial plants, storage..........  .106(e)(2)(ii)                
    Service stations, storage...........  .106(g)(1)                    
    Processing plants...................  .106(h)(4)                    
  Gaseous Hydrogen Systems..............  .103(b)(1)(i)                 
  Guarding..............................  .212(a)(4)                    
  Liquified Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(1)(i)                 
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110                          
  Spraying..............................  .107(e)(3), (5)               
  Welding, Gas..........................  .253(a), (b)                  
Containers, Liquefied Petroleum Gases...  .110                          
  Accessories...........................  .110(b)(7); (c)(6); (d)(3),   
                                           (8); (e)(5)                  
  Awaiting Use or Resale................  .110(f)                       
  Capacity..............................  .110(d)(6), (e)(10), (h)(5)   
  Charging Plants.......................  .110(d)(13)                   
  Construction..........................  .110(b)(3)                    
  Cylinder Systems......................  .110(c)                       
    Accessories.........................  .110(c)(6)                    
    Indoor..............................  .110(c)(5)                    
    Markings............................  .110(c)(2)                    
    Outdoor.............................  .110(c)(4)                    
    Valves..............................  .110(c)(6)                    
  Filling Densities.....................  .110(b)(12)                   
  Fire Protection.......................  .110(d)(14)                   
  Fittings..............................  .110(b)(8); (e)(6); (g)(10);  
                                           (h)(7), (9)                  
  Hoses.................................  .110(b)(9)                    
  Industrial Plants.....................  .110(d)(12)                   
  Installation..........................  .110(e)(4), (h)(6)            
  Lighting..............................  .110(d)(16)                   
  Location..............................  .110(b)(6), (f)(5)            
  Markings..............................  .110(b)(5), (c)(2)            
  Non-DOT Containers....................  .110(d)                       
    Accessories.........................  .110(d)(3)                    
    Capacity............................  .110(d)(6)                    
    Installation........................  .110(d)(7)                    
    Pipes...............................  .110(d)(3)                    
    Pressure, Design....................  .110(d)(2)                    
    Reinstallation......................  .110(d)(5)                    
    Safety Relief Devices...............  .110(d)(4)                    
    Valves..............................  .110(d)(3)                    
  Original Testing......................  .110(b)(4)                    
  Piping................................  .110(b)(8), (d)(3), (e)(6),   
                                           (h)(10), (h)(9)              
  Pressure Design.......................  .110(d)(2), (e)(3)            
  Safety Relief Devices.................  .110(b)(10), (c)(7), (d)(4),  
                                           (e)(7), (g)(7), (h)(4)       
  Tubing................................  .110(b)(8), (e)(6), (g)(10)   
  Valves................................  .110(b)(7), (c)(6), (d)(3),   
                                           (e)(5), (g)(6), (h)(9)       
  Vaporizers............................  .110(b)(11), (d)(17), (e)(8)  
  Welding...............................  .110(b)(4)                    
Controllers:                                                            
  Cranes................................  .179(g)(3)                    
Conveyors:                                                              
  Bakeries..............................  .263(d)(7), (i)(7)            
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(c)(6)                    
  Electrostatic Spraying................  .107(h)(7)                    
  Forging Machines......................  .218(j)(3)                    
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(18)                   
  Spray Booths..........................  .107(b)(7)                    
Corrosion Protection:                                                   
  Piping, Valves and Fittings...........  .106(c)(5)                    
  Storage Tanks.........................  .106(b)(1)(vi)                
  Underground Tanks.....................  .106(b)(3)(iii)               
Cotton Dust.............................  .1043                         
Counterbalances.........................  .217(b)(9)                    
Counterweights:                                                         
  Cranes................................  .180(i)(2)                    
Covers, Openings:                                                       
  Working Surfaces......................  .22(e);23(a)(1), (3)(i), (5), 
                                           (6), (8)(ii), (9)            
Cranes:                                                                 
  Crawler...............................  .180                          
  Definitions...........................  .179(a)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .179(b)(2), .180(b)(2), .182  
  Electric..............................  .306(b)                       
  Gantry................................  .179                          
  Locomotive............................  .180                          
  Overhead..............................  .179                          
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(c)(8)                    

[[Page 558]]

                                                                        
  Standards Sources.....................  .183                          
  Truck.................................  .180                          
Crawler Cranes: (see also Crawler,        .180                          
 Locomotive and Truck Cranes).                                          
Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes....  .180                          
  Cabs..................................  .180(i)(3)                    
  Electric Power Lines..................  .180(j)                       
  Fire Extinguishers....................  .180(i)(5)                    
  Inspections...........................  .180(d)                       
    Frequent............................  .180(d)(3)                    
    Idle (Irregular)....................  .180(d)(5)                    
    Initial.............................  .180(d)(1)                    
    Periodic............................  .180(d)(4)                    
    Records.............................  .180(d)(6)                    
    Ropes...............................  .180(g)                       
  Load Handling.........................  .180(h)                       
  Load Ratings..........................  .180(c)                       
  Maintenance...........................  .180(f)                       
  Refueling.............................  .180(i)(4)                    
  Rope Inspection.......................  .180(g)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .183                          
  Swinging Locomotives..................  .180(i)(6)                    
  Testing...............................  .180(e)                       
Crawling Boards.........................  .28(t)                        
Crosscut Table Saws.....................  .213(d)                       
Cup Wheels..............................  .243(c)(2)                    
  Flaring-Cup, Type 11..................  .241(b)(8)                    
  Straight-Cup, Type 6..................  .241(b)(9)                    
  Straight, Type 1......................  .241(b)(10)                   
Curing Apparatus: (see Drying, Curing                                   
 and Fusion Apparatus)                                                  
Cutting: (see also Welding).............  .252                          
  Containers............................  .252(a)(3)                    
  Definitions...........................  .251                          
  Ventilation...........................  .252(c)                       
Cutting-Off Machines....................  .215(b)(5)                    
Cutoff Couplings........................  .219(k)(1)                    
Cutoff Saws, Swing......................  .213(g)                       
Cylinders, Welding Gas..................  .253(b)                       
  Manifolding...........................  .253(c)                       
  Operating Procedures..................  .253(b)(5)                    
  Storage...............................  .253(b)(2)-(4)                
Cylindrical Grinders....................  .215(b)(4)                    
Danger:                                                                 
  Color Codes...........................  .144(a)(1)(ii)                
  Signs.................................  .145(c)(1), (d)(2)            
  Tag...................................  .145(f)(5)                    
Dates, Effective: (see Effective Dates)                                 
DBCP (1,2-Dibromo 3-Chloropropane)......  .1044                         
  Emergency situations..................  .1044(i)                      
  Employee information and training.....  .1044(n)                      
  Exposure monitoring...................  .1044(f)                      
  Housekeeping..........................  .1044(k)                      
  Hygiene facilities and practices......  .1044(l)                      
  Medical surveillance..................  .1044(m)                      
  Methods of compliance.................  .1044(g)                      
  Notification of use...................  .1044(d)                      
  Observation of monitoring.............  .1044(q)                      
  Permissible exposure limit............  .1044(c)                      
  Protective clothing and equipment.....  .1044(j)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1044(p)                      
  Regulated areas.......................  .1044(e)                      
  Respirators...........................  .1044(h)                      
  Signs and labels......................  .1044(o)                      
Dead-Man Controls.......................  .243(a)(2)                    
Decorations:                                                            
  Egress................................  .37(l)                        
  Explosives............................  .37(l)                        
Decorators' Scaffolds: (see also          .28(o)                        
 Plasterers' Scaffolds).                                                
Degreasing:                                                             
  Cleaning Compounds....................  .252(c)(11)(ii)               
  Open Surface Tanks....................  .94(d)(5), (12)               
Derricks:                                                               
  Adjustments...........................  .181(f)(3)                    
  Cabs..................................  .181(j)(6)                    
  Electric Power Lines..................  .181(j)(5)                    
  Fire Extinguishers....................  .181(j)(3)                    
  Guards................................  .181(j)(1)                    
  Hooks.................................  .181(j)(2)                    
  Inspections...........................  .181(d) and (g)               
  Load Handling.........................  .181(i)                       
  Load Ratings..........................  .181(c)                       
  Maintenance...........................  .181(f)                       
  Operations............................  .181(h)                       
  Refueling.............................  .181(j)(4)                    
  Repairs...............................  .181(f)(3)                    
  Rope Inspections......................  .181(g)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .183                          
  Testing...............................  .181(e)                       
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts)..  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   

[[Page 559]]

                                                                        
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and Indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Dies....................................  .217(d)                       
  Changing..............................  .218(h)(5)                    
  Fastening.............................  .217(d)(7)                    
  Guide Post Hazards....................  .217(d)(4)                    
  Handling..............................  .217(d)(3), (8)               
  Requirements..........................  .217(d)(1)                    
  Scrap:                                                                
    Ejecting............................  .217(d)(2)                    
    Handling............................  .217(d)(3)                    
  Selling...............................  .217(d)(9)                    
  Stroke................................  .217(d)(6)                    
  Tonnage...............................  .217(d)(6)                    
  Unitized Tooling......................  .217(d)(5)                    
  Weight................................  .217(d)(6)                    
Diesel Powered Trucks...................  .178(b)(1)-(3)                
Dikes:                                                                  
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(2)(v)                 
  Storage Tanks.........................  .106(b)(2)(vii), (c)          
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene...............  .1003                         
  Area Requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed System Operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated Systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel System Operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated Area Requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination Control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, Information, and Training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container Contents Identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited Statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and Indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Dining Facilities: (see also Lunchrooms)                                
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(i)                       
Dip Tanks...............................  .108                          
  Applications..........................  .108(h)                       
  Bottom Drains.........................  .108(c)(3)                    
  Construction..........................  .108(c)                       
  Conveyors.............................  .108(c)(6)                    
  Covers................................  .108(g)(6)                    
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Electrical Ignition Sources...........  .108(e)                       
  Electrostatic Apparatus...............  .108(h)(3)                    
  Fire Extinguishers....................  .108(g)                       
  Fire Protection.......................  .108(c)(5), (g), (h)(1)(v)    
  Flow Coating..........................  .108(h)(2)                    
  Hardening.............................  .108(h)(1)                    
  Heating...............................  .108(c)(7)                    
  Ignition Sources......................  .108(e)                       
  Inspections...........................  .108(f)(3)                    
  Liquid Storage........................  .108(d)                       
  Maintenance...........................  .108(f)                       
  Overflow Pipes........................  .108(c)(2)                    
  Salvage Tanks.........................  .108(c)(4)                    
  Sprinklers............................  .108(c)(5)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
  Tempering.............................  .108(h)(1)                    
  Ventilation...........................  .108(b)                       
  Warning Signs.........................  .108(f)(4)                    
  Waste Cans............................  .108(f)(2)                    
Disposal Systems: (see Waste Disposal                                   
 Systems)                                                               
Distances From Hazards:                                                 
  Ammonium Nitrate......................  .109(i)(5)                    
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(3)                    
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(e)                       
  Electrostatic Spraying................  .107(h)(6)                    
  Explosives Storage....................  .109(c)                       
  Ignition Sources, Separation..........  .107(c)(2)                    
  Spray Booths, Separations.............  .107(b)(8)                    
Distilleries: (see also Refineries,       .106(i)                       
 Chemical Plants and Distilleries).                                     
Distribution Plates:                                                    
  Spray Booths..........................  .107(b)(4)                    
Dividers, Bakery Equipment..............  .263(f)                       
Diving, Commercial......................  .401, .410, .411, .420-.427,  
                                           .430, .440, .441             
  Scientific............................  .401(iv), 402, Appendix B     
Dockboards..............................  .30(a)                        
Dough Brakes, Manually Fed..............  .263(h)                       
Drag Saws...............................  .213(r)                       
Drainage:                                                               
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)(7)                    
  Industrial Plants.....................  .106(e)(3)(iii)               
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(a)                       
  Materials Handling....................  .176(d)                       
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(3)(ii)                

[[Page 560]]

                                                                        
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)(7)                    
  Sprinkler Systems.....................  .159(c)(7)                    
  Storage Tanks.........................  .106(b)(2)(vii)(c)            
Drains:                                                                 
  Air Receivers.........................  .169(b)(2)                    
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(c)(3)                    
Dressing Rooms, Personnel...............  .141(e)                       
Drips, Condensed Gas....................  .110(d)(11)                   
Drives--Belt, Rope and Chain............  .219(e), (g), (o)(3)          
  Belt Tighteners.......................  .219(e)(6)                    
  Cone-Pulley Belts.....................  .219(e)(5)                    
  Horizontal Belts and Ropes............  .219(e)(1)(i)                 
  Inclined Belts........................  .219(e)(3)                    
  Overhead Horizontal Belts.............  .219(e)(2)                    
  Vertical Belts........................  .219(e)(3), (4)               
Drums...................................  .212(a)(4)                    
Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems,       .161                          
 Fixed.                                                                 
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(g)(5)                    
  Scope and Application.................  .161(a)                       
  Specific Requirements.................  .161(b)                       
Drying:                                                                 
  Spraying Operations...................  .107(d)(12)                   
Drying, Curing, and Fusion Apparatus....  .107(j)                       
  Adjacent System.......................  .107(j)(3)                    
  Alternate Use:                                                        
    Permitted...........................  .107(j)(4)                    
    Prohibited..........................  .107(j)(2)                    
  Conformance...........................  .107(j)(1)                    
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)(3)                    
  Spraying Rooms........................  .107(j)(2)                    
Dual Component Coatings.................  .107(m)                       
Dust Hazards:                                                           
  Abrasive Blasting.....................  .94(a)(2)                     
  Asbestos..............................  .19, .93a                     
  Employee Exposure.....................  .1000(a)                      
  Grain handling facilities.............  .272                          
Effective Dates:                                                        
  Abrasive Wheels.......................  .220                          
  Accident Prevention Signs and Tags....  .149                          
  Acetylene.............................  .114                          
  Air Contaminants......................  .98                           
  Anhydrous Ammonia.....................  .114                          
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(b)(1), (2); .98         
  Blasting Agents.......................  .114                          
  Clothing, Protective..................  .138                          
  Color Codes...........................  .149                          
  Combustible Liquids...................  .114                          
  Compressed Gases......................  .114                          
  Cooperage Machinery...................  .220                          
  Crawler, Locomotive, and Truck Cranes.  .180(b)(2), .182              
  Derricks..............................  .181(b)(2), .182              
  Dies..................................  .217(d)(1)                    
  Dip Tanks.............................  .114                          
  Environmental Controls................  .98, .149                     
  Explosives............................  .114                          
  Federal Standards.....................  .17                           
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .114                          
  Forging...............................  .221                          
  Guarding Machinery....................  .220                          
  Hand-Held Equipment...................  .245                          
  Hazardous Materials...................  .114                          
  Hydrogen..............................  .114                          
  Indoor Storage........................  .182                          
  Ionizing Radiation....................  .98                           
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(d)(7), .149(b)           
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(19)(i), (i)(3); .11   
  Machinery.............................  .221                          
  Machinery Guarding....................  .220                          
  Materials Handling....................  .182                          
  Mechanical Power Presses..............  .220                          
  Mechanical Power Transmission           .221                          
   Apparatus.                                                           
  Mills and Calenders...................  .216(a)(1), (2); .220         
  National Electrical Code..............  .309                          
  Nitrous Oxide.........................  .114                          
  Noise Exposure........................  .98                           
  Nonionizing Radiation.................  .98                           
  Nonwater Disposal Systems.............  .149                          
  Occupational Health...................  .98                           
  Overhead and Gantry Cranes............  .179(b)(2), .182              
  Oxygen................................  .114                          
  Physical Hazards Markings.............  .149                          
  Powered Industrial Trucks.............  .182                          
  Powered Tools, Hand and Portable......  .245                          
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(n)                       
  Pulpwood Logging......................  .266(f)                       
  Safety Color Codes....................  .149                          
  Sanitation............................  .149                          
  Sawmills..............................  .265(j)                       
  Signs and Tags........................  .149                          
  Spray Finishing.......................  .114                          
  Standpipe and Hose Systems............  .165                          
  Ventilation...........................  .98                           
  Woodworking...........................  .220                          
Egress Means: (see also Exits)                                          
  Access to Exits.......................  .37(f), (g), (j), (l)         
  Alarms, Fire..........................  .37(n)                        
  Application...........................  .36(a)                        
  Automatic Sprinkler Systems...........  .37(m)                        
  Definitions...........................  .35                           
  Discharge From Exits..................  .37(h)                        
  Elevation Changes.....................  .37(j)                        
  Employee Capacity.....................  .36(c)                        
  Exit Arrangements.....................  .37(e)                        
  Exit Capacity.........................  .37(c), (d)                   
  Exit Components.......................  .37(a)                        
  Exit Markings.........................  .37(q)                        
  Exit Width............................  .37(c)                        
  Exterior Exit Access..................  .37(g)                        
  Furnishings and Decorations...........  .37(l)                        

[[Page 561]]

                                                                        
  General Requirements..................  .36                           
  Headroom..............................  .37(i)                        
  Lighting..............................  .36(b)(6)                     
  Maintenance...........................  .37(k)                        
  Occupant Load.........................  .37(d)                        
  Paints................................  .37(o)                        
  Protective Enclosures.................  .37(b)                        
  Sprinklers............................  .37(d)(2), (m)                
  Standards Sources.....................  .39                           
  Workmanship...........................  .37(k)                        
Electric controls, Mechanical Power       .217(b)(8)                    
 Presses.                                                               
Electric energy, hazardous; control of                                  
 (see Lockout/tagout)                                                   
Electric Equipment: (see Electrical                                     
 Wiring)                                                                
Electric Ignition Sources: (see Ignition  .107(c), (d)(5)               
 Sources).                                                              
Electric Motor Ignition Sources.........  .107(d)(5)                    
Electric power generation, transmission,  .269                          
 and distribution.                                                      
  Definitions...........................  .269(x)                       
  Enclosed spaces.......................  .269(e)                       
  Fall protection.......................  .269(g)(1)                    
  Hazardous energy control (Lockout/      .269(d)                       
   tagout).                                                             
  Ladders, platforms, steps, etc........  .269(h)                       
  Live-line tools.......................  .269(j)                       
  Materials handling and storage........  .269(k)                       
  Mechanical equipment..................  .269(p)                       
  Medical services and first aid........  .269(b)                       
  Overhead lines........................  .269(q)                       
  Personal protective equipment.........  .269(g), (n)(4), (r)(2)(v),   
                                           (r)(4)(ii)                   
  Power tools, hand and portable........  .269(i)                       
  Telecommunications facilities.........  .269(s)                       
  Testing and test facilities...........  .269(o)                       
  Training..............................  .269(a)(2), (b)(1), (d)(2),   
                                           (e)(2), (q)(3)(i), (r)(1)(vi)
  Tree trimming, line-clearance.........  .269(r), (a)(1)(E)            
  Water, work near......................  .269(w)(5)                    
Electric Power Lines:                                                   
  Crane Operations......................  .180(j)                       
    Boom Guards.........................  .180(j)(2)                    
    Clearances..........................  .180(j)(1)                    
    Notifying Owners....................  .180(j)(3)                    
    Overhead Wires......................  .180(j)(4)                    
  Derrick Operations....................  .181(j)(5)                    
    Boom Guards.........................  .181(j)(5)(ii)                
    Clearances..........................  .181(j)(5)(i)                 
    Notifying Owners....................  .181(j)(5)(iii)               
    Overhead Wires......................  .181(j)(5)(iv)                
    Safety-related work practices.......  .333(c)(3)                    
Electric Powered Trucks.................  .178(b)(4)-(7), .120(g)(3)    
Electric wiring:                                                        
  Ammonium Nitrate......................  .109(i)(6)                    
  Appliances............................  .305(j)(3)                    
  Approval..............................  .303(a)                       
  Arcing Parts..........................  .303(d)                       
  Attachment Plugs (Caps)...............  .304(j)(2)                    
  Boxes.................................  .305(b)                       
  Branch Circuits.......................  .304(b)                       
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(8)(ix)                
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)(5)                    
  Cabinets..............................  .305(b)                       
  Capacitors............................  .305(i)(6)                    
  Communications Systems................  .308(e)                       
  Conductors............................  .305(f)                       
  Cranes................................  .179(g), .306(b)              
  Data Processing Systems...............  .306(e)                       
  Electrolytic Cells....................  .306(h)                       
  Elevators.............................  .306(c)                       
  Emergency Systems.....................  .308(b)                       
  Enclosures for Damp or Wet Locations..  .305(e)                       
  Escalators............................  .306(c)                       
  Examination of Equipment..............  .303(b)(1)                    
  Fire Protective Signaling Circuits....  .308(d)                       
  Fittings..............................  .305(b)                       
  Fixture Wires.........................  .305(i)                       
  Flexible Cords and Cables.............  .305(g)                       
  General requirements..................  .303                          
  Grounded and Grounding Conductors,      .304(a)                       
   Installation and Use.                                                
  Grounding.............................  .304(f)                       
  Guarding Live Parts...................  .303(g)(2), (h)(2)            
  Hand Spraying.........................  .107(i)(5)                    
  Hazardous (Classified) Locations......  .307                          
  Heating Equipment.....................  .306(g)                       
  High Voltage (Over 600 Volts):                                        
    General.............................  .308(a)                       
    Grounding...........................  .304(f)(7)                    
    Guarding............................  .303(h)(2)                    
    Workspace...........................  .303(h)(3), (h)(4)            
  Hoists................................  .306(b)                       
  Identification of Disconnecting Means   .303(f)                       
   and Circuits.                                                        
  Ignition Sources......................  .107(c)(4), (6)               
  Industrial Plants.....................  .106(e)(7)                    
  Installation and Use of Equipments....  .303(b)(2)                    
  Irrigation Machines...................  .306(i)                       
  Lamps.................................  .305(j)(1)                    
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(1)(ix)                
  Liquefied Petroleum Systems...........  .110(b)(17), (18), (h)(13)    
  Marking...............................  .303(e)                       

[[Page 562]]

                                                                        
  Motors................................  .305(j)(4)                    
  Moving Walks..........................  .306(c)                       
  Outline Lighting......................  .306(a)                       
  Outside Conductors....................  .304(c)                       
  Overcurrent Protection................  .304(e)                       
  Panelboards...........................  .305(d)                       
  Portable Cables.......................  .305(h)                       
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)(1)                    
  Power-Limited Circuits................  .308(c)                       
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(7)(iii)               
  Receptacles...........................  .305(j)(2)                    
  Remote Control Circuits...............  .308(c)                       
  Services..............................  .304(d)                       
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)(5)                    
  Signaling Circuits....................  .308(c)                       
  Signs.................................  .306(a)                       
  Splices...............................  .303(c)                       
  Spraying Operations...................  .107(c)(4), (6), (i)(1)-(5)   
  Storage Batteries.....................  .305(j)(7)                    
  Storage Rooms.........................  .106(d)(4)(iii)               
  Swimming Pools........................  .306(j)                       
  Switchboards..........................  .305(d)                       
  Switches..............................  .305(c)                       
  Transformers..........................  .305(j)(5)                    
  Type F Powered Platforms..............  .66(c)(22)                    
  Type T Powered Platforms..............  .66(d)(6)                     
  Welders...............................  .306(d)                       
  Wiring Design and Protection..........  .304                          
  Wiring Methods........................  .305(a)                       
  Work practices, safety-related........  .331-.335                     
  Working Space about Electric Equipment  .303(g)(1), (h)(3), (h)(4)    
  X-Ray Equipment.......................  .306(f)                       
Electrical Installations................  .301-.399                     
Electrical Protective Equipment.........  .137, .268(f)                 
  Design................................  .137(a)                       
  Care and use, in-service..............  .137(b)                       
Electrical safety-related work practices  .331-.335                     
  Confined spaces.......................  .333(c)(5)                    
  Illumination..........................  .333(c)(4)                    
  Ladders, portable.....................  .333(c)(7)                    
  Lockout and tags......................  .333(b), .335(b)(1)           
  Personal protective equipment.........  .333(c)(2), .335(a)           
  Portable electric equipment...........  .334(a)                       
  Power lines, overhead.................  .333(c)(3)                    
  Training..............................  .332                          
Electromagnetic Radiation:                                              
  Definitions...........................  .97(a)(1)                     
  Nonionizing Radiation.................  .97(a)                        
  Protection Guide......................  .97(a)(2)                     
  Warning Symbol........................  .97(a)(3)                     
Electrostatic Apparatus: (see also                                      
 Electrostatic Apparatus, Fixed;                                        
 Electrostatic Hand Spraying Equipment)                                 
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(h)(3)                    
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)(5)-(7)                
Electrostatic Apparatus, Fixed..........  .107(h)                       
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)(5)                    
  Spraying:                                                             
    Conformance.........................  .107(h)(1)                    
    Conveyors...........................  .107(h)(7)                    
    Fail-Safe Controls..................  .107(h)(9)                    
    Fire Protection.....................  .107(h)(12)                   
    Grounding...........................  .107(h)(5)                    
    Guarding............................  .107(h)(10)                   
    Insulators..........................  .107(h)(5)                    
    Location............................  .107(h)(3)                    
    Safe Distances......................  .107(h)(6)                    
    Supports............................  .107(h)(4)                    
    Ventilation.........................  .107(h)(11)                   
Electrostatic Hand Spraying Equipment...  .107(i)                       
  Application...........................  .107(i)(1)                    
  Approval..............................  .107(i)(3)                    
  Conformance...........................  .107(i)(2)                    
  Electrical Support Equipment..........  .107(i)(4)                    
  Grounding.............................  .107(i)(5)-(7)                
  Interlocks............................  .107(i)(8)                    
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)(6)                    
  Specifications........................  .107(i)(3), (4)               
  Spray Gun Grounding...................  .107(i)(5)                    
  Ventilation...........................  .107(i)(9)                    
Elevating Work Platforms: (see Vehicle-   .67                           
 Mounted Work Platforms).                                               
Emergency Action Plan...................  .38(a)                        
  Hazardous waste operations and          .120(l)(1)(ii)                
   emergency response, exemption.                                       
  Highly hazardous chemicals, process     .119(n)                       
   safety management.                                                   
Emergency Lighting......................  .261(b)(7)                    
Employee Alarm Systems..................  .165                          
  Installation and Restoration..........  .165(c)                       
  Maintenance and Testing...............  .165(d)                       
  Manual Operation......................  .165(e)                       
Employee-Owned Protective Equipment.....  .132(b)                       
Employee Protection: (see also Personal                                 
 Protective Equipment)                                                  
  Egress................................  .36(c)                        
Engine Room Guardrails..................  .219(k)(2)                    
Environmental Controls:                                                 
  Accident Prevention Signs and Tags....  .145                          
  Air Contaminants......................  .93                           
  Asbestos..............................  .93a                          
  Effective Dates.......................  .98, .149                     

[[Page 563]]

                                                                        
  Labor Camps...........................  .142                          
  Marking Physical Hazards..............  .144                          
  Noise Exposure........................  .95                           
  Physical Hazards Markings.............  .144                          
  Radiation:                                                            
    Ionizing............................  .96                           
    Nonionizing.........................  .97                           
  Safety Color Codes....................  .144                          
  Sanitation............................  .141                          
  Signs and Tags........................  .145                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .99, .150                     
  Ventilation...........................  .94                           
Emergency Response, Hazardous Waste.....  .120                          
Equalizers, Crane Hoists................  .179(h)(3)                    
Ethylene Oxide..........................  .1047                         
Ethyleneimine...........................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Evacuation, Ionizing Radiation..........  .96(f)                        
Exhaust Air Filters, Spray Booths.......  .107(b)(5)                    
Exhaust Systems: (see also Ventilation)   .94(a)(4)                     
 Abrasive Blasting.                                                     
  Grinding, Polishing, Buffing..........  .94(b)(4)                     
  Open Surface Tanks....................  .94(d)(7)(iv)                 
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(20)                   
Exhausts, Spraying Operations...........  .107(d) (3), (7), (9)         
Exits: (see also Access, Egress)                                        
  Access................................  .37(f)                        
  Arrangement...........................  .37(e)                        
  Capacity..............................  .37(c), (d)                   
  Components............................  .37(a)                        
  Discharge From........................  .37(h)                        
  Elevation Change......................  .37(j)                        
  Headroom..............................  .37(i)                        
  Illumination..........................  .37(q)                        
  Maintenance...........................  .37(k)                        
  Manlifts..............................  .68(b)(8)                     
  Markings..............................  .37(q)                        
  Protective Enclosures.................  .37(b)                        
Explosive-Actuated Fastening Tools......  .243(d)                       
  Definitions...........................  .241(a)                       
  Fasteners.............................  .243(d)(3)                    
  High-Velocity Tools...................  .243(d)(2)(i)                 
  Inspection............................  .243(d)(2)                    
  Loads.................................  .243(d)(3)                    
  Low-Velocity Tools....................  .243(d)(2)(ii)                
  Maintenance...........................  .243(d)(2)                    
Explosive character of furnishings and    .37(l)                        
 decorations; occupancy use.                                            
Explosives and Blasting Agents..........  .109                          
  Blast Holes...........................  .109(e)(3)                    
  Bulk Delivery.........................  .109(h)(4)                    
  Charge Initiation.....................  .109(e)(4)                    
    Warning.............................  .109(e)(5)                    
  Chemicals, highly hazardous, process    .119                          
   safety management.                                                   
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Hours of Transfer.....................  .109(f)(5)                    
  Loading...............................  .109(e)(3)                    
  Magazines.............................  .109(c)(2)                    
  Mixing Vehicles.......................  .109(h)(4)                    
  Piers.................................  .109(f)                       
  Pulpwood Logging......................  .266(c)(7)                    
  Railroad Cars and Stations............  .109(f)                       
  Slurries..............................  .109(h)                       
  Small Arms Ammunition.................  .109(j)                       
  Smoking...............................  .109(e)(1)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
  Storage...............................  .109(c), (f)(4)               
  Transportation........................  .109(d)                       
  Use...................................  .109(e)                       
  Vessels...............................  .109(f)                       
  Water Gels............................  .109(h)                       
Exposure:                                                               
  Air Contaminants......................  .1000                         
  Airborne Radioactive Material.........  .96(c)                        
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(b)                      
  Asbestos Fibers.......................  .1001(b)                      
  Limits (Tables G-1 to G-3)............  .1000                         
  Mineral Dusts.........................  .1000                         
  Minors................................  .96(b)(3), (c)(2), (d)(2)(ii) 
  Noise.................................  .95                           
  Radiation Exposure....................  .96(b)                        
Extension Ladders, Portable:                                            
  Metal.................................  .26(a)(2)                     

[[Page 564]]

                                                                        
  Metal, Trestle........................  .26(a)(4)                     
  Wood..................................  .25                           
  Wood, Trestle.........................  .25(c)(3)(v)                  
Extension Lamps, Cranes.................  .179(g)(7)                    
Extractors..............................  .262(y)                       
Eye and Face Protection.................  .133                          
  Markings..............................  .133(a)(4)                    
  Optical Corrections...................  .133(a)(3)                    
  Protectors............................  .133(a)(2)                    
  Welding...............................  .252(b)(2)                    
Face Protection: (see also Eye and Face   .133                          
 Protection; Personal Protective                                        
 Equipment).                                                            
Facilities, Labor Camps: (see Labor                                     
 Camps, Temporary)                                                      
Fail-Safe Controls, Spraying............  .107(h)(9)                    
  Overhead and Gantry Cranes............  .179(a)(40), (g)(3)(viii)     
Fan-Rotating Element....................  .107(d)(4)                    
Farm Vehicles, Anhydrous Ammonia........  .111(g), (h)                  
Fasteners...............................  .243(d)(3)                    
Fastening Tools.........................  .243(d)                       
Fibers, Asbestos........................  .1001(b)                      
Filling Densities, Liquefied Petroleum    .110(b)(12)                   
 Gases.                                                                 
Filters, Spraying.......................  .107(b)(5)                    
Fire Alarms: (see also Fire Protection)                                 
  Egress................................  .37(n)                        
Fire Brigades...........................  .156                          
  Fire Fighting Equipment...............  .156(d)                       
  Organization..........................  .156(b)                       
  Protective Clothing...................  .156(e)(1)                    
    Body protection.....................  .156(e)(3)                    
    Foot and Leg Protection.............  .156(e)(2)                    
    Hand Protection.....................  .156(e)(4)                    
    Head, Eye, Face Protection..........  .156(e)(5)                    
  Respiratory Protection................  .156(f)                       
    General Requirements................  .156(f)(1)                    
    Positive-Pressure Breathing           .156(f)(2)                    
     Apparatus.                                                         
  Selection and Distribution............  .157(d)                       
  Training and Education................  .156(c)                       
Fire Prevention Plan....................  .38(b)                        
Fire Detection Systems..................  .164                          
  Installation and Restoration..........  .164(b)                       
  Maintenance and Testing...............  .164(c)                       
  Number, Location, Spacing.............  .164(f)                       
  Protection of Detectors...............  .164(d)                       
  Response Time.........................  .164(e)                       
Fire Extinguishers                                                      
  Cranes................................  .179(c)(3), (i)(5), (o)(3)    
  Derricks..............................  .180(j)(5)                    
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(g), (h)                  
  Explosives Transportation.............  .109(d)(2)(ii)                
  Liquid Petroleum Gases................  .110(g)(14)                   
  Powered working platforms.............  .66(f)(5)(ii)(I)              
  Welding...............................  .252(a)(2)(ii)                
Fire Extinguishers, Portable............  .157                          
  Exemptions............................  .157(b)                       
  General Requirements..................  .157(c)                       
  Hydrostatic Testing...................  .157(f)                       
  Inspection, Maintenance Testing.......  .157(e)                       
  Selection and Distribution............  .157(d)                       
  Training and Education................  .157(g)                       
Fire Prevention Plan....................  .38(b)                        
Fire Protection:                                                        
  Ammonium Nitrate......................  .109(i)(7)                    
  Blasting Agents.......................  .109(i)(7)                    
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)(4)(ix), (8)           
  Chemical Plants.......................  .106(i)(5)                    
  Definitions...........................  .155                          
  Distilleries..........................  .106(i)(5)                    
  Electrostatic Apparatus...............  .107(h)(12)                   
  Explosives............................  .109(i)(7)                    
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .106(d)(7), (e)(5), (f)(8),   
                                           (g)(9), (h)(6), (i)(5)       
  Industrial Plants.....................  .106(e)(5)                    
  Liquified Petroleum Gases.............  .110(d)(14), (f)(7), (h)(14)  
  Local Fire Alarms.....................  .163                          
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(6)                    
  Refineries............................  .106(i)(5)                    
  Sawmills..............................  .265(i)                       
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)(9)                    
  Spray Booths..........................  .107(f)                       
    Cleaning............................  .107(f)(3)                    
    Conformance.........................  .107(f)(1)                    
    Extinguishers, Portable.............  .107(f)(4)                    
    Valve Access........................  .107(f)(2)                    
  Storage Tanks.........................  .106(d)(7)                    
  Trucks................................  .178                          
Fire Protection Equipment:                                              
  Color Identification..................  .144(a)(1)                    
  Fire Brigades.........................  .156(d)                       
Fire Resistance (Rating):                                               
  Inside Storage Rooms..................  .106(d)(4)(ii)                
  Storage Cabinets......................  .106(d)(3)(ii)                
  Tank Supports.........................  .106(b)(5)(ii)                
Fire Retardant Paints...................  .37(o)                        
Fire Watch, Welding.....................  .252(a)(2)(iii)               
Fireworks: (see Pytrotechnics)                                          
First Aid...............................  .262(pp)                      
  Eye Flushing..........................  .151(c)                       
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(k)                       
  Pulpwood Logging......................  .266(c)(1)(vii)               
  Standards Sources.....................  .153                          
  Welding...............................  .252(c)(13)                   
Fittings: (see Piping, Fittings and                                     
 Tubing; Piping, Valves and Fittings)                                   
Fixed Extinguishing Systems.............  .160, .161, .162, .163        
  Dry Chemical Agent Systems............  .161                          
  Gaseous Agent Systems.................  .162                          
  General Requirements..................  .160(b)                       

[[Page 565]]

                                                                        
  Total Flooding Systems................  .160(c)                       
  Water Spray and Foam Systems..........  .163                          
Fixed Industrial Stairs: (see Stairs,     .24                           
 Fixed Industrial).                                                     
Fixed Ladders: (see Ladders, Fixed).....  .27                           
Flammable and Combustible Liquids:                                      
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)                       
  Chemical Plants.......................  .106(i)                       
  Container Marking, color codes........  .144(a)(1)(ii)                
  Containers............................  .106(d)                       
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108                          
  Distilleries..........................  .106(i)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Hazardous communication...............  .1200                         
  Ignition Sources......................  .106(b)(6), (e)(6), (f)(6),   
                                           (g)(8), (h)(7)               
  Industrial Plants.....................  .106(e)                       
  Piping, Valves and Fittings...........  .106(c)                       
  Pressure Vessels......................  .106(b)(1)(v)                 
  Process safety management of highly     .119                          
   hazardous chemicals.                                                 
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)                       
  Refineries............................  .106(i)                       
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(16)                   
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)                       
  Spray Finishing.......................  .107                          
    Storage and Handling................  .107(e)                       
      Conformance.......................  .107(e)(1)                    
      Containers........................  .107(e)(3), (5)               
      Hoses.............................  .107(e)(6)                    
      Grounding.........................  .107(c)(9), (e)(9)            
      Liquid Heaters....................  .107(e)(7)                    
      Liquid Transfer...................  .107(e)(4)                    
      Pipes.............................  .107(e)(6)                    
      Pump Relief.......................  .107(e)(8)                    
      Quantity..........................  .107(e)(2)                    
      Safety Relief Devices.............  .107(e)(8)                    
      Spraying Containers...............  .107(e)(5)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
  Storage Containers....................  .106(d)                       
  Storage Tanks.........................  .106(b), (d)                  
  Tanks.................................  .106(b), (d)                  
Flammable Materials, Trucks Used........  .178(c)(2)                    
Flanges, Abrasive Wheel Machinery.......  .215(a)(3), (c)               
  Balance...............................  .215(c)(3)                    
  Blotters..............................  .215(c)(1)(v), (c)(6), (d)(5) 
  Diameter Uniformity...................  .215(c)(4)                    
  Dimensions............................  .215(c)(8)                    
  Driving...............................  .215(c)(7)                    
  Finish................................  .215(c)(3)                    
  General Requirements..................  .215(c)(1)                    
  Maintenance...........................  .215(c)(9)                    
  Recess................................  .215(c)(5)                    
  Repairs...............................  .215(c)(9)                    
  Types.................................  .215(c)(1)(iv)                
  Undercut..............................  .215(c)(5)                    
Flash Welding Equipment.................  .255(d)                       
  Fire Curtains.........................  .255(d)(2)                    
  Ventilation...........................  .255(d)(1)                    
Float Scaffolds.........................  .28(u)                        
Flooding, Tank Areas....................  .106(b)(5)(vi)                
Floor Loading...........................  .22(d)                        
Floor Openings (Holes)..................  .23(a)                        
  Manlifts..............................  .68(b) (5), (7)               
Flooring: (see also Floor Openings;                                     
 Floors)                                                                
  Type F Powered Platforms..............  .66(c)(12)                    
  Type T Powered Platforms..............  .66 (b)(5)(iii)(d)            
Floors:                                                                 
  Covers, Hinged........................  .23(a)(3)(i)                  
  Open-Sided............................  .23(c)                        
  Spray Booths..........................  .107(b)(3)                    
Flow Coatings...........................  .108(h)(2)                    
Fluidized Beds..........................  .107(l)(7)                    
Fluorine Compounds, Welding: (see also    .252(c)(5)                    
 Air Contaminants).                                                     
Foam Extinguishers, Dip Tanks...........  .108(g)(3)                    
Foam Extinguishing Systems, Fixed.......  .163                          
Food Handling...........................  .141(h), .120(m)(4)           
Foot Pedals, Power Presses..............  .217(b)(4)                    
Foot Protection.........................  .136                          
Footwalks:                                                              
  Cranes................................  .179(d)                       
Forging Hammers.........................  .218(a)(3)                    
  Foot-Operated Devices.................  .218(b)(2)                    
  Gravity...............................  .218(e)                       
    Air Lifts...........................  .218(e)(1)                    
    Board Drop Hammers..................  .218(e)(2)                    
  Keys..................................  .218(b)(1)                    
  Power-Driven..........................  .218(d)                       
    Cylinder Draining...................  .218(d)(3)                    
    Pressure Pipes......................  .218(d)(4)                    
    Safety Cylinder Heads...............  .218(d)(1)                    
    Shutoff Valves......................  .218(d)(2)                    
Forging Machine Area....................  .30(b)                        
Forging Machines:                                                       
  Billet Shears.........................  .218(j)(1)                    
  Boltheading...........................  .218(i)(1)                    
  Conveyors.............................  .218(j)(3)                    
  Definitions...........................  .211(e)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .220                          
  Grinding..............................  .218(j)(5)                    
  Hammers...............................  .218(a)(3), (b), (d), (e)     
  Inspections...........................  .218(a)(2)                    
  Lead Use..............................  .218(a)(1)                    
  Maintenance...........................  .218(a)(2)                    
  Presses...............................  .218(a)(3), (c), (f), (g)     

[[Page 566]]

                                                                        
  Rivet Making..........................  .218(i)(2)                    
  Saws..................................  .218(j)(2)                    
  Shot Blast............................  .218(j)(4)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .221                          
  Upsetters.............................  .218(h)                       
Forging Presses.........................  .218(f)                       
Fork Trucks: (see also Powered            .178                          
 Industrial Trucks).                                                    
Formaldehyde............................  .1048                         
  Airborne Concentration................  .1048(c)                      
  Compliance............................  .1048(f)                      
  Emergencies...........................  .1048(k)                      
  Exposure, Permissible.................  .1048(c)                      
  Hazard Communication..................  .1048(m)                      
  Housekeeping..........................  .1048(j)                      
  Hygiene Protection....................  .1048(i)                      
  Medical Surveillance..................  .1048(l)                      
  Monitoring............................  .1048(d)                      
  Personal Protective Clothing..........  .1048(h)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1048(o)                      
  Regulated Areas.......................  .1048(e)                      
  Respiratory protection................  .1048(g)                      
  Training, Employee....................  .1048(n)                      
Fuel-Gas Systems: (see also Oxygen-Fuel   .253                          
 Gas Systems).                                                          
Fuels: (see also Refueling)                                             
  Handling and Storage..................  .178(f)                       
Furnishings:                                                            
  Egress................................  .37(l)                        
Fusion Apparatus: (see Drying, Curing                                   
 and Fusion Apparatus)                                                  
Gantry Cranes: (see also Overhead and     .179                          
 Gantry Cranes).                                                        
Garages, Undercoating Operations........  .107(k)                       
Garnett Machines........................  .262(f)                       
Gas Cylinder Inspection.................  .101(a)                       
Gaging Devices..........................  .110(b)(19)                   
Gas Mask Canisters......................  .134(g)                       
  Color Codes...........................  .134(g)(6)                    
  Labeling..............................  .134(g)                       
Gaseous agent extinguishing systems;      .162                          
 fixed.                                                                 
  Scope and Application.................  .162(a)                       
  Specific Requirements.................  .162(b)                       
Gaseous Hydrogen Systems: (see Hydrogen)                                
Gasoline Powered Trucks.................  .178(b)(8), (9)               
Gears...................................  .219(f)                       
Gill Boxes..............................  .262(k)                       
Gin Pole Derricks: (see also Derricks)..  .181(a)(6)                    
Gloves, Rubber Insulating...............  .137                          
Glue Spreaders..........................  .213(r)                       
Goggles: (see also Eye Protection; Eye    .133                          
 and Face Protection).                                                  
Grain Handling..........................  .272                          
  Application...........................  .272(b)                       
  Continuous flow bulk raw grain dryers.  .272(o)                       
  Contractors...........................  .272(h)                       
  Emergency action plan.................  .272(d)                       
  Emergency escape......................  .272(n)                       
  Entry into bins, silos, tanks.........  .272(g)                       
  Filter collectors.....................  .272(k)                       
  Grain stream processing equipment.....  .272(m)                       
  Grate openings........................  .272(j)                       
  Hot work permit.......................  .272(f)                       
  Housekeeping..........................  .272(i)                       
  Inside bucket elevators...............  .272(p)                       
  Preventive maintenance................  .272(l)                       
  Training..............................  .272(e)                       
Gravity Hammers.........................  .218(e)                       
Grinders: (see also Abrasive Wheel)                                     
  Machinery; Cutoff Wheels..............  .243(c)(3), (4)               
Grinding, Forging Equipment.............  .218(j)(5)                    
Grinding Machines:                                                      
  Cylindrical...........................  .215(b)(4)                    
  Flanges...............................  .215(a)(3)                    
  Surface Grinders......................  .215(b)(5)                    
  Swing Frame Grinders..................  .215(b)(6)                    
  Top Grinding..........................  .215(b)(8)                    
  Work Rest.............................  .215(a)(4)                    
Grinding, Polishing, and Buffing:                                       
  Branch Pipes..........................  .94(b)(3)                     
  Enclosure Design......................  .94(b)(5)                     
  Exhaust Systems.......................  .94(b)(4)                     
  Hoods.................................  .94(b)(3), (5)                
Grinding, Top...........................  .215(b)(8)                    
Grounding:                                                              
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(7)(iv)                
  Circuits..............................  .314                          
  Electrostatic Spraying................  .107(h)(5), (i)(5)-(7)        
  Flammable and Combustible Liquids.....  .106(e)(6)(ii), (f)(3)(iv)    
  General...............................  .304(f)                       
  Hand Spraying.........................  .107(i)(5)-(7)                
  Ignition Sources......................  .107(c)(9)                    
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(4)(iv)                
  Liquid Transfer.......................  .107(e)(9)                    
  Methods...............................  .314(e)                       
  Spray Booths..........................  .107(h)(10)                   
  Spraying Operations...................  .107(c)(9), (e)(9), (i)(5)-(7)
  Welding...............................  .254(c)(2), (d)(3);           
                                           .255(b)(9), (c)(6)           
  Woodworking Tools.....................  .243(a)(5)                    
Guarding: (see also Term To Which It      .211-.222                     
 Applies).                                                              
  Abrasive Wheels, Portable.............  .243(c)                       
  Floor Openings (Holes)................  .23(a)                        
  Hatchways.............................  .23(a)(3)                     
  Ladderways............................  .23(a)(2)                     
  Live Parts............................  .303(g)(2), (h)(2)            
  Machinery.............................  .211-.222                     
  Mechanical Power Transmission           .219(m)                       
   Apparatus.                                                           
    Clutches............................  .219(k)                       

[[Page 567]]

                                                                        
    Friction Drives.....................  .219(g)                       
    Prime Movers........................  .219(b)                       
    Pulleys.............................  .219(d)                       
  Open-Sided Floors.....................  .23(c)                        
  Platforms.............................  .23(c)                        
  Powered Tools, Portable...............  .243                          
  Railings..............................  .23(e)                        
  Runways...............................  .23(c)                        
  Skylight..............................  .23(a)(4)                     
  Spraying Equipment....................  .107(h)(10)                   
  Stairways.............................  .23(a)(1), (d)                
  Wall Openings (Holes).................  .23(b)                        
Guardrails:                                                             
  Definitions...........................  .21(f)(10)                    
  Manlifts..............................  .68(b)(8)(i), (10)(iv)        
  Power Transmission Apparatus..........  .219(o)(5)                    
  Powered and Working Platforms.........  .66(e)(3), (f)(3)(i)(K),      
                                           (f)(5)(i)(G), (f)(5)(ii)(K)  
  Removable.............................  .23(a)(3)                     
  Working Surfaces......................  .22(c)                        
Guardrails, Scaffolds: (see Listing                                     
 Under Specific Type Scaffold)                                          
Guards: (see also Guardrails)                                           
  Derricks..............................  .181(j)(1)                    
  Hoisting Ropes........................  .179(e)(5)                    
  Manlifts..............................  .68(b)(7)-(9)                 
  Moving Parts..........................  .179(e)(6)                    
  Trucks................................  .178(e)                       
Guide Posts.............................  .217(d)(4)                    
Gudgeon Pin.............................  .181(a)(20)                   
Guy Derricks............................  .181(a)(7)                    
Hammers, Forging: (see Forging Hammers)                                 
Hand protection.........................  .138                          
Hand Spraying Equipment: (see                                           
 Electrostatic Hand Spraying Equipment)                                 
Hand Tools..............................  .242                          
  Dead-Man Controls.....................  .243(a)(2)                    
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(c)(13)                   
Handholds, Manlifts.....................  .68(c)(4)                     
Handling: (see also Materials Handling                                  
 and Storage)                                                           
  Anhydrous Ammonia.....................  .111                          
  Compressed Gases......................  .101(b)                       
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(2)(iii)               
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110                          
  Liquids...............................  .106(h)(4)                    
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)(1)                    
Handrails...............................  .24(h)                        
  Cranes................................  .179(d)(3), (4)(ii)           
  Mobile Ladder Stands..................  .29(f)(4)                     
Hangers.................................  .219(p)(4)                    
Hardening Tanks.........................  .108(h)(1)                    
Hatchways Guarding......................  .23(a)(3)                     
Hazard Communication, chemical            .1200                         
 information, transmittal.                                              
  Hazard Communication Program..........  .1200(e)                      
  Hazard Determination..................  .1200(d)                      
  Information and Training..............  .1200(h)                      
  Labels and Warnings...................  .1200(f)                      
  Material Safety Data Sheets...........  .1200(g)                      
  Trade Secrets.........................  .1200(i)                      
Hazardous chemicals, occupational         .1450                         
 exposure to in laboratories (see                                       
 Chemicals, hazardous).                                                 
Hazardous chemicals, highly, process      .119                          
 safety management (see Chemicals, etc.).                               
Hazardous energy; control of (see                                       
 Lockout/tagout)                                                        
Hazardous Materials:                                                    
  Acetylene.............................  .102                          
  Anhydrous Ammonia.....................  .111                          
  Blasting Agents.......................  .109                          
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104                          
  Chemicals (see entries under            .119                          
   Chemicals, etc.).                                                    
  Combustible Liquids...................  .106-.108                     
  Compressed Gases......................  .101                          
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108                          
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Explosives............................  .109                          
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .106-.108                     
  Hazardous Wastes......................  .120                          
  Hydrogen..............................  .103                          
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110                          
  Nitrous Oxide.........................  .105                          
  Oxygen................................  .104                          
  Packages, transport vehicles, etc.,     .1201                         
   retention of DOT markings.                                           
  Spray Finishing.......................  .107                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
  Storage and Handling:                                                 
    Anhydrous Ammonia...................  .111                          
    DOT markings, retention.............  .1201                         
    Liquefied Petroleum Gases...........  .110                          
  Trucks Used...........................  .178(c)(2)                    
Hazardous Waste Operations:                                             
  Contractors and Subcontractors........  .120(b)(1)(iv)                
  Decontamination.......................  .120(k), (p)(4)               
  Drums and Containers..................  .120(j)                       
  Emergency Response....................  .120(e)(7), (l), (p)(8), (q)  
  Engineering Controls and Personal       .120(g)                       
   Protective Equipment.                                                
  Illumination..........................  .120(m)                       
  Information Program...................  .120(b)(i)                    
  Laboratory Waste Packs................  .120(j)(6)                    

[[Page 568]]

                                                                        
  Material Handling.....................  .120(j)                       
  Medical Surveillance..................  .120(f), (p)(3), (q)(9)       
  Monitoring............................  .120(c)(6), (h)               
  Post-emergency Response...............  .120(l)(5)                    
  Radioactive Wastes....................  .120(j)(4)                    
  Recordkeeping.........................  .120(f)(7)                    
  RCRA Facilities.......................  .120(p)                       
  Safety and Health Program.............  .120(b)                       
  Sanitation............................  .120(n)                       
  Site Characterization and Analysis....  .120(c)                       
  Site Control..........................  .120(d)                       
  Training..............................  .120(e), (p)(8)(iii), (q)(6)  
  Shock-sensitive Wastes................  .120(j)(5)                    
  Site Safety and Health Plan...........  .120(b)(4)                    
  Tank and Vault Procedures.............  .120(j)(9)                    
  Totally-encapsulating Chemical          .120(g)(4)                    
   Protective Suits.                                                    
  Uncontrolled sites, emergency           .120(l)                       
   responses.                                                           
Head Protection.........................  .135                          
Headroom, Egress........................  .37(i)                        
Healthcare professions and related        .1030                         
 industries, exposures to bloodborne                                    
 pathogens.                                                             
Hearing Conservation Program............  .95(c)                        
Heating:                                                                
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(c)(7)                    
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)(2)(ii)                
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)(6)                    
Helicopters.............................  .183                          
Helmets.................................  .135, .252(e)(2), .266(c)(iii)
Hepatitis B (see also Bloodborne          .1030                         
 pathogens).                                                            
Hinged Floor Covers.....................  .23(a)(3)(i)                  
Hoist Limit Switches....................  .179(n)(4)                    
Hoisting Equipment:                                                     
  Cranes................................  .179(e)(5), (h)               
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(f)(4), (g)(6)             
  Rope Guards...........................  .179(e)(5)                    
Holding Brakes..........................  .179(f)(2)                    
Holes: (see also Floor Openings (Holes);  .23                           
 Wall Openings (Holes)).                                                
Hooks:                                                                  
  Cranes................................  .179(h)(4)                    
  Derricks..............................  .181(j)(2)                    
Horse Scaffolds.........................  .28(m)                        
Hoses...................................                                
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .107(e)(6)                    
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(9)                    
  Semiconductors........................  .109(a)(12)                   
  Sprinkler Systems.....................  .159(c)(5)                    
  Standpipe and hose systems............  .158(c)(3)                    
  Welding and Cutting...................  .253(e)                       
Hot Sources.............................  .107(c)(3)                    
Hot-work permits, process safety          .119(k)                       
 management of highly hazardous                                         
 chemicals.                                                             
Hours of Transfer, Explosives...........  .109(f)(5)                    
Household Stepladders, Type III.........  .25(c)(2)(iv)                 
Housekeeping............................  .141(a)(3)                    
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(d)                      
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .106(e)(9)                    
  Walking-Working Surfaces..............  .22(a)                        
Hydraulic Barkers.......................  .261(e)(14)                   
Hydraulic Equipment.....................  .217(b)(11)                   
Hydraulically designed sprinkler systems  .159(c)(11)                   
Hydrogen................................  .103                          
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Gaseous Hydrogen Systems..............  .103(a)(2)(i), (b)            
    Clear Zone..........................  .103(b)(5)(ii)                
    Containers..........................  .103(b)(1)(i)                 
    Design..............................  .103(b)(1)                    
    Equipment Assembly..................  .103(b)(1)(iv)                
    Fittings............................  .103(b)(1)(iii)               
    Inspection..........................  .103(b)(5)                    
    Location............................  .103(b)(2)                    
      Outdoor...........................  .103(b)(3)(i)                 
      Separate Buildings................  .103(b)(3)(ii)                
    Operating Instructions..............  .103(b)(4)                    
    Piping..............................  .103(b)(1)(iii)               
    Safety Relief Devices...............  .103(b)(1)(ii)                
    Testing.............................  .103(b)(1)(vi)                
    Tubing..............................  .103(b)(1)(iii)               
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(a)(2)(ii), .103(c)       
    Clear Zone..........................  .103(c)(5)(ii)                
    Containers..........................  .103(c)(1)(i)                 
    Design..............................  .103(c)(1)                    
    Electrical Systems..................  .103(c)(1)(ix)                
    Equipment Assembly..................  .103(c)(1)(vi)                
    Fittings............................  .103(c)(1)(v)                 
    Grounding...........................  .103(c)(4)(iv)                
    Inspection..........................  .103(c)(5)(i)                 
    Location............................  .103(c)(2)                    
      Outdoor...........................  .103(c)(3)(i)                 
      Separate Buildings................  .103(c)(3)(ii)                
      Special Rooms.....................  .103(c)(3)(iii)               
    Maintenance.........................  .103(c)(5)                    
    Markings............................  .103(c)(1)(iii)               
    Operating Instructions..............  .103(c)(4)                    
      Attendants........................  .103(c)(4)(ii)                
      Security..........................  .103(c)(4)(iii)               
    Piping..............................  .103(c)(1)(v)                 
    Safety Relief Devices...............  .103(c)(1)(iv)                
    Supports............................  .103(c)(1)(ii)                
    Testing.............................  .103(c)(1)(vii)               
    Tubing..............................  .103(c)(1)(v)                 
    Vaporizers..........................  .103(c)(1)(viii)              
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
Hydrostatic Tests: (see also Testing)                                   
  Fire Extinguishers....................  .157(f)                       
  Piping................................  .106(c)(7)                    

[[Page 569]]

                                                                        
Ignition Sources:                                                       
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)(6)                    
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(c)                       
  Industrial Plants.....................  .106(e)(6)                    
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)(1)                    
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(7)                    
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)(8)                    
  Spraying Operations...................  .107(c)                       
    Combustible Residues................  .107(c)(5)                    
    Conformance.........................  .107(c)(1)                    
    Electrical Wiring...................  .107(c)(4), (6)               
    Grounding...........................  .107(c)(9)                    
    Hot Sources.........................  .107(c)(3)                    
    Lamps...............................  .107(c)(7), (8)               
    Separation Minimum..................  .107(c)(2)                    
  Storage Tanks.........................  .106(b)(6)                    
Illumination: (see Lighting)                                            
Indoor Storage:                                                         
  Effective Dates.......................  .182                          
  Flammable and Combustible Liquids.....  .106(b)(4), (d)(4), (d)(5),   
                                           (e)(5), (g)(1)(iii),         
                                           (h)(4)(i)                    
  Rooms.................................  .106(d)(4)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .183                          
Industrial Plants:                                                      
  Flammable and Combustible Liquids.....  .106(e)                       
    Electrical Systems..................  .106(e)(7)                    
    Fire Protection.....................  .106(e)(5)                    
    Housekeeping........................  .106(e)(9)                    
    Incidental Storage..................  .106(e)(2)                    
    Ignition Sources....................  .106(e)(6)                    
    Maintenance.........................  .106(e)(9)                    
    Repairs, Equipment..................  .106(e)(8)                    
    Tank Loading........................  .106(e)(4)                    
    Unit Physical Operations............  .106(e)(3)                    
  Liquefied Petroleum...................  .110(d)(12), (f)(4)           
Industrial Stepladders, Type I..........  .25(c)(2)(ii)                 
Insect Control..........................  .141(a)(5)                    
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(j)                       
Inspection: (see also Term To Which It                                  
 Applies)                                                               
  Compressed Gas Cylinders..............  .101(a), .166                 
  Cranes................................  .179(j), .180(d)              
    Crawler.............................  .180(d)                       
    Gantry..............................  .179(j)                       
      Ropes.............................  .179(m)                       
    Locomotive..........................  .180(d)                       
    Overhead............................  .179(j)                       
      Ropes.............................  .179(m)                       
    Truck...............................  .180(d)                       
  Cylinders.............................  .101(a)                       
  Derricks..............................  .181(d)                       
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(f)(3)                    
  Fire Extinguishers....................  .157(e)                       
  Flooding, Tank Areas..................  .106(b)(5)(vi), (v)           
  Gas Cylinders.........................  .101(a)                       
  Gaseous Hydrogen......................  .103(b)(5)                    
  Liquefied Hydrogen....................  .103(c)(5)(i)                 
  Liquid Oxygen.........................  .104(b)(10)(i)                
  Manlifts..............................  .68(e)                        
  Open Surface Tanks....................  .94(d)(11)                    
  Power Presses.........................  .217(e)                       
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(g)                        
  Respirators...........................  .134(f)                       
  Ropes, Cranes.........................  .179(m)                       
  Woodworking Machines..................  .213(s)                       
Instruction Signs, Manlifts.............  .68(c)(7)                     
Insulators..............................  .107(h)(5)                    
Interior Hung Scaffolds.................  .28(p)                        
Ionizing Radiation......................  .1096                         
  AEC Licensees.........................  .1096(p)                      
  Airborne Radioactive Materials........  .1096(c)                      
  Caution Signs and Labels..............  .1096(e)                      
  Employees:                                                            
    Disclosure..........................  .1096(o)                      
    Exposure Records....................  .1096(m), (n)                 
    Incident Reporting..................  .1096(l)                      
    Instruction Posting.................  .1096(i)                      
  Evacuation............................  .1096(f)                      
  Exemptions............................  .1096(g), (h)                 
  Exposure..............................  .1096(b)                      
    Airborne Radioactive Materials......  .1096(c)                      
    Minors..............................  .1096(b)(3), (c)(2),          
                                           (d)(2)(ii)                   
  Exposure Records......................  .1096(m)-(o)                  
  Incident Reporting....................  .1096(l)                      
  Monitoring............................  .1096(d)                      
  Overexposure Reports..................  .1096(m)                      
  Personnel Instructions, Posting.......  .1096(i)                      
  Radioactive Materials:................                                
    Packaged............................  .1096(h)                      
    Storage.............................  .1096(j)                      
  Warning Signals.......................  .1096(f)                      
  Waste Disposal........................  .1096(k)                      
Jacks:                                                                  
  Definitions...........................  .241(d)                       
  Fixed Truck...........................  .178(k)(3)                    
  Loading...............................  .244(a)(1)                    
  Marking...............................  .244(a)(1)                    
  Maintenance...........................  .244(a)(2)                    
  Truck.................................  .178(k)(3)                    
Jointers................................  .213(j)                       
  Blades................................  .213(s)(12)                   
Keys, Projecting........................  .219(h)                       
Kiers...................................  .262(q)                       
Kilns...................................  .265(f)                       
Kitchens, Labor Camps...................  .142(i)                       
Labeling, Hazardous Chemicals...........  .1200                         
Labor Camps, Temporary..................  .142                          
  Bathing Facilities....................  .142(f)                       
  Bedding...............................  .142(b)(3)                    
  Closed................................  .142(a)(4)                    
  Communicable Diseases Reportings......  .142(i)                       
  Dining Facilities.....................  .142(j)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .149                          

[[Page 570]]

                                                                        
  Facilities............................  .142(b)                       
  First Aid.............................  .142(k)                       
  Furnishings...........................  .142(b)                       
  Floors................................  .142(b)(4), (5)               
  Grounds...............................  .142(a)(3)                    
  Heating Equipment.....................  .142(b)(11)                   
  Insect Control........................  .142(j)                       
  Kitchens..............................  .142(i)                       
  Laundry Facilities....................  .142(f)                       
  Lighting..............................  .142(g)                       
  Refuse Collection.....................  .142(a)(4)                    
  Refuse Disposal.......................  .142(h)                       
  Rodent Control........................  .142(j)                       
  Screening.............................  .142(b)(8)                    
  Sewage Disposal.......................  .142(e)                       
  Shelters..............................  .142(b)                       
  Site..................................  .142(a)                       
  Size..................................  .142(a)(2)                    
  Sleeping..............................  .142(b)(2), (3)               
  Space.................................  .142(b)(2), (9)               
  Standards Sources.....................  .150                          
  Stoves................................  .142(b)(10)                   
  Toilet Facilities.....................  .142(d)                       
  Washing...............................  .142(f)                       
  Waste Disposal........................  .142(h)                       
  Water Supply..........................  .142(c)                       
  Windows...............................  .142(b)(7), (8)               
Laboratories, occuptional exposures to    .1450                         
 hazardous chemicals in (see Chemicals,                                 
 hazardous).                                                            
Laboratories and production facilities,   .1030(e)                      
 HIV and HBV research.                                                  
Ladder-Jack Scaffolds...................  .28(q)                        
Ladder Stands, Manual Mobile; (see Work   .29(f)                        
 Platforms, Mobile).                                                    
Ladders:                                                                
  Cranes................................  .179(d)(4), (o)(1)            
  Fixed.................................  .27                           
  Manlifts..............................  .68(b)(12)                    
  Portable Metal........................  .26                           
  Portable Wood.........................  .25                           
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(10)                   
Ladders, Fixed..........................  .27                           
  Cages.................................  .27(c)(3), (d)(1)             
  Clearances............................  .27(c)                        
  Cleats................................  .27(b)(1)                     
  Design................................  .27(a)                        
    Stresses............................  .27(a)(2)                     
  Deterioration.........................  .27(b)(7)                     
  Electrolytic Action...................  .27(b)(5)                     
  Extensions............................  .27(d)(3)                     
  Fastenings............................  .27(b)(3)                     
  Grab Bars.............................  .27(c)(5), (d)(4)             
  Ladder Extensions.....................  .27(d)(3)                     
  Landing Platforms.....................  .27(d)(2)                     
  Maintenance...........................  .27(f)                        
  Pitch.................................  .27(e)                        
  Rungs.................................  .27(b)(1)                     
  Safety Devices........................  .27(d)(5)                     
  Side Rails............................  .27(b)(2)                     
  Splices...............................  .27(b)(4)                     
  Standards Sources.....................  .31                           
  Welding...............................  .27(b)(6)                     
  Wells.................................  .27(d)(1)                     
Ladders, Portable Metal.................  .26                           
  Care..................................  .26(c)(2)                     
  Electrical safety-related work          .333(c)(7)                    
   practices.                                                           
  Extension Ladders.....................  .26(a)(2), (4)                
  General Requirements..................  .26(a)(1)                     
  Platform Ladders......................  .26(a)(5)                     
  Standards Sources.....................  .31                           
  Stepladders...........................  .26(a)(3)                     
  Straight Ladders......................  .26(a)(2), (4)                
  Use...................................  .26(c)(3)                     
Ladders, Portable Wood..................  .25                           
  Care..................................  .25(d)(1)                     
    Rung Ladders........................  .25(c)(3)                     
      Sectional.........................  .25(c)(3)(iv)                 
      Single............................  .25(c)(3)(ii)                 
      Trestle...........................  .25(c)(3)(v)                  
      Two-Section.......................  .25(c)(3)(iii)                
    Side-Rolling Ladders................  .25(c)(5)                     
    Special Purpose Ladders.............  .25(c)(4)                     
      Masons'...........................  .25(c)(4)(iii)                
      Painters'.........................  .25(c)(4)(ii)                 
    Standards Sources...................  .31                           
    Stepladders.........................  .25(c)(2)                     
    Trolley Ladders.....................  .25(c)(5)                     
  Materials.............................  .25(b)                        
  Use...................................  .25(d)(2)                     
Ladderway Guarding......................  .23(a)(2)                     
Lamps: (see also Lighting)..............  .107(c)(7)(8); .305(j)(1)     
Landings, Manlifts......................  .68(b) (6), (10)              
Lathers' Scaffolds: (see also             .28(o)                        
 Plasterers' Scaffolds).                                                
Lathes..................................  .213(o)                       
Laundry Facilities, Labor Camps.........  .142(f)                       
Laundry Operations......................  .264                          
  Miscellaneous Equipment...............  .264(c)(4)                    
  Operating Rules.......................  .264(d)                       
    Markers.............................  .264(d)(1)(iii)               
    Mechanical Safeguards...............  .264(d)(2)                    
  Point-of-Operation Guards.............  .264(c)                       
  Washroom Machines.....................  .264(c)(1)                    
Lavatories..............................  .141(d)(2)                    
Lawn Mowers, Power......................  .243(e)                       
  Definitions...........................  .241(c)                       
  Forging Machines......................  .218(a)(1)                    
  General Requirements..................  .243(e)(1)                    
  Riding Rotary.........................  .243(e)(2), (4)               
  Walk-Behind...........................  .243(e)(2), (3)               
Lead....................................  .1025, .252(f)(7)             
  Compliance............................  .1025(e)                      
  Concentration.........................  .261(g)(15)(iv)               
  Confined Spaces.......................  .252(f)(7)(i), (iii)          
  Housekeeping..........................  .1025(h)                      
  Hygiene Facilities and Practices......  .1025(i)                      
  Indoors...............................  .252(c)(7)(ii), (iii)         

[[Page 571]]

                                                                        
  Medical Removal.......................  .1025(k)                      
  Medical Surveillance..................  .1025(j)                      
  Monitoring............................  .1025(d)                      
  Monitoring, Observation of............  .1025(o)                      
  Protective Equipment and..............  .1025(g)                      
      Clothing..........................  .1025(g)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1025(n)                      
  Respiratory Protection................  .1025(f)                      
  Signs.................................  .1025(m)                      
  Training, Employee....................  .1025(l)                      
  Ventilation...........................  .252(c)(7)(iii)               
Leakage, Bulk Oxygen Systems............  .104(b)(2)(iii)               
Levers, Hand-Operated...................  .217(b)(5)                    
Lifelines: (see also Safety Belts)                                      
  Confined Spaces.......................  .252(b)(4)(iv)                
  Crawling Boards.......................  .28(t)(2)                     
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(d)(9), App. C             
  Welding...............................  .252(b)(4)(iv)                
  Chicken Ladders.......................  .28(t)(2)                     
Lighting: (see also Lamps)                                              
  Container Areas.......................  .110(d)(16)                   
  Cranes................................  .179(c)(4), (g)(7)            
  Electric Equipment, Workspace About...  .303(g)(1)(v), (h)(3)(ii)     
  Electrical safety-related work          .333(c)(4)                    
   practices.                                                           
  Exits and Exit Signs..................  .37(q)                        
  Hazardous Waste Operations............  .120(m)                       
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(g)                       
  Machinery, Basement Areas.............  .219(c)(5)                    
  Manlifts..............................  .68(b)(6)(iii), (14)          
  Operating Areas, Industrial Trucks....  .178(h)                       
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(b)(7), (c)(10), (k)(21)  
  Pulpwood Harvesting...................  .266(e)(15)                   
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(5)(iii), (9),         
                                           (23)(iii)                    
  Spray Booths..........................  .107(b)(10)                   
  Storage Areas.........................  .177(f)(1), .178(h)           
Lighting Receptacles:                                                   
  Cranes................................  .179(g)(7)                    
Liquefied Hydrogen Systems: (see                                        
 Hydrogen)                                                              
Liquefied, Petroleum Gases: (see also     .110, .168(b)(3)(x)           
 Containers, Liquefied Petroleum Gases).                                
  Appliances............................  .110(b)(20)                   
  Attendant.............................  .110(b)(14)                   
  Buildings:                                                            
    Engines Use.........................  .110(e)(11), (12)             
    Industrial Trucks...................  .110(e)(13)                   
    Inside Storage......................  .110(f)                       
    Piping Into.........................  .110(b)(13)                   
  Commercial Vehicles...................  .110(g)                       
  Condensed Gas Drips...................  .110(d)(9)                    
  Definitions...........................  .110(a)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .110(b)(19)(i), .114          
  Electrical Equipment..................  .110(b)(17), (18); (h)(13)    
  Engines in Buildings..................  .110(e)(11), (12)             
  Equipment Approval....................  .110(b)(2)                    
  Fire Extinguishers....................  .110(g)(14)                   
  Fire Protection.......................  .110(d)(14), (f)(7), (h)(14)  
  Fuel Handling and Storage.............  .178(f)                       
  Gaging Devices........................  .110(b)(19)                   
  Garaging Vehicles.....................  .110(e)(14)                   
  Handling..............................  .110                          
  Liquid Level Gaging Device............  .110(b)(19)                   
  Liquid Transfer.......................  .110(b)(14)                   
  Loading...............................  .110(b)(15)                   
  Motor Fuel............................  .110(e)                       
  Odorizing Gases.......................  .110(b)(1)                    
  Pits and Drains.......................  .110(d)(11)                   
  Regulating Equipment..................  .110(b)(6); (c)(5); (d)(9);   
                                           (e)(9)                       
    Indoor..............................  .110(c)(5)                    
    Location............................  .110(b)(6)                    
    Outdoor.............................  .110(c)(4)                    
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(14)                   
  Service Stations......................  .110(h)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
  Storage...............................  .110                          
  Tank Car Loading......................  .110(b)(15)                   
  Transport Trucks......................  .110(b)(15)                   
  Trucks................................  .178(b)(10), (11)             
  Trucks Conversion.....................  .178(d), (q)(12)              
Liquid Fuels:                                                           
  Handling and Storage..................  .178(f)                       
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)                       
Liquid Heaters, Spray...................  .107(e)(7)                    
Liquid Transfer:                                                        
  Anhydrous Ammonia.....................  .111(b)(12), (f)(6)           
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .106(e)(2)(iv), (e)(3)(vi),   
                                           (f)(3)(vi), (g), (h)(4),     
                                           .107(e)(4), (9)              
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(14)                   
Load Handling:                                                          
  Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes..  .180(h)                       
    Attaching...........................  .180(h)(2)                    
    Holding.............................  .180(h)(4)                    
    Moving..............................  .180(h)(3)                    
    Size................................  .180(h)(1)                    
  Derricks..............................  .181                          
    Attaching...........................  .181(i)(2)                    
    Boom Securing.......................  .181(i)(6)                    
    Holding.............................  .181(i)(4)                    
    Moving..............................  .181(i)(3)                    
    Size................................  .181(i)(1)                    
    Winch Heads.........................  .181(i)(5)                    
  Overhead and Gantry Cranes............  .179(n)                       
    Attaching...........................  .179(n)(2)                    
    Hoist Limit Switches................  .179(n)(4)                    
    Moving..............................  .179(n)(3)                    

[[Page 572]]

                                                                        
    Size................................  .179(n)(1)                    
Load Ratings:                                                           
  Cranes................................  .180(c)                       
  Derricks..............................  .181(c)                       
  Overhead and Gantry Cranes............  .179(b)(5)                    
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(c)(7)                     
Loading:                                                                
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)(3)                    
  Explosives............................  .109(e)(3)                    
  Industrial Plants.....................  .106(e)(4)                    
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(15)                   
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(5)                    
  Scaffolds.............................  .29(a)(2)                     
Lockout/tagout of hazardous energy......  .147                          
  Control sequence......................  .147(d)                       
  Electrical safety-related work          .333(b)                       
   practices.                                                           
  Inspection............................  .147(c)(6)                    
  Powered platforms.....................  .66(f)(3)()i)(J)              
  Release procedures....................  .147(e)                       
  Testing...............................  .147(f)(1)                    
  Training..............................  .147(c)(7)                    
Locomotive Cranes: (see also Crawler,     .180                          
 Locomotive and Truck Cranes).                                          
Log Handling: (see also Sawmills).......  .265(d)                       
Looms...................................  .262(n)                       
Low Pressure Tanks......................  .106(b)(1)(iv)                
LP-Gases: (see Liquefied Petroleum                                      
 Gases)                                                                 
Lumber Handling.........................  .265(c)(27), (28)             
Lunchrooms..............................  .141(g)                       
  Location..............................  .141(g)(1), (2)               
  Waste Disposal Containers.............  .141(g)(3)                    
Machine Guarding: (see Machine(ry)                                      
 Guarding)                                                              
Machine(ry) Guarding....................  .211-.222                     
  Abrasive Wheel Machinery..............  .215                          
  Anchoring Fixed Machinery.............  .212(a), (b)                  
  Bakeries..............................  .263(c)                       
  Barrels...............................  .212(a)(4)                    
  Blades Exposure.......................  .212(a)(5)                    
  Calendars.............................  .216                          
  Containers............................  .212(a)(4)                    
  Definitions...........................  .211                          
  Drums.................................  .212(a)(4)                    
  Effective Dates.......................  .220                          
  Forging Machines......................  .218                          
  Mills.................................  .216                          
  Point of Operation....................  .212(a)(3)                    
  Power Presses.........................  .217                          
  Power Transmission Equipment..........  .219                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .221                          
  Types.................................  .212(a)(1)                    
  Woodworking Machinery.................  .213                          
Machines:                                                               
  Abrasive Wheels.......................  .215                          
  Definitions...........................  .211                          
  Forging...............................  .218                          
  Laundry...............................  .264                          
  Mills and Calenders...................  .216                          
  Power Transmission, Mechanical........  .219                          
  Presses, Mechanical...................  .217                          
  Textiles..............................  .262                          
  Woodworking...........................  .213                          
Magazines, Explosives...................  .109(c)(2)                    
  Class I...............................  .109(c)(3)                    
  Class II..............................  .109(c)(4)                    
  Class III.............................  .109(c)(5)                    
Maintenance: (see also Term To Which It                                 
 Applies)                                                               
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(10)                   
  Cranes................................  .179(l), .180(f)              
  Derricks..............................  .181(f)                       
  Egress................................  .36(d), .37(k)                
  Fire Alarm Systems....................  .163(c)                       
  Fire Extinguishers:                     .157(e)                       
  Gaseous Hydrogen Systems..............  .103(b)(5)                    
  Industrial Plants.....................  .106(e)(9)                    
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(5)                    
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)(4)                    
  Powered Industrial Trucks.............  .178(q)                       
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(e)(6)                     
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(8)                    
  Respirators...........................  .134(f)                       
  Standpipe and Hose System.............  .158(e)                       
  Sprinkler Systems.....................  .159(c)(2)                    
  Type F Powered Platforms..............  .66(c)(5)                     
Manifolding Gas Cylinders...............  .253(c)                       
  Fuel-Gas..............................  .253(c)(1)                    
  Operating Procedures..................  .253(c)(5)                    
  Oxygen................................  .253(c)(2), (3)               
  Portable Outlet Headers...............  .253(c)(4)                    
Manholes................................  .23(a)(6), .268(o)            
Manlifts................................  .68                           
  Belts.................................  .68(c)(1)(ii)                 
  Brakes................................  .68(c)(1)(i)                  
  Clearances............................  .68(b)(11)                    
  Design................................  .68(b)(3)                     
  Exit Protection.......................  .68(b)(8)                     
  Floor Openings........................  .68(b)(5), (7)                
  Guardrails............................  .68(b)(8)(i), (10)(iv)        
  Guards................................  .68(b)(7), (9)                
  Handholds.............................  .68(c)(4)                     
  Inspections...........................  .68(e)                        
  Instruction Signs.....................  .68(c)(7)                     
  Ladders...............................  .68(b)(12)                    
  Landings..............................  .68(b)(6)                     
  Lighting..............................  .68(b)(6)(iii), (14)          
  Machinery.............................  .68(c)                        
  Mechanical Requirements...............  .68(c)                        
  Operating Rules.......................  .68(d)                        
  Platforms.............................  .68(c)(3)                     
  Speed.................................  .68(c)(2)                     
  Standards Sources.....................  .68(b)(4), .69                
  Steps.................................  .68(c)(3)                     

[[Page 573]]

                                                                        
  Stops.................................  .68(c)(5), (6)                
  Warning Signs.........................  .68(c)(7)                     
  Weather Protection....................  .68(b)(15)                    
Marine Service Stations.................  .106(g)(4)                    
Marking Physical Hazards................  .144                          
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(11)                   
Markings: (see also Signs and Tags)                                     
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(8)(viii)              
  Compressed Gas Cylinders..............  .253(b)(1)                    
  Electric equipment:                                                   
    General.............................  .303(e)                       
    Hazardous locations.................  .307(b)(2)(ii)                
  Explosive Actuated Tools..............  .243(d)(3)                    
  Explosives............................  .109(d)(2)(ii)                
  Eye and Face Protection...............  .133(a)(4)                    
  Gaseous Hydrogen Systems..............  .103(b)(1)(v)                 
  Hazardous materials, retention of DOT   .1201                         
   markings.                                                            
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(1)(iii)               
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(5), (c)               
  Load Ratings:                                                         
    Cranes..............................  .180(c)(2)                    
    Derricks............................  .181(c)                       
    Powered Industrial Trucks...........  .178(a)(3)                    
    Powered Platforms...................  .66(f)(7)                     
  Physical Hazards......................  .144                          
  Respirators...........................  .134(g)                       
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(11)                   
Mason's Adjustable Multiple Point         .28(f)                        
 Suspension Scaffolds.                                                  
Masons' Ladders.........................  .25(c)(4)(iii)                
Matching Machines.......................  .213(n)                       
Material Safety Data Sheets, chemical     .1200                         
 hazards information.                                                   
Materials Handling and Storage:                                         
  Aisles and Passageways................  .176(a)                       
  Clearance Signs.......................  .176(e)                       
  Cranes--Crawler, Locomotive and Truck.  .180                          
  Cranes, Overhead and Gantry...........  .179                          
  Derricks..............................  .181                          
  Effective Dates.......................  .182                          
  Guarding Openings.....................  .176(g)                       
  Hazardous materials, retention of DOT   .1201                         
   markings.                                                            
  Hazardous Waste Operations............  .120(j), (p)(6)               
  Housekeeping..........................  .176(c)                       
  Mechanical Equipment..................  .176(a)                       
  Powered Industrial Trucks.............  .178                          
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(c), (d), (m)             
  Railroad Car Blocks...................  .176(f)                       
  Securing..............................  .176(b)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .183                          
Maximum Allowable Concentration:                                        
  Fluorine..............................  .252(c)(5)(ii)                
  Welding Contamination.................  .252(c)(1)(iii)               
Means of Egress: (see Egress Means)                                     
Mechanical Handling Equipment:                                          
  Clearances............................  .176(a)                       
  Powered Industrial Trucks.............  .177(e), .178                 
Mechanical Power Presses:                                               
  Air Controlling Equipment.............  .217(b)(10)                   
  Brakes, Friction......................  .217(b)(2)                    
  Clearances, Work Area.................  .217(f)(3)                    
  Clutches:                                                             
    Full Revolution.....................  .217(b)(3)                    
    Part Revolution.....................  .217(b)(7)                    
  Definitions...........................  .211(d)                       
  Dies..................................  .217(d)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .220                          
  Electrical Controls...................  .217(b)(8)                    
  Excluded Machines.....................  .217(a)(5)                    
  Foot Pedals...........................  .217(b)(4)                    
  Guarding..............................  .217(b)                       
  Guide Posts...........................  .217(d)(4)                    
  Hand Feeding Tools....................  .217(c)(4)                    
  Hazards:                                                              
    Guide Posts.........................  .217(d)(4)                    
    Personnel...........................  .217(b)(1)                    
  Hydraulic Equipment...................  .217(b)(11)                   
  Inspection, Records...................  .217(e)(1)                    
  Instructions..........................  .217(f)(2)                    
  Lever, Hand-Operated..................  .217(b)(5)                    
  Maintenance:                                                          
    Records.............................  .217(e)(1)                    
    Training Personnel..................  .217(e)(3)                    
  Modifications.........................  .217(a)(4), (e)(2)            
  Operating Instructions................  .217(f)(2)                    
    Overloading.........................  .217(f)(4)                    
    Point of Operation..................  .217(c)                       
  Pressure Vessels......................  .217(b)(12)                   
  Slide Counterbalances.................  .217(b)(9)                    
    Air.................................  .217(b)(9)(iii)-(v)           
    Spring..............................  .217(b)(9)(i), (ii)           
  Standards Sources.....................  .221                          
  Training Maintenance Personnel........  .217(e)(3)                    
  Treadles..............................  .217(b)(4)                    
  Trips, Two-Hand.......................  .217(b)(6)                    
  Unitized Tooling......................  .217(d)(5)                    
Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus.  .219                          
  Bearings..............................  .219(j), (p)(3)               
  Belts:                                                                
    Care................................  .219(p)(6)                    
    Fasteners...........................  .219(l)(4)                    
    Perches.............................  .219(l)(3)                    
    Shifters............................  .219(l)(1)                    
    Shippers............................  .219(l)(2)                    
  Chains................................  .219(f)                       
  Clutches..............................  .219(k), (l)                  
  Collars...............................  .219(i)                       
  Couplings.............................  .219(i), (k)(1)               
  Cutoff Couplings......................  .219(k)(1)                    
  Definitions...........................  .211(f)                       

[[Page 574]]

                                                                        
  Drives:                                                               
    Belt, Rope, and Chain...............  .219(e)                       
    Friction............................  .219(g)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .220                          
  Engine Rooms..........................  .219(k)(2)                    
  Equipment Care........................  .219(p)                       
  Excluded Apparatus....................  .219(a)(1)                    
  Gears.................................  .219(f)                       
  Guarding..............................  .219                          
  Guards:                                                               
    Disks...............................  .219(m)(1)                    
    Horizontal Overhead:                                                
      Belts.............................  .219(o)(3)                    
      Rope and Chain Drives.............  .219(o)(4)                    
    Materials...........................  .219(m)(1), (o)               
    Prime Mover.........................  .219(b)                       
    Shields.............................  .219(m)(2)                    
    Standard............................  .219(m)                       
        Manufacturing Methods...........  .219(m)(2)                    
        Materials.......................  .219(m)(1)                    
    Toeboards...........................  .219(o)(5)                    
    U-Guards............................  .219(m)(3)                    
    Wooden..............................  .219(o)(2)                    
  Hangers...............................  .219(p)(4)                    
  Keys..................................  .219(h)                       
  Located in Basements, Towers, and       .219(c)(5)                    
   Rooms.                                                               
  Personnel Protection..................  .219(p)(7)                    
  Prime Mover Guards:                                                   
    Connecting Rods.....................  .219(b)(2)                    
    Cranks..............................  .219(b)(2)                    
    Extension Piston Rods...............  .219(b)(3)                    
    Flywheels...........................  .219(b)(1)                    
    Tail Rods...........................  .219(b)(3)                    
  Projections...........................  .219(h)                       
  Pulleys...............................  .219(d), (k), (p)(5)          
  Setscrews.............................  .219(h)                       
  Shafting..............................  .219(c)                       
    Care................................  .219(p)(2)                    
    Guarding............................  .219(c)(2), (3)               
    Installation........................  .219(c)(1)                    
    Projecting Shafts...................  .219(c)(4)                    
  Sprockets.............................  .219(f)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .221                          
  Textile Industry......................  .219(a)(3)                    
Medical Services: (see also First Aid     .151                          
 Personnel Protective Equipment).                                       
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(j)                      
  First Aid.............................  .151                          
    Labor Camps.........................  .142(k)                       
    Open Surface Tanks..................  .94(d)(9)(xi)                 
    Pulpwood Logging....................  .266(c)(1)                    
    Textiles............................  .262(pp)                      
    Welding.............................  .252(c)(13)                   
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(k)                       
  Radiation Exposure Records............  .96(n)                        
  Standards Sources.....................  .153                          
Medical Surveillance....................  .120(b)(5), (f)               
Mercantile Occupancies..................  .106(d)(5)(iv)                
Mercury.................................  .252(f)(10)                   
  Exposure Limit........................  .95(b)                        
Metal Cutting: (see Cutting and Welding)                                
Metal Ladders, Portable: (see also        .26                           
 Ladders, Portable Metal).                                              
Methyl chloromethyl ether...............  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Methylene Chloride:.....................                                
  Permissible Exposure Limits...........  .1052(c)                      
  Exposure Monitoring...................  .1052(d)                      
  Regulated Areas.......................  .1052(e)                      
  Methods of Compliance.................  .1052(f)                      
  Respiratory Protection................  .1052(g)                      
  Protective Work Clothing and Equipment  .1052(h)                      
  Hygiene Facilities....................  .1052(i)                      
  Medical Surveillance..................  .1052(j)                      
  Hazard Communications.................  .1052(k)                      
  Employee Information and Training.....  .1052(l)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1052(m)                      
4,4-Methylenedianiline:                                                 
  Airborne Concentration................  .1050(c)                      
  Compliance............................  .1050(g)                      
  Emergency Situations..................  .1050(d)                      
  Hazard Communication..................  .1050(k)                      
  Exposure, Permissible.................  .1050(c)                      

[[Page 575]]

                                                                        
  Housekeeping..........................  .1050(l)                      
  Hygiene Facilities and Practices......  .1050(j)                      
  Medical Surveillance..................  .1050(m)                      
  Monitoring............................  .1050(e)                      
  Personal Protective Equipment.........  .1050(i)                      
      Clothing..........................  .1050(i)                      
  Recordkeeping.........................  .1050(n)                      
  Regulated Areas.......................  .1050(f)                      
  Respiratory protection................  .1050(h)                      
Mill Roll Heights.......................  .216(a)(4)                    
Mills, Pulp, Paper and Paperboard (see    .261                          
 also Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills).                                
Mills, Rubber and Plastics Industry:                                    
  Definitions...........................  .211(c)                       
  Location Protection...................  .216(d)(1)                    
  Roll Heights..........................  .216(a)(4)                    
  Safety Controls.......................  .216(b)                       
    Auxiliary Equipment.................  .216(b)(3)                    
    Safety Trip Control.................  .216(b)(1)                    
  Stopping Limits.......................  .216(f)(1), (2)               
  Switches, Trip and Emergency..........  .216(e)                       
Minors:                                                                 
  Ionizing Radiation Exposure...........  .96(b)(3), (c)(2), (d)(2)(ii) 
Minors Employment.......................  .217(f)(4)                    
Mixing:                                                                 
  Blasting Agents.......................  .109(g)(2), (3); (h)(3), (4)  
  Explosives............................  .109(h)(3), (4)               
Molding Machines........................  .213(n)                       
Monitoring:                                                             
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(f)                      
  Ionizing Radiation....................  .96(d)                        
Mortising Machines......................  .213(e)                       
Motor Fuels.............................  .110(e)                       
Motor Vehicles:                                                         
  Anhydrous Ammonia.....................  .111(f)                       
Motorized Hand Trucks: (see also Powered  .178                          
 Industrial Trucks).                                                    
Multi-piece Rim Wheels..................  .177                          
alpha-Napthylamine......................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    General regulated area requirements.  .1003(d)                      
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
beta-Napthylamine.......................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    General regulated area requirements.  .1003(d)                      
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   

[[Page 576]]

                                                                        
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Needle Beam Scaffolds...................  .28(n)                        
4-Nitrobiphenyl.........................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
N-Nitrosodimethylamine..................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   
Nitrous Oxide...........................  .105                          
  Administrative Controls...............  .95(b)(1)                     
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Engineering Controls..................  .95(b)(1)                     
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
Noise Exposure..........................  .95                           
  Effective Dates.......................  .98                           
  Personal Protective Equipment.........  .95(b)(1), (c), (i), (j)      
  Pulpwood Logging......................  .266(c)(1)(vi)                
  Standards Sources.....................  .99                           
Nonionizing Radiation...................  .97                           
  Effective Dates.......................  .98                           
  Electromagnetic Radiation.............  .97(a)                        
  Standards Sources.....................  .99                           
Nonpotable Water........................  .120(n)(2)                    
Noxious Gases, Storage Areas............  .178(i)                       
Nozzles:                                                                
  Abrasive Blasting.....................  .94(a)(2)(iii), .244(b)       
  Gasoline..............................  .106(g)(3)(vi)                
  Standpipe.............................  .158(c)(4)                    
Occupant Load...........................  .37(d)                        
Occupational Noise Exposure: (see Noise                                 
 Exposure)                                                              
Odorizing Gases.........................  .110(b)(1)                    
Open-Sided Floors.......................  .23(c)                        
Open Surface Tanks: (see Tanks: Open                                    
 Surface)                                                               
Openings: (see also Floor Openings        .23                           
 (Holes), Wall Openings (Holes)).                                       
  Tanks:                                                                
    Inside..............................  .106(b)(4)(iv)                
Organic Peroxide Coatings: (see also      .107(m)                       
 Dual Component Coatings).                                              
Outdoor Storage:                                                        
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .106(d)(6)                    
Outlet Headers, welding.................  .253(c)(4)                    
  Protective Equipment..................  .253(e)(4)                    
Outrigger Scaffolds.....................  .28(e)                        
Outside Storage Trucks..................  .178(c)(2)(ix), (xi)          
Ovens...................................  .263(l)                       
  Direct-Fire...........................  .263(l)(10)                   
  Direct Recirculating..................  .263(l)(11)                   
  Electrical Heating Equipment..........  .263(l)(8)                    
  General Requirements..................  .263(l)(9)                    
  Indirect Recirculating................  .263(l)(15)                   
  Location..............................  .263(l)(1)                    
  Mechanical Parts......................  .263(l)(3)                    
Overflow Pipes, Dip Tanks...............  .108(c)(2)                    

[[Page 577]]

                                                                        
Overhead Cranes: (see also Overhead and   .179                          
 Gantry Cranes).                                                        
Overhead and Gantry Cranes:                                             
  Access................................  .179(c)(2)                    
  Adjustments...........................  .179(l)(3)                    
  Brakes................................  .179(f)                       
  Bridge Bumpers........................  .179(e)(2)                    
  Cabs..................................  .179(c)                       
  Clearances............................  .179(b)(6)                    
  Effective Dates.......................  .179(b)(2), .182              
  Electric Equipment....................  .179(g)                       
  Fire Extinguishers....................  .179(c)(3), (o)(3)            
  Footwalks.............................  .179(d)                       
  Guards................................  .179(e)(5), (6)               
  Handrails.............................  .179(d)(3), (4)(ii)           
  Hoisting Equipment....................  .179(h)                       
  Hoisting Rope Guards..................  .179(e)(5)                    
  Inspections...........................  .179(j), (m)                  
  Ladders...............................  .179(d)(4)                    
  Lighting..............................  .179(c)(4)                    
  Load Handling.........................  .179(n)                       
  Maintenance...........................  .179(l)                       
  Modifications.........................  .179(b)(3)                    
  Moving Part Guards....................  .179(e)(6)                    
  Rail Clamps...........................  .179(b)(4)                    
  Rail Sweeps...........................  .179(e)(4)                    
  Rated Load:                                                           
    Markings............................  .179(b)(5)                    
    Tests...............................  .179(k)(2)                    
  Repairs...............................  .179(l)(3)                    
  Rope inspection.......................  .179(m)                       
  Stairways.............................  .179(d)(4)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .183                          
  Testing...............................  .179(k)                       
  Toeboards.............................  .179(d)(3)                    
  Trolley Bumpers.......................  .179(e)(3)                    
  Trolley Stops.........................  .179(e)(1)                    
  Warning Devices.......................  .179(i)                       
  Wind Indicators.......................  .179(b)(4)                    
Overhead Wires:                                                         
  Cranes................................  .180(j)(4)                    
  Derricks..............................  .181(j)(5)(iv)                
Overspray Collectors....................  .107(b)(6)                    
Oxygen: (see also Bulk Oxygen Systems)..  .104                          
  Deficiency............................  .94(d)(9)(vi), (11)(iii)      
  Effective Dates.......................  .114                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .115                          
  Storage...............................  .252(a)(2)(iv)                
Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems.................  .253                          
  Outlet Headers........................  .253(c)(4)                    
  Piping Systems........................  .253(d)                       
  Protective Equipment..................  .253(e)                       
Oxygen Manifolds:                                                       
  High Pressure.........................  .253(c)(2)                    
  Low Pressure..........................  .253(c)(3)                    
Painters' Stepladders...................  .25(c)(4)(ii)                 
Paints:                                                                 
  Color Code............................  .144                          
  Fire Retardant........................  .37(o)                        
Paper and Paperboard Mills: (see also     .261                          
 Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills).                                     
Passageways, Working Surfaces...........  .22(b)                        
Permissible Exposure Limits.............  .1000                         
Personal Protection: (see also Personal   .94(d)(9), .219(p)(7)         
 Protective Equipment).                                                 
Personal Protective Equipment: (see also                                
 Lifelines, and Other Terms Listed                                      
 Below)                                                                 
  Abrasive Blasting.....................  .94(a)(5)                     
  Asbestos Exposure.....................  .1001(d)                      
    Clothing............................  .1001(d)(3)                   
  Bloodborne pathogens, exposure to, use  .1030(c)(2)(ii), (d) (2)(i)   
   of ppe.                                 and (3)                      
  Electrical Protective Equipment.......  .137, .268(f)                 
  Electrical safety-related work          .333(c)(2), .335(a)           
   practices, use of ppe.                                               
  Emergency Showers and Fountains:                                      
    Open Surface Tanks..................  .94(d)(9)                     
    Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills....  .261(g)(5), (18)              
  Eye Protection........................  .133                          
  Face Protection.......................  .133                          
  Fire Brigades.........................  .156                          
  Foot Protection.......................  .136                          
  General Requirements..................  .132                          
  Hand protection.......................  .138                          
  Hazardous Waste Operations............  .120(g)                       
  Head Protection.......................  .135                          
  Noise Exposure........................  .95(b)(1)                     
  Open Surface Tanks....................  .94(d)(9)                     
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(b)(2), (g)(2), (i)(4),   
                                           (k)(3)                       
  Pulpwood Logging......................  .266(c)(1)(i)-(v)             
  Respiratory Protection................  .134                          
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(17)(ii), (g)          
    Electrical..........................  .265(c)(12)(iv)               
  Telecommunications, insulating          .268(f)                       
   equipment.                                                           
  Textiles..............................  .262(qq)                      
  Welding...............................  .252-.257                     
    Booths..............................  .252(b)(2)(iii)               
    Cable...............................  .252(b)(1)(ii)                
    Clothing............................  .252(b)(3)                    
    Eye Protection......................  .252(b)(2)                    
    Helmets.............................  .252(b)(2)                    
    Railing.............................  .252(b)(1)(i)                 
    Shade Numbers, Lenses...............  .252(b)(2)(ii)(H), (b)        
Physical Hazards Markings: (see also      .144                          
 Color Codes, Physical Hazards:                                         
 Markings).                                                             
  Effective Dates.......................  .149                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .150                          

[[Page 578]]

                                                                        
Piers and Wharves: (see also Wharves)                                   
  Trucks Used...........................  .178(c)(2)(x)                 
Pipes:                                                                  
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(c)(2)                    
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .107(e)(6)                    
  Overflow..............................  .108(c)(2)                    
Piping: (see Piping, Fittings and                                       
 Tubing; Piping, Valves and Tubing)                                     
Piping, Fittings and Tubing:                                            
  Anhydrous Ammonia.....................  .111(b)(7)                    
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(5)                    
  Gaseous Hydrogen Systems..............  .103(b)(1)(ii), (iii)         
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(1)(iv), (v)           
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(8)                    
  Safety Relief Devices.................  .103(b)(1)(ii), (c)(1)(iv)    
Piping Systems, Oxygen-Fuel.............  .253(d)                       
  Fittings..............................  .253(d)(1)                    
  Installation..........................  .253(d)(3)                    
  Painting..............................  .253(d)(4)                    
  Piping................................  .253(d)(1)                    
  Piping Joints.........................  .253(d)(2)                    
  Pressure Relief Devices...............  .253(e)(2)                    
  Protective Equipment..................  .253(e)(3), (4)               
  Signs.................................  .253(d)(4)                    
  Station Outlets.......................  .253(e)(4)                    
  Testing...............................  .253(d)(5)                    
  X-ray Inspections.....................  .252(d)(1)(vii)               
Piping, Valves, and Fittings:                                           
  Flammable and Combustible Liquids.....  .106(c)                       
    Corrosion Protection................  .106(c)(5)                    
    Design..............................  .106(c)(1)                    
    Joints..............................  .106(c)(3)                    
    Materials...........................  .106(c)(2)                    
    Supports............................  .106(c)(4)                    
    Testing.............................  .106(c)(7)                    
    Valves..............................  .106(c)(6)                    
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(h)(7)                    
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(4)(ii)                
Pits....................................  .23(a)(5)                     
  Drains................................  .110(d)(11)                   
Planing Machines........................  .213(n)                       
Plasterers' Scaffolds...................  .28(o)                        
Plastics Industry: (see also Mills,                                     
 Rubber and Plastics Industry)                                          
  Auxiliary Equipment...................  .216(a)(3)                    
  Effective Dates.......................  .216(a)(1), (2), .220         
  Installations:                                                        
    Existing............................  .216(a)(2)                    
    New.................................  .216(a)(1)                    
  Mills and Calenders...................  .216                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .221                          
Platform Lift Trucks: (see also Powered   .178                          
 Industrial Trucks).                                                    
Platforms, Scaffolds: (see also Listings                                
 Under Specific Type Scaffold)                                          
  Guarding..............................  .23(c)                        
  Manlifts..............................  .68(c)(3)                     
Pneumatic Powered Tools.................  .243(b)                       
  Airhoses..............................  .243(b)(2)                    
  Portable..............................  .243(b)(1)                    
Point of Operation Guarding.............  .212(a)(3), .217(c)           
Polishing: (see Grinding, Polishing and                                 
 Buffing)                                                               
Portable Fire Extinguishers: (see also    .157                          
 Fire Extinguishers, Portable).                                         
Portable Metal Ladders: (see also         .26                           
 Ladders, Portable Metal).                                              
Portable Stepladders: (see Stepladders,                                 
 Portable)                                                              
Portable Tank Storage: (see Tank                                        
 Storage, Portable)                                                     
Portable Tanks: (see Tanks, Portable)                                   
Portable Tools: (see also Powered Tools,  .244                          
 Hand and Portable).                                                    
Portable Welding Machines: (see Welding                                 
 Machines, Portable)                                                    
Portable Wood Ladders: (see also          .25                           
 Ladders, Portable Wood).                                               
Powder Coatings.........................  .107(l)                       
Power Presses, Mechanical: (see                                         
 Mechanical Power Presses)                                              
Powered Industrial Trucks:                                              
  Approval Labels.......................  .178(a)(3), (7)               
  Batteries.............................  .178(g)                       
  Combustible Dusts.....................  .178(c)(2)(vi)                
  Conversion............................  .178(d), (q)(12)              
  Design and Construction...............  .178(a)(2)                    
  Designated Locations..................  .178(c)(1)                    
  Designations, Trucks:                                                 
    D...................................  .178(b)(1)                    
    DS..................................  .178(b)(2)                    
    DY..................................  .178(b)(3)                    
    E...................................  .178(b)(4)                    
    ES..................................  .178(b)(5)                    
    EE..................................  .178(b)(6)                    
    EX..................................  .178(b)(7)                    
    G...................................  .178(b)(8)                    
    GS..................................  .178(b)(9)                    
    LP..................................  .178(b)(10)                   
    LPS.................................  .178(b)(11)                   
  Effective Dates.......................  .182                          
  Fire Protection.......................  .178(a)(1)                    
  Front End Attachments.................  .178(a)(5)                    
  Fuel Handling.........................  .178(f)                       
  Gases and Fumes.......................  .178(i)                       
  Grain Handling........................  .178(c)(2)(vi), (b)           
  Hazardous Materials...................  .178(c)(2)                    
  Lighting..............................  .178(h)                       

[[Page 579]]

                                                                        
  Loading...............................  .178(o)                       
  Maintenance...........................  .178(q)                       
  Markings..............................  .178(a)(6)                    
  Modifications.........................  .178(a)(4)                    
  Operations............................  .178(p)                       
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(b)(6)                    
  Repairs...............................  .178(q)                       
  Safety Guards.........................  .178(e)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .183                          
  Training Operators....................  .178(l)                       
  Traveling.............................  .178(n)                       
  Truck Operations......................  .178(m)                       
Powered Platforms.......................  .66-.70                       
  Access................................  .66(f)(3) (i)(K), (ii)(D),    
                                           (iii)(C)(2), (f)(5)(ii)(J)   
  Application...........................  .66(b)                        
  Buildings, affected parts.............  .66(e)                        
  Definitions...........................  .66(d)                        
  Electrical............................  .66(e)(11), (f)(8)            
  Equipment.............................  .66(f)                        
  Fall Arrest systems...................  66(f)(5)(ii)(L), (M),         
                                           (iii)(B), (j), App. C        
  Hoisting Equipment....................  .66(f)(4), (g)(6)             
  Inspections...........................  .66(g)                        
  Lockout...............................  .66(f)(3)(i)(J)               
  Maintenance...........................  .66(e)(5), (10), (g), (h)     
  Manlifts..............................  .68                           
  Reshackling Hoists....................  .66(h)(4)                     
  Ropes.................................  .66(f)(7), (g)(5), (h)(3), (4)
  Standards Sources.....................  .69                           
  Tests.................................  .66(g)                        
  Vehicle-Mounted.......................  .67                           
Powered Tools, Hand and Portable:                                       
  Abrasive Wheels.......................  .243(c)                       
  Compressed Air Cleaning...............  .242(b)                       
  Definitions...........................  .241                          
  Effective Dates.......................  .245                          
  Employees.............................  .242(a)                       
  Explosive Actuated Fastening..........  .243(d)                       
  Guarding..............................  .243                          
  Lawn Mowers, Power....................  .243(e)                       
  Pneumatic Powered.....................  .243(b)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .246                          
  Woodworking...........................  .243(a)                       
Presses: (see also Mechanical Power                                     
 Presses)                                                               
  Cold Trimming.........................  .218(g)(2)                    
  Forging...............................  .218(f)                       
  Hot Trimming..........................  .218(g)(2)                    
  Hydraulic Forging.....................  .218(f)(2)                    
  Trimming..............................  .218(g)                       
Pressure Gages, Air Receivers...........  .169(b)(3)                    
Pressure Vessels........................  .106(b)(1)(v), .217(b)(12)    
  Chemical Plants.......................  .106(i)(3)                    
  Distilleries..........................  .106(i)(3)                    
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .216(g)(16), (17)             
  Refineries............................  .106(i)(3)                    
Pressures: (see Safety Relief Devices)                                  
Prime Mover Guards......................  .219(b)                       
Primers, Ammunition.....................  .109(j)(4)                    
Process safety management of highly       .119                          
 hazardous chemicals (see Chemicals,                                    
 etc.).                                                                 
Processing Plants, Flammable and          .106(h)                       
 Combustible Liquids.                                                   
  Application...........................  .106(h)(1)                    
  Buildings.............................  .106(h)(3)                    
  Fire Protection.......................  .106(h)(6)                    
  Housekeeping..........................  .106(h)(8)                    
  Ignition Sources......................  .106(h)(7)                    
  Liquid Handling.......................  .106(h)(4)                    
  Loading...............................  .106(h)(5)                    
  Location..............................  .106(h)(2)                    
  Maintenance...........................  .106(h)(8)                    
Profile Lathes..........................  .213(o)                       
Projections.............................  .219(h)                       
beta-Propiolactone......................  .1003                         
  Area requirements.....................  .1003(c)                      
    Closed system operation.............  .1003(c)(2)                   
    Isolated systems....................  .1003(c)(1)                   
    Maintenance and decontamination       .1003(c)(5)                   
     activities.                                                        
    Open-vessel system operations.......  .1003(c)(3)                   
    Transfer from a closed operation....  .1003(c)(4)                   
  Medical surveillance..................  .1003(g)                      
    Examinations........................  .1003(g)(1)                   
    Records.............................  .1003(g)(2)                   
  Regulated area requirements...........  .1003(d)                      
    Contamination control...............  .1003(d)(4)                   
    Emergencies.........................  .1003(d)(2)                   
    Hygiene facilities and practices....  .1003(d)(3)                   
  Reports...............................  .1003(f)                      
    Incidents...........................  .1003(f)(2)                   
    Operations..........................  .1003(f)(1)                   
  Signs, information, and training......  .1003(e)                      
    Container contents identification...  .1003(e)(2)                   
    Lettering...........................  .1003(e)(3)                   
    Prohibited statements...............  .1003(e)(4)                   
    Signs...............................  .1003(e)(1)                   
    Training and indoctrination.........  .1003(e)(5)                   

[[Page 580]]

                                                                        
Protective Clothing: (see Clothing,                                     
 Protective and Personal Protective                                     
 Equipment)                                                             
Protective Equipment, Piping: (see also   .253(e)                       
 Personal Protective Equipment).                                        
  Hoses and Connections.................  .253(5)                       
  Pressure-Reducing Regulations.........  .253(6)                       
  Stations Outlet.......................  .253(4)                       
Pulleys.................................  .219(d), (k), (p)(5)          
Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills:                                       
  Barking Devices.......................  .261(c)(12)                   
  Belt Conveyors........................  .261(c)(15)                   
  Bleaching.............................  .261(h)                       
  Bridge or Dock Plates.................  .261(c)(11)                   
  Chemical Processes....................  .261(g)                       
  Cranes................................  .261(c)(8)                    
  Finishing Rooms.......................  .261(1)                       
  Floors................................  .261(b)(3)                    
  Guards................................  .261(b)(1)                    
  Hand Tools............................  .261(c)(13)                   
  Handling..............................  .261(c), (d)                  
  Lighting..............................  .261(b)(7), (c)(10), (k)(21)  
  Lockouts..............................  .261(b)(4)                    
  Machine Rooms.........................  .261(k)                       
  Materials Handling....................  .261(m)                       
  Mechanical Pulp Processes.............  .261(i)                       
  Personal Protective Clothing..........  .261(b)(2)                    
  Personal Protective Equipment.........  .261(b)(2), (d)(1)            
  Platforms.............................  .261(b)(3)                    
  Pulpwood:                                                             
    Preparation.........................  .261(e)                       
    Removal.............................  .261(c)(14)                   
  Rags and Old Paper....................  .261(f)                       
  Safe Practices........................  .261(b)                       
  Signs:                                                                
    Conveyors...........................  .261(c)(16)                   
    Traffic.............................  .261(c)(9)                    
  Standards Sources.....................  .261(a)(3), (4); .268         
  Stock Preparation.....................  .261(j)                       
  Storage...............................  .261(c), (d)                  
    Chocking Rolls......................  .261(d)(4)                    
    Clearances..........................  .261(d)(2)                    
    Piling..............................  .261(d)(3)                    
  Tanks.................................  .261(b)(5)                    
  Traffic Warning Signs.................  .261(c)(9)                    
  Trucks, Industrial Powered............  .261(b)(6)                    
Pulpwood Logging........................  .266                          
  Chain Saw Operations..................  .266(e)(2)                    
  Chipping..............................  .266(h)(4)                    
  Environmental Conditions..............  .266(d)(5)                    
  Explosives............................  .266(d)(10)                   
  First Aid.............................  .266(d)(2), (i)(7), App. A,   
                                           App. B                       
  Hand and Portable Powered Tools.......  .266(e)                       
  Harvesting............................  .266(h)                       
    Bucking.............................  .266(h)(3)                    
    Felling.............................  .266(h)(2)                    
    Limbing.............................  .266(h)(3)                    
  Loading                                 .266(h)(6)                    
  Machines for Moving Materials.........  .266(f)                       
    designated operator.................  .266(f)(2)                    
    FOPS/ROPS...........................  .266(f)(3)                    
    overhead guard......................  .266(f)(4)                    
    machine access......................  .266(f)(5)                    
    exhaust system......................  .266(f)(6)                    
    brakes..............................  .266(f)(7)                    
    guarding............................  .266(f)(8)                    
  Personal Protective Equipment.........  .266(d)(1)                    
  Seat Belts............................  .266(d)(3)                    
  Storage...............................  .266(h)(8)                    
  Training..............................  .266((i)                      
    frequency...........................  .266(i)(2)                    
    content.............................  .266(i)(3)                    
    first-aid...........................  .266(i)(7)                    
    designated trainer..................  .266(i)(8)                    
    certification.......................  .266(i)(10)                   
    meetings............................  .266(i)(11)                   
  Vehicles..............................  .266(g)                       
    maintenance.........................  .266(g)(1)                    
    inspection..........................  .266(g)(2)                    
    instructions........................  .266(g)(3)                    
  Work Areas............................  .266(d)(6)                    
Pumps, Gasoline: (see also Service        .106(g)(3), (4)               
 Stations).                                                             
Pyrotechnics............................  .109(k), .119                 
Radial Saws.............................  .213(h)                       
Radiation:                                                              
  Ionizing..............................  .96                           
  Nonionizing...........................  .97                           
Radioactive Materials:                                                  
  Packaged..............................  .96(h)                        
  Storage...............................  .96(j)                        
Rail Clamps.............................  .179(b)(4), .180(i)(1)        
Rail Sweeps.............................  .179(e)(4)                    
Railroad Cars...........................  .176, .178(k)(2)-(4)          
  Explosives............................  .109(f)                       
Ramps:                                                                  
  Egress................................  .37(j)                        
Rated Load Markings:                                                    
  Cranes................................  .179(b)(5)                    
  Derricks..............................  .181(c)(2)                    
Rated Load Test:                                                        
  Crawler, Locomotive, and Truck Cranes.  .180(e)(2)                    
  Overhead and Gantry Cranes............  .179(k)(2)                    
Recordkeeping:                                                          
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(i), (j)(6)              

[[Page 581]]

                                                                        
  Bloodborne pathogens, exposure to.....  .1030(f)(6), (h)              
  Building Inspection, assurance for      .66(c)                        
   powered platform use.                                                
  Communicable Diseases.................  .142(l)(1) and (2)            
  Cranes:                                                               
    Crawler, Locomotive and Truck.......  .180(d)(2) and (6), (e)(2),   
                                           (g)(i) and (2)               
    Overhead and Gantry.................  .179(k)(2), (m)(1) and (2)    
  Derricks..............................  .181(g)(1) and (3)            
  Forging Equipment Inspection..........  .218(a)(2)                    
  Hazardous Waste Operations............  .120(f)(7)                    
  Injury Reporting, Welding.............  .252(c)(13)                   
  Ionizing Radiation Exposure...........  .96(m), (o)                   
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(l)(1) and (2)            
  Liquid Storage Tanks, Class I.........  .106(g)(1)                    
  Manlifts..............................  .68(e)(3)                     
  Mechanical Power Presses..............  .217(e)(1)                    
  Personal Monitoring:                                                  
    Asbestos............................  .1001(i)(1)                   
    Ionizing Radiation..................  .96(n)                        
  Power Presses Inspection..............  .217(e)(1)                    
  Powered Platforms Inspection..........  .66(g)                        
  Radiation Exposure....................  .96(b)(2)(iii), (m)(1), (n),  
                                           (o)(1)                       
  Records, Disclosure, Ionizing           .96(o)(1)                     
   Radiation.                                                           
  Respirators...........................  .134(e)(2), (f)(2)(iv)        
  Welding Operations....................  .252(c)(13), .255(e)          
Records:                                                                
  Asbestos..............................  .93a(i), (j)(6)               
  Ionizing Radiation....................  .96(m), (n)                   
  Mechanical Power Presses..............  .217(e)(1)                    
Refineries, Chemical Plants and           .106(i)                       
 Distilleries.                                                          
  Application...........................  .106(j)                       
  Fire Protection.......................  .106(i)(5)                    
  Pressure Vessels......................  .106(i)(3)                    
  Process Unit Location.................  .106(i)(4)                    
  Storage Tanks.........................  .106(i)(1)                    
  Wharves...............................  .106(i)(2)                    
Refrigerated Containers:                                                
  Anhydrous Ammonia.....................  .111(d)                       
Refueling:                                                              
  Cranes................................  .180(i)(4)                    
  Derricks..............................  .181(j)(4)                    
  Trucks................................  .178(p)(2)                    
Refuse:                                                                 
  Collection............................  .142(a)(4)                    
  Disposal..............................  .142(h)                       
  Receptacles...........................  .141(a)(4)                    
Relief Devices: (see Safety Relief                                      
 Devices)                                                               
Remote Gas Pumping Systems..............  .106(g)(3)(v)                 
Residue Disposal: (see Waste Disposal)                                  
Resistance Welding Equipment............  .255(c)                       
  Capacitor Discharge Welding...........  .255(b)(2)                    
  Disconnecting Means...................  .306(d)(2)                    
  Foot Switches.........................  .255(b)(6)                    
  Grounding.............................  .255(b)(9)                    
  Guarding..............................  .255(a)(4), (b)(4)            
  Installation..........................  .255(a)(1)                    
  Interlocks............................  .255(b)(3)                    
  Safety Pins...........................  .255(b)(8)                    
  Shields...............................  .255(b)(5)                    
  Spot and Seam Welding.................  .255(b)                       
  Stop Buttons..........................  .255(b)(7)                    
  Thermal Protection....................  .255(a)(2)                    
Resistors:                                                              
  Cranes................................  .179(g)(4)                    
Respirators: (see also Gas Mask           .134                          
 Canisters).                                                            
  Abrasive Blasting.....................  .94 (a)(1)(ii), (a)(5)        
  Air Supply............................  .94(a)(6), .134(d)            
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(d)(1), (2)              
  Cleaning..............................  .134(b)(5), (f)(3)            
  Color Codes...........................  .134(g)(6)                    
  Employer Provided.....................  .134(a)(2)                    
  Fire brigades.........................  .156(f)                       
  Identification........................  .134(g)                       
  Inspection............................  .134(b)(7), (f)               
  Labeling..............................  .134(g)                       
  Maintenance...........................  .134(f)                       
  Minimum Acceptable Program............  .134(b)                       
  Open Surface Tanks....................  .94(d)(9)(vi)                 
  Positive-pressure.....................  .156(f)(2)                    
  Pulp, and Paper Mills.................  .261(b)(2), (3); (g)(2), (6), 
                                           (10), (15)(ii)               
  Repairs...............................  .134(f)(4)                    
  Selection.............................  .134(c)                       
  Storage...............................  .134(b)(6), (f)(5)            
  Textiles..............................  .262(qq)(2)                   
  Training..............................  .134(b)(3)                    
  Use...................................  .134(e)                       
  Welding...............................  .252(c)(4)(ii), (iii);        
                                           (5)(ii); (7)(ii); (8); (9);  
                                           (10)                         
Respiratory Protection: (see also         .134                          
 Respirators).                                                          
  Air Quality...........................  .94(a)(6), .134(d)            
  Air Supply............................  .94(a)(6), .134(d)            
  Fire brigades.........................  .156(f)                       

[[Page 582]]

                                                                        
  Fit testing...........................  .1001(g)(4), App. C,          
                                           .1025(f)(3), App. D,         
                                           .1028(g)(5), App. E,         
                                           .1048(g)(3)(ii), App. E      
  Gas Mask Canister Identification......  .134(g)                       
  Minimum Acceptable Program............  .134(b)                       
  Permissible Practices.................  .134(a)(1)                    
  Respirators...........................  .134(a)(2), (b), (c), (e)     
  Use...................................  .134(e)(5)                    
Right to know...........................  .1200                         
Rim wheels, multi-piece.................  .177                          
Ring Test...............................  .215(d)(1)                    
Ripsaws.................................  .213(c), .214(d)              
Risers, Open............................  .24(j)                        
Rodent Control..........................  .141(a)(5)                    
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(j)                       
Roll Coatings...........................  .108(h)(4)                    
Rolling Scaffolds: (see Work Platforms,                                 
 Mobile).                                                               
Roofing Brackets........................  .28(s)                        
  Catch Platforms.......................  .28(s)(3)                     
  Construction..........................  .28(s)(1)                     
  Supports..............................  .28(s)(2)                     
Rope Inspections:                                                       
  Cranes................................  .179(m), .180(g)              
  Derricks..............................  .181(g)                       
Ropes:                                                                  
  Cranes................................  .179(m), .180(g)              
    Hoists..............................  .179(h)(2)                    
    Inspections.........................  .179(m), .180(g)              
    Running.............................  .179(m)(1)                    
  Derricks..............................  .181(g)                       
    Idle Ropes..........................  .181(g)(3)                    
    Limited Travel......................  .181(g)(2)                    
    Nonrotating Ropes...................  .181(g)(4)                    
    Running.............................  .181(g)(1)                    
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(f)(7), (g)(5), (h)(3), (4)
Rotary Lawn Mowers......................  .243(e)(1), (4)               
Rotating Work Platforms: (see also        .67                           
 Vehicle-Mounted Work Platforms).                                       
Rubber Industry: (see also Mills, Rubber                                
 and Plastics Industry)                                                 
  Auxiliary Equipment...................  .216(a)(3), (b)(3)            
  Effective Dates.......................  .216(a)(1), (2); .220         
  Installations:                                                        
    Existing............................  .216(a)(2)                    
    New.................................  .216(a)(1)                    
  Mills and Calenders...................  .216                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .221                          
Rubber Protective Equipment.............  .221                          
Rung Ladders, Portable..................  .25(c)(3)                     
Running Ropes:                                                          
  Cranes................................  .179(m)(1), .180(g)(1)        
  Derricks..............................  .181(g)(1)                    
Runway Conductors:                                                      
  Cranes................................  .179(g)(6)                    
Runway Protection.......................  .23(c)                        
Safety Belts: (see also Lifelines)                                      
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(f)(5(ii), (L), (M),       
                                           (iii)(B), (j), App. C        
  Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard Mills.....  .261(b)(5), (g)(4), (15)      
  Scaffolding...........................  .28(j)(4), (n)(8), (s)(3),    
                                           (t)(2),(u)(6)                
  Tanks.................................  .94(d)(11)(v)                 
  Welding...............................  .252(b)(4)(iv)                
Safety Color Codes:                                                     
  Effective Dates.......................  .149                          
  Standards Sources.....................  .147                          
Safety Devices:                                                         
  Ladders...............................  .27(d)(5)                     
Safety Guard Design, Abrasive Wheel       .215(a)(2), (b)(10)-(12)      
 Machinery.                                                             
Safety Instruction Signs................  .145(c)(3), (d)(6)            
Safety Relief Devices:                                                  
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(6), (7)(ii)           
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .107(e)(8)                    
  Gaseous Hydrogen Systems..............  .103(b)(1)(ii)                
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(1)(iv)                
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(10), (c)(7), (d)(4),  
                                           (e)(7), (g)(7), (h)(4)       
  Non-DOT Containers....................  .110(d)(4)                    
  Spraying..............................  .107(e)(8)                    
Safety-Toe Footwear: (see Foot                                          
 Protection)                                                            
Sanding Machines........................  .213(p), .243(a)(3)           
Sanitation..............................  .141                          
  Application...........................  .141(a)(1)                    
  Change Rooms..........................  .141(e)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .149                          
  Food Handling.........................  .141(h)                       
  Hazardous Waste Operations............  .120(b)(13), (n)              
  Housekeeping..........................  .141(a)(3)                    
  Insect Control........................  .141(a)(5)                    
  Lunchrooms............................  .141(g)                       
  Rodent Control........................  .141(a)(5)                    
  Sawmills..............................  .265(h)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .150                          
  Toilet Facilities.....................  .141(c)                       
  Vermin Control........................  .141(a)(5)                    
  Washing Facilities....................  .141(d)                       
  Waste Disposal........................  .141(a)(4)                    
  Water Supply..........................  .141(b)                       

[[Page 583]]

                                                                        
Sawmills:                                                               
  Bins, Bunkers, Hoppers, and Fuel        .265(c)(23)                   
   Houses.                                                              
    Lighting............................  .265(c)(23)(iii)              
    Loading Bins........................  .265(c)(23)(ii)               
  Blower Systems........................  .265(c)(20)                   
  Building Facilities...................  .265(c)                       
    Docks...............................  .265(c)(4)                    
    Emergency Exits.....................  .265(c)(6)                    
    Fire Escapes........................  .265(c)(6)                    
    Floors..............................  .265(c)(3)                    
    Lighting............................  .265(c)(9)                    
    Platforms...........................  .265(c)(4)                    
    Stairways...........................  .265(c)(5)                    
      Handrails.........................  .265(c)(5)(ii)                
      Lighting..........................  .265(c)(5)(iii)               
    Tanks...............................  .265(c)(8)                    
    Vats................................  .265(c)(8)                    
    Walkways............................  .265(c)(4)                    
    Work Areas..........................  .265(c)(2)                    
  Burners...............................  .265(c)(29)                   
  Chemicals.............................  .265(c)(17)                   
  Chippers..............................  .265(c)(21)                   
  Conveyors.............................  .265(c)(18)                   
  Definitions...........................  .265(b)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .265(j)                       
  Exhaust Systems.......................  .265(c)(20)                   
  Fire Protection.......................  .265(i)                       
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .265(c)(16)                   
  Gas Piping and Appliances.............  .265(c)(15)                   
  General Requirements..................  .265(a)                       
  Hydraulic Systems.....................  .265(c)(13)                   
  Kilns, Dry............................  .265(f)                       
  Ladders...............................  .265(c)(10)                   
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .265(c)(14)                   
  Log Breakdown.........................  .265(e)                       
  Log Handling, Sorting, and Storage....  .265(d)                       
    Barking Devices.....................  .265(d)(4)                    
    Log Decks...........................  .265(d)(3)                    
    Storage Areas.......................  .265(d)(2)                    
    Unloading...........................  .265(d)(1)                    
    Unloading Areas.....................  .265(d)(2)                    
  Lumber:                                                               
    Loading.............................  .265(c)(28)                   
    Piling..............................  .265(c)(27)                   
    Storage.............................  .265(c)(27)                   
  Marking Physical Hazards..............  .265(c)(11)                   
  Open Surface Tanks....................  .265(c)(17)(iii)              
  Personal Protective Equipment.........  .265(c)(17)(ii), (g)          
  Power Transmission Apparatus..........  .265(c)(22)                   
  Refuse Removal........................  .265(c)(20)(vi)               
  Ropes, Cables, Slings, and Chains.....  .265(c)(24)                   
  Sanitation............................  .265(h)                       
  Stackers and Unstackers...............  .265(c)(26)                   
  Standards Sources.....................  .265(a)(2), (j); .268         
  Threshold Limits......................  .265(c)(17)(i)                
  Traffic Control.......................  .265(c)(31)                   
  Tramways..............................  .265(c)(19)                   
  Trestles..............................  .265(c)(19)                   
  Vehicles..............................  .265(c)(30)                   
Saws:                                                                   
  Band..................................  .213(i)                       
  Band Resaws...........................  .213(i)                       
  Circular..............................  .213(f); .243(a)(1)           
  Circular Resaws.......................  .213(e)                       
  Cracked...............................  .243(a)(4)                    
  Cylindrical Saws......................  .214(c)                       
  Drag..................................  .213(r)                       
  Forging Machines......................  .218(j)(2)                    
  Heading Bolt..........................  .214(a), (c)                  
  Inspection............................  .213(s)                       
  Radial................................  .213(h)                       
  Ripsaws...............................  .213(c)                       
  Swing Cutoff..........................  .213(g)                       
  Table.................................  .213(d)                       
Scaffolding: (see also Scaffolds)                                       
  Safety Requirements...................  .28                           
Scaffolds: (see also Ladder Stands                                      
 Listings by Names of Scaffolds)                                        
  Boatswain's Chair.....................  .28(j)                        
  Bricklayers' Square...................  .28(l)                        
  Carpenters' Bracket...................  .28(k)                        
  Chicken Ladders.......................  .28(t)                        
  Coupler, Mobile.......................  .29(d)                        
  Crawling Boards.......................  .28(t)                        
  Decorators'...........................  .28(o)                        
  Float.................................  .28(u)                        
  Horse.................................  .28(m)                        
  Interior Hung.........................  .28(p)                        
  Ladder-Jack...........................  .28(q)                        
  Masons' Adjustable Multiple-Point       .28(f)                        
   Suspension.                                                          
  Needle Beam...........................  .28(n)                        
  Outrigger.............................  .28(e)                        
  Plasterers'...........................  .28(o)                        
  Powered platforms.....................  .66                           
  Roofing Brackets......................  .28(s)                        
  Ship..................................  .28(u)                        
  Single-Point Adjustable Suspension....  .28(i)                        
  Stone Setters' Adjustable Multiple      .28(h)                        
   Point Suspension.                                                    
  Suspension............................  .28(f), (g), (h), (i)         
  Swinging..............................  .28(g)                        
  Tube and Coupler......................  .28(c)                        
  Tube and Coupler, Mobile..............  .29(d)                        
  Tubular Welded Frame..................  .28(d), .29(b)                
  Tubular Welded Sectional Folding......  .29(c)                        
  Two-Point Suspension..................  .28(g)                        
  Window-Jack...........................  .28(r)                        
  Wood Pole.............................  .28(b)                        
Scaffolds, Manual Mobile: (see also Work  .29                           
 Platforms, Mobile Scaffolds).                                          

[[Page 584]]

                                                                        
Scientific Diving (see Diving,                                          
 Scientific                                                             
Semigantry Cranes: (see Gantry Cranes)                                  
Separation Walls: (see also Distances                                   
 From Hazards)                                                          
  Ammonium Nitrate......................  .109(i)(5)                    
Service Stations:                                                       
  Flammable and Combustible Liquids.....  .106(g)                       
  Dispensing Systems....................  .106(g)(3)                    
  Drainage..............................  .106(g)(7)                    
  Electrical Equipment..................  .106(g)(5)                    
  Fire Protection.......................  .106(g)(9)                    
  Handling..............................  .106(g)(1)                    
  Heating Equipment.....................  .106(g)(6)                    
  Ignition Sources......................  .106(g)(8)                    
  Marine Stations.......................  .106(g)(4)                    
  Multi-piece rim wheels, servicing.....  .177                          
  Private Stations......................  .106(g)(2)                    
  Storage...............................  .106(g)(1)                    
  Waste Disposal........................  .106(g)(7)                    
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(h)                       
    Containers..........................  .110(h)(2)                    
      Accessories.......................  .110(h)(3)                    
      Capacity..........................  .110(h)(5)                    
      Installation......................  .110(h)(6)                    
      Protecting Fittings...............  .110(h)(7), (9)               
      Valves............................  .110(h)(3)                    
    Dispensing Devices..................  .110(h)(11)                   
    Electrical Systems..................  .110(h)(13)                   
    Fire Protection.....................  .110(h)(14)                   
    Fittings............................  .110(h)(7)                    
    Piping..............................  .110(h)(7)                    
    Pumps...............................  .110(h)(10)                   
    Safety Relief Valves................  .110(h)(4)                    
    Truck Unloading.....................  .110(h)(8)                    
    Valves..............................  .110(h)(7)                    
Setscrews...............................  .219(h)                       
Sewage Disposal.........................  .142(e)                       
Shafting Guarding:                                                      
  Horizontal............................  .219(c)(2)                    
  Inclined..............................  .219(c)(3)                    
  Vertical..............................  .219(c)(3)                    
Sheaves:                                                                
  Crane Hoists..........................  .179(h)(1)                    
Shelters, Labor Camps: (see also          .142(b)                       
 Facilities, Labor Camps).                                              
Ship Scaffolds: (see also Float           .28(u)                        
 Scaffolds).                                                            
Side-Rolling Ladders....................  .25(c)(5)                     
Signs and Tags: (see also Markings)                                     
  Accident Prevention...................  .145                          
    Classification......................  .145(c)                       
    Definitions.........................  .145(b)                       
    Use Classification..................  .145(c)                       
  Biological Hazards....................  .145(e)(4), (f)(8)            
  Caution...............................  .1001(g), .145(c)(2), (d)(4), 
                                           (f)(6)                       
  Colors................................  .145(d)                       
  Danger................................  .145(c)(1), (d)(2), (e)(3),   
                                           (f)(5)                       
  Design................................  .145(d), (f)(4)               
  Effective Dates.......................  .149                          
  Egress Means..........................  .37(q)                        
  Exits.................................  .37(q)                        
  Gas Mask Canisters....................  .134(g)                       
  Hazardous materials, retention of DOT   .1201                         
   markings.                                                            
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(f)(7)(vi)                 
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(c)(9), (16)              
  Radiation Warning.....................  .97(a)(3)                     
  Respirators...........................  .134(g)                       
  Safety Instruction....................  .145(c)(3), (d)(6)            
  Slow-Moving Vehicles..................  .145(d)(10)                   
  Specifications........................  .93a(g)(ii), .145             
  Standards Sources.....................  .150                          
  Wordings..............................  .145(e)                       
Single-Point Adjustable Suspension        .28(i)                        
 Scaffolds.                                                             
Single-Rung Ladders.....................  .25(c)(3)(ii)                 
  Mason's...............................  .25(c)(4)(iii)                
Skylight Floor Openings.................  .23(a)(4)                     
Sleeping Facilities, temporary..........  .120(n)(5)                    
Sleeves, Rubber Insulating..............  .137                          
Slings..................................  .184                          
Slurries................................  .109(h)                       
Small Arms Ammunition...................  .109(j)                       
  Primers...............................  .109(j)(4)                    
  Smokeless Propellants.................  .109(j)(3)                    
  Storage...............................  .109(j)                       
Smokeless Propellants...................  .109(j)(3)                    
Smoking:                                                                
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(f)(4)                    
  Dual Component Coatings...............  .107(m)(2)                    
  Explosives............................  .109(e)(1)                    
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .106(d)(7)(iii)               
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)(4)(iii)               
  Spraying..............................  .107(g)(7), (l)(4)(iii),      
                                           (m)(2)                       
Snagging Machines.......................  .215(b)(7)                    
Sources of Standards: (see Standards                                    
 Sources)                                                               
Special Industries:                                                     
  Agricultural Operations...............  .267                          
  Bakeries..............................  .263                          
  Cooperage.............................  .214                          
  Forging...............................  .218                          
  Hazardous Waste Operations............  .120                          
  Laundries.............................  .264                          
  Paper and Paperboard Mills............  .261                          
  Plastics Industry.....................  .216                          
  Pulp Mills............................  .261                          
  Pulpwood Logging......................  .266                          
  Rubber Industry.......................  .216                          
  Sawmills..............................  .265                          

[[Page 585]]

                                                                        
  Standards Sources.....................  .268                          
  Textiles..............................  .219(a)(3), .262              
  Woodworking...........................  .213                          
Spill Containment.......................  .106(d)(6)(iii)               
Spot and Seam Welding Machines..........  .255(b)                       
Spray Booths............................  .107(b)                       
Spray Finishing.........................  .107                          
  Air Flow..............................  .94(c)(6)                     
  Application...........................  .107(n)                       
  Automobile Undercoatings..............  .107(k)                       
  Clean Air.............................  .94(c)(7)                     
  Combustible Liquids Storage...........  .107(e)                       
  Curing Apparatus......................  .107(j)                       
  Drying Apparatus......................  .107(j)                       
  Dual Component Coatings...............  .107(m)                       
  Electrical Systems....................  .107(c)                       
  Electrostatic Apparatus...............  .107(h), (1)                  
  Fire Protection.......................  .107(f)                       
  Flammable Liquids Storage.............  .107(e)                       
  Fusion Apparatus......................  .107(j)                       
  Ignition Sources......................  .107(c)                       
  Location..............................  .94(c)(2)                     
  Maintenance...........................  .106(g)                       
  Make-Up Air...........................  .94(c)(7)                     
  Organic Peroxide Coatings.............  .107(m)                       
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(l)                       
  Spray Booths..........................  .94(c)(3), .107(b)            
  Spray Rooms...........................  .94(c)(4)                     
  Undercoatings.........................  .107(k)                       
  Velocity..............................  .94(c)(6)                     
  Ventilation...........................  .94(c)(5), .107(d)            
Spray Liquid Heaters....................  .107(e)(7)                    
Spraying Operations.....................  .107(g)                       
Sprinkler Systems:                                                      
  Egress................................  .37(m)                        
Sprinkler Systems, Automatic............  .159                          
  Acceptance tests......................  .159(c)(3)                    
  Design................................  .159(c)(1)                    
  Drainage..............................  .159(c)(7)                    
  Exemptions............................  .159(a)                       
  Hose Connections......................  .159(c)(5)                    
  Hydraulically Designed................  .159(c)(11)                   
  Maintenance...........................  .159(c)(2)                    
  Protection of Piping..................  .159(c)(6)                    
  Sprinkler Alarms......................  .159(c)(9)                    
  Sprinkler Spacing.....................  .159(c)(10)                   
  Water supply..........................  .159(c)(4)                    
Sprinklers                                                              
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(c)(5)                    
  Egress Means..........................  .37(m)                        
Sprockets...............................  .219(f)                       
Stability Margin:                                                       
  Crane Loads...........................  .180(c)(1)(i)-(iv)            
Stainless Steel Cutting.................  .252(c)(12)                   
Stairs, Fixed Industrial................  .24                           
  Handrails.............................  .24(h)                        
  Length of Stairways...................  .24(g)                        
  Railings..............................  .24(h)                        
  Rise Angle............................  .24(e)                        
  Strength..............................  .24(c)                        
  Treads................................  .24(f)                        
  Vertical Clearance....................  .24(i)                        
  Width.................................  .24(d)                        
Standards Sources:                                                      
  Accident Prevention Signs and Tags....  .150                          
  Acetylene.............................  .115                          
  Air Contaminants......................  .99                           
  Air Receivers.........................  .169(a)(2), .170              
  Anhydrous Ammonia.....................  .115                          
  Asbestos..............................  .99                           
  Blasting Agents.......................  .115                          
  Color Codes...........................  .150                          
  Combustible Gases.....................  .115                          
  Combustible Liquids...................  .115                          
  Compressed Gas Equipment..............  .170                          
  Compressed Gases......................  .115                          
  Cranes................................  .189                          
  Derricks..............................  .189                          
  Dip Tanks.............................  .115                          
  Egress Means..........................  .39                           
  Environmental Controls................  .99, .150                     
  Explosives............................  .115                          
  First Aid.............................  .153                          
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .115                          
  Guarding Machinery....................  .221                          
  Hand-Held Equipment...................  .246                          
  Hazardous Materials...................  .115                          
  Hydrogen..............................  .115                          
  Indoor Storage........................  .189                          
  Ionizing Radiation....................  .99                           
  Labor Camps...........................  .150                          
  Ladders...............................  .31                           
  Life Safety Code......................  .39                           
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .115                          
  Machinery Guarding....................  .221                          
  Manlifts..............................  .69                           
  Materials Handling....................  .189                          
  Medical...............................  .153                          
  Medical Services......................  .153                          
  Nitrous Oxide.........................  .115                          
  Noise Exposure........................  .99                           
  Nonionizing Radiation.................  .99                           
  Nonwater Disposal Systems.............  .150                          
  Occupational Health...................  .99                           
  Oxygen................................  .115                          
  Physical Hazards Markings.............  .150                          
  Platforms, Powered....................  .69                           
  Powered Industrial Trucks.............  .189                          
  Powered Platforms.....................  .69                           
  Powered Tools, Hand and Portable......  .246                          
  Railings..............................  .31                           
  Safety Color Codes....................  .150                          
  Sanitation............................  .150                          
  Signs and Tags........................  .150                          
  Special Industries....................  .274                          
  Spray Finishing.......................  .115                          
  Tanks, Cargo and Portable.............  .170                          
  Toeboards.............................  .31                           
  Toxic Substances......................  .1499                         

[[Page 586]]

                                                                        
  Vehicle Mounted Work Platforms........  .69                           
  Ventilation...........................  .99                           
  Walking-Working Surfaces..............  .31                           
  Wall Openings.........................  .31                           
Standpipe and Hose Systems..............  .158                          
  Equipment.............................  .158(c)                       
    Hose................................  .158(c)(3)                    
    Hose Outlets and Connections........  .158(c)(2)                    
    Nozzles.............................  .158(c)(4)                    
    Reels and Equipment.................  .158(c)(1)                    
  Exceptions............................  .158(a)(2)                    
  Protection............................  .158(b)                       
  Scope and Application.................  .158(a)(1)                    
  Tests and Maintenance.................  .158(e)                       
    Acceptance Tests....................  .158(e)(1)                    
    Maintenance.........................  .158(e)(2)                    
  Water Supply..........................  .158(d)                       
Stands, Ladder: (see also Scaffolds;                                    
 Work Platforms, Mobile)                                                
Stationary Derricks: (see also Derricks)  .181                          
Static Sparks...........................  .219(p)(2)(ii)                
Steps: (see Stairs)                                                     
Stepladders:                                                            
  Portable Metal........................  .26(a)(3)                     
Stepladders, Portable...................  .25(c)(2)                     
Sticking Machines.......................  .213(n)                       
Stiffleg Derricks: (see also Derricks)..  .181                          
Stone Setters' Adjustable Multiple-                                     
 Point:                                                                 
  Suspension Scaffolds..................  .28(h)                        
Stopping Limits, Mills and Calenders....  .216(f) (1)-(3)               
Stops: (see also Safety Devices)                                        
  Manlifts..............................  .68(c)(5), (6)                
Storage: (see also Materials Storage:                                   
 Storage Areas; Tank Storage: Tank                                      
 Storage, Portable)                                                     
  Ammonium Nitrate......................  .109(i)                       
  Anhydrous Ammonia.....................  .111                          
  Blasting Agents.......................  .109(g)(5)                    
  Buildings.............................  .106(d)(5)                    
    Mercantile Occupancies..............  .106(d)(5)(iv)                
    Office Occupancies..................  .106(d)(5)(iii)               
    Warehouses..........................  .106(d)(5)(v)                 
  Clothing..............................  .107(g)(4)                    
  Compressed Gases......................  .101(b), .167-.168            
  Containers, Bulk Oxygen...............  .104(b)(4), (6)               
  Dip Tank Liquids......................  .108(d)                       
  Explosives............................  .109(c), (e)(2), (b)(1)       
  Flammable and Combustible Liquids.....  .106(b), (d)                  
    Inside Storage Rooms................  .106(d)(4)                    
    Storage Inside Buildings............  .106(d)(5)                    
    Storage Outside Buildings...........  .106(d)(6)                    
  Indoor Rooms..........................  .106(d)(5)                    
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110                          
  Logs..................................  .265(d)                       
  Lumber................................  .265(c)(27)                   
  Pulp and Paper Mills..................  .261(c), (d)                  
  Pulpwood Logging......................  .266(e)(12)                   
  Respirators...........................  .134(f)(5)                    
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)(1)                    
Storage Areas:                                                          
  Aisles and Passageways................  .176(a)                       
  Bridge Plates.........................  .178(j), (k)(4)               
  Clearance Signs.......................  .176(e)                       
  Clearances............................  .176(a)                       
  Dockboards............................  .178(j), (k)(4)               
  Drainage..............................  .176(d)                       
  Housekeeping..........................  .176(c)                       
  Lighting..............................  .178(h)                       
  Noxious Gases.........................  .178(i)                       
  Railroad Cars.........................  .178(k)(2)-(4)                
  Securing..............................  .176(b)                       
  Trucks, Highway.......................  .178(k)(1), (3); (m)          
Storage Batteries: (see Battery Changing                                
 and Charging)                                                          
Storage Bridge Cranes: (see Gantry                                      
 Cranes)                                                                
Storage, Tanks: (see Tank Storage; Tank                                 
 Storage, Portable)                                                     
Straight Ladders, Portable Metal........  .26(a)(2)                     
Surface Grinders........................  .215(b)(5)                    
Swing Frame Grinders....................  .215(b)(6)                    
Swing-Head Lathes.......................  .213(o)                       
Swinging Locomotive Cranes..............  .180(i)(6)                    
Swinging Scaffolds: (see also Two-Point   .28(g)                        
 Suspension Scaffolds).                                                 
Switches:                                                               
  Electric..............................  .305(c)                       
  Cranes................................  .179(g)(5)                    
  Trip and Emergency....................  .216(e)                       
Table Saws..............................  .213(d)                       
Tags: (see Signs and Tags)                                              
Tanks: (see also Cargo Tanks--Portable                                  
 Tanks)                                                                 
  Hardening.............................  .108(h)(1)                    
  Tempering.............................  .108(h)(1)                    
  Vapor Degreasing......................  .94(d)(12)                    
Tanks, Dip: (see also Dip Tanks)........  .108                          
Tanks, Storage:                                                         
  Flammable and Combustible Liquids.....  .106(b)                       
    Atmospheric Tanks...................  .106(b)(1)(iii)               
    Construction........................  .106(b)(1)                    
    Corrosion...........................  .106(b)(1)(vi)                
    Diking..............................  .106(b)(2)(vii)               
    Ignition Sources....................  .106(b)(6)                    
    Installation:                                                       
      Above Ground, Outside.............  .106(b)(2)                    

[[Page 587]]

                                                                        
      Inside Buildings..................  .106(b)(4)                    
      Underground.......................  .106(b)(3)                    
    Low Pressure Tanks..................  .106(b)(1)(iv)                
    Materials...........................  .106(b)(1)(i)                 
    Pressure Vessels....................  .106(b)(1)(v)                 
    Supports............................  .106(b)(5)                    
    Testing.............................  .106(b)(7)                    
    Venting.............................  .106(b)(2)(iv), (v), (vi),    
                                           (3)(iv), (4)(ii), (iii)      
Tanks, Storage, Portable:                                               
  Flammable and Combustible Liquids.....  .106(d)                       
    Application.........................  .106(d)(1)(i)                 
    Capacity............................  .106(d)(2)                    
    Design..............................  .106(d)(2)                    
    Exceptions..........................  .106(d)(1), (2)               
    Fire Protection.....................  .106(d)(7)                    
    Indoor Storage......................  .106(d)(4), (5)               
    Outdoor Storage.....................  .106(d)(6)                    
    Storage Cabinets....................  .106(d)(3)                    
Temporary Floor Openings................  .23(a)(7)                     
Temporary Labor Camps: (see also Labor    .142                          
 Camps, Temporary).                                                     
Temporing Tanks.........................  .108(h)(1)                    
Tenoning Machines.......................  .213(k)                       
Tanks, Open Surface.....................  .94(d)                        
Telecommunications......................  .268                          
Testing:                                                                
  Bulk Oxygen...........................  .104(b)(8)(v)                 
  Cranes................................  .179(k), .180(e)              
  Derricks..............................  .18(e)                        
  Fire Extinguishers:                     .157(e)                       
  Gaseous Hydrogen Systems..............  .103(b)(1)(vi)                
  Liquefied Hydrogen Systems............  .103(c)(1)(vii)               
  Piping................................  .106(c)(7)                    
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(g)                        
  Radiation Alarm.......................  .96(f)(3)                     
  Sprinkler Systems.....................  .159(c)(3)                    
  Standpipe and hose systems............  .158(e)                       
  Storage Tanks.........................  .106(b)(7)                    
Textiles:                                                               
  Acid Carboys..........................  .262(nn)                      
  Bleaching.............................  .262(p)                       
  Calenders.............................  .262(ee)                      
  Caustics..............................  .262(oo)                      
  Clothing Folding Machines.............  .262(gg)                      
  Color-Mixing Room.....................  .262(kk)                      
  Cotton Cards..........................  .262(e)                       
  Cotton Combers........................  .262(j)                       
  Drawing Frames........................  .262(j)                       
  Drying Cans...........................  .262(w)                       
  Drying Tumblers.......................  .262(cc)                      
  Dyeing Jigs...........................  .262(u)                       
  Dye Vats..............................  .262(mm)                      
  Extractors............................  .262(y)                       
  First Aid.............................  .262(pp)                      
  Flat Work Ironers.....................  .262(x)                       
  Folders, Overhead.....................  .262(jj)                      
  Folding Machines......................  .262(gg)                      
  Garnet Machines.......................  .262(f)                       
  Gill Boxes............................  .262(k)                       
  Hand Boiling Machines.................  .262(hh)                      
  Kiers.................................  .262(q)                       
  Lappers...............................  .262(m)                       
  Looms.................................  .262(n)                       
  Mercerizing Ranges....................  .262(s)                       
  Nip Guards............................  .262(dd)(1), (v), (z)         
  Openers...............................  .262(d)                       
  Padders...............................  .262(v)                       
  Personal Protective Equipment.........  .262(qq)                      
  Pickers...............................  .262(d)                       
  Power Transmission....................  .219(a)(3)                    
  Printing Machines.....................  .262(dd)                      
  Rings Frames..........................  .262(j)                       
  Roll Bench............................  .262(ii)                      
  Rope Washers..........................  .262(bb)                      
  Sanforizing and Palmer Machines.......  .262(aa)                      
  Shearing Machines.....................  .262(o)                       
  Slashers..............................  .262(h)                       
  Slubbers..............................  .262(j)                       
  Spinning Mules........................  .262(g)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .262(a)(2), .265(j)           
  Staple Cullers........................  .262(ff)                      
  Tanks, Open...........................  .262(ll)                      
  Tenter Frames.........................  .262(t)                       
  Tumblers..............................  .262(cc)                      
  Ventilation...........................  .262(rr)                      
  Warpers...............................  .262(i)                       
  Worsted Drawing.......................  .262(l)                       
Toe Protection: (see Foot Protection)                                   
Toeboards:                                                              
  Cranes................................  .179(d)(3)                    
  Definition............................  .21(a)(9)                     
  Power Transmission Apparatus..........  .219(o)(5)                    
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66(f)(5)(i)(G)               
  Walking-Working Surfaces..............  .23(a)(2), (3)(ii), (e)       
Toilet Facilities: (see also Toilets)...  .141(c)                       
  Construction..........................  .141(c)(2), (3)               
  Hazardous Waste.......................  .120(n)(3)                    
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(d)                       
  Lavatories............................  .141(d)(2)                    
  Minimum Numbers.......................  .141(c)(1), (d)(2)            
  Towels................................  .141(d)(3)(v)                 
  Washing Facilities....................  .141(e)(1)(vii), (d)          
Tongs, Upsetters........................  .218(h)(4)                    
Tooling.................................  .217(d)(5)                    
Torch Valves, Welding...................  .252(a)(4)(ii)                
Towels..................................  .141(d)(3)(v)                 
Towers, Scaffolds: (see Ladder Stands     .29                           
 and Scaffolds; Scaffolds; Work                                         
 Platforms, Mobile).                                                    
Tractors: (see also Powered Industrial    .178                          
 Trucks).                                                               

[[Page 588]]

                                                                        
Trailers................................  .111(d)(7)                    
Training Personnel......................  .96(i), .217(e)(3)            
  Bloodborne pathogens, exposure to.....  .1030(e)(5), (g)(2)           
  Electrical safety-related work          .332                          
   practices.                                                           
  Fire brigades.........................  .156                          
  Fire extinguishers....................  .157(g)                       
  Hazardous chemicals...................  .1200                         
  Hazardous chemicals, highly, process    .119(g)                       
   safety management.                                                   
  Hazardous waste operations............  .120(e), (p)(7), (q)(6)       
  Respirators...........................  .134(b)(3), (e)(5)            
  Telecommunications....................  .268(c)                       
  Truck Operators.......................  .178(l)                       
  Working platform operations...........  .66(i)(1)                     
Transmission Pipeline Welding...........  .252(d)(1)                    
  Construction Standards................  .252(d)(1)(v)                 
  Electric Shock........................  .252(d)(1)(iii)               
  Field Shop Operations.................  .252(d)(1)(ii)                
  Flammable Substances..................  .252(d)(1)(vi)                
  Pressure Testing......................  .252(d)(1)(iv)                
  X-ray Inspection......................  .252(d)(1)(vii)               
Transportation:                                                         
  Blasting Agents.......................  .109(g)(6)                    
  Explosives............................  .109(d)                       
    Fire Extinguishers..................  .109(d)(2)(iii)               
    Markings............................  .109(d)(2)(ii)                
    Vehicles............................  .109(d)(2), (3)               
Trapdoors...............................  .23(a)(5)                     
Traps, Air Receivers....................  .169(b)(2)                    
Treads, Stairs..........................  .24(f)(k)                     
Treadles................................  .217(b)(4)                    
Trestle Ladders, Portable:                                              
  Metal.................................  .26(a)(4)                     
  Wood..................................  .25(c)(3)(v)                  
Trimming Presses........................  .218(g)                       
Trips, Two-Hand.........................  .217(b)(6)                    
Trolley Bumpers, Cranes.................  .179(e)(3)                    
Trolley Ladders, Portable...............  .25(c)(5)                     
Trolley Stops, Cranes...................  .179(e)(1)                    
Truck Cranes: (see Crawler, Locomotive    .180                          
 and Truck Cranes).                                                     
Trucks..................................  .178(k), (m)                  
  Forklift..............................  .261(c)(1)                    
  Hand..................................  .261(m)(1)                    
  Highway...............................  .178(k), (m)                  
  Powered Industrial....................  .178                          
Trucks, Powered Industrial: (see also     .178                          
 Powered Industrial Trucks).                                            
Tube and Coupler Scaffolds..............  .28(c)                        
Tube and Coupler Scaffolds, Mobile......  .29(d)                        
Tubing: (see Piping, Fittings, and                                      
 Tubing)                                                                
Tubular Welded Frame Scaffolds..........  .28(d)                        
Tubular Welded Frame Scaffolds, Mobile..  .29(b)                        
Tubular Welded Sectional Folding          .29(c)                        
 Scaffolds.                                                             
Turning Machines........................  .213(o)                       
Two-Point Suspension Scaffolds..........  .28(g)                        
Two-Section Rung Ladders................  .25(c)(3)(iii)                
U-Guards................................  .219(m)(3)                    
Underground Storage Tanks, Flammable and  .106(b)(3)                    
 Combustible Liquids.                                                   
  Location..............................  .106(b)(3)(i)                 
  Depth and Cover.......................  .106(b)(3)(ii)                
  Corrosion Protection..................  .106(b)(3)(iii)               
  Vents.................................  .106(b)(3)(iv)                
Unit Physical Operations................  .106(e)(3)(v)                 
Upsetters...............................  .218(h)                       
  Dies Changing.........................  .218(h)(5)                    
  Lockouts..............................  .218(h)(2)                    
  Manual Controls.......................  .218(h)(3)                    
  Supporting Foundations................  .218(h)(1)                    
  Tongs.................................  .218(h)(4)                    
Valves: (see also Piping, Valves, and                                   
 Fittings)                                                              
  Air Receivers.........................  .169(b)(3)                    
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(7)                    
  Non-DOT Containers....................  .110(d)(3)                    
Vapor Degreasing Tanks..................  .94(d)(12)                    
Vaporizers:                                                             
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(11)                   
  Liquid Hydrogen.......................  .103(c)(1)(viii)              
  Liquid Oxygen.........................  .104(b)(7)                    
Vehicles, slow-moving, signs............  .145(d)(10)                   
Veneer Machinery........................  .30(c)                        
  Cutters...............................  .213(q), (s)(13)              
Ventilation.............................  .94, .107(d)                  
  Abrasive Blasting.....................  .94(a)                        
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(c)(1)(ii)               
  Bulk Oxygen Systems...................  .104(b)(3)(xii)               
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)(2)(iii)               
  Confined Spaces.......................  .255(e)(4)(ii), (f)           
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(b)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .98                           
  Electrostatic Spraying................  .107(i), .107(r)(9)           
  Grinding, Polishing, and Buffing......  .94(b)                        
  Inside Storage Rooms..................  .106(d)(4)(iv)                
  Laundries.............................  .262(c)(4)(ii), (d)(1)(ii)    
  Open Surface Tanks....................  .94(d)(3)                     
  Powder Coatings.......................  .107(1)(2)                    
  Processing Buildings..................  .106(h)(3)(iii)               
  Sawmills..............................  .265(c)(7)                    
  Spray Finishing.......................  .94(c)(5)                     
  Spraying Operations...................  .94(c), .107(d)               
  Exhaust Duct System...................  .107(d)(3), (7)               
    Fan-Rotating Element................  .107(d)(4)                    
    Independent Exhaust.................  .107(d)(3)                    
    Room Intakes........................  .107(d)(11)                   
  Standards Sources.....................  .99                           
  Tanks, Open Surface...................  .94(d)                        
  Textiles..............................  .262(rr)                      

[[Page 589]]

                                                                        
Venting, Tanks:                                                         
  Aboveground...........................  .106(b)(2)(iv)-(vi)           
  Inside................................  .106(b)(4)(ii)                
  Portable..............................  .106(d)(2)(ii)                
  Underground...........................  .106(b)(3)(iv)                
Vents: (see Venting)                                                    
Vermin Control..........................  .141(a)(5)                    
Vinyl Chloride..........................  .1017                         
  Emergency situations..................  .1017(i)                      
  Hazardous operations..................  .1017(h)                      
  Medical surveillance..................  .1017(k)                      
  Methods of compliance.................  .1017(f)                      
  Monitoring............................  .1017(d)                      
  Permissible exposure limit............  .1017(c)                      
  Regulated area........................  .1017(e)                      
  Respiratory protection................  .1017(g)                      
  Signs and labels......................  .1017(l)                      
  Training..............................  .1017(j)                      
Walking-Working Surfaces:                                               
  Aisles................................  .22(b)                        
  Covers................................  .22(c)                        
  Definitions...........................  .21                           
  Fixed Industrial Stairs...............  .24                           
  Floor Loading.........................  .22(d)                        
  Floor Openings Guard..................  .23                           
  General Requirements..................  .22                           
  Guardrails............................  .22(c)                        
  Housekeeping..........................  .22(a)                        
  Ladders:                                                              
    Fixed...............................  .27                           
    Portable:                                                           
      Metal.............................  .26                           
      Wood..............................  .25                           
    Stands..............................  .29                           
  Passageways...........................  .22(b)                        
  Scaffolding Safety....................  .28                           
  Scaffolds (Towers)....................  .29                           
  Stairs, Fixed Industrial..............  .24                           
  Standards Sources.....................  .31                           
  Wall Openings Guarding................  .23                           
  Working Surfaces......................  .30                           
Wall Cranes: (see Gantry Cranes)                                        
Wall Openings (Holes)...................  .23(b)                        
Warehouses:                                                             
  Ammonium Nitrate......................  .109(i)(4)                    
  Flammable Liquids.....................  .106(d)(5)(v)                 
Warning Devices and Signs: (see also                                    
 Signs and Tags)                                                        
  Bloodborne pathogens..................  .1030(g)(1)                   
  Cranes................................  .179(i)                       
  Ionizing Radiation....................  .96(f)                        
  Manlifts..............................  .68(c)(7)                     
  Nonionizing Radiation.................  .97(a)(3)                     
Washing Facilities......................  .141(d), .142(f), .120(n)(6)  
Waste Disposal..........................  .141(a)(4)                    
  Asbestos..............................  .1001(h)(2)                   
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)(7)                    
  Containers............................  .141(g)(3)                    
  Dip Tanks.............................  .108(f)(2)                    
  Ionizing Radiation....................  .96(k)                        
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(e), (h)                  
  Processing Plants.....................  .106(h)(8)(iii)               
  Radiation.............................  .96(k)                        
  Service Stations......................  .106(g)(7)                    
  Spraying..............................  .107(g)(3)                    
Water Gels..............................  .109(h)                       
Water Spray Extinguishing Systems, Fixed  .163                          
Water Supply:                                                           
  Hazardous waste operations............  .120(n)                       
  Labor Camps...........................  .142(c)                       
  Nonpotable Water......................  .141(b)(2)                    
  Potable Water.........................  .141(b)(1)                    
  Sprinkler Systems.....................  .159(c)(4)                    
  Standpipe and Hose Systems............  .158(d)                       
Weather Protection Manlifts.............  .68(b)(15)                    
Welding: (see also Acetylene Generators;  .251-.257                     
 Arc Welding; Flash Welding Equipment;                                  
 Resistance Welding Equipment; Welding                                  
 Machines, Portable).                                                   
  Beryllium.............................  .252(c)(8)                    
  Cadmium...............................  .252(c)(1)(v), (9)            
  Chemicals, highly hazardous, process    .119(k)                       
   safety management; hot-work permits.                                 
  Cleaning Compounds....................  .252(c)(11)                   
  Concentrations, Maximum Allowable.....  .252(c)(1)(iii)               
  Containers............................  .252(a)(3)                    
  Contamination.........................  .252(c)(1)(i)                 
  Definitions...........................  .251                          
  Exhaust Hoods.........................  .252(c)(3)                    
  Fire Protection.......................  .252(a)(2)(i), (ii), (xv)     
  First Aid Equipment...................  .252(c)(13)                   
  Fluorine Compounds....................  .252(c)(1)(v), (5)            
  Labels................................  .252(c)(1)(iv)                
  Ladders, Fixed........................  .27(b)(6)                     
  Lead..................................  .252(c)(7)                    
  Liquefied Petroleum Gases.............  .110(b)(4)                    
  Mercury...............................  .252(c)(10)                   
  Piping Systems, Mechanical............  .252(d)(2)                    
  Personnel Protection..................  .252(b)                       
  Precautions...........................  .252(a)(2), .255(e)           
  Prohibited Areas......................  .252(a)(2)(vi)                
  Screens...............................  .252(c)(1)(ii)                
  Spot and Seam.........................  .255(b)                       
  Stainless Steels......................  .252(c)(12)                   
  Supervisory Responsibility............  .252(a)(2)(xiv)               
  Transmission Pipelines................  .252(d)(1)                    
  Ventilation...........................  .252(c)(1)(ii), (c)(2)-(4)    
  Zinc..................................  .252(c)(6)                    
Welding Machines, Portable..............  .255(c)                       
  Clevis................................  .255(c)(3)                    
  Counterbalance........................  .255(c)(1)                    
  Grounding.............................  .255(c)(6)                    

[[Page 590]]

                                                                        
  Holder, Movable.......................  .255(c)(5)                    
  Safety Chains.........................  .255(c)(2)                    
  Switch Guards.........................  .255(c)(4)                    
Wharves:                                                                
  Bulk Plants...........................  .106(f)(4)                    
  Chemical Plants.......................  .106(i)(2)                    
  Distilleries..........................  .106(i)(2)                    
  Explosives............................  .109(f)                       
  Marine Service Stations...............  .106(g)(4)                    
  Refineries............................  .106(i)(2)                    
Wheels, Multi-Piece Rim: Servicing......  .177                          
Winch Heads, Derricks...................  .181(i)(5)                    
Wind Indicators.........................  .179(b)(4)                    
Window-Jack Scaffolds...................  .28(r)                        
  Guardrails............................  .28(r)(3)                     
  Use...................................  .28(r)(1), (2)                
Wood Heel Turning Machines..............  .213(o)                       
Wood Ladders, Portable: (see also         .25                           
 Ladders, Portable Wood).                                               
Wood Pole Scaffolds.....................  .28(b)                        
Wood Shapers............................  .213(m)                       
Wooden Guards...........................  .219(o)(2)                    
Woodworking Machinery...................  .213                          
  Band Saws and Resaws..................  .213(i)                       
  Boring Machines.......................  .213(l)                       
  Circular Resaws.......................  .213(e)                       
  Construction..........................  .213(a)                       
  Controls..............................  .213(b)                       
  Crosscut Table Saws...................  .213(d)                       
  Definitions...........................  .211(a)                       
  Drag Saws.............................  .213(r)                       
  Effective Dates.......................  .220                          
  Glue Spreaders, Roll-Type.............  .213(r)                       
  Hand-Fed Crosscut Table Saws..........  .213(d)                       
  Hand-Fed Ripsaws......................  .213(c)                       
  Inspection............................  .213(s)                       
  Jointers..............................  .213(j)                       
  Maintenance...........................  .213(s)                       
  Matching Machines.....................  .213(n)                       
  Molding Machines......................  .213(n)                       
  Mortising Machines....................  .213(l)                       
  Planing Machines......................  .213(n)                       
  Profile Lathes........................  .213(o)                       
  Radial Saws...........................  .213(h)                       
  Ripsaws...............................  .213(c)                       
  Sanding Machines......................  .213(p)                       
  Self-Fed Circular Saws................  .213(f)                       
  Standards Sources.....................  .221                          
  Sticking..............................  .213(n)                       
  Swing Cutoff Saws.....................  .213(g)                       
  Swing Head Lathes.....................  .213(o)                       
  Table Saws............................  .213(d)                       
  Tenoning Machines.....................  .213(k)                       
  Turning Machines......................  .213(o)                       
  Veneer Cutters........................  .213(q)                       
  Wood Heel Turning Machines............  .213(o)                       
  Wood Shapers..........................  .213(m)                       
Woodworking Tools, Portable Powered.....  .243(a)                       
  Belt Sanding Machines.................  .243(a)(3)                    
  Circular Saws.........................  .243(a)(1)                    
  Cracked Saws..........................  .243(a)(4)                    
  Dead-Man Controls.....................  .243(a)(2)                    
  Grounding.............................  .243(a)(5)                    
  Sanding Machines......................  .243(a)(3)                    
Work Platforms..........................  .66, .67                      
  Elevating and Rotating................  .67                           
  Powered Platforms.....................  .66                           
  Vehicle-Mounted.......................  .67                           
    Application.........................  .67(b)(1)                     
    Design..............................  .67(b)(2)                     
Work Platforms, Mobile: (see also         .29(e)                        
 Scaffolds).                                                            
Working Surfaces: (see also Walking-      .30                           
 Working Surfaces).                                                     
X-ray Inspections, Mechanical Piping      .252(d)(2)(ii)                
 Systems.                                                               
Zinc....................................  .252(c)(6)                    
  Confined Spaces.......................  .252(c)(6)(i)                 
  Indoors...............................  .252(c)(6)(ii)                
------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 591]]



                              FINDING AIDS




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

  A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and 
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in 
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations 
which is published separately and revised annually.

  Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
  Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
  Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
  Table of OMB Control Numbers
  List of CFR Sections Affected

[[Page 593]]

            Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference

                      (Revised as of July 1, 1997)

  The Director of the Federal Register has approved under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51 the incorporation by reference of the following 
publications. This list contains only those incorporations by reference 
effective as of the revision date of this volume. Incorporations by 
reference found within a regulation are effective upon the effective 
date of that regulation. For more information on incorporation by 
reference, see the preliminary pages of this volume.


29 CFR CHAPTER XVII (PART 1910, SECTIONS 1910.1000 TO END)

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
  (Copies of the documents listed in this table 
  are available through the Technical Data Center, 
  U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C., and 
  through Regional Offices of the Occupational 
  Safety and Health Administration. For a complete 
  listing of these addresses, see the end of this 
  table.)


PART 1910

                                                                  29 CFR


American National Standards Institute

  1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018
ANSI Z9.2-71 Fundamentals Governing the Design and             1910.1001
  Operation of Local Exhaust Systems.
ANSI Z88.2-69 Practices for Respiratory Protection             1910.1001


Addresses

Technical Data Center: Frances Perkins Department of Labor Building, 
  Room N2625, 200 Constitution Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210.
Boston Regional Office--Region I: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, 133 Portland St., 1st Floor, Boston, MA 
  02114.
New York Regional Office--Region II: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, 201 Varick St., Room 670, New York, NY 
  10014.
Philadelphia Regional Office--Region III: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, Gateway Bldg., Suite 2100, 3535 Market St., 
  Philadelphia, PA 19104.
Atlanta Regional Office--Region IV: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, 1375 Peachtree St., N.E., Suite 587, 
  Atlanta, GA 30367.
Chicago Regional Office--Region V: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, 32nd Fl., Room 3244, 230 S. Dearborn St., 
  Chicago, IL 60604.
Dallas Regional Office--Region VI: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, 525 Griffin St., Room 602, Dallas, TX 
  75202.
Kansas City Regional Office--Region VII: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, 911 Walnut St., Rm. 406, Kansas City, MO 
  64106.
Denver Regional Office--Region VIII: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, 1999 Broadway, Suite 1690, Denver, CO 
  80202-5716.
San Francisco Regional Office--Region IX: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, 71 Stevenson St., Suite 420, San Francisco, 
  CA 94105.
Seattle Regional Office--Region X: Regional Administrator, U.S. 
  Department of Labor--OSHA, 1111 Third Avenue, Suite 715, Seattle, WA 
  98101-3212.



[[Page 595]]



                    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters




                      (Revised as of June 20, 1997)

                      Title 1--General Provisions

         I  Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 
                (Parts 1--49)
        II  Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50--299)
        IV  Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400--500)

                          Title 2--[Reserved]

                        Title 3--The President

         I  Executive Office of the President (Parts 100--199)

                           Title 4--Accounts

         I  General Accounting Office (Parts 1--99)
        II  Federal Claims Collection Standards (General 
                Accounting Office--Department of Justice) (Parts 
                100--299)

                   Title 5--Administrative Personnel

         I  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1--1199)
        II  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300--1399)
        IV  Advisory Committee on Federal Pay (Parts 1400--1499)
         V  The International Organizations Employees Loyalty 
                Board (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
       VII  Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
      VIII  Office of Special Counsel (Parts 1800--1899)
        IX  Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900--1999)
        XI  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Part 2100)
       XIV  Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of 
                the Federal Labor Relations Authority and Federal 
                Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400--2499)
        XV  Office of Administration, Executive Office of the 
                President (Parts 2500--2599)
       XVI  Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600--2699)
       XXI  Department of the Treasury (Parts 3100--3199)
      XXII  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Part 3201)
     XXIII  Department of Energy (Part 3301)

[[Page 596]]

      XXIV  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Part 3401)
      XXVI  Department of Defense (Part 3601)
    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Part 3801)
      XXIX  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 3900--3999)
       XXX  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4099)
      XXXI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 4100--4199)
    XXXIII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Part 4301)
      XXXV  Office of Personnel Management (Part 4501)
        XL  Interstate Commerce Commission (Part 5001)
       XLI  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Part 5101)
      XLII  Department of Labor (Part 5201)
     XLIII  National Science Foundation (Part 5301)
       XLV  Department of Health and Human Services (Part 5501)
      XLVI  Postal Rate Commission (Part 5601)
     XLVII  Federal Trade Commission (Part 5701)
    XLVIII  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Part 5801)
         L  Department of Transportation (Part 6001)
       LII  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Part 6201)
      LIII  Department of Education (Parts 6300--6399)
       LIV  Environmental Protection Agency (Part 6401)
      LVII  General Services Administration (Part 6701)
     LVIII  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Part 
                6801)
       LIX  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Part 
                6901)
        LX  United States Postal Service (Part 7001)
       LXI  National Labor Relations Board (Part 7101)
      LXII  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Part 7201)
     LXIII  Inter-American Foundation (Part 7301)
       LXV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Part 
                7501)
      LXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Part 
                7601)
      LXIX  Tennessee Valley Authority (Part 7901)
      LXXI  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Part 8101)
     LXXIV  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (Part 
                8401)
     LXXVI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Part 8601)
    LXXVII  Office of Management and Budget (Part 8701)

                          Title 6--[Reserved]

                         Title 7--Agriculture

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Agriculture 
                (Parts 0--26)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Department of 
                Agriculture
         I  Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, 
                Inspections, Marketing Practices), Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 27--209)
        II  Food and Consumer Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 210--299)
       III  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 597]]

        IV  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         V  Agricultural Research Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Natural Resources Conservation Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Farm Service Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                700--799)
      VIII  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Federal Grain Inspection Service), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 900--999)
         X  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Milk), Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1000--1199)
        XI  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Miscellaneous Commodities), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Northeast Dairy Compact Commission (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  Rural Utilities Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Rural Housing Service, Rural Business-Cooperative 
                Service, Rural Utilities Service, and Farm Service 
                Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1800--
                2099)
      XXVI  Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 2600--2699)
     XXVII  Office of Information Resources Management, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2800--2899)
      XXIX  Office of Energy, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2900--2999)
       XXX  Office of Finance and Management, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Office of Environmental Quality, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3100--3199)
     XXXII  [Reserved]
    XXXIII  Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3300--3399)
     XXXIV  Cooperative State Research, Education, and Extension 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 3400--
                3499)
      XXXV  Rural Housing Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3500--3599)
     XXXVI  National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 3600--3699)

[[Page 598]]

    XXXVII  Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3700--3799)
   XXXVIII  World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3800--3899)
       XLI  [Reserved]
      XLII  Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4200--
                4299)

                    Title 8--Aliens and Nationality

         I  Immigration and Naturalization Service, Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1--499)

                 Title 9--Animals and Animal Products

         I  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1--199)
        II  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Packers and Stockyards Programs), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--299)
       III  Food Safety and Inspection Service, Meat and Poultry 
                Inspection, Department of Agriculture (Parts 300--
                599)

                           Title 10--Energy

         I  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Department of Energy (Parts 200--699)
       III  Department of Energy (Parts 700--999)
         X  Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 
                1000--1099)
        XI  United States Enrichment Corporation (Parts 1100--
                1199)
        XV  Office of the Federal Inspector for the Alaska Natural 
                Gas Transportation System (Parts 1500--1599)
      XVII  Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700--
                1799)

                      Title 11--Federal Elections

         I  Federal Election Commission (Parts 1--9099)

                      Title 12--Banks and Banking

         I  Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  Federal Reserve System (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900--999)

[[Page 599]]

        XI  Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XIV  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400--
                1499)
        XV  Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board (Parts 
                1500--1599)
      XVII  Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                1700-1799)
     XVIII  Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, 
                Department of the Treasury (Parts 1800--1899)

               Title 13--Business Credit and Assistance

         I  Small Business Administration (Parts 1--199)
       III  Economic Development Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

                    Title 14--Aeronautics and Space

         I  Federal Aviation Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--199)
        II  Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation 
                (Aviation Proceedings) (Parts 200--399)
       III  Commercial Space Transportation, Federal Aviation 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 400--499)
         V  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)

                 Title 15--Commerce and Foreign Trade

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 
                0--29)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Commerce and 
                Foreign Trade
         I  Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                30--199)
        II  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 400--499)
       VII  Bureau of Export Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Technology Administration, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
      XIII  East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400--
                1499)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade 
                Agreements
        XX  Office of the United States Trade Representative 
                (Parts 2000--2099)

[[Page 600]]

            Subtitle D--Regulations Relating to Telecommunications 
                and Information
     XXIII  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                2300--2399)

                    Title 16--Commercial Practices

         I  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0--999)
        II  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000--1799)

             Title 17--Commodity and Securities Exchanges

         I  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1--199)
        II  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 400--499)

          Title 18--Conservation of Power and Water Resources

         I  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of 
                Energy (Parts 1--399)
       III  Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Water Resources Council (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800--899)
      XIII  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300--1399)

                       Title 19--Customs Duties

         I  United States Customs Service, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  United States International Trade Commission (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

                     Title 20--Employees' Benefits

         I  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200--399)
       III  Social Security Administration (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 500--599)
         V  Employment and Training Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 600--699)
        VI  Employment Standards Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 
                800--899)
      VIII  Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 
                900--999)
        IX  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 1000--1099)

[[Page 601]]

                       Title 21--Food and Drugs

         I  Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1--1299)
        II  Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 1300--1399)
       III  Office of National Drug Control Policy (Parts 1400--
                1499)

                      Title 22--Foreign Relations

         I  Department of State (Parts 1--199)
        II  Agency for International Development, International 
                Development Cooperation Agency (Parts 200--299)
       III  Peace Corps (Parts 300--399)
        IV  International Joint Commission, United States and 
                Canada (Parts 400--499)
         V  United States Information Agency (Parts 500--599)
        VI  United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation, International 
                Development Cooperation Agency (Parts 700--799)
        IX  Foreign Service Grievance Board Regulations (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  International Boundary and Water Commission, United 
                States and Mexico, United States Section (Parts 
                1100--1199)
       XII  United States International Development Cooperation 
                Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Board for International Broadcasting (Parts 1300--
                1399)
       XIV  Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor 
                Relations Authority; General Counsel of the 
                Federal Labor Relations Authority; and the Foreign 
                Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  African Development Foundation (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  United States Institute of Peace (Parts 1700--1799)

                          Title 23--Highways

         I  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--999)
        II  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and 
                Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1300--1399)

                Title 24--Housing and Urban Development

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Housing and Urban Development (Parts 0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban 
                Development

[[Page 602]]

         I  Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                100--199)
        II  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Government National Mortgage Association, Department 
                of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 300--399)
         V  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 600--699) [Reserved]
       VII  Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Housing Assistance Programs and 
                Public and Indian Housing Programs) (Parts 700--
                799)
      VIII  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance 
                Programs and Section 202 Direct Loan Program) 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian 
                Housing, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 900--999)
         X  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Interstate Land Sales 
                Registration Program) (Parts 1700--1799)
       XII  Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 2000--2099)
        XX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 3200--3899)
       XXV  Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100--
                4199)

                           Title 25--Indians

         I  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--299)
        II  Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 300--399)
       III  National Indian Gaming Commission, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
        IV  Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 
                700--799)
         V  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior, 
                and Indian Health Service, Department of Health 
                and Human Services (Part 900)
        VI  Office of the Assistant Secretary-Indian Affairs, 
                Department of the Interior (Part 1001)
       VII  Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians, 
                Department of the Interior (Part 1200)

                      Title 26--Internal Revenue

         I  Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 1--799)

[[Page 603]]

           Title 27--Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms

         I  Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 1--299)

                   Title 28--Judicial Administration

         I  Department of Justice (Parts 0--199)
       III  Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice 
                (Parts 300--399)
         V  Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500--
                599)
        VI  Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700--799)

                            Title 29--Labor

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 
                0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor
         I  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 400--499)
         V  Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 
                500--899)
        IX  Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 
                (Parts 900--999)
         X  National Mediation Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       XII  Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 
                1400--1499)
       XIV  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600--
                1699)
      XVII  Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2499)
       XXV  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 2500--2599)
     XXVII  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2700--2799)
        XL  Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4999)

                      Title 30--Mineral Resources

         I  Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Minerals Management Service, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 200--299)
       III  Board of Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                400--499)
        VI  Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                600--699)

[[Page 604]]

       VII  Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 700--999)

                 Title 31--Money and Finance: Treasury

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--50)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
         I  Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                51--199)
        II  Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of International Investment, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 800--899)

                      Title 32--National Defense

            Subtitle A--Department of Defense
         I  Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1--399)
         V  Department of the Army (Parts 400--699)
        VI  Department of the Navy (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Department of the Air Force (Parts 800--1099)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to National 
                Defense
       XII  Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
       XVI  Selective Service System (Parts 1600--1699)
       XIX  Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Information Security Oversight Office, National 
                Archives and Records Administration (Parts 2000--
                2099)
       XXI  National Security Council (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXIV  Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400--
                2499)
     XXVII  Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 
                2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of the Vice President of the United States 
                (Parts 2800--2899)
      XXIX  Presidential Commission on the Assignment of Women in 
                the Armed Forces (Part 2900)

               Title 33--Navigation and Navigable Waters

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)

[[Page 605]]

                          Title 34--Education

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Education (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Offices of the 
                Department of Education
         I  Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 200--299)
       III  Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative 
                Services, Department of Education (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Vocational and Adult Education, Department 
                of Education (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages 
                Affairs, Department of Education (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of 
                Education (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Educational Research and Improvement, 
                Department of Education (Parts 700--799)
        XI  National Institute for Literacy (Parts 1100-1199)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Education
       XII  National Council on Disability (Parts 1200--1299)

                        Title 35--Panama Canal

         I  Panama Canal Regulations (Parts 1--299)

             Title 36--Parks, Forests, and Public Property

         I  National Park Service, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--
                299)
       III  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400--499)
         V  Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Library of Congress (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800--
                899)
        IX  Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 
                900--999)
        XI  Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance 
                Board (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
       XIV  Assassination Records Review Board (Parts 1400-1499)

             Title 37--Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights

         I  Patent and Trademark Office, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 200--299)
        IV  Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 400--499)
         V  Under Secretary for Technology, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 500--599)

[[Page 606]]

           Title 38--Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief

         I  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0--99)

                       Title 39--Postal Service

         I  United States Postal Service (Parts 1--999)
       III  Postal Rate Commission (Parts 3000--3099)

                  Title 40--Protection of Environment

         I  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1--799)
         V  Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500--1599)

          Title 41--Public Contracts and Property Management

            Subtitle B--Other Provisions Relating to Public 
                Contracts
        50  Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1--50-
                999)
        51  Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or 
                Severely Disabled (Parts 51-1--51-99)
        60  Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal 
                Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 
                60-1--60-999)
        61  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 61-1--61-999)
            Subtitle C--Federal Property Management Regulations 
                System
       101  Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1--
                101-99)
       105  General Services Administration (Parts 105-1--105-999)
       109  Department of Energy Property Management Regulations 
                (Parts 109-1--109-99)
       114  Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1--114-99)
       115  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1--115-99)
       128  Department of Justice (Parts 128-1--128-99)
            Subtitle D--Other Provisions Relating to Property 
                Management [Reserved]
            Subtitle E--Federal Information Resources Management 
                Regulations System
       201  Federal Information Resources Management Regulation 
                (Parts 201-1--201-99) [Reserved]
            Subtitle F--Federal Travel Regulation System
       301  Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1--301-99)
       302  Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1--302-99)
       303  Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of 
                Certain Employees (Parts 303-1--303-2)
       304  Payment from a Non-Federal Source for Travel Expenses 
                (Parts 304-1--304-99)

                        Title 42--Public Health

         I  Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 1--199)
        IV  Health Care Financing Administration, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 400--499)

[[Page 607]]

         V  Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1000--1999)

                   Title 43--Public Lands: Interior

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Lands
         I  Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 200--499)
        II  Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1000--9999)
       III  Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation 
                Commission (Parts 10000--10005)

             Title 44--Emergency Management and Assistance

         I  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 0--399)
        IV  Department of Commerce and Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                       Title 45--Public Welfare

            Subtitle A--Department of Health and Human Services 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
        II  Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), 
                Administration for Children and Families, 
                Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support 
                Enforcement Program), Administration for Children 
                and Families, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Refugee Resettlement, Administration for 
                Children and Families Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United 
                States, Department of Justice (Parts 500--599)
        VI  National Science Foundation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800--899)
         X  Office of Community Services, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  ACTION (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Office of Human Development Services, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1300--1399)
       XVI  Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  National Commission on Libraries and Information 
                Science (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800--
                1899)
       XXI  Commission on Fine Arts (Parts 2100--2199)

[[Page 608]]

      XXII  Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2299)
     XXIII  Arctic Research Commission (Part 2301)
      XXIV  James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2500--2599)

                          Title 46--Shipping

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500--599)

                      Title 47--Telecommunication

         I  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Office of Science and Technology Policy and National 
                Security Council (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                300--399)

           Title 48--Federal Acquisition Regulations System

         1  Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1--99)
         2  Department of Defense (Parts 200--299)
         3  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
         4  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         5  General Services Administration (Parts 500--599)
         6  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
         7  Agency for International Development (Parts 700--799)
         8  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
         9  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
        10  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        12  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
        13  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
        14  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        15  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
        16  Office of Personnel Management Federal Employees 
                Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                1600--1699)
        17  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700--1799)
        18  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        19  United States Information Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        20  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000--2099)
        21  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Group Life Insurance Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation (Parts 2100--2199)
        23  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)

[[Page 609]]

        24  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
        25  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
        28  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
        29  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)
        34  Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                3400--3499)
        35  Panama Canal Commission (Parts 3500--3599)
        44  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 4400--4499)
        51  Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5100--5199)
        52  Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5200--5299)
        53  Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation Supplement (Parts 5300--5399)
        54  Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense (Part 
                5452)
        57  African Development Foundation (Parts 5700--5799)
        61  General Services Administration Board of Contract 
                Appeals (Parts 6100--6199)
        63  Department of Transportation Board of Contract Appeals 
                (Parts 6300--6399)
        99  Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal 
                Procurement Policy, Office of Management and 
                Budget (Parts 9900--9999)

                       Title 49--Transportation

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Transportation 
                (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to 
                Transportation
         I  Research and Special Programs Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 100--199)
        II  Federal Railroad Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Federal Transit Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 
                (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800--999)
         X  Surface Transportation Board, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1000--1399)

                   Title 50--Wildlife and Fisheries

         I  United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of 
                the Interior (Parts 1--199)

[[Page 610]]

        II  National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Fishing and Related Activities (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife 
                Service, Department of the Interior and National 
                Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and 
                Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce); Endangered Species Committee 
                Regulations (Parts 400--499)
         V  Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 600--699)

                      CFR Index and Finding Aids

            Subject/Agency Index
            List of Agency Prepared Indexes
            Parallel Tables of Statutory Authorities and Rules
            Acts Requiring Publication in the Federal Register
            List of CFR Titles, Chapters, Subchapters, and Parts
            Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR



[[Page 611]]





           Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR




                      (Revised as of June 20, 1997)

                                                  CFR Title, Subtitle or
                     Agency                               Chapter

ACTION                                            45, XII
Administrative Committee of the Federal Register  1, I
Advanced Research Projects Agency                 32, I
Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental          5, VII
     Relations
Advisory Committee on Federal Pay                 5, IV
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation         36, VIII
African Development Foundation                    22, XV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 57
Agency for International Development              22, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service                    7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service                     7, V
Agriculture Department
  Agricultural Marketing Service                  7, I, IX, X, XI
  Agricultural Research Service                   7, V
  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service      7, III; 9, I
  Commodity Credit Corporation                    7, XIV
  Cooperative State Research, Education, and      7, XXXIV
       Extension Service
  Economic Research Service                       7, XXXVII
  Energy, Office of                               7, XXIX
  Environmental Quality, Office of                7, XXXI
  Farm Service Agency                             7, VII, XVIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 4
  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation              7, IV
  Finance and Management, Office of               7, XXX
  Food and Consumer Service                       7, II
  Food Safety and Inspection Service              9, III
  Foreign Agricultural Service                    7, XV
  Forest Service                                  36, II
  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards        7, VIII; 9, II
       Administration
  Information Resources Management, Office of     7, XXVII
  Inspector General, Office of                    7, XXVI
  National Agricultural Library                   7, XLI
  National Agricultural Statistics Service        7, XXXVI
  Natural Resources Conservation Service          7, VI
  Operations, Office of                           7, XXVIII
  Rural Business-Cooperative Service              7, XVIII, XLII
  Rural Development Administration                7, XLII
  Rural Housing Service                           7, XVIII, XXXV
  Rural Telephone Bank                            7, XVI
  Rural Utilities Service                         7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
  Secretary of Agriculture, Office of             7, Subtitle A
  Transportation, Office of                       7, XXXIII
  World Agricultural Outlook Board                7, XXXVIII
Air Force Department                              32, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement       48, 53
Alaska Natural Gas Transportation System, Office  10, XV
     of the Federal Inspector
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of          27, I
AMTRAK                                            49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission              36, IV
American Indians, Office of the Special Trustee   25, VII

[[Page 612]]

Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service        7, III; 9, I
Appalachian Regional Commission                   5, IX
Architectural and Transportation Barriers         36, XI
     Compliance Board
Arctic Research Commission                        45, XXIII
Armed Forces Retirement Home                      5, XI
Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, United       22, VI
     States
Army Department                                   32, V
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 51
Assassination Records Review Board                36, XIV
Benefits Review Board                             20, VII
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages        34, V
     Affairs, Office of
Blind or Severely Disabled, Committee for         41, 51
     Purchase From People Who Are
Board for International Broadcasting              22, XIII
Census Bureau                                     15, I
Central Intelligence Agency                       32, XIX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of              45, III
Children and Families, Administration for         45, II, III, IV, X
Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee        45, XXII
     Commission
Civil Rights, Commission on                       45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for                          34, I
Coast Guard                                       33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Commerce Department                               44, IV
  Census Bureau                                   15, I`
  Economic Affairs, Under Secretary               37, V
  Economic Analysis, Bureau of                    15, VIII
  Economic Development Administration             13, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Export Administration, Bureau of                15, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 13
  Fishery Conservation and Management             50, VI
  Foreign-Trade Zones Board                       15, IV
  International Trade Administration              15, III; 19, III
  National Institute of Standards and Technology  15, II
  National Marine Fisheries Service               50, II, IV
  National Oceanic and Atmospheric                15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
       Administration                             VI
  National Telecommunications and Information     15, XXIII; 47, III
       Administration
  National Weather Service                        15, IX
  Patent and Trademark Office                     37, I
  Productivity, Technology and Innovation,        37, IV
       Assistant Secretary for
  Secretary of Commerce, Office of                15, Subtitle A
  Technology, Under Secretary for                 37, V
  Technology Administration                       15, XI
  Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for      37, IV
Commercial Space Transportation                   14, III
Commodity Credit Corporation                      7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission              5, XLI; 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of     24, V, VI
     Assistant Secretary for
Community Services, Office of                     45, X
Comptroller of the Currency                       12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining       29, IX
     Commission
Consumer Product Safety Commission                5, LXXI; 16, II
Cooperative State Research, Education, and        7, XXXIV
     Extension Service
Copyright Office                                  37, II
Cost Accounting Standards Board                   48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality                  40, V
Customs Service, United States                    19, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Department                                5, XXVI; 32, Subtitle A
  Advanced Research Projects Agency               32, I
  Air Force Department                            32, VII
  Army Department                                 32, V; 33, II; 36, III, 
                                                  48, 51

[[Page 613]]

  Defense Intelligence Agency                     32, I
  Defense Logistics Agency                        32, I, XII; 48, 54
  Defense Mapping Agency                          32, I
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 2
  Navy Department                                 32, VI; 48, 52
  Secretary of Defense, Office of                 32, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Intelligence Agency                       32, I
Defense Logistics Agency                          32, XII; 48, 54
Defense Mapping Agency                            32, I
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board           10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission                   18, III
Drug Enforcement Administration                   21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board                     15, XIII
Economic Affairs, Under Secretary                 37, V
Economic Analysis, Bureau of                      15, VIII
Economic Development Administration               13, III
Economic Research Service                         7, XXXVII
Education, Department of                          5, LIII
  Bilingual Education and Minority Languages      34, V
       Affairs, Office of
  Civil Rights, Office for                        34, I
  Educational Research and Improvement, Office    34, VII
       of
  Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of   34, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 34
  Postsecondary Education, Office of              34, VI
  Secretary of Education, Office of               34, Subtitle A
  Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,  34, III
       Office of
  Vocational and Adult Education, Office of       34, IV
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of   34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of     34, II
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board             20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board                           5, V
Employment and Training Administration            20, V
Employment Standards Administration               20, VI
Endangered Species Committee                      50, IV
Energy, Department of                             5, XXIII; 10, II, III, X
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 9
  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission            5, XXIV; 18, I
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 109
Energy, Office of                                 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of                               33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of                 31, VI
Enrichment Corporation, United States             10, XI
Environmental Protection Agency                   5, LIV; 40, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 15
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 115
Environmental Quality, Office of                  7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission           5, LXII; 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary  24, I
     for
Executive Office of the President                 3, I
  Administration, Office of                       5, XV
  Environmental Quality, Council on               40, V
  Management and Budget, Office of                25, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
  National Drug Control Policy, Office of         21, III
  National Security Council                       32, XXI; 47, 2
  Presidential Documents                          3
  Science and Technology Policy, Office of        32, XXIV; 47, II
  Trade Representative, Office of the United      15, XX
       States
Export Administration, Bureau of                  15, VII
Export-Import Bank of the United States           5, LII; 12, IV
Family Assistance, Office of                      45, II
Farm Credit Administration                        5, XXXI; 12, VI
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation          5, XXX; 12, XIV
Farm Service Agency                               7, VII, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation                    48, 1
Federal Aviation Administration                   14, I

[[Page 614]]

  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
Federal Claims Collection Standards               4, II
Federal Communications Commission                 5, XXIX; 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of   41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation                7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation             5, XXII; 12, III
Federal Election Commission                       11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency               44, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 44
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal    48, 21
     Acquisition Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition     48, 16
     Regulation
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission              5, XXIV; 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination        12, XI
     Council
Federal Financing Bank                            12, VIII
Federal Highway Administration                    23, I, II; 49, III
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation            1, IV
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office       12, XVII
Federal Housing Finance Board                     12, IX
Federal Inspector for the Alaska Natural Gas      10, XV
     Transportation System, Office of
Federal Labor Relations Authority, and General    5, XIV; 22, XIV
     Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations 
     Authority
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center           31, VII
Federal Maritime Commission                       46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service        29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission  5, LXXIV; 29, XXVII
Federal Pay, Advisory Committee on                5, IV
Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                   28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office                 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations           41, 101
Federal Property Management Regulations System    41, Subtitle C
Federal Railroad Administration                   49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of     1, I
Federal Register, Office of                       1, II
Federal Reserve System                            12, II
  Board of Governors                              5, LVIII
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board        5, VI, LXXVI
Federal Service Impasses Panel                    5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission                          5, XLVII; 16, I
Federal Transit Administration                    49, VI
Federal Travel Regulation System                  41, Subtitle F
Finance and Management, Office of                 7, XXX
Fine Arts, Commission on                          45, XXI
Fiscal Service                                    31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States          50, I, IV
Fishery Conservation and Management               50, VI
Food and Drug Administration                      21, I
Food and Consumer Service                         7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service                9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service                      7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of                 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the       45, V
     United States
Foreign Service Grievance Board                   22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel            22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board             22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board                         15, IV
Forest Service                                    36, II
General Accounting Office                         4, I, II
General Services Administration                   5, LVII
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 61
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 5
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 101, 105
  Federal Travel Regulation System                41, Subtitle F
  Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel    41, 304
       Expenses
  Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death    41, 303
       of Certain Employees
  Relocation Allowances                           41, 302

[[Page 615]]

  Travel Allowances                               41, 301
Geological Survey                                 30, IV
Government Ethics, Office of                      5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association          24, III
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards          7, VIII; 9, II
     Administration
Great Lakes Pilotage                              46, III
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation            45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of          5, XLV; 45, Subtitle A
  Child Support Enforcement, Office of            45, III
  Children and Families, Administration for       45, II, III, IV, X
  Community Services, Office of                   45, X
  Family Assistance, Office of                    45, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 3
  Food and Drug Administration                    21, I
  Health Care Financing Administration            42, IV
  Human Development Services, Office of           45, XIII
  Indian Health Service                           25, V
  Inspector General (Health Care), Office of      42, V
  Public Health Service                           42, I
  Refugee Resettlement, Office of                 45, IV
Health Care Financing Administration              42, IV
Housing and Urban Development, Department of      5, LXV; 24, Subtitle B
  Community Planning and Development, Office of   24, V, VI
       Assistant Secretary for
  Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant          24, I
       Secretary for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 24
  Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Office    12, XVII
       of
  Government National Mortgage Association        24, III
  Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office   24, II, VIII, X, XX
       of Assistant Secretary for
  Inspector General, Office of                    24, XII
  Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant  24, IX
       Secretary for
  Secretary, Office of                            24, Subtitle A, VII
Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of  24, II, VIII, X, XX
     Assistant Secretary for
Human Development Services, Office of             45, XIII
Immigration and Naturalization Service            8, I
Independent Counsel, Office of                    28, VII
Indian Affairs, Bureau of                         25, I, V
Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant           25, VI
     Secretary
Indian Arts and Crafts Board                      25, II
Indian Health Service                             25, V
Information Agency, United States                 22, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 19
Information Resources Management, Office of       7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office, National   32, XX
     Archives and Records Administration
Inspector General
  Agriculture Department                          7, XXVI
  Health and Human Services Department            42, V
  Housing and Urban Development Department        24, XII
Institute of Peace, United States                 22, XVII
Inter-American Foundation                         5, LXIII; 22, X
Intergovernmental Relations, Advisory Commission  5, VII
     on
Interior Department
  American Indians, Office of the Special         25, VII
       Trustee
  Endangered Species Committee                    50, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 14
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 114
  Fish and Wildlife Service, United States        50, I, IV
  Geological Survey                               30, IV
  Indian Affairs, Bureau of                       25, I, V
  Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant         25, VI
       Secretary
  Indian Arts and Crafts Board                    25, II
  Land Management, Bureau of                      43, II
  Minerals Management Service                     30, II
  Mines, Bureau of                                30, VI
  National Indian Gaming Commission               25, III

[[Page 616]]

  National Park Service                           36, I
  Reclamation, Bureau of                          43, I
  Secretary of the Interior, Office of            43, Subtitle A
  Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board   30, III
       of
  Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,     30, VII
       Office of
Internal Revenue Service                          26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission,      22, XI
     United States and Mexico, United States 
     Section
International Development, Agency for             22, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
International Development Cooperation Agency,     22, XII
     United States
  International Development, Agency for           22, II; 48, 7
  Overseas Private Investment Corporation         5, XXXIII; 22, VII
International Fishing and Related Activities      50, III
International Investment, Office of               31, VIII
International Joint Commission, United States     22, IV
     and Canada
International Organizations Employees Loyalty     5, V
     Board
International Trade Administration                15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States     19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission                    5, XL
James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation      45, XXIV
Japan-United States Friendship Commission         22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries       20, VIII
Justice Department                                5, XXVIII; 28, I
  Drug Enforcement Administration                 21, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 28
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             4, II
  Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                 28, III
  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the     45, V
       United States
  Immigration and Naturalization Service          8, I
  Offices of Independent Counsel                  28, VI
  Prisons, Bureau of                              28, V
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 128
Labor Department                                  5, XLII
  Benefits Review Board                           20, VII
  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board           20, IV
  Employment and Training Administration          20, V
  Employment Standards Administration             20, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 29
  Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office    41, 60
       of
  Federal Procurement Regulations System          41, 50
  Labor-Management Standards, Office of           29, II, IV
  Mine Safety and Health Administration           30, I
  Occupational Safety and Health Administration   29, XVII
  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration     29, XXV
  Public Contracts                                41, 50
  Secretary of Labor, Office of                   29, Subtitle A
  Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of    41, 61; 20, IX
       the Assistant Secretary for
  Wage and Hour Division                          29, V
  Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of       20, I
Labor-Management Standards, Office of             29, II, IV
Land Management, Bureau of                        43, II
Legal Services Corporation                        45, XVI
Library of Congress                               36, VII
  Copyright Office                                37, II
Management and Budget, Office of                  5, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission                          50, V
Maritime Administration                           46, II
Merit Systems Protection Board                    5, II
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for       32, XXVII
Mine Safety and Health Administration             30, I
Minerals Management Service                       30, II
Mines, Bureau of                                  30, VI
Minority Business Development Agency              15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies                            1, IV

[[Page 617]]

Monetary Offices                                  31, I
National Aeronautics and Space Administration     5, LIX; 14, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 18
National Agricultural Library                     7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service          7, XXXVI
National Archives and Records Administration      5, LXVI; 36, XII
  Information Security Oversight Office           32, XX
National Bureau of Standards                      15, II
National Capital Planning Commission              1, IV
National Commission for Employment Policy         1, IV
National Commission on Libraries and Information  45, XVII
     Science
National and Community Service, Corporation for   45, XXV
National Council on Disability                    34, XII
National Credit Union Administration              12, VII
National Drug Control Policy, Office of           21, III
National Foundation on the Arts and the           45, XI
     Humanities
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration    23, II, III; 49, V
National Indian Gaming Commission                 25, III
National Institute for Literacy                   34, XI
National Institute of Standards and Technology    15, II
National Labor Relations Board                    5, LXI; 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service                 50, II, IV
National Mediation Board                          29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration   15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
                                                  VI
National Park Service                             36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board                29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK)  49, VII
National Science Foundation                       5, XLIII; 45, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 25
National Security Council                         32, XXI
National Security Council and Office of Science   47, II
     and Technology Policy
National Telecommunications and Information       15, XXIII; 47, III
     Administration
National Transportation Safety Board              49, VIII
National Weather Service                          15, IX
Natural Resources Conservation Service            7, VI
Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation, Office of      25, IV
Navy Department                                   32, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation             24, XXV
Northeast Dairy Compact Commission                7, XIII
Nuclear Regulatory Commission                     5, XLVIII; 10, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 20
Occupational Safety and Health Administration     29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission  29, XX
Offices of Independent Counsel                    28, VI
Operations Office                                 7, XXVIII
Overseas Private Investment Corporation           5, XXXIII; 22, VII
Panama Canal Commission                           48, 35
Panama Canal Regulations                          35, I
Patent and Trademark Office                       37, I
Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel      41, 304
     Expenses
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of   41, 303
     Certain Employees
Peace Corps                                       22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation       36, IX
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration       29, XXV
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation              29, XL
Personnel Management, Office of                   5, I, XXXV; 45, VIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 17
  Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal  48, 21
       Acquisition Regulation
  Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition   48, 16
       Regulation
Postal Rate Commission                            5, XLVI; 39, III
Postal Service, United States                     5, LX; 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of                34, VI
President's Commission on White House             1, IV
   Fellowships
[[Page 618]]

Presidential Commission on the Assignment of      32, XXIX
     Women in the Armed Forces
Presidential Documents                            3
Prisons, Bureau of                                28, V
Productivity, Technology and Innovation,          37, IV
     Assistant Secretary
Public Contracts, Department of Labor             41, 50
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant    24, IX
     Secretary for
Public Health Service                             42, I
Railroad Retirement Board                         20, II
Reclamation, Bureau of                            43, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of                   45, IV
Regional Action Planning Commissions              13, V
Relocation Allowances                             41, 302
Research and Special Programs Administration      49, I
Rural Business-Cooperative Service                7, XVIII, XLII
Rural Development Administration                  7, XLII
Rural Housing Service                             7, XVIII, XXXV
Rural Telephone Bank                              7, XVI
Rural Utilities Service                           7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation     33, IV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of          32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and     47, II
     National Security Council
Secret Service                                    31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission                17, II
Selective Service System                          32, XVI
Small Business Administration                     13, I
Smithsonian Institution                           36, V
Social Security Administration                    20, III; 48, 23
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States        5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of                        5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,    34, III
     Office of
State Department                                  22, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 6
Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board of  30, III
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,       30, VII
     Office of
Surface Transportation Board                      49, X
Susquehanna River Basin Commission                18, VIII
Technology Administration                         15, XI
Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for        37, IV
Technology, Under Secretary for                   37, V
Tennessee Valley Authority                        5, LXIX; 18, XIII
Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board       12, XV
Thrift Supervision Office, Department of the      12, V
     Treasury
Trade Representative, United States, Office of    15, XX
Transportation, Department of                     5, L
  Coast Guard                                     33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 63
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 12
  Federal Aviation Administration                 14, I
  Federal Highway Administration                  23, I, II; 49, III
  Federal Railroad Administration                 49, II
  Federal Transit Administration                  49, VI
  Maritime Administration                         46, II
  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration  23, II, III; 49, V
  Research and Special Programs Administration    49, I
  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation   33, IV
  Secretary of Transportation, Office of          14, II; 49, Subtitle A
  Surface Transportation Board                    49, X
Transportation, Office of                         7, XXXIII
Travel Allowances                                 41, 301
Treasury Department                               5, XXI; 17, IV
  Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of        27, I
  Community Development Financial Institutions    12, XVIII
       Fund
  Comptroller of the Currency                     12, I

[[Page 619]]

  Customs Service, United States                  19, I
  Engraving and Printing, Bureau of               31, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 10
  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center         31, VII
  Fiscal Service                                  31, II
  Foreign Assets Control, Office of               31, V
  Internal Revenue Service                        26, I
  International Investment, Office of             31, VIII
  Monetary Offices                                31, I
  Secret Service                                  31, IV
  Secretary of the Treasury, Office of            31, Subtitle A
  Thrift Supervision, Office of                   12, V
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation           45, XVIII
United States and Canada, International Joint     22, IV
     Commission
United States and Mexico, International Boundary  22, XI
     and Water Commission, United States Section
United States Enrichment Corporation              10, XI
Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation      43, III
     Commission
Veterans Affairs Department                       38, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of the  41, 61; 20, IX
     Assistant Secretary for
Vice President of the United States, Office of    32, XXVIII
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of         34, IV
Wage and Hour Division                            29, V
Water Resources Council                           18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of         20, I
World Agricultural Outlook Board                  7, XXXVIII

[[Page 621]]

                                     

                                     



                      Table of OMB Control Numbers



Sec. 1910.8  OMB control numbers under the Paperwork Reduction Act.

    The following sections or paragraphs each contain a collection of 
information requirement which has been approved by the Office of 
Management and Budget under the control number listed.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  OMB   
                       29 CFR citation                          control 
                                                                  No.   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1910.7......................................................   1218-0147
1910.20.....................................................   1218-0065
1910.23.....................................................   1218-0199
1910.66.....................................................   1218-0121
1910.67(b)..................................................   1218-0210
1910.68.....................................................   1218-0210
1910.95.....................................................   1218-0048
1910.96.....................................................   1218-0103
1910.106(b).................................................   1218-0210
1910.111....................................................   1218-0208
1910.119....................................................   1218-0200
1910.120....................................................   1218-0202
1910.132....................................................   1218-0205
1910.134....................................................   1218-0099
1910.142....................................................   1218-0096
1910.145....................................................   1218-0132
1910.146....................................................   1218-0203
1910.147....................................................   1218-0150
1910.156....................................................   1218-0075
1910.157(e)(3)..............................................   1218-0210
1910.157(f)(16).............................................   1218-0210
1910.177(d)(3)(iv)..........................................   1218-0210
1910.179(j)(2)(iii) and (iv)................................   1218-0210
1910.179(m)(1) and (m)(2)...................................   1218-0210
1910.180(d)(6)..............................................   1218-0210
1910.180(g)(1) and (g)(2)(ii)...............................   1218-0210
1910.181(g)(1) and (g)(3)...................................   1218-0210
1910.184(e)(4), (f)(4) and (i)(8)(ii).......................   1218-0210
1910.217(e)(1)(i) and (ii)..................................   1218-0210
1910.217(g).................................................   1218-0070
1910.217(h).................................................   1218-0143
1910.218(a)(2)(i) and (ii)..................................   1218-0210
1910.252(a)(2)(xiii)(c).....................................   1218-0207
1910.255(e).................................................   1218-0210
1910.266....................................................   1218-0198
1910.268....................................................   1218-0210
1910.269....................................................   1218-0190
1910.272....................................................   1218-0206
1910.420....................................................   1218-0069
1910.421....................................................   1218-0069
1910.423....................................................   1218-0069
1910.430....................................................   1218-0069
1910.440....................................................   1218-0069
1910.1001...................................................   1218-0133
1910.1003...................................................   1218-0085
1910.1004...................................................   1218-0084
1910.1006...................................................   1218-0086
1910.1007...................................................   1218-0083
1910.1008...................................................   1218-0087
1910.1009...................................................   1218-0089
1910.1010...................................................   1218-0082
1910.1011...................................................   1218-0090
1910.1012...................................................   1218-0080
1910.1013...................................................   1218-0079
1910.1014...................................................   1218-0088
1910.1015...................................................   1218-0044
1910.1016...................................................   1218-0081
1910.1017...................................................   1218-0010
1910.1018...................................................   1218-0104
1910.1025...................................................   1218-0092
1910.1027...................................................   1218-0185
1910.1028...................................................   1218-0129
1910.1029...................................................   1218-0128
1910.1030...................................................   1218-0180
1910.1043...................................................   1218-0061
1910.1044...................................................   1218-0101
1910.1045...................................................   1218-0126
1910.1047...................................................   1218-0108
1910.1048...................................................   1218-0145
1910.1050...................................................   1218-0184
1910.1051...................................................   1218-0170
1910.1200...................................................   1218-0072
1910.1450...................................................   1218-0131
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 29668, June 2, 1997]

[[Page 623]]



List of CFR Sections Affected



All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations which were 
made by documents published in the Federal Register since January 1, 
1986, are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the nature 
of the changes effected. Page numbers to Federal Register pages. The 
user should consult the entries for chapters and parts as well as 
sections for revisions.
For the period before January 1, 1986, see the ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected, 1949-1963, 1964-1972, and 1973-1985,'' published in seven 
separate volumes.

                                  1986

29 CFR
                                                                   51 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910  Authority citation removed...................................24526
1910.1000--1910.1500 (Subpart Z)  Authority citation revised......22733, 
                                                            24527, 34597
1910.1000  Table Z-1 corrected (CFR correction)....................41477
1910.1001  Revised; eff. in part 7-21-86 and effective date 
        pending in part............................................22733
    Appendix H Note added; (o)(1) revised; deferred in part to 4-
21-87..............................................................37004
1910.1043  (c)(1) heading, (e)(1), (h)(2)(iii), (m)(2)(ii)(E) and 
        (3), (n)(4) introductory text and (v) and OMB number 
        corrected; eff. date corrected to 3-14-86..................24325
1910.1047  Appendix A heading and text, Appendix B heading and 
        text, and Appendixes C and D headings corrected; 
        (j)(1)(ii)(A) correctly designated; (m)(3)(i) corrected....25053
1910.1101  Added...................................................37004
1910.1200  (c) amendment, (i)(1)(iv), (3) (iii) and (v), (6), 
        (7)(i), (8), (9) introductory text, (ii), and (iii), and 
        (10)(i) revisions, and Appendix D addition confirmed; 
        (i)(3) introductory text revised; Appendix D amended.......34597

                                  1987

29 CFR
                                                                   52 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000--1910.1500 (Subpart Z)  Authority citation amended......34562, 
                                                                   46291
1910.1000  Table Z-2 amended................................34562, 46291
1910.1001  Partial deferral extended to 7-21-88; Appendix H Note 
        revised....................................................15723
    (g)(2)(ii)(B) Table 1, (j)(5)(i), (iii) (G) and (H), 
(o)(2)(vi), and Appendixes A, B, C, and E through H amended........17754
    OMB number.....................................................17755
1910.1028  Text and Appendixes A, B, C, D, and E added.............34562
1910.1048  Text and Appendixes A, B, C, D, and E added (effective 
        date pending in part)......................................46291
1910.1101  Introductory Note revised...............................15723
1910.1200  Revised.................................................31877

[[Page 624]]

    OMB number.....................................................46080

                                  1988

29 CFR
                                                                   53 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1001  Partial deferral extended to 7-21-89; Appendix H Note 
        revised....................................................27346
    (c), (d) (1) through (5), and (7)(ii), (e)(1), (f)(1) (i), 
(ii), (iii), (v), (vi), (viii), and (2) (i) and (iv), (g)(1)(iii), 
(h)(1) introductory text, (3) (iii) and (iv), (i)(1)(i), (2)(i) 
and (3) (i) and (iii), (j)(4)(i) and (5)(i), and (l)(1)(i) and 
(4)(i) revised; (o)(1) amended; (o)(3) added (effective date 
pending in part)...................................................35625
    Technical correction...........................................37080
1910.1047  (d)(6) and (m)(1) redesignated as (d)(6)(i) and 
        (m)(1)(i) (effective date pending in part).................11436
    (a)(2), (c), (d)(1) (i) and (ii), (4) and (7)(ii), (e)(1), 
(f)(1) (i) and (ii), and (2) (i) and (iv), (g)(1)(iii), and 
(j)(1)(ii) introductory text and (3)(i) revised; (d)(2)(iii), 
(3)(iv) and (6)(ii) and (m)(1)(ii) and (2)(iii) added (effective 
date pending in part)..............................................11437
    (m)(1)(ii) and (2)(iii) revised................................27960
1910.1048  (p)(2)(vi) added; OMB number.............................6629
    Effective date deferred in part................................33807
    OMB number.....................................................45082
    Compliance date extended.......................................47188
    Partial stay of effective date.................................50199
1910.1101  Introductory Note revised...............................27346
1910.1200  Note added; OMB number..................................15035
    Compliance notice..............................................27679

                                  1989

29 CFR
                                                                   54 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000--1910.1500 (Subpart Z)  Authority citation revised........2920
    Authority citation corrected...................................47513
1910.1000  Revised..................................................2920
    (d)(2)(ii), (f)(3)(i), and Tables Z-1-A and Z-3 corrected......28059
    Appendix corrected.............................................28061
    (f)(2)(i) and Table Z-1A amended...............................36767
    Table Z-1-A note revised................................41244, 50372
    Table Z-1-A corrected..........................................47513
1910.1001  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
    (d) (2), (3), (5), (7), (f)(2), (3)(i), (j)(5), (l) and (m) 
amended (OMB number)...............................................29546
    Note revised...................................................30705
    (f)(1)(vii) removed............................................52027
1910.1015  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
1910.1017  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
1910.1018  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
1910.1025  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
    (e)(1) Table I and (r)(7)(i)(B) revised; (r)(7)(i)(E) added....29274
1910.1028  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
1910.1029  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
1910.1043  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
1910.1044  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
1910.1045  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
1910.1047  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
1910.1048  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
    (g)(2)(ii), (3)(ii) Table 1, and (o)(6)(iii) revised; 
Appendixes B and E amended.........................................29546
    (g)(3)(ii) Table I corrected...................................31765
    (m) (1)(i) through (4)(ii) effective date stayed...............35639
1910.1101  Amended (OMB numbers)...................................24334
    Note revised...................................................30705
1910.1200  Note removed; OMB number.................................6888
    Amended (OMB numbers)..........................................24334

[[Page 625]]

                                  1990

29 CFR
                                                                   55 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000--1910.1500 (Subpart Z)  Authority citation revised.......3166,
                                                             3327, 12819
    Authority citation corrected....................................5118
1910.1000  Table Z-1-A note revised................................3724,
                                                            12819, 46950
    Technical correction...........................................23433
    Table Z-1-A amended; Table Z-1-A note revised..................19259
1910.1001  (i)(4) and (j)(1)(iv), (5)(iii)(I), (J), (iv)(C), 
        (l)(7)(i)(D), (o)(4), and
    Appendix I added; (p)(2) revised................................3731
    Note revised...................................................50687
    (j)(5)(iv)(C) OMB numbers approved; eff. to 4-30-93............34710
1910.1025  (e)(1) Table I revised...................................3166
    Appendix B amended..............................................4999
1910.1048  (m) (1)(i) through (4)(ii) effective date stayed........24070
    Stayed to 12-11-90.............................................32616
    Stayed to 3-11-91..............................................51699
1910.1101  Note revised............................................50687
1910.1450  Added....................................................3327
    (a)(3)(i) and appendix B corrected..............................7967
    Designation corrected..........................................12111

                                  1991

29 CFR
                                                                   56 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000--1910.1500 (Subpart Z)  Authority citation amended.......64175
1910.1001  Note revised............................................43700
1910.1025  Appendixes A through C amended..........................24686
1910.1030  Added...................................................64175
1910.1048  (m)(1)(i) through (4)(ii) stayed to 6-6-91..............10378
    (m)(1)(i) through (4)(ii) stayed to 8-8-91.....................26909
    (m)(1)(i) through (4)(ii) stayed to 11-6-91....................37651
    (m)(1)(i) through (4)(ii) stayed to 2-4-92.....................57593
1910.1101  Note revised............................................43700

                                  1992

29 CFR
                                                                   57 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000  (a)(3) and table Z-1-A amended..........................29205
    Table Z-3 amended..............................................29206
    Tables Z-1-A and Z-2 amended...................................42388
    Heading, (a)(1), (2), (b), (c)(1), (2), (d)(2)(iii), (e)(1), 
(2), (f)(1)(v), (vi), (viii), (ix), (g)(2) Table 1, (h)(1) 
introductory text, (2)(i), (iii), (3)(ii), (iii), (iv), (v), 
(i)(1)(i), (3)(iv), (j)(2)(i), (3), (4)(i), (ii), (5)(i), 
(iii)(A), (B), (C), (E), (k)(1) thorugh (6), (l)(1)(i), (2)(i), 
(4)(i), (7)(i)(A), (C), (ii), (m)(1)(i) and (ii)(B), (2)(i), 
(ii)(C), (3)(ii)(C), (n)(1), (2) and Appendixes A, B, D, G, H and 
I amended; (j)(1)(iii), (2)(iii) and Note removed..................24330
1910.1027  Added...................................................42389
    OMB number.....................................................49272
1910.1030  OMB number..............................................12717
    (d)(2)(vii)(A), (B), (g)(1)(i)(D), (2)(vii)(A), 
(h)(1)(iii)(B), (3)(ii) and (i)(2) correctly revised; 
(g)(1)(i)(B), (C), (ii)(A) and (B) corrected.......................29206
1910.1048  (m)(1)(i) through (4)(ii) stayed to 5-5-92...............2681
    (m)(1)(i) through (4)(ii) stayed...............................19262
    (g)(3)(ii) Table 1 removed; (c)(1), (d)(1)(ii), (g)(2)(i), 
(3)(iv), (m)(1) introductory text, (i), (3), (4), (n)(1) and (2) 
revised; (d)(2)(iii), (l)(8), (9), (m)(5) and (p)(3) added.........22307
    Revised........................................................22310
    Table 1 corrected..............................................24701
    Appendix A corrected; OMB number...............................27161
1910.1050  Added...................................................35666
    OMB number.....................................................49649
1910.1101  Note revised.............................................7878
    Removed........................................................24330
1910.1450  Appendix B amended......................................29204
1910.1500  Amended.................................................29204

[[Page 626]]

                                  1993

29 CFR
                                                                   58 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000--1910.1500 (Subpart Z)  Authority citation correctly 
        revised....................................................21780
    Authority citation revised.....................................35340
1910.1000  Table Z-2 corrected.....................................21781
    Revised........................................................35340
1910.1000  Table Z-3 correctly revised.............................40191
1910.1003  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1004  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1006  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1007  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1008  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1009  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1010  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1011  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1012  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1013  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1014  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1015  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1016  (b)(6) amended..........................................35310
1910.1017  (b)(4) and (g)(2) amended...............................35310
1910.1018  (b) amended.............................................35310
1910.1027  (b), Table 2, (i),(2)(iv), (l)(3)(i)(B), (4)(iv), 
        (v)(A), (B), (6)(iv), (11)(iv), (16), (m)(4)(iii)(A), (H) 
        and Appendixes A and C corrected; (f)(4) removed...........21781
    Appendixes E and F corrected...................................21782
1910.1044  Amended.................................................35310
1910.1045  Amended.................................................35310

                                  1994

29 CFR
                                                                   59 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000--1910.1500 (Subpart Z)  Authority citation revised.......36699
1910.1001  (a) through (p) revised; OMB number.....................41057
    Appendixes A and B amended.....................................41065
    Appendixes D and F amended.....................................41070
    Appendixes G and H amended; appendix J added...................41071
1910.1200  Revised..................................................6170
    Effective  date stayed 3-11-94 through 8-11-94; note added.....17479
    (b)(6)(ii) revised; (c) and (g)(7)(iv) amended.................65948
1910.1201  Added...................................................36700

                                  1995

29 CFR
                                                                   60 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000--1910.1500 (Subpart Z)  Authority citation revised.......9624, 
                                                                   33344
1910.1001  (o) revised.......................................9625, 33344
    (a)(2), (3) and (b) corrected..................................33984
    (b), (c)(1), (2), (d)(5), (f)(1)(viii), (3)(i), (g)(2)(ii) 
introductory text, Table 1, (3)(iii), (iv), (4)(ii), (h)(2)(iv), 
(i)(2)(i), (j) introductory text, (1) and (3)(iv) corrected; 
(j)(2)(i), (iii) and (3)(ii) correctly revised; (j)(3)(v) 
correctly added....................................................33985
    (k)(7)(iv) and (1) correctly redesignated as (k)(8) and (l); 
(j)(4)(i), (5), (6), (7)(iv), (8)(i), (ii)(A), (B), (iii), (k)(1), 
(4), new (l) introductory text, new (2)(ii), new (3)(ii), Table 2, 
new (7)(i)(B), new (C), (m)(5)(iii), (p)(2) and appendix B 
corrected; new (k)(8) correctly revised............................33986
    Appendixes B, F, G and J corrected.............................33987
1910.1025  (e)(1)(ii) Table I, (f)(1)(i), (j)(2)(ii) and (k)(1)(i) 
        revised; (e)(4), (k)(1)(i)(A), (B), (iii)(A)(1) and (2) 
        removed; (e)(5), (6), (k)(1)(i)(C), (D), (iii)(A)(3) and 
        (4) redesignated as (e)(4), (5), (k)(1)(i)(A), (B), 
        (iii)(A)(1) and (2); Appendixes B and C amended............52859

                                  1996

29 CFR
                                                                   61 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000--1910.1500 (Subpart Z)  Authority citation revised.......9242, 
                                                                   31430
1910.1000  Table Z-1 amended.......................................56831
1910.1001  OMB number...............................................5508
    (j)(3)(v) revised..............................................43457
1910.1003  OMB number...............................................5508

[[Page 627]]

    Revised.........................................................9242
    Heading revised................................................31430
1910.1004  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1006  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1007  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1008  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1009  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1010  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1011  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1012  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1013  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1014  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1015  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1016  OMB number...............................................5508
    Revised.........................................................9245
1910.1017  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1018  OMB number...............................................5508
    (o)(1)(ii) amended..............................................9245
1910.1020  Redesignated from 1910.20...............................31430
1910.1025  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1027  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1028  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1029  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1030  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1043  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1044  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1045  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1047  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1048  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1050  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1051  Added (OMB number pending)..............................56831
1910.1096  Redesignated from 1910.96...............................31430
1910.1200  OMB number...............................................5508
    Appendix C removed..............................................9245
1910.1450  OMB number...............................................5508
1910.1499  Removed..................................................9245
1910.1500  Removed..................................................9245

                                  1997

   (Regulations published from January 1, 1997, through July 1, 1997)

29 CFR
                                                                   62 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter XVII
1910.1000  Table amended............................................1600
1910.1052  Added (OMB number pending)...............................1601